MSA07 Manufacturing Training Package

Release: 8.3

Contents

Preliminary Information	23

Training Package Details	23

List of AQF Qualifications MSA07v8.3	24

Units of competency and their prerequisites MSA07v8.3	26

Imported units of competency MSA07v8.3	32

Mapping MSA07v8	53

Mapping MSA07v8.1	70

Mapping MSA07v8.2	70

Mapping MSA07v8.3	81

Overview	84

Historical and General Information	91

History	96

Introduction to the Industry	102

Qualification Framework	102

Qualification Pathways	107

Skill Sets in this Training Package	117

Employability Skills	120

Assessment Guidelines	124

Competency Standards	137

Appendix 1: MSA10107 Certificate I in Manufacturing (Pathways)	143

Appendix 2: Development of the Process Manufacturing Certificates and generic manufacturing units	146

Appendix 3: Background to the Competitive Manufacturing Qualifications	148

Appendix 4: Technology Cadetship – metallurgy and polymer technology streams	152

Appendix 5: Technology Cadetship – structural steel detailing stream	158

Appendix 6: Competitive Manufacturing Vocational Graduate qualifications	163

Appendix 7: MSA30309 Certificate III in Surface Coating Preparation and Application	169

Appendix 8: Trade Measurement units and Skill Sets	174

Appendix 9: Recreational Vehicle qualifications	176

MSA10107 Certificate I in Manufacturing (Pathways)	188

MSA10207 Certificate I in Process Manufacturing	193

MSA20107 Certificate II in Process Manufacturing	197

MSA20208 Certificate II in Manufacturing Technology	203

MSA20510 Certificate II in Recreational Vehicle Service and Repair	207

MSA20610 Certificate II in Recreational Vehicle Manufacture	215

MSA30107 Certificate III in Process Manufacturing	223

MSA30208 Certificate III in Manufacturing Technology	232

MSA30309 Certificate III in Surface Preparation and Coating Application	250

MSA30510 Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle Service and Repair	261

MSA30610 Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle Manufacture	270

MSA30710 Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle and Accessories Retailing	279

MSA40108 Certificate IV in Manufacturing Technology	287

MSA40311 Certificate IV in Process Manufacturing	305

MSA40510 Certificate IV in Recreational Vehicles	320

MSA40710 Certificate IV in Recreational Vehicle and Accessories Retailing	332

MSA50108 Diploma of Manufacturing Technology	342

MSA50311 Diploma of Production Management	360

MSA50510 Diploma of Recreational Vehicles	371

MSA60108 Advanced Diploma of Manufacturing Technology	380

MSASS00001 Confined space work team	398

MSASS00002 High pressure water jetting assistant	400

MSASS00003 High pressure water jetting operator	401

MSASS00004 Leading Hand/Supervisor	402

MSASS00005 License to operate a standard boiler	404

MSASS00006 License to operate an advanced boiler	405

MSASS00007 Trade Measurement Verification (Complex Measuring Instrument)	406

MSASS00008 Trade Measurement Verification (Limited Weighing Instrument)	408

MSASS00009 Trade Measurement Verification (Liquid Measuring Instrument Using Volume Measures)	410

MSASS00010 Trade Measurement Verification (Simple Measuring Instrument)	412

AUMANA001 Prepare and document quotations	414

Assessment Requirements for AUMANA001 Prepare and document quotations	418

AUMFTA001 Document manufacturing design processes	420

Assessment Requirements for AUMFTA001 Document manufacturing design processes	424

AUMGTT001 Apply trim to vehicle components	426

Assessment Requirements for AUMGTT001 Apply trim to vehicle components	430

FPICOT2238A Cut materials with a hand-held chainsaw	432

MEM23001A Apply advanced mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment	443

MSABLIC001 License to operate a standard boiler	450

MSABLIC002 License to operate an advanced boiler	465

MSAENV272B Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	481

MSAENV472B Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	490

MSAENV672B Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability	500

MSAPCI101A Adapt to work in industry	509

MSAPCI102A Apply effective work practices	521

MSAPCI103A Demonstrate care and apply safe practices at work	532

MSAPCII295A Operate manufacturing equipment	542

MSAPCII296A Make a small furniture item from timber	552

MSAPCII297A Make an object from cloth using an existing pattern	564

MSAPCII298A Make an object from metal	574

MSAPCII299A Make an object from plastic	587

MSAPMOHS100A Follow OHS procedures	599

MSAPMOHS110A Follow emergency response procedures	605

MSAPMOHS200A Work safely	612

MSAPMOHS205A Control minor incidents	620

MSAPMOHS210B Undertake first response to non-fire incidents	627

MSAPMOHS212A Undertake first response to fire incidents	635

MSAPMOHS216A Operate breathing apparatus	642

MSAPMOHS217A Gas test atmospheres	648

MSAPMOHS220A Provide initial First Aid response	654

MSAPMOHS300A Facilitate the implementation of OHS for a work group	662

MSAPMOHS400A Contribute to OHS management system	670

MSAPMOHS401A Assess risk	678

MSAPMOHS510A Manage risk	686

MSAPMOHS503A Maintain the workplace OHS management system	694

MSAPMOHS601A Establish workplace OHS management system	702

MSAPMOPS100A Use equipment	711

MSAPMOPS101A Make measurements	717

MSAPMOPS102A Perform tasks to support production	723

MSAPMOPS200A Operate equipment	729

MSAPMOPS201A Cut polymer materials	738

MSAPMOPS202A Fabricate polymer materials	747

MSAPMOPS212A Use organisation computers or data systems	756

MSAPMOPS244A Layout and cut materials	763

MSAPMOPS301A Treat corrosion	770

MSAPMOPS363A Organise on site work	778

MSAPMOPS400A Optimise process/plant area	785

MSAPMOPS401A Trial new process or product	794

MSAPMOPS404A Co-ordinate maintenance	802

MSAPMOPS405A Identify problems in fluid power system	810

MSAPMOPS406A Identify problems in electronic control systems	818

MSAPMOPS601A Design equipment and system modifications	826

MSAPMPER200C Work in accordance with an issued permit	834

MSAPMPER201A Monitor and control work permits	846

MSAPMPER202A Observe permit work	855

MSAPMPER205C Enter confined space	862

MSAPMPER300C Issue work permits	875

MSAPMPER400A Coordinate permit process	888

MSAPMSUP100A Apply workplace procedures	895

MSAPMSUP101A Clean workplace or equipment	902

MSAPMSUP102A Communicate in the workplace	908

MSAPMSUP106A Work in a team	914

MSAPMSUP172A Identify and minimise environmental hazards	920

MSAPMSUP200A Achieve work outcomes	926

MSAPMSUP201A Receive or despatch goods	933

MSAPMSUP204A Pack products or materials	940

MSAPMSUP205A Transfer loads	947

MSAPMSUP210A Process and record information	955

MSAPMSUP230A Monitor process operations	961

MSAPMSUP240A Undertake minor maintenance	968

MSAPMSUP273A Handle goods	976

MSAPMSUP280A Manage conflict at work	982

MSAPMSUP291A Participate in continuous improvement	988

MSAPMSUP292A Sample and test materials and product	994

MSAPMSUP300A Identify and implement opportunities to maximise production efficiencies	1000

MSAPMSUP301A Apply HACCP to the workplace	1007

MSAPMSUP303A Identify equipment faults	1014

MSAPMSUP309A Maintain and organise workplace records	1022

MSAPMSUP310A Contribute to the development of plant documentation	1028

MSAPMSUP330A Develop and adjust a production schedule	1034

MSAPMSUP382A Provide coaching/mentoring in the workplace	1040

MSAPMSUP383A Facilitate a team	1046

MSAPMSUP390A Use structured problem solving tools	1052

MSAPMSUP400A Develop and monitor quality systems	1058

MSAPMWJ201A Use high pressure water jetting equipment	1064

MSAPMWJ301A Operate a high pressure water jetting system	1074

MSARVG201A Tow a recreational vehicle safely	1085

MSARVS201A Install LP gas systems in a recreational vehicle	1094

MSARVS202A Repair/service LP gas systems in a recreational vehicle	1104

MSARVS301A Develop and update caravan industry knowledge	1114

MSARVS401A Assess and quote to service a recreational vehicle	1124

MSARVT201A Apply technical knowledge of recreational vehicle manufacturing to work activities	1131

MSATCM301A Test the mechanical properties of materials	1138

MSATCM302A Monitor ferrous melting and casting processes	1148

MSATCM303A Monitor non-ferrous melting and casting processes	1156

MSATCM304A Interpret basic binary phase diagrams	1166

MSATCM305A Demonstrate basic knowledge of casting operations	1171

MSATCM401A Prepare and examine metallographic samples	1177

MSATCM402A Monitor and test sands, cores and moulds	1184

MSATCM403A Evaluate mould design and gating	1191

MSATCM404A Undertake and interpret results of chemical analysis on metal samples	1197

MSATCM405A Determine and supervise heat treatment of metal	1206

MSATCM406A Apply basic chemical principles to metallurgy	1215

MSATCM501A Calculate and predict chemical outcomes in metallurgical situations	1223

MSATCM502A Identify and describe equipment for mineral and chemical processing plants	1231

MSATCM503A Recommend a refractory for an application	1238

MSATCM504A Select metal forming process	1245

MSATCM505A Select metal joining process	1252

MSATCM506A Monitor blast furnace operations	1258

MSATCM507A Monitor primary steel making process	1268

MSATCM508A Monitor secondary steelmaking operations	1274

MSATCM509A Recommend ferrous and non ferrous metals or alloys for an application	1281

MSATCM510A Apply metallurgical principles and techniques in welding and other thermal processes	1288

MSATCM511A Apply metallurgy principles and practice to determine metal forming and shaping processes	1295

MSATCM512A Apply metallurgy principles and practice to optimise furnace operation	1302

MSATCM513A Plan and complete metallurgical projects	1309

MSATCM514A Select surface treatment methods for metallic components or products	1319

MSATCM515A Analyse metallurgical failures of components and recommend preventative measures	1326

MSATCM516A Select non metallic materials for engineering applications	1333

MSATCM517A Determine corrosion prevention strategies for metal and alloys	1342

MSATCM518A Interpret complex binary phase diagrams	1350

MSATCS301A Interpret architectural and engineering design specifications for structural steel detailing	1356

MSATCS302A Detail bolts and welds for structural steelwork connections	1365

MSATCS501A Detail standardised structural connections	1374

MSATCS502A Detail structural steel members	1385

MSATCS503A Incorporate structural steel detailing into fabrication and construction project management	1397

MSATCS504A Detail ancillary steelwork	1405

MSATMINS301A Inspect a range of simple measures	1414

MSATMINS302A Inspect a range of simple measuring instruments	1425

MSATMINS401A Inspect a range of weighing instruments	1438

MSATMINS402A Inspect a range of liquid measuring instruments using volume measures	1451

MSATMINS403A Inspect a range of trading practices	1465

MSATMINS404A Inspect a range of pre-packaged products	1479

MSATMINS501A Inspect a range of complex measuring instruments	1492

MSATMREF301A Use and maintain reference standards	1508

MSATMVER301A Verify simple measures	1522

MSATMVER302A Verify a simple measuring instrument	1534

MSATMVER401A Verify a limited weighing instrument	1547

MSATMVER402A Verify a liquid measuring instrument using volume measures	1560

MSATMVER403A Verify inspector's class reference standards	1574

MSATMVER501A Verify a complex measuring instrument	1586

AUM4003A Interpret customer requirements	1601

AURAAA4002 Determine retail rates for work	1603

AURACA2001 Establish relations with customers	1610

AURACA3002 Establish customer requirements of a complex nature	1618

AURACA3003 Build customer relations	1626

AURAFA2004 Solve routine problems in an automotive workplace	1634

AURAFA5007 Develop and document specifications and procedures	1642

AURAKA3002 Adapt work processes to new technologies	1650

AURALA3001 Determine legal aspects of an automotive service and repair contract	1656

AURAMA3004 Maintain business image	1663

AURAMA4005 Manage complex customer issues	1670

AURAMA5006 Contribute to business improvement	1678

AURANN4001 Prepare a vehicle repair quotation	1685

AURATA3005 Estimate complex jobs	1693

AURETB3001 Repair electric braking systems	1701

AURC341903A Apply relevant finance, leasing and insurance contracts/policies	1711

AURETR2010 Fabricate, test and repair wiring harnesses and looms	1717

AURETR2012 Test and repair basic electrical circuits	1728

AURETR2015 Inspect and service batteries	1739

AURSAA2001 Process customer complaints	1749

AURSBA3002 Apply automotive parts interpretation process	1756

AURSCA2001 Select automotive parts and products	1764

AURSCA2002 Present stock and sales area	1773

AURSCA2003 Apply sales procedures	1780

AURSCA2004 Carry out cash, credit and funds transfers	1788

AURSCA2005 Sell products	1795

AURSCA2006 Promote products and services	1802

AURSLA2001 Apply legal requirements relating to product sale	1809

AURTNA5001 Estimate and calculate costs to repair, maintain or modify a vehicle	1816

AURTTA3017 Carry out vehicle safety and roadworthy inspections	1826

AURTTB2001 Inspect and service braking systems	1836

AURTTD2004 Inspect and service suspension systems	1848

AURTTJ2002 Remove and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components	1859

AURTTY3001 Repair chassis, frame and associated components	1869

AURV365356A Read and interpret vehicle body repair estimation/quotation	1879

AURVTG3011 Install side windows	1889

AURVTN2005 Remove and fit protector mouldings, transfers and decals	1899

AURVTN4032 Determine vehicle damage and recommended repair procedures	1909

AURVTP2007 Apply paint touch-up techniques	1917

AURVTS3004 Repair fibreglass and composite material components	1929

AURVTT3015 Fabricate canvas products	1940

AURVTT3016 Fabricate frame structures	1950

AURVTT3019 Fabricate and install canopies and curtains	1960

BSBCUS501C Manage quality customer service	1970

BSBFIM501A Manage budgets and financial plans	1977

BSBINM501A Manage an information or knowledge management system	1986

BSBMGT403A Implement continuous improvement	1995

BSBMGT502B Manage people performance	2002

BSBWRK510A Manage employee relations	2009

FDFOP2005A Work in a socially diverse environment	2016

FNSORG501A Develop and manage a budget	2022

LMTCL2001B Use a sewing machine	2029

LMTCL2003B Identify fibres and fabrics	2037

LMTCL2006B Press work	2044

LMTCL2007B Lay up, mark and cut uncomplicated fabrics and lays	2052

LMTCL2008B Finish garment production	2060

LMTGN2008B Coordinate work of team or section	2067

LMTGN4002A Participate in product engineering	2074

LMTGN4016A Contribute to the development of products or processes	2081

LMTGN5004A Manage installation and commissioning of equipment and systems	2089

MEM03001B Perform manual production assembly	2098

MEM03003B Perform sheet and plate assembly	2105

MEM03004B Perform electronic/electrical assembly (production)	2112

MEM03006B Set assembly stations	2119

MEM05005B Carry out mechanical cutting	2126

MEM05007C Perform manual heating and thermal cutting	2134

MEM05012C Perform routine manual metal arc welding	2141

MEM05050B Perform routine gas metal arc welding	2148

MEM05051A Select welding processes	2155

MEM05052A Apply safe welding practices	2162

MEM06003C Carry out heat treatment	2172

MEM07001B Perform operational maintenance of machines/equipment	2179

MEM07015B Set computer controlled machines/processes	2185

MEM07024B Operate and monitor machine/process	2193

MEM07028B Operate computer controlled machines/processes	2201

MEM08002C Pre-treat work for subsequent surface coating	2209

MEM08007B Control surface finish production and finished product quality	2216

MEM08011B Prepare surfaces using solvents and/or mechanical means	2223

MEM08012B Prepare surfaces by abrasive blasting (basic)	2231

MEM08013B Prepare surfaces by abrasive blasting (advanced)	2238

MEM08014B Apply protective coatings (basic)	2245

MEM08015B Apply protective coatings (advanced)	2256

MEM08016B Control blast coating by-products, materials and emissions	2266

MEM09002B Interpret technical drawing	2273

MEM09005B Perform basic engineering detail drafting	2280

MEM09006B Perform advanced engineering detail drafting	2287

MEM09009C Create 2D drawings using computer aided design system	2294

MEM09011B Apply basic engineering design concepts	2303

MEM09155A Prepare mechanical models for computer-aided engineering (CAE)	2310

MEM09156A Prepare mechatronic models for computer-aided engineering (CAE)	2320

MEM09157A Perform mechanical engineering design drafting	2330

MEM09158A Perform mechatronics engineering design drafting	2340

MEM09204A Produce basic engineering detail drawings	2350

MEM09205A Produce electrical schematic drawings	2359

MEM09210A Create 3-D solid models using computer-aided design (CAD) system	2368

MEM09216A Interpret and produce curved 3-D shapes and patterns	2377

MEM10002B Terminate and connect electrical wiring	2383

MEM11001C Erect/dismantle scaffolding and equipment	2391

MEM11002C Erect/dismantle complex scaffolding and equipment	2398

MEM11003B Coordinate erection/dismantling of complex scaffolding/equipment	2407

MEM11004B Undertake dogging	2416

MEM11005B Pick and process order	2423

MEM11006B Perform production packaging	2430

MEM11007B Administer inventory procedures	2437

MEM11010B Operate mobile load shifting equipment	2443

MEM11011B Undertake manual handling	2450

MEM11012B Purchase materials	2457

MEM11016B Order materials	2464

MEM11017B Organise and lead stocktakes	2470

MEM11021B Perform advanced operation of load shifting equipment	2477

MEM11022B Operate fixed/moveable load shifting equipment	2484

MEM12001B Use comparison and basic measuring devices	2491

MEM12002B Perform electrical/electronic measurement	2497

MEM12003B Perform precision mechanical measurement	2505

MEM12005B Calibrate measuring equipment	2513

MEM12006C Mark off/out (general engineering)	2521

MEM12022B Program coordinate measuring machines (advanced)	2530

MEM12023A Perform engineering measurements	2538

MEM12024A Perform computations	2546

MEM12025A Use graphical techniques and perform simple statistical computations	2554

MEM13001B Perform emergency first aid	2561

MEM13002B Undertake occupational health and safety activities in the workplace	2567

MEM13003B Work safely with industrial chemicals and materials	2574

MEM13004B Work safely with molten metals/glass	2582

MEM13010A Supervise occupational health and safety in an industrial work environment.	2589

MEM13013B Work safely with ionizing radiation	2597

MEM13014A Apply principles of occupational health and safety in the work environment	2607

MEM14001B Schedule material deliveries	2617

MEM14002B Undertake basic process planning	2624

MEM14003B Undertake basic production scheduling	2630

MEM14004A Plan to undertake a routine task	2637

MEM14005A Plan a complete activity	2644

MEM14085A Apply mechanical engineering analysis techniques	2652

MEM14086A Apply mechatronic engineering analysis techniques	2662

MEM14087A Apply manufactured product design techniques	2673

MEM14088A Apply maintenance engineering techniques to equipment and component repairs and modifications	2683

MEM14089A Integrate mechanical fundamentals into an engineering task	2694

MEM14090A Integrate mechatronic fundamentals into an engineering task	2702

MEM14091A Integrate manufacturing fundamentals into an engineering task	2710

MEM14092A Integrate maintenance fundamentals into an engineering task	2720

MEM15001B Perform basic statistical quality control	2729

MEM15002A Apply quality systems	2736

MEM15003B Use improvement processes in team activities	2744

MEM15004B Perform inspection	2751

MEM15005B Select and control inspection processes and procedures	2758

MEM15007B Conduct product and/or process capability studies	2765

MEM15008B Perform advanced statistical quality control	2772

MEM15010B Perform laboratory procedures	2778

MEM15011B Exercise external quality assurance	2786

MEM15012B Maintain/supervise the application of quality procedures	2793

MEM15024A Apply quality procedures	2800

MEM16002C Conduct formal interviews and negotiations	2805

MEM16003B Provide advanced customer service	2812

MEM16005A Operate as a team member to conduct manufacturing, engineering or related activities	2819

MEM16006A Organise and communicate information	2827

MEM16007A Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment	2834

MEM16008A Interact with computing technology	2841

MEM16009A Research and analyse engineering information	2848

MEM16010A Write reports	2855

MEM16011A Communicate with individuals and small groups	2863

MEM16012A Interpret technical specifications and manuals	2872

MEM16013A Operate in a self-directed team	2880

MEM17001B Assist in development and deliver training in the workplace	2889

MEM17003A Assist in the provision of on the job training	2896

MEM18001C Use hand tools	2902

MEM18002B Use power tools/hand held operations	2909

MEM18003C Use tools for precision work	2916

MEM18006C Repair and fit engineering components	2924

MEM18010C Perform equipment condition monitoring and recording	2936

MEM18016B Analyse plant and equipment condition monitoring results	2944

MEM18038B Maintain wheels and tyres	2952

MEM18045B Fault find/repair electrical equipment/components up to 250 volts single phase supply	2960

MEM18055B Dismantle, replace and assemble engineering components	2968

MEM22001A Perform engineering activities	2977

MEM22002A Manage self in the engineering environment	2985

MEM22007A Manage environmental effects of engineering activities	2993

MEM22012A Coordinate resources for an engineering project or operation	3001

MEM22013A Coordinate engineering projects	3011

MEM22014A Coordinate engineering-related manufacturing operations	3020

MEM22015A Source and estimate engineering materials requirements	3030

MEM22017A Coordinate continuous improvement and technical development	3039

MEM22018A Coordinate sales and promotion of engineering-related products or services	3048

MEM23003A Operate and program computers and/or controllers in engineering situations	3057

MEM23004A Apply technical mathematics	3064

MEM23006A Apply fluid and thermodynamics principles in engineering	3070

MEM23007A Apply calculus to engineering tasks	3079

MEM23041A Apply basic scientific principles and techniques in mechanical engineering situations	3086

MEM23063A Select and test mechanical engineering materials	3094

MEM23064A Select and test mechatronic engineering materials	3103

MEM23109A Apply engineering mechanics principles	3112

MEM23111A Select electrical equipment and components for engineering applications	3121

MEM23112A Investigate electrical and electronic controllers in engineering applications	3131

MEM23113A Evaluate hydrodynamic systems and system components	3139

MEM23114A Evaluate thermodynamic systems and components	3148

MEM23115A Evaluate fluid power systems	3156

MEM23116A Evaluate programmable logic controller and related control system component applications	3164

MEM23117A Evaluate microcontroller applications	3173

MEM23118A Apply production and service control techniques	3182

MEM23119A Evaluate continuous improvement processes	3191

MEM23120A Select mechanical machine and equipment components	3200

MEM23121A Analyse loads on frames and mechanisms	3209

MEM23122A Evaluate computer integrated manufacturing systems	3218

MEM23123A Evaluate manufacturing processes	3227

MEM23124A Measure and analyse noise and vibration	3238

MEM23125A Evaluate maintenance systems	3249

MEM24001B Perform basic penetrant testing	3260

MEM24002B Perform penetrant testing	3269

MEM24003B Perform basic magnetic particle testing	3277

MEM24004B Perform magnetic particle testing	3285

MEM24005B Perform basic eddy current testing	3294

MEM24006B Perform eddy current testing	3302

MEM24007B Perform ultrasonic thickness testing	3311

MEM24008B Perform ultrasonic testing	3320

MEM24009B Perform basic radiographic testing	3329

MEM24010B Perform radiographic testing	3338

MEM24011B Establish non-destructive tests	3348

MEM24012C Apply metallurgy principles	3357

MEM30005A Calculate force systems within simple beam structures	3366

MEM30006A Calculate stresses in simple structures	3373

MEM30007A Select common engineering materials	3380

MEM30008A Apply basic economic and ergonomic concepts to evaluate engineering applications	3389

MEM30009A Contribute to the design of basic mechanical systems	3396

MEM30010A Set up basic hydraulic circuits	3404

MEM30011A Set up basic pneumatic circuits	3412

MEM30012A Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment	3418

MEM30013A Assist in the preparation of a basic workplace layout	3425

MEM30014A Apply basic just in time systems to the reduction of waste	3432

MEM30015A Develop recommendations for basic set up time improvements	3440

MEM30016A Assist in the analysis of a supply chain	3447

MEM30017A Use basic preventative maintenance techniques and tools	3454

MEM30018A Undertake basic process planning	3461

MEM30019A Use resource planning software systems in manufacturing	3467

MEM30020A Develop and manage a plan for a simple manufacturing related project	3475

MEM30021A Prepare a simple production schedule	3482

MEM30022A Undertake supervised procurement activities	3490

MEM30023A Prepare a simple cost estimate for a manufactured product	3498

MEM30024A Participate in quality assurance techniques	3505

MEM30025A Analyse a simple electrical system circuit	3512

MEM30027A Prepare basic programs for programmable logic controllers	3520

MEM30028A Assist in sales of technical products/systems	3527

MEM30031A Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements	3534

MEM30032A Produce basic engineering drawings	3542

MEM30033A Use computer-aided design (CAD) to create and display 3-D models	3549

MSFFM1002 Operate basic woodworking machines	3555

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM1002 Operate basic woodworking machines	3559

MSFFM2001 Use furniture making sector hand and power tools	3561

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2001 Use furniture making sector hand and power tools	3565

MSFFM2002 Assemble furnishing components	3567

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2002 Assemble furnishing components	3571

MSFFM2003 Select and apply hardware	3573

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2003 Select and apply hardware	3577

MSFFM2005 Join solid timber	3579

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2005 Join solid timber	3583

MSFSF1001 Produce basic soft furnishing accessories	3585

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF1001 Produce basic soft furnishing accessories	3589

MSFSF2001 Cut single layer fabrics	3591

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2001 Cut single layer fabrics	3595

MSL913001A Communicate with other people	3597

MSL913002A Plan and conduct laboratory/field work	3608

MSL922001A Record and present data	3620

MSL933001A Maintain the laboratory/field workplace fit for purpose	3631

MSL933002A Contribute to the achievement of quality objectives	3646

MSL933003A Apply critical control point requirements	3656

MSL934001A Contribute to the ongoing development of HACCP plans	3664

MSL934002A Apply quality system and continuous improvement processes	3675

MSL943001A Work safely with instruments that emit ionising radiation	3688

MSL943002A Participate in laboratory/field workplace safety	3697

MSL952001A Collect routine site samples	3711

MSL952002A Handle and transport samples or equipment	3724

MSL953001A Receive and prepare samples for testing	3737

MSL954001A Obtain representative samples in accordance with sampling plan	3750

MSL963001A Operate basic handblowing equipment	3763

MSL963002A Repair glass apparatus using simple glassblowing equipment	3774

MSL973001A Perform basic tests	3785

MSL973002A Prepare working solutions	3797

MSL973003A Prepare culture media	3808

MSL973004A Perform aseptic techniques	3821

MSL973005A Assist with fieldwork	3834

MSL973006A Prepare trial batches for evaluation	3845

MSL973007A Perform microscopic examination	3856

MSL973012A Assist with geotechnical site investigations	3870

MSL974001A Prepare, standardise and use solutions	3882

MSL974002A Conduct geotechnical site investigations	3894

MSL974003A Perform chemical tests and procedures	3905

MSL974005A Perform physical tests	3920

MSL974010A Perform mechanical tests	3933

MSL975016A Perform complex tests to measure engineering properties of materials	3946

MSS015002A Develop strategies for more sustainable use of resources	3959

MSS015015A Evaluate sustainability impact of a process	3965

MSS402001A Apply competitive systems and practices	3971

MSS402002A Sustain process improvements	3978

MSS402010A Manage the impact of change on own work	3986

MSS402020A Apply quick changeover procedures	3994

MSS402021A Apply Just in Time procedures	4002

MSS402030A Apply cost factors to work practices	4009

MSS402031A Interpret product costs in terms of customer requirements	4015

MSS402040A Apply 5S procedures	4022

MSS402050A Monitor process capability	4030

MSS402051A Apply quality standards	4037

MSS402060A Use planning software systems in operations	4046

MSS402061A Use SCADA systems in operations	4054

MSS402080A Undertake root cause analysis	4061

MSS402081A Contribute to the application of a proactive maintenance strategy	4069

MSS403001A Implement competitive systems and practices	4076

MSS403002A Ensure process improvements are sustained	4085

MSS403010A Facilitate change in an organisation implementing competitive systems and practices	4094

MSS403011A Facilitate implementation of competitive systems and practices	4103

MSS403013A Lead team culture improvement	4111

MSS403021A Facilitate a Just in Time system	4119

MSS403030A Improve cost factors in work practices	4128

MSS403032A Analyse manual handling processes	4135

MSS403040A Facilitate and improve implementation of 5S	4143

MSS403041A Facilitate breakthrough improvements	4153

MSS403051A Mistake proof an operational process	4162

MSS404050A Undertake process capability improvements	4170

MSS404052A Apply statistics to operational processes	4178

MSS404060A Facilitate the use of planning software systems in a work area or team	4187

MSS404061A Facilitate the use of SCADA systems in a team or work area	4195

MSS404081A Undertake proactive maintenance analyses	4202

MSS404082A Assist in implementing a proactive maintenance strategy	4210

MSS404083A Support proactive maintenance	4219

MSS405001A Develop competitive systems and practices for an organisation	4228

MSS405002A Analyse and map a value stream	4236

MSS405003A Manage a value stream	4244

MSS405004A Develop business plans in an organisation implementing competitive systems and practices	4252

MSS405005A Manage competitive systems and practices responding to individual and unique customer orders	4260

MSS405010A Manage relationships with non-customer external organisations	4269

MSS405011A Manage people relationships	4277

MSS405012A Manage workplace learning	4285

MSS405020A Develop quick changeover procedures	4293

MSS405021A Develop a Just in Time system	4302

MSS405022A Design a process layout	4311

MSS405023A Develop a levelled pull system for operations and processes	4319

MSS405030A Optimise cost of a product or service	4327

MSS405031A Undertake value analysis of product or process costs in terms of customer requirements	4335

MSS405032A Analyse cost implications of maintenance strategy	4343

MSS405040A Manage 5S system in an organisation	4352

MSS405041A Implement improvement systems in an organisation	4361

MSS405050A Determine and improve process capability	4371

MSS405052A Design an experiment	4379

MSS405053A Manage application of six sigma for process control and improvement	4388

MSS405060A Develop the application of enterprise control systems in an organisation	4397

MSS405061A Determine and establish information collection requirements and processes	4405

MSS405070A Develop and manage sustainable energy practices	4412

MSS405075A Facilitate the development of a new product	4420

MSS405081A Develop a proactive maintenance strategy	4431

MSS405082A Adapt a proactive maintenance strategy to the process operations sector	4439

MSS405083A Adapt a proactive maintenance strategy for a seasonal or cyclical business	4448

PMAOHS310B Investigate incidents	4457

PMAOHS420B Develop First Aid procedures and manage resources	4466

PMAOMIR407B Audit incident preparedness and established response systems	4473

PMAOMIR418B Coordinate incident response	4482

PMAOMIR424B Develop and maintain community relationships	4491

PMAOMIR430B Conduct and assess incident exercises	4499

PMAOMIR444B Develop incident containment tactics	4509

PMAOMIR449B Monitor legal compliance obligations during incidents	4518

PMAOPS101C Read dials and indicators	4527

PMAOPS280B Interpret process plant schematics	4534

PMAOPS350B Match and adjust colour	4543

PMAOPS402A Respond to abnormal process situations	4551

PMAOPS405B Operate complex control systems	4558

PMAOPS410B Monitor remote production facilities	4570

PMAOPS411B Manage plant shutdown and restart	4578

PMAOPS450B Solve colour problems	4587

PMAOPS500A Optimise production systems	4595

PMAOPS550B Develop a colour formulation	4603

PMAOPS600C Modify plant	4613

PMASUP410B Develop plant documentation	4622

PMASUP420B Minimise environmental impact of process	4630

PMASUP432B Coordinate pipeline projects	4638

PMASUP440B Commission/recommission plant	4646

PMASUP441C Decommission plant	4656

PMASUP445A Participate in HAZOP studies	4664

PMASUP520B Review procedures to minimise environmental impact of process	4673

PMASUP540B Analyse equipment performance	4682

PMBFIN201C Finish products and components	4689

PMBFIN205C Hand decorate products	4697

PMBHAN103C Shift materials safely by hand	4704

PMBPREP205C Assemble materials and equipment for production	4709

PMBPREP206C Prepare materials to formulae	4716

PMBPREP301C Set up and prepare for production	4723

PMBPREP303C Set up equipment for continuous operation	4731

PMBPREP304C Set a die	4739

PMBPREP305B Change extrusion die and setup	4747

PMBPROD221B Operate rotational moulding equipment	4754

PMBPROD235C Use materials and process knowledge to complete work operations	4761

PMBPROD236C Operate hand held air/power equipment for production processes	4768

PMBPROD240C Cut materials	4775

PMBPROD241C Lay up rubber lining or lag pulleys	4781

PMBPROD242A Bond polymers to surfaces	4789

PMBPROD247C Hand lay up composites	4797

PMBPROD248C Prepare surfaces for coating	4804

PMBPROD265C Operate portable vulcanising equipment	4810

PMBPROD321B Produce rotational moulded products	4818

PMBPROD323C Produce powder coated products	4826

PMBPROD347B Produce composites using hand lamination	4834

PMBPROD375B Vulcanise products using an autoclave	4841

PMBPROD380B Produce composites using chopper gun/depositor	4849

PMBPROD430B Trial a new die/tool	4857

PMBPROD431B Trial a new, advanced or complex mould	4865

PMBTECH301B Use material and process knowledge to solve problems	4872

PMBTECH302A Modify existing compounds	4879

PMBTECH303A Make minor modifications to products	4886

PMBTECH401B Predict polymer properties and characteristics	4894

PMBTECH402B Set advanced or complex dies	4900

PMBTECH403B Test fibre-composites materials and laminates	4909

PMBTECH404B Mould chemical resistant and/or fire retardant fibre-composites	4915

PMBTECH405B Repair damaged fibre-composites structures	4923

PMBTECH406A Diagnose production equipment problems	4929

PMBTECH501B Analyse equipment performance	4937

PMBTECH502B Review and analyse production trials and specify retrials	4943

PMBTECH503B Determine rheology and output of plastics materials from processing equipment	4949

PMBTECH504B Determine heat transfer loads for processing equipment	4954

PMBTECH505B Choose polymer materials for an application	4959

PMBTECH506B Analyse the design of products and tools	4965

PMBTECH507B Develop fibre composite products using cored-laminate techniques	4971

PMBTECH508A Develop a new compound	4979

PMBTECH509A Modify an existing product	4986

PMBTECH510A Analyse failure in polymeric materials	4993

PMBTECH601B Develop a new product	5000

PMBTECH602B Develop a new die or tool	5009

PMBTECH603B Design structural/mechanical polymer components	5016

PMC554020D Design and prepare models, moulds and dies	5023

PMC554090B Undertake simple refractory design	5031

PMC554091B Analyse refractory failures	5039

PSPGOV408A Value diversity	5046

PSPPM402B Manage simple projects	5056

PSPPM501B Design complex projects	5067

PSPPM502B Manage complex projects	5080

PSPPM503B Close complex projects	5092

RIIOHS204A Work safely at heights	5101

RIIRIS201B Conduct local risk control	5110

SIRXCCS201 Apply point-of-sale handling procedures	5118

SIRXINV004A Buy merchandise	5126

SIRXMER303 Coordinate merchandise presentation	5138

SIRXMER004A Manage merchandise and store presentation	5146

SIRXRSK001A Minimise theft	5154

SIRXRSK002A Maintain store security	5162

SIRXSLS002A Advise on products and services	5169

SITXMGT501 Establish and conduct business relationships	5175

SITXMPR401 Coordinate production of brochures and marketing materials	5180

SITXMPR402 Create a promotional display or stand	5186

SITXMPR404 Coordinate marketing activities	5192

TAEASS401B Plan assessment activities and processes	5198

TAEASS402B Assess competence	5207

TAEASS403B Participate in assessment validation	5216

TAEDEL301A Provide work skill instruction	5222

TLIA5058A Manage facility and inventory requirements	5232

TLID2010A Operate a forklift	5239

TLIL4059A Implement asset management systems	5247

TLIL5055A Manage a supply chain	5254

TLIP4013A Implement and monitor logistics planning and process	5261

TLIR4003A Negotiate a contract	5268

TLIR4008A Implement and supervise stocktaking procedures	5276

TLIR4009A Implement purchasing systems	5282

TLIR4010A Plan purchasing	5288

TLIR5005A Manage a contract	5296

TLIR5006A Develop, implement and review purchasing strategies	5303

TLIX5015A Establish supply chains	5311

UEGNSG604B Fill gas cylinders	5318

UEPMNT420A Perform Electrical/Electronic Drafting	5337

Modification History

Version	Release Date	Comments
8.3	9 February 2014	ISC Upgrades 2 units updated to comply with new Australian Standard: MSAPMWJ201A Use high pressure water jetting equipment MSAPMWJ301A Operate a high pressure water jetting system 14 qualifications updated to reflect imported units replaced by new releases. Miscellaneous corrections Refer to MSA07v8.3 Summary Mapping for details.
8.2	5 April 2013	ISC Upgrades Seven (7) competitive manufacturing qualifications not carried forward - superseded by new qualifications endorsed 20 April 2012 in MSS11v2 Competitive manufacturing units of competency not carried forward - superseded by new units endorsed in MSS11v2 New release of fifteen (15) qualifications - imported elective units updated to current versions (including prerequisites) Editorial changes to six (6) units of competency Editorial changes to two (2) licensing Skill Sets Unit grid updated for one (1) Skill Set Refer to mapping for details.
8.1	15 October 2012	ISC upgrade Editorial changes to boiler units of competency to clarify WHS Regulations.
8	15 May 2012	Endorsed changes Addition of two new units: MSABLIC001 License to operate a standard boiler MSABLIC002 License to operate and advanced boiler ISC upgrades Inclusion of two boiler licensing Skill Sets Inclusion of 59 units imported from MSS11v2 Competitive Manufacturing qualifications superseded by new Competitive Systems and Practices (endorsed in MSS11v2). Competitive Manufacturing units of competency in other MSA qualifications replaced by Competitive Systems and Practices units imported from MSS11v2. Refer to mapping for more details.
7	15 November 2011	Addition of two new qualifications: MSA40311 Certificate IV in Process Manufacturing MSA50311 Diploma of Production Management Inclusion of 51 additional imported units. (Refer to mapping for details.) ISC upgrades include: Addition of a Leading Hand/Supervisor Skill Set Updating of imported units Minor editorial changes Imported units updated in relevant qualifications.
6	April 2011	Endorsed changes Addition of eight new qualifications and six new units of competency for recreational vehicle manufacture, retailing, service and repair. Inclusion of an additional 82 imported units as electives for recreational vehicle qualifications. Two new units of competency for water jetting included as electives in MSA30309. One new unit of competency to replace a deleted imported unit. ISC upgrades 11 qualifications adjusted for flexibility/sustainability requirements (refer to mapping for details) Minor edits to 5 MSAPM units (MSAPMOHS100A, OHS200A, OPS101A, OPS363A and SUP106A) Imported units updated and minor typographical errors corrected in mapping. Refer to Summary Mapping for details of changes to qualifications and units.
5.1	July 2010	ISC Updates: Eight qualifications adjusted to comply with flexibility rules: MSA10107, MSA10207, MSA20107, MSA21108, MSA30107, MSA30309, MSA31108, MSA41108. Confined Space Entry units updated to comply with revised Australian Standard AS2685-2009: MSAPMPER200C, MSAPMPER205C and MSAPMPER300C. Sustainability units (MSAENV272B, MSAENV472B and MSAENV672B) updated to clarify terminology and to expand Range of Variables to better incorporate environmental sustainability. PML04 units of competency updated to MSL09 units in MSA30208, MSA40108, MSA50108 and MSA60108.
5	November 2009	One new qualification - MSA30309 Certificate III in Surface Preparation and Coating Application. Three new units of competency and an additional 35 imported units for inclusion in MSA07 aligned to the new certificate. Fourteen (14) new units of competency and five Skill Sets for Trade Measurement (not aligned to any qualifications). Refer to History for details. In addition, minor corrections have been made to the Overview of Assessment Requirements in the Evidence Guide for two sustainability units (MSAENV272A and MSAENV472A).
4	27 July 2009	MSA07v4 includes two new qualifications: MSA71109 Vocational Graduate Certificate in Competitive Manufacturing MSA81109 Vocational Graduate Diploma of Competitive Manufacturing. It also includes 21 new units of competency.
3.1	12 March 2009	Version 3.1 includes six new units and the importation of an additional 10 MEM units for a new structural steel detailing stream in the following existing qualifications: MSA30208 Certificate III in Manufacturing Technology MSA50108 Diploma of Manufacturing Technology. Miscellaneous typographical errors have been corrected. Refer to Modification History for details.
3	27 August 2008	MCM04 qualifications and units of competency recoded and placed in MSA07. Key Competencies replaced in Competitive Manufacturing units with Employability Skills. Two new specialist streams for metallurgy and polymer technology have been added to the existing Technology Cadetship qualifications, now coded MSA30208 and MSA40108. Two new Technology Cadetship qualifications – MSA50108 and MSA60108. Category 1 changes to following MSAPM units resulting from review of PMA08: MSAPMPER200B, MSAPMPER205B, MSAPMPER300B and MSAPMOHS210B. Two additional MSAPM units: MSAPMPER202A and MSAPMPER400A Deletion of MSAPM302A Category 1 changes to MSA10107, MSA10207, MSA20107 and MSA30107 as a result of recoding of MCM units and changes to MSAPM units. Additional Category 1 changes to MSA10107 to include updated versions of LMT and LMF units.
2	16 November 2007	Addition of three production support certificates and other generic units for use across the three process manufacturing Training Packages (PMA, PMB and PMC). This included the three new sustainability units. Units of competency in MSA10107 Certificate I in Manufacturing (Pathways) updated with units from PMB07 (details below).
1	April 2007	Initial release

Copyright Statement
© 2014 Commonwealth of Australia. With the exception of the Commonwealth Coat of Arms, the Department’s logo, any material protected by a trade mark and where otherwise noted, all material presented in this document is provided under a Creative Commons Attribution-No Derivative Works 3.0 Australia licence. You are free: to copy, distribute, display, and perform the work to make commercial use of the work Under the following conditions: Attribution - You must give the original author credit. No Derivative Works - You may not alter, transform, or build upon this work. Special Conditions (Waiver) For the sake of clarity, where the license refers to "the work", in addition to meaning the work in its entirety this term shall also mean "extracts of the work". Extracts of the work carry with it the respective licence, and is thus “partitioned”. The details of the relevant licence conditions are available on the Creative Commons website (www.creativecommons.org.au) as is the full legal code. The document must be attributed as the MSA07 Manufacturing Training Package Release 8.3.
Disclaimer
This work is the result of wide consultations with Australian industry participants. It is a collaborative view and does not necessarily represent the view of Department of Industry or any specific body. For the sake of brevity it may omit factors which could be pertinent in particular cases. While care has been taken in the preparation of this Training Package, Department of Industry and the original developer do not warrant that any licensing or registration requirements specified here are either complete or up-to-date for your State or Territory. Department of Industry and the original developer do not accept any liability for any damage or loss (including indirect and consequential loss) incurred by any person as a result of relying on the information contained in this Training Package. The Commonwealth, through the Department of Industry, does not accept any liability to any person for the information or advice (or the use of such information or advice) which is provided in this material or incorporated into it by reference. The information is provided on the basis that all persons accessing this material undertake responsibility for assessing the relevance and accuracy of its content. No liability is accepted for any information or services which may appear in any other format. No responsibility is taken for any information or services which may appear on any linked websites.

Published by:	Manufacturing Skills Australia

Release Date:	9 February 2014

Preliminary Information

Important Note to Users

Training Packages are not static documents; they are amended periodically to reflect the latest industry practices and are version controlled. It is essential that the latest version is always used.

Check the version number before commencing training or assessment

This Training Package is Version 8.3 - check whether this is the latest version by going to the training.gov.au website and locating information about the Training Package. Alternatively, contact Manufacturing Industry Skills Council at http://www.mskills.com.au to confirm the latest version number.

Explanation of version number conventions

The primary release Training Package is Version 1. When changes are made to a Training Package, sometimes the version number is changed and sometimes it is not, depending on the extent of the change. When a Training Package is reviewed it is considered to be a new Training Package for the purposes of version control, and is Version 1. Do not confuse the version number with the Training Packages national code (which remains the same during its period of endorsement).

Explanation of the review date

The review date shown on the title page indicates when the Training Package is expected to be reviewed in the light of changes, such as changing technologies and circumstances. The review date is not an expiry date. Training Packages and their components remain current until they are reviewed or replaced.

Training Package Details

Training Package Code:	MSA07
Training Package Name:	Manufacturing
First Published:	2007
AEShareNet Code:
Print Version Number:	8.2
Endorsed Date:	20 April 2012
Copyright Year:	2013
Training Package Review Date:	31 May 2010
ISC Name:	Manufacturing Skills Australia
ISC Website URL:	www.mskills.com.au

List of AQF Qualifications MSA07v8.3

Qualification Code	Title
MSA10107	Certificate I in Manufacturing (Pathways)
MSA10207	Certificate I in Process Manufacturing
MSA20107	Certificate II in Process Manufacturing
MSA20208	Certificate II in Manufacturing Technology
MSA20510	Certificate II in Recreational Vehicle Service and Repair
MSA20610	Certificate II in Recreational Vehicle Manufacture
MSA30107	Certificate III in Process Manufacturing
MSA30208	Certificate III in Manufacturing Technology
MSA30309	Certificate III in Surface Preparation and Coating Application
MSA30510	Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle Service and Repair
MSA30610	Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle Manufacture
MSA30710	Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle and Accessories Retailing
MSA40108	Certificate IV in Manufacturing Technology
MSA40311	Certificate IV in Process Manufacturing
MSA40510	Certificate IV in Recreational Vehicles
MSA40710	Certificate IV in Recreational Vehicle and Accessories Retailing
MSA50108	Diploma of Manufacturing Technology
MSA50311	Diploma of Production Management
MSA50510	Diploma of Recreational Vehicles
MSA60108	Advanced Diploma of Manufacturing Technology

Competitive manufacturing qualifications superseded by MSS11 qualifications

MSA07 Code	MSA07 Title	MSS11v2 Code	MSS11v2 Title
MSA21108	Certificate II in Competitive Manufacturing	MSS20312	Certificate II in Competitive Systems and Practices
MSA31108	Certificate III in Competitive Manufacturing	MSS30312	Certificate III in Competitive Systems and Practices
MSA41108	Certificate IV in Competitive Manufacturing	MSS40312	Certificate IV in Competitive Systems and Practices
MSA51108	Diploma of Competitive Manufacturing	MSS50312	Diploma of Competitive Systems and Practices
MSA61108	Advanced Diploma of Competitive Manufacturing	MSS60312	Advanced Diploma of Competitive Systems and Practices
MSA71109	Vocational Graduate Certificate in Competitive Manufacturing	MSS70312	Vocational Graduate Certificate in Competitive Systems and Practices
MSA81109	Vocational Graduate Diploma of Competitive Manufacturing	MSS80312	Vocational Graduate Diploma of Competitive Systems and Practices

Units of competency and their prerequisites MSA07v8.3

Code	Title	Prerequisite
MSABLIC001	Licence to operate a standard boiler	None
MSABLIC002	Licence to operate an advanced boiler	None
MSAENV272B	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	None
MSAENV472B	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	None
MSAENV672B	Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability	None
MSAPCI101A	Adapt to work requirements in industry	None
MSAPCI102A	Apply effective work practices	None
MSAPCI103A	Demonstrate care and apply safe practices at work	None
MSAPCII295A	Operate manufacturing equipment	None
MSAPCII296A	Make a small furniture item from timber	None
MSAPCII297A	Make an object from cloth using an existing pattern	None
MSAPCII298A	Make an object from metal	None
MSAPCII299A	Make an object from plastic	None
MSAPMOHS100A	Follow OHS procedures	None
MSAPMOHS110A	Follow emergency response procedures	None
MSAPMOHS200A	Work safely	None
MSAPMOHS205A	Control minor incidents	None
MSAPMOHS210B	Undertake first response to non-fire incidents	None
MSAPMOHS212A	Undertake first response to fire incidents	None
MSAPMOHS216A	Operate breathing apparatus	None
MSAPMOHS217A	Gas test atmospheres	None
MSAPMOHS220A	Provide initial first aid response	None
MSAPMOHS300A	Facilitate the implementation of OHS for a work group	MSAPMOHS200A
MSAPMOHS400A	Contribute to OHS management system	MSAPMOHS300A
MSAPMOHS401A	Assess risk	None
MSAPMOHS503A	Maintain the workplace OHS management system	None
MSAPMOHS510A	Manage risk	MSAPMOHS401A
MSAPMOHS601A	Establish workplace OHS management system	MSAPMOHS503A
MSAPMOPS100A	Use equipment	None
MSAPMOPS101A	Make measurements	None
MSAPMOPS102A	Perform tasks to support production	None
MSAPMOPS200A	Operate equipment	None
MSAPMOPS201A	Cut polymer materials	None
MSAPMOPS202A	Fabricate polymer materials	None
MSAPMOPS212A	Use enterprise computers or data systems	None
MSAPMOPS244A	Layout and cut materials	None
MSAPMOPS301A	Treat corrosion	None
MSAPMOPS363A	Organise on site work	None
MSAPMOPS400A	Optimise process/plant area	MSAPMSUP390A
MSAPMOPS401A	Trial new process or product	None
MSAPMOPS404A	Co-ordinate maintenance	None
MSAPMOPS405A	Identify problems in fluid power system	None
MSAPMOPS406A	Identify problems in electronic control systems	None
MSAPMOPS601A	Design equipment and systems modifications	None
MSAPMPER200C	Work in accordance with an issued permit	None
MSAPMPER201A	Monitor and control work permits	None
MSAPMPER202A	Observe permit work	None
MSAPMPER205C	Enter confined space	MSAPMPER200C
MSAPMPER300C	Issue work permits	RIIRIS201A
MSAPMPER400A	Coordinate permit process	MSAPMPER300C
MSAPMSUP100A	Apply workplace procedures	None
MSAPMSUP101A	Clean workplace or equipment	None
MSAPMSUP102A	Communicate in the workplace	None
MSAPMSUP106A	Work in a team	None
MSAPMSUP172A	Identify and minimise environmental hazards	None
MSAPMSUP200A	Achieve work outcomes	None
MSAPMSUP201A	Receive or despatch goods	None
MSAPMSUP204A	Pack products or materials	None
MSAPMSUP205A	Transfer loads	None
MSAPMSUP210A	Process and record information	None
MSAPMSUP230A	Monitor process operations	None
MSAPMSUP240A	Undertake minor maintenance	None
MSAPMSUP273A	Handle goods	None
MSAPMSUP280A	Manage conflict at work	None
MSAPMSUP291A	Participate in continuous improvement	None
MSAPMSUP292A	Sample and test materials and product	None
MSAPMSUP300A	Identify and implement opportunities to maximise production efficiencies	MSAPMSUP200A
MSAPMSUP301A	Apply HACCP to the workplace	None
MSAPMSUP303A	Identify equipment faults	None
MSAPMSUP309A	Maintain and organise workplace records	None
MSAPMSUP310A	Contribute to development of plant documentation	None
MSAPMSUP330A	Develop and adjust a production schedule	None
MSAPMSUP382A	Provide coaching/mentoring in the workplace	None
MSAPMSUP383A	Facilitate a team	None
MSAPMSUP390A	Use structured problem solving tools	None
MSAPMSUP400A	Develop and monitor quality systems	None
MSAPMWJ201A	Use high pressure water jetting equipment	None
MSAPMWJ301A	Operate a high pressure water jetting system	None
MSARVG201A	Tow a recreational vehicle safely	None
MSARVS201A	Install LP gas systems in a recreational vehicle	None
MSARVS202A	Repair/service LP gas systems in a recreational vehicle	None
MSARVS301A	Develop and update caravan industry knowledge	None
MSARVS401A	Assess and quote to service a recreational vehicle	None
MSARVT201A	Apply technical knowledge of recreational vehicle manufacturing to work activities	None
MSATCM301A	Test the mechanical properties of materials	None
MSATCM302A	Monitor basic ferrous melting and casting processes	None
MSATCM303A	Monitor basic non-ferrous melting and casting processes	None
MSATCM304A	Interpret basic binary phase diagrams	None
MSATCM305A	Demonstrate basic knowledge of casting operations	None
MSATCM401A	Prepare and examine metallographic samples	MSATCM304A
MSATCM402A	Monitor and test sands, cores and moulds	None
MSATCM403A	Evaluate mould design and gating	(MSATCM304A MSATCM305A)
MSATCM404A	Undertake and interpret results of chemical analysis on metal samples	None
MSATCM405A	Determine and supervise heat treatment of metal	(MEM06003C MSATCM304A)
MSATCM406A	Apply basic chemistry principles to metallurgy	None
MSATCM501A	Calculate and predict chemical outcomes in metallurgical situations	MSATCM406A
MSATCM502A	Identify and describe equipment for mineral and chemical processing plants	(MSATCM304A MSATCM406A)
MSATCM503A	Recommend a refractory for an application	None
MSATCM504A	Select metal forming process	(MEM30007A MEM09002B MSATCM501A)
MSATCM505A	Select metal joining process	(MEM30007A MEM09002B MSATCM406A)
MSATCM506A	Monitor blast furnace operations	(MSATCM304A MSATCM406A MSATCM501A)
MSATCM507A	Monitor primary steel making process	(MSATCM304A MSATCM406A MSATCM501A)
MSATCM508A	Monitor secondary steelmaking operations	(MSATCM301A MSATCM304A MSATCM503A)
MSATCM509A	Recommend ferrous and non ferrous metals or alloys for an application	MSATCM304A
MSATCM510A	Apply metallurgical principles and techniques in welding and other thermal processes	MSATCM505A
MSATCM511A	Apply metallurgy principles and practice to determine metal forming and shaping processes	None
MSATCM512A	Apply metallurgy principles and practice to optimise furnace operation	None
MSATCM513A	Plan and complete metallurgical projects	(MEM16008A MEM30012A MEM23061A MEM23071A MSATCM405A MSATCM509A MSATCM510A)
MSATCM514A	Select surface treatment methods for metallic components or products	None
MSATCM515A	Analyse metallurgical failures of components and recommend preventative measures	(MSATCM401A MSATCM406A)
MSATCM516A	Select non metallic materials for engineering applications manufacturing, engineering and structural	None
MSATCM517A	Determine corrosion prevention strategies for metal and alloys	None
MSATCM518A	Interpret complex binary phase diagrams	MSATCM304A
MSATCS301A	Interpret architectural and engineering design specifications for structural steel detailing	MEM09002B
MSATCS302A	Detail bolts and welds for structural steelwork connections	(MEM05051A MEM09002B MSATCS301A)
MSATCS501A	Detail standardised structural connections	(MEM05051A MEM09002B MSATCS301A)
MSATCS502A	Detail structural steel members	(MEM09002B MSATCS301A)
MSATCS503A	Incorporate structural steel detailing into fabrication and construction project management	None
MSATCS504A	Detail ancillary steelwork	(MEM09002B MSATCS301A)
MSATMINS301A	Inspect a range of simple measures	None
MSATMINS302A	Inspect a range of simple measuring instruments	None
MSATMINS401A	Inspect a range of weighing instruments	None
MSATMINS402A	Inspect a range of liquid measuring instruments using volume measures	None
MSATMINS403A	Inspect a range of trading practices	None
MSATMINS404A	Inspect a range of pre-packaged products	None
MSATMINS501A	Inspect a range of complex measuring instruments	None
MSATMREF301A	Use and maintain reference standards	None
MSATMVER301A	Verify simple measures	None
MSATMVER302A	Verify a simple measuring instruments	None
MSATMVER401A	Verify a limited weighing instrument	None
MSATMVER402A	Verify a liquid measuring instrument using volume measures	None
MSATMVER403A	Verify inspector's class reference standards	None
MSATMVER501A	Verify a complex measuring instrument	None

Imported units of competency MSA07v8.3

Code	Title	Origin
AUM4003A	Interpret customer requirements	AUM12
AUMANA001	Prepare and document quotation	AUM12
AUMFTA001	Document manufacturing design processes	AUM12
AUMGTT001	Apply trim to vehicle components	AUM12
AURAAA4002	Determine retail rates for work	AUR12
AURACA2001	Establish relations with customers	AUR12
AURACA3002	Establish customer requirements of a complex nature	AUR12
AURACA3003	Build customer relations	AUR12
AURAFA2004	Solve routine problems in an automotive workplace	AUR12
AURAFA5007	Develop and document specifications and procedures	AUR12
AURAKA3002	Adapt work processes to new technologies	AUR12
AURALA3001	Determine legal aspects of an automotive service and repair contract	AUR12
AURAMA3004	Maintain business image	AUR12
AURAMA4005	Manage complex customer issues	AUR12
AURAMA5006	Contribute to business improvement	AUR12
AURANN4001	Prepare a vehicle repair quotation	AUR12
AURATA3005	Estimate complex jobs	AUR12
AURC341903A	Apply relevant finance, leasing and insurance contracts/policies	AUR12
AURETB3001	Repair electric braking systems	AUR12
AURETR2010	Fabricate, test and repair wiring harnesses and looms	AUR12
AURETR2012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits	AUR12
AURETR2015	Inspect and service batteries	AUR12
AURSAA2001	Process customer complaints	AUR12
AURSBA3002	Apply automotive parts interpretation process	AUR12
AURSCA2001	Select automotive parts and products	AUR12
AURSCA2002	Present stock and sales area	AUR12
AURSCA2003	Apply sales procedures	AUR12
AURSCA2004	Carry out cash, credit and funds transfers	AUR12
AURSCA2005	Sell products	AUR12
AURSCA2006	Promote products and services	AUR12
AURSLA2001	Apply legal requirements relating to product sales	AUR12
AURTNA5001	Estimate and calculate costs to repair, maintain or modify a vehicle	AUR12
AURTTA3017	Carry out vehicle safety and roadworthy inspection	AUR12
AURTTB2001	Inspect and service braking systems	AUR12
AURTTD2004	Inspect and service suspension systems	AUR12
AURTTJ2002	Remove and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components	AUR12
AURTTY3001	Repair chassis, frame and associated components	AUR12
AURV365356A	Read and interpret vehicle body repair estimation/quotation	AUR12
AURVTG3011	Install side windows	AUR12
AURVTN2005	Remove and fit protector mouldings, transfers and decals	AUR12
AURVTN4032	Determine vehicle damage and recommended repair procedures	AUR12
AURVTP2007	Apply paint touch-up techniques	AUR12
AURVTS3004	Repair fibreglass and composite material components	AUR12
AURVTT3015	Fabricate canvas products	AUR12
AURVTT3016	Fabricate frame structures	AUR12
AURVTT3019	Fabricate and install canopies and curtains	AUR12
BSBCUS501C	Manage quality customer service	BSB07
BSBFIM501A	Manage budgets and financial plans	BSB07
BSBINM501A	Manage an information or knowledge management system	BSB07
BSBMGT403A	Implement continuous improvement	BSB07
BSBMGT502B	Manage people performance	BSB07
BSBWRK510A	Manage employee relations	BSB07
FDFOP2005A	Work in a socially diverse environment	FDF10
FNSORG501A	Develop and manage a budget	FNS10
FPICOT2238A	Cut materials with a hand-held chainsaw	FPI11
LMTCL2001B	Use a sewing machine	LMT07
LMTCL2003B	Identify fibres and fabrics	LMT07
LMTCL2006B	Press work	LMT07
LMTCL2007B	Lay up, mark and cut uncomplicated fabrics and lays	LMT07
LMTCL2008B	Finish garment production	LMT07
LMTGN2008B	Coordinate work of team or section	LMT07
LMTGN4002A	Participate in product engineering	LMT07
LMTGN4016A	Contribute to the development of products or processes	LMT07
LMTGN5004A	Manage installation and commissioning of equipment and systems	LMT07
MEM03001B	Perform manual production assembly	MEM05
MEM03003B	Perform sheet and plate assembly	MEM05
MEM03004B	Perform electronic/electrical assembly (production)	MEM05
MEM03006B	Set assembly stations	MEM05
MEM05005B	Carry out mechanical cutting	MEM05
MEM05007C	Perform manual heating and thermal cutting	MEM05
MEM05012C	Perform routine manual metal arc welding	MEM05
MEM05050B	Perform routine gas metal arc welding	MEM05
MEM05051A	Select welding processes	MEM05
MEM05052A	Apply safe welding practices	MEM05
MEM06003C	Carry out heat treatment	MEM05
MEM07001B	Perform operational maintenance of machines/equipment	MEM05
MEM07015B	Set computer controlled machines/processes	MEM05
MEM07024B	Operate and monitor machine/process	MEM05
MEM07028B	Operate computer controlled machines/processes	MEM05
MEM08002C	Pre-treat work for subsequent surface coating	MEM05
MEM08007B	Control surface finish production and finished product quality	MEM05
MEM08011B	Prepare surfaces using solvents and/or mechanical means	MEM05
MEM08012B	Prepare surfaces by abrasive blasting (basic)	MEM05
MEM08013B	Prepare surfaces by abrasive blasting (advanced)	MEM05
MEM08014B	Apply protective coatings (basic)	MEM05
MEM08015B	Apply protective coatings (advanced)	MEM05
MEM08016B	Control blast coating by-products, materials and emissions	MEM05
MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing	MEM05
MEM09005B	Perform basic engineering detail drafting	MEM05
MEM09006B	Perform advanced engineering detail drafting	MEM05
MEM09009C	Create 2D drawings using computer aided design system	MEM05
MEM09011B	Apply basic engineering design concepts	MEM05
MEM09155A	Prepare mechanical models for computer-aided engineering (CAE)	MEM05
MEM09155A	Prepare mechatronic models for computer-aided engineering (CAE)	MEM05
MEM09157A	Perform mechanical engineering design drafting	MEM05
MEM09158A	Perform mechatronics engineering design drafting	MEM05
MEM09204A	Produce basic engineering detail drawings	MEM05
MEM09205A	Produce electrical schematic drawings	MEM05
MEM09210A	Create 3-D solid models using computer-aided design (CAE) system	MEM05
MEM09216A	Interpret and produce curved 3-D shapes and patterns	MEM05
MEM10002B	Terminate and connect electrical wiring	MEM05
MEM11001C	Erect/dismantle scaffolding and equipment	MEM05
MEM11002C	Erect/dismantle complex scaffolding and equipment	MEM05
MEM11003B	Coordinate erection/dismantling of complex scaffolding/equipment	MEM05
MEM11004B	Undertake dogging	MEM05
MEM11005B	Pick and process order	MEM05
MEM11006B	Perform production packaging	MEM05
MEM11007B	Administer inventory procedures	MEM05
MEM11010B	Operate mobile load shifting equipment	MEM05
MEM11011B	Undertake manual handling	MEM05
MEM11012B	Purchase materials	MEM05
MEM11016B	Order materials	MEM05
MEM11017B	Organise and lead stocktakes	MEM05
MEM11021B	Perform advanced operation of load shifting equipment	MEM05
MEM11022B	Operate fixed/moveable load shifting equipment	MEM05
MEM12001B	Use comparison and basic measuring devices	MEM05
MEM12002B	Perform electrical/electronic measurement	MEM05
MEM12003B	Perform precision mechanical measurement	MEM05
MEM12005B	Calibrate measuring equipment	MEM05
MEM12006C	Mark off/out (general engineering)	MEM05
MEM12022B	Program coordinate measuring machines (advanced)	MEM05
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements	MEM05
MEM12024A	Perform computations	MEM05
MEM12025A	Use graphical techniques and perform simple statistical computations	MEM05
MEM13001B	Perform emergency first aid	MEM05
MEM13002B	Undertake occupational health and safety activities in the workplace	MEM05
MEM13003B	Work safely with industrial chemicals and materials	MEM05
MEM13004B	Work safely with molten metals/glass	MEM05
MEM13010A	Supervise occupational health and safety in an industrial work environment.	MEM05
MEM13013B	Work safely with ionizing radiation	MEM05
MEM13014A	Apply principles of occupational health and safety in the work environment	MEM05
MEM14001B	Schedule material deliveries	MEM05
MEM14002B	Undertake basic process planning	MEM05
MEM14003B	Undertake basic production scheduling	MEM05
MEM14004A	Plan to undertake a routine task	MEM05
MEM14005A	Plan a complete activity	MEM05
MEM14085A	Apply mechanical engineering analysis techniques	MEM05
MEM14086A	Apply mechatronic engineering analysis techniques	MEM05
MEM14087A	Apply manufactured product design techniques	MEM05
MEM14088A	Apply maintenance engineering techniques to equipment and component repairs and modifications	MEM05
MEM14089A	Integrate mechanical fundamentals into an engineering task	MEM05
MEM14090A	Integrate mechatronic fundamentals into an engineering task	MEM05
MEM14091A	Integrate manufacturing fundamentals into an engineering task	MEM05
MEM14092A	Integrate maintenance fundamentals into an engineering task	MEM05
MEM15001B	Perform basic statistical quality control	MEM05
MEM15002A	Apply quality systems	MEM05
MEM15003B	Use improvement processes in team activities	MEM05
MEM15004B	Perform inspection	MEM05
MEM15005B	Select and control inspection processes and procedures	MEM05
MEM15007B	Conduct product and/or process capability studies	MEM05
MEM15008B	Perform advanced statistical quality control	MEM05
MEM15010B	Perform laboratory procedures	MEM05
MEM15011B	Exercise external quality assurance	MEM05
MEM15012B	Maintain/supervise the application of quality procedures	MEM05
MEM15024A	Apply quality procedures	MEM05
MEM16002C	Conduct formal interviews and negotiations	MEM05
MEM16003B	Provide advanced customer service	MEM05
MEM16005A	Operate as a team member to conduct manufacturing, engineering or related activities	MEM05
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information	MEM05
MEM16007A	Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment	MEM05
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology	MEM05
MEM16009A	Research and analyse engineering information	MEM05
MEM16010A	Write reports	MEM05
MEM16011A	Communicate with individuals and small groups	MEM05
MEM16012A	Interpret technical specifications and manuals	MEM05
MEM16013A	Operate in a self-directed team	MEM05
MEM17001B	Assist in development and deliver training in the workplace	MEM05
MEM17003A	Assist in the provision of on the job training	MEM05
MEM18001C	Use hand tools	MEM05
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations	MEM05
MEM18003C	Use tools for precision work	MEM05
MEM18006C	Repair and fit engineering components	MEM05
MEM18010C	Perform equipment condition monitoring and recording	MEM05
MEM18016B	Analyse plant and equipment condition monitoring results	MEM05
MEM18038B	Maintain wheels and tyres	MEM05
MEM18045B	Fault find/repair electrical equipment/components up to 250 volts single phase supply	MEM05
MEM18055B	Dismantle, replace and assemble engineering components	MEM05
MEM22001A	Perform engineering activities	MEM05
MEM22002A	Manage self in the engineering environment	MEM05
MEM22007A	Manage environmental effects of engineering activities	MEM05
MEM22012A	Coordinate resources for an engineering project or operation	MEM05
MEM22013A	Coordinate engineering projects	MEM05
MEM22014A	Coordinate engineering-related manufacturing operations	MEM05
MEM22015A	Source and estimate engineering materials requirements	MEM05
MEM22017A	Coordinate continuous improvement and technical development in an engineering-related project or operation	MEM05
MEM22018A	Coordinate sales and promotion of engineering-related products or services	MEM05
MEM23001A	Apply advanced mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment	MEM05
MEM23003A	Operate and program computers and/or controllers in engineering situations	MEM05
MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics	MEM05
MEM23006A	Apply fluid and thermodynamics principles in engineering	MEM05
MEM23007A	Apply calculus to engineering tasks	MEM05
MEM23041A	Apply basic scientific principles and techniques in mechanical engineering situations	MEM05
MEM23063A	Select and test mechanical engineering materials	MEM05
MEM23064A	Select and test mechatronic engineering materials	MEM05
MEM23109A	Apply engineering mechanics principles	MEM05
MEM23111A	Select electrical equipment and components for engineering applications	MEM05
MEM23112A	Investigate electrical and electronic controllers in engineering applications	MEM05
MEM23113A	Evaluate hydrodynamic systems and system components	MEM05
MEM23114A	Evaluate thermodynamic systems and components	MEM05
MEM23115A	Evaluate fluid power systems	MEM05
MEM23116A	Evaluate programmable logic controller and related control system component applications	MEM05
MEM23117A	Evaluate microcontroller applications	MEM05
MEM23118A	Apply production and service control techniques	MEM05
MEM23119A	Evaluate continuous improvement processes	MEM05
MEM23120A	Select mechanical machine and equipment components
MEM23121A	Analyse loads on frames and mechanisms	MEM05
MEM23122A	Evaluate computer integrated manufacturing systems	MEM05
MEM23123A	Evaluate manufacturing processes	MEM05
MEM23124A	Measure and analyse noise and vibration	MEM05
MEM23125A	Evaluate maintenance systems	MEM05
MEM24001B	Perform basic penetrant testing	MEM05
MEM24002B	Perform penetrant testing	MEM05
MEM24003B	Perform basic magnetic particle testing	MEM05
MEM24004B	Perform magnetic particle testing	MEM05
MEM24005B	Perform basic eddy current testing	MEM05
MEM24006B	Perform eddy current testing	MEM05
MEM24007B	Perform ultrasonic thickness testing	MEM05
MEM24008B	Perform ultrasonic testing	MEM05
MEM24009B	Perform basic radiographic testing	MEM05
MEM24010B	Perform radiographic testing	MEM05
MEM24011B	Establish non-destructive tests	MEM05
MEM24012C	Apply metallurgy principles	MEM05
MEM30005A	Calculate force systems within simple beam structures	MEM05
MEM30006A	Calculate stresses in simple structures	MEM05
MEM30007A	Select common engineering materials	MEM05
MEM30008A	Apply basic economic and ergonomic concepts to evaluate engineering applications	MEM05
MEM30009A	Contribute to the design of basic mechanical systems	MEM05
MEM30010A	Set up basic hydraulic circuits	MEM05
MEM30011A	Set up basic pneumatic circuits	MEM05
MEM30012A	Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment	MEM05
MEM30013A	Assist in the preparation of a basic workplace layout	MEM05
MEM30014A	Apply basic just in time systems to the reduction of waste	MEM05
MEM30015A	Develop recommendations for basic set up time improvements	MEM05
MEM30016A	Assist in the analysis of a supply chain	MEM05
MEM30017A	Use basic preventative maintenance techniques and tools	MEM05
MEM30018A	Undertake basic process planning	MEM05
MEM30019A	Use resource planning software systems in manufacturing	MEM05
MEM30020A	Develop and manage a plan for a simple manufacturing related project	MEM05
MEM30021A	Prepare a simple production schedule	MEM05
MEM30022A	Undertake supervised procurement activities	MEM05
MEM30023A	Prepare a simple cost estimate for a manufactured product	MEM05
MEM30024A	Participate in quality assurance techniques	MEM05
MEM30025A	Analyse a simple electrical system circuit	MEM05
MEM30027A	Prepare basic programs for programmable logic controllers	MEM05
MEM30028A	Assist in sales of technical products/systems	MEM05
MEM30031A	Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements	MEM05
MEM30032A	Produce basic engineering drawings	MEM05
MEM30033A	Use computer-aided design (CAD) to create and display 3-D models	MEM05
MSFFM1002	Operate basic woodworking machines	MSS11
MSFFM2001	Use furniture making sector hand and power tools	MSS11
MSFFM2002	Assemble furnishing components	MSS11
MSFFM2003	Select and apply hardware	MSS11
MSFFM2005	Join solid timber	MSS11
MSFSF1001	Produce basic soft furnishings accessories	MSS11
MSFSF2001	Cut single layer fabrics	MSS11
MSL913001A	Communicate with other people	MSL09
MSL913002A	Plan and conduct laboratory/field work	MSL09
MSL922001A	Record and present data	MSL09
MSL933001A	Maintain the laboratory/field workplace fit for purpose	MSL09
MSL933002A	Contribute to the achievement of quality objectives	MSL09
MSL933003A	Apply critical control point requirements	MSL09
MSL934001A	Contribute to the ongoing development of HACCP plans	MSL09
MSL934002A	Apply quality system and continuous improvement processes	MSL09
MSL943001A	Work safely with instruments that emit ionising radiation	MSL09
MSL943002A	Participate in laboratory/field workplace safety	MSL09
MSL952001A	Collect routine site samples	MSL09
MSL952002A	Handle and transport samples or equipment	MSL09
MSL953001A	Receive and prepare samples for testing	MSL09
MSL954001A	Obtain representative samples in accordance with sampling plan	MSL09
MSL963001A	Operate basic handblowing equipment	MSL09
MSL963002A	Repair glass apparatus using simple glassblowing equipment	MSL09
MSL973001A	Perform basic tests	MSL09
MSL973002A	Prepare working solutions	MSL09
MSL973003A	Prepare culture media	MSL09
MSL973004A	Perform aseptic techniques	MSL09
MSL973005A	Assist with fieldwork	MSL09
MSL973006A	Prepare trial batches for evaluation	MSL09
MSL973007A	Perform microscopic examination	MSL09
MSL973012A	Assist with geotechnical site investigations	MSL09
MSL974001A	Prepare, standardise and use solutions	MSL09
MSL974002A	Conduct geotechnical site investigations	MSL09
MSL974003A	Perform chemical tests and procedures	MSL09
MSL974005A	Perform physical tests	MSL09
MSL974010A	Perform mechanical tests	MSL09
MSL975016A	Perform complex tests to measure engineering properties of materials	MSL09
MSS015002A	Develop strategies for more sustainable use of resources	MSS11
MSS015015A	Evaluate sustainability impact of a process	MSS11
MSS402001A	Apply competitive systems and practices	MSS11
MSS402002A	Sustain process improvements	MSS11
MSS402010A	Manage the impact of change on own work	MSS11
MSS402020A	Apply quick changeover procedures	MSS11
MSS402021A	Apply Just in Time procedures	MSS11
MSS402030A	Apply cost factors to work practices	MSS11
MSS402031A	Interpret product costs in terms of customer requirements	MSS11
MSS402040A	Apply 5S procedures	MSS11
MSS402050A	Monitor process capability	MSS11
MSS402051A	Apply quality standards	MSS11
MSS402060A	Use planning software systems in operations	MSS11
MSS402061A	Use SCADA systems in operations	MSS11
MSS402080A	Undertake root cause analysis	MSS11
MSS402081A	Contribute to the application of a proactive maintenance strategy	MSS11
MSS403001A	Implement competitive systems and practices	MSS11
MSS403002A	Ensure process improvements are sustained	MSS11
MSS403010A	Facilitate change in an organisation implementing competitive systems and practices	MSS11
MSS403011A	Facilitate implementation of competitive systems and practices	MSS11
MSS403013A	Lead team culture improvement	MSS11
MSS403021A	Facilitate a Just in Time system	MSS11
MSS403030A	Improve cost factors in work practices	MSS11
MSS403032A	Analyse manual handling processes	MSS11
MSS403040A	Facilitate and improve implementation of 5S	MSS11
MSS403041A	Facilitate breakthrough improvements	MSS11
MSS403051A	Mistake proof an operational process	MSS11
MSS404050A	Undertake process capability improvements	MSS11
MSS404052A	Apply statistics to operational processes	MSS11
MSS404060A	Facilitate the use of planning software systems in a work area or team	MSS11
MSS404061A	Facilitate the use of SCADA systems in a team or work area	MSS11
MSS404081A	Undertake proactive maintenance analyses	MSS11
MSS404082A	Assist in implementing a proactive maintenance strategy	MSS11
MSS404083A	Support proactive maintenance	MSS11
MSS405001A	Develop competitive systems and practices for an organisation	MSS11
MSS405002A	Analyse and map a value stream	MSS11
MSS405003A	Manage a value stream	MSS11
MSS405004A	Develop business plans in an organisation implementing competitive systems and practices	MSS11
MSS405005A	Manage competitive systems and practices responding to individual and unique customer orders	MSS11
MSS405010A	Manage relationships with non-customer external organisations	MSS11
MSS405011A	Manage people relationships	MSS11
MSS405012A	Manage workplace learning	MSS11
MSS405020A	Develop quick changeover procedures	MSS11
MSS405021A	Develop a Just in Time system	MSS11
MSS405022A	Design a process layout	MSS11
MSS405023A	Develop a levelled pull system for operations and processes	MSS11
MSS405030A	Optimise cost of product or service	MSS11
MSS405031A	Undertake value analysis of a product or process costs in terms of customer requirements	MSS11
MSS405032A	Analyse cost implications of maintenance strategy	MSS11
MSS405040A	Manage 5S system in an organisation	MSS11
MSS405041A	Implement improvement systems in an organisation	MSS11
MSS405050A	Determine and improve process capability	MSS11
MSS405052A	Design an experiment	MSS11
MSS405053A	Manage application of six sigma for process control and improvement	MSS11
MSS405060A	Develop the application of enterprise control systems in an organisation	MSS11
MSS405061A	Determine and establish information collection requirements and processes	MSS11
MSS405070A	Develop and manage sustainable energy practices	MSS11
MSS405075A	Facilitate the development of a new product*	MSS11
MSS405081A	Develop a proactive maintenance strategy	MSS11
MSS405082A	Adapt a proactive maintenance strategy to the process operations sector	MSS11
MSS405083A	Adapt a proactive maintenance strategy for a seasonal or cyclical business	MSS11
PMAOHS310B	Investigate incidents	PMA08
PMAOHS420B	Develop First Aid procedures and manage resources	PMA08
PMAOMIR407B	Audit incident preparedness and established response system	PMA08
PMAOMIR418B	Coordinate incident response	PMA08
PMAOMIR424B	Develop and maintain community relationships	PMA08
PMAOMIR430B	Conduct and assess incident exercises	PMA08
PMAOMIR444B	Develop incident containment tactics	PMA08
PMAOMIR449B	Monitor legal compliance obligations during incidents	PMA08
PMAOPS101C	Read dials and indicators	PMA08
PMAOPS280B	Interpret process plant schematics	PMA08
PMAOPS350B	Match and adjust colour	PMA08
PMAOPS402A	Respond to abnormal process situations	PMA08
PMAOPS405A	Operate complex control systems	PMA08
PMAOPS410B	Monitor remote production facilities	PMA08
PMAOPS411B	Manage plant shutdown and restart	PMA08
PMAOPS450B	Solve colour problems	PMA08
PMAOPS500A	Optimise production systems	PMA08
PMAOPS550B	Develop a colour formulation	PMA08
PMAOPS600C	Modify plant	PMA08
PMASUP410B	Develop plant documentation	PMA08
PMASUP420B	Minimise environmental impact of process	PMA08
PMASUP432B	Coordinate pipeline projects	PMA08
PMASUP440B	Commission/recommission plant	PMA08
PMASUP441C	Decommission plant	PMA08
PMASUP445A	Participate in HAZOP studies	PMA08
PMASUP520B	Review procedures to minimise environmental impact of process	PMA08
PMASUP540B	Analyse equipment performance	PMA08
PMBFIN201C	Finish products and components	PMB07
PMBFIN205C	Hand decorate products	PMB07
PMBHAN103C	Shift materials safely by hand	PMB07
PMBPREP205C	Assemble materials and equipment for production	PMB07
PMBPREP206C	Prepare materials to formulae	PMB07
PMBPREP301C	Set up and prepare for production	PMB07
PMBPREP303C	Set up equipment for continuous operation	PMB07
PMBPREP304C	Set a die	PMB07
PMBPREP305B	Change extrusion die and setup	PMB07
PMBPROD221B	Operate rotational moulding equipment	PMB07
PMBPROD235C	Use materials and process knowledge to complete work operations	PMB07
PMBPROD236C	Operate hand held air/power equipment for production processes	PMB07
PMBPROD240C	Cut materials	PMB07
PMBPROD241C	Lay up rubber lining or lag pulleys	PMB07
PMBPROD242A	Bond polymers to surfaces	PMB07
PMBPROD247C	Hand lay up composites	PMB07
PMBPROD248C	Prepare surfaces for coating	PMB07
PMBPROD265C	Operate portable vulcanising equipment	PMB07
PMBPROD321B	Produce rotational moulded products	PMB07
PMBPROD323C	Produce powder coated products	PMB07
PMBPROD347B	Produce composites using hand lamination	PMB07
PMBPROD375B	Vulcanise products using an autoclave	PMB07
PMBPROD380B	Produce composites using chopper gun/depositor	PMB07
PMBPROD430B	Trial a new die/tool	PMB07
PMBPROD431B	Trial a new, advanced or complex mould	PMB07
PMBTECH301B	Use material and process knowledge to solve problems	PMB07
PMBTECH302A	Modify existing compounds	PMB07
PMBTECH303A	Make minor modifications to products	PMB07
PMBTECH401B	Predict polymer properties and characteristics	PMB07
PMBTECH402B	Set advanced or complex dies	PMB07
PMBTECH403B	Test fibre-composites materials and laminates	PMB07
PMBTECH404B	Mould chemical resistant and/or fire retardant fibre-composites	PMB07
PMBTECH405B	Repair damaged fibre-composites structures	PMB07
PMBTECH406A	Diagnose production equipment problems	PMB07
PMBTECH501B	Analyse equipment performance	PMB07
PMBTECH502B	Review and analyse production trials and specify retrials	PMB07
PMBTECH503B	Determine rheology and output of plastics materials from processing equipment	PMB07
PMBTECH504B	Determine heat transfer loads for processing equipment	PMB07
PMBTECH505B	Choose polymer materials for an application	PMB07
PMBTECH506B	Analyse the design of products and tools	PMB07
PMBTECH507B	Develop fibre composite products using cored-laminate techniques	PMB01
PMBTECH508A	Develop a new compound	PMB07
PMBTECH509A	Modify an existing product	PMB07
PMBTECH510A	Analyse failure in polymeric materials	PMB07
PMBTECH601B	Develop a new product	PMB07
PMBTECH602B	Develop a new die or tool	PMB07
PMBTECH603B	Design structural/mechanical polymer components	PMB07
PMC554020D	Design and prepare models, moulds and dies	PMC10
PMC554090B	Undertake simple refractory design	PMC10
PMC554091B	Analyse refractory failures	PMC10
PSPGOV408A	Value diversity	PSP04
PSPPM402B	Manage simple projects	PSP04
PSPPM501B	Design complex projects	PSP04
PSPPM502B	Manage complex projects	PSP04
PSPPM503B	Close complex projects	PSP04
RIIRIS201B	Conduct local risk control	RII09
RIIOHS204A	Work safely at heights	RII09
SIRXCCS201	Apply point-of-sale handling procedures	SIR07
SIRXINV004A	Buy merchandise	SIR07
SIRXMER004A	Manage merchandise and store presentation	SIR07
SIRXMER303	Coordinate merchandise presentation	SIR07
SIRXRSK001A	Minimise theft	SIR07
SIRXRSK002A	Maintain store security	SIR07
SIRXSLS002A	Advise on products and services	SIR07
SITXMGT501	Establish and conduct business relationships	SIT07
SITXMPR401	Coordinate production of brochures and marketing materials	SIT07
SITXMPR402	Create a promotional display or stand	SIT07
SITXMPR404	Coordinate marketing activities	SIT07
TAEASS401B	Plan assessment activities and processes	TAE10
TAEASS402B	Assess competence	TAE10
TAEASS403B	Participate in assessment validation	TAE10
TAEDEL301A	Provide work skill instruction	TAE10
TLIA5058A	Manage facility and inventory requirements	TLI10
TLID2010A	Operate a forklift	TLI10
TLIL4059A	Implement asset management systems	TLI10
TLIL5055A	Manage a supply chain	TLI10
TLIP4013A	Implement and monitor logistics planning and process	TLI10
TLIR4003A	Negotiate a contract	TLI10
TLIR4008A	Implement and supervise stocktaking procedures	TLI10
TLIR4009A	Implement purchasing systems	TLI10
TLIR4010A	Plan purchasing	TLI10
TLIR5005A	Manage a contract	TLI10
TLIR5006A	Develop, implement and review purchasing strategies	TLI10
TLIX5015A	Establish supply chains	TLI10
UEGNSG604B	Fill gas cylinders	UEG06
UEPMNT420A	Perform Electrical/Electronic Drafting	UEP06

Mapping MSA07v8

New units of competency

Code	Title	Comment
MSABLIC001	License to operate a standard boiler	New licensing unit of competency – not aligned to any qualifications
MSABLIC002	License to operate an advanced boiler	New licensing unit of competency – not aligned to any qualifications

Qualifications in MSA07v8

MSA07v7 Code	MSA07v8 Code	Title	Comment
MSA10107	MSA10107	Certificate I in Manufacturing (Pathways)	No change
MSA10207	MSA10207	Certificate I in Process Manufacturing	No change
MSA20107	MSA20107	Certificate II in Process Manufacturing	CM units replaced by MSS units - E
MSA20208	MSA20208	Certificate II in Manufacturing Technology	CM units replaced by MSS units - E
MSA20510	MSA20510	Certificate II in Recreational Vehicle Service and Repair	CM units replaced by MSS units - E
MSA20610	MSA20610	Certificate II in Recreational Vehicle Manufacture	CM units replaced by MSS units - E
MSA30107	MSA30107	Certificate III in Process Manufacturing	CM units replaced by MSS units - E
MSA30208	MSA30208	Certificate III in Manufacturing Technology	CM units replaced by MSS units - E
MSA30309	MSA30309	Certificate III in Surface Preparation and Coating Application	Imported unit code updated. Minor formatting - E
MSA30510	MSA30510	Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle Service and Repair	CM units replaced by MSS units - E
MSA30610	MSA30610	Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle Manufacture	CM units replaced by MSS units - E
MSA30710	MSA30710	Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle and Accessories Retailing	Imported unit code updated. Minor formatting - E
MSA40108	MSA40108	Certificate IV in Manufacturing Technology	CM units replaced by MSS units - E
MSA40311	MSA40311	Certificate IV in Process Manufacturing	CM units replaced by MSS units - E
MSA40510	MSA40510	Certificate IV in Recreational Vehicles	CM units replaced by MSS units - E
MSA40710	MSA40710	Certificate IV in Recreational Vehicle and Accessories Retailing	CM units replaced by MSS units - E
MSA50108	MSA50108	Diploma of Manufacturing Technology	CM units replaced by MSS units - E
MSA50311	MSA50311	Diploma of Production Management	CM units replaced by MSS units - E
MSA50510	MSA50510	Diploma of Recreational Vehicles	CM units replaced by MSS units - E
MSA60108	MSA60108	Advanced Diploma of Manufacturing Technology	CM units replaced by MSS units - E

Mapping of Competitive Manufacturing qualifications to new Competitive Systems and Practices Qualifications (endorsed in MSS11)

MSA07 Code	MSA07 Title	MSS11v2 Code	MSS11v2 Title	Comment/ equivalence
MSA21108	Certificate II in Competitive Manufacturing	MSS20312	Certificate II in Competitive Systems and Practices	Equivalent outcomes - increased choice of electives
MSA31108	Certificate III in Competitive Manufacturing	MSS30312	Certificate III in Competitive Systems and Practices	Equivalent outcomes - increased choice of electives and unit requirement increased
MSA41108	Certificate IV in Competitive Manufacturing	MSS40312	Certificate IV in Competitive Systems and Practices	Equivalent outcomes - increased choice of electives and unit requirement increased
MSA51108	Diploma of Competitive Manufacturing	MSS50312	Diploma of Competitive Systems and Practices	Equivalent outcomes - increased choice of electives
MSA61108	Advanced Diploma of Competitive Manufacturing	MSS60312	Advanced Diploma of Competitive Systems and Practices	Equivalent outcomes - increased choice of electives
MSA71109	Vocational Graduate Certificate in Competitive Manufacturing	MSS70312	Vocational Graduate Certificate in Competitive Systems and Practices	Equivalent outcomes - increased choice of electives
MSA81109	Vocational Graduate Diploma of Competitive Manufacturing	MSS80312	Vocational Graduate Diploma of Competitive Systems and Practices	Equivalent outcomes - increased choice of electives

Mapping of MSA07 competitive manufacturing units to new competitive systems and practices units of competency (endorsed in MSS11v2)

MSA07 unit code	MSA07 unit title	MSS11v2 unit code	MSS11v2 unit title	Comment/ equivalence
MSS402041A	Apply 5S in an office	New Unit
MSS402052A	Implement continuous improvements based on standardised work practices	New Unit
MSS402053A	Participate in breakthrough improvements in an office	New Unit
MSS403006A	Facilitate implementation of competitive systems and practices in an office	New Unit
MSS403007A	Map an office value stream	New Unit
MSS403024A	Work within a constrained process	New Unit
MSS403033A	Map an operational process	New Unit
MSS403034A	Organise products into groups	New Unit
MSS403035A	Implement the visual workplace	New Unit
MSS403039A	Facilitate and improve 5S in an office	New Unit
MSS403042A	Facilitate mistake proofing in an office	New Unit
MSS403043A	Facilitate breakthrough improvements in an office	New Unit
MSS403044A	Facilitate continuous improvement through the use of standardised procedures and practices	New Unit
MSS403084A	Improve changeovers	New Unit
MSS405024A	Apply the theory of constraints	New Unit
MSS405033A	Optimise office systems to deliver to customer demand	New Unit
MSACMC210A	Manage the impact of change on own work	MSS402010A	Manage the impact of change on own work	E
MSACMC410A	Lead change in a manufacturing environment	MSS403010A	Facilitate change in an organisation implementing competitive systems and practices	E Alignment corrected
MSACMC411A	Lead a competitive manufacturing team	MSS403011A	Facilitate implementation of competitive systems and practices	NE Element 3 changed Alignment corrected
MSACMC413A	Lead team culture improvement	MSS403013A	Lead team culture improvement	E Alignment corrected
MSACMC610A	Manage relationships with non-customer external organisations	MSS405010A	Manage relationships with non-customer external organisations	E Alignment corrected
MSACMC611A	Manage people relationships	MSS405011A	Manage people relationships	NE New Element 1 Alignment corrected
MSACMC612A	Manage workplace learning	MSS405012A	Manage workplace learning	NE Changed Element 1 including two new PCs Alignment corrected
MSACMC613A	Facilitate holistic culture improvement in a manufacturing enterprise	MSS405013A	Facilitate holistic culture improvement in an organisation	NE Element 2 and PCs changed Alignment corrected
MSACMC614A	Develop a communications strategy to support production	MSS405014A	Develop a communications strategy to support operations	E Alignment corrected
MSACMG700A	Review continuous improvement processes	MSS407013A	Review continuous improvement processes	E
MSACMG701A	Prepare for and implement change	MSS407001A	Prepare for and implement change	E
MSACMG702A	Review manufacturing practice tools and techniques	MSS407002A	Review operations practice tools and techniques	E
MSACMG703A	Analyse process changes	MSS407003A	Analyse process changes	E
MSACMG704A	Facilitate improvements in the internal value chain	MSS407004A	Facilitate improvements in the internal value stream	E
MSACMG705A	Undertake a qualitative review of a process change	MSS407005A	Undertake a qualitative review of a process change	E
MSACMG706A	Build relationships between teams in a manufacturing environment	MSS407006A	Build relationships between teams in an operations environment	E
MSACMG707A	Respond to a major non-conformance	MSS407007A	Respond to a major non-conformance	E
MSACMG708A	Capture learning from daily activities in a manufacturing organisation	MSS407008A	Capture learning from daily activities in a organisation	E
MSACMG709A	Facilitate improvements in the external value chain	MSS407009A	Facilitate improvements in the external value stream	E
MSACMG710A	Improve visual management in the workplace	MSS407010A	Improve visual management in the workplace	E
MSACMG711A	Manage benchmarking studies	MSS407011A	Manage benchmarking studies	E
MSACMG712A	Lead a problem solving process to determine and solve root cause	MSS407012A	Lead a problem solving process to determine and solve root cause	E
MSACMG800A	Analyse data for relevance to organisational learning	MSS408008A	Analyse data for relevance to organisational learning	E
MSACMG801A	Develop the competitive manufacturing approach	MSS408001A	Develop the competitive systems and practices approach	E
MSACMG802A	Audit the use of competitive tools	MSS408002A	Audit the use of competitive tools	NE New PC 1.2
MSACMG803A	Develop models of future state manufacturing practice	MSS408003A	Develop models of future state operations practice	E
MSACMG804A	Develop the value chain	MSS408004A	Develop the value stream	E
MSACMG805A	Develop the learning processes of the manufacturing organisation	MSS408005A	Develop the learning processes of the operations organisation	E
MSACMG806A	Develop and refine systems for continuous improvement in manufacturing organisations	MSS408006A	Develop and refine systems for continuous improvement in operations	E
MSACMG807A	Develop problem solving capability of a manufacturing organisation	MSS408007A	Develop problem solving capability of an organisation	NE New PCs in Elements 1 and 2
MSACMS200A	Apply competitive manufacturing practices	MSS402001A	Apply competitive systems and practices	E Element 1 reworded, PCs not changed
MSACMS201A	Sustain process improvements	MSS402002A	Sustain process improvements	NE New Element 1 New Critical Aspects
MSACMS400A	Implement a competitive manufacturing system	MSS403001A	Implement competitive systems and practices	E Alignment corrected
MSACMS401A	Ensure process improvements are sustained	MSS403002A	Ensure process improvements are sustained	NE New Element Alignment corrected
MSACMS405A	Lead a manufacturing team using a balanced score card approach	MSS403005A	Facilitate use of a Balanced Scorecard for performance improvement	E Alignment corrected
MSACMS600A	Develop a competitive manufacturing system	MSS405001A	Develop competitive systems and practices for an organisation	E Alignment corrected
MSACMS601A	Analyse and map a value chain* MSACMT631A Undertake value analysis of product costs in terms of customer requirements	MSS405002A	Analyse and map a value stream	NE Prerequisite removed Alignment corrected
MSACMS602A	Manage a value chain* MSACMS601A Analyse and map a value chain MSACMT631A Undertake value analysis of product costs in terms of customer requirements	MSS405003A	Manage a value stream	NE Prerequisites removed Alignment corrected
MSACMS603A	Develop manufacturing related business plans	MSS405004A	Develop business plans in an organisation implementing competitive systems and practices	E Alignment corrected
MSACMS604A	Manage competitive manufacturing processes in a jobbing shop environment* MSACMS601A Analyse and map a value chain MSACMT280A Undertake root cause analysis MSACMT631A Undertake value analysis of product costs in terms of customer requirements	MSS405005A	Manage competitive systems and practices responding to individual and unique customer orders	NE Prerequisites removed Alignment corrected
MSACMS605A	Develop a Balanced Scorecard for use in competitive manufacturing* MSACMS601A Analyse and map a value chain MSACMT280A Undertake root cause analysis MSACMT631A Undertake value analysis of product costs in terms of customer requirements	MSS405006A	Develop a Balanced Scorecard	NE Prerequisites removed Alignment corrected
MSACMS606A	Introduce competitive manufacturing to a small or medium enterprise	MSS405007A	Introduce competitive systems and practices to a small or medium enterprise	E Alignment corrected
MSACMT220A	Apply quick changeover procedures	MSS402020A	Apply quick changeover procedures	E
MSACMT221A	Apply Just in Time (JIT) procedures	MSS402021A	Apply Just in Time procedures	E
MSACMT230A	Apply cost factors to work practices	MSS402030A	Apply cost factors to work practices	E
MSACMT231A	Interpret product costs in terms of customer requirements	MSS402031A	Interpret product costs in terms of customer requirements	E
MSACMT240A	Apply 5S procedures in a manufacturing environment	MSS402040A	Apply 5S procedures	E
MSACMT250A	Monitor process capability	MSS402050A	Monitor process capability	E
MSACMT251A	Apply quality standards	MSS402051A	Apply quality standards	E
MSACMT260A	Use planning software systems in manufacturing	MSS402060A	Use planning software systems in operations	NE Additional PCs in Elements 1 and 2
MSACMT261A	Use SCADA systems in manufacturing	MSS402061A	Use SCADA systems in operations	E
MSACMT270A	Use sustainable energy practices	Not carried forward. Replaced by MSAENV272B Includes similar content, but not equivalent
MSACMT271A	Use sustainable environmental practices	Not carried forward. Replaced by MSAENV272B Equivalent outcomes
MSACMT280A	Undertake root cause analysis	MSS402080A	Undertake root cause analysis	E
MSACMT281A	Contribute to the application of a proactive maintenance strategy	MSS402081A	Contribute to the application of a proactive maintenance strategy	E
MSACMT421A	Facilitate a Just in Time (JIT) system	MSS403021A	Facilitate a Just in Time system	E Alignment corrected
MSACMT423A	Monitor a manufacturing levelled pull system* MSACMT280A- Undertake root cause analysis	MSS403023A	Monitor a levelled pull system of operations	NE Prerequisite removed Alignment corrected
MSACMT430A	Improve cost factors in work practices	MSS403030A	Improve cost factors in work practices	E Alignment corrected
MSACMT432A	Analyse manual handling processes	MSS403032A	Analyse manual handling processes	E Alignment corrected
MSACMT440A	Lead 5S in a manufacturing environment	MSS403040A	Facilitate and improve implementation of 5S	NE New Element 2 Alignment corrected
MSACMT441A	Facilitate continuous improvement in manufacturing	MSS403041A	Facilitate breakthrough improvements	NE 3 new Elements Alignment corrected
MSACMT450A	Undertake process capability improvements* MSACMT452A Apply statistics to processes in manufacturing	MSS404050A	Undertake process capability improvements* MSS404052A Apply statistics to operational processes	E
MSACMT451A	Mistake proof a production process	MSS403051A	Mistake proof an operational process	E Alignment corrected
MSACMT452A	Apply statistics to processes in manufacturing	MSS404052A	Apply statistics to operational processes	E
MSACMT453A	Use six sigma techniques* MSACMT452A Apply statistics to processes in manufacturing	MSS404053A	Use six sigma techniques* MSS404052A Apply statistics to operational processes	E
MSACMT460A	Facilitate the use of planning software systems in manufacturing* MSACMT260A Use planning software systems in manufacturing	MSS404060A	Facilitate the use of planning software systems in a work area or team	NE New Element 1 Prerequisite removed
MSACMT461A	Facilitate SCADA systems in a manufacturing team or work area* MSACMT261A Use SCADA systems in manufacturing	MSS404061A	Facilitate the use of SCADA systems in a team or work area	NE Prerequisite removed
MSACMT481A	Undertake proactive maintenance analyses	MSS404081A	Undertake proactive maintenance analyses	E
MSACMT482A	Assist in implementing a proactive maintenance strategy	MSS404082A	Assist in implementing a proactive maintenance strategy	E
MSACMT483A	Support proactive maintenance	MSS404083A	Support proactive maintenance	E
MSACMT620A	Develop quick changeover procedures	MSS405020A	Develop quick changeover procedures	E Alignment corrected
MSACMT621A	Develop a Just in Time (JIT) system* MSACMC410A Lead change in a manufacturing environment	MSS405021A	Develop a Just in Time system	NE Prerequisite removed Alignment corrected
MSACMT622A	Design a process layout	MSS405022A	Design a process layout	E Alignment corrected
MSACMT623A	Develop a levelled pull system of manufacturing	MSS405023A	Develop a levelled pull system for operations and processes	E Alignment corrected
MSACMT630A	Optimise cost of product* MSACMT631A Undertake value analysis of product costs in terms of customer requirements	MSS405030A	Optimise cost of product or service	NE Prerequisite removed Alignment corrected
MSACMT631A	Undertake value analysis of product costs in terms of customer requirements* MSACMT230A Apply cost factors to work practices	MSS405031A	Undertake value analysis of a product or process costs in terms of customer requirements	NE Many changes to PCs Prerequisite removed Alignment corrected
MSACMT632A	Analyse cost implications of maintenance strategy	MSS405032A	Analyse cost implications of maintenance strategy	E Alignment corrected
MSACMT640A	Manage 5S system in a manufacturing environment	MSS405040A	Manage 5S system in an organisation	E Alignment corrected
MSACMT641A	Implement a continuous improvement system	MSS405041A	Implement improvement systems in an organisation	NE New and changed Elements and PCs Alignment corrected
MSACMT650A	Determine and improve process capability* MSACMT452A Apply statistics to processes in manufacturing	MSS405050A	Determine and improve process capability* MSS404052A Apply statistics to operational processes	E Alignment corrected
MSACMT652A	Design an experiment* MSACMT452A Apply statistics to processes in manufacturing	MSS405052A	Design an experiment* MSS404052A Apply statistics to operational processes	E Alignment corrected
MSACMT653A	Apply six sigma to process control and improvement* MSACMT452A Apply statistics to processes in manufacturing	MSS405053A	Manage application of six sigma for process control and improvement* MSS404052A Apply statistics to operational processes	E Alignment corrected
MSACMT660A	Develop the application of enterprise systems in manufacturing	MSS405060A	Develop the application of enterprise control systems in an organisation	E Alignment corrected
MSACMT661A	Determine and establish information collection requirements and processes	MSS405061A	Determine and establish information collection requirements and processes	E Alignment corrected
MSACMT662A	Develop a documentation control strategy for a manufacturing enterprise	MSS405062A	Develop a documentation control strategy for an organisation	E Alignment corrected
MSACMT670A	Develop and manage sustainable energy practices	MSS405070A	Develop and manage sustainable energy practices	E Alignment corrected
MSACMT671A	Develop and manage sustainable environmental practices	Not carried forward. Replaced by MSS015002A Equivalent outcomes
MSACMT675A	Facilitate the development of a new product* MSACMT452A Apply statistics to processes in manufacturing	MSS405075A	Facilitate the development of a new product* MSS404052A Apply statistics to operational processes	E Alignment corrected
MSACMT681A	Develop a proactive maintenance strategy	MSS405081A	Develop a proactive maintenance strategy	E Alignment corrected
MSACMT682A	Adapt a proactive maintenance strategy to the process manufacturing sector* MSACMT681A Develop a proactive maintenance strategy	MSS405082A	Adapt a proactive maintenance strategy to the process operations sector* MSS405081A Develop a proactive maintenance strategy	E Alignment corrected
MSACMT683A	Adapt a proactive maintenance strategy for a seasonal or cyclical manufacturing operation* MSACMT681A Develop a proactive maintenance strategy	MSS405083A	Adapt a proactive maintenance strategy for a seasonal or cyclical business* MSS405081A Develop a proactive maintenance strategy	E Alignment corrected

Mapping MSA07v8.1

Units of competency

Code	Title	Comment
MSABLIC001	License to operate a standard boiler	Release 2 - Content reinstated following Safe Work Australia approval
MSABLIC002	License to operate an advanced boiler	Release 2 - Content reinstated following Safe Work Australia approval

Mapping MSA07v8.2

MSA qualifications not carried forward

Notes:

The Competitive Manufacturing qualifications were superseded in April 2012 by the Competitive Systems and Practices qualifications endorsed in MSS11v2.

The Competitive Manufacturing qualifications have not been carried forward in version 8.2 of MSA07, but remain available in the system as part of previous versions of this Training Package.

Refer to the summary mapping in MSS11v2 for details: MSS11.

Code	Title	Comment
MSA21108	Certificate II in Competitive Manufacturing	Superseded by MSS20312
MSA31108	Certificate III in Competitive Manufacturing	Superseded by MSS30312
MSA41108	Certificate IV in Competitive Manufacturing	Superseded by MSS40312
MSA51108	Diploma of Competitive Manufacturing	Superseded by MSS50312
MSA61108	Advanced Diploma of Competitive Manufacturing	Superseded by MSS60312
MSA71109	Vocational Graduate Certificate II in Competitive Manufacturing	Superseded by MSS70312
MSA81109	Vocational Graduate Diploma of Competitive Manufacturing	Superseded by MSS80312

MSA units not carried forward

Code	Comment
All MSACM units	Superseded by new units endorsed in MSS11v2 – Refer to MSS11v2 for details

Updated Skill Sets

Code	Title	Comment
MSASS00004	Leading Hand_Supervisor	New Release – Unit grid updated – no change in outcomes
MSASS00005	Licence to operate a standard boiler	New Release – Title corrected to ‘licence’ – no change in outcomes
MSASS00006	Licence to operate an advanced boiler	New Release - Title corrected to ‘licence’ – no change in outcomes

Updated qualifications

Code	Title	Comment
MSA20510	Certificate II in Recreational Vehicle Service and Repair	New release – AU imported elective units updated
MSA20610	Certificate II in Recreational Vehicle Manufacture	New release – Au imported elective units updated
MSA30107	Certificate III in Process Manufacturing	New release - One MEM imported elective unit updated
MSA30208	Certificate III in Manufacturing Technology	New release - MEM imported elective units updated
MSA30510	Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle Service and Repair	New release – AU imported elective units updated
MSA30610	Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle Manufacture	New release – AU imported elective units updated
MSA30710	Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle and Accessories and Retailing	New release – AU and SI imported elective units updated
MSA40108	Certificate IV in Manufacturing Technology	New release - MEM imported elective units updated
MSA40311	Certificate IV in Process Manufacturing	New release - MEM and TAE imported elective units updated
MSA40510	Certificate IV in Recreational Vehicles	New release – AU and TAE imported elective units updated, plus one MEM unit
MSA40710	Certificate IV in Recreational Vehicle and Accessories Retailing	New release – AU, SI and TAE imported elective units updated, plus one MEM unit
MSA50108	Diploma of Manufacturing	New release – MEM imported elective units updated and additional MEM elective units added
MSA50311	Diploma of Production Management	New release – One BSB imported elective unit updated
MSA50510	Diploma of Recreational Vehicles	New release – AU imported elective units updated, two MEM imported elective units updated, one new MEM elective unit added
MSA60108	Advanced Diploma of Manufacturing Technology	New release – MEM imported elective units updated and additional MEM elective units added

Updated units of competency

Code	Title	Comment
MSAPMOHS510	Assess risk	New release – updated to be consistent with ISO 31000:2009 Risk Management – Principles and Guidelines. Previous unit referred to Australian Standard (AS/NZS4360, 1999). Equivalent
MSAPMOPS100A	Use equipment	New release – Minor clarification changes to application and range, and minor editorial corrections. Equivalent
MSAPMOPS200A	Operate equipment	New release – Minor clarifications to application and range, and minor editorial corrections.
MSAPMSUP300A	Identify and implement opportunities to maximise production efficiencies	New release 2 - Error in title of prerequisite unit corrected - Equivalent. No change to the prerequisite.
MSABLIC001	Licence to operate a standard boiler	New Release – Title corrected to ‘licence’ – no change in outcomes
MSABLIC002	Licence to operate an advanced boiler	New Release - Title corrected to ‘licence’ – no change in outcomes

Imported units not carried forward

Code	Title	Comment	E/NE
AUM3003B	Document designs	Replaced by AUMFTA3001	E
AUM8012B	Prepare and document quotation	Replaced by AUMANA3001	E
AUM8081B	Apply trim to components	Replaced by AUMGTT2001	E
AURA354616A	Determine legal aspects of an automotive service and repair contract	Replaced by AURALA3001	E
AURA454516A	Determine retail rates for work	Replaced by AURAAA4002	E
AURC252327A	Identify, clarify and resolve problems	Replaced by AURAFA2004	NE
AURC270421A	Establish relations with customers	Replaced by AURACA2001	E
AURC361101A	Adapt work processes to new technologies	Replaced by AURAKA3002	E
AURC362721A	Establish customer requirements of a complex nature	Replaced by AURACA3002	E
AURC362807A	Build customer relations	Replaced by AURACA3003	E
AURC363337A	Maintain business image	Replaced by AURAMA3004	E
AURC365722A	Estimate complex jobs	Replaced by AURATA3005	E
AURC463238B	Manage complex customer issues	Replaced by AURAMA4005	E
AURC465349B	Prepare a vehicle repair quotation	Replaced by AURANN4001	E
AURC561614A	Contribute to business improvement	Replaced by AURAMA5006	E
AURE218670A	Service, maintain or replace batteries	Replaced by AURETR2015	NE
AURE218708A	Carry out repairs to single electrical circuits	Replaced by AURETR2012	NE
AURE220140A	Manufacture and repair wiring harness/looms	Replaced by AURETR2010	NE
AURE311666A	Repair electric braking systems	Replaced by AURETB3001	E
AURS238127A	Identify and select automotive parts and products	Replaced by AURSCA2001	E
AURS238150A	Present stock and sales area	Replaced by AURSCA2002	E
AURS241303A	Apply sales procedures	Replaced by AURSCA2003	E
AURS241608A	Carry out cash and/or credit/funds transfer transactions	Replaced by AURSCA2004	E
AURS241769A	Sell product(s)	Replaced by AURSCA2005	E
AURS241803A	Apply legal requirements relating to product sales	Replaced by AURSLA2001	E
AURS242621A	Promote products and services	Replaced by AURSCA2006	E
AURS252290A	Process customer complaints	Replaced by AURSAA2001	E
AURS338103A	Apply automotive parts interpretation process	Replaced by AURSBA3002	E
AURT210170A	Inspect and service braking systems	Replaced by AURTTB2001	E
AURT216170A	Inspect and service suspension systems	Replaced by AURTTD2004	E
AURT217865A	Remove and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components	Replaced by AURTTJ2002	E
AURT365508A	Carry out vehicle safety/roadworthy inspection	Replaced by AURTTA3017	E
AURT577620A	Develop and document specifications and procedures	Replaced by AURAFA5007	E
AURT577727B	Estimate and calculate costs to repair, maintain or modify a vehicle	Replaced by AURTNA5001	E
AURV226965A	Remove and replace/fit protector mouldings, transfers and decals	Replaced by AURVTN2005	E
AURV230449A	Apply paint touch-up techniques	Replaced by AURVTP2007	E
AURV324866A	Repair fibreglass/composite material components	Replaced by AURVTS3004	E
AURV328366A	Repair chassis/frame and associated components	Replaced by AURTTY3001	E
AURV331423CA	Fabricate and install canvas products	Replaced by AURVTT3015	E
AURV331423DA	Fabricate and install frame structures	Replaced by AURVTT3016	E
AURV331423GA	Fabricate and install canopies and curtains	Replaced by AURVTT3019	E
AURV334031A	Install side windows	Replaced by AURVTG3011	E
AURV465116A	Determine vehicle damage and recommended repair procedures	Replaced by AURVTN4032	E
BSBWRK509A	Manage industrial relations	Replaced by BSBWRK510A	E
MEM09003B	Prepare basic engineering drawing	Replaced by MEM09024A	NE
MEM09004B	Perform electrical/electronic detail drafting	Replaced by MEM09205A*	NE
MEM09010C	Create 3D models using computer aided design system	Replaced by MEM09210A*	NE
MEM09021B	Interpret and produce curved 3-dimensional shapes	Replaced by MEM09216A	NE
MEM09141A	Represent mechanical engineering designs	Replaced by MEM09157A	NE
MEM09142A	Represent mechatronic engineering designs	Replaced by MEM09158A	NE
MEM09151A	Apply computer aided modelling and data management techniques to mechanical engineering designs	Replaced by MEM09155A* (MEM23004A, MEM23109A)	NE
MEM09152A	Apply computer aided modelling and data management techniques to mechatronic engineering designs	Replaced by MEM09156A* (MEM23004A, MEM23109A, MEM23111A, MEM23112A)	NE
MEM14061A	Plan and design mechanical engineering projects	Replaced by MEM14085A* (MEM23004A, MEM23109A)	NE
MEM14062A	Plan and design mechatronic engineering projects	Replaced by MEM14086A* (MEM23004A, MEM14090A, MEM23111A, MEM23112A)	NE
MEM14063A	Plan and design manufacturing engineering projects	Replaced by MEM14087A* (MEM23004A, MEM14090A, MEM14089A, MEM23063A)	NE
MEM14064A	Plan and design maintenance engineering projects	Replaced by MEM14088A* (MEM23004A, MEM14092A)	NE
MEM14081A	Apply mechanical engineering fundamentals to support design and development of projects	Replaced by MEM14089A* (MEM23004A, MEM23109A)	NE
MEM14082A	Apply mechatronics fundamentals to support design and development of engineering projects	Replaced by MEM14090A* (MEM23004A, MEM23111A, MEM23112A)	NE
MEM22003A	Manage engineering resources	Replaced by MEM22012A	NE
MEM22004A	Manage engineering projects	Replaced by MEM22013A	NE
MEM22005A	Manage engineering operations	Replaced by MEM22014A* (MEM23004A, MEM14091A)	NE
MEM22006A	Source and estimate materials	Replaced by MEM22015A	NE
MEM22008A	Manage change and technical development	Replaced by MEM22017A	NE
MEM22009A	Manage technical sales and promotion	Replaced by MEM22018A	NE
MEM23002A	Apply calculus in engineering situations	Replaced by MEM23007A* (MEM23004A)	NE
MEM23051A	Apply basic electro and control scientific principles and techniques in mechanical and manufacturing engineering situations	Replaced by MEM23111A* and MEM23112A* (MEM23004A, MEM23006A)	NE
MEM23061A	Select and test mechanical engineering materials	Replaced by MEM23063A* (MEM23004A, MEM23109A)	NE
MEM23062A	Select and test mechatronic engineering materials	Replaced by MEM23064A* (MEM23004A, MEM23109A)	NE
MEM23071A	Select and apply mechanical engineering methods, processes and construction techniques	Replaced by MEM14089A* (MEM23004A, MEM23109A)	NE
MEM23072A	Select and apply mechatronic engineering methods, processes and construction techniques	Replaced by MEM14090A* (MEM23004A, MEM23109A, MEM23111A, MEM23112A)	NE
MEM23081A	Apply scientific principles and techniques in mechanical engineering situations	Replaced by MEM23113A*, MEM23114A*, MEM23115A* (MEM23004A, MEM23006A)	NE
MEM23082A	Apply scientific principles and techniques in mechatronic engineering situations	Replaced by MEM23116A* and MEM23117A* (MEM23004A, MEM23111A, MEM23112A)	NE
MEM23083A	Apply industrial engineering principles and techniques in competitive manufacturing engineering situations	Replaced by MEM23118A* and MEM23119A* (MEM30012A, MEM23118A)	NE
MEM23091A	Apply mechanical system design principles and techniques in mechanical engineering situations	Replaced by MEM23120* and MEM23121A* (MEM23004A, MEM23109A, MEM23007A)	NE
MEM23092A	Apply automated systems principles and techniques in engineering situations	Replaced by MEM23122A* (MEM23004A, MEM23111A, MEM23112A)	NE
MEM23093A	Apply plant and process design principles and techniques in engineering situations	Replaced by MEM23123A	NE
MEM23094A	Apply maintenance systems principles and techniques in engineering situations	Replaced by MEM23124A* and MEM23125A* (MEM23004A, MEM14092A, MEM14088A)	NE
MEM30001A	Use computer aided drafting systems to produce basic engineering drawings	Replaced by MEM30031A	NE
MEM30002A	Produce basic engineering graphics	Replaced by MEM30032A	NE
MEM30003A	Produce detailed engineering drawings	Covered by MEM30032A	NE
MEM30004A	Use CAD to create and display 3D models	Replaced by MEM30033A* (MEM3001A)	NE

Mapping MSA07v8.3

Updated qualifications

Code	Title	Comment Note All qualifications remain equivalent
MSA10107	Certificate I in Manufacturing (Pathways)	Release 2 - LMF units updated to MSF units
MSA20107	Certificate II in Process Manufacturing	Release 4 - imported elective unit updated to current release.
MSA20510	Certificate II in Recreational Vehicle Service and Repair	Release 5 - imported elective unit updated to current release.
MSA20610	Certificate II in Recreational Vehicle Manufacture	Release 5 - imported elective unit updated to current release
MSA30107	Certificate III in Process Manufacturing	Release 5 - imported elective unit updated to current release.
MSA30510	Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle Service and Repair	Release 5 - Imported elective unit updated to current release
MSA30610	Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle Manufacture	Release 5 - Imported elective unit updated to current release
MSA30710	Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle and Accessories Retailing	Release 5 - imported elective unit updated to current release
MSA40311	Certificate IV in Process Manufacturing	Release 4 - Imported elective unit updated to current release.
MSA40510	Certificate IV in Recreational Vehicles	Release 5 - Imported elective unit updated to current release
MSA40710	Certificate IV in Recreational Vehicle and Accessories Retailing	Release 5 - imported elective unit updated to current release
MSA50311	Diploma of Production Management	Release 4 - correction to metadata to show PMAOPS500A as available in this qualification
MSA50510	Diploma of Recreational Vehicles	Release 5 - imported elective unit updated to current release.
MSA60108	Advanced Diploma of Manufacturing Technology	Release 5 - unit codes corrected in Group B: MEM14091A Integrate manufacturing fundamentals into an engineering task MEM14092A Integrate maintenance fundamentals into an engineering task

Updated MSA units of competency

Code	Title	Comment
MSAPMWJ201A	Use high pressure water jetting equipment	Release 2 - upgrade to incorporate changes to Australian Standard
MSAPMWJ301A	Operate a high pressure water jetting system	Release 2 - upgrade to incorporate changes to Australian Standard

Updated Imported units of competency

MSA07v8.2	MSA07v8.3	Comments
Code	Title	Code	Title
AUMANA3001	Prepare and document quotation	AUMANA001	Prepare and document quotations	Release 1 - Equivalent to previous release
AUMFTA3001	Document designs	AUMFTA001	Document manufacturing design processes	Release 1 - Equivalent to previous release
AUMGTT2001	Apply trim to components	AUMGTT001	Apply trim to vehicle components	Release 1 - Equivalent to previous release
FPICOT2206B/ FPICOT2206A	Cross cut materials with a hand-held chainsaw	FPICOT2238A	Cut materials with a hand-held chainsaw	Release 2 - Equivalent
LMFFM1002B	Operate basic woodworking machines	MSFFM1002	Operate basic woodworking machines	Release 1 - Equivalent
LMFFM2001B	Use furniture making sector hand and power tools	MSFFM2001	Use furniture making sector hand and power tools	Release 1 - Equivalent
LMFFM2002B	Assemble furnishing components	MSFFM2002	Assemble furnishing components	Release 1 - Equivalent
LMFFM2003B	Select and apply hardware	MSFFM2003	Select and apply hardware	Release 1 - Equivalent
LMFFM2005B	Join solid timber	MSFFM2005	Join solid timber	Release 1 - Equivalent
LMFSF1001B	Produce basic soft furnishing accessories	MSFSF1001	Produce basic soft furnishing accessories	Release 1 - Equivalent
LMFSF2001B	Cut single layer fabrics	MSFSF2001	Cut single layer fabrics	Release 1 - Equivalent

Units not carried forward

Code	Title	Comment
AUMANA3001	Prepare and document quotation	Replaced by AUMANA001
AUMFTA3001	Document designs	Replaced by AUMFTA001
AUMGTT2001	Apply trim to components	Replaced by AUMGTT001
FPICOT2206A	Cross cut materials with a hand-held chainsaw	Replaced by FPICOT2238A
FPICOT2206B	Cross cut materials with a hand-held chainsaw	Replaced by FPICOT2238A
LMFFM1002B	Operate basic woodworking machines	Replaced by MSFFM1002
LMFFM2001B	Use furniture making sector hand and power tools	Replaced by MSFFM2001
LMFFM2002B	Assemble furnishing components	Replaced by MSFFM2002
LMFFM2003B	Select and apply hardware	Replaced by MSFFM2003
LMFFM2005B	Join solid timber	Replaced by MSFFM2005
LMFSF1001B	Produce basic soft furnishing accessories	Replaced by MSFSF1001
LMFSF2001B	Cut single layer fabrics	Replaced by MSFSF2001
MSACMC411A	Lead a competitive manufacturing team	Orphan unit - removed from MSA07

Overview

What is a Training Package?

A Training Package is an integrated set of nationally endorsed competency standards, assessment guidelines and Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF) qualifications for a specific industry, industry sector or enterprise.

Each Training Package:

provides a consistent and reliable set of components for training, recognising and assessing peoples skills, and may also have optional support materials

enables nationally recognised qualifications to be awarded through direct assessment of workplace competencies

encourages the development and delivery of flexible training which suits individual and industry requirements

encourages learning and assessment in a work-related environment which leads to verifiable workplace outcomes.

How do Training Packages fit within the National Skills Framework?

The National Skills Framework applies nationally, is endorsed by the Ministerial Council for Vocational and Technical Education, and comprises the Australian Quality Training Framework 2010 (AQTF 2010), and Training Packages endorsed by the National Quality Council (NQC).

How are Training Packages developed?

Training Packages are developed by Industry Skills Councils or enterprises to meet the identified training needs of specific industries or industry sectors. To gain national endorsement of Training Packages, developers must provide evidence of extensive research, consultation and support within the industry area or enterprise.

How do Training Packages encourage flexibility?

Training Packages describe the skills and knowledge needed to perform effectively in the workplace without prescribing how people should be trained.

Training Packages acknowledge that people can achieve vocational competency in many ways by emphasising what the learner can do, not how or where they learned to do it. For example, some experienced workers might be able to demonstrate competency against the units of competency, and even gain a qualification, without completing a formal training program.

With Training Packages, assessment and training may be conducted at the workplace, off-the-job, at a training organisation, during regular work, or through work experience, work placement, work simulation or any combination of these.

Who can deliver and assess using Training Packages?

Training and assessment using Training Packages must be conducted by a Registered Training Organisation (RTO) that has the qualifications or specific units of competency on its scope of registration, or that works in partnership with another RTO, as specified in the AQTF 2010.

Training Package Components

Training Packages are made up of mandatory components endorsed by the NQC, and optional support materials.

Training Package Endorsed Components

The nationally endorsed components include the Competency Standards, Assessment Guidelines and Qualifications Framework. These form the basis of training and assessment in the Training Package and, as such, they must be used.

Competency Standards

Each unit of competency identifies a discrete workplace requirement and includes the knowledge and skills that underpin competency as well as language, literacy and numeracy; and occupational health and safety requirements. The units of competency must be adhered to in training and assessment to ensure consistency of outcomes.

Assessment Guidelines

The Assessment Guidelines provide an industry framework to ensure all assessments meet industry needs and nationally agreed standards as expressed in the Training Package and the AQTF 2010. The Assessment Guidelines must be followed to ensure the integrity of assessment leading to nationally recognised qualifications.

Qualifications Framework

Each Training Package provides details of those units of competency that must be achieved to award AQF qualifications. The rules around which units of competency can be combined to make up a valid AQF qualification in the Training Package are referred to as the ‘packaging rules’. The packaging rules must be followed to ensure the integrity of nationally recognised qualifications issued.

Training Package Support Materials

The endorsed components of Training Packages are complemented and supported by optional support materials that provide for choice in the design of training and assessment to meet the needs of industry and learners.

Training Package support materials can relate to single or multiple units of competency, an industry sector, a qualification or the whole Training Package. They tend to fall into one or more of the categories illustrated below.

Training Package support materials are produced by a range of stakeholders such as RTOs, individual trainers and assessors, private and commercial developers and Government agencies.

Training Package, Qualification and Unit of Competency Codes

There are agreed conventions for the national codes used for Training Packages and their components. Always use the correct codes, exactly as they appear in the Training Package, and with the code always before the title.

Training Package Codes

Each Training Package has a unique five-character national code assigned when the Training Package is endorsed, for example XYZ08. The first three characters are letters identifying the Training Package industry coverage and the last two characters are numbers identifying the year of endorsement.

Qualification Codes

Within each Training Package, each qualification has a unique eight-character code, for example XYZ10108. Qualification codes are developed as follows:

the first three letters identify the Training Package;

the first number identifies the qualification level (noting that, in the qualification titles themselves, arabic numbers are not used);

the next two numbers identify the position in the sequence of the qualification at that level; and

the last two numbers identify the year in which the qualification was endorsed. (Where qualifications are added after the initial Training Package endorsement, the last two numbers may differ from other Training Package qualifications as they identify the year in which those particular qualifications were endorsed.)

Unit of Competency Codes

Within each Training Package, each unit of competency has a unique code. Unit of competency codes are assigned when the Training Package is endorsed, or when new units of competency are added to an existing endorsed Training Package. Unit codes are developed as follows:

a typical code is made up of 12 characters, normally a mixture of uppercase letters and numbers, as in MSACMC210A:

the first three characters signify the Training Package – MSA07 – in the above example and up to eight characters, relating to an industry sector, function or skill area, follow;

the last character is always a letter and identifies the unit of competency version. An ‘A’ at the end of the code indicates that this is the original unit of competency. ‘B’, or another incremented version identifier means that minor changes have been made. Typically this would mean that wording has changed in the range statement or evidence guide, providing clearer intent; and

where changes are made that alter the outcome, a new code is assigned and the title is changed.

Training Package, Qualification and Unit of Competency Titles

There are agreed conventions for titling Training Packages and their components. Always use the correct titles, exactly as they appear in the Training Package, and with the code always placed before the title.

Training Package Titles

The title of each endorsed Training Package is unique and relates the Training Packages broad industry coverage.

Qualification Titles

The title of each endorsed Training Package qualification is unique. Qualification titles use the following sequence:

first, the qualification is identified as either Certificate I, Certificate II, Certificate III, Certificate IV, Diploma, Advanced Diploma, Vocational Graduate Certificate, or Vocational Graduate Diploma;

this is followed by the words ‘in’ for Certificates I to IV, and ‘of’ for Diploma, Advanced Diploma, Vocational Graduate Certificate and Vocational Graduate Diploma;

then, the industry descriptor, for example Telecommunications; and

then, if applicable, the occupational or functional stream in brackets, for example (Computer Systems).

For example: MSA10107 Certificate I in Manufacturing (Pathways)

Unit of Competency Titles

Each unit of competency title is unique. Unit of competency titles describe the competency outcome concisely, and are written in sentence case.

For example: MSACMC210A Manage the impact of change on own work

Introduction to the Manufacturing Training Package (MSA07) Training Package

This Training Package has been developed as a significant step in the process of Training Package rationalisation work being undertaken by Manufacturing Skills Australia. There was an identified need for a ‘whole of manufacturing’ approach to many of the qualifications and units of competency contained in some of the manufacturing sector Training Packages.

Version 1

Certificate I in Manufacturing (Pathways)

The first qualification and units of competency to populate this new Training Package was the MSA10107 Certificate 1 in Manufacturing (Pathways). This will be followed closely by more units of competency and qualifications that will be applicable across all of manufacturing.

Refer to the Appendices attached to this Training Package for information on development of this certificate.

Version 2

Process Manufacturing Certificates

The process manufacturing certificates have been developed for use by the industry sectors covered by the following Training Packages:

PMA02 Chemical, Hydrocarbons and Oil Refining Training Package

PMB07 Plastics, Rubber and Cablemaking Training Package

PMC04 Manufactured Mineral Products Training Package.

In the recently completed review of the Plastics, Rubber and Cablemaking Training Package it was determined that the production support certificates in PMA, PMB and PMC should be rationalised to increase flexibility and recognition across all of process manufacturing.

In keeping with the high market penetration of the Certificates in Process Manufacturing in PMB01, this title has been maintained for the common certificates. The certificates have been generalised and recoded for inclusion on MSA07 and as such, will be available across all of process manufacturing. This makes the elective units from PMA, PMB and PMC all available for selection in a Certificate in Process Manufacturing.

Other generic units

In addition to the generic support units developed for the Process Manufacturing Certificates, it has been recognised that there would be significant benefits to be gained from rationalising other units in PMA, PMB and PMC. A range of units have been developed for inclusion in MSA07, not aligned to any MSA qualifications at this time. These units are intended to be used as imported electives in the Certificates IV, Diplomas and Advanced Diplomas in PMA, PMB and PMC.

Refer to the Appendices for more details on development of the above certificates.

Version 3

MCM04 qualifications, new specialist streams for Technology Cadetship qualifications

Relocation of the MCM units and qualifications to MSA07 is the first step in a major rationalisation plan which will eventually see all the units and qualifications from the nine manufacturing Training Packages under the one framework. The changes are summarised below.

The Competitive Manufacturing and Manufacturing Technology qualifications and units of competency have been recoded as MSA units and qualifications.

The Competitive Manufacturing qualifications have been revised to incorporate units of competency covering sustainability skills and to include Employability Skills Summaries.

All existing MCM units have been updated to replace Key Competencies with Employability Skills.

The MSAPMPER units and one MSAPMOHS unit have been revised as part of the current review of the Chemical, Hydrocarbons & Oil Refining Training Package.

MSA07v2 qualifications (MSA10107, MSA10207, MSA20107 and MSA30107) updated with recoded MCM units, revised MSAPMPER units and updated LMT and LMF units.

Addition of new metallurgy and polymer streams for the existing Certificate III in Manufacturing Technology.

Addition of new polymer stream for the existing Certificate IV in Manufacturing Technology.

Addition of Diploma and Advanced Diploma of Manufacturing Technology (metallurgy and polymer streams).

Full details on development of the Competitive Manufacturing qualifications and the new streams are included in the Appendices.

Version 3.1

New specialist stream for structural steel detailing in Technology Cadetship qualifications.

Six new units of competency for structural detailing and additional imported units have been added to the Manufacturing Technology qualifications to facilitate training of new entrants to this industry. Details of this development are included in the Appendices.

Version 4

Competitive Manufacturing Vocational Graduate qualifications

The need for development of Vocational Graduate qualifications in Competitive Manufacturing was identified by MSA in 2007 in response to requests for more in depth training and professional development for individuals who already had some skills or training in Competitive Manufacturing practices.

The following new qualifications are included in MSA07v4:

MSA71109 Vocational Graduate Certificate in Competitive Manufacturing

MSA81109 Vocational Graduate Diploma of Competitive Manufacturing

More information on this development is included in the Appendices.

Version 5

Certificate III in Surface Preparation and Coating Application

The surface preparation and protective coating application industry sector approached Manufacturing Skills Australia (MSA) in 2008 regarding the lack of a qualification for people working in this sector. MSA, the national Industry Skills Council with coverage of this area, responded to this concern by establishing a project in 2008 to ‘research existing units and develop units of competency to cover blast cleaning and coating’.

This research project identified a significant number of relevant units of competency and the need for at least one new unit of competency to cover the skill needs of this sector. As a result of this research, it also became clear that to fully respond to the industry’s need, a new qualification was required, utilising existing units in MEM05 and PMB07 and the proposed new unit(s).

Further research and consultation with the industry, the industry association and relevant RTOs identified that the appropriate level of qualification was AQF 3. MSA supported the findings and contracted Kevin Hummel, Total Training and Performance Solutions to develop the new units and packaging rules for a new Certificate III in Surface Preparation and Coating Application.

More information on this development is included in the Appendices.

Trade Measurement units and Skill Sets

In 2008, Manufacturing Skills Australia (MSA) contracted Ivan Johnstone, CIT Solutions, to undertake a scoping project to determine the scope of change required to update the Laboratory Operations Training Package (PML04). It was identified in that scoping project that because of changes to the regulatory environment for Australia’s trade measurement system, there was a need to update/redevelop existing units of competency in MEM05 and/or develop new units to meet the needs of the National Measurement Institute (NMI).

NMI is a Division of the Commonwealth Department of Innovation, Industry, Science and Research. The Institute is responsible for Australia’s units and standards of measurement through the development and maintenance of standards of measurement, reference materials and reference techniques. The Institute has a wide variety of professional and technical staff who provide calibration, measurement, analysis, pattern approval testing and training services.

More information on this development is included in the Appendices.

Version 6

Recreational Vehicle qualifications

The recreational vehicle qualifications started with THC99 under the Tourism and Hospitality National Industry Training Advisory Board. This was revised to THC04 with minimal changes. With the merger of national ITABs into the ten Industry Skills Councils, THC04 came under the jurisdiction of the Service Industries Skills Councils. As the bulk of the use of these qualifications was in the fields of manufacture, service and repairs, it was realised that the recreational vehicle industry would be better served by bringing its qualifications under the coverage of the Manufacturing Industry Skills Council (Manufacturing Skills Australia – MSA). They have revised the qualifications and their associated units of competency and brought them into line with the current requirements and aligned them with similar manufacturing, service and repair qualifications.

This sector typically manufacture, repair and service recreational vehicles as required. Recreational vehicles include:

motor homes

caravans

camper trailers

slide-ons, and

fifth wheelers

Recreational vehicles may be made from a frame (timber, aluminium or steel) and skin (aluminium or fibre composite) or a manufactured wall panel or some other technology. They are typically mounted on a steel chassis. Fittings are typically timber/particle board but may be any other suitable material.

More information on this development is included in the appendices.

Historical and General Information

Introduction to the Manufacturing Training Package (MSA07) Training Package

This Training Package has been developed as a significant step in the process of Training Package rationalisation work being undertaken by Manufacturing Skills Australia. There was an identified need for a ‘whole of manufacturing’ approach to many of the qualifications and units of competency contained in some of the manufacturing sector Training Packages.

Version 1

Certificate I in Manufacturing (Pathways)

The first qualification and units of competency to populate this new Training Package was the MSA10107 Certificate 1 in Manufacturing (Pathways). This will be followed closely by more units of competency and qualifications that will be applicable across all of manufacturing.

Refer to the Appendices attached to this Training Package for information on development of this certificate.

Version 2

Process Manufacturing Certificates

The process manufacturing certificates have been developed for use by the industry sectors covered by the following Training Packages:

PMA02 Chemical, Hydrocarbons and Oil Refining Training Package

PMB07 Plastics, Rubber and Cablemaking Training Package

PMC04 Manufactured Mineral Products Training Package.

In the recently completed review of the Plastics, Rubber and Cablemaking Training Package it was determined that the production support certificates in PMA, PMB and PMC should be rationalised to increase flexibility and recognition across all of process manufacturing.

In keeping with the high market penetration of the Certificates in Process Manufacturing in PMB01, this title has been maintained for the common certificates. The certificates have been generalised and recoded for inclusion on MSA07 and as such, will be available across all of process manufacturing. This makes the elective units from PMA, PMB and PMC all available for selection in a Certificate in Process Manufacturing.

Other generic units

In addition to the generic support units developed for the Process Manufacturing Certificates, it has been recognised that there would be significant benefits to be gained from rationalising other units in PMA, PMB and PMC. A range of units have been developed for inclusion in MSA07, not aligned to any MSA qualifications at this time. These units are intended to be used as imported electives in the Certificates IV, Diplomas and Advanced Diplomas in PMA, PMB and PMC.

Refer to the Appendices for more details on development of the above certificates.

Version 3

MCM04 qualifications, new specialist streams for Technology Cadetship qualifications

Relocation of the MCM units and qualifications to MSA07 is the first step in a major rationalisation plan which will eventually see all the units and qualifications from the nine manufacturing Training Packages under the one framework. The changes are summarised below.

The Competitive Manufacturing and Manufacturing Technology qualifications and units of competency have been recoded as MSA units and qualifications.

The Competitive Manufacturing qualifications have been revised to incorporate units of competency covering sustainability skills and to include Employability Skills Summaries.

All existing MCM units have been updated to replace Key Competencies with Employability Skills.

The MSAPMPER units and one MSAPMOHS unit have been revised as part of the current review of the Chemical, Hydrocarbons & Oil Refining Training Package.

MSA07v2 qualifications (MSA10107, MSA10207, MSA20107 and MSA30107) updated with recoded MCM units, revised MSAPMPER units and updated LMT and LMF units.

Addition of new metallurgy and polymer streams for the existing Certificate III in Manufacturing Technology.

Addition of new polymer stream for the existing Certificate IV in Manufacturing Technology.

Addition of Diploma and Advanced Diploma of Manufacturing Technology (metallurgy and polymer streams).

Full details on development of the Competitive Manufacturing qualifications and the new streams are included in the Appendices.

Version 3.1

New specialist stream for structural steel detailing in Technology Cadetship qualifications.

Six new units of competency for structural detailing and additional imported units have been added to the Manufacturing Technology qualifications to facilitate training of new entrants to this industry. Details of this development are included in the Appendices.

Version 4

Competitive Manufacturing Vocational Graduate qualifications

The need for development of Vocational Graduate qualifications in Competitive Manufacturing was identified by MSA in 2007 in response to requests for more in depth training and professional development for individuals who already had some skills or training in Competitive Manufacturing practices.

The following new qualifications are included in MSA07v4:

MSA71109 Vocational Graduate Certificate in Competitive Manufacturing

MSA81109 Vocational Graduate Diploma of Competitive Manufacturing

More information on this development is included in the Appendices.

Version 5

Certificate III in Surface Preparation and Coating Application

The surface preparation and protective coating application industry sector approached Manufacturing Skills Australia (MSA) in 2008 regarding the lack of a qualification for people working in this sector. MSA, the national Industry Skills Council with coverage of this area, responded to this concern by establishing a project in 2008 to ‘research existing units and develop units of competency to cover blast cleaning and coating’.

This research project identified a significant number of relevant units of competency and the need for at least one new unit of competency to cover the skill needs of this sector. As a result of this research, it also became clear that to fully respond to the industry’s need, a new qualification was required, utilising existing units in MEM05 and PMB07 and the proposed new unit(s).

Further research and consultation with the industry, the industry association and relevant RTOs identified that the appropriate level of qualification was AQF 3. MSA supported the findings and contracted Kevin Hummel, Total Training and Performance Solutions to develop the new units and packaging rules for a new Certificate III in Surface Preparation and Coating Application.

More information on this development is included in the Appendices.

Trade Measurement units and Skill Sets

In 2008, Manufacturing Skills Australia (MSA) contracted Ivan Johnstone, CIT Solutions, to undertake a scoping project to determine the scope of change required to update the Laboratory Operations Training Package (PML04). It was identified in that scoping project that because of changes to the regulatory environment for Australia’s trade measurement system, there was a need to update/redevelop existing units of competency in MEM05 and/or develop new units to meet the needs of the National Measurement Institute (NMI).

NMI is a Division of the Commonwealth Department of Innovation, Industry, Science and Research. The Institute is responsible for Australia’s units and standards of measurement through the development and maintenance of standards of measurement, reference materials and reference techniques. The Institute has a wide variety of professional and technical staff who provide calibration, measurement, analysis, pattern approval testing and training services.

More information on this development is included in the Appendices.

Version 6

Recreational Vehicle qualifications

The recreational vehicle qualifications started with THC99 under the Tourism and Hospitality National Industry Training Advisory Board. This was revised to THC04 with minimal changes. With the merger of national ITABs into the ten Industry Skills Councils, THC04 came under the jurisdiction of the Service Industries Skills Councils. As the bulk of the use of these qualifications was in the fields of manufacture, service and repairs, it was realised that the recreational vehicle industry would be better served by bringing its qualifications under the coverage of the Manufacturing Industry Skills Council (Manufacturing Skills Australia – MSA). They have revised the qualifications and their associated units of competency and brought them into line with the current requirements and aligned them with similar manufacturing, service and repair qualifications.

This sector typically manufacture, repair and service recreational vehicles as required. Recreational vehicles include:

motor homes

caravans

camper trailers

slide-ons, and

fifth wheelers

Recreational vehicles may be made from a frame (timber, aluminium or steel) and skin (aluminium or fibre composite) or a manufactured wall panel or some other technology. They are typically mounted on a steel chassis. Fittings are typically timber/particle board but may be any other suitable material.

More information on this development is included in the appendices.

Version 7

Process manufacturing

The Certificate 1 to Certificate III in Process Manufacturing exist as generalist manufacturing qualifications which include technical units, but do not require any minimum number of them.

When Total Training and Performance Solutions (TaPS) undertook the Manufactured Mineral Products Training Package update project in 2009, a report was made to Manufacturing Skills Australia (MSA) suggesting the extension of the generic Certificates in Process Manufacturing to Certificate IV and Diploma level. This need was coincidentally confirmed by a hydrocarbons company in the same timeframe.

The identified need was to provide qualifications for a career path for those who already hold the Certificate III in Process Manufacturing, and also to provide qualifications to support a non-technical career path for others with technical Certificates III (or IV). While it might be argued that the Competitive Manufacturing, or the FrontLine Management qualifications already provide that, they are not seen as providing the same flexible mix of industry units as the generic Process Manufacturing qualifications which are truncated at the Certificate III because of the history of their development.

MSA supported the findings and contracted TaPS to develop the new qualifications.

Industry drivers for change

The major industry drivers for the improvements to this package are outlined below:

Currently the Certificates I – III in Process Manufacturing exist as generalist manufacturing qualifications which include technical units, but do not require any minimum number of them. It was seen as desirous to extend these qualifications to provide a career path for those who already hold the Certificate III in Process Manufacturing.

It was also seen as advantageous to provide qualifications to support a non-technical career path for those with technical Certificates III (or IV).

Version 8

Components for endorsement:

Two (2) new high risk work licensing boiler operation units of competency.

The new units of competency will not be aligned to any qualifications, but will be available for use in Skill Sets and for importation into other Training Package qualifications as required.

Project background

The development of the two new units of competency follows on from Safe Work Australia’s Strategic Issues Group on Occupational Health and Safety (SIG-OHS) and the review process conducted through the licensing Temporary Advisory Group (TAG). The agreement from this process resulted in the current three licensing categories for boiler operation, standard, intermediate and advanced boilers being replaced by a two tier licensing system for standard and advanced boilers. The new licensing categories need to be underpinned by endorsed units of competency specifically designed to meet regulatory requirements for skills and knowledge and a unit format compatible with other high risk work licensing units of competency already endorsed in the CPC08 Construction, Plumbing and Services, TLI10 Transport and Logistics and other national Training Packages.

The new units of competency will be supported by mandatory Assessment Instructions and Resource Requirements documentation agreed by national regulators and achievement of competency against the units will meet the educational requirements for licensing in each category.

The new licensing units of competency are not attached to any MSA qualification but can be imported to any Training Package as required. The new units will also be available as Skill Sets to allow for training and assessment to occur to support the competency requirements for licensing of boiler operations.

History

The Manufacturing Training Package (MSA07) has been developed as part of the rationalisation work being undertaken by Manufacturing Skills Australia.

Version 1

MSA07v1 contained the Certificate I in Manufacturing (Pathways).

Version 2

MSA07v2 was expanded to include the newly developed Certificates I, II and III in Process Manufacturing which are for use across the three process manufacturing sectors covered by PMA, PMB and PMC Training Packages.

Also included in Version 2 were the following units of competency that are available for importation to Certificates IV, Diplomas and Advanced Diplomas in PMA, PMB and PMC:

MSAENV472A Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

MSAENV672A Develop workplace policy and procedures for sustainability

MSAPMOHS400A Contribute to OHS management system

MSAPMOHS401A Assess risk

MSAPMOHS503A Maintain the workplace OHS management system

MSAPMOHS510A Manage risk

MSAPMOHS601A Establish workplace OHS management system

MSAPMOPS400A Optimise process/plant area

MSAPMOPS401A Trial new process or product

MSAPMOPS404A Co-ordinate maintenance

MSAPMOPS405A Identify problems in fluid power system

MSAPMOPS406A Identify problems in electronic control systems

MSAPMSUP400A Develop and monitor quality systems

In Version 2, the PMB and process manufacturing units in MSA10107 Certificate I in Manufacturing (Pathways) were updated and recoded. Refer to Mapping of units for details.

Three environmental sustainability units have been developed by Manufacturing Skills Australia. They were included in the Process Manufacturing production support certificates and will be made available across all manufacturing Training Packages. The units are:

MSAENV272A Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices

MSAENV472A Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

MSAENV672A Develop workplace policy and procedures for sustainability.

In version 3 (see below) these three units have been incorporated into the Competitive Manufacturing qualifications.

Version 3

Following are details of changes to MSA07v2:

inclusion of the current Competitive Manufacturing and Manufacturing Technology qualifications and units of competency

variation to existing Competitive Manufacturing qualifications to incorporate the three new units of competency covering sustainability skills and to include Employability Skills Summaries

updating of existing MCM units to replace Key Competencies with Employability Skills

updating of the MSAPMPER units and one MSAPMOHS unit which have been revised as part of the current review of the Chemical, Hydrocarbons & Oil Refining Training Package

MSA07v2 qualifications (MSA10107, MSA10207, MSA20107 and MSA30107) updated with recoded MCM units, revised MSAPMPER units and updated LMT and LMF units.

addition of new metallurgy and polymer pathways for the existing Certificate III in Manufacturing Technology

addition of new polymer pathway for the existing Certificate IV in Manufacturing Technology

addition of Diploma and Advanced Diploma of Manufacturing Technology (metallurgy and polymer pathways)

Version 3.1

Version 3.1 includes six new MSA Technology Cadetship units and 10 additional MEM units as electives for a new structural steel detailing stream in MSA30208 Certificate III in Manufacturing Technology and MSA50108 Diploma of Manufacturing Technology.

Miscellaneous typographical errors related to unit codes have been corrected in the unit tables in the following qualifications: MSA10107, MSA20107, MSA20208, MSA30208, MSA40108, MSA50108 and MSA60108.

PMBPREP508A has been removed from the Manufacturing Technology elective bank in MSA50108 as it duplicates MEM09003B.

Version 4

Inclusion of two new Competitive Manufacturing Vocational Graduate qualifications and the following new units:

MSACMG700A	Review continuous improvement processes
MSACMG701A	Prepare for and implement change
MSACMG702A	Review manufacturing practice tools and techniques
MSACMG703A	Analyse process changes
MSACMG704A	Facilitate improvements in the value chain
MSACMG705A	Undertake a qualitative review of a process change
MSACMG706A	Build relationships between teams in a manufacturing environment
MSACMG707A	Respond to a major non-conformance
MSACMG708A	Capture learning from daily activities in a manufacturing organisation
MSACMG709A	Facilitate improvements in the external value chain
MSACMG710A	Improve visual management in the workplace
MSACMG711A	Manage benchmarking studies
MSACMG712A	Lead a problem solving process to determine and solve root cause
MSACMG800A	Analyse data for relevance to organisational learning
MSACMG801A	Develop the competitive manufacturing approach
MSACMG802A	Audit the use of competitive tools
MSACMG803A	Develop models of future state manufacturing practice
MSACMG804A	Develop the value chain
MSACMG805A	Develop the learning processes of the manufacturing organisation
MSACMG806A	Develop and refine systems for continuous improvement in manufacturing organisations
MSACMG807A	Develop problem solving capability of a manufacturing organisation

Version 5

New units of competency

Unit code	Unit title
MSAPMOPS201A	Cut polymer materials
MSAPMOPS202A	Fabricate polymer materials
MSAPMOPS301A	Treat corrosion
MSATMINS301A	Inspect a range of simple measures
MSATMINS302A	Inspect a range of simple measuring instruments
MSATMINS401A	Inspect a range of weighing instruments
MSATMINS402A	Inspect a range of liquid measuring instruments using volume measures
MSATMINS403A	Inspect a range of trading practices
MSATMINS404A	Inspect a range of pre-packaged products
MSATMINS501A	Inspect a range of complex measuring instruments
MSATMREF301A	Use and maintain reference standards
MSATMVER301A	Verify simple measures
MSATMVER302A	Verify a simple measuring instruments
MSATMVER401A	Verify a limited weighing instrument
MSATMVER402A	Verify a liquid measuring instrument using volume measures
MSATMVER403A	Verify inspector’s class reference standards
MSATMVER501A	Verify a complex measuring instrument

Additional imported units

MEM07001B	Perform operational maintenance of machines/equipment
MEM08002C	Pre-treat work for subsequent surface coating
MEM08007B	Control surface finish production and finished product quality
MEM08011B	Prepare surfaces using solvents and/or mechanical means
MEM08012B	Prepare surfaces by abrasive blasting (basic)
MEM08013B	Prepare surfaces by abrasive blasting (advanced)
MEM08014B	Apply protective coatings (basic)
MEM08015B	Apply protective coatings (advanced)
MEM08016B	Control blast coating by-products, materials and emissions
MEM11001C	Erect/dismantle scaffolding and equipment
MEM11002C	Erect/dismantle complex scaffolding and equipment
MEM11003B	Coordinate erection/dismantling of complex scaffolding/equipment
MEM11004B	Undertake dogging
MEM11010B	Operate mobile load shifting equipment
MEM11011B	Undertake manual handling
MEM11012B	Purchase materials
MEM11016B	Order materials
MEM11021B	Perform advanced operation of load shifting equipment
MEM11022B	Operate fixed/moveable load shifting equipment
MEM12001B	Use comparison and basic measuring devices
MEM13001B	Perform emergency first aid
MEM15002A	Apply quality systems
MEM15024A	Apply quality procedures
MEM16002C	Conduct formal interviews and negotiations
MEM16011A	Communicate with individuals and small groups
MEM16013A	Operate in a self directed team
MEM17001B	Assist in the development and delivery of training in the workplace
MEM17003A	Assist in the provision of on the job training
MNMG237A	Work safely at heights
PMBPROD241C	Lay up rubber lining or lag pulleys
PMBPROD242A	Bond polymers to surfaces
PMBPROD248C	Prepare surfaces for coating
PMBPROD265C	Operate portable vulcanising equipment
PMBPROD323C	Produce powder coated products
PMBPROD375B	Vulcanise products using an autoclave

Version 6

Refer to summary mapping for details of changes to MSA07 and Recreational Vehicle qualifications and units of competency.

Version 7

Addition of two new qualifications:

MSA40311 Certificate IV in Process Manufacturing

MSA50311 Diploma of Production Management

Inclusion of 51 additional imported units.

Version 8

Two new units of competency

Unit code	Unit title
MSABLIC001	License to operate a standard boiler
MSABLIC002	License to operate an advanced boiler

Introduction to the Industry

The manufacturing industry

The manufacturing industry’s contribution to Australia’s gross domestic product (GDP) has been falling in percentage terms since the early 1960s as other industries have risen in prominence. Despite this it is still the second largest segment of the Australian economy. In 2005–06, the industry had a gross industry product of $96 billion, exports of $75 billion and employed 1,052,000 persons. Manufacturing is a major contributor to the state economies of South Australia, Victoria, Tasmania and New South Wales.

The scope of ‘manufacturing’ occupations covers a broad spectrum. The skills profile of the manufacturing industry covers production workers, tradespeople, technicians and associate professionals as well as professionals. These are applied in the range of manufacturing from simply transformed to elaborately transformed materials.

Qualification Framework

The Australian Qualifications Framework

What is the Australian Qualifications Framework?

A brief overview of the Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF) follows. For a full explanation of the AQF, see the AQF Implementation Handbook. http://www.aqf.edu.au/Portals/0/Documents/Handbook/AQF_Handbook_07.pdf

The AQF provides a comprehensive, nationally consistent framework for all qualifications in post-compulsory education and training in Australia. In the vocational education and training (VET) sector it assists national consistency for all trainees, learners, employers and providers by enabling national recognition of qualifications and Statements of Attainment.

Training Package qualifications in the VET sector must comply with the titles and guidelines of the AQF. Endorsed Training Packages provide a unique title for each AQF qualification which must always be reproduced accurately.

Qualifications

Training Packages can incorporate the following eight AQF qualifications.

Certificate I in ...

Certificate II in ...

Certificate III in ...

Certificate IV in ...

Diploma of ...

Advanced Diploma of ...

Vocational Graduate Certificate of ...

Vocational Graduate Diploma of ...

On completion of the requirements defined in the Training Package, a Registered Training Organisation (RTO) may issue a nationally recognised AQF qualification. Issuance of AQF qualifications must comply with the advice provided in the AQF Implementation Handbook and the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration.

Statement of Attainment

A Statement of Attainment is issued by a Registered Training Organisation when an individual has completed one or more units of competency from nationally recognised qualification(s)/courses(s). Issuance of Statements of Attainment must comply with the advice provided in the current AQF Implementation Handbook and the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration.

Under the AQTF 2010, RTOs must recognise the achievement of competencies as recorded on a qualification or Statement of Attainment issued by other RTOs. Given this, recognised competencies can progressively build towards a full AQF qualification.

AQF Guidelines and Learning Outcomes

The AQF Implementation Handbook provides a comprehensive guideline for each AQF qualification. A summary of the learning outcome characteristics and their distinguishing features for each VET related AQF qualification is provided below.

Certificate I

Characteristics of Learning Outcomes

Breadth, depth and complexity of knowledge and skills would prepare a person to perform a defined range of activities most of which may be routine and predictable.

Applications may include a variety of employment related skills including preparatory access and participation skills, broad-based induction skills and/or specific workplace skills. They may also include participation in a team or work group.

Distinguishing Features of Learning Outcomes

Do the competencies enable an individual with this qualification to:

demonstrate knowledge by recall in a narrow range of areas;

demonstrate basic practical skills, such as the use of relevant tools;

perform a sequence of routine tasks given clear direction

receive and pass on messages/information.

Certificate II

Characteristics of Learning Outcomes

Breadth, depth and complexity of knowledge and skills would prepare a person to perform in a range of varied activities or knowledge application where there is a clearly defined range of contexts in which the choice of actions required is usually clear and there is limited complexity in the range of operations to be applied.

Performance of a prescribed range of functions involving known routines and procedures and some accountability for the quality of outcomes.

Applications may include some complex or non-routine activities involving individual responsibility or autonomy and/or collaboration with others as part of a group or team.

Distinguishing Features of Learning Outcomes

Do the competencies enable an individual with this qualification to:

demonstrate basic operational knowledge in a moderate range of areas;

apply a defined range of skills;

apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems;

perform a range of tasks where choice between a limited range of options is required;

assess and record information from varied sources;

take limited responsibility for own outputs in work and learning.

Certificate III

Characteristics of Learning Outcomes

Breadth, depth and complexity of knowledge and competencies would cover selecting, adapting and transferring skills and knowledge to new environments and providing technical advice and some leadership in resolution of specified problems. This would be applied across a range of roles in a variety of contexts with some complexity in the extent and choice of options available.

Performance of a defined range of skilled operations, usually within a range of broader related activities involving known routines, methods and procedures, where some discretion and judgement is required in the section of equipment, services or contingency measures and within known time constraints.

Applications may involve some responsibility for others. Participation in teams including group or team co-ordination may be involved.

Distinguishing Features of Learning Outcomes

Do the competencies enable an individual with this qualification to:

demonstrate some relevant theoretical knowledge

apply a range of well-developed skills

apply known solutions to a variety of predictable problems

perform processes that require a range of well-developed skills where some discretion and judgement is required

interpret available information, using discretion and judgement

take responsibility for own outputs in work and learning

take limited responsibility for the output of others.

Certificate IV

Characteristics of Learning Outcomes

Breadth, depth and complexity of knowledge and competencies would cover a broad range of varied activities or application in a wider variety of contexts most of which are complex and non-routine. Leadership and guidance are involved when organising activities of self and others as well as contributing to technical solutions of a non-routine or contingency nature.

Performance of a broad range of skilled applications including the requirement to evaluate and analyse current practices, develop new criteria and procedures for performing current practices and provision of some leadership and guidance to others in the application and planning of the skills. Applications involve responsibility for, and limited organisation of, others.

Distinguishing Features of Learning Outcomes

Do the competencies enable an individual with this qualification to:

demonstrate understanding of a broad knowledge base incorporating some theoretical concepts

apply solutions to a defined range of unpredictable problems

identify and apply skill and knowledge areas to a wide variety of contexts, with depth in some areas

identify, analyse and evaluate information from a variety of sources

take responsibility for own outputs in relation to specified quality standards

take limited responsibility for the quantity and quality of the output of others.

Diploma

Characteristics of Learning Outcomes

Breadth, depth and complexity covering planning and initiation of alternative approaches to skills or knowledge applications across a broad range of technical and/or management requirements, evaluation and co-ordination.

The self directed application of knowledge and skills, with substantial depth in some areas where judgment is required in planning and selecting appropriate equipment, services and techniques for self and others.

Applications involve participation in development of strategic initiatives as well as personal responsibility and autonomy in performing complex technical operations or organising others. It may include participation in teams including teams concerned with planning and evaluation functions. Group or team co-ordination may be involved.

The degree of emphasis on breadth as against depth of knowledge and skills may vary between qualifications granted at this level.

Distinguishing Features of Learning Outcomes

Do the competencies or learning outcomes enable an individual with this qualification to:

demonstrate understanding of a broad knowledge base incorporating theoretical concepts, with substantial depth in some areas

analyse and plan approaches to technical problems or management requirements

transfer and apply theoretical concepts and/or technical or creative skills to a range of situations

evaluate information, using it to forecast for planning or research purposes

take responsibility for own outputs in relation to broad quantity and quality parameters

take some responsibility for the achievement of group outcomes.

Advanced Diploma

Characteristics of Learning Outcomes

Breadth, depth and complexity involving analysis, design, planning, execution and evaluation across a range of technical and/or management functions including development of new criteria or applications or knowledge or procedures.

The application of a significant range of fundamental principles and complex techniques across a wide and often unpredictable variety of contexts in relation to either varied or highly specific functions. Contribution to the development of a broad plan, budget or strategy is involved and accountability and responsibility for self and others in achieving the outcomes is involved.

Applications involve significant judgement in planning, design, technical or leadership/guidance functions related to products, services, operations or procedures.

The degree of emphasis on breadth as against depth of knowledge and skills may vary between qualifications granted at this level.

Distinguishing Features of Learning Outcomes

Do the competencies or learning outcomes enable an individual with this qualification to:

demonstrate understanding of specialised knowledge with depth in some areas

analyse, diagnose, design and execute judgements across a broad range of technical or management functions

generate ideas through the analysis of information and concepts at an abstract level

demonstrate a command of wide-ranging, highly specialised technical, creative or conceptual skills

demonstrate accountability for personal outputs within broad parameters

demonstrate accountability for personal and group outcomes within broad parameters.

Vocational Graduate Certificate

Characteristics of competencies or learning outcomes

The self-directed development and achievement of broad and specialised areas of knowledge and skills, building on prior knowledge and skills.

Substantial breadth and complexity involving the initiation, analysis, design, planning, execution and evaluation of technical and management functions in highly varied and highly specialised contexts.

Applications involve making significant, high-level, independent judgements in major broad or planning, design, operational, technical and management functions in highly varied and specialised contexts. They may include responsibility and broadranging accountability for the structure, management and output of the work or functions of others.

The degree of emphasis on breadth, as opposed to depth, of knowledge and skills may vary between qualifications granted at this level.

Distinguishing features of learning outcomes

Demonstrate the self-directed development and achievement of broad and specialised areas of knowledge and skills, building on prior knowledge and skills.

Initiate, analyse, design, plan, execute and evaluate major broad or technical and management functions in highly varied and highly specialised contexts.

Generate and evaluate ideas through the analysis of information and concepts at an abstract level.

Demonstrate a command of wide-ranging, highly specialised technical, creative or conceptual skills in complex contexts.

Demonstrate responsibility and broad-ranging accountability for the structure, management and output of the work or functions of others.

Vocational Graduate Diploma

Characteristics of competencies or learning outcomes

The self-directed development and achievement of broad and specialised areas of knowledge and skills, building on prior knowledge and skills.

Substantial breadth, depth and complexity involving the initiation, analysis, design, planning, execution and evaluation of major functions, both broad and highly specialised, in highly varied and highly specialised contexts.

Further specialisation within a systematic and coherent body of knowledge.

Applications involve making high-level, fully independent, complex judgements in broad planning, design, operational, technical and management functions in highly varied and highly specialised contexts. They may include full responsibility and accountability for all aspects of work and functions of others, including planning, budgeting and strategy development.

The degree of emphasis on breadth, as opposed to depth, of knowledge and skills may vary between qualifications granted at this level.

Distinguishing features of learning outcomes

Demonstrate the self-directed development and achievement of broad and highly specialised areas of knowledge and skills, building on prior knowledge and skills.

Initiate, analyse, design, plan, execute and evaluate major functions, both broad and within highly varied and highly specialised contexts.

Generate and evaluate complex ideas through the analysis of information and concepts at an abstract level.

Demonstrate an expert command of wide-ranging, highly specialised, technical, creative or conceptual skills in complex and highly specialised or varied contexts.

Demonstrate full responsibility and accountability for personal outputs.

Demonstrate full responsibility and accountability for all aspects of the work or functions of others, including planning, budgeting and strategy.

Qualification Pathways

Qualifications in MSA07 The new Manufacturing Training Package was initially developed to include all qualifications across the manufacturing industries as the existing manufacturing Training Packages are rationalised. Information on some of the qualifications available in MSA07 follows. Pathways qualifications MSA10107 Certificate I in Manufacturing (Pathways) The Certificate I in Manufacturing (Pathways) is a cross-manufacturing certificate, utilising elective units from a range of MSA Training Packages. The packaging rules for MSA10107 are based on the agreed Pathways qualification model: three core Pathways units one industry/technical unit* to be chosen from a bank of units imported from MCM04 balance of units from a bank of elective units imported from other MSA Training Packages. *Note that the industry/technical units coded "MSAPII" are designed for use only in a Pathways qualification or skills set. They should not be used in other qualifications as replacements for units that have direct job outcomes. There is significant support from a range of manufacturing industries for the Pathways Certificate I. The certificate has been reviewed and approved by MSA’s industry advisory committees, whose members represent: textiles, clothing, footwear and furniture process manufacturing metal and engineering. The Certificate I in Manufacturing (Pathways) provides a generic, cross manufacturing Certificate I designed to: develop both employability and technical skills allow for selection of competency standards from a range of manufacturing Training Packages encourage collaborative delivery and assessment approaches\ map to existing qualifications include opportunities for recognition against existing qualifications provide a clear pathway into other Training Package qualifications and/or employment. The Pathways Certificate I also responds to the need to: provide pathways for those whom access to formal vocational education and training has been limited ensure consistency with existing Certificate I qualifications ensure that employment related solutions are encouraged throughout the structure of the qualifications and that guideline materials provided are in alignment with licensing boundaries make employability and generic skills ‘front and centre’ in the development of qualifications provide opportunities for new pedagogical approaches and for local input. It is expected that as manufacturing Training Packages are reviewed and/or updated, this certificate will replace a number of existing Certificates I. MSA20208 Certificate II in Manufacturing Technology This qualification was developed and endorsed in the Competitive Manufacturing Training Package. It applies to a learning and assessment environment where access to normal production operations is not available. A typical environment will be for application in a VET in Schools program or other simulated or trial manufacturing environment where a high degree of supervision exists. The units are suitable for delivery in a school environment and for schools to contextualize the units to local manufacturing industry activities. Process Manufacturing qualifications Process Manufacturing Certificates I, II, III and IV The three Process Manufacturing Certificates (or production support certificates) cater for people working in the manufacturing industry and filling vital production support roles, but who may not have the opportunity to develop competence in sufficient technical units of competency related directly to producing products. These certificates have been developed for inclusion in the Manufacturing Training Package (MSA07) as common certificates for use across the three process manufacturing Training Packages: Chemical, Hydrocarbons and Oil Refining Training Package (PMA) Plastics, Rubber and Cablemaking Training Package (PMB) Manufactured Mineral Products Training Package (PMC). The packaging rules for these certificates allow for the importation of electives from PMA, PMB and PMC. Registered Training Organisations should refer to Training.gov.au (www.training.gov.au) to access units of competency from these packages. Production Management qualifications Production Management Diploma The Diploma of Production Management was developed to provide the skills needed to assist organisations improve production where competitive manufacturing (lean) processes are not fully employed. It therefore complements but does not duplicate qualifications supplying skills related to competitive manufacturing. The qualification supplies the skills that can be applied to the design and control of production systems within an organisation, including: planning and scheduling tracking and analysing directing and operating. Competitive Manufacturing qualifications General Comments The Competitive Manufacturing qualifications were developed as a collaborative response from Australia’s manufacturing Industry Advisory Bodies to assist manufacturing industry improve manufacturing practice through the development of innovative vocational education and training (VET) qualifications and units of competency. Full details on this development are in the Appendices to MSA07. As the Competitive Manufacturing qualifications complement manufacturing Training Packages, provision is made in the qualifications for the importation of relevant sector specific units of competency into CM qualifications. It is also expected that CM units of competency will be imported into existing manufacturing Training Packages when they are reviewed, or under continuous improvement provisions. Not all CM units of competency may be appropriate for any given sector. Due to the nature of CM, it is expected that most delivery and assessment will be done in partnership with an enterprise, or group of enterprises, which are embarking on competitive manufacturing. A project style of delivery is envisaged for many units of competency. It may be appropriate to grant recognition of prior learning (RPL) for certain FMI units depending on the amount and type of contextualisation applied to the FMI unit. As the equivalence will depend on the contextualisation applied, it is not possible to give general advice at this stage. Companies embarking on competitive/lean manufacturing will frequently choose different starting points, and often different names to describe what they are doing. This Training Package allows for these differences in approach and relevant units of competency should be selected to match the starting point and the strategies being adopted. Where sector specific competencies are required, these should be imported from the relevant sector specific Training Package. Relevant units at the same level or at an AQF level one up or one below the selected CM qualification should be chosen. Using the CM units The CM units have been written with the intention that they be used in a number of contexts. The units have been packaged into specific Competitive Manufacturing qualifications. These are appropriate for individuals and enterprises where the need for generic manufacturing practice skills is dominant over the need for specific technical skills. The requirements for Competitive Manufacturing qualifications are detailed in the packaging rules for each qualification. The units are also intended to be imported into sector specific Training Packages and qualifications. This would be appropriate where the need for sector specific and/or technical skills is dominant, but there is also a need for generic manufacturing practice skills. The requirements for these sector specific qualifications will be contained in their respective Training Packages and Qualifications Frameworks. It is expected that many personnel in manufacturing will have some need of the manufacturing practice skills defined by the Competitive Manufacturing units of competency. Their importation into manufacturing Training Packages is encouraged. Imported units should show the original code number and unit title. Qualification Pathways for Competitive Manufacturing – AQF II to VI The diagram below represents a model of the available qualifications and pathways. Details are in the packaging rules for each qualification. Contact Manufacturing Skills Australia {www.mskills.com.au} for further details. Competitive Manufacturing Vocational Graduate qualifications The addition of these new qualifications will enable a professional development pathway to be offered for individuals who have prior experience or training in competitive manufacturing. Industry priorities addressed in the new Vocational Graduate qualifications are to provide additional development of skills and knowledge in competitive manufacturing practices for individuals who have prior training or industry experience in competitive manufacturing. This need for additional skill is usually apparent after an enterprise has completed initial implementation of a competitive manufacturing system such as lean manufacturing and needs to progress implantation of the system to a higher level of performance beyond that achieved from the initial implementation. Development of the Vocational Graduate Competitive Manufacturing qualifications is also a response to industry advice that not all needs for increased competency in competitive manufacturing skills is related to promotion of an individual to a position of increased responsibility. As stated in the previous paragraph the demand for increased skill and knowledge can also be related to the stage of an enterprise’s implementation of a competitive manufacturing system The Vocational Graduate Competitive Manufacturing qualifications also meet the industry need for in depth competitive manufacturing training in skills associated with establishing workforce understanding and participation in competitive manufacturing and for advanced value chain skills. The new Vocational Graduate Competitive Manufacturing qualifications now offer a choice of two levels of professional development for individuals seeking to extend their knowledge of and skills in competitive manufacturing systems. Unlike the existing endorsed AQF II – VI Competitive Manufacturing qualifications they do not have assumptions that the candidate will be working at a particular level in industry (e.g. supervisor or manager). For this reason they are likely to be seen as ideal training for change agents and other expert resource people in competitive manufacturing as well as offering further skill development to any one with previous competitive manufacturing training or experience. Consultations also indicated that the project based nature of many of the units and the lower but more intense nature of the qualifications may attract more senior and experienced personnel to the qualifications compared to the existing Diploma and Advanced Diploma of Competitive Manufacturing which are designed as high level entry level qualifications to competitive manufacturing. Manufacturing Technology Qualifications In August 2003 the Australian Industry Group with funding assistance from ANTA established a Manufacturing Technician Training Initiative project known colloquially as the Technology Cadetship Project. The aim of the project was to develop and promote more efficient pathways for school leavers to enter technical occupations in manufacturing industry. One of the key objectives was to establish entry level qualifications linked to on and off the job training in a cadetship arrangement. The term Technology Cadetship was developed to differentiate the level of training from that commonly found in apprenticeships and traineeships although the principle of combined off and on the training and mutual obligation of employer and employee is the same. General Advice – Technology Cadetship arrangements These qualifications may be delivered as part of a cadetship contract of training often called a Technology Cadetship. The units listed for all these qualifications are taken from a number of existing Training Packages. These units have been examined for suitability in a cadetship environment and repackaged to suit entry level technology based training in manufacturing. Structure of Technology Cadetships The Technology Cadetship related qualifications are very flexible qualifications with a minimum number of core units and specialisations that maximise flexibility. The electives have been chosen to give entry and operational skills in a wide range of manufacturing technology application areas. Each qualification consists of specialist options. Each stream indicates the units that may be taken in that particular specialisation. It is intended at a later date to add additional units and streams to the qualifications. Manufacturing Technology specialist streams The streams available in the Manufacturing Technology qualifications offer a significant choice of electives. In MSA07v3.1, the streams available are: Certificate III in Manufacturing Technology CAD/Drafting Manufacturing Operations Laboratory Operations Technical Officer Polymer Technology Metallurgy Structural Steel Detailing Certificate IV in Manufacturing Technology CAD/Drafting Manufacturing Operations Laboratory Operations Technical Officer Polymer Technology Diploma and Advanced Diplomas of Manufacturing Technology Polymer Technology Metallurgy Structural Steel Detailing Reference to these specialisations may be included on any qualification statement that is issued. This could be achieved by adding the pathway descriptor below the formal title of the qualification as shown in example 1 or by an additional sentence as shown in example 2 below. Example 1 Certificate III in Manufacturing Technology Manufacturing Operations Example 2 Certificate III in Manufacturing Technology Achieved through the Manufacturing Operations specialisation It should also be noted that a person holding the Metal and Engineering Training Package Certificate III in Engineering – Technician will satisfy all of the requirements for a Certificate III in Manufacturing Technology, and with an additional five units of competency from the particular stream chosen will satisfy the requirements for a Certificate IV in Manufacturing Technology. Qualification Pathways for Manufacturing Technology The diagram below represents a model of the qualifications and pathways. Details are in the packaging rules for each qualification. Contact Manufacturing Skills Australia {www.mskills.com.au} for further details. The polymer technology pathway is intended for people who plan to become polymer technicians, and who are not currently working as operators in the polymer industries. It is recommended that those who have already achieved a Certificate II from the Plastics, Rubber and Cablemaking Training Package would be better served by completing the Certificate III in Polymer Processing. Apprenticeships The Process Manufacturing and Competitive Manufacturing qualifications within this Training Package are potential New Apprenticeships. However these qualifications have been developed primarily for existing manufacturing workers, especially those working as or likely to become team leaders. For this reason existing worker New Apprenticeships may be more appropriate than application to school leavers. VET in Schools The delivery and assessment of competencies aligned to AQF 2 under this Training Package in appropriately designed VET in schools programs is encouraged. However, due to the requirements to demonstrate competency, it would be difficult for a school to assess and award the Competitive Manufacturing qualifications except in close partnership with an appropriate organisation from the industry. The AQTF rules are the overriding requirements in this regard. The Certificate II in Manufacturing Technology has been developed specifically for use as a VET in schools program. Prerequisites Some units of competency have stated prerequisites (these have been kept to a minimum). In any approved training scheme, it is expected that competency will be attained in the prerequisite units before it is attained in the unit having the prerequisites. Imported units of competency may also have prerequisites which should be observed. In this situation a unit with two prerequisites will be counted as three units towards the qualification once competency has been attained in all units. In an assessment of existing competency, it is possible to assess the unit and its prerequisites together as an integrated assessment. In this situation as well, a unit with two prerequisites will be counted as three units towards the qualification once competency has been attained in all units. Note that the achievement of prerequisite competencies will be recognised for the award of the qualification, regardless of the method by which the participant has gained the competencies (e.g. prior learning and/or experience). A person entering at AQF 3 and proceeding through the qualifications in an orderly manner might be expected to be assessed on the prerequisites. A person entering at a higher AQF level might expect to be able to demonstrate their competence in the prerequisite in any of a number of ways, including an assessment integrated with the higher unit. RTOs developing formal learning pathways may find the prerequisite trail useful in designing a hierarchical learning program, or they may choose to integrate the prerequisite unit into the higher level unit for purposes of delivery and assessment, or some other approach.

Skill Sets in this Training Package

Definition

Skill sets are defined as single units of competency, or combinations of units of competency from an endorsed Training Package, which link to a licence or regulatory requirement, or defined industry need.

Wording on Statements of Attainment

Skill sets are a way of publicly identifying logical groupings of units of competency which meet an identified need or industry outcome. Skill sets are not qualifications.

Where skill sets are identified in a Training Package, the Statement of Attainment can set out the competencies a person has achieved in a way that is consistent and clear for employers and others. This is done by including the wording "these competencies meet [insert skill set title or identified industry area] need" on the Statement of Attainment. This wording applies only to skill sets that are formally identified as such in the endorsed Training Package. See the 2010 edition of the AQF Implementation Handbook for advice on wording on Statements of Attainment. http://www.aqf.edu.au/Portals/0/Documents/Handbook/AQF_Handbook_07.pdf

Manufacturing Skill Sets

Industry has supported the creation of a range of Skill Sets to assist with meeting the competency needs of a developing sector.

Some job roles in some sectors of the industry do require a licence, however, there is no overall industry requirement for this and so no Skill Set associated with licensing has been developed. The industry manages the competency requirements of its workforce to ensure compliance with a vast web of regulatory requirements.

The Skill Sets in MSA07 have been developed in consultation with the industry and are based on logical clusters of units which meet critical industry needs. These Skill Sets consist of clusters of competencies which are commonly practiced together. They reflect an industry need to be able to recognise that a person can undertake these defined roles.

Trade Measurement Skill Sets

Responsibility for trade measurement matters will transfer to the Commonwealth on 1 July, 2010. The National Measurement Institute (NMI) has the responsibility of administering the national trade measurement legislation which encourages and promotes accurate measurement in the sale of goods.

Currently, there are approximately 100 trade measurement inspectors who undertake trade measurement activities that can be categorised into five distinct work functions including:

instrument verification

pre-packaged products

trading practices

licensing

investigations.

In addition to the inspectors, there are approximately 2000 verifiers who work under a servicing licence to verify measuring instruments and measures used in trade measurement. The principal occupations of verifiers are fitters, mechanics, quality assurance technicians, instrument manufacturers or importers and software developers. Verification of measuring instruments only represents about 10% of their core functions and they spend the majority (90%) of their time repairing, commissioning, manufacturing or selling measuring instruments. Verification involves testing instruments using National Test Procedures to ensure they consistently measure within requirements. Instruments that pass these tests are marked to indicate they are suitable for trade use.

Trade measuring instruments vary greatly in design and complexity. Examples include, shop scales, petrol pumps, weighbridges, machines for measuring length, LPG bulk flowmetering systems, rail weighbridges, high flow rate fuel measuring systems and belt weighers. To address this diversity, the industry and the National Measurement Institute have supported the development of five (5) Skill Sets for Trade Measurement Verification. These are:

Trade Measurement Verification (Simple Measure)

Trade Measurement Verification (Simple Measuring Instrument)

Trade Measurement Verification (Limited Weighing Instrument)

Trade Measurement Verification (Liquid Measuring Instrument Using Volume Measures)

Trade Measurement Verification (Complex Measuring Instrument).

Each Skill Set consists of two (2) units that cover the competency requirements of conducting verification tests for the specific class of trade measuring instrument listed in the title.

From 2010, verifiers will need to achieve the relevant Skill Set before being eligible to work as a verifier under a trade measurement servicing licence.

Skill Set: Trade Measurement Verification (Simple Measure)

Skill Set: Trade Measurement Verification (Simple Measuring Instrument)

Skill Set: Trade Measurement Verification (Limited Weighing Instrument)

Skill Set: Trade Measurement Verification (Liquid Measuring Instrument Using Volume Measures)

Skill Set: Trade Measurement Verification (Complex Measuring Instrument)

High Pressure Water Jetting Skill Sets

Industry has supported the creation of a range of Skill Sets to assist with meeting the competency needs of a developing sector.

Some job roles in some sectors of the industry do require a licence, however, there is no overall industry requirement for this and so no Skill Set associated with licensing has been developed. The industry manages the competency requirements of its workforce to ensure compliance with a vast web of regulatory requirements. The Skill Sets below have been developed in consultation with the industry and are based on logical clusters of units which meet critical industry needs.

These Skill Sets consist of clusters of competencies which are commonly practiced together. They reflect an industry-wide need to be able to recognise that a person can undertake these defined roles.

Skill Set: High pressure water jetting operator

Skill Set: High pressure water jetting assistant

Skill Set: Confined space work team

Boiler operations Skill Sets

Two Skill Sets have been developed for boiler licensing:

Licence to operate a standard boiler

Licence to operate an advanced boiler

Employability Skills

Employability Skills replacing Key Competency information from 2006

In May 2005, the approach to incorporate Employability Skills within Training Package qualifications and units of competency was endorsed. As a result, from 2006 Employability Skills will progressively replace Key Competency information in Training Packages.

Background to Employability Skills

Employability Skills are also sometimes referred to as generic skills, capabilities or Key Competencies. The Employability Skills discussed here build on the Mayer Committee's Key Competencies, which were developed in 1992 and attempted to describe generic competencies for effective participation in work.

The Business Council of Australia (BCA) and the Australian Chamber of Commerce and Industry (ACCI), produced the Employability Skills for the Future report in 2002 in consultation with other peak employer bodies and with funding provided by the Department of Education, Science and Training (DEST) and the Australian National Training Authority (ANTA). Officially released by Dr Nelson (Minister for Education, Science and Training) on 23 May 2002, copies of the report are available from the DEST website at: http://www.dest.gov.au/archive/ty/publications/employability_skills/index.htm.

The report indicated that business and industry now require a broader range of skills than the Mayer Key Competencies Framework and featured an Employability Skills Framework identifying eight Employability Skills*:

communication

teamwork

problem solving

initiative and enterprise

planning and organising

self-management

learning

technology.

The report demonstrated how Employability Skills can be further described for particular occupational and industry contexts by sets of facets. The facets listed in the report are the aspects of the Employability Skills that the sample of employers surveyed identified as being important work skills. These facets were seen by employers as being dependent both in their nature and priority on an enterprise's business activity.

* Personal attributes that contribute to employability were also identified in the report but are not part of the Employability Skills Framework.

Employability Skills Framework

The following table contains the Employability Skills facets identified in the report

Employability Skills for the Future.

Skill	Facets Aspects of the skill that employers identify as important. The nature and application of these facets will vary depending on industry and job type.
Communication that contributes to productive and harmonious relations across employees and customers	listening and understanding speaking clearly and directly writing to the needs of the audience negotiating responsively reading independently empathising using numeracy effectively understanding the needs of internal and external customers persuading effectively establishing and using networks being assertive sharing information speaking and writing in languages other than English
Teamwork that contributes to productive working relationships and outcomes	working across different ages irrespective of gender, race, religion or political persuasion working as an individual and as a member of a team knowing how to define a role as part of the team applying teamwork to a range of situations e.g. futures planning and crisis problem solving identifying the strengths of team members coaching and mentoring skills, including giving feedback
Problem solving that contributes to productive outcomes	developing creative, innovative and practical solutions showing independence and initiative in identifying and solving problems solving problems in teams applying a range of strategies to problem solving using mathematics, including budgeting and financial management to solve problems applying problem-solving strategies across a range of areas testing assumptions, taking into account the context of data and circumstances resolving customer concerns in relation to complex project issues
Initiative and enterprise that contribute to innovative outcomes	adapting to new situations developing a strategic, creative and long-term vision being creative identifying opportunities not obvious to others translating ideas into action generating a range of options initiating innovative solutions
Planning and organising that contribute to long and short-term strategic planning	managing time and priorities - setting time lines, coordinating tasks for self and with others being resourceful taking initiative and making decisions adapting resource allocations to cope with contingencies establishing clear project goals and deliverables allocating people and other resources to tasks planning the use of resources, including time management participating in continuous improvement and planning processes developing a vision and a proactive plan to accompany it
predicting - weighing up risk, evaluating alternatives and applying evaluation criteria collecting, analysing and organising information understanding basic business systems and their relationships
Self-management that contributes to employee satisfaction and growth	having a personal vision and goals evaluating and monitoring own performance having knowledge and confidence in own ideas and visions articulating own ideas and visions taking responsibility
Learning that contributes to ongoing improvement and expansion in employee and company operations and outcomes	managing own learning contributing to the learning community at the workplace using a range of mediums to learn - mentoring, peer support and networking, IT and courses applying learning to technical issues (e.g. learning about products) and people issues (e.g. interpersonal and cultural aspects of work) having enthusiasm for ongoing learning being willing to learn in any setting - on and off the job being open to new ideas and techniques being prepared to invest time and effort in learning new skills acknowledging the need to learn in order to accommodate change
Technology that contributes to the effective carrying out of tasks	having a range of basic IT skills applying IT as a management tool using IT to organise data being willing to learn new IT skills having the OHS knowledge to apply technology having the appropriate physical capacity

Employability Skills Summary

An Employability Skills Summary exists for each qualification. Summaries provide a lens through which to view Employability Skills at the qualification level and capture the key aspects or facets of the Employability Skills that are important to the job roles covered by the qualification. Summaries are designed to assist trainers and assessors to identify and include important industry application of Employability Skills in learning and assessment strategies.

The following is important information for trainers and assessors about Employability Skills

Summaries.

Employability Skills Summaries provide examples of how each skill is applicable to the job roles covered by the qualification.

Employability Skills Summaries contain general information about industry context which is further explained as measurable outcomes of performance in the units of competency in each qualification.

The detail in each Employability Skills Summary will vary depending on the range of job roles covered by the qualification in question.

Employability Skills Summaries are not exhaustive lists of qualification requirements or checklists of performance (which are separate assessment tools that should be designed by trainers and assessors after analysis at the unit level).

Employability Skills Summaries contain information that may also assist in building learners' understanding of industry and workplace expectations.

Industry Requirements for Employability Skills

This is a technology based industry and a key role of manufacturing personnel is the solving of problems. They are expected to operate in both permanent and ad hoc teams as required. The communication of key safety, health, environmental and procedural/operational information to other personnel is a vital requirement.

Assessment Guidelines

Introduction

These Assessment Guidelines provide the endorsed framework for assessment of units of competency in this Training Package. They are designed to ensure that assessment is consistent with the Australian Quality Training Framework (AQTF) Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration. Assessments against the units of competency in this Training Package must be carried out in accordance with these Assessment Guidelines.

Assessment System Overview

This section provides an overview of the requirements for assessment when using this Training Package, including a summary of the AQTF requirements; licensing and registration requirements; and assessment pathways.

Quality assessment underpins the credibility of the vocational education and training sector. The Assessment Guidelines of a Training Package are an important tool in supporting quality assessment.

Assessment within the National Skills Framework is the process of collecting evidence and making judgements about whether competency has been achieved to confirm whether an individual can perform to the standards expected in the workplace, as expressed in the relevant endorsed unit of competency.

Assessment must be carried out in accordance with the:

benchmarks for assessment

principles of assessment

rules of evidence

assessment requirements set out in the AQTF

Benchmarks for Assessment

The endorsed units of competency in this Training Package are the benchmarks for assessment. As such, they provide the basis for nationally recognised Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF) qualifications and Statements of Attainment issued by Registered Training Organisations (RTOs).

Principles of Assessment

All assessments carried out by RTOs are required to demonstrate compliance with the principles of assessment:

validity

reliability

flexibility

fairness

sufficiency

These principles must be addressed in the:

design, establishment and management of the assessment system for this Training Package

development of assessment tools, and

the conduct of assessment.

Validity

Assessment is valid when the process is sound and assesses what it claims to assess. Validity requires that:

(a)	assessment against the units of competency must cover the broad range of skills and knowledge that are essential to competent performance

(b)	assessment of knowledge and skills must be integrated with their practical application

(c)	judgement of competence must be based on sufficient evidence (that is, evidence gathered on a number of occasions and in a range of contexts using different assessment methods). The specific evidence requirements of each unit of competency provide advice on sufficiency

Reliability

Reliability refers to the degree to which evidence presented for assessment is consistently interpreted and results in consistent assessment outcomes. Reliability requires the assessor to have the required competencies in assessment and relevant vocational competencies (or to assess in conjunction with someone who has the vocational competencies). It can only be achieved when assessors share a common interpretation of the assessment requirements of the unit(s) being assessed.

Flexibility

To be flexible, assessment should reflect the candidate’s needs; provide for recognition of competencies no matter how, where or when they have been acquired; draw on a range of methods appropriate to the context, competency and the candidate; and support continuous competency development.

Fairness

Fairness in assessment requires consideration of the individual candidate’s needs and characteristics, and any reasonable adjustments that need to be applied to take account of them. It requires clear communication between the assessor and the candidate to ensure that the candidate is fully informed about, understands and is able to participate in, the assessment process, and agrees that the process is appropriate. It also includes an opportunity for the person being assessed to challenge the result of the assessment and to be reassessed if necessary.

Sufficiency

Sufficiency relates to the quality and quantity of evidence assessed. It requires collection of enough appropriate evidence to ensure that all aspects of competency have been satisfied and that competency can be demonstrated repeatedly. Supplementary sources of evidence may be necessary. The specific evidence requirements of each unit of competency provide advice on sufficiency. Sufficiency is also one of the rules of evidence.

Rules of Evidence

The rules of evidence guide the collection of evidence that address the principles of validity and reliability, guiding the collection of evidence to ensure that it is valid, sufficient, current and authentic.

Valid

Valid evidence must relate directly to the requirements of the unit of competency. In ensuring evidence is valid, assessors must ensure that the evidence collected supports demonstration of the outcomes and performance requirements of the unit of competency together with the knowledge and skills necessary for competent performance. Valid evidence must encapsulate the breadth and depth of the unit of competency, which will necessitate using a number of different assessment methods.

Sufficient

Sufficiency relates to the quality and quantity of evidence assessed. It requires collection of enough appropriate evidence to ensure that all aspects of competency have been satisfied and that competency can be demonstrated repeatedly. Supplementary sources of evidence may be necessary. The specific evidence requirements of each unit of competency provide advice on sufficiency.

Current

In assessment, currency relates to the age of the evidence presented by a candidate to demonstrate that they are still competent. Competency requires demonstration of current performance, so the evidence collected must be from either the present or the very recent past.

Authentic

To accept evidence as authentic, an assessor must be assured that the evidence presented for assessment is the candidate’s own work.
Assessment Requirements of the Australian Quality Training Framework

Assessment leading to nationally recognised AQF qualifications and Statements of Attainment in the vocational education and training sector must meet the requirements of the AQTF as expressed in the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Registration.

The AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration can be downloaded from <www.training.com.au>.

The following points summarise the assessment requirements.

Registration of Training Organisations

Assessment must be conducted by, or on behalf of, an RTO formally registered by a State or Territory Registering Body in accordance with the AQTF. The RTO must have the specific units of competency and/or AQF qualifications on its scope of registration.

Quality Training and Assessment

Each RTO must provide quality training and assessment across all its operations. See the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration, Standard 1.

Assessor Competency Requirements

Each person involved in training and assessment must be competent for the functions they perform. See the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration, Standard 1 for assessor (and trainer) competency requirements. See also the AQTF 2010 Users’ Guide to the Essential Standards for Registration – Appendix 2.

Assessment Requirements

The RTOs assessments, including RPL, must meet the requirements of the relevant endorsed Training Package. See the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration.

Assessment Strategies

Each RTO must have strategies for training and assessment that meet the requirements of the relevant Training Package or accredited course and are developed in consultation with industry stakeholders. See the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration.

National Recognition

Each RTO must recognise the AQF qualifications and Statements of Attainment issued by any other RTO. See the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration..

Access and Equity and Client Outcomes

Each RTO must adhere to the principles of access and equity and maximise outcomes for its clients. See the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration.

Monitoring Assessments

Training and/or assessment provided on behalf of the RTO must be monitored to ensure that it is in accordance with all aspects of the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration.

Recording Assessment Outcomes

Each RTO must manage records to ensure their accuracy and integrity. See the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration.

Issuing AQF qualifications and Statement of Attainment

Each RTO must issue AQF qualifications and Statements of Attainment that meet the requirements of the current AQF Implementation Handbook and the endorsed Training Packages within the scope of its registration. An AQF qualification is issued once the full requirements for a qualification, as specified in the nationally endorsed Training Package are met. A Statement of Attainment is issued when an individual has completed one or more units of competency from nationally recognised qualification(s)/courses(s). See the AQTF and the edition of the AQF Implementation Handbook—available on the AQF Council website <www.aqf.edu.au >

Licensing/Registration Requirements

This section provides information on licensing/registration requirements for this Training Package, with the following important disclaimer.

The developers of this Training Package consider that no licensing or registration requirements apply to RTOs, assessors or candidates with respect to this Training Package. Contact the relevant State or Territory Department(s) to check if there are any licensing or registration requirements with which you must comply. For further information on this topic contact www.mskills.com.au.

Pathways

The competencies in this Training Package may be attained in a number of ways including through:

formal or informal education and training

experiences in the workplace

general life experience, and/or

any combination of the above.

Assessment under this Training Package leading to an AQF qualification or Statement of Attainment may follow a learning and assessment pathway, or a recognition pathway, or a combination of the two as illustrated in the following diagram.

Units of Competency	Statement of Attainment and/or qualification under the Australian Qualifications Framework
	Learning and Assessment Pathways	

and/or

	Credit Pathways (RPL and Credit Transfer)	

Each of these assessment pathways leads to full recognition of competencies held – the critical issue is that the candidate is competent, not how the competency was acquired.

Assessment, by any pathway, must comply with the assessment requirements set out in the Assessment Guidelines of the Training Package , the AQTF and, where relevant, the Australian Qualifications Framework.

Learning and Assessment Pathways

Usually, learning and assessment are integrated, with evidence being collected and feedback provided to the candidate at anytime throughout the learning and assessment process.

Learning and assessment pathways may include structured programs in a variety of contexts using a range of strategies to meet different learner needs. Structured learning and assessment programs could be: group-based, work-based, project-based, self-paced, action learning-based; conducted by distance or e-learning; and/or involve practice and experience in the workplace.

Learning and assessment pathways to suit Australian Apprenticeships have a mix of formal structured training and structured workplace experience with formative assessment activities through which candidates can acquire and demonstrate skills and knowledge from the relevant units of competency.

Credit Pathways

Credit is the value assigned for the recognition of equivalence in content between different types of learning and/or qualifications which reduces the volume of learning required to achieve a qualification.

Credit arrangements must be offered by all RTOs that offer Training Package qualifications. Each RTO must have a systematic institutional approach with clear, accessible and transparent policies and procedures.

Competencies already held by individuals can be formally assessed against the units of competency in this Training Package, and should be recognised regardless of how, when or where they were acquired, provided that the learning is relevant to the unit of competency outcomes.

Recognition of Prior Learning

Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) is an assessment process which determines the credit outcomes of an individual application for credit.

The availability of Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) provides all potential learners with access to credit opportunities.

The recognition of prior learning pathway is appropriate for candidates who have previously attained skills and knowledge and who, when enrolling in qualifications, seek to shorten the duration of their training and either continue or commence working. This may include the following groups of people:

existing workers;

individuals with overseas qualifications;

recent migrants with established work histories;

people returning to the workplace; and

people with disabilities or injuries requiring a change in career.

As with all assessment, RPL assessment should be undertaken by academic or teaching staff with expertise in the subject, content of skills area, as well as knowledge of and expertise in RPL assessment policies and procedures.

Assessment methods used for RPL should provide a range of ways for individuals to demonstrate that they have met the required outcomes and can be granted credit. These might include:

questioning (oral or written)

consideration of a portfolio and review of contents

consideration of third party reports and/or other documentation such as documentation such as articles, reports, project material, papers, testimonials or other products prepared by the RPL applicant that relate to the learning outcomes of the relevant qualification component

mapping of learning outcomes from prior formal or non-formal learning to the relevant qualification components

observation of performance, and

participation in structured assessment activities the individual would normally be required to undertake if they were enrolled in the qualification component/s.

In a Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) pathway, the candidate provides current, quality evidence of their competency against the relevant unit of competency. This process may be directed by the candidate and verified by the assessor. Where the outcomes of this process indicate that the candidate is competent, structured training is not required. The RPL requirements of the AQTF must be met.

As with all assessment, the assessor must be confident that the evidence indicates that the candidate is currently competent against the endorsed unit of competency. This evidence may take a variety of forms and might include certification, references from past employers, testimonials from clients, work samples and/or observation of the candidate. The onus is on candidates to provide sufficient evidence to satisfy assessors that they currently hold the relevant competencies. In judging evidence, the assessor must ensure that the evidence of prior learning is:

authentic (the candidate’s own work);

valid (directly related to the current version of the relevant endorsed unit of competency);

reliable (shows that the candidate consistently meets the endorsed unit of competency);

current (reflects the candidate’s current capacity to perform the aspect of the work covered by the endorsed unit of competency); and

sufficient (covers the full range of elements in the relevant unit of competency and addresses the four dimensions of competency, namely task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills, and job/role environment skills).

Credit Transfer

Credit transfer is a process which provides learners with agreed and consistent credit outcomes based on equivalences in content between matched qualifications.

This process involves education institutions:

mapping, comparing and evaluating the extent to which the defined learning outcomes and assessment requirements of the individual components of one qualification are equivalent to the learning outcomes and assessment requirements of the individual components of another qualification

making an educational judgment of the credit outcomes to be assigned between the matched components of the two qualifications

setting out the agreed credit outcomes in a documented arrangement or agreement, and

publicising the arrangement/agreement and credit available.

Combination of Pathways

Credit may be awarded on the basis of a combination of credit transfer plus an individual RPL assessment for additional learning. Once credit has been awarded on the basis of RPL, subsequent credit transfer based on these learning outcomes should not include revisiting the RPL assessment but should be based on credit transfer or articulation or other arrangements between providers.

Where candidates for assessment have gained competencies through work and life experience and gaps in their competence are identified, or where they require training in new areas, a combination of pathways may be appropriate.

In such situations, the candidate may undertake an initial assessment to determine their current competency. Once current competency is identified, a structured learning and assessment program ensures that the candidate acquires the required additional competencies identified as gaps.

Assessor Requirements

This section identifies the specific requirements on the vocational competence and experience for assessors, to ensure that they meet the needs of industry and their obligations under AQTF, and clarifies how others may contribute to the assessment process where one person alone does not hold all the required competencies.

Assessor Competencies

The AQTF specifies mandatory competency requirements for assessors. For information, Element 1.4 from the AQTF 2007 Essential Standards for Registration follows:

1.4 Training and assessment are conducted by trainers and assessors who: have the necessary training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Quality Council or its successors, and have the relevant vocational competencies at least to the level being delivered or assessed, and can demonstrate current industry skills directly relevant to the training/assessment being undertaken, and continue to develop their Vocational Education and Training (VET) knowledge and skills as well as their industry currency and trainer/assessor competence. * See AQTF 2010 Users’ Guide to the Essential Standards for Registration – Appendix 2

Designing Assessment Tools

This section provides an overview on the use and development of assessment tools.

Use of Assessment Tools

Assessment tools provide a means of collecting the evidence that assessors use in making judgements about whether candidates have achieved competency.

There is no set format or process for the design, production or development of assessment tools. Assessors may use prepared assessment tools, such as those specifically developed to support this Training Package, or they may develop their own.

Using Prepared Assessment Tools

If using prepared assessment tools, assessors should ensure these relate to the current version of the relevant unit of competency. The current unit of competency can be checked on the National Register <www.ntis.gov.au>.

Developing Assessment Tools

When developing their own assessment tools, assessors must ensure that the tools:

are benchmarked against the relevant unit or units of competency;

are reviewed as part of the validation of assessment strategies required under the AQTF; and

meet the assessment requirements expressed in the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration.

A key reference for assessors developing assessment tools is TAE10 Training and Education Training Package.

Language, Literacy and Numeracy

The design of assessment tools must reflect the language, literacy and numeracy competencies required for the performance of a task in the workplace and not exceed these expectations.

Conducting Assessment

This section details the mandatory assessment requirements and provides information on equity in assessment including reasonable adjustment.

Mandatory Assessment Requirements

Assessments must meet the criteria set out in the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration. For information, the mandatory assessment requirements from Standard 1 from the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration are as follows:

1.5 Assessment, including Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL): meets the requirements of the relevant Training Package or accredited course is conducted in accordance with the principles of assessment and the rules of evidence meets workplace and, where relevant, regulatory requirements is systematically validated.

Assessment of Employability Skills

Employability Skills are integral to workplace competency. As such, they must be considered in the design, customisation, delivery and assessment of vocational education and training programs in an integrated and holistic way, as represented diagrammatically below.

Employability Skills are embedded within each unit of competency, and an Employability Skills Summary is available for each qualification. Training providers must use Employability Skills information in order to design valid and reliable training and assessment strategies. This analysis could include:

reviewing units of competency to locate relevant Employability Skills and determine how they are applied within the unit

analysing the Employability Skills Summary for the qualification in which the unit or units are packaged to help clarify relevant industry and workplace contexts and the application of Employability Skills at that qualification outcome

designing training and assessment to address Employability Skills requirements.

The National Quality Council has endorsed a model for assessing and reporting Employability Skills, which contains further suggestions about good practice strategies in teaching, assessing, learning and reporting Employability Skills. The model is available from <http://www.training.com.au/>.

The endorsed approach includes learners downloading qualification specific Employability Skills Summaries for Training Package qualifications from an online repository at <http://employabilityskills.training.com.au>

For more information on Employability Skills in

Manufacturing Skills Australia Training Packages go to the Manufacturing Skills Australia website at www.mskills.com.au.

Employability Skills are reported on each qualification using the following statement on the qualification testamur: "A summary of the Employability Skills developed through this qualification can be downloaded from http://employabilityskills.training.com.au "

Access and Equity

An individual's access to the assessment process should not be adversely affected by restrictions placed on the location or context of assessment beyond the requirements specified in this Training Package: training and assessment must be bias-free.

Under the rules for their development, Training Packages must reflect and cater for the increasing diversity of Australia’s VET clients and Australia’s current and future workforce. The flexibilities offered by Training Packages should enhance opportunities and potential outcomes for all people so that we can all benefit from a wider national skills base and a shared contribution to Australia’s economic development and social and cultural life.

Reasonable Adjustments

It is important that education providers take meaningful, transparent and reasonable steps to consult, consider and implement reasonable adjustments for students with disability.

Under the Disability Standards for Education 2005, education providers must make reasonable adjustments for people with disability to the maximum extent that those adjustments do not cause that provider unjustifiable hardship. While ‘reasonable adjustment’ and ‘unjustifiable hardship’ are different concepts and involve different considerations, they both seek to strike a balance between the interests of education providers and the interests of students with and without disability.

An adjustment is any measure or action that a student requires because of their disability, and which has the effect of assisting the student to access and participate in education and training on the same basis as students without a disability. An adjustment is reasonable if it achieves this purpose while taking into account factors such as the nature of the student’s disability, the views of the student, the potential effect of the adjustment on the student and others who might be affected, and the costs and benefits of making the adjustment.

An education provider is also entitled to maintain the academic integrity of a course or program and to consider the requirements or components that are inherent or essential to its nature when assessing whether an adjustment is reasonable. There may be more than one adjustment that is reasonable in a given set of circumstances; education providers are required to make adjustments that are reasonable and that do not cause them unjustifiable hardship.

The Training Package Guidelines provides more information on reasonable adjustment, including examples of adjustments. Go to http://www.deewr.gov.au/tpdh/Pages/home.aspx .

Further Sources of Information

The section provides a listing of useful contacts and resources to assist assessors in planning, designing, conducting and reviewing of assessments against this Training Package.

Contacts

Industry Skills Council

Manufacturing Skills Australia
Level 8, 80 Arthur Street
North Sydney NSW 2060

Ph: 02 9955 5500
Fx: 02 9955 8044
W: www.mskills.com.au

Technical and Vocational Education and Training (TVET) Australia Limited Level 21, 390 St Kilda Road, Melbourne VIC 3150 PO Box 12211, A’Beckett Street Post Office, Melbourne, Victoria, 8006 Ph: +61 3 9832 8100 Fax: +61 3 9832 8198 Email: sales@tvetaustralia.com.au Web: www.tvetaustralia.com.au
For information on the TAE10 Training and Education Training Package contact: Innovation & Business Skills Australia Telephone: (03) 9815 7000 Facsimile: (03) 9815 7001 Email: virtual@ibsa.org.au Web: www.ibsa.org.au

General Resources

AQF Implementation Handbook, Fourth Edition 2007. Australian Qualifications Framework Advisory Board, 2002 <www.aqf.edu.au>

Australian Quality Training Framework (AQTF) and AQTF 2010 Users’ Guide to the Essential Standards for Registration – http://www.training.com.au/pages/menuitem5cbe14d51b49dd34b225261017a62dbc.aspx

For general information and resources go to http://www.training.com.au/

The National Register is an electronic database providing comprehensive information about RTOs, Training Packages and accredited courses - <www.ntis.gov.au>

The Training Package Development Handbook site provides National Quality Council policy for the development of Training Packages. The site also provides guidance material for the application of that policy, and other useful information and links. http://www.deewr.gov.au/Skills/Overview/Policy/TPDH/Pages/main.aspx

Assessment Resources

Registered training organisations (RTOs) are at the forefront of vocational education and training (VET) in Australia. They translate the needs of industry into relevant, quality, client-focussed training and assessment.

RTOs should strive for innovation in VET teaching and learning practices and develop highly flexible approaches to assessment which take cognisance of specific needs of learners, in order to improve delivery and outcomes of training.

Resources can be purchased or accessed from:

TVET Australia – provides an integrated service to enable users of the national training system to identify and acquire training materials, identify copyright requirements and enter licenses for use of that material consistent with the scope and direction of the NQC.

http://www.productservices.tvetaustralia.com.au/

Manufacturing Skills Australia

Level 3, 104 Mount Street

North Sydney NSW 2060

Ph: 02 9955 5500

Fx: 02 9955 8044

W: www.mskills.com.au

Competency Standards

What is competency?

The broad concept of industry competency concerns the ability to perform particular tasks and duties to the standard of performance expected in the workplace. Competency requires the application of specified skills, knowledge and attitudes relevant to effective participation in an industry, industry sector or enterprise.

Competency covers all aspects of workplace performance and involves performing individual tasks; managing a range of different tasks; responding to contingencies or breakdowns; and, dealing with the responsibilities of the workplace, including working with others. Workplace competency requires the ability to apply relevant skills, knowledge and attitudes consistently over time and in the required workplace situations and environments. In line with this concept of competency Training Packages focus on what is expected of a competent individual in the workplace as an outcome of learning, rather than focussing on the learning process itself.

Competency standards in Training Packages are determined by industry to meet identified industry skill needs. Competency standards are made up of a number of units of competency each of which describes a key function or role in a particular job function or occupation. Each unit of competency within a Training Package is linked to one or more AQF qualifications.

Contextualisation of Units of Competency by RTOs

Registered Training Organisation (RTOs) may contextualise units of competency to reflect local outcomes required. Contextualisation could involve additions or amendments to the unit of competency to suit particular delivery methods, learner profiles, specific enterprise equipment requirements, or to otherwise meet local needs. However, the integrity of the overall intended outcome of the unit of competency must be maintained.

Any contextualisation of units of competency in this endorsed Training Package must be within the bounds of the following advice. In contextualising units of competency, RTOs:

must not remove or add to the number and content of elements and performance criteria

may add specific industry terminology to performance criteria where this does not distort or narrow the competency outcomes

may make amendments and additions to the range statement as long as such changes do not diminish the breadth of application of the competency and reduce its portability, and/or

may add detail to the evidence guide in areas such as the critical aspects of evidence or resources and infrastructure required where these expand the breadth of the competency but do not limit its use.

Components of Units of Competency

The components of units of competency are summarised below, in the order in which they appear in each unit of competency.

Unit Title

The unit title is a succinct statement of the outcome of the unit of competency. Each unit of competency title is unique, both within and across Training Packages.

Unit Descriptor

The unit descriptor broadly communicates the content of the unit of competency and the skill area it addresses. Where units of competency have been contextualised from units of

competency from other endorsed Training Packages, summary information is provided. There may also be a brief second paragraph that describes its relationship with other units of competency, and any licensing requirements.

Employability Skills statement

A standard Employability Skills statement appears in each unit of competency. This statement directs trainers and assessors to consider the information contained in the Employability Skills Summary in which the unit of competency is packaged.

Prerequisite Units (optional)

If there are any units of competency that must be completed before the unit, these will be listed.

Application of the Unit

This sub-section fleshes out the unit of competency's scope, purpose and operation in different contexts, for example, by showing how it applies in the workplace.

Competency Field (Optional)

The competency field either reflects the way the units of competency are categorised in the Training Package or denotes the industry sector, specialisation or function. It is an optional component of the unit of competency.

Sector (optional)

The industry sector is a further categorisation of the competency field and identifies the next classification, for example an elective or supervision field.

Elements of Competency

The elements of competency are the basic building blocks of the unit of competency. They describe in terms of outcomes the significant functions and tasks that make up the competency.

Performance Criteria

The performance criteria specify the required performance in relevant tasks, roles, skills and in the applied knowledge that enables competent performance. They are usually written in passive voice. Critical terms or phrases may be written in bold italics and then defined in range statement, in the order of their appearance in the performance criteria.

Required Skills and Knowledge

The essential skills and knowledge are either identified separately or combined. Knowledge identifies what a person needs to know to perform the work in an informed and effective manner. Skills describe the application of knowledge to situations where understanding is converted into a workplace outcome.

Range Statement

The range statement provides a context for the unit of competency, describing essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment, depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts. As applicable, the meanings of key terms used in the performance criteria will also be explained in the range statement.

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide is critical in assessment as it provides information to the Registered Training Organisation (RTO) and assessor about how the described competency may be demonstrated. The evidence guide does this by providing a range of evidence for the assessor to make determinations, and by providing the assessment context. The evidence guide describes:

conditions under which competency must be assessed including variables such as the assessment environment or necessary equipment

relationships with the assessment of any other units of competency

suitable methodologies for conducting assessment including the potential for workplace simulation

resource implications, for example access to particular equipment, infrastructure or situations

how consistency in performance can be assessed over time, various contexts and with a range of evidence, and expectations at the AQF qualification level involved

Employability Skills in units of competency

The detail and application of Employability Skills facets will vary according to the job-role requirements of each industry. In developing Training Packages, industry stakeholders are consulted to identify appropriate facets of Employability Skills which are incorporated into the relevant units of competency and qualifications.

Employability Skills are not a discrete requirement contained in units of competency (as was the case with Key Competencies). Employability Skills are specifically expressed in the context of the work outcomes described in units of competency and will appear in elements, performance criteria, range statements and evidence guides. As a result, users of Training Packages are required to review the entire unit of competency in order to accurately determine Employability Skills requirements.

How Employability Skills relate to the Key Competencies

The eight nationally agreed Employability Skills now replace the seven Key Competencies in Training Packages. Trainers and assessors who have used Training Packages prior to the introduction of Employability Skills may find the following comparison useful.

Employability Skills	Mayer Key Competencies
Communication	Communicating ideas and information
Teamwork	Working with others and in teams
Problem solving	Solving problems Using mathematical ideas and techniques
Initiative and enterprise
Planning and organising	Collecting, analysing and organising information Planning and organising activities
Self-management
Learning
Technology	Using technology

When analysing the above table it is important to consider the relationship and natural overlap of Employability Skills. For example, using technology may involve communication skills and combine the understanding of mathematical concepts.

Explicitly embedding Employability Skills in units of competency

This Training Package seeks to ensure that industry-endorsed Employability Skills are explicitly embedded in units of competency. The application of each skill and the level of detail included in each part of the unit will vary according to industry requirements and the nature of the unit of competency.

Employability Skills must be both explicit and embedded within units of competency. This means that Employability Skills will be:

embedded in units of competency as part of the other performance requirements that make up the competency as a whole

explicitly described within units of competency to enable Training Packages users to identify accurately the performance requirements of each unit with regards to Employability Skills.

This Training Package also seeks to ensure that Employability Skills are well-defined and written into units of competency so that they are apparent, clear and can be delivered and assessed as an essential component of unit work outcomes.

The following table contains examples of embedded Employability Skills for each component of a unit of competency. Please note that in the examples below the bracketed skills are provided only for clarification and will not be present in units of competency within this Training Package.

Example Employability Skills unit

Unit component	Example of embedded Employability Skill
Unit Title	Optimise process/plant area (initiative and enterprise, problem solving, technology)
Unit Descriptor	This competency covers the ability to optimise the process performance of a complete plant area. It includes ensuring that production systems comply with Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) requirements, that process, plant and equipment utilisation is planned and carried out, and that problems are solved to fully meet operational needs and ensure that production of finished goods meets customer requirements. (Self management, technology, initiative and enterprise, planning and organising, problem solving)
Element	Coordinate corrective and/or optimisation action plan (Teamwork, planning and organising, communication)
Performance Criteria	Develop optimisation plan taking account of hazards identified and HSE implications and communicate to appropriate personnel. (Initiative and enterprise, learning,communication, technology, problem solving, self management, teamwork)
Range Statement	This unit describes the work conducted by senior operators, team leaders or front line managers who optimise process systems as part of their work function. It includes all items of equipment and unit operations which form part of the production process of a complete area. (Teamwork, learning, problem solving, self management, technology)
Required Skills and Knowledge	Optimising process systems requires application of detailed operational and process knowledge to address issues (Learning, planning and organising, problem solving)
Evidence Guide	While the technician is expected to take a lead technical role, and to demonstrate competence as defined above, optimisation is rarely undertaken by an individual alone and liaison with all relevant stakeholders is an expected part of this competency. (Technology, learning, communication, teamwork)

Industry Contextualisation

MSA07 – General advice for contextualisation Competency units may, and in some cases should, be contextualised to the sub-sector and type of work environment involved. Contextualisation which: replaces general directions with enterprise specific needs replaces generic equipment/process names with enterprise specific names replaces general processes/specifications with enterprise specific needs is allowed and encouraged, provided the contextualised unit is of similar level and rigour to the original competency unit. Note that contextualising cannot be used to generate an additional competency which is closely related to an existing competency. Contextualisation can only be used to generate an alternative competency for qualifications purposes. Contextualisation may only be done if it does not significantly change the level and rigour or change the application of the unit. Contextualisation may be done within the required knowledge, range of variables and the evidence guide. Lists in these sections should be regarded as indicative lists unless otherwise stated. Note also that contextualisation of the elements or performance criteria is not permitted. As a minimum, the contextualised unit should: be of similar level and rigour be of a similar breadth, complexity and size be relevant to the industry sector and the enterprise not reduce the health, safety or environmental requirements retain the original unit code and title. Importing units from other Training Packages Competency units may be imported from another endorsed Training Package to customise a qualification. These imported units may be used to replace the maximum number of imported units that are identified in the packaging rules. The use of imported units is allowed if: they are from an endorsed Training Package and are packaged at the same AQF certificate level (the original unit title and code number must be retained) they are appropriate to the needs of the enterprise any prerequisites and co-requisites specified in the original unit and any specific assessment requirements in the host Training Package are also observed. Exporting units to other Training Packages Manufacturing Skills Australia encourages other industries and ISCs to access the units of competency in this Training Package which might be appropriate to their needs. These competencies may be used provided: the original unit code and title are retained they are only contextualised to the extent permitted above any specified prerequisites and co-requisites and any specific assessment requirements in the host Training Package are observed Manufacturing Skills Australia is advised of the specific competencies to be used to facilitate ongoing communication in the event of an update.

Appendix 1: MSA10107 Certificate I in Manufacturing (Pathways)

Research

The Certificate I in Industry (Pathways) developed out of research commissioned by the Australian National Training Authority and undertaken by Ratio Pty Ltd over the past three years. Initial research identified that a range of stakeholders considered that a mechanism was needed to:

explicitly address Employability Skills as described in the report, Employability Skills For the Future, BCA/ACCI, 2002

create pathways into further study, school continuation and/or employment for those for whom traditional pathways were not sufficient or accessible

assist potential employees in making more informed choices about careers.

Phase One: 2002-2003

In summary, this stage of the research established two main points.

Across the country a wide range of existing courses and programs sought to address these issues for equity groups which are not part of an industry Training Package and therefore the Australian Qualification Framework (AQF). They focused on the needs of the learners without providing the industry focus or achieving a nationally recognised qualification.

Current Certificate I qualifications within Training Packages were largely generalist qualifications nestled in higher level qualifications which addressed some of the Employability Skills, but lacked a focus on technical skills. With some exceptions, they were not held in high regard by industry or RTOs.

This research recommended that a qualification be developed which is:

a recognised qualification in a Training Package

flexible across Training Packages

delivered in a work context through one or more meaningful work activities.

It was anticipated that such a qualification would provide a bridge between learner needs and industry need.

Phase Two: 2004-2005

The consultants, with the support of the State and Territory Training Authorities (STAs) and an industry reference group, worked with three Industry Skills Councils (ISCs) to develop a consistent yet customisable qualification.

The ISCs involved were:

Agri-Food Industry Skills Council
Manufacturing Skills Australia (MSA)
TDT Australia (Transport and Logistics).

Pathways qualification model

The qualification model developed was characterised by the following units of competency and structure.

One core industry unit – this reflects a core industry activity or function and should be delivered as such, with a defined beginning, middle and end. This unit ensures that the qualification has a practical hands-on focus and provides an understanding of the industry.

Three pathway units – these specifically address the Employability Skills and ideally should be delivered by clustering the units around the core industry unit.

Two technical units – these provide the underpinning skills and knowledge for the core industry unit and provide articulation into higher industry qualifications.

Up to three units from any Training Package – these provide the flexibility to cater to the needs of different learner groups, different employers and different contexts. For example, language and literacy units, units from other Training Packages or higher level units from Training Packages from within the same ISC.

Phase Three: 2005-2006

In this latest phase of the research the consultants were contracted to conduct a trial of the Pathways Certificate with a range of target groups in a range of contexts.

It was considered important to ensure that the qualification:

was sound in structure and content so that it would be adopted across industry and valued by industry and the community

was able to be implemented by the range of RTOs

created meaningful pathways for the learners

provided explicit learning in the Employability Skills.

Stakeholder consultations

Throughout the trial period there were ongoing consultations and discussions with the participating ISCs and STAs. Meetings with representatives from the relevant sections of the state training and education departments were organised to correspond with the site visits in each state.

Participating RTOs and programs delivered

The trial deliberately set out to sample a range of RTO types across different states. The following RTOs participated.

State	Industry	RTO Type	Name
Victoria	Transport	Private	Banksia Consulting
New South Wales	Transport	TAFE School partnership	Hunter Institute of TAFE, Glendale Campus
Tasmania	Transport	Community owned not-for-profit Job Network provider	STEPS Education and Training Solutions
Tasmania	Agri-Food	TAFE	TAFE Tasmania, Launceston
Western Australia	Agri-Food	Residential Provider for youth at risk	Great Southern TAFE, Gnowangerup
Queensland	Agri-Food	TAFE	Brisbane TAFE
South Australia	Manufacturing	Industry/TAFE School partnership	TAFE SA Regency campus/Schefenacker Vision Systems*
South Australia	Manufacturing	TAFE	TAFE SA, Port Adelaide Campus
These RTOs are participating from February 2006 to be completed by June 2006
Western Australia	Manufacturing	TAFE/School partner ship	Challenger TAFE with Warnbro High School
Northern Territory	Agri-Food	School	Taminmin High School, Humpty Doo

(*This trial was undertaken with Schefenacker Vision Systems providing industry experience for participants.)

Other consultations and presentations included:

Equity advisors from each State and Territory

CEOs of all of the ISCs

Boards of Studies – Australian Curriculum Assessment and Certification Authority (ACACA), Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (VCAA)

Australian Chamber of Commerce and Industry (ACCI)

TAFE NSW International Centre for VET Teaching and Learning (ICVET)

2005 Connecting Access Workshop through TAFE NSW in Sydney

Brian Cramond from DFEEST SA presented to the Australian Vocational Education Training Research Association (AVETRA)

Andrew Nicholson from the trial site at Great Southern TAFE in WA presented to the Teen Teachers Forum.

Trial outcomes

The Pathways Certificate is a viable qualification within the Training Package framework. In terms of Training Package qualifications the Pathways Certificate is unique. It:

is an industry-based qualification, but is not specific to one job outcome

is preparatory, but combines a practical work activity

explicitly addresses Employability Skills and technical skills

is sufficiently flexible to address local needs, yet it has a common across industry structure

has unique pathways units, but uses Training Package units thereby providing some articulation

can be used for workforce entry and re-entry, or induction

provides for participants needs but focuses on work readiness within one particular industry

focuses on a pathway and the destination.

Because it is practical, work-based and industry-focused it is compatible with Training Package qualifications and is consistent with the AQF. It also is a very useful tool for industries to attract potential employees and give them credit into higher qualifications.

However, it is different in that it provides work readiness as opposed to job readiness, requires a particular training methodology, and is applicable across Training Packages within an ISC; therefore it requires a special status within Training Packages.

Each of the three trialed qualifications, ie the three qualifications covering Agri-Food, Manufacturing and Transport, shares the same structure, qualifications framework and pathways units. These aspects of the qualification have been thoroughly tested and endorsed by trainers, coordinators, ISC personnel and other industry personnel. Consistency in these matters is important for maintaining the quality, achieving the outcomes and marketing and branding.

Following conditional endorsement of the trialed qualifications, it was recommended that each of the 3 ISCs submit a Certificate I (Pathways) qualification for final endorsement, utilizing the three core Pathways units and drawing on industry specific units of competency from current Training Packages.

Appendix 2: Development of the Process Manufacturing Certificates and generic manufacturing units

In Phase 1 of the review of the Plastics, Rubber and Cablemaking Training Package (PMB01), the production support certificates in PMA, PMB and PMC were reviewed to determine commonalities and potential for rationalisation. The review determined that, as there were minimal differences between the existing certificates, there would be considerable benefits to both industry and RTOs if the mandatory units and the production support certificates were generalised, for use across all three packages.

It was agreed that this work would be undertaken as part of the review of PMB01 and that the common certificates would be developed for inclusion in the Manufacturing Training Package (MSA07). These certificates will be available for use across the three process manufacturing Training Packages.

The existing production support certificates in PMB01 have not been carried forward to PMB07. As part of the current review of PMA and maintenance of PMC, it is intended that the production support certificates in these packages will also be replaced by the MSA Process Manufacturing certificates.

As part of the re-development work, Certificate III in Process Manufacturing has been reviewed to bring it into line with AQF descriptors. To address this need, which was identified by industry, RTOs and Government stakeholders, the mandatory (core) units have been altered and a requirement to attain competency in a minimum number of Certificate III units has been maintained. The focus of this certificate remains on addressing training needs of people whose job roles support the production process.

In addition, it was also recognised that there was significant duplication in the support units currently available at Certificates IV, Diplomas and Advanced Diplomas in PMA, PMB and PMC. A range of rationalised support units has been developed for use across the three packages. These units will be endorsed as free electives in MSA07, not aligned to any MSA qualifications at this time, but available for importation to PMA, PMB and PMC.

This project has been overseen by the PMB Project Reference Group and the Process Manufacturing Industry Advisory Committee. Consultations were undertaken in conjunction with the review of PMB01 and have involved the State/Territory ITAB and RTO networks.

Membership of the Project Reference Group

Organisation	Nominee	Representing
PACIA NSW	Stephen Holland	Plastics
Viscount Plastics (Australia) P/L	Ian Kidd	Plastics industry
National Union of Workers	Julie Warren	Union
Assoc of Rotational Moulders A’sia	Leisa Donlan	Rotational moulding
Ai Group	John Quick	Plastics
Buchanan Advanced Composites	Norm Watt	Composites
TAFE NSW – MECATCC	Kim Peterson	Public provider – NSW
Kangan Batman Institute	Bill Rees	Public provider – Vic
Newskills Ltd	Stephen de Rozairo	Private provider – Vic
Applied Training Solutions	Carlo Lauricella	Private provider – NSW
OTTE	John Scott	State Government

Members of Process Manufacturing Industry Advisory Committee

Member	Organisation	Representing
David Graham	Huntsman Chemical Co (MSA Director)	PACIA (plastics and chemicals)
Doug Stevens	National Union of Workers (MSA Director)	NUW (plastics)
Julie Warren	National Union of Workers	NUW (plastics)
Brian Tobin	Readymix Beenleigh Quarry	Concrete Products (premix)
John Turton	Cement, Concrete and Aggregates Australia	CCAA (cement and concrete)
Don Sanders	Australian Petroleum Production and Exploration Assn Ltd	APPEA (hydrocarbons)
Leisa Donlan	Assoc of Rotational Moulders Australasia	ARMA (plastics)
Alan Bugg	Huntsman Chemical Co Aust Ltd	AWU (chemical)
Vince Lloyd	Qenos	AWU (chemical)
Chris Nail	Foseco Pty Ltd	Manufactured Mineral Products (Refractories)
Norm Watt	Buchanan Advanced Composites	Composites Australia

Appendix 3: Background to the Competitive Manufacturing Qualifications

The Competitive Manufacturing Training Package was developed by the Competitive Manufacturing Initiative (CMI).

Overview of the CMI

The Competitive Manufacturing Initiative (CMI) was a collaborative response from Australia’s Manufacturing Industry Training Advisory Bodies (ITABs) to assist manufacturing industry improve manufacturing practice through the development of innovative vocational education and training (VET) qualifications and units of competency. The CMI development process was funded by ANTA. The original scoping project for the CMI was majority funded by industry.

The following ITABs formed the Project Management Group for the initial development of the Competitive Manufacturing Training Package.

Automotive Training Australia which covered:

passenger vehicles

trucks

bus and trailer manufacturing

most coach and body building

vehicle repair, service and retail

automotive after market, and

some component manufacturing.

Light Manufacturing Training Australia which covered:

the textile clothing, footwear and leather industries. and

the furnishing industry.

Manufacturing Learning Australia which covered process manufacturing industries such as:

chemical

hydrocarbons

oil

plastics

rubber

cablemaking

cement

clay

ceramic

concrete

refractories

plaster, and

fibre board.

Manufacturing Engineering and Related Services ITAB which covered:

metal and engineering related manufacturing

heavy engineering

maintenance

aerospace, and

boating.

National Food Industry Training Council which covered:

food and beverage

pharmaceutical, and

tobacco processing and manufacturing.

MERS ITAB acted as the secretariat for the development of Competitive Manufacturing. However, users should now contact Manufacturing Skills Australia (MSA), the national Industry Skills Council that covers manufacturing to seek specific advice relevant to their area. Contact MSA on telephone (02) 9955 5500 or at www.mskills.com.au. The CMI website should also be checked for information and advice at www.cmi.org.au.

Industry coverage

The Competitive Manufacturing qualifications cover all of the manufacturing industry. At the 2001 census, the manufacturing industry employed 1,010,179 persons or 12% of the entire workforce. Manufacturing is the biggest sector in terms of contribution to gross domestic product where it contributes 13 % of the total product1 and is also the sector with the highest value added contributing 12% of the total value added2 to the economy. The Australian Bureau of Statistics notes3 that ‘Manufacturing contributed more to Australian production than any other industry’.

1. Manufacturing Industry Australia, 1999-2000, ABS, 8221.0

2. Australian System of National Accounts, 2002-2003, ABS, 5204.0

3. Manufacturing Industry Australia, 1999-2000, ABS 8221.0

The CM qualifications are complementary to qualifications in existing Training Packages covering specific manufacturing sectors. These sector specific Training Packages cover the knowledge and skills specifically required by those sectors. The CM qualifications cover knowledge and skills associated with manufacturing practices and systems which are common across manufacturing sectors.

Development of the Competitive Manufacturing qualifications

This project originated out of discussions within the Board of the Foundation for Australian Manufacturing Education (FAME) and the initial scoping study was financially supported by FAME, Australian Business Ltd and ANTA. Support for the project’s aims and objectives was also given by the Australian Manufacturing Centre (AMC) and the Australian Industry Group. This scoping project found that there was a bias in the then existing Training Packages of specific technical skills and insufficient coverage of the skills needed to manage, supervise and implement system skills needed in modern manufacturing. The scoping report identified a need for the development of units of competency in manufacturing practice, and possibly also qualifications in manufacturing practice.

The CMI Stage 2 project:

investigated the scope of skills to be included in the CMI

developed a marketing strategy and established a CMI website

established a formal cooperative mechanism amongst the manufacturing ITABs

established a brand and logo based on the title Competitive Manufacturing Initiative (CMI).

The CMI Stage 3 project then developed and validated a number of units of competency and qualifications. The development and validation was done by consulting industry generally and also by the use of industry experts. Care was taken through this process to ensure there was representation of each industry sector and type of manufacturing process. The use of competitive manufacturing practices is variable across the manufacturing sector, and one of the aims of developing this Training Package is to make training in these skills more widely available, so helping industry operate more effectively in a competitive environment. Initial consultation therefore focussed more on identified leaders in this area while validation focused more on the broader manufacturing industry.

Consultations undertaken as part of CMI Stage 2 and confirmed in Stage 3 indicated that the CM qualifications and units would represent new content for many RTOs and that many of the skills could only be taught and assessed in a workplace environment. CMI Stage 3 therefore included a process to allow early identification of delivery issues through a trial site process. Five trial sites were selected to cover both a number of states and also each major industry sector. The trial sites used4 the draft CM units to map the draft units to current delivery and to validate the units and to determine any delivery issues. The trial sites were:

Goulburn Ovens Institute of TAFE – Shepparton Campus

Hunter Institute of Technology

Onkaparinga Institute of TAFE

Swinburne University – VET Division

Western Sydney Institute of TAFE – Mt Druitt Campus

4 As the units were not endorsed at this stage there were some practical limitations on the ‘use’ of these units.

The Technology Cadetships

In August 2003 the Australian Industry Group with funding assistance from ANTA established a Manufacturing Technician Training Initiative project known colloquially as the Technology Cadetship Project. The aim of the project was to develop and promote more efficient pathways for school leavers to enter technical occupations in manufacturing industry. One of the key objectives was to establish entry level qualifications linked to on and off the job training in a cadetship arrangement.

The origin of the project was partly Australian Industry Group work on the National Industry Skills Initiative as well as comments and concerns by Ai Group members that pathways for the development of technician level skills in manufacturing were inefficient and generally took too long to be attractive to either enterprises or young people.

The Ai Group Manufacturing Technician Training Initiative included activities in a number of areas that were broader than a normal Training Package development project. These areas were:

Identification and/or development of appropriate content in existing and/or new Training Packages;

Marketing of technician level contract of employment arrangements to employers, young people, industry and the community generally;

Establishment of appropriate employment arrangements;

Establishing arrangements for the approval of contracts of employment by State Training Agencies

Establishment of appropriate funding arrangements for both mainstream training delivery and employer financial incentives;

Marketing of actual placements to Ai Group members and other employers.

While the Australian Industry Group conducted much of the content research and development for this submission, both the Ai Group and ANTA realised that Ai Group would not be able to put forward the new qualifications for endorsement under current policy arrangements.

The Australian Industry Group was consulted on the development of the Competitive Manufacturing Training Package and decided that the CM was the most appropriate body to take over on a longer term basis the future content development of the Technology Cadetship and responsibility for endorsement of the work done to date. The CMI ITABs and Ai Group also agreed that the qualifications and units for the Technology Cadetship should be part of the responsibilities of the Manufacturing Industry Skills Council once it was established.

The Manufacturing Industry Skills Council has now been established and it is anticipated that the Competitive Manufacturing Initiative will continue to exist as a sub committee function in the Manufacturing Skills Council and that arrangements will be made for on going participation of the Agri-Foods Skills Council and for automotive industry representation.

The term Technology Cadetship was developed to differentiate the level of training from that commonly found in apprenticeships and traineeships although the principle of combined off and on the training and mutual obligation of employer and employee is the same.

Appendix 4: Technology Cadetship – metallurgy and polymer technology streams

MSA07v3 Manufacturing Technology qualifications – metallurgy and polymer technology specialist streams

The previous Certificate III in Manufacturing Technology and the Certificate IV in Manufacturing Technology provided four specialist streams. These were:

CAD/drafting

Manufacturing operations

Technical Officer

Laboratory operations

The new polymer technology stream will provide new specialisations within both qualifications. The metallurgy stream will provide a specialisation within the Certificate III. Industry advises there is no work outcome at Certificate IV.

In addition, metallurgy and polymer technology specialist streams have been developed at the Diploma and Advanced Diploma levels, hence two new qualifications (Diploma and Advanced Diploma in Manufacturing Technology) are also part of this endorsement submission. These are the first streams for the Diploma and Advanced Diploma qualification levels to be completed. Other industry specialisations for these qualifications are under development by Manufacturing Skills Australia (MSA).

Background to the Technology Cadetships

The new streams, like all existing streams for the Certificate III and IV in Manufacturing Technology, have been developed to be undertaken as part of an entry level qualification linked to on and off the job training in a cadetship arrangement known colloquially as a technology cadetship. The term technology cadetship was developed to differentiate the level of training from that commonly found in apprenticeships and traineeships, although the principle of combined off and on the job training, a formal contract of training and mutual obligation of employer and employee is the same. As in apprenticeships and traineeships the qualifications have a separate title from that used for the cadetship.

Employment arrangements for students of the metallurgy or polymer technology specialisations can vary according to the circumstances of each student. It is anticipated that most students will be undertaking a technology cadetship which will be supported by Award, enterprise agreement or Australian Workplace Agreement employment arrangements. A special Award for the employment of Technology Cadets was created by consent between the Australian Industry Group, the Engineering Employers Association South Australia, the Australian Manufacturing Workers Union and the Australian Workers Union. This Award is known as the Manufacturing And Associated Industries – Skills Development - Wages And Conditions Award 2004.

Project Management

Development of the metallurgy and polymer technology streams was part of a broader project known as the Competitive Manufacturing Initiative (CMI) Stage 5. This project included development of additional specialisations for the Technology Cadetships as well as development of a new school subject in manufacturing studies for higher achieving year 11 and 12 school students.

CMI Stage 5 was conducted under the oversight of the Strategic Manufacturing Initiatives Industry Advisory Committee of the Manufacturing Skills Australia Board.

Strategic Manufacturing Initiatives IAC membership

Ian Curry MSA Director	National Projects Officer Australian Manufacturing Worker’s Union
David Graham MSA Director	Learning & Development Manager Huntsman Chemical Company
Michael Grogan MSA Director	Chief Executive Officer Sutton Tools
Martin Lewis MSA Alternate Director	Chief Executive Officer Furnishing Industry Association of Australia
Megan Lilly MSA Director	Associate Director – Education & Training Australian Industry Group
Matt Murphy MSA Director	Communications, Electrical, Plumbing Union

Day to day supervision of the CMI Stage 5 project was delegated to Bob Paton CEO and Sue Woodward Deputy CEO of MSA.

Richard Jenkins and Associates were contracted to undertake this work. Consultants who worked on the project were Richard Jenkins, Kevin Hummel and Kerrie Clarke.

Metallurgy stream

Metallurgists can be degree qualified or have qualifications issued through the vocational training and education sector. Metallurgists work across manufacturing in a number of sectors and roles. Sectors include:

processing of ores and refining and smelting of metals;

foundries;

diecasting;

steel making

fabrication and welding of structures;

metal protection and corrosion control.

Metallurgists are involved in the specification and supervision of the processing of metallic ores as well as metal smelting, refining, melting, pouring, joining, fabricating and finishing processes. Metallurgists working in the mining and processing of metallic ores are often called primary metallurgists while metallurgists specifying and supervising producing metal or metal products are often called industrial or secondary metallurgists. Primary metallurgists generally though not exclusively are degree qualified while secondary metallurgists can be either VTE or degree qualified. Because of the low demand for VTE primary metallurgists this pathway and submission concentrates on skills required for secondary metallurgists.

The metallurgy stream development process involved:

initial separate approaches by the Australian Foundry Institute and Central TAFE in Western Australia to MSA for the development of metallurgy qualifications. After considering these requests MSA decided that the best approach would be to develop qualifications and units of competency as part of the Manufacturing Technology qualifications allied with the Technology Cadetship initiative as this would allow the widest coverage across manufacturing and also facilitate entry level training. It was also envisaged that the metallurgy units of competency that were to be developed would be imported into the Metal and Engineering Training Package after endorsement to enhance the range of electives available in the Diploma of Engineering –Technical and Advanced Diploma of Engineering qualifications in that Training Package.

consultation with enterprises, industry organisations and RTOs to confirm support for the proposed stream. Consultations were both face to face and by telephone.

a review of existing endorsed units of competency for relevance to the metallurgy stream. While a range of units relevant to metallurgy were identified, these were mostly of a supporting nature. The review found that most metallurgy related skills would need to be covered by new units of competency.

visits to foundries in several States and to steelmaking plants in Newcastle and Wollongong to meet with metallurgists and to observe first hand their duties and work environment

development of draft units of competency and a specialist stream qualification structure within the existing manufacturing technology qualifications. Employability skills were embedded in all new units of competency.

preparation and distribution of first, second and final drafts for industry and RTO comment and review.

Consultations

The development of the metallurgy units and associated units of competence involved substantial industry and RTO contributions. Special mention needs to be made of the support and assistance provided by the Australian Foundry Institute, Central TAFE in Perth, Hunter Institute of Technology and Bluescope Steel.

The Australian Foundry Institute delegated its Queensland Branch to form a sub–committee especially to liaise with and assist the project consultant. This sub-committee facilitated access to workplaces and met with the project consultant numerous times to provide technical information and to review drafts.

Central TAFE in Western Australia and the Hunter Institute of Technology in Newcastle provided full access to their current State accredited metallurgy qualifications and hosted several visits by the project consultant. Central TAFE also conducted surveys of WA industry to obtain comments on the draft pathway and units of competence.

Bluescope Steel provided access on a commercial in confidence basis to several internal DACUM analyses and job descriptions for metallurgists. As well Bluescope hosted several plant visits by the project consultants.

Drafts of the metallurgy stream and units of competence were distributed to major enterprises, industry associations, relevant unions, major RTOs and State ITAB contacts. Besides the general distribution to the above organisations, a range of selected individuals in each organisation were also contacted.

Many of these organisations also passed on the drafts through their own networks. For example the Australian Industry Group advised that the drafts had been distributed to their network of industry training advisors who in turn distributed them to interested members. A list of individuals contacted directly for consultations and/or distribution of draft pathways and units follows.

Megan Lilly, Australian Industry Group (plus all Ai Group Training Advisers)

Ian Curry, AMWU

Margie John, SA TAFE

Deb Doherty, Office of Post-Compulsory Education & Training, Tasmania

Remy Jayasekere, Central TAFE, WA

Bruce Wilson, Central TAFE, WA

Stephen Davies, NSW TAFE MEC&T Curriculum Centre

Paul Kennett, Manufacturing and Engineering Skills Advisory Body of Victoria

Sue Fraser, EEASA Group Training SA

Simon Kay, Toowoomba Metal Technologies

Richard Bozza, Toowoomba Metal Technologies

Michael Wright, Bradken Runcorn Foundry Queensland

Greg Newton, Bradken Runcorn Foundry Queensland

Stojan Lemut, Bradken Henderson Foundry Western Australia

Craig Lee, Bradken Henderson Foundry Western Australia

John Elliot, White Industries Dalby Queensland

Bob Murray, Wear Tech Foundry Queensland

John Walter, Investment Castings Queensland

Rod Brown, Austcast Queensland

Michael Lee, CAST CRC Melbourne

Chris Shaw, Queensland Railways Redbank Foundry

Ken Nicholl, Hunter Institute of Technology

Karen Humphreys, Hunter Institute of Technology

Scott Orpin, OneSteel Newcastle

Steve Dowey, Surface Technology Coatings and Suttons Tools Melbourne

Derry Doyle, Surface Technology Coatings and Suttons Tools Melbourne

Phillip Rouse, BlueScope Steel Port Kembla

Stephen Irving, BlueScope Steel Port Kembla

Max Voight, PAC Foundry Pty Ltd, Queensland

John Cawley, Swinburne University Centre for New Manufacturing

Brad Walsh, Dickinson’s Metallurgical Supplies, South Australia

Shelley Smailes, METS CSSN Portfolio Officer, WA TAFE

Marty Burgess, Illawarra Institute of TAFE NSW

David Tiller, Australian Industry Group NSW

Ewan O’Leary, Weir Minerals Sydney

In addition to the above direct consultations the Australian Foundry Institute distributed draft copies of the units and qualifications to their members in all States and Territories. Support for the drafts was received from each Branch of the AFI.

There was substantial enthusiasm and support for the development and endorsement of the metallurgy pathway from all individuals and organisations consulted.

Polymer technology stream

The polymer technology stream covers technician level skills required by the plastics, rubber and cablemaking industries. These industries employ approximately 48,000 people and consist of:

plastics - including injection moulding, blow moulding, blown film, rotational moulding, fabrication, composites, compounding and reclamation, extrusion and thermoforming

rubber - including belt splicing, extrusion, rubber lining, tyre building and tyre retreading

cablemaking - including power transmission and communication cables.

The Polymer Technology stream is intended for people who plan to become polymer technicians, and who are not currently working as operators in the polymer industries. It is recommended that those who have already achieved a Certificate II from the Plastics, Rubber and Cablemaking Training Package would be better served by completing the Certificate III in Polymer Processing.

The polymer technology stream development process used the same basic processes for development as was used for the development of the existing endorsed specialist streams. This involved:

initial consultation with industry and RTO to re-confirm support for the proposed pathway. Initial support had been identified in the Technology Cadetship Expansion Scoping Study report by MSA in April 2005.

review of existing endorsed units for relevance to the polymer technology stream.

identification of gaps and writing of new units of competency to meet these gaps

development of a specialist stream for the existing manufacturing technology qualifications

preparation of first, second and final drafts for industry and RTO comment and review.

The early consultations indicted continuing support and enthusiasm for the development of a polymer technology stream for Technology Cadetship related qualifications.

After confirming continuing support, currently endorsed units were evaluated for relevance to the proposed polymer technology stream. The two main Training Packages examined were the Plastics, Rubber & Cablemaking Training Package (PMB01) and the Competitive Manufacturing Training Package (MCM04). This examination revealed that most units required for the stream were already endorsed. A need for six new polymer technology units was identified. In addition there was support for incorporation of three generic sustainability units because of the importance of environmental and sustainability issues to the plastics, rubber and cablemaking industries.

Discussions were also held with MSA staff and consultants involved in the review of the Plastics, Rubber & Cablemaking Training Package (PMB01) to ensure that there was co-ordination between the two projects. New units developed as part of the polymer technology pathway have been coded as PMB units and have been incorporated into PMB07 which was endorsed on 16/11/07.

Consultations

Drafts of the polymer technology stream and units of competence were distributed to major enterprises, industry associations, relevant unions, State Training Authorities, major RTOs and State ITAB contacts. Besides the general distribution to the above organisations, a range of selected individuals in each organisation were also contacted.

Many of these organisations also passed on the drafts through their own networks. For example the Australian Industry Group advised that the drafts had been distributed to their network of industry training advisors who in turn distributed them to interested members. A list of individuals contacted for consultations and/or distribution of draft pathways and units follows.

Alistair Martin, Vinidex WA

Ian Kidd, Viscount Plastics, Perth

Stephen Holland, Plastics and Chemicals Industries Association (PACIA)

Leisa Donlan, Association of Rotational Moulders Australia, Brisbane

Gary Rayner, Schefenacker Vision Systems

Roger Cater, Plastics and Rubber Technical Educational Centre (PARTEC) Qld

Barry De Sylva, PARTEC, Brisbane

Sue Fraser, EEASA Group Training SA

Megan Lilly, Australian Industry Group (plus all Ai Group Training Advisers)

Ian Curry, AMWU

Doug Stevens, National Union of Workers

Julie Warren, National Union of Workers

Margie Johns, SA TAFE

Deb Doherty, Office of Post-Compulsory Education & Training, Tasmania

Larry Taylor, TAFE Tasmania

Peter Ebel, Central TAFE, WA

Graham Walsh, JAG Assignments (VET consultant in Tasmania)

David McIntee, Northern Group Training Company, Tasmania

Kim Peterson, NSW TAFE MEC&T Curriculum Centre

Leslie Faulstone, NSW TAFE

Stephen Dawkins, NSW TAFE

Peter Harper, NSW TAFE

Bill Brees, Kangan Batman Institute of TAFE

John Molenaar, Manufacturing and Engineering Skills Advisory Body of Victoria

Stephen De Rozairo, Newskills (RTO) Melbourne,

Carlo Lauricella, Applied Training Solutions (RTO), Sydney,

John Quick, AiGroup, Sydney

John Scott, OTTE, Melbourne,

Trevor Lange, Curriculum Maintenance Manager, Chisholm Institute of TAFE

Appendix 5: Technology Cadetship – structural steel detailing stream

MSA07v3.1 – Manufacturing Technology - new structural steel detailing specialist stream

Project background

Structural steel detailing involves taking a design for a steel structure such as a steel framed building prepared by an engineer or architect and transforming it into a series of complete working drawings and erection diagrams for use by steel fabricators and builders. In preparing the drawings steel detailers are often required to liaise with engineers, architects, design draftspersons, fabricators and builders. The steel detailer is required to create drawings for all components of a steel structure including all welded and bolted connections. The work of the steel detailer is critical as they produce all the detailed instructions that enable both fabrication and construction to occur. Structural steel detailing enterprises are usually small with a range from single person businesses to 15-20 employees. There are a small number of larger structural steel detailing enterprises and an unknown number structural steel detailers also work for large builders and fabricators.

Structural steel detailing has been covered by a single specialist unit in the Metal and Engineering Training Package for approximately ten years since the first endorsement of MEM98. However as shortages of steel detailers became more apparent, industry dissatisfaction with this minimal coverage grew and MSA was approached on a sporadic basis by different enterprises and state steel detailing associations for greater coverage of steel detailing skills.

In February 2007 Manufacturing Skills Australia was approached by the Australian Steel Institute (ASI) with an offer to co-ordinate a national input and participation in the development of Training Package based qualifications in structural steel detailing. MSA accepted this offer and an industry based Steering Committee was formed chaired by an ASI senior officer. Richard Jenkins and Associates was also engaged at this time to undertake the research and development of the appropriate qualifications.

Meeting industry needs

Initial industry consultations indicated that there was significant industry interest in developing qualifications that could be used to attract young people into steel detailing as well as support training for people who were currently in employment but looking to change careers and train in steel detailing. It was decided that industry requirements could best be met through developing a structural steel detailing specialist stream in the existing Manufacturing Technology qualifications in the Manufacturing Training Package. This would allow training to be linked Technology Cadetships and to apply across all of MSA’s coverage. This decision was supported by the Steering Committee, industry associations and the AMWU which is the relevant union.

The new units and qualifications have full support of the industry. During the course of development, pre-existing State based Steel Detailing Institutes combined to form a national federation called the Australian Institute of Steel Detailing. The AISD and all State Institutes have indicated support for the draft specialist stream and units of competence. The development of the new specialist stream is also consistent with the MSA aim identified in the MSA Environmental Scan to to lift overall educational achievement levels in areas of MSA coverage.

Development has drawn on the experience and expertise of the Australian Steel Institute, industry and RTOs to make sure that the proposed specialist stream will meet training and assessment requirements well into the future.

Project management

The project was managed by Manufacturing Skills Australia and overseen by a seven person industry based Steering Committee. Apart from an ASI nominee, other members represented industry in NSW, Victoria and Tasmania, South Australia, Queensland, and Western Australia.

The Steering Committee’s functions were to:

oversee and advise on consultation processes

provide advice on underpinning knowledge and technical content

act as a technical advisory group in the development of new units of competency

assist with the resolution of any issues.

The Steering Committee members are listed below.

Name	Organisation	Representing
Peter Hisco (Chair)	Fiddlistics Pty. Ltd.	Victorian Institute of Steel Detailers
Chris Velovski	EDC. Pty. Ltd.	NSW Institute of Steel Detailers
Clayton Roxborough	SteelCad Drafting Pty. Ltd.	Queensland Institute of Steel Detailers
Neil Creek	Australian Steel Institute	Australian Steel Institute
James Galdes	Ironworks Steel Detailing	Victorian Institute of Steel Detailers
John Lyons	PDC Consultants	WA Association of Engineering Drafting Services
Greg Hammer	Australian Steel Detailers	Association of Independent Structural Draftsmen of SA

Consultation and validation processes

Consultations were undertaken nationally, involving face to face meetings, targeted email distribution of drafts to stakeholders (including members of the State industry associations, the AMWU, RTOs, State/Territory ITBs, STAs and individual enterprises) and wider distribution via the MSA website and the MSkills email update. Individual consultations with both enterprises were also conducted to confirm content and approach. Consultations were also undertaken with a range of RTOs in each State that were considered likely to be interested in delivery of structural steel detailing. While all RTOs consulted were supportive of the drafts, because of the small and highly specialised nature of structural steel detailing not all were interested in delivery.

Following a period of public comment, final drafts were developed, distributed by email and made available for a sign-off period on the MSA website. The qualifications and units of competency now being submitted have the full support of industry and interested RTOs.

Many people made time from their work commitments to participate in this project especially the members of the Steering Committee and John Leworthy from the VISD who also provided technical input. Without their expertise and input, the project would not have been able to achieve its objectives and this is gratefully acknowledged.

Structural steel detailing – consultation list

Development of the structural steel detailing specialist stream and associated units of competency involved substantial industry and RTO contributions. This included input from the following people.

Name	Organisation
Peter Hisco (Chair)	Fiddlistics Pty. Ltd.
Chris Velovski	EDC. Pty. Ltd.
Clayton Roxborough	SteelCad Drafting Pty. Ltd.
Neil Creek	Australian Steel Institute
James Galdes	Ironworks Steel Detailing
John Lyons	PDC Consultants
Greg Hammer	Australian Steel Detailers
Ian Curry	AMWU
Anne Donellan	AMWU
Ian Anderson	RMB Metalwork
Ian Cairns	Australian Steel Institute
Lorraine Conetta	Bayside Drafting
David White	Box Hill Institute
John Leworthy	Steelcode Detailing
Dean Beaumont	Global Drafting Corporation
Stuart Mattingley	Box Hill Institute
Ricky Hains	PlanIT Design
John Neal	Warradale Drafting Service P/L
Philip Scrivener	Scrivener Drafting Australia Pty Ltd
Norm Batterham	NB Drafting
Craig Beams,	Beamarr Structural Steel Detailing Pty Ltd
John Robinson	Sole trader WA
Mark Selby	Amalgamated Drafting
Terry Bownes	Amalgamated Drafting
Fraser Nelson	MECAT Curriculum Centre. NSW TAFE
Stephen Davies	MECAT Curriculum Centre NSW TAFE
Klaus Bienert	Box Hill Institute of TAFE
Glen Miller	GFC Industries Pty Ltd (Steel Fabricator)
Greg Schofield	Greg Schofield & Associates
Basil Morin	Global Drafting corporation
Robert Squires	TAFE Tasmania
Ian McDonald	Challenger TAFE
Greg Guppy	Challenger TAFE
Werner Lausberg	Adelaide North Institute of TAFE
Emmanuel Evangelidis	Victoria University
David Zanich	Central TAFE
Phil Grafton	Siegraft Drafting

The final drafts of the new units and qualifications were validated and signed off by all major stakeholders (both industry and RTOs) with no outstanding or unresolved issues. Validation and acceptance of final drafts was undertaken by email.

Formal support (letters/emails) has been provided by:

AMWU

Robert Squires TAFE Tasmania

MECAT NSW TAFE

Victoria University

Klaus Bienert CMM Victoria

Challenger TAFE

Australian Institute of Steel Detailers

Queensland Institute of Steel Detailing

NSW Institute of Steel Detailing

Victorian Institute of Steel Detailing ( The Victorian Institute also covers steel detailers working in Tasmania)

Association of Independent Structural Draftsmen of SA

WA Association of Engineering Drafting Services

Australian Steel Institute

Appendix 6: Competitive Manufacturing Vocational Graduate qualifications

Development of Competitive Manufacturing Vocational Graduate qualifications

The need for development of Vocational Graduate qualifications in Competitive Manufacturing was identified by MSA in 2007 in response to requests for more in depth training and professional development for individuals who already had some skills or training in Competitive Manufacturing practices. MSA appointed Richard Jenkins & Associates to undertake the development of the qualifications with the project commencing in April 2007.

The MSA decision to provide professional development as the target approach for the graduate qualifications meant that it was also appropriate to shift the skill level of the new units of competency further towards the leading edge of competitive manufacturing practice. Identifying this leading edge was undertaken through desk research, individual consultation with enterprises and through a full day workshop with senior industry practitioners and one RTO representative who had very recent senior management experience in private industry in lean manufacturing.

The desk research and the industry workshop identified that the skills focus in the vocational graduate qualifications should not be on providing initial training in the competitive manufacturing "tools" such as Just in Time, 5S, preventative maintenance etc, whether at implementation (AQF III/IV) or initial system design (AQF V /VI). It was felt that these skills were already adequately covered in the existing Competitive Manufacturing qualifications. Rather it was felt that the emphasis should be on providing the skills for a practitioner to assist an enterprise to take existing competitive manufacturing systems to even higher levels of performance. This approach was seen to be consistent with:

the professional development philosophy established by MSA for the Vocational Graduate qualifications in Competitive Manufacturing; and with

industry need for the highest level of skills required to take existing enterprise performance to higher levels to address intractable problems.

Based on the advice of the workshop participants it was decided that the emphasis in the Vocational Graduate qualifications should be mostly focused in two areas:

skills associated with improving workplace understanding and implementation of competitive manufacturing practices;

skills associated with improving the performance of a value chain as distinct from a focus just within an enterprise.

The above approach was confirmed during both rounds of consultations with no dissenting views being received.

Industry priorities addressed in the new components of the MSA07 Training Package Training Package are to provide additional development of skills and knowledge in competitive manufacturing practices for individuals who have prior training or industry experience in competitive manufacturing. This need for additional skill is usually apparent after an enterprise has completed initial implementation of a competitive manufacturing system such as lean manufacturing and needs to progress implantation of the system to a higher level of performance beyond that achieved from the initial implementation.

The development of the Vocational Graduate Competitive Manufacturing qualifications also is also a response to industry advice that not all needs for increased competency in competitive manufacturing skills is related to promotion of an individual to a position of increased responsibility. As stated in the previous paragraph the demand for increased skill and knowledge can also be related to the stage of an enterprise’s implementation of a competitive manufacturing system

The Vocational Graduate Competitive Manufacturing qualifications also meet the industry need for in depth competitive manufacturing training in skills associated with establishing workforce understanding and participation in competitive manufacturing and for advanced value chain skills.

Meeting industry needs

The existing Competitive Manufacturing qualifications as they provide formal training and recognition for skills that have long been implemented in industry under various manufacturing practice approaches such as lean manufacturing, agile manufacturing, six sigma, total productive maintenance, etc. The current qualifications cover competitive manufacturing skills across the AQF II – AQF VI range and target training for operators, tradespersons, technicians, team leaders, supervisors and managers.

As implementation of the current qualifications proceeded it became recognised that while they provided a pathway for skills development to match promotion through a supervisory pathway, they did not provide as good an opportunity for someone who was already familiar with competitive manufacturing and who wanted to increase their skills and knowledge from their current level without changing their position within the enterprise.

The qualifications now being submitted for endorsement meet this need. They also meet the need of industry in that the early gains made from the implementation of competitive manufacturing practices are often the "low hanging fruit" of obvious errors and waste, and greater skill and knowledge is needed to sustain early gains and to achieve even higher performance levels.

Specifically based on the advice of the workshop and consultations, industry needs identified and addressed in this project focused on the following key skill areas:

culture

achieving a consistent approach to all of the business (i.e. the value chain)

problem recognition and resolution (including the customer’s problems)

establishing a learning organisation

relationships

internal relationships with employees e.g. trust, consensus decision making

external relationships with value chain members

developing the capability of people

The new components presented for endorsement have been developed and validated extensively with industry and RTO representatives. This includes representation from enterprises, industry associations, unions, and RTOs from around Australia.

Project management

Because this project has application across all of manufacturing it was directly overseen by the MSA Board. Advice from an industry technical advisory group made up of technical experts in competitive manufacturing practices was also sought at different stages.

The individuals and enterprises/organisations represented on the MSA Board are set out in the following table:

Name	Enterprise/Organisation
Megan Lilly	Associate Director, Education & Training Australian Industry Group
Ian Curry	National Projects Officer Australian Manufacturing Workers Union
Sam Wood	National Vice President Australian Workers Union
David Graham	Operations Learning & Development Manager Huntsman Chemical Co Australia Ltd
Doug Stevens	Central Branch Secretary National Union of Workers
Michael Brown	General Manager, Heavy Maintenance Qantas Airways
David Hoare	General Manager Sealy of Australia
Michael Grogan	Chief Executive Officer Sutton Tools Pty Ltd
Michael O’Neill	National Secretary TCFU
Jo-Ann Kellock	Executive Director TFIA
Les Chegwidden	Manager Human Resources Viridian CSR

Consultation and validation processes

This project was conducted in two stages. An initial investigation stage was conducted to examine current research and Training Package components and included the initial scoping workshop. This was followed by an implementation stage involving widespread consultation and industry visits, development and validation of two drafts and preparation of a final draft for endorsement.

Consultations were undertaken nationally and involved face to face meetings and targeted email distribution of drafts to enterprises, industry associations, unions, RTOs, State/Territory ITABs, and STAs. Wider distribution was achieved via the MSA website and their regular email newsletter.

Following each period of public comment, amendments were made and drafts circulated for acceptance.

The following people were involved in the development process and the value of their expertise and input is gratefully acknowledged.

Name	Organisation
Keith Cowlishaw	Ex - General Manager Rocklea Spinning Mills Currently Head of School of Fashion and Textiles RMIT Melbourne
Professor David Ben-Tovim	Flinders Medical Centre
Dr. Ross Bensley	Organisation Development Manager Schefenacker Vision Systems Australia
David Hind	Retired CEO, BOC Australia & Chair of Skills Tasmania
Aimee Allen	President - Strip and Plate, Port Kembla Steelworks Bluescope Steel
Rod Snashall	Slabmaking Process Control Manager, Port Kembla Steelworks Bluescope Steel
Michael Brown	General Manager, Heavy Maintenance and Technical Training QANTAS (Melbourne)
Jorge Marquesini	CEO Volvo Trucks Australia
Barry McCarthy	Learning and Development, Toyota Australia
Tari Shabat	Toyota Australia
Ray Clark	Corporate Learning and Development Associate Ford Australia
Julie Eastman	Corporate Learning and Development Manager Ford Australia
Michael Grogan	CEO, Sutton Tools Australia
Anne Donellan	Technical, Supervisory and Administrative Division Australian Manufacturing Workers' Union
Ian Curry	Australian Manufacturing Workers’ Union
Steve Gunn	CEO, Blundstone Australia Pty Ltd
David Hoare	General Manager, Sealy of Australia
Doug Stevens	Central Branch Secretary, National Union of Workers
Michael Littlechild	Automotive Training Australia
Anne Ford	TAFE NSW - Western Sydney Institute
David Tiller	Australian Industry Group
Bob Carter	General Manager, Improve group
Terry Richards	CEO, Australian College of Training
Joe Husidic	Wiseman Institute of Applied Learning
Allan McCracken	Forest Industries Training and Education Council (NZ)
Jennis Lawrence	Competenz New Zealand
Eric Salonen Richard Lindner	Manufacturing Skills QLD
Derek Cupp	Manufacturing Industry Skills Advisory Council (SA)
Jillian Dielesen	Light Manufacturing ITC (WA)
Archie Wright	MITAC (NT)
Les Hewett	Efficiency Works
Deb Doherty	Skills Tasmania
Steve Ghost	Skills Tech Australia (QLD)
Elizabeth Owers	DFEEST (SA)
Pauline Hart	MECAT TAFE NSW
David McCourt	TAFE NSW Riverina Institute
David Zanich	Central TAFE WA
Karen Humphreys	Hunter Institute of Technology (NSW)
Sandy Powell	Goulburn Ovens Institute of TAFE
Carlo de Martinis	Swinburne University – TAFE Division
Nick Proferes	TAFE SA
Kerry Dickson	TexSkill
Martin Lewis	FIAA Ltd.
Geoff Adams	QLD Department of Tourism, Regional Development and Industry
Paul Kennett	Manufacturing and Engineering Skills Advisory Board (MESAB) Victoria
Robert Miley	Department of Economic Development, Tasmania
Werner Lausberg	TAFE SA

Appendix 7: MSA30309 Certificate III in Surface Coating Preparation and Application

Development of MSA30309 Certificate III in Surface Preparation and Coating Application

This new qualification meets an industry need to have qualified operators who can suitably prepare surfaces and apply the required protective coating. There currently exist qualifications for vehicle painters and painters and decorators, but there is no qualification in this sector for a job with arguably more technical requirements.

The CSIRO estimates the cost of corrosion in Australia to be around $13 billion per year. The major role for this sector is the control of corrosion and so, the reduction of this significant cost. Protective coatings need to be applied to much of public infrastructure (e.g. bridges, pipelines), some modes of transport (e.g. ships, submarines), and many large public and private structures (e.g. hydrocarbon, chemical plants, off shore oil/gas platforms). All these items need to have their surfaces prepared correctly before beginning to apply the appropriate coating. Time between preparation and application is often critical to the overall success of the final product. The industry sought an appropriate qualification to provide common and adequate base level skills across Australasia as a fundamental way of achieving better quality.

The increasingly technical nature of the protective coating and the need to undertake both adequate preparation and surface preparation safely and in an environmentally friendly manner has increased the need for this particular qualification. These technological advances have increased the life of the item, and the period between maintenance and the overall life. However, as surface preparation and coating becomes more technical, the ability to perform both correctly becomes more critical if the intended protection is to be achieved.

As much of this work is done ‘on site’ with routine only supervision, it is essential that the qualification equips the operator for this degree of independent operation.

Project management

MSA’s Process Manufacturing Board Sub-committee oversaw the development process with significant technical assistance being provided by the Australasian Corrosion Association (ACA) Technical Coatings Technical Group (TCTG).

The individuals and enterprises/organisations represented on the Process Manufacturing Board Sub-committee are set out in the following table:

Name	Enterprise/organisation
Les Chegwidden, Chair replaced by David Graham	Pilkington/Veridian Glass Huntsman Chemicals
Bob Paton or Barbara Wallace	MSA CEO MSA QA Manager
Julie Keddie	MSA Industry Coordinator
John Maraz	MSA Industry Coordinator
Robert McRuvie	DTRDI, Queensland
Alexsander Stanojevic	AiGroup
Richard Lindner	MSQ
Heather Yerbury	Boral Concrete & Quarries Country (QLD/NT)
Dr. Geoffrey Will	School of Physical Sciences, Queensland University of Technology
Kerryn Caulfield	Composites Australia
Marina Williams/Sam Wood	AWU

Consultation and validation processes

Consultations during the development and validation process were undertaken with the ACA and with RTOs already working in the field or intending to offer this qualification.

The following individuals and organisations participated in the development process. The great value of their expertise and input is gratefully acknowledged.

Name	Organisation	State
Mark	Arundell	SkillsTech (TAFE)	Qld
Ron	Baker	WA
Fikry	Barouky	Saudi Aramco
Ron	Berry	Altex Coatings Limited	NZ
Ben	Biddle	Wattyl Protective & Marine Coatings	Qld
Alan	Buckley	Technical Pacific Pty Ltd	NSW
Phillip	Coleman	TAFE NSW	NSW
John	Cooper	Prostrip	NSW
Geoff	Coward	McElligott Partners Pty Ltd	Vic
Bill	Doherty	TAFE NSW	NSW
Mark	Dromgool	KTA Tator	Vic
Warren	Easterbrook	Glendale TAFE	NSW
Jan	Evensen	Jotun Norway
Sam	Formosa	TAFE NSW	NSW
Todd	Fotheringham	CTI Consultants Pty Ltd	NSW
Rob	Francis
Ian	Glover	Corrotek	WA
Peter	Haberecht	MATENV
Michael	Hambrook	APMF	NSW
Shannon	Heath	WA
Harold D	Hilton	Atlas MTT LLC
Brian	Johnson	TAFE NSW	NSW
Jeremy	Knight	TAFE NSW	NSW
Kenneth	Lofhelm	PCCP	Vic
Willie	Mandeno	OPUS	NZ
Bill	McEwan	CTI Consultants Pty Ltd	NSW
John	Moffatt	Biolab Industrial	NZ
Roy	Orr	Peerless Industrial Systems	WA
Michael	Porter	Barry Bros	Vic
Ted	Riding	Jotun Australia
Fred	Salome	CTI Consultants Pty Ltd	NSW
Washington	Sanchez	Biolab Industrial	NZ
Mark	Schilling	CPI
Brad	Shaw	East Gippsland TAFE	Vic
Stuart	Smith	Melbourne Water	Vic
Ben	Solomon	Sunshine Powder Coatings	Qld
Ian	Squire	TAFE NSW	NSW
Nick	Subotsch	Peerless Industrial Systems	Vic
Morris	Thor	TAFE NSW	NSW
Ben	Veldhuis	TAFE NSW	NSW
Ian	Vickery	TAFE NSW	NSW
Kevin	Walker	EXITO	NZ
Dean	Wall	Australasian Corrosion Association	Tas
Geoff	White	Maunsell/AECOM	Qld
Heather	Yerbury	Boral Resources (Qld) Pty Ltd	Qld
Mark	Weston	Incospec & Assoc	SA
Derek	Cupp	MISAC	SA

In addition, Geoff White, Chair TCTG, ACA, presented the findings to the ACA annual conference. The list of recipients is not known to this project but the response was positive.

The final drafts of the new units and qualification have been validated and signed off by all major stakeholders (both industry and RTOs) with no outstanding or unresolved issues. Validation and acceptance of final drafts was undertaken by email. A separate face-to-face validation meeting was held with RTOs intending to offer this qualification (included in the list above), in particular to check on possible implementation issues. They also signed off with no unresolved issues.

Clear and full support for endorsement of the new qualification and units has been provided by all stakeholders.

Appendix 8: Trade Measurement units and Skill Sets

Development of Trade Measurement units and Skill Sets

Responsibility for Australia's trade measurement system is currently shared between the Commonwealth, States and Territories. By 2010, responsibility will transfer to the Commonwealth and in preparation for that, NMI wished to establish a nationally consistent training and skills recognition system that is competency based with qualifications (or Skill Sets) that align with the job roles of trade measurement and fair trading personnel. In particular they focused on the competency needs of Verifiers, Inspectors and Senior Inspectors.

MSA contracted Ivan Johnstone (CIT Solutions Pty Ltd) to undertake this work which included reviewing the suite of trade measurement units in MEM05. The eight MEM units in question (MEM15015-15022) are listed as specialist elective units within MEM40105 Certificate IV in Engineering. Research indicated they were not being used outside the Qld Office of Fair Trading regulatory environment, who have provided written support for the changes. The level of change proposed to the units to support the new regulatory environment that will be in place in 2010 was significant and resulted in development of 14 new units of competency.

The new units will not be aligned to any qualifications, but will be available for use in defined Skill Sets in MSA07 and for importation to proposed new qualifications under development by Government Skills Australia.

Project management

This development has been overseen by MSA’s Laboratory Operations Board Sub-committee with significant technical assistance provided by NMI staff and committees.

The individuals and enterprises/organisations represented on the Board Sub-committee are set out in the following table:

Name	Enterprise/organisation
David Graham	Huntsman Chemicals
Duncan Jones	Science Industry Australia
Gail Silman	Ai Group
Ian Curry	AMWU
Kim Peterson	TAFE NSW
Marian Haire	National Measurement Institute
Bob Paton Barbara Wallace	MSA CEO MSA QA Manager

Consultation and validation

Consultations during the development and validation process were undertaken with the following key trade measurement personnel from all jurisdictions throughout Australia. The great value of their expertise and input is gratefully acknowledged.

Name	Organisation	State
Marion	Haire	National Measurement Institute (NMI) Sydney	NSW
Ian	Bentley	National Measurement Institute (NMI) Sydney	NSW
Mathew	Foot	National Measurement Institute (NMI) Sydney	NSW
Anne	Galvin	National Measurement Institute (NMI) Sydney	NSW
Ron	Begg	National Measurement Institute (NMI) Canberra	ACT
Darryl	Hines	Trade Measurement QLD, Fair Trading	QLD
Ron	Plummer	Trade Measurement & Standards, Justice	TAS
Les	Anderson	Trade Measurement	NT
Lindsay	Tegart	Trade Measurement, Fair Trading	NSW
Russell	Jackson	Trade Measurement, Consumer Affairs	VIC
Doug	Berry	Trading Standards Branch	WA
Tony	Blefari	Trade Measurement, Fair Trading	SA
Grant	Fuller	Trade Measurement, Fair Trading	ACT
Olga	Ford	Office of Fair Trading	NSW
Lynn	Greenwood	Government Skills Australia	SA

The final drafts of the new units and Skill Sets have been validated and signed off by all major stakeholders with no outstanding or unresolved issues. Validation and acceptance of final drafts was via a workshop and email.

Marian Haire (NMI’s national Training and Technology Transfer Manager with responsibility for coordination of training and recognition/assessment using the new units and Skill Sets) has signed off with no unresolved issues.

Appendix 9: Recreational Vehicle qualifications

Development of the Recreational Vehicle qualifications in MSA07v6

The recreational vehicle qualifications were originally included in THC99 under the Tourism and Hospitality National Industry Training Advisory Board. In 2004, the qualifications were revised, with minimal changes.

With the merger of national ITABs into the ten Industry Skills Councils, THC04 came under the jurisdiction of the Service Industries Skills Councils. As the needs of the recreational vehicle manufacture, service and repair sectors relate to manufacturing and engineering, the sector determined their qualification needs would be more appropriate under the coverage of the Manufacturing Industry Skills Council.

Manufacturing Skills Australia (MSA) undertook to review and update the qualifications and their associated units of competency to bring them into line with current industry needs and with similar manufacturing, service and repair qualifications.

Kevin Hummel of Total Training and Performance Solutions (TaPS) was commissioned to undertake a Scoping Study in 2009. The Scoping Study Report noted that:

users of THC04 felt it was somewhat inflexible and thus causing some difficulties

to increase flexibility job based units of competency should be replaced by skills based units of competency (and this may require an adjustment to the qualification packaging rules)

where there are relevant units of competency which are used by other industry sectors, they should be used in preference to RV specific units covering the same area, unless there are RV specific contexts which they cannot meet

units and skills sets covering restricted licence requirements should be imported where appropriate

relevant Competitive Manufacturing units should be included as elective units, while still requiring a sufficient technical core.

MSA supported the findings and contracted TaPS to undertake the agreed changes. Further industry consultations were undertaken prior to developing a detailed specification for the new units of competence and new qualification.

Meeting industry needs

The major industry drivers for the improvements to this package are outlined below:

RTOs currently servicing this sector support a restructuring of the qualification to make it more flexible and believe they can adapt their existing resources fairly readily. They also see a restructure as possibly making it easier to use suitable resources from other sectors.

Industry supports increased access to training and resources and is concerned that a sufficient broad base of skills be maintained to allow for both flexibility in workforce deployment and also for portability of skills across the sector.

This is a sector which is growing and which has wide regional coverage. It is highly concentrated in terms of manufacturing, but with a broad range of smaller manufacturers. Service and repair (and sales) tends to be many small and medium businesses, often with a formal relationship with a manufacturer. This does not prevent them from servicing/repairing any other RV.

Project management

The project was overseen by an MSA Board Sub-Committee made up of major stakeholders. The terms of reference were to:

assist in the identification of stakeholders to be consulted for the project

identify and assist in the resolution of industry issues in relation to strategic objectives of MSA’s projects

provide industry input and advice on:

industrial issues

training and assessment issues

priority areas for industry skills development

appropriate methods for collection, collation and consolidation of industry information

validity of the content of project outcomes

provide feedback on MSA’s development work undertaken for the area covered

exchange information as appropriate between MSA, industry and other relevant professional groups covered

provide feedback on the project development work for the area of interest

make recommendations to the MSA Board on acceptance of the product of the project..

The individuals and enterprises/organisations represented on the MSA Board Sub-Committee are set out in the following table:

Name	Enterprise/organisation
Graham Attwood (Chair)	RMax
Kerryn Caulfield	Composites Australia
Richard Lindner	Manufacturing Skills Queensland
Alex Stanojevic	Ai Group
Heather Yerbury	Boral Concrete Products
Ian Booth	Australasian Corrosion Association
Sam Wood	AWU

Consultation and validation processes

Consultations during the development and validation process were undertaken with:

technical experts from the relevant sub-sector or specialty area of expertise

representatives of RTOs who already offer current qualifications and/or are intending to offer the qualification.

Consultation was largely by use of CAJA, face-to-face and email with expert input sought and obtained for the specific needs of the project.

Drafts of all units of competence and qualifications were then posted on the MSA website for validation and stakeholders were advised by email about how to access the site and provide feedback. This included industry stakeholders listed on the MSA database, State industry advisory bodies, and State Training Authorities.

This feedback was used to further refine the units and qualifications. In some cases, the feedback received and the units involved were reviewed again by technical experts prior to final editing.

The following individuals and organisations were involved in the development process. The great value of their expertise and input is gratefully acknowledged.

First Name	Second Name	Organisation	State
Maree	Saggers	7th St Caravans	NSW
Gary	Mitchell	ACR caravan repairs	NSW
Alan	Mcdonald	Aerodynamic developments	NSW
Jim	Massey`	Australian Motor Homes Pty Ltd	NSW
Rod	Payten	Camden Caravans	NSW
Jane	McCorkell	Caravan Camping Industry Association	NSW
David	Carlon	Carlon Caravans	NSW
The	Manager	Chapmans Coromal Caravans Nowra	NSW
Robert	Hare	CIL Insurances - Caravan Insurance Leaders	NSW
Narelle	Classic Caravan & Trailer Repairs	NSW
Brian	Fletcher	Classic Caravan and Trailer Repairs	NSW
The	Manager	Coromal Caravans Central Coast	NSW
Russell	Wood	Cub Campers	NSW
Cesar	Tabet	Dan's Caravans	NSW
Peter	Hands	Express Campers	NSW
Alison	Wood	Five Star Campers	NSW
Grant	Brierly	Frontline Campervans	NSW
Alan	Fulcher	Fulcher's Caravans	NSW
Igor	Muriti	I & D Industries	NSW
Peter	Blanshard	Institute of Automotive Mechanical Engineers	NSW
Damian	Charleson	Jayco Newcastle	NSW
David	Carrick	Jayco Sydney	NSW
Ian	Durance	Kimberley Kampers	NSW
Ron	Borton	Kimberly Kampers	NSW
Rick	Martin	Kimberly Kampers	NSW
Rod	Coles	Millard Caravans	NSW
Gary	Willer	Millard Caravans	NSW
Chris	Parish	MSA	NSW
The	Manager	Opalite Caravans	NSW
Stephen	Edwards	Parravans Caravan World	NSW
Mark	Fawcett	South Western Sydney Institute of TAFE, Wetherill Park College	NSW
Keith	Harrison	Suncamper	NSW
Mike	Rowe	Suncamper	NSW
Russell	Bale	SWSI TAFE	NSW
Thor	Morris	TAFE NSW SWSI	NSW
Rob	Surdonic	The Caravan Company Pty Ltd	NSW
Michael	Lord	Trakka Pty Ltd	NSW
David	Wallis	Trakka Pty Ltd	NSW
Deborah	Joyce	Transport and Logistics Industry Skills Council	NSW
Daryl	Buckingham	Ultimate Campers	NSW
Faye	Watson	Watson's Caravans & RVs Coffs Harbour	NSW
Kris	Watson	Watsons Caravans and RVs	NSW
Adam	Watson	Watsons Caravans Coffs Harbour	NSW
Shane	Martin	Watsons Caravans Port Macquarie	NSW
Glen	Anderson	Wetherill Park TAFE	NSW
Trevor	Smith	Wetherill Park TAFE	NSW
Bruce	Binns	Winnebago Industries	NSW
Jodie	Harris	Winnebago Industries	NSW
Barry	Baillie	NSW
Bob	Browne	NSW
Nicola	Burridge	NSW
Barry	Cramond	TEATAC (NT) Inc	NT
Paul	Bridge	Qld
Barry	Barker	Arrow Caravans and Towbars	Qld
Graham	Best	Best's Caravan Services	Qld
Greta	Best	Best's Caravan Services	Qld
Jim	Carnavas	Brisbane Camperland	Qld
Joshua	Carnavas	Brisbane Camperland - Jayco	Qld
Brendan	Saggers	Brisbane RV's	Qld
Merv	Flynn	Caravan Repair Centre	Qld
Garry	Bushell	Caravan Trade and Industries Association Queensland	Qld
Ron	Chapman	Caravanning Queensland	Qld
Mark	Glencross	City Caravan Centre	Qld
The	Manager	Classic RTM	Qld
Bill	Connor	Coromal Caravans Sunshine Coast	Qld
Warren	Wheelock	Coromal Caravans Sunshine Coast	Qld
Nick	Oliver	Cutloose RV	Qld
Brett	Wright	CVIAQ	Qld
Kirk	Straughen	Department of Transport and Main Roads	Qld
The	Manager	Desert Edge Trailers	Qld
The	Manager	Dreamland Trailers	Qld
The	Manager	Dryden Trailers	Qld
Paul	Dawes	Gold Coast Caravan Sales	Qld
The	Manager	Golf Caravans	Qld
Stewart	Cameron	Hinterland Outdoors	Qld
Brendan	Kerr	Jayco Townsville	Qld
The	Manager	Kamparoo	Qld
Jan	McNeil	Kedron Caravans	Qld
Gary	Kratzmann	Kratzmann Caravans	Qld
Greg	Wetkin	Lifestyle RVs	Qld
Ken	Vaughan	Limit Seeker Camper Trailers	Qld
Erik	Salonen	Manufacturing Skills Qld	Qld
Gary	Smiley	Manufacturing Skills Queensland	Qld
Brendon	Beckett	Morayfield State High School	Qld
The	Manager	Paradise Motorhomes	Qld
Kevin	Bluhdorn	Skills Tech Australia	Qld
Peter	Donaldson	Skills Tech Australia	Qld
Gordon	Elledge	Skills Tech Australia	Qld
Scott	Ovenden	Skills Tech Australia	Qld
Trevor	Scott	Skills Tech Australia	Qld
The	Manager	Sunland Caravans	Qld
Jeffrey	Hockam	Sunshine Coast Institute of TAFE	Qld
Bede	O'Brien	Sunshine Coast TAFE	Qld
The	Manager	Swagman Motorhomes	Qld
The	Manager	Tavlor Motorhomes	Qld
Michael	Ritzau	Adventura Caravans	SA
Frank	Tabone	Adventure Campers	SA
Stuart	Livingstone	CCIA SA	SA
Gareth	Handshin	Challenge Campertrailers	SA
Dario	Priori	Dario Caravans	SA
Chris	Barrett	Dario Caravans and Repairs	SA
Cheryl	Bald	DFEEST	SA
Leonie	Cooke	DFEEST	SA
Sherelee	Rose	DFEEST	SA
Rob	Heaslip	Heaslip Campers	SA
Derek	Cupp	Manufacturing Industry Skills Advisory Council	SA
Mike	Griggs	Mike Griggs Caravan Service Centre	SA
Rhonda	Tunks	MISAC (Manufacturing Industry Skills Advisory Council SA Inc)	SA
Renae	Balckshaw	TAFE SA	SA
Anna	Papzoglov	TAFE SA	SA
Ron	Williams	TAFEsa	SA
Margaret	Collings	tafeSA Noarlunga Campus	SA
Anne	Urquhart	AMWU	Tas
The	Manager	Caravan Industry Australia (Tasmania)	Tas
Phillip	Canning	Discovery Holiday Park Strahan	Tas
Danny	Gower	Island Motor Camper Conversions	Tas
David	O'Byrne	Liquor, Hospitality and Miscellaneous Union	Tas
Debra	Doherty	Skills Tasmania	Tas
Tim	McLaren	Stanley Caravan and Tourist Park	Tas
The	Manager	Tasmania National Parks Association	Tas
David	Gutteridge	Tasmanian Polytechnic	Tas
Rod	Mason	Tasmanian Skills Institute	Tas
Frank	Hussey	Tourism Tasmania	Tas
Stephen	Farley	Treasure Island Caravan Parks	Tas
Ken	Dorsey	Workforce Development	Tas
Trevor	Eastman	Vic
Mark	Aussie Wide Caravans	Vic
Greg	Walsh	Automotive Training Victoria	Vic
Darren	French	Avan Caravans	Vic
The	Manager	Billabong Custom Caravans	Vic
Peter	Wright	Caravan Industry Assoc. Victorian Trades Division	Vic
The	Manager	Caria Caravans	Vic
Andre	Chisholm TAFE	Vic
Noel	Sutcliffe	Chisholm TAFE	Vic
Ron	Wylde	Chisholm TAFE	Vic
The	Manager	Concept Caravans	Vic
The	Manager	Davsher Campers and Caravans	Vic
The	Manager	Designer Vans	Vic
Luke	Behncke	DIIRD	Vic
The	Manager	Dreamhaven Caravans	Vic
The	Manager	Driftaway Caravans	Vic
The	Manager	Eagle Caravans	Vic
Darren	French	Evernew Caravans	Vic
Neville	Watson	Ford Motor Company of Australia	Vic
The	Manager	Galaxy Caravans	Vic
The	Manager	Goldstream RV	Vic
Chris	Riley	Jayco	Vic
Daniel	McDonald	Jayco (training)	Vic
The	Manager	Jurgens Caravans	Vic
Diana	McGowan	Kangan Institute of TAFE	Vic
Phil	Murphy	Kangan Institute of TAFE	Vic
Vince	Panozzo	Kangan Institute of TAFE	Vic
Bill	Reece	Kangan Institute of TAFE	Vic
Wayne	Walter	Kangan Institute of TAFE	Vic
The	Manager	Kingdom Caravans	Vic
The	Manager	La Vista Caravans	Vic
Michael	Waterson	Lumen Australia	Vic
The	Manager	Majestic Caravans	Vic
Alex	Bernhardt	Manufacturing and Engineering Skills Advisory Body (MESAB)	Vic
Peter	May	May West Caravans	Vic
Gordon	Wilson	May West Caravans	Vic
The	Manager	Montana Caravans	Vic
Gerry	van Oosterom	NMIT Epping Campus	Vic
Ian	Roberts	NMIT, Building & Construction	Vic
The	Manager	Nova Caravans	Vic
The	Manager	Olympic Caravans	Vic
The	Manager	Paramount Caravans	Vic
Colin	Young	Recreational Vehicle Manufacturers Association of Australia Inc.	Vic
The	Manager	Regal Caravans	Vic
Mary	Holmes	Resource Education and Training Pty Ltd	Vic
Faye	Milroy	Resource Education and Training Pty Ltd	Vic
The	Manager	Retreat Caravans	Vic
The	Manager	Roadstar Caravans Pty.Ltd.	Vic
The	Manager	Roma Caravans	Vic
The	Manager	Royal Flair	Vic
Robert	Funda	RVMAA	Vic
The	Manager	Spaceland Industries	Vic
Phil	Savory	Stockman Products	Vic
The	Manager	Sunliner Recreational Vehicles	Vic
Joe	Markovich	Supreme Caravans	Vic
The	Manager	Track Trailer	Vic
The	Manager	Trailblazers RV	Vic
The	Manager	Trakmaster	Vic
The	Manager	Traveller Caravans	Vic
The	Manager	Truelux 5th Wheel	Vic
John	Kyriakidis	Vanguard Caravans	Vic
Helen	Constanza	Windsor Caravans	Vic
The	Manager	Wirr-away Motorhomes	Vic
Peter	Hancock	Workplace Learning Initiatives	Vic
Stuart	Loly	Workplace Learning Initiatives	Vic
The	Manager	A1 Caravans	WA
The	Manager	Caravan and RVs Superstore	WA
The	Manager	Caravanland	WA
Pat	Strahan	Combined Industry Associations	WA
Lubor	Hebik	Coromal Caravans	WA
Ida	Yee	Coromal Caravans	WA
Brad	van Hement	Coronel	WA
David	Hill	Elross Caravans	WA
Dave	Hicks	Engineering and Automotive Training Council Inc (EATC)	WA
Mark	Harper	Engineering and Automotive Training Council Inc (WA)	WA
The	Manager	Freedom caravans	WA
The	Manager	George Day Caravans	WA
Lyle	Barrett	IAME	WA
The	Manager	Mandurah Caravan & RV Centre	WA
Dennis	Baker	Polytechnic West	WA
Colin	Russell	Swan TAFE	WA
The	Manager	Trailstar Caravans	WA

Clear and full support for endorsement of the revised Training Package has been provided by all industry and RTO stakeholders.

MSA10107 Certificate I in Manufacturing (Pathways)

Modification History

Release 2 - imported LMF units superseded and replaced with equivalent MSF units

Description

The Certificate I in Industry (Pathways) is designed to develop both skills that are essential for employment and skills that relate directly to a work activity as specified in the core technical unit. The units chosen must provide practical skills that are relevant and useful to the area in which the person hopes to gain employment or is currently working. The group of units should be chosen to support the project and should incorporate both the technical and employability skills needed for work.

Completion of a Certificate I in Manufacturing (Pathways) should provide the student with a set of competencies that collectively open up pathways into employment and/or further study.

Pathways Information

Not applicable.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Summary

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS QUALIFICATION SUMMARY
MSA10107 Certificate I in Manufacturing (Pathways) The following table contains a summary of the Employability Skills required for this qualification. The Employability Skills facets described here are broad industry requirements that may vary depending on qualification packaging options.
Employability Skill	Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification include:
Communication	complete all reporting as required report anything unusual alert the appropriate individuals record results complete logs and reports record the result receive and relay oral and written messages interpret oral or written messages respond to information complete workplace forms
Teamwork	working as part of a work team role of individual in organisational structure individual role in achieving section/team, plant and company objectives work in a team identify individual tasks that are part of the team requirement
Problem solving	recognise common problems identify problems and take required action respond to routine problems
Initiative and enterprise	take appropriate corrective action select appropriate equipment identify units to be used distinguish between urgent and non-urgent tasks
Planning and organising	organise relevant equipment and tools organise requests and tasks planning workplace procedures, scheduling and performance plan own work plan and organise activities organise daily work plan
Self-management	find out what is required for the job recognise a situation requiring action implement within appropriate time constraints complete own work activities identify task requirements and work role plan own work meet time lines seek assistance from other team members where appropriate
Learning	recognise anything unusual self-check numerical information clarify cleaning duties ask questions of appropriate person seek advice from relevant personnel
Technology	use equipment turn equipment on and off as required by procedures monitor equipment make measurements use computer system use measuring devices

Packaging Rules

To be awarded a Certificate I in Manufacturing (Pathways), competency must be achieved in nine (9) units of competency:

three (3) core units of competency

six (6) elective units of competency, three (3) of which may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, as specified below.

*Note that the industry/technical units coded MSAPCII are designed for use only in a Pathways qualification or skills set. They should not be used in other instances as replacements for units that have direct job outcomes.

Core units of competency

Select all three (3) units from the following list.

Unit code	Unit title
MSAPCI101A	Adapt to work requirements in industry
MSAPCI102A	Apply effective work practices
MSAPCI103A	Demonstrate care and apply safe practices at work

Elective units of competency

Group A - Industry/technical units*

Select a maximum of one (1) unit from the following list.

Unit code	Unit title
MSAPCII296A	Make a small furniture item from timber
MSAPCII297A	Make an object from cloth using an existing pattern
MSAPCII298A	Make an object from metal
MSAPCII299A	Make an object from plastic

Group B - Other elective units

Select five (5) units from the following list.

Unit code	Unit title
MSFFM1002	Operate basic woodworking machines
MSFFM2001	Use furniture making sector hand and power tools
MSFFM2002	Assemble furnishing components
MSFFM2003	Select and apply hardware
MSFFM2005	Join solid timber
MSFSF1001	Produce basic soft furnishings accessories
MSFSF2001	Cut single layer fabrics
LMTCL2001B	Use a sewing machine
LMTCL2003B	Identify fibres and fabrics
LMTCL2006B	Press work
LMTCL2007B	Lay up, mark and cut uncomplicated fabrics and lays
LMTCL2008B	Finish garment production
MEM03001B	Perform manual production assembly
MEM05007C	Perform manual heating and thermal cutting
MEM05012C	Perform routine manual metal arc welding
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations
MSAPMOPS100A	Use equipment
MSAPMOPS101A	Make measurements
MSAPMOPS102A	Perform tasks to support production
MSAPMOPS244A	Layout and cut materials
PMBFIN201C	Finish products and components
PMBFIN205C	Hand decorate products
PMBPREP205C	Assemble materials and equipment for production
PMBPREP206C	Prepare materials to formulae
PMBPROD236C	Operate hand held air/power equipment for production processes
PMBPROD240C	Cut materials
A maximum of three (3) relevant units can be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where those units are available for inclusion at Certificate I or II. The elective unit(s) from another Training Package must relate to the core function/role of the selected industry/technical unit.

MSA10207 Certificate I in Process Manufacturing

Modification History

Not applicable.

Description

The Certificate I in Process Manufacturing is intended for entry to the industry and addresses job outcomes at this level. It has been developed as a common certificate for use across the three process manufacturing sectors:

chemical, hydrocarbons and oil refining

plastics, rubber and cablemaking

manufactured mineral products.

Pathways Information

Not applicable.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Summary

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS QUALIFICATION SUMMARY
MSA10207 Certificate I in Process Manufacturing The following table contains a summary of the Employability Skills required by the process manufacturing industries for this qualification. The Employability Skills facets described here are broad industry requirements that may vary depending on qualification packaging options.
Employability Skill	Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification include:
Communication	complete all reporting as required report anything unusual receive and relay oral and written messages interpret oral or written messages respond to information
Teamwork	work as part of a work team understanding the role of individual in organisational structure understanding individual role in achieving section/team, plant and company objectives identify individual tasks that are part of the team requirement
Problem solving	recognise common problems identify problems and take required action respond to routine problems
Initiative and enterprise	take appropriate corrective action select appropriate equipment identify units to be used distinguish between urgent and non-urgent tasks
Planning and organising	organise relevant equipment and tools organise requests and tasks plan own work plan and organise activities organise daily work plan
Self-management	find out what is required for the job recognise a situation requiring action complete own work activities identify task requirements and work role plan own work meet time lines seek assistance from other team members where appropriate
Learning	recognise anything unusual self-check numerical information clarify cleaning duties ask questions of appropriate person seek advice from relevant personnel
Technology	use equipment turn equipment on and off as required by procedures monitor equipment use computer system

Packaging Rules

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the Certificate I in Process Manufacturing, competency must be achieved in seven (7) units of competency.

three (3) core units of competency

four (4) elective units of competency, two (2) of which may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, as specified below.

Core units of competency

Select all three (3) units from the following list:

Unit code	Unit title
MSAPMOHS100A	Follow OHS procedures
MSAPMSUP100A	Apply workplace procedures
MSAPMSUP102A	Communicate in the workplace

Elective units of competency

Select four (4) units from the following list:

Unit code	Unit title
MSAPMOHS110A	Follow emergency response procedures
MSAPMOPS100A	Use equipment
MSAPMOPS101A	Make measurements
MSAPMOPS102A	Perform tasks to support production
MSAPMSUP101A	Clean workplace or equipment
MSAPMSUP106A	Work in a team
MSAPMSUP172A	Identify and minimise environmental hazards
PMBHAN103C	Shift materials safely by hand
Up to two (2) relevant units may be chosen from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where those units are available for inclusion at Certificate I. A maximum of one (1) unit may be chosen from units available at MSA20107 Certificate II in Process Manufacturing.

MSA20107 Certificate II in Process Manufacturing

Modification History

Release 5 - Imported unit code updated to current release

Release 4 - Imported unit code updated.

Release 3 - MSACM units replaced by MSS units from MSS11v2 Sustainability Training Package.

Release 2 - Imported unit codes updated.

Description

The Certificate II in Process Manufacturing is intended for competent production workers who undertake vital production support roles directly related to producing products. The production worker would apply a breadth and depth of knowledge to a defined range of situations and would be expected to apply this knowledge to solve a defined range of problems by applying known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems.

This qualification has been developed for use across the three process manufacturing sectors:

chemical, hydrocarbons and refining

plastics, rubber and cablemaking

manufactured mineral products.

Licensing considerations

There are no specific licenses that relate to this qualification. However, some units in this qualification may have licensing or regulatory requirements depending on the work context. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Pathways Information

Not applicable.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Summary

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS QUALIFICATION SUMMARY
MSA20107 Certificate II in Process Manufacturing The following table contains a summary of the Employability Skills required by the process manufacturing industries for this qualification. The Employability Skills facets described here are broad industry requirements that may vary depending on qualification packaging options. Due to the high proportion of electives required by this qualification, the industry/enterprise requirements described for each Employability Skill are representative of the industry in general and may not reflect specific job roles. Learning and assessment strategies for this qualification should be based on the requirements of the units of competency for this qualification.
Employability Skill	Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification include:
Communication	complete logs, reports and plant documentation access and interpret production plans and information provide appropriate workplace information give and follow routine instructions provide written and oral reports
Teamwork	work as part of a team identify and describe own role and role of others identify own role and responsibility within a team
Problem solving	recognise known faults that occur during the operation identify and take action on causes of routine faults identify non-routine process and quality problems and take appropriate action respond to routine problems
Initiative and enterprise	suggest improvements make adjustments to improve equipment performance determine problems needing action report problems outside area of responsibility raise questions regarding requirements and expectations distinguish between causes of faults identify product out of specification safely shutdown equipment in abnormal circumstances
Planning and organising	plan own work achieve production targets identify production targets recognise hazards and follow appropriate hazard control methods
Self-management	identify work requirements plan own work requirements from production requests operate within appropriate time constraints and work standards select and use appropriate equipment, materials, processes and procedures identify task outcomes and work role
Learning	ask questions to gain information seek clarification participate in improvement procedures
Technology	check process is operating within required limits monitor equipment operation use appropriate instruments monitor and adjust machine functions use forklift controls, instruments and indicators carry out pre-operational checks on equipment

Packaging Rules

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the Certificate II in Process Manufacturing, competency must be achieved in fourteen (14) units of competency:

three (3) core units of competency

eleven (11) elective units of competency, four (4) of which can be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, as specified below.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisite requirements. The prerequisites for these units are to be counted in the total number of units required in the elective group. Please refer to individual units for details.

Core units of competency

Complete all three (3) units of competency from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
MSAENV272B	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAPMOHS200A	Work safely
MSAPMSUP210A	Process and record information

Group A - Elective units

Select a minimum of eleven (11) units of competency from the following list.

Support units
Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
LMTGN2008B	Coordinate work of team/section
MEM13003B	Work safely with industrial chemicals and materials
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM16007A	Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations
MSS402002A	Sustain process improvements
MSS402020A	Apply quick changeover procedures
MSS402021A	Apply Just in Time (JIT) procedures
MSS402030A	Apply cost factors to work practices
MSS402040A	Apply 5S procedures
MSS402050A	Monitor process capability
MSS402051A	Apply quality standards
MSS402060A	Use planning software systems in operations
MSS402080A	Undertake root cause analysis
MSAPMOHS100A	Follow OHS procedures
MSAPMOHS110A	Follow emergency response procedures
MSAPMOHS205A	Control minor incidents
MSAPMOHS210B	Undertake first response to non-fire incidents
MSAPMOHS212A	Undertake first response to fire incidents
MSAPMOHS216A	Operate breathing apparatus
MSAPMOHS217A	Gas test atmospheres
MSAPMOHS220A	Provide initial first aid response
MSAPMOPS100A	Use equipment
MSAPMOPS101A	Make measurements
MSAPMOPS102A	Perform tasks to support production
MSAPMPER200C	Work in accordance with an issued permit
MSAPMPER201A	Monitor and control work permits
MSAPMPER202A	Observe permit work	*
MSAPMPER205C	Enter confined space	*
MSAPMSUP100A	Apply workplace procedures
MSAPMSUP101A	Clean workplace or equipment
MSAPMSUP102A	Communicate in the workplace
MSAPMSUP106A	Work in a team
MSAPMSUP172A	Identify and minimise environmental hazards
MSAPMSUP201A	Receive or despatch goods
MSAPMSUP200A	Achieve work outcomes
MSAPMSUP204A	Pack products or materials
MSAPMSUP205A	Transfer loads
MSAPMSUP230A	Monitor process operations
MSAPMSUP240A	Undertake minor maintenance
MSAPMSUP273A	Handle goods
MSAPMSUP280A	Manage conflict at work
MSAPMSUP291A	Participate in continuous improvement
MSAPMSUP292A	Sample and test materials and product
PMBHAN103C	Shift materials safely by hand
TLID2010A	Operate a forklift
RIIRIS201B	Conduct local risk control
Technical units
FPICOT2238A	Cut materials with a hand-held chainsaw
MSAPMOPS200A	Operate equipment
MSAPMOPS212A	Use enterprise computers or data systems
A maximum of four (4) relevant units may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where those units are available for inclusion at Certificate II or III. Note: a maximum of two (2) units may be chosen from Certificate III.

MSA20208 Certificate II in Manufacturing Technology

Modification History

Version 2 - MSACM units replaced by MSS units from MSS11v2 Sustainability Training Package.

Description

This qualification applies to a learning and assessment environment where access to normal production operations is not available. A typical environment will be for application in a VET in Schools delivery environment or other simulated or trial manufacturing environment where a high degree of supervision exists. The units are suitable for delivery in a school environment and for schools to contextualize the units to local manufacturing industry activities.

Pathways Information

Not applicable.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Summary

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS QUALIFICATION SUMMARY
MSA20208 Certificate II in Manufacturing Technology The following table contains a summary of the employability skills as identified by industry for this qualification. This table should be interpreted in conjunction with the detailed requirements of each unit of competency packaged in this qualification. The outcomes described here are broad industry requirements that reflect skill requirements for this level.
Employability Skill	Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification include:
Communication	Access and interpret standardised documentation Complete all reporting as required Ask questions to increase understanding about workplace procedures Read and interpret instructions Respond to information Access and use communication tools and equipment Apply numeracy skills to work procedures
Teamwork	Work effectively with others Share information with peers Understand role of individual within team process Seek assistance with work operations as required
Problem-solving	Recognise common problems and report inconsistencies Monitor the job and make improvements Respond to routine problems Recommend improvements
Initiative and enterprise	Take correct action and follow procedures Recommend changes and improvements Take action to make improvements Adopt changes in accordance with procedures
Planning and organising	Plan own work Organise processes, tools and materials Monitor own work outcomes Organise and plan activities Collect and organise information for work activity
Self-management	Conduct all activities according to safety standards Maintain housekeeping standards Achieve planned outcomes within time constraints Monitor own work performance Assess own work Seek assistance where appropriate
Learning	Ask questions to aid learning Identify own skill requirements Ask questions to ensure understanding of own work requirements
Technology	Use equipment and/or or information technology Identify equipment appropriate for job Use simple measuring devices Collect and apply data and information from technology

Packaging Rules

Packaging Rules

To be awarded a Certificate II in Manufacturing Technology, competency must be achieved in ten (10) units of competency:

five (5) core units of competency

five (5) elective units of competency, chosen as described below.

Core units

All five (5) of the following units must be completed.

Unit code	Unit title
MSAENV272B	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAPMOHS200A	Work safely
MSS402001A	Apply competitive systems and practices
MSS402051A	Apply quality standards
MSS402080A	Undertake root cause analysis

Elective units

Select five (5) elective units from Groups A, B and C, as described below.

Group A - Manufacturing practice

At least one (1) of the following units must be completed but up to four (4) may be selected.

Unit code	Unit title
MSS402002A	Sustain process improvements
MSS402010A	Manage the impact of change on own work
MSS402031A	Interpret product costs in terms of customer requirements
MSS402050A	Monitor process capability

Group B - Manufacturing Technology*

At least one (1) of the following units must be completed but up to four (4) may be selected.

Unit code	Unit title
MSAPCII295A	Operate manufacturing equipment
MSAPCII296A	Make a small furniture item from timber
MSAPCII297A	Make an object from cloth using an existing pattern
MSAPCII298A	Make an object from metal
MSAPCII299A	Make an object from plastic

Group C

Up to two (2) elective units can be chosen from other qualifications in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses where those units are available at Certificate I or II.

*Note that the manufacturing technology units listed above (coded MSAPCII) have been specifically developed for the Certificate II in Manufacturing Technology. They are designed for use only in a Pathways qualification or Skill Set. They should not be used in other instances as replacements for units that have direct job outcomes.

MSA20510 Certificate II in Recreational Vehicle Service and Repair

Modification History

Release 5 - Imported elective unit updated to current release.

Release 4 - AU imported units updated. Prerequisites replaced by an asterisk. Equivalent.

Release 3 - MSACM units replaced by MSS units from MSSv2 Sustainability Training Package. Imported unit codes updated.

Release 2 - Group B elective units corrected due to a transfer error.

Description

This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform the wide range of service and repair tasks performed on recreational vehicles.

Job roles/employment outcomes

The Certificate II in Recreational Vehicle Service and Repair has been developed as an entry level qualification for use in MSA07 Manufacturing Training Package. This qualification has been developed in response to an industry request. People with this qualification would be expected to work under supervision servicing and repairing recreational vehicles, including:

motor homes

caravans

camper trailers

slide-ons

fifth wheelers

to meet Australian requirements, such as road worthiness and the Australian Design Rule (ADR).

They may work in a service and repair facility or a manufacturer's factory undertaking warranty work. Work may be for an insurance claim, modifying an existing recreational vehicle or undertaking routine servicing.

Application

The sector typically services and repairs any recreational vehicle as required. This may apply to the recreational vehicle body, fittings and running gear. It may be in response to a road (or other) accident, hail damage, vehicle modification or routine servicing. They may also specify and access outside specialist services, for example, for spray painting or licence requirements.

Recreational vehicles may be made from a frame (timber, aluminium or steel) and skin (aluminium or fibre composite) or a manufactured wall panel or some other technology. They are typically mounted on a steel chassis. Fittings are typically timber/particle board but may be any other suitable material.

People with this qualification may be expected to:

carry out insurance repair

carry out other repairs

work under warranty

undertake modifications/refits to the recreational vehicle

undertake routine servicing

prepare a recreational vehicle for sale/resale.

This work will generally be undertaken in a workshop environment.

Training programs for this qualification are suitable to be undertaken as part of a formal training contract with an employer under an Australian Traineeship or Apprenticeship arrangement.

Pathways into the qualification

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

The units of competency contained within this qualification are common with other qualifications and credit should be granted towards this qualification where competency has already been achieved.

Credit should also be granted towards this qualification where competency has been achieved in units of competency contained within relevant skill sets.

The units of competency in this qualification reflect competencies which are practiced within the industry and recognition of prior learning (RPL) should be granted where there is sufficient evidence of competency from work-based experience.

Pathways from the qualification

Further qualification pathways from this qualification include MSA30510 Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle Service and Repair.

Additional qualification advice

MSA21108 Certificate II in Competitive Manufacturing and MSA30107 Certificate III in Process Manufacturing are available for team leaders or others who need a more generalist qualification covering the application of good manufacturing practice and lean principles.

Licensing considerations

Units of competency in this qualification provide the underpinning knowledge and skills for various required licenses. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Pathways Information

Not applicable.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Summary

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS QUALIFICATION SUMMARY
Employability Skill	Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification
Communication	Accessing and interpreting standardised documentation Completing all reporting as required Asking questions to increase understanding about workplace procedures Reading and interpreting instructions Responding to information Accessing and using communication tools and equipment Applying numeracy skills to work procedures
Teamwork	Working effectively with others Sharing information with peers Understanding role of individual within team process Seeking assistance with work operations as required
Problem solving	Recognising common problems and reporting inconsistencies Monitoring the job and making improvements Responding to routine problems Recommending improvements
Initiative and enterprise	Taking correct action and following procedures Recommending changes and improvements Taking action to make improvements Adopting changes in accordance with procedures
Planning and organising	Planning own work Organising processes, tools and materials Monitoring own work outcomes Organising and planning activities Collecting and organising information for work activity
Self-management	Conducting all activities according to safety standards Maintaining housekeeping standards Achieving planned outcomes within time constraints Monitoring own work performance Assessing own work Seeking assistance where appropriate
Learning	Asking questions to aid learning Identifying own skill requirements Asking questions to ensure understanding of own work requirements
Technology	Using equipment and/or information technology Identifying equipment appropriate for job Using simple measuring devices Collecting and applying data and information from technology

Packaging Rules

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the Certificate II in Recreational Vehicle Service and Repair competency must be achieved in fourteen (14) units of competency:

three (3) core units of competency

eleven (11) elective units of competency, as specified below:

a minimum of seven (7) units of competency must be selected from Group A

the balance of units, to a maximum of four (4), may be selected from:

units of competency not previously selected from Group A

Group B units of competency listed.

Note: Up to four (4) elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, as specified in Groups A and B.

Note: Where prerequisite units are identified, they must be counted in the total number of units required for completion of the qualification.

Core units of competency

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSAENV272B	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAPMOHS200A	Work safely
MSAPMSUP102A	Communicate in the workplace

Elective units of competency

Group A

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AUMGTT001	Apply trim to vehicle components
AURETR2015	Inspect and service batteries
AURETR2012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR2010	Fabricate, test and repair wiring harnesses and looms
AURETB3001	Repair electric braking systems
AURTTB2001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTD2004	Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTJ2002	Remove and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components
AURTTA3017	Carry out vehicle safety and roadworthy inspection
AURVTN2005	Remove and fit protector mouldings, transfers and decals
AURVTP2007	Apply paint touch-up techniques
AURVTS3004	Repair fibreglass and composite material components
AURTTY3001	Repair chassis, frame and associated components
AURVTT3015	Fabricate canvas products
AURVTT3016	Fabricate frame structures
AURVTT3019	Fabricate and install canopies and curtains
AURVTG3011	Install side windows
MEM05005B	Carry out mechanical cutting	*
MEM05012C	Perform routine manual metal arc welding
MEM05050B	Perform routine gas metal arc welding
MEM10002B	Terminate and connect electrical wiring	*
MEM12002B	Perform electrical/electronic measurement
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations
MEM18038B	Maintain wheels and tyres	*
MEM18045B	Fault find/repair electrical equipment/components up to 250 volts single phase supply	*
MSAPMOPS101A	Make measurements
MSARVS202A	Repair/service LP gas systems in a recreational vehicle
Up to two (2) relevant elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where they are available for inclusion at Certificate II.

Group B

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM11011B	Undertake manual handling
MEM14004A	Plan to undertake a routine task
MEM15024A	Apply quality procedures
MSS402021A	Apply Just in Time procedures
MSS402040A	Apply 5S procedures
MSS402080A	Undertake root cause analysis
MSAPMOHS220A	Provide initial first aid response
MSAPMOPS212A	Use enterprise computers or data systems
MSAPMSUP100A	Apply workplace procedures
MSAPMSUP101A	Clean workplace or equipment
MSAPMSUP106A	Work in a team
MSAPMSUP280A	Manage conflict at work
MSAPMSUP291A	Participate in continuous improvement
MSARVS301A	Develop and update caravan industry knowledge
MSARVG201A	Tow a recreational vehicle safely
MSARVT201A	Apply technical knowledge of recreational vehicle manufacturing to work activities
SIRXSLS002A	Advise on products and services
TLID2010A	Operate a forklift
UEGNSG604B	Fill gas cylinders
Up to two (2) relevant elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where they are available for inclusion at Certificate II.

MSA20610 Certificate II in Recreational Vehicle Manufacture

Modification History

Release 5 - Imported elective unit updated to current release.

Release 4 - AU imported units updated. Prerequisites replaced by an asterisk. Equivalent.

Release 3 - MSACM units replaced by MSS units from MSS11v2 Sustainability Training Package.

Release - Imported unit codes updated.

Description

This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform the wide range of tasks performed in the manufacture of recreational vehicles.

Job roles/employment outcomes

The Certificate II in Recreational Vehicle Manufacture has been developed as an entry level qualification for use in MSA07 Manufacturing Training Package. This qualification has been developed in response to an industry request. People with this qualification would be expected to work under supervision manufacturing recreational vehicles, including:

motor homes

caravans

camper trailers

slide-ons

fifth wheelers

to meet Australian requirements, such as road worthiness and the Australian Design Rule (ADR).

They may work in a large manufacturing organisation or a smaller workshop.

Application

The sector typically manufactures recreational vehicles as required. This may include special/custom orders or standard manufacturer models. They may also specify and access outside specialist services, for example, for spray painting or licence requirements.

Recreational vehicles may be made from a frame (timber, aluminium or steel) and skin (aluminium or fibre composite) or a manufactured wall panel or some other technology. They are typically mounted on a steel chassis. Fittings are typically timber/particle board but may be any other suitable material.

People with this qualification may be expected to:

carry out the various stages in recreational vehicle manufacture

undertake modifications/refits to a recreational vehicle

prepare a recreational vehicle for sale.

This work will generally be undertaken in a factory or workshop environment.

Training programs for this qualification are suitable to be undertaken as part of a formal training contract with an employer under an Australian Traineeship or Apprenticeship arrangement.

Pathways into the qualification

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

The units of competency contained within this qualification are common with other qualifications and credit should be granted towards this qualification where competency has already been achieved.

Credit should also be granted towards this qualification where competency has been achieved in units of competency contained within relevant skill sets.

The units of competency in this qualification reflect competencies which are practiced within the industry and recognition of prior learning (RPL) should be granted where there is sufficient evidence of competency from work-based experience.

Pathways from the qualification

Further qualification pathways from this qualification include MSA30610 Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle Manufacture.

Additional qualification advice

MSA21108 Certificate II in Competitive Manufacturing and MSA30107 Certificate III in Process Manufacturing are available for team leaders or others who need a more generalist qualification covering the application of good manufacturing practice and lean principles.

Licensing considerations

Units of competency in this qualification provide the underpinning knowledge and skills for various required licenses. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Pathways Information

Not applicable.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Summary

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS QUALIFICATION SUMMARY
Employability Skill	Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification
Communication	Accessing and interpreting standardised documentation Completing all reporting as required Asking questions to increase understanding about workplace procedures Reading and interpreting instructions Responding to information Accessing and using communication tools and equipment Applying numeracy skills to work procedures
Teamwork	Working effectively with others Sharing information with peers Understanding role of individual within team process Seeking assistance with work operations as required
Problem solving	Recognising common problems and report inconsistencies Monitoring the job and making improvements Responding to routine problems Recommending improvements
Initiative and enterprise	Taking correct action and following procedures Recommending changes and improvements Taking action to make improvements Adopting changes in accordance with procedures
Planning and organising	Planning own work Organising processes, tools and materials Monitoring own work outcomes Organising and planning activities Collecting and organising information for work activity
Self-management	Conducting all activities according to safety standards Maintaining housekeeping standards Achieving planned outcomes within time constraints Monitoring own work performance Assessing own work Seeking assistance where appropriate
Learning	Asking questions to aid learning Identifying own skill requirements Asking questions to ensure understanding of own work requirements
Technology	Using equipment and/or or information technology Identifying equipment appropriate for job Using simple measuring devices Collecting and applying data and information from technology

Packaging Rules

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the Certificate II in Recreational Vehicle Manufacture competency must be achieved in fourteen (14) units of competency:

three (3) core units of competency

eleven (11) elective units of competency, as specified below:

a minimum of seven (7) units of competency must be selected from Group A

the balance of units, to a maximum of four (4) may be selected from:

units not previously selected from Group A

Group B units listed below.

Note: Up to four (4) elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, as specified in Groups A and B.

Note: Where prerequisite units are identified, they must be counted in the total number of units required for completion of the qualification.

Core units of competency

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSAENV272B	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAPMOHS200A	Work safely
MSAPMSUP102A	Communicate in the workplace

Elective units of competency

Group A

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AUMGTT001	Apply trim to vehicle components
AURETR2010	Fabricate, test and repair wiring harnesses and looms
AURTTA3017	Carry out vehicle safety and roadworthy inspection
AURVTN2005	Remove and fit protector mouldings, transfers and decals
AURVTP2007	Apply paint touch-up techniques
AURVTT3015	Fabricate canvas products
AURVTT3016	Fabricate frame structures
AURVTT3019	Fabricate and install canopies and curtains
AURVTG3011	Install side windows
MEM03001B	Perform manual production assembly
MEM03003B	Perform sheet and plate assembly	*
MEM05005B	Carry out mechanical cutting	*
MEM05012C	Perform routine manual metal arc welding
MEM05050B	Perform routine gas metal arc welding
MEM05052A	Apply safe welding practices
MEM07015B	Set computer controlled machines/processes	*
MEM07024B	Operate and monitor machine/process
MEM07028B	Operate computer controlled machines/processes	*
MEM10002B	Terminate and connect electrical wiring	*
MEM11010B	Operate mobile load shifting equipment
MEM12002B	Perform electrical/electronic measurement
MEM12006C	Mark off/out (general engineering)	*
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations
MSAPMOPS101A	Make measurements
MSARVS201A	Install LP gas systems in a recreational vehicle
Up to two (2) relevant elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where they are available for inclusion at Certificate II.

Group B

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM11011B	Undertake manual handling
MEM14004A	Plan to undertake a routine task
MEM15004B	Perform inspection
MEM15024A	Apply quality procedures
MSS402021A	Apply Just in Time procedures
MSS402040A	Apply 5S procedures
MSS402080A	Undertake root cause analysis
MSAPMOHS220A	Provide initial first aid response
MSAPMOPS212A	Use enterprise computers or data systems
MSAPMSUP100A	Apply workplace procedures
MSAPMSUP101A	Clean workplace or equipment
MSAPMSUP106A	Work in a team
MSAPMSUP280A	Manage conflict at work
MSAPMSUP291A	Participate in continuous improvement
MSARVS301A	Develop and update caravan industry knowledge
MSARVG201A	Tow a recreational vehicle safely
MSARVT201A	Apply technical knowledge of recreational vehicle manufacturing to work activities
PMBPROD221B	Operate rotational moulding equipment
SIRXSLS002A	Advise on products and services
TLID2010A	Operate a forklift
Up to two (2) relevant elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where they are available for inclusion at Certificate II.

MSA30107 Certificate III in Process Manufacturing

Modification History

Release 5 - Imported elective units updated

Release 4 - Imported unit updated. MEM09003B replaced by MEM09204A. Prerequisites replaced by an asterisk. Equivalent.

Release 3 - MSACM units replaced by MSS units from MSS11v2 Sustainability Training Package.

Release 2 - Imported unit codes updated. TAADEL301C replaced by TAEDEL301A.

Description

The Certificate III in Process Manufacturing is intended for advanced production workers who use a range of equipment and provide support functions directly related to producing products. They would undertake more advanced roles, working in accordance with the operating procedures and would apply their knowledge to anticipate problems and solve a range of foreseen and unforeseen problems.

This qualification is for:

production support workers - people working in manufacturing and filling the vital production support roles but who may not have the opportunity to develop competency in sufficient technical units related directly to producing products

those employees who operate across more than one category within process manufacturing or 'specialised processes' and elsewhere when required.

It is designed for use across the three process manufacturing sectors:

chemical, hydrocarbons and oil refining

plastics, rubber and cablemaking

manufactured mineral products.

Licensing considerations

There are no specific licenses that relate to this qualification. However, some units in this qualification may have licensing or regulatory requirements depending on the work context. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Pathways Information

Not applicable.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Summary

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS QUALIFICATION SUMMARY
MSA30107 Certificate III in Process Manufacturing The following table contains a summary of the Employability Skills required by the process manufacturing industries for this qualification. The Employability Skills facets described here are broad industry requirements that may vary depending on qualification packaging options. Due to the high proportion of electives required by this qualification, the industry/enterprise requirements described above for each Employability Skill are representative of the industry in general and may not reflect specific job roles. Learning and assessment strategies for this qualification should be based on the requirements of the units of competency for this qualification.
Employability Skill	Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification include:
Communication	complete logs and reports use technical information and manufacturer's information collect, analyse and organise information communicate ideas and information effective use of workplace documentation maintain workplace records
Teamwork	identify and describe own role and role of others work within a team resolve conflicts between team members use teamwork strategies
Problem solving	recognise a problem or a potential problem determine problems needing priority action refer problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person, with possible causes seek information and assistance as required to solve problems solve problems within area of responsibility follow through items initiated until final resolution has occurred identify and isolate faults in equipment use a range of formal problem solving techniques
Initiative and enterprise	identify the most appropriate equipment make adjustments to improve equipment performance anticipate the impact of the process on the product determine problems needing action recommend required action report problems outside area of responsibility distinguish between causes of faults
Planning and organising	plan own work requirements plan scope of equipment checks plan and organise activities identify tasks to achieve team goals organise allocation of tasks monitor completion of allocated tasks develop and adjust a production schedule
Self-management	plan own work requirements from production requests operate within appropriate time constraints and work standards select and use appropriate equipment, materials, processes and procedures plan to ensure effective production apply workplace procedures identify resource requirements, document and monitor recognise limitations and seek timely advice
Learning	ask questions to gain information identify sources of information to expand knowledge and understanding participate in improvement procedures participate in development of continuous improvement strategies
Technology	operation and adjustment of processes start up and shut down equipment set up equipment monitor product/process quality function and operating principles of equipment, machine components maintain computer based workplace records

Packaging Rules

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the Certificate III in Process Manufacturing, competency must be achieved in twenty one (21) units of competency.

four (4) core units of competency

seventeen (17) elective units of competency, six (6) of which can be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, as specified below.

Note: Where prerequisite units are identified they must be counted in the total number of units required for completion of the qualification.

Core units of competency

Select all four (4) units from the following list.

Unit code	Unit title
MSAENV272B	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSS402051A	Apply quality standards
MSAPMOHS200A	Work safely
MSAPMSUP210A	Process and record information

Group A - Elective units

Select a minimum of five (5) units from the following list.

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
Support units
MEM03001B	Perform manual production assembly
MEM03006B	Set assembly stations
MEM11005B	Pick and process order
MEM11006B	Perform production packaging
MEM11007B	Administer inventory procedures
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements
MEM15001B	Perform basic statistical quality control
MEM15003B	Use improvement processes in team activities
MEM15004B	Perform inspection
MSS402002A	Sustain process improvements
MSS402020A	Apply quick changeover procedures
MSS402050A	Monitor process capability
MSS402060A	Use planning software systems in operations
MSS402080A	Undertake root cause analysis
MSAPMOHS300A	Facilitate the implementation of OHS for a work group	*
MSAPMPER300C	Issue work permits	*
MSAPMPER400A	Coordinate permit process	*
MSAPMSUP300A	Identify and implement opportunities to maximise production efficiencies
MSAPMSUP301A	Apply HACCP to the workplace
MSAPMSUP303A	Identify equipment faults
MSAPMSUP309A	Maintain and organise workplace records
MSAPMSUP310A	Contribute to the development of plant documentation
MSAPMSUP330A	Develop and adjust a production schedule
MSAPMSUP382A	Provide coaching/mentoring in the workplace
MSAPMSUP383A	Facilitate a team
MSAPMSUP390A	Use structured problem solving tools
MSL973001A	Perform basic tests
TAEDEL301C	Provide work skill instruction
Technical units
MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM09204A	Produce basic engineering detail drawings	*
MSAPMOPS363A	Organise on site work
A maximum of two (2) relevant units may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where those units are available for inclusion at Certificates III or IV.

Group B - Other electives

Select a maximum of twelve (12) units from the following list.

Unit code	Unit title
Support units
LMTGN2008B	Coordinate work of team/section
MEM13003B	Work safely with industrial chemicals and materials
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM16007A	Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations
MSS402021A	Apply Just in Time procedures
MSS402030A	Apply cost factors to work practices
MSS402040A	Apply 5S procedures
MSAPMOHS100A	Follow OHS procedures
MSAPMOHS110A	Follow emergency response procedures
MSAPMOHS205A	Control minor incidents
MSAPMOHS210A	Undertake first response to non-fire incidents
MSAPMOHS212A	Undertake first response to fire incidents
MSAPMOHS216A	Operate breathing apparatus
MSAPMOHS217A	Gas test atmospheres
MSAPMOHS220A	Provide initial First Aid response
MSAPMOPS100A	Use equipment
MSAPMOPS101A	Make measurements
MSAPMOPS102A	Perform tasks to support production
MSAPMPER200C	Work in accordance with an issued permit
MSAPMPER201A	Monitor and control work permits
MSAPMPER202A	Observe permit work
MSAPMPER205C	Enter confined space
MSAPMSUP100A	Apply workplace procedures
MSAPMSUP101A	Clean workplace or equipment
MSAPMSUP102A	Communicate in the workplace
MSAPMSUP106A	Work in a team
MSAPMSUP172A	Identify and minimise environmental hazards
MSAPMSUP200A	Achieve work outcomes
MSAPMSUP201A	Receive or despatch goods
MSAPMSUP204A	Pack products or materials
MSAPMSUP205A	Transfer loads
MSAPMSUP230A	Monitor process operations
MSAPMSUP240A	Undertake minor maintenance
MSAPMSUP273A	Handle goods
MSAPMSUP280A	Manage conflict at work
MSAPMSUP291A	Participate in continuous improvement
MSAPMSUP292A	Sample and test materials and product
PMBHAN103C	Shift materials safely by hand
TLID2010A	Operate a forklift
RIIRIS201B	Conduct local risk control
Technical units
FPICOT2238A	Cut materials with a hand-held chainsaw
MSAPMOPS200A	Operate equipment
MSAPMOPS212A	Use enterprise computers or data systems
A maximum of four (4) relevant units may be chosen from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where they are available for inclusion at Certificate II.

MSA30208 Certificate III in Manufacturing Technology

Modification History

Version 4 - MEM elective imported units replaced by current versions. Equivalent.

Version 3 - MSACM units replaced by MSS units from MSS11v2 Sustainability Training Package.

Version 2 - Imported unit codes updated.

Description

This qualification is suitable for delivery as part of a one-year Technology Cadetship, or can be undertaken through an Australian Apprenticeship arrangement.

This qualification has seven specialist streams available. These are:

CAD/drafting

Manufacturing operations

Laboratory operations

Technical officer

Metallurgy

Polymer technology

Structural steel detailing.

Each stream offers an opportunity for significant choice in electives and each stream requires the same core units to be completed.

Note:

The minimum requirements for the Certificate III in Manufacturing Technology can also be met by holders of the Certificate III in Engineering - Technician from the Metal and Engineering Training Package.

Pathways Information

Not applicable.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Summary

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS QUALIFICATION SUMMARY

MSA30208 Certificate III in Manufacturing Technology

The following table contains a summary of the employability skills as identified by manufacturing technology related industries for this qualification. This table should be interpreted in conjunction with the detailed requirements of each unit of competency packaged in this qualification. The outcomes described here are broad industry requirements that reflect skill requirements for this level.

Employability skill	Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification include:
Communication	use communication technologies efficiently communicate production abnormalities, documentation and test results demonstrate effective and appropriate communication and interpersonal skills when dealing with people from a range of backgrounds read, interpret and communicate work related documents communicate with all team members
Teamwork	work cooperatively with people of different ages, gender, race or religion liaise with and provide support to other team members work as part of a team identify team performance required to meet customer needs provide leadership to others in the team encourage the sharing of information between team members plan and support team activities
Problem solving	identify and report problems and make contributions to their solution investigate problem causes implement changes examine equipment for damage, missing components or other defects identify and promptly address problems or issues assess quality of work according to specifications determine effective work practices problem solve machine operational requirements
Initiative and enterprise	seek and provide feedback on procedures gather and analyse information record information on the quality and other indicators of production performance identify and implement simple process improvements coordinate work activities and manufacturing processes use analytical and decision making skills
Planning and organising	identify hazards and implement appropriate hazard control measures organise self and others to meet production schedules sequence work to maximise safety and productivity select and use appropriate tools and equipment apply time management skills to ensure work flow
Self management	plan own work requirements from production requests operate within appropriate time constraints and work standards select and use appropriate equipment, materials, processes and procedures plan to ensure effective production apply workplace procedures identify resource requirements, document and monitor recognise limitations and seek timely advice
Learning	ask questions to gain information identify sources of information to expand knowledge and understanding participate in improvement procedures participate in development of continuous improvement strategies
Technology	operate and adjust processes start up and shut down equipment set up equipment monitor product/process quality function and operating principles of equipment, machine components maintain computer based workplace records

Packaging Rules

Packaging Rules

To be awarded a Certificate III in Manufacturing Technology, competency must be achieved in eleven (11) units of competency:

three (3) core units of competency

eight (8) elective units of competency chosen as described below.

Core units

The following three (3) units must be chosen.

Unit code	Unit title
MEM30012A	Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment
MSS402051A	Apply quality standards
MSAENV272B	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices

Prerequisites

Note that elective units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisite requirements. The prerequisites for these units are to be counted in the total number of units required in the elective group. Please refer to the individual units for details.

Elective units

Group A - specialist streams

Choose eight (8) elective units as specified for a specialist stream.

Note:

All units from each specialist stream are available in Group B as General Electives.

A maximum of two general elective units may also be chosen from other qualifications in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses.

CAD/drafting specialist stream

Select eight (8) elective units:

a minimum of six (6) from the list below

the balance may be chosen from Group B General Electives

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AUM4003A	Interpret customer requirements
LMTGN4002A	Participate in product engineering
MEM12024A	Perform computations
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MEM30031A	Operate computer-aided design (CAD) systems to produce basic drawing elements
MEM30032A	Produce basic engineering drawings
MEM30033A	Use computer-aided design (CAD) to create and display 3-D models	*
MEM30005A	Calculate force systems within simple beam structures	*
MEM30006A	Calculate stresses in simple structures	*
MEM30007A	Select common engineering materials
MEM30008A	Apply basic economic and ergonomic concepts to evaluate engineering applications
MEM30010A	Set up basic hydraulic circuits
MEM30011A	Set up basic pneumatic circuits
MEM30013A	Assist in the preparation of a basic workplace layout
MEM30025A	Analyse a simple electrical system circuit	*

Manufacturing operations specialist stream

Select eight (8) elective units as follows:

a minimum of six (6) from the list below

the balance may be chosen from Group B General Electives

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
FDFOP2005A	Work in a socially diverse environment
MEM15001B	Perform basic statistical quality control
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MEM30014A	Apply basic just in time systems to the reduction of waste
MEM30015A	Develop recommendations for basic set up time improvements
MEM30016A	Assist in the analysis of a supply chain
MEM30017A	Use basic preventative maintenance techniques and tools
MEM30018A	Undertake basic process planning
MEM30019A	Use resource planning software systems in manufacturing	*
MEM30020A	Develop and manage a plan for a simple manufacturing related project
MEM30021A	Prepare a simple production schedule
MEM30023A	Prepare a simple cost estimate for a manufactured product
MEM30024A	Participate in quality assurance techniques	*
MSS402001A	Apply competitive systems and practices
MSS402002A	Sustain process improvements
MSS402020A	Apply quick changeover procedures
MSS402030A	Apply cost factors to work practices
MSS402031A	Interpret product costs in terms of customer requirements
MSS402050A	Monitor process capability
MSS402060A	Use planning software systems in operations
MSS402061A	Use SCADA systems in operations
MSS402080A	Undertake root cause analysis
MSS403002A	Ensure process improvements are sustained
MSS403030A	Improve cost factors in work practices

Laboratory operations specialist stream

Select eight (8) elective units:

a minimum of six (6) from the list below

the balance may be chosen from Group B General Electives

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
LMTGN4016A	Contribute to the development of products or processes
MEM15001B	Perform basic statistical quality control
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MEM30024A	Participate in quality assurance techniques	*
MSL913001A	Communicate with other people
MSL913002A	Plan and conduct laboratory/field work
MSL922001A	Record and present data
MSL933001A	Maintain the laboratory/field workplace fit for purpose
MSL933002A	Contribute to the achievement of quality objectives
MSL933003A	Apply critical control point requirements
MSL934002A	Apply quality system and continuous improvement processes
MSL943001A	Work safely with instruments that emit ionising radiation
MSL943002A	Participate in laboratory/field workplace safety
MSL952001A	Collect routine site samples
MSL952002A	Handle and transport samples or equipment
MSL953001A	Receive and prepare samples for testing
MSL954001A	Obtain representative samples in accordance with sampling plan
MSL963001A	Operate basic handblowing equipment
MSL963002A	Repair glass apparatus using simple glassblowing equipment
MSL973001A	Perform basic tests
MSL973002A	Prepare working solutions
MSL973003A	Prepare culture media
MSL973004A	Perform aseptic techniques
MSL973005A	Assist with fieldwork
MSL973006A	Prepare trial batches for evaluation
MSL973007A	Perform microscopic examination

Technical officer specialist stream

Select eight (8) elective units:

a minimum of six (6) from the list below

the balance may be chosen from Group B General Electives

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
LMTGN4016A	Contribute to the development of products or processes
MEM15001B	Perform basic statistical quality control
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MEM30007A	Select common engineering materials
MEM30008A	Apply basic economic and ergonomic concepts to engineering designs and applications
MEM30009A	Contribute to the design of basic mechanical systems	*
MEM30010A	Set up basic hydraulic circuits
MEM30011A	Set up basic pneumatic circuits
MEM30013A	Assist in the design of basic workplace layout
MEM30016A	Assist in the analysis of a supply chain
MEM30017A	Use basic preventative maintenance techniques and tools
MEM30018A	Undertake basic process planning
MEM30019A	Use resource planning software systems in manufacturing	*
MEM30020A	Develop and manage a plan for a simple manufacturing related project
MEM30022A	Undertake supervised procurement activities
MEM30023A	Prepare a simple cost estimate for a manufactured product
MEM30024A	Participate in quality assurance techniques
MSS402031A	Interpret product costs in terms of customer requirements
MSS402060A	Use planning software systems in operations
MSS402061A	Use SCADA systems
MSS402080A	Undertake root cause analysis
MSS403032A	Analyse manual handling processes

Metallurgy specialist stream

Select eight (8) elective units:

a minimum of five (5) from the two groups below

the balance may be chosen from Group B General Electives

Metallurgy group 1

Choose at least three (3) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSATCM301A	Test the mechanical properties of materials
MSATCM302A	Monitor basic ferrous melting and casting processes
MSATCM303A	Monitor basic non-ferrous melting and casting processes
MSATCM304A	Interpret basic binary phase diagrams
MSATCM305A	Demonstrate basic knowledge of casting operations

Metallurgy group 2

Choose at least two (2) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM13003B	Work safely with industrial chemicals
MEM13004B	Work safely with molten metals/glass
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MEM30007A	Select common engineering materials	*

Polymer technology specialist stream

Select eight (8) elective units:

a minimum of six (6) from the list below

the balance may be chosen from Group B General Electives

Note that either PMBPREP301C or PMBPREP303C may be chosen, but not both.

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSAPMSUP303A	Identify equipment faults
PMAOPS350B	Match and adjust colour
PMBPREP206C	Prepare materials to formulae
PMBPREP301C	Set up and prepare for production
PMBPREP303C	Set up equipment for continuous production
PMBPREP304C	Set a die
PMBPROD235C	Use materials and process knowledge to complete work operations
PMBTECH301B	Use material and process knowledge to solve problems	*
PMBTECH302A	Modify existing compounds
PMBTECH303A	Make minor modifications to products
MSL973001A	Perform basic tests
Up to two (2) relevant units may be chosen from the production units available at Certificate III in the Plastics, Rubber & Cablemaking Training Package (PMB07), or its endorsed replacement.

Structural steel detailing specialist stream

Select eight (8) elective units:

a minimum of six (6) from the list below

the balance may be chosen from Group B General Electives

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSATCS301A	Interpret architectural and engineering design specifications for structural steel detailing	*
MSATCS302A	Detail bolts and welds for structural steelwork connections	*
MEM05051A	Select welding processes
MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MEM30031A	Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic engineering elements
MEM30032A	Produce basic engineering drawings
MEM30033A	Use computer-aided design (CAD) to create and display 3-D models	*

Group B - General electives

The balance of units for each specialist stream may be chosen from this list as specified below:

CAD/drafting:	Up to two units
Manufacturing operations:	Up to two units
Laboratory operations:	Up to two units
Technical officer:	Up to two units
Metallurgy:	Up to three units
Polymer technology:	Up to two units
Structural steel detailing:	Up to two units

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AUM4003A	Interpret customer requirements
FDFOP2005A	Work in a socially diverse environment
LMTGN4002A	Participate in product engineering
LMTGN4016A	Contribute to the development of products or processes
MEM05051A	Select welding processes
MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM12024A	Perform computations
MEM13003B	Work safely with industrial chemicals
MEM13004B	Work safely with molten metals/glass
MEM15001B	Perform basic statistical quality control
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MEM30031A	Use computer-aided design (CAD) systems to produce basic drawing elements
MEM30032A	Produce basic engineering drawings
MEM30033A	Use computer-aided design (CAD) to create and display 3-D models	*
MEM30005A	Calculate force systems within simple beam structures	*
MEM30006A	Calculate stresses in simple structures	*
MEM30007A	Select common engineering materials
MEM30008A	Apply basic economic and ergonomic concepts to engineering designs and applications
MEM30009A	Contribute to the design of basic mechanical systems	*
MEM30010A	Set up basic hydraulic circuits
MEM30011A	Set up basic pneumatic circuits
MEM30012A	Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment
MEM30013A	Assist in the design of basic workplace layout
MEM30014A	Apply basic just in time systems to the reduction of waste
MEM30015A	Develop recommendations for basic set up time improvements
MEM30016A	Assist in the analysis of a supply chain
MEM30017A	Use basic preventative maintenance techniques and tools
MEM30018A	Undertake basic process planning
MEM30019A	Use resource planning software systems in manufacturing	*
MEM30020A	Develop and manage a plan for a simple manufacturing related project
MEM30021A	Prepare a simple production schedule
MEM30022A	Undertake supervised procurement activities
MEM30023A	Prepare a simple cost estimate for a manufactured product
MEM30024A	Participate in quality assurance techniques
MEM30025A	Analyse a simple electrical system circuit	*
MSS402001A	Apply competitive systems and practices
MSS402002A	Sustain process improvements
MSS402020A	Apply quick changeover procedures
MSS402030A	Apply cost factors to work practices
MSS402031A	Interpret product costs in terms of customer requirements
MSS402050A	Monitor process capability
MSS402060A	Use planning software systems in operations
MSS402061A	Use SCADA systems in operations
MSS402080A	Undertake root cause analysis
MSS403002A	Ensure process improvements are sustained
MSS403030A	Improve cost factors in work practices
MSS403032A	Analyse manual handling processes
MSAPMSUP303A	Identify equipment faults
MSATCM301A	Test the mechanical properties of materials
MSATCM302A	Monitor basic ferrous melting and casting processes
MSATCM303A	Monitor basic non-ferrous melting and casting processes
MSATCM304A	Interpret basic binary phase diagrams
MSATCM305A	Demonstrate basic knowledge of casting operations
MSATCS301A	Interpret architectural and engineering design specifications for structural steel detailing	*
MSATCS302A	Detail bolts and welds for structural steelwork connections	*
MSL913001A	Communicate with other people
MSL913002A	Plan and conduct laboratory/field work
MSL922001A	Record and present data
MSL933001A	Maintain the laboratory/field workplace fit for purpose
MSL933002A	Contribute to the achievement of quality objectives
MSL933003A	Apply critical control point requirements
MSL934002A	Apply quality system and continuous improvement processes
MSL943001A	Work safely with instruments that emit ionising radiation
MSL943002A	Participate in laboratory/field workplace safety
MSL952001A	Collect routine site samples
MSL952002A	Handle and transport samples or equipment
MSL953001A	Receive and prepare samples for testing
MSL954001A	Obtain representative samples in accordance with sampling plan
MSL963001A	Operate basic handblowing equipment
MSL963002A	Repair glass apparatus using simple glassblowing equipment
MSL973001A	Perform basic tests
MSL973002A	Prepare working solutions
MSL973003A	Prepare culture media
MSL973004A	Perform aseptic techniques
MSL973005A	Assist with fieldwork
MSL973006A	Prepare trial batches for evaluation
MSL973007A	Perform microscopic examination
PMAOPS350B	Match and adjust colour
PMBPREP206C	Prepare materials to formulae
PMBPREP301C	Set up and prepare for production
PMBPREP303C	Set up equipment for continuous production
PMBPREP304C	Set a die
PMBPROD235C	Use materials and process knowledge to complete work operations
PMBTECH301B	Use material and process knowledge to solve problems	*
PMBTECH302A	Modify existing compounds
PMBTECH303A	Make minor modifications to products
A maximum of two (2) general electives may be imported from other qualifications in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses where those units are available at Certificate III.

MSA30309 Certificate III in Surface Preparation and Coating Application

Modification History

Correction made to one prerequisite code.

Version 3 - Minor formatting. Imported unit coded updated.

Description

This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform the wide range of surface preparation and protective coating application operations which occur across a range of typically heavy industry, ships and infrastructure.

Job roles/employment outcomes

The Certificate III in Surface Preparation and Coating Application has been developed as a trade level qualification for use in MSA07 Manufacturing Training Package. This qualification has been developed in response to an industry request. People with this qualification would be expected to work under routine only supervision, preparing surfaces and/or applying protective coatings in accordance with a provided technical specification. They would be expected to recognise situations where the intended approach was not appropriate/not working and take appropriate action to ensure the final result is satisfactory.

They may work in a manufacturer's factory or they may work as contractors on the site of the plant/ship/infrastructure.

Application

The sector typically prepares surfaces for initial application, or for the reapplication, of protective coatings. In these circumstances it also applies the protective coating which may be liquid or solid. This qualification relates to surface preparation and coating and coating units are required.

The surfaces being prepared are typically metal (usually ferrous) and may be structural or have other mechanical requirements.

People with this qualification may be expected to:

abrasively blast clean surfaces to Australian Standard requirements and in accordance with the specification

otherwise prepare surfaces for coating as required by the specification

apply liquid protective surface coatings

apply solid polymer surface coatings (this is usually a specialised area).

This work may be undertaken:

in a factory environment

in an on-site, outdoors environment

inside a vessel or other confined space

outside a vessel or structure

at heights

some combination of these.

Training programs for this qualification are suitable to be undertaken as part of a formal training contract with an employer under an Australian Traineeship or Apprenticeship arrangement.

Pathways into the qualification

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

The units of competency contained within this qualification are common with other qualifications and credit should be granted towards this qualification where competency has already been achieved.

Credit should also be granted towards this qualification where competency has been achieved in units of competency contained within relevant skill sets. The skill set 'Confined Space Work Team Skill Set' was created in PMA08 Chemical, Hydrocarbons and Refining Training Package and is relevant to this qualification. Other skill sets have also been endorsed in MSA07 that relate to this qualification. Details are in 'Skill Sets in this Training Package'.

The units of competency in this qualification reflect competencies which are practiced within the industry and recognition should be granted where there is sufficient evidence of competency from work based experience.

Pathways from the qualification

Further qualification pathways from this qualification include MSA40108 Certificate IV in Manufacturing Technology, MEM40105 Certificate IV in Engineering or other relevant qualifications.

Additional qualification advice

MSA41108 Certificate IV in Competitive Manufacturing is available for team leaders or others who need a more generalist qualification covering the application of good manufacturing practice and lean principles.

Licensing considerations

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, in some jurisdictions there may be licensing or regulatory requirements associated with the work. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Pathways Information

Not applicable.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Summary

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS QUALIFICATION SUMMARY
Employability Skill	Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification
Communication	maintain communication about multiple subjects and with multiple audiences complete incident and other reports use technical information and manufacturer information collect, analyse and organise information communicate ideas and information use and contribute to workplace documentation maintain workplace records
Teamwork	identify and describe own role and role of others work within a team resolve conflicts between team members teamwork strategies
Problem solving	recognise a problem or a potential problem determine problems needing priority action refer problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person identify appropriate theory base for problem seek information and assistance as required to solve problems solve problems within area of responsibility follow through items initiated until final resolution has occurred identify and isolate faults in equipment use a range of formal problem solving techniques
Initiative and enterprise	identify the most appropriate process conditions for equipment determine problems needing action recommend required action report problems outside area of responsibility distinguish between causes of faults
Planning and organising	prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes plan own work requirements and assist others to plan theirs plan and organise activities identify tasks to achieve team goals organise allocation of tasks monitor completion of allocated tasks develop and adjust a production schedule
Self-management	plan own work requirements from job requests operate within appropriate time constraints and work standards select and use appropriate equipment, materials, processes and procedures plan to ensure effective production apply standard procedures identify resource requirements recognise limitations and seek timely advice
Learning	ask questions to gain information identify sources of information to expand knowledge and understanding participate in improvement procedures participate in development of continuous improvement strategies assist others develop competency
Technology	operate and adjust equipment start up and shut down equipment set up equipment monitor quality function and operating principles of equipment maintain workplace records

Packaging Rules

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the Certificate III in Surface Preparation and Coating Application competency must be achieved in thirty one (31) units of competency.

eleven (11) core units of competency

twenty (20) elective units of competency, five (5) of which may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, as specified below.

Note: Where prerequisite units are identified they must be counted in the total number of units required for completion of the qualification.

Core units of competency

Select all eleven (11) units of competency from the following list.

Unit Code	Title
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements
MEM12024A	Perform computations
MEM14004A	Plan to undertake a routine task
MEM14005A	Plan a complete activity
MEM15002A	Apply quality systems
MEM15024A	Apply quality procedures
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM16007A	Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MSAENV272B	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAPMOHS200A	Work safely

Elective units of competency

Group A - Surface Preparation

Select a minimum of three (3) units from the following list.

Unit Code	Title	Prerequisite
MEM08002C	Pre-treat work for subsequent surface coating	MEM13003B
MEM08007B	Control surface finish production and finished product quality
MEM08011B	Prepare surfaces using solvents and/or mechanical means	MEM13003B MEM18001C MEM18002B
MEM08012B	Prepare surfaces by abrasive blasting (basic)	MEM08016B MEM13003B
MEM08013B	Prepare surfaces by abrasive blasting (advanced)	MEM08012B MEM08016B MEM13003B
MEM08016B	Control blast coating by-products, materials and emissions	MEM13003B
MSAPMWJ301A	Operate a high pressure water jetting system
PMBPROD248C	Prepare surfaces for coating
One (1) relevant technical surface preparation unit which is available for inclusion at Certificate III may be chosen from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses.

Group B - Coating Application

Select a minimum of two (2) units from the following list.

Unit Code	Title	Prerequisite
MEM08014B	Apply protective coatings (basic)	MEM13003B
MEM08015B	Apply protective coatings (advanced)	MEM08014B MEM13003B
MSAPMOPS201A	Cut polymer materials
MSAPMOPS202A	Fabricate polymer materials
PMBPROD241C	Lay up rubber lining or lag pulleys
PMBPROD242A	Bond polymers to surfaces
PMBPROD265C	Operate portable vulcanising equipment
PMBPROD323C	Produce powder coated products
PMBPROD375B	Vulcanise products using an autoclave
One (1) relevant technical protective coating application unit which is available for inclusion at Certificate III may be chosen from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses.

Group C - Other elective units

Select a minimum of three (3) units from the following list.

Unit Code	Title	Prerequisite
MEM11001C	Erect/dismantle scaffolding and equipment	MEM18001C
MEM11002C	Erect/dismantle complex scaffolding and equipment	MEM11001C MEM18001C
MEM11003B	Coordinate erection/dismantling of complex scaffolding/equipment	MEM11001C MEM11002C MEM18001C
MEM11004B	Undertake dogging	MEM18001C
MEM11010B	Operate mobile load shifting equipment
MEM11011B	Undertake manual handling
MEM11021B	Perform advanced operation of load shifting equipment	MEM11010B
MEM11022B	Operate fixed/moveable load shifting equipment
MEM13001B	Perform emergency first aid
MEM13003B	Work safely with industrial chemicals and materials
MSAPMOHS216A	Operate breathing apparatus
MSAPMOHS217A	Gas test atmospheres
MSAPMPER200C	Work in accordance with an issued permit
MSAPMPER202A	Observe permit work
MSAPMPER205C	Enter confined space	MSAPMPER200C
MSAPMPER300C	Issue work permits	RIIRIS201B
RIIOHS204A	Work safely at heights
RIIRIS201B	Conduct local risk control

Group D - Other elective units

Select a minimum of three (3) units from the following list.

Unit Code	Title	Prerequisite
MEM07001B	Perform operational maintenance of machines/equipment	MEM18001C
MEM11012B	Purchase materials
MEM11016B	Order materials
MEM12001B	Use comparison and basic measuring devices
MEM15003B	Use improvement processes in team activities	MEM16007A
MEM15004B	Perform inspection
MEM15005B	Select and control inspection process and procedures	MEM15004B
MEM16002C	Conduct formal interviews and negotiations
MEM16005A	Operate as a team member to conduct manufacturing, engineering or related activities
MEM16011A	Communicate with individuals and small groups	MEM16006A
MEM16013A	Operate in a self directed team	MEM16007A
MEM17001B	Assist in the development and delivery of training in the workplace
MEM17003A	Assist in the provision of on the job training
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations
MSAPMOPS301A	Treat corrosion
MSAPMOPS363A	Organise on site work
MSAPMSUP100A	Apply workplace procedures
MSAPMSUP303A	Identify equipment faults
MSAPMSUP390A	Use structured problem solving tools
MSAPMWJ201A	Use high pressure water jetting equipment

Group E - Balance of units

The balance of units, to a maximum of nine (9), may be chosen from any combination of:

units from Groups A, B, C and D above, not already selected

up to three (3) relevant units can be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where those units are available for inclusion at Certificate III.

MSA30510 Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle Service and Repair

Modification History

Release 5 - Imported elective unit updated to current release

Release 4 - AU elective imported units replaced by current versions. Prerequisites replaced by an asterisk. Equivalent.

Release 3 - MSACM units replaced by MSS units from MSS11v2 Sustainability Training Package. Imported unit version code updated.

Release 2 - Imported unit code updated.

Description

This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform the wide range of service and repair tasks performed on recreational vehicles.

Job roles/employment outcomes

The Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle Service and Repair has been developed as a trade level qualification for use in MSA07 Manufacturing Training Package. This qualification has been developed in response to an industry request. People with this qualification would be expected to work under supervision servicing and repairing recreational vehicles, including:

motor homes

caravans

camper trailers

slide-ons

fifth wheelers

to meet Australian requirements, such as road worthiness and the Australian Design Rule (ADR). They will analyse the service/repair requirements and then carry them out.

They may work in a service and repair facility or a manufacturer's factory undertaking warranty work. Work may be for an insurance claim, modifying an existing recreational vehicle or undertaking routine servicing.

Application

The sector typically services and repairs any recreational vehicle as required. This may apply to the recreational vehicle body, fittings and running gear. It may be in response to a road (or other) accident, hail damage, vehicle modification or routine servicing. They may also specify and access outside specialist services, for example, for spray painting or licence requirements.

Recreational vehicles may be made from a frame (timber, aluminium or steel) and skin (aluminium or fibre composite) or a manufactured wall panel or some other technology. They are typically mounted on a steel chassis. Fittings are typically timber/particle board but may be any other suitable material.

People with this qualification may be expected to:

carry out insurance repairs

carry out other repairs

work under warranty

undertake modifications/refits to the recreational vehicle

undertake routine servicing

prepare a recreational vehicle for sale/resale.

This work will generally be undertaken in a workshop environment.

Training programs for this qualification are suitable to be undertaken as part of a formal training contract with an employer under an Australian Traineeship or Apprenticeship arrangement.

Pathways into the qualification

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

The units of competency contained within this qualification are common with other qualifications and credit should be granted towards this qualification where competency has already been achieved.

Credit should also be granted towards this qualification where competency has been achieved in units of competency contained within relevant skill sets.

The units of competency in this qualification reflect competencies which are practiced within the industry and recognition of prior learning (RPL) should be granted where there is sufficient evidence of competency from work-based experience.

Pathways from the qualification

Further qualification pathways from this qualification include MSA40510 Certificate IV in Recreational Vehicles.

Additional qualification advice

MSA41108 Certificate IV in Competitive Manufacturing is available for team leaders or others who need a more generalist qualification covering the application of good manufacturing practice and lean principles.

Licensing considerations

Units of competency in this qualification provide the underpinning knowledge and skills for various required licenses. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Pathways Information

Not applicable.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Summary

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS QUALIFICATION SUMMARY
Employability Skill	Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification
Communication	Maintaining communication about multiple subjects and with multiple audiences Completing incident and other reports Using technical information and manufacturer information Collecting, analysing and organising information Communicating ideas and information Using and contributing to workplace documentation Maintaining workplace records
Teamwork	Identifying and describing own role and role of others Working within a team Resolving conflicts between team members Using teamwork strategies
Problem solving	Recognising problems or potential problems Determining problems needing priority action Referring problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person with possible causes Identifying appropriate theory base for problem Seeking information and assistance as required to solve problems Solving problems within area of responsibility Following through items initiated until final resolution has occurred Identifying and isolating faults in equipment Using a range of formal problem-solving techniques
Initiative and enterprise	Identifying the most appropriate process conditions for equipment Determining problems needing action Recommending required action Reporting problems outside area of responsibility Distinguishing between causes of faults
Planning and organising	Prioritising actions to achieve required outcomes Planning own work requirements and assisting others to plan theirs Planning and organising activities Identifying tasks to achieve team goals Organising allocation of tasks Monitoring completion of allocated tasks Developing and adjusting a production schedule
Self-management	Planning own work requirements from job requests Operating within appropriate time constraints and work standards Selecting and using appropriate equipment, materials, processes and procedures Planning to ensure effective production Applying standard procedures Identifying, documenting and monitoring resource requirements Recognising limitations and seeking timely advice
Learning	Asking questions to gain information Identifying sources of information to expand knowledge and understanding Participating in improvement procedures Participating in development of continuous improvement strategies Helping others develop competency
Technology	Operating and adjusting equipment Starting up and shutting down equipment Setting up equipment Monitoring quality Understanding function and operating principles of equipment Maintaining workplace records

Packaging Rules

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle Service and Repair competency must be achieved in twenty two (22) units of competency:

three (3) core units of competency

nineteen (19) elective units of competency, as specified below:

a minimum of thirteen (13) units of competency must be selected from Group A

the balance of units, to a maximum of six (6) may be selected from:

units not previously selected from Group A

Group B units listed below.

Note: Up to four (4) elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, as specified in Groups A and B.

Note: Where prerequisite units are identified, they must be counted in the total number of units required for completion of the qualification.

Core units of competency

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSAENV272B	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAPMOHS200A	Work safely
MSAPMSUP102A	Communicate in the workplace

Elective units of competency

Group A

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AUMGTT001	Apply trim to vehicle components
AURETR2015	Inspect and service batteries
AURETR2012	test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR2010	Fabricate, test and repair wiring harnesses and looms
AURETB3001	Repair electric braking systems
AURTTB2001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTD2004	Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTJ2002	Remove and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components
AURTTA3017	Carry out vehicle safety and roadworthy inspection
AURVTN2005	Remove and fit protector mouldings, transfers and decals
AURVTP2007	Apply paint touch-up techniques
AURVTS3004	Repair fibreglass and composite material components
AURTTY3001	Repair chassis, frame and associated components
AURVTT3015	Fabricate canvas products
AURVTT3016	Fabricate frame structures
AURVTT3019	Fabricate and install canopies and curtains
AURVTG3011	Install side windows
MEM05005B	Carry out mechanical cutting	*
MEM05012C	Perform routine manual metal arc welding
MEM05050B	Perform routine gas metal arc welding
MEM10002B	Terminate and connect electrical wiring	*
MEM12002B	Perform electrical/electronic measurement
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations
MEM18038B	Maintain wheels and tyres	*
MEM18045B	Fault find/repair electrical equipment/components up to 250 volts single phase supply	*
MSAPMOPS101A	Make measurements
MSARVS202A	Repair/service LP gas systems in a recreational vehicle
Up to two (2) relevant elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where they are available for inclusion at Certificate III.

Group B

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM11011B	Undertake manual handling
MEM14004A	Plan to undertake a routine task
MEM15024A	Apply quality procedures
MSS402021A	Apply Just in Time procedures
MSS402040A	Apply 5S procedures
MSS402080A	Undertake root cause analysis
MSAPMOHS220A	Provide initial first aid response
MSAPMOPS212A	Use enterprise computers or data systems
MSAPMSUP100A	Apply workplace procedures
MSAPMSUP101A	Clean workplace or equipment
MSAPMSUP106A	Work in a team
MSAPMSUP280A	Manage conflict at work
MSAPMSUP291A	Participate in continuous improvement
MSARVS301A	Develop and update caravan industry knowledge
MSARVG201A	Tow a recreational vehicle safely
MSARVT201A	Apply technical knowledge of recreational vehicle manufacturing to work activities
SIRXSLS002A	Advise on products and services
TAEDEL301A	Provide work skill instruction
TLID2010A	Operate a forklift
UEGNSG604B	Fill gas cylinders
Up to two (2) relevant elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where they are available for inclusion at Certificate III.

MSA30610 Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle Manufacture

Modification History

Release 5 - Imported elective unit updated to current release.

Release 4 - AU imported elective units replaced by current versions. Prerequisites replaced by an asterisk. Equivalent.

Release 3 - MSACM units replaced by MSS units from MSS11v2 Sustainability Training Package.

Release 2 - Imported unit code updated.

Description

This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform the wide range of tasks performed in the manufacture of recreational vehicles.

Job roles/employment outcomes

The Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle Manufacture has been developed as a trade level qualification for use in MSA07 Manufacturing Training Package. This qualification has been developed in response to an industry request. People with this qualification would be expected to work under supervision manufacturing recreational vehicles, including:

motor homes

caravans

camper trailers

slide-ons

fifth wheelers

to meet Australian requirements, such as road worthiness and the Australian Design Rule (ADR). They will analyse the manufacturing requirements and then carry them out.

They may work in a large manufacturing organisation or a smaller workshop.

Application

The sector typically manufactures recreational vehicles as required. This may include special/custom orders or standard manufacturer models. They may also specify and access outside specialist services, for example, for spray painting or licence requirements.

Recreational vehicles may be made from a frame (timber, aluminium or steel) and skin (aluminium or fibre composite) or a manufactured wall panel or some other technology. They are typically mounted on a steel chassis. Fittings are typically timber/particle board but may be any other suitable material.

People with this qualification may be expected to:

carry out the various stages in recreational vehicle manufacture

undertake modifications/refits to a recreational vehicle

prepare a recreational vehicle for sale.

This work will generally be undertaken in a factory or workshop environment.

Training programs for this qualification are suitable to be undertaken as part of a formal training contract with an employer under an Australian Traineeship or Apprenticeship arrangement.

Pathways into the qualification

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

The units of competency contained within this qualification are common with other qualifications and credit should be granted towards this qualification where competency has already been achieved.

Credit should also be granted towards this qualification where competency has been achieved in units of competency contained within relevant skill sets.

The units of competency in this qualification reflect competencies which are practiced within the industry and recognition of prior learning (RPL) should be granted where there is sufficient evidence of competency from work-based experience.

Pathways from the qualification

Further qualification pathways from this qualification include MSA40510 Certificate IV in Recreational Vehicles.

Additional qualification advice

MSA41108 Certificate IV in Competitive Manufacturing is available for team leaders or others who need a more generalist qualification covering the application of good manufacturing practice and lean principles.

Licensing considerations

Units of competency in this qualification provide the underpinning knowledge and skills for various required licenses. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Pathways Information

Not applicable.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Summary

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS QUALIFICATION SUMMARY
Employability Skill	Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification
Communication	Maintaining communication about multiple subjects and with multiple audiences Completing incident and other reports Using technical and manufacturer information Collecting, analysing and organising information Communicating ideas and information Using and contributing to workplace documentation Maintaining workplace records
Teamwork	Identifying and describing own role and role of others Working within a team Resolving conflicts between team members Using teamwork strategies
Problem solving	Recognising problems or potential problems Determining problems needing priority action Referring problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person, with possible causes Identifying appropriate theory base for problem Seeking information and assistance as required to solve problems Solving problems within area of responsibility Following through items initiated until final resolution has occurred Identifying and isolating faults in equipment Using a range of formal problem-solving techniques
Initiative and enterprise	Identifying the most appropriate process conditions for equipment Determining problems needing action Recommending required action Reporting problems outside area of responsibility Distinguishing between causes of faults
Planning and organising	Prioritising actions to achieve required outcomes Planning own work requirements and assisting others to plan theirs Planning and organising activities Identifying tasks to achieve team goals Organising allocation of tasks Monitoring completion of allocated tasks Developing and adjusting a production schedule
Self-management	Planning own work requirements from job requests Operating within appropriate time constraints and work standards Selecting and using appropriate equipment, materials, processes and procedures Planning to ensure effective production Applying standard procedures Identifying documenting and monitoring resource requirements Recognising limitations and seeking timely advice
Learning	Asking questions to gain information Identifying sources of information to expand knowledge and understanding Participating in improvement procedures Participating in development of continuous improvement strategies Helping others develop competency
Technology	Operating and adjusting equipment Starting up and shutting down equipment Setting up equipment Monitoring quality Understanding function and operating principles of equipment Maintaining workplace records

Packaging Rules

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle Manufacture competency must be achieved in twenty two (22) units of competency:

three (3) core units of competency

nineteen (19) elective units of competency, as specified below:

a minimum of eight (8) units of competency must be selected from Group A

the balance of units, to a maximum of eleven (11) may be selected from:

units not previously selected from Group A

Group B units listed below.

Note: Up to four (4) elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, as specified in Groups A and B.

Note: Where prerequisite units are identified, they must be counted in the total number of units required for completion of the qualification.

Core units of competency

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSAENV272B	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAPMOHS200A	Work safely
MSAPMSUP102A	Communicate in the workplace

Elective units of competency

Group A

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AUMGTT001	Apply trim to vehicle components
AURETR2010	Fabricate, test and repair wiring harnesses and looms
AURTTA3017	Carry out vehicle safety and roadworthy inspection
AURVTN2005	Remove and fit protector mouldings, transfers and decals
AURVTP2007	Apply paint touch-up techniques
AURVTT3015	Fabricate canvas products
AURVTT3016	Fabricate frame structures
AURVTT3019	Fabricate and install canopies and curtains
AURVTG3011	Install side windows
MEM03001B	Perform manual production assembly
MEM03003B	Perform sheet and plate assembly	*
MEM05005B	Carry out mechanical cutting	*
MEM05012C	Perform routine manual metal arc welding
MEM05050B	Perform routine gas metal arc welding
MEM05052A	Apply safe welding practices
MEM07015B	Set computer controlled machines/processes	*
MEM07024B	Operate and monitor machine/process
MEM07028B	Operate computer controlled machines/processes	*
MEM10002B	Terminate and connect electrical wiring	*
MEM11010B	Operate mobile load shifting equipment
MEM12002B	Perform electrical/electronic measurement
MEM12006C	Mark off/out (general engineering)	*
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations
MSAPMOPS101A	Make measurements
MSARVS201A	Install LP gas systems in a recreational vehicle
Up to two (2) relevant elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where they are available for inclusion at Certificate III.

Group B

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM11011B	Undertake manual handling
MEM14004A	Plan to undertake a routine task
MEM15004B	Perform inspection
MEM15024A	Apply quality procedures
MSS402021A	Apply Just in Time procedures
MSS402040A	Apply 5S procedures
MSS402080A	Undertake root cause analysis
MSAPMOHS220A	Provide initial first aid response
MSAPMOPS212A	Use enterprise computers or data systems
MSAPMSUP100A	Apply workplace procedures
MSAPMSUP101A	Clean workplace or equipment
MSAPMSUP106A	Work in a team
MSAPMSUP280A	Manage conflict at work
MSAPMSUP291A	Participate in continuous improvement
MSARVS301A	Develop and update caravan industry knowledge
MSARVG201A	Tow a recreational vehicle safely
MSARVT201A	Apply technical knowledge of recreational vehicle manufacturing to work activities
PMBPROD221B	Operate rotational moulding equipment
PMBPROD321B	Produce rotational moulded products	*
SIRXSLS002A	Advise on products and services
TAEDEL301A	Provide work skill instruction
TLID2010A	Operate a forklift
Up to two (2) relevant elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where they are available for inclusion at Certificate III.

MSA30710 Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle and Accessories Retailing

Modification History

Release 5 - Imported units updated to current releases.

Release 4 - Imported elective units replaced by current versions. Equivalent.

Release 3 - Minor formatting. Imported unit version code updated.

Release 2 - Imported unit code updated.

Description

This qualification covers the skills and knowledge designed to reflect the role of a sales consultant in the retail sales of recreational vehicles and accessories.

Job roles/employment outcomes

The Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle and Accessories Retailing has been developed as a trade level qualification for use in MSA07 Manufacturing Training Package. This qualification has been developed in response to an industry request. People with this qualification would be expected to work under supervision in the sale of recreational vehicles and accessories, including:

motor homes

caravans

camper trailers

slide-ons

fifth wheelers

to meet Australian requirements, such as road worthiness and the Australian Design Rule (ADR). They will analyse the customer's requirements and then carry them out.

They may work in a service and repair facility or a manufacturer's factory undertaking sales work. Sales may be for a new recreational vehicle, a second-hand/refurbished recreational vehicle or spare parts and accessories. In some cases selling of the recreational vehicle may also include possible modifications which could be made to the recreational vehicle.

Application

The sector typically manufactures, services and repairs any recreational vehicle as required. Recreational vehicle sales requires specialised knowledge not only of the available range of recreational vehicle models and accessories but of the legal requirements associated with weight, towing and vehicle capacity.

Recreational vehicles may be made from a frame (timber, aluminium or steel) and skin (aluminium or fibre composite) or a manufactured wall panel or some other technology. They are typically mounted on a steel chassis. Fittings are typically timber/particle board but may be any other suitable material.

People with this qualification may be expected to:

sell a new or second-hand recreational vehicle

suggest modifications/refits to a recreational vehicle

prepare a recreational vehicle for sale/resale

sell spare parts and accessories.

This work will generally be undertaken in a workshop or showroom environment.

Training programs for this qualification are suitable to be undertaken as part of a formal training contract with an employer under an Australian Traineeship or Apprenticeship arrangement.

Pathways into the qualification

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

The units of competency contained within this qualification are common with other qualifications and credit should be granted towards this qualification where competency has already been achieved.

Credit should also be granted towards this qualification where competency has been achieved in units of competency contained within relevant skill sets.

The units of competency in this qualification reflect competencies which are practiced within the industry and recognition of prior learning (RPL) should be granted where there is sufficient evidence of competency from work-based experience.

Pathways from the qualification

Further qualification pathways from this qualification include MSA40710 Certificate IV in Recreational Vehicle and Accessories Retailing.

Additional qualification advice

MSA41108 Certificate IV in Competitive Manufacturing is available for team leaders or others who need a more generalist qualification covering the application of good manufacturing practice and lean principles.

Licensing considerations

Units of competency in this qualification provide the underpinning knowledge and skills for various required licenses. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Pathways Information

Not applicable.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Summary

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS QUALIFICATION SUMMARY
Employability Skill	Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification
Communication	Using questioning and active listening to ascertain and respond to customer needs to ensure customers enjoy a positive experience that reflects business values Regularly carrying out verbal instructions from other team members and supervisors Reading and interpreting simple workplace documents, completing simple written workplace forms and sharing work-related information with other team members
Teamwork	Effectively participating in retail store teams working independently to complete own tasks and supporting other team members where appropriate Leading small retail teams, where required, in the context of the job role Mentoring and supporting other team members
Problem solving	Demonstrating sensitivity to customer needs and concerns Anticipating problems and acting to avoid them where possible Solving a range of operational retail store problems individually or in the context of a team structure where, after clarification, existing policies and infrastructure may be applied to source information and resources and develop practical and sustainable solutions
Initiative and enterprise	Looking for opportunities to do things better and suggesting ideas to other team members and supervisors in the context of the job role Translating ideas into action by positively accepting and adapting to changes in procedures or arrangements at the store level
Planning and organising	Establishing and communicating clear goals and deliverables for self and team members within the context of organisation objectives and the current store situation Coordinating resources to ensure that work is carried out according to timelines and priorities Coordinating and/or implementing changes arising from continuous improvement processes
Self-management	Understanding how a personal job role fits into the context of the wider business values and directions Working within the store culture by practising inclusive behaviour, effective management of personal presentation, hygiene and time Efficiently prioritising and completing delegated tasks Maintaining own knowledge of the job role, reviewing own performance and actively seeking and acting upon advice and guidance
Learning	Identifying personal strengths and weaknesses in the context of the job role and recognising how to personally learn best at work Seeking opportunities for formal education in the context of a current role or future retail job opportunities Accepting opportunities to learn new ways of doing things and sharing knowledge and skills with other store team members
Technology	Using of point-of-sale systems and/or selecting and using a range of other retail technology in the context of available equipment and store procedures Recognising and reporting faulty equipment and following store occupational health and safety (OHS) procedures

Packaging Rules

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the Certificate III in Recreational Vehicle and Accessories Retailing competency must be achieved in twenty two (22) units of competency:

three (3) core units of competency

nineteen (19) elective units of competency, as specified below:

a minimum of thirteen (13) units of competency must be selected from Group A

the balance of units, to a maximum of six (6) may be selected from:

units not previously selected from Group A

Group B units listed below.

Note: Up to four (4) elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, as specified in Groups A and B.

Note: Where prerequisite units are identified, they must be counted in the total number of units required for completion of the qualification.

Core units of competency

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSAENV272B	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAPMOHS200A	Work safely
MSAPMSUP102A	Communicate in the workplace

Elective units of competency

Group A

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AUMANA001	Prepare and document quotations
AURACA2001	Establish relations with customers
AURC341903A	Apply relevant finance, leasing and insurance contracts/policies
AURACA3002	Establish customer requirements of a complex nature
AURACA3003	Build customer relations
AURAMA3004	Maintain business image
AURAMA4005	Manage complex customer issues
AURSCA2002	Present stock and sales area
AURSCA2003	Apply sales procedures
AURSCA2004	Carry out cash, credit and funds transfers
AURSCA2005	Sell products
AURSCA2006	Promote products and services
AURSAA2001	Process customer complaints
BSBCUS501C	Manage quality customer service
SIRXCCS201	Apply point-of-sale handling procedures
SIRXINV004A	Buy merchandise
SIRXRSK001A	Minimise theft
SIRXRSK002A	Maintain store security
SIRXSLS002A	Advise on products and services
Up to two (2) relevant elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where they are available for inclusion at Certificate III.

Group B

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AURSCA2001	Select automotive parts and products
AURSLA2001	Apply legal requirements relating to product sales
AURSBA3002	Apply automotive parts interpretation process
AURTTA3017	Carry out vehicle safety and roadworthy inspection
MSAPMOHS220A	Provide initial first aid response
MSAPMOPS212A	Use enterprise computers or data systems
MSAPMSUP100A	Apply workplace procedures
MSAPMSUP106A	Work in a team
MSAPMSUP280A	Manage conflict at work
MSAPMSUP291A	Participate in continuous improvement
MSARVS301A	Develop and update caravan industry knowledge
MSARVG201A	Tow a recreational vehicle safely
SITXMPR401	Coordinate production of brochures and marketing materials
SITXMPR402	Create a promotional display or stand
UEGNSG604B	Fill gas cylinders
Up to two (2) relevant elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where they are available for inclusion at Certificate III.

MSA40108 Certificate IV in Manufacturing Technology

Modification History

Version 4 - Imported elective units replaced by current versions. Equivalent.

Version 3 - MSACM units replaced by MSS units from MSS11v2 Sustainability Training Package.

Description

This qualification is suitable for delivery as part of a two year Technology Cadetship, or can be undertaken through an Australian Apprenticeship arrangement.

This qualification has five specialist streams available. These are:

CAD/Drafting

Manufacturing Operations

Laboratory Operations

Technical Officer

Polymer Technology.

Each stream offers an opportunity for significant choice in electives and each stream requires the same core units to be completed.

Note:

The minimum requirements for the Certificate III in Manufacturing Technology can also be met by holders of the Certificate III in Engineering - Technician from the Metal and Engineering Training Package.

Pathways Information

Not applicable.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Summary

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS QUALIFICATION SUMMARY

Certificate IV in Manufacturing Technology

The following table contains a summary of the Employability Skills as identified by the manufacturing technology related industries for this qualification. This table should be interpreted in conjunction with the detailed requirements of each unit of competency packaged in this qualification. The outcomes described here are broad industry requirements that reflect skill requirements for this level.

Employability Skill	Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification include:
Communication	Complete workplace documentation and records Use communication technologies efficiently Develop work instructions, specifications and procedures Demonstrate effective and appropriate communication and interpersonal skills when dealing with people from NESB Communicate with all team members Demonstrate effective and appropriate communication and interpersonal skills when dealing with clients Use most appropriate communication method given priority, cost and customer facilities Access, interpret and apply technical information
Teamwork	Work cooperatively with people of different ages, gender, race or religion Liaise with and provide support to other team members Work as part of a team Identify and manage performance required to rneet internal and external customer needs in own work and team Manage technical processes and provide problem solving support to others
Problem solving	Investigate problem causes Identify, rectify or report potential difficulties associated with manufacture of products or provision of services Identify environmental features, regulations, insurance requirements, legal requirements and other factors which may affect the product or service to be provided Use material and process knowledge to solve problems Identify hazards and suggest control measures Determine production requirements Conduct tests and analyse results to determine and assess production requirements
Initiative and enterprise	Seek feedback on products, processes and procedures Gather and analyse information and apply to work related processes Record information on the quality and other indicators of products Support achievement of efficient production processes Determine and act on situations requiring further information or problem solving
Planning and organizing	Identify hazards and implement appropriate hazard control measures Demonstrate time management skills Source and prepare materials and resources Sequence work to maximise safety and productivity
Self management	Interpret and apply relevant acts and regulations Keep the work area clean and tidy at all times Monitor own work and work of team and identify and act on any quality issues Understand own work activities Manage own time to meet deadlines Implement workplace procedures and instructions
Learning	Implement learning activities as appropriate to ensure achievement of specified production requirements Assess competencies in meeting job requirements Be supportive, assertive and use interpersonal skills Identify own training needs and seek skill development if required Gather feedback to own work to assess effectiveness in meeting objectives and integrate information into own practice
Technology	Use computer software applications effectively Work with technology safely and according to workplace standards Help others use technology efficiently and safely Use testing technology

Packaging Rules

Packaging Rules

To be awarded a Certificate IV in Manufacturing Technology, competency must be achieved in sixteen (16) units of competency:

four (4) core units of competency

twelve (12) elective units of competency, chosen as described below.

Core units

The following four (4) units must be chosen.

Unit code	Unit title
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MEM30012A	Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment
MSS402051A	Apply quality standards
MSAENV272B	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices

Prerequisites

Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisite requirements. The prerequisites for these units are to be counted in the total number of units required in the elective group. Please refer to the individual units for details.

Elective units

Group A - specialist streams

Choose twelve (12) elective units as specified to achieve a specialist stream.

Note:

All units from each specialist stream are available in Group B as General Electives.

Three elective units may also be chosen from other qualifications in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, as specified below.

CAD/drafting specialist stream

Select twelve (12) elective units:

a minimum of ten (10) from the list below

the balance may be chosen from Group B General Electives.

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AUM4003A	Interpret customer requirements
LMTGN4002A	Participate in product engineering
MEM12024A	Perform computations
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM30031A	Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements
MEM30032A	Produce basic engineering drawings
MEM30033A	Use computer-aided design (CAD) to create and display 3-D models	*
MEM30005A	Calculate force systems within simple beam structures	*
MEM30006A	Calculate stresses in simple structures	*
MEM30007A	Select common engineering materials
MEM30008A	Apply basic economic and ergonomic concepts to evaluate engineering applications
MEM30010A	Set up basic hydraulic circuits
MEM30011A	Set up basic pneumatic circuits
MEM30013A	Assist in the preparation of a basic workplace layout
MEM30018A	Undertake basic process planning
MEM30019A	Use resource planning software systems in manufacturing	*
MEM30020A	Develop and manage a plan for a simple manufacturing related project
MEM30025A	Analyse a simple electrical system circuit	*
MSS402002A	Sustain process improvements
MSS402030A	Apply cost factors to work practices
UEPMNT420A	Perform electrical/electronic drafting
One (1) relevant specialist elective unit may be chosen from other qualifications in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses.

Manufacturing operations specialist stream

Select twelve (12) elective units:

a minimum of ten (10) from the list below

the balance may be chosen from Group B General Electives.

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
FDFOP2005A	Work in a socially diverse environment
MEM15001B	Perform basic statistical quality control
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM30014A	Apply basic just in time systems to the reduction of waste
MEM30015A	Develop recommendations for basic set up time improvements
MEM30016A	Assist in the analysis of a supply chain
MEM30017A	Use basic preventative maintenance techniques and tools
MEM30018A	Undertake basic process planning
MEM30019A	Use resource planning software systems in manufacturing	*
MEM30020A	Develop and manage a plan for a simple manufacturing related project
MEM30021A	Prepare a simple production schedule
MEM30023A	Prepare a simple cost estimate for a manufactured product
MEM30024A	Participate in quality assurance techniques	*
MSS402001A	Apply competitive systems and practices
MSS402002A	Sustain process improvements
MSS402020A	Apply quick changeover procedures
MSS402030A	Apply cost factors to work practices
MSS402031A	Interpret product costs in terms of customer requirements
MSS402050A	Monitor process capability
MSS402060A	Use planning software systems in operations
MSS402061A	Use SCADA systems in operations
MSS402080A	Undertake root cause analysis
MSS403002A	Ensure process improvements are sustained
MSS403030A	Improve cost factors in work practices
MSAENV472B	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
One relevant specialist elective unit may be chosen from other qualifications in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses.

Laboratory operations specialist stream

Select twelve (12) elective units:

a minimum of ten (10) from the list below

the balance may be chosen from Group B General Electives.

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
LMTGN4016A	Contribute to the development of products or processes
MEM30012A	Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment
MEM30019A	Use resource planning software systems in manufacturing	*
MEM30024A	Participate in quality assurance techniques	*
MSS402061A	Use SCADA systems in operations
MSL913001A	Communicate with other people
MSL913002A	Plan and conduct laboratory/field work
MSL922001A	Record and present data
MSL933001A	Maintain the laboratory/field workplace fit for purpose
MSL933002A	Contribute to the achievement of quality objectives
MSL933003A	Apply critical control point requirements
MSL934001A	Contribute to the ongoing development of HACCP plans
MSL934002A	Apply quality system and continuous improvement processes
MSL943001A	Work safely with instruments that emit ionising radiation
MSL943002A	Participate in laboratory/field workplace safety
MSL952001A	Collect routine site samples
MSL952002A	Handle and transport samples or equipment
MSL953001A	Receive and prepare samples for testing
MSL954001A	Obtain representative samples in accordance with sampling plan
MSL963001A	Operate basic handblowing equipment
MSL963002A	Repair glass apparatus using simple glassblowing equipment
MSL973001A	Perform basic tests
MSL973002A	Prepare working solutions
MSL973003A	Prepare culture media
MSL973004A	Perform aseptic techniques
MSL973005A	Assist with fieldwork
MSL973006A	Prepare trial batches for evaluation
MSL973007A	Perform microscopic examination
MSL973012A	Assist with geotechnical site investigations
MSL974001A	Prepare, standardise and use solutions
MSL974002A	Conduct geotechnical site investigations	*
MSL974003A	Perform chemical tests and procedures
One relevant specialist elective unit may be chosen from other qualifications in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses.

Technical officer specialist stream

Select twelve (12) elective units:

a minimum of ten (10) from the list below

the balance may be chosen from Group B General Electives.

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
LMTGN4016A	Contribute to the development of products or processes
MEM15001B	Perform basic statistical quality control
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM30031A	Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements
MEM30032A	Produce basic engineering drawings
MEM30007A	Select common engineering materials
MEM30008A	Apply basic economic and ergonomic concepts to engineering designs and applications
MEM30009A	Contribute to the design of basic mechanical systems	*
MEM30010A	Set up basic hydraulic circuits
MEM30011A	Set up basic pneumatic circuits
MEM30013A	Assist in the design of basic workplace layout
MEM30016A	Assist in the analysis of a supply chain
MEM30017A	Use basic preventative maintenance techniques and tools
MEM30018A	Undertake basic process planning
MEM30019A	Use resource planning software systems in manufacturing	*
MEM30020A	Develop and manage a plan for a simple manufacturing related project
MEM30022A	Undertake supervised procurement activities
MEM30023A	Prepare a simple cost estimate for a manufactured product
MEM30024A	Participate in quality assurance techniques	*
MSS402031A	Interpret product costs in terms of customer requirements
MSS402060A	Use planning software systems in operations
MSS402061A	Use SCADA systems in operations
MSS402080A	Undertake root cause analysis
MSS403032A	Analyse manual handling processes
One relevant specialist elective unit may be chosen from other qualifications in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses.

Polymer technology specialist stream

Select twelve (12) elective units:

a minimum of six (6) from the list below

the balance may be chosen from Group General Electives.

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
LMTGN4016A	Contribute to the development of products or processes
MEM15001B	Perform basic statistical quality control
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM30031A	Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements
MEM30032A	Produce basic engineering drawings
MEM30007A	Select common engineering materials
MEM30008A	Apply basic economic and ergonomic concepts to engineering designs and applications
MEM30020A	Develop and manage a plan for a simple manufacturing related project
Up to two (2) relevant units may be chosen from the production units available at Certificate III or IV in the Plastics, Rubber & Cablemaking Training Package (PMB07), or its endorsed replacement. Note that any prerequisites are to be counted in the total number of units.
One (1) relevant specialist elective units may be chosen from other qualifications in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses.

Note that for the polymer technology specialist stream, only one of the following general elective units may be chosen, not both.

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
PMBPREP301C	Set up and prepare for production
PMBPREP303C	Set up equipment for continuous production

Group B - General electives

The balance of units for each specialist stream may be chosen from this list as specified below:

CAD/drafting:	Up to two units
Manufacturing operations:	Up to two units
Laboratory operations:	Up to two units
Technical officer:	Up to two units
Polymer technology:	Up to six units

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AUM4003A	Interpret customer requirements
FDFOP2005A	Work in a socially diverse environment
LMTGN4002A	Participate in product engineering
LMTGN4016A	Contribute to the development of products or processes
MEM12024A	Perform computations
MEM15001B	Perform basic statistical quality control
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM30031A	Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements
MEM30032A	Produce basic engineering drawings
MEM30033A	Use computer-aided design (CAD) to create and display 3-D models	*
MEM30005A	Calculate force systems within simple beam structures	*
MEM30006A	Calculate stresses in simple structures	*
MEM30007A	Select common engineering materials
MEM30008A	Apply basic economic and ergonomic concepts to engineering designs and applications
MEM30009A	Contribute to the design of basic mechanical systems	*
MEM30010A	Set up basic hydraulic circuits
MEM30011A	Set up basic pneumatic circuits
MEM30012A	Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment
MEM30013A	Assist in the preparation of a basic workplace layout
MEM30014A	Apply basic just in time systems to the reduction of waste
MEM30015A	Develop recommendations for basic set up time improvements
MEM30016A	Assist in the analysis of a supply chain
MEM30017A	Use basic preventative maintenance techniques and tools
MEM30018A	Undertake basic process planning
MEM30019A	Use resource planning software systems in manufacturing	*
MEM30020A	Develop and manage a plan for a simple manufacturing related project
MEM30021A	Prepare a simple production schedule
MEM30022A	Undertake supervised procurement activities
MEM30023A	Prepare a simple cost estimate for a manufactured product
MEM30024A	Participate in quality assurance techniques	*
MEM30025A	Analyse a simple electrical system circuit	*
MSS402001A	Apply competitive systems and practices
MSS402002A	Sustain process improvements
MSS402020A	Apply quick changeover procedures
MSS402030A	Apply cost factors to work practices
MSS402031A	Interpret product costs in terms of customer requirements
MSS402050A	Monitor process capability
MSS402060A	Use planning software systems in operations
MSS402061A	Use SCADA systems in operations
MSS402080A	Undertake root cause analysis
MSS403002A	Ensure process improvements are sustained
MSS403030A	Improve cost factors in work practices
MSS403032A	Analyse manual handling processes
MSAENV472B	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
MSL913001A	Communicate with other people
MSL913002A	Plan and conduct laboratory/field work
MSL922001A	Record and present data
MSL933001A	Maintain the laboratory/field workplace fit for purpose
MSL933002A	Contribute to the achievement of quality objectives
MSL933003A	Apply critical control point requirements
MSL934001A	Contribute to the ongoing development of HACCP plans
MSL934002A	Apply quality system and continuous improvement processes
MSL943001A	Work safely with instruments that emit ionising radiation
MSL943002A	Participate in laboratory/field workplace safety
MSL952001A	Collect routine site samples
MSL952002A	Handle and transport samples or equipment
MSL953001A	Receive and prepare samples for testing
MSL954001A	Obtain representative samples in accordance with sampling plan
MSL963001A	Operate basic handblowing equipment
MSL963002A	Repair glass apparatus using simple glassblowing equipment
MSL973001A	Perform basic tests
MSL973002A	Prepare working solutions
MSL973003A	Prepare culture media
MSL973004A	Perform aseptic techniques
MSL973005A	Assist with fieldwork
MSL973006A	Prepare trial batches for evaluation
MSL973007A	Perform microscopic examination
MSL973012A	Assist with geotechnical site investigations
MSL974001A	Prepare, standardise and use solutions
MSL974002A	Conduct geotechnical site investigations	*
MSL974003A	Perform chemical tests and procedures
UEPMNT420A	Perform electrical/electronic drafting
A maximum of two (2) general electives may be imported from other qualifications in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses where those units are available at Certificate III.

MSA40311 Certificate IV in Process Manufacturing

Modification History

Release 4 - Imported elective units updated to current releases.

Release 3 - Imported elective units updated to current versions. Equivalent.

Release 2 - MSACM units replaced by MSS units from MSS11v2 Sustainability Training Package. Imported unit version code updated.

Release 1 - New qualification

Description

This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform a range of high level technical operations and manufacturing tasks required for producing products.
Job roles/employment outcomes
The MSA40311 Certificate IV in Process Manufacturing is intended for advanced production workers who use a range of equipment and are involved in solving complex problems which require theoretical knowledge, combined with an understanding of operating procedures directly related to producing products.
Application
This qualification is typically used to develop employees performing a technical role that includes the ability to work independently and conduct technical problem solving according to the needs of the work required to produce products. This qualification is designed to develop employees who operate across more than one category within process manufacturing or other product conversion processes in manufacturing. Typical applications would be in chemical, hydrocarbons, refining, minerals processing, plastics, rubber, cablemaking, manufactured mineral products, and other areas as appropriate. Non-technical team leaders, coordinators and supervisors may be better served by a qualification in competitive manufacturing.

Pathways Information

Pathways into the qualification
This qualification may be accessed by direct entry. The units of competency contained within this qualification are common with other qualifications. In particular, the core units and most of the elective units are common to qualifications in the three Process Manufacturing Training Packages (coded PMA, PMB and PMC). Where competency has already been achieved, credit will be granted towards this qualification. The units of competency in this qualification reflect competencies which are practised within the industry and recognition of prior learning (RPL) should be granted where there is sufficient evidence of competency from work-based experience.
Pathways from the qualification
Further qualification pathways from this qualification include MSA50311 Diploma of Production Management. The MSA51108 Diploma of Competitive Manufacturing (or latest version) is also appropriate for those needing a qualification covering manufacturing practice and lean principles.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, in some jurisdictions some units of competency in this qualification may have regulatory requirements. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Summary

Employability Skill	Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification include:
Communication	Complete workplace documentation and records Use communication technologies efficiently Develop work instructions, specifications and procedures Communicate with all team members Demonstrate effective and appropriate communication and interpersonal skills when dealing with clients Use most appropriate communication method given priority, cost and customer facilities Access, interpret and apply technical information
Teamwork	Work cooperatively with people of different ages, gender, race or religion Liaise with, and provide support to, other team members Work as part of a team Identify and manage performance required to meet internal and external customer needs in own work and team Manage technical processes and provide problem solving support to others
Problem-solving	Investigate problem causes Identify, rectify or report potential difficulties associated with manufacture of products or provision of services Identify environmental features, regulations, insurance requirements, legal requirements and other factors which may affect the product or service to be provided Use material and process knowledge to solve problems Identify hazards and suggest control measures Determine production requirements Conduct tests and analyse results to determine and assess production requirements
Initiative and enterprise	Seek feedback on products, processes and procedures Gather and analyse information and apply to work-related processes Record information on the quality and other indicators of products Support achievement of efficient production processes Determine and act on situations requiring further information or problem solving
Planning and organising	Identify hazards and implement appropriate hazard control measures Demonstrate time management skills Source and prepare materials and resources Sequence work to maximise safety and productivity
Self-management	Interpret and apply relevant Acts and regulations Keep the work area clean and tidy at all times Monitor own work and work of team and identify and act on any quality issues Understand own work activities Manage own time to meet deadlines Implement workplace procedures and instructions
Learning	Implement learning activities, as appropriate, to ensure achievement of specified production requirements Assess competencies in meeting job requirements Be supportive, assertive and use interpersonal skills Identify own training needs and seek skill development if required Gather feedback on own work to assess effectiveness in meeting objectives and integrate information into own practice
Technology	Use computer software applications effectively Work with technology safely and according to workplace standards Help others use technology efficiently and safely Use testing technology

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSA40311 Certificate IV in Process Manufacturing competency must be achieved in a total of twenty six (26) units of competency. five (5) core units of competency twenty one (21) elective units of competency, as specified below. Elective units must include: a minimum of four (4) units from Group A the balance of units, to a maximum of seventeen (17) may be chosen from Groups A, B and C (with a maximum of eleven (11) units from Group C). Up to seven (7) elective units may be chosen from other qualifications in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, as specified below in Groups B and C. Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisite requirements. Please refer to the individual units for details. Prerequisites are to be counted towards the total number required to complete the qualification.
Core units of competency
Unit code	Unit title
MSS402051A	Apply quality standards
MSAENV272B	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAPMOHS200A	Work safely
MSAPMSUP200A	Achieve work outcomes
MSAPMSUP210A	Process and record information
Elective units of competency
Group A
Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSS403002A	Ensure process improvements are sustained
MSS403010A	Facilitate change in an organisation implementing competitive systems and practices
MSS403011A	Facilitate implementation of competitive systems and practices
MSS403013A	Lead team culture improvement
MSS403021A	Facilitate a Just in Time system
MSS403030A	Improve cost factors in work practices
MSS403040A	Facilitate and improve implementation of 5S
MSS403041A	Facilitate breakthrough improvements
MSS403051A	Mistake proof an operational process
MSS404050A	Undertake process capability improvements	*
MSS404052A	Apply statistics to operational processes
MSS404060A	Facilitate the use of planning software systems in a work area or team
MSS404081A	Undertake proactive maintenance analyses
MSS404082A	Assist in implementing a proactive maintenance strategy
MSAENV472B	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAPMOHS400A	Contribute to OHS management system	*
MSAPMOHS401A	Assess risk
MSAPMOPS400A	Optimise process/plant area	*
MSAPMOPS401A	Trial new process or product
MSAPMOPS404A	Co-ordinate maintenance
MSAPMOPS405B	Identify problems in fluid power system
MSAPMOPS406A	Identify problems in electronic control systems
MSAPMPER400A	Coordinate permit process	*
MSAPMSUP400A	Develop and monitor quality systems
MEM15001B	Perform basic statistical quality control
MSL954001A	Obtain representative samples in accordance with a sampling plan
MSL974003A	Perform chemical tests and procedures
PMAOHS420B	Develop First Aid procedures and manage resources
PMAOMIR407B	Audit incident preparedness and established response system
PMAOMIR418B	Coordinate incident response
PMAOMIR424B	Develop and maintain community relationships
PMAOMIR430B	Conduct and assess incident exercises
PMAOMIR444B	Develop incident containment tactics
PMAOMIR449B	Monitor legal compliance obligations during incidents
PMAOPS402A	Respond to abnormal process situations	*
PMAOPS405A	Operate complex control systems
PMAOPS410B	Monitor remote production facilities
PMAOPS411B	Manage plant shutdown and restart
PMAOPS450B	Solve colour problems
PMASUP410B	Develop plant documentation
PMASUP420B	Minimise environmental impact of process
PMASUP432B	Coordinate pipeline projects
PMASUP440B	Commission/recommission plant
PMASUP441C	Decommission plant
PMASUP445A	Participate in HAZOP studies	*
PMBPROD430B	Trial a new die/tool
PMBPROD431B	Trial a new, advanced or complex mould
PMBTECH401B	Predict polymer properties and characteristics	*
PMBTECH402B	Set advanced or complex dies	*
PMBTECH403B	Test fibre-composites materials and laminates
PMBTECH404B	Mould chemical resistant and/or fire retardant fibre-composites	*
PMBTECH405B	Repair damaged fibre-composites structures	*
PMBTECH406A	Diagnose production equipment problems
PMC554020D	Design and prepare models, moulds and dies
PMC554090B	Undertake simple refractory design
PMC554091B	Analyse refractory failures
PSPPM402B	Manage simple projects
Group B
Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSAPMOHS300A	Facilitate the implementation of OHS for a work group	*
MSAPMOPS363A	Organise on site work
MSAPMPER300C	Issue work permits	*
MSAPMSUP300A	Identify and implement opportunities to maximise production efficiencies	*
MSAPMSUP301A	Apply HACCP to the workplace
MSAPMSUP303A	Identify equipment faults
MSAPMSUP309A	Maintain and organise workplace records
MSAPMSUP310A	Contribute to the development of plant documentation
MSAPMSUP330A	Develop and adjust a production schedule
MSAPMSUP382A	Provide coaching/mentoring in the workplace
MSAPMSUP383A	Facilitate a team
MSAPMSUP390A	Use structured problem solving tools
MEM03001B	Perform manual production assembly
MEM03006B	Set assembly stations	*
MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM09204A	Produce basic engineering detail drawings	*
MEM11005B	Pick and process order
MEM11006B	Perform production packaging
MEM11007B	Administer inventory procedures
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements
MEM15003B	Use improvement processes in team activities	*
MEM15004B	Perform inspection
MSL973001A	Perform basic tests
PMBPREP304C	Set a die
PMBPROD347B	Produce composites using hand lamination
PMBPROD380B	Produce composites using chopper gun/depositor
PMBTECH301B	Use material and process knowledge to solve problems
TAEASS401B	Plan assessment activities and processes
TAEASS402B	Assess competence
TAEASS403B	Participate in assessment validation
TAEDEL301A	Provide work skill instruction
A maximum of four (4) units may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where those units are aligned at Certificate III or IV.
Group C
Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSS402002A	Sustain process improvements
MSS402020A	Apply quick changeover procedures
MSS402021A	Apply Just in Time procedures
MSS402030A	Apply cost factors to work practices
MSS402040A	Apply 5S procedures
MSS402050A	Monitor process capability
MSS402060A	Use planning software systems in operations
MSS402080A	Undertake root cause analysis
MSAPMOHS100A	Follow OHS procedures
MSAPMOHS110A	Follow emergency response procedures
MSAPMOHS205A	Control minor incidents
MSAPMOHS210B	Undertake first response to non-fire incidents
MSAPMOHS212A	Undertake first response to fire incidents
MSAPMOHS216A	Operate breathing apparatus
MSAPMOHS217A	Gas test atmospheres
MSAPMOHS220A	Provide initial first aid response
MSAPMOPS100A	Use equipment
MSAPMOPS101A	Make measurements
MSAPMOPS102A	Perform tasks to support production
MSAPMOPS200A	Operate equipment
MSAPMOPS212A	Use enterprise computers or data systems
MSAPMPER200C	Work in accordance with an issued permit
MSAPMPER201A	Monitor and control work permits
MSAPMPER202A	Observe permit work	*
MSAPMPER205C	Enter confined space	*
MSAPMSUP100A	Apply workplace procedures
MSAPMSUP101A	Clean workplace or equipment
MSAPMSUP102A	Communicate in the workplace
MSAPMSUP106A	Work in a team
MSAPMSUP172A	Identify and minimise environmental hazards
MSAPMSUP201A	Receive or despatch goods
MSAPMSUP204A	Pack products or materials
MSAPMSUP205A	Transfer loads
MSAPMSUP230A	Monitor process operations
MSAPMSUP240A	Undertake minor maintenance
MSAPMSUP273A	Handle goods
MSAPMSUP280A	Manage conflict at work
MSAPMSUP291A	Participate in continuous improvement
MSAPMSUP292A	Sample and test materials and product
FPICOT2238A	Cut materials with a hand-held chainsaw
LMTGN2008B	Coordinate work of team/section
MEM03003B	Perform sheet and plate assembly
MEM03004B	Perform electronic/electrical assembly (production)
MEM13003B	Work safely with industrial chemicals and materials
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM16007A	Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations
PMAOPS280B	Interpret process plant schematics
PMBHAN103C	Shift materials safely by hand
PMBPROD247C	Hand lay up composites
RIIRIS201B	Conduct local risk control
TLID2010A	Operate a forklift
A maximum of three (3) units may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where those units are aligned at Certificate II or III.

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MSA40510 Certificate IV in Recreational Vehicles

Modification History

Release 5 - Imported elective unit updated to current release.

Release 4 - Imported elective units replaced by current versions. Prerequisites replaced by an asterisk. Equivalent.

Release 3 - MSACM units replaced by MSS units from MSS11v2 Sustainability Training Package. Imported unit version code updated.

Release 2 - Imported unit code updated.

Description

This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to facilitate the performance of, and to perform, high level manufacturing, service and repair tasks required for recreational vehicles.

Job roles/employment outcomes

The Certificate IV in Recreational Vehicles has been developed as a post-trade level qualification for use in MSA07 Manufacturing Training Package. This qualification has been developed in response to an industry request. People with this qualification would be expected to lead work teams and provide supervision of people undertaking the manufacture, service and repair of recreational vehicles, including:

motor homes

caravans

camper trailers

slide-ons

fifth wheelers

to meet Australian requirements, such as road worthiness and the Australian Design Rule (ADR). They will provide technical leadership as well as undertake some tasks themselves.

They may work in a service and repair facility or a manufacturer's factory. Work may include building a new recreational vehicle, repairs for an insurance claim or other repairs, modifying an existing recreational vehicle or undertaking routine servicing.

Application

The sector typically manufactures, services and repairs recreational vehicles as required. This may apply to the recreational vehicle body, fittings and running gear. Repairs may be in response to a road (or other) accident, hail damage, vehicle modification or routine servicing. They may also specify and access outside specialist services, for example, for spray painting or licence requirements.

Recreational vehicles may be made from a frame (timber, aluminium or steel) and skin (aluminium or fibre composite) or a manufactured wall panel or some other technology. They are typically mounted on a steel chassis which may be manufactured by the recreational vehicle manufacturer or bought. Fittings are typically timber/particle board but may be any other suitable material.

People with this qualification may be expected to lead and also undertake one or more of:

manufacture of a recreational vehicle

insurance repairs

other repairs

work under warranty

modifications/refits to the recreational vehicle

routine servicing

preparation of a recreational vehicle for sale/resale.

This work will generally be undertaken in a workshop environment or factory.

Training programs for this qualification are suitable to be undertaken as part of a formal training contract with an employer under an Australian Traineeship or Apprenticeship arrangement.

Pathways into the qualification

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

The units of competency contained within this qualification are common with other qualifications and credit should be granted towards this qualification where competency has already been achieved.

Credit should also be granted towards this qualification where competency has been achieved in units of competency contained within relevant skill sets.

The units of competency in this qualification reflect competencies which are practiced within the industry and recognition of prior learning (RPL) should be granted where there is sufficient evidence of competency from work-based experience.

Pathways from the qualification

Further qualification pathways from this qualification include MSA50510 Diploma of Recreational Vehicles.

Additional qualification advice

MSA41108 Certificate IV in Competitive Manufacturing is available for team leaders or others who need a more generalist qualification covering the application of good manufacturing practice and lean principles.

Licensing considerations

Units of competency in this qualification provide the underpinning knowledge and skills for various required licenses. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Pathways Information

Not applicable.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Summary

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS QUALIFICATION SUMMARY
Employability Skill	Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification
Communication	Completing workplace documentation and records Using communication technologies efficiently Developing work instructions, specifications and procedures Communicating with all team members Demonstrating effective and appropriate communication and interpersonal skills when dealing with clients Using most appropriate communication method given priority, cost and customer facilities Accessing, interpreting and applying technical information
Teamwork	Working cooperatively with people of different ages, gender, race or religion Liaising with and providing support to other team members Working as part of a team Identifying and managing performance required to meet internal and external customer needs in own work and team Managing technical processes and providing problem-solving support to others
Problem solving	Investigating problem causes Identifying, rectifying or reporting potential difficulties associated with manufacture of products or provision of services Identifying environmental features, regulations, insurance requirements, legal requirements and other factors which may affect the product or service to be provided Using material and process knowledge to solve problems Identifying hazards and suggesting control measures Determining production requirements Conducting tests and analysing results to determine and assess production requirements
Initiative and enterprise	Seeking feedback on products, processes and procedures Gathering and analysing information and applying to work-related processes Recording information on the quality and other indicators of products Supporting achievement of efficient production processes Determining and acting on situations requiring further information or problem solving
Planning and organising	Identifying hazards and implementing appropriate hazard control measures Demonstrating time-management skills Sourcing and preparing materials and resources Sequencing work to maximise safety and productivity
Self-management	Interpreting and applying relevant Acts and regulations Keeping the work area clean and tidy at all times Monitoring own work and work of team, and identifying and acting on any quality issues Understanding own work activities Managing own time to meet deadlines Implementing workplace procedures and instructions
Learning	Implementing learning activities as appropriate to ensure achievement of specified production requirements Assessing competencies in meeting job requirements Being supportive and assertive, and using interpersonal skills Identifying own training needs and seeking skill development if required Gathering feedback on own work to assess effectiveness in meeting objectives and integrating information into own practice
Technology	Using computer software applications effectively Working with technology safely and according to workplace standards Helping others use technology efficiently and safely Using testing technology

Packaging Rules

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the Certificate IV in Recreational Vehicles competency must be achieved in thirty two (32) units of competency:

three (3) core units of competency

twenty nine (29) elective units of competency, as specified below:

a minimum of two (2) units of competency must be selected from Group A

a maximum of fourteen (14) units of competency may be selected from Groups C and D, with a maximum of six (6) from Group D

the balance of units must be selected from Groups A and B to bring the total to twenty nine (29).

Note: Up to seven (7) elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, as specified in Groups A, B, C and D.

Note: Where prerequisite units are identified, they must be counted in the total number of units required for completion of the qualification.

Core units of competency

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSAENV272B	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAPMOHS200A	Work safely
MSAPMSUP102A	Communicate in the workplace

Elective units of competency

Group A

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AURATA3005	Estimate complex jobs
AURANN4001	Prepare a vehicle repair quotation
AURV365356A	Read and interpret vehicle body repair estimation/quotation
AURVTN4032	Determine vehicle body damage and recommend repair procedures
MEM03006B	Set assembly stations	*
MEM16012A	Interpret technical specifications and manuals
MSARVS401A	Assess and quote to service a recreational vehicle
Up to one (1) relevant elective unit of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where it is available for inclusion at Certificate IV.

Group B

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AUMGTT001	Apply trim to vehicle components
AURETR2015	Inspect and service batteries
AURETR2012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR2010	Fabricate, test and repair wiring harnesses and looms
AURETB3001	Repair electric braking systems
AURTTB2001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTD2004	Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTJ2002	Remove and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components
AURTTA3017	Carry out vehicle safety and roadworthy inspection
AURVTN2005	Remove and fit protector mouldings, transfers and decals
AURVTP2007	Apply paint touch-up techniques
AURVTS3004	Repair fibreglass and composite material components
AURTTY3001	Repair chassis, frame and associated components
AURVTT3015	Fabricate canvas products
AURVTT3016	Fabricate frame structures
AURVTT3019	Fabricate and install canopies and curtains
AURVTG3011	Install side windows
MEM03001B	Perform manual production assembly
MEM05005B	Carry out mechanical cutting	*
MEM05012C	Perform routine manual metal arc welding
MEM05050B	Perform routine gas metal arc welding
MEM10002B	Terminate and connect electrical wiring	*
MEM12002B	Perform electrical/electronic measurement
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations
MEM18038B	Maintain wheels and tyres	*
MEM18045B	Fault find/repair electrical equipment/components up to 250 volts single phase supply	*
MSAPMOPS101A	Make measurements
MSARVS202A	Repair/service LP gas systems in a recreational vehicle
PMBPROD221B	Operate rotational moulding equipment
PMBPROD321B	Produce rotational moulded products	*
Up to two (2) relevant elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where they are available for inclusion at Certificate IV.

Group C

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AURAFA2004	Solve routine problems in an automotive workplace
AURAKA3002	Adapt work processes to new technologies
AURAMA5006	Contribute to business improvement
MEM13002B	Undertake occupational health and safety activities in the workplace
MEM13010A	Supervise occupational health and safety in an industrial work environment	*
MEM14001B	Schedule material deliveries
MEM14002B	Undertake basic process planning
MEM14003B	Undertake basic production scheduling
MEM15002A	Apply quality systems
MEM15004B	Perform inspection
MEM15005B	Select and control inspection processes and procedures	*
MEM16002C	Conduct formal interviews and negotiations
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM22015A	Source and estimate engineering materials requirements	*
MEM30013A	Assist in the preparation of a basic workplace layout
MSS402002A	Sustain process improvements
MSS402081A	Contribute to the application of a proactive maintenance strategy
MSS403002A	Ensure process improvements are sustained
MSS403011A	Facilitate implementation of competitive systems and practices
MSS403021A	Facilitate a Just in Time system
MSS403040A	Facilitate and improve implementation of 5S
MSS403041A	Facilitate breakthrough improvements
MSS403051A	Mistake proof an operational process
MSS404082A	Assist in implementing a proactive maintenance strategy
MSAENV472B	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAPMSUP200A	Achieve work outcomes
MSAPMSUP383A	Facilitate a team
MSAPMSUP390A	Use structured problem solving tools
PSPGOV408A	Value diversity
TAEASS401B	Plan assessment activities and processes
TAEASS402B	Assess competence
TAEASS403B	Participate in assessment validation
TAEDEL301A	Provide work skill instruction
Up to two (2) relevant elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where they are available for inclusion at Certificate IV.

Group D

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM11011B	Undertake manual handling
MEM14004A	Plan to undertake a routine task
MEM15024A	Apply quality procedures
MSS402021A	Apply Just in Time procedures
MSS402040A	Apply 5S procedures
MSS402080A	Undertake root cause analysis
MSAPMOHS220A	Provide initial first aid response
MSAPMOPS212A	Use enterprise computers or data systems
MSAPMSUP100A	Apply workplace procedures
MSAPMSUP101A	Clean workplace or equipment
MSAPMSUP106A	Work in a team
MSAPMSUP280A	Manage conflict at work
MSAPMSUP291A	Participate in continuous improvement
MSARVS301A	Develop and update caravan industry knowledge
MSARVG201A	Tow a recreational vehicle safely
MSARVT201A	Apply technical knowledge of recreational vehicle manufacturing to work activities
SIRXSLS002A	Advise on products and services
TLID2010A	Operate a forklift
UEGNSG604B	Fill gas cylinders
Up to two (2) relevant elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where they are available for inclusion at Certificate IV.

MSA40710 Certificate IV in Recreational Vehicle and Accessories Retailing

Modification History

Release 5 - Imported elective unit replaced by current release.

Release 4 - Imported elective units replaced by current versions. Prerequisites replaced by an asterisk. Equivalent.

Release 3 - MSACM unit replaced by MSS unit from MSS11v2 Sustainability Training Package. Imported unit version coded updated.

Release 2 - Imported unit code updated.

Description

This qualification covers the skills and knowledge designed to reflect the role of a supervisor or assistant manager in a recreational vehicle retail outlet.

Job roles/employment outcomes

The Certificate IV in Recreational Vehicle and Accessories Retailing has been developed as a post-trade level qualification for use in MSA07 Manufacturing Training Package. This qualification has been developed in response to an industry request. People with this qualification would be expected to lead sales teams and provide supervision of people in the sale of recreational vehicles and accessories, including:

motor homes

caravans

camper trailers

slide-ons

fifth wheelers

to meet Australian requirements, such as road worthiness and the Australian Design Rule (ADR). They will provide technical leadership as well as undertake some tasks themselves.

They may work in a service and repair facility or a manufacturer's factory undertaking sales work. Sales may be for a new recreational vehicle, a second-hand/refurbished recreational vehicle or spare parts and accessories. In some cases selling of the recreational vehicle may also include possible modifications which could be made to the recreational vehicle.

Application

The sector typically manufactures, services and repairs recreational vehicles as required. Recreational vehicle sales requires specialised knowledge not only of the available range of recreational vehicle models and accessories but of the legal requirements associated with weight, towing and vehicle capacity.

Recreational vehicles may be made from a frame (timber, aluminium or steel) and skin (aluminium or fibre composite) or a manufactured wall panel or some other technology. They are typically mounted on a steel chassis which may be manufactured by the recreational vehicle manufacturer or bought. Fittings are typically timber/particle board but may be any other suitable material.

People with this qualification may be expected to:

sell a new or second-hand recreational vehicle

suggest modifications/refits to a recreational vehicle

prepare a recreational vehicle for sale/resale

sell spare parts and accessories

manage a sales area/showroom.

This work will generally be undertaken in a workshop or showroom environment.

Training programs for this qualification are suitable to be undertaken as part of a formal training contract with an employer under an Australian Traineeship or Apprenticeship arrangement.

Pathways into the qualification

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

The units of competency contained within this qualification are common with other qualifications and credit should be granted towards this qualification where competency has already been achieved.

Credit should also be granted towards this qualification where competency has been achieved in units of competency contained within relevant skill sets.

The units of competency in this qualification reflect competencies which are practiced within the industry and recognition of prior learning (RPL) should be granted where there is sufficient evidence of competency from work-based experience.

Pathways from the qualification

Further qualification pathways from this qualification include MSA50510 Diploma of Recreational Vehicles.

Additional qualification advice

MSA41108 Certificate IV in Competitive Manufacturing is available for team leaders or others who need a more generalist qualification covering the application of good manufacturing practice and lean principles.

Licensing considerations

Units of competency in this qualification provide the underpinning knowledge and skills for various required licenses. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Pathways Information

Not applicable.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Summary

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS QUALIFICATION SUMMARY
Employability Skill	Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification
Communication	Negotiating effectively with team members and other managers on business values, directions and day-to-day operational matters Reading, analysing and communicating workplace information to team members and other managers Writing reports and completing business documentation in the context of the job role
Teamwork	Leading a retail or wholesale business team, and mentoring and supporting team members in the context of a retail supervision or management role Effectively participating in wider retail business supervisory/management teams working independently to complete own tasks and supporting other team members, where appropriate
Problem solving	Implementing customer service strategies Anticipating problems and acting to mitigate where possible Solving a range of operational retail or wholesale operational business problems, individually or in the context of a wider team management structure Clarifying issues and applying existing policies and infrastructure to source information and resources, and developing practical and sustainable solutions
Initiative and enterprise	Creating an operational business team customer service and continuous improvement environment across all performance areas Providing positive feedback, encouraging team members to do things better and be personally receptive to team members ideas Translating ideas into action by positively accepting and initiating changes in procedures or arrangements at the business level
Planning and organising	Establishing and communicating clear goals and deliverables for self and team members within the context of organisation objectives and the current business situation Coordinating resources to ensure that work is carried out according to timelines and priorities Coordinating and/or implementing changes arising from continuous improvement processes
Self-management	Understanding how own personal job role fits into the context of the wider business values and directions Working within the retail or wholesale business culture by practising inclusive behaviour, effective management of personal presentation, hygiene, and time Efficiently prioritising and completing delegated tasks Maintaining own knowledge of the job role, reviewing own performance and actively seeking and acting upon advice and guidance
Learning	Identifying personal strengths and weaknesses in the context of the job role and recognising how to personally learn best at work Seeking opportunities for formal education in the context of a current role or future retail job opportunities Accepting opportunities to learn new ways of doing things and sharing knowledge and skills with other business managers and team members
Technology	Adapting to new business related technology skill requirements Selecting and using retail or other information and communications technology, where relevant, to support business operations and planning in the context of key business performance objectives and personal job role

Packaging Rules

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the Certificate IV in Recreational Vehicle and Accessories Retailing competency must be achieved in thirty two (32) units of competency:

three (3) core units of competency

twenty nine (29) elective units of competency, as specified below:

a minimum of two (2) units of competency must be selected from Group A

a maximum of fourteen (14) units of competency may be selected from Groups C and D, with a maximum of six (6) from Group D

the balance of units must be selected from Groups A and B to bring the total to twenty nine (29).

Note: Up to seven (7) relevant units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, as specified in Groups A, B, C and D.

Note: Where prerequisite units are identified, they must be counted in the total number of units required for completion of the qualification.

Core units of competency

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSAENV272B	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAPMOHS200A	Work safely
MSAPMSUP102A	Communicate in the workplace

Elective units of competency

Group A

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AURACA3002	Establish customer requirements of a complex nature
AURATA3005	Estimate complex jobs
AURANN4001	Prepare a vehicle repair quotation
AURV365356A	Read and interpret vehicle body repair estimation/quotation
AURVTN4032	Determine vehicle body damage and recommend repair procedures
MEM16003B	Provide advanced customer service
MEM16012A	Interpret technical specifications and manuals
SIRXMER303	Coordinate merchandise presentation
SIRXMER004A	Manage merchandise and store presentation
SITXMPR404	Coordinate marketing activities
Up to one (1) relevant elective unit of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where it is available for inclusion at Certificate IV.

Group B

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AUMANA001	Prepare and document quotations
AURACA2001	Establish relations with customers
AURC341903A	Apply relevant finance, leasing and insurance contracts/policies
AURACA3003	Build customer relations
AURAMA3004	Maintain business image
AURAMA4005	Manage complex customer issues
AURSCA2002	Present stock and sales area
AURSCA2003	Apply sales procedures
AURSCA2004	Carry out cash, credit and funds transfers
AURSCA2005	Sell products
AURSCA2006	Promote products and services
AURSAA2001	Process customer complaints
BSBCUS501C	Manage quality customer service
SIRXCCS201	Apply point-of-sale handling procedures
SIRXINV004A	Buy merchandise
SIRXRSK001A	Minimise theft
SIRXRSK002A	Maintain store security
SIRXSLS002A	Advise on products and services
Up to two (2) relevant elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where they are available for inclusion at Certificate IV.

Group C

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AURAAA4002	Determine retail rates for work
AURAFA2004	Solve routine problems in an automotive workplace
AURAKA3002	Adapt work processes to new technologies
AURAMA5006	Contribute to business improvement
MEM13002B	Undertake occupational health and safety activities in the workplace
MEM13010A	Supervise occupational health and safety in an industrial work environment	*
MEM15002A	Apply quality systems
MEM15004B	Perform inspection
MEM16002C	Conduct formal interviews and negotiations
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM22015A	Source and estimate engineering materials requiremetns	*
MSS403040A	Facilitate and improve implementation of 5S
MSAENV472B	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAPMSUP200A	Achieve work outcomes
MSAPMSUP383A	Facilitate a team
MSAPMSUP390A	Use structured problem solving tools
MSARVS401A	Assess and quote to service a recreational vehicle
PSPGOV408A	Value diversity
SITXMG501	Establish and conduct business relationships
TAEASS401B	Plan assessment activities and processes
TAEASS402B	Assess competence
TAEASS403B	Participate in assessment validation
TAEDEL301A	Provide work skill instruction
Up to two (2) relevant elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where they are available for inclusion at Certificate IV.

Group D

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AURSCA2001	Select automotive parts and products
AURSLA2001	Apply legal requirements relating to product sales
AURSBA3002	Apply automotive parts interpretation process
AURTTA3017	Carry out vehicle safety and roadworthy inspection
MSAPMOHS220A	Provide initial first aid response
MSAPMOPS212A	Use enterprise computers or data systems
MSAPMSUP100A	Apply workplace procedures
MSAPMSUP106A	Work in a team
MSAPMSUP280A	Manage conflict at work
MSAPMSUP291A	Participate in continuous improvement
MSARVS301A	Develop and update caravan industry knowledge
MSARVG201A	Tow a recreational vehicle safely
SITXMPR401	Coordinate production of brochures and marketing materials
SITXMPR402	Create a promotional display or stand
UEGNSG604B	Fill gas cylinders
Up to two (2) relevant elective units of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where they are available for inclusion at Certificate IV.

MSA50108 Diploma of Manufacturing Technology

Modification History

Release 4 - Imported elective units replaced by current versions. Equivalent.

Release 3 - MSACM units replaced by MSS units from MSS11v2 Sustainability Training Package.

Release 2 - Imported unit codes updated.

Description

This qualification would normally be delivered part time over a three year period. There are three specialist streams available:

Metallurgy

Polymer technology

Structural steel detailing.

Each stream offers an opportunity for significant choice in electives and each stream requires the same core units to be completed.

Pathways Information

Not applicable.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Summary

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS QUALIFICATION SUMMARY

MSA50108 Diploma of Manufacturing Technology

The following table contains a summary of the employability skills as identified by the manufacturing technology related industries for this qualification. This table should be interpreted in conjunction with the detailed requirements of each unit of competency packaged in this qualification. The outcomes described here are broad industry requirements that reflect skill requirements for this level.

Employability skill	Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification include:
Communication	complete workplace documentation and records use communication technologies efficiently develop work instructions, specifications and procedures demonstrate effective and appropriate communication and interpersonal skills when dealing with people from NESB communicate with all team members demonstrate effective and appropriate communication and interpersonal skills when dealing with clients use most appropriate communication method given priority, cost and customer facilities access, interpret and apply technical information
Teamwork	work cooperatively with people of different ages, gender, race or religion liaise with and provide support to other team members work as part of a team identify and manage performance required to meet internal and external customer needs in own work and team manage technical processes and provide problem solving support to others
Problem solving	investigate problem causes identify, rectify or report potential difficulties associated with manufacture of products or provision of services identify environmental features, regulations, insurance requirements, legal requirements and other factors which may affect the product or service to be provided use material and process knowledge to solve problems identify hazards and suggest control measures determine production requirements conduct tests and analyse results to determine and assess production requirements
Initiative and enterprise	seek feedback on products, processes and procedures gather and analyse information and apply to work related processes record information on the quality and other indicators of products support achievement of efficient production processes determine and act on situations requiring further information or problem solving
Planning and organising	identify hazards and implement appropriate hazard control measures demonstrate time management skills source and prepare materials and resources sequence work to maximise safety and productivity
Self management	interpret and apply relevant acts and regulations keep the work area clean and tidy at all times monitor own work and work of team and identify and act on any quality issues understand own work activities manage own time to meet deadlines implement workplace procedures and instructions
Learning	implement learning activities as appropriate to ensure achievement of specified production requirements assess competencies in meeting job requirements be supportive, assertive and use interpersonal skills identify own training needs and seek skill development if required gather feedback to own work to assess effectiveness in meeting objectives and integrate information into own practice
Technology	use computer software applications effectively work with technology safely and according to workplace standards help others use technology efficiently and safely use testing technology

Packaging Rules

Packaging Rules

To be awarded a Diploma of Manufacturing Technology competency must be achieved in twenty one (21) units of competency:

five (5) core units of competency

sixteen (16) elective units of competency chosen as described below.

Core units

The following five (5) units must be chosen.

Unit code	Unit title
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MEM30012A	Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment
MSS402051A	Apply quality standards
MSAENV272B	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices

Prerequisites

Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisite requirements. The prerequisites for these units are to be counted in the total number of units required in the elective group. Please refer to the individual units for details.

Elective units

Group A - specialist streams

Choose sixteen (16) elective units as specified to achieve a specialist stream.

Note:

All units from each specialist stream are available in Group B as General Electives.

Four elective units may also be chosen from other qualifications in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, as specified below.

Metallurgy specialist stream

Select sixteen (16) elective units:

a minimum of ten (10) from the list below

the balance may be chosen from Group B

Note:

at least four (4) of the ten (10) metallurgy elective units must be coded MSATCM5---.

the unit MSATCM406A Apply basic chemistry principles to metallurgy must also be selected if it has not already been completed as part of a lower qualification.

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23063A	Select and test mechanical engineering materials	*
MEM23109A	Apply engineering mechanic principles	*
MEM24012C	Apply metallurgy principles
MEM30007A	Select common engineering materials
MSATCM401A	Prepare and examine metallographic samples
MSATCM402A	Monitor and test sands, cores and moulds
MSATCM403A	Evaluate mould design and gating
MSATCM404A	Undertake and interpret results of chemical analysis on metal samples
MSATCM405A	Determine and supervise heat treatment of metal	*
MSATCM406A	Apply basic chemistry principles to metallurgy
MSATCM501A	Calculate and predict chemical outcomes in metallurgical situations	*
MSATCM502A	Identify and describe equipment for mineral and chemical processing plants	*
MSATCM503A	Recommend a refractory for an application
MSATCM504A	Select metal forming process	*
MSATCM505A	Select metal joining process	*
MSATCM506A	Monitor blast furnace operations	*
MSATCM507A	Monitor primary steel making process	*
MSATCM508A	Monitor secondary steelmaking operations	*
MSATCM509A	Recommend ferrous and non ferrous metals or alloys for an application	*
MSATCM510A	Apply metallurgical principles and techniques in welding and other thermal processes	*
MSATCM511A	Apply metallurgy principles and practice to determine metal forming and shaping processes
MSATCM512A	Apply metallurgy principles and practice to optimise furnace operation
MSATCM513A	Plan and complete metallurgical projects	*
MSATCM514A	Select surface treatment methods for metallic components or products
MSATCM515A	Analyse metallurgical failures of components and recommend preventative measures	*
MSATCM516A	Select non-metallic materials for engineering applications manufacturing, engineering and structural
MSATCM517A	Determine corrosion prevention strategies for metal and alloys
MSATCM518A	Interpret complex binary phase diagrams	*

Polymer technology specialist stream

Select sixteen (16) elective units:

a minimum of eight (8) from the list below

the balance may be chosen from Group B

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSS405075A	Facilitate the development of a new product	*
PMAOPS550B	Develop a colour formulation	*
PMBTECH501B	Analyse equipment performance	*
PMBTECH502B	Review and analyse production trials and specify re-trials	*
PMBTECH503B	Determine rheology and output of plastics materials from processing equipment	*
PMBTECH504B	Determine heat transfer loads for processing equipment
PMBTECH505B	Choose polymer materials for an application	*
PMBTECH506B	Analyse the design of products and tools	*
PMBTECH507B	Develop fibre composite products using cored laminate techniques	*
PMBTECH508A	Develop a new compound
PMBTECH509A	Modify an existing product
PMBTECH510A	Analyse failure in polymeric materials

Group C - Structural steel detailing specialist stream

Select sixteen (16) elective units:

a minimum of ten (10) from the two groups below

the balance may be chosen from Group B

Structural steel detailing - Group 1

All seven (7) of these specialist stream units must be chosen from this group.

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSATCS301A	Interpret architectural and engineering design specifications for structural steel detailing	*
MSATCS302A	Detail bolts and welds for structural steelwork connections	*
MSATCS501A	Detail standardised structural connections	*
MSATCS502A	Detail structural steel members	*
MSATCS503A	Incorporate structural steel detailing into fabrication and construction project management
MEM05051A	Select welding processes
MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing

Structural steel detailing - Group 2

Three (3) units must be chosen from the list below.

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSATCS504A	Detail ancillary steelwork	*
MEM09006B	Perform advanced engineering detail drafting	*
MEM09009C	Create 2D drawings using computer aided design system	*
MEM16012A	Interpret technical specifications and manuals
MEM30031A	Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements
MEM30032A	Produce basic engineering drawings
MEM30033A	Use computer-aided design (CAD) to create and display 3-D models	*

Group B - General electives

The balance of units for each specialist stream may be chosen from this list as specified below:

Metallurgy specialist stream	Up to six units
Polymer technology specialist stream	Up to eight units
Structural steel detailing	Up to six units

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AUM4003A	Interpret customer requirements
FDFOP2005A	Work in a socially diverse environment
LMTGN4016A	Contribute to the development of products or processes
MEM06003C	Carry out heat treatment
MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM09204A	Produce basic engineering detail drawings	*
MEM09205A	Produce electrical schematic drawings	*
MEM09005B	Perform basic engineering detail drafting	*
MEM09011B	Apply basic engineering design concepts	*
MEM09216A	Interpret and produce curved 3-D shapes and patterns
MEM09157A	Perform mechanical engineering design drafting
MEM09158A	Perform mechatronic engineering design drafting
MEM09155A	Prepare mechanical models for computer-aided engineering (CAE)	*
MEM09156A	Prepare mechatronic models for computer-aided engineering (CAE)	*
MEM12003B	Perform precision mechanical measurement
MEM12005B	Calibrate measuring equipment	*
MEM12022B	Program coordinate measuring machine (advanced)
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements
MEM12024A	Perform computations
MEM12025A	Use graphical techniques and perform simple statistical computations
MEM13002B	Undertake occupational health and safety activities in the workplace
MEM13010A	Supervise occupational health and safety in an industrial work environment	*
MEM13013B	Work safely with ionising radiation
MEM13014A	Apply principles of occupational health and safety in the work environment
MEM14001B	Schedule material deliveries
MEM14002B	Undertake basic process planning
MEM14003B	Undertake basic production scheduling
MEM14004A	Plan to undertake a routine task
MEM14005A	Plan a complete activity
MEM14085A	Apply mechanical engineering analysis techniques	*
MEM14086A	Apply mechatronic engineering analysis techniques	*
MEM14087A	Apply manufactured product design techniques	*
MEM14088A	Apply maintenance engineering techniques to equipment and component repairs and modifications	*
MEM14089A	Integrate mechanical fundamentals into an engineering task	*
MEM14090A	Integrate mechatronic fundamentals into an engineering task	*
MEM14091A	Integrate manufacturing fundamentals into an engineering task	*
MEM14092A	Integrate maintenance fundamentals into an engineering task	*
MEM15001B	Perform basic statistical quality control
MEM15004B	Perform inspection
MEM15005B	Select and control inspection processes and procedures
MEM15007B	Conduct product and/or process capability studies	*
MEM15008B	Perform advanced statistical quality control	*
MEM15010B	Perform laboratory procedures
MEM15011B	Exercise external quality assurance	*
MEM15012B	Maintain/supervise application of quality procedures	*
MEM16005A	Operate as a team member to conduct manufacturing, engineering or related activities
MEM16007A	Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment
MEM16010A	Write reports	*
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations
MEM18003C	Use tools for precision work
MEM18006B	Repair and fit engineering components
MEM18010C	Perform equipment condition monitoring and recording
MEM18016B	Analyse plant/equipment condition monitoring results	*
MEM18055B	Dismantle, replace and assemble engineering components
MEM22002A	Manage self in the engineering environment	*
MEM22012A	Coordinate resources for an engineering project or operation
MEM22013A	Coordinate engineering projects
MEM22014A	Coordinate engineering-related manufacturing operations	*
MEM22015A	Source and estimate engineering materials requiremetns
MEM22007A	Manage environmental effects of engineering activities	*
MEM22017A	Coordinate continuous improvement and technical development in an engineering-related project or operation
MEM22018A	Coordinate sales and promotion of engineering-related products or services
MEM23003A	Operate and program computers and/or controllers in engineering situations	*
MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23006A	Apply fluid and thermodynamics principles in engineering	*
MEM23007A	Apply calculus to engineering tasks	*
MEM23041A	Apply basic scientific principles and techniques in mechanical engineering situations
MEM23109A	Apply engineering mechanic principles	*
MEM23111A	Select electrical equipment and components for engineering applications	*
MEM23112A	Investigate electrical and electronic controllers in engineering applications	*
MEM23063A	Select and test mechanical engineering materials	*
MEM23064A	Select and test mechatronic engineering materials	*
MEM23113A	Evaluate hydrodynamic systems and system components	*
MEM23114A	Evaluate thermodynamic systems and components	*
MEM23115A	Evaluate fluid power systems	*
MEM23116A	Evaluate programmable logic contoller and related control system components	*
MEM23117A	Evaluate microcontroller applications	*
MEM23118A	Apply production and service control techniques	*
MEM23119A	Evaluate continuous improvement processes	*
MEM23120A	Select mechanical machine and equipment components	*
MEM23121A	Analyse loads on frames and mechanisms	*
MEM23122A	Evaluate computer integrated manufacturing systems	*
MEM23123A	Evaluate manufacturing processes
MEM23124A	Measure and analyse noise and vibration	*
MEM23125A	Evaluate maintenance systems	*
MEM24002B	Perform penetrant testing	*
MEM24003B	Perform basic magnetic particle testing	*
MEM24004B	Perform magnetic particle testing	*
MEM24005B	Perform basic eddy current testing	*
MEM24006B	Perform eddy current testing	*
MEM24007B	Perform ultrasonic thickness testing	*
MEM24008B	Perform ultrasonic testing	*
MEM24009B	Perform basic radiographic testing	*
MEM24010B	Perform radiographic testing	*
MEM24011B	Establish non destructive tests	*
MEM30031A	Use computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements
MEM30032A	Produce basic engineering drawings
MEM30033A	Use computer-aided design (CAD) to create and display 3-D models	*
MEM30005A	Calculate force systems within simple beam structures	*
MEM30006A	Calculate stresses in simple structures	*
MEM30007A	Select common engineering materials
MEM30008A	Apply basic economic and ergonomic concepts to evaluate engineering applications
MEM30009A	Contribute to the design of basic mechanical systems	*
MEM30013A	Assist in the preparation of a basic workplace layout
MEM30014A	Apply basic just in time systems to the reduction of waste
MEM30015A	Develop recommendations for basic set up time improvements
MEM30016A	Assist in the analysis of a supply chain
MEM30017A	Use basic preventative maintenance techniques and tools
MEM30018A	Undertake basic process planning
MEM30019A	Use resource planning software systems in manufacturing	*
MEM30020A	Develop and manage a plan for a simple manufacturing related project
MEM30021A	Prepare a simple production schedule
MEM30022A	Undertake supervised procurement activities
MEM30023A	Prepare a simple cost estimate for a manufactured product
MEM30024A	Participate in quality assurance techniques	*
MEM30027A	Prepare basic programs for programmable logic controllers
MEM30028A	Assist in sales of technical products/systems
MSS402002A	Sustain process improvements
MSS402030A	Apply cost factors to work practices
MSS402060A	Use planning software systems in operations
MSS402061A	Use SCADA systems in operations
MSS402080A	Undertake root cause analysis
MSS403001A	Implement competitive systems and practices
MSS403002A	Ensure process improvements are sustained
MSS403010A	Facilitate change in an organisation implementing competitive systems and practices
MSS403021A	Facilitate a Just in Time system
MSS403030A	Improve cost factors in work practices
MSS403032A	Analyse manual handling processes
MSS403040A	Facilitate and improve implementation of 5S
MSS403051A	Mistake proof an operational process
MSS404050A	Undertake process capability improvements
MSS404052A	Apply statistics to operational processes
MSS404060A	Facilitate the use of planning software systems in a work area or team
MSS404061A	Facilitate the use of SCADA systems in a team or work area
MSS404081A	Undertake proactive maintenance analyses
MSS404082A	Assist in implementing a proactive maintenance strategy
MSS405001A	Develop competitive systems and practices for an organisation
MSS405002A	Analyse and map a value stream
MSS405003A	Manage a value stream
MSS405004A	Develop business plans in an organisation implementing competitive systems and practices
MSS405010A	Manage relationships with non-customer external organisations
MSS405011A	Manage people relationships
MSS405012A	Manage workplace learning
MSS405020A	Develop quick changeover procedures
MSS405021A	Develop a Just in Time system
MSS405030A	Optimise cost of product or service
MSS405031A	Undertake value analysis of a product or process costs in terms of customer requirements
MSS405040A	Manage 5S system in an organisation
MSS405050A	Determine and improve process capability	*
MSS405560A	Develop the application of enterprise control systems in an organisation
MSS4050061A	Determine and establish information collection requirements and processes
MSS405070A	Develop and manage sustainable energy practices
MSS015002A	Develop strategies for more sustainable use of resources
MSS405075A	Facilitate the development of a new product	*
MSS405081A	Develop a proactive maintenance strategy
MSAENV472B	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAENV672B	Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability
MSAPMOPS400A	Optimise process/plant area	*
MSAPMOPS401A	Trial new process or product
MSAPMSUP303A	Identify equipment faults
MSAPMSUP390A	Use structured problem solving tools
MSATCM301A	Test the mechanical properties of materials
MSATCM302A	Monitor basic ferrous melting and casting processes
MSATCM303A	Monitor basic non-ferrous melting and casting processes
MSATCM304A	Interpret basic binary phase diagrams
MSATCM305A	Demonstrate basic knowledge of casting operations
PMAOPS350B	Match and adjust colour
PMAOPS450B	Solve colour problems
PMBPREP304C	Set a die
PMBPREP305B	Change extrusion die and calibration setup
PMBPROD235C	Use materials and process knowledge to complete work operations
PMBPROD430B	Trial a new die/tool
PMBPROD431B	Trial a new, advanced or complex mould
PMBTECH301B	Use material and process knowledge to solve problems
PMBTECH302A	Modify existing compounds
PMBTECH303A	Make minor modifications to products
PMBTECH401B	Predict polymer properties and characteristics	*
PMBTECH402B	Set up and remove complex dies
PMBTECH406A	Diagnose production equipment problems
MSL973001A	Perform basic tests
MSL973006A	Prepare trial batches for evaluation
MSL973007A	Perform microscopic examination
MSL974001A	Prepare, standardise and use solutions
MSL974003A	Perform chemical tests and procedures
MSL974005A	Perform physical tests
MSL974010A	Perform mechanical tests
MSL975016A	Perform complex tests to measure engineering properties of materials
A maximum of four (4) general elective units may be chosen from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses where those units are available for inclusion at Diploma level.

MSA50311 Diploma of Production Management

Modification History

Release 4 - Correction to metadata to show PMAOPS500A as available in this qualification

Release 3 - One imported elective unit updated to current version. Equivalent.

Release 2 - MSACM units replaced by MSS units from MSS11v2 Sustainability Training Package.

Release 1 - New qualification

Description

This qualification provides the skills and knowledge required to plan, direct and coordinate production activities in a manufacturing environment. The qualification has been developed with the process manufacturing sector as a focus. It may also be applied to other organisations in the value chain. The qualification packaging has been developed on an assumption that competency will be developed through a combination of on and off-the-job learning strategies. The qualification may also be achieved through recognition processes.
Job roles/employment outcomes
The MSA50311 Diploma of Production Management specifies the competencies required for employment in job roles related to assisting organisations to improve production. Employment outcomes related to this qualification may include roles such as a production or operations manager.
Application
This qualification provides skills that can be applied to the design and control of production systems within an organisation, including: planning and scheduling tracking and analysing directing and operating.

Pathways Information

Pathways into the qualification
This qualification has no entry requirement. However, entrants for the qualification should already possess operational or technical skills related to the organisation seeking production improvements either through prior relevant experience or qualifications. For this reason the qualification is not suitable as an entry level qualification for school leavers. The units of competency in this qualification reflect competencies which are practised within the industry and recognition of prior learning (RPL) should be granted where there is sufficient evidence of competency from work-based experience.
Additional qualification advice
This qualification provides the skills needed to assist organisations to improve production where competitive manufacturing (lean) processes are not fully employed. It therefore complements but does not duplicate qualifications supplying skills related to competitive manufacturing. Where these skills are required MSA51108 Diploma of Competitive Manufacturing, should be considered.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Summary

Employability Skill	Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification include:
Communication	Manage implementation of production improvement procedures and develop and distribute related information Develop standardised documentation on behalf of an area or group of work teams Share and discuss information with others about enterprise activities Develop and communicate workplace procedures Provide information and clarifications to team leaders and other employees on workplace procedures in relation to production Provide and interpret instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures and other work-related documents Provide assistance or information to relevant personnel Debrief on workplace changes with relevant stakeholders Record production, emissions and other work-related information Access and use workplace communication tools and equipment Apply numeracy skills to work procedures Provide information about team activities to managers, supervisors and customers
Teamwork	Identify roles of work teams where teamwork is used as the form of work organisation Supervise and lead others in a production environment Share work-related information with peers, including team members, supervisors and management Identify hazards to employees and visitors Identify the value chain and advise other employees as to how they can contribute to the final quality of the product Review changes to work practices and work relationships with team leaders and other employees Provide assistance with planning work operations, as required Seek assistance with work operations from specialists and other employees, as required Participate in multidisciplinary teams, as required
Problem-solving	Monitor production and maintenance activities Analyse inconsistencies, non-compliances, faults or hazards Identify factors within work area that are a constraint to work efficiency or reaching of production outcomes Identify essential and non-essential practices Implement methods of increasing features/benefits of products or processes Monitor responsibilities of teams and make improvements to work organisation Identify process steps which cause a problem and implement improvement processes Monitor production performance and implement improvement processes Compare shift or area required performance with actual performance Identify situations where compliance to specifications or safety standards is unlikely Identify, recommend and implement improvements Identify causes of identified faults and take appropriate action Investigate causes of deviations from targets and standards in relation to production Undertake root cause analysis
Initiative and enterprise	Manage procedures and systems for optimum outcomes Analyse feedback on procedures and systems Analyse problems, implications or suggestions for improvements Adjust work activities according to changes in customer requirements Identify methods of increasing contribution of work teams to production Identify and implement changes and improvements Monitor processes and equipment to ensure cost efficiency Implement and monitor work practices to reduce waste Participate in multidisciplinary teams to develop new products or processes
Planning and organising	Ensure work areas comply with sustainability obligations and requirements Identify and manage processes, tools and materials Implement improvements in accordance with procedures Distinguish between essential and non-essential practices Implement use of planning tools within work of teams Determine and prioritise required actions Collect, organise and analyse information from work activities Monitor work activities according to safety and workplace standards Set production targets and outcomes Interpret data and information as required by own job Ask questions to ensure there is understanding of work requirements in teams and among other employees
Self-management	Recommend methods of increasing own contribution to the value chain Adjust work processes according to procedures and customer requirements Identify and manage impact of change in own work Minimise waste in own work activity Assess own work performance Set personal objectives for work performance Manage own time
Learning	Identify skill requirements of self and team members Arrange skill development training for self and others Adapt to changing work requirements Ask questions to aid learning of others Identify personal skill gaps and additional skill needs Ask questions to ensure understanding of own work requirements Monitor own work and identify areas for improvement Seek feedback on work performance Provide feedback on work performance to team leaders and team members
Technology	Monitor technology to ensure production according to legislative requirements and workplace standards Identify equipment and processes appropriate for jobs and skill levels of employees Provide appropriate equipment to ensure safety and efficiency according to skill levels of employees Assess operational efficiency of technology within own skill level and that of team members Analyse data and other information from equipment reports Conduct failure mode effects analyses Use information technology appropriate for job Manage maintenance procedures appropriate to job and processes according to skill levels of team members

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSA50311 Diploma of Production Management, competency must be achieved in ten (10) units of competency. one (1) core unit of competency nine (9) elective units of competency, as specified below Elective units must include: a minimum of two (2) units from each of Group A, Group B and Group C the balance of units, to a maximum of three (3), can be selected from: units from Group A, B or C, not previously selected units available at Diploma level from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisite requirements. Please refer to the individual units for details. Prerequisites are to be counted towards the total number required to complete the qualification.
Core units of competency
Unit code	Unit title
MSAENV472B	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
Elective units of competency
Group A
Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSS405022A	Design a process layout
MSS405030A	Optimise cost of product or service
MSS405060A	Develop the application of enterprise control systems in an organisation
MSS405075A	Facilitate the development of a new product	*
MSAPMOPS401A	Trial new process or product
BSBFIM501A	Manage budgets and financial plans
FNSORG501A	Develop and manage a budget
MEM14001B	Schedule material deliveries
TLIL4059A	Implement asset management systems
TLIL5055A	Manage a supply chain
TLIP4013A	Implement and monitor logistics planning and process
TLIR4008A	Implement and supervise stocktaking procedures
TLIR4009A	Implement purchasing systems
TLIR4010A	Plan purchasing
TLIR5006A	Develop, implement and review purchasing strategies
TLIX5015A	Establish supply chains
Group B
Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSS402030A	Apply cost factors to work practices
MSS404052A	Apply statistics to operational processes
MSS405031A	Undertake value analysis of a product or process costs in terms of customer requirements
MSS405032A	Analyse cost implications of maintenance strategy
MSS405050A	Determine and improve process capability	*
MSS405053A	Manage application of six sigma for process control and improvement	*
MSS405061A	Determine and establish information collection requirements and processes
MSS405081A	Develop a proactive maintenance strategy
MSS405082A	Adapt a proactive maintenance strategy to the process operations sector	*
MSAPMSUP390A	Use structured problem solving tools
MSAPMSUP400A	Develop and monitor quality systems
BSBMGT403A	Implement continuous improvement
PMAOPS500A	Optimise production systems
Group C
Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSS405041A	Implement improvement systems in an organisation
MSS405070A	Develop and manage sustainable energy practices
MSAENV672B	Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability
MSAPMOHS401A	Assess risk
MSAPMOHS503A	Maintain the workplace OHS management system
MSAPMOHS510A	Manage risk	*
BSBINM501A	Manage an information or knowledge management system
BSBMGT502B	Manage people performance
BSBWRK510A	Manage employee relations
MEM11007B	Administer inventory procedures
MSS015002A	Develop strategies for more sustainable use of resources
MSS015015A	Evaluate sustainability impact of a process
PMASUP520B	Review procedures to minimise environmental impact of process
PSPPM501B	Design complex projects
PSPPM502B	Manage complex projects
PSPPM503B	Close complex projects
TLIA5058A	Manage facility and inventory requirements
TLIR4003A	Negotiate a contract
TLIR5005A	Manage a contract

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MSA50510 Diploma of Recreational Vehicles

Modification History

Release 5 - Imported elective unit updated to current release.

Release 4 - Imported elective units replaced by current versions. Prerequisites replaced with an asterisk. Equivalent.

Release 3 - MSACM units replaced by MSS units from MSS11v2 Sustainability Training Package.

Release 2 - Imported unit code updated.

Description

The Diploma of Recreational Vehicles offers advanced training to people who may have completed MSA40510 Certificate IV in Recreational Vehicles or other relevant qualifications, or who have significant relevant industry experience without formal qualifications.

Job roles/employment outcomes

The Diploma of Recreational Vehicles has been developed to reflect the role of senior technicians and managers in a recreational vehicle manufacturing, repair or service enterprise for use in MSA07 Manufacturing Training Package. This qualification has been developed in response to an industry request. People with this qualification would be expected to undertake technical projects and/or manage departments or entire enterprises undertaking the manufacture, service and repair of recreational vehicles, including:

motor homes

caravans

camper trailers

slide-ons

fifth wheelers.

They may work in a service and repair facility or a manufacturer's factory. The organisation may build new recreational vehicles, repair recreational vehicles for insurance claims, modify existing recreational vehicles or undertake routine servicing.

Application

The sector typically manufactures, services and repairs recreational vehicles as required. This may apply to the recreational vehicles body, fittings and running gear. Repairs may be in response to a road (or other) accident, hail damage, vehicle modification or routine servicing. They may also specify and access outside specialist services, for example, for spray painting or licence requirements.

Recreational vehicles may be made from a frame (timber, aluminium or steel) and skin (aluminium or fibre composite) or a manufactured wall panel or some other technology. They are typically mounted on a steel chassis which may be manufactured by the recreational vehicle manufacturer or bought. Fittings are typically timber/particle board but may be any other suitable material.

People with this qualification may be expected to manage the work and perhaps undertake initial design or design modifications of a recreational vehicle, its repair or the process used.

This work will generally be undertaken in a workshop or factory facility.

Training programs for this qualification are suitable to be undertaken as part of a formal training contract with an employer under an Australian Traineeship or Apprenticeship arrangement.

Pathways into the qualification

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

The units of competency contained within this qualification are common with other qualifications and credit should be granted towards this qualification where competency has already been achieved.

Credit should also be granted towards this qualification where competency has been achieved in units of competency contained within relevant skill sets.

The units of competency in this qualification reflect competencies which are practiced within the industry and recognition of prior learning (RPL) should be granted where there is sufficient evidence of competency from work-based experience.

Pathways from the qualification

Currently are no higher recreational vehicle qualifications.

Additional qualification advice

MSA51108 Diploma of Competitive Manufacturing is available for managers or others who need a more generalist qualification covering the application of good manufacturing practice and lean principles.

Licensing considerations

Units of competency in this qualification provide the underpinning knowledge and skills for various required licenses. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Pathways Information

Not applicable.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Summary

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS QUALIFICATION SUMMARY
Employability Skill	Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification
Communication	Managing implementation of occupational health and safety (OHS) procedures, and developing and distributing related safety information Developing standardised documentation on behalf of an area or group of work teams Sharing and discussing information with others about enterprise activities Developing and communicating workplace procedures Providing information and clarifications to team leaders and other employees on workplace procedures Providing and interpreting instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures (SOPs) and other work-related documents Providing assistance or information to relevant personnel Debriefing on workplace changes with relevant stakeholders Recording production or other work-related information Accessing and using workplace communication tools and equipment Applying numeracy skills to work procedures Providing information about team activities to managers, supervisors and customers
Teamwork	Identifying roles of work teams where teamwork is used as the form of work organisation Supervising and leading others in a production environment Sharing production or work-related information with peers, including team members, supervisors and management Identifying hazards to employees and visitors Identifying the value chain and advising other employees as to how they can contribute to the final quality of the product Reviewing changes to work practices and work relationships with team leaders and other employees Providing assistance with planning work operations, as required Seeking assistance with work operations from specialists and other employees, as required Participating in multidisciplinary teams, as required
Problem solving	Monitoring production and maintenance activities Analysing inconsistencies, non-compliances, faults or hazards Identifying factors within work area that are a constraint to work efficiency or reaching of production outcomes Identifying essential and non-essential practices Implementing methods of increasing features/benefits of products or processes Monitoring responsibilities of teams and making improvements to work organisation Identifying process steps which cause a problem and implementing improvement processes Monitoring OHS performance and implementing OHS improvement processes Comparing shift or area required performance with actual performance Identifying situations where compliance to specifications or safety standards is unlikely Identifying, recommending and implementing improvements Distinguishing between random and identifiable causes of work problems Identifying causes of identified faults and taking appropriate action Investigating causes of quality deviations Undertaking root cause analysis Identifying deviations and fault patterns
Initiative and enterprise	Managing procedures and systems for optimum outcomes Analysing feedback on procedures and systems Analysing problems, implications or suggestions for improvements Adjusting work activities according to changes in customer requirements Identifying methods of increasing contribution of work teams to the value chain Identifying and implementing changes and improvements Monitoring processes and equipment to ensure cost-efficiency Managing 5S procedures Implementing and monitoring work practices to reduce waste Participating in multidisciplinary teams to develop new products or processes
Planning and organising	Planning work of teams to meet required standards Ensuring work areas comply with OHS procedures Identifying and managing processes, tools and materials Implementing improvements in accordance with procedures Monitoring and adjusting production/process Distinguishing between essential and non-essential practices Implementing use of planning tools within work of teams Monitoring implementation of 5S procedures in teams Determining and prioritising required actions Collecting, organising and analysing information from work activities Monitoring work activities according to safety and workplace standards Setting production targets and outcomes Interpreting data and information as required by own job Asking questions to ensure understanding of work requirements in teams and among other employees
Self-management	Recommending methods of increasing own contribution to the value chain Adjusting work processes according to procedures and customer requirements Identifying and managing impact of change in own work Minimising waste in own work activity Assessing own work performance Setting personal objectives for work performance Managing own time
Learning	Identifying skill requirements of self and team members Arranging skill development training for self and others Adapting to changing work requirements Asking questions to aid learning of others Identifying personal skill gaps and additional skills needs Asking questions to ensure understanding of own work requirements Monitoring own work and identifying areas for improvement Seeking feedback on work performance Providing feedback on work performance to team leaders and team members
Technology	Monitoring technology to ensure safety according to legislative requirements and workplace standards Identifying equipment and processes appropriate for jobs and skill levels of employees Providing appropriate equipment to ensure safety and efficiency according to skill levels of employees Assessing operational efficiency of technology within own skill level and that of team members Acting on reports of faulty operation of equipment Analysing data and other information from equipment reports Conducting failure mode effects analyses Using information technology appropriate for job Managing maintenance procedures appropriate to job and processes according to skill levels of team members

Packaging Rules

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the Diploma of Recreational Vehicles competency must be achieved in ten (10) units of competency:

three (3) core units of competency

seven (7) elective units of competency, as specified below:

a minimum of two (2) units of competency must be selected from Group A

the balance of units, to a maximum of five (5), may be selected from:

units not previously selected from Group A

Group B units listed below.

Note: Up to two (2) elective units of competency may be selected from this Training package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, as specified in Groups A and B.

Note: Where prerequisite units are identified, they must be counted in the total number of units required for completion of the qualification.

Core units of competency

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSAENV272B	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAPMOHS200A	Work safely
MSAPMSUP210A	Process and record information

Elective units of competency

Group A

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AURV365356A	Read and interpret vehicle body repair estimation/quotation
AURVTN4032	Determine vehicle body damage and recommend repair procedures
MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM09204A	Prepare basic engineering detail drawings	*
MEM09009C	Create 2D drawings using computer-aided design (CAD) system	*
MEM09210A	Create 3-D solid models using computer aided design system	*
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MEM16009A	Research and analyse engineering information	*
MEM16012A	Interpret technical specifications and manuals
MEM30031A	Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements
MSS405075A	Facilitate the development of a new product	*
Up to one (1) relevant elective unit of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses where that unit is available for inclusion at the Diploma level.

Group B

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AUMFTA001	Document manufacturing design processes
AURALA3001	Determine legal aspects of an automotive service and repair contract
AURAMA5006	Contribute to business improvement
AURAFA5007	Develop and document specifications and procedures
AURTNA5001	Estimate and calculate costs to repair, maintain or modify a vehicle
BSBFIM501A	Manage budgets and financial plans
MEM11007B	Administer inventory procedures
MEM11012B	Purchase materials
MEM11017B	Organise and lead stocktakes	*
MEM14001B	Schedule material deliveries
MEM15004B	Perform inspection
MEM15005B	Select and control inspection processes and procedures	*
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MSS404052A	Apply statistics to operational processes
MSS405041A	Implement improvement systems in an organisation
MSS405081A	Develop a proactive maintenance strategy
MSAENV472B	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAPMSUP400A	Develop and monitor quality systems
MSARVS301A	Develop and update caravan industry knowledge
PSPGOV408A	Value diversity
Up to one (1) relevant elective unit of competency may be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses where that unit is available for inclusion at the Diploma level.

MSA60108 Advanced Diploma of Manufacturing Technology

Modification History

Release 5: unit codes corrected in Group B electives:

MEM14091A Integrate manufacturing fundamentals into an engineering task

MEM14092A Integrate maintenance fundamentals into an engineering task

Release 4 - MEM imported elective units replaced by current version. Equivalent.

Release 3 - MSACM units replaced by MSS units from MSS11v2 Sustainability Training Package.

Release 2 - Imported unit codes updated.

Description

This qualification is suitable for delivery part time over a four year period. There are two specialist streams available:

Metallurgy

Polymer Technology.

Each stream offers an opportunity for significant choice in electives and each stream requires the same core units to be completed.

Pathways Information

Not applicable.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Summary

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS QUALIFICATION SUMMARY
MSA60108 Advanced Diploma of Manufacturing Technology The following table contains a summary of the Employability Skills as identified by the manufacturing technology related industries for this qualification. This table should be interpreted in conjunction with the detailed requirements of each unit of competency packaged in this qualification. The outcomes described here are broad industry requirements that reflect skill requirements for this level.
Employability Skill	Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification include:
Communication	Communicate with members of supply chain Use information and communication technology to interpret and analyse market and supply chain information and research new processes and products Calculate costs Use a range of communication and marketing tools to present concepts to a variety of audiences Negotiate contracts with national and international networks Complete documentation and maintain records
Teamwork	Network with clients, industry professionals, supply chain personnel and all levels of internal management Provide product information to others in the team
Problem-solving	Interpret and evaluate market information for use in current and future practices Determine cost effective supply of materials and resources through the supply chain Analyse consumer behaviour to inform marketing processes and identify market opportunities Calculate cost estimates Map and establish supply chain processes Evaluate designs and identify opportunities for improvement
Initiative and enterprise	Secure new networks with industry professionals and clients Implement new product development processes Participate in product improvement processes Implement sales and marketing plans
Planning and organising	Undertake effective planning of own and others' work to achieve desired outcomes within agreed time-frames Schedule meetings and correspondences with networks Monitor quality processes and analyse outcomes Plan and implement contingency plans to respond to incidents and problems Coordinate quality assurance Coordinate people and processes to achieve desired goals Define roles and responsibilities of others
Self-management	Manage work plans and priorities and define responsibilities Manage client and industry relationships and networks Manage data flows and record keeping Monitor own work against industry standards
Learning	Develop or adjust processes based on new information Conduct research to increase knowledge of industry practices and opportunities Develop contacts and networks to support work activity
Technology	Use information and communication technology to acquire, manage and share data and maintain communication networks. Use computer-aided design technology to develop new products

Packaging Rules

Packaging Rules

To be awarded an Advanced Diploma of Manufacturing Technology competency must be achieved in thirty one (31) units of competency:

six (6) core units of competency

twenty five (25) elective units of competency chosen as described below.

Core units

The following six (6) units must be chosen:

Unit code	Unit title
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MEM23001A	Apply advanced mathematical techniques in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment
MEM30012A	Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment
MSS402051A	Apply quality standards
MSAENV272B	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices

Prerequisites

Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisite requirements. The prerequisites for these units are to be counted in the total number of units required in the elective group. Please refer to the individual units for details.

Elective units

Choose twenty five (25) units as specified below for each specialist stream.

Group A - specialist streams

Choose twenty five (25) elective units as specified to achieve a specialist stream.

Note:

All units from each specialist stream are available in Group B as General Electives.

Five elective units may also be chosen from other qualifications in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, as specified below.

Metallurgy specialist stream

Select twenty five (25) elective units:

a minimum of fourteen (14) from the list below

the balance may be chosen from Group B

Note:

at least six of the 14 metallurgy elective units must be coded MSATCM5---

the unit MSATCM406A Apply basic chemistry principles to metallurgy must also be selected if it has not already been completed as part of a lower qualification

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MEM22001A	Perform engineering activities
MEM22002A	Manage self in the engineering environment	*
MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23063A	Select and test mechanical engineering materials	*
MEM23109A	Apply engineering mechanic principles	*
MEM24012C	Apply metallurgy principles
MEM30007A	Select common engineering materials
MSATCM401A	Prepare and examine metallographic samples
MSATCM402A	Monitor and test sands, cores and moulds
MSATCM403A	Evaluate mould design and gating
MSATCM404A	Undertake and interpret results of chemical analysis on metal samples
MSATCM405A	Determine and supervise heat treatment of metal	*
MSATCM406A	Apply basic chemistry principles to metallurgy
MSATCM501A	Calculate and predict chemical outcomes in metallurgical situations	*
MSATCM502A	Identify and describe equipment for mineral and chemical processing plants	*
MSATCM503A	Recommend a refractory for an application
MSATCM504A	Select metal forming process	*
MSATCM505A	Select metal joining process	*
MSATCM506A	Monitor blast furnace operations	*
MSATCM507A	Monitor primary steel making process	*
MSATCM508A	Monitor secondary steelmaking operations	*
MSATCM509A	Recommend ferrous and non ferrous metals or alloys for an application	*
MSATCM510A	Apply metallurgical principles and techniques in welding and other thermal processes	*
MSATCM511A	Apply metallurgy principles and practice to determine metal forming and shaping processes
MSATCM512A	Apply metallurgy principles and practice to optimise furnace operation
MSATCM513A	Plan and complete metallurgical projects	*
MSATCM514A	Select surface treatment methods for metallic components or products
MSATCM515A	Analyse metallurgical failures of components and recommend preventative measures	*
MSATCM516A	Select non metallic materials for engineering applications manufacturing, engineering and structural
MSATCM517A	Determine corrosion prevention strategies for metal and alloys
MSATCM518A	Interpret complex binary phase diagrams	*

Polymer technology specialist stream

Select twenty five (25) elective units:

a minimum of ten (10) from the two groups below

the balance may be chosen from Group B

Polymer technology group 1

Choose at least one of the following units:

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
PMBTECH601B	Develop a new product	*
PMBTECH602B	Develop a new die or tool	*
PMBTECH603B	Design structural/mechanical polymeric components	*

Polymer technology group 2

Choose up to nine of the following units:

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSS405075A	Facilitate the development of a new product	*
PMAOPS550B	Develop a colour formulation
PMAOPS600C	Modify plant
PMBTECH501B	Analyse equipment performance	*
PMBTECH502B	Review and analyse production trials and specify re-trials	*
PMBTECH503B	Determine rheology and output of plastics materials from processing equipment	*
PMBTECH504B	Determine heat transfer loads for processing equipment	*
PMBTECH505B	Choose polymer materials for an application	*
PMBTECH506B	Analyse the design of products and tools	*
PMBTECH507B	Develop fibre composite products using cored laminate techniques	*
PMBTECH508A	Develop a new compound
PMBTECH509A	Modify an existing product
PMBTECH510A	Analyse failure in polymeric materials

Group B - General electives

The balance of units for each specialist stream may be chosen from this list as specified below:

Metallurgy specialist stream	Up to 11 units
Polymer technology specialist stream	Up to 15 units

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AUM4003A	Interpret customer requirements
FDFOP2005A	Work in a socially diverse environment
LMTGN4016A	Contribute to the development of products or processes
LMTGN5004A	Manage installation and commissioning of equipment and systems
MEM06003C	Carry out heat treatment
MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM09204A	Produce basic engineering detail drawings	*
MEM09205A	Produce electrical schematic drawings	*
MEM09005B	Perform basic engineering detail drafting	*
MEM09157A	Represent mechanical engineering design drafting
MEM09158A	Represent mechatronic engineering design drafting
MEM09155A	Prepare mechanical models for computer-aided engineering (CAE)	*
MEM09156A	Prepare mechatronic models for computer-aided engineering (CAE)	*
MEM12003B	Perform precision mechanical measurement
MEM12005B	Calibrate measuring equipment	*
MEM12022B	Program coordinate measuring machine (advanced)
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements
MEM12024A	Perform computations
MEM12025A	Use graphical techniques and perform simple statistical computations
MEM13002B	Undertake occupational health and safety activities in the workplace
MEM13010A	Supervise occupational health and safety in an industrial work environment	*
MEM13013B	Work safely with ionising radiation
MEM14001B	Schedule material deliveries
MEM14002B	Undertake basic process planning
MEM14003B	Undertake basic production scheduling
MEM14005A	Plan a complete activity
MEM14085A	Apply mechanical engineering analysis techniques	*
MEM14086A	Apply mechatronic engineering analysis techniques	*
MEM14087A	Apply manufactured product design techniques	*
MEM14088A	Apply maintenance engineering techniques to equipment and component repairs and modifications	*
MEM14089A	Integrate mechanical fundamentals into an engineering task	*
MEM14090A	Integrate mechatronic fundamentals into an engineering task	*
MEM14091A	Integrate manufacturing fundamentals into an engineering task	*
MEM14092A	Integrate maintenance fundamentals into an engineering task	*
MEM15001B	Perform basic statistical quality control
MEM15004B	Perform inspection
MEM15005B	Select and control inspection processes and procedures	*
MEM15007B	Conduct product and/or process capability studies	*
MEM15008B	Perform advanced statistical quality control	*
MEM15010B	Perform laboratory procedures
MEM15011B	Exercise external quality assurance	*
MEM15012B	Maintain/supervise application of quality procedures	*
MEM16010A	Write reports	*
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations
MEM18003C	Use tools for precision work
MEM18006C	Repair and fit engineering components
MEM18010C	Perform equipment condition monitoring and recording
MEM18016B	Analyse plant/equipment condition monitoring results	*
MEM18055B	Dismantle, replace and assemble engineering components
MEM22002A	Manage self in the engineering environment	*
MEM22012A	Coordinate resources for an engineering project or operation
MEM22013A	Coordinate engineering projects
MEM22014A	Coordinate engineering-related manufacturing operations	*
MEM22015A	Source and estimate engineering materials requirements
MEM22007A	Manage environmental effects of engineering activities	*
MEM22017A	Coordinate continuous improvement and technical development in an engineering-related project or operation
MEM22018A	Coordinate sales and promotion of engineering-related products or services
MEM23007A	Apply calculus to engineering tasks	*
MEM23003A	Operate and program computers and/or controllers in engineering situations	*
MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23006A	Apply fluid and thermodynamics principles in engineering	*
MEM23041A	Apply basic scientific principles and techniques in mechanical engineering situations	*
MEM23109A	Apply engineering mechanics principles	*
MEM23111A	Select electrical equipment and components for engineering applications	*
MEM23112A	Investigate electrical and electronic controllers in engineering applications
MEM23063A	Select and test mechanical engineering materials	*
MEM23064A	Select and test mechatronic engineering materials	*
MEM23113A	Evaluate hydrodynamic systems and system components	*
MEM23114A	Evaluate thermodynamic systems and components	*
MEM23115A	Evaluate fluid power systems	*
MEM23116A	Evaluate programmable logic controller and related control system component applications	*
MEM23117A	Evaluate microcontroller applications	*
MEM23118A	Apply production and service control techniques	*
MEM23119A	Evaluate continuous improvement processes	*
MEM23120A	Select mechanical machine and equipment components	*
MEM23121A	Analyse loads on frames and mechanisms	*
MEM23122A	Evaluate computer integrated manufacturing systems	*
MEM23123A	Evaluate manufacturing processes
MEM23124A	Measure and analyse noise and vibration	*
MEM23125A	Evaluate maintenance systems
MEM24002B	Perform penetrant testing	*
MEM24003B	Perform basic magnetic particle testing	*
MEM24004B	Perform magnetic particle testing	*
MEM24005B	Perform basic eddy current testing	*
MEM24006B	Perform eddy current testing	*
MEM24007B	Perform ultrasonic thickness testing	*
MEM24008B	Perform ultrasonic testing	*
MEM24009B	Perform basic radiographic testing	*
MEM24010B	Perform radiographic testing	*
MEM24011B	Establish non destructive tests	*
MEM30031A	Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements
MEM30032A	Produce basic engineering drawings
MEM30033A	Use computer-aided design (CAD) to create and display 3-D models	*
MEM30005A	Calculate force systems within simple beam structures	*
MEM30006A	Calculate stresses in simple structures	*
MEM30007A	Select common engineering materials	*
MEM30008A	Apply basic economic and ergonomic concepts to evaluate engineering applications
MEM30009A	Contribute to the design of basic mechanical systems	*
MEM30012A	Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment
MEM30013A	Assist in the preparation of a basic workplace layout
MEM30014A	Apply basic just in time systems to the reduction of waste
MEM30015A	Develop recommendations for basic set up time improvements
MEM30016A	Assist in the analysis of a supply chain
MEM30017A	Use basic preventative maintenance techniques and tools
MEM30018A	Undertake basic process planning
MEM30019A	Use resource planning software systems in manufacturing	*
MEM30020A	Develop and manage a plan for a simple manufacturing related project
MEM30021A	Prepare a simple production schedule
MEM30022A	Undertake supervised procurement activities
MEM30023A	Prepare a simple cost estimate for a manufactured product
MEM30024A	Participate in quality assurance techniques	*
MEM30027A	Prepare basic programs for programmable logic controllers
MEM30028A	Assist in sales of technical products/systems
MSS015002A	Develop strategies for more sustainable use of resources
MSS402001A	Develop competitive systems and practices
MSS402030A	Apply cost factors to work practices
MSS402060A	Use planning software systems in operations
MSS402061A	Use SCADA systems in operations
MSS402080A	Undertake root cause analysis
MSS403002A	Ensure process improvements are sustained
MSS403010A	Facilitate change in an organisation implementing competitive systems and practices
MSS403030A	Improve cost factors in work practices
MSS403040A	Facilitate and improve implementation of 5S
MSS403051A	Mistake proof a production process
MSS404050A	Undertake process capability improvements	*
MSS404052A	Apply statistics to operational processes
MSS404081A	Undertake proactive maintenance analyses
MSS404082A	Assist in implementing a proactive maintenance strategy
MSS405002A	Analyse and map a value stream
MSS405003A	Manage a value stream
MSS405004A	Develop business plans in an organisation implementing competitive systems and practices
MSS405005A	Manage competitive systems and processes responding to individual and unique customer requirements
MSS405010A	Manage relationships with non-customer external organisations
MSS405011A	Manage people relationships
MSS405012A	Manage workplace learning
MSS405020A	Develop quick changeover procedures
MSS405021A	Develop a Just in Time system
MSS405022A	Design a process layout
MSS405023A	Develop a levelled pull system for operations and processes
MSS405030A	Optimise cost of product or service
MSS405031A	Undertake value analysis of product costs in terms of customer requirements
MSS405040A	Manage 5S system in an organisation
MSS405050A	Determine and improve process capability	*
MSS405052A	Design an experiment	*
MSS405060A	Develop the application of enterprise control systems in an organisation
MSS405061A	Determine and establish information collection requirements and processes
MSS405070A	Develop and manage sustainable energy practices
MSS405075A	Facilitate the development of a new product	*
MSS405081A	Develop a proactive maintenance strategy
MSS405083A	Adapt a proactive maintenance strategy for a seasonal or cyclical business	*
MSAENV472B	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAENV672B	Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability
MSAPMOHS300A	Facilitate the implementation of OHS for a work group
MSAPMOHS400A	Contribute to workplace OHS management system
MSAPMOHS401A	Assess risk
MSAPMOHS510A	Manage risk
MSAPMOPS400A	Optimise process/plant area
MSAPMOPS401A	Trial new process or product
MSAPMOPS601A	Design equipment and system modifications
MSAPMSUP303A	Identify equipment faults
MSAPMSUP390A	Use structured problem solving tools
MSATCM301A	Test the mechanical properties of materials
MSATCM302A	Monitor basic ferrous melting and casting processes
MSATCM303A	Monitor basic non-ferrous melting and casting processes
MSATCM304A	Interpret basic binary phase diagrams
MSATCM305A	Demonstrate basic knowledge of casting operations
MSL973001A	Perform basic tests
MSL973006A	Prepare trial batches for evaluation
MSL973007A	Perform microscopic examination
MSL974001A	Prepare, standardise and use solutions
MSL974003A	Perform chemical tests and procedures
MSL974005A	Perform physical tests
MSL974010A	Perform mechanical tests
MSL975016A	Perform complex tests to measure engineering properties of materials
PMAOHS310B	Investigate incidents
PMAOPS350B	Match and adjust colour
PMAOPS450B	Solve colour problems
PMAOPS550B	Develop a colour formulation	*
PMASUP420B	Minimise environmental impact of process
PMASUP520B	Review procedures to minimise environmental impact of processes
PMASUP540B	Analyse equipment performance
PMBPREP304C	Set a die
PMBPREP305B	Change extrusion die and calibration setup
PMBPROD235C	Use materials and process knowledge to complete work operations
PMBPROD430B	Trial a new die/tool
PMBPROD431B	Trial a new, advanced or complex mould
PMBTECH301B	Use material and process knowledge to solve problems	*
PMBTECH302A	Modify existing compounds
PMBTECH303A	Make minor modifications to products
PMBTECH401B	Predict polymer properties and characteristics	*
PMBTECH402B	Set up and remove complex dies	*
PMBTECH406A	Diagnose production equipment problems
PMBTECH501B	Analyse equipment performance	*
PMBTECH502B	Review and analyse production trials and specify re-trials	*
PMBTECH503B	Determine rheology and output of plastics materials from processing equipment	*
PMBTECH504B	Determine heat transfer loads for processing equipment	*
PMBTECH505B	Choose polymer materials for an application
PMBTECH506B	Analyse the design of products and tools	*
PMBTECH507B	Develop fibre composite products using cored laminate techniques
PMBTECH508A	Develop a new compound	*
PMBTECH509A	Modify an existing product
PMBTECH510A	Analyse failure in polymeric materials
A maximum of five (5) units can be selected from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses where those units are available for inclusion at Diploma or Advanced Diploma level.

MSASS00001 Confined space work team

Modification History

Not applicable.

Description

Not applicable.

Pathways Information

Pathway

These units of competency can provide credit towards Certificates II and III in PMA08 Chemical, Hydrocarbons&Refining Training Package.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Skill Set Requirements

Units

MSAPMOHS200A Work safely

MSAPMPER200C Work in accordance with an issued permit

MSAPMPER202A Observe permit work

MSAPMPER205C Enter confined space

Target Group

Target group

Persons entering a confined space must do so in accordance with the relevant Australian Standard. Where members of a work team are expected to undertake multiple roles in regard to the confined space entry, then they must be competent in all those roles. This skills set is targeted at such a work team. This training would occur before starting work requiring entry to a confined space. This may occur either as part of safety training to work on the site or more commonly as separate training after initial safety induction.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies from MSA07 Manufacturing Training Package meet the minimum industry requirements for members of a confined space work team.

MSASS00002 High pressure water jetting assistant

Modification History

Not applicable.

Description

Not applicable.

Pathways Information

Pathway

These competencies can provide credit towards relevant qualifications in the MSA07 Manufacturing and MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Packages

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Skill Set Requirements

Units

MSAPMWJ201A Use high pressure water jetting equipment

MSAPMOHS110A Follow emergency response procedures

MSAPMOHS200A Work safely

MSAPMPER200C Work in accordance with an issued permit

Target Group

Target group

Members of the water jetting team who are not competent to operate independently need to have basic competencies before working under supervision. This not only involves technical competence in high pressure water jetting but also requires safe operation within the worksite which may not be familiar to the operator.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies from the MSA07 Manufacturing and other Training Packages meet the minimum industry requirements for a high pressure water jetting assistant.

MSASS00003 High pressure water jetting operator

Modification History

Not applicable.

Description

Not applicable.

Pathways Information

Pathway

These competencies can provide credit towards relevant qualifications in the MSA07 Manufacturing and MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Packages

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Skill Set Requirements

Units

MSAPMWJ301A Operate a high pressure water jetting system

MEM09002B Interpret technical drawing

MSAPMOHS110A Follow emergency response procedures

MSAPMOHS200A Work safely

MSAPMPER200C Work in accordance with an issued permit

Target Group

Target group

At least one member of the water jetting team needs to be competent to operate independently. This not only involves technical competence in high pressure water jetting but also requires safe operation within the worksite which may not be familiar to the operator.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies from the MSA07 Manufacturing and other Training Packages meet the minimum industry requirements for an independent high pressure water jetting operator.

MSASS00004 Leading Hand/Supervisor

Modification History

Release 3 - MSACM unit updated in unit grid. No change to outcomes.

Release 2 - MSACM unit replaced by MSS unit from MSS11v2 Sustainability Training Package.

Description

The Skill Set below has been developed in consultation with the industry and is based on a logical cluster of units which meet critical industry needs in the area of supervision and safety. The Skill Set consists of a cluster of competencies which are commonly practiced (and possibly trained) together. It reflects an industry need to be able to recognise that a person can undertake this defined role.

Pathways Information

These competencies can provide credit towards relevant qualifications in all MSA training packages.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Skill Set Requirements

Units:

MSAPMOPS212A	Use enterprise computer or data systems
MSAPMOHS300A	Facilitate the implementation of OHS for a work group
MSS403011A	Facilitate implementation of competitive systems and practices
TAEDEL301A	Provide work skill instruction

Target Group

Entrants to the Leading Hand/Supervisor Skill Set will be required to have completed a Certificate III qualification in a manufacturing related area, or equivalent. This Skill Set addresses the need for coordination and supervision of trainees, apprentices and other production staff to ensure work place safety, quality and production requirements are maintained and monitored.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies from the MSA07 Manufacturing and other Training Packages meet the minimum industry requirements for supervision of staff working in a manufacturing environment

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MSASS00005 License to operate a standard boiler

Modification History

Release 1 - New Skill Set

Description

Not applicable.

Pathways Information

This Skill Set can be a stand-alone licensing outcome or the unit it comprises credited in any qualification where it is included as core or an elective option.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Meets national High Risk Work Licensing for standard boiler operation

Skill Set Requirements

MSABLIC001 Licence to operate a standard boiler

Target Group

The target group is boiler operators operating standard boilers that require occupational licensing by a State and Territory OHS regulator.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

This unit of competency meets the minimum industry requirements for high risk work licensing of standard boiler operation.

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MSASS00006 License to operate an advanced boiler

Modification History

Release 1 - New Skill Set

Description

Not applicable.

Pathways Information

This Skill Set can be a stand-alone licensing outcome or the unit it comprises credited in any qualification where it is included as core or an elective option.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Meets national High Risk Work Licensing for advanced boiler operation

Skill Set Requirements

MSABLIC002 Licence to operate an advanced boiler

Target Group

The target group is boiler operators operating advanced boilers that require occupational licensing by a State and Territory OHS regulator.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

This unit of competency meets the minimum industry requirements for high risk work licensing of advanced boiler operation.

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MSASS00007 Trade Measurement Verification (Complex Measuring Instrument)

Modification History

Not applicable.

Description

Not applicable.

Pathways Information

Pathway

These competencies can provide credit towards qualifications within the Manufacturing Training Package. If verifiers seek employment as trade measurement inspectors, these competencies may provide recognition towards the new Diploma of Government (Trade Measurement).

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Skill Set Requirements

Units

MSATMVER501A Verify a complex measuring instrument

MSATMREF301A Use and maintain reference standards.

Target Group

Target group

This Skill Set is appropriate for experienced personnel such as fitters, mechanics, instrument manufacturers or importers and software developers who wish to work under a servicing licence to verify complex measuring instruments used in trade measurement. Examples of complex measuring instruments include, LPG dispensers, LPG bulk flowmetering systems, flowmetering systems tested using master meter or gravimetric methods, automatic rail weighbridges, continuous totalising automatic weighing instruments (belt weighers) and totalising hopper weighing instruments.

This Skill Set reflects the minimum requirements for licensing. However, the regulator or individual traders may impose additional requirements before a verifier can start work on some sites. Entrants to this Skill Set should have sufficient workplace skills in OH&S, communication and teamwork that provide underpinning competency to acquire and apply the Skill Set.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies are taken from the Manufacturing Training Package and provide training that meets the minimum requirements for licensing as a verifier of a complex measuring instrument.

MSASS00008 Trade Measurement Verification (Limited Weighing Instrument)

Modification History

Not applicable.

Description

Not applicable.

Pathways Information

Pathway

These competencies can provide credit towards qualifications within the Manufacturing Training Package. If verifiers seek employment as trade measurement inspectors, these competencies may provide recognition towards the new Certificate IV in Government (Trade Measurement).

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Skill Set Requirements

Units

MSATMVER401A Verify a limited weighing instrument

MSATMREF301A Use and maintain reference standards.

Target Group

Target group

This Skill Set is appropriate for experienced personnel such as fitters, mechanics, instrument manufacturers or importers and software developers who wish to work under a servicing licence to verify limited weighing instruments used in trade measurement. Examples of limited weighing instruments include, non-automatic weighing machines tested without substitution loads, automatic Class Y(a) Catchweighers and automatic Class Y(b) Catchweighers.

This Skill Set reflects the minimum requirements for licensing. However, the regulator or individual traders may impose additional requirements before a verifier can start work on some sites. Entrants to this Skill Set should have sufficient workplace skills in OH&S, communication and teamwork that provide underpinning competency to acquire and apply the Skill Set.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies are taken from the Manufacturing Training Package and provide training that meets the minimum requirements for licensing as a verifier of a limited weighing instrument.

MSASS00009 Trade Measurement Verification (Liquid Measuring Instrument Using Volume Measures)

Modification History

Not applicable.

Description

Not applicable.

Pathways Information

Pathway

These competencies can provide credit towards qualifications within the Manufacturing Training Package. If verifiers seek employment as trade measurement inspectors, these competencies may provide recognition towards the new Certificate IV in Government (Trade Measurement).

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Skill Set Requirements

Units

MSATMVER402A Verify a liquid measuring instrument using volume measures

MSATMREF301A Use and maintain reference standards.

Target Group

Target group

This Skill Set is appropriate for experienced personnel such as fitters, mechanics, instrument manufacturers or importers and software developers who wish to work under a servicing licence to verify liquid measuring instruments used in trade measurement. Examples of liquid measuring instruments using volume measures include, fuel dispensers other than LPG dispensers, bulk flowmetering systems for liquid hydrocarbons other than LPG and milk flowmeters.

This Skill Set reflects the minimum requirements for licensing. However, the regulator or individual traders may impose additional requirements before a verifier can start work on some sites. Entrants to this Skill Set should have sufficient workplace skills in OH&S, communication and teamwork that provide underpinning competency to acquire and apply the Skill Set.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies are taken from the Manufacturing Training Package and provide training that meets the minimum requirements for licensing as a verifier of a liquid measuring instrument using volume measures.

MSASS00010 Trade Measurement Verification (Simple Measuring Instrument)

Modification History

Not applicable.

Description

Not applicable.

Pathways Information

Pathway

These competencies can provide credit towards qualifications within the Manufacturing Training Package. If verifiers seek employment as trade measurement inspectors, these competencies may provide recognition towards the Certificate IV in Government (Trade Measurement).

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Skill Set Requirements

Units

MSATMVER302A Verify a simple measuring instrument

MSATMREF301A Use and maintain reference standards.

Target Group

Target group

This Skill Set is appropriate for experienced personnel such as quality assurance technicians, instrument manufacturers or importers and software developers who wish to work under a servicing licence to verify simple measuring instruments used in trade measurement. Examples of simple measuring instruments include, beverage measuring instruments, protein measuring instruments, length measuring instruments, area measuring instruments' dimensional measuring instruments, vehicle tanks and milk tanks.

This Skill Set reflects the minimum requirements for licensing. However, the regulator or individual traders may impose additional requirements before a verifier can start work on some sites. Entrants to this Skill Set should have sufficient workplace skills in OH&S, communication and teamwork that provide underpinning competency to acquire and apply the Skill Set.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies are taken from the Manufacturing Training Package and provide training that meets the minimum requirements for licensing as a verifier of a simple measuring instrument.

AUMANA001 Prepare and document quotations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Unit updated to reflect the new standards for Training Packages Replaces AUMANA3001 Prepare and document quotation

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to determine job requirements and produce a quotation for a customer.

It applies to those in an automotive environment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Competency Field

Manufacturing - Common

Unit Sector

Loss Assessment or Repair Quoting

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Determine customer requirements	1.1 Customer requirements are established and job parameters specified according to workplace procedures 1.2 Customer requirements are compared with existing workplace products and services 1.3 Variations required by the customer are established
2. Estimate the job	2.1 Variations from standard workplace product or service are identified and estimated 2.2 Additional processes, parts and skills required to meet customer requirements are estimated 2.3 Workplace job costing procedures, including cost-reduction initiatives, are used to estimate materials, parts, labour and equipment costs for the job 2.4 Estimates for contingencies and changed work requirements are included in the total job cost
3. Document and confirm quotation	3.1 Quotation is prepared and confirmed with client according to workplace procedures 3.2 Customer purchase and payment arrangements are negotiated 3.3 Changes and variations are negotiated to meet customer and workplace needs 3.4 Workplace record and customer file are processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	identify job and customer requirements interpret workplace procedures and specifications relating to quotation.
Writing skills to:	produce job requirements and material lists legibly complete quotation, associated workplace records and customer file.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate and negotiate with customers.
Numeracy skills to:	identify customer specifications determine job budget including, materials, parts, labour and equipment costs estimate contingencies and changed work requirements produce a quotation that has mathematical information legibly embedded.
Planning and organising skills to:	determine order and timing of processes.
Problem-solving skills to:	determine process needed to fulfil customer product or service requirements.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Cost-reduction initiatives must include:	continuous improvement programs waste avoidance.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://www.asacompanionvolumes.com.au/aum-implementation-guide

Assessment Requirements for AUMANA001 Prepare and document quotations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Unit updated to reflect the new standards for Training Packages Replaces AUMANA3001 Prepare and document quotation

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must have competently prepared and documented a quotation on a minimum of three occasions.

Individuals must demonstrate they can:

prepare a detailed estimate of job labour, parts, equipment and materials based on customer requirements

accurately estimate the job, allowing for contingencies

prepare a detailed, legible quotation document

follow workplace procedures when preparing and processing the quotation.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

procedures for determining and negotiating customer requirements in order to prepare a quotation

procedures for planning and estimating a job, including:

methods of determining labour rates and job time length

methods of determining job processes and material requirements

methods of planning for contingencies

cost minimisation and waste avoidance procedures and practices

workplace quotation flow chart.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to quotations they have prepared.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive manufacturing workplace or simulated workplace

real or simulated customer product or service requiring a quotation

workplace documentation for estimating and preparing a quotation

workplace procedures for preparing and processing a quotation.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://www.asacompanionvolumes.com.au/aum-implementation-guide

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://www.asacompanionvolumes.com.au/aum-assessment-guide

AUMFTA001 Document manufacturing design processes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Unit updated to reflect the new standards for Training Packages Replaces AUMFTA3001 Document designs

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to document the design details of the production processes of vehicles and their components.

It applies to those in an automotive and related manufacturing environment and involves the application of skills and knowledge at a specialist level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Manufacturing - Passenger Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Identify document needs	1.1 Design brief and requirements are identified and confirmed with appropriate personnel 1.2 Production processes, drawings, technical specifications and instructions are identified and clarified with participating personnel
2. Develop draft documents	2.1 Draft documents relating to the specification, costing, manufacture and assembly of products are prepared according to workplace procedures 2.2 Draft document content is confirmed with relevant personnel and their feedback integrated as appropriate
3. Finalise documentation process	3.1 Approved documents are communicated to relevant production, management and engineering personnel 3.2 Documents are distributed and stored according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret production and work area requirements interpret workplace procedures and product specifications interpret design brief.
Writing skills to:	legibly complete design documents.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate and negotiate with workplace personnel on document design and content.
Numeracy skills to:	quantify workplace document needs determine document budget, materials and resources produce a document with mathematical information.
Digital literacy skills to:	use workplace computer programs and design applications.
Initiative skills to:	adapt to document design requirements.
Planning and organising skills to:	manage document research, design and development time.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify problems, particularly in production, to meet performance indicators access, interpret and apply workplace procedures and instructions to ensure documents meet workplace template requirements and standards.
Teamwork skills to:	work in a design consultation process.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Requirements must include:	design quality materials production processes testing and costing.
Documents must include:	budgets material requirements production processes resources specified parameters test requirements timelines.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://www.asacompanionvolumes.com.au/aum-implementation-guide

Assessment Requirements for AUMFTA001 Document manufacturing design processes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Unit updated to reflect the new standards for Training Packages Replaces AUMFTA3001 Document designs

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must have competently developed and designed workplace documents on a minimum of two occasions.

Individuals must demonstrate they can:

comply with workplace procedures when designing production documents

apply working knowledge of production practices and systems

identify design requirements

communicate with internal personnel to seek their input into and approval of documents

design and modify documents

incorporate design quality, materials, production processes, testing and costing into document design process

complete, disseminate and store design documents.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace documents covering procedures, specifications, schedules, quality instructions, procedures and performance indicators

workplace communication protocols for developing and disseminating design documentation

processes to identify design requirements

processes to identify critical product quality, materials, tests and costing

processes for developing and storing documents.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the automotive production documents that they have designed, e.g. a copy of the production documents.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive manufacturing workplace or simulated workplace

real or simulated automotive production document requirements

automotive production document design brief and development instructions

computer system and design software

workplace procedures relating to the design of automotive production documents.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://www.asacompanionvolumes.com.au/aum-implementation-guide

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://www.asacompanionvolumes.com.au/aum-assessment-guide

AUMGTT001 Apply trim to vehicle components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Unit updated to reflect the new standards for Training Packages Replaces AUMGTT2001 Apply trim to components

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to measure, cut and attach trim materials to vehicle components.

It applies to those in an automotive manufacturing environment and involves the application of skills and knowledge at a production worker level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Manufacturing - Bus, Truck and Trailer

Unit Sector

Technical - Trimming and Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Plan and prepare	1.1 Work orders, job specifications and working drawings are identified, interpreted and confirmed 1.2 Trim materials, tools and equipment are selected and inspected, and faults repaired or reported
2. Match materials	2.1 Trim materials are matched, measured and cut according to job specifications and workplace procedures 2.2 Material characteristics are identified and selected for use 2.3 Attaching or bonding information is identified and interpreted from appropriate sources
3. Attach materials	3.1 Workplace procedures are identified and followed 3.2 Trim materials are pre-fitted and checked for alignment, appearance and quality according to job specifications 3.3 Trim materials are attached to components by approved methods
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Tools and equipment are cleaned, inspected and stored according to workplace procedures 4.2 Faulty equipment is identified, reported and tagged 4.3 Work areas are cleaned, and unused materials stored 4.4 Waste materials are removed and disposed of or recycled according to workplace environmental procedures 4.5 Work sheets are completed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret work health and safety (WHS) requirements and workplace procedures interpret machine safe operating procedures interpret job specifications, work orders and working drawings.
Writing skills to:	complete work sheets and job schedules prepare work plans and inspection reports complete machine maintenance forms complete faulty equipment tags complete job consumable lists.
Oral communication skills to:	confirm work orders and job specifications with appropriate personnel report faults with materials, tools and equipment.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate material length, width and height calculate measurements from working drawings mark out materials set trimming machine settings use measuring equipment identify common 2D and 3D trim shapes.
Initiative skills to:	adapt to changing work conditions.
Planning and organising skills to:	interpret and apply information on job requirements, quality and workplace procedures plan work from work orders.
Self-management skills to:	take responsibility for organising own work.
Problem-solving skills to:	access, interpret and apply information on workplace procedures and instructions.
Teamwork skills to:	solve problems particularly in teams in order to meet job outcomes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Appropriate sources must include:	customer requirements material and product specifications.
Workplace procedures must include:	procedures for recording and reporting the application of trim to vehicle components use of tools and equipment for applying trim to vehicle components WHS requirements for applying trim to vehicle components workplace quality standards relevant to applying trim to vehicle components.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://www.asacompanionvolumes.com.au/aum-implementation-guide

Assessment Requirements for AUMGTT001 Apply trim to vehicle components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Unit updated to reflect the new standards for Training Packages Replaces AUMGTT2001 Apply trim to components

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must have competently applied trim to vehicle components on a minimum of three occasions.

Individuals must demonstrate they can:

locate, interpret and apply work information and specifications relating to applying trim to vehicle components

use trimming, bonding and attaching equipment safely

cut covers and trim to job specifications

select appropriate bonding and attaching processes for applying trim to vehicle components

attach trim to vehicle components according to workplace procedures and work health and safety (WHS) requirements

complete work sheets relating to applying trim to vehicle components.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

WHS requirements relevant to applying trim to vehicle components

procedures for trim matching, measuring and calculating required trim dimensions

trim cutting procedures

trim application and removal methods

trim adjustment methods

types and use of materials and equipment relevant to applying trim to vehicle components, including:

glues

rivets

trim cutting equipment

trim forming equipment

trim stapling equipment

sewing procedures of vehicle trim.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle components to which they have applied trim, e.g. production work sheets.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive manufacturing workplace or simulated workplace

trim application work sheets, instructions and job specifications

vehicle trimming materials, equipment and consumables

vehicle components that require trimming

personal protective equipment (PPE) relevant to applying trim to vehicle components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://www.asacompanionvolumes.com.au/aum-implementation-guide

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://www.asacompanionvolumes.com.au/aum-assessment-guide

FPICOT2238A Cut materials with a hand-held chainsaw

Modification History

Release 2

Release 2 created to reflect that FPICOT2238A supersedes both FPICOT2206A and FPICOT2206B. Equivalent

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit describes the outcomes required to prepare and cut materials with a hand-held chainsaw. This unit includes basic operator maintenance checks More comprehensive servicing and maintenance procedures are covered in FPICOT2237A Maintain chainsaws General legislative, regulatory and workplace requirements apply to this unit; however there are no specific licensing or certification requirements at the time of publication This unit replaces FPICOT2206B Cross cut materials with an hand-held chainsaw

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The unit involves cutting materials with a hand-held chainsaw in a variety of work settings including a construction, saw mill, forest products factory, timber retail yard or horticultural environment The skills and knowledge required for competent performance are to be used within the scope of the person's job and authority

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Refer to Unit Descriptor

Pre-Requisites

Not Applicable

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for operation	1.1. Applicable Occupational Health and Safety (OHS), environmental, legislative, organisational requirements and manufacturer's specifications relevant to cutting materials with a hand-held chainsaw are identified and followed
1.2. Job requirements are reviewed and clarified with appropriate personnel
1.3. Tools and equipment are selected appropriate to job requirements and checked for operational effectiveness in line with manufacturer's recommendations and site procedures
1.4. Tasks are identified and planned in line with job requirements
1.5. Communication with others is established and maintained in line with OHS requirements and site procedures
1.6. Requirements for recycling or disposal of waste material are identified
2. Cut material	2.1. Work area is prepared, checked and cleared in line with OHS requirements and site procedures
2.2. Supports are placed as required to ensure a stable base
2.3. Material is visually assessed for defects in line with site standards
2.4. Cutting techniques are used to maximise volume and quality of recovery in line with work order and industry standard lengths
2.5. Material is cut within site standard tolerances for length and angle relative to centre line in line with OHS requirements
2.6. Chainsaw is operated in line with OHS and site procedures, and manufacturer's recommendations
2.7. Debris is cleared and disposed of in line with site procedures and environmental requirements
2.8. Production and quality records and reports are processed in line with site procedures and organisational requirements
2.9. Problems are identified and reported in line with site procedures
3. Conduct chainsaw maintenance	3.1. Damaged saws or cutting attachments are identified and dealt with according to site procedures and manufacturer's recommendations
3.2. Chainsaw is cleaned, maintained and stored in line with manufacturer's recommendations and site procedures

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.
Required skills
Technical skills sufficient to safely and efficiently use a hand-held chainsaw and carry out lock-out procedures on associated machinery; use and maintain relevant tools, machinery and equipment; use appropriate methods to cut materials with a hand-held chainsaw and maximise volume and quality recovery Communication skills sufficient to interact effectively with colleagues and others Literacy skills sufficient to review and accurately identify work requirements and accurately locate, record and report information Numeracy skills sufficient to estimate and measure lengths and calculate time to complete a task Problem solving skills sufficient to identify defects and problems and appropriate response procedures
Required knowledge
Applicable Commonwealth, State or Territory legislation, regulations, standards, codes of practice and established safe practices relevant to the full range of processes for cutting materials with a hand-held chainsaw Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for cutting materials with a hand-held chainsaw; organisational communication channels and protocols; and procedures for the recording and reporting of workplace documentation and information Environmental protection requirements including the safe disposal of waste material Operation and maintenance requirements of a hand-held chainsaw including consequences of blunt or damaged saws Effects of defects on recovery Common industry terminology Communication and interpersonal techniques Industry standard length dimensions Problem identification and resolution strategies and common fault finding techniques Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their use, operation and maintenance

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence that they can use a hand-held chainsaw while demonstrating the correct procedures for cutting materials in line with organisational guidelines
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	The evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the requirements of the elements of this unit and include demonstration of: following applicable Commonwealth, State or Territory legislative and regulatory requirements and codes of practice, including OHS and environmental, relevant to cutting materials with a hand-held chainsaw following organisational policies and procedures relevant to cutting materials with a hand-held chainsaw following applicable licensing or certification requirements effective communication and safe working practices safe cutting of materials using a hand-held chainsaw cutting materials to maximise volume and quality of recovery according to job requirements cleaning, maintaining and storing saw identifying and reporting faults, malfunctions or irregular operation of hand-held chainsaw appropriate recycling or disposal of waste materials
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or realistically simulated workplace Assessment is to occur under standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge, other than confirmatory questions, will usually be conducted in an off-site context Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian Standards requirements The following resources should be made available: workplace location or simulated workplace materials and equipment relevant to undertaking work applicable to this unit specifications and work instructions
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the FPI11 Training Package Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks, with questioning on underpinning knowledge and it must also reinforce the integration of employability skills Assessment methods must confirm the ability to access and correctly interpret and apply the essential underpinning knowledge Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate Assessment practices should take into account any relevant language or cultural issues related to Aboriginality, gender or language backgrounds other than English Where the participant has a disability, reasonable adjustment may be applied during assessment Language and literacy demands of the assessment task should not be higher than those of the work role

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
OHS requirements:	are to be in line with applicable Commonwealth, State or Territory legislation and regulations, and organisational safety policies and procedures, and may include: personal protective equipment and clothing safety equipment first aid equipment fire fighting equipment hazard and risk control fatigue management elimination of hazardous materials and substances awareness of danger zone for kickback manual handling including shifting, lifting and carrying potential falling objects procedures for cutting on slopes location of other workers
Legislative requirements:	are to be in line with applicable Commonwealth, State or Territory legislation, regulations, certification requirements and codes of practice and may include: Australian Standards OHS the environment equal opportunity relevant industry codes of practice award and enterprise agreements industrial relations confidentiality and privacy duty of care heritage and traditional land owner issues
Organisational requirements may include:	legal organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards OHS emergency and evacuation procedures fire prevention procedures recording and reporting requirements equipment use and maintenance and storage requirements environmental management requirements (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines) access and equity principles and practices
Materials may include:	logs packs of timber individual pieces of timber
Job requirements relate to:	information and instructions relevant to cutting operations including: processing location details materials to be cut environmental requirements and features site plan and may be verbal
Appropriate personnel may include:	supervisors clients colleagues line management
Tools and equipment may include:	chainsaws specific safety attire maintenance tools
Communication may include:	verbal and non-verbal language hand or other agreed signals eye contact with other operators or personnel use of electronic devices
Cleared	refers to work area and may include: clearing the work area of off-cuts and shorts ensuring saw clearance around material depositing off-cuts, shorts and debris in recognised areas clearing surfaces of debris likely to cause saw damage in the cutting area
Supports	are timber or mechanical apparatus that are put under material to stabilise and give clearance to ground and may include: timber bearers specific frames/benches timber/steel trolleys
Cutting techniques may relate to:	cutting positions work order requirements industry standard lengths cutting patterns maximising volume and quality of recovery securing the section on each side of the planned cut cutting procedures to ensure saw clearance around the material to minimise capping and splitting of material
Records and reports may include:	log book recording of maintenance outcomes, faults, malfunctions and damage, hazards and incidents may be compiled using a computer-based system or other appropriate organisational communication system to record and report
Problems	may occur in relation to: defects in material performance of chainsaw communication hazards and risks at the work site capping and splitting of material danger zone for kickback
Maintained	refers to maintenance during operation to optimise saw performance and includes: refuelling bar checks and oil top up air filter check, clean and replacement cleaning of saw body, air intake vents and cooling fans fitting spare chain and tension chain

Unit Sector(s)

Not Applicable

Competency field

Competency field	Common Technical

MEM23001A Apply advanced mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers advanced concepts of mathematics appropriate to engineering situations within the individual's area of engineering expertise.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to technician level work that requires basic knowledge and skill relating to exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric equations, basic computer numerical methods and complex figures. This unit only has application in qualifications that are not points based. Band: 0 Unit Weight: 0

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM30012A	Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Graph exponential and logarithmic functions and solve exponential and logarithmic equations.	1.1. Simplify arithmetic and algebraic expressions using the laws of indices and logarithms. 1.2. Sketch the graphs of exponential and logarithmic functions. 1.3. Convert logarithms between bases. 1.4. Draw curves of best fit, interpolate data and estimate constants. 1.5. Solve problems involving growth and decay.
2. Graph trigonometric functions and solve trigonometric equations.	2.1. Sketch graphs of simple trigonometric functions. 2.2. Simplify trigonometric expressions. 2.3. Solve trigonometric equations.
3. Apply basic computer numerical methods to engineering situations.	3.1. Apply appropriate number systems to a range of engineering applications requiring manipulations of decimal, binary and hexadecimal information. 3.2. Apply computer techniques to the solution of engineering problems involving products, sums, divisions and subtraction of variables. 3.3. Apply computer techniques to the solution of engineering problems involving linear, quadratic, logarithmic, trigonometric equations. 3.4. Apply computer techniques to the solution of engineering problems and vector analysis.
4. Sketch and describe complex figures mathematically.	4.1. Sketch complex figures including intersections to implement pattern developments. 4.2. Describe complex figures mathematically. Relate mathematical models to computer graphics models.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: simplifying arithmetic and algebraic expressions using the laws of indices and logarithms correctly sketching exponential and logarithmic functions accurately converting logarithms from one base to another drawing curves of best fit for given sets of data accurately interpolating data from plotted data and/or drawn curves solving problems involving growth and decay accurately sketching trigonometric functions simplifying trigonometric expressions using trigonometric identities correctly solving trigonometric equations selecting an appropriate number system developing an appropriate program for the engineering situation running a program to achieve an appropriate solution
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: the laws of indices and logarithms the procedures for simplifying arithmetic and algebraic expressions the procedures for sketching exponential and logarithmic functions the effects on the curve due to variation in size of constants the procedures for converting logarithms between bases the procedures for drawing curves of best fit and interpolating results the procedures for estimating constants in suggested relationships the concept of growth and decay the procedures for solving problems involving growth and decay the significance of amplitude, period and phase angle the procedures for sketching trigonometric functions the trigonometric identities the procedures for using trigonometric identities to simplify trigonometric expressions matching of engineering situations to appropriate number systems use of number systems for particular applications identification and description of engineering situations appropriate for analysis using simple programming techniques procedure for using programs to analyse engineering situation and the identification of program limitations

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply advanced mathematical skills and knowledge to simple engineering applications. Evidence from tasks and projects should/may be used to complement and demonstrate integration of competency. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with applying mathematical concepts to engineering applications, or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Complex figures	May include cones, pyramids, spheres, frustums and intersections of figures singularly or in combination

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Engineering science

MSABLIC001 License to operate a standard boiler

Modification History

Release 3 - Title corrected to 'Licence'.

Release 2 – Content reinstated following Safe Work Australia approval. Editorial changes to clarify WHS Regulations.

Release 1 - New unit of competency, endorsed by NSSC. Content not available pending endorsement by Safe Work Australia, the national agency for Work Health and Safety (WHS) high risk work licensing purposes.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the operation of a standard boiler that uses a single fuel source and does not have a pre-heater, superheater or economiser attached.

Operation includes boiler start up, handover, monitoring, shut down and storage. Also covered are preparation for inspection procedures as specified in manufacturer recommendations, identification of maintenance requirements and relevant risk control measures.

Application of the Unit

The standard boilers covered by this unit would typically include boilers with fixed and modulating combustion controls, fixed and modulated air supply, and a single heat source. Operation may include a battery of boilers and boilers that have a single thermal or solar heat source. Boilers meeting the definition of ‘advanced boiler’ are excluded.

This unit in its current form meets state and territory high risk work licensing requirements. Any alteration to the content or outcomes would not be acceptable to regulators for the purpose of licensing.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

This unit is based on the licensing requirements of Part 4.5 of the Model Work Health and Safety (WHS) Regulations, High Risk Work.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Plan work	1.1	Potential workplace hazards and appropriate risk control measures are identified consistent with appropriate standards to ensure the safety of personnel and equipment
1.2	Type of boiler is identified and boiler operations planned according to procedures
1.3	Personal protective equipment is identified necessary for the work requirements
1.4	Suitable communication methods are identified and confirmed with appropriate personnel
1.5	Appropriate records are located and reviewed to prepare for boiler operation
2	Start up boiler	2.1	Risk prevention and risk control measures are applied to the work area according to procedures
2.2	Communication equipment is selected and inspected for serviceability
2.3	All necessary equipment is selected and inspected for operational effectiveness according to procedures, including establishing water level
2.4	Boiler is visually checked for any damage or defects with any found reported and recorded according to procedures with appropriate action taken
2.5	Boiler is vented to atmosphere prior to start up
2.6	Pre-start up checks are carried out on the boiler and the boiler brought online safely according to procedures
2.7	Maintenance requirements and any visual faults are identified and reported according to procedures
2.8	Start up following maintenance and/or repairs, and associated isolations are confirmed, completed, logged and the equipment made serviceable
3	Monitor boiler operation	3.1	Operating status of the boiler is diagnosed
3.2	Operating log is maintained clearly and accurately according to procedures
3.3	Boiler, valves, fittings and pressure gauges are monitored according to procedures
3.4	Boiler water level gauges are blown through both steam and water sides
3.5	Standby plant and equipment are tested according to procedures
3.6	Boiler water quality tests, where required, are conducted and results recorded according to procedures
3.7	Boiler water chemicals, where required, are adjusted after tests, where appropriate, according to procedures with downstream users notified if necessary
3.8	Automatic blowdown and, where required, boiler is blown down to adjust total dissolved solids (TDS) levels to recommendations
3.9	Handover information regarding boiler status and operation is communicated clearly to relevant personnel according to procedures
3.10	Any boiler emergency is responded to immediately in accordance with procedures
4	Shut down boiler	4.1	Boiler is shut down for inspection according to procedures
4.2	Maintenance requirements and any visual faults are identified and reported according to procedures
4.3	Where required, boiler is cleaned internally and externally to manufacturer recommendations and procedures
4.4	Isolations associated with in-service maintenance are completed according to procedures
4.5	Boiler operating log is completed for shut down
5	Store boiler in shut down mode	5.1	Storage time and condition of storage are identified, where required
5.2	Boiler is stored in safe condition for access in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and procedures
5.3	Stored boiler water and chemicals are tested, where required, and handled in accordance with procedures, where storage is for extended periods

Required Skills and Knowledge

Required skills include:
complying with legislation, Australian Standards, organisational workplace standards, policies, relevant codes of practice, and required safe practices and procedures for planning work, starting and monitoring a boiler, and shutting down and storing a boiler performing routine safety and operational procedures reading and interpreting maintenance records, operating logs and safety data sheets (SDS) communicating faults, malfunctions and workplace hazards accurately to appropriate personnel using suitable communication techniques accurately completing reports, operational records and maintenance information in relation to boiler operation applying task instructions using relevant tools, equipment and personal protective clothing safely interpreting boiler operation tables and figures applying boiler testing techniques and adjusting boiler water quality verifying any problems and boiler faults, demonstrating appropriate response procedures applying appropriate risk assessment and risk management techniques demonstrating emergency operating procedures identifying the boiler energy source required to be isolated and made safe for maintenance, inspection and repairs applying boiler cleaning and storage techniques
Required knowledge includes:
Commonwealth, state and territory work health and safety (WHS) legislation, codes of practice, standards, and advisory standards relevant to boiler operation basic principles of heat transfer and thermodynamics in relation to boiler operations boiler steam equipment operating principles and operating methods types and characteristics of feedwater systems and treatment type and use of equipment and fittings for operation and maintenance of boilers function, purpose and operation of main steam stop valve boiler auxiliary equipment characteristics and capabilities essential fittings required where more than one boiler is installed (e.g. battery of boilers) processes for confirming operational status of a boiler workplace communication techniques and procedures responsibilities for checking and testing boilers location and inspection procedures and techniques for inspection and explosion doors steam and boiler hazards for cold start and handover hierarchy of risk control use and application of personal protective equipment type and limitations of corrective action and/or adjustments that can be made in response to routine boiler operation problems and emergencies various harmful energy sources in boiler operation and the means to effectively isolate these energy sources and make them safe modes of boiler storage and procedures for storing boiler in open or closed condition SDS and safe chemical handling and storage methods for boiler operation and cleaning procedures for cleaning boilers internally and externally procedures for recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Successful assessment of this unit meets the competency requirements of the Model WHS Regulations, Part 4.5 High Risk Work. State and territory WHS regulators have mandated use of the Assessment Instruments for this unit which have been endorsed by the national body responsible for WHS matters.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must ensure that candidates can competently and consistently: comply with WHS licensing legislation effectively communicate and work safely with others in the work area effectively conduct hazard identification and risk assessment procedures effectively demonstrate the ability to identify harmful energy sources and the means to make them safe effectively plan work, start up, monitor and shut down a boiler according to procedures effectively conduct boiler diagnosis, testing and handover operation to other personnel.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment of the safe and effective application of knowledge and skill to workplace tasks (performance) must be undertaken using the endorsed Assessment Instruments. Assessment of performance must be undertaken either in the workplace or in a realistically simulated workplace setting. Assessors must ensure that assessment in the workplace is organised to ensure that all the required equipment and materials and a suitable working area are made available to suit the assessment and the workplace. Assessment must occur under standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment is to comply with relevant appropriate standard requirements. Applicants must have access to: personal protective equipment for the purpose of the Performance Assessment appropriate boiler and equipment in safe condition communication equipment (e.g. two way radios, mobile phones, landline telephones and computers, as applicable).
Method of assessment	Assessment must be conducted using the national WHS endorsed Assessment Instruments. These Instruments provide advice on their application. The use of simulation in the assessment of this unit of competency may be acceptable in certain operational and safety circumstances. Assessment should be conducted on a one-on-one basis with the assessor. Assessment may be conducted in conjunction with the assessment of other units of competency. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances.
Guidance information for assessment	Further information about endorsed Assessment Instruments may be obtained from state/territory WHS regulators.

Range Statement

Hazards	Hazards may include, but are not limited to: asbestos lagging chemical hazards thermal hazards manual handling hazards machinery guard requirements hot exposed steam pipe leakage of steam leakage of fuel odour of gas fumes from a liquid chemical spill faulty/broken ladder or hand rail working at heights flammable liquids fire and explosion electrical hazards work area: illumination excessive noise from machinery spillage of oil rubbish and combustibles obstruction
Risk control methods	Risk control methods refer to the systematic process of eliminating or reducing the risk to personnel and property through the application of controls. It includes the application of the hierarchy of control: Elimination Substitution Isolation Engineering controls Administrative controls Personal protective equipment
Appropriate standards	Appropriate standards may include, but are not limited to: legislation codes of practice manufacturer specifications Australian Standards technical standards (International) industry standards (where applicable)
Type of boiler	Type of standard boiler may include: fire tube water tube once through boilers waste heat electrical novel or unique
Standard boiler	Standard boiler includes: vessel or an arrangement of vessels and interconnecting parts, wherein water is heated above atmospheric pressure by the application of: fire the products of combustion electrical power similar means The boiler may have: fixed and modulating combustion controls, fixed and modulated air supply, a single fuel source and will have: valves gauges fittings controls boiler setting and directly associated equipment
Procedures	Procedures may include, but are not limited to: manufacturer guidelines (e.g. instructions, specifications or checklists) industry operating procedures workplace procedures (e.g. work instructions, operating procedures or checklists)
Equipment	Equipment may include, but is not limited to: gas monitoring equipment water testing equipment fire-fighting equipment workplace first aid equipment work platform and associated gear, such as walkways
Communication methods	Communication methods may include, but are not limited to: verbal and non-verbal language written instructions signage hand signals listening questioning to confirm understanding appropriate worksite protocol
Appropriate personnel	Appropriate personnel may include, but are not limited to: production workers maintenance workers supervisors and managers other boiler operators suppliers colleagues
Records	Records may include, but are not limited to: operating log books maintenance records records of faults and potential faults isolation procedures safe operating procedures daily operating inspections repairs carried out according to manufacturer recommendations and operating procedures workplace record keeping requirements details of any daily or periodic maintenance work details of yearly programmed or additional maintenance work
Risk control measures	Risk control measures may include, but are not limited to: barricades and controls machine guarding fall prevention pedestrian controls adequate illumination noise controls signage personal protective equipment: thermally insulated gloves hard hat protection ear protection (muffs or plugs) chemical resistant gloves and apron respiratory devices eye protection working protective gloves whole body fire-resistant clothing
Communication equipment	Communication equipment may include, but is not limited to: two way radios mobile phones intercoms landline telephones pagers satellite phones computers
Pre-start up checks	Pre-start up checks may include, but are not limited to: testing warning lamps or visual warning indicators control panel checks checks of feedwater supply system fuel supply/heat source system operation and position of boiler valves combustion air supply system boiler water level essential fittings and gauges selection of personal protective equipment inspection and location of inspection and explosion doors (where applicable) identification of hazards and management of risks and maintenance problems fire-fighting equipment manufacturer recommendations and checklists relevant records and logs
Start up	Start up may include, but is not limited to: purge boiler furnace heat input warm-up reticulation system venting the boiler of air steam traps and steam line purge system operations reticulation line pressure steam usage and supply
Maintenance	Maintenance may include, but is not limited to: leaking steam pipe pressure gauge accuracy exposed electrical wiring defective illumination in the workplace leaking fuel pump gland leaks in high pressure feed line leaking gauge glass mounting leaking safety valve isolation procedures, hardware and equipment
Faults	Faults may include, but are not limited to: abnormal operating conditions boiler tube failure feedwater supply and/or other major auxiliary loss wet steam high dissolved oxygen pH of water high conductivity actuator or valve mechanical or electrical fault/failure instrument failure steam leak
Diagnosed	Diagnosed may include, but is not limited to: senses: audio smell touch visual remote or local indicators and recorders computers and alarms: visible audible
Operating log	Operating log may include, but is not limited to: date and time of checking each check, examination and results printed and signed name of person who performed the checks date and time of any lockout or equipment malfunction results of tests on boiler or feedwater changes in operation
Valves and fittings	Valves and fittings may include, but are not limited to: safety valves gauge glasses main steam stop valve feedwater stop valve feed check valve blow down valve steam side/line drain valves flame failure detection device water level controller boiler steam pressure gauge
Monitored	Monitored may include, but is not limited to: water supply system checks of steam reticulation line pressure usage and supply of steam quality of steam combustion/heat source system and management feedwater system fuel system combustion air supply water level boiler steam pressure boiler and steam manifold valves (where fitted) soot blowers (where fitted) operation of control/safety devices, including control panels
Tested	Tested may include, but is not limited to: response checks standby plant ‘cut in’ tests valve operating checks hydrostatic tests performance tests alarm and protection tests
Tests	Tests may include, but are not limited to: pH levels conductivity oxygen TDS hardness other contaminants
Chemicals	Chemicals may include, but are not limited to: oxygen scavenger feedwater additives other chemicals hardness condensate chemicals pH buffers
Handover	Handover may include, but is not limited to: previous load requirements maintenance issue, including equipment isolated for maintenance operational incidences read operating log general inspection of boiler to detect any defects accept responsibility of boiler noted equipment malfunctions required equipment tests
Emergencies	Emergencies may include, but are not limited to: tube failure loss of water level power failure inadequate housekeeping explosion fire bomb threat terrorism personal accidents chemical spills major steam leaks major water leaks and flooding natural disasters oil spills Appropriate emergency responses may include, but are not limited to: identification of emergency isolation of heat source selection and application of appropriate fire-fighting equipment and personal protective equipment notification of downstream users operation of boiler only when safe to do so notification of appropriate regulatory authorities, such as state, territory, federal and boiler manufacturer
Shut down	Shut down may include, but is not limited to: checks of water level cooling down process valve settings equipment isolation boiler pressure/vacuum fuel/heat source isolation in accordance with manufacturer recommendations boiler post-purge
Storage mode	Storage mode may include, but is not limited to: wet and dry storing open or closed position

Unit Sector(s)

Machine and process operations (licensed)

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MSABLIC002 License to operate an advanced boiler

Modification History

Release 3 - Title corrected to 'Licence'.

Release 2 - Content reinstated following Safe Work Australia approval. Editorial changes to clarify WHS Regulations

Release1 - New unit of competency, endorsed by NSSC. Content not available pending endorsement by Safe Work Australia, the national agency for Work Health and Safety (WHS) high risk work licensing purposes.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the operation of an advanced boiler, including a standard boiler, which may have one or more of the following:

multiple fuel sources

pre-heater

super-heater

economiser.

Operation includes boiler start up, handover, monitoring, shut down and storage. Also covered are preparation for inspection procedures as specified in manufacturer recommendations, identification of maintenance requirements and relevant risk control measures.

Application of the Unit

The boilers covered by this unit are standard boilers and advanced boilers, including boilers defined in AS 2593:2004 Safety management and supervision systems and AS 3873:2001 Pressure equipment – Operation and maintenance and typically have a modulating combustion air supply and heat source.

This unit in its current form meets state and territory high risk work licensing requirements. Any alteration to the content or outcomes would not be acceptable to regulators for the purpose of licensing.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

This unit is based on the licensing requirements of Part 4.5 of the Model Work Health and Safety (WHS) Regulations, High Risk Work.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Plan work	1.1	Potential workplace hazards and appropriate risk control measures are identified consistent with appropriate standards to ensure the safety of personnel and equipment
1.2	Type of boiler, with associated equipment, is identified and boiler operations planned according to procedures
1.3	Personal protective equipment is identified necessary for the work requirements
1.4	Suitable communication methods are identified and confirmed with appropriate personnel
1.5	Appropriate records are located and reviewed to prepare for boiler operation
2	Start up boiler	2.1	Risk prevention and control measures are applied to the work area according to procedures
2.2	Communication equipment is selected and inspected for serviceability
2.3	All necessary equipment is selected and inspected for operational effectiveness according to procedures, including establishing water level
2.4	Boiler and associated equipment are visually checked for any damage or defects with any found reported and recorded according to procedures with appropriate action taken
2.5	Boiler is vented to atmospheric pressure prior to start up
2.6	Pre-start up checks are carried out on the boiler and the boiler and associated equipment brought online safely according to procedures
2.7	Maintenance requirements and any visual faults are identified and reported according to procedures
2.8	Start up following maintenance and/or repairs, and associated isolations are confirmed, completed, logged and the equipment made serviceable
3	Monitor boiler operation	3.1	Operating status of the boiler and associated equipment is diagnosed
3.2	Operating log is maintained clearly and accurately according to procedures
3.3	Boiler valves, fittings, pressure gauges, combustion management systems, air heaters, super-heaters and economisers (where fitted) are monitored according to procedures
3.4	Boiler water level gauges are blown through both steam and water sides
3.5	Standby plant and equipment are tested according to procedures
3.6	Boiler water quality tests, where required, are conducted and results recorded according to procedures
3.7	Boiler water chemicals, where required, are adjusted after tests, where appropriate, according to procedures with downstream users notified if necessary
3.8	Automatic blowdown and, where required, boiler is blown down to adjust total dissolved solids (TDS) levels to recommendations
3.9	Handover information regarding boiler and associated equipment status and operation is communicated clearly to relevant personnel according to procedures
3.10	Any boiler emergency is responded to immediately in accordance with procedures
4	Shut down boiler	4.1	Boiler and associated equipment are shut down for inspection according to procedures
4.2	Maintenance requirements and any visual faults are identified and reported according to procedures
4.3	Where required, boiler and associated equipment are cleaned internally and externally to manufacturer recommendations and procedures
4.4	Isolations associated with in-service maintenance are completed according to procedures
4.5	Boiler operating log is completed for shut down
5	Store boiler in shut down mode	5.1	Storage time and condition of storage are identified, where required
5.2	Boiler and associated equipment are stored in safe condition for access in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and procedures
5.3	Stored boiler water and chemicals are tested, where required, and handled in accordance with procedures, where storage is for extended periods

Required Skills and Knowledge

Required skills include:
complying with legislation, Australian Standards, organisational workplace standards, policies, relevant codes of practice, and required safe practices and procedures for planning work, starting and monitoring a boiler, and shutting down and storing an advanced boiler performing routine safety and operational procedures reading and interpreting maintenance records, operating logs and safety data sheets (SDS) communicating faults, malfunctions and workplace hazards accurately to appropriate personnel using suitable communication techniques accurately completing reports, operational records and maintenance information in relation to advanced boiler operation applying task instructions using relevant tools, equipment and personal protection clothing safely interpreting advanced boiler operation tables and figures applying advanced boiler testing techniques and adjusting boiler water quality verifying any problems and boiler faults, demonstrating appropriate response procedures applying appropriate risk assessment and risk management techniques demonstrating emergency operating procedures identifying all boiler energy sources required to be isolated and made safe for maintenance, inspection and repairs applying advanced boiler cleaning and storage techniques
Required knowledge includes:
Commonwealth, state and territory work health and safety (WHS) legislation, standards, codes of practice and advisory standards relevant to boiler operation basic principles of heat transfer and thermodynamics in relation to boiler operations boiler and steam equipment operating principles and operating methods, including advanced types and characteristics of multiple fuel systems for advanced boilers types and characteristics of feedwater systems and treatment, including de-aerator type and use of equipment and fittings for operation and maintenance of boilers, including advanced function, purpose and operation of: pre-heater super-heater economiser air heater feedwater heater attemperator super-heater safety valves economiser relief valves main steam stop valve standard and advanced boiler and auxiliary equipment characteristics and capabilities essential fittings required where more than one boiler is installed (e.g. battery of boilers) processes for confirming operational status of a boiler workplace communication techniques and procedures responsibilities for checking and testing advanced boilers, including advanced location and inspection procedures and techniques for inspection and explosion doors steam and boiler hazards for cold start and handover hierarchy of risk control use and application of personal protective equipment type and limitations of corrective action and/or adjustments that can be made in response to routine boiler operation problems and emergencies various harmful energy sources in boiler operation and the means to effectively isolate these energy sources and make them safe, with particular consideration to advanced boilers modes of standard and advanced boiler storage and procedures for storing boiler in open or closed condition SDS and safe chemical handling and storage methods for boiler operation and cleaning procedures for cleaning boilers internally and externally, including advanced procedures for recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Successful assessment of this unit meets the competency requirements of the Model WHS Regulations, Part 4.5 High Risk Work State and territory WHS regulators have mandated use of the Assessment Instruments for this unit which have been endorsed by the national body responsible for WHS matters.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must ensure that candidates can competently and consistently: comply with WHS licensing legislation effectively communicate and work safely with others in the work area effectively conduct hazard identification and risk assessment procedures effectively demonstrate ability to identify harmful energy sources and the means to make them safe effectively plan work, start up, monitor and shut down an advanced boiler according to procedures effectively conduct advanced boiler diagnosis, testing and handover operation to other personnel.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment of the safe and effective application of knowledge and skill to workplace tasks (performance) must be undertaken using the endorsed Assessment Instruments. Assessment of performance must be undertaken either in the workplace or in a realistically simulated workplace setting. Assessors must ensure that assessment in the workplace is organised to ensure that all the required equipment and materials and a suitable working area are made available to suit the assessment and the workplace. Assessment must occur under standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment is to comply with relevant appropriate standard requirements. Applicants must have access to: personal protective equipment for the purpose of the Performance Assessment appropriate advanced boiler and associated equipment in safe condition communication equipment (e.g. two way radios, mobile phones, landline telephones and computers, as applicable)
Method of assessment	Assessment must be conducted using the national WHS endorsed Assessment Instruments. These Instruments provide advice on their application. The use of simulation in the assessment of this unit of competency may be acceptable in certain operational and safety circumstances. Assessment should be conducted on a one-on-one basis with the assessor. Assessment may be conducted in conjunction with the assessment of other units of competency. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances.
Guidance information for assessment	Further information about endorsed Assessment Instruments may be obtained from state/territory WHS regulators.

Range Statement

Hazards	Hazards may include, but are not limited to: asbestos lagging chemical hazards thermal hazards manual handling hazards machinery guard requirements hot exposed steam pipe leakage of steam leakage of fuel odour of gas fumes from a liquid chemical spill faulty/broken ladder or hand rail working at heights flammable liquids fire and explosion electrical hazards work area: illumination excessive noise from machinery spillage of oil rubbish and combustibles obstruction
Risk control methods	Risk control methods refer to the systematic process of eliminating or reducing the risk to personnel and property through the application of controls. It includes the application of the hierarchy of control: Elimination Substitution Isolation Engineering controls Administrative controls Personal protective equipment
Appropriate standards	Appropriate standards may include, but are not limited to: legislation codes of practice manufacturer specifications Australian Standards technical standards (International) industry standards (where applicable)
Type of boiler	Type of boiler may include: standard boilers advanced boilers
Standard boiler	Standard boiler includes: vessel or an arrangement of vessels and interconnecting parts, wherein water is heated above atmospheric pressure by the application of: fire the products of combustion electrical power similar means The boiler may have: fixed and modulating combustion controls, fixed and modulated air supply, a single fuel source and will have: valves gauges fittings controls boiler setting and directly associated equipment
Advanced boiler	Advanced boiler includes: vessel or an arrangement of vessels and interconnecting parts, wherein water is heated above atmospheric pressure by the application of: fire the products of combustion electrical power similar means The boiler may have one or more of the following features: fixed and modulating combustion controls, fixed and modulated air supply, multiple fuel sources, pre-heaters, super-heaters, economisers and will have: valves gauges fittings controls boiler setting and directly associated equipment
Procedures	Procedures may include, but are not limited to: manufacturer guidelines (e.g. instructions, specifications or checklists) industry operating procedures workplace procedures (e.g. work instructions, operating procedures or checklists)
Equipment	Equipment may include, but is not limited to: gas monitoring equipment water testing equipment fire-fighting equipment workplace first aid equipment work platform and associated gear, such as walkways
Communication methods	Communication methods may include, but are not limited to: verbal and non-verbal language written instructions signage hand signals listening questioning to confirm understanding appropriate worksite protocols
Appropriate personnel	Appropriate personnel may include, but are not limited to: production workers maintenance workers supervisors and managers other boiler operators suppliers colleagues
Records	Records may include, but are not limited to: operating log books maintenance records records of faults and potential faults isolation procedures safe operating procedures daily operating inspections repairs carried out according to manufacturer recommendations and operating procedures workplace record keeping requirements details of any daily or periodic maintenance work details of yearly programmed or additional maintenance work
Risk control measures	Risk control measures may include, but are not limited to: barricades and controls machine guarding fall prevention pedestrian controls adequate illumination noise controls signage personal protective equipment: thermally insulated gloves hard hat protection ear protection (muffs or plugs) chemical resistant gloves and apron respiratory devices eye protection working protective gloves whole body fire-resistant clothing
Communication equipment	Communication equipment may include, but is not limited to: two way radios mobile phones intercoms landline telephones pagers satellite phones computers
Pre-start up checks	Pre-start up checks may include, but are not limited to: testing warning lamps or visual warning indicators control panel checks checks of feedwater supply system fuel supply/heat source systems operation and position of boiler valves combustion air supply system boiler water level essential fittings and gauges selection of personal protective equipment inspection and location of inspection and explosion doors (where applicable) identification of hazards and management of risks and maintenance problems fire-fighting equipment manufacturer recommendations and checklists relevant records and logs
Associated equipment	Associated equipment may include, but is not limited to: multiple fuel sources pre-heater super-heater economiser Associated equipment may also include but is not limited to: super-heater safety valves economiser relief valves air heater feedwater heater attemperator main steam stop valve
Start up	Start up may include, but is not limited to: purge boiler furnace heat input warm up reticulation system venting the boiler of air steam traps and steam line purge system operations reticulation line pressure steam usage and supply super-heater air heater feedwater heater economiser
Maintenance	Maintenance may include, but is not limited to: leaking steam pipe pressure gauge accuracy exposed electrical wiring defective illumination in the workplace leaking fuel pump gland leaks in high pressure feed line leaking gauge glass mounting leaking safety valve isolation procedures, hardware and equipment
Faults	Faults may include, but are not limited to: abnormal operating conditions boiler tube failure feedwater supply and/or other major auxiliary loss wet steam high dissolved oxygen pH of water high conductivity actuator or valve mechanical or electrical fault/failure instrument failure steam leak associated equipment failure
Diagnosed	Diagnosed may include, but is not limited to: senses: audio smell touch visual remote or local indicators and recorders computers and alarms: visible audible
Operating log	Operating log may include, but is not limited to: date and time of checking each check, examination and results printed and signed name of person who performed the checks date and time of any lockout or equipment malfunction results of tests on boiler or feedwater changes in operation
Valves and fittings	Valves and fittings may include, but are not limited to: safety valves gauge glasses main steam stop valve feedwater stop valve feed check valve blow down valve steam side/line drain valves flame failure detection device water level controller boiler steam pressure gauge economiser relief valve super-heater safety valve
Monitored	Monitored may include, but is not limited to: water supply system checks of steam reticulation line pressure usage and supply of steam quality of steam combustion/heat source system and management feedwater system and condensate returns fuel systems combustion air supply water level boiler steam pressure boiler and steam manifold valves soot blowers operation of control/safety devices, including control panels
Tested	Tested may include, but is not limited to: response checks standby plant ‘cut in’ tests valve operating checks hydrostatic tests performance tests alarm and protection tests
Tests	Tests may include, but are not limited to: pH levels conductivity oxygen TDS hardness other contaminants
Chemicals	Chemicals may include, but are not limited to: oxygen scavenger feedwater additives other chemicals hardness condensate chemicals pH buffers
Handover	Handover may include, but is not limited to: previous load requirements maintenance issues, including equipment isolated for maintenance operational incidences read operating log general inspection of boiler to detect any defects accept responsibility of boiler noted equipment malfunctions required equipment tests
Emergencies	Emergencies may include, but are not limited to: tube failure loss of water level power failures inadequate housekeeping explosion fire bomb threat terrorism personal accidents chemical spills major steam leaks major water leaks and flooding natural disasters oil spills Appropriate emergency responses may include, but are not limited to: identification of emergency isolation of heat source selection and application of appropriate fire fighting equipment and personal protective equipment notification of downstream users operation of boiler only when safe to do so notification of appropriate regulatory authorities, such as state, territory, federal and boiler manufacturer
Shut down	Shut down may include, but is not limited to: checks of water level cooling down process valve settings equipment isolation boiler pressure/vacuum fuel/heat source isolation in accordance with manufacturer recommendations boiler post-purge
Storage mode	Storage mode may include, but is not limited to: wet and dry storing open or closed position

Unit Sector(s)

Machine and process operations (licensed)

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MSAENV272B Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This competency covers the outcomes required to effectively measure current resource use and carry out improvements including those reducing negative environmental impacts of work practices. This unit is based on the sustainability guideline standard GCSSUS01A Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This competency applies to operators/team members who are required to follow procedures so as to work in an environmentally sustainable manner. This ensures regulatory compliance and also aims at minimising environmental risks and maximises the environmental performance of the process and the organisation. It includes: Resources used Potential environmental hazards Improving environmental performance (within scope of competency and authority). This competency applies to all sectors of the manufacturing industry and members of its value chain. It may also be applied to all sections of an organisation, including office, warehouse etc. This unit will need to be appropriately contextualised as it is applied across an organisation and across different industry sectors.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	This unit has no prerequisites

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify current resource use and environmental issues.	1.1. Identify workplace environmental and resource efficiency issues. 1.2. Identify resources used in own work role. 1.3. Measure and record current usage of resources using appropriate techniques. 1.4. Identify and report workplace environmental hazards to appropriate personnel.
2. Comply with environmental regulations.	2.1. Follow procedures to ensure compliance. 2.2. Report environmental incidents to appropriate personnel.
3. Seek opportunities to improve environmental practices and resource efficiency.	3.1. Follow enterprise plans to improve environmental practices and resource efficiency. 3.2. Make suggestions for improvements to workplace practices in own work area.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include the ability to: report as required by procedures follow procedures and instructions and respond to change ask questions and seek clarifications relating to work requirements Reading and writing is required in order to interpretrequired procedures and complete required workplace forms/reports. Numeracy is required to interpret numeric workplace information, readings and measurements, handle data as required and complete numeric components of workplace forms/reports.
Required knowledge
Competency includes sufficient knowledge to: have a basic understanding of sustainability know the environmental hazards/risks, resource use and inefficiencies associated with own workplace (at an appropriate level) know the relevant environmental and resource efficiency systems and procedures for own work area know the impact of laws and regulations to a level relevant to the work context

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competence in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the ability to follow workplace procedures according to instructions given and to participate in the improvement of environmental and resource efficient work practices at own level of responsibility. Evidence must be strictly relevant to the particular workplace role.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to: identify and measure resources used in their job identify situations likely to lead to an environmental incident follow procedures related to environmental performance. Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that: work is routinely to procedures the minimum of resources is used consistent with the job requirements, good practice and the procedures.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge. Depending on the selected methods of assessment access may be required to: workplace procedures and plans documentation in relation to production, waste, overheads, hazard control/management reports from supervisors/managers case study/scenarios
Method of assessment	A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Competence in this unit may be assessed: by demonstration in the workplace using targeted questioning for appropriate portions by use of a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios by a combination of these techniques. In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions. Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Procedures	All operations are performed in accordance with procedures including all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.
Environmental and resource efficiency issues	Environmental and resource efficiency issues include minimisation of environmental risks and maximisation of opportunities to improve business environmental performance and to promote more efficient production and consumption of natural resources, for example by: minimisation of waste, through implementation of the waste management hierarchy efficient and effective use of energy and other resources seeking alternative sources of energy efficient use of materials and appropriate disposal of waste use of controls to minimise the risk of environmental damage from hazardous substances efficient water use reducing emissions life cycle analysis applied to issues such as energy supply, materials, transport, production
Measure	Measure should be interpreted in a manner consistent with the scope of the job and may include things like: counting the number of items entering/leaving a work area reading indicators in the work area obtaining relevant information from support personnel other simple means
Appropriate techniques	Appropriate techniques include: material fed to/consumed by plant/equipment plant meters and gauges job cards including kanbans examination of invoices from suppliers measurements made under different conditions examination of relevant information and data.
Compliance	Compliance includes meeting relevant federal, state and local government laws, by-laws, regulations and mandated codes of practice. It also includes any codes and standards that the enterprise applies voluntarily.
Incidents	Incidents include: breaches or potential breaches of regulations occurrences outside of standard procedure which may lead to lower environmental performance.
Enterprise plans	Enterprise plans include: documented policies and procedures work plans to minimise waste, increase efficiency of water/energy use, minimise environmental hazards
Suggestions	Suggestions include ideas that help to: prevent and minimise environmental risks and maximise opportunities reduce emissions of greenhouse gases reduce use of non-renewable resources improve energy efficiency increase use of renewable, recyclable, reusable and recoverable resources reduce waste increasing the reusability/recyclability of wastes/products reduce water usage and/or water wastage.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Competency field

Competency field	Competitive manufacturing tools

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSAENV472B Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This competency covers the outcomes required to effectively analyse the workplace in relation to environmentally sustainable work practices and to implement improvements and monitor their effectiveness. This unit is based on the sustainability guideline standard GCSSUS02A Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This competency applies to those who have responsibility for a specific area of work or who lead a work group or team. It addresses the knowledge, processes and techniques necessary to implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices, including the development of processes and tools. It includes: Identifying areas for improvement Developing plans to make improvements Implementing and monitoring improvements in environmental performance. This competency applies to all sectors of the manufacturing industry and members of its value chain. It may also be applied to all sections of an organisation, including office, warehouse etc. This unit will need to be appropriately contextualised as it is applied across an organisation and across different industry sectors.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	This unit has no prerequisites

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Investigate current practices in relation to resource usage.	1.1 Identify environmental regulations applying to the enterprise. 1.2 Assess procedures for assessing compliance with environmental regulations. 1.3 Collect information on environmental and resource efficiency systems and procedures, and provide to the work group where appropriate. 1.4 Measure and record current resource usage by members of the work group. 1.5 Analyse and record current purchasing strategies. 1.6 Analyse current work processes to access information and data and assist in identifying areas for improvement.
2. Set targets for improvements.	2.1 Seek input from stakeholders, key personnel and specialists. 2.2 Access external sources of information and data as required. 2.3 Evaluate alternative solutions to workplace environmental issues. 2.4 Set efficiency targets.
3. Implement performance improvement strategies.	3.1 Source techniques/tools to assist in achieving targets. 3.2 Apply continuous improvement strategies to own work area of responsibility and communicate ideas and possible solutions to the work group and management. 3.3 Integrate environmental and resource efficiency improvement plans for own work group with other operational activities and implement them. 3.4 Seek suggestions and ideas about environmental and resource efficiency management from stakeholders and act upon them where appropriate. 3.5 Implement costing strategies to fully value environmental assets.
4. Monitor performance.	4.1 Document outcomes and communicate reports on targets to key personnel and stakeholders. 4.2 Evaluate strategies. 4.3 Set new targets and investigate and apply new tools and strategies. 4.4 Promote successful strategies and reward participants where possible.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: using relevant environmental and resource efficiency systems, tools and procedures applying quality assurance systems relevant to own work area applying relevant supply chain procedures measurement and calculation techniques communication/consultation skills to ensure information is supplied to the work group Reading and writing is required to comprehend documentation and interpret environmental and energy efficiency requirements and to document and maintain records Numeracy is required to interpret numeric workplace information, readings and measurements, handle data as required and complete numeric components of workplace forms/reports.
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: how to access and use relevant environmental and resource efficiency systems, tools and procedures understanding of best practice approaches relevant to own area of responsibility strategies to maximise opportunities and minimise impacts relevant to own work area relevant environmental and resource efficiency issues specific to industry practices methods for measuring and calculating resource usage

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competence in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the ability to implement and monitor integrated environmental and resource efficiency management policies and procedures within an organisation.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to: monitor and investigate current resource usage develop plans to improve sustainability implement environmental improvements. Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that: environmental performance is routinely monitored and investigated areas for improvements are followed through and the implemented changes are in turn monitored and investigated.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Competence in this unit may be assessed: by demonstration in the workplace using targeted questioning for appropriate portions through use of specific project(s) by use of a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios by a combination of these techniques. In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions. Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Procedures	All operations are performed in accordance with procedures. Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards. Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.
Environmental and resource efficiency issues	Environmental and resource efficiency issues include: addressing environmental and resource sustainability initiatives such as Environmental Management Systems, action plans, surveys and audits reference to standards, guidelines and approaches such as: ISO 14001 Environmental Management Systems Life Cycle Analyses Cradle to cradle Global Reporting Initiative Ecological footprinting Triple Bottom Line reporting Product Stewardship determining enterprise's most appropriate waste treatment including waste to landfill, recycling, re-use and wastewater treatment applying the waste management hierarchy in the workplace initiating and/or maintaining appropriate enterprise procedures for operational energy consumption, including stationary energy and non stationary (transport) efficient use of water minimising greenhouse gas emissions use of controls to minimise the risk of environmental damage from hazardous substances
Measure	Measuring techniques include: material fed to/consumed by plant/equipment plant meters and gauges job cards including kanbans examination of invoices from suppliers measurements made under different conditions examination of relevant information and data others as appropriate to the specific industry contexts.
Techniques and tools	Techniques and tools may includeÂ : visual workplace concepts measurement, display and/or recording devices changed work practices/procedures competence development and awareness training process and equipment items
Compliance	Compliance includes meeting relevant federal, state and local government laws, by-laws, regulations and codes of practice.
Incidents	Incidents include: breaches or potential breaches of regulations occurrences outside of standard procedure which may lead to lower environmental performance
Purchasing strategies	Purchasing strategies include: influencing suppliers to take up environmental sustainability selecting materials/components with a lower environmental profile.
Stakeholders, key personnel and specialists	Stakeholders, key personnel and specialists include individuals and groups both inside and outside the organisation that have some direct interest in the enterprise's conduct, actions, products and services, including: employees at all levels of the organisation customers suppliers other organisations key personnel within the organisation, and specialists outside it who may have particular technical expertise
Suggestions	Suggestions includes ideas that help to: prevent and minimise environmental risks and maximise opportunities reduce emissions of greenhouse gases reduce use of non-renewable resources make more efficient use of energy, water and other resources maximise opportunities to re use and recycle materials identify strategies to offset or mitigate environmental impacts. e.g. purchasing of carbon credits express purchasing power through the selection of suppliers with improved environmental performance. e.g. purchasing renewable energy and materials with lower embedded carbon eliminate the use of hazardous and toxic materials increasing the reusability/recyclability of wastes/products.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Competency field

Competency field	Competitive manufacturing tools

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSAENV672B Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This competency covers the outcomes required to develop and implement a workplace sustainability policy, including the modification of the policy to suit changed circumstances. This unit is based on the sustainability guideline standard GCSSUS03A Develop workplace policy and procedures for sustainability.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This competency applies to team leaders/supervisors/managers who are required to develop approaches to environmental sustainability within workplaces, including the development and implementation of policy. It includes: Communicating with relevant stakeholders Developing and monitoring sustainability policies Reviewing and improving sustainability policies. This competency applies to all sectors of the manufacturing industry. It may also be applied to all sections of an organisation, including office, warehouse etc. This unit will need to be appropriately contextualised as it is applied across an organisation and across different industry sectors.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	This unit has no prerequisites

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Develop workplace sustainability policy.	1.1 Define scope of sustainability policy. 1.2 Identify and consult stakeholders as a key component of the policy development process. 1.3 Review environmental sustainability strategies relevant to all stages of work covered by the policy 1.4 Make recommendations for policy options based on likely effectiveness, timeframes and cost. 1.5 Develop policy is that reflects the organisation's commitment to sustainability as an integral part of the business planning and as a business opportunity. 1.6 Agree upon appropriate methods of implementation.
2. Communicate the policy.	2.1 Promote the policy, including its expected outcome to key stakeholders. 2.2 Inform those involved in implementing the policy as to outcomes expected, activities to be undertaken and responsibilities assigned.
3. Implement the policy.	3.1 Develop and communicate procedures to help implement the policy. 3.2 Implement strategies for continuous improvement in resource efficiency. 3.3 Establish record systems for tracking continuous improvements in sustainability approaches and assign responsibilities.
4. Review policy implementation	4.1 Record outcomes and provide feedback to key personnel and stakeholders. 4.2 Investigate success or otherwise of policy. 4.3 Monitor records to identify trends that may require remedial action, and use to promote continuous improvement of performance. 4.4 Modify policy and or procedures as required to ensure improvements are made.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: developing and implementing systems and procedures to aid in the achievement of sustainability in the workplace applying quality assurance systems relevant to own enterprise accessing and applying other relevant enterprise polices, procedures and protocols relevant industry competency interpreting business/strategic plans This unit requires the ability to: read and evaluate complex and formal documents such as policy and legislation research, analyse and present information prepare written reports requiring precision of expression and language and structures suited to the intended audience adjust communication to suit different audiences deal with different points of view and dissenting stakeholders.
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: understanding of relevant policy development and implementation processes and practices understanding of the principles, practices and available tools and techniques of sustainability management relevant to the particular industry context best practice approaches relevant to own work area equal employment opportunity, equity and diversity principles and occupational health and safety implications of policy/s being developed

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competence in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the ability to develop and implement integrated sustainability policies and procedures within an enterprise. The review of the policy after implementation will also need to be evidenced.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to: develop relevant policy and procedures that comply with the regulatory requirements and business plans develop a workable implementation strategy include measurable criteria for reviewing improvement. Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that: policy implementation is reviewed policy is developed to be become part of the routine practices of the organisation.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Competence in this unit may be assessed: by demonstration in the workplace using targeted questioning for appropriate portions through use of specific project(s) by use of a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios by a combination of these techniques. In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions. Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Procedures	All operations are performed in accordance with procedures. Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards. Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.
Scope of sustainability policy	Scope of sustainability policy include: The area/s of environmental sustainability to be targeted and whether social and economic sustainability will be incorporated The parts of the enterprise to which it is to apply, including whether it is for the whole enterprise, one site, one work area or combinations of these An investigation of the particular business and market context of the industry/ enterprise Addressing sustainability initiatives through reference to standards, guidelines and approaches such as: ISO 14001 Environmental Management Systems Life Cycle Analyses Cradle to grave/cradle to cradle Global Reporting Initiative Ecological Footprint Assessment Triple Bottom Line reporting Product Stewardship.
Stakeholders	Stakeholders include individuals and groups both inside and outside the organisation that have some direct interest in the enterprise's conduct, actions, products and services, including: employees at all levels of the organisation customers suppliers regulators other organisations.
Strategies	Implementation strategies include: awareness raising among stakeholders training of staff in principles and techniques of sustainability promotional activities. Continuous improvement strategies include ongoing measuring, improving and monitoring such as: Plan, do, check, act cycles Kaizen (continuous improvement) Kaizen blitz (breakthrough improvement event) Six sigma approaches Environmental sustainability strategies include: reducing toxic material and hazardous chemical use minimising resource use through changes in processes, facility design and management supply chain and life cycle management approaches sourcing renewable energy and low carbon footprint materials reducing, re-using, recycling and waste reduction product and process improvements carbon offsets reducing greenhouse gas and other emissions

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Competency field

Competency field	Competitive manufacturing tools

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSAPCI101A Adapt to work in industry

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers the fundamental knowledge and skills needed when taking up employment within the manufacturing industry. It includes the application of industry and workplace guidelines and procedures in a day to day work context as well as appropriate work behaviour.
The elements of this unit should always be assessed in conjunction with other units that form part of a specified job function.
Training and assessment against this competency unit must incorporate all relevant legislative and regulatory requirements.

Application of the Unit

Application of the Unit	The unit has applications in qualifications for all occupations in the manufacturing industry and it should be regarded as an integrating unit. When delivered/assessed as part of a qualification, the unit will be customised to ensure its relevance to the real or simulated work activities and related workplaces.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1	Manage one's own learning	1.1	One's personal goals or vision are considered and articulated
1.2	Opportunities for learning new ideas and techniques in relation to personal goals are identified
1.3	Personal learning needs and skill gaps are recognised
1.4	Opportunities for skills development activities are identified in liaison with relevant personnel
1.5	A range of learning tools and practices are accessed and applied to the job
1.6	Advantage is taken of on-the-job and off-the-job learning opportunities
2	Adapt to and demonstrate appropriate work practice	2.1	Work requirements are identified and interpreted with advice from appropriate persons
2.2	Appropriate dress and behaviour are observed in the workplace
2.3	Work and personal priorities are identified and a balance is achieved
2.4	Time management strategies are applied to work duties
2.5	Interactions with others is tailored to take into account different backgrounds, cultures and languages
3	Work within organisational requirements	3.1	Organisational requirements and key activities of the workplace are identified
3.2	Relevant workplace policies and guidelines are identified and applied to work undertaken
3.3	The range of organisational values and cultural norms are interpreted
3.4	Any uncertainties are discussed with key personnel and clarified
4	Identify the sectors of the industry	4.1	The main sectors of the manufacturing industry, their key activities and the way in which they inter-relate are identified
4.2	The roles and responsibilities of the manufacturing industry are clarified
4.3	Key industry representatives and their roles are identified
4.4	Current issues or events impacting on the industry are identified
5	Identify industry sector products and services	5.1	The products provided by the industry sector are identified
5.2	The services provided by the industry sector are identified
5.3	Appropriate standards of service across the industry sector are identified
5.4	Quality standards for products and services as identified by the industry are clarified

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge required for this unit.
REQUIRED KNOWLEDGE Knowledge and understanding are essential to apply this competency standard in the industry and workplace. The requirements for this competency standard are a knowledge and basic understanding of:
current events, activities, products and services of the manufacturing industry workplace policies, procedures and guidelines time management strategies and appropriate workplace etiquette workplace equipment, tools and other technologies used in the manufacturing industry and where and how to obtain information and instructions on their safe use and basic care and servicing sources of information on the industry sector and skills development activities
REQUIRED SKILLS To achieve the performance criteria, some complementary skills are required. These are the ability to:
following directions literacy skills in regard to written and verbal communication in the workplace basic interpersonal and communication skills (including listening and questioning, receiving feedback)( workplace technology skills where appropriate or required following relevant OHS and environmental protection procedures and responsibilities time management strategies ( adapt and modify activities depending on differing workplace contexts and environment apply relevant industrial or other legislative requirements recognise and adapt appropriately to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of behaviour and interactions among staff and others recognise limitations, ask for helpand seek clarification or information about work requirements and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessment must confirm appropriate knowledge and skills to: identify and interpret information on sectors in the manufacturing industries identify and interpret information on the range of products and services produced by manufacturing industries complete work tasks in accordance with workplace requirements, standards and applicable regulations adapt to and apply workplace procedures and practice identify and take advantage of learning opportunities in the workplace
Performance is demonstrated consistently over a period of time and in a suitable range of contexts Consistently applies required knowledge and skills when adapting to workplace requirements: Consistently shows evidence of application of relevant workplace procedures, policies, instructionsand regulations, including: relevant regulatory requirements workplace procedures, policies and standards relevant manufacturer's guidelines relating to the operation and use of equipment Action is taken promptly to report and/or rectify any workplace problems in accordance with workplace procedures Recognises and adapts appropriately to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of behaviour and interactions among staff and others Work is completed systematically with required attention to detail without damage to goods, equipment or personnel
Context of assessment	Assessment of this unit must be carried out or managed by a registered training organisation: assessment of knowledge must be conducted through appropriate written/oral examinations and questions practical assessment must occur: in suitable simulations of a work environment organised by the registered training organisation, and/or in an appropriate workplace
Specific resources required for assessment	Access is required to opportunities and appropriate resources to either: carry out a range of suitably simulated practical and knowledge assessments that demonstrate the skills and knowledge to adapt to workplace requirements(usually as part of a holistic assessment involving other competency units) participate in actual workplace activities that demonstrate the skills and knowledge to adapt to workplace requirements

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance.
1. What are skill gaps?	Skill gaps include a range of skills needed for the workplace or for a particular job which are currently not developed within an individual. They are different from an individual's 'personal learning needs' as they are skills specifically relevant and required for a particular job. They may include: physical capacity skills workplace technology skills such as business equipment, computer technology, machinery, hand tools, bags, security systems numeracy and literacy skills customer service skills communication skills such as listening and understanding, speaking clearly/directly, reading, writing technical skills
2. What are skill development activities?	Skill development activities may include: training courses IT courses human resources programs coaching and mentoring programs having access to a mentor for questions and advice having the chance to learn a new task or to operate a new piece of equipment or workplace technology participating in an external or internal training program guided workplace experience
3. What are learning tools and practices?	Learning tools and practices may include: learning through note taking reviewing manuals and training guides discussion practice observation trial and error or a combination of any of these
4. What on-the-job opportunities might be accessed and used?	On-the-job opportunities may include: filling in for a co-worker in a new area attending talks or seminars arranged by the workplace shadowing another co-worker in a different area receiving on the job training and supervised practice
5. What off-the-job opportunities might be accessed and used?	Off-the-job opportunities may include: taking a course with a training provider attending conferences or seminars attending site visits with supervisor participating in workplace social events participating in community events
6. What is appropriate dress and behaviour?	Appropriate dress and behaviour may include: personal dress, safety equipment and dress, presentation demeanour and attitude displayed to customers and fellow employees
7. What are time management strategies?	Time management strategies may include: being punctual goal setting balancing work and personal priorities or agendas prioritisation of required tasks or activities planning daily or weekly work overcoming procrastination dealing with interruptions (contingency planning) organising your work environment
8. What are organisational requirements?	Organisational requirements may include: organisational policies and guidelines common organisational practice performance plans OHS policies, procedures and programs
9. What are workplace policies and guidelines?	Workplace policies and guidelines may include but are not limited to: attendance punctuality standards for health and fitness obeying orders confidentiality dress codes alcohol and drug restrictions personal safety and duty of care related to OHS terms and conditions of employment
10. What are organisational values?	Organisational values generally refers to those mentioned in a mission or vision statement of a company and may include: innovation community responsibility environment responsibility
11. What are cultural norms?	Cultural norms may include: manners meanings specific to the language of the workplace history workplace etiquette
12. What are the main sectors of the industry?	Main sectors of industry may include: textiles, clothing & footwear furniture chemical manufacturing plastics and rubber products manufacturing maintenance and engineering manufacture of glass or concrete products
13. What are the roles and responsibilities of the industry?	The roles and responsibilities of the industry may include: providing quality products and services providing quality customer service providing proper training to those in the industry
14. Who are key industry representatives?	Key industry representatives may include: industry associations enterprises unions legislative bodies
15. What might current issues or events include?	Current issues or events may include: economic environmental political technological supply and demand
16. What are industry products?	Industry products are the outcomes of manufacturing processes and may include: clothing and footwear concrete and glass products tyres and plastic car components electronic components metal products
17. What are industry services?	Industry services may include: customer support product advice health, diet advice delivery services consulting services warrantees and/or guarantees
18. What are service standards?	Service standards will vary from industry to industry and even from workplace to workplace depending on the job role and context. It may include: developing and maintaining product and service knowledge identifying customer needs and expectations correctly meeting reasonable needs and request of customers within acceptable time frames taking opportunities to enhance the quality of products and services dealing with conflict situations responding to customer complaints maintaining a positive and cooperative manner establishing relationships with customers following appropriate hygiene and safety procedures referring difficult complaints to appropriate persons
19. What are quality standards?	Quality standards may include: consistency standards quality specifications time requirements meeting customer requirements

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Manufacturing Pathways

MSAPCI102A Apply effective work practices

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers the knowledge and skills needed to apply effective work practices in an industry. It includes planning, organising and completing work, communicating effectively, working with others, solving problems and adapting to changes.
The elements of this unit should always be assessed in conjunction with other units that form part of a specified job function
Training and assessment against this competency unit must incorporate all relevant legislative requirements.

Application of the Unit

Application of the Unit	The unit has applications across industries and it should be regarded as an integrating unit. When delivered/assessed as part of a qualification, the unit will be customised to ensure its relevance to the real or simulated work activities. When delivered/assessed as part of a qualification, the unit will be customised to ensure its relevance to the real or simulated work activities and related workplaces.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1	Plan, organise and complete daily work	1.1	Work instructions and priorities are identified and interpreted in consultation with supervisor
1.2	An appropriate work plan or daily routine is determined and mapped out
1.3	Materials, resources or information needed to complete work is determined, collected, and organised
1.4	Work tasks are completed within designated timelines, quality standards, and instructions
1.5	Problems that arise are dealt with in a practical, timely and appropriate manner and assistance is sought when required
1.6	Feedback is sought on work performance and improvements made as required
2	Communicate effectively	2.1	Appropriate lines of communication with supervisors, colleagues and customers are identified
2.2	Effective communication skills and numeracy skills are used to gather and convey information
2.3	Appropriate non-verbal behaviour is demonstrated
3	Work with others	3.1	Work roles of self and others in the workplace are identified
3.2	Individual responsibilities and duties to the team are undertaken in a positive manner and in a range of situations to promote cooperation and good relationships
3.3	Customers and colleagues who have diverse backgrounds are respected
4	Use workplace technology	4.1	Appropriate workplace technology is selected and used according to workplace and manufacturer's guidelines and instructions
4.2	Workplace technology is inspected to ensure it is not damaged and is working properly and precautions are taken to reduce risks
4.3	Appropriate action is taken when problems with workplace technology occur
4.4	Workplace technology is cared for according to workplace and manufacturer's guidelines and instructions
5	Solve work problems	5.1	Identify problems and develop practical or creative solutions within the scope of individual responsibility to rectify them
5.2	Ask for assistance from key personnel when appropriate
5.3	Report workplace problems as required using appropriate workplace procedures
6	Adapt to change	6.1	New work requirements or situations are identified, clarified and adapted to
6.2	A range of possible practical or creative options to deal with workplace challenges are considered
6.3	A willingness to be open to and trial new ideas and techniques is demonstrated

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge required for this unit.
REQUIRED KNOWLEDGE Knowledge and understanding are essential to apply this competency standard in the industry and workplace. The requirements for this competency standard are a knowledge and basic understanding of:
workplace procedures, policies and instructions workplace structures and the roles and responsibilities of individuals and team/group members basic mathematical operations and techniques procedures for identifying and using relevant workplace technology when carrying out workplace calculations typical problems in the workplace and appropriate action and solutions systems and equipment used in the workplace and the instructions, processes and precautions for their use basic principles of teamwork in the workplace
REQUIRED SKILLS To achieve the performance criteria, some complementary skills are required. These are the ability to:
use literacy skills in regard to written and verbal communication in the workplace use basic interpersonal and communication skills (including listening and questioning, receiving feedback) interpret and follow a designated work plan or set of instructions for a job plan a daily routine to complete required workplace tasks follow relevant OHS and environmental protection procedures and responsibilities time management strategies work cooperatively and collaboratively with others to complete tasks adapt and modify activities depending on differing workplace contexts and environment useappropriate techniques to solve or report problems identified when completing work tasks carry out calculations that may be required when completing work tasks, particularly including the four basic mathematical operations take appropriate initiatives to deal with problems and to complete tasks identify and correctly use equipment, tools and other technology required to complete workplace tasks keep required records of workplace activities apply relevant industrial or other legislative requirements recognise and adapt appropriately to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of behaviour and interactions among staff and others recognise limitations, ask for helpand seek clarification or information about work requirements and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessment must confirm appropriate knowledge and skills to: interpret and plan own work activities complete work activities in collaboration with others in accordance with instructions, procedures and applicable regulations communicate effectively in the course of work activities carryout basic calculations required to complete work activities apply relevant ethical practices and codes of practice in the course of work activities
Performance is demonstrated consistently over a period of time and in a suitable range of contexts Consistently shows evidence of application of relevant workplace procedures, policies, instructionsand regulations Action is taken promptly to report and/or rectify any problems in accordance with workplace procedures Recognises and adapts appropriately to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of behaviour and interactions among staff and others( Work is completed systematically with required attention to detail without damage to goods, equipment or personnel
Context of assessment	Assessment of this unit must be carried out or managed by a registered training organisation and must include an undertaking of a range of different work tasks within reasonable workplace timeframes which includes participation in various, typical workplace communication situations and use a range of workplace technologies. Assessment of knowledge must be conducted through appropriate written/oral examinations. Appropriate practical assessment must occur: in suitable simulations of a work environment organised by the registered training organisation, and/or in an appropriate workplace within reasonable workplace timeframes
Specific resources required for assessment	Access is required to opportunities and appropriate resources to either: carry out a range of suitably simulated practical and knowledge assessments that demonstrate the skills and knowledge to work effectively (usually as part of a holistic assessment involving other competency units) participate in actual workplace activities that demonstrate the skills and knowledge to work effectively access to a range of workplace technologies such as computers, fax machines, telephones, photocopiers and the like

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance.
1. What are work instructions?	Work instructions may include: job sheets patterns plans drawings designs verbal directions customer orders
2. What are effective communication skills?	Communication in the workplace may include: listening and understanding speaking clearly and directly reading independently writing to audience needs group interaction the chain of command in which to report questioning to obtain information and/or clarify information and understanding routine oral reporting routine written reporting participation in routine meetings in the workplace basic recording of discussions
4. What are effective numeracy skills?	Effective numeracy skills are those which related to the job or specific task and may involve the operations of multiplication, division, addition, subtraction, percentages and/or fractions, and may include those related to: estimates of the quantities of materials and resources required to complete a work task money (cost, invoices, change, etc.) volume weight time length and distance speed area perimeter
5. What are diverse backgrounds?	A diversity of backgrounds may include, but is not limited to different: ages genders culture personal values or beliefs race religion political persuasion
6. What is workplace technology?	Workplace technology may vary widely from industry to industry and may include: business equipment such as fax machines, telephones, photo copiers, cutting machines, cameras, voice recorders computer technology such as laptops, PCs, digital cameras, zip drives, modems, scanners, printers other technology such as machinery, hand tools, , lifts, security systems
7. What are precautions?	Workplace technology precautions may include: routine checking of equipment regular backups of data keeping a log book of detected faults checking that repairs have been carried out using appropriate clothing
8. What is appropriate action?	Appropriate action may include: contacting a supervisor, manager contacting the manufacturer contacting a service provider reporting and documenting the problem
9. Who are key personnel?	Key personnel may include: supervisor manager fellow colleagues team members
10. What are workplace procedures?	Workplace procedures may include but are not limited to: organisational policies and guidelines common organisational practice performance plans OHS policies, procedures and programs relevant legislative requirements in areas such as OHS, privacy , anti-discrimination, environmental protection, trade practices, etc relevant licence requirements and related regulations

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Manufacturing Pathways

MSAPCI103A Demonstrate care and apply safe practices at work

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers the knowledge and skills needed to understand, apply and satisfy safe work practices in an industry. It includes identifying and following work procedures for hazards and risks, monitoring and maintaining cleanliness and tidiness at work, and reporting hazards and risks in appropriate ways. It may apply to occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements and/or internal workplace policies and procedures.
The elements of this unit should always be assessed in conjunction with other units that form part of a specified job function.
Training and assessment against this competency unit must incorporate all relevant OHS and related legislative requirements.

Application of the Unit

Application of the Unit	The unit has applications across industries. When delivered/ assessed as part of a qualification the unit will be customised to ensure its relevance to the real or simulated work activities. The workplace environment may include a school classroom or workshop equipped with the appropriate workplace equipment, RTO premises, or an enterprise environment where a high level of supervision exists.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1	Follow workplace OHS procedures	1.1	Relevant OHS, workplace hazard control procedures and safe work practices are identified, interpreted and applied to work
1.2	Workplace procedures for reporting hazards are identified and adhered to in a prompt and efficient manner
1.3	All relevant work activities are undertaken in a safe manner according to OHS guidelines, enterprise policies and procedures
1.4	The work area is assessed regularly and procedures to report, remove or minimise potential hazards are followed
1.5	Personal protection clothing and equipment is correctly used in accordance with established safety and workplace procedures
2	Maintain personal well-being in the workplace	2.1	Risks to personal well-being which may affect safe performance in the workplace are identified and strategies to prevent them are put into place
2.2	Procedures for maintaining a tidy and clean personal work area are identified, interpreted and followed
3	Be aware of and report on safety of self and others	3.1	Situations which may endanger the individual or other workers are identified and corrected or reported
3.2	Incidents and injuries to self or others on the job are dealt with in a timely manner and reported to appropriate persons
3.3	Participative arrangements to foster safe working practises are contributed to, as appropriate
4	Deal with emergency situations	4.1	Emergency situations are recognised and required action is taken within scope of individual responsibility
4.2	Emergency procedures are followed in accordance with organisational procedures
4.3	Assistance from colleagues and/or other authorities is sought where appropriate

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge required for this unit.
REQUIRED KNOWLEDGE Knowledge and understanding are essential to apply this competency standard in the industry and workplace. The requirements for this competency standard are a knowledge and basic understanding of:
procedures related to OHSto be followed in the work area concerned workplace hazards and ways to minimise or remove them workplace equipment, materials, housekeeping equipment and the processes and precautions for their use personal protective clothing and equipment relevant to the job and job context appropriate hygiene and safety standards
REQUIRED SKILLS To achieve the performance criteria, some complementary skills are required. These are the ability to:
use literacy skills in regard to written and verbal communication in the workplace use basic interpersonal and communication skills (including listening and questioning, receiving feedback) report workplace hazards and occupational health and safety incidents and relatedaction solve or report problems identified when dealing with safety hazards and applying appropriate hazard control procedures use required personal protection equipment and clothing and other equipment required when following OHS procedures recognise limitations and ask for help

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessment must confirm appropriate knowledge and skills to: follow workplace procedures for hazard identification and risk control use relevant personal protective clothing and equipment communicate effectively with others as required when following safety procedures
Performance is demonstrated consistently over a period of time and in a suitable range of contexts Consistently applies required knowledge and skills when completing workplace hazard prevention tasks and following relevant procedures Consistently shows evidence of application of relevant workplace procedures, policies, instructionsand regulations, including: OHS regulations and hazard prevention policies and procedures relevant manufacturer's guidelines relating to the operation and use of equipment Action is taken promptly to report and/or rectify any safety incidents in accordance with workplace procedures Recognises and adapts appropriately to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of behaviour and interactions among staff and others Work is completed systematically with required attention to detail without damage to goods, equipment or personnel
Context of assessment	Assessment of this unit must be carried out or managed by a registered training organisation: assessment of knowledge must be conducted through appropriate written/oral examinations appropriate practical assessment must occur: in suitable simulations of a work environment organised by the registered training organisation, with a range of equipment suitable for the job role, and/or in an appropriate workplace
Specific resources required for assessment	Access is required to opportunities and appropriate resources to either: carry out a range of suitably simulated practical and knowledge assessments that demonstrate the skills and knowledge to work safely (usually as part of a holistic assessment involving other competency units), and/or participate in actual workplace activities that demonstrate the skills and knowledge to work safely

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance.
1. What are hazard control procedures?	Hazard control procedures may include: emergency, fire and accident procedures hazard identification and removal or, if this is not possible, establish a hazard control use of personal protective relevant manufacturer's guidelines relating to the operation and use of equipment OHS regulations safe use of mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic and/or electrical equipment safe use of chemicals and toxic substances
2. What are hazards in the workplace?	Workplace hazards may include: untidy work conditions including poor and unnecessary obstacles and equipment in work areas sharp instruments, or equipment noise hot substances and equipment electricity and water electrical equipment being careless when using cutting equipment or dealing with heat or hot surfaces damaged equipment moving machinery materials handling gases and liquids under pressure working at heights confined spaces inappropriate lifting practices dangerous floor surfaces movements of equipment, goods, vehicles chemicals and other harmful substances including fumes and dust toxic substances damaged packing material and containers inflammable materials and fire hazards waste management and disposal extremes in weather conditions unsuitable lighting levels water hazards dangerous storage areas
3. What are safe work practices?	Safe work practices may include, but are not limited to: manual handling procedures correct posture safe lifting and bending using appropriate personal protection equipment
4. What are risks to personal well-being?	Risk to personal well-being are actions by an individual which affect their ability to work safely and may include: smoking, alcohol and drug use lack of sleep poor diet lack of exercise stress not using appropriate methods when lifting or moving heavy objects not wearing proper personal protective equipment
5. What are personal protection clothing and equipment?	Personal protection clothing and equipment may include but are not limited to: gloves masks uniform safety headwear and footwear safety glasses two-way radios high visibility clothing
6. Who are appropriate persons?	Appropriate persons may include: workplace personnel supervisors team leaders management OHS personnel other persons authorised or nominated by the organisation
7. What are emergency situations?	Emergency situations may include: accidents, including those that do not result in injury overheating equipment injuries such as cuts, scalds, burns health conditions such as fainting, asthma attacks, allergic reactions spills and leakages of harmful gas and liquids structural failures and breakages robbery fire flooding power failures or shorts
8. What are participative arrangements?	Participative arrangements may include: workplace meetings suggestion schemes regular communications with team leaders information sessions

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Manufacturing Pathways

MSAPCII295A Operate manufacturing equipment

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This competency covers the operation of production equipment and the resolving of routine problems in a simulated or trial manufacturing environment where there is a high degree of direct supervision. This competency is intended to be applied to any item of routine production equipment. This competency can be performed by operators working either independently or as part of a work team.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to a learning and assessment environment where access to normal production operations is not available . A typical environment will be for application in a VET in Schools delivery environment or other simulated or trial manufacturing environment where a high degree of direct supervision exists. The unit covers the making of a product or products to meet established quality standards and workplace requirements using routine manufacturing equipment. It includes: checking specifications and work requirements following established OHS and hazard minimisation procedures monitoring equipment operation and reporting process variations checking product for quality and conformity to specifications dealing with non-conforming products/materials in accordance with procedures identifying and rectifying/reporting on routine process problems completing pro-forma production logs and reports.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Check job requirements.	1.1. Identify workplace requirements by following established procedures and practices 1.2. Identify product, materials and equipment requirements for job(s)
2. Control hazards.	2.1. Identify hazards in the production work area 2.2. Assess the risks arising from those hazards 2.3. Implement measures to control or avoid those risks in line with procedures and duty of care to fellow workers.
3. Prepare equipment for operation as required	3.1. Perform pre-start up checks 3.2. Suspected unusual or non standard product, materials and equipment are reported to an appropriate person 3.3. If required notify other team members on the intended equipment function and start up 3.4. Check/supply materials to equipment as required 3.5. Start up the item of equipment as required 3.6. Bring to specified conditions and build operating rate steadily, checking expected performance at various stages in accordance with procedures
4. Operate equipment	4.1. Monitor equipment operating conditions 4.2. Monitor product characteristics 4.3. Recognise conditions and characteristics which indicate a problem or a potential problem 4.4. Take appropriate action in response to problem or potential problem 4.5. Maintain supply of materials and removal of products as required 4.6. Complete required records 4.7. Keep equipment and work area in a clean, organised and safe condition
5. Prepare equipment for shut down as required	5.1. Perform emergency pause, stop or shutdown as required 5.2. Ensure equipment is free of product or purged as required 5.3. Shut down equipment in accordance with procedures 5.4. Make sure equipment and area is left in a safe condition and ready for need

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
observation following procedures for start up, operation and shut down of equipment analysis problem solving communication documenting
Required knowledge
all major components of the equipment and describe the function of each principles of equipment operation equipment operating parameters equipment and product variables and their interactions. apply and/or explain: impact of materials and properties start-up and shutdown processes construction and limitations of the equipment out of specification situations distinguish between causes of faults such as: raw materials instrument failure/malfunction electrical failure/malfunction mechanical failure/malfunction variations in product parameters (temperature, flows, pressure&levels).

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	The competent person will be able to carry out the day to day operation of a piece of production equipment, meeting the demands of productivity and quality while resolving routine problems.
What critical aspects of evidence is required to demonstrate competency in this unit?	It is essential that the equipment be understood and that the importance of critical material properties, settings and readings is known. Competence must be demonstrated in the ability to recognise and analyse potential or actual problem situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate corrective action. The emphasis should be on the ability to avoid problems rather than on recovery from a problem. Consistent performance should be demonstrated. In particular look to see that: process conditions are maintained within limits quality is monitored to minimise wastage start-up and shutdown occurs first time signals and alarms are responded to immediately process measurements are continually made or observed all OHS requirements are followed. early warning signs of equipment/processes needing attention or with potential problems are recognised the range of possible causes can be identified and analysed and the most likely cause determined appropriate action is taken to ensure a timely return to full performance obvious problems in related plant areas are recognised and an appropriate contribution made to their solution pre-start checks are made to ensure equipment is lined up to the plant in accordance with procedures and/or manufacturers specifications. Besides assessing actual operation of manufacturing equipment many aspects may be also be assessed using a range of scenarios, case studies or what ifs as the assessment method. These assessment activities should include a range of problems, including new, unusual situations that may have been generated from past history
In what context should assessment occur?	Assessment will need to occur on an operating item of production equipment although some aspects especially problem solving may be assessed through simulation.
Are there any other units which could or should be assessed with this unit or which relate directly to this unit?	This unit could be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
What method of assessment should apply?	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of the assessment.
What evidence is required for demonstration of consistent performance?	Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit.
What are the specific resource requirements for this unit?	Access to an operating item of production equipment over an extended time.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Workplace	Workplace for this unit covers a manufacturing environment specifically established for learning introductory manufacturing skills. It may be: a school classroom or workshop equipped to teach manufacturing principles and practices RTO premises equipped to teach manufacturing principles and practices an enterprise environment where above average supervision exists and training is occurring. The normal production imperatives have been modified to take into account the training being delivered.
Procedures	Procedures includes all work instructions, standard operating procedures, formulas/ recipes, batch sheets, temporary instructions and similar instructions provided for the smooth running of equipment and processes. They may be written, verbal, computer based or in some other form. For the purposes of this Training Package, ' procedures' also includes good operating practice as may be defined by industry codes of practice (eg Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP), Responsible Care) and government regulations.
Equipment	Equipment for the purposes of this unit covers routine or common manufacturing equipment suitable for students operating in a simulated or trial manufacturing environment where there is a high degree of direct supervision. examples include but are not limited to: guillotines bending and folding machines non CNC lathes, especially bench and training lathes soldering equipment pedestal drills bench grinders
Hazards	Workplace hazards include: hazardous materials gases and liquids under pressure moving machinery cutting edges electrical equipment materials handling environments subject to heat, noise, dusts or vapours.
Pre-start up checks	Pre-start up checks include: visual checks completing checklists checking that safety guards, gates etc are in position and are operational other checks required by standard operating procedures and manufacturer's instructions
Equipment operating conditions	Equipment operating conditions will be monitored using a range of techniques including: monitoring of measured or indicated data as shown by gauges, charts etc., (eg. speed, hours on line, pressure, temperature, flow, vibration) the senses of smell, sight, sound and feel as appropriate.
Product characteristics	Product characteristics includes: product quality production rate defect rate
Problem/potential problem	Problem/potential problem includes: changes to operating conditions adverse changes to product characteristics adverse changes to waste
Appropriate action	Appropriate action includes: making adjustments in accordance with procedures stopping the equipment in accordance with procedures reporting to appropriate person.
Records	Records include: log sheets/books job/work sheets electronic/paper records verbal/voicemail/email reports
Need	Need includes: leaving the equipment ready for restart leaving it safe for maintenance preparing for a medium/long term shut down

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Manufacturing Pathways

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSAPCII296A Make a small furniture item from timber

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This competency standard covers the skills required to make a small timber furniture item in accordance with the requirements of an established design and in a simulated or trial manufacturing environment where there is a high degree of direct supervision. The work may or may not involve electrical machinery. The elements of this unit should always be assessed in conjunction with other units that relate to the requirements of a specified work or job function. Training and assessment against this competency unit must incorporate all relevant OHS and related legislative requirements.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to a learning and assessment environment where access to normal production operations is not available . A typical environment will be for application in a VET in Schools delivery environment or other simulated or trial manufacturing environment where a high degree of supervision exists. The unit has applications in qualifications for the broad manufacturing of timber furniture products where the project is based upon the construction of a simple timber item such as:, jewellery boxes, CD racks, timber stools and stationery trays and picture frames. The unit should be applied to a specific 'project'/ or task which has a defined beginning, middle and end, occurs over an extended period of time, and is reflective of furniture manufacturing industry and/or organisation. When delivered/assessed as part of a qualification the unit should be customised to ensure its relevance to a real or simulated work activity and related workplaces and must be delivered and assessed over a period of time.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify job requirements	1.1. Specifications for small furniture item are identified from work instructions. 1.2. Design is interpreted to determine tool, equipment and materials and space requirements. 1.3. Cutting, joining and finishing requirements are identified 1.4. OH&S requirements are considered
2. Prepare for work	2.1. Suitable work area is selected for the task. 2.2. Work area is prepared according to OH&S and ergonomic requirements. 2.3. Appropriate tools, equipment and materials are selected in accordance with the specifications for work. 2.4. Equipment and machinery are cleaned, checked, and adjusted in accordance with workplace procedure. 2.5. Potential hazards are identified from observation of the tools, equipment, materials and workplace and either rectified or reported to supervisor 2.6. Records are kept in accordance with workplace requirements.
3. Produce work	3.1. Timber is cut according to specifications and OH&S requirements. 3.2. Edges and surfaces are prepared according to specifications and OH&S requirements. 3.3. Timber pieces are joined according to item specifications and OH&S requirements . 3.4. Work is checked against specifications at the identified checkpoints 3.5. Non-conformity with the required specifications including quality standards is rectified . 3.6. Work is finished according to specifications, including quality standards and OH&S requirements .
4. Complete work	4.1. Completed work is checked against specifications. 4.2. Unused materials are returned to storage and waste and scrap are dealt with following workplace procedures. 4.3. Work area is cleaned, tools and equipment are returned to storage. 4.4. Documentation is completed following workplace procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Skills required to apply this competency standard in the workplace include: communicate and work effectively and safely with others complete a basic furniture construction project to specifications, comply with OH&S requirements, correct and safe use of hand tools and power equipment comply with safety instructions and any OH&S legislation /regulations /codes of practice applicable to workplace operations collect, organise and understand information related to basic plans plan and organise activities use mathematical ideas and techniques for measuring and calculation of areas and estimated materials requirements. ability to follow instructions and specifications and ask for help where needed
Required knowledge
workplace procedures and work instructions quality requirements furniture construction terminology tool, equipment and material types and uses plans, drawings and specifications safety precautions with hazardous materials and equipment organisational or workplace structure evaluation and review procedures creative thinking techniques

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Knowledge and application of relevant sections of: occupational, health and safety legislation; statutory legislation; enterprise/site safety procedures; enterprise/site emergency procedures preparation and planning of work perform normal operator maintenance of work area to enable work to be conducted safely and efficiently relevant standards and procedures interpret work instructions and locate and apply relevant information. apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment. follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to: minimise the risk of injury to self or others prevent damage to goods, equipment or products achieve required production output and product quality. adapt or vary furnishing product designs. construct, assemble and finish at least one basic furnishing product from the list in the range statement. work effectively with others. modify activities to cater for variations in workplace contexts and environment.
Context of assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.
Specific resources required for assessment	Access to plans, hand and/or power tools, equipment, materials, woodworking machinery and a work area. Access is required to opportunities and appropriate resources to either: carry out a range of suitably simulated practical and knowledge assessments that demonstrate the skills and knowledge to work safely (usually as part of a holistic assessment involving other competency units), and/or participate in actual workplace activities that demonstrate the skills and knowledge to work safely

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
What can a small furniture item include?	A small furniture item from timber can include: small decorative box, with or without a lid wooden photo album simple stool/ chair shelving CD rack chopping board simple table.
What are the work instructions?	Work instructions may include: job sheets patterns plans drawings and sketches verbal or illustrated directions from supervisor number and type of objects to be produced quality requirements. OH&S requirements environmental requirements
What can OH&S requirements include?	OH&S requirements may include: equipment safety instructions hazardous and dangerous goods codes local safe operating procedures specific workplace rules regarding personal protective wear and equipment.
What can a suitable work area include?	A suitable work area may include: workbench desk or table workshop shed floor suitable for layout and assembly
What can appropriate tools, equipment and materials include?	Appropriate tools will vary according to the project, but may include: manual saw jigsaw hacksaw clamp hammer mallet screw driver punch pliers and pincers file miter cutter 90 degree angle staple gun paintbrush rags measuring tapes/ rulers spirit level bevel chisel Appropriate equipment could include: electric saw electric sander electric screw driver power drills panel laners horizontal borers vertical drill presses pedestal grinders pencils and marking devices blades lathes Appropriate materials could include: timber manufactured boards adhesives screws nails bolts glue hinges and metal fasteners steel plastics sandpapers primers paints and stains.
What potential hazards include?	Potential hazards may include: broken or faulty equipment unnoticed sharp objects poor lighting inadequate ventilation inadequate attention to the activities of others electrical shortages and power overload disorganised or cluttered workspace (poor housekeeping) poor attention when dealing with tools and equipment. environmental chemicals, heat, dust, noise, gas and oil.
What could records include?	Records could include: plant and maintenance records job cards check sheets reporting requirements documenting equipment and/or material defects Workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment. equipment booking forms and records attendance records.
What could specifications include?	Specifications could include: measurements and dimensions shape joining methods surface finish, for example paint, varnish etc. quality standard materials to be used
What is involved in making sure edges and surfaces are prepared?	Preparing edges and surfaces could include: filing sanding beveling.
What is involved in making sure timber pieces are joined?	Joining timber pieces could include attaching pieces together with: nails screws glue staples.
What is involved in making sure non-conformities are rectified?	Rectifying non-conformities could involve: disassembly of the furniture item reshaping /resizing or re-cutting component materials reassembly.
What is involved in making sure work is finished?	Finishing work can include: sanding priming painting sealing staining decorating.
What documentation could be relevant?	Documentation could include: completing necessary paperwork communicating with supervisor that you have completed the task photographing the finisher piece filing necessary paperwork.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Manufacturing Pathways

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSAPCII297A Make an object from cloth using an existing pattern

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency has been primarily developed for use in a simulated or trial manufacturing environment where there is a high degree of direct supervision. It covers the skills required to make an object from cloth (such as basic decorative items or clothing) following the requirements of an identified pattern. It may or may not require machinery. The elements of this unit should always be assessed in conjunction with other units that relate to the requirements of a specified work or job function Training and assessment against this competency unit must incorporate all relevant OHS and related legislative requirements.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to a learning and assessment environment where access to normal production operations is not available . A typical environment will be for application in a VET in Schools delivery environment or other simulated or trial manufacturing environment where a high degree of supervision exists. The unit applies to the construction of a cloth item that does not require complex sewing or finishing or the development of a pattern. Typical items include tablecloths, hats, towels, cushions, BBQ covers, place mats, cloth bags, scarves, wall hangings, external awnings, and cloth pencil or tool cases. The unit should be regarded as an integrating unit which has application in Certificate I and II qualifications that act as general introductory qualifications to manufacturing industry. It should be applied to a specific 'project' or task which has a defined beginning, middle and end, occurs over an extended period of time, and is reflective of clothing manufacturing industry and/or organisation. When delivered and assessed as part of a qualification the unit should be customised to ensure its relevance to a real or simulated work activity and related workplaces and must be delivered and assessed over a period of time.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify job requirements	1.1. Job requirements for making the object from cloth are identified from work instructions 1.2. Instructions for designing and sequencing of work are considered 1.3. Particular measurements or adjustments are interpreted and mapped out 1.4. OH&S requirements are considered, planned for and observed
2. Prepare for work	2.1. Suitable work area is selected for the task 2.2. Appropriate tools, equipment and materials are selected 2.3. Potential hazards are identified from observation of the tools, equipment, materials 2.4. Required tools and materials are laid out in sequence according to job requirements and work instructions 2.5. Equipment, if required, is checked and adjusted in accordance with workplace procedure
3. Create work	3.1. Fabric is measured, cut and laid out according to specifications 3.2. Fabric is secured or sewed according to quality requirements 3.3. Work is checked against patterns and work sheets at the identified checkpoints 3.4. Non-conformity with the required pattern or quality standard is rectified.
4. Complete work	4.1. Completed work is checked against required quality standards 4.2. Documentation is completed following workplace reporting procedures 4.3. Work area is cleaned, tools and equipment are returned to storage 4.4. Unused materials are returned to storage and waste and scrap are dealt with following workplace procedures

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organize and understand information related to basic plans and safety procedures coordinate work plan and organise activities work with others the ability to ask for limitations and ask for help where needed; and use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements and calculate areas and estimated materials requirement
Required knowledge
workplace procedures and work instructions organisational structure evaluation and review procedures; creative thinking techniques.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
What critical aspects of evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit?	identify appropriate materials for use in making cloth items, and any special sewing or handling requirements for those materials. apply safe operating and handling practices for equipment, products and materials. interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information. use patterns select and use tools and equipment appropriate to the task. follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to: prevent damage to goods, equipment or products maintain required production output and product quality minimise the risk of injury to self or others. work effectively with others. modify activities to cater for variations in workplace contexts and environment. report process or materials faults, damaged products or equipment. Assessment must confirm appropriate knowledge and skills to: follow workplace procedures for hazard identification and risk control use relevant personal protective clothing and equipment communicate effectively with others as required when following safety procedures Performance is demonstrated consistently over a period of time and in a suitable range of contexts Consistently applies required knowledge and skills when completing workplace hazard prevention tasks and following relevant procedures: Consistently shows evidence of application of relevant workplace procedures, policies, instructions and regulations, including: OHS regulations and hazard prevention policies and procedures relevant manufacturer's guidelines relating to the operation and use of equipment Action is taken promptly to report and/or rectify any safety incidents in accordance with workplace procedures Recognises and adapts appropriately to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of behaviour and interactions among staff and others Work is completed systematically with required attention to detail without damage to goods, equipment or personnel
Context of assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant equipment, materials, and work instructions and specifications. Assessment of this unit must be carried out or managed by a registered training organisation: Assessment of knowledge must be conducted through appropriate written/oral examinations Appropriate practical assessment must occur: in suitable simulations of a work environment organised by the registered training organisation, and/or in an appropriate workplace
Specific resources required for assessment	Access is required to opportunities and appropriate resources to either: carry out a range of suitably simulated practical and knowledge assessments that demonstrate the skills and knowledge to work safely (usually as part of a holistic assessment involving other competency units), and/or participate in actual workplace activities that demonstrate the skills and knowledge to work safely

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
What does an object from cloth include?	An object from cloth is a cloth item that does not require sewing of complex shapes or finishing or the development of a pattern and may include: basic cushions soft tableware such as placemats or serviettes basic clothing such as a scarf, simple cloth hat not requiring blocking or a circle skirt, a basic carry bag handkerchief tea towel wall hanging pencil case
What are the work instructions?	Work instructions may include: job sheets including number and type of objects to be produced patterns for making an object from cloth plans drawings and sketches operating instructions for equipment including safety procedures designer instructions quality requirements verbal directions from a supervisor or instructor
What do OH&S requirements include?	OH&S requirements may include: legislation regulations material handling instructions including hazardous and dangerous goods codes local safe operating procedures specific workplace rules and regulations regarding personal protective wear and equipment
What is a suitable work area?	A suitable work area may include: a bench top or desk a sewing or layout table a sewing table with a sewing machine
What are tools, equipment and materials?	Tools and equipment may include: measuring equipment such as tapes and rulers calculating equipment such as calculators and computers general cutting and sewing tools including scissors, drills, sewing machines, hemming machines, glue guns personal protection equipment Materials may include: plain and patterned fabric velvet threads wadding foam tape fasteners including buttons and hooks
What are potential hazards?	Potential hazards may include broken or faulty equipment, damaged needles, a lack of lighting, untidy working conditions, wet or slippery floors, improperly secured sewing machines, damaged or frayed electrical cables and connections,
What are reporting procedures?	Workplace reporting procedures may include: completing necessary paperwork communicating with a supervisor or key person that you are completed with the task reporting, accidents, injuries and faulty equipment or materials filing necessary paperwork

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Manufacturing Pathways

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSAPCII298A Make an object from metal

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This competency standard covers the skills required to make an object from metal in accordance with the requirements of an established design and in a simulated or trial manufacturing environment where there is a high degree of direct supervision. . The elements of this unit should always be assessed in conjunction with other units that relate to the requirements of a specified work or job function.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to a learning and assessment environment where access to normal production operations is not available. A typical environment will be for application in a VET in Schools delivery environment or other simulated or trial manufacturing environment where a high degree of supervision exists. This unit applies to the manufacture of a simple metal object such as: small decorative box, with or without a lid; desk pencil holder; metallic photo album; cabinet; shelving; CD rack; metallic picture frame etc. Training and assessment against this competency unit must incorporate all relevant OHS and related legislative requirements. The unit should be regarded as an integrating unit which has application in Certificate I and II qualifications that act as general introductory qualifications to manufacturing industry. It should be applied to a specific 'project' or task which has a defined beginning, middle and end, occurs over an extended period of time, and is reflective of the particular sector of the Manufacturing industry and/or organisation.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify job requirements	1.1. Specifications for metal item are identified from work instructions 1.2. Design is interpreted to determine process, tool, equipment and materials requirements 1.3. OH&S requirements are considered and observed throughout the workplace
2. Prepare for work	2.1. Suitable work area is selected for the task 2.2. Work area is prepared according to OH&S and ergonomic requirements 2.3. Appropriate tools, equipment and materials are selected in accordance with the specifications determined for the work 2.4. Equipment and machinery is cleaned, checked, and prepared for operation in accordance with OH&S requirements and workplace procedure 2.5. Potential hazards associated with the use of tools, equipment, materials and the workplace are identified and steps taken to eliminate them in accordance with OH&S legislative requirements and established workplace procedures. 2.6. Where required , records are kept in accordance with workplace requirements
3. Produce work	3.1. Dimensions are transferred from job specifications and/or drawings or sketches and material is marked out to conform to specifications and templates are formed using appropriate machinery or tools 3.2. Edges and surfaces are prepared according to specifications. 3.3. Components are joined according to project requirements 3.4. Work is checked for conformance with specifications. 3.5. Non-conformity with specifications or quality standard is rectified 3.6. Work is finished according to specifications and quality standards
4. Complete work	4.1. Completed work is checked against required quality standards 4.2. Unused materials are returned to storage and waste and scrap are dealt with following workplace procedures 4.3. Work area is cleaned, tools and equipment are returned to storage 4.4. Where required, documentation and records are completed and maintained following workplace procedures

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
apply occupational health and safety standards observe relevant statutory requirements and codes of practice use, update and where appropriate produce sketches and basic drawings select materials and resources use and apply basic quality standards apply quality procedures communicate effectively communicate ideas and information to obtain confirmation of work requirements and specifications, coordination with other workers and the reporting of work outcomes and problems. collect, organise and understand information related to work orders, basic plans and safety procedures. plan and organise activities, including preparation for work and obtaining equipment and materials. work with others and in a team to optimise efficient workflow and productivity. apply pre-checking and quality techniques to anticipate construction problems, avoid reworking and avoid wastage. use of routine workplace tools, equipment, materials and measuring devices. Depending on the object to be made required skills may also include: use cutting and heating equipment use of mechanical cutting equipment use of workshop plant and equipment use of hand and portable power tools
Required knowledge
the interpretation of a plan representing the product to be made the concept of workflow and its relation to manufacture of objects identification of appropriate hand and power tools, materials, equipment, processes and procedures. occupational health and safety standards and practices. relevant statutory requirements and codes of practice hand and portable power tools and their application mechanical cutting techniques paints, sealants and glues jigs and templates workshop plant and equipment manufacture and assembly techniques common materials used in the manufacture of metal objects mathematical techniques communication principles

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Knowledge and application of relevant sections of: occupational, health and safety legislation; statutory legislation; enterprise/site safety procedures; enterprise/site emergency procedures preparation and planning of work lay out, marking off/out and developing techniques and procedures fabrication techniques shaping techniques cutting techniques perform normal operator maintenance of work area to enable work to be conducted safely and efficiently relevant standards and procedures completion of work procedures
Context of assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.
Specific resources required for assessment	Access to plans, hand and/or power tools, equipment, materials and a work area. Access is required to opportunities and appropriate resources to either: carry out a range of suitably simulated practical and knowledge assessments that demonstrate the skills and knowledge to work safely (usually as part of a holistic assessment involving other competency units; and/or participate in actual workplace activities that demonstrate the skills and knowledge to work safely

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
What can metal include?	Metal may include: mild steel galvanised steel stainless steel aluminium brass
What can object from metal include?	An object from metal can include: a small decorative box, with or without a lid desk pencil holder metallic photo album cabinet shelving CD rack metallic picture frame.
What are the work instructions?	Work instructions may include: job sheets patterns plans drawings and sketches verbal or illustrated directions from supervisor number and type of objects to be produced quality requirements. OH&S requirements environmental requirements
What can OH&S requirements include?	OH&S requirements may include: legislative requirements hazardous and dangerous goods codes safe operating procedures specific workplace rules regarding personal protective wear and equipment such as disposable overalls, dust mask, eye and ear protection and gloves.
Workplace	Workplace for this unit means a manufacturing environment specifically established for learning introductory manufacturing skills. It may be: a school classroom or workshop equipped to teach manufacturing principles and practices RTO premises equipped to teach manufacturing principles and practices an enterprise environment where above average supervision exists and training is occurring. The normal production imperatives have been modified to take into account the training being delivered.
What can a suitable work area include?	A suitable work area may include: workbench desk or table workshop shed durable space
What can appropriate tools, equipment and materials include?	Appropriate tools will vary according to the project, but may include: measuring tapes or rulers hammers mallets squares bevels chisels files planes hand saws cordless drills/ screwdrivers fixing and joining devices jigs clamping devices pincers Appropriate equipment could include: power saws power drills band saws vertical drill presses protective eye ware protective gloves dust masks overalls or protective clothing Appropriate materials could include: metal adhesives screws nuts bolts hinges and metal fasteners pencils and markers paints.
What potential hazards include?	Potential hazards may include: broken or faulty equipment unnoticed sharp objects poor lighting inadequate ventilation inadequate attention to the activities of others electrical shortages and power overload disorganised or cluttered workspace (poor housekeeping) poor attention when dealing with tools and equipment. environmental chemicals, heat, dust, noise, gas and oil.
What could records include?	Records could include: plant and maintenance records job cards check sheets reporting requirements documenting equipment and/or material defects workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment.
What could specifications include and what does it mean for materials to be formed?	Specifications could include: measurements and dimensions forming methods could include cutting, bending, rolling, beading.
What is involved in making sure edges and surfaces are prepared?	Preparing edges and surfaces could include: filing sanding cleaning grinding polishing
What is involved in making sure metal pieces are joined?	Joining metal pieces could include attaching pieces together with: screws, rivets, nuts and bolts hinging soldering
What is involved in making sure non-conformities are rectified?	Rectifying non-conformities could involve: deconstructing the assembled pieces reshaping /resizing or re-cutting elements reassembling elements.
What is involved in making sure work is finished?	Finishing work can include: filing polishing grinding painting and decorating.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Manufacturing Pathways

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSAPCII299A Make an object from plastic

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This competency standard covers the skills required to make a component from plastic in accordance with the requirements of an established design and in a simulated or trial manufacturing environment where there is a high degree of supervision. The work may or may not involve plastics processing machinery. The elements of this unit should always be assessed in conjunction with other units that relate to the requirements of a specified work or job function. Training and assessment against this competency unit must incorporate all relevant OHS and related legislative requirements.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to a learning and assessment environment where access to normal production operations is not available . A typical environment will be for application in a VET in Schools delivery environment or other simulated or trial manufacturing environment where a high degree of supervision exists. The unit has applications in qualifications for the broad manufacturing of plastic products where the project scope can be based upon the construction of a simple plastic item such as:, tool trays and picture frame or could extend to include the production of consumer products or moulded components. The unit should be applied to a specific 'project'/ or task which has a defined beginning, middle and end, occurs over an extended period of time, and is reflective of the plastics manufacturing industry and/or organisation. When delivered/assessed as part of a qualification the unit should be customised to ensure its relevance to a real or simulated work activity and related workplaces and must be delivered and assessed over a period of time.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify job requirements	1.1. Specifications for plastic product are identified from work instructions. 1.2. Customer requirements are recognised and identified in the product specification 1.3. Assembly and finishing requirements are identified 1.4. Health, safety and environmental hazards are identified and hazard control measures are implemented. 1.5. Materials, housekeeping and waste management needs are considered
2. Prepare for work	2.1. Equipment requirements are checked and equipment adjusted to appropriate process settings 2.2. Materials requirements are checked and adjusted as required 2.3. Records are kept according to company requirements 2.4. Pre-start checks are completed as required 2.5.
3. Operate equipment to produce component	3.1. Equipment is started up following workplace and hazard control procedures 3.2. Process is monitored to ensure quality 3.3. Product quality is monitored as required 3.4. Quality and other problems are identified and rectified
4. Complete work	4.1. Product is assembled according to specifications as required 4.2. Completed work is checked against specifications and customer requirements 4.3. Unused materials are returned to storage and waste and scrap are dealt with following workplace procedures. 4.4. Work area is cleaned; tools and equipment are returned to storage. 4.5. Documentation is completed following workplace procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
communicate and work effectively and safely with others complete a basic plastic product manufacturing project to specifications comply with OHS&E requirements, correct and safe use of hand tools and power equipment comply with safety instructions and any OH&S legislation /regulations /codes of practice applicable to workplace operations collect, organise and understand information related to basic plans plan and organise activities use mathematical ideas and techniques for measuring and calculation of areas and estimated materials requirements. follow instructions and specifications and ask for help where needed
Required knowledge
workplace procedures and work instructions quality requirements plastics industry terminology tool, equipment and material types and uses plans, drawings and specifications safety precautions with hazardous materials and equipment organisational or workplace structure evaluation and review procedures creative thinking techniques

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Knowledge and application of relevant sections of: occupational, health and safety legislation; statutory legislation; enterprise/site safety procedures; enterprise/site emergency procedures environmental requirements Preparation and planning of work Perform normal operator maintenance of work area to enable work to be conducted safely and efficiently Relevant standards and procedures Interpretation of work instructions and locate and apply relevant information. Application of safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment. Following work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to: minimise the risk of injury to self or others prevent damage to goods, equipment or products achieve required production output and product quality. Ability to adapt or vary plastic component designs. Ability to construct, assemble and finish at least one basic plastic component from the list in the range statement. Ability to work effectively with others. Ability to modify activities to cater for variations in workplace contexts and environment.
Context of assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.
Specific resources required for assessment	Access to plans, equipment, materials Access is required to opportunities and appropriate resources to either: Carry out a range of suitably simulated practical and knowledge assessments that demonstrate the skills and knowledge to work safely as part of a holistic assessment involving other competency units, and/or Participate in actual workplace activities that demonstrate the skills and knowledge to work safely

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
What can a plastic product include?	A plastic product can include: small container picture frame toys tool box automotive plastic products household items electrical goods playground equipment small boat any other product made from polymers
What processes can be used to make a plastic product?	A plastic product can be made from: injection moulding blow moulding thermo forming composite extrusion fabrication rotational moulding other plastic processing methods
What are the work instructions?	Work instructions may include: job sheets patterns plans drawings and sketches verbal or illustrated directions from supervisor number and type of objects to be produced quality requirements. OHS&E requirements
What can OHS& E requirements include?	OHS&E requirements may include: equipment safety instructions hazardous and dangerous goods codes local safe operating procedures specific workplace rules regarding personal protective wear and equipment. environmental controls risk assessment emergency procedures
What can a suitable work area include?	A suitable work area may include: on-site host company maintenance or tooling workshop simulated workshop in RTO on-site production facilities
What can appropriate tools, equipment and materials include?	Appropriate tools will vary according to the project, but may include: manual saw jigsaw hacksaw clamp hammer mallet screw driver punch pliers and pincers file miter cutter 90 degree angle staple gun paintbrush rags measuring tapes/ rulers spirit level bevel chisel rollers/scissors Appropriate equipment could include: electric saw electric sander electric screw driver power drills vertical drill presses pedestal grinders plastics processing equipment plastics welders such as hot air guns, ultrasonic injection moulders/blow moulders/rotational moulding equipment/thermoforming equipment Appropriate materials could include: plastics raw material extruded plastic sheeting ( e.g. perspex, acrylic, polycarbonate) adhesives screws bolts glue hinges and metal fasteners sandpapers primers paints
What could potential hazards include?	Potential hazards may include: broken or faulty equipment unnoticed sharp objects poor lighting inadequate ventilation inadequate attention to the activities of others electrical shortages and power overload disorganised or cluttered workspace (poor housekeeping) poor attention when dealing with tools and equipment. environmental chemicals, heat, dust, noise, gas and oil hot equipment and materials cuts back strain
What could records include?	Records could include: plant and maintenance records set up, date, batch and materials check sheets reporting requirements documenting equipment and/or material defects workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment. equipment booking forms and records attendance records quality reports production reports log sheets
What could specifications include?	Specifications could include: measurements and dimensions shape joining methods quality standard materials to be used appearance colour/finish
What is involved in making sure plastic pieces are joined?	Plastic pieces can be joined together by: glue ultrasonic/hot air welding clips metal fasteners ( e.g. screws, bolts, rivets.).
What is involved in making sure non-conformities are rectified?	Rectifying non-conformities could involve: disassembly of the furniture item reshaping /resizing or re-cutting component materials reassembly refinishing adjusting process conditions.
What is involved in making sure work is finished?	Finishing work can include: sanding priming painting decorating. assembly polishing trimming

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Manufacturing Pathways

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSAPMOHS100A Follow OHS procedures

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

On completion of this unit, the worker will be able to recognise hazards commonly occurring at the workplace and follow health and safety instructions and procedures in the workplace.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to workers who are required to follow OHS instructions and procedures relating to the work being undertaken. Workers will be aware of the importance of maintaining their own health and safety and the health and safety of others in the workplace. Individual workers will also be capable of dealing with incidents and emergencies within their own scope of responsibility and under the direction of the supervisor.

While the instructions and procedures must be derived from the relevant organisation OHS policies, the worker is not required to understand or interpret these policies. This interpretation should be undertaken by the supervisor when informing workers of the OHS requirements.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Recognise hazards.	1.1 Identify hazards commonly found in the workplace. 1.2 Check work area routinely before and during work. 1.3 Describe causes of identified hazards.
2. Follow procedures for hazard control.	2.1 Follow procedures to remove or minimise hazards, within the scope of responsibilities and competencies. 2.2 Use required personal protective and other safety equipment. 2.3 Describe the potential consequences of failing to follow these procedures and instructions.
3. Follow emergency procedures.	3.1 Recognise emergency/emergency alarm. 3.2 Go to muster point following procedure. 3.3 Follow instructions related to the emergency.
4. Report problems.	4.1 Report to appropriate people in accordance with workplace procedures when hazards arise.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding is required of the workplace occupational health and safety (OHS) system sufficient to recognise situations affecting OHS and to take the appropriate action to rectify the situation.

Awareness is required that OHS issues are regulated by State/Territory Acts, regulations, codes of practice and industry standards.

Employees need to be able to follow OHS procedures.

Competence includes the ability to apply and describe procedures for:

recognising hazards in the workplace

recognising safety signs and symbols

recognising hazards commonly found in the workplace and standard controls

reporting hazards identified to the designated person/according to procedure.

Competence also includes the ability to:

describe the rights and responsibilities of employees under the OHS legislation

use and maintain appropriate PPE where required

communicate OHS issues

locate and follow OHS procedures under direct supervision.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to recognise and interpret safety signs and other basic safety information. It also requires the ability to report hazards in an appropriate way and to follow emergency instructions.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

The unit will be assessed in as holistic a manner as is practical and may be integrated with the assessment of other relevant units of competency. Assessment will occur over a range of situations that will include disruptions to normal, smooth operation.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

describe the workplace OHS system and know the importance of critical procedures

recognise potential situations requiring action

implement appropriate corrective action.

Emphasis should be on the ability to avoid a critical incident rather than on recovery from a disaster.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

hazards and application of appropriate risk controls are known

other hazards in the workplace that may arise are known and reporting/taking actions are according to procedure.

Assessment method and context

Assessment for this unit of competency will be on a manufacturing site or in a manufacturing environment.

Simulation may be required to allow for timely assessment of parts of this unit of competency. Simulation should be based on the actual work environment and will include walk throughs of the relevant competency components. Simulations may also include the use of case studies/scenarios and role plays.

This unit requires a body of knowledge which will be assessed through questioning and the use of 'what if' scenarios both in the work environment (during demonstration of normal operations and walk throughs of abnormal operations) and off the job.

Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

Assessment will require access to a manufacturing plant or working environment over an extended period of time, or a suitable method of gathering evidence of knowledge and understanding over a range of situations. A bank of scenarios, case studies, and 'what ifs' will be required, as will a bank of questions which will be used to check the reasoning behind the 'observable actions.'

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This unit of competency describes OHS requirements applicable for all workers whose work involves the use of workplace policies and procedures to maintain a safe work environment for themselves and others.

It is expected that this competency may be applicable in combination with other industry, occupation or workplace-specific competencies. In all cases it may be appropriate to assess this unit concurrently with relevant teamwork and communication units.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Hazards and hazard causes

Known hazards, such as those identified in procedures or training, are recognised. The underlying causes of these identified hazards are also described, eg the identified hazard is slipping, the cause is spilled granules.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of and checks on equipment and tools such as:

housekeeping checks, such as obstructions on the floor which may create slip/trip hazard

guards in place

equipment in safe condition

work area clear and organised

nothing unusual/different

emergency equipment available

PPE is functional.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

handling chemicals and hazardous materials

chemical and or hazardous materials spillage

gases and liquids under pressure

moving machinery

materials handling

working at heights, in restricted or confined spaces, or environments subjected to heat, noise, dusts or vapours

fire and explosion.

Problems

Reporting problems means 'apply procedures to recognise and report hazards'.

Typical problems may include:

recognition of hazards

problems encountered in controlling risks associated with hazards

observation of an injury and/or incident which occurred in the workplace

clarification of understanding of OHS policies and procedures.

Personnel

Appropriate personnel for OHS referrals may include:

employer

supervisor

employees elected as OHS representatives

other personnel with OHS responsibilities.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOHS110A Follow emergency response procedures

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This unit relates to the appropriate response to emergency situations for any new workers at the workplace, possibly delivered as part of an induction program.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who are required to know the signals when an emergency situation takes place as well as the proper procedures to follow in order to save oneself from possible injury and/or death.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Know when emergency happens.	1.1 Locate emergency signals and controls on machines and/or at the worksite. 1.2 Interpret the signals to take appropriate action. 1.3 Identify emergency where there is no mechanical/ electronic signal.
2. Follow emergency procedures.	2.1 Report emergency according to procedures. 2.2 Identify emergency leader. 2.3 Follow workplace procedures and work instructions for dealing with a range of emergencies, under direct supervision of emergency leader. 2.4 Describe the potential consequences of failing to follow these procedures and instructions. 2.5 Describe what to do if the emergency leader cannot be located when emergency occurs.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit. Knowledge and understanding of the emergency response procedures sufficient to recognise emergency situations and then determine the appropriate action.

Knowledge of the relevant OHS and environmental requirements, and organisation standard operating procedures, is required along with an ability to implement them in a manner that is relevant to emergency response practices.

Competence includes the ability to:

identify location of emergency signals on machines and/or at the worksite

identify emergency situations in which there is no mechanical/electronic signal

report identified emergency signals/situations to the designated person

identify the emergency leader

follow emergency procedures.

Evidence of knowledge of all relevant workplace procedures will include:

emergency, fire and accident procedures

chemical spill procedures

procedures for the use of personal protective clothing and equipment

organisation standard operating procedures (SOPs)

hazard policies and procedures

safety procedures

personal protective clothing relevant to the required response to the emergency situation.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to recognise and respond to emergency signals or other communication of an emergency.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

The unit will be assessed in as holistic a manner as is practical and may be integrated with the assessment of other relevant units of competency.

Assessment will occur over a range of situations that will include disruptions to normal, smooth operation.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

recognise potential emergency situations

take the appropriate action.

Emphasis should be on the ability to follow proper procedures in order to save oneself from possible injury and/or death.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

emergency situations are recognised and communicated promptly

emergency procedures are understood and followed.

These aspects may be best assessed using a range of scenarios/case studies/what ifs as the stimulus with a walk through forming part of the response. These assessment activities should include a range of problems that may have been generated from the past incident history of the workplace and incidents on similar operations around the world.

Assessment method and context

Assessment for this unit will be on a processing plant or in a manufacturing environment.

Simulation may be required to allow for timely assessment of parts of this unit of competency. Simulation should be based on the actual work environment and will include walk throughs of the relevant competency components. Simulations may also include the use of case studies/scenarios and role plays. Emergency drills are a common and appropriate simulation.

This unit of competency requires a body of knowledge which will be assessed through questioning and the use of 'what if' scenarios both in the workplace (during demonstration of normal operations and walk throughs of abnormal operations) and off the job.

Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

It is expected that this competency may be applicable in combination with other industry, occupation or workplace-specific competencies. In all cases it may be appropriate to assess this unit concurrently with relevant teamwork and communication units.

Specific resources for assessment

Assessment will require access to an operating plant or work environment over an extended period of time, or a suitable method of gathering evidence of operating ability over a range of situations. A bank of scenarios, case studies and 'what ifs' will be required as will a bank of questions that will be used to probe the reasoning behind the observable actions.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This unit of competency describes emergency situation requirements applicable to all workers. It involves the use of workplace policies and procedures to maintain a safe work environment for oneself and others.

All operations to which this unit applies are subject to stringent health, safety and environment requirements, which may be imposed through State or federal legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between performance criteria and HSE requirements, the HSE requirements take precedence.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This unit of competency includes use of equipment and tools such as PPE required for emergency response.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

handling chemicals and hazardous materials

chemical and or hazardous materials spillage

gases and liquids under pressure

moving machinery

materials handling

working at heights, in restricted or confined spaces, or environments subjected to heat, noise, dusts or vapours

fire and explosion.

Personnel

Appropriate personnel for reporting of emergency may include:

employer

supervisor

employees elected as emergency team leader

other personnel with emergency team leader responsibilities.

Emergency issues

Emergency issues that may need to be raised by workers with designated personnel/ responded to may include:

observation of injury or incident in the workplace

fires

chemical or oil spills

gas leak or vapour emission

utilities failure

bomb scares

failure or malfunction of plant/machinery.

Emergency signals

Emergency signals include:

visual - flashing lights

auditory - alarms.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOHS200A Work safely

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

On completion of this unit, the worker will be able to identify Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) hazards, and assess risk, as well as follow instructions and procedures in the workplace with minimal supervision. The worker will also be capable of participating in and contributing to OHS management issues.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to all workers as they carry out their normal day to day activities in a safe manner in compliance with legislative requirements and their duty of care.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify hazards and assess risk.	1.1 Identify hazards in the work area before and during work. 1.2 Assess risks for the identified hazards. 1.3 Identify controls for these hazards from procedures. 1.4 Review effectiveness of controls within the scope of authority. 1.5 Identify and report remaining risk.
2. Follow procedures for risk control.	2.1 Control risks when working under minimal supervision by following workplace procedures. 2.2 Select, use and maintain relevant personal protective equipment (PPE). 2.3 Handle and store hazardous materials safely.
3. Follow emergency procedures	3.1 Recognise emergency situations. 3.2 Take appropriate initial emergency action. 3.3 Follow procedures for dealing with a range of emergencies.

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
4. Initiate suggestions to enhance task/job-specific safety.	4.1 Raise OHS issues with designated personnel in accordance with workplace procedures and relevant requirements of OHS legislation. 4.2 Contribute to participative arrangements for OHS management in the workplace within organisation procedures and the scope of responsibilities and competencies. 4.3 Provide input to minimise hazards in work area in line with organisation OHS procedures. 4.4 Provide input to opportunities for development of work group's competencies in relation to OHS. 4.5 Support the implementation of procedures to control risks using the hierarchy of control and in accordance with organisation procedures. 4.6 Report to appropriate people in accordance with workplace procedures when non-routine hazards arise.
5. Apply knowledge of OHS legislation and the organisation OHS policies and procedures	5.1 Follow workplace procedures to achieve a safe working environment in accordance with all relevant OHS legislation, including codes of practice relating to particular hazards within the workplace or industry. 5.2 Identify the rights and responsibilities of employees and employers under the relevant OHS legislation. 5.3 Complete (personally or with assistance) hazard, accident or incident reports as required by workplace procedures and relevant sections of OHS legislation.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding is required of the workplace OHS system and relevant industry standards, sufficient to participate in OHS activities and within the scope of work responsibilities and competencies.

Competence includes the ability to apply and describe:

the identification of hazards and hazardous areas

methods for assessing risk

the identification of standard controls for the hazards

a simple evaluation of the effectiveness of the controls

an awareness of the need for further action

the rights and responsibilities of employees under the OHS legislation

management systems and procedures for OHS

the hierarchy of control

hazard policies, procedures and information

safety procedures

emergency, fire and accident procedures

emergency procedures for handling hazardous materials

consequences of inappropriate handling of hazardous materials.

Competence also requires the ability to:

locate, understand and follow workplace OHS procedures

identify and interpret signs and symbols, including emergency alarms

recognise hazards common to the industry and in their own workplace

locate sources of OHS information within the workplace

select and use personal protective clothing and equipment

correctly use equipment for handling of chemicals/materials

interpret and apply relevant Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS).

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and apply hazard information in the workplace and make suggestions to enhance safety.

Writing is required to the level of completing required safety/incident reports.

Numeracy is required to complete incident reports and interpret hazard information.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

The unit will be assessed in as holistic a manner as is practical and may be integrated with the assessment of other relevant units of competency. Assessment will occur over a range of situations that will include disruptions to normal, smooth operation.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

Consistent safe working is the critical aspect for which evidence should be sought.

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

recognise potential situations requiring action

implement appropriate corrective action.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that relevant workplace procedures are understood, in particular:

hazard policies and procedures

emergency, fire and accident procedures

procedures for the use of personal protective clothing and equipment

hazard identification and risk assessment procedures.

The following should also be known and understood:

the hazards and potential risks in the workplace

the consultation processes, either general or specific to OHS

OHS information (what is there and how to access it)

specific hazard policies procedures.

These aspects may be best assessed using a range of scenarios/case studies and 'what ifs' as the stimulus with a walk through forming part of the response. These assessment activities should cover a range of problems, including new, unusual and extreme situations, which may have been generated from the past incident history of the workplace, incidents on similar plants around the world, hazard analysis activities and similar sources.

Assessment method and context

Assessment for this unit of competency will be on a manufacturing site or in a manufacturing environment.

Simulation may be required to allow for timely assessment of parts of this unit of competency. Simulation should be based on the actual workplace and will include walk throughs of the relevant competency components. Simulations may also include the use of case studies/scenarios and role plays.

This unit of competency requires a significant body of knowledge which will be assessed through questioning and the use of 'what if' scenarios both in the workplace (during demonstration of normal operations and walk throughs of abnormal operations) and off the job.

It is expected that this competency may be applicable in combination with other industry, occupation or workplace-specific competencies. In all cases it may be appropriate to assess this unit concurrently with relevant teamwork and communication units.

Specific resources for assessment

Assessment will require access to a manufacturing environment over an extended period of time, or a suitable method of gathering evidence of operating ability over a range of situations. A bank of scenarios/case studies and 'what ifs' will be required as will a bank of questions which will be used to probe the reasoning behind the observable actions.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This unit of competency describes OHS requirements applicable for all workers whose work involves the use of workplace policies and procedures to maintain a safe work environment for themselves and others.

It is expected that workers will be provided with clear directions, information, instruction, training and appropriate supervision regarding the relevant State/Territory OHS legislation, codes of practice, relevant industry standards, workplace procedures and work instructions.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Identify hazards

Hazard identification is the identification of known hazards in the workplace such as might be included in procedures, training and other workplace methods of identifying hazards.

Assess risks

Risk assessment is used in compliance with the relevant OHS acts and regulations. Assessment is to the extent required by the acts and regulations and is as relevant to the job.

Identify hazard controls

Identification of hazard controls is identifying the controls specified in the procedures or similar. Reviewing their effectiveness includes checking that they are in place and operational in accordance with standard procedure.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

PPE

handling aids

other safety equipment.

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

Typical PPE includes:

hard hats

goggles/glasses/face shields

hearing protection (ear muffs, plugs)

dusk masks/canister masks/ SCBA/ long range breathers

gloves/gauntlets

safety boots

antistatic equipment

overalls/aprons/acid jackets/pants.

Selecting and using PPE includes:

outlining the functions for each type of PPE used in the work environment

identifying the situations in which specific types of PPE would be used

using PPE correctly as required in a working environment.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

handling chemicals and hazardous materials

chemical and or hazardous materials spillage

gases and liquids under pressure

moving machinery

materials handling

working at heights,

confined spaces

heat

noise

dusts or vapours

fire and explosion

dangerous goods.

Personnel

Appropriate personnel for OHS referrals may include:

employer

supervisor

employees elected as OHS representatives

other personnel with OHS responsibilities.

OHS Issues

OHS issues which may need to be raised by workers with designated personnel may include:

recognition of hazards/methods of identifying hazards

problems encountered in controlling risks associated with hazards (any of the controls as per the hierarchy of control which are relevant)

observation of an injury and/or incident which occurred in the workplace

clarification of understanding of OHS policies and procedures.

Recognise emergency situation

Recognition of emergency situations is from alarms, signals or other obvious mechanisms in the workplace.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOHS205A Control minor incidents

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This unit covers control of minor incidents. The competency would be possessed generally by most/all operations personnel and some non-operations personnel. It would require training in addition to that which might typically be part of an induction program, but does not require specialist training such as is given to members of an incident response team. The general purpose of this initial response is to prevent any incident from escalating. In the event of an incident this person may be expected to respond to an incident team member in line with procedures.

This unit does NOT apply to major incidents (see MSAOHS210A Control non-fire incidents and MSAOHS212A Control fire incidents).

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who may be called upon to control small incidents in the workplace.

It includes:

fires of the A,B,C,D,E and F classes

fuel and other spills

process overheating

equipment failure.

The person would:

safely use first response equipment and coordinate with other actions

operate incident equipment

report the use of incident equipment

mark or position incident equipment to indicate that it has been used and requires servicing.

Generally the person would be part of a team during an incident response. However, he/she may be required to take independent action. At all times they would be liaising and cooperating with other members of the team.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Evaluate the incident	1.1 Recognise an incident has occurred or is about to occur. 1.2 Assess the incident for type of response and the likely effectiveness of first response action. 1.3 Identify the hazards arising from the incident. 1.4 Raise the alarm and seek assistance as required. 1.5 Select appropriate response to control incident. 1.6 Determine hazard control measures to be employed. 1.7 Recommend evacuation if appropriate.
2. Control the incident.	2.1 Maintain personal safety at all times. 2.2 Confine the incident to the area of origin where possible. 2.3 Select appropriate equipment to control incident. 2.4 Use equipment in accordance with procedures. 2.5 Clear and secure the incident area. 2.6 Monitor the incident and surrounding conditions and modify response as appropriate. 2.7 Handover to specialist incident response personnel as appropriate.
3. Conclude the incident control.	3.1 Report the use of equipment according to procedures. 3.2 Mark or position incident control equipment after use to indicate it requires servicing or replacing. 3.3 Participate in incident debrief and reporting in accordance with procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

The knowledge referred to in the Evidence Guide for this unit includes:

classification of fires and incidents

limitations of first response equipment

situations that must not be responded to because of the risk to life

the hazards involved with first response action

understanding relevant workplace procedures

selecting appropriate first response equipment

understanding the theory of fire and other relevant incidents.

Competence also includes the ability to isolate the causes of problems within the incident response system and to be able to distinguish between causes of problems indicated by:

damage to first response equipment

exceeding the limitations of use of incident control equipment or facilities

inappropriate actions when first response action is undertaken

inadequacies in facilities that may be used to confine emergencies

inappropriately identifying the type of incident

the incorrect use of equipment.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to recognise and respond to the signs of an incident and communicate to relevant people as part of the response.

Writing is required to the level of completing required workplace forms and reports.

Numeracy is required to respond to relevant incident data.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

Assessment will occur using a simulation and will be undertaken in a work-like environment.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

correctly respond to incident situations

implement appropriate action.

Emphasis should be on the ability to stay ahead of the problem rather than to have to take drastic action in order to recover the situation.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

the incident is evaluated appropriately

an appropriate response to the incident, and appropriate response equipment, is selected

the safety of persons is given the highest priority

actions taken are effective and do not cause escalation or other incidents

all reporting is completed in accordance with procedures.

These assessment activities should cover a range of problems, including new, unusual and improbable situations which may have been generated from past workplace incident history, incidents in similar workplaces around the world, hazard analysis activities and/or similar sources.

Assessment method and context

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

in an appropriate, industrial scenario

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This unit applies to all sectors of the industry.

This unit will assist individuals to meet some of their obligations under the relevant State/Territory legislation. Responsibility for appropriate contextualisation and application of the unit to ensure compliance however, remains with the individual organisation.

Organisations within the Chemical, Hydrocarbons and Oil Refining industries may find themselves falling under the provisions of various Major Hazard Facilities legislation. In developing this unit consideration has been given to the requirements of Sections 8 and 9 of the National Standard for the Control of Major Hazard Facilities [NOHSC:1014(2002)] and the National Code of Practice for the Control of Major Hazard Facilities [NOHSC:2016(1996)].

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

All operations to which this unit applies are subject to stringent Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) requirements, which may be imposed through State or Federal legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between performance criteria and HSE requirements, the HSE requirements take precedence.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

fire doors

fire sprinkler systems

fire alarm systems

First Aid kits

fire extinguishers

hose reels

smoke vents

spill control kits.

Problems

'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'. Typical process and product problems may include:

determining the nature and size of the incident

predicting the incident's likely development

lack of support in an incident

inappropriate or lack of a means of escape

lack of availability of control equipment or facilities.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOHS210B Undertake first response to non-fire incidents

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit deals with recognising and responding to an emerging incident (except for fire) to provide an appropriate first response

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This competency applies to operators who are required to respond to an incident such as a leak, spill or other incident. The worker is not expected to deal with the emerging incident, but to provide an initial first response in order to contain the incident and/or secure the immediate area in order to minimise resultant damages and loss. In this unit it is assumed that the worker is acting according to established workplace procedures.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Assess level of severity.	1.1. Recognise an incident has occurred or is about to occur. 1.2. Access hazard information as appropriate. 1.3. Assess frequency, duration, actual and potential outcome. 1.4. Evaluate and communicate in a timely and appropriate manner the location, nature and extent of the incident.
2. Undertake routine response to minimise affect of the incident.	2.1. Determine first response requirements to contain the incident or evacuate the affected areas. 2.2. Select the appropriate response from the incident procedures and equipment. 2.3. Apply incident procedures as appropriate. 2.4. Clear and secure the incident area. 2.5. Safely locate, access and operate incident response equipment.
3. Notify responsible authorities.	3.1. Follow incident reporting procedures. 3.2. Identify appropriate authorities and notify. 3.3. Clearly and unambiguously communicate information concerning the incident in a timely manner.
4. Undertake safe evacuation.	4.1. Evacuate the area in a safe and controlled manner when first response has failed to control the incident or has proven inappropriate. 4.2. Secure the immediate area of the incident to ensure no further loss occurs to people, equipment, materials, process and environment.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
Competence includes the ability to apply and explain procedures for: identifying hazard and emergency signs and labels evacuation of different areas operating various pieces of incident response equipment communicating details of an incident situation clearly. Language, literacy and numeracy requirements This unit requires the ability to respond to data and information indicating an incident. Writing is required to the level of completing required workplace forms and reports. Numeracy is required to the level of interpreting and reporting relevant data.
Required knowledge:
Knowledge and understanding of the incident response procedures and equipment, sufficient to recognise standard and non-standard situations and then determine the appropriate action which is consistent with operating guidelines. Knowledge of the relevant OHS and environmental requirements, and organisation standard operating procedures is required along with an ability to implement them in a manner that is relevant to incident response practices. Evidence of knowledge of all relevant workplace procedures will include: principles of operation of the incident response equipment hazards policies and procedures incident, fire and accident procedures procedures for the use of personal protective clothing and equipment organisation standard operating procedures (SOPs).

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	The unit will be assessed in as holistic a manner as is practical and may be integrated with the assessment of other relevant units of competency. Assessment will occur over a range of situations which will include disruptions to normal, smooth operation. Assessment will occur with simulated industrial incidents and will be undertaken in a work-like environment.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to: recognise and analyse potential situations requiring action implement the appropriate corrective action. The reasoning process behind the problem analysis and determining the required actions should be assessed. The emphasis should be on the ability to minimise the affect of an incident situation. Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that: incident situations are recognised and communicated promptly action is taken to ensure that the effects of the incident situation are controlled promptly potential to involve others in the incident is recognised and appropriately communicated incident procedures are understood and followed. These aspects may be best assessed using a range of scenarios/case studies and 'what ifs' as the stimulus with a walk through forming part of the response. These assessment activities should include a range of problems, including new, unusual and extreme situations that may have been generated from the past incident history of the workplace, incidents on similar plants around the world, hazard analysis activities (eg HAZOP) and similar sources.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment for this unit will be on a processing plant or in a manufacturing environment. Assessment will require access to an operating plant or manufacturing environment over an extended period of time, or a suitable method of gathering evidence of operating ability over a range of situations. A bank of scenarios/case studies/what ifs will be required as will a bank of questions which will be used to probe the reasoning behind the observable actions. This unit requires a body of knowledge which will be assessed through questioning and the use of 'what if' scenarios both in the workplace (during demonstration of normal operations and walk throughs of abnormal operations) and off the job. In all cases it may be appropriate to assess this unit concurrently with relevant teamwork and communication units. In a major hazard facility, it may be appropriate to assess this unit concurrently with: PMPOHS200 Participate in workplace safety procedures PMASUP220 Monitor and control environmental hazards.
Method of assessment	Simulation may be required to allow for timely assessment of parts of this unit of competency. Simulation should be based on the actual workplace and will include walk throughs of the relevant competency components. Simulations may also include the use of case studies/scenarios and role plays.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the Performance Criteria, is detailed below. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs if the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.
Codes of practice/ standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.
Context	This competency covers all emerging incidents except for fire.
Procedures	All operations are performed in accordance with procedures. Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards. All operations to which this unit applies are subject to stringent health, safety and environment requirements, which may be imposed through State or federal legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between Performance Criteria and HSE requirements, the HSE requirements take precedence.
Tools and equipment	This competency includes use of equipment and tools as required for the situation such as: personal protective equipment such as breathing apparatus incident response equipment such as hand held extinguishers, hose reels, fire blankets evacuation equipment survival equipment standard operating procedures (SOPs) external personnel such as: police fire brigade ambulance.
Hazards	Typical hazards include: chemicals and hazardous materials gases and liquids under pressure moving machinery materials handling working at heights, in restricted or confined spaces, or environments subjected to heat, noise, dusts or vapours.
Problems	'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'. Typical process and product problems may include: accidents chemical or oil spills gas leak or vapour emission utilities failure bomb scares.
Personnel	Appropriate personnel for OHS referrals may include: employer supervisor employees elected as incident team leader other personnel with incident team leader responsibilities.
OHS issues	OHS issues which may need to be raised by workers with designated personnel may include: recognition of different types of emergencies problems encountered in control measures and implementation observation on injury and/or incident occurred in the workplace.
Required functions	Required functions include: containment of incident, eg chemical/oil spill or gas/vapour leak communication with internal and external personnel.
Health, safety and environment (HSE)	All operations to which this unit applies are subject to stringent health, safety and environment requirements, which may be imposed through State or Federal legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between performance criteria and HSE requirements, the HSE requirements take precedence.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSAPMOHS212A Undertake first response to fire incidents

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This unit is designed to ensure that an appropriate first response to fire incidents in onshore and offshore situations/emergencies is achieved.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who are required to respond to fires in the workplace (other than evacuating to the assembly point). It covers the first response (only) to fire, and does not include aggressive fire fighting. Typically this response would be undertaken to contain/extinguish a minor fire or to contain a more major fire while external help arrived.

An ability to work under supervision and/or alone is required. This competency may be delivered as part of an induction program.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify fire emergency and raise alarm.	1.1 Evaluate and communicate the location, nature and extent of the fire emergency in a timely and appropriate manner. 1.2 Determine first response requirements in order to evaluate the need to attack the fire emergencies or evacuate the affected areas.
2. Initiate basic fire responses.	2.1 Maintain personal safety at all times in accordance with OHS guidelines. 2.2 Put on appropriate protective clothing in accordance with organisation procedures. 2.3 Select appropriate extinguishing agents based on knowledge of fire and fuel types. 2.4 Operate basic fighting equipment safely, according to manufacturer specifications and organisation procedure, in order to contain the fire emergency. 2.5 Observe changing conditions at the fire and their effects on fire behaviour are noted and reported.
3. Notify responsible authorities.	3.1 Follow emergency reporting procedures. 3.2 Identify appropriate authorities and notify. 3.3 Clearly and unambiguously communicate information concerning the emergency in a timely manner.
4. Undertake safe evacuation.	4.1 Evacuate area in a safe and controlled manner when first response has failed to control the fire emergency, or has proven inappropriate. 4.2 Secure immediate area of the emergency to ensure no further loss occurs to people, equipment, process and environment.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of the process sufficient to recognise fire situations and then determine an action that is appropriate within operating guidelines and the scope of their responsibilities and competencies. It would be expected that a person would have skills in fire identification, assessment and application of control measures and be able to demonstrate the use and application of a range of first response fire fighting safety equipment.

A person undertaking this competency must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

site specific alarm procedures

characteristics of fire and fuel types

composition and uses of extinguishing agents

basic fire fighting equipment

site or organisation emergency procedures and response plans

site specific isolation procedures

liaison techniques with third parties

procedures to isolate pipeline sectors.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to identify different fire fighting media and different fuels.

Writing is required to the level of completing required workplace reports/forms.

Numeracy is required to interpret and report relevant data.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

The unit will be assessed in as holistic a manner as is practical and may be integrated with the assessment of other relevant units of competency.

Assessment will occur over a range of situations which will include disruptions to normal, smooth operation.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

recognise and analyse potential situations requiring action

implement appropriate corrective action.

The emphasis should be on the ability to minimise the effects of the critical situation

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

identification of different types of fires

selection and use of appropriate extinguishing agent

application of defensive fire fighting tactics and techniques

selection and use of appropriate protective clothing.

These aspects may be best assessed using a range of scenarios/case studies/what ifs as the stimulus with a walk through forming part of the response. These assessment activities should include a range of problems, including new, unusual and improbable situations which may have been generated from the past incident history of the workplace, incidents on similar plants around the world, hazard analysis activities (eg HAZOP) and similar sources.

Assessment method and context

Assessment for this unit of competency will be on an operating plant or in a manufacturing environment.

Assessment will occur using a simulated fire and will be undertaken in a work-like environment.

Simulation may be required to allow for timely assessment of parts of this unit of competency. Simulation should be based on the actual workplace and will include walk throughs of the relevant competency components. Simulations may also include the use of case studies/scenarios and role plays.

This unit of competency requires a significant body of knowledge which will be assessed through questioning and the use of what if scenarios both in the workplace (during demonstration of normal operations and walk throughs of abnormal operations) and off the job.

In all plants it may be appropriate to assess this unit concurrently with relevant teamwork and communication units.

In a major hazard facility, it may be appropriate to assess this unit concurrently with PMPOHS200 Work safely.

Specific resources for assessment

Assessment will require access to an operating plant or manufacturing environment over an extended period of time, or a suitable method of gathering evidence of operating ability over a range of situations. A bank of scenarios/case studies/what ifs will be required as will a bank of questions that will be used to probe the reasoning behind the observable actions.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

Those persons working, operating or who regularly travel within an onshore or offshore installation or facility would require this competency.

This unit could be applied to any of the following installation or facilities:

factories and production plants

onshore/offshore rig/installation

island based facility

floating production vessel or platform

onshore production, processing pipeline systems and/or storage facilities

pipeline easements

maintenance bases.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

All operations to which this unit applies are subject to stringent health, safety and environment requirements, which may be imposed through State or federal legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between performance criteria and HSE requirements, the HSE requirements take precedence.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

personal protective equipment

such as breathing apparatus

hand held extinguishers

hose reels

fire blankets

smoke or self rescue respirators

mobile and portable equipment

First Aid equipment

pipeline repair clamps

lamb air movers

barricades and signage

communications equipment: two-way radios, mobile and satellite phones and pagers

fire extinguishing media, including water, foam, extinguishing powder, gaseous extinguishing agents, vapourising liquids, other fire extinguishing substances.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

smoke, darkness and heat

electricity

gas

structural hazards

structural collapse

industrial - machinery, equipment, product

hazardous products and materials

unauthorised personnel.

Problems

'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'.

Variables

Key variables to be monitored include:

failure to control fire with first response methods

adverse change in weather conditions

change in flame colour and size

change in smoke colour

fire spread and/or other material becoming involved in fire

signs of structural collapse.

Tactics

Fire fighting tactics may include:

direct attack

indirect attack

combination attack

exposure protection

but does NOT include internal/offensive attacks.

External personnel

External personnel may include:

police

fire brigade

ambulance.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOHS216A Operate breathing apparatus

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This unit covers competence associated with the operation and maintenance of breathing apparatus equipment in an irrespirable atmosphere.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who are required to wear breathing apparatus for part of their job - because they are working in a confined space, with hazardous gases/vapours, in an anoxic atmosphere or for other applications requiring the wearing of breathing apparatus. They may also be required to wear it in emergency situations, however this is not the prime focus of this unit, and so makes this unit different from PUAFIR207A Operate breathing apparatus open circuit, as it has no prerequisite and is much broader in its application.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Conduct pre-donning checks and tests on breathing apparatus.	1.1 Inspect breathing apparatus for immediate use in accordance with procedures. 1.2 Report/record faulty or damaged equipment in accordance with procedures.
2. Operate breathing apparatus.	2.1 Identify, monitor and control hazards in accordance with the procedures. 2.2 Establish and maintain communication with appropriate personnel throughout the activity. 2.3 Demonstrate effective application of breathing apparatus, undertaking activities as a member of a team, in accordance with procedures. 2.4 Implement entrapment procedures in accordance with procedures. 2.5 Maintain personal safety at all times.
3. Conclude operations.	3.1 Close down breathing apparatus set in accordance with procedures. 3.2 Remove breathing apparatus set in accordance with procedures. 3.3 Undertake after-use cleaning and maintenance of breathing apparatus in accordance with procedures. 3.4 Make equipment ready for operational use in accordance with procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Underpinning knowledge:

respiratory system, effects of irrespirable atmospheres on the body, protective equipment

characteristics, component parts, operation of compressed air breathing apparatus

operational testing, standard operating procedures and safe work practices when wearing breathing apparatus

operating breathing apparatus

use of procedures, personal lines and tallies

pre-use tests and checks, including serviceability of components, integrity of components, cylinder pressure, integrity of air flow system, ancillary equipment.

breathing apparatus control, including principles of BA Control, organisation procedures, Stage 1 (one entry point), Stage 2 (multiple entry points), entry/exit control point, entry/exit control officer, timing device

entrapment procedures, including cease all strenuous activity, activate the distress signal unit, remain calm, relocate to safest available place, call for assistance

communications, including distress signal unit, portable radio, communications sets, signal lines, hand signals.

Underpinning skills:

Inspecting, donning, operating in, removal, cleaning, maintaining and returning to operational status of breathing apparatus.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to interpret any permits or other documentation associated with the wearing of breathing apparatus for the job.

Writing is required to the level of completing required workplace reports.

Numeracy is required to enable the determination of the available working time from a breathing apparatus set and similar activities.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the competency as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Assessment will occur using industrial breathing apparatus and will be undertaken in a work-like environment.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

In accordance with AS/NZ 17151716, it is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to:

appropriately conduct pre-donning tests

correctly don breathing apparatus

operate breathing apparatus

move in conditions of reduced visibility

use breathing apparatus in emergency procedures

follow organisation procedures

correctly remove breathing apparatus

return breathing apparatus to operational status.

Assessment method and context

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

by using an appropriate, industrial breathing apparatus and scenarios

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to breathing apparatus and associated equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to anyone required to wear breathing apparatus as part of their job.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of breathing apparatus, including:

open circuit

airline equipment.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

fire

failure to maintain a face seal

exhaustion of air supply

malfunction of equipment

disorientation in smoke/darkness or confinement

structural hazards and/or hazardous materials

entrapment.

Problems

'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'.

Variables

Key variables to be monitored for an irrespirable atmospheres include

heated atmospheres

asphyxiating atmosphere (oxygen deficient)

(non-skin absorption) toxic or poisonous atmosphere

smoke or suspended particles/fibres in atmosphere.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOHS217A Gas test atmospheres

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This unit is about testing the working atmosphere to determine if it is safe for the proposed work. Testing involves the use of electronic test apparatus.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

In a typical scenario an individual may be required to carry out gas testing of an atmosphere prior to entering a specific area or workspace. The competency requires the person to interpret readings and take actions based on the interpretation.

This unit is modelled on the Public Safety unit PUAFIR307A Monitor hazardous atmospheres, but does not have the prerequisites, which are not required in the industrial context. The unit is more focused on the needs of that sector and has some wording changes.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Prepare for gas testing.	1.1 Determine type of gas/atmosphere to be tested. 1.2 Select and calibrate equipment in accordance with procedures. 1.3 Determine gas testing regime/sampling pattern required. 1.4 Identify hazards from possible atmosphere contaminants. 1.5 Implement hazard control measures, including use of appropriate personal protective equipment.
2. Test gas.	2.1 Use gas testing equipment to test gas as required. 2.2 Interpret and report readings. 2.3 Monitor gas on an ongoing basis as required. 2.4 Take required action(s) if readings are unacceptable.
3. Maintain equipment.	3.1 Clean and maintain gas testing equipment in accordance with procedures. 3.2 Inspect and fault find monitoring equipment in accordance with procedures. 3.3 Return gas testing equipment to required location and in required condition. 3.4 Maintain records of tests and results in accordance with procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

As may be relevant to the plant/site/process, knowledge of the following may be required:

common chemical asphyxiants, including hydrocarbons, carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, hydrogen cyanide, and hydrogen sulphide

common irritants and corrosives, including chlorine, ammonia and acid bases

common flammable gases, including acetylene, petroleum, methane, ethane, propane and butane

narcotics

(explosive range, upper and lower explosive limits)

exposure standards (time weighted average, short term exposure limits, peak limitation values, examination of toxic effect at the level of a range of flammable gases)

conditions under which atmospheres become hazardous

units of measurement used to express concentration of atmospheric contaminants (mg/cubic m. ppm, % v/v).

Underpinning skills could include interpretation and communication of results of sampling.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret a meter and then communicate the conclusions.

Writing is required to the level of completing required workplace reports/forms.

Numeracy read the instrument and interpret the results as being safe/not safe and so determine the required actions.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

apply personal safety principles

interpret atmospheric conditions using atmospheric monitoring equipment

recommend appropriate action

maintain monitoring equipment.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

gathered evidence covers a range of variables, all using different types of monitoring equipment.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur using industrial test equipment on an industrial site/plant and will be undertaken in a work-like environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

through written assignments

by a demonstration activity using workplaces/atmospheres with detectable but safe levels of contaminants should be used

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

Working environment may be hazardous, unpredictable, subject to time pressure, chaotic and expose responders to risk, on land or water, by day or night.

Safety information and procedures must include relevant legislation, Australian Standards, codes of practice, manufacturer instructions and organisational procedures.

Situations include

confined spaces

enclosed and partially enclosed spaces

storage tanks, silos, pits, pipes, shafts, ducts, transport vehicles and ships

testing as part of issuing a work permit

monitoring as part of working under a work permit

open areas

holding the gas tester by hand

lowering the gas tester into a space, eg on a line.

Workplace atmospheres may

include visible and invisible hazards

include hazardous surfaces

range from safe to unsafe.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

All operations to which this unit applies are subject to stringent Health, Safety and Environment requirements, which may be imposed through State or Federal legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between performance criteria and HSE requirements, the HSE requirements take precedence.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

portable instruments

radiation detectors

sampling tubes and pumps

oxygen level meter

carbon monoxide detector

combustible gas detectors.

Problems

'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOHS220A Provide initial First Aid response

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This unit deals with the provision of essential First Aid in recognising and responding to an emergency using basic life support measures.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who have a First Aid role as part of their job. The 'first aider' is not expected to deal with complex casualties or incidents, but to provide an initial response where First Aid is required. In this unit it is assumed the 'first aider' works under supervision, either individually or as part of a team, and/or according to established workplace First Aid procedures and policies.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Assess the situation.	1.1 Identify physical hazards to own and others' health and safety. 1.2 Minimise immediate risk of hazard to self and casualty's health and safety in accordance with OHS requirements. 1.3 Assess the casualty's vital signs and physical condition in accordance with workplace procedures.
2. Apply basic First Aid techniques.	2.1 Provide First Aid management in accordance with established First Aid procedures. 2.2 Reassure and make casualty comfortable in a caring and calm manner using available resources. 2.3 Seek First Aid assistance from others in a timely manner and as appropriate. 2.4 Monitor and respond to casualty's condition in accordance with effective First Aid principles and workplace procedures. 2.5 Accurately record details of casualty's physical condition, changes in conditions, management and response to management in line with organisational procedures. 2.6 Finalise casualty management details according to casualty's needs and First Aid principles.
3. Communicate details of the incident.	3.1 Request medical assistance using relevant communication media and equipment. 3.2 Accurately convey details of casualty's condition and management activities to emergency services/relieving personnel. 3.3 Prepare reports to supervisors in a timely manner, presenting all relevant facts according to established company procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of basic life support measures sufficient to provide an initial response where First Aid is required within the scope of their responsibilities and competencies.

Knowledge and application of the Australian Resuscitation Council (ARC) guidelines.

The following knowledge should be demonstrated in assessment:

basic anatomy and physiology

company standard operating procedures (SOPs)

legal responsibilities and duty of care

dealing with confidentiality

knowledge of the first aiders' skills and limitations

Occupational Health and Safety legislation and regulations and requirements

how to gain access to and interpret materials safety data sheets (MSDSs)

First Aid management

State and Territory workplace health and safety requirements

allergies the casualty may have

location and nature of the workplace

the environmental conditions, eg electricity, biological risks, weather, motor vehicle accidents

location of emergency service personnel

the use and availability of First Aid equipment and resources

infection control

established First Aid principles, including:

- checking the site for danger to self, casualty and others and minimising the	danger

- checking and maintaining the casualty's airway, breathing and circulation.

Evidence should demonstrate the following skills:

resuscitation

demonstration of First Aid casualty management principles - assessing and minimising danger, maintaining the casualty's airway, breathing and circulation

safe manual handling of casualty

consideration of the welfare of the casualty

report preparation

communication skills

ability to interpret and use listed documents.

Underpinning knowledge and skills:

basic anatomy and physiology

duty of care

resuscitation

bleeding control

care of unconscious

infection control

airway management

State/Territory regulatory requirements relating to currency of skills and knowledge

decision-making

legal requirements

assertiveness skills

communication skills.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to communicate both verbally and in writing with relevant people regarding the casualty's condition and treatments initiated.

Writing is required to the level of completing required workplace forms and reports.

Numeracy is required to read, interpret and report numeric data relevant to the casualty and the treatments.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Assessment will occur using industrial treatment scenarios and will be undertaken in a work-like environment.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

work individually, under supervision or as part of a First Aid team.

Assessment method and context

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

by using appropriate, industrial scenarios

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

In a major hazard facility, it may be appropriate to assess this unit concurrently with:

PMPOHS200 Work safely

PMASUP220 Monitor and control environmental hazards.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to people with a First Aid role.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

defibrillation units

pressure bandages

thermometers

First Aid kits

eyewash

thermal blankets

pocket face masks

rubber gloves

dressing

spacer device

cervical collars

mobile phones

satellite phones

HF/VHF radio

flags

flares

two way radio

email

electronic equipment

medication which includes aerosol bronchodilators for asthma; casualty's own (or from First Aid kit) in accordance with State/Territory legislation, adrenaline for severe allergic reactions; subject to casualty's own regime.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

workplace hazards

environmental hazards

proximity of other people

hazards associated with the casualty management process.

Problems

'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'.

Variables

Key variables to be monitored include:

vital signs, including breathing, circulation, consciousness.

Variables indicating the casualty's condition, including:

abdominal injuries

allergic reactions

bleeding

burns - thermal, chemical, friction, electrical

cardiac conditions

chemical contamination

cold injuries

crush injuries

dislocations

drowning

envenomation - snake, spider, insect and marine bites

environmental conditions such as hypothermia, dehydration, heat stroke

epilepsy, diabetes, asthma and other medical conditions

eye injuries

fractures

head injuries

minor skin injuries

neck and spinal injuries

needle stick injuries

poisoning and toxic substances

respiratory management of asthma and/or choking

shock

smoke inhalation

soft tissue injuries, including sprains, strains, dislocations

substance abuse, including drugs

unconsciousness, including not breathing and no pulse.

Risks

Risks may include:

worksite equipment, machinery and substances

environmental risks

bodily fluids

risk of further injury to the casualty

risks associated with the proximity of other workers and bystanders.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOHS300A Facilitate the implementation of OHS for a work group

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

On completion of this unit, the worker will be able to implement and monitor defined OHS policies and procedures for a work group or area, within their scope of responsibilities.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who are capable of coaching the team in participating and contributing to OHS management issues. The worker will be able to perform duties that are required of a safety committee member or safety representative in an organisation. Typically this worker might be a team leader or on the OHS committee.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has the prerequisite of MSAOHS200A Work safely.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Communicate OHS information for co-workers in team.	1.1 Accurately and clearly explain to the work group basic OHS rights, responsibilities and requirements. 1.2 Provide, in a readily accessible manner, information on the relevant organisation OHS policies, procedures and programs, and accurately and clearly explain them to the work group. 1.3 Regularly provide relevant information about identified hazards and the outcomes of risk assessment and risk control procedures, and accurately and clearly explain them to the work group.
2. Coach co-workers in team.	2.1 Establish mutual support groups, eg buddy system, to encourage effective development of individual and group competencies in OHS. 2.2 Provide personal encouragement and assistance to team members to contribute to the management of OHS at the workplace.
3. Facilitate the consultative process.	3.1 Deal with, and promptly resolve, issues raised through consultation or refer to the appropriate personnel for resolution in accordance with workplace procedures. 3.2 Seek input from work group on OHS issues and proposed changes to process, procedures or work place. 3.3 Encourage and use feedback from individuals and teams to identify and implement improvements in the management of OHS. 3.4 Promptly inform the work group of the outcomes of consultation over OHS issues.
4. Implement and monitor organisation procedures for identifying hazards, and assessing and controlling risk.	4.1 Implement and monitor adherence to work procedures to identify hazards and assess and control risk. 4.2 Monitor existing risk control measures and report results regularly. 4.3 Access internal and external sources of relevant OHS information. 4.4 Evaluate and identify inadequacies in existing risk control measures in accordance with the hierarchy of control, and report to designated personnel. 4.5 Identify inadequacies in resource allocation for implementation of risk control measures and report to designated personnel. 4.6 Identify actual/potential inadequacies in procedures and report to designated personnel. 4.7 Identify actual/potential inadequacies in individual or team competency and report to designated personnel.
5. Maintain and use OHS records.	5.1 Accurately and legibly complete OHS records for work area, in accordance with workplace requirements for OHS records and legal requirements for the maintenance of records of occupational injury and disease. 5.2 Use aggregated information from the area OHS records to identify hazards and monitor risk control procedures within work area according to procedures and within scope of responsibilities and competencies.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of the workplace OHS system and State OHS legislative requirements, codes of practice and relevant industry standards sufficient to implement and monitor OHS activities for a work group or area within the scope of their responsibilities and competencies.

In these industries which are characterised by high potential hazard, employees need to exercise their duty of care responsibilities not only within the general OHS Acts and regulations, but also within those State and national standards applying to hazardous substances, dangerous goods and major hazards.

Competence includes the ability to apply and describe the:

identification of hazards in the workplace and standard controls

assessment of risk and implementation of risk control measures

rights and responsibilities of employees under OHS legislation

obligations of employers under the OHS legislation

legislative requirements for information and consultation

arrangements for consultation within the workplace

management systems and procedures for OHS

the hierarchy of control

hazard policies and procedures

safety procedures

emergency, fire and accident procedures.

Competence also requires the ability to:

locate, understand and follow workplace OHS procedures

identify and communicate with all key personnel in the organisation

identify and access relevant sources of information

interpret OHS data such as tables of numbers and graphs

select, recommend and use personal protective clothing and equipment.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to communicate with members of the work team/area and also management. It also requires the ability to interpret and apply OHS procedures and explain them to work team members.

Writing is required to the level of being able to keep records as required and also keep notes from meetings.

Numeracy is required to interpret incident statistics and hazard data.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

The unit will be assessed in as holistic a manner as is practical and may be integrated with the assessment of other relevant units of competency. Assessment will occur over a range of situations that will include disruptions to normal, smooth operation.

Where the assessee does not currently possess evidence of competency in MSAOHS200A Work safely, it may be co-assessed with this unit.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

communicate effectively with the work group(s)

proactively promote consultation and participation in the OHS processes

participate in decisions which impact on OHS for their workgroup.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. In particular look for knowledge and understanding of:

specific hazard policies and the use of hazard procedures (eg identify, assess, control)

the consultation processes, either general or specific to OHS

OHS information

OHS record keeping

counselling, disciplinary and issue resolution processes.

These aspects may be best assessed using a range of scenarios/case studies/what ifs as the stimulus with a walk through forming part of the response. These assessment activities should cover a range of problems, including new, unusual and extreme situations that may have been generated from the past incident history of the workplace, incidents on similar plants around the world, hazard analysis activities and similar sources.

Assessment method and context

Assessment for this unit of competency will be on a processing plant or in a manufacturing environment.

Simulation may be required to allow for timely assessment of parts of this unit of competency. Simulation should be based on the actual workplace and will include walk throughs of the relevant competency components. Simulations may also include the use of case studies/scenarios and role plays.

This unit of competency requires a significant body of knowledge which will be assessed through questioning and the use of 'what if' scenarios both in the workplace (during demonstration of normal operations and walk throughs of abnormal operations) and off the job.

It is expected that this competency may be applicable in combination with other industry, occupation or workplace-specific competencies. In all cases it may be appropriate to assess this unit concurrently with relevant teamwork and communication units.

Specific resources for assessment

Assessment will require access to an operating plant or manufacturing environment over an extended period of time, or a suitable method of gathering evidence of operating ability over a range of situations. A bank of scenarios/case studies/what ifs will be required as will a bank of questions that will be used to probe the reasoning behind the observable actions.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This unit describes OHS requirements applicable for all workers who are responsible for the organisation of OHS arrangements for a work group or area, including coaching.

It is expected that workers will be provided with clear directions, information, instruction, training and appropriate supervision regarding the relevant State/Territory OHS legislation, codes of practice, relevant industry standards, workplace procedures and work instructions.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

handling chemicals and hazardous materials

chemical and or hazardous materials spillage

gases and liquids under pressure

moving machinery

materials handling

working at heights, in restricted or confined spaces, or in environments subjected to heat, noise, dusts or vapours

fire and explosion.

Personnel

Appropriate personnel for OHS referrals may include:

employer

supervisor

employees elected as OHS representatives

other personnel with OHS responsibilities.

Participative arrangements

Participative arrangements for OHS management may involve:

making safety suggestions

information sessions on existing or new issues

meetings between employer and employees or representatives

access to relevant workplace information

use of clear and understandable language.

OHS Issues

OHS issues which may need to be raised by workers with designated personnel may include:

recognition of hazards

problems encountered in controlling risks associated with hazards

clarification of understanding of OHS policies and procedures.

OHS Records

OHS records include:

hazard and incident reports

logs/logs sheets

inspection/start up/shut down checklists

injury reports

maintenance records.

OHS Information Sources

Relevant sources of OHS information include:

OHS legislation and codes of practice

industry standards for materials, process, equipment etc

SA/ISO standards

OHS authorities

unions and industry associations

internet, journals, magazines

manufacturer/supplier manuals/specifications

policies and procedures

JSA, risk assessments, HAZOPs

hazard, incident and injury records

training resources

employee information brochures, newsletters etc

OHS reports such as inspections, technical reports.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOHS400A Contribute to OHS management system

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

On completion of this unit, the worker will be able to contribute to the workplace occupational health and safety (OHS) management system and ensure that the workplace is, so far as is practicable, safe and without risks to the health of workers.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to personnel who are required to implement, monitor and improve the OHS management system. It typically applies to an OHS expert, or a supervisor or manager who has OHS particular responsibilities.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has the prerequisite of MSAOHS300A Facilitate the implementation of OHS for a work group.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Establish and review procedures for identifying hazards, and assessing and controlling risk.	1.1 Access current, relevant information on legislative and industry requirements for hazard identification and risk assessment and control. 1.2 Identify gaps in procedures. 1.3 Develop workplace procedures to meet requirements. 1.4 Involve relevant stakeholders in procedures development. 1.5 Review the procedures on a regular basis by consulting stakeholder groups for feedback. 1.6 Inform relevant stakeholders and other work groups of any changes and implement changes in the procedures.
2. Establish and review incident procedures	2.1 Identify legal and organisation requirements. 2.2 Identify gaps in procedures. 2.3 Develop workplace procedures for dealing with incidents. 2.4 Review the procedures by consulting stakeholder groups for feedback. 2.5 Inform relevant stakeholders and other work groups of any changes and implement changes in the procedures.
3. Implement and review training program from an OHS perspective.	3.1 Identify the legal, organisational and practical requirements for OHS training. 3.2 Evaluate the workplace training program for OHS gaps. 3.3 Review the program on a regular basis by consulting stakeholders and work groups for feedback. 3.4 Take appropriate action to incorporate relevant feedback into the revised program. 3.5 Inform relevant work groups of any changes and implement changes in the OHS training program.
4. Implement and review OHS recording system.	4.1 Identify the legal and organisational requirements for OHS records. 4.2 Evaluate the workplace OHS recording system for gaps. 4.3 Review the system on a regular basis by consulting stakeholders and work groups for feedback. 4.4 Incorporate relevant feedback into the revised system in consultation with stakeholders. 4.5 Inform relevant work groups of any changes and implement changes in the management of OHS record.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of the workplace OHS system and State OHS legislative requirements, codes of practice and relevant industry standards sufficient to contribute to the workplace OHS management system for a work group or area within the scope of their responsibilities and competencies.

In these industries which are characterised by high potential hazard, team leaders and supervisors must be aware that employees need to exercise their duty of care responsibilities. This will be not only within the general OHS Acts and regulations, but also within those State and national standards applying to hazardous substances, dangerous goods and major hazards.

Competence includes the ability to apply and describe the:

identification of hazards common to the industry and standard controls

rights and responsibilities of employees under OHS legislation

obligations of employers under the OHS legislation

legislative requirements for information and consultation

legislative requirements for record keeping and reporting

appropriate consultation arrangements for the industry

numeracy, literacy and other communication skills of work group(s)

duty of care of employers and employees

hierarchy of control.

Competence also requires the ability to:

access and use the current OHSMS

access and interpret training records

identify and communicate with all key personnel in the organisation

identify and access relevant sources of information.

Knowledge of related management systems, eg purchasing and IT, is also required.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to interpret and apply complex documents with specific technical jargon.

Writing is required to the level of drafting policy and procedures.

Numeracy is required to the level of interpreting statistics and hazard data and setting up appropriate safety measurements.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

The unit will be assessed in as holistic a manner as is practical and may be integrated with the assessment of other relevant units of competency. Assessment will occur over a range of situations that will include disruptions to normal, smooth operation.

Where the assessee does not currently possess evidence of competency in MSAOHS300A Facilitate the implementation of OHS for a work group, it may be co-assessed with this unit.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

identify/describe the workplace OHS system and State OHS legislative requirements as well as the importance of critical procedures

recognise and analyse potential situations that require action

implement appropriate corrective action.

There should be an underpinning understanding of the duty of care responsibilities of employer and employees.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, demonstrated knowledge and understanding of:

all relevant workplace procedures

the requirements that the workplace procedures should meet

the consultation processes, either general or specific to OHS

training and assessment of training needs

hazard identification, risk assessment and risk control methods

the need for specific hazard management policies and procedures

types and sources of OHS information

OHS record keeping systems

the system for and process of maintenance of plant and equipment

OHS issue resolution processes.

These aspects may be best assessed using a range of scenarios/case studies/what ifs as the stimulus with a walk through forming part of the response. These assessment activities should include a range of problems, including new, unusual and extreme situations that may have been generated from the past incident history of the workplace, incidents on similar plants around the world, hazard analysis activities and similar sources.

Assessment method and context

Assessment for this unit of competency will be on a processing plant or in a manufacturing environment.

Simulation may be required to allow for timely assessment of parts of this unit of competency. Simulation should be based on the actual workplace and will include walk throughs of the relevant competency components. Simulations may also include the use of case studies/scenarios and role plays.

This unit of competency requires a significant body of knowledge which will be assessed through questioning and the use of 'what if' scenarios both in the workplace (during demonstration of normal operations and walk throughs of abnormal operations) and off the job.

It is expected that this competency may be applicable in combination with other industry, occupation or workplace-specific competencies. In all cases it may be appropriate to assess this unit concurrently with relevant teamwork and communication units.

Specific resources for assessment

Assessment will require access to an operating plant or manufacturing environment over an extended period of time, or a suitable method of gathering evidence of operating ability over a range of situations. A bank of scenarios/case studies and 'what ifs' will be required as will a bank of questions that will be used to probe the reasoning behind the observable actions.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This unit covers live, real time and ongoing routine hazard identification and risk assessment.

This unit describes OHS requirements applicable for those with responsibilities for contributing to the workplace OHS management system within a work group or area. This may be as a team leader or as a supervisor. Roles and responsibilities will vary from organisation to organisation.

Review of activities may include review of written reports, performance appraisal or auditing procedures.

Competence is demonstrated in the context of an organisation where the OHS system with related policies, procedures and programs is already established. The role will relate to the maintenance and upkeep of the system.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

handling chemicals and hazardous materials

chemical and or hazardous materials spillage

gases and liquids under pressure

moving machinery

materials handling

working at heights, in restricted or confined spaces, or environments subjected to heat, noise, dusts or vapours

fire and explosion.

OHS Information

Sources of relevant OHS information include:

OHS legislation and codes of practice

industry standards for materials, process, equipment etc

SA/ISO standards

OHS authorities

unions and industry associations

Internet, journals, magazines

manufacturer/supplier manuals/specifications

policies and procedures

JSA, risk assessments, HAZOPs

hazard, incident and injury records

training resources

employee information brochures, newsletters etc

OHS reports such as inspections, technical reports.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOHS401A Assess risk

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

On completion of this unit, the worker will be able to identify hazards and operability problems and then analyse them by hazard analysis techniques to assess risk.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

A team with a broad knowledge of the system and its operation will carry out the analysis. It is expected that the risk assessment processes are already defined for the enterprise and that the risk acceptance criteria have already been established. The team will be steered by engineering experts or risk assessment specialists in the industry. This competency applies to workers who, in a typical scenario, take an active role in a HAZOP or similar methodology. They are not expected to lead the HAZOP. This unit is not restricted to HAZOPs and may be applied to other methodologies requiring similar competency. The risk assessment should be consistent with AS 4360 - Risk Management.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify hazards and potential operability problems.	1.1 Contribute to the compiling of a system description of all the machinery, equipment, operations, products and materials relevant to the everyday working procedures of the facility. 1.2 Contribute to the compiling of a checklist containing process parameters (primary key words) and guide words (secondary key words) relevant to the system. 1.3 Identify hazards, existing control measures and potential operability problems or breakdowns in control measures using the compiled system descriptions and the checklist.
2. Assess impact of risk and determine alternative strategies.	2.1 Screen for causes of deviations and establish consequences. 2.2 Determine alternative strategies for action in relation to each deviation within the range of competency and responsibility. 2.3 Review, clarify and/or analyse risk information to determine its relevance and reliability depending upon the task assigned, level of competency and area of responsibility.
3. Assess risk information against established risk criteria in risk management plan.	3.1 Check risk acceptance criteria for any changes over past period. 3.2 Compare risk information against risk acceptance criteria and procedures to assess acceptability of risk. 3.3 Conduct liaison with other Internal departments to assess impact on business if applicable. 3.4 Document findings according to company policies and procedures.
4. Develop a risk register.	4.1 Develop a risk assessment chart for each system studied containing deviation, cause, consequence, control measures and action. 4.2 Develop action plan for implementation of control measures, including any changes to procedures. 4.3 Establish or review the procedures by consulting relevant/different work groups. 4.4 Inform relevant work groups of any changes and implement, within area of responsibility, changes in the procedures. 4.5 Monitor effectiveness of the control measures including revised procedures.
5. Establish and maintain procedures for identifying hazards, and assessing and controlling risk.	5.1 Identify and develop procedures for routine hazard identification, assessment and control of risks. 5.2 Address identification of all hazards at the planning, design and evaluation stages of any changes in the workplace to ensure that new hazards are not created by the proposed changes. 5.3 Develop and maintain procedures for selection and implementation of risk control measures in accordance with the hierarchy of control. 5.4 Identify inadequacies in existing risk control measures in accordance with the hierarchy of control and, within area of responsibility, promptly provide resources enabling implementation of new measures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

This unit requires the ability to apply a consistent risk assessment methodology which is appropriate to the workplace being assessed. One example of this is the HAZOP methodology, but other methodologies may be used.

Some understanding of quantitative risk assessment, such as HAZAN, is also required.

The requirements of the relevant OHS act and regulations with regard to risk assessment should be known and followed.

Knowledge includes:

identification of hazards and how hazard controls may break down

an understanding of risks and how they may be reduced

the modelling and evaluation of a wide range of failure modes

analysis which is auditable, repeatable, verifiable and usable by other staff

analysis systems appropriate to the system operating in the given domain and appropriate for the particular life cycle phase at which it is to be applied

determining valid results from data of the quality and quantity actually available

use of standard pro-formas to support the technique

a rational technical base which may include reference to national or international standards, defence standards or published reference books.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to interpret process plant descriptions and drawings.

Writing is required to the level of making the required reports for the process.

Numeracy is required to interpret hazard and probability data and determine risk profiles.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Assessment will occur by analysing an appropriate industrial site and will be undertaken in a work-like environment.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

know and understand the workplace systems and the importance of critical procedures

apply a working knowledge of all relevant workplace procedures.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that the techniques used:

enable identification of hazards and how hazard controls may break down

enhance the understanding of risks and how it may be reduced

permit the modelling and evaluation of a wide range of failure modes

enable the analysis to be carried out in a manner that is auditable, repeatable and verifiable

are usable by other staff

are appropriate to the system operating in the given domain

give valid results from data of the quality and quantity actually available

are appropriate for the particular lifecycle phase at which it is to be applied

provide standard pro-formas to support the technique

have a rational technical basis which may include reference to national or international standards, defence standards or published reference books.

These aspects may be best assessed using a range of scenarios/case studies and 'what ifs' as the stimulus with a walk through forming part of the response. These assessment activities should cover a range of problems, including new, unusual and extreme situations that may have been generated from the past incident history of the plant/equipment, incidents on similar plants around the world, past hazard analysis activities and similar sources.

Assessment method and context

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

on an appropriate, industrial plant/site

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This unit will be completed as a specialist unit (eg by plant technicians) requiring technical knowledge.

The aim of this competency unit is to apply a methodical examination of the system and its elements to identify hazards and the states or conditions where there may be loss of control of the hazard and the resultant consequences The results of the hazard analysis should be expressed clearly and concisely, and include where possible tables and diagrams. Team members would contribute their understanding of the process and particularly the operational aspects, and then carry out whatever tasks are assigned to them by the analysis team.

While this competency aims to enable a person to identify hazards and assess risk through a systematic approach, more than 80% of recommendations can be operability problems and are not, of themselves, hazards. Although hazard identification should be the main focus, operability problems should be identified to the extent that they have the potential to lead to a breakdown in hazard controls resulting in a health, safety or environmental violation or have a negative impact on profitability.

The degree of depth of a checklist should be dependent on the knowledge of the system at the time the study is carried out. This technique can therefore be applied at any stage of the project/process lifecycle.

Screening for deviations includes accessing internal and external data that may provide information about previous incidents or warnings of incidents. Sources of such information may include:

internal hazard and incidents reports, maintenance records, audit reports

reports from similar plants, factories, industry bodies, regulators, journals etc of actual incidents or reports that have relevance to the situation being analysed.

Examples of risk assessment tools may range from relatively simple to more complex HAZOP analyses and other methodologies requiring similar competency.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

handling chemicals and hazardous materials

chemical and or hazardous materials spillage

gases and liquids under pressure

moving machinery

materials handling

working at heights, in restricted or confined spaces, or environments subjected to heat, noise, dusts or vapours

fire and explosion.

Problems

Typical process and product problems may include:

incidents with a potential for injury

fires, explosions

chemical spills

bomb scares.

Process Parameters

Specific process parameters (primary key words) relevant to the system may include:

flow

temperature

pressure

relief

instrumentation

sampling

addition

safety

reaction

reduce (grind, crush)

absorb

isolate

vent

start-up

composition

phase

level

corrosion

erosion

services

utilities

maintenance/maintain

inserting

purging

contamination

separate (settle, filter, centrifuge)

mix

drain

shutdown.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOHS510A Manage risk

Modification History

Release 2 – updated to be consistent with ISO 31000:2009 Risk Management – Principles and Guidelines. Previous unit referred to Australian Standard (AS/NZS 4360:1999). Reformatted - Equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit covers the development, implementation and evaluation of an organisation-wide risk management plan. It incorporates an assessment of all potential risks facing the organisation and the approach, the management components and resources to be applied to the management of risk.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to managers or work health and safety (WHS) specialists who are developing or maintaining a risk management plan for their site or organisation. This unit is based on ISO 31000:2009 Risk Management – Principles and Guidelines, and as such may be applied quite broadly. However, it is probably best applied to health, safety and environment risks and the business and other risks consequent on them.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MSAPMOHS401A Assess risk

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Develop risk management plan	1.1	Analyse and interpret strategic position and policy on risk management
1.2	Identify risk management context and potential areas of risk
1.3	Analyse organisational capability to manage risk and achieve objectives
1.4	Generate a comprehensive list of risks that could affect the achievement of the organisation’s objectives
1.5	Establish or review risk management policies
1.6	Evaluate the requirement for training/education for all groups and individuals
1.7	Identify access to external specialist assistance
1.8	Establish appropriate risk assessment techniques
1.9	Consult stakeholders in the development of the plan

2	Implement risk management plan	2.1	Define, in consultation with stakeholders, the criteria used to evaluate the significance of risk
2.2	Evaluate and prioritise risks for treatment
2.3	Determine and select the most appropriate options for treating risks
2.4	Implement and monitor risk treatment plan
2.5	Document strategies for risk treatment options

3	Evaluate risk management plan	3.1	Establish procedures to regularly review risk management activities
3.2	Ensure stakeholders have input to the review
3.3	Examine activities that do not achieve their objective/ performance outcomes to determine cause
3.4	Identify targets for improvement and update plan
3.5	Establish evaluation of risk management as a key component of all projects/activities

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: the ability to communicate high-level material using all modes of communication to all levels writing to the level of writing reports, policies and procedures numeracy to interpret and manipulate technical data
Required knowledge
The person must demonstrate understanding of specialised knowledge with depth in some areas. Required knowledge is to be limited to that which is sufficient to perform particular risk management functions. Competence includes the ability to apply and explain: AS/NZS ISO 31000:2009 Risk Management - Principles and Guidelines relevant legislation from all levels of government that effects business operation, especially in regard to WHS and environmental issues, equal employment opportunity (EEO), industrial relations and anti-discrimination the legal implications of deeming identified risks as acceptable strategic, tactical and operational plans of the organisation legal requirements for operating the business relevant to the area of responsibility relevant awards and industrial agreements workplace standards for WHS and environmental management internal or external audit methods focus group processes risk analysis processes investigation reports review of data, such as risk and incident reports, maintenance records and production records

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria required skills and knowledge range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to: develop, implement and evaluate the development of plans to eliminate, isolate or protect people (and/or equipment) in the event of a potential negative event occurring. The emphasis should be on the ability to avoid/eliminate critical incidents rather than on recovery from a disaster. These aspects may be best assessed using a range of scenarios/case studies/what ifs as the stimulus with a walk through forming part of the response. These assessment activities should include a range of problems, including new, unusual and extreme situations that may have been generated from the past incident history of the workplace, incidents on similar plants around the world, hazard analysis activities (e.g. HAZOP) and similar sources.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment will occur in an industrial site/plant and will be undertaken in a work-like environment. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility, such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Competence in this unit may be assessed: on an appropriate, industrial plant/site in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios through a combination of these techniques. In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the required knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, competency and safety requirements of the organisation and consistent with workplace systems or procedures.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Context	Risk management is defined as coordinated activities to direct and control an organisation with regard to risk. The risk management plan should specify the approach, the management components and resources to be applied to the management of risk.
External specialist assistance	External specialist assistance may include but is not limited to any group or individual in the community who has the expertise to assist the organisation to deal with any event/incident which may occur.
Risk	Risk is the effect of uncertainty on objectives. Risk may include but is not limited to: injury or disease environmental factors product failure financial/economic loss/failure damage to property/plant/equipment industrial disputes professional incompetence natural disasters security failure (including criminal or terrorist activities) equipment/system failures political events
Appropriate options for treating risks	Appropriate options for treating risks may include but are not limited to: compatibility with organisation policy feasibility of implementing validity of proposed treatment
Legislation	Legislation, codes and national standards relevant to the workplace may include: award and organisation agreements and relevant industrial instruments relevant legislation from all levels of government that affects business operation, especially in regard to WHS, environmental issues, equal employment opportunity (EEO), industrial relations and anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice
Procedures	All operations are performed in accordance with procedures. Procedures include: all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards
Health, safety and environment (HSE)	All operations to which this unit applies are subject to stringent HSE requirements, which may be imposed through state or federal legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between Performance Criteria and HSE requirements, the HSE requirements take precedence.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOHS503A Maintain the workplace OHS management system

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the ongoing maintenance of the OHS management system (OHSMS) within the area of managerial responsibility, in order to ensure that the workplace is, so far as is practicable, consistently safe and without risks to the health and safety of employees. It assumes that the OHSMS has been developed by persons with the relevant specialist knowledge and skills.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to personnel with a specialised responsibility for maintaining the workplace OHSMS. This will typically be a manager, team leader or a technician with particular OHS responsibilities. The work will be carried out with the support of other team members.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Manage OHS information in the workplace	1.1 Take action to ensure that requirements for OHS record keeping and reporting are implemented according to workplace procedures and legislative requirements. 1.2 Access sources of OHS information and evaluate for application to the workplace. 1.3 Collect and collate data and information to provide information to managers and stakeholders on OHS requirements, trends and risk controls.
2. Support implementation of OHSMS	2.1 Determine OHS priorities in consultation with appropriate managers and stakeholders. 2.2 Identify OHS training needs for implementation and maintenance of the OHSMS. 2.3 Develop action plans taking account of priorities and training needs. 2.4 Monitor achievement of action plans and update plans accordingly.
3. Support OHS participative arrangements	3.1 Ensure OHS information and documentation is understandable and accessible to all. 3.2 Promptly address OHS issues that may arise within area of authority or refer to appropriate person. 3.3 Provide information about the outcomes of OHS consultation in a manner that is accessible to all.
4. Collect data to evaluate currency of OHSMS.	4.1 Identify, in consultation with stakeholders and, as required expert advisors, internal data and information that provides relevant and reliable information on the performance of the OHSMS. 4.2 Conduct workplace inspections on a regular basis. 4.3 Identify workplace OHS implications of any changes to legislation. 4.4 Identify any OHS implications to proposed changes to the workplace. 4.5 Take action to arrange an OHSMS audit.
5. Analyse data and information to identify areas for improvement	5.1 Assess compliance of OHSMS with OHS legislation. 5.2 Analyse information collected to identify areas for improvement. 5.3 Consult with stakeholders, key personnel and, as required, OHS advisors. 5.4 Document and communicate outcomes of analysis to key personnel and stakeholders in an easily understood format. 5.5 Recognise limits of own expertise and seek appropriate advice.
6. Initiate and maintain improvements.	6.1 Determine priorities for OHS in consultation with stakeholder. 6.2 In consultation with stakeholders, develop an OHS plan with responsibilities and time frames. 6.3 Identify and source resources required for implementation of plan. 6.4 Monitor achievement against plan. 6.5 In consultation with stakeholders, monitor effectiveness of modifications to OHSMS on an ongoing basis.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of the workplace OHSMS and State OHS legislative requirements, codes of practice and relevant industry standards sufficient to maintain, evaluate and improve the workplace OHS management system within the scope of their responsibilities and competencies.

Management must be aware that, while employees have OHS responsibilities, line managers are ultimately responsible, under both OHS legislation and common law duty of care, for the safety of the workplace, including ensuring that employees comply with documented work procedures. This legislation includes general OHS legislation as well as that for hazardous substances, dangerous goods and major hazard sites.

Competence in this unit includes the ability to apply a working knowledge of the workplace, relevant OHS legislation and OHSMS to:

maintain an OHSMS already defined and established

identify types of data and information that will provide information on the effectiveness of the OHSMS in minimising risk

analyse the data to identify areas for improvement in elements of the OHSMS, including communication and consultation, reporting and hazard identification, risk assessment and risk control,

develop strategies for improvement in the OHSMS

apply the hierarchy of control to recommend actions to minimise risk

OHS record keeping and reporting as required under:

hazardous substances and dangerous goods legislation

OHS legislative requirements to report serious incidents and injuries and keep records of risk assessments

creation and management of other record such as:

hazard and incident reports, investigation reports

completed workplace inspection checklists and reports

external or internal reports

minutes of meetings.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to communicate in all modes and at all levels conveying what is often technical content/ideas.

Writing is required to the level of writing the required reports and documents.

Numeracy is required to interpret and manipulate the necessary data.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Assessment will occur on an industrial site and will be undertaken in a work-like environment.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

interact with the workforce to maintain the process that comprise the OHSMS

access and analyse information to identify areas for improvement

develop appropriate improvement strategies

apply a quality improvement process to implement and monitor change

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see thatthe required level includes a working knowledge of the workplace OHSMS. Look to see knowledge and understanding of:

OHS responsibilities of all levels in the workplace

the consultation processes, either general or specific to OHS

hazard identification and risk assessment

implementation of risk control measures by applying the hierarchy of control

new and relevant OHS information

OHS record keeping

OHS issue resolution legislative requirements for consultation prior to the implementation of change

sources and types if information that provide realistic information on the performance of the OHSMS

techniques for analysing OHS data, including simple statistical analysis and graphing of trends

types of internal and external change that may impact on OHS.

These aspects may be best assessed in a realistic workplace. Where this is difficult to access then steps should be taken to arrange access to realistic data and a visit to a workplace. Scenarios and case studies may provide a suitable adjunct. These assessment activities should include a range of problems that may be encountered when maintaining reviewing and implementing improvement to the OHSMS.

Assessment method and context

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

on an appropriate, industrial plant/site

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This unit describes OHS requirements applicable for those with managerial responsibilities for maintaining and improving an established OHSMS within the organisation. This may be as a worker or as an owner of a business. This competency assumes that the OHSMS has been established by others, either internal or external and that expert advice is available either internally or externally.

The competency is to be exhibited within the area of managerial responsibility, which may be an entire organisation or department of an organisation. Roles and responsibilities will vary from organisation to organisation.

While relevant positions for maintaining and improving the OHSMS will include managers, OHS officers/managers it should be quite clear that the legal responsibility for OHS rests with the line managers.

Analysis of data may include statistical analysis, qualitative analysis or informal review.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

handling chemicals and hazardous materials

chemical and or hazardous materials spillage

gases and liquids under pressure

moving machinery

materials handling

working at heights, in restricted or confined spaces, or environments subjected to heat, noise, dusts or vapours

fire and explosion.

OHS Information Sources

Sources of OHS information may be external and include:

OHS legislation, codes of practice and Australian and International standards

OHS regulators and Australian Safety and Compensation Council (ASCC)

industry bodies

Internet sites, journals and newsletters

OHS policies and procedures

manufacturer manuals

risk assessments, JSAs, workplace inspections

MSDSs and registers

hazard and incident reports.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOHS601A Establish workplace OHS management system

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This unit covers the establishment and maintenance of the OHS management system (OHSMS) at the senior management level, in order to meet legislative requirements and to ensure that the workplace is, so far as is practicable, safe and without risks to the health of employees.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to managers and senior technicians who have an OHS responsibility. It typically applies when an OHSMS is being established, but could be used for a complete review of an existing OHSMS.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has the prerequisite of MSAOHS503A Maintain the workplace OHS management system.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify needs of the OHSMS	1.1 Analyse the workplace to identify needs and workplace factors that may impact on the design of the OHSMS. 1.2 Clarify OHS legal obligations in relation to the specific workplace. 1.3 Review relevant standards relating to OHSMS. 1.4 Identify links with other functional areas and management systems. 1.5 Seek input from stakeholders on the design of the OHSMS.
2. Establish the framework for the OHSMS	2.1 Ensure OHS responsibilities and duties are documented and accountability processes are in place. 2.2 Identify and source financial and human resources required for the operation of the OHSMS. 2.3 Establish or review OHS policies and procedures. 2.4 Ensure implications of any proposed changes to the workplace are identified and addressed. 2.5 Recognise limits of own professional expertise and consult OHS specialists as necessary.
3. Establish and maintain participative arrangements for the management of OHS.	3.1 Establish and maintain appropriate participative processes with employees and their representatives in accordance with relevant OHS legislation and industry standards. 3.2 Provide information on OHS to employees in a format that is readily accessible and understandable. 3.3 Promptly and effectively deal with and resolve issues raised through participation and consultation in accordance with procedures for issues resolution. 3.4 Provide information about the outcomes of participation and consultation in a manner accessible to employees.
4. Establish and maintain risk management processes	4.1 Establish or review procedures for hazard, incident and injury reporting and investigation. 4.2 Establish or review procedures for hazard identification, hazard analysis and risk assessment. 4.3 Establish or review hazard specific risk control measures currently in place to meet legal requirements and minimise risk as far as is practicable. 4.4 Establish or review procedures for on going control of identified hazards and monitoring of the effectiveness of controls.
5. Establish and maintain an OHS training program.	5.1 Conduct an OHS training needs assessment for the workgroup that takes account of legislative requirements, internal policies and procedures, skills of workgroup and risk control requirements. 5.2 Develop and implement an OHS training program to identify and fulfil employee's OHS training needs as a part of the organisation general training program. 5.3 Coordinate with relevant training experts as necessary.
6. Establish and maintain a system for OHS records.	6.1 Identify and address legal requirements for record keeping and reporting. 6.2 Identify and access sources of OHS information. 6.3 Take actions to ensure that records are accurately completed, collected and stored.
7. Implement OHS systems, strategies and plans	7.1 Determine OHS priorities in consultation with managers and taking account of participative arrangements in the workplace. 7.2 Develop plans for the implementation of OHS strategies. 7.3 Monitor and update plans for achievement as required.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of the workplace OHSMS and State OHS legislative requirements, regulations, codes of practice and relevant industry standards, sufficient to establish and maintain the OHSMS within the scope of their responsibilities and competencies.

In these industries which are characterised by high risk hazards, it is vital that the overarching legal responsibility of managers is recognised in relation to the establishment and implementation of the OHSMS, including ensuring the compliance of operators with established policies and procedures. The responsibility applies not only within the general OHS Acts and regulations, but also within the legislation and national and industry standards applying to hazardous substances, dangerous goods and major hazards.

Competence includes the ability to apply a working knowledge of:

all relevant State/Territory OHS legislation particularly as it relates to the roles and responsibilities of employers and employees, including supervisors and contractors, requirements for information and consultation and processes and arrangements to met these obligations, requirements for OHS record keeping and reporting and requirements for training and licensing

elements of an OHSMS and principles and practices of effective OHS management and risk control, OHSMS requirements of other functional area and management systems including business planning, purchasing, maintenance, contractors, training

barriers to implementation of OHS, including language and literacy, cultural diversity of workforce and workplace culture in relation to OHS

codes of practice, relevant industry standards, workplace procedures and work instructions

apply the hierarchy of control to develop risk control procedures.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to communicate technical information at all levels and using all modes of communication.

Writing is required to the level of writing reports, policies and procedures.

Numeracy is required to interpret and manipulate technical data.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Where the assessee does not currently possess evidence of competency in MSAOHS503A Maintain the workplace OHS management system, it may be co-assessed with this unit.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that the OHS issues and workgroup dynamics are understood together with the required OHS knowledge in order to frame and implement an OHSMS that is practical and relevant to the workplace. It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

develop appropriate documentation

consult and negotiate to implement the policies and procedures

apply a systematic process to planning and implementation.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, the required level includes a working knowledge of the OHSMS as it applies in the specific workplace. Look to see knowledge and understanding of:

OHS responsibilities of all levels in the workplace

the consultation processes, either general or specific to OHS

training and assessment of training needs

hazard identification and risk assessment

implementation of risk control measures by applying the hierarchy of control

the need for specific hazard policies and procedures

new and relevant OHS information

OHS record keeping

the system/routine for maintenance of plant and equipment

the system for purchasing of supplies and equipment

OHS issue resolution processes.

These aspects are best assessed in the actual workplace and work group however they may also be assessed as a review process in a sample workgroup accessed for the purpose of the assessment supported by a range of scenarios/case studies.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur on an industrial site/plant and will be undertaken in a work-like environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

on an appropriate, industrial plant/site

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This unit of competency describes OHS requirements applicable for those with managerial responsibilities for establishment and ongoing management of the occupational health and safety management system within the organisation. This may be as a worker or as an owner of a business.

The competency is to be exhibited within the area of managerial responsibility, which may be an entire organisation or department of an organisation. Roles and responsibilities will vary from organisation to organisation.

Competence is demonstrated in the context of an organisation where the OHS system with related policies, procedures and programs may or may not be established. Where the OHS system is established, the role will relate to the review of the OHSMS.

Workplace factors that may impact on the design of the OHSMS include:

whether certification is required

organisational structure

management commitment

management style and OHS knowledge and skills of managers

workplace culture, including industrial relations and safety culture

communication and consultation processes

other management systems requiring interface or integration with the OHSMS

resources available

nature of hazards and level of risk

staff profile, including language, literacy and numeracy, workplace ethnic and cultural diversity, special needs for employees.

Other functional areas\and management systems may include:

strategic planning

purchasing, procurement and contracting

logistics

HR and personnel management, including payroll

engineering and maintenance

information and records management

finance and auditing

environmental management

quality management.

Relevant standards relating to OHS may include:

Australian standards

standards developed by OHS authorities

industry standards

standards developed by commercial organizations.

Legal requirements for record keeping will include requirements under:

hazardous substances and dangerous goods legislation, including requirements to keep registers

OHS and environmental legislation to report serious incidents and injuries, keep records of risk assessments.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

handling chemicals and hazardous materials

chemical and or hazardous materials spillage

gases and liquids under pressure

moving machinery

materials handling

working at heights, in restricted or confined spaces, or environments subjected to heat, noise, dusts or vapours

fire and explosion.

Problems

Typical process and product problems may include:

incidents with a potential for serious injury

fires and explosions

chemical spills

bomb scares.

OHS Information Sources

Sources of OHS information may be external and include:

OHS legislation, codes of practice and Australian and International standards

OHS regulators

industry bodies

internet sites, journals and newsletters

Internal sources of OHS information include:

OHS policies and procedures

manufacturer manuals

risk assessments, JSAs, workplace inspections

MSDSs and registers

hazard and incident reports.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOPS100A Use equipment

Modification History

Release 2 – Minor clarification changes to application and range, and minor editorial corrections.

Unit Descriptor

This unit covers the use of any item of equipment which is operated with limited application of knowledge.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to all persons who have the responsibility for using equipment where they are not required to have any significant understanding of the equipment or the process.

In a typical situation the operator may be using, for example, a packaged chilled water refrigeration unit to supply chilled water to the plant. The operator uses simple controls and responds to fault alarms built into the equipment. Even though the equipment may be very sophisticated (e.g. using high-speed compressors and computerised monitoring and control equipment) the operator interface is relatively simple. The operator is expected to simply regard this equipment as a black box – they may know what it does, but little detail on how it does it.

This unit applies to an individual working alone or as part of a team or group and working in liaison with other shift team members and the control room operator, as appropriate.

Where greater levels of understanding and interaction are required, then the appropriate 200 series technical unit should be used.

This unit has been written to apply to fluids as well as solids and may be applied wherever ‘black box’ equipment is used.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1. Follow workplace procedures	1.1 Find out what is required for the job 1.2 Identify and follow appropriate procedures 1.3 Complete all reporting as required 1.4 Recognise and report anything unusual
2. Monitor and use the equipment/process	2.1 Turn the equipment on and off as required by procedure 2.2 Monitor equipment throughout the job using measurements, readings and senses as appropriate 2.3 Recognise deviations from standard/desired conditions 2.4 Take appropriate corrective action

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.
Minimal knowledge of the equipment and procedures but sufficient to recognise abnormal operating conditions and alert the appropriate individuals. Knowledge of organisation procedures and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and work standards. Competence includes the ability for the practical completion of the job to: describe appropriate safety procedures concerning the operation of the equipment, procedures relating to the reporting of hazardous conditions, and appropriate shutdown procedures recognise a situation requiring action and take the action specified in the procedures, and report the situation as specified in the procedures. Language, literacy and numeracy requirements This unit has minimal literacy and numeracy requirements other than those required to start and stop the equipment and recognise common problems (e.g. reading gauges).

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to: use the equipment for the specified purpose operate the equipment within the prescribed operating limits identify when the equipment is not operating as prescribed correctly monitor the equipment's operation report equipment malfunctions or problems according to procedures. Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that: standard procedures are followed deviations from desired conditions are recognised action specified in the standard procedures is carried out work is carried out safely.
Assessment method and context	Assessment will occur on an appropriate item of equipment and will be undertaken in a work-like environment. Competence in this unit may be assessed: on a processing plant allowing for operation under all normal and a range of abnormal conditions in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios through a combination of these techniques. In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions. Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.
Specific resources for assessment	This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance.
Standards and codes	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.
Context	This competency applies to operators new to the job or operators at any level using equipment where significant understanding of the equipment or process is not required. It applies to any item of equipment which may be used in any sector. It may include: compressors (packaged plant) refrigeration (packaged plant) fans blowers portable generators air conditioning units other equipment with similar operating requirements
Packaged plant	Packaged plant includes: all items of equipment which come in a 'ready to use' form, and are often skid mounted, portable or designed for use by untrained and inexperienced people
Procedures	All operations are performed in accordance with procedures. Procedures mean all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.
Hazards	Typical hazards include: rotating components drive chains or belts hot or cold equipment parts dust, vibration, noise or fumes oil spills fuel leaks
Corrective action	Taking appropriate corrective action includes: reporting to the appropriate people or such other specific actions which have been previously defined for specific occurrences
Variables	Key variables to be monitored include: equipment production outputs equipment operating conditions operating temperatures and pressures

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOPS101A Make measurements

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This unit covers the making or taking of measurements in a variety of sites and locations.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This unit applies to people who are required to apply basic knowledge and skills in performing routine measurements for industry related operations. It is typically performed by people working either independently or as part of a work team.

The worker will:

make measurements using physical and/or chemical measuring equipment

record results using either a manual or computer system

identify problems and take required action

complete logs and reports.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify appropriate measurements.	1.1 Select appropriate measuring equipment. 1.2 Identify units to be used, and the detail required. 1.3 Check measuring equipment is in calibration.
2. Perform measurements	2.1 Explain range of results that may be obtained 2.2 Identify and take account of relevant external factors. 2.3 Perform measurements using appropriate techniques 2.4 Compare measurements against the range of expected results 2.5 Self-check numerical information for accuracy and correctness. 2.6 Explain the need for calibration and use calibrated equipment to make measurements.
3. Record measurements as required.	3.1 Accurately record the result in the appropriate format. 3.2 Record the result to the appropriate level of detail.
4. Respond to routine problems in accordance with procedures	4.1 Recognise known faults that occur during the measurement. 4.2 Identify and take action on causes of routine faults. 4.3 Log problems as required. 4.4 Identify non-routine problems and report to designated person.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of the process sufficient to recognise non-standard situations and then determine appropriate action which is consistent with operating guidelines. For example, in gel coating, a coating less than 5 mils thick may wrinkle, especially when brush marks are present. Thickness is checked using a gel coat thickness gauge.

Knowledge and the ability to implement the organisation's procedures and relevant regulatory requirements, within appropriate time constraints and work standards.

Application of approved hazard control and safety procedures and the use of PPE in relation to handling materials, equipment operation and cleanup.

Knowledge in measurement sufficient for consistent performance to specifications including:

basic units of measurement (eg kilogram, metre, second)

correct selection and use of measuring devices

application of relevant mathematical calculations and procedures, including additions, subtractions, division, fractions, percentages

use of dial, scale and digital readouts

the need for calibration and methods of checking equipment is within calibration.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical product specifications, job sheets and material labels as provided.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms.

Numeracy is required to the level of basic arithmetical manipulations and the interpretation of the significance of numbers and variations of readings.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to

take accurate measures using the appropriate measuring device

apply approved procedures.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that

standards in taking measurements are met consistently

all safety procedures are followed.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur over a range of situations requiring the taking of measurements and will be undertaken in a work-like environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

by observation or questioning to indicate understanding and knowledge

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to all routine measurements within a manufacturing environment.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

measuring devices, including gauges, dip-sticks, thermometers, weighing scales, length/thickness measuring

calculators

computers for recording results

relevant personal protective equipment.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

dusts/vapour

temperature

hazardous substances

manual handling hazards.

Problems

Respond to routine problems means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'.

Typical problems may include:

measuring instrument not fit for use (eg not within calibration)

appropriate measuring device not available

deviations from normal range of readings

effect of temperature on material properties.

Appropriate action for non-routine problems may be reporting to designated person or other action specified in the procedures.

Variables

Key variables to be monitored include:

extent

dimension

quantity

mass

capacity

capability.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOPS102A Perform tasks to support production

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the performance of largely manual tasks that are performed in support of the production process working under close supervision. It applies to all sectors of the industry.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who are not operating equipment but are making product and contributing to the production process. It might also apply to a more experienced operator working outside their field of expertise and under close supervision. This competency is typically performed by all operators working either independently or as part of a work team.

It includes:

'fetch and carry' type tasks

making product under close supervision but not operating process equipment (see MSAPMOPS100A Use equipment), following safe working procedures and using personal protective equipment.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Perform general cleaning duties.	1.1 Clarify cleaning duties. 1.2 Select and use personal safety equipment, where needed, in accordance with organisation procedures. 1.3 Determine, prepare and mix appropriate cleaning equipment and chemicals/detergents for specific tasks. 1.4 Follow procedures for handling and storage of cleaning liquids in accordance with organisation or manufacturer specifications. 1.5 Clean as required.
2. Perform general duties and tasks.	2.1 Perform tasks as directed. 2.2 Ask questions of appropriate person to confirm unusual requirements. 2.3 Organise relevant equipment and tools and check to confirm good working condition.
3. Transfer, remove or supply materials/ product where required	3.1 Organise, confirm and record requests and tasks according to specified procedures. 3.2 Identify and organise appropriate equipment for transferring material where relevant. 3.3 Load and unload material using suitable aids. 3.4 Transfer/move material to the correct destination in a safe manner.
4. Complete documentation accurately.	4.1 Complete documentation for tasks, where relevant, accurately in accordance with required organisation procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Application of knowledge of the materials, equipment and process sufficient to recognise material and equipment conditions which may lead to out of specification production.

Knowledge of organisation procedures and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and work standards.

Required knowledge and skills include:

machine and equipment operation

procedures to handle products and materials

use of products and materials

quality requirements

relevant OHS legislation, codes of practice, policies and procedures

maintenance planning and workplace procedure

reporting procedures

loading and unloading materials

applying all relevant safety practices

use and disposal of a range of chemical cleaning agents, sealants and lubricants, where required

communicating effectively within the workplace

interpreting and applying established procedures

documenting and transferring information.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit has minimal literacy and numeracy requirements other than those required to carry out the job (eg recognise labels and signs).

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

undertake basic production tasks

handle material and products

locate and transport materials and products

clean equipment, machines and work environment

document work and maintain records as required

apply workplace heath and safety policies in work operations.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that production standards are met consistently.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur in a work-like environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

on a processing plant allowing for operation under all normal and a range of abnormal conditions

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to all operators working either independently or as part of a work team.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures means all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards. These may include:

original manufacturer instructions and guidelines for the use of any equipment

relevant procedures relating to safe working practices prescribed for the equipment

local OHS legislation and/or Regulations

site specific instructions based on production requirements.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

cleaning equipment

detergents and other chemicals hand and power tools

hand trolleys pallet trucks

but not more complex equipment such as forklifts, overhead cranes, or front end loaders.

Loading and unloading aids

Loading and unloading aids include various types of equipment other than regulated load shifting equipment and must conform to materials handling requirements, safe work practices and manual handling techniques, and workplace procedures

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

slips, trips and falls

manual handling injuries

dust, dirt and vapours

cuts and abrasions

lack of knowledge of machine operation.

Problems

'Simple problems' means 'apply defined solutions to a narrow range of previously specified problems'.

Typical process and product problems may include:

difficult access to the work area

awkward work spaces

tool failures or breakages

defective equipment

incorrect or defective materials

wrong quantities of materials.

Variables

Key variables to be monitored include:

atmospheric conditions (weather)

condition of the work area

placement of products or materials used in the production process

lighting

types of aids to production being used.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOPS200A Operate equipment

Modification History

Release 2 – Minor clarifications to application and range, and minor editorial corrections.

Unit Descriptor

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to operate a plant item/unit of equipment and the resolving of routine problems in accordance with procedures. This competency is for units of equipment/plant items which are not otherwise covered in this Training Package and may be organisation specific.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to a person who has the responsibility for undertaking the routine operation of an individual unit of equipment or a plant item. The key factors are operating to organisation requirements, meeting quality standards and other workplace requirements. The type of people to whom this unit may apply include (but are not limited to):

plant operators.

This unit applies to an individual working alone or as part of a team or group and working in liaison with other shift team members and the control room operator as appropriate.

This unit applies:

typically to ‘outside’ or ‘field’ operators, but may also apply to

‘panel’ or ‘control room’ operators.

This unit requires a detailed knowledge about the unit being operated and some knowledge about related units and processes.

This unit has been written to apply to both fluid and solids processing units. It does not include the operation of any packaged unit which only requires operation as a ‘black box’ (regardless of its engineering complexity) which is covered by MSAPMOPS100A Use equipment.

If several units are combined to form a unit which must be operated as an integrated unit then please see PMAOPS300B Operate a production unit.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Check work requirements	1.1	Identify work requirements from work plan or request
1.2	Check product, materials and equipment meet requirements for job(s)
1.3	Recognise requirements which may not be in accordance with usual practice
1.4	Ask questions of appropriate person to confirm unusual practice
1.5	Ensure housekeeping is to requirements
1.6	Identify hazards associated with the job and take appropriate action
1.7	Perform other pre-operational checks in accordance with procedures
2	Start up item of equipment as required	2.1	Conduct pre-start checks
2.2	Start up item of equipment
3	Operate equipment to procedures	3.1	Check equipment is operating within required limits
3.2	Check product meets specifications and quality standards
3.3	Ensure product is consistently ready for next duty/ operation as appropriate
3.4	Maintain supply of material(s) as required
3.5	Complete logs and records as required
3.6	Collect and segregate scrap, trim and other materials as required
3.7	Keep equipment and work area clean
3.8	Pause equipment and perform emergency stop, as required
4	Respond to routine problems to procedures	4.1	Recognise known faults that occur during the operation
4.2	Identify and take action on causes of routine faults
4.3	Log problems as required
4.4	Identify non-routine process and quality problems and take appropriate action

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.
Application of knowledge of the materials, equipment and process sufficient to recognise out of specification products, process problems and materials faults. Knowledge of the organisation's procedures and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and work standards. Knowledge of and skills in the operation of the item of equipment and main components sufficient to consistently meet required specifications and standards, including: operation of equipment and components workflow sequences and materials demand reasons for checking process control panels and reporting readings which do not conform to the work instructions approved hazard control and safety procedures and the use of PPE in relation to handling materials and using equipment equipment operation and clean-up; potential effects of variations in raw materials and equipment operation in relation to quality of product waste management and importance of reusing non-conforming products wherever possible correct selection and use of equipment, materials, processes and procedures monitor equipment operation and product quality identify factors which may affect product quality or production output and appropriate remedies distinguish between possible causes of routine faults, such as: incorrect quantity of materials contaminated materials/additives equipment faults/damage wrong raw materials/additives machine failure. Competence also includes the ability to: plan own work, including predicting consequences and identifying improvements identify when the operator is able to rectify faults, when assistance is required and who is the appropriate source for assistance identify and describe own role and role of others involved directly in the process. Language, literacy and numeracy requirements This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical product specifications, job sheets, procedures, material labels and safety information as provided to operators. Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms. Basic numeracy is required, e.g. to determine that two 25 kg bags are needed to make up a requirement for 50 kg.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge. Assessment will occur on an industrial example of the equipment and will be undertaken in a work-like environment.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to: operating the plant unit following approved procedures take appropriate action to resolve faults or report faults to appropriate personnel explain and implement relevant emergency procedures. Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that: production standards are met consistently upstream and downstream communication is timely and effective operating procedures and work instructions are read and interpreted correctly problems are identified and appropriate action is taken (i.e. the problem is fixed or reported) all safety procedures are followed.
Assessment method and context	Competence in this unit may be assessed: in an appropriate, industrial item of equipment requiring demonstration of operation start and stop procedures in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios through a combination of these techniques. In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions. Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.
Specific resources for assessment	This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance.
Standards and codes	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.
Context	This competency applies to operators working either independently or as part of a work team.
Procedures	All operations are performed in accordance with procedures. Procedures mean all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.
Tools and equipment	This competency includes use of equipment and tools, such as: process equipment and its major components hand tools used in the this process material loading equipment used for loading of raw materials relevant personal protective equipment
Hazards	Typical hazards include: spills dusts/vapours slips trips and falls temperature hazardous substances moving equipment manual handling hazards
Problems	'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'. Typical process and product problems may include: equipment malfunction variations in process conditions variations in materials or contamination of materials equipment, tool, die or mould damage routine product faults machine malfunction mould/tooling problems variations in materials and/or contamination of materials
Variables	Key variables to be monitored include: atmospheric conditions temperature (hot/cold) variations in equipment or product die/product tolerances system/operating pressure programming variables operator variability timing or product cycles
Product	Product includes anything produced by a process step and so includes intermediate products such as the product from one process step which then becomes the feed for another

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOPS201A Cut polymer materials

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to prepare and operate specialised equipment or procedures to cut polymer materials to size, shape or to a pattern, and resolve routine problems to procedures.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency applies to operators who are involved in the use of specialised equipment or processes to cut polymer material such as sheet, pipe or rod. The key factors are the making of products to meet quality standards and workplace requirements. This unit of competency is typically performed by operators working either independently or as part of a work team. It includes: • checking job sheets for work to be done and identifying the priority in which jobs/product will be made/completed • setting up equipment • preparing materials as required • ensuring that safety procedures are applied to reduce risks • identifying and taking action on routine process problems • completing logs and reports.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Check work requirements	1.1. Identify work requirements 1.2. Identify product, materials and equipment requirements for job 1.3. Recognise hazards and adopt steps required to ensure safety 1.4. Check with supervisor/appropriate person if requirements are not in accordance with usual practice
2. Conduct pre-cutting operations as required	2.1. Check hazard controls are operational and appropriate 2.2. Check raw materials are correct 2.3. Mark out/lay out job for cutting 2.4. Undertake other pre-cutting requirements in accordance with procedures
3. Cut to requirements	3.1. Operate cutting tools/equipment to cut materials to procedures 3.2. Monitor dimensions, shape, quality and quantity of cuts 3.3. Remedy faults and non-conformances by correcting operation or adjusting tools/equipment as required 3.4. Collect material which is able to be recycled or reused, separate and dispose of waste and scrap
4. Resolve routine problems	4.1. Identify likely faults that occur during the operation/task 4.2. Identify and take action on causes of routine faults in accordance with procedures 4.3. Make sure appropriate records are maintained to meet procedures 4.4. Identify non-routine problems and report to designated person

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
applying knowledge of the materials, equipment and processes sufficient to recognise out of specification products, process problems and materials faults identifying hazards associated with the job/work environment applying the hierarchy of control to the hazards distinguishing between causes of faults such as: raw materials mechanical electrical/instrumental reading and interpreting typical product specifications, job sheets, procedures, material labels and safety information as provided to operators writing skills to the level of completing workplace forms basic numeracy skills to determine that two 25 kg bags are needed to make up a requirement for 50 kg
Required knowledge
organisation procedures and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and work standards different types of materials and their behaviour when cut, different cutting equipment and suitability for materials controls of cutting equipment routine faults in products and routine problems in process causes of faults such as materials deficiencies, heat, changes to materials during the cutting process, equipment adjustments/set-up and equipment maintenance requirements original manufacturer instructions and guidelines for the safe use of the cutting tools/equipment relevant procedures relating to safe working practices prescribed for the equipment local occupational health and safety (OHS) legislation and/or regulations site-specific instructions based on production requirements

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Demonstrates skills and knowledge required to: • recognise the importance of material properties and qualities • apply approved procedures • take appropriate action to resolve faults or report faults to appropriate personnel • explain and implement emergency shutdown procedures. Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that: • material cutting production standards are met consistently • upstream and downstream communication is timely and effective • procedures and work instructions are read and interpreted correctly • problems are identified and appropriate action is taken (i.e. the problem is fixed or reported) all safety procedures are followed.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in an appropriately simulated environment. Access is required to real or appropriately simulated situations, including work areas, materials and equipment, and to information on workplace practices and OHS practices. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the Manufacturing Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure its correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Context	This unit of competency applies to operators working either independently or as part of a work team.
Work requirements	Work requirements may be determined from: job/shop orders plans/specifications procedures other means
Procedures	Procedures include: all relevant workplace procedures work instructions temporary instructions relevant industry and government codes and standards
Tools and equipment	Tools and equipment may include: guillotines, power saws, jig saws, band saws and thermal cutting devices controller, such as PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) if fitted hand tools as required relevant personal protective equipment
Hazards	Typical hazards include: fibres and dusts - airborne and handled manual handling hazards power tools, leads and power supplies stationery and moving machinery, parts and components
Problems	Respond to routine problems means apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems. Typical process and product problems may include: pattern, e.g. pattern incorrect, marking errors equipment, e.g. wear and breakage, temperature variations, loss of power or drives, controller sequence and timer issues process, e.g. sequencing problems
Records	Records may include: log books/sheets electronic records job/work sheets other records
Variables	Key variables to be monitored include: material characteristics material availability type of cutting equipment cutting edge condition

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSAPMOPS202A Fabricate polymer materials

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to fabricate polymer materials to a specified shape and resolve routine problems to procedure. It applies to rubber and plastic materials.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency applies to operators who are involved in the fabrication of polymer materials, typically sheet, pipe or rod, into specified shapes. This unit of competency is typically performed by operators working either independently or as part of a work team. It includes: setting up equipment preparing and checking materials as required dealing with non-conforming products, waste and scrap identifying and taking action on routine predictable process problems completing logs and reports. Some fabrication applications may also require competence in bonding or welding polymers in which case, competency in this unit may also require competency in: PMBPROD242A Bond polymers to surfaces PMBPROD287B Weld plastics materials.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Check work requirements	1.1. Identify work requirements 1.2. Check product, materials and equipment meet requirements for job 1.3. Interpret plans, patterns, designs or specifications 1.4. Recognise requirements which may not be in accordance with usual practice 1.5. Ask questions of appropriate person to confirm unusual practice 1.6. Identify hazards associated with the job and apply appropriate hazard controls 1.7. Complete records as required
2. Conduct pre-fabrication operations as required	2.1. Set up tools, jigs, fixtures and equipment ready for job 2.2. Identify materials, patterns and consumables required 2.3. Check hazard controls are operational and appropriate 2.4. Mark out/lay out job for fabrication 2.5. Undertake other pre-fabrication requirements in accordance with procedures 2.6. Identify non-conformances and report to appropriate personnel
3. Form materials to shape	3.1. Arrange materials in order prior to forming 3.2. Form and fix material into shape as required 3.3. Measure and check product is to specifications, making adjustments as required 3.4. Trim and finish joints and fabricated product as required
4. Resolve routine problems	4.1. Identify likely faults that occur during the operation/task 4.2. Identify and take action on causes of routine faults in accordance with procedures 4.3. Ensure appropriate records are maintained 4.4. Identify non-routine problems and report to designated person

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
applying knowledge of the materials, equipment and processes sufficient to recognise out of specification products, process problems and materials faults identifying hazards associated with the job/work environment applying the hierarchy of control to the hazards planning own work including predicting consequences and identifying improvements identifying when the operator is able to rectify faults, when assistance is required and who is the appropriate source for assistance identifying and describing own role and role of others involved directly in the fabrication of materials process reading and interpreting typical product specifications, job sheets, procedures, material labels and safety information as provided to operators writing skills to the level of completing workplace forms. basic numeracy skills to determine that two 25 kg bags are needed to make up a requirement for 50 kg
Required knowledge
organisation procedures and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and work standards process of fabricating materials and the main components sufficient for consistent production of quality products including: production workflow sequences and material demand identifying different types of materials and their behaviour when joined identifying different, forming and joining equipment and suitability for materials accurately monitoring equipment operation and product quality the potential effects of variations in raw materials and outside variables in relation to quality of product waste management and knowing the importance of reusing non-conforming products wherever possible factors which may affect product quality of production output and appropriate remedies

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Demonstrates skills and knowledge required to: apply the required skills and knowledge to the fabrication process apply approved procedures. Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that: fabrication production standards are met consistently.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in an appropriately simulated environment. Access is required to real or appropriately simulated situations, including work areas, materials and equipment, and to information on workplace practices and OHS practices. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the Manufacturing Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure its correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Context	This unit of competency includes the processes required to form materials into specified shapes, including cutting, bending, fixing, welding and finishing to component
Work requirements	Work requirements may be determined from: job/shop orders plans/specifications procedures other means
Procedures	Procedures include: all relevant workplace procedures work instructions temporary instructions relevant industry and government codes and standards
Tools and equipment	Tools and equipment may include: power saws, jig saws and thermal cutting devices drilling, riveting, bolting and stitching hand tools as required relevant personal protective equipment
Hazards	Typical hazards include: fibres - airborne and handled sharp edges, swarf and scrap manual handling cut hazards power tools, leads and power supplies stationary and moving machinery, parts and components
Form	Forming may require: bending, heating, holding in a jig fixture or other methods of achieving the required shape
Fix	Fixing may be by: mechanical means (e.g. rivets, bolts) chemical means (e.g. solvents, adhesives) thermal (e.g. welding) or other processes. Additional units of competency may need to be accessed to cover some means of fixing.
Problems	Respond to routine problems means apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems. Typical process and product problems may include: pattern incorrect marking errors wear and breakage loss of power or drives controller sequence and timer issues sequencing problems
Records	Records may include: log books/sheets electronic records job/work sheets other records

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSAPMOPS212A Use organisation computers or data systems

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the use of organisation computers or data systems in order to work effectively. The operator is familiar with the system, can locate and use the appropriate data and is able to accurately record data into the system as required. This competency covers the use of computer equipment and company software programs, including selecting the correct programs for use and identifying minor faults in equipment or software.

This competency is typically performed by operators working either independently or as part of a work team.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who are required to store and retrieve data, and produce documents, spreadsheets relevant to operational or administrative functions within the organisation. It includes:

inputting data to the systems as required

locating and accessing data as required for production support/problem solving

using data to support business objectives

producing construction documents, reports and spreadsheets

running system checks and virus scans manually if automated systems fail

producing required documentation within the security limits imposed by the company.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify applications of computer or data system for work role.	1.1 Identify data and information available from the system and its application to work role. 1.2 Identify data from work role which needs to be entered in the system.
2. Use the computer/data system.	2.1 Adjust work station equipment to meet ergonomic requirements and use appropriate posture. 2.2 Log-on according to procedures. 2.3 Navigate system as required. 2.4 Input data or make changes as required. 2.5 Check entered or edited data is correct. 2.6 Access required data/information. 2.7 Output data as required. 2.8 Use 'Help' as needed.
3. Save file and exit system.	3.1 Save and store data in appropriate directory or folder. 3.2 Close file and exit applications programs without loss of data. 3.3 Back-up data if required in accordance with procedures.
4. Respond to routine problems with the system	4.1 Recognise known faults that occur during the operation. 4.2 Identify and take action on causes of routine faults. 4.3 Log problems as required. 4.4 Identify non-routine process and quality problems and take appropriate action.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge of organisation procedures and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and work standards.

Competence includes an understanding of the organisation data system to the level needed to use the system and recognise and resolve problems. In particular it includes the ability to:

demonstrate the operation of and access to data from the system

describe the scope and range of data required from the system, in order to support the solution of problems

describe the nature of the scope and range of available data

describe the causes and remedies of common problems such as those selected in the Range Statement

describe principles of operation of the equipment and software, hazard policies and procedures, job procedures and work instructions

explain the application of software in relation to work role.

Competence also includes the ability to isolate the causes of problems to a component of the organisation data system and to distinguish between causes of problems such as:

incorrect or misleading data

system software faults

system equipment faults.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical product specifications, job sheets and material labels as provided to operators.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms

Numeracy is also required to the extent of requiring competence in essential mathematical functions including + - x and ÷.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to recognise and analyse potential situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate corrective action. The reasoning process behind the problem analysis and determining the required actions should be assessed.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

in-plant computer programs are correctly utilised

software problems are recognised and solved effectively and efficiently

documents are completed to the standard required

the operation and access to data from the system can be demonstrated

data can be input and output from the system as required

obvious problems in related to operation of the system are recognised and an appropriate contribution made to their solution.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur using industrial equipment and will be undertaken in a work-like environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

on a processing plant allowing for operation under all normal and a range of abnormal conditions

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This unit of competency includes organisation computer and data systems. This may include systems which cover (select relevant items):

Word and Excel documents

safety, safety data and injury reporting

orders, purchasing, stock levels and scheduling

stock control, stores, warehousing and logistics

materials hazards, labelling, materials identification, materials safety data sheets (MSDSs)

batch data, schedules, production planning and operations planning

product quality, statistical control, production trends and quality control

maintenance, maintenance planning, procedures and spare parts.

The organisation systems will usually be computerised, but may include data sheets, paper or hard copy records, manuals and instructions.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

computers - stand alone and/or networked

mobile terminals and hand held devices

printers

mouse, keyboard

facsimile equipment

onboard terminals

scanners

bar coders.

Software applications may include:

CC mail and email

Internet or intranet

word processing, database and spreadsheet programs

company/process specific software

word processing, database and spreadsheet programs.

Documents may include:

work orders

work instructions/standard operating procedures

email or CC mail

faxes

memos

tables

standard letters

standard reports.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

repetition strain injuries

glare from monitor screens

damages cables or connections

strains or injuries moving computer equipment.

Problems

'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'. Typical process and product problems may include:

software problems, such as unable to access file, find correct page or send CC mail, input data.

loose or disconnected cables

'frozen' screens

faulty monitors

key board problems.

Variables

Key variables to be monitored include:

types of hardware systems

access and log on procedures

types of software packages

Internet/intranet systems

types of data to be stored and retrieved.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOPS244A Layout and cut materials

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the cutting of materials to shape and the resolving of routine problems to procedure. It applies to materials used in plastics fabrication, rubber and other manufacturing industries.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who are involved in the fabrication of materials which first need to be cut into specified shapes. This competency is typically performed by operators working either independently or as part of a work team.

The operator will:

check product for quality and conformity to specifications

set up equipment

prepare materials as required

deal with non-conforming products, waste and scrap

identify and action routine predictable process problems

complete logs and reports.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Check work requirements.	1.1 Identify work requirements from production plan or request. 1.2 Check product, materials and equipment meet requirements for job(s). 1.3 Interpret plans, patterns, designs or specifications. 1.4 Recognise requirements which may not be in accordance with usual practice. 1.5 Ask questions of appropriate person to confirm unusual practice. 1.6 Ensure housekeeping is to requirements. 1.7 Identify hazards associated with the job and take appropriate action. 1.8 Complete logs and records as required.
2. Conduct pre-start checks as required.	2.1 Set up tools, jigs, fixtures and equipment ready for production. 2.2 Identify materials, patterns and consumables required. 2.3 Ensure safety equipment is available and fit for use. 2.4 Identify non-conformances and report as required.
3. Layout materials for cutting.	3.1 Translate pattern/specification onto material. 3.2 Develop 3D or complex shapes into 2D shapes which can be cut. 3.3 Place material and prepare it for cutting.
4. Cut materials to shape.	4.1 Cut material to pattern, marking points for further processes. 4.2 Deal with faults and non-conformances by correcting operation or adjusting equipment as required. 4.3 Collect and reprocess/discard scrap/trim and other materials in accordance with workplace procedures.
5. Respond to routine problems in accordance with procedures.	5.1 Recognise known faults that occur during the operation. 5.2 Identify and take action on causes of routine faults. 5.3 Log problems as required. 5.4 Identify non-routine process and quality problems and take appropriate action.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Application of knowledge of the materials, equipment and process sufficient to recognise out of specification products, process problems and materials faults.

Knowledge of the enterprise's procedures, relevant regulatory requirements and the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and work standards.

Application of the knowledge of managing risks using the hierarchy of controls applied to the fabricated materials process. Application of approved hazard control and safety procedures and the use of PPE in relation to handling materials, equipment operation and clean up.

Knowledge of and skills in the process of fabricating materials and the main components sufficient for consistent production of quality products includes:

production workflow sequences and material demand.

identifying different types of materials and their behaviour when cut and joined

identifyingdifferent cutting, forming and joining equipment and suitability for materials

accurately monitor equipment operation and product quality

the potential effects of variations in raw materials and outside variables in relation to quality of product.

waste management and knowing the importance of re-using non-conforming products wherever possible

identify factors which may affect product quality of production output and appropriate remedies

radii of bending and related layout data

development of relevant shapes into 2D cuttable shapes.

Competence also includes the ability to:

plan own work, including predicting consequences and identifying improvements

identify when the operator is able to rectify faults, when assistance is required and who is the appropriate source for assistance

identify and describe own role and role of others involved directly in the fabrication of materials process.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical product specifications, job sheets, procedures, basic machine control panels, material labels and safety information as provided to operators.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms.

Basic numeracy is required, eg to determine that two 25 kg bags are needed to make up a requirement for 50 kg.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

apply the required skills and knowledge to the fabrication process

apply approved procedures.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see thatfabrication production standards are met consistently.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur using industrial equipment and will be undertaken in a work-like environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

on an appropriate processing plant requiring demonstration of operation and emergency stop procedures

in a situation allowing for the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency unit includes the processes required to layout and cut materials into specified shapes.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

guillotines, power saws, jig saws, band saws, thermal cutting devices

drilling,

hand tools as required

relevant personal protective equipment.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

fibres, airborne and handled

sharp edges, swarf and scrap

manual handling

cut hazards

power tools, leads and power supplies

stationary and moving machinery, parts and components.

Problems

'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'. Typical process and product problems may include:

pattern incorrect

marking errors

wear and breakage

loss of power or drives

controller sequence, timer issues

sequencing problems.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOPS301A Treat corrosion

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to examine substrates and design of the object to be treated (e.g. plant, equipment and structures), determine by inspection the preparation and protection which might need to be applied and confirm that the specification received is appropriate.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The unit applies to technicians who are responsible for preparing and protecting an object to a provided specification. They will be able to inspect the object and confirm that the specification is appropriate for this application. This unit is not intended to provide sufficient knowledge and skills to develop a specification. Generally the technician would operate independently or as part of a team and should be capable of performing all parts of this unit. At all times they would be liaising and cooperating with other members of the team.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify nature of corrosion	1.1. Inspect object 1.2. Observe service environment and note likely causes of, and vulnerability to, corrosion 1.3. Identify the type of corrosion present or likely to occur
2. Interpret surface preparation and coating specification	2.1. Identify surface preparation method specified 2.2. Identify prepared surface specification 2.3. Identify protection method specified 2.4. Identify finished specification of protected surface
3. Confirm appropriateness of specification	3.1. Compare specification with existing or likely corrosion 3.2. Confirm that the specification is appropriate for the situation 3.3. Clarify any discrepancies between specification and expected treatment and take appropriate action
4. Monitor treatment process	4.1. Identify hazards arising from the preparation and protection treatments 4.2. Implement appropriate hazard controls 4.3. Monitor the progress of the treatment 4.4. Recognise situations which might require a change to hazard controls or specifications 4.5. Take the required actions to resolve the identified situations

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
observing and inspecting work environment identifying and analysing hazards comparing specifications communicating with relevant personnel identifying and solving problems
Required knowledge
the galvanic series electrochemical corrosion erosion and other non-electrochemical decay of materials as relevant corrosion of different types of metals forms of corrosion/causes of anode formation sacrificial protection and coating factors controlling the rate of corrosion types of corrosion protection used and how they work hazards (health, safety, environmental) associated with preparation and protection and relevant hazard controls costs and hazards of corrosion physics and chemistry relevant to the processes and the materials involved process parameters and limits, e.g. blast media type/size/shape, temperature, pressure, flow and pH coating/lining types as relevant coating/lining application methods as relevant duty of care obligations hierarchy of hazard control routine problems, faults and their resolution corrective action appropriate to the problem cause function and troubleshooting of major preparation and protection methods and their problems types and causes of problems within operator's scope of skill level and responsibility

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Assessment of this unit should include demonstrated competence on actual plant, equipment, structures or similar in a work environment. The unit will be assessed in as holistic a manner as is practical and may be integrated with the assessment of other relevant units of competency. Assessment will occur over a range of situations, which will include disruptions to normal, smooth operation. This unit of competency requires an application of the knowledge contained in the use of the corrosion control systems and their integral equipment, to the level needed to maintain control and recognise and resolve problems.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Competence must be demonstrated in the ability to recognise and analyse potential situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate corrective action. The emphasis should be on the ability to stay out of trouble rather than on recovery from a disaster. Consistent performance should be demonstrated. In particular look to see that: early warning signs of potential problems are recognised the range of possible causes can be identified and analysed and the most likely cause determined appropriate action is taken to ensure a timely resolution to meet requirements.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment will require access to an operating plant over an extended period of time, or a suitable method of gathering evidence of operating ability over a range of situations. Assessment will occur over a range of situations which will include disruptions to normal, smooth operation. Simulation or case studies/scenarios may be required to allow for timely assessment of parts of this unit of competency. Simulation should be based on the actual plant and will include 'walk-throughs' of the relevant competency components. A bank of scenarios/case studies/what ifs and questions will be required to probe the reasoning behind observable actions.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the Manufacturing Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure its correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used
Service environment	Service environment refers to: the environment in which the systems or units (object) the technician is responsible for operate and may be a plant/factory area, a well head, major infrastructure or pipeline covering thousands of kilometers
Corrosion	Corrosion typically refers to: any electrochemical process leading to the decay of metal. It may also be applied to decay processes in non-metals if appropriate
Appropriate action	Appropriate action may include: determining problems needing action determining possible fault causes rectifying problem using appropriate solution within area of responsibility following through items initiated until final resolution has occurred reporting problems outside area of responsibility to designated person
Procedures	Procedures may be written, verbal, computer-based or in some other form. They include: all work instructions standard operating procedures formulas/recipes batch sheets temporary instructions any similar instructions provided for the smooth running of the plant For the purposes of this Training Package, 'procedures' also includes good operating practice as may be defined by industry codes of practice (e.g. Responsible Care) and government regulations
Health, safety and environment (HSE)	All operations to which this unit applies are subject to stringent health, safety and environment requirements, which may be imposed through state/territory or Federal legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between performance criteria and HSE requirements, the HSE requirements take precedence
Hazards	Hazards may include: dust, mists, fumes and waste disposal issues

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSAPMOPS363A Organise on site work

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers organising of work in a field situation. This unit typically applies to operators who are preparing to do work in remote mine sites, or large industrial complexes where extensive permit or clearance systems exist.

This unit covers the organising and preparation for on site work. Refer to other competency units depending on the nature of the work to be done on site.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

The emphasis is on the planning of the work, the arrangements that are required to allow the on-site work to proceed and the set-up of tools, equipment and materials at the site. It includes the scoping, planning, communication and hazard controls required for the job. The work may be to do with conveyor systems, tanks, pipelines, equipment or other work in situ.

The worker will:

plan the job

arrange all permissions and permits

select and arrange all equipment and materials to the site

set up tools, equipment and materials on site

identify any hazards and take appropriate action.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Plan the work.	1.1 Review the requirements of the work 1.2 Arrange all necessary permits and permissions for site inspections and work. 1.3 Examine the site where the work will take place. 1.4 Identify plant and equipment isolations. 1.5 Identify hazards and risk controls. 1.6 Plan to minimise downtime, economically use materials and meet quality specifications. 1.7 Plan work, including sequences, times, process stages, engineering controls and personal protection requirements. 1.8 Prepare all necessary documentation and finalise the permissions and approvals for conducting the work.
2. Prepare equipment. tools and materials.	2.1 Identify equipment, tools and materials required. 2.2 Arrange for supply of all tools, equipment and materials. 2.3 Arrange for transport to site of all equipment, tools and materials.
3. Set up work location.	3.1 Assemble and check materials and tools for suitability for purpose. 3.2 Establish a safe work area. 3.3 Establish isolations and tag/lock out as required. 3.4 Check tools, equipment and materials against site situation and conditions.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Application of knowledge of the materials, equipment and process sufficient to recognise material and equipment conditions which may lead to out-of-specification production. For example, consumables for use in the work are within recommended shelf life.

Knowledge of organisation procedures and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and work standards.

Application of the knowledge of managing risks using the hierarchy of controls.

Application of approved hazard control, safety procedures and the use of PPE in relation to handling materials, equipment operation and clean up. This may include the preparation of Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) or similar hazard management and planning techniques.

Competence includes the ability, for the practical completion of the job, to apply and/or explain:

interpretation of specifications, designs and/or work orders

understanding of the operation, equipment principles and details of construction

production workflow sequences and inherent hazards with on-site work

design requirements and details of the work to enable the planning to and the work to be completed as required

planning process, including breaking the work down into steps and stages

correct selection and use of equipment, materials, processes and procedures

products, materials and material characteristics.

Competence also includes the ability to:

plan own work, including predicting consequences and identifying improvements

identify factors which may affect product quality or production output and appropriate remedies

identify when the operator is able to rectify faults and when assistance is required.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical work specifications, job sheets and material labels as provided to operators.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms, plans and job reports.

Numeracy is also required, eg to determine quantities of materials for the work.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

This unit may be co-assessed with units concerned with the nature of the work being undertaken.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

identify critical materials properties and operating characteristics in relation to the condition of the equipment

plan work process within organisational procedures and explain the reasons for the steps in the process

take appropriate action to observe site conditions, equipment configuration, possible work-site difficulties, hazards and identify problems to be reported.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

production needs are interpreted and met

problems are anticipated from observations

problems are efficiently resolved

the repair runs consistently and smoothly.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur using industrial scenarios and will be undertaken in a work-like environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

on a processing plant allowing for operation under all normal and a range of abnormal conditions

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to recognise, anticipate and solve problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to on-site work environments and sectors typically within manufacturing or heavy industries. It covers, but may not be limited to, the preparation for on-site work.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications and procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

On-site work

On-site work covered by this competency may include (but may not be limited to):

conveyor belt splicing and repairs

rubber lagging of conveyor drums

rubber lining of tanks

polymer piping systems installation or repairs

polymer constructions (eg fume cupboards or signs)

refractory lining

concrete casting

other work to be done on-site, and not in a factory or workshop.

Work requirements

Work requirements may be determined from:

work orders

specifications

job descriptions

designs

other documents.

Isolations

Isolations include:

power supply

tag locations

process materials

energy sources and

equipment isolation system.

Safe work area

Safe work area includes area(s) for:

scaffolding

lifting gear

lay down area

work area

other equipment in appropriate locations.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes planning and set-up of equipment and tools such as:

manual handling aids

hand winches

portable power generators and vulcanising equipment

knives and other cutting instruments

portable hoists/lifting equipment not requiring any special permits or licences

spanners, wrenches, hammers etc

power operated hand tools such as drills, cutting disks, sanders

specialised tools for the job

relevant personal protective equipment.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

manual handling hazards

working at heights

dust, process liquids, process materials

hand tools and hand held power tools (eg knife, cutting and grinding disk hazards).

Problems

Anticipate and solve problems means resolve a wide range of routine and non-routine problems, using product and process knowledge to develop solutions to problems which do not have a known solution/a solution recorded in the procedures.

Typical process and product problems may include:

lack of accessibility

equipment isolations

logistics of materials ad equipment to work site

variations in materials and/or contamination of materials.

Variables

Key variables to be monitored include:

environmental conditions

lock-out/isolation of equipment

worksite location, remoteness, accessibility

job variations, changes.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOPS400A Optimise process/plant area

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the ability to optimise the process performance of a complete plant area. It includes ensuring that production systems comply with Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) requirements, that process, plant and equipment utilisation is planned and carried out, and that problems are solved to fully meet operational needs and ensure that production of finished goods meets customer requirements.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency requires the application of detailed operational and process knowledge, including the principles of operation of equipment, and the chemistry and/or physics and/or biology/biochemistry of changes to materials occurring during processing. It embodies a significant breadth and depth of technical knowledge and process understanding.

Assessment of this competency should ensure that the applicant can apply this knowledge to a process, and should typically rely on the applicant undertaking, or leading, a significant process improvement project.

This competency is typically performed by a senior operator, team leader or frontline manager.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has prerequisites of

MSAPMSUP390A Use structured problem solving tools

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.
1. Analyse and evaluate current plant, equipment and processes.	1.1 Compare actual process, plant and equipment performance with requirements and/or historical data/records and/or design performance. 1.2 Identify abnormal or sub-optimal process, plant and equipment performance. 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the plant and equipment. 1.4 Collect and evaluate product, materials and/or process records to determine possible causes for sub-optimal performance. 1.5 Use appropriate techniques to rank possible causes from most to least probable cause.
2. Develop plan for corrective and/or optimisation action.	2.1 Analyse cause(s) to determine appropriate corrective action. 2.2 Predict the impact of a change in one unit/area on other related plant units/areas. 2.3 Predict the impact of a change on health, safety and environmental performance 2.4 Develop measurable objectives and evaluate alternatives. 2.5 Identify requirements to implement change. 2.6 Consult with stakeholders regarding planned changes and impacts. 2.7 Develop optimisation plan taking account of hazards identified and HSE implications and communicate to appropriate personnel. 2.8 Evaluate optimisation action to determine measures of effectiveness.
3. Coordinate corrective and/ or optimisation action plan	3.1 Coordinate all appropriate unit areas and operations in order to rectify problem causes in process, plant and equipment performance. 3.2 Initiate and/or implement all required corrective/ optimisation actions. 3.3 Communicate corrective/optimisation outcomes to all relevant personnel. 3.4 Implement procedures/systems to eliminate possible future causes. 3.5 Record and maintain log of all relevant information.
4. Develop continuous improvement strategies.	4.1 Review sources of information to identify possible factors causing sub-optimal performance. 4.2 Identify options for removing or controlling the risk of sub-optimal performance. 4.3 Assess the adequacy of existing control and quality methods and systems. 4.4 Identify opportunities to continuously improve performance. 4.5 Develop recommendations for continual improvement of process, plant and equipment effectiveness. 4.6 Consult with appropriate personnel and implement continuous improvement strategies. 4.7 Document implementation of continuous improvement strategies.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of the:

equipment,

processes

systems

sufficient to

identify hazards associated with the process

recognise opportunities to improve and/or enhance the quality of performance of the plant.

This knowledge needs to include:

the relevant technical theory of the plant area

an in depth understanding across the entire plant area

the organisation standard procedures and work instructions

relevant regulatory requirements, including those related to OHS risk control as appropriate to process/plant area optimisation.

Competence includes the ability to:

apply analytical skills which enable corrective or optimal conditions to prevail

identify and control hazards by applying the hierarchy of control as part of the optimisation process

interpret information and make appropriate process control decisions.

Competence includes the ability to distinguish between:

optimum and marginal performance of the plant

effective and marginal performance corrections and actions.

as is relevant to the practical operation of all major equipment/process/systems within the area.

Optimising process systems requires application of detailed operational and process knowledge to address issues such as:

starting material quality

yield maximisation

throughput maximisation

energy efficiency

use of utilities

labour utilisation

overall cost

efficient use of equipment

reducing downtime

minimisation of waste and rework

improved workplace layout and workflow.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to communicate at all levels about what may be complex technical matters. It also requires the ability to evaluate complex information and sort often conflicting information into useful and distracting and to rank/prioritise information.

Writing is required to the level of reading and interpreting technical information, developing and modifying plans and procedures and interpreting relevant regulatory requirements.

Numeracy is required to the level of analysing product/process performance data, interpreting process condition information and deriving useful information from technical brochures, papers and similar. Calculation will be required to assist this and to determine priorities for optimisation plans (ie benefit/cost or other quantitative criteria)

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Competence must be demonstrated in the ability to analyse and evaluate current production performance, and develop and implement plans to optimise process systems.

While the technician is expected to take a lead technical role, and to demonstrate competence as defined above, optimisation is rarely undertaken by an individual alone and liaison with all relevant stakeholders is an expected part of this competency.

Where the assessee does not currently possess evidence of competency in MSASUP390A Use structured problem solving tools, it may be coassessed with this unit.

Criticalaspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that the equipment/process/system be understood in depth and that the importance of critical material properties/settings/readings is known. Competence must be demonstrated in the ability to recognise and analyse potential situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate corrective action.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

non-routine problems are recognised and defined

hazards are identified and controlled by applying the hierarchy of control

possible causes of complex problems are identified based on experience and the use of analytical techniques in solving the problem, including identifying variations and cause, separating single problems from multiple problems and the recognition of recurring problems

fundamental cause of process or equipment faults is determined

corrective/preventative actions are developed to avoid recurrence of the problem and optimise the condition of the process, plant and equipment

product quality and uniformity are maintained.

Competence must be demonstrated in the operation of all ancillary equipment to the level required for this competency unit.

Competence also includes the ability to implement improvements within appropriate time constraints and in a manner relevant to the operation of the equipment, processes and systems.

Context of assessment

Competence in this unit may be assessed by:

observation over time in a processing plant allowing for adequate assessment of operation under all normal and a range of abnormal conditions. Where this is not practical, additional assessment techniques must be used.

using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

undertaking a specific project based in the plant

a combination of these techniques.

Method of assessment

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This unit describes the work conducted by senior operators, team leaders or front line managers who optimise process systems as part of their work function. It includes all items of equipment and unit operations which form part of the production process of a complete area.

Typical problems will require the application of detailed operational and process knowledge over the entire production/manufacturing area, including the principles of operation of the equipment and the chemistry, physics, biology and/or biochemistry of the changes to materials occurring within that area.

All operations are performed in accordance with organisation procedures, licensing requirements, legislative requirements and industrial awards and agreements.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures. Procedures means all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards. These may include or have been prepared from/to comply with:

industry codes of practice

materials safety data sheets

equipment manuals

equipment start up, operation and shut down procedures

calibration and maintenance schedules

quality manuals and procedures

organisation recording and reporting procedures

production and laboratory schedules

material, production and product specifications.

Data/records

Historical data/records may include:

hazard logs

incident reports

maintenance records

product non-conformance reports

production records.

Implementing change

Requirements to implement change may include:

changes to procedures

training of operators

equipment modifications

ensuring all HSE requirements are addressed.

Relevant/appropriate personnel

Relevant/appropriate personnel may include:

managers

OHS representatives and OHS committee.

Relevant information

Relevant information logged to include:

modifications to plant or equipment

modifications to procedures or practices.

Sources of information

Sources of information may include:

hazard logs

incident reports

maintenance records

work practices

procedures

industry journals

equipment supplier information

industry best practice information.

Health, Safety and Environment (HSE)

All operations to which this unit applies are subject to stringent health, safety and environment requirements, which may be imposed through State or Federal legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between Performance Criteria and HSE requirements, the HSE requirements take precedence.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOPS401A Trial new process or product

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency typically applies to a technician in a plant who is taking a lead technical role in the trialling of a new product or the trialling of a new or significantly altered process. This competency does not apply to minor modifications to existing products or processes. Similarly it does not apply to a technician or operator taking part in such trials, and/or who is following directions set by the technician, chemist, engineer, supervisor or manager.

The technician is expected to be a technical expert in that part of the plant/process where the trial is being conducted.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

The technician would be expected to operate and control all equipment required for the trial. Generally the technician would be part of a team during the trial, and would usually be working in conjunction with a process/product development expert such as a chemist or engineer. The technician is often the most technically competent member of an operational team. As such they may not have the 'hands on' role of operating items of equipment, but they are expected to have the competence to direct the operation of equipment as appropriate throughout the trial. At all times they would be liaising and cooperating with other members of the team.

Trialling refers to the scale-up and other development steps required to take a new product or process from its design/laboratory trials to full commercial operation on a plant. Trialling may be done on a pilot plant where available and/or on a full scale plant.

The technician would:

identify and rectify operational problems within their scope

analyse the trial, both while it is occurring and after completion, and suggest improvements

be alert for indications of developing problems and take required action to ensure the trial remains safe to people, the environment and the plant.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.
1. Contribute to the selection of equipment/process conditions.	1.1 Liaise with appropriate technical expert(s). 1.2 Interpret properties of materials and desired product characteristics. 1.3 Interpret technical specifications/drawings of plant requirements. 1.4 Recommend equipment/ancillary equipment appropriate for the materials, products and conditions. 1.5 Recommend process conditions appropriate for the equipment, materials and product characteristics. 1.6 Recommend feed rates/order/condition appropriate to the process conditions, equipment, materials and product characteristics. 1.7 Ensure hazard identification and analysis procedures are completed, including consultation with stakeholders, and findings included in plan. 1.8 Ensure recommendations meet the identified need.
2. Prepare for trials.	2.1 Determine the availability of resources required such as materials, equipment, people and skills. 2.2 Estimate time required for trial. 2.3 Liaise with relevant stakeholders. 2.4 Schedule trial at a convenient time. 2.5 Develop documentation for the trial. 2.6 Identify potential hazards and required hazard control procedures by applying the hierarchy of control. 2.7 Determine clearance requirements and special safety and storage requirements. 2.8 Verify decisions with appropriate experts/stakeholders. 2.9 Ensure people with adequate skills are available for the trial.
3. Conduct test runs/trials	3.1 Ensure hazard controls are implemented prior to commencement. 3.2 Run trials. 3.3 Maintain communication with all relevant people. 3.4 Closely monitor critical parameters. 3.5 Recognise actual and potential problems. 3.6 Make adjustments to process conditions as required during trial. 3.7 Sample and test product as required. 3.8 Record and report performance data. 3.9 Ensure all materials, products and waste are handled correctly. 3.10 Leave plant in a condition suitable for routine production to recommence.
4. Evaluate results and identify modifications.	4.1 Interpret data from trial. 4.2 Identify factors which might be related to low rates or low charge amounts. 4.3 Recommend modifications and improvements required. 4.4 Develop and check standard operating procedure. 4.5 Complete documentation and report to appropriate personnel. 4.6 Ensure all relevant staff have required skill levels for the introduction of the new process.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Competence includes an understanding of the plant systems and all integral equipment involved in the trial to the level needed to control the system and recognise and resolve problems. In particular it includes the ability to:

identify all items on a schematic of the plant and describe the function of each

describe the nature/condition of materials entering and leaving each stage of the process, the changes which have occurred in that stage and why they have occurred

state the major design features of plant equipment, plant conditions and variables and the impact of these on the properties of materials passing through them

describe the causes and remedies of common problems such as those selected in the Range Statement

apply the hierarchy of control to minimise the risk of hazards identified

describe methods of changing rate and the advantages and disadvantages of each

describe methods of controlling other process variables and the advantages and disadvantages of each.

Competence also includes the ability to isolate the causes of problems to an item of equipment within the plant system and to be able to distinguish between causes of problems/alarm/fault indications such as:

process material variations

instrument failure/wrong reading

electrical failure

mechanical failure

operational problem.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to communicate and liaise with people at a range of levels about technical matters.

Reading is required to the level of interpreting technical specifications, manuals and procedures; and writing technical documentation such as specifications and procedures required for the trial.

Numeracy is required to the level of interpreting technical specifications and test results, analysing process data and determining required variations in process variables.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

The unit will be assessed in as holistic a manner as is practical and may be integrated with the assessment of other relevant units of competency.

Assessment will occur over a range of situations which will include disruptions to normal, smooth operation.

Critical aspects

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to recognise and analyse potential situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate corrective action. The emphasis should be on the ability to stay out of trouble rather than on recovery from a disaster.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

hazards are identified and controlled

early warning signs of equipment/processes needing attention or with potential problems are recognised

the range of possible causes can be identified and analysed and the most likely cause determined

appropriate and timely action is taken to ensure the safety and success of the trial

obvious problems in related plant areas are recognised and an appropriate contribution made to their solution.

Context and method of assessment

This unit of competency requires a significant body of knowledge which will be assessed through questioning and the use of 'what if' scenarios both on the plant (during demonstration of normal operations and walk throughs of abnormal operations) and off the plant.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

using a pilot plant or a production plant as appropriate

using a range of scenarios/case studies and 'what ifs' as the stimulus with a walk-through forming part of the response

using a range of problems, including new, unusual and improbable situations which may have been generated from the past incident history of the plant, incidents on similar plants around the world, hazard analysis activities and similar sources

using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge; and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This unit includes all items of equipment and unit operations which form part of the trial.

Liaison

Liaison with technical experts may (depending on trial requirements and company protocols) include one or more of:

manufacturers

chemists

engineering personnel

designers

OHS advisors

maintenance personnel

potential customers.

Hazard analysis

Hazard analysis procedures may include:

JSA/JHA (Job Safety Analysis/Job Hazard Analysis)

hazard and operability (HAZOP) studies

hazard analysis (HAZAN) studies

other company specified procedures.

It is not expected that the candidate will be able to conduct technical hazard analysis procedures (such as HAZOP or HAZAN) but they should be able to interpret and use the outcomes of such analyses where relevant.

Hazards

Hazards may be determined from:

materials safety data sheets (MSDSs)

other relevant documentation such as hazard logs, incident reports

company hazard identification procedures

hazard analysis results

standard operating procedures.

Waste handling

Waste handling may include:

collection for re-use

recycling

disposal in accordance with health and environmental regulations.

Problems

Typical problems for the trial might include:

mixing is poor

materials do not behave as expected

process/reaction does not proceed /proceeds too slowly

process/reaction proceeds too quickly/runs away

yield is low

quality is out of specification

process is unstable

instrumentation is not sufficiently sensitive/too sensitive

variable catalyst activity

surging flow/pressure.

Health, Safety and Environment (HSE)

All operations to which this unit applies are subject to stringent health, safety and environment requirements, which may be imposed through State or Federal legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between performance criteria and HSE requirements, the HSE requirements take precedence.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures means all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOPS404A Co-ordinate maintenance

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This unit applies to employees who coordinate maintenance of a manufacturing facility. It applies to all sectors of the industry.

This competency is typically performed by experienced technicians, supervisors, maintenance coordinators or team leaders, working either independently or as part of a team.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to supervisors and technicians who are required to apply knowledge of equipment operating principles, service requirements and workplace production operations to the coordination of maintenance activities. The key factors are the coordination of maintenance activities to meet the objectives of restoring the plant/equipment condition, consistent with production requirements.

The technician will:

identify and plan maintenance work consistent with production requirements

interpret data and information on equipment

develop and monitor workplans for the maintenance activities

organise materials, consumables and personnel to meet the maintenance objectives

check tools, equipment, materials and output for conformity to job requirements

complete logs and reports.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.
1. Plan maintenance.	1.1 Develop work plans for scheduled routine maintenance activities. 1.2 Develop maintenance plans for unscheduled maintenance activities. 1.3 Source maintenance providers (internal/external). 1.4 Develop costings for maintenance work. 1.5 Implement measures to control identified hazards in line with procedures and duty of care. 1.6 Document and record required production interruptions, processes and procedures. 1.7 Obtain clearances for the maintenance work.
2. Organise maintenance.	2.1 Schedule maintenance activities, with reference to production requirements and availability of resources. 2.2 Review available maintenance expertise and arrange appropriate training and assessment where necessary. 2.3 Obtain approvals for maintenance schedule as necessary to coordinate with production requirements.
3. Assemble maintenance requirements.	3.1 Determine resources required (equipment, personnel and consumables) to meet maintenance schedule. 3.2 Locate and coordinate supply of consumables, equipment and expertise to meet maintenance schedule. 3.3 Purchase equipment, consumables and expertise as required.
4. Complete maintenance.	4.1 Complete maintenance schedule. 4.2 Make appropriate readings, measurements and recordings and compare to equipment, product and other relevant specifications. 4.3 Identify areas requiring further testing and recommend appropriate procedures to supervisory staff. 4.4 Make appropriate adjustments to the maintenance schedule. 4.5 Complete records as required, noting areas where changes to equipment operation or routine maintenance are required.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Application of knowledge and understanding of equipment operation, planning and maintenance practices sufficient to plan for maintenance requirements in standard and non-standard situations and then determine appropriate action which is consistent with operation guidelines is required.

Knowledge of the enterprise's procedures and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and work standards.

Application of the knowledge of managing risks using the hierarchy of controls applied to the process. Application of approved hazard control, safety procedures and the use of PPE in relation to handling materials, equipment operation and clean up.

Knowledge as a basis for solving processing and material problems, including:

characteristics and capabilities of equipment, materials and processes used

functions and troubleshooting of internal components and their problems

routine and non-routine causes of equipment failures and the service conditions which may increase maintenance

urgency and timeliness factors in planning maintenance activities in relation to production requirements

proactive, predictive, preventative and reactive maintenance principles

implications of maintenance for production and work activities

source requirements for maintenance

safety procedures and the use of PPE in relation to handling materials, equipment operation and cleanup

the hierarchy of control including engineering controls.

Competence also includes the ability to:

identify factors in production schedules, time and resource requirements (including external sources) in scheduling maintenance activities

schedule maintenance functions in the most timely and cost effective manner

apply relevant agreements, codes of practice or other legislative requirements

ensure workplace is safe for maintenance activities.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical manufacturer specifications, equipment procedures, production schedules and material labels as provided to coordinators.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace reports and proposals.

Numeracy is also required, eg analysing statistical information/historical data in the form of tables and graphs

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to:

recognise potential situations requiring action

implement appropriate action.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

early warning signs of equipment in need of attention/with potential problems are recognised

planned work sequences are logical and conform with production schedules and work rosters

maintenance schedules for reactive, planned and proactive maintenance are coordinated based upon the most appropriate and cost effective method to ensure equipment reliability and optimum performance

plans are initiated and monitored, with activities modified for variations in workplace contexts and the environment, until final resolution has occurred.

Assessment method and context

It is preferred that assessment takes place in an industrial work environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

on a processing plant allowing for operation under all normal and a range of abnormal conditions

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to recognise, anticipate and solve problems

using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to all work environments and sectors within the manufacturing industry. It does not include maintenance which would require trade level skills. It is not intended that this competency would cover performing maintenance which is carried on in a workshop.

This may include:

predictive and preventative operational maintenance

proactive maintenance

reactive maintenance.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

hand tools specific for the task

testing equipment

measuring and aligning equipment

computer equipment

relevant personal protective equipment.

Hazards

Typical hazards to be considered, include:

isolations of energy sources, motive power and process materials

manual handling of machinery components and the need for lifting devices

hot, cold or components containing dangerous materials

external hazards (eg traffic into a maintenance area)

Problems

Respond to/rectify 'non-routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a variety of predictable problems'.

Typical process and product problems which may require maintenance, include:

equipment performance outside of specification or requirements

equipment breakdown

equipment wear and tear.

Variables

Key variables to be monitored include:

relationship of maintenance plan to production requirements

costs of maintenance

availability of materials and services

documentation and record keeping.

Data and Records

Typical information sources, observed data and plant records may include:

plant data

log sheets

production schedules

operational and performance reports

physical aspects such as noise, smell, feel and pressure

condition monitoring information

planned maintenance schedules

standard operating procedures

manufacturer instructions, specifications and service manuals

machine circuit diagrams for hydraulic/pneumatic and electrical/electronic circuits

plant description manuals.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOPS405A Identify problems in fluid power system

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the recognition and diagnosis of control system problems in hydraulic/pneumatic control systems on process equipment. It includes the implementation of appropriate corrective action. It applies to all sectors of the industry.

This competency is typically performed by technicians working either independently or as part of a work team.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who are required to apply knowledge of fluid power systems and components to the identification and isolation of faults in equipment. The key factors are the diagnosis and the recommendation of action to resolve routine and non-routine faults, in order to return the equipment to production.

The technician will:

identify and plan scope of equipment checks

check settings, adjustments and performance of equipment

identify and isolate faults in equipment

propose solutions and carry out solutions within scope of authority

complete logs and reports.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify pneumatic/ hydraulic control system problems.	1.1 Categorise the types of machine malfunctions due to fluid power faults. 1.2 Describe the effects on product quality of fluid power problems. 1.3 Isolate possible faulty components from a circuit diagram and knowledge of the function of each component.
2. Implement appropriate corrective action.	2.1 Examine other possible faults. 2.2 Shortlist possible fault causes. 2.3 Conduct investigations of machine, products or data to determine most likely fault cause(s). 2.4 Take appropriate action to ensure fault is rectified. 2.5 Follow up on action to ensure completion in an appropriate time frame. 2.6 Recheck after corrective action to ensure fault has been rectified.
3. Identify maintenance requirements.	3.1 Check manufacturer instructions to determine recommended maintenance schedule. 3.2 Check fault and maintenance history to determine adequacy of current regime and special requirements. 3.3 Determine criticality of machine to production/business. 3.4 Develop maintenance schedule/requirements for machine. 3.5 Liaise with all relevant stakeholders to ensure schedule is appropriate. 3.6 Report outcome to appropriate personnel.
4. Identify pneumatic/ hydraulic control system problems.	4.1 Categorise the types of machine malfunctions due to fluid power faults. 4.2 Describe the effects on product quality of fluid power problems. 4.3 Isolate possible faulty components from a circuit diagram and knowledge of the function of each component.
5. Implement appropriate corrective action.	5.1 Examine other possible faults. 5.2 Shortlist possible fault causes. 5.3 Conduct investigations of machine, products or data to determine most likely fault cause(s). 5.4 Take appropriate action to ensure fault is rectified. 5.5 Follow up on action to ensure completion in an appropriate time frame. 5.6 Recheck after corrective action to ensure fault has been rectified.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of the process and the interaction of process conditions on product quality sufficient to recognise and analyse control system faults.

Knowledge of organisation procedures and policies along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and in a manner relevant to the job.

Application of the knowledge of managing risks using the hierarchy of controls applied to the process. Application of approved hazard control, safety procedures, use of PPE in relation to handling materials, equipment operation and clean up.

Knowledge as a basis for solving hydraulic system problems, including:

principles of hydraulics/pneumatics

fluid power circuit diagrams

principles of circuit components

appropriate testing procedures and use of equipment for a range of equipment faults

urgency and timeliness factors in planning maintenance activities in relation to production requirements

collection, analysis and reporting of data.

Competence also includes the ability to:

identify and select testing methods based on cost and time effectiveness

conduct inspections, checks and tests on equipment as appropriate

read and interpret circuit diagrams for mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic and electrical/electronic operating systems

use technical information and manufacturer information to locate relevant data

interpret technical specifications and manufacturer instructions

ensure workplace is safe for testing and maintenance of equipment

identify hazards of the materials and process

implement appropriate procedures for hazard control

use PPE, safely handle products and materials, read relevant safety information and apply safety precautions appropriate to the task.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret technical specifications and manufacturer manuals.

Writing is required to the level of writing procedures and schedules. Basic numeracy is also required to allow the interpretation of machine and product data and the comparison of actual with desired readings.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to:

recognise potential situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate action.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

machine reliability is high.

Assessment method and context

It is preferred that assessment takes place on industrial equipment in a work environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

on a processing plant allowing for operation under all normal, and a range of abnormal, conditions

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to recognise, anticipate and solve problems

using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom.

Additional resources might include the provision of equipment with known faults/problems to allow for assessment of the ability to identify problems.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency unit includes all common equipment used in the manufacturing industry and should be able to be applied to all equipment using fluid power control systems.

This competency applies to all work environments and sectors within the manufacturing industry. It assumes an understanding of the operation of all relevant equipment and processes but does not necessarily require them to be used personally.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions, manufacturer information and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

pumps

pressure controls

DCVs (directional control valves)

flow control actuators

accumulators

filters

heat exchangers

proportional, servo and cartridge valves.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

high pressures (hydraulic and pneumatic)

hot surfaces

hydraulic oil spills and leakage

noise.

Problems

Respond to/rectify 'non-routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a variety of predictable problems'.

Distinguish between causes of faults such as:

control system failure

process condition

materials

component types.

Typical process and product problems may include:

loss of flow, power

power failure

oil leaks (internal and external)

component malfunction

poor maintenance procedures

regular maintenance

shutdown

using accumulator as emergency source

motor failure effect on cycle time

pressure loss

short shots

loss of clamp pressure

oil temperature.

Variables

Key variables to be monitored include:

oil levels

temperatures

cavitation/aeration/noise

cleanliness

poor performance

safety aspects.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOPS406A Identify problems in electronic control systems

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the recognition and diagnosis of control system problems in electrical/electronic control systems on process equipment. It includes the implementation of appropriate corrective action. It applies to all sectors of the industry.

This competency is typically performed by technicians working either independently or as part of a work team.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who are required to apply knowledge of electronic control systems and components to the identification and isolation of faults in equipment. The key factors are the diagnosis and the recommendation of action to resolve routine and non-routine faults, in order to return the equipment to production.

The technician will:

identify and plan scope of equipment checks

check settings, adjustments and performance of equipment

identify and isolate faults in equipment

propose solutions and carry out solutions within scope of authority

complete logs and reports.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify electrical/ electronic control system problems.	1.1 Categorise the types of machine malfunctions due to electrical/electronic faults. 1.2 Describe the effects on product quality of electrical/electronic problems. 1.3 Isolate possible faulty components from a circuit diagram and knowledge of the function of each component.
2. Implement appropriate corrective action.	2.1 Examine other possible faults. 2.2 Short list possible fault causes. 2.3 Conduct investigations of machine, products or data to determine most likely fault cause(s). 2.4 Take appropriate action to ensure fault is rectified. 2.5 Follow up on action to ensure completion in an appropriate time frame. 2.6 Recheck after corrective action to ensure fault has been rectified.
3. Identify maintenance requirements.	3.1 Check manufacturer instructions to determine recommended maintenance schedule. 3.2 Check fault and maintenance history to determine adequacy of current regime and special requirements. 3.3 Determine criticality of machine to production/business. 3.4 Develop maintenance schedule/requirements for machine. 3.5 Liaise with all relevant stakeholders to ensure schedule is appropriate. 3.6 Report outcome to appropriate personnel.
4. Identify electronic control system problems.	4.1 Categorise the types of machine malfunctions due to electronic control system faults. 4.2 Describe the effects on product quality of electronic control system problems. 4.3 Isolate possible faulty components from a circuit diagram and knowledge of the function of each component.
5. Implement appropriate corrective action.	5.1 Examine other possible faults. 5.2 Shortlist possible fault causes. 5.3 Conduct investigations of machine, products or data to determine most likely fault cause(s). 5.4 Take appropriate action to ensure fault is rectified. 5.5 Follow up on action to ensure completion in an appropriate time frame. 5.6 Recheck after corrective action to ensure fault has been rectified.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of the process and the interaction of process conditions on product quality sufficient to recognise and analyse control system faults.

Knowledge of organisation procedures and policies along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and in a manner relevant to the job.

Application of the knowledge of managing risks using the hierarchy of controls applied to the process. Application of approved hazard control, safety procedures, use of PPE in relation to handling materials, equipment operation and clean up.

Knowledge as a basis for solving electronic control system problems, including:

fundamentals of electricity and electronics

electronic circuit diagrams

principles of electronic circuit components

principles of PLC programming, troubleshooting and diagnosis

appropriate testing procedures and use of equipment for a range of equipment faults

urgency and timeliness factors in planning maintenance activities in relation to production requirements

collection, analysis and reporting of data.

Competence also includes the ability to:

identify and select testing methods based on cost and time effectiveness

conduct inspections, checks and tests on equipment as appropriate

read and interpret circuit diagrams for mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic and electrical/electronic operating systems

use technical information and manufacturer information to locate relevant data

interpret technical specifications and manufacturer instructions

ensure workplace is safe for testing and maintenance of equipment

identify hazards of the materials and process

implement appropriate procedures for hazard control

use PPE, safely handle products and materials, read relevant safety information and apply safety precautions appropriate to the task.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret technical specifications and manufacturer manuals.

Writing is required to the level of writing procedures and schedules. Basic numeracy is also required to allow the interpretation of machine and product data and the comparison of actual with desired readings.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

It is preferred that assessment takes place on industrial equipment in a work environment.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to:

recognise potential situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate action.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

machine reliability is high.

Assessment method and context

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

on a processing plant allowing for operation under all normal and a range of abnormal conditions

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to recognise, anticipate and solve problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom.

Additional resources might include the provision of equipment with known faults/problems to allow for assessment of the ability to identify problems.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency unit includes all common equipment used in the manufacturing industry and should be able to be applied to all equipment using electrical/ electronic control systems.

This competency applies to all work environments and sectors within the manufacturing industry. It assumes an understanding of the operation of all relevant equipment and processes but does not necessarily require them to be used personally.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

application and programming of PLC (programmable logic controls) and ancillaries

application of solid-state control/switching units

switches, relays and solenoids

position and pressure transducers

temperature controllers.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

electricity

temperature from hot surfaces and equipment

malfunctioning equipment

test equipment.

Problems

Respond to/rectify 'non-routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a variety of predictable problems'.

Typical process and product problems may include:

loss of flow, power

power failure

component malfunction

poor maintenance procedures

regular maintenance

shutdown

motor failure effect on cycle time

short shots

loss of clamp pressure

no power

electronic/electrical faults

analysis with PLC.

Variables

Key variables to be monitored include:

temperatures

cleanliness

poor performance

safety aspects.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMOPS601A Design equipment and system modifications

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge needed to design equipment and system modifications in a manufacturing situation. This unit is typically performed by high level staff, working as part of a design, development and implementation team and taking a lead technical role. It does not include the design of equipment requiring specialist engineering skills or regulatory licensing, although it may include working with a person with these skills/licence.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This competency applies to people who design modifications to equipment or systems, typically used for production. The modification may be to improve productivity, improve reliability, reduce waste (muda), reduce cost or other reasons. The competency can apply to the design of equipment/system modifications associated with product changes or improvements and/or establishment of a new production line/product. Typically it will be to meet a specified end use. This will involve working closely with a range of management and operations personnel and requires balancing the business, operational and technical sides of the modified equipment/system. This unit of competency applies to the technical expert. The competency is applied under limited guidance in line with a broad plan, budget or strategy This competency is typically performed by senior technologists working in liaison with other technical experts, operations management, operators and other relevant people with whom they would work as part of a (possibly ad hoc) team.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Assess requirements.	1.1. Establish modification or design requirement 1.2. Establish design concepts 1.3. Establish design limitations 1.4. Consult specialists/experts as required
2. Evaluate options.	2.1. Define options 2.2. Determine most appropriate modification 2.3. Confirm selected option with appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Design modifications.	3.1. Design modification to meet end use specifications/standards and all legislative or regulatory requirements 3.2. Verify design in accordance with enterprise procedures
4. Coordinate design implementation and testing.	4.1. Coordinate implementation of the design/modification 4.2. Assess design outcome test results to establish conformance to requirements 4.3. Assess variations to the design where necessary 4.4. Prepare documentation to meet all requirements
5. Maintain records	5.1. Maintained records of design and modification outcomes in accordance with enterprise procedures

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills may include (but may not be restricted to): interpret design requirements apply technical skills, including performing technical calculations conduct tests and prepare drawings/documentation evaluate design options communicate effectively within the workplace, including liaising with other departments establish or interpret procedures, where required determine report requirements and present information in appropriate formats
Required knowledge
Required knowledge, to the breadth and depth required to design equipment and system modifications may include (but may not be restricted to): appropriate design techniques relevant Australian design standards OHS considerations and environmental factors in relation to equipment/system design safety and environmental aspects of relevant enterprise activities workplace procedures and reporting/recording processes relevant regulatory requirements and codes of practice.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessment for this unit of competency will be in a work environment or a simulated work environment. Assessment must confirm appropriate knowledge and skills to: establish design/modification requirements assess design and modification options organise implementation of design/modification ensure work meets specifications apply workplace health and safety policies in work operations maintain accurate records
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in an appropriately simulated environment. This requires access to real or appropriately simulated situations involving the design of equipment and system modifications for applications within a manufacturing context. This includes real or simulated work areas, materials, equipment, and information on work specifications, manufacturer's instructions, relevant safety procedures and regulations, quality standards, organisation procedures and customer requirements.
Method of assessment
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Procedures	Procedures may be written, verbal, computer-based or in some other form. They include: all work instructions standard operating procedures formulas/recipes batch sheets temporary instructions any similar instructions provided for the smooth running of the plant For the purposes of this Training Package, 'procedures' also includes good operating practice as may be defined by industry codes of practice (e.g. Responsible Care) and government regulations All work will comply with procedures
Modification/design requirements	Modification/design requirements may include (but is not restricted to) the following factors: production, facility, OHS sustainability
Design concepts	Design concepts may include (but are not restricted to) the following requirements: process, material, quantity, cost and outcome
Design limitations	Design limitations may be determined from (but are not restricted to) the following as applicable: codes, regulations and technical documentation
Design	Design activities relate to processes which are based on established principles and practices, and that require modifications determined by experience and analysis Activities may involve (but are not limited to): design research and consultation with internal or external specialists assessment and evaluation of design concepts design implementation and testing of modifications
Applicable regulations and legislation	Applicable regulations and legislation may include (but are not limited to): occupational health and safety legislation and regulation relevant to workplace activities relevant Australian design standards workers' compensation legislation and regulation environmental legislation and regulations industry codes of practice Australian (or other) Standards
Appropriate action	Appropriate action includes: determining problems needing action determining possible fault causes rectifying problem using appropriate solution within area of responsibility following through items initiated until final resolution has occurred reporting problems outside area of responsibility to designated person
Health, safety and environment (HSE)	All operations to which this unit applies are subject to stringent HSE requirements, which may be imposed through state, territory or federal legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between Performance Criteria and HSE requirements, the HSE requirements take precedence

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Operational/technical

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSAPMPER200C Work in accordance with an issued permit

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit aims to ensure that people working under a permit to work understand the system, know the limitations of the permit under which they are working and comply with all the requirements of the permit. The people to whom this unit applies may be called 'permit recipients' or 'permit holders' by some organisations. Some organisations call 'permits' 'clearances' This unit covers the basic competency of working under a permit. Where entry to a confined space is required, then MSAPMPER205B Enter confined space is also required. The safety observer (standby person) competencies are covered by MSAPMPER202A Observe permit work. Atmospheric testing is covered by MSAPMOHS217A Gas test atmospheres. The issuing of permits is covered by MSAPMPER300B Issue work permits.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This competency applies to persons who are required to conduct work activities under the authority of an issued permit to work and within the context and requirements of that permit. This typically applies to all work done by maintenance staff and contractors, and also to any other non-process work performed on the plant. It includes: identifying the range and scope of work covered by the permit checking that the right type of permit has been issued for the type of work adequately preparing to undertake the work, including obtaining all necessary safety equipment and PPE undertaking the work strictly in accordance with the provisions of the permit maintaining correct housekeeping with permit activities completing work in accordance with the permit requirements querying or raising matters about the permit if the scope of work/nature of the tools to be used varies from that covered by the permit handing back the permit in accordance with procedures and obtaining appropriate sign off as required.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Apply for permit(s)	1.1. Confirm the scope and location of the work to be done 1.2. Identify the need for a work permit(s) for the work to be carried out. 1.3. Identify the type of work permit required. 1.4. Collate information required for the issue of the permit 1.5. Apply for the permit following the organisations requirements
2. Identify the scope of the permit.	2.1. Check that work to be done complies with the permit type. 2.2. Check that the scope and location of work comply with the permit issued 2.3. Check that the hazard controls specified on the permit are consistent with the hazard analysis 2.4. Check that preparations specified on the permit have been completed 2.5. Sign onto/receive the permit.
3. Prepare for permitted work.	3.1. Maintain safe working conditions and environment by using available isolation procedures, safety equipment and emergency procedures. 3.2. Monitor plant conditions and hazards to ensure work under the permit remains safe. 3.3. Ensure that appropriate safety equipment and clothing are selected and worn as required by the permit and relevant procedures. 3.4. Inspect work area to ensure safety and compliance with permit requirements and procedures.
4. Work in accordance with an issued permit.	4.1. Use required hazard reduction/control measures. 4.2. Comply with requirements of the permit including safety observer if required. 4.3. Display issued permit on work site as required 4.4. Ensure compliance with scope, location and timeframe specified in the permit or seek re-authorisation as required 4.5. Suspend job and make work site safe before leaving job. 4.6. Formally seek and receive authorised extensions to the permit when required. 4.7. Give end of day status report to permit issuer.
5. Complete permit(s) to work.	5.1. Obtain new permit(s) or have existing permit(s) revalidated before work is recommenced. 5.2. Check the work conducted against the issued permit(s) to ensure that all the nominated work requirements have been satisfied. 5.3. Monitor general housekeeping to ensure that the site has been left in a clean and safe condition. 5.4. Ensure personal lockouts/tag outs/isolations are removed in accordance with procedures 5.5. Communicate status of the work conducted and the results of the permit to relevant personnel. 5.6. Complete documentation as required and have permit signed off when job is completed.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
Competence includes the ability to: access and interpret information relevant to specific tasks (eg labels, MSDSs hazchem signs) identify changes to conditions which may lead to the permit being revoked before the job is completed describe and/or explain hazards associated with tasks covered by the permit, types of tests required for the issue of work permits - the types of tests to include, atmospheric/oxygen/breathability, flammability/explosivity, toxicity/TWA, temperature, humidity the impact of the regulatory framework and organisation procedures under which the permit operates upon the particular job(s) requiring the permit. Language, literacy and numeracy requirements This unit may require the ability to read and correctly interpret complex P&ID's; speak clearly and unambiguously in English; and to explain, describe and verify sometimes complex needs and issues. Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms. Numeracy is required to the level of being able to correctly differentiate between high and low pressures and temperatures, voltages or masses.
Required knowledge:
Knowledge and understanding of the relevant OHS and environmental requirements, in particular those relating to various situations requiring work permits, with an ability to implement the requirements in a manner that is relevant to the job. Knowledge of the organisation's standard procedures and work instructions and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and in a manner relevant to the job. Sufficient knowledge of all types of permits is required to ensure work is not carried out without the correct permit. This includes recognizing hot work and confined spaces. Knowledge of regulatory frameworks should include: licence requirements for the job, company policy and procedures permit control systems

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Assessment of this unit should demonstrate competence on actual plant and equipment in a work environment The unit will be assessed in as holistic a manner as is practical and may be integrated with the assessment of other relevant units of competency. Simulation may be required to allow for assessment of parts of this unit. Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Competence must be demonstrated in the ability to distinguish between situations requiring the types of permit and to list the major requirements of each type of permit. The emphasis should be on the ability to stay out of trouble rather than on recovery from a disaster. It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to: provide reasons for a permit system recognise the importance of different work permits comply with permit conditions including the wearing of appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) take appropriate action to resolve faults or report faults to appropriate personnel explain and implement incident response procedures. Consistent performance should be demonstrated, e.g. look to see that: communications are timely and effective deviations from permit conditions are recognised, reported, corrected and re-authorization arranged actions specified in the permit/standard procedures are carried out all safety procedures are followed.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessment will occur over a range of situations which may include disruptions to normal, smooth operation. Competence in this unit may be assessed: on a plant/in the work place/a work situation by using a suitable simulation based on the actual plant and including walk throughs of the relevant competency components and/or a range of case studies/scenarios and role plays by questioning and using 'what if' scenarios both on the plant (during demonstration of normal operations and walk throughs of abnormal operations) and off the plant through a combination of these techniques. These aspects may be best assessed using a range of simulations/scenarios/case studies and 'what ifs' as the stimulus with a walk through forming part of the response. These assessment activities should cover a range of problems, including new or unusual situations which may have been generated from the past incident history of the plant, incidents on similar plants around the world, hazard analysis activities and similar sources. In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions. Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed. In all plants it may be appropriate to assess this unit concurrently with relevant teamwork and communication units. While oral assessments may be appropriate there needs to be a written record for audit purposes. This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions which will be used to probe the reasoning behind the observable actions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.
Method of assessment	Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed and the safety standard required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the Performance Criteria, is detailed below. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs if the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.
Codes of practice/ standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version/version specified by the local regulatory authority must be used.
Context	This unit typically applies to all work done by maintenance staff and contractors, and also to any other non-process work performed on the plant. All work is to be conducted using the appropriate personal protective equipment. The types of work permits may include: cold work/general permit to work excavation hot work vehicle entry minor repairs working at heights other special permits. Note that entry to a confined space is covered by MSAPMPER205C Enter confined space. The Australian Standard (AS2865) definition given for confined space entry is used in this Training Package. All operations are performed in accordance with standard operating procedures (SOPs). Checks to ensure a workplace is safe may include: process isolations complete mechanical and electrical isolations in place atmospheric testing complete and atmosphere safe. If it is not safe and cannot be made safe, then appropriate measures are implemented as per SOPs. relevant personnel informed of work and agree that it is safe and appropriate to proceed.
Procedures	All operations are performed in accordance with procedures. Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards. These may include: legislation/codes OHS legislation, codes of practice and guidance material EPA National and Australian standards licence and certification requirements internal permit control system. process isolations complete mechanical and electrical isolations in place atmospheric testing complete and atmosphere safe. If it is not safe and cannot be made safe, then appropriate measures are implemented as per SOPs. relevant personnel informed of work and agree that it is safe and appropriate to proceed.
Information required for permit	Information required for a permit includes: work description tools to be used process/methods of work/SOPs MSDSs JHA/JSA/SWMSs
Tools and equipment	This competency includes use of safety equipment and tools such as: eye protection (eg goggles) ear protection gloves clothing respiratory protection helmets safety footwear.
Hazards	Typical hazards include: heat, smoke, dust or other atmospheric hazards sharp edges, protrusions or obstructions limited head spaces or overhangs equipment or product mass slippery surfaces, spills or leaks noise, rotational equipment or vibration.
Display issued permit	Display issued permit on work site means to have the permit on the worksite and displayed/ready to be shown as required by the site/job requirements and may include: displaying it in a provided mounting having it accessible in a folder which is on the work site having it folded in overall pockets in a manner which allows it to be readily shown on request.
Problems	'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'. Typical problems may include: provision of the wrong permit incorrect information being supplied with the permit errors being made in the understanding of permit data failure to correctly correspond to the requirements of the permit failure to seek clarification when anomalies occur.
Variables	Key variables to be monitored include: sites under which permit activities must be applied type of permit to be executed types of tools and equipment to be employed size of work team scope and urgency of work.
Health, safety and environment (HSE)	All operations to which this unit applies are subject to stringent health, safety and environment requirements, which may be imposed through State or Federal legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between performance criteria and HSE requirements, the HSE requirements take precedence.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSAPMPER201A Monitor and control work permits

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the monitoring of the operational conditions in which a permit to work has been issued, and the required activities and functions associated with the production/process of chemical, hydrocarbons, oil, and other process manufactured products. This role may be carried out by the standby person or other appropriately qualified persons.

While this competency carries with it high levels of responsibility the role is usually prescribed by the permit process and may be exercised by any competent operator.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to personnel who are required to monitor a work situation in which the activity is conducted under the auspices of a permit to work. During this activity the individual will monitor the work situation for conformance to the permit and will immediately intervene if the parameters of the permit are exceeded or work proceeds outside the boundaries set by the permit. It includes:

identifying and understanding the requirements of the permit

monitoring any changes in the conditions of work under the permit

ensuring work sequences are followed as permitted by the permit

constantly inspecting the site for changed work or site circumstances

reporting any non-conformance with permit conditions

withdrawing or causing work to cease outside permit conditions

confirming conformance with permit conditions and reporting conclusion of activities.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify and monitor permit conditions.	1.1 Identify permit requirements. 1.2 Monitor permit holder and conditions to ensure that the work being conducted conforms to the issued permit requirements. 1.3 Identify and communicate changes in the operating conditions or requirements of the permit to permit holders to ensure they are kept aware of any hazards.
2. Monitor work permit systems.	2.1 Control work activities to comply with the organisation or site work permit system and safety procedures. 2.2 Check and verify the permit holder's knowledge of the issued permit and its requirements before allowing any repair or maintenance work to be undertaken on the production/process equipment. 2.3 Undertake site inspections to ensure that the work to be undertaken is in sequence and completed in a safe and coordinated manner. 2.4 Identify hazards, and confirm with those undertaking the permitted work that control measures, as defined in the permit are established.
3. Identify and action non-compliance.	3.1 Identify conditions of active permits. 3.2 Report and record incidents of non-compliance according to procedures. 3.3 Take corrective action upon incidences of non-compliance with permit conditions through the withdrawal or suspension of the issued permit.
4. Confirm compliance with permit.	4.1 Complete checklists in accordance with standard procedures. 4.2 Document and communicate findings to appropriate personnel.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of permit requirements sufficient to distinguish between situations requiring permits and then implementing the appropriate corrective action where required.

Knowledge of the organisation standard procedures and work instructions and relevant regulatory requirements, along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and in a manner relevant to the job.

Competence includes the ability toapply and/or explain:

an awareness of hazards associated with the permit

Australian Standard AS2865 - Safe working in a confined space and relevant legislation

identification of container and goods coding and HAZCHEM markings

production workflow sequences and requirements for working in confined spaces

focus of operation of work systems and equipment

application of relevant agreements, codes of practice and other legislative requirements

hazards of the materials and process and appropriate hazard control procedures

identification and correct use of equipment, processes and procedures

planning own work including predicting consequences and identifying improvements; as is relevant to the practical completion of the job.

Demonstration of competence in this unit should include knowledge of the following as appropriate to the process:

blank/blind lists and P&IDs

tagging procedures

isolation procedures

incident response procedures, including evacuation

gas types, toxicity and explosivity and limits of each

oxygen levels

area knowledge including plant and processes

permit types and limitations

product tolerances and specifications

static electricity and cathodic protection

environmental hazards

hot work protective measures

columns

vessels

fire fighting equipment

blinds/blanks

pumps

compressors

prime movers

valves.

An understanding of alarm and communication systems is required.

The regulatory framework to include:

OHS

EPA

OHS authorities and NOHSC

licence and certification requirements

company policy and permit control systems.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to:

read and correctly interpret complex P&IDs

speak clearly and unambiguously in English

explain, describe and verify sometimes complex needs and issues.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms and producing reports.

Numeracy is required to the level of being able to correctly differentiate between high and low pressures and temperatures, voltages or masses.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

Assessment will occur using industrial equipment and will be undertaken in a work like environment

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

Competence must be demonstrated in the ability to distinguish between situations requiring the major types of permit and to list the major requirements of each type of permit. The emphasis should be on the ability to stay out of trouble rather than on recovery from a disaster.

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

provide reasons for a permit system

recognise the importance of different work permits

comply with permit conditions including the wearing of appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

take appropriate action to resolve faults or report faults to appropriate personnel

explain and implement incident response procedures.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

communications are timely and effective

deviations from permit conditions are recognised, reported, corrected and re-authorisation arranged

action specified in the permit/standard procedures is carried out

all safety procedures are followed.

Assessment method and context

The unit will be assessed in as holistic a manner as is practical and may be integrated with the assessment of other relevant units of competency. Assessment will occur over a range of situations which may include disruptions to normal, smooth operation.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

on an operating plant over an extended period

by using a suitable simulation based on the actual plant and including walk throughs of the relevant competency components and/or a range of case studies/scenarios and role plays

by questioning and using 'what if' scenarios both on the plant (during demonstration of normal operations and walk throughs of abnormal operations) and off the plant

through a combination of these techniques.

These aspects may be best assessed using a range of simulations/scenarios/case studies and 'what ifs' as the stimulus with a walk through forming part of the response. These assessment activities should include a range of problems, including new or unusual situations which may have been generated from the past incident history of the plant, incidents on similar plants around the world, hazard analysis activities and similar sources.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed. In all plants it may be appropriate to assess this unit concurrently with relevant teamwork and communication units.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions which will be used to probe the reasoning behind the observable actions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

The application of this unit is defined by the level and area of responsibility.

Legislative and site specific safety procedures and/or requirements, including in hazard identification, assessment and application of control measures, must be met.

Compliance is required with:

legislation/codes:

OHS

EPA

OHS authorities and NOHSC

licence and certification requirements

other relevant standards

workplace specific permit control system.

Monitor means continual personnel presence to observe conditions of the workplace and work practices to ensure compliance with permit conditions. This may include:

supervision/monitoring of contractors

verification of permits, licences, tests

document control

compliance with legislation/codes.

Corrective action may include:

ceasing job

leaving the job site safe if it is safe and practical to do so

report reason for ceasing job and request new permit when safe.

Indicative functions include:

supervision/monitoring of contractors

verification of permits, licences, tests

document control

compliance with legislation/codes.

This unit may be applied to either an individual or team related context within the workplace.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures cover all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards. These may include:

legislation/codes

OHS legislation, codes of practice and guidance material

EPA

National and Australian standards

licence and certification requirements

internal permit control system.

process isolations complete

mechanical and electrical isolations in place

atmospheric testing complete and atmosphere safe. If it is not safe and cannot be made safe, then appropriate measures are implemented as per SOPs

relevant personnel informed of work and agree that it is safe and appropriate to proceed.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

danger tags and lockouts

out of service tags

blinds/blanks

blind/blank list

gas testers and monitors

lights

ladders

cathodic protection bonds

barricades

signage

communications equipment

process and equipment drawings.

The types of work permits may include:

evacuation

clearance

hot work

vehicle entry

confined space

minor repairs

working at heights

other special permits.

Safety equipment may include:

eye protection (eg goggles)

ear protection

gloves

clothing

respirators and masks

helmets.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

heat, smoke, dust or other atmospheric hazards

sharp edges, protrusions or obstructions

limited head spaces or overhangs

equipment or product mass

slippery surfaces, spills or leaks

noise, rotational equipment or vibration.

Problems

'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'. Typical process and product problems may include:

provision of the wrong permit

incorrect information being supplied with the permit

errors being made in the understanding of permit data

failure to correctly correspond to the requirements of the permit

failure to seek clarification when anomalies occur.

Variables

Key variables to be monitored include:

sites under which permit activities must be applied

type of permit to be executed

types of tools and equipment to be employed

size of work team

scope and urgency of work

Health, Safety and Environment (HSE)

All operations to which this unit applies are subject to stringent health, safety and environment requirements, which may be imposed through State or Federal legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between Performance Criteria and HSE requirements, the HSE requirements take precedence.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMPER202A Observe permit work

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This competency covers the safety observer role for permits requiring a safety observer. It may be undertaken by a member of the work team or an operator may perform this role.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This competency covers the knowledge and skills required for a safety observer (sometimes called a hole watcher or a fire watch). Safety observers can stop permit work, but do not have the authority to restart it. It includes: understanding the permit system and the individual permit's requirements observing work being performed noting any change in conditions and taking required action.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for the job	1.1. Check the permit(s) issues are appropriate and sufficient for the work to be done 1.2. Prepare a rescue/incident response plan in accordance with procedures 1.3. Check plan is workable within the approved job procedures and issued permit(s) 1.4. Request revision of job procedures and or permit(s) to ensure rescue/incident response plan is practical.
2. Control the permit site.	2.1. Interpret the hazard controls required by the permit(s) 2.2. Check all hazard controls are complied with all the time 2.3. Maintain constant communication with workers 2.4. Control entry to and exit from the work site in accordance with the requirements of the permit(s) 2.5. Monitor the environment of the work site and adjacent areas 2.6. Monitor scope and location of work as defined by the permit(s) 2.7. Withdraw permit(s) and shut down work site if conditions vary from those required by the permit.
3. Take appropriate action for potential incident.	3.1. Ensure all required first response equipment is in the location specified by the permit(s) and is in working condition 3.2. Ensure all required monitoring is carried out as required by permit(s) 3.3. Withdraw permit and shut down work site in the event of an alarm or monitoring failure 3.4. Raise the alarm in the event of an incident 3.5. Implement rescue/incident response plan as required by procedures.
4. Complete safety observer role.	4.1. Hand over to oncoming safety observer before leaving role 4.2. Complete all required documentation and reports

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
This competency includes the following skills: observation decision making communication leadership
Required knowledge:
Competence in this unit includes the following knowledge: hazards associated with the job and the plant hazard analysis and control HSE legislative requirements related to plant incident response procedures permit principles and procedures.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Assessment of this unit should demonstrate competence on actual plant and equipment in a work environment. The unit will be assessed in as holistic a manner as is practical and may be integrated with the assessment of other relevant units of competency. Assessment will occur over a range of situations which will include disruptions to normal, smooth operation. Simulation may be required to allow for assessment of parts of this unit. Simulation should be based on the actual plant and will include walk throughs of the relevant competency components. Simulations may also include the use of case studies/scenarios and role plays. This unit of competency requires a significant body of knowledge which will be assessed through questioning and the use of what if scenarios both on the plant (during demonstration of normal operations and walk throughs of abnormal operations) and off the plant.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Competence must be demonstrated in the ability to specify the requirements and then select the best solution to meet the necessary and desirable requirements.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment will require access to a plant or workplace over an extended period of time, or a suitable method of gathering evidence of operating ability over a range of situations. A bank of scenarios/case studies/what ifs will be required as will a bank of questions which will be used to probe the reasoning behind the observable actions.
Method of assessment	In all plants it may be appropriate to assess this unit concurrently with other relevant units.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the Performance Criteria, is detailed below. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs if the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.
Codes of practice/ standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.
Context	This competency covers any work permits which requires a safety observer. Permits are called clearances by some organisations. Typical types of permit requiring a safety observer include: excavation hot work confined space other relevant permits. Requirements identified on the permit may include testing of atmospheric conditions, ventilation and control measures such as isolation, barriers, tag out/lockout signs, communications, incident response. A 'competent person' is a person who has, through a combination of training, education or experience, acquired knowledge and skills enabling that person to correctly perform a specified task. Safety structures and controls may include automatic plant shut down buttons, cords/lanyards, alarms, barriers, guards, earth leakage devices, tag out/lock out procedures, warning lights.
Incident response	The required incident response may include: first response to fire some initial rescues first aid/CPR other responses These responses are not included in this units of competency but are the subject of their own unit of competency.
Health, safety and environment (HSE)	All operations to which this unit applies are subject to stringent health, safety and environment requirements, which may be imposed through State or Federal legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between performance criteria and HSE requirements, the HSE requirements take precedence.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units	MSAPMPER200C	Work in accordance with an issued permit

MSAPMPER205C Enter confined space

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This competency covers the entry to confined spaces, for maintenance, servicing of vessels or other necessary reasons. Work in/entry to confined spaces shall conform to relevant legislation and AS2865, or its authorised update or replacement.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This competency applies to persons who are required to enter confined space, for maintenance purposes, for cleaning, inspection or other reasons. It is required by all persons who are required to enter a confined space, as defined by the standard AS2865, or its authorised update or replacement. This unit includes: preparing to enter the confined space checking the preparations against the permit conditions entering the confined space. AS2865 requires reassessment 'at appropriate intervals'. The industry regards reassessment on a two to three year cycle as good practice. It is expected that all standby persons will also be competent to enter confined space. See MSAPMPER202A Observe permit work for the standby person competency. The issuing of confined space permits is covered by MSAPMPER300B Issue work permits. Some sites and situations will require competency in associated units as a site corequisite. Some of these possible units are identified in the Overview of Assessment. These additional units should be accessed and may be combined by the RTO as a skills set if appropriate.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units	MSAPMPER200C	Work in accordance with an issued permit

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Assess confined space for entry	1.1. Confirm and verify the purpose of the required entry. 1.2. Identify and assess hazards within/around the confined space. 1.3. Check a risk assessment associated with entry of the confined space has been conducted and documented. 1.4. Identify and document relevant controls. 1.5. Take appropriate steps to ensure confined space is ready for entry. 1.6. Check the incident/emergency response plan is appropriate to the job 1.7. Rehearse own role in an incident/emergency response 1.8. Confirm and verify that the conditions of the permit reflect the risk assessment 1.9. Check the confined space is ready for entry.
2. Use safety equipment and PPE	2.1. Secure work site 2.2. Select, fit and wear designated PPE. 2.3. Select, test and use required instruments and monitors. 2.4. Challenge test atmosphere/atmospheric monitoring instrument if required before entry. 2.5. Confirm test/monitoring results show entry is safe
3. Work in accordance with confined space requirements.	3.1. Enter confined space safely 3.2. Work in compliance with permit requirements. 3.3. Arrange re authorisation/reissue of permits as required. 3.4. Complete confined space working documentation. 3.5. Maintain communications with all relevant personnel. 3.6. Take appropriate action if there is a change in risk/work environment.
4. Conclude confined space operations in accordance with procedures.	4.1. Recover, clean, service and store equipment. 4.2. Complete required final documentation. 4.3. Report any issues.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
Competence includes the ability to: access and interpret information relevant to specific tasks (eg labels, MSDSs hazchem signs) access and apply hazard controls identify changes to conditions which may lead to the permit being revoked before the job is completed describe and/or explain hazards associated with tasks covered by the permit, types of tests required for the issue of work permits - the types of tests to include, atmospheric/oxygen/ breathability, flammability/explosivity, toxicity/TWA, temperature, humidity interpret and respond to gas test/monitoring results/information. identify a change in work conditions, possible new hazards and so the required hazard controls and obtain revalidation of permit implement hazard controls Language, literacy and numeracy requirements This unit requires the ability to: read and correctly interpret required documentation relevant to the entry speak clearly and unambiguously in English explain, describe and verify sometimes complex needs and issues understand the permit requirements. Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms and producing any required reports. Numeracy is required to the level of being able to correctly differentiate between high and low pressures and temperatures, voltages or masses and interpret gas test/monitoring results.
Required knowledge: Knowledge and understanding of the relevant OHS and environmental requirements, in particular those relating to various situations requiring work permits, with an ability to implement the requirements in a manner that is relevant to the job. Knowledge of the organisation's standard procedures and work instructions and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and in a manner relevant to the job. Sufficient knowledge of all types of permits is required to ensure work is not carried out without the correct written authority. Knowledge of regulatory frameworks should include: OHS EPA OHS authorities and ASCC/NOHSC/state CSE regulations licence requirements company/organisation policy and permit control systems other relevant standards. Knowledge of and the application to the job of relevant legislation and AS2865/2009, or its authorised update or replacement, is essential. Australian Standard HB 213-2003 Guidelines for Safe Working in Confined Spaces, or its relevant replacement, is also a useful reference. Knowledge of the organisation's confined space procedures is required.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Assessment of this unit may be undertaken as an individual unit or in combination with other relevant units. Other possible relevant units include: RIIRIS201AConduct local risk control RIIOHS204AWork safely at heights MSAPMOHS200A Work safely MSAPMOHS216A Operate breathing apparatus MSAPMOHS217A Gas test atmospheres MSAPMPER200B Work in accordance with an issued permit MSAPMPER202A Observe permit work PUASAR005A Undertake confined space rescue.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Competence must be demonstrated in the ability to distinguish between situations requiring different permits and to list the major applications and scope of each type of permit. The emphasis should be on the ability to stay out of trouble rather than on recovery from a disaster. As working in a confined space is inherently hazardous it is essential that the worker be able to demonstrate: recognition of a confined space the ability to work within a confined space compliance with the permit conditions recognition and control of atmospheric hazards use of confined space entry and exit equipment relevant to the site/job selection, use and maintenance of appropriate PPE use of communication equipment and processes applicable to confined space work completion of documents and records relevant to confined space work understanding of and the ability to initiate incident/emergency response plan. Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that: communications are timely and effective deviations from permit conditions are recognised, reported and corrected and the permit is re-authorised or re-issued by competent person actions specified in the permit/standard procedures are carried out all safety procedures are followed.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Competence in this unit should be determined by a practical demonstration of a confined space entry. This may be achieved: by using a suitable simulation based on an actual plant AND by questioning and using 'what if' scenarios In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/ simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions. This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to a plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions which will be used to probe the reasoning behind the observable actions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.
Method of assessment
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed and the safety standard required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicized wording, if used in the Performance Criteria, is detailed below. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs if the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.
Codes of practice/ standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version/version specified by the local regulatory authority must be used.
Confined space	The Australian standard (AS2865-2009) definition given for confined space is used in this Training Package, i.e.: 'An enclosed or partially enclosed space that is not intended or designed primarily for human occupancy, within which there is a risk of one or more of the following: (a) An oxygen concentration outside the safe oxygen range. (b) A concentration of airborne contaminant that may cause impairment, loss of consciousness or asphyxiation. (c) A concentration of flammable airborne contaminant that may cause injury from fire or explosion. (d) Engulfment in a stored free-flowing solid or a rising level of liquid that may cause suffocation or drowning.'
Entry	Entry to a confined space is defined by AS2865 as: 'when a person's head or upper body is within the boundary of the confined space. NOTE: Inserting an arm for the purpose of atmospheric testing is not considered as entry to a confined space.'
Procedures	All operations are performed in accordance with procedures. Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards. These may include: legislation/codes OHS legislation, codes of practice and guidance material EPA National and Australian standards licence and certification requirements where relevant internal permit control system process isolations complete mechanical and electrical isolations in place atmospheric testing complete and atmosphere safe or if not safe and cannot be made safe then appropriate measures are implemented as per procedures relevant personnel informed of work and agree that it is safe and appropriate to proceed communication protocols with particular reference to organisation confined space requirements.
Ready for entry	Checking the confined space is ready for entry includes checking: isolations are complete and appropriate isolation provide positive isolation atmosphere is safe (or if necessary relevant measure are in place to ensure safe entry into an unsafe atmosphere) safe entry and exit methods are in place other items to ensure compliance with procedures, permits, relevant legislation and AS2865. Appropriate steps to be taken if the confined space is not ready for entry may include reporting deficiencies and refusing to enter the space.
Conditions of the permit	Conditions of the permit include all hazard controls. Permit conditions may require atmospheric testing/monitoring in which case MSAPMOHS217A Gas test atmospheres will also be required.
Secure work site	Secure work site includes selecting and erecting/deploying required: protective equipment, apparatus signs barriers etc as defined in the confined space entry permit requirements, AS2865 and other relevant requirements.
Designated PPE	Designated PPE (personal protective clothing and equipment) may include: eye protection (e.g. goggles) ear protection gloves clothing respiratory protection helmets safety footwear lifelines and harnesses personal monitors and alarms other relevant PPE as defined in the confined space entry procedures and permit requirements
Required instruments and monitors	Required instruments and monitors include: instruments used for pre entry testing appropriate to the hazards continuous monitors appropriate for the hazards other devices used to test the confined space atmosphere: as required by the permit conditions
Re-authorisation/ reissue of permits	Re-authorisation/reissue of permits may be required when: there is any change to work undertaken the work situation changes there is a gap in work continuity the permit requires it other site rules require it other reasons
Confined space permit	The confined space permit should meet the requirements of AS2865 - 2009 or other appropriate standard
Working documentation	Working documentation includes: entry/exit/re-entry logs other documentation required by AS2865 (eg s2.9) other documentation required by the permit(s) other documentation required by the site etc.
Appropriate action if there is a change in risk	Appropriate action if there is a change in risk includes any or all of: seeking revalidation of the permit evacuating the confined space instigating/undertaking testing raising the alarm initiating the emergency/incident response plan other relevant action.
Final documentation	Final documentation includes: signing off of permit documentation related to equipment used other required records.
Reporting of issues	Reporting of issues includes: feedback re the work and methods of improving the work process signs and symptoms of operational stress, equipment malfunctions wear and tear of equipment, tools etc condition of safety/rescue equipment observations of the condition of the confined space within the level of competence of the person making the report.
Hazards	Typical may hazards include: heat, smoke, dust or other atmospheric hazards sharp edges, protrusions or obstructions limited head spaces or overhangs equipment or product mass slippery surfaces, spills or leaks noise, rotational equipment or vibration high/low oxygen content hazardous atmospheres (eg combustible, toxic) entrapment engulfment heat stress claustrophobia external hazards that may impact on the safety of those working in the confined space (eg exhaust fume, or other hazardous vapours, being drawn into the confined space by ventilation fans) other hazards eg as identified in AS2865.
Variables	Key variables to be monitored include: sites under which permit activities must be applied type of permit(s) to be executed types of tools and equipment to be employed size of work team scope and urgency of work persons in the confined space/rotation of people in confined space environmental conditions (eg weather).
Health, safety and environment (HSE)	All operations to which this unit applies are subject to stringent health, safety and environment requirements, which may be imposed through State or Federal legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between performance criteria and HSE requirements, the HSE requirements take precedence.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSAPMPER300C Issue work permits

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This competency unit addresses the need for personnel who issue work permits to understand the permit system, know the limitations of each permit and make decisions regarding the need for and correct use of each permit. This competency unit includes the issue of any and all permits. It applies to the issuing of permits covering a single plant or plant area such as might be an operators scope of responsibility.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This competency applies to personnel who are required to issues appropriate permits to work to persons conducting a variety of activities in workplace environments in which hazards exist or specific procedures need to followed and monitored to protect the safety of personnel and the integrity of plant or process. It includes: reviewing the conditions under which the work will be undertaken examining the site to determining the hazards and safety requirements applicable to the site ensuring the appropriate permit(s) is (are) selected depending on the organisations procedures determining the appropriate conditions for the permit(s) raising, authorising and issuing the necessary permit(s) monitoring compliance with the permit conditions reporting any indiscretions or violations of permit conditions and where necessary revoking permits managing the permit process especially in shift hand overs or extensions to work activities withdrawing and signing off work permits on completion of the work and verification that the requirements of the permit have been complied with.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units	RIIRIS201A	Conduct local risk control

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify need for work permit	1.1. Understand work permit system. 1.2. Identify and confirm with appropriate personnel the need for work permit. 1.3. Identify the correct permit for each situation.
2. Prepare work site for authorised work	2.1. Undertake an inspection of the work site. 2.2. Identify OHS and environmental requirements. 2.3. Conduct hazard identification and risk assessment. 2.4. Ensure work site is prepared in accordance specified work permit conditions. 2.5. Check permit conditions and report to appropriate personnel. 2.6. Identify need for and carry out testing in accordance with standard operating procedures.
3. Raise and issue work permits	3.1. Ensure conditions are documented on permit. 3.2. Ensure appropriate testing carried out and results documented on permit. 3.3. Determine an appropriate validity period 3.4. Check that permit conditions are met (ie validate permit). 3.5. Complete and authorise permit. 3.6. Ensure recipient(s) is advised of and agrees to abide by the requirements of the permit(s). 3.7. Ensure recipient(s) signs permit(s).
4. Monitor work for compliance	4.1. Undertake regular site inspections. 4.2. Monitor conditions and work progress and respond appropriately to changing conditions and circumstances. 4.3. Ensure permit currency and revalidate as required. 4.4. Ensure permit is displayed in prominent position. 4.5. Identify and, act on incidences of non-compliance and report promptly to relevant personnel. 4.6. Report any issues which arise with regard to work under the permit in accordance with procedures.
5. Receive end of day report	5.1. Receive end of day report from permit recipients 5.2. Confirm job progress and status. 5.3. Revalidate/arrange for revalidation of permit as required 5.4. Confirm work area has been left safe 5.5. Handover ongoing permits and status of suspended permits to oncoming shift.
6. Close work permit	6.1. Inspect job status. 6.2. Check that work undertaken satisfies permit conditions. 6.3. Ensure that work site is ready for a safe return to working conditions. 6.4. Check required returns to work status have been completed. 6.5. Sign off documentation and close permit in accordance with standard operating procedures. 6.6. Communicate work site and process status to relevant personnel.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
Competence includes the ability to select, apply and/or explain: appropriate PPE Australian Standard AS2865 -Confined Space Australian Standard AS1674.1 Safety in welding and allied processes (covers all hotn work) types of permits and what they cover hazards associated with each type of permit permit control system hazards of the area for which permit is being issued hazards that may be created by the interactions of the permit, the process and the plant area identification of container and goods coding and HAZCHEM markings production workflow sequences focus of operation of work systems and equipment application of relevant agreements, codes of practice and other legislative requirements methods of hazard analysis hazards of the materials and process and appropriate hazard control procedures, including hierarchy of control identification and correct use of equipment, processes and procedures selecting appropriate tests and knowing what the tests are for conducting and interpreting tests for contaminant gases and other hazards testing - types of testing may include: atmospheric, including explosivity, O2 flammability toxicity temperature humidity combustibles' oxygen, enriched or reduced estimating ventilation required for making vessels safe (eg for confined space entry, hot work)y including applying the formula for factors such as: space turnover rate, number of turnovers challenging/checking performance of monitoring and testing equipment against a standard sample supervision/monitoring of contractors. Some sources of underpinning OHS knowledge include appropriate OHS and Dangerous Goods legislation, Australian Standards and Safework Australia, State or Territory codes such as: NOHSC:1010 - National Standard for Plant AS4024.1 Safeguarding of machinery - general principles NOHSC: 1003 National exposure standards for atmospheric contaminants in the occupational environment. The regulatory framework to include: OHS EPA OHS authorities and Safework Australia licence and certification requirements company policy and permit control systems other relevant standards. This unit requires the ability to: read and correctly interpret complex P&IDs speak clearly and unambiguously in English explain, describe and verify sometimes complex needs and issues.
Required knowledge:
Knowledge and understanding of the materials, equipment and process sufficient to recognise situations requiring different types of work permits and then implement the appropriate action. Knowledge of the organisation's standard procedures and work instructions and relevant regulatory requirements under which permit systems operate, along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and in a manner relevant to the job. Knowledge of the relevant requirements under AS2865. Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms and producing reports. Numeracy is required to the level of being able to correctly differentiate between high and low pressures and temperatures, voltages or masses.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Assessment of this unit should demonstrate competence on actual plant and equipment in a work environment.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Competence must be demonstrated in the ability to distinguish between situations requiring the major types of permits and to list the major requirements of each type of permit. It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to: correctly identify situations requiring work permits identify and apply legislative requirements, relevant standards and codes of practice (which may be incorporated in the organisation's procedures) to the issuing of work permits list the requirements of each type of permit plan own work process within workplace procedures and explain the reasons for the steps in the process. Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that: correct permit issued hazards are identified and controlled in the permit by applying the hierarchy of control required personal protective equipment (PPE) is specified problems are anticipated problems are efficiently resolved. These aspects may be best assessed using a range of scenarios/case studies/what ifs as the stimulus with a walk through forming part of the response. These assessment activities should include a range of problems, including new or unusual situations which may have been generated from the past incident history of the plant, incidents on similar plants around the world, hazard analysis activities and similar sources.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Competence in this unit may be assessed: by use of a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios. Simulations should be based on the actual plant and will include walk throughs of the relevant competency components through questioning and the use of "what if" scenarios both on the plant and off the plant. by a combination of these techniques. In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions. Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed. This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.
Method of assessment	Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performedand the safety standard required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the Performance Criteria, is detailed below. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs if the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.
Codes of practice/ standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version/version specified by the local regulatory authority must be used.
Context	This competency covers the issue of any and all work permits. Permits are called clearances by some organisations. The types of permit include: cold work excavation vehicle entry minor repairs working at heights hot work confined space electrical increased hazard other relevant permits. Requirements identified on the permit may include testing of atmospheric conditions, ventilation and control measures such as isolation, barriers, tag out/lockout signs, communications, incident response. A 'competent person' is a person who has, through a combination of training, education or experience, acquired knowledge and skills enabling that person to correctly perform a specified task. Safety structures and controls may include automatic plant shut down buttons, cords/lanyards, alarms, barriers, guards, earth leakage devices, tag out/lock out procedures, warning lights.
The work permit system	The work permit system includes: types of permits legislative/regulatory/standards framework roles and responsibilities of parties under the permit system equipment which can and cannot be used for types of permit alternative ways of conducting a job
Confined space	The Australian standard (AS2865-2009) definition given for confined space is used in this Training Package, i.e.: 'An enclosed or partially enclosed space that is not intended or designed primarily for human occupancy, within which there is a risk of one or more of the following: (a) An oxygen concentration outside the safe oxygen range. (b) A concentration of airborne contaminant that may cause impairment, loss of consciousness or asphyxiation. (c) A concentration of flammable airborne contaminant that may cause injury from fire or explosion. (d) Engulfment in a stored free-flowing solid or a rising level of liquid that may cause suffocation or drowning.'
Procedures	All operations are performed in accordance with procedures. Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards. These may include: OHS EPA OHS authorities and AASCC Australian Standards licence requirements company policy and permit control systems other relevant standards.
Preparation	Preparation of work site includes: mechanical, electrical and other energy sources, and process isolations de-energising all sources of energy/pressure purging of lines lock out/tag out procedures blinding/blanking lines.
Tools and equipment	This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as: writing instruments computers and printers calculators testing equipment.
Hazards	Typical hazards include: unsafe conditions developing through failure to conform with the provisions of the permit injuries to personnel equipment failures releases of toxic or noxious substances.
Returns to work status	Returns to work status may include: de-isolation removal of lockouts/tag outs removal of drain covers etc.
Problems	Anticipate and solve problems means resolve a wide range of routine and non-routine problems, using product and process knowledge to develop solutions to problems which do not have a known solution/ a solution recorded in the procedures. Typical process and product problems may include: selection of the wrong permit incorrect information being supplied with the permit errors being made in the completion of permit data failure to correctly correspond to the requirements of the permit failure to seek clarification when anomalies occur.
Variables	Key variables to be monitored include: types of permits being issued permit issuing procedures permit protocols for extended work activities beyond the end of shift permit hand-over procedures.
Health, safety and environment (HSE)	All operations to which this unit applies are subject to stringent health, safety and environment requirements, which may be imposed through State or Federal legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between performance criteria and HSE requirements, the HSE requirements take precedence.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSAPMPER400A Coordinate permit process

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This competency covers the issuing and auditing of any and all permits across multiple plant areas or an entire site. It is typically undertaken by a senior process technician. This may be a routine job, a role in part of a job or a temporary role in a shut down or similar.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This competency covers both the issuing of permits directly and also the coordination of permits issued by others. It focuses on potential conflicts between work being undertaken as well as checking that the permit system is being used correctly. It includes: coordinating permits and the permit system plant preparations and isolations and the preparation system live auditing of permit issuers, permit recipients/holders auditing of permit paper trails overseeing and checking test regimes quality checking of risk assessment coordinating the issue of additional hazard control resources

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units	MSAPMPER300C	Issue work permits

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Assess planned work for conflicts.	1.1. Identify all planned work for a time period 1.2. Determine the scope and HSE impacts of each planned job 1.3. Confirm hazard analysis and controls for each planned job 1.4. Compare hazard profiles for each planned job 1.5. Identify conflicts between planned jobs 1.6. Negotiate a solution between conflicts 1.7. Communicate results of negotiations to relevant stakeholders.
2. Issue required permits.	2.1. List those jobs which will be allowed to proceed in the time period 2.2. Confirm hazard controls required for these jobs 2.3. Identify jobs which have impacts across plant areas 2.4. Ensure controls and communications are adequate 2.5. Issue/cause to be issued required permits 2.6. Report as required by procedures.
3. Audit live permits.	3.1. Audit plant preparations 3.2. Audit permit issuing process 3.3. Check appropriate controls have been specified 3.4. Audit handover/sign on process 3.5. Audit work in progress for conformance to permit conditions 3.6. Audit work completion and hand back/closing process 3.7. Audit deisolation and return to work preparations 3.8. Take immediate and appropriate action on any problems found 3.9. Report on audit as required by procedures.
4. Audit past permits.	4.1. Obtain relevant paper work 4.2. Check for conformance to procedures 4.3. Check for appropriateness of specified hazard controls 4.4. Identify any non-conformance 4.5. Identify systemic non-conformances 4.6. Take any immediate action which is appropriate 4.7. Report on audit as required by procedures.
5. Analyse audit findings.	5.1. Identify improvements to the permit system 5.2. Identify improvements to the implementation of the permit system 5.3. Suggest improvements to the permit system as appropriate 5.4. Suggests improvements to hazard analysis processes 5.5. Suggest improvements to the plant preparation/return to operations processes 5.6. Suggest improvements to hazard controls 5.7. Suggest training required as appropriate

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
This competency includes the following skills: analysis decision making communication priortisation leadership negotiation problem solving
Required knowledge:
Competence in this unit includes the following knowledge: the operations of the plant and each major unit in it hazards associated with all plant materials, processes and process conditions hazard analysis and control HSE legislative requirements related to plant plant preparation procedures auditing principles

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Assessment of this unit should demonstrate competence on actual plant and equipment in a work environment. The unit will be assessed in as holistic a manner as is practical and may be integrated with the assessment of other relevant units of competency. Assessment will occur over a range of situations which will include disruptions to normal, smooth operation. Simulation may be required to allow for assessment of parts of this unit. Simulation should be based on the actual plant and will include walk throughs of the relevant competency components. Simulations may also include the use of case studies/scenarios and role plays. This unit of competency requires a significant body of knowledge which will be assessed through questioning and the use of what if scenarios both on the plant (during demonstration of normal operations and walk throughs of abnormal operations) and off the plant.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Competence must be demonstrated in the ability to specify the requirements and then select the best solution to meet the necessary and desirable requirements.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment will require access to an operating plant over an extended period of time, or a suitable method of gathering evidence of operating ability over a range of situations. A bank of scenarios/case studies/what ifs will be required as will a bank of questions which will be used to probe the reasoning behind the observable actions.
Method of assessment	In all plants it may be appropriate to assess this unit concurrently with other relevant units.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the Performance Criteria, is detailed below. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs if the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.
Codes of practice/ standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.
Context	This competency covers the issue of any and all work permits. Permits are called clearances by some organisations. The types of permit include: cold work excavation vehicle entry minor repairs working at heights hot work confined space electrical increased hazard other relevant permits. Requirements identified on the permit may include testing of atmospheric conditions, ventilation and control measures such as isolation, barriers, tag out/lockout signs, communications, incident response. A 'competent person' is a person who has, through a combination of training, education or experience, acquired knowledge and skills enabling that person to correctly perform a specified task. Safety structures and controls may include automatic plant shut down buttons, cords/lanyards, alarms, barriers, guards, earth leakage devices, tag out/lock out procedures, warning lights.
Live permits	Live permits applies to work currently being done
Past permits	Past permits applies to any permit which has been handed back/closed.
Audit permits	Auditing of permits includes all of: selecting an individual permit and following it through spot checking any aspect of permits intensively checking one aspect of the process with all permits on issue
Health, safety and environment (HSE)	All operations to which this unit applies are subject to stringent health, safety and environment requirements, which may be imposed through State or Federal legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between performance criteria and HSE requirements, the HSE requirements take precedence.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSAPMSUP100A Apply workplace procedures

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the skills and knowledge required to complete own work activities.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency is typically performed by an operator working independently or in a team.

It includes:

an awareness and application of workplace procedures

an introduction to the industry

knowledge of the company and the employee's role within the organisation.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.
1. Identify industry sector.	1.1 Identify the industry sector. 1.2 Recognise the major competitors in the industry and their products. 1.3 Identify career opportunities within the industry sector. 1.4 Explain the major external issues facing the industry.
2. Identify products and customers.	2.1 Identify company products. 2.2 Identify needs of external customers in line with organisation priorities. 2.3 Identify needs of internal customers. 2.4 Identify the role of quality processes in meeting product standards. 2.5 Identify your role in meeting customer requirements.
3. Recognise plant structure and processes.	3.1 Identify key production sites/areas. 3.2 Explain role of individual in organisational structure. 3.3 Describe the production process within own work area and relationship with other parts of the production process.
4. Identify workplace role and responsibilities.	4.1 Identify company objectives. 4.2 Identify organisational policies and guidelines in relation to job role. 4.3 Describe key responsibilities including OHS of own section/team and functional area. 4.4 Identify task requirements and work role. 4.5 Explain individual role in achieving section/team, plant and company objectives.
5. Follow workplace procedures.	5.1 Identify existing sources of work instructions relevant to job role. 5.2 Follow work instructions in undertaking tasks. 5.3 Follow work instructions for recording process. 5.4 Seek advice from relevant personnel in clarifying work instructions when appropriate.
6. Recognise quality requirements.	6.1 Identify instances of variation in quality from specifications or work instructions. 6.2 Identify basic quality concepts to work activities. 6.3 Follow organisation procedures for reporting and managing variations. 6.4 Report problems with materials/product quality to supervisors. 6.5 Explain organisation procedures for identifying and suggesting improvements to improve product quality. 6.6 Work within the organisation quality system.
7. Plan and organise a personal daily routine	7.1 Plan daily routine to take into account rosters, industrial agreements and workplace procedures. 7.2 See clarification of requirements of tasks when appropriate. 7.3 Agree achievable time and other performance measures. 7.4 Complete tasks and identify and report variations to plan.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Competence includes an understanding of the products and functions of the organisation and the employee's role in completing tasks to meet customer, company and section/function objectives.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and understand information contained in typical workplace documents such as standard operating procedures, OHS requirements, and maintenance logs.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms and records.

Basic numeracy is needed to the extent required by work instructions and procedures.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

understand relevant organisational policies, plans and procedures

identify production processes relevant to work role

identify work requirements and relevant workplace documents

request advice, effectively question and follow instructions

identify quality standards.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

industry sector and major issues facing the industry are recognised

main internal and external customers are identified

role of individual and team/section is identified in terms of meeting company objectives (including safety objectives) and customer requirements

relevant workplace policies and procedures are identified and followed

tasks are performed in accordance with safety requirements/the quality system/workplace procedures

appropriate documentation as defined by procedures is correctly completed.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur on-the-job or in a simulated workplace.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to recognise and resolve to problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

It may be appropriate to assess this unit concurrently with relevant teamwork and communication units.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This is a general competency that is performed by all operators in all areas of operation.

In large plants with multiple processes, it may apply to just one process in a plant if those processes do not interact with each other.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

'Tools and equipment'

This competency includes use of:

organisation goals, objectives and targets

business and performance plans

access and equity principles and practice

equal opportunity and anti-discrimination principles and practice

OHS policies, procedures and programs

quality and continuous improvement processes and standards

workplace procedures

ethical standards

workplace agreements and awards

unions and industry associations.

Problems

'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP101A Clean workplace or equipment

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers general housekeeping duties, as well as the cleaning of plant and equipment. This competency is typically demonstrated by all operators working either independently or as part of a work team.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to personnel who are required to keep the work area, plant and equipment clean and tidy. The key factors are the identification, scheduling and performance of housekeeping requirements. This may include:

identifying the range and scope of work required

checking if any type of permit has been issued for the work

knowing site safety and housekeeping standards

adequately preparing to undertake the work, including obtaining all necessary safety equipment and PPE

scheduling housekeeping duties

handling chemicals and solvents safely

keeping assigned plant and equipment clean.

undertaking the work strictly in accordance with the provisions of any permit

completing work in accordance with requirements

moving work and waste materials to designated locations

querying or raising matters about the scope of work if it varies from that normally undertaken

completing the work in accordance with procedures and obtaining appropriate sign off as required.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify housekeeping requirements.	1.1 Explain and understand site safety and housekeeping standards. 1.2 Undertake housekeeping inspection in accordance with procedures/work instructions. 1.3 Identify and schedule housekeeping requirements as appropriate.
2. Perform general housekeeping duties.	2.1 Keep designated work areas clean to organisation specific standards. 2.2 Keep designated work areas clear of obstructions. 2.3 Handle and use chemicals and solvents as per the manufacturer guidelines and company specifications. 2.4 Ensure work area is ready for next user. 2.5 Remove work materials to designated locations.
3. Clean plant and equipment.	3.1 Keep assigned plant and equipment clean following established organisation procedures. 3.2 Perform specialised cleaning procedures as required. 3.3 Ensure that appropriate personal protective equipment is used as required.
4. Dispose of waste materials.	4.1 Correctly identify waste materials. 4.2 Remove waste materials to a designated location.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of the process sufficient to recognise non-standard situations and then determine an appropriate action which is consistent with operating guidelines.

Knowledge of organisation standard procedures and work instructions and relevant regulatory requirements, along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and in a manner relevant to the operation of the process.

Competence includes the ability to:

apply and describe:

duty of care

requirements for housekeeping process

procedures for plant maintenance

safe handling procedures

the standard of cleanliness required.

distinguish between:

re-usable materials and waste

routine and special cleaning needs.

plan own work, including predicting consequences and identifying improvements

use PPE

safely handle products and materials

read relevant safety information and apply safety precautions appropriate to the task/ relevant to the practical operation of the process.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical product specifications, job sheets and material labels as provided to operators.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms.

Basic numeracy is required, e.g. to determine that two 25 kg bags are needed to make up a requirement for 50 kg.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to recognise and analyse potential situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate corrective action.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

early warning signs for work areas in need of cleaning are recognised

work areas are kept tidy and clean

equipment and/or materials is/are neatly stored, in a safe manner, in the correct location at all times when not in use

equipment is always tidy and safe when in use.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur using industrial equipment and will be undertaken in a work-like environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

in the operation of all ancillary equipment to the level required for this competency unit

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency unit may vary between organisations depending upon a range of practices and procedures, with consideration given to plant configuration and process.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

cleaning equipment and materials

brooms

shovels

solvents

waste containers

safety equipment.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

materials or equipment obstructing work areas

heat, smoke, dust or other atmospheric hazards

sharp edges, protrusions or obstructions

limited head spaces or overhangs

equipment or product mass

slippery surfaces, spills or leaks

noise, rotational equipment or vibration

Problems

'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'.

Typical process and product problems may include:

correct equipment not immediately available

safety issues associated with housekeeping and/or cleaning

ensuring that process aids rather than interferes with production.

Variables

Key variables to be monitored include:

housekeeping and/or cleaning methods and procedures

the type of tools and equipment used in special situations

the use of personal protective equipment.

correct use of tools

waste collection and disposal

conformance with frequency and quality of organisational reporting requirements

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP102A Communicate in the workplace

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This unit of competency covers receiving, relaying and recording written and oral messages and providing relevant information in response to requests, within time lines.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who are required to receive, relay and record work related information as well as respond to information requests in the workplace.

The operator will:

record received messages

seek clarification, when necessary

access needed information, as required

relay the correct information to appropriate person/s.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Receive and relay messages	1.1 Confirm understanding of the message is correct. 1.2 Accurately record the message. 1.3 Relay message accurately to appropriate person or section within designated timelines.
2. Interpret messages.	2.1 Clarify message if necessary. 2.2 Take appropriate action.
3. Respond to information.	3.1 Acknowledge and understand the request for information. 3.2 Access information from appropriate sources. 3.3 Relay information to appropriate person or section.
4. Complete workplace forms.	4.1 Select appropriate form. 4.2 Assemble information required for form. 4.3 Complete form as required. 4.4 Submit form as required.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and ability to implement organisation policies and procedures on workplace communication, including:

types, purpose and importance of workplace documentation

workplace codes, including numbers, symbols, signs, colours and other codes.

Competence also includes the ability to:

listen attentively

formulate questions to clarify work requirements or instructions

establish effective workplace relationship with colleagues

adapt communication to a range of social, cultural and ethnic backgrounds.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and understand information contained in typical workplace documents such as standard operating procedures, material safety data sheets, job cards, maintenance logs. Everyday workplace language is used, including some technical termsand mathematical language.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms and records. Types of text may include short sentences, symbols, codes, signs, sketches and may be conveyed in printed form or screen based.

Basic numeracy is needed to the extent required by work instructions and procedures.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

In all cases it may be appropriate to assess this unit concurrently with relevant team work and communication units.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

provide and assess all required information and that the information provided both verbally and in writing is completed in a clear and concise manner that is easily understood by others and in accordance with workplace requirements.

apply approved procedures.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

all information is provided in an efficient, effective, courteous and timely manner.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur on-the-job or in a simulated workplace.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

by observation and questioning to indicate understanding

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Reasonable adjustment of assessment tasks will be undertaken as required.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to all work environments.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures. Procedures include:

all relevant workplace procedures

work instructions

temporary instructions

relevant industry and government codes and standards

telephone protocol , including industry timelines in answering calls.

Messages

Messages includes the following as appropriate to workplace requirements:

written

oral

electronic.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

two way radio

computer

telephone.

Problems

Respond to routine problems means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'. Typical problems may include:

missing/lost messages

required information not available

required equipment not available

conflict of work priorities.

Appropriate action for non-routine problems may be reporting to designated person or other action specified in the procedures.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP106A Work in a team

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the organisation of team activities to fit in with the scheduling of work to meet operational guidelines.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency is typically performed by people who work within a team structure with limited discretionary powers

The worker will:

plan and organise activities in accordance with instructions

use appropriate interpersonal skills to contribute to effective teamwork

seek assistance from other team members where appropriate

complete logs and reports.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Individual organisations may choose to add prerequisites and corequisites relevant to their processes.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify work activities.	1.1 Identify task requirements of the team. 1.2 Identify individual tasks that are part of the team requirement. 1.3 Prioritise team and individual activities as directed.
2. Organise daily work plan.	2.1 Break work activities down into small achievable components. 2.2 Record activities as required by procedures/work instructions. 2.3 Seek assistance from other team members when difficulties in achieving allocated tasks arise.
3. Participate in a team.	3.1 Use interpersonal skills appropriate to the effective teamwork of the shift/crew/section within the workplace. 3.2 Acknowledge information and feedback provided by other team members in work group. 3.3 Acknowledge team roles and support team members in achieving their role. 3.4 Practise teamwork within and between groups to contribute to the achievement of company work standards.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of organisation information systems, procedures and equipment sufficient to plan daily work activities in order to meet timelines.

Knowledge of organisation standard procedures and work instructions and relevant regulatory requirements, along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and in a manner relevant to the operation of the system.

Competence also includes the ability to:

use effective communication techniques

identify where teams fit into the organisational structure

apply organisation quality and safety procedures

complete required workplace documentation

distinguish between urgent and non-urgent tasks.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and understand typical product specifications, job sheets, procedures and work instructions, material labels and safety information as provided.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms.

Basic numeracy is required to the extent required by work instructions and procedures.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability toidentify work activities and prioritise work in order to meet timelines, whilst interacting as a member of a group.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

activities are planned in accordance with instructions

willingness to participate as part of a team is demonstrated

relevant procedures are accessed and utilised in completing activities

timelines are adhered to

assistance is sought from relevant personnel when difficulties arise.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur on-the-job or in a simulated workplace.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

by observation over time on a processing plant or in a manufacturing environment

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to all work environments and sectors in the manufacturing industries.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as PPE.

Hazards

Typical workplace hazards include:

chemicals and hazardous materials

gases and liquids under pressure

moving machinery

materials handling

working at heights, in confined spaces, or in environments subjected to heat, noise, dust or vapours.

Problems

Respond to routine problems means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'. Typical problems include:

required information/materials not available

required tool/equipment not available

conflict of work priorities

interpersonal conflict within the team.

Appropriate action for non-routine problems may be reported to designated person or other action specified in the procedures.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP172A Identify and minimise environmental hazards

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the awareness of environmental issues and organisation environmental policies and procedures to minimise environmental threats.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency is performed by all operators in all plants. It reflects the regulatory requirements and the industry's concern to operate in an environmentally friendly manner.

The operator will:

identify activities/materials likely to be an environmental issue

take the appropriate action on environmental issues as required.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Individual organisations may choose to add prerequisites and co-requisites relevant to their processes.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify potential environmental threats.	1.1 Recognise the type and severity of environmental threat posed by the materials and processes used for own work. 1.2. Identify ways materials used may enter the environment. 1.3. Identify sensitive features of the local environment and their impact on work practice and procedures.
2. Identify workplace procedures and policies to minimise environmental threats.	2.1 Identify workplace policy for environmental protection. 2.2. Identify in relevant standard operating procedures environmental protection measures appropriate for work. 2.3. Explain contact procedures for personnel involved in environmental response teams. 2.4. Recognise abnormal or unacceptable emission levels.
3. Follow procedures to minimise environmental threats.	3.1 Implement environmental protection measures in relevant procedures. 3.2. Report abnormal emissions/environmental issues to appropriate personnel. 3.3. Apply containment procedures in accordance with SOPs where appropriate. 3.4. Implement approved waste management procedures and practices. 3.5. Follow approved safety procedures and use personal protective equipment as specified in procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding is required of organisation environment protection systems, procedures and equipment sufficient to for work activities.

Knowledge is required of organisation standard procedures and work instructions and relevant regulatory requirements, along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and in a manner relevant to the operation of the system.

Competenceincludes an awareness of:

internal environmental control standards

severity of environmental risks from materials and work processes used

likely impact on the environment of materials and process.

Competency also includes an awareness of the local environment and environmental issues such as:

sensitive waterways/wetlands

flows from the plant to the environment (eg through sandy soil, local creek)

particular environmental threats posed by materials and processes used and the work practices required to minimise these threats.

Also required is the ability to:

communicate using in-plant reporting systems - verbal, electronic and written

initiate first response to an environmental incident in accordance with SOPs

use containment equipment

use personal protective equipment

use other required resources.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and understand typical product specifications, job sheets, procedures and work instructions, material labels and safety information as provided to operators.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms.

Basic numeracy is required to the extent required by work instructions and procedures.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability toidentify actual and potential environmental breaches as appropriate to the job level.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

standard procedures are followed

deviations from desired conditions are recognised

action specified in the standard procedures is carried out

the impact of work practices/actions on the environment is understood.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur using a simulation and will occur in a work like environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

by observation over time on a processing plant

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to all work environments and sectors in the industries. Responses are restricted to a 'first response' approach, including the notifying of appropriate organisation personnel.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

PPE

spill kits.

Hazards

Typical workplace hazards include:

chemicals and hazardous materials

gases and liquids under pressure

moving machinery

materials handling.

Emissions/discharges

Typical emissions/discharges include:

noise

light

odour

gas

smoke vapour

liquid and solids

particulates

fumes.

Problems

Respond to routine problems means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'. Typical problems include:

required information/materials not available

required tool/equipment not available

Appropriate action for non-routine problems may be reported to designated person or other action specified in the procedures.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP200A Achieve work outcomes

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

The competency covers the ability to identify and implement actions to achieve workplace targets and to suggest improvements. This unit applies to all employees who may work either individually or as part of a team.

This unit does not cover maximisation of process/equipment efficiencies undertaken as part of the normal work role, which is covered in the relevant unit of competency.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency is typically performed by an operator, perhaps working as part of a team, in achieving required work outcomes of quality and productivity within the scope of their job. They would be liaising and cooperating with other members of the work place.

The operator will:

understand the production process

recognise production inefficiencies within their area

participate in and implement ways of improving production efficiencies.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit of competency has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify raw material components and their application in production.	1.1 Outline the properties of materials/components used in the production process. 1.2 Describe or construct a flow chart of the production process relevant to the area/plant. 1.3 Outline parts of the production process where extra care and attention are required. 1.4 Identify the safety and environmental requirements for relevant materials and processes.
2. Identify production targets in work area.	2.1 Identify production targets for work area and work roles taking account of OHS requirements. 2.2 Identify techniques used to measure production performance against workplace targets/standards.
3. Recognise key areas effecting production efficiencies.	3.1 Explain importance of reducing wastage of resources. 3.2 Identify potential sources of wastage/production inefficiencies. 3.3 Outline possible approaches to minimise wastage/ inefficiencies. 3.4 Demonstrate effective techniques to ensure wastage/ production minimisation within scope of job.
4. Implement actions to achieve production targets.	4.1 Identify the role of the individual and/or the team in achieving production targets. 4.2 Carry out required role to achieve production targets.
5. Participate in an improvement activity in accordance with organisation procedures.	5.1 Explain organisation procedures for identifying and suggesting improvements. 5.2 Explain the use of information in developing improvements related to work area. 5.3 Investigate a problem. 5.4 Suggest options for causes of problem. 5.5 Suggest options for improvement. 5.6 Discuss a proposed improvement with appropriate people.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of the process, normal operating parameters and product quality to recognise non-standard situations. Knowledge of the relevant OHS and environmental requirements is required along with an ability to implement them in a manner which is relevant to determining the corrective action and provision of recommendations.

Thorough knowledge of organisation standard operating procedures is required. Some appreciation of business goals is required as a basis for decision-making and action.

Competence to include the ability toapply and explainsufficient for the identification and implementation of ways to maximise production efficiencies:

relevant equipment and operational processes

hazards associated with the process

application of the hierarchy of control in controlling the hazards

the safety implications of improving efficiencies

organisation policies and procedures

organisation goals, targets and measures

organisation OHS, quality, and environmental requirements

individual and team roles and responsibilities in achieving safety, quality and environmental targets

principles of decision making strategies and techniques

organisation information systems and data collation

industry codes and standards.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical product specifications, job sheets and material labels as provided to operators.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms.

Basic numeracy is also required, e.g. to interpret quality data and graphs.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. Critical aspects of competency include:

hazards are identified and controlled

production targets and measures are identified

wastage and production inefficiencies for the functional area are identified

work is conducted in a manner to minimise wastage/inefficiencies

organisation procedures for identifying and suggesting improvements are followed

effective participation in process improvement teams/activities is demonstrated.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur on-the-job or in a simulated workplace.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version will be used.

Context

This competency applies to all work environments and sectors within the industries.

This competency unit applies to a wide range of processes and equipment. In large plants with multiple processes, it may apply to more than one process if those processes interact with each other. It applies to all operators across all functions.

Properties of materials/components

Properties of materials/components includes:

physical and chemical properties relevant to the process and the product

hazardous properties.

Production targets/performance

Production targets/performance may include a range of factors where relevant to the job such as:

volume

quality

cost.

Wastage

Wastage may include:

overproduction.

waiting

transporting

inappropriate processing

unnecessary inventory

unnecessary/excess motion

defects (quality).

Sources of information

Sources of information may include:

yearly, monthly, weekly and daily production targets

business objectives and goals

control charts, run charts and graphs

organisation manuals and procedures

equipment specifications.

Inefficiencies

Sources of process inefficiencies and wastage may include:

equipment downtime

spillages

leaks

contamination

raw material quality

utilities usage

productivity issues

incorrect work allocation/priorities/planning

incorrect processes/procedures.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This unit of competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

workplace forms and logs

communication equipment for gathering and exchanging information such as telephones, two way radios, fax machines.

Problems

'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'.

Typical problems include:

non-routine process and quality problems

equipment selection, availability and failure

teamwork and work allocation problems

safety and emergency situations and incidents.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP201A Receive or despatch goods

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the handling of materials by an operator as an adjunct to the job of making product. It applies to a limited range of materials. It is NOT intended to be an alternative warehousing competency.

This competency is typically performed by operators working either independently or as part of a work team.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who receive, process despatch orders, despatch products/materials and maintain records. The key factors are correctly identifying and selecting the goods to be despatched and ensuring they are despatched to the correct location.

It includes:

checking order requests/consignment note documentation for products/materials to be despatched

identifying and selecting the correct products/materials

organising products/materials to be moved into the right place by the right time, using the appropriate handling equipment

preparing products/materials for despatch

completing and checking all documentation

updating records.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify work requirements.	1.1 Read and interpret documentation. 1.2 Identify required schedules for receipt or despatch. 1.3 Identify correct product/material. 1.4 Plan work sequence using workplace and product knowledge. 1.5 Select appropriate materials handling equipment as required. 1.6 Identify OH&S requirements.
2. Move materials into/out of storage or from production.	2.1 Check paperwork and identity of materials. 2.2 Check for completeness and/or damage. 2.3 Take action on non-conforming products/materials. 2.4 Handle and move products/materials into/out of storage safely. 2.5 Store materials safely as necessary.
3. Prepare goods for despatch.	3.1 Identify and read workplace procedures for assembling and completing orders. 3.2 Select and check goods for despatch. against product/material knowledge, labels and other identification systems. 3.3 Sort, assemble and consolidate products as necessary. 3.4 Secure order and place in storage areas, in accordance with schedule. 3.5 Check order against despatch schedule and order form.
4. Complete materials movement records.	4.1 Complete materials movement records (in or out). 4.2 Update records as required. 4.3 Complete other paperwork and records as required.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of the materials handling processes and requirements sufficient to recognise non-standard situations and then determine appropriate action which is consistent with operating guidelines is required.

Knowledge is required of the product/material, its properties and uses sufficient for correct receipt, storage and despatching. Knowledge of the relevant OHS and environmental requirements is required along with an ability to implement them in a manner which is relevant to the materials handled.

Competence includes the ability toapply and/or describe:

product/material knowledge

inventory and ordering systems

transport requirements and restrictions for products/materials

correct OHS procedures

storage/handling principles and procedures

material hazard properties and their implications for safe handling and storage

significance of material to customers; transport requirements and restrictions for materials

plan own work, including predicting consequences and identifying improvements

identify and describe own role and role of others involved directly in the processing of orders and despatching of products

use PPE, safely handle products and materials, read relevant safety information and apply safety precautions appropriate to the task

distinguish between causes of problems such as product requirements and job priority as relevant to the practical completion of the job.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical product specifications, job sheets, procedures, material labels and safety information as provided to operators.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms.

Basic numeracy is required, e.g. to determine that two 25 kg bags are needed to make up a requirement for 50 kg.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability torecognise and analyse potential situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate corrective action.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

packaging standards are met consistently

procedures and work instructions are read and interpreted correctly

potential problems are recognisedand action is taken (ie, the problem is fixed or reported)

action is taken to ensure problems are dealt with in a timely manner

problems caused by product/material issues are recognised and an appropriate contribution made to a solution

items initiated are followed through until final resolution has occurred.

effective communication between team members, supervisors and other staff is maintained.

Competence must be demonstrated in the operation of all ancillary equipment to the level required for this competency unit.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur using industrial equipment and will be undertaken in a work-like environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

by observation over time on a processing plant

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency covers the handling of a limited range of products/materials and their moving into and out of a plant/storage. It is NOT intended for people who, as a major function, operate a warehouse. The appropriate Transport and Distribution competencies should be used here.

This competency may require the operation of forklift trucks or other regulated load shifting devices which are NOT included in this competency, and so would be a co-requisite competency.

The terms order request, documentation, labels, transportation requirements 'paperwork' and 'records' mean any and all relevant information and data whether it is manual, paper based, electronic or verbal, either in person or by phone/radio.

This competency does not imply that moving materials into and from storage/plant are conducted equally, or even using similar techniques. Customers may be internal or external and the loading/unloading of products/materials may mean getting them onto/off a truck or simply from/to the next department.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

mobile plant/fork lifts

manual handling equipment

hand tools

shrink wrappers

tape machine labellers

loose bulk packing equipment.

computers, bar code readers

bag filling equipment

pallets

wrapping machines

personal protective equipment (PPE)

distribution equipment, including A-frames, stillages, containers, elevated platforms and communication equipment.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

inappropriate movements and postures

physical and atmospheric hazards of materials

height or depth of storage receptacles

stationary and moving machinery, parts or components

noise, light, energy sources

humidity, air temperature, radiant heat

manual handling hazards.

Problems

'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'. Typical process and product problems may include:

special storage requirements including moisture and contamination control

handling of incomplete loads (either in or out)

handling of materials which do not meet specifications

conflicting priorities

incomplete or incorrect paperwork.

product requirements

job priority

product/material variations.

Variables

Key variables to be monitored include:

types of products or materials to be received/despatched

handling heights

types of equipment

types of workplace documentation

atmospheric conditions.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP204A Pack products or materials

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the packaging of products/materials to prepare them for despatch, warehousing, or storage. This competency is typically performed by operators or store personnel working either independently or as part of a work team.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who package products and materials for despatch or storage. The key factors are correctly identifying the packaging requirements and using the technology required to package the goods/materials. It includes:

identifying and interpreting the packaging requirements

selecting the appropriate technology for packaging

loading the product or material for on-forwarding

packaging the load

labelling the goods/materials after packaging.

clearing up and leaving work area in a safe condition

completing packaging documentation.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Prepare goods/materials for packaging.	1.1 Interpret packaging specifications. 1.2 Interpret order packaging documentation. 1.3 Select appropriate technology for packaging goods/materials. 1.4 Identify packaging materials and match specifications.
2. Package finished products.	2.1 Identify the nature of the product or material and the particular handling requirements. 2.2 Conduct process according to production specifications and organisational procedures. 2.3 Conduct equipment start up and run operation as necessary. 2.4 Employ ancillary equipment as necessary and use safe working procedures.
3. Stack, label and store finished products.	3.1 Consult company warehouse schedule or manifest to determine product or material, delivery, or storage and location requirements. 3.2 Label or mark products or materials following workplace labelling standards. 3.3 Set up work area, handling and storage equipment taking account of safety and efficiency. 3.4 Store products where required making safe and efficient use of storage space. 3.5 Complete workplace records/documentation. 3.6 Attach invoices and picking slips (where required).
4. Clear work area.	4.1 Store unpacked products, products for packaging and handling equipment in appropriate areas. 4.2 Clean equipment and make ready for re-use. 4.3 Clean work area, making it safe and ready for the next user. 4.4 Report and document equipment faults.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of the equipment and packaging processes sufficient to recognise potential problems and to take appropriate action.

Knowledge of organisation standard procedures and work instructions and relevant regulatory requirements, along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and in a manner relevant to the operation of the equipment and packaging process.

Competence includes the ability to apply and/or describe:

packaging procedures and processes

safe set up of individual work area

storage requirements for safety and efficiency

production workflow requirements for packaging

packaging methods to minimise waste

identification symbols

correct OHS procedures

approved hazard control and safety procedures and the use of PPE in relation to handling materials, equipment operation and cleanup

waste management and importance of re-using non-conforming materials wherever possible

correct selection and use of equipment, materials, processes and procedures

distinguish between causes of faults such as products, equipment, packaging materials and items of equipment.

Competence also includes the ability to:

plan own work, including predicting consequences and identifying improvements

identify when the operator is able to rectify problems, when assistance is required and who is the appropriate source for assistance

safely handle products and materials, read relevant safety information and apply safety precautions appropriate to the task

distinguish between causes of problems such aspackaging and labelling requirements and goods being damaged after packaging.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical product/material specifications, job sheets, procedures, material labels and safety information as provided to operators.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms.

Basic numeracy is required, eg to determine that two 25 kg bags are needed to make up a requirement for 50 kg.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge. x

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability torecognise and analyse potential situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate corrective action.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

packaging standards are met consistently

procedures and work instructions are read and interpreted correctly

problems are identified and action is taken (ie the problem is fixed or reported)

all safety procedures are followed

product/material damage due to handling errors is minimised

mislabelling opportunities are minimised

problems relating to work are diagnosed and solved or reported

waste is minimised

effective communication between team members, supervisors and other staff is maintained.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur using industrial equipment and will be undertaken in a work-like environment

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

by observation over time on a processing plant

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to persons handling a range of products, materials technology and the varied range of process procedures within an organisation. It includes the operation of all relevant ancillary equipment.

The terms documentation, labels and records means any and all relevant information and data whether it is manual, paper based, electronic or verbal, either in person or by phone/radio.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards. These may include:

original manufacturer instructions and guidelines for the use of equipment

relevant procedures relating to safe working practices prescribed for the equipment, product or material

local OHS legislation and/or regulations

site-specific instructions based on production requirements.

Tools and equipment

This competency may include use of equipment and tools such as:

mobile plant/fork lifts

manual handling equipment

hand tools

shrink wrappers

tape machine labellers

loose bulk packing equipment.

computers, bar code readers

bag filling equipment

pallets

wrapping machines

personal protective equipment (PPE)

distribution equipment including A-frames, stillages, containers, elevated platforms and communication equipment.

Hazards

Typical hazards may include:

inappropriate movements and postures

physical and atmospheric hazards of materials

height or depth of storage receptacles

stationary and moving machinery, parts or components

noise, light, energy sources

humidity, air temperature, radiant heat

manual handling hazards.

Problems

'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'. Typical process and product problems may include:

equipment malfunctions

product specifications

handling specifications

insufficient space

unusual size, shape or mass of products or materials

insufficient goods to complete order

conflicting priorities

incomplete or incorrect paperwork.

Variables

Key variables to be monitored include:

types of products or materials to be packed

packing heights

types of equipment

types of workplace documentation

atmospheric conditions

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP205A Transfer loads

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the movement of loads using cranes and gantries. It applies to all sectors of the industry. Licensing or certification may be required by local Worksafe or other regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who move loads using cranes and gantries. The key factors are applying knowledge of the nature of the load to be shifted, safety precautions required and the capacity of load shifting equipment and relevant support structures. This competency is typically performed by operators working either independently or as part of a work team. It includes:

planning the correct method to move the goods

safely securing the materials/goods to be shifted

ensuring that the movement pathway is clear of obstacles and personnel

moving the goods safely without damage to the goods, personnel or equipment.

This unit does not cover the use of a forklift truck - see TDTD1097 Operate a forklift

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites, however appropriate licences may be required.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.
1. Plan operation.	1.1 Correctly identify products, goods or material to be relocated. 1.2 Identify load characteristics including mass, volume, shape, balance and dimensions. 1.3 Identify most efficient and appropriate piece of equipment to be used. 1.4 Estimate points of balance. 1.5 Consider effect of moving contents which may be loose, liquid, dangerous or hazardous. 1.6 Determine location of storage. 1.7 Carry out risk analysis for job. 1.8 Complete required hazard controls. 1.9 Identify most efficient and appropriate movement route.
2. Prepare for lift.	2.1 Select appropriate lifting equipment 2.2 Check and test lifting gear as required 2.3 Calculate safe working load (SWL) or working load limit (WLL). 2.4 Clarify any non-standard requirements. 2.5 Report and replace any unsafe. 2.6 Secure movable/loose parts of load. 2.7 Attach load suitable for transfer.
3. Transfer load.	3.1 Prepare load destination to accept load. 3.2 Move load safely to required destination in accordance with planned procedure. 3.3 Use standard communication signals to coordinate safe movement of the load. 3.4 Remove equipment/gear/accessories safely from load. 3.5 Inspect equipment/gear/accessories for wear and damage, clean, maintain and store, and record usage and condition. 3.6 Complete site/job records.
4. Respond to routine problems.	4.1 Monitor transfer frequently and critically throughout load shifting using measured/indicated data and senses (eg sight, hearing) as appropriate. 4.2 Recognise transfer problems. 4.3 Identify and take action on causes of routine faults. 4.4 Log problems as required. 4.5 Identify non-routine process and quality problems and take appropriate action.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge of the materials handling processes and requirements sufficient to recognise non-standard situations and then determine appropriate action which is consistent with operating guidelines. Knowledge of organisation procedures and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and work standards.

Competence includes the ability for the practical completion of the job to:

apply and/or describe:

appropriate points for locations of slings

estimation/ calculation of mass

requirements for safe working loads (SWL) or working load limits (WLL)

production workflow and requirements for load shifting.

plan own work, including predicting consequences and identifying improvements

identify when the operator is able to rectify problems, when assistance is required and who is the appropriate source for assistance

identify and describe own role and role of others involved directly in the transferring loads with slings

use PPE, safely handle products and materials, read relevant safety information and apply safety precautions appropriate to the task

distinguish between causes of problems such as:

balance points and behaviour of suspended loads

incorrect use of equipment.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical product specifications, job sheets, procedures, material labels and safety information as provided to operators.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms.

Numeracy is required to calculate loads and estimate balance points for slinging.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

apply approved procedures

take appropriate action to resolve problems or report problems to appropriate personnel.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that

standards are met consistently

upstream and downstream communication is timely and effective

procedures and work instructions are read and interpreted correctly

problems are identified and appropriate action is taken (ie the problem is fixed or reported)

all safety procedures are followed.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur transferring industrial loads and will be undertaken in a work-like environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

on a processing plant, allowing for operation under all normal and a range of abnormal conditions

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to operators using load shifting equipment such as cranes and gantries, slings, ropes, shackles, eye bolts, spreader beams, equalising gear, clamps, pulley systems, winches, packs, rigging screws.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures means all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards. These may include:

regulatory authority's licence or certification requirements

original manufacturer instructions and guidelines for the safe use of the equipment

relevant procedures relating to safe working practices prescribed for the equipment

local OHS legislation and/or regulations

site-specific instructions based on production requirements.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

cranes and gantries

slings, ropes, chains or nets

block and tackle

shackles, bolts or turnbuckles

jemmy bars

relevant personal protective equipment.

Hazards

Typical hazards include

unpredicted movement of loads

loose goods

volatile or hazardous materials and products

irregular shaped loads

unlabelled goods, materials and products.

Hazard controls

Typical hazards controls include:

obtaining a permit to work as required

determining coordination requirements with other site personnel

determining job method to include hazard prevention and controls,

Australian standards for safety procedures, codes of practice and manufacturer specifications

erecting barricades, warning signs, overhead protection to requirements.

Checking lifting gear

Checking lifting gear includes:

checking pulleys and block and tackle for safe operation and load capacity.

checking ropes, cable, net and chain systems before use for safe condition and conformity to specification.

conducting testing of ropes, cable, net and chain system when required to ensure safe operating capacity

checking sling material for conformity with equipment and safety requirements.

Problems

'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'. Typical process and product problems may include:

variations in load capacities of various sling materials

frayed or damaged slings

bolt or shackle failure

lifting equipment failure.

Variables

Key variables to be monitored include.

type and condition of slings or ropes

type of load to be shifted

physical dimensions

physical or area hazards

type of lifting equipment

weather conditions (if outdoors)

lighting and visibility in the loading/unloading area.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP210A Process and record information

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This unit of competency covers the provision and processing of all relevant information by responding to the information requirements of the plant including the completion of all workplace documents and clearly and concisely providing relevant information to others.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who are required to provide information, orally or in writing in a one on one situation or as part of a group discussion.

The operator would:

complete appropriate workplace forms

provide appropriate workplace and technical information within their area of expertise

identify routine information requirements seeking clarification where necessary.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Access information.	1.1 Identify the need for information. 1.2 Request appropriate information. 1.3 Access information in accordance with procedures. 1.4 Comply with security procedures in accessing appropriate information.
2. Provide appropriate information.	2.1 Deal with enquiries promptly and courteously. 2.2 Establish details of enquiry by questioning and summarising. 2.3 Provide appropriate information relevant to enquirer's request. 2.4 Organise information clearly, concisely and logically. 2.5 Provide information in a form that is readily understood by others. 2.6 Provide information in a timely manner. 2.7 Redirect enquiries to relevant personnel for resolution where outside the operator's area of responsibility.
3. Give and follow routine instructions.	3.1 Give accurate, clear and concise instructions that are consistent with the skills of the receiver. 3.2 Ensure that interaction with others is efficient, effective, responsive, courteous and supportive. 3.3 Confirm that instructions are understood. 3.4 Follow prescribed and routine work related sequences.
4. Provide reports.	4.1 Complete all workplace reports clearly and accurately in accordance with procedures. 4.2 Report all relevant information clearly and concisely.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Competence includes the ability to:

describe importance of workplace documentation in relation to job role

apply organization, operational, quality and safety policies and procedures

apply workplace codes such as numbers, symbols, signs, colour and other codes.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret work instructions, procedures, operating manuals, job card and other documents provided to operators.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms.

Basic numeracy is required to the extent required by work instructions and procedures.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

Assessment will occur on the job or in a simulated workplace. In all cases it may be appropriate to assess this unit concurrently with relevant teamwork and communication units.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

Competence must be demonstrated in the ability to provide and assess all required information and that the information provided both verbally and in writing is completed in a clear and concise manner, that is easily understood by others and in accordance with workplace requirements

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

reports and records are completed accurately, concisely and in accordance with procedures

all information is provided in an efficient, effective, courteous and timely manner

completion of shift handover, log books and company production records conveys all relevant information

information sharing demonstrates effective communication processes such as turn-taking, participating in discussions and tolerating views of others in a way that contributes to the overall discussion

notes of discussion are prepared so that they can be clearly interpreted by the receiver

communication distinguishes between relevant and peripheral issues.

Assessment method and context

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

by observation and questioning to indicate understanding

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

by a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Reasonable adjustment of assessment tasks will be undertaken as required.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to all work environments and sectors within the industry.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes items of equipment such as:

telephone

two way radio

computer equipment.

Information sources and plant documentation may include:

operating procedures

work instructions

incident procedures

operating manuals

quality procedures

training program contents/materials

safety data sheets

job cards

maintenance logs

non compliance reports

incidence and accident reports

permits

schematics/process flows/engineering drawings.

Reports

Reports includes the following as appropriate to workplace requirements:

oral

written

electronic

handovers (giving/receiving).

Problems

Respond to routine problems means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'. Typical process and product problems may include:

difficulty in quickly locating information required

missing forms, logbooks etc.

conflicting work priorities

delays in reporting of information

information is inaccessible

absence of approver/ other signatories

breakdown of communication equipment.

Appropriate action for non-routine problems may be reported to designated person

or other action identified in the procedures.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP230A Monitor process operations

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the use of production processing equipment.

This competency is typically performed by all operators working either independently or as part of a work team.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who use production processing equipment. Work involves the removal of products from equipment in strict conformity with standard operating procedures and routine quality inspection processes. The key factors are the successful operation of the equipment and the ability to recognise when the process is not working as intended. It includes:

checking job sheets for work to be done and identifying the priority in which jobs/product will be made/completed

discussing work progress with other workers

following approved hazard minimisation procedures for any hazards connected with materials and process, using work instructions, labels and materials safety data sheets, and in accordance with occupational health and safety (OHS) legislative responsibilities

identifying production problems

collecting and observing products from the production process

collecting and disposing of waste materials

checking materials to ensure no contamination

identifying and taking action on routine process problems.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This competency has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify equipment controls and procedures.	1.1 Identify work requirements from workplace approved operating procedures. 1.2 Check operating procedures and controls to identify approved adjustments and operating parameters. 1.3 Establish actions to be used in the event of faulty production from operating procedures. 1.4 Identify procedures for obtaining materials for the process. 1.5 Identify hazards and environmental issue that might surround the operation.
2. Get ready for work/job.	2.1 Assemble ancillary tools and equipment. 2.2 Identify inspection procedures. 2.3 Identify any finishing activities. 2.4 Plan to avoid any hazards connected with materials and process by observation of the equipment, workplace reference materials, including materials safety data sheets and equipment instructions. 2.5 Take appropriate measures to minimise risks from the identified hazards. 2.6 Establish the location and function of equipment emergency stops and ensure guards are in place. 2.7 Identify and note requirements for checking: - materials inputs and outputs - ancillary supplies and equipment - product quality requirements for the relevant process stage(s). 2.8 Obtain or arrange access to any required supplementary equipment for product quality testing or routine lubrication and adjustment.
3. Maintain operations.	3.1 Check process operations, noting product quality, production outputs and waste, in accordance with workplace practices. 3.2 Collect product outputs, check for conformity, make adjustments to the equipment (where appropriate) and store product. 3.3 Collect material which is able to be reprocessed and reused, and deal with waste and scrap in accordance with workplace procedures (where applicable). 3.4 Check readouts against standard statistical process information and enter production data into the control system. 3.5 Clean up equipment and work area and manage waste in accordance with workplace procedures.
4. Identify product quality requirements.	4.1 Monitor process and note conditions which may affect product quality standards. 4.2 Report process variations within workplace procedures. 4.3 Note and implement authorised changes in standard operating procedures and specifications.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Application of knowledge of the materials, equipment and process sufficient to recognise material and equipment conditions which may lead to out of specification production.

Knowledge of organisation procedures and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and work standards.

Competence includes the ability for the practical completion of the job to:

apply and/or explain:

impact of incorrect or faulty materials

production workflow sequences and materials demand

focus of operation of work systems and equipment

correct selection and use of equipment, materials, processes and procedures

hazards of the materials and process and appropriate hazard control procedures

distinguish between causes of faults such as:

wrong raw materials/additives

incorrect quantity of materials/additives

contaminated materials/additives

product variations from specification.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical product specifications, job sheets, procedures, material labels and safety information as provided to operators.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms.

Basic numeracy is required, eg to determine that two 25 kg bags are needed to make up a requirement for 50 kg.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria, skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to:

understand the importance of critical material properties and quantities

recognise potential situations requiring action and implement appropriate action.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. In particular look to see that production standards are met consistently.

Assessment method and context

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

on a processing plant, allowing for operation under all normal and a range of abnormal conditions

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and that the theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

General context

This competency applies to the operation of various forms of production equipment in all work environments and sectors within the process manufacturing industry. It includes the operation of all relevant additional equipment.

Procedures means all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Equipment and tools

This competency includes equipment and tools such as:

hand carts and trolleys

knives and other bag opening equipment

hoists/lifting equipment not requiring any special permits or licences

basic hand tools required for opening of material packaging

relevant personal protective equipment.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

automated or rotating equipment

dusts/vapours

hazardous materials

manual handling hazards

knife hazards.

'Rectify routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'.

Typical process problems include:

equipment malfunctions

product jamming or sticking

power failures

air, oil or lubricant difficulties.

Typical product problems include:

variations in materials

contamination of materials

malformed or incomplete products.

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP240A Undertake minor maintenance

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This unit applies to operators who are involved in providing basic maintenance and the resolving of routine problems to procedures. It does not cover activities normally requiring traditional trade training.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

In a typical scenario a plant operator does minor maintenance activities on the plant and equipment being operated. For instance the pressure drop across a filter unit may be high, indicating the filter cartridge needs changing. The operator takes the filter unit out of operation, cleans the unit, uses the correct spanner to open the lid, installs a fresh cartridge, closes the unit using the spanner again, then cleans up the area and disposes of the spent cartridge. Typically this sort of maintenance will be done on the plant and will not require workshop type facilities.

The operator will:

be aware of and contribute to a safe working environment

identify and check equipment for faults

perform basic maintenance to procedures

complete logs and reports.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify maintenance requirements.	1.1 Identify equipment variations/irregularities using observed data and plant records. 1.2 Assess the urgency/priority of the situation. 1.3 Identify appropriate corrective action. 1.4 Identify correct tools and materials. 1.5 Assess the impact of the maintenance activity and communicate to appropriate personnel. 1.6 Identify hazards and risk controls. 1.7 Identify work permit requirements.
2. Prepare for maintenance activity.	2.1 Ensure equipment is turned off and isolated as required. 2.2 Clear the area of obstructions and hazardous materials. 2.3 Obtain appropriate tools, parts, materials and procedures. 2.4 Obtain the appropriate work permits and adhere to the requirements. 2.5 Communicate the impending maintenance activity to the appropriate personnel.
3. Perform maintenance activity.	3.1 Access all relevant information. 3.2 Undertake maintenance activity according to procedures. 3.3 Use tools and maintenance techniques correctly. 3.4 Restore equipment to normal working condition. 3.5 Leave the work area in a clean and safe condition. 3.6 Ensure permits are signed off as appropriate.
4. Test equipment.	4.1 Test equipment according to procedures. 4.2 Return equipment to service. 4.3 Ensure equipment meets normal operating requirements.
5 Record maintenance activity.	5.1 Complete maintenance logs/plant history records. 5.2 Report maintenance activity to relevant personnel. 5.3 Identify and report outstanding maintenance requirements to relevant personnel.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of equipment operation and maintenance practices sufficient to recognise fault and no-fault conditions in standard and non-standard situations and then determine appropriate action which is consistent with operational guidelines is required.

Knowledge of organisation procedures and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and work standards.

Application of the knowledge of managing risks using the hierarchy of controls applied to the process. Application of approved hazard control, safety procedures, use of PPE in relation to handling materials, equipment operation and clean up.

Knowledge as a basis for solving maintenance problems, including:

principles of operation of the equipment to be maintained

function and troubleshooting of major internal components and their problems

appropriate testing procedures and use of equipment for a range of equipment faults

typical causes of equipment failures and the service conditions which may increase maintenance

types and nature of maintenance (preventative, predictive, corrective) uses, benefits and limitations

urgency and timeliness factors in maintenance

maintenance planning/scheduling/records systems

identification of tools, materials and spare parts

basic techniques for using and handling tools

physical measurement, alignment and clearance principles.

Competence also includes the ability to:

plan own work, including predicting consequences and identifying improvements

identify factors which may affect product quality or production output and appropriate remedies

identify when the operator is able to rectify faults and when assistance is required.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical equipment specifications schematics and diagrams.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms and production reports.

Basic numeracy is required, to interpret plant data and maintenance schedules.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Where the completion of this unit requires working under a permit/clearance, then competency must also be established in PMAPER200C Work in accordance with an issued permit, or other appropriate unit.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

understand the procedures and know the importance of critical operational systems

recognise potential situations requiring action and then implement appropriate action.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

early warning signs of equipment in need of attention/with potential problems are recognised

appropriate equipment tests are undertaken and analysed appropriately

proposals for equipment repair are based upon the most appropriate and cost effective method to return equipment to full performance in a timely manner

maintenance activities are completed safely and to procedures.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur on industrial equipment and will be undertaken in a work-like environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

on a processing plant, allowing for operation under all normal and a range of abnormal conditions

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to all work environments and sectors within the industry. It does not include maintenance that would require trade level skills. It is not intended that this competency would cover maintenance that is carried out in a workshop.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures mean all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions, standard operating procedures, plant description manuals, manufacturer instructions, specifications, service manuals, machine circuit diagrams for hydraulic/pneumatic and electrical/electronic circuits and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Maintenance activities

This competency unit includes minor maintenance such as the following:

operational maintenance (eg connection-disconnection of hoses, greasing, lubrication and lubricant systems, adjusting sealing glands, cleaning and changing filters, 'nipping up' flanges)

general cleaning

removal and replacement (eg gland packing, changing blades or cutters, replacing gaskets, replacing /maintaining seals, changing filter elements, servicing strainers).

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

hand tools

specialised tools

measuring and aligning equipment.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

rotating and moving machinery

process materials, solids, liquids and gases under pressure or flowing

hot surfaces or materials

temporary connections or by-passes

electrical, hydraulic or pneumatic energy sources

out of specification operation.

Problems

Respond to/rectify 'non-routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a variety of predictable problems'. Typical process and product problems may include:

out-of-specification product or variations

response of equipment to materials variations

equipment in need of maintenance.

Variables

Key variables to be monitored include:

equipment performance (eg speed, output, variations)

equipment component performance

sequences and timing of operations

materials changes (desired and not desired).

Data and Records

Typical information sources, observed data and plant records may include:

plant data

log sheets

operational and performance reports

physical aspects such as noise, smell, feel and pressure condition monitoring information

planned maintenance schedules

procedures

manufacturer specifications, instructions, service manuals and other information.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP273A Handle goods

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the handling of materials by an operator as an adjunct to the job of making product. It applies to a limited range of materials. It is NOT intended to be an alternative warehousing competency.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who receive or despatch goods from either internal or external sources. The key factors are checking and inspecting goods for conformity to documentation. This competency is typically performed by operators working either independently or as part of a work team. It includes:

reading and interpreting receipt documentation

identifying and following procedures for checking goods

identifying and reporting non-conforming goods

completing workplace documentation.

This unit does not cover the use of forklift trucks or other load shifting devices. See PMPSUP205A Transfer loads or TDTD1097 Operate a forklift as appropriate.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.
1. Identify requirements.	1.1 Interpret order/paperwork. 1.2 Check and take action on special requirements as needed. 1.3 Check identity of materials. 1.4 Check for completeness and damage. 1.5 Take action on non-conforming materials/loads.
2. Move materials to/from storage/production.	2.1 Select items to be moved based on job requirements and procedures/work instructions. 2.2 Load materials according to standard procedures. 2.3 Move materials as needed. 2.4 Store/place materials safely.
3. Complete documentation.	3.1 Complete material movement records. 3.2 Update stock records as required. 3.3 Complete other paperwork and records as required.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge of goods and materials sufficient to recognise variance from specifications and then determine appropriate action that is consistent with operating guidelines.

Knowledge of organisation procedures and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and work standards.

Competence includes the ability for the practical completion of the job to:

apply and/or explain procedures for receiving/despatch of goods, and reconciliation of orders and invoices

apply and/or describe:

storage/handling principles and procedures

material hazard properties and their implications for safe handling and storage

significance of material to customers

transport requirements and restrictions for materials.

plan own work, including predicting consequences and identifying improvements

identify when the operator is able to rectify problems, when assistance is required and who is the appropriate source for assistance

identify and describe own role and role of others involved directly in the receiving of goods

use PPE, safely handle products and materials, read relevant safety information and apply safety precautions appropriate to the task

distinguish between causes of problems such as incorrect/incomplete paperwork; wrong goods.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical product specifications, job sheets, procedures, material labels and safety information as provided to operators.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms.

Basic numeracy is required, eg to determine that two 25 kg bags are needed to make up a requirement for 50 kg.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to

recognise the importance of material properties and qualities

apply approved procedures

take appropriate action to resolve problems or report problems to appropriate personnel.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that

upstream and downstream communication is timely and effective

procedures and work instructions are read and interpreted correctly

problems are identified and appropriate action is taken (ie, the problem is fixed or reported)

all safety procedures are followed.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur using industrial goods and will be undertaken in a work-like environment

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

on a processing plant, allowing for operation under all normal and a range of abnormal conditions

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to operators working either independently or as part of a work team.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures means all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

goods identification numbers and codes

manifests

picking slips, merchandising transfers, stock requisitions and bar codes

manufacturer specifications

supplier and/or client instructions.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

stationary and moving machinery, parts or components

noise, light, energy sources

humidity, air temperature, radiant heat.

Problems

'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'. Typical process and product problems may include:

incorrect goods delivered

incomplete orders and shipments

inappropriate packaging

wrong or incomplete labling

incomplete or incorrect paperwork

special storage requirements including moisture and contamination control

handling of incomplete loads (either in or out)

handling of materials which do not meet specifications

resolving conflicting priorities

ensuring the correct material arrives at the correct place at the right time.

Variables

Key variables to be monitored include:

compliance with 'receiving' procedures

appropriate handling of incoming goods

completion of documentation

condition of packaging and lifting or moving locations

availability of lifting/moving equipment

unloading practices

variations in provider documentation.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP280A Manage conflict at work

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the management of conflict in a range of situations where personal responsibility is required.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who come into contact with other people either directly or indirectly and who are required to liaise and cooperate with other members of the team. It is applicable to the interaction between co-workers, between staff and customer/client, or between staff and supervisor.

This competency is typically performed working either independently or as part of a work team. The operator would:

determine, from their behaviour or language, the other person's degree of concern or anxiety

consider the reasons for the person's concerns and behaviour

work towards finding common ground and opportunities for problem resolution

consider possible courses of action and the other person's reaction to them

take appropriate steps to resolve the conflict

seek external assistance where the conflict could be or is escalating.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify potential sources of conflict.	1.1 Identify actions which are likely to promote a reaction in others. 1.2 Assess the other persons needs and/or concerns. 1.3 Assess ability to respond to the other persons needs. 1.4 Recognise possible causes of conflict. 1.5 Identify potential conflict situations.
2. Identify range of alternative approaches.	2.1 Discuss with the other person their needs and concerns. 2.2 Discuss with other person own needs and concerns. 2.3 Identify a possible strategy through which these requirements may be achieved. 2.4 Develop a range of alternative strategies for achieving goals.
3. Resolve conflicts.	3.1 Identify areas of common ground or objectives that can be mutually supported. 3.2 Agree on a strategy which will meet the majority of objectives for both parties. 3.3 Implement the strategy. 3.4 Check that the agreed requirements are being met and that conflict has been resolved.
4. Respond to problems.	4.1 Identify possible problems in the conflict management process. 4.2 Determine problems needing action. 4.3 Determine possible causes. 4.4 Rectify problem using appropriate solution within area of responsibility. 4.5 Follow through items initiated until final resolution has occurred. 4.6 Report problems outside area of responsibility to designated person.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of the process sufficient to recognise potential problems and not allow them to escalate to a conflict situation.

Knowledge of organisation standard procedures and work instructions and relevant regulatory requirements, along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and in a manner relevant to the operation of the process.

Competence also includes the ability to:

apply mapping of conflict situations

design options

apply negotiation skills

apply mediation skills

distinguish betweenpotential and actual conflict situations

identify causes of conflict situations.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and understand relevant procedures and work instructions as provided to operators.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

In all cases it may be appropriate to assess this unit concurrently with relevant teamwork and communication units.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that the process be understood and that the importance of interpersonal relationships is known. Competence must be demonstrated in the ability to recognise and analyse potential situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate corrective action.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

willingness to resolve situations is demonstrated

statements are used that calmly reflect the requirements of participants

statements focus on issues and facts, not people and personalities.

Assessment method and context

Assessment for this unit of competency will be on a processing plant or in a manufacturing environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

by observation or questioning to indicate understanding

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to all work environments in the process manufacturing industries.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes all such items of equipment and unit operations which form part of the human interaction system.

These may include:

telephones, two-way radios

emails, faxes

memos, letters or emails

verbal, face-to-face communications.

Hazards

Typical workplace hazards include:

chemical and hazardous materials

gases and liquids under pressure

moving machinery

materials handling

working at heights, in confined spaces, or in environments subjected to heat, noise, dust or vapours.

Problems

Respond to routine problems means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'. Typical problems may include:

anger or aggression arising from industrial relations matters

disagreements over processes or work practices

variations in opinions about circumstances or events

interpersonal disputes arising from changes in personal circumstances.

Appropriate action for non-routine problems may be reporting to designated person or other action specified in the procedures.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP291A Participate in continuous improvement

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This unit applies to all employees who are required to be involved in process improvement initiatives.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency is typically performed by an operator working independently or in a team.

The operator will:

have knowledge of customers and suppliers

identify areas of improvement

identify strategies for improvement

work with colleagues to implement changes for improvement to work processes.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit of competency has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify customers and suppliers.	1.1 Identify internal and external customers and suppliers. 1.2 Identify individual requirements. 1.3 Identify your role in meeting customer requirements.
2. Identify areas for improvement.	2.1 Identify issues affecting output and quality. 2.2 Identify instances of variation. 2.3 Follow enterprise procedures/work instructions for reporting and managing variations. 2.4 Record non-conformance in accordance with company requirements.
3. Identify strategies for improvement.	3.1 Analyse problems/areas for improvement. 3.2 Explain the use of information in developing improvements. 3.3 Use appropriate quality tools and techniques for identifying causes of problem and areas for improvement. 3.4 Suggest options for improvement. 3.5 Discuss a proposed improvement with others in a team.
4. Participate in a team to implement an improvement proposal.	4.1 Implement changes in system and procedures. 4.2 Monitor performance improvements. 4.3 Evaluate results of improvements with others in a team.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of the process, normal operating parameters and product quality to recognise non-standard situations. Knowledge of the relevant OHS and environmental requirements is required along with an ability to implement them in a manner which is relevant to determining the corrective action and provision of recommendations.

Thorough knowledge of organisation standard operating procedures is required. Some appreciation of business goals is required as a basis for decision-making and action.

Competence to include the ability toapply and explain:

principles of operation

principles of recording and reporting

analytical problem solving techniques.

Competence to include the ability to distinguish between causes of problems such as:

process

maintenance

materials

operations.

relevant to the ability to improve processes and procedures at that level.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical product specifications, job sheets and material labels as provided to operators.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms.

Basic numeracy is also required, eg to interpret quality data and graphs.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

appropriate documenting of the quality improvement process is undertaken

enterprise procedures for identifying and suggesting improvements are followed

the operator is able to participate in a team discussion

enterprise procedures for implementing improvement proposals are followed

standards are met consistently.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur on-the-job or in a simulated workplace.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems

by use of a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

by a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to all work environments and sectors within the industries.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

workplace forms and logs

communication equipment for gathering and exchanging information, such as telephones, two-way radios, fax machines, email.

Problems

'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'. Typical process problems may include:

process and quality problems

equipment selection, availability and failure

teamwork and work allocation problems

safety and emergency situations and incidents.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP292A Sample and test materials and product

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the taking of routine samples and the conducting of simple tests.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who are required to undertake the routine sampling and testing in the workplace. Testing will typically also be done in the workplace or in a 'factory laboratory' (or bench) adjacent to/in the factory. Tests will be simple, routine tests to procedure. This competency is typically performed by operators working either independently or as part of a work team. The operator:

takes the sample

performs the test

makes a simple interpretation of the test results

takes actions specified based on the test results

completes logs and reports.

More advanced sampling and testing should use the relevant units from PML04 Laboratory Operations Training Package.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Take sample.	1.1 Determine type of sample and sampling equipment required. 1.2 Check sampling equipment is clean and in good order. 1.3 Take sample(s) of required type(s), from the required place(s) and at the required time(s) and place in required container(s). 1.4 Label sample(s) to procedure. 1.5 Carry sample(s) to required place.
2. Complete test.	2.1 Check test required from procedures/work instruction. 2.2 Check sample identification and integrity. 2.3 Check test equipment is clean, in good order and within calibration. 2.4 Complete test(s) required as per standard procedures/ instructions.
3. Interpret results and take action.	3.1 Note anything about sample, equipment or the test itself which may have caused it to give a bad result. 3.2 Compare results to specification. 3.3 Take action appropriate to the test results and any other observations.
4. Complete sample and test cycle.	4.1 Complete required records. 4.2 Store and/or dispose of sample as required. 4.3 Clean all equipment and leave ready for next sample/test.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Application of knowledge of the sampling and testing techniques used sufficient to recognise a suspicious test result cause by a fault in these areas.

Knowledge of organisation procedures and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and work standards.

Knowledge and skills in sampling and testing sufficient for consistent and meaningful test results including:

basic principles of taking the particular sample

basic principles of the particular test

sample techniques and requirements

test methods used and critical factors leading to good/poor test results.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical sampling and testing methods/procedures and to read and interpret numbers or other test result data.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms and labelling samples.

Basic numeracy is required to read and interpret test results and undertake minor data manipulation such as might be required for the test, test interpretation or reporting.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

take a sample correctly

undertake tests with adequate reproducibility

select and use the appropriate procedures.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur in a factory testing environment and will be undertaken in a work-like environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

by using appropriate, industrial testing regimes

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that will affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency unit includes the range of sampling and testing which may be carried out in a plant/factory, or in a manufacturing laboratory. It typically applies to operators who carry out a narrow range of tests as part of their job.

It does NOT include testing which would normally be conducted in a laboratory, nor operators carrying out a wide range of testing which is a significant part of their job role. These competencies are more properly covered by PMLTEST300A Perform basic tests or other units from the Laboratory Operations Training Package.

The tasks covered by this competency include:

receiving, handling and storing samples

preparing for sample collection

performing sample collection

performing sample preparation

performing tests

recording results.

Problems

'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'. Typical problems include:

correct sampling technique

test equipment condition/calibration

consistent test technique according to standard procedure

correct recording of result

interpretation of result and the initiation of appropriate action

correct retention/disposal of sample/test materials.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP300A Identify and implement opportunities to maximise production efficiencies

Modification History

Release 2 - Error in title of prerequisite unit corrected - Equivalent. No change to the prerequisite.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the ability to identify, monitor and participate in strategies to improve production efficiencies to meet set targets. It applies to all employees who are required to provide input into process improvement initiatives. The competency is typically performed by an experienced operator, team leader or supervisor.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This unit covers the improvement of production such as occurs in the workplace but does not cover maximisation of process/equipment efficiencies undertaken as part of the operator's normal role, which is covered in the relevant operation/production competency unit.

The plant operator would:

identify variances from production targets

monitor performance against targets

participate in and implement areas for improving process efficiencies.

Generally the plant operator would be part of a team in developing strategies to improve process efficiencies and may be expected to perform all parts of this unit. At all times they would be liaising and cooperating with other members of the team.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MSAPMSUP200A Achieve work outcomes

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify production performance.	1.1 Identify production targets for work area and work roles taking account of OHS. 1.2 Identify techniques used to measure production performance against targets/standards. 1.3 Record production performance in accordance with enterprise procedures.
2. Recognise issues that effect production process efficiencies.	2.1 Identify issues affecting output and quality. 2.2 Identify potential/actual sources of wastage. 2.3 Identify hazards and required controls associated with the process. 2.4 Identify strategies to minimise production inefficiencies without sacrificing OHS.
3. Monitor and measure performance against targets.	3.1 Monitor performance of process/equipment/raw material usage against targets. 3.2 Identify variations from targets and divergence from trends. 3.3 Use appropriate techniques to monitor actual performance against target. 3.4 Identify factors inhibiting performance.
4. Participate in developing methods for improving process efficiencies.	4.1 Analyse problems/areas for improvement in process efficiencies. 4.2 Utilise appropriate problem solving tools and techniques for identifying areas for improvement. 4.3 Identify and take into account external factors. 4.4 Identify required changes to process, standards and procedures. 4.5 Recommend strategies for improvement to relevant personnel.
5. Participate in implementing process improvement strategies.	5.1 Implement developed strategies to minimise production inefficiencies and wastage. 5.2 Monitor performance improvement recommendations. 5.3 Evaluate results of improvements. 5.4 Report results to relevant personnel.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of process sufficient to recognise deviations from target and recommend improvement strategies.

Knowledge of organisation procedures and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and work standards.

Application of the knowledge of managing risks using the hierarchy of controls applied to the process. Application of approved hazard control, safety procedures, use of PPE in relation to handling materials, equipment operation and clean up.

Knowledge as a basis for identifying opportunities and recommending and implementing strategies, including:

principles of the operation of the equipment

relevant equipment and operational processes

hazards associated with the process

application of the hierarchy of control in controlling the hazards

enterprise policies and procedures

enterprise goals, targets and measures

enterprise quality, OHS and environmental requirements

obligations of employers under OHS legislation as applied to the production process

enterprise information systems and data collation

industry codes and standards.

Competence also includes the ability to:

identify hazards of the materials and process

implement appropriate procedures for hazard control

use PPE, safely handle products and materials, read relevant safety information and apply safety precautions appropriate to the task.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical process documentation and charts.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms and production reports.

Basic numeracy is required, to the level of identifying deviation from targets.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

understand the procedures and know the importance of critical operational systems

recognise potential situations requiring action and then implement appropriate action.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

production targets are identified and performance monitored against targets

potential and actual issues/problems/hazards are recognised and clarified

appropriate strategies are recommended to improve efficiency and productivity within team/department to achieve targets

safety and environmental implications of recommendations are recognised and addressed

participation in implementing strategies to improve process efficiencies is demonstrated.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur on-the-job, in a work-like environment or in a simulated workplace.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

on a processing plant, allowing for operation under all normal and a range of abnormal conditions

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to recognise, anticipate and solve problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

The competency unit applies to a wide range of processes and equipment. In large plants with multiple processes, it may apply to more than one process if those processes interact with each other. It applies to all operators across all functions.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures mean all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions, standard operating procedures and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Sources of information

Sources of information may include:

yearly, monthly, weekly and daily production targets

business objectives and goals

control charts, run charts and graphs

enterprise manuals and procedures

equipment specifications.

Sources of process inefficiencies and wastage

Sources of process inefficiencies and wastage may include:

equipment downtime

spillages

leaks

contamination

raw material quality

utilities usage

productivity issues

incorrect work allocation/priorities/planning

incorrect processes/procedures.

Problems

Respond to/rectify 'non-routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a variety of predictable problems'. Typical process and product problems may include:

non-routine process and quality problems

equipment selection, availability and failure

teamwork and work allocation problems

safety and emergency situations and incidents.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP301A Apply HACCP to the workplace

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency applies to senior operators working in sectors that make products which come into contact with food and beverages

This competency covers the application of a HACCP-based approach to food and beverage related products.

Acronyms used in this competency:

CCP - critical control points

CCF - critical control factors

CCL - critical control limits

HACCP - hazard analysis critical control points

HAT - hazard analysis table.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency unit covers the development/modification of a HACCP/HAT to the manufacture of products to be used in contact with food, beverages or pharmaceuticals. It assumes an understanding of the operation of all relevant equipment and processes but does not necessarily require them to be used personally.

This competency applies to all work environments and sectors within the industry where the product comes into contact with food, beverages or pharmaceuticals or otherwise requires 'food standard' to be maintained. Standard procedures means all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

It includes:

applying the 'seven principles' of HACCP

developing a HAT from a HACCP

developing a new HACCP as part of a HACCP team

making changes to existing HACCPs/HATs, resulting from process/material changes (provided such changes are not major requiring a complete new analysis)

helping operators to apply and use the HACCP/HAT in their routine work.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Apply a HAT to an existing process.	1.1 Identify CCPs. 1.2 Recognise CCFs which are outside of or approaching CCLs. 1.3 Describe hazard related to CCFs and CCLs. 1.4 Implement corrective action as per HAT.
2. Develop/modify a HACCP.	2.1 Conduct a hazard analysis. 2.2 Determine the CCPs. 2.3 Establish critical limits. 2.4 Establish/modify a system to monitor control of the CCPs. 2.5 Establish the corrective action to be taken when monitoring indicates that a particular CCP is not under control. 2.6 Establish procedures for verification to confirm that the HACCPsystem is working effectively. 2.7 Establish/modify documentation concerning all procedures and records appropriate to these principles and their application.
3. Interpret HACCP/HAT to another worker.	3.1 Explain the purpose and rationale of HACCP. 3.2 Identify CCPs, CCFs and CCLs. 3.3 Describe indicators of CCFs not within their CCLs. 3.4 Describe impact of non-conformances. 3.5 Demonstrate corrective action. 3.6 Monitor worker implement.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of the materials, equipment and process sufficient to recognise HACCP/HAT issues and take appropriate corrective action.

Knowledge of organisation standard procedures, HACCPs and HATs and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and in a manner relevant to the job.

Competence includes knowledge of:

the HACCP approach

HAT relevance to routine production

impacts of variations in materials, process and product on HACCP

the relevance of the Codex Alimentarius to food/beverage/pharmaceutical packaging

and the ability to:

apply the Codex Alimentarius to the food industry

analyse process and material variations in terms of the HACCPand determine appropriate action(s)

develop a new HACCP as part of a team

recognise the need to modify an existing HACCP/HAT and make minor modifications.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read, interpret and write technical information and explain it to operators.

Writing is required to the level of writing technical reports and HACCP/HAT tables.

Numeracy is also required, eg to interpret quantitative data, make comparisons and interpretations.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

recognise potential situations requiring action

implement appropriate action

understand the procedures

explain the importance of CCPs, CCFs and CCLs.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that HACCP standards are met consistently.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur on a processing plant or in a manufacturing environment and will be undertaken in a work-like manner.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

by using an appropriate, industrial plant/process

in a situation allowing for the generation of evidence of the ability to recognise, anticipate and solve problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency covers the development/modification of a HACCP/HAT to the manufacture of products to be used in contact with food, beverages or pharmaceuticals. It assumes an understanding of the operation of all relevant equipment and processes but does not necessarily require them to be used personally.

This competency applies to all work environments and sectors within the process manufacturing industries where the product comes into contact with food, beverages or pharmaceuticals. Standard procedures means all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Hazards

Typical hazards are:

biological

chemical

physical

product contamination

material contamination.

Problems

'Anticipate and solve problems' means resolve a wide range of routine and non-routine problems, using product and process knowledge to develop solutions to problems which do not have a known solution/a solution recorded in the procedures.

Typical process and product problems may include:

recognising CCFs approaching the CCLs.

determining corrective action from HAT

applying HACCP principles to situations not directly covered by HAT

recognising the need for a new/modified HACCP/HAT

modifying HACCP/HAT to meet changes circumstances.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP303A Identify equipment faults

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This unit requires the application of planning, technical knowledge and skills to check and isolate routine and non-routine equipment faults used in production and report on the status of equipment. It applies to all sectors of the industry.

This competency is typically performed by operators demonstrating some relevant theoretical knowledge and using a range of well developed skills requiring some discretion and judgement

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who are required to apply knowledge of materials, product purpose and processes to the identification and isolation of faults in equipment. The key factors are the planning, checking and identification of routine and non-routine faults, in order to return the equipment to production.

The operator will:

identify and plan scope of equipment checks

check settings, adjustments and performance of equipment

check materials for conformity to job requirements

identify and isolate faults in equipment

propose solutions and carry out solutions within scope of authority

complete logs and reports.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify scope of operational check.	1.1 Identify and classify equipment components and operating systems. 1.2 Match appropriate tests and procedures to the equipment operating systems. 1.3 Identify special test procedures and parameters in manufacturer's specifications and procedures. 1.4 Explain the operating principles of hydraulic, pneumatic, mechanical and electrical/electronic systems as related to workplace equipment. 1.5 Implement measures to control identified hazards in line with procedures and duty of care. 1.6 Observe and undertake checks on the physical condition of equipment as per procedures. 1.7 Record preliminary observations. 1.8 Discuss test procedures with appropriate personnel and obtain necessary permission where required.
2. Plan operational checks.	2.1 Check specifications and notes from preliminary observations and identify areas to be clarified. 2.2 Plan testing sequence/s noting areas where results and observations should be recorded. 2.3 Identify safe area for testing. 2.4 Make arrangements for any additional resources (including other employees).
3. Check unit through full operational range.	3.1 Undertake testing, observing relevant safety and operational requirements. 3.2 Confirm results and findings.
4. Identify fault and/or formulate recommendations.	4.1 Identify impact of fault on work schedule. 4.2 Record proposals for equipment repair based on faults found, cost/time implications and workplace approval systems. 4.3 Explain report to relevant workplace personnel including any options and recommendations. 4.4 Undertake repairs where appropriate in accordance with procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of equipment operation and maintenance practices sufficient to recognise fault and no-fault conditions in standard and non-standard situations and then determine appropriate action which is consistent with operational guidelines is required.

Knowledge of organization procedures and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and work standards.

Application of the knowledge of managing risks using the hierarchy of controls applied to the process. Application of approved hazard control, safety procedures, use of PPE in relation to handling materials, equipment operation and clean up.

Knowledge as a basis for solving processing and material problems, including:

principles of the operation of the equipment to be maintained

functions and troubleshooting of internal components and their problems

routine and non-routine causes of equipment failures and the service conditions which may increase maintenance

maintenance techniques, (eg reactive maintenance, predictive and preventative operational maintenance)

appropriate testing procedures and use of equipment for a range of equipment faults

operating principles for mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical/electronic systems

urgency and timeliness factors in planning maintenance activities in relation to production requirements

collection, analysis and reporting of data.

Competence also includes the ability to:

identify and select testing methods based on cost and time effectiveness

conduct inspections, checks and tests on equipment as appropriate

read and interpret circuit diagrams for mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic and electrical/electronic operating systems

use technical information and manufacturer information to locate relevant data

interpret technical specifications and manufacturer instructions

ensure workplace is safe for testing and maintenance of equipment

identify hazards of the materials and process

implement appropriate procedures for hazard control

use PPE, safely handle products and materials, read relevant safety information

apply safety precautions appropriate to the task.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical equipment specifications schematics and diagrams.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms and production reports.

Basic numeracy is required, to the level of calculating equipment throughputs and performance.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

understand the procedures and know the importance of critical operational systems

recognise potential situations requiring action and then implement appropriate action.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

early warning signs of equipment in need of attention/with potential problems are recognised

appropriate tests are undertaken and tests are analysed appropriately

proposals for equipment repair are based upon the most appropriate and cost effective method to return equipment to full performance in a timely manner

items initiated are followed through until final resolution has occurred.

Assessment method and context

It is preferred that assessment takes place on industrial equipment in a work environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

on a processing plant, allowing for operation under all normal and a range of abnormal conditions

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to recognise, anticipate and solve problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to all work environments and sectors within the industry. It does not include maintenance that would require trade level skills. It is not intended that this competency would cover maintenance that is carried on in a workshop.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures mean all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions, standard operating procedures, plant description manuals, manufacturer's instructions, specifications, service manuals, machine circuit diagrams for hydraulic/pneumatic and electrical/electronic circuits and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

hand tools specific for the task

product testing equipment (eg flowmeter, scales, tape measure, micrometer, caliper, ultrasonic thickness)

machinery measuring equipment (eg vibration meter, tachometer, current tester, thermal imaging, temperature gauge)

measuring and aligning equipment.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

rotating and moving machinery

process materials, solids, fluids and gases under pressure or flowing

temporary connections or by-passes

electrical, hydraulic or pneumatic energy sources

out-of-specification operation.

Problems

Respond to/rectify 'non-routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a variety of predictable problems'. Typical process and product problems may include:

out-of-specification product or variations

response of equipment to materials variations

new or changed materials

changed equipment settings (eg higher speed or throughput)

equipment in need of maintenance

procedures requiring update or modification.

Variables

Key variables to be monitored include:

equipment performance (eg speed, output, variations)

equipment component performance

sequences and timing of operations

materials changes (desired and not desired).

Data and Records

Typical information sources, observed data and plant records may include:

plant data

log sheets

operational and performance reports

physical aspects such as noise, smell, feel and pressure condition monitoring information

planned maintenance schedules

procedures.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP309A Maintain and organise workplace records

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This unit covers the maintenance of workplace records in paper or electronic form. It may include sample products or materials for testing or quality purposes.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This unit applies to employees who are required to maintain and organise workplace records.

The competency is normally used within approved workplace routines, methods and procedures. Discretion and judgement are required in the selection of equipment, work organisation, services and the allocation of work tasks within agreed time frames.

The employee will::

identify and handle records in accordance with enterprise procedures

track location of records

apply security controls to ensure the integrity of records is not compromised

maintain workplace records systems

identify problems and take appropriate action.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify records to be stored.	1.1 Identify purpose(s) of records to be maintained in relation to customer requirements, quality system or production requirements. 1.2 Identify requirements for completion of workplace records in accordance with workplace procedures. 1.3 Record and collate information ensuring appropriate information and any samples are included in an appropriate manner.
2. Maintain document filing arrangements.	2.1 Identify organisation system for records. 2.2 File records following workplace conventions. 2.3 Deal with obsolete or non-conforming records following workplace procedures.
3. Respond to information requests.	3.1 Interpret requests for information and prioritise. 3.2 Identify information requested and provide information within required workplace policies and time frames.
4. Organise file movements.	4.1 Identify files to be relocated. 4.2 Complete records of movement and file following workplace procedures.
5. Maintain security of workplace records.	5.1 Identify security requirements for workplace records. 5.2 Maintain security arrangements for files. 5.3 Notify (any) security breaches to appropriate personnel.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge of organisation standard procedures, work instructions and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints relevant to the job.

Knowledge and skills in organising and maintaining a records system, including:

identification and correct use of record keeping processes and procedures

records generated at various stages of the production workflow and records access requirements

focus of operation of record systems and equipment

importance of records held and relevant procedures to maintain records to minimise time delays in accessing records

maintenance of information for suppliers, customers and the enterprise.

Competence also includes the ability to:

plan own work, including predicting consequences and identifying improvements

identify and describe own role and role of other employees in maintaining workplace records.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical product specifications, job sheets, work instructions and material labels as provided to operators.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms and reports.

Numeracy is also required to the extent required by production data, work instructions and procedures.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

identify and implement appropriate work processes for the filing and retrieval of workplace information

identify and take appropriate action on problems and potential problems.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

records are consistently filed and accessed in accordance with workplace procedures

security precautions appropriate to the records are applied at all times.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur on-the-job or in a simulated workplace.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

by direct observation and accessing the workplace records system

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to recognise, anticipate and solve problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to all work environments in the industry.

Work is governed by established workplace procedures, and extent of authority for adjustments and other work activities are defined

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Documentation

This unit of competency includes sources of documentation such as:

production reports

job specifications

production capability statements/specifications

relevant workplace procedures and policies

quality standards

enterprise manuals

machine or equipment instructions and readouts

manufacturer specifications

materials safety data sheets

reliability, human resource, financial and production information

relevant agreements, codes of practice and other legislative requirements.

Filing systems may be manual or computerised.

Problems

Anticipate and solve problems means resolve a wide range of routine and non-routine problems, using product and process knowledge to develop solutions to problems which do not have a known solution/s recorded in the procedures.

Typical problems may include:

lost files

misfiling

poor controls

insufficient space/storage facilities

incorrect destruction of records.

Appropriate action for problems outside of area of responsibility may be reported to

an appropriate person.

Appropriate action for solving problems within area of responsibility includes asking

questions and seeking assistance from appropriate persons/sources

Variables

Key variables to be monitored include:

retention schedules

records movements and location.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP310A Contribute to the development of plant documentation

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This unit of competency covers the development of relevant plant documentation and systems in response to identified information requirements including the development and/or amendment of workplace documents, procedures and record keeping systems.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency is typically performed by an experienced operator, leading hand or supervisor. The employee will:

determine what needs to be done

draft new/revised documentation

arrange for documentation to be checked

follow document control procedures.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify information need/deficiency.	1.1 Determine the information requirements of the organization. 1.2 Evaluate current documentation. 1.3 Recognise information need/deficiency. 1.4 Discuss information requirements with appropriate personnel.
2. Develop/revise plant documentation.	2.1 Specify information need and set/prioritise objectives 2.2 Analyse existing documentation/records in accordance with specified requirements. 2.3 Develop/amend documentation as a draft in accordance with specifications to standard format. 2.4 Issue documentation to appropriate personnel for review. 2.5 Edit documentation and amend in accordance with review requirements. 2.6 Complete documentation to satisfy the initial identified need/deficiency.
3. Communicate changes to plant documentation.	3.1 Explain and communicate documentation to all relevant personnel. 3.2 Distribute documentation to all appropriate personnel. 3.3 Evaluate implementation of documentation. 3.4 Amend documents if required.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge of organisation standard procedures, work instructions and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints relevant to the job.

Knowledge of organisation information systems, procedures, equipment and relevant documentation sufficient to be able to develop or amend company documentation.

Knowledge of the relevant OHS and environmental requirements is required along with an ability to implement them in a manner which is relevant to the drafting of all relevant documentation.

Competence also includes the ability to:

plan own work, including predicting consequences and identifying improvements

identify and describe own role and role of other employees.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical product specifications, job sheets, work instructions and material labels as provided to operators.

Writing is required to the level of drafting documents for the required audience.

Numeracy is also required to the extent required by production data, work instructions and procedures.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

information required is researched, and intended use is taken into account

documentation is completed accurately, concisely and in accordance with requirements

completed documentation is easily understood by the recipient

information is communicated in the appropriate manner

communication distinguishes between relevant and peripheral issues.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur using work-based documents and in a work-like environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

by direct observation and accessing the workplace records system

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to recognise, anticipate and solve problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to all work environments in the industry.

Work is governed by established workplace procedures, and extent of authority for drafting/document approval.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Documentation

This unit of competency includes sources of documentation such as:

maintenance logs

non-compliance reports

incidence and accident reports

permits

schematics/process flows/ engineering drawings.

job cards

standard operating procedures

work instructions

operating manuals

quality procedures

training program contents

materials safety data sheets.

Problems

'Anticipate and solve problems' means resolve a wide range of routine and non-routine problems, using product and process knowledge to develop solutions to problems which do not have a known solution/s recorded in the procedures.

Typical problems may include:

inaccurate source documents

out-of-date source documents

source documents too technical/lacking detail/of wrong focus

prioritising of document drafting with other work.

Appropriate action for problems outside of area of responsibility may be reported to an appropriate person.

Appropriate action for solving problems within area of responsibility includes asking questions and seeking assistance from appropriate persons/sources

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP330A Develop and adjust a production schedule

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This unit refers to the scheduling of production to meet operational requirements. It aims at ensuring that operators identify resource requirements, and document, monitor and adjust schedules in response to operational variations.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who are required to optimise plant production and costs of production, using daily and weekly run plan guidelines/production schedules.

Typically, work would include authorising, planning, scheduling and prioritising of day to day activities.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the Range Statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the Range Statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify resources to meet production requirements.	1.1 Determine demand for product. 1.2 Access and verify information on orders, stocks and delivery. 1.3 Determine material requirements. 1.4 Determine human resource requirements. 1.5 Determine health, safety or environment issues in meeting requirements.
2. Develop schedules	2.1 Determine production priorities. 2.2 Identify production opportunities ('windows'). 2.3 Develop production schedules in accordance with procedures taking account of safety requirements. 2.4 Communicate and distribute production schedules to appropriate personnel.
3. Monitor production schedules.	3.1 Monitor production output against schedule. 3.2 Identify variations between production and schedule. 3.3 Record operational variation and discuss with appropriate personnel. 3.4 Identify possible cause of variation.
4. Adjust schedules.	4.1 Adjust schedules in response to operational variation. 4.2 Adjust schedules in response to unexpected events. 4.3 Distribute adjusted/amended schedules to appropriate personnel. 4.4 Maintain product output in accordance with production and health, safety and environment requirements.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Competence includes the ability to apply and explain:

production objectives, priorities, targets and resource requirements

customer and quality requirements

process and plant operational requirements

hazards associated with the process

awareness of the hierarchy of control in controlling the hazards

impact of adjustments on process/plant efficiencies and production outcomes/targets

safety implications for schedule/schedule changes

planning, sequencing, monitoring and reviewing steps

company policies and procedures

as is relevant to scheduling of production to meet operational requirements.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to access and interpret a range of written, numeric and graphical data.

Writing is required to the level of interpreting orders (and forecasts) and producing schedules and related reports.

Numeracy is required to interpret numeric data and relevant statistics (such as trends and cycles) and from this calculate production and resource requirements.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

This unit may be best assessed using a range of scenarios/case studies and 'what ifs' as the stimulus with a walk-through of the scheduling process forming part of the response. These assessment activities should cover a range of problems, including new, unusual and improbable situations which may have been generated from the past incident history of the plant, incidents on similar plants around the world, hazard analysis activities and similar sources.

Critical aspects

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to

identify resource requirements

record, monitor and adjust schedules in response to operational requirements.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

resource requirements are correctly identified in accordance with production requirements

schedules are planned for the most effective and efficient manner to meet operational requirements

schedules allow for safety, health and environmental (HSE) issues and reinforce HSE priorities

timelines are adhered to

schedules are adjusted and resource requirements amended in response to operational variations

variations to schedules are communicated and documented appropriately.

Context of assessment

This unit of competency will be assessed:

on a processing plant

in as holistic a manner as is practical

over a range of situations which will include disruptions to normal, smooth operation

through questioning and the use of 'what if' scenarios both on the plant (during demonstration of normal operations and walk throughs of abnormal operations) and off the plant

by using a combination of these techniques.

Assessment for this unit of competency may:

be integrated with the assessment of other relevant units of competency

require simulation to allow for timely assessment of parts of the unit, eg Elements 1 and 4. Simulation should be based on the actual plant and will include walk throughs of the relevant competency components. Simulations may also include the use of case studies/scenarios and role plays.

Method of assessment

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency is typically performed by an experienced operator, team leader or similar.

Indicative functions include:

regular planning operations

communication with all relevant personnel, including management and administration.

Unit content areas include responses to:

immediate production needs

future production needs

reworking requirements.

Indicative information sources and resources include:

customer requirements

organisational plans, policies and procedures

production schedules, run plans

resource utilisation actuals and targets.

All operations are performed in accordance with standard operating procedures.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures means all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Health, Safety and Environment (HSE)

All operations are subject to stringent health, safety and environment requirements, which may be imposed through State or federal legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between Performance Criteria and HSE requirements, the scheduler needs to ensure the HSE requirements take precedence.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP382A Provide coaching/mentoring in the workplace

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the skills and knowledge required to act as a mentor/coach to other individuals in the workplace. Coaching and mentoring are undertaken within the coach/mentor's area of expertise on a one on one basis.

The mentoring/coaching process applies to any area of the business or professional endeavours such as acquisition of specific business competencies, progress with overall business development, individual and personal development.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency is typically performed by senior operators or team leaders who have significant workplace experience. At all times they would be liaising with relevant personnel when undertaking the coaching/mentoring role.

The coach/mentor would:

facilitate the exploration of needs, motivations and thought processes to assist the individual in identifying areas for development

observe, listen and ask questions to identify the employee's situation

use questioning techniques to identify solutions and actions rather than take a directive approach

support the employee in setting appropriate goals and methods of assessing progress in relation to goals

provide encouragement, support and constructive feedback

apply tools and techniques which may include one on one training, facilitating, counselling and networking

evaluate outcomes of process to ensure the employee is achieving goals.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Individual enterprises may choose to add prerequisites and co-requisites relevant to their processes.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Establish coaching/ mentoring relationship.	1.1 Identify areas for development in line with organisational and individual's requirements. 1.2 Use effective communication styles to develop trust, confidence and rapport. 1.3 Make agreements on how the relationship will be conducted, including: the amount of time involved for both parties confidentiality of information identification of development opportunities development plan towards achieving goals. 1.4 Discuss and clarify expectations and goals. 1.5 Seek input from other relevant personnel if required.
2. Provide coaching/ mentoring support.	2.1 Assist the individual to identify and evaluate opportunities to achieve agreed goals/development activities. 2.2 Share personal experiences and knowledge with the individual to assist in progress to agreed goals/development. 2.3 Provide a supportive environment to allow the individual to develop towards the achievement of goals. 2.4 Encourage the individual to make decisions and take responsibility for the courses of actions or solutions under consideration. 2.5 Provide assistance and guidance in a manner which allows the individual to retain responsibility for achievement in their goals.
3. Evaluate effectiveness of coaching/mentoring.	3.1 Recognise and openly discuss changes in the coaching/mentoring relationship. 3.2 Make adjustments to the relationship to take account of the needs of both the mentor/coach and the individual. 3.3 Seek feedback from individual and other relevant personnel to identify and implement improvements.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge of the principles of coaching and mentoring for development of competence.

Knowledge of organization standard procedures and work instructions and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to apply them to the coaching/mentoring process.

Competence also includes the ability to:

work effectively with individuals who have diverse work styles, aspirations, cultures and perspectives

use effective methods of coaching/mentoring

apply organisation policies, procedures and plans

apply methods and techniques for eliciting and interpreting feedback

explain relevant career paths and competency standards in the organisation

apply methods for identifying development opportunities

use effective planning skills to organise activities

give, receive and analyse feedback effectively

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret organisation requirements which may be included in:

quality assurances and/or procedures manuals

goals, objectives, plants, systems and processes

legal and organisational policy/guidelines and requirements

OHS policies, procedures and programs

confidentiality and security requirements

business and performance plans

anti-discrimination and related policy

access and equity principles and practice

ethical standards

quality and continuous improvement processes and standards.

Writing is required to the level of completing records and reports.

Numeracy is required to the extent required by work instructions and procedures.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that an understanding of mentoring/coaching and its role and benefits is understood. Competence must be demonstrated in communication skills in relation to listening, questioning, providing constructive feedback and non-verbal communication.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated, in particular:

an understanding in the role and benefits of mentoring/coaching in the business

use of significant workplace knowledge and experience to assist another individual to achieve their goals/development needs

application of effective communication styles

effectively creating a learning environment that allows for open discussion, feedback, tolerance of mistakes during learning, within a safe environment, and affirmation of the individual's worthiness.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur on-the-job or in a simulated workplace.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

by observation or questioning to indicate understanding

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to respond to problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to all work environments in the process manufacturing industries.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

relevant process equipment, components and auxiliary equipment

PPE.

Hazards

Typical workplace hazards include:

chemicals and hazardous materials

gases and liquids under pressure

moving machinery

materials handling

working at heights, in confined spaces, or in environments subjected to heat, noise, dusts or vapours.

Problems

Anticipate and solve problems means resolve a wide range of routine and non-routine problems, using product and process knowledge to develop solutions to problems which do not have a known solution/a solution recorded in the procedures.

Typical problems may include:

lack of materials and resources

conflicting work priorities

time constraints.

lack of cooperation

lack of willingness to receive feedback

Appropriate action for non-routine problems may include reporting to designated

person or other action specified in the procedures.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP383A Facilitate a team

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the identification of team's goals and timelines, negotiating with the team to allocate tasks and ensuring the goals and timelines are met.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency is typically performed by team leaders/operators who work within a team structure and are responsible for coordinating team functions within designated goals. It also requires the use of a range of well developed skills requiring some discretion and judgement to recognise and resolve a range of problems/conflict.

The team leader will:

collect, analyse and organise information

communicate ideas and information

plan and organise activities

work within a team

use mathematical ideas and techniques

solve problems

use technology.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit of competency has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify tasks to achieve team goals.	1.1 Identify and agree on team goals, with team members input. 1.2 Identify tasks required to achieve team goals. 1.3 Identify team and individual safety responsibilities. 1.4 Allocate responsibilities of individuals within the team. 1.5 Ensure designated team goals are met by identifying strategies and timelines required to complete each task.
2. Organise allocation of tasks.	2.1 Estimate time and resources needed to complete tasks. 2.2 Identify competencies of individual team member and allocate/negotiate individual responsibilities. 2.3 Agree timelines for completion of each task. 2.4 Identify resources and support necessary for completion of job.
3. Monitor completion of allocated tasks.	3.1 Measure team performance against its goals. 3.2 Monitor individual compliance with procedures and take action as required. 3.3 Check at regular intervals that agreed timelines for completion of tasks are being met. 3.4 Negotiate alternative strategies to achieve allocated tasks when designated timelines are not being met. 3.5 Provide support to colleagues to ensure completion of allocated tasks.
4. Resolve conflicts between team members.	4.1 Identify conflict situations between team members. 4.2 Identify causes of conflict. 4.3 Implement conflict resolution procedures relevant to the level of conflict and to established practices. 4.4 Seek assistance as required to ensure conflict resolution.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Application of knowledge and understanding of the system sufficient to indicate understanding and knowledge of negotiating with team members to allocate and complete tasks to achieve team goals.

Knowledge of organization procedures, quality requirements and relevant regulatory requirements along with the ability to implement them within appropriate time constraints and work standards.

Application of the knowledge of managing risk using the hierarchy of controls applied to the manufacture of products. Application of approved hazard control and safety procedures and the use of PPE in relation to handling materials, equipment operation and clean up.

Knowledge as a basis for solving problems, including:

effective use of teamwork

impact of individual team member strengths/weaknesses/competencies on the allocation of responsibilities

OHS roles and responsibilities of the individual and the team

effective use of workplace documentation

teamwork strategies

working to timelines

allocation of tasks

health, safety and environment obligations of employers and employees imposed by the relevant legislation.

Competence includes the ability to:

plan own work, including predicting consequences and identifying improvement

identify and describe own role and role of others involved in the team

identify team and individual goals relevant to the practical operation of the system

identify team, section and organisation goals relevant to the practical operation of the system.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and understand typical procedures and work instructions, plant drawings and safety information as provided to operators.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms, quality assurance records and production reports.

Basic numeracy is required to the extent required by work instructions and procedures.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

identify and prioritise work activities

negotiate and monitor work activities

understand the impact of individual tasks on the completion of team objectives

allocate and oversee that tasks are completed safely and within timelines

ensure relevant procedures are followed and used when completing activities

identify and take appropriate action on problems or potential problems.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

willingness to participate as part of a group is demonstrated

support is sought from and given to colleagues to achieve team objectives

all safety procedures are always followed.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur in work-like environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to recognise, anticipate and solve problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to all work environments and sectors in the industries.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Problems

Anticipate and solve problems means resolve a wide range of routine and non-routine problems, using product and process knowledge to develop solutions to problems which do not have a known solution / a solution recorded in the procedures.

Typical problems may include:

required information/materials not available

required tool/equipment not available

conflicting priorities

short timeframe.

Variables

This competency unit may vary according to organization use of the following information sources and documentation:

procedures/work instructions

materials safety data sheets

job cards

maintenance logs

plant drawings.

Key variables to be monitored include:

type of communication used within each organisation

established work practices/policies

size and structure of the team/organisation

group goals - individual, team and organisation

organisation specific conflict resolution procedures.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP390A Use structured problem solving tools

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the solving of process and other problems, beyond those associated directly with the process unit/equipment, using structured process improvement tools to identify improvements and/or solve problems.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

The competency is typically performed by an experienced operator, team leader or supervisor.

Generally the person would be part of a team during the solving of complex or systemic problems and would be expected to perform all parts of this unit and at all times would be liaising and cooperating with other members of the team. This includes:

using a range of formal problem solving techniques

identifying and clarifying the nature of the problem

devising the best solution

evaluating the solution

developing an implementation plan to rectify the problem.

This unit does not cover the solving of problems undertaken as part of the operator's normal role which is covered in the relevant operation competency unit.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify the problem.	1.1 Identify variances from normal operating parameters and product quality. 1.2 Define the extent, cause and nature of the problem by observation and investigation. 1.3 State and specify the problem clearly.
2. Determine fundamental cause of problem.	2.1 Identify possible causes based on experience and the use of problem solving tools/analytical techniques. 2.2 Develop possible cause statements. 2.3 Identify fundamental cause.
3. Determine corrective action.	3.1 Consider all possible options for resolution of the problem. 3.2 Consider strengths and weaknesses of possible options. 3.3 Determine corrective action to remove the problem and possible future causes. 3.4 Develop implementation plans identifying measurable objectives, resource needs and timelines in accordance with safety and operating procedures. 3.5 Develop recommendations for ongoing monitoring and testing.
4. Communicate recommendations.	4.1 Prepare report on recommendations. 4.2 Present recommendations to appropriate personnel. 4.3 Follow up recommendations if required.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Competence includes a thorough knowledge and understanding of the process, normal operating parameters, and product quality to recognise non-standard situations.

This unit of competency includes use of analytical techniques in problem solving such as:

brainstorming

fishbone diagrams/cause and effect diagrams

process logic/process requirements

logic tree

similarity/difference analysis

Pareto analysis

force field/SWOT analysis

flow charts

control charts, runcharts and graphs

scattergrams.

Action plans to solve problems are prepared including:

priority requirements

measurable objectives

resource requirements

methods for reaching objectives

timelines

coordination and feedback requirements

safety requirements

risk assessment

environmental requirements.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical product specifications, job sheets and material labels as provided to operators.

Writing is required to the level of report writing and completing workplace forms.

Basic numeracy is also required, eg to interpret quality data and graphs.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to apply and explain:

relevant equipment and operational processes

enterprise policies and procedures

enterprise goals, targets and measures

enterprise quality, OHS and environmental requirements

principles of decision-making strategies and techniques

enterprise information systems and data collation

industry codes and standards.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

problems are recognised and clarified

possible causes are identified, based on experience and use of analytical techniques in solving the problem, including:

identifying variations

identifying cause and effect

separating single problems from multiple problems

recognising recurring problems.

fundamental cause of process or equipment faults is determined

corrective/preventative implementation plans are developed to avoid recurrence of the problem

implementation plan is presented to relevant personnel.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur on the job or in a simulated workplace.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to recognise and respond to problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

The competency unit applies to a wide range of processes and equipment. The process manufacturing technical units of competency include a problem solving element where problems specific to that competency unit are to be resolved. This competency unit is where structured problem solving techniques are to be applied more broadly, or with greater depth/rigour than is implied by the problem solving element of the technical units.

In large plants or manufacturing organisations with multiple processes, it may apply to more than one process if those processes interact with each other. It applies to all operators across all functions.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Hazards

Typical hazards include leaks, spillages and equipment hazards that can occur during the walk-through of a plant.

Problems

'Anticipate and solve problems' means resolve a wide range of routine and non-routine problems, using product and process knowledge to develop solutions to problems which do not have a known solution/a solution recorded in the procedures.

Typical process and product problems may include:

non- routine process and quality problems

equipment selection, availability and failure

teamwork and work allocation problems

safety and emergency situations and incidents.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP400A Develop and monitor quality systems

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the establishment, maintenance and evaluation of quality systems for a complete production area and/or plant.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency is typically performed by an experienced technician, leading hand or supervisor. It includes:

developing and implementing quality systems

identifying and maintaining documentation for the quality systems

implementing training programs

evaluating the quality system and making improvements where necessary.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Establish and maintain framework for successful quality system.	1.1 Develop relevant policies which demonstrate the commitment of the enterprise to quality and a culture of improvement. 1.2 Define and allocate responsibilities in quality system. 1.3 Consult with key personnel to define role of procedures in the quality system. 1.4 Seek and provide financial and human resources to allow thorough implementation of quality system. 1.5 Develop system for communicating quality message and culture in the organisation.
2. Establish and maintain quality documentation system.	2.1 Identify quality documentation required, including records of improvement plans and initiatives. 2.2 Prepare and maintain quality documentation and keep data records. 2.3 Maintain document control system.
3. Implement structured training program in accordance with quality system requirements.	3.1 Analyse roles and duties of relevant personnel. 3.2 Identify training needs in relation to quality. 3.3 Identify training programs to meet these needs. 3.4 Implement the training program. 3.5 Develop and maintain training records.
4. Evaluate the quality system.	4.1 Undertake regular audits of the quality system, its policies and procedures. 4.2 Develop new procedures/work instructions as required. 4.3 Implement improvements in the quality system.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of organisation quality systems and appropriate national and international quality standards and protocols.

Knowledge of the relevant OHS and environmental requirements and detailed knowledge of enterprise standard operating procedures is required.

An appreciation of business goals and key performance indicators is required as a basis for decision making and action.

Competence to include the ability to apply and explain the principles of:

process improvement

policy and procedure development

data management and documentation.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret quality procedures and work instructions, quality manuals, equipment manuals as is applicable to developing quality systems and procedures.

Writing is required to the level of developing quality documentation.

Numeracy is also required, eg to analyse quality data or charts.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the knowledge and skills defined in this unit. These may include the ability to:

effectively maintain and evaluate quality systems carried out

implement relevant staff training programs

produce adequate quality documentation including policies and procedures.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

the development, implementation and evaluation of the quality system runs smoothly

all safety procedures are always followed.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur in a work-like environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

in a situation allowing the generation of evidence of the ability to recognise, anticipate and solve problems

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency applies to a wide range of processes and equipment in all work environments and sectors in the process manufacturing industries.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of workplace documentation such as:

organisational policies

quality manuals

standard operating procedures and work instructions

company business objectives

key performance indicators).

Quality audits and evaluations may be undertaken as an individual or as part of a team.

Hazards

Typical hazards include leaks, spillages and equipment hazards that can occur during the walk-through of an operating plant or factory.

Problems

Typical problems may include:

lost documentation

maintaining updated documents

staff not following procedures

poor communication.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSAPMWJ201A Use high pressure water jetting equipment

Modification History

Release 2: ISC upgrade to incorporate changes to Australian Standard.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the use of high pressure water jetting equipment under the supervision of a competent operator. The job may be to clean, prepare, abrade, cut or demolish concrete, steel or other plant, equipment, vessels or infrastructure. This work is undertaken in compliance with AS/NZS 4233.1: 2013 High Pressure Water Jetting Systems Part 1. Safe Operation and Maintenance, or its authorised replacement and Safe Work Australia Guide for Managing Risks from High Pressure Water Jetting December 2013, its state equivalent (where one exists) or the authorised replacement.

Application of the Unit

In a typical scenario, two or more operators (at least one of whom will be a competent operator) working as a team will operate a high pressure water jetting system. AS/NZS 4233.1:2013 defines this work as work with:

(a) High pressure water jetting systems pressurised by positive displacement pumps with an output capability greater than 800 bar litres per minute.

(b) High pressure water jetting operations carried out at pressures above 800 bar litres per minute and includes jetting operations involving the use of additives and abrasives.

(c) Water jetting operations below 800 bar litres per minute where there is a foreseeable risk of injury to operators.

It further defines:

High pressure water jetting systems with an output capability greater than 800 bar litres per minute and less than 5600 bar litres per minute are identified as Class A and systems with an output capability in excess of 5600 bar litres per minute are identified as Class B.

The competent operator is defined by MSAPMWJ301A Operate a high pressure water jetting system.

Competence may also be required in a range of other units of competency in order to be allowed to operate on site under supervision. Work will be undertaken on a worksite which may be a client's site or a site belonging to the organisation.

AS/NZS 4233.1:2013 states that ' Verification of competency or refresher training on high pressure water jetting operations shall be carried out and documented at appropriate intervals not exceeding two years to ensure the continued competency of operators'.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Prepare for work	1.1	Obtain required job details as part of a team
1.2	Complete site access and work control requirements
1.3	Identify site hazards and required hazard controls
1.4	Prepare required equipment under supervision
1.5	Participate in toolbox meeting or similar, as required
1.6	Complete required pre-work paperwork
2	Complete on-site preparation	2.1	Arrive at site ready for job
2.2	Liaise with job owner, as appropriate
2.3	Obtain required permits/work authorities, as directed
2.4	Follow job pack as directed
2.5	Check available water
2.6	Check waste disposal
2.7	Recognise and control job and site-specific hazards
3	Set up job under supervision	3.1	Prepare worksite
3.2	Set up water jetting equipment
3.3	Liaise with other work groups, as appropriate
3.4	Establish appropriate means of communication between operators
3.5	Ensure hazard controls are operational and adequate
3.6	Check and use required personal protective equipment
3.7	Test emergency shut-off
4	Undertake water jetting job in accordance with procedures	4.1	Start up high pressure water jetting system
4.2	Communicate as appropriate
4.3	Operate equipment to proceed with job, as specified
4.4	Monitor job conditions
4.5	Monitor job and equipment, as directed
4.6	Maintain required line of sight
4.7	Monitor hazards and activate emergency stop, as required
4.8	Recognise faults and take appropriate action
4.9	Complete required paperwork
5	Complete job	5.1	Shut down equipment
5.2	Clean job site and equipment
5.3	Service and inspect equipment under supervision, as required
5.4	Store equipment, as required
5.5	Restock running spares and consumables, as directed
5.6	Report any issues or incidents, as required
5.7	Participate in debrief
5.8	Complete required paperwork

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: recognising conditions which will lead to out of specification product or unsafe situation implementing the enterprise's procedures in a manner relevant to the correct use of the equipment conveying information relevant to the operation of equipment clearly and effectively maintaining appropriate levels of environmental controls and quality assurance reading and interpreting safety data sheets(SDS) recognising equipment problems and taking action to prevent equipment failure reading and numeracy to interpret workplace documents, instrumentation and technical information
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: hazards associated with the process, plant and equipment where water jetting is to be carried out high pressure water jetting hazards injuries resulting from high pressure water jets and appropriate responses application of the hierarchy of control in controlling the hazards relevant safety signs and symbols fundamentals of hydraulics basic understanding of reaction force and its determination relevant communication systems including hand signals basic principles of heat stress, fatigue, hydration, physiology, biomechanics as applied to water jetting basic principles of how high pressure water jetting nozzles/jets work basic understanding of diesel engine systems basic principles (only) of pressure and flow relationships

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that use of equipment is understood and that the importance of critical properties, settings and readings is known. Competence must be demonstrated in the operation of equipment to the level required for this unit of competency. Competence must be demonstrated in the ability to recognise and analyse potential situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate corrective actions. Holistic assessment of this unit of competency with other related units is preferred. Consistent performance should be demonstrated. In particular look to see that: hazards are identified and controlled job is completed efficiently and to required standards quality is monitored required measurements/observations are continually made all health, safety and environment (HSE) requirements are followed problems are anticipated and appropriate action is taken (i.e. problem fixed or reported). The assessor should be able to demonstrate competence in water jetting operations and have adequate industry experience (with three to five years being a guideline) in water jetting.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment will require access to operating equipment over an extended period of time, or a suitable method of gathering evidence of operating ability over a range of situations. Assessment will occur over a range of situations which will include disruptions to normal, smooth operations. Simulation or case studies/scenarios may be required to allow for timely assessment of parts of this unit of competency. Simulation should be based on the actual plant and will include 'walk-throughs' of the relevant competency components. A bank of scenarios/case studies/what ifs and questions will be required to probe the reasoning behind observable actions.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Procedures	All operations are performed in accordance with standard procedures. Procedures may be written, verbal, computer-based or in some other form, and may include: all work instructions standard operating procedures (SOPs) Australian standards Guidance Notes formulas/recipes batch sheets temporary instructions any similar instructions provided for the smooth running of the plant good operating practice as may be defined by industry codes of practice (e.g. Responsible Care) and government regulations
Site access requirements	Site access requirements may include: site induction other site/client requirements
Work control requirements	Work control requirements may include: client/site requirements, such as permits or other authorities to enter site, commence and continue work
Prepare equipment	Preparation of required equipment may include: selecting (e.g. from store) equipment needed for the job, under direction checking equipment is in appropriate condition for the job, under supervision checking equipment is within inspection date loading equipment onto truck or similar, as directed filling fuel and ensuring adequate supply of other consumables, as directed
Equipment	Equipment may include: pump pump motor/driver hoses guns, lances and nozzles personal protective equipment other equipment, plant, tools and hazard control devices required for the job
Job owner	Job owner may include: client or their representative site manager or their representative production manager or their representative maintenance manager or their representative other person with prime responsibility for the plant/plant area which is the subject of the water jetting
Job paperwork	Job paperwork may be electronic, hard copy or other format and may include: tool storeroom records equipment loaded records maintenance/inspection records/checklists tag out/reports for failed equipment hazard controls work packs
Personal protective equipment	Personal protective equipment may include: personal protective equipment as specified in: Section 4 AS/NZS 4233.1: 2013 High Pressure Water Jetting Systems Part 1. Safe Operation and Maintenance, or its authorised replacement Section 5 Safe Work Australia Guide for Managing Risks from High Pressure Water Jetting December 2013, or its authorized replacement medical alert card as specified in Section 9.5 of AS/NZS 4233.1: 2013 High Pressure Water Jetting Systems Part 1. Safe Operation and Maintenance, or its authorised replacement other equipment as required
Liaise with job owner	Liaise with job owner may include: confirming job owner needs and standards confirming job and job site checking job owner is satisfied with completed job confirming compliance with site requirements other job owner communications
Job pack	Job pack may include: permits/clearances safe work method statements job safety and environment analysis (JSEA) or other hazard analysis and control information Safety Data Sheets (SDS)
Water	Water is to be checked for appropriate: amount (volume and pressure) quality/properties availability
Waste disposal	Waste disposal checks ensure that waste generated will be disposed of in an environmentally appropriate manner and in accordance with site requirements. Waste may include: contaminated water material removed by water jetting fuel or similar waste other wastes
Worksite preparation	Worksite preparation may include: establishing exclusion zone (e.g. with barricades or tape) fixing signage ensuring safe footing for personnel participating in/verifying isolations
Prepare water jetting equipment	Preparing water jetting equipment may include: interpreting equipment markings assembling equipment checking electrical earth flushing equipment visual inspection of hoses
Communication	Communication may include: hand signals radio head phones other appropriate means
Hazards	Hazards may include: high pressure hazards site/process hazards hazards arising from materials in job site, including materials being removed by water jetting hose set-up and hose runs
Hazard controls	Hazard controls may include: appropriate controls for all hazards identified controls identified in the relevant permits to work controls required by AS/NZS 4233.1: 2013 High Pressure Water Jetting Systems Part 1. Safe Operation and Maintenance, or its authorised replacement other appropriate controls
Job conditions	Job conditions may include: total work hours (for day/from base) rest/rotation periods weather heat stress symptoms site conditions
Monitor job and equipment	Monitoring job and equipment includes monitoring as directed: the pump system efficiency product quality mechanical equipment
Appropriate action	Appropriate action includes: recognising actual and potential problems determining problems needing action determining possible fault causes rectifying problem using appropriate solution within area of responsibility following through items initiated until final resolution has occurred reporting problems outside area of responsibility to designated person
Solutions	Solutions may include: activating emergency switch stopping work until situation resolved raising alarm responding to injury
Health, safety and environment (HSE)	All operations to which this unit applies are subject to stringent HSE requirements, which may be imposed through federal or state/territory legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between Performance Criteria and HSE requirements, the HSE requirements take precedence

Unit Sector(s)

Surface finishing

Competency field

Not applicable

Co-requisite units

Not applicable

MSAPMWJ301A Operate a high pressure water jetting system

Modification History

Release 2: ISC upgrade to incorporate changes to Australian Standard.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the operation of a high pressure water jetting system which may be used to clean, prepare, abrade, cut or demolish concrete, steel or other plant, equipment, vessels or infrastructure. This work is undertaken in compliance with AS/NZS 4233.1: 2013 High Pressure Water Jetting Systems Part 1. Safe Operation and Maintenance, or its authorised replacement and Safe Work Australia Guide for Managing Risks from High Pressure Water Jetting December 2013, its state equivalent (where one exists) or the authorised replacement.

Application of the Unit

In a typical scenario, one or more operators (the number of operators is to be in accordance with the standard) will operate a high pressure water jetting system. AS/NZS 4233.1:2013 defines this work as work with:

(a) High pressure water jetting systems pressurised by positive displacement pumps with an output capability greater than 800 bar litres per minute.

(b) High pressure water jetting operations carried out at pressures above 800 bar litres per minute and includes jetting operations involving the use of additives and abrasives.

(c) Water jetting operations below 800 bar litres per minute where there is a foreseeable risk of injury to operators.

It further defines:

High pressure water jetting systems with an output capability greater than 800 bar litres per minute and less than 5600 bar litres per minute are identified as Class A and systems with an output capability in excess of 5600 bar litres per minute are identified as Class B.

The competent operator as defined by this unit of competency will be able to operate independently. Operators who are not competent to operate independently should be competent to operate under supervision (refer to MSAPMWJ201A Use high pressure water jetting equipment).

Operators will also need to be competent in a range of other units of competency in order to be allowed to operate independently on site. Work will be undertaken on a worksite which may be a client's site or a site belonging to the organisation.

AS/NZS 4233.1:2013 states that ' Verification of competency or refresher training on high pressure water jetting operations shall be carried out and documented at appropriate intervals not exceeding two years to ensure the continued competency of operators'.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Prepare for work	1.1	Obtain required job details
1.2	Complete site access and work control requirements
1.3	Identify site hazards and required hazard controls
1.4	Prepare equipment required for the job
1.5	Complete personnel requirements
1.6	Complete required pre-work paperwork
2	Complete on-site preparation	2.1	Arrive at site ready for job
2.2	Liaise with job owner as part of preparation
2.3	Obtain required permits/work authorities
2.4	Interpret and follow job pack
2.5	Check available water
2.6	Check waste disposal
2.7	Recognise and control job and site-specific hazards
2.8	Communicate needs back to base
3	Set up job	3.1	Prepare worksite
3.2	Set up water jetting equipment
3.3	Liaise with other work groups, as appropriate
3.4	Establish appropriate means of communication between operators
3.5	Ensure hazard controls are operational and adequate
3.6	Liaise with job owner, as required
3.7	Select key variables
3.8	Check and use required personal protective equipment
3.9	Test emergency shut-off
4	Undertake water jetting job in accordance with procedures	4.1	Start up high pressure water jetting system
4.2	Communicate as appropriate
4.3	Operate equipment to proceed with job, as specified
4.4	Monitor job conditions
4.5	Monitor job and equipment and take appropriate action
4.6	Maintain required line of sight
4.7	Monitor hazards and activate emergency stop, as required
4.8	Diagnose faults and take appropriate action
4.9	Complete required paperwork
5	Complete job	5.1	Shut down equipment
5.2	Liaise with job owner
5.3	Clean job site and equipment
5.4	Service and inspect equipment
5.5	Store equipment
5.6	Restock running spares and consumables
5.7	Report any issues or incidents, as required
5.8	Debrief relevant stakeholders
5.9	Complete required paperwork

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: recognising conditions which will lead to out of specification product or unsafe situation implementing the enterprise's procedures in a timely manner using equipment in accordance with procedures and manufacture instructions conveying information relevant to the operation clearly and effectively maintaining appropriate levels of environmental controls and quality assurance determining and applying pressure drop and reaction force interpreting and applying pressure drop charts and nozzle charts reading and interpreting safety data sheets (SDS) recognising equipment problems and taking action to prevent equipment failure reading and numeracy to interpret workplace documents, instrumentation and technical information
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: hazards associated with the process, plant, equipment where water jetting is to be carried out high pressure water jetting hazards injuries resulting from high pressure water jets and appropriate responses application of the hierarchy of control in controlling the hazards relevant safety signs and symbols principles of hydraulics relevant communication systems including hand signals heat stress, fatigue, hydration, physiology and biomechanics, as applied to water jetting principles and application of nozzle design how high pressure water jets work diesel engine systems quantitative pressure and flow relationships

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that use of equipment is understood and that the importance of critical properties, settings and readings is known. Competence must be demonstrated in the operation of equipment to the level required for this unit of competency. Competence must be demonstrated in the ability to recognise and analyse potential situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate corrective actions. Holistic assessment of this unit of competency with other related units is preferred. This unit includes all aspects of MSAWJ201A Use high pressure water jetting equipment. Assessment of this unit should automatically include evidence of competency for MSAWJ201A. Consistent performance should be demonstrated. In particular look to see that: hazards are identified and controlled job is completed efficiently and to required standards quality is monitored required measurements/observations are continually made all health, safety and environment (HSE) requirements are followed problems are anticipated and appropriate action is taken (i.e. problem fixed or reported). The assessor should be able to demonstrate competence in water jetting operations and have adequate industry experience (with three to five years being a guideline) in water jetting.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment will require access to operating equipment over an extended period of time, or a suitable method of gathering evidence of operating ability over a range of situations. Assessment will occur over a range of situations which will include disruptions to normal, smooth operations. Simulation or case studies/scenarios may be required to allow for timely assessment of parts of this unit of competency. Simulation should be based on the actual plant and will include 'walk-throughs' of the relevant competency components. A bank of scenarios/case studies/what ifs and questions will be required to probe the reasoning behind observable actions.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Procedures	All operations are performed in accordance with standard procedures. Procedures may be written, verbal, computer-based or in some other form, and may include: all work instructions standard operating procedures (SOPs) Australian standards Guidance Notes formulas/recipes batch sheets temporary instructions any similar instructions provided for the smooth running of the plant good operating practice as may be defined by industry codes of practice (e.g. Responsible Care) and government regulations
Site access requirements	Site access requirements may include: site induction other site/client requirements
Work control requirements	Work control requirements may include: client/site requirements, such as permits or other authorities to enter site, commence and continue work
Prepare required equipment	Preparation of required equipment may include: determining equipment required for the job selecting (e.g. from store) equipment needed for the job checking equipment is in appropriate condition for the job checking equipment is within inspection date loading equipment onto truck or similar, if required filling fuel and ensuring adequate supply of other consumables
Equipment	Equipment may include: pump pump motor/driver hoses guns, lances and nozzles personal protective equipment other equipment, plant, tools and hazard control devices required by the job
Personnel requirements	Personnel requirements may include: briefing other team members participating in/leading toolbox meeting checking team members are fit for work other requirements
Job owner	Job owner may include: client or their representative site manager or their representative production manager or their representative maintenance manager or their representative other person with prime responsibility for the plant/plant area which is the subject of the water jetting
Job paperwork	Job paperwork may be electronic, hard copy or other format and may include: tool storeroom records equipment loaded records maintenance/inspection records/checklists tag out/reports for failed equipment hazard controls work packs
Personal protective equipment	Personal protective equipment may include: personal protective equipment as specified in: Section 4 AS/NZS 4233.1: 2013 High Pressure Water Jetting Systems Part 1. Safe Operation and Maintenance, or its authorised replacement Section 5 Safe Work Australia Guide for Managing Risks from High Pressure Water Jetting December 2013, or its authorized replacement medical alert card as specified in Section 9.5 of AS/NZS 4233.1: 2013 High Pressure Water Jetting Systems Part 1. Safe Operation and Maintenance, or its authorised replacement other equipment as required
Liaise with job owner	Liaise with job owner may include: confirming job owner needs and standards confirming job and job site checking job owner is satisfied with completed job confirming compliance with site requirements other job owner communications
Job pack	Job pack may include: permits/clearances safe work method statements job safety and environment analysis (JSEA) or other hazard analysis and control information Safety Data Sheets (SDS)
Water	Water is to be checked for appropriate: amount (volume and pressure) quality/properties availability
Waste disposal	Waste disposal checks ensure that waste generated will be disposed of in an environmentally appropriate manner and in accordance with site requirements. Waste may include: contaminated water material removed by water jetting waste fuels other wastes and emissions
Worksite preparation	Worksite preparation may include: establishing exclusion zone (e.g. with barricades or tape) fixing signage ensuring safe footing for personnel participating in/verifying isolations
Prepare water jetting equipment	Preparing water jetting equipment may include: interpreting equipment markings assembling equipment checking electrical earth compliance with relevant Australian standards flushing equipment visual inspection of hoses
Communication	Communication may include: hand signals radio head phones other appropriate means
Key variables	Key variables may include: pressure flow rate rpm of pump motor/driver power of pump motor/driver nozzle type and size hose assemblies control system variables
Hazards	Hazards may include: high pressure hazards site/process hazards hazards arising from materials in job site, including materials being removed by water jetting hose set-up and hose runs
Hazard controls	Hazard controls may include: appropriate controls for all hazards identified controls identified in the relevant permits to work controls required by AS/NZS 4233.1: 2013 High Pressure Water Jetting Systems Part 1. Safe Operation and Maintenance, or its authorised replacement other appropriate controls
Job conditions	Job conditions may include: total work hours (for day/from base) rest/rotation periods weather heat stress symptoms site conditions
Monitor job and equipment	Monitoring job and equipment includes monitoring: the pump and its motor (means of providing motive power) productivity system efficiency product quality mechanical equipment high pressure jet formation waste management hose condition
Appropriate action	Appropriate action includes: recognising actual and potential problems determining problems needing action determining possible fault causes rectifying problem using appropriate solution within area of responsibility following through items initiated until final resolution has occurred reporting problems outside area of responsibility to designated person
Solutions	Solutions may include: activating emergency stop stopping work until situation is resolved raising alarm responding to injury
Health, safety and environment (HSE)	All operations to which this unit applies are subject to stringent HSE requirements, which may be imposed through federal or state/territory legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between Performance Criteria and HSE requirements, the HSE requirements take precedence

Unit Sector(s)

Surface finishing

Competency field

Not applicable

Co-requisite units

Not applicable

MSARVG201A Tow a recreational vehicle safely

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to safely tow a recreational vehicle within a caravan park or confined workplace space and on the open road.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency applies to those involved in the manufacture, service and repair, or sale of recreational vehicles. It may be applied in different workplaces, sectors and circumstances. This unit assumes possession by the driver of a current driving licence. Driving must be carried out in compliance with the licence requirements and regulations of the relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority. Type of vehicle driven must comply with that permitted by driver's licence.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Assess safe towing weight of recreational vehicle	1.1. Calculate the gross weight of recreational vehicle and determine aggregate mass 1.2. Check towing capacity of towing vehicle 1.3. Check and adhere to tow bar capacity of towing vehicle 1.4. Confirm the weight ratio of recreational and towing vehicle as safe in accordance with state/territory requirements and regulations
2. Prepare for towing of recreational vehicle	2.1. Prepare recreational vehicle for towing 2.2. Conduct pre-operational checks on towing vehicle and recreational vehicle 2.3. Carry out any minor routine repairs 2.4. Report any complex faults and repairs to appropriate person and coordinate repairs 2.5. Identify and act on relevant statutory regulations to reduce possible injury to self and others 2.6. Attach recreational vehicle to towing vehicle in accordance with manufacturer and state/territory specifications, requirements and regulations 2.7. Check visibility and adjust position of mirrors, if necessary
3. Safely tow recreational vehicle on an open road	3.1. Identify and comply with national and state/territory road rules and laws 3.2. Show courtesy and consideration to other road users 3.3. Manoeuvre recreational vehicle in forward and reverse directions and park in accordance with requirements, manufacturer instructions and traffic regulations 3.4. Identify any driving hazards and avoid or control them, using appropriate defensive driving techniques 3.5. Follow appropriate procedures in the event of a driving emergency 3.6. Constantly monitor and act upon traffic and road conditions to enable safe operation and ensure no injury to people or damage to property, equipment, loads and facilities 3.7. Reverse recreational vehicle to parking position, maintaining visibility and achieving accurate positioning
4. Safely tow vehicle in the workplace	4.1. Attach recreational vehicle to towing vehicle correctly and safely 4.2. Check visibility and adjust position of mirrors, if necessary 4.3. Identify any obstacles or hazards in planned route and remove or avoid, as appropriate 4.4. Safely tow recreational vehicle to required space and reverse in carefully 4.5. Position recreational vehicle as required

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: using tools and equipment correctly and safely in simple, routine maintenance and servicing of recreational vehicle in preparation for towing monitoring and anticipating traffic and other hazards and taking appropriate action using safe driving techniques relative to conditions calculating weights and towing capacity of vehicles
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: state/territory road codes and laws weight-to-vehicle towing ratios set by state/territory authorities and manufacturers general duty of care occupational health and safety (OHS) regulations relevant to minor servicing and towing recreational vehicles procedures to be followed in the event of a driving emergency

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects of assessment	Evidence of the following is critical: identifying and following enterprise procedures, and state/territory and federal legislative requirements, regarding driving on public roads and towing of recreational vehicles safely manoeuvring and towing recreational vehicle according to OHS requirements driving on an open road and in the workplacein a safe and courteous manner complying with relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority driving regulations and license requirements pertaining to the class of vehicle following OHS policies and procedures relevant to driving and towing a recreational vehicle identifying driving hazards and using appropriate defensive driving techniques.
Context of assessment and resource implications	Assessment must ensure: project or work activities that allow the candidate to demonstrate towing a recreational vehicle over a period of time and in a suitable range of contexts project or work activities that allow the candidate to address a range of typical minor routine repair or service needs in preparation for towing a recreational vehicle.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Road transport situations	Road transport situations may include: operations conducted at day or night typical weather conditions on the open road on a private road while at a depot, base or warehouse while at a client's workplace or worksite
Recreational vehicle	Recreational vehicles may include: caravan pop-top caravan camper trailer tent trailer 5th wheeler slide-on camper
Towing vehicle	Towing vehicles may include: 2 wheel drive 4 wheel drive truck van specialised towing truck/unit tractor
Prepare recreational vehicle for towing	Preparing recreational vehicles for towing may include: safely positioning and securing: fittings furnishings materials components disconnecting: power leads water pipes/hoses and drains electrical leads ensuring that any stabilising fixtures are correctly positioned for travel The purpose of the preparation may include: to eliminate danger eliminate potential damage avoiding weight shift during towing evenly distributing weight over wheels avoiding other problems with towing
Braking systems	Braking systems may include: hydraulic electric
Pre-operational checks	Pre-operational checks may include: visual check of vehicle checking and topping up fluid levels checking tyre pressures checking operation of vehicle lights and indicators checking brakes
Minor routine repairs	Minor routine repairs may include: the replacement of blown globes in vehicle lights replacement of broken belts dealing with flat battery replacement of blown fuses replacement of coolant hose repairing door mirrors repairs to rear tail-light lens changing of tyres repair of tyre punctures replacement of broken coolant hose
Vehicle handling procedures	Vehicle handling procedures may include: starting a vehicle steering and manoeuvring a vehicle accelerating and braking positioning and stopping a vehicle reversing a vehicle correct hand positions on wheel operating vehicle controls, instruments and indicators using defensive driving techniques managing engine performance
Driving hazards	Driving hazards may include: wet and iced roads steep inclines or sharp curves on the road uneven surfaces oil, rocks, mud and water on road animals and objects on road pedestrians and children trees and branches other vehicles, recreational vehicles or tents foggy, windy or rainy conditions flooded sections of road fire in vehicle leaking fuel faulty brakes parked vehicles on the road faulty steering mechanism on vehicle wet/oily work area surface fixed workplace hazards movable workplace hazards other workers
Road transport situations	Road transport situations may include: positioning recreational vehicle ensuring vehicle is level and parallel ensuring vehicle is within reach of desired services/equipment
Occupational health and safety (OHS)	OHS may include: safe worksite work practices safe use of tools and equipment safe handling of materials use of personal protective equipment

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSARVS201A Install LP gas systems in a recreational vehicle

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to determine LP gas system requirements, and install and commission LP gas systems in a recreational vehicle. It applies to those involved in the manufacture of recreational vehicles in various types of enterprises. This unit is based on and equivalent CPCPGS3006A Install LPG systems in caravans, mobile homes, water craft and mobile workplaces.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency applies to those involved in recreational vehicle manufacturing. It may be applied in different workplaces, sectors and circumstances and applies only where relevant state/territory licensing requirements permit the installation of LP gas systems in a recreational vehicle. Licensing arrangements required by state/territory and national authorities may vary. This unit requires the determination of requirements, the installation and commissioning of LP gas systems with an operating pressure not exceeding 2.75 kPa in a recreational vehicle.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine LP gas system requirements	1.1. Use appropriate personal protective equipment and read and interpret any safety information relevant to the job 1.2. Obtain and interpret plans/specifications 1.3. Identify and adhere to quality assurance requirements for enterprise operations 1.4. Determine gas load/design requirements from design drawing or specifications 1.5. Calculate storage capacity using recognised formulae or tables to ensure adequacy for the required load and compliance with standards and job requirements 1.6. Identify appropriate regulator and piping in terms of size, connection sizes and capacity in accordance with standards and enterprise requirements 1.7. Check that piping selected provides minimum inlet pressure to each appliance and is appropriate for the dimensions and loads given in the design drawings or instructions 1.8. Identify location of cylinders, appliances and piping set-out according to job requirements, standards and enterprise requirements 1.9. Estimate quantity of piping, components and fittings in accordance with standards and enterprise requirements 1.10. Check that type of system selected (one or two cylinders) is appropriate for given design information
2. Prepare for installation	2.1. Estimate required materials, equipment, appliances and cylinders from design drawing or on-site dimensions, and check for compliance with docket/order form and confirm acceptable condition 2.2. Identify and select appropriate tools and equipment for the installation 2.3. Use appropriate personal protective equipment, and read and interpret any safety information relevant to the job 2.4. Set out the piping system in accordance with design drawing or instructions, standards and enterprise requirements
3. Install the system	3.1. Install cylinders, regulators, associated pipework, appliances and fixings, including ventilation, in accordance with job requirements, standards and enterprise procedures 3.2. Locate and fit consumer instruction plates and labels in accordance with regulatory requirements, standards and enterprise requirements
4. Test the system	4.1. Adjust regulator to provide flow pressure in accordance with standards and enterprise requirements 4.2. Select test apparatus appropriate for the work 4.3. Test the system, including ventilation, in accordance with standards and enterprise requirements 4.4. Adjust the system to provide the required flow pressure in accordance with standards and enterprise requirements 4.5. Record test data in the format required by relevant regulatory and enterprise requirements
5. Finalise the job	5.1. Assess job against the requirements of the job specification 5.2. Conduct a final inspection in accordance with enterprise quality standards and requirements 5.3. Complete any paperwork required in accordance with enterprise requirements 5.4. Complete required clean-up procedures

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: reading and interpreting instructions and specifications using and selecting tools and equipment using and caring of tools and equipment, including portable and fixed power tools planning and organising work activities maintaining work area
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: components and products manufactured by the enterprise general duty of care requirements properties of gas, gas and electrical safety, combustion principles, pressure and flow rates, and types of systems relevant statutory and authority requirements related to the installation and testing of gas systems the International System of Units (SI) and calculation of storage capacity installation procedures and processes sources of information, including the appropriate standards the materials requirements determination process procedures for installing and commissioning gas systems in recreational vehicles occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including staff responsibilities, when working with gas, emergency procedures in case of an LP gas leak, LP gas material safety data sheets (MSDS), safety when working with fumes, and the selection and use of personal protective equipment signage for hazardous materials and chemicals working drawings of components manufactured by the enterprise

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects of assessment	Evidence of the following is critical: installing an LP gas container, piping and two (2) appliances (stove and refrigerator) in a recreational vehicle completing work to specifications, plans and drawings complying with regulations, standards and enterprise quality procedures and processes complying with all safety and OHS requirements, including use of personal protective equipment effectively communicating with others in the team.
Context of assessment and resource implications	Assessment must ensure: demonstration of the installation of a gas container, piping and a minimum of two (2) appliances for a recreational vehicle demonstration of skills within a suitable workshop with appropriate tools, equipment and materials, and access to appropriate standards.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Recreational vehicles	Recreational vehicles may include: caravan pop-top caravan camper trailer tent trailer 5th wheeler slide-on camper campervan
Manufacturing enterprise	The manufacturing enterprise may include: sole proprietor subcontractor subcontracting manufacturer employer/manufacturer
The LP gas system	The LP gas system includes: cylinder (one or two) regulator piping appliances and fixings air supply ventilation
Quality assurance	Quality assurance requirements include: International Standards Organisation (ISO) internal enterprise quality assurance policy and risk management strategy Environment Protection Authority (EPA) AS 5601:2004 Gas installations AS/NZ 1596:2008 The storage and handling of LP gas site safety plans enterprise operations and procedures relevant industry codes of practice, such as those issued by the Recreational Vehicle Manufacturer's Association of Australia (RVMAA)
Tools and equipment	Tools and equipment may include: hacksaws power cutting/grinding tools measuring equipment wrenches and spanners files flaring tools silver brazing equipment testing equipment lifting/load shifting equipment, including trolleys, rollers, forklifts, blocks, hoists and jacks
Materials	Materials must comply with job specifications and appropriate standards for installation of LP gas systems and include: gas operated appliances gas regulators gas cylinders copper tubing stainless steel non-metallic hose assemblies fitting/fixing materials
Occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements	OHS requirements are to be in accordance with state/territory legislation and regulations and include: safe workshop environment/worksite work practices safe use of tools and equipment safe handling of materials hazard control and hazardous materials and substances use of personal protective equipment
Personal protective equipment	Personal protective equipment may include: overalls boots hard hat/cap safety glasses/goggles gloves ear plugs/muffs face masks/respirators
Clean-up procedures	Clean-up procedures may include: cleaning working surfaces and areas cleaning and storing all tools and equipment disposing of waste materials correctly
Sources of information	Sources of information may include: job instructions, signage, plans, specifications, drawings, MSDS and diagrams safe work procedures relating to the installation of LP gas systems for a recreational vehicle regulatory/legislative requirements, pertaining to plumbing and gas fitting regulations, building codes, OHS and environmental requirements enterprise specifications and instructions recognised formulae or tables accepted by the regulatory authority instructions issued by authorised enterprise personnel relevant standards, such as: AS 5601:2004 Gas installations AS/NZ 1596:2008 The storage and handling of LP gas

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSARVS202A Repair/service LP gas systems in a recreational vehicle

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to repair LP gas systems in a recreational vehicle. It applies to those working in a servicing agency or in the service section of a manufacturing enterprise.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency applies to those who are responsible for recreational vehicle servicing. It applies only where relevant state/territory licensing requirements permit the repair and service of LP gas systems in a recreational vehicle. Licensing requirements by state/territory and national authorities may vary. The unit requires the determination of requirements and the repair or service of LP gas systems with an operating pressure not exceeding 2.75 kPa in a recreational vehicle.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify repair requirements	1.1. Identify or verify service or repair needs to LP gas system 1.2. Access and interpret working drawings, plans and job specifications according to model and type of recreational vehicle 1.3. Select tools and equipment to meet the job requirements and check them to ensure they are working safely 1.4. Identify any safety hazards associated with the job and use appropriate personal protective equipment
2. Assess the system	2.1. Identify and adhere to quality assurance requirements for repair or service 2.2. Assess storage capacity and regulator size to ensure they are adequate for the load and do not exceed regulatory requirements and standards 2.3. Ensure that piping and ventilation used comply with regulatory requirements and standards 2.4. Evaluate the system's piping size to ensure it is appropriate for the dimensions and loads 2.5. Check to ensure that size used for main run and branches provides minimum inlet pressure to each appliance in accordance with regulatory requirements and standards 2.6. Check the set-out of the piping system to ensure correct position for appliances and cylinders and compliance with regulatory requirements and standards
3. Plan and prepare the job	3.1. Plan all necessary and appropriate tasks in conjunction with others involved in or affected by the work 3.2. Inform appropriate authorities of planned work and obtain and submit work notices, where required 3.3. Estimate and order any required materials, equipment and appliances for the job and organise delivery 3.4. Check materials, equipment and appliances delivered against the order form or delivery docket to ensure they correspond and are in an acceptable condition 3.5. Identify and select appropriate tools and equipment for the repair/service 3.6. Use appropriate personal protective equipment and read and interpret any safety information relevant to the job
4. Service/repair system	4.1. Service system, repair fault or install appliance in accordance with job requirements, standards and manufacturer specifications 4.2. Repair piping system in accordance with job requirements and standards 4.3. Position appliances to ensure adequate air supply and ventilation in accordance with job requirements and standards 4.4. Locate and check consumer instruction plates, labels and compliance plates to ensure they comply with regulatory requirements and standards
5. Test the system	5.1. Adjust regulator to provide flow pressure in accordance with standards and enterprise requirements 5.2. Select test equipment which is appropriate for the work 5.3. Test the system, including ventilation, in accordance with standards and enterprise requirements 5.4. Adjust the system to provide the required flow pressure in accordance with standards and enterprise requirements 5.5. Record test data in the format required by relevant regulatory and enterprise requirements
6. Complete the job	6.1. Assess work against the requirements of the job 6.2. Assess quality of the total job in accordance with enterprise standards and requirements 6.3. Complete all required paperwork for both customer and enterprise records 6.4. Complete required clean-up procedures

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: reading and interpreting instructions and specifications using portable and fixed power tools and equipment correctly and safely planning and organisation of work maintaining and cleaning work area communicating effectively with others recording data and monitoring records
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: components and products sourced or manufactured by the enterprise general duty of care requirements properties of gas, gas and electrical safety, combustion principles, pressure and flow rates, and types of systems relevant legislative and regulatoryrequirements related to the installation and testing of gas systems the International System of Units (SI) and calculation of storage capacity installation procedures and processes typical problems and faults associated with LP gas systems in recreational vehicles sources of information, including the appropriate standards the materials requirements determination process procedures for installing and commissioning gas systems in recreational vehicles occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including staff responsibilities when working with gas, emergency procedures in case of an LP gas leak, LP gas material safety data sheets (MSDS), safety when working with fumes, and the selection and use of personal protective equipment signage for hazardous chemicals and materials working drawings of components manufactured by the enterprise

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects of assessment	Evidence of the following is critical: accurately assessing job requirements and problems related to repair of the LP gas system of a recreational vehicle and selecting appropriate solutions completing work to meet customer requirements of agreed job, timelines and cost applying customer service skills complying with all regulatory, quality assurance, OHS and enterprise requirements.
Context of assessment and resource implications	Assessment must ensure: demonstration of the repair or replacement of a gas container, piping and a minimum of two (2) appliances for a recreational vehicle demonstration of skills within a suitable workshop with appropriate tools, equipment and materials, and access to appropriate standards project or work activities that allow the candidate to use the full range of skills and knowledge to respond to a range of typical situations and problems.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Recreational vehicles	Recreational vehicles may include: caravan pop-top caravan camper trailer tent trailer 5th wheeler slide-on camper campervan
Customers	Customers may include: tourists recreational vehicle owners park owners/managers recreational vehicle retailers recreational vehicle service contractors insurance companies
LP gas system	The LP gas system may include: cylinder (one or two) regulator piping appliances and fixings air supply ventilation
Quality assurance requirements	Quality assurance requirements may include: International Standards Organisation (ISO) internal enterprise quality assurance policy and risk management strategy Environment Protection Authority (EPA) AS 5601:2004 Gas installations AS/NZ 1596:2008 The storage and handling of LP gas site safety plans enterprise operations and procedures relevant industry codes of practice, such as those issued by the Recreational Vehicle Manufacturer's Association of Australia (RVMAA)
Regulatory authorities	Regulatory authorities may include: statutory plumbing authority statutory gas authority state/territory or local statutory authority
Tools and equipment	Tools and equipment may include: hacksaws power cutting/grinding tools measuring equipment wrenches and spanners files flaring tools silver brazing equipment testing equipment lifting/load shifting equipment, including trolleys, rollers, forklifts, blocks, hoists and jacks
Materials	Materials must comply with job specifications and appropriate standards for installation of LP gas systems and may include: gas operated appliances gas regulators gas cylinders copper tubing stainless steel non-metallic hose assemblies fitting/fixing materials
Occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements	OHS requirements are to be in accordance with state/territory legislation and regulations and may include: safe workshop environment/worksite work practices safe use of tools and equipment safe handling of materials hazard control and hazardous materials and substances use of personal protective equipment
Personal protective equipment	Personal protective equipment may include: overalls boots hard hat/cap safety glasses/goggles gloves ear plugs/muffs face masks/respirators
Clean-up procedures	Clean-up procedures may include: cleaning working surfaces and areas cleaning and storing all tools and equipment disposing of waste materials correctly
Sources of information	Sources of information may include: job instructions, signage, plans, specifications, drawings, MSDS and diagrams safe work procedures relating to the installation of LP gas systems for a recreational vehicle regulatory/legislative requirements, pertaining to plumbing and gas fitting regulations, building codes, and OHS and environmental requirements enterprise specifications and instructions recognised formulae or tables accepted by the regulatory authority instructions issued by authorised enterprise personnel relevant standards, such as: AS 5601:2004 Gas installations AS/NZ 1596:2008 The storage and handling of LP gas

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSARVS301A Develop and update caravan industry knowledge

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to develop, update and utilise general knowledge of the caravan industry, including recreational vehicle manufacturing, servicing, retail and caravan parks.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency applies to those involved in the retail sector of the recreational vehicle industry. It may be applied in different workplaces, sectors and circumstances. It provides the knowledge which underpins effective performance in the retail sector. In-depth knowledge is not required. It does not address the technical knowledge of recreational vehicle manufacturing which is addressed in MSARVT202A Apply technical knowledge of recreational vehicle manufacturing to work activities.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Research information on the caravan industry	1.1. Identify and access sources of information on the caravan industry 1.2. Research information using appropriate sources for various requirements 1.3. Access specific information on relevant sector of work and related job roles and responsibilities
2. Apply technical information on recreational vehicles to work activities	2.1. Access current information about the caravan industry and issues of interest 2.2. Apply industry information in day-to-day work activities to enhance the quality of work performance
3. Develop and apply information on legal and ethical issues which impact on the caravan industry	3.1. Obtain information on legal and ethical issues to assist effective work performance 3.2. Conduct day-to-day activities in accordance with legal obligations and ethical industry practices
4. Update caravan industry knowledge	4.1. Identify and use a range of opportunities to update general knowledge of the caravan industry 4.2. Monitor issues of current concern and interest to the industry 4.3. Share updated knowledge with customers and colleagues, as appropriate, and incorporate into day-to-day working activities

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: Basic research skills to identify and research relevant information questioning to obtain information sorting and summarising information communicating effectively with others planning and organising work activities
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: general knowledge of caravan industry sectors and interrelationships, including: manufacturing service retail major caravan and tourism industry bodies functions and responsibilities caravan park operations, including: accommodation maintenance service/repair emergency and safety requirements environmental issues, such as waste and water management, and energy conservation general knowledge of the tourism industry, including: tour operators and wholesalers retail travel agents information services sector (local, regional and national) attractions quality assurance in the caravan industry and the role and responsibility of individual staff members the importance and implications of customer service in the caravan industry legislation (both state and federal) that applies across the industry in the following areas (name, primary objective and impact on individual staff only): consumer protection and trade practices duty of care equal employment opportunity anti-discrimination workplace relations regulations (local government) legislation and regulations relating to recreational vehicles general industry knowledge economic and social significance of the caravan industry growth potential of the caravan industry and career opportunities caravan industry trends caravan industry support businesses caravan park rating systems and their application in metropolitan, regional and Australia-wide locations factors which contribute to the development of successful caravan parks relationship of the caravan park industry to other sectors of the hospitality and tourist industry (hotels and motels) environmental and safety issues in the caravan industry social profiles of caravaners and campers: customer needs and the importance of having a customer service culture industry associations

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects of assessment	Evidence of the following is critical: ability to source industry information general knowledge of the caravan industry, including main roles, functions and interrelationships of different sectors, with a more detailed knowledge of issues that relate to a specific sector or workplace.
Context of assessment and resource implications	Assessment must ensure: project or work activities that allow the candidate to demonstrate the application of knowledge to specific caravan industry contexts and situations.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Sources of information	Sources of information may include: media reference books libraries unions industry associations and organisations industry personnel industry journals computer software and Internet personal observation and experience
Current information	Current information about the caravan industry and issues of interest may include: economic and social significance of the caravan industry and the role of local communities growth potential of the caravan industry and career opportunities main sectors of the caravan industry and their functions and responsibilities caravan industry trends caravan industry support businesses types of accommodation available in caravan parks caravan park rating and accreditation systems factors which contribute to the development of successful caravan parks relationship of the caravan park industry to other sectors of the hospitality and tourist industry (hotels and motels) environmental and safety issues social profiles of caravaners and campers customer needs and the importance of having a customer service culture caravan industry associations relationship between the caravan industry and the broader tourism industry
Sectors of the caravan industry	Sectors of the caravan industry may include: caravan or holiday park operations recreational vehicle manufacturing recreational vehicle parts and components manufacturing and supply recreational vehicle servicing recreational vehicle and accessories retailing
Caravan industry support businesses	Caravan industry support businesses may include: hospitality tourism operations entertainment, sports and activities meetings and conferences trades, horticulture and maintenance conservation bodies local councils, tourism authorities and promoters retail and wholesale suppliers recreational vehicle and accessories retailing security
Environmental issues	Environmental issues may include: protection of natural and cultural integrity minimal impact operations environmental sustainability water management waste management energy efficient operations land ownership land access and usage
Legal issues	Legal issues may include: consumer protection duty of care equal employment opportunity and affirmative action anti-discrimination workplace relations public liability and risk residential tenancy legislation local government regulations occupational health and safety (OHS) legislation taxation legislation
Ethical issues	Ethical issues may include: confidentiality commission procedures overbooking pricing tipping familiarisations gifts and services provided free of charge product recommendations
Issues of interest and concern	Issues of interest and concern may include: government initiatives (federal, state/territory and local) emerging markets environmental and social issues labour issues industry expansion or retraction

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSARVS401A Assess and quote to service a recreational vehicle

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to assess and quote a job to repair and/or service a recreational vehicle. It applies to those working in a servicing enterprise where assessing and quoting jobs is required.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency applies to those involved in enterprises conducting recreational vehicle servicing and repairs where assessing and quoting the job is required. It may be applied in different workplaces, sectors and circumstances.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Assess job requirements	1.1. Assess any damage and/or identify service requirements 1.2. Select and review relevant plans, drawings or manuals according to type and model of recreational vehicle 1.3. Determine accurately the service and/or repair requirements of the job 1.4. Provide advice or make recommendations on repair and/or service, on request 1.5. Identify any options to meet customer preferences and specific job requirements 1.6. Consider and recommend any additional services which may be required
2. Quote the job	2.1. Select repair or service options and agree on scope in consultation with customer 2.2. Identify and calculate materials, parts and equipment required to meet the job requirements and appropriate sources 2.3. Calculate the costs of the job 2.4. Prepare quotation and present to customer in a professional manner 2.5. Obtain customer's agreement to quotation, details of work to be completed and timeframes 2.6. Order parts, materials and equipment, where required, according to enterprise procedures 2.7. Liaise with colleagues and others, where required, to organise the job 2.8. Complete any documentation and file appropriately according to enterprise procedures 2.9. Schedule the job, as appropriate, in agreement with customer and follow booking procedures according to enterprise practices

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: planning and organising work activities applying customer service, negotiation and communication skills estimating and calculating materials, parts, time and labour costs reading and interpreting typical floor plans, drawings and manuals of recreational vehicles
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: relevant industry codes of practice, such as those issued by the Recreational Vehicle Manufacturer's Association of Australia (RVMAA) features of different recreational vehicle types and makes, and their design and structural features recommended service and maintenance requirements and schedules for recreational vehicles details, features and current costs of components, materials and parts required equipment for the job and any associated costs and transport requirements

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects of assessment	Evidence of the following is critical: accurately assessing job requirements and costs identifying and assessing problems and selecting appropriate remedies negotiating and applying customer service skills.
Context of assessment and resource implications	Assessment must ensure: work activities that allow the candidate to prepare a quotation for a range of typical service and repair situations and problems, including repair/service of chassis, walls, roof, furnishing and piping/wiring for services, accessories, appliances and running gear.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Recreational vehicles	Recreational vehicles may include: caravan pop-top caravan camper trailer tent trailer 5th wheeler slide-on camper campervan motor home
Customers	Customers may include: recreational vehicle owners/users recreational vehicle retailers recreational vehicle service contractors insurance companies
Materials, parts and equipment	Materials, parts and equipment may include: hand and power tools small plant replacement materials, floor coverings, panelling and furnishings components and running gear parts and accessories
Repair or service costs	Repair or service costs may include: labour materials parts fixtures and fittings appliances equipment (use or hire)

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSARVT201A Apply technical knowledge of recreational vehicle manufacturing to work activities

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the basic technical knowledge required to conduct a range of work activities in the recreational vehicle manufacturing, servicing and retail sectors of the caravan industry.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency applies to those involved in the manufacturing, servicing and retail sectors of the recreational vehicle industry. It may be applied in different workplaces, sectors and circumstances. This unit applies to roles performed by recreational vehicle manufacturing and service personnel, recreational vehicle and accessories sales personnel, recreational vehicle designers and manufacturers.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Apply technical information on recreational vehicles to work activities	1.1. Identify sources of current information on recreational vehicle manufacturing 1.2. Access and update information relevant to work activities 1.3. Apply technical information regarding the manufacture of recreational vehicles and accessories to work activities
2. Identify relevant information on regulatory and legal requirements to work activities	2.1. Apply information on legal and regulatory obligations to assist in effective work performance 2.2. Monitor issues of current concern to the industry 2.3. Conduct day-to-day activities in accordance with legal and regulatory obligations, industry practices and enterprise procedures 2.4. Share knowledge with customers and colleagues, as appropriate, and incorporate into day-to-day work activities
3. Apply information on products to work activities	3.1. Apply information on products produced both within and outside the enterprise to work activities 3.2. Apply information about models, parts, accessories and options to meet customer requirements/requests and enterprise needs

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: interpreting instructions and specifications following procedures identifying and accessing relevant information from a range of sources communicating effectively with others planning and organising work activities
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: working drawings of recreational vehicles and components manufactured by the organisation as appropriate relevant components, products and accessories manufactured by the enterprise recreational vehicle structural knowledge appropriate to the job characteristics and uses of materials used for recreational vehicle manufacture appropriate to the job tolerances, loads, weight bearing and weight distribution relevant to the job legal obligations, including general duty of care, occupational health and safety (OHS) and safety regulations relevant to the job licensing requirements for use of gas, electrical wiring, air conditioning and welding and related as relevant to the job

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects of assessment	Evidence of the following is critical: applying technical knowledge to relevant work situations understanding of all relevant OHS, regulatory and legislative requirements understanding and applying safety aspects related to the design, manufacture and service of recreational vehicles relating to job role.
Context of assessment and resource implications	Assessment must ensure: demonstration of application of knowledge to a range of typical work-related situations work activities that allow the candidate to respond to typical challenges involved in the manufacture, service or sales of recreational vehicles in order to meet customer and enterprise requirements.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Recreational vehicle	Recreational vehicles may include: caravan pop-top caravan camper trailer tent trailer 5th wheeler slide-on camper campervan motor home
Sources of current information	Sources of current information on recreational vehicles manufacturing may include: types, models and options currently available local and overseas manufacturing technical information regulatory and legal requirements
Apply technical information	Technical information may be applied to work activities to meet: product design enterprise customer safety requirements
Work activities	Work activities may include: manufacturing servicing recreational vehicles and parts designing marketing sales of recreational vehicles and accessories
Technical information	Technical information may include: types and models of recreational vehicles designs and design features and limitations materials used for different models and components structure components, accessories and options
Legal and regulatory obligations	Legal and regulatory obligations may include: codes of practice of the Recreational Vehicle Manufacturers' Association of Australia (RVMAA) licensing requirements related to installation, servicing and repair of gas, electrical, plumbing, air conditioning fittings and wiring welding, joining and adhesives government (federal, state/territory and local) legislation
Information on products	Information on products may include: options for components, fittings and accessories options for layout, furniture, colour schemes, fabrics and finishes customer requests and feedback enterprise quality assurance processes, and design limitations and improvements

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSATCM301A Test the mechanical properties of materials

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers the knowledge and skills needed to carry out mechanical (destructive) tests on materials and interpret the results.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	In a typical scenario, a technician will be required to undertake a range of mechanical tests on samples of materials and to draw some conclusions from those tests with regard to the mechanical properties of the material.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Select appropriate testing procedures/ standards	1.1. Identify the relevant testing standard 1.2. Identify the need (or otherwise) for testing using a certified laboratory/test equipment 1.3. Select appropriate procedures/standards for the requirements of the test 1.4. Prepare sample according to appropriate procedures 1.5. Arrange for external testing if appropriate. 1.6.
2. Conduct tensile/compression testing	2.1. Undertake tensile test noting relevant data 2.2. Calculate tensile/compressive properties 2.3. Draw relevant conclusions from the tensile test. 2.4.
3. Conduct hardness testing.	3.1. Identify appropriate method of hardness testing 3.2. Undertake hardness test noting relevant data 3.3. Calculate hardness properties 3.4. Draw relevant conclusions from the hardness test 3.5.
4. Conduct impact testing	4.1. Undertake impact test noting relevant data 4.2. Determine impact properties 4.3. Draw relevant conclusions from the impact test 4.4.
5. Conduct fatigue/ flexing testing	5.1. Undertake fatigue/flex testing noting relevant data 5.2. Interpret fatigue/flexing data 5.3. Draw relevant conclusions from the fatigue/flexing test 5.4.
6. Conduct creep testing	6.1. Undertake creep test noting relevant data 6.2. Interpret creep data 6.3. Draw relevant conclusions from the creep test 6.4.
7. Undertake strain measurements	7.1. Identify appropriate method of strain measurement 7.2. Undertake strain measurement and note relevant data 7.3. Interpret strain measurement results 7.4. Draw relevant conclusions from strain measurements 7.5.
8. Conduct static shear and bend test	8.1. Identify appropriate method of static shear and bend test 8.2. Undertake static shear and bend tests noting relevant data 8.3. Interpret static shear and bend test data 8.4. Draw relevant conclusions from static shear and bend tests 8.5.
9. Report result of tests	9.1. Identify reporting requirements 9.2. Prepare report to meet requirements 9.3. Circulate and file report to procedures. 9.4.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills
analyse select and set up appropriate tests problem-solve perform tests interpret results report results
Required knowledge
standards needs for standards standards organisations structure and operations of SAA (Standards Association of Australia) role of NATA (National Association of Testing Australia) tensile testing methods for tensile testing e.g. AS1391 or equivalent international standard determination of tensile properties general impact testing factors affecting impact properties of materials impact testing (AS 1544), or equivalent international standard dropweight Tear Test (AS 1330 ) or equivalent international standard hardness testing Vickers Hardness Testing (AS 1817, Part 1) or equivalent international standard Brinell Hardness Testing (AS 1816, Part 1) or equivalent international standard Rockwell Hardness Testing (AS 1815, Part1) or equivalent international standard other Hardness Testing Methods (e.g. Equotip and other rebound methods) fatigue/flex testing factors affecting the fatigue/flex properties materials fatigue testing procedures presentation of Fatigue properties creep testing factors affecting creep behaviour of materials creep testing procedures stress-rupture testing presentation of Creep properties

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, the range statement and the assessment guidelines for the training package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to test the mechanical properties of materials. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: Conduct tests and interpret results. Evidence should be provided from a number of each type of mechanical test.
Relationship with other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment. Assessment will need to occur in a situation where mechanical testing is undertaken.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Mechanical tests	Mechanical tests include tensile, impact, hardness, fatigue/flexing and creep.
Materials	Materials includes metals, polymer based materials and other solid materials on which mechanical testing is relevant
Testing standard	Testing standard include ASNZ, ISO, ASTM, DIN or other relevant standard.
Certified	Certified equipment/laboratory refers to NATA certification or relevant equivalent.
Tensile/compressive properties	Tensile properties include: tensile strength, compressive strength, elongation, reduction of area, yield stress, yield point, proof stress, Young's modulus elastic/plastic region and deformation or viscoelastic deformation..
Impact test	Impact testing includes Izod, Charpy, Dropweight Tear and NDT tests.
Impact properties	Impact properties include ITT, USE, Notch Sensitivity
Hardness test	Hardness testing includes Vickers, Brinell, Rockwell and Durometer tests.
Strain measurements	Strain measurements include foil method, extensometer and destructive tests

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM302A Monitor ferrous melting and casting processes

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers the knowledge and skills needed to monitor the melting and casting of the alloys of iron, steel

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	In a typical scenario, a technician will be required to monitor a ferrous melting and casting operation, ensuring that correct quantities and temperatures are used and correct procedures followed.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify specifications for required casting	1.1. Identify required material specification 1.2. Identify mould requirements 1.3. Identify any special requirements for this job
2. Verify metal charges to melting	2.1. Select required components to give the required metal specification 2.2. Calculate required charge of each component 2.3. Recommend changes/additions to the charge 2.4. Monitor the preparation of the charge including checking for contaminants
3. Monitor furnace operation	3.1. Check that the furnace is in good operational condition and that appropriate lining is present 3.2. Organise for maintenance/repairs as required 3.3. Monitor a melt to ensure the product meets specification
4. Monitor pouring of molten metal	4.1. Check that the ladle is in good operational condition and that appropriate lining is present 4.2. Check pouring is to procedures 4.3. Take required samples for analysis
5. Control hazards	5.1. Identify hazards in the metal melting/pouring process 5.2. Assess the risks arising from those hazards 5.3. Implement procedures to control those hazards in line with procedures and duty of care.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
take calculations needed for determining charges perform visual checking of furnaces for operational condition and safety risks take of samples follow safety and quality procedures
Required knowledge:
Charge Calculations importance of composition control. methods of calculation used to correct for additions. types of alloy additions. Steel induction furnace melting; principles; refractories. arc furnace melting; acid, basic, single slag, double slag, deoxidisation, hydrogen control. ladle refining Cast iron types of cast iron influence of carbon and silicon contents carbon equivalent. effect of cooling rate. microstructure, classification of graphite. carbide stabilisers and graphite. innoculation, types of innoculant. spheroidal graphite formation and treatment methods. casting characteristics of grey, S.G and malleable cast irons. Ferrous alloys: definitions: iron steel physical properties: density tensile hardness melting points shrinkage percent casting temperature S.G. iron ductile iron carbon steel grey and white irons alloy cast irons alloys steels chilled and malleable iron selection: customer requirements manufacturer's requirements metal analysis Australian standards Types of furnaces: blast furnace cupola induction direct arc indirect arc open hearth reverberatory rotary maintenance Refractories: dolomite silica brick chrome brick ganister fireclay firebrick magnesite kyanite fused alumina Linings: monolithic castable rammable bricks basic acid neutral Types of ladles: lip tea pot bottom pour safety with ladles maintenance Safety: house keeping personal clothing/gear dry area pre-heat ladles overhead cranes Furnace operation: personal clothing/gear dry charge/equipment pre-heating scrap selection house keeping melting program alloying program calculations percentages, ratio charge calculations maintenance Types of control equipment: carbon equivalent wedge test fluidity spiral test chemical analysis wet spectrograph sample spoons sample moulds deoxidising degassing temperature measurement Quality control: accurate weighing correct analysis temperature control slag control (including chemistry and interaction with molten bath) alloying procedure thermal analysis degassing deoxidising Defects: contamination gas absorption metal analysis temperature control oxidation Alloy production: charge analysis charge calculation charge preparation melt control tapping/pouring

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the TrainingPackage.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to monitor basic ferrous melting and casting processes. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: Monitor the melting and casting of ferrous metal. Evidence should be provided from a number of castings using different alloys and or different moulds. Safely operate melting furnace Safely handle pouring equipment
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an organisation where ferrous casting is done. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Contaminants	Contaminants include non specified metal, rubber, grease, water, paint and non-metallics, closed containers or pipes and pressure containers such as aerosols.
Material specification	Material specification includes ferrous metals and ferrous alloys as well as contaminants.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM303A Monitor non-ferrous melting and casting processes

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers the knowledge and skills needed to undertake the melting and casting of non-ferrous alloys

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	In a typical scenario, a technician will be required to monitor a non - ferrous melting and casting operation, ensuring that correct quantities are used and correct procedures followed.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify specifications for required casting	1.1. Identify required material specification 1.2. Identify mould requirements 1.3. Identify any special requirements for this job
2. Verify metal charges to melting	2.1. Calculate required charge of each component 2.2. Select required components to give the required metal specification 2.3. Recommend changes/additions to the charge 2.4. Monitor the preparation of the charge including checking for contaminants
3. Monitor furnace operation	3.1. Check that the furnace is in good operational condition 3.2. Organise for maintenance/repairs as required 3.3. Monitor a melt to ensure the product meets specification
4. Monitor pouring of molten metal	4.1. Check pouring is to procedures 4.2. Take required samples for analysis
5. Control hazards	5.1. Identify hazards in the metal melting/pouring process 5.2. Assess the risks arising from those hazards 5.3. Implement procedures to control those hazards in line with procedures and duty of care

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
take calculations needed for determining charges visually check furnaces for operational condition and safety risks take samples follow safety and quality procedures
Required knowledge:
Charge Calculations importance of composition control. methods of calculation used to correct for additions. types of alloy additions. Non-ferrous alloys definition physical properties density tensile hardness melting points shrinkage percentage fluidity brass bronze gunmetal copper based alloys aluminium based alloys lead selection requirements × customer × manufacturer's metal analysis Australian standards Types of furnaces crucible oil gas induction channel coreless resistance reverberatory maintenance Refractories silica ganister coatings others common to non-ferrous Linings monolithic castable rammable bricks Ladles/crucibles types ladles crucibles safety maintenance care of crucibles porous plug Safety house keeping personal clothing gear dry area pre-heat ladles overhead cranes Furnace operation personal attire dry charge dry equipment pre-heating scrap selection house keeping melting program alloying program charge calculations percentages ratio and proportion calculations volume mass operation maintenance Lifting and handling equipment tongs shanks cranes hoists bogey ladles maintenance Types of control equipment thermal analysis pyrometers gas analysis chemical analysis wet dry spectrograph fluidity shrinkage test Quality control accurate weighing correct analysis temperature control covers and fluxes mould/metal reactions thermal analysis degassing deoxidising ladle refining Defects contamination gas absorption metal analysis temperature control oxidation other defects common to non-ferrous metals methods of avoiding/overcoming defects Alloy production charge analysis calculation preparation melt control Tapping/pouring pouring method sequenced temperature check capacity requirements ladle/crucibles checks preparation pre-heating transfer × safety clips filling metal maintenance covers/fluxes temperature metal pouring mould condition test bar × reasons × method pig pouring and tagging ladle/crucible return emptying cleaning maintaining lubrication -repairs to refractory cleaning of refractory

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to monitor basic non-ferrous melting and casting processes. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: Monitor melting and casting operations Evidence should be provided from a number of castings using different alloys and or different moulds. Safely operate melting furnace Safely handle pouring equipment
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an organisation where non-ferrous casting is done. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Mould	Moulds are sand, die and investment moulds.
Contaminants	Contaminants include non specified metal, rubber, grease, water, paint and non metallics, closed containers or pipes and pressure containers such as aerosols.
Material specification	Material specification includes non-ferrous metals and non -ferrous alloys as well as contaminants

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM304A Interpret basic binary phase diagrams

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers the knowledge and skills needed to interpret phase diagrams and so predict the microstructures of binary alloys.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the interpretation of cooling phase diagrams as used in metallurgy. The application will primarily be to phase diagrams of metals and alloys showing temperature and composition variables. In a typical scenario, a metallurgical technician will be required to recommend a phase transition process in order to obtain a required microstructure, or to predict a microstructure from a known phase transition process.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify the microstructures from an equilibrium cooling phase diagram	1.1. Phase diagram for metal or alloy is obtained from internal or external sources 1.2. Identify number, composition, proportion and structural arrangement of phases in binary alloys. 1.3. Describe structural changes due to varying proportion of alloying elements and temperature. 1.4. Describe the phase changes and final microstructures of binary alloys cooled under equilibrium conditions from the melt or during heat treatment operations.
2. Identify the microstructures from a non equilibrium cooling phase diagram	2.1. Identify number, composition, proportion and structural arrangement of phases in binary alloys. 2.2. Describe structural changes due to varying proportion of alloying elements and temperature. 2.3. Describe the phase changes and final microstructures of binary alloys cooled under equilibrium conditions from the melt or during heat treatment operations.
3. Recognise characteristic microstructures of binary alloys	3.1. .Recognise characteristic structures of dendrites (homogeneous and cored) columnar and equiaxed grains. 3.2. Recognise characteristic structures resulting from eutectic, eutectoid and peritectic reactions. 3.3. Recognise characteristic structures resulting from solid state precipitation.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
produce a basic cooling phase diagram from supplied data estimate composition from the structure of a phase diagram predict structure from the composition from a phase diagram
Required knowledge:
Competency includes sufficient knowledge of: methods of construction of phase diagrams for binary alloys. the phase changes that occur in binary alloy systems as recorded by the appropriate phase diagrams. the equilibrium and non equilibrium cooling of binary alloys and the resulting microstructures in cast and heat treated material.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	The person will be able to interpret binary phase diagrams. Assessment may be by workplace project, case study or suitable alternative.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: recognise and use correct scientific terminology in regards to phase diagrams source phase diagrams and other reference material from internal or external sources use phase diagrams to interpret intermediate and final phase structures of binary alloys
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Scientific techniques and principles of cooling phase diagrams relate to	Equilibrium phase diagrams Non-equilibrium phase diagrams Effect of temperature and alloying elements on structural changes Structures of homogenous and cored dendrites Structures of columnar and equiaxed grains Eutectic, eutectoid and peritectic reactions

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM305A Demonstrate basic knowledge of casting operations

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit describes the skills to discuss basic job requirements with a tradesperson, members of a team, production manager or customer

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit covers a basic understanding of the principles and commercial metal casting practices. The unit will enable a person to be able to safely access areas of a metal casting business and to identify and explain casting processes. The unit is suitable as a VET in Schools unit and for introductory training in metallurgy where the person does not have any prior casting work experience. All work is carried out under supervision and in consultation with others.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Demonstrate basic knowledge of casting processes	1.1. Identify the major areas and activities of foundry work including melting, casting, heat treatment, pattern and mould making, finishing and despatch 1.2. Identify the major items of equipment and their purpose in each foundry area 1.3. Describe the most common metals and alloys used in casting processes 1.4. Describe in the correct order the flow of metal through the foundry
2. Demonstrate knowledge of foundry terminology	2.1. Correct names are used for foundry processes and equipment 2.2. Metals and alloys are properly identified including their chemical composition
3. Identify basic understanding of commercial aspects of foundry operations	3.1. Major advantages and disadvantages of casting over other metal manufacturing processes are identified 3.2. Key cost factors are identified including energy, material, labour 3.3. A basic understanding of OHS and environmental obligations of foundries is demonstrated

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
Explain basic metal casting processes Identify basic items of casting equipment Identify product flow through a foundry or other casting operation Analyse mould materials and casting processes Identify casting defects Identify and control hazards
Required knowledge:
Competency includes sufficient knowledge of: Classification of casting processes Sand casting, investment casting, die casting, lost foam, vacuum process and protective atmospheres, ingot casting Preparation of a mould types of mould, shell moulds, dies pattern types, materials, construction, design raw materials: sand, bonds, other additives sand moulding processes, manual moulding, machine moulding moulding equipment, machines and applications, safety around machinery cores, basic coremaking procedures, equipment&machines mould assembly and handling ancillary equipment, sand handling, mould handling and processing Preparation of molten alloys ferrous alloys cast irons, white, grey, malleable and SG cast irons cast steels, carbon steels and alloy steels non-ferrous alloys cast aluminium alloys Al-Si alloys cast copper, magnesium, titanium and zinc alloys Melting type of furnaces with applications electric-arc furnace, induction furnace structure and melting principles Pouring pouring and molten metal safety pouring equipment running and gating systems solidification process (including grain growth, effects of super heat, mould geometry, chill) feeding: risers outline of basic principles Cleaning of castings shakeout cleaning room practices: methods and equipment removing the mould materials removing gate and risers finish cleaning Inspection of castings visual examination magnetic, penetrant methods, radiographic, ultrasonic methods chemical, metallographic, mechanical testing Repair of casting aligning, welding, filling

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to demonstrate basic knowledge of casting operations. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: Correctly identify casting processes and equipment Demonstrate knowledge of casting principles and practices. Evidence should be provided that knowledge can be applied to a number of castings using different alloys and or different moulds.
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant metallurgy units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an organisation where casting is done. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes or practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Casting processes	Includes melting, pouring, casting, patternmaking, mould preparation including sand moulds, dies, metal moulds, lost wax and lost foam casting, heat treatment, finishing, despatch and testing
Equipment	Includes equipment associated with the processes listed above

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM401A Prepare and examine metallographic samples

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers the knowledge and skills needed to prepare and examine a metallographic sample.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	In a typical scenario, a metallurgical technician will be required to examine samples as part of quality control, product development or problem solving/forensic investigation. This unit covers the preparation of relevant samples and then the microscopic and other examination of such samples.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units	MSATCM304A	Interpret basic binary phase diagrams

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare chemical etchants for use with metallographic samples	1.1. Identify the hazards of the required chemical etchants and apply hazard controls 1.2. Prepare etchant solution from bulk stocks following hazard controls and good laboratory practice 1.3. Label and store etchants to standard 1.4. Standardise/check etchants as required by procedures.
2. Prepare sample for metallographic examination	2.1. Undertake mechanical sample preparation 2.2. Label/identify sample to procedure 2.3. Select etchant(s) appropriate to the metal and the examination 2.4. Etch/prepare metal surface to standard 2.5. Protect prepared surface
3. Undertake microscopic examination of sample.	3.1. Set up microscope using appropriate fittings and magnifications 3.2. Examine and identify different metallic and non-metallic phases 3.3. Identify areas requiring further examination and/or photomicrographs .
4. Prepare photomicrographs	4.1. Set up equipment and materials for photomicrograph 4.2. Adjust photomicrograph equipment, including bright and dark field illumination 4.3. Take photomicrograph 4.4. Process and record photomicrograph
5. Report result of examination	5.1. Identify reporting requirements 5.2. Make reference to appropriate national or international standards as required 5.3. Prepare report to meet requirements 5.4. Circulate and file report to procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
nominating the appropriate cutting process nominating the appropriate directionality of the sample plane for examination mixing/preparing etchant solutions according to MSDS and standard operating procedure (SOP) mixing/preparing mounting resins basic cutting, grinding and polishing of samples including mechanical and electrolytic polishing etching of samples use of microscope identify microstructures, including metallic and non-metallic features
Required knowledge:
Competency includes sufficient knowledge of: understanding of microstructures of metals chemical applications and safety including material safety data sheets (MSDS) composition and suitability of etchants knowledge of relevant standards ( for example AS 1831 or equivalent international standard)

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to prepare and examine metallographic samples. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: Prepare and examine samples. Evidence should be provided from a number of sample preparations and examinations, covering the use of different etchants, preparation methods and examinations. The reports prepared should be a major part of this evidence, but will need supplementing to demonstrate the validity of this evidence.
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an organisation where metallographic sample preparation and examination is undertaken. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Hazards	Hazards to be identified by standard techniques such as Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) and controlled according to the hierarchy of control and SOP.
Etchants	Etchants includes all common etchants such as strong acid solutions.
Metallographic examination	Metallographic examination includes microscopy, photomicrographs and other standard techniques.
Mechanical sample preparation	Mechanical sample preparation includes cutting (eg to size/shape), mounting, grinding (e.g. to prepare flat surface) and polishing (e.g. on a lap) as required.
Process and record	Processing and recording of photomicrographs includes editing and enhancing of photographs and identification and filing using an appropriate procedure.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM402A Monitor and test sands, cores and moulds

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers the knowledge and skills needed to analyse mould/core performance in terms of their design and sands used.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	In a typical scenario, a technician will be required to draw conclusions as to the appropriateness of mould/core design and sand type chosen, and make recommendations as to design of mould/cores and selection of sands.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Control hazards	1.1. Identify hazards in the sand/mould/core making process 1.2. Assess the risks arising from those hazards 1.3. Implement procedures to control those hazards in line with procedures and duty of care.
2. Select appropriate sand characteristics for job and process	2.1. Determine requirements of the casting 2.2. Identify types of sand appropriate for the type of mould/core 2.3. Identify types of binders appropriate for the job 2.4. Select sand/binder mix appropriate for the job
3. Prepare, test and evaluate moulding sand to desired characteristics	3.1. . Monitor preparation of bonded sand mix 3.2. Test materials prepared 3.3. Evaluate test results and report as appropriate
4. Evaluate finished casting for defects related to sand characteristics.	4.1. Examine casting for sand related defects such as wash, expansion, scabbing, rat-tails etc. 4.2. Determine cause of sand related defects 4.3. Recommend improvements to sand type and/or preparation
5. Report results	5.1. Identify reporting requirements 5.2. Prepare report to meet requirements 5.3. Circulate and file report to procedures

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
take samples prepare standard samples use test equipment use and calibrate mixing machines
Required knowledge:
Competency includes sufficient knowledge of: Sources of sands and their characteristics green sand, resin and silicate bond moulds , shell moulds relationship of moulding sand properties and characteristics to casting defects. expansion, scabbing, rat-tails, hardness. sand grain shape and distribution, permeability, gas evolution, blow holes. mould properties, green strength, shatter. refractoriness mould dilation definition of clay bonded sand testing clay bonded sand A.F.S. standard compression sample moisture content clay content green compression green permeability mould hardness shatter index sieve analysis loss of ignition (LOI) A.F.S. fineness number other tests as appropriate organic and inorganic bonded and core sands drying oils: stoving, characteristics cold setting oils: characteristics synthetic resins, characteristics and applications shell moulding sodium silicate binders, characteristics phenolic urethanes furfuryl alcohol phenolic esters alkaline phenolics testing hardened sands: tensile compression hardness choice of binder.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to monitor and test sands, cores and moulds. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: Prepare and test sand samples Monitor and interpret results Apply corrections to the sand system as dictated by the sand testing results Relate sand-related casting defects to sand properties and recommend corrective actions
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an organisation using sand casting. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Hazards	Hazards to be identified by standard techniques such as Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) and controlled according to the hierarchy of control.
Mould/core	Mould/core means sand mould/core
Bonded	Bonding materials for sand include clay, organic and inorganic binders

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM403A Evaluate mould design and gating

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers the knowledge and skills needed to evaluate mould design, gating, running and feeding of castings (known as methoding) including understanding the solidification process and techniques to eliminate defects to meet specified quality requirements.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	In a typical scenario, a metallurgical technician will be required to examine a mould design and draw some conclusions as to the appropriateness of gating, running and feeding design, or alternatively make some recommendations as to design.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units	MSATCM304A	Interpret basic binary phase diagrams
MSATCM305A	Demonstrate basic knowledge of casting operations

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify specification requirements for required casting	1.1. Obtain all relevant job requirements and design specifications in accordance with workplace procedures 1.2. Identify and interpret drawing requirements and specifications
2. Evaluate proposed mould design for causes of potential defects	2.1. Select running, gating and feeding principles and techniques relevant to the particular casting 2.2. Apply relevant scientific principles and techniques appropriately 2.3. Review placement and sizing of feeder heads 2.4. Calculate the size and number of feeder heads and gating for castings
3. Report results	3.1. Identify reporting requirements 3.2. Prepare report to meet requirements 3.3. Circulate and file report to procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
Apply scientific principles to foundry mould design Evaluate mould design to suit specific applications Calculate mould runner and feeding systems Select appropriate techniques and associated software and hardware technologies to suit specific applications in foundry mould design Present solutions and any associated limitations referring to the original aim of the application.
Required knowledge:
Solidification Nucleation Growth mechanisms (crystal and interfacial) Dendrite coherency Constitutional undercooling Superheat Eutectic and peritectic solidification Grain Structure Running, Gating and Feeding Terminology Runner and gating principles (ratios) Pouring basin or cup Sprue design Runner design Ingate design Inclusion control (slag, erosion, etc) Metal flow (lamellar and turbulent), velocity and temperature Modulus principle (calculation of feeder size) Location of feeders (end and feed zones, neighbourhood effect, feeding distances) Exothermic and insulating feeding aids (sleeves and topping) Feeding mechanisms (liquid, mass, interdendritic, burst&solid) Computer packages (runner and feeder calculations, mould simulations) Yield calculations Defect Formation Shrinkage Porosity Segregation Hot Tearing Shear

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to evaluate mould design and gating. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: Calculate manually and by use of computer programs runner and feeding systems for casting designs. Evidence must be provided of manual calculations and compared to computer program results. Evaluate mould designs. Evidence should be provided from the evaluation of a number of moulds. Understand the interplay between moulds, cores, gating and feeding Evaluate the resulting casting for success of gating and feeding Compare casting results with computer simulated predictions.
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Size and number of feeder heads and gating	Calculation of the size of feeder heads and gating includes manual calculation and use of computer programs

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM404A Undertake and interpret results of chemical analysis on metal samples

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This competency covers the selection of the appropriate chemical instrumentation test method and the interpretation of the test results in the context of a foundry. It also includes the conducting of optical emission spectroscopy (OES) testing, but not the conducting of any other tests.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This competency applies to technicians working in or advising foundries who are required to decide what test data is needed and then interpret the test results so they can make adjustments as necessary to the foundry process. It includes: knowing what data is needed selecting the test method(s) which will give that data interpreting the test results advising adjustments to the foundry process, materials, compositions based on the test results actually undertaking optical emission spectroscopy OES (but no other) testing as required.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Organise required test(s).	1.1. Identify information and test data required. 1.2. Select appropriate test(s) which will yield the required data. 1.3. Determine the capacity to undertake required test(s). 1.4. Confirm capacity to undertake test(s) with selected body. 1.5. Make required arrangements for testing to be carried our.
2. Undertake optical emission spectroscopy as required.	2.1. Prepare sample as required by test method. 2.2. Prepare instrument as required by procedures. 2.3. Test sample 2.4. Record and check test results 2.5. Repeat test results as required.
3. Interpret test results.	3.1. Check test results are within the expected range and take appropriate action for non-conforming results. 3.2. Perform any required calculations or data manipulations. 3.3. Determine implications of test results for process/product. 3.4. Develop actions to be taken based on test results.
4. Implement actions	4.1. Communicate required actions as required. 4.2. Follow through on communication to check implementation. 4.3. Check results of actions. 4.4. Follow up as required.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
identify relevant spectra. communicate both with other technicians and also with shop floor operatives about technical matters Write technical reports and production specifications understand and interpret numeric data as well as manipulate test data in order to obtain the required information calculate concentrations and dilutions The mathematics relevant to the manipulation and interpretation of test data is also required. A knowledge of the impact of chemical composition on the foundry process and product and what adjustments should be made, and how they can be made is also required.
Required knowledge:
Competence in this unit requires knowledge of the principles of operation, uses and limitations of: Optical Emission Spectroscopy (OES) (otherwise known as Atomic Emission Spectroscopy (AES)) UV - Visible Spectrophotometry (UV Vis) Infrared Spectroscopy (IR) Gas Chromatography (GC) X-Ray Fluorescence (XRF) Flame Photometry Atomic Absorption Spectrometry (AAS) Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) Traditional Wet Analysis

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This competency requires evidence of competent operation of OES which may be obtained either in a workplace or other suitable laboratory facility. The materials being tested should be relevant to the foundry industry. This competency also requires evidence of competency in the selection of appropriate test methods for various scenarios and the interpretation of test results. The scenarios and test results should be relevant to the foundry industry and may be drawn directly from the workplace or may be simulated case studies.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: select appropriate test methods obtain repeatable OES results interpret test results for a foundry. Consistent performance should be demonstrated. In particular look to see that: several scenarios requiring the selection of different test instruments have been completed successfully reproducible test results can be obtained from OES testing across different samples requiring different sample preparation/test conditions.
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Competence in this unit may be assessed: in a foundry in another suitable laboratory facility, using simulation for non OES evidence by use of a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios by a combination of these techniques. In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Context	This competency applies to metallurgical technicians working in a foundry who are responsible for determining the chemical composition of materials, products and work in progress and making recommendations as to what needs to be done to produce the required product. The technician may undertake some sampling and testing themselves, and will also specify the sample requirements to be taken by an operator. The technician will be responsible for outsourcing required tests where the foundry does not have the test instrument or capability. The technician will be responsible to interpret the test results regardless of where the test is done and determine what needs to be done to make the required product.
Procedures	All operations are performed in accordance with procedures. Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards. These may include: ISO standards ANZS NATA requirements Other relevant standards.
Tools and equipment	This unit of competency includes use of equipment and tools such as: routine laboratory equipment such as glassware sampling equipment used in foundries emission spectroscopy equipment.
Test data	Test data includes: composition and other quantitative data component identification and other qualitative data.
Appropriate test(s)	Appropriate tests include: Optical Emission Spectroscopy (OES) UV - Visible Spectrophotometry (UV Vis) Infrared Spectroscopy (IR) Gas Chromatography (GC) X-Ray Fluorescence (XRF) Flame Photometry Atomic Absorption Spectrometry (AAS) Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM).
Capacity	Capacity to undertake tests include: possession of the appropriate test instrumentation possession of the appropriate trained people with the available time NATA registration if relevant cost, turn around time and other relevant commercial factors required infrastructure to undertake the test(s). Capacity applies both to in house and out sourced test facilities.
Body	Selected body to undertake the test incudes: university TAFE college commercial analytical firm NATA approved facility in house facility and personnel.
Required arrangements	Required arrangements include: obtaining, labelling and transporting sample contractual/work order or other requirements.
Prepare sample	Prepare sample includes: taking representative sub samples sample dissolution sample dilution readying the sample for the test.
Prepare instrument	Prepare instrument includes: calibrating or checking calibration as appropriate checking the adequacy of the supply of consumables curve generation setting machine conditions checking machine function.
Actions	Actions to be taken include: adjusting process conditions and set points specifying additives and combinations of additives adjusting processing times.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM405A Determine and supervise heat treatment of metal

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers applying metallurgical principles and techniques to determine and supervise the heat treatment of metal.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit requires application of metallurgical scientific principles and techniques as a member of a design and development team or similar in support of enhancing properties of metals though heat treatment.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units	MSATCM304A	Interpret basic binary phase diagrams
MEM06003C	Carry out heat treatment

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine heat treatment of metals to suit application requirements	1.1. Consultations and briefings are undertaken with managers, employers and customers and other sources of information researched as appropriate to determine heat treatment application requirements 1.2. The relevant scientific techniques and principles of heat treatment and associated software and hardware technologies are selected for particular application 1.3. Appropriate calculations and coherent units are used in the solution of engineering calculations 1.4. Significant figures are used in engineering calculations. 1.5. Heat treatment requirements
2. Supervise heat treatment of metal	2.1. Heat treatment parameters are communicated to appropriate personnel 2.2. Safety procedures appropriate to heat treatment process and item to be treated are determined and implemented 2.3. Supervise heat treatment techniques and use of associated software and hardware technologies to ensure required heat treatment solutions is achieved 2.4. Evaluate heat treatment process and advise on defects

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
select appropriate scientific principles to suit specific heat treatment applications select appropriate techniques and associated software and hardware technologies, to suit specific applications in heat treatment apply and manipulate appropriate formulas for heat treatment applications involving engineering calculations apply appropriate calculations to engineering situations refer solutions to the original aim of the application. quote solutions for the application in appropriate units, using appropriate significant figures. quote limitations of solutions for the application, due to assumptions, scientific principles and techniques used present solutions for the application referring to the original aim of the application including elimination or containment of risks and establishing of safety procedures
Required knowledge:
Competency includes sufficient knowledge of: heat treatment principles as given in the range statement limitations of selected scientific principles risks and safety procedures appropriate to heat treatment of metals and alloys

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to determine and supervise heat treatment of metal. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: Select the appropriate heat treatment cycle(s) for nominated materials, so that they meet the required physical properties.
Relationship to other units	This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with applying basic scientific principles and techniques in mechanical engineering situations or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Assessment method and context	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials. Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to a situation where heat treatment of metal is undertaken. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Sources of information	reference texts manufacturers' catalogues and industrial magazines websites use of phone, email and fax information gathering
Scientific techniques and principles of heat treatment relate to:	Ferrous heat treatment the iron-carbon equilibrium and plain carbon steels. iron-carbon phase equilibrium austenite-ferrite transformation austenite-pearlite steels influence of grain size and carbide distribution on mechanical properties. microstructure and properties of slowly cooled steels. effect of temperature and composition on structure and properties. effects of alloying elements in iron-carbon alloys. the gamma and sigma phase fields distribution of alloying elements in steel. effects of alloying elements in the kinetics of gamma and sigma transformations. structural changes resulting for alloying additions. transformation diagrams for alloy steels. isothermal transformation of austenite. austenite grain size formation of pearlite formation of bainite role of alloying elements mechanical properties of pearlite and bainite Temperature Time Transformation (TTT) diagrams. quenching treatments. formation of martensite morphology and crystallography of ferrous martensites mechanical properties of martensites retained austenite quenching media - stages of quenching, effect of variables thermal and transformation stresses, quenching defects. transformation of austenite continuous cooling cooling curves Continuous Cooling Transformation (CCT) diagrams hardening and heat treatment. factors affecting how well a metal responds to hardening processes use of TTT and CCT diagrams hardenability testing e.g. Jominy hardenability and heat treatment tempering tempering of irons and steels. tempering of non ferrous metals and alloys mechanical properties of tempered irons and steels mechanical properties of non ferrous metals and alloys
Special heat treatments	austempering martempering (marquenching) maraging steels high-strength, low-alloy (HSLA) steels. surface treatments carburising carbonitriding nitriding induction and flame hardening other methods heat treatment defects nature and prevention of defects surface structural and property stress related dimensional embrittlement
Non-ferrous heat treatments	aluminium alloys solutions treatments quenching precipitation hardening coldworking temper designations copper alloys solution annealing age hardening precipitation hardening coldworking quenching and tempering miscellaneous non-ferrous
Significant figures	Are those relevant to accuracy and are appropriate to the process, data and desired range of results
Risks and safety procedures	biological factors in quench tank fluids carcinogenic oil fumes, flash point of oils and risk of fire in oil quenching inert atmospheres and their potential to cause asphyxiation specification and use of personal protective equipment (PPE) location of emergency switches tagging and isolation procedures atmosphere control identification of high risk alloys and metals appropriate transfer times to quench and from quench to temper furnace

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM406A Apply basic chemical principles to metallurgy

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This competency provides basic underpinning chemistry knowledge for industrial metallurgical processes.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This competency applies to metallurgists working in industrial environments including foundries, steel plants, smelters, die casting, fabrication, welding etc. The unit provides the general chemical knowledge for basic metallurgy operations. Note: This unit covers some but not all of the content in Year 12 chemistry subjects such as the NSW Chemistry Stage 6 syllabus and equivalents in other States and Territories. Students who have completed these chemistry subjects at school should be given the opportunity for recognition of prior learning (RPL).

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Demonstrate knowledge of basic chemical concepts relevant to metallurgical processes	1.1. The structure of atoms is described including sub-atomic particles, charge, atomic number, mass number, and valency . 1.2. The properties of elements is determined from the periodic table of elements. 1.3. The three states of matter are described in terms of shape, volume, and compression. 1.4. Boyles and Charles laws are used to determine the relationship between volume, temperature, and pressure for a gas. 1.5. Elements, compounds and mixtures are defined and examples given 1.6. Chemical formulae are used 1.7. The difference between organic and inorganic compounds is described 1.8. Ionic, covalent, and metallic bonding are described. 1.9. The relationship between temperature and the kinetic energy of particles is identified 1.10. The concepts of latent and sensible heat are described.
2. Contrast the physical properties of crystalline solids.	2.1. Solids are categorised from their physical properties 2.2. The physical properties of crystalline solids are related to the nature of the forces between particles.
3. Define the key chemical properties of metals.	3.1. The activity of metals and other key properties are described in terms of their position on the Periodic Table. 3.2. The importance of first ionisation energy in determining the relative reactivity of metals is described. 3.3.
4. Define the key chemical properties of acids and bases.	4.1. Definitions of acids and bases are described. 4.2. The pH scale is described and applied 4.3. The relationship between an acid and its conjugate base and a base and its conjugate acid is described 4.4. A range of salts which form acidic, basic or neutral solutions are identified and their acidic, neutral or basic nature explained 4.5. Strong and weak acids and bases are defined and identified. 4.6.
5. Analyse chemical reactions	5.1. Chemical reactions are described using appropriate balanced chemical equations 5.2. Chemical reactions between elements and compounds are explained in terms of atomic structures and periodicity 5.3. The heat of reaction in chemical reactions is determined. 5.4. Factors affecting reaction rate are explained including concentration, surface area, pressure, temperature and catalysis 5.5. The stoichiometry of a reaction is used to determine amounts of reactants consumed/products made

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
write chemical formulae write and balance chemical equations calculate heat of reaction
Required knowledge:
Competence in this unit requires knowledge of: Kinetic Theory; Boyles Law, Charles Law, Ideal Gas equation PV=nRT, molar volume of a gas; Gay-Lussac's Law, Avogadro's Law; gas reaction calculations symbols of common elements importance of valence in formulae and reactions model of an atom including electron shells. The chemical basis of energy transformations in chemical reactions Periodic table Acids and Bases, Stoichiometry

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This competency also requires evidence of competency in the description of chemical laws, principles and terminology. The application of the chemical laws and principles to a selection of appropriate scenarios should also be required. The scenarios may be drawn directly from the workplace or may be simulated case studies.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: describe elements and compounds according to their chemical properties use recognised and appropriate chemical symbols and terminology Consistent performance should be demonstrated. In particular look to see that: a wide variety of elements and compounds can be described the application of chemical laws and reactions to non laboratory situations can be explained
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge. The unit is suitable for assessment in conjunction with other metallurgy units and a holistic approach should be taken to the assessment wherever possible. Competence in this unit may be assessed: in a workplace in a suitable laboratory facility, by use of a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios by a combination of these techniques.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. No special resources are required. However resources may be required where holistic assessment with other units is undertaken including suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Context	This competency applies to metallurgical technicians who are responsible for determining the chemical composition of materials, products and work in progress and making recommendations as to what needs to be done to produce the required product. The unit is intended to complement other more specific metallurgy units by providing general chemical knowledge.
Physical properties of crystalline solids	Crystalline solids include molecular, metallic, ionic, extended covalent solids. Physical properties include but are not limited to - boiling point, melting point, solubility in polar and/or non-polar solvents, conductivity, ductility, brittleness, hardness.
Key properties	The key properties of metals in terms of their position on the Periodic Table are: electrical conductivity ionisation energy atomic radius melting point boiling point combining power (valency) electronegativity reactivity
Use of formulae	Formulae will be correctly written for given compounds and correct names will be written from given formulae
Definitions of acids and bases	Arrhenius definition BrÃ¸nsted-Lowry definition
Strong Acid	Strong acids are those that have high degrees of dissociation yielding hydrogen ions
Weak acids	Weak acids have partial dissociation of hydrogen ions and exist mostly in the associated form.
Strong bases	Strong bases completely or almost completely dissociate into hydroxide ions and a conjugate acid.
Weak bases	Weak bases partially dissociate into hydroxide ions and a conjugate acid.
Stoichiometry	The calculation of the quantities of chemical elements or compounds involved in a chemical reaction.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM501A Calculate and predict chemical outcomes in metallurgical situations

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers applying appropriate chemical principles and techniques to calculate and predict outcomes in metallurgical situations.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit requires application of chemical principles and techniques as a member of a team or as an individual in metallurgical situations.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units	MSATCM406A	Apply basic chemistry principles to metallurgy

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Select chemical techniques and principles relevant to metallurgy	1.1. Consultations and briefings are undertaken with managers, employers and customers and other sources of information researched as appropriate to determine situation requiring metallurgical analysis 1.2. Relevant chemical techniques and principles are selected for particular metallurgical situation. 1.3. Technologies associated with chemical techniques relevant to the particular metallurgical situation are selected
2. Apply the relevant chemical principles and techniques appropriately	2.1. The basic chemical principles are applied in a consistent and appropriate manner to obtain required solutions. 2.2. Appropriate calculations and coherent units are used in the solution of chemical calculations. 2.3. Significant figures are used in chemical calculations. 2.4. The chemical techniques and associated technologies, are applied in a consistent and appropriate manner to obtain required solutions. 2.5. Solutions are communicated to appropriate personnel and situations and solutions recorded in accordance with procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
select appropriate chemical principles to suit specific applications select appropriate basic mechanical techniques and associated technologies, software and hardware to suit specific applications apply basic chemical principles to particular engineering situations apply and manipulate appropriate formulas for applications involving engineering calculations apply appropriate calculations to engineering and metallurgical situations refer solutions to the original aim of the application quote solutions in appropriate units, using appropriate significant figures. quote limitations of solutions, due to assumptions, chemical principles and techniques used present solutions referring to the original aim of the application.
Required knowledge:
Competency includes sufficient knowledge of: basic chemical principles as described in the range statement limitations of selected chemical principles

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to calculate and predict chemical outcomes in metallurgical situations. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: Apply the appropriate chemical theory to a given situation, leading to an appropriate solution.
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with applying basic scientific principles and techniques in mechanical engineering situations or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit. Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials. Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Metallurgy	Metallurgy covers the scientific and technical oversight of the extraction, smelting, refining, casting, heat treating, welding, forging and fabrication of metals to produce commercial metal products or to develop new alloys and processes.
Sources of information	Sources of information include reference texts, manufacturers' catalogues and industrial magazines, websites, use of phone, email and fax information gathering.
Chemical techniques and principles	The Constitution of Matter elements, compounds, mixtures, states of matter; atomic structure: protons, neutrons electrons; electron structure of atoms; the Bohr atom The Periodic Table The Constitution of Matter chemical bonding: ionic, covalent, metallic; valencies of common ions and radicals; chemical reactions: balancing equations; molecular & ionic equations; Avogadro's number and the mole concept; solubility and precipitation, solution concentration; stoichiometric calculations. The Gas Laws Kinetic Theory; Boyles Law, Charles Law, Combined Gas Law; Ideal Gas equation PV=nRT, molar volume of a gas; Gay-Lussac's Law, Avogadro's Law; gas reaction calculations. Oxidation and Reduction definitions of oxidation and reduction; half reactions; balancing redox equations; significance of oxidation and reduction in metallurgy Thermodynamics First Law of Thermodynamics; Exothermic and endothermic reactions Heats of reaction, combustion,etc; Hess' Law Heat capacity, Kirchoff's Law Acid-base theory, hydrolysis; Ionic product for water: pH, and pOH, the pH scale Equilibrium constant Effect of temperature and pressure on equilibrium constant Equilibrium and Free Energy Change Carnot cycle: concept of entropy; Second Law of Thermodynamics; Gibbs free energy; Relationship between free energy and equilibrium constant; Van't Hoff isotherm, Ban't Hoss isochore Relationship between free energy and temperature Rates of Chemical Reactions Factors affecting rates of reaction; Collisions theory, activation energy; Theory of absolute reaction times Electrochemistry Electrolytic conduction: ionic conduction; Theories of ionisation; Ostwalds's dilution law, Onsager equation; Electrode potential, electrical double layer; Redox potentials, e.m.f series; Electrochemical cells, anodes, and cathodes (definition); Nernst equation; Applications of electrochemistry; Galvanic series, Pourbaix diagrams, Corrosion, electroplating, refining
Significant figures	Are those relevant to accuracy and are appropriate to the process, data and desired range of results

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM502A Identify and describe equipment for mineral and chemical processing plants

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers applying scientific principles and techniques to identify and describe processing equipment in mineral and chemical processing plants from a metallurgical perspective.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit requires application of scientific principles and techniques as a member of a design and development team or similar in support of specifying basic mineral extraction processes associated with metals production.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units	MSATCM304A	Interpret basic binary phase diagrams
MSATCM406A	Apply basic chemistry principles

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Research and identify the range of scientific principles and techniques relevant to mineral and chemical processing plants.	1.1. The scientific principles relating to mineral and chemical processing are researched and reported on from appropriate sources of information and examination of applications. 1.2. The techniques and associated technologies, software and hardware required to implement scientific principles relating to mineral and chemical proccessing plants are identified.
2. Select scientific principles and techniques relevant to equipment inmineral and chemical proccessingplants	2.1. Scientific techniques and principles relevant to particular mineral and chemical processing situations are selected. 2.2. Relevant techniques and associated technologies, including software and hardware, are selected for particular mineral and chemical processing situations.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
select appropriate scientific principles to suit specific mineral processing and metals production applications apply scientific principles to particular processing situations refer solutions to the original aim of the application. quote solutions in appropriate units, using appropriate significant figures. quote limitations of solutions, due to assumptions, scientific principles and techniques used present solutions referring to the original aim of the application
Required knowledge:
Competency includes sufficient knowledge of: basic scientific principles (as given in the range statement) including: limitations of selected scientific principles basic mineral and chemical processing techniques and technologies, including software and hardware associated with implementing scientific principles in mineral and chemical processing situations related to metals production

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply basic scientific principles and techniques in describing equipment for mineral and chemical processing.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: identify appropriate techniques and equipment used for mineral and chemical processing function of each type of equipment steps in the processing of particular minerals and chemicals including flow diagrams identify relationship of the processing of particular minerals and chemicals to metals production
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with MCMPM518A Specify basic metal extraction processes from minerals
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment. Assessment will need to occur in a situation where mechanical testing is undertaken.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required may include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Sources of information may include:	reference texts, manufacturer's catalogues industrial and professional magazines and journals, colleagues websites, phone, email and fax information gathering
Equipment in mineral and chemical processing plants can include equipment for:	Transport and storage of materials Heat transfer Solids drying Phase dispersion and separation Gas solid operations Liquid liquid operations Liquid solid operations Solid solid operations Size reduction and size enlargement Bulk solid handling Packaging of solids and liquids Chemical reactors Waste management Process safety Energy generation and utilisation
Scientific techniques and principles include:	Principles of mineral processing Principles of chemical processing Function of each type of equipment Flow diagrams Processes for particle size change Processes for separation of materials Processes for mixing of materials Processes for chemical change

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM503A Recommend a refractory for an application

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers the knowledge and skills needed to recommend a refractory for an application based on a knowledge of the properties, application and modes of failure of the principal refractories.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	In a typical scenario, a metallurgical technician is involved with the development of a new product or process, or the improvement or redesign of an existing product/process. As part of this the requirements for an appropriate refractory material will need to be considered and a recommendation as to the type of refractory which will be appropriate for the situation will be made. This may also include evaluating suggestions made by refractory suppliers for their appropriateness to the situation.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify the process requirements for a refractory	1.1. Identify the pH of the metallurgical slags 1.2. Determine the insulating requirements from the refractory 1.3. Determine other process requirements from the refractory 1.4. Identify likely process causes of refractory failure 1.5. Specify refractory needs in terms of physical and chemical properties required. 1.6.
2. Recommend type of refractory material	2.1. Select a refractory class suitable for the pH of the metallurgical slag 2.2. Shortlist refractory materials within that class suitable for the insulting and other process demands 2.3. Contrast the principal modes of failure for each short listed refractory with the likely process causes of refractory failure 2.4. Recommend suitable refractory material/s for the job. 2.5.
3. Consider economic and technical implications of different modes of installation	3.1. . Compare possible alternative refractory materials 3.2. Compare possible alternative installation methods 3.3. Consider alternative materials with different installation methods and their overall technical/economic performance 3.4. Recommend a refractory material and a method of installation which delivers the best economic and technical performance for the application. 3.5.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
Apply principles to determine the pH of metallurgical slags Select appropriate refractories for an application Select appropriate method of refractory installation and repair Identify root causes of refractory failures
Required knowledge:
Competency includes sufficient knowledge of: metals and their properties and operating temperatures furnace operations refractory materials, purposes, common defects, installation and fixing techniques the limitations of refractories

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to recommend a refractory for application. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit. The person will be able to select appropriate materials and installation methodologies for specified situations. Assessment may be by workplace project, case study or suitable alternative. The selection should be able to be justified on technical and economic grounds.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: identify refractory requirements for particular metals, alloys, slags and processes recommend refractories that are appropriate from both a technical and economic perspective determine the mode of refractory failure and recommend a more appropriate solution
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessment will need to occur in an organisation using refractory materials. Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of If evidence is provided from a complete reline, or an initial refractory lining, then one recommendation may provide sufficient evidence. Where evidence is from the ongoing maintenance of an existing refractory, then it will be needed from a range of activities to provide sufficient evidence.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an organisation using refractories that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Principal refractories	Principal refractories includes: silica alumino silicates dolomite magnesite-chrome, chrome-magnesite chrome insulation and insulating refractories special refractories (eg graphite, silicon carbide) monolithic refractories ie cement, plastics, ramming mixes and castables pH pH of slags to be identified as acidic, basic or neutral in regards to their interaction with refractories.
Modes of installation	Modes of installation include: monolithic fired shape structures bricks other (eg sprayed)

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM504A Select metal forming process

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This competency covers the selection of the appropriate metal forming processes for an application. It requires using metallurgical principles and techniques to select a process which is appropriate for the required product end use and the metal(s) to be used.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This competency applies to technicians who are required to recommend a metal forming process for making a metal product. It includes: knowing the principles of common forming processes and their typical applications identifying the key factors in the product to be made which will guide the forming process selection applying basic metallurgy to the situation so as to make an appropriate recommendation.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units	MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MSATCM501A	Calculate and predict chemical outcomes in metallurgical situations
MEM30007A	Select common engineering materials

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Confirm requirements	1.1. Communicate with stakeholders regarding technical and aesthetic specification 1.2. Identify process constraints such as timelines and cost 1.3. Identify any special requirements of product or process 1.4. Confirm product and process requirements with stakeholders.
2. Shortlist possible forming processes	2.1. Identify forming processes which may be appropriate. 2.2. Discuss suitability of different processes with stakeholders. 2.3. Guide stakeholders to determine relative benefits of individual processes 2.4. Clarify conflicts of information and benefits that arise.
3. Select metal forming process.	3.1. Select the most appropriate process for the application. 3.2. Explain reasons for selecting process to stakeholders. 3.3. Clarify any unresolved areas.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
communicate technical information both with technical and non-technical stakeholders who may be customers or managers. write to the level of reading technical information and writing technical reports and production specifications. understand and interpret numeric data.
Required knowledge:
Competence in this unit requires knowledge of the principles, strengths and weaknesses and typical applications of: Casting Methods including greensand, chemically-bonded sand, horizontal part, vertical part, investment, gravity die, pressure die, centrifugal, direct cast; Powder Metallurgy including unidirectional die pressing, isotropic pressing, power rolling, power swaging, power extrusion, explosive compacting, sintering; Electrometallurgy including chemical and mechanical pretreatments, electroplating, cadmium plating, zinc plating, tin plating, copper plating, nickel plating, chromium plating, electropolishing; Methods of metalworking including plastic deformation, recrystallisation, recovery, grain growth, structural changes, property changes, direct compression, indirect compression, tensile, bending, shearing; Direct compression processes including forging, rolling; Indirect compression processes including extrusion, wire drawing, tube drawing, deep drawing Tensile processes including stretching Bending processes including cold and hot bending Cutting and shearing processes including turning, milling, grinding, shearing, Lubrication for metal forming processes including role of lubrication, types of lubricants Metal forming risk factors including tool and die wear, metal fatigue, tool and product heating, ( can we add some more?) Furnaces including melting furnaces, heating furnaces, energy sources, atmospheres, refractories Isotropic&anisotropic materials including directional and non-directional plastic and fracture properties, texture etc; Competence also requires the ability to identify and ask questions which will lead stakeholders to describe the key factors and properties required. Knowledge should also include economic and timeliness factors as well as quality, aesthetics of finish and technical differences such as strength, rigidity, corrosion resistance, grain structure, chemical composition etc.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This competency also requires evidence of competency in the selection of appropriate processes for various scenarios. The scenarios should be relevant to the application of metallurgy to the forming process and may be drawn directly from the workplace or may be simulated case studies.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: select appropriate forming process justify the selection of that process ask appropriate questions to determine the required information. Consistent performance should be demonstrated. In particular look to see that: several scenarios requiring the selection of different processes have been completed successfully
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Context	This competency applies to metallurgical technicians working in a foundry who may be required to make a recommendation of an appropriate forming process for a metal product. The appropriate process may, or may not be one conducted in a foundry.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM505A Select metal joining process

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This competency covers the selection of the appropriate metal joining processes for an application. It requires using metallurgical principles and techniques to select a process which is appropriate for the required product end use and the metal(s) to be used.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This competency applies to technicians who are required to recommend a metal joining process for making a metal product. It includes: knowing the principles of common joining processes and their typical applications identifying the key factors in the product to be made which will guide the joining process selection applying basic metallurgy to the situation so as to make an appropriate recommendation.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units	MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM30007A	Select common engineering materials
MSATCM406A	Apply basic chemistry principles to metallurgy

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Confirm requirements.	1.1. Communicate with stakeholders regarding technical and aesthetic specification 1.2. Identify process constraints such as timelines and cost 1.3. Identify any special requirements of product or process 1.4. Confirm product and process requirements with stakeholders.
2. Shortlist possible joining processes.	2.1. Identify joining processes which may be appropriate. 2.2. Discuss suitability of different processes with stakeholders. 2.3. Guide stakeholders to determine relative benefits of individual processes 2.4. Clarify conflicts of information and benefits that arise.
3. Select metal joining process.	3.1. Select the most appropriate process for the application. 3.2. Explain reasons for selecting process to stakeholders. 3.3. Clarify any unresolved areas.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
identify and ask questions which will lead stakeholders to describe the key factors and properties required communicate technical information both with technical and non-technical stakeholders who may be customers or managers Write to the level of reading technical information and writing technical reports and production specifications understand and interpret numeric data.
Required knowledge:
Competence in this unit requires knowledge of the principles, strengths and weaknesses and typical applications of: Metal Joining without parent metal fusion including soldering, brazing&adhesives Solid phase welding&diffusion bonding including time, temperature, pressure, deformation, friction welding, explosive welding, ultrasonic welding, butterwelding Metal Joining - Fusion welding including heat sources, atmosphere, arc, gas, laser, electroslag, MIG and TIG welding, use of heat blankets Heat effects of metal joining processes including heat flow, heat affected zone, weld pool solidification etc; Weldability, testing, weld defects including solidification cracking, heat affected zone hot tearing, hydrogen cracking, lamellar tearing, porosity, heat treatment cracking, weld decay, stress corrosion cracking, brittle fracture, fatigue, Time-Temperature-Transformation TTT Curves applied to preheat, post heat and post weld heat treatment Welding&weldability of carbon steels, low alloy steels&cast irons aluminium&alloys, copper&alloys stainless steels&nickel alloys Residual stresses in welding including causes and elimination Economic and timeliness factors Quality Aesthetics of finish Technical differences such as: strength rigidity corrosion resistance grain structure chemical composition

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This competency also requires evidence of competency in the selection of appropriate processes for various scenarios. The scenarios should be relevant to the application of metallurgy to the joining process and may be drawn directly from the workplace or may be simulated case studies.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: select appropriate joining process justify the selection of that process ask appropriate questions to determine the required information. Consistent performance should be demonstrated. In particular look to see that: several scenarios requiring the selection of different processes have been completed successfully
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to a situation where moulds are used. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes or practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Context	This competency applies to metallurgical technicians working in a foundry who may be required to make a recommendation of an appropriate joining process for a metal product. The appropriate process may, or may not be one conducted in a foundry.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM506A Monitor blast furnace operations

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers the knowledge and skills needed to monitor and control the operation of blast iron furnace

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	In a typical scenario, a technician will be required to utilise a SCADA system to monitor the melting of iron ores and associated materials within a blast furnace, ensuring that quantities, temperatures and all procedures are used in accordance with parameters provided and standard operating procedures.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units	MSATCM304A	Interpret basic binary phase diagrams
MSATCM406A	Apply basic chemistry principles to metallurgy
MSATCM501A	Calculate and predict chemical outcomes in metallurgical situations

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Access/interrogate SCADA system	1.1. Find all relevant screens and information within SCADA system 1.2. Interpret and acknowledge messages 1.3. Input and output information as required
2. Make required changes.	2.1. Adjust production / process in response to SCADA information in accordance with procedures 2.2. Apply metallurgical principles to determine and prioritise required actions in accordance with standard operating procedures 2.3. Record adjustments and variations to specifications / schedules and report to appropriate personnel 2.4. All events outside of parameters or standard operating procedures is immediately referred to appropriate personnel for remedial action

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
Carry out all work according to OH&S practices Read, interpret and follow information on work specifications, standard operating procedures and work instructions and other reference material Maintain accurate records Meet specifications for furnace output Communicate within the workplace Apply techniques for Increasing Blast Furnace Productivity including: blast temperature blast humidity blast volume hydrogen injection oxygen enrichment top pressure burden control/raw materials size control
Required knowledge:
Competency includes sufficient knowledge of: Coal Proximate and ultimate analysis classification of coal for metallurgical coke Coke coal carbonisation technical aspects of coke making coke model, coke manufacture by-product ovens sequence of battery operations coke properties - caking and swelling quality control tests for coke (crucible swelling number and Gray-king coke type) coke strength and abrasion, resistance CRS - reactivity tests. Other Fuels blast furnace gas - uses coke oven gas - uses fuel oil - injection of auxiliary fuels tar and pitch IronOre mineralogical characteristics sources of iron, locations of ore chemical analysis - ore quality desirable, unwanted impurities desirable properties for iron making mining/preliminary treatment (ore beneficiation) ore handling blending/stacking (chevron/step stacking) essential characteristics of iron ore - reducibility/strength size distribution - lump ore - direction charging fine ore - need for agglomeration for good permeability testing and quality control of iron ores for iron making resistance to fines generation drying handling and charging resistance to decrepitation low temperature reduced degradation (Nagoyal test) height temperature reducibility (Gakushin test) softening under load cohesive zone of (BF) Ore Agglomeration Need for agglomeration, sources of fines, aims for agglomeration Pelletising use of pelletising; size and quality of ore pelletising process quality control needs for pellets abrasion index, RDI index Sintering sintering process proportioning of raw materials size of ores, blending, moisture limestone and coke mixing and granulation sinter characteristics, sinter quality size, strength, reducibility chemistry (basicity ratio) quality control tests for sinter sieving and sizing sinter tumble test (abrasion test) low temperature reduction, degradation (reduction degradation index - RDI), high temperature reducibility Miscellaneous Raw Materials Fluxes: Limestone, fluorspar, quartzite manganese ore, air/tonnage oxygen, water Iron Blast Furnace Operations general description and function of blast furnace including charged materials blast furnace terminology blast furnace chemistry (reduction chemistry and gaseous v's solid reduction) thermodynamics of iron making (physio chemical principles) free energy charges; Ellingham diagram/oxygen potential equilibrium/equilibrium constant/activity dependence of coke/oxygen reaction and gas composition Blast furnace slags slag/metal reactions slag formation reactions Construction and Design of Blast Furnaces furnace construction/furnace profile layout and function of processing units associated with the blast furnace charging and distribution ore blending, raw material bins raw material control and charges furnace filling use of moveable armour refractories and cooling systems choice of refectory materials for furnace lining method of cooling/under hearth cooling/stave cooling campaign life determinants - link between refractories and cooling system blower stations: hot blast stoves, tuyeres gas cleaning equipment , dust extraction cast house layout slag/metal flow-slag disposal blast furnace sensors computer control sensors and interpretation human eye tuyere/casting condition thermocouples hot metal stoves brickwork tip temperature probes pressure tapping level detectors flow meters flow rate of gases/hot blast chemical analysis composition of metal slag and waste gases Principles of Iron Making furnace filling mechanism of charging and of distribution segregation effects blast furnace zones of operations physical movement through the furnace counter current process solids/gas and temperature profile five internal zones lumpy/granular zone, cohesive zone, active coke zone raceway hearth and deadman lumpy/granular zone-zone formation cohesive zone-zone formation active coke zone-zone formation importance of coke properties zone chemistry - effects of metal, coke, alkalis and fluxes/slag. raceway physical structure, raceway model-factor affecting shape-blast parameters combustion in raceway, importance of coke additives to replace coke to improve control and production. hearth and deadmen-zone formation (deadman boundary residence time of coke) gas/liquid flow, liquid levels floating levels, floating of coke bed liquid permeability effect of casting rate fluidity of slag and metal liquid flow: effect on lining wear. hot metal and slag chemistry hot metal - optimisation of hot metal composition control of carbon, silicon, manganese, sulphur, phoporus slag - mechanism of slag formation optimisation of slag chemistry requirements of a good slag -melting point, basicity, viscosity ability to remove unwanted materials, (de sulphurising power) slag volume requirements for effective and efficient operation importance of raw material quality and quantities burden distribution , tuyere injectants, fuel rate elimination of irregularities Post Iron making Practices reasons for post iron making productivity control of unwanted elements control of hot metal, composition for BOS steelmaking and balance of exothermic reactions de sulphurising, dephosphorisation, desiliconising lime, magnesium, aluminium importance of injectants and slag formers, significance of slag partitioning

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to monitor blast furnace operations. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: use OH&S practices explain the general principles of iron making monitor the operation of a blast furnace under direction and consistently achieve required furnace output specification
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
SCADA system	System Control and Data Acquisition is a general term applied to a number of systems which automatically collect critical process data, perform required mathematical manipulations on it and then make control decisions and/or give required information to personnel for action. In the continuous manufacturing sector, the SCADA system may be integrated into other sophisticated computer control systems such as DCS (Distributed control system). Organisations may simply refer to their SCADA as the DCS or other similar term (such as the proprietary name of the computer system). SCADA systems may provide information from outside of the process, such as stock/material levels in a location. This information may all be accessed by the SCADA system and the employee using it in order to make production rate and other control decisions (either automatically or human assisted) about their own process.
Metallurgical principles relate to	preparation and selection of raw materials characteristics of iron ore pelletising sintering iron blast furnace operations blast furnace slags principles of iron making techniques for increasing blast furnace productivity

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM507A Monitor primary steel making process

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers the knowledge and skills needed to monitor and control the operation of a Basic Oxygen Steelmaking (BOS) furnace

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	In a typical scenario, a technician will utilise a SCADA system to monitor the processing of melting steel scrap, charging of molten iron and associated materials within the Basic Oxygen Steelmaking ( BOS ) furnace and on completion transfer to a ladle, ensuring that quantities, temperatures and all procedures are used in accordance with parameters provided and standard operating procedures

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units	MSATCM304A	Interpret basic binary phase diagrams
MSATCM406A	Apply basic chemistry principles to metallurgy
MSATCM501A	Calculate and predict chemical outcomes in metallurgical situations

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Access/interrogate SCADA system	1.1. Find all relevant screens and information within SCADA system 1.2. Interpret and acknowledge messages 1.3. Input and output information as required
2. Make required changes.	2.1. Adjust production/process in response to SCADA information in accordance with procedures 2.2. Apply metallurgical principles to determine and prioritise required actions in accordance with standard operating procedures 2.3. Record adjustments and variations to specifications/ schedules and report to appropriate personnel 2.4. All events outside of parameters or standard operating procedures is immediately referred to appropriate personnel for remedial action

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
carry out all work according to OH&S practices read, interpret and follow information on work specifications, standard operating procedures and work instructions and other reference material maintain accurate records meet specifications for furnace output communicate within the workplace
Required knowledge:
Competency includes sufficient knowledge of: plant layout of the BOS furnace, identification of the processing units process sequence of operations scrap charging ; hot metal composition and charging; oxygen lancing slag formation, effect of slag / metal; gas emulsion; effect of stirring with inert gas chemistry and thermo dynamics of process including sequence of impurity element removal influence of lance height, slagging practice- single / double number of reblows, additions of coolant conditions for specification to end points of carbon and temperature - importance of elements C, SI, MN, P, S; residual elements, oxygen content; temperature; type of steel conditions for final specification from end points - control of oxygen content, alloy additions and alloy recoveries, tapping of vessel, slag removal, selection of alloys. argon bubbling and temperature control of ladles ladle transfer metallurgical analysis in steelmaking importance of composition of steel properties effects of C, SI, MN, P, S and alloys NI, CR, MO, NB, TI, V, PB effects of residual elements- CU, SN, AL, AS effects of gases in steels- N2, O2, H2

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to monitor primary steel making processes. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: use OH&S practices explain the general principles of steelmaking monitor the operation of a BOS furnace under direction and consistently achieve required furnace output specification
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
SCADA system	System Control and Data Acquisition is a general term applied to a number of systems which automatically collect critical process data, perform required mathematical manipulations on it and then make control decisions and/or give required information to personnel for action. In the continuous manufacturing sector, the SCADA system may be integrated into other sophisticated computer control systems such as DCS (Distributed control system). Organisations may simply refer to their SCADA as the DCS or other similar term (such as the proprietary name of the computer system) SCADA systems may provide information from outside of the process, such as stock/material levels in a location. This information may all be accessed by the SCADA system and the employee using it in order to make production rate and other control decisions (either automatically or human assisted) about their own process.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM508A Monitor secondary steelmaking operations

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers the knowledge and skills to monitor the production of slabs prior to rolling

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	In a typical scenario, a technician will be required to monitor the post steelmaking processes including adjustments within the ladle and control of the continuous casting of slabs in accordance with parameters provided and standard operating procedures

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units	MSATCM301A	Test the mechanical properties of materials
MSATCM304A	Interpret basic binary phase diagrams
MSATCM503A	Recommend a refractory for an application

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Produce slabs to specification	1.1. Adjust contents of ladle in accordance with procedures 1.2. Monitor continuous casting process in accordance with standard operating procedure 1.3. Apply metallurgical principles to determine and prioritise required actions in accordance with standard operating procedures 1.4. Record adjustments and variations to specifications / schedules and report to appropriate personnel 1.5. All events outside of parameters or standard operating procedures is immediately referred to appropriate personnel for remedial action

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
Carry out all work according to OH&S practices Read, interpret and follow information on work specifications, standard operating procedures and work instructions and other reference material Maintain accurate records Meet specifications for furnace output Communicate within the workplace
Required knowledge:
Competency includes sufficient knowledge of: post steelmaking methods employed ladler stirring adle heating/ladle furnace degassing - vacuum, ladle, stream, circulating. argon oxygen decarburation (AOD) lectroslag refining, remelting (ESR) vacuum melting e.g. VAR types of steel - ingot characteristics (rimmed, capped, killed and semi-killed) factors contributing to successful casting ingots influence of pouring techniques on structures of ingots pit practices teeming - type of ingot moulds mode of solidification types of ingot structure control of ingot structure ingot defects continuous casting processes basic principles need for concast development - new technologies and facilities of continuous casting for concast types of concast units - VCC, HCC, curvilinear description of plant equipment and process principles ,concast operations metallurgical aspects instrumentation - sensor quality solidification/internal quality defects and their origin - avoidance of defects compare concast units and static ingot production

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to monitor secondary steelmaking operations. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: Use OH&S practices in accordance with standard operating procedures Explain the general principles of continuous casting Monitor the operation of a continuous cast process under direction and consistently achieve required slab output specification
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Metallurgical principles	Post steelmaking methods employed Types of steel - ingot characteristics (Rimmed, capped, killed and semi-killed) Factors contributing to successful casting Mode of solidification Continuous Casting Processes Metallurgical aspects

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM509A Recommend ferrous and non ferrous metals or alloys for an application

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit describes the skills to recommend ferrous and non ferrous metal and alloys for an application based upon a knowledge of their metallurgical properties.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit requires application and knowledge of metallurgical properties as a member of a design and development team or similar in support of the design and development of manufacturing applications where the final product or components are made from pure metal or alloys.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units	MSATCM304A	Interpret basic binary phase diagrams

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify the design requirements for the material	1.1. The engineering requirement for the application is determined from specification or in consultation with others
2. Select metal or alloy for the application	2.1. Material is selected based upon the requirement and consideration of principal properties and further processing 2.2.
3. Consider economic and technical implications of different metals	3.1. Compare possible alternative materials with or without further processing 3.2. Most economic solution is recommended
4. Review final recommendation	4.1. Final recommendation is reviewed with the design team and if required with customers

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
communicate personally and in writing write reports prepare basic costs and estimates Select appropriate metals to suit specific applications Apply basic metallurgical principles in preparing recommendations Apply and manipulate appropriate formulas for applications involving engineering calculations Apply appropriate calculations to engineering and metallurgical situations
Required knowledge:
Competency includes sufficient knowledge of: Unalloyed steels iron-iron carbide phase diagram. Phases in iron carbon alloys. Slow cooling of steel, critical temperature lines. Introduction to the more common heat treatment processes including full annealing, spheroidising stress relief annealing, process annealing, normalising, hardening and tempering. Alloy steels effect of alloying elements structural changes resulting from alloy additions Phase diagrams - Fe-C-Cr. effect of alloy additions on heat treatment, austenitising temperature, time and rate of transformation, hardening and tempering. Manganese steel Stainless steels classification compositions, heat treatment, structure, properties and applications of stainless steels austenitic ferritic duplex and super duplex ferritic-austenitic martensitic precipitation hardening heat treatment problems - sensitisation, embrittlement, etc. Cast irons - classifications classification - structure, carbon distribution and form. factors affecting structure and properties - effect of carbon, silicon, cooling rate, etc. Typical cast irons compositions, method of manufacture, structures, properties and applications of grey cast irons white cast irons malleable cast irons nodular (ductile) cast irons alloy cast irons austempered cast irons compacted graphite irons Copper alloys commercial alloys from the following systems: Cu-O, Cu-Be, Cu-Ni, Cu-Sn and Cu-Al. the effects of casting, deformation, recrystallisation and ageing treatments on the structure and properties of the above alloys. Aluminium alloys commercial alloys from the following systems: Al-Si, Al-Cu, Al-Mg and Al-Mg-Si the relationship between structure and properties of the above alloys. Other Zinc alloys tin alloys nickel alloys cobalt alloys magnesium alloys Titanium alloys

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to recommend ferrous and non ferrous metals or alloys for an application. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: Understand the given application and designer's expectations, to recommend the appropriate metal alloy.
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Design requirements	Includes reference to all relevant drawings, specifications, manuals and documentation in accordance with workplace procedures.
Further processing	Includes addition of alloys and heat treatment ; hardening, tempering, annealing
Materials	Covers both elemental metals and alloys including: unalloyed steels alloy steels stainless steels grey cast irons white cast irons malleable cast irons nodular (ductile) cast irons alloy cast irons copper alloys aluminium alloys. zinc tin nickel cobalt magnesium titanium

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM510A Apply metallurgical principles and techniques in welding and other thermal processes

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers applying metallurgical principles and techniques to welding applications

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit requires application of scientific principles and techniques as a member of a design and development team or similar in support of the design and development of welding and other thermal practices in mechanical and manufacturing applications.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units	MSATCM505A	Select metal joining process

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Select welding or thermal process principles and techniques relevant to particular applications	1.1. Consultations and briefings are undertaken with managers, employers and customers and other sources of information researched as appropriate to determine welding application requiring metallurgical specification and analysis 1.2. Relevant welding and thermal cutting techniques, principles and associated technologies are selected for application
2. Undertake welding and thermal process analysis and specify welding or other thermal process solutions	2.1. Relevant scientific principles are applied in a consistent and appropriate manner to obtain the required welding or thermal cutting solution. 2.2. Appropriate calculations and coherent units are used in the solution of engineering calculations. 2.3. Significant figures are used in engineering calculations. 2.4. Relevant techniques and associated technologies, software and hardware are applied in a consistent and appropriate manner to obtain the required welding or thermal process solutions. 2.5. Analysis results are reported and welding or thermal process solution recommended

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
Select appropriate scientific principles to suit specific welding applications Select appropriate basic mechanical techniques and associated technologies, software and hardware to suit specific applications in welding Apply and manipulate appropriate formulas for applications involving engineering calculations Apply appropriate calculations to engineering situations Refer solutions to the original aim of the welding application Quote solutions in appropriate units, using appropriate significant figures Quote limitations of solutions, due to assumptions, scientific principles and techniques used Present solutions referring to the original aim of the application.
Required knowledge:
Competency includes sufficient knowledge of: Welding principles and processes as specified in the range statement, including mechanical, electrical chemical and metallurgical processes associated with welding Limitations of scientific principles associated with welding Other thermal processes including cutting , gouging, shaping etc.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply metallurgical principles and techniques in welding. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: select the most suitable technical and economic welding and other thermal processes for an application present analysis results and recommendations that are relevant to the product or metallurgical situation
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Application	Application refers to any manufacturing, construction fabrication or maintenance process where welding or other thermal process is required and a metallurgical analysis and specification is required either before or after welding or other thermal process is undertaken.
Sources of information	Reference standards and texts Manufacturers catalogues and industrial magazines Websites Use of phone, email and fax for information gathering
Welding techniques and principles include	Weld defect description: for C/Mn and low alloy steels. shape defects: excess weld metal, overlap, undercut. lack of fusion, penetration:incomplete root penetration, lack of root fusion, lack of interrun fusion, lack of side wall fusion. inclusions: linear, isolated, oxides, . gas porosity: worm hole, uniform, restart, surface. solidification porosity: crater pipe, shrinkage porosity. solidification cracking: hot cracking, lamellar tearing. hydrogen heat affected zone cracking. reheat cracking. weldability of aluminium and its alloys: inherent problems: hydrogen porosity, oxide, their prevention. hot cracking: causes, alloys susceptible, alloys resistant, filler metals. heat affected zone cracking . welding age-hardened alloys. welding work hardened alloys. weldability of carbon and low steels: the welding zones of steels: identification and microstructures, relation to the iron/iron carbide equilibrium diagram, multi-run welds. hot cracking: carbon-manganese/sulphur ration. cold cracking: effect of hydrogen, martensite, stress. calculation of carbon equivalents hydrogen content of steel welds and its control. residual stress avoidence and removal. calculation of weld preheat temperatures. tests for cold crack susceptibility. weldability of stainless steels stainless steel types. thermal and electrical conductivity. thermal expansion. schaeffler and delong diagrams to predict structures. austenitic stainless steals: ferrite/hot cracking, corrosion, carbon content/intergranular corrosion.heat affected zone precipitation , carbide stabilisers, extra low carbon stainless. other special grades: ferritic/ austenitic, martensitic/austenitic. weldability of cast irons. special techniques weldability of the nickel alloys. filler metals, braze welding
Other thermal processes include:	Cutting, gouging, shaping or local treatment using: oxy /acetylene oxy/hydrogen plasma carbon arc
Significant figures	Are those relevant to accuracy and are appropriate to the process, data and desired range of results

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM511A Apply metallurgy principles and practice to determine metal forming and shaping processes

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers using metallurgy skills and knowledge required to determine metal forming and shaping processes appropriate for an application.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit requires application of scientific principles and techniques as a member of a design and development team or similar in support developing and selecting metal forming and shaping processes.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine appropriate metal forming and shaping process to suit application requirements	1.1. Consultations and briefings are undertaken with managers, employers and customers and other sources of information researched as appropriate to metal forming and shaping determine application requirements 1.2. The relevant scientific techniques and principles of metal forming and shaping and associated software and hardware technologies are selected for particular application 1.3. Appropriate calculations and coherent units are used in the solution of engineering calculations 1.4. Significant figures are used in engineering calculations. 1.5. Metal forming and shaping requirements are determined for particular application
2. Supervise metal forming and shaping processes	2.1. Metal forming and shaping parameters are communicated to appropriate personnel 2.2. Supervise metal forming and shaping processes to ensure required solutions are achieved 2.3. Evaluate metal forming and shaping processes and advise on defects

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
select appropriate mechanical scientific principles to suit specific applications select appropriate basic mechanical techniques and associated technologies, software and hardware to suit specific applications apply scientific principles to metal forming apply and manipulating appropriate formulas for applications involving engineering calculations applyappropriate calculations to engineering situations refer solutions to the original aim of the application quote solutions in appropriate units, using appropriate significant figures. quote limitations of solutions, due to assumptions, scientific principles and techniques used present solutions referring to the original aim of the application
Required knowledge:
Competency includes sufficient knowledge of: metal formingand shaping principles as specified in the range statement limitations of selected scientific principles

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply metallurgy principles and practices. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace.The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Sources of information	Reference texts Manufacturers' catalogues and industrial magazines Websites Use of phone, email and fax information gathering
Scientific techniques and principles	Metal forming and shaping
Plastic deformation of metals	Revisions of the structural nature of plastic deformation of metals Hot and cold working and recrystallisation. Revision of material on strength and ductility test parameters. Yielding and associatied phenomena, analysis of the complexes of stresses present in metal deformation.
Lubrication of metal surfaces	Types of lubrication Analysis of metal forming lubrication conditions Typical lubricants used
Principles and methods of Rolling	Each of these topics should include knowledge of: the physical and mechanical principles of the deformation process industrial practices equipment and process design; typical products defects, advantages and disadvantages.
Principles and methods of Forging	Each of these topics should include knowledge of: the physical and mechanical principles of the deformation process industrial practices equipment and process design; typical products defects, advantages and disadvantages.
Principles and methods of Extrusion	Each of these topics should include knowledge of: the physical and mechanical principles of the deformation process industrial practices equipment and process design; typical products defects, advantages and disadvantages.
Principles and methods of Wire Drawing	Each of these topics should include knowledge of: the physical and mechanical principles of the deformation process industrial practices equipment and process design; typical products defects, advantages and disadvantages.
Principles and methods of Tube Manufacture	Each of these topics should include knowledge of: the physical and mechanical principles of the deformation process industrial practices equipment and process design; typical products defects, advantages and disadvantages.
Principles and methods of Sheet Metal forming, deep drawing and pressing	Each of these topics should include knowledge of: the physical and mechanical principles of the deformation process industrial practices equipment and process design; typical products defects, advantages and disadvantages.
Principles and methods of Powder metallurgy	Each of these topics should include knowledge of: the physical and mechanical principles of the deformation process industrial practices equipment and process design; typical products defects, advantages and disadvantages.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM512A Apply metallurgy principles and practice to optimise furnace operation

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers applying metallurgical principles and practices to optimise furnace operation.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit requires application of metallurgical principles and practices to optimise furnace operation. This may be undertaken as a member of a new furnace design and development team or as part of a team optimising the operation of an existing furnace.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Select metallurgical principles and practices relevant to furnace operation	1.1. The relevant metallurgical techniques and principles and associated software and hardware technologies are selected for particular furnace design or furnace optimising situation 1.2. For existing furnaces, production records are analysed to identify opportunities for optimising furnace operation
2. Apply the relevant metallurgical principles and practices to achieve optimum furnace operation	2.1. The scientific principles are applied in a consistent and appropriate manner to obtain the best furnace operation solution taking into account metallurgical and commercial requirements 2.2. Appropriate calculations and coherent units are used in metallurgy and engineering calculations. 2.3. The techniques and associated technologies, software and hardware are applied in a consistent and appropriate manner to obtain required solutions. 2.4. Metallurgical assesments are made of metal and or alloys to ensure furnace installation or optimisation is achieving desired outcomes.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
Select appropriate metallurgy principles to suit specific furnace applications Select appropriate techniques and associated technologies, software and hardware to optimise furnace operation to suit specific applications Apply and manipulate appropriate formulas for applications involving engineering and metallurgy calculations Apply appropriate calculations to metallurgy situations Refer solutions to the original aim of the metallurgy application. Report results in appropriate units, using appropriate significant figures. State limitations of solutions, due to assumptions, scientific principles and techniques used Present solutions referring to the original aim of the application.
Required knowledge:
Competency includes sufficient knowledge of: Metallurgy principles (as given in the range statement) Limitations of selected basic scientific principles Basic metallurgical techniques and related software and hardware technologies, The limitations of basic techniques and associated software and hardware technologies

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply metallurgy principles and practice to optimise furnace operation. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: identify and predict the reaction of metals, alloys, non metallic elements, compounds and mixtures to heat; identify the capacity and heating range of different types of furnaces; identify refractories appropriate for furnace and application
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Sources of information	Reference texts Manufacturer's catalogues and industrial magazines Websites Use of phone, email and fax information gathering
Furnace operation includes	Classification of fuels Carbonisation of coal Properties of coke Gaseous Fuels Electrical energy Heat balances Controlled atmospheres Temperature measurement Combustion calculations Refractories Types of furnances and typical construction Typical burners and their use in furnaces Exhaust gas analysis for oil and gas fired furnaces
Metallurgical techniques and principles	Includes applying metallurgical techniques and principles for: the prediction and analysis of the properties and metals and alloys undergoing: Smelting Refining Casting Heat treating or forging in a furnace to produce commercial metal products or to develop new alloys and processes Calculation of furnace capacity, temperature range and refractory specification to achieve melting Development of heat treatment or forging solutions for specified metals and alloys Commercial production forecasts

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM513A Plan and complete metallurgical projects

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers systematical planning, designing and problem solving within a metallurgy context.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	Competency in this unit includes significant contribution to the planning, design and problem solving process for metallurgy applications. Planning, problem solving and design should be implemented systematically within the context of market or customer requirements and the prevailing industrial environment in accordance with planning and design parameters such as performance, financial, legal, resource and scheduling. Applications of planning and design in metallurgy may include the conceptual development, management, design, manufacture, implementation, commissioning and maintenance of products, processes, systems or services using metals and alloys into products and components into machines and systems for domestic, commercial, industrial, entertainment, civil, medical or military applications.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units	MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MEM23061A	Select and test mechanical engineering materials
MEM23071A	Select and apply mechanical engineering methods, processes and construction techniques
MEM30012A	Apply mathematical techniques in manufacturing, engineering or related situations
MSATCM509A	Recommend ferrous and non ferrous metals or alloys for an application
MSATCM510A	Apply metallurgical principles and techiques in welding and other thermal processes
MSATCM405A	Determine and supervise heat treatment of metal

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Interpret the brief and clarify internal or external client requirements	1.1. Interpret the client's requirements for a metallurgical application. 1.2. Develop the project requirements and parameters with client.
2. Research and report on the context and parameters of the metallurgy project.	2.1. Research the context and parameters of the metallurgy project including the planning, design and problem solving process 2.2. Prepare a report on the commercial and metallurgical context and parameters of the metallurgy project.
3. Prepare concept proposal for metallurgical solution	3.1. A range of different approaches to achieving project objectives are generated. 3.2. Check feasibility of a range of metallurgical solutions against project parameters. 3.3. Assess metallurgical solutions for conformity to OHS&E requirements. 3.4. Seek opinions of colleagues and technical experts from other disciplines. 3.5. Prepare plan and concept proposal that includes results of feasibility study consideration including calculations and modelling 3.6. Concept proposal reviewed with client to improve outcomes and overcome possible problems.
4. Implement the planning, design or problem solving process for metallurgy project	4.1. Select and manage resources and processes to develop the plan or design. 4.2. Document management processes. 4.3. Appropriate components and systems are incorporated in the planning and design process. 4.4. Appropriate calculations and assumptions are used in implementing the planning and design process. 4.5. Appropriate computing hardware and software and programming techniques are used in the planning and design process. 4.6. Appropriate metallurgy and other scientific, engineering and commercial principles and knowledge are applied to implement planning and design process. 4.7. Concept proposal for metallurgical solution is reviewed against planning and design process in order to prepare firm metallurgical solution for client
5. Review metallurgical solution with client and prepare implementation plan	5.1. Review solution to ensure conformity with current specification, contract and organisational procedures, OHS and regulatory standards 5.2. Present and explain metallurgical solution and implementation plan to client including presentation of supporting documentation 5.3. Client acceptance of the design and implementation plan is achieved and documented.
6. Implement metallurgy project	6.1. All implementation documentation associated with project implementation is completed in accordance with organisational and statutory requirements. 6.2. Participate in implementation process and provide metallurgical oversight
7. Review metallurgical project outcomes	7.1. Project outcomes are reviewed in terms of the intended and actual outcomes and report is prepared.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
Competency includes sufficient knowledge of: the planning process for a comprehensive range of metallurgical applications market and industrial context and parameters such as financial, legal, resource and scheduling of the planning and design process for a significant and particular metallurgical application the procedures for documenting and confirming client requirements appropriate codes, standards, specifications and legislative and regulatory requirements implications for sustainability and options for improved environmental outcomes constraints and risks associated with the development and implementation of metallurgical processes process of analysis, comparison and contrasting concept proposal review process metallurgical fundamentals affecting selection of components and systems metallurgy related hardware and software properties of metal and alloys the significance of the document control process procedures for initiating and gaining approval for changes to metallurgy related processes metallurgy related tests and testing schedules reasons for selecting tests and schedules corrective actions to return metallurgical related processes to specification
Required knowledge:
research and report context and parameters of the planning process for a comprehensive range of metallurgy applications plan and implement a significant metallurgy application within a market and industrial context and in conformance with project parameters such as financial, legal, resource and scheduling. document and confirm an internal or external client's requirements in accordance with organisational procedures and practices. inform client of known OHS, regulatory, ethical, environmental, physical and cost limitations write specifications to meet project requirements. document and agree on acceptance criteria with a client review different approaches to technical feasibility, innovation and acceptance to client documentpossible metallurgicalproduct or process concepts analyse,, compare and contrast the relative merits of possible metallurgical processes or products document an objective analysis of each approach (eg. Weighted "trade-off" table) discuss proposals with colleagues and specialists document concept proposal in accordance with organisational procedures establish the planning and implementation team in accordance with organisational procedures identifyresources and establish management procedures select components and systems negotiate, documentand monitoroutcomes and performance measures develop work instructions monitorand correctproject progress perform risk analysis and corrective action assumptions and calculations for implementation of metallurgical processes prepare design diagrams and calculations apply metallurgical principles and knowledge in the implementation of the plan and design process. select metallurgicalrelated materials selectmetallurgical methods and processes create demonstration models confirm a metallurgy solution and plan authorise modifications to the metallurgy specification in accordance with organisational procedures. incorporate corrections and improvements to the design into the revised design solution and plan applye OHS&E and regulatory standards completedocumentation obtainand review feedback from the commissioning process monitor the project outcomes or performance in the implementation environment address deficiencies in project outcomes or performance as measured against specifications

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to plan and complete metallurgical projects. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: interpret and clarify a metallurgical brief; research metallurgy related techniques and processes apply metallurgical skills and knowledge to solve metallurgical related problems; comprehensively describe the properties of metals and alloys; describe the performance parameters of metal processing equipment and materials including test equipment, furnaces, refractories, casting vessels, sands, patterns, etc. liaise with clients, establish project plans; monitor metallurgy project timelines, quality outcomes, and costs; report project outcomes.
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace.The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Parameters	May include: competitiveness, performance, financial, legal, resource and scheduling implications of a metallurgical application.
Report	Reports will usually be written and include: a description of the metallurgical processes involved in the project commercial, production and fabrication implications of different metallurgical options occupational health, safety and environment implications of metallurgical processses related to the project Reports may be prepared by a metallurgist working alone or in conjuction with engineers, technicians and other relevant personnel.
OHS&E requirements	Include: ensuring that all organisational and statutory requirements are met the workforce is not exposed to hazardous worksite conditions, materials and processes the broader community is not exposed to environmental effects of the activity.
Implementation documentation	Documentation that requires metallurgical input includes: Gannt charts cost and other resource requirements standard operating procedures and other instructions for enterprise personnel special safety and maintenance instructions; production schedules

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM514A Select surface treatment methods for metallic components or products

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers selecting common surface treatment processes for metals and alloys for specific applications

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to metallurgical activities in manufacturing and engineering environments. Work is carried out under supervision.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify surface treatment methods by their principal properties	1.1. The principal properties of different surface treatments for metals and alloys are identified. 1.2. The process route for each surface treatment is identified 1.3. The advantages and disadvantages of using different methods are identified. 1.4. The effects of different types of bonding in materials are identified. 1.5. The effects of mechanical and thermal processes on the principal properties of materials are identified.
2. Select surface treatment methods for specific applications	2.1. The surface treatment requirement for the specific application is determined. 2.2. Surface treatment method is selected based on the requirement and consideration of principal properties. 2.3. Selection is confirmed according to standard operating procedures.
3. Verify selected surface treatment methods as fit for purpose	3.1. Appropriate tests for the required properties are identified. 3.2. Testing of coatings is arranged with appropriate persons, if necessary. 3.3. Test results are analysed and material choices are confirmed or modified as appropriate.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
undertake research select surface treatment process and materials to match application outcome carry out tests appropriate to the metal or alloy and surface treatment material read, interpret and follow information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents
Required knowledge:
Competency includes sufficient knowledge of: surface treatment methods and principles as specified in the range statement limitations of selected surface treatment processes

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to select surface treatment methods for metallic components or products. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: identify properties of surface to be treated or protected select appropriate surface treatment process for surface and protection need specify and evaluate tests of surface treated metals and alloys
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Surface preparation methods include	descaling mechanical finishing solvent cleaning alkaline cleaning measurement of surface cleanliness
Theory of electroplating includes:	electrical circuits current density, limiting of current density Faraday's laws electrolytic conductivity polarisation standard electrope potential co-deposition of hydrogen codeposition of metals throwing power levelling and brightening distribution of deposits anodes the hull cell as the major quality control in electroplating current density ph evaluation of electroplating testing of thickness of deposit and adhesion to understand the various methods of thickness and adhesive tests and their effectiveness. evaluation of the characteristics of copper nickel and chromium plating operational contrast solution concentration bath analysis temperature conditions for bright plating effect of impurities anodising aluminium the principles of anodising, colouring, sealing, and testing of anodised coatings. methods of applying zinc hot dip galvanising continuous electrolytic tin plating evaluation of continuous plating comparison of zinc coating methods metal spraying sheradizing zinc rich paints practices in particular the halogen tin plating bath vitreous enamelling
Surface treatment requirement	Surface treatment requirements may be for: engineering corrosion resistance conductivity aesthetics other reasons Surface treatment requirements may be determined alone by a metallurgist or in conjunction with other experts and clients.
Appropriate tests	Tests which can be undertaken by a technician within the organisation as well as those required to be undertaken by external organisations, including simple tests.
Appropriate persons	Internal technicians and/or external organisations

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM515A Analyse metallurgical failures of components and recommend preventative measures

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit applies to identifying and analysing metallurgical failures in engineering components and recommending preventative measures

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the identification and analysis of failures in metallic engineering components where the failure is suspected of being related to the production or composition of the component. The unit applies to technician level activities in a manufacturing or engineering environments.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units	MSATCM406A	Interpret basic binary phase diagrams
MSATCM401A	Prepare and examine metallographic samples

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare failed component for failure analysis	1.1. Inspection areas are identified, cleaned and prepared for testing using appropriate procedures and materials. 1.2. Preparation processes are carried out in accordance with the relevant procedures, statutory and OH&S requirements. 1.3. Inspection areas are visually assessed and any defects identified.
2. Perform failure analysis	2.1. The most appropriate test for the material/application is selected. 2.2. Test equipment is selected and prepared in accordance with standards and/or procedures. 2.3. Test equipment is checked for defects, maintained and stored in accordance with procedures, OH&S requirements and manufacturer instructions.
3. Interpret and report the results and recommend preventative measures	3.1. Indications are assessed and defects are detected and classified in accordance with national and international codes and standards. 3.2. Defects are confirmed in accordance with enterprise procedures and industry practices. 3.3. Test results are reported in accordance with enterprise procedures, accepted industry practices and customer service requirements. 3.4. Recommendations are made to prevent future failures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
interpret and follow procedures identify inspection areas conduct visual inspections identify discontinuities and defects select and use appropriate testing techniques, procedures and equipment assess risk perform measurements needed to meet the requirements of this unit undertake root cause analysis locate, read and interpret information on written job instructions, specifications, drawings, charts, lists and other reference documentation plan, sequence operations
Required knowledge:
Competency includes sufficient knowledge of: cleaning and preparation processes for a range of test surfaces procedure, statutory and OH&S requirements in relation to the preparation process established assessment procedures and techniques testing techniques and procedures for a range of situations tools, equipment, techniques hazards and safety requirements associated with testing maintenance and storage procedures for test equipment common faults and damage range of defects meaning and application of national and international codes and standards methods/procedures for reporting test results implications of test results for the particular material/application any applicable industry standards, national/australian standards, nohsc guides, state/territory regulatory codes of practice/standards use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures relevant hazards and control measures related to the competency Types of discontinuities and their consequences/effect on the material including: Plastic Deformation elastic and plastic strain, dislocations, pile-up and interaction. work hardening. changes in strength, ductility, yield point, hardness, conductivity, corrosion resistance. Annealing dislocation movement and realignment during heating recovery. nucleation of strain free areas. recrystallisation. grain growth. accompanying changes in mechanical and physical properties listed above. Hot&Cold Working changes in deformation mechanism with rising heat input the effects of strain rate and temperature on work hardening. recrystallisation and dynamic recovery. resulting microstructure and properties. Ductile and Brittle Fracture crack theory, mechanism of fracture factors affecting fracture modes, Brittle fracture, Ductile fracture Fatigue mechanism of fatigue crack nucleation mechanism of fatigue crack growth engineering considerations of fatigue, metallurgical factors affecting fatigue Creep creep mechanisms metallurgical factors affecting creep

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to analyse metallurgical failures of engineering components. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: Correctly diagnose the mode of failure of selected cases recommend appropriate preventative measures
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Preparation processes	Surface cleaning ,drying, preservation of fracture surfaces
Obvious flaws	Observed changes in material homogeneity
Most appropriate tests	collection of background data and selection of samples preliminary examination of the failed part non-destructive testing mechanical testing section, preservation and cleaning of fracture surfaces microscopic and microscopic preparation of metallographic sections SEM evaluation for fracture mode EDS for chemical inconsistancies determination of fracture type and failure origin chemical analysis application of fracture mechanics simulated service testing analysing the evidence formulating conclusions and writing the report
Reported	Accurate identification of cause of failure and recommendation of preventative measures

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM516A Select non metallic materials for engineering applications

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers recognising common non-metallic materials used in engineering, assisting in the selection of a material for a specific application, and using test results to evaluate the properties of materials.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to metallurgist technician level activities in manufacturing and engineering environments where the metallurgist is also required to select or assist in the selection of non metallic materials.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify common non metallic engineering materials by their principal properties	1.1. The principal properties of thermosetting and thermoplastic polymers are identified. 1.2. The principal properties of ceramics and composite materials are identified. 1.3. The effects of different types of bonding in materials are identified. 1.4. The effects of mechanical and thermal processes on the principal properties of materials are identified.
2. Select non metallic materials for specific applications	2.1. The engineering requirement for the specific application is determined in consultation with others. 2.2. Material is selected based on the requirement and consideration of principal properties and further processing. 2.3. Selection is confirmed according to standard operating procedures
3. Verify selected non metallic material as fit for purpose	3.1. Appropriate tests for the required properties are identified. 3.2. Testing of materials is arranged with appropriate persons, if necessary. 3.3. Test results are analysed and material choices are confirmed or modified as appropriate.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
undertake research select/carry out tests appropriate to the material communicate document plan and sequence operations read, interpret and follow information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents
Required knowledge:
Competency includes sufficient knowledge of: principles involved in selecting non metallic materials compromises made to accommodate cost against properties

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to select non metallic materials for engineering applications. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: describe common non metallic materials and their properties match common non -metallic materials to engineering applications identify and arrange tests for common non metallic materials. Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Common engineering non metallic materials and required properties include:	Structure of Materials Descriptions of general non-crystalline features and shoer range order. Use as examples: linear polymers: e.g., polyethylene, PVC, polystyrene elastomer: e.g., natural rubber (polyisoprene), (acrylonitrile butadiene) three dimensional networks thermosetting polymers: e.g. Phenol formaldehyde, epoxides inorganic glasses: e.g., oxide glasses, silica, borosilicate gels: e.g., asphalt and Portland cement Polymers and plastics: description of the basic structural unit 'mer', monomer, polymer. addition and condensation polymerisation, briefly, with examples. distinguish between thermoplastics and thermosets with six examples of each. discuss crystallinity in polymers with examples of crystalline polymers eg, HDPE, nylon, PP, PTFE and amorphous polymers e.g: PVC, polystyrene, PMMA. relate to crystallinity to mechanical properties like rigidity and thermal transitions. additives, to include filters, reinforcements, plasticizers, UV stabilisers, anti-oxidants, lubricants, colourings and flame retardants. Plastics and polymers processing and use: Emphasise the use of additives to vary polymer properties a tailor polymer to appropriate uses. Processing descriptions to include compounding, injection moulding, extrusion, blow moulding, and compression moulding. Describe the use of the major polymers in the above areas highlighting properties of importance in selected applicants by example, eg, polymers used as binders in foundry sands, dielectrical properties for electrical, low cost for agriculture, low permeability of water, oxygen for food packaging and freezer packaging. Ceramic materials: Describe ceramic structures of AX type with various co-ordination numbers (relate to ionic radii) use simple examples only ed, CsCl, NaCl, ZnS, Ax2, and A 2X3 types briefly with examples; two metal compounds briefly eg, BaTiO3. Detailed structure of SiO4, tetrahedra as the basic structural unit and relate the importance to bricks, cement, glass, crockery, technical insulators. Describe silica SiO2 and quartz. Mention refractory nature but problem of cracking under temperature chance due to structural changes. Vitreous or fused silica and properties compared to silica and especially uses with temperature change. Introduce binary (eg, MgO-AlxO3) and ternary diagrams (eg, MgO-AlxO3-SiO2) Manufacture of ceramic articles: raw materials: clays, flints, feldspars, effect of water, shaping by pressure fabrication, hydroplastic forming and slip casting. drying and shrinkage, refer to brick and earthenware product manufacture. describe sintering (fixing) and associated shrinkage. engineering ceramics: eg, silicon nitride, silicon carbide. Glass: describe the vitreous or glassy state and the basic structural unit sio4 tetrahedra. describes glass formers, glass modifiers and intermediates and their role in glass structure. examples of each. properties of glass: viscosity, mechanical, optical. special glass treatments: tempered glass, compare properties with normal annealed glass, effect of compression stresses in surface material. explain devitrification of glass and accompanying changes in properties. glass ceramics: applications. Fibres: fibres and whiskers, metallic and non-metallic carbon fibres, glass, Al2O3, SiC fibres specific modulus and relation to strength to weight ration discuss economic viability of fibres Composite materials: define and give examples, including concrete, wood fibre composites, glass reinforced plastics, foams, reinforced rubbers (tyres). describe the structure of fibre composite and function of fibre composites in actual applications: eg, aerospace, sporting goods. briefly cover concrete, portland cement and raw materials. define hydraulic cement mention the importance of portland cement, compositions and use. factors affecting concrete strength: eg, mixing, measuring, water/cement ration, aggregate/cement ration, aggregate strength and proportions and curing conditions. Adhesives: briefly describe adhesion and adhesives. describe surface properties of liquids and solids especially wetting and non-wetting conditions, include surface tension briefly and relate to choice of adhesive and substrate.
Appropriate tests	Tests which can be undertaken by a technician within the organisation as well as those required to be undertaken by external organisations, including simple tests
Required properties	Properties to be tested include: tensile strength compression shear characteristics torsion hardness impact resistance fatigue resistance creep resistance visual appearance and colour magnetic properties corrosion resistance
Appropriate persons	Internal technicians and/or external organisations

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM517A Determine corrosion prevention strategies for metal and alloys

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers applying metallurgical principles to determine strategies for minimising or avoiding corrosion of metallic components and structures in manufacturing, engineering and structural situations

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit requires application of metallurgical principles and techniques as individual or a member of a team working towards minimising corrosion of metal products, components or structures

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Research and determine corrosion prevention or minimisation need	1.1. Corrosion prevention or minimisation need is discussed with clients, other employees and other technical experts 1.2. Product performance, cost, location and environmental factors are identified 1.3. The metallurgical techniques and principles relating to corrosion are researched and reported on from appropriate sources of information and examination of corroded material 1.4. The metallurgical techniques and associated technologies required to prevent or minimise corrosion in the application are identified
2. Determine appropriate corrosion prevention or minimisation strategy and techniques for application	2.1. Appropriate corrosion prevention or minimisation strategies are selected for application. 2.2. Corrosion prevention or minimisation strategy is documented and approvals obtained from client, managers and other technical experts as appropriate. 2.3. Instructions for implementing corrosion prevention or minimisation strategy are prepared and communicated to appropriate personnel

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
select appropriate metallurgical principles to reduce corrosion apply metallurgical principles to particular manufacturing, engineering and structural situations refer solutions to the original aim of the application. quote solutions in appropriate units, using appropriate significant figures. quote limitations of corrosion prevention or minimisation strategies.
Required knowledge:
Competency includes sufficient knowledge of: basic metallurgical principles (as given in the range statement) limitations of selected metallurgical principles

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to determine corrosion prevention strategies for metal and alloys. Critical aspects for assessment and evidence are required to demonstrate competency in this unit.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: correctly identify metallurgical processes involved in corrosion and corrosion prevention; select corrosion prevention strategies and techniques appropriate to metal or alloy application and client needs prepare instructions for corrosion prevention for client and other appropriate personnel.
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Metallurgical techniques and principles	Corrosion and Society definition of corrosion environments corrosion damage classificiation or corrosion cost of erosion social implications
Corrosion Principles	Electrochemical aspects electrochemical reactions and chemical corrosion, galvanic cells, anode reactions, cathode reactions, concentrations cells, polarisation, passivity, pourbaix diagrams (simplified Pourbaix diagrams for Al, Fe and Zn), the driving force of corrosion, the rate of corrosion Environmental effects oxygen and oxidisers, velocity, temperature, corrosive concentration, corrosion environments (water, soil, atmosphere, dry gasses) Metallurgical aspects metal structures (defects, grain boundaries, second phases, cold work, residual stress), galvanic series, immunity, passivity.
Corrosion at Elevated Temperatures	Mechanism of oxide film growth: rate laws oxide defect structures Pilling-Bedworth rule oxidation of alloys catastrophic oxidations de carburisation high temperature resistent alloys
Forms of corrosion	Uniform corrosion (general corrosion) Galvanic corrosion Crevice corrosion Pitting corrosion Fretting corrosion Selective attack (leaching) Intergranular corrosion Stray current corrosion (electrolysis) Erosion corrosion and cavitation damage Stress corrosion cracking Corrosion fatigue Hydrogen damage Microbial corrosion
Basic principles of Corrosion Control	Material selection metals and alloys, metal purification, nonmetallics, stress relief Alteration of environment changing media, temperature, velocity, oxygen concentration, etc. Corrosion protection cathodic protection, anodic, protection and passivation, corrosion inhibitors, chemical conversion coatings, metal coatings, corrosion-preventing paints, coatings of plastic and rubber, temporary corrosion prevention. Corrosion prevented by design wall thickness, design rules (streamlining, stagnation, crevices, metallic contact, etc.)
Corrosion Characteristics of common alloys	Steel and cast iron Stainless steel Aluminium and its alloys Copper and its alloys
Methodology of corrosion investigations	Corrosions testing Corrosion monitering Electrochemical investigations Physical methods
Sources of information	Reference texts Manufacturers' catalogues and industrial magazines Websites Use of phone, email and fax information gathering

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCM518A Interpret complex binary phase diagrams

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit Descriptor	This unit covers the knowledge and skills needed to interpret complex phase diagrams and so predict the microstructures of binary alloys and the behaviour of metals and alloys under quenching.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the interpretation of cooling phase diagrams as used in metallurgy. The application will primarily be to phase diagrams of metals and alloys showing temperature and composition variables. In a typical scenario, a metallurgical technician will be required to recommend a phase transition process in order to obtain a required microstructure, or to predict a microstructure from a known phase transition process.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Pre-requisite Units	MSATCM304A	Interpret basic binary phase diagrams

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify the microstructures from an equilibrium cooling phase diagram	1.1. Phase diagram for metal or alloy is obtained from internal or external sources 1.2. Identify number, composition, proportion and structural arrangement of phases including intermediate phases, in binary alloys. 1.3. Describe structural changes due to varying proportion of alloying elements and temperature. 1.4. Describe the phase changes, intermetallic compounds and solid solutions if any for chosen binary alloy 1.5. Describe the final microstructures of binary alloys cooled under equilibrium conditions from the melt or during heat treatment and quenching operations.
2. Identify the microstructures from a non equilibrium cooling phase diagram	2.1. Phase diagram for metal or alloy is obtained from internal or external sources 2.2. Identify number, composition, proportion and structural arrangement of phases including intermediate phases, in binary alloys. 2.3. Describe structural changes due to varying proportion of alloying elements and temperature. 2.4. Describe the phase changes, intermetallic compounds and solid solutions if any for chosen binary alloy 2.5. Describe the final microstructures of binary alloys cooled under equilibrium conditions from the melt or during heat treatment and quenching operations
3. Recognise characteristic microstructures of binary alloys.	3.1. . Recognise characteristic structures of dendrites (homogeneous and cored) columnar and equiaxed grains. 3.2. Recognise characteristic structures resulting from eutectic, eutectoid and peritectic reactions. 3.3. Recognise characteristic structures resulting from solid state precipitation. 3.4. Recognise characteristic structures resulting from different quenching rates

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills:
produce a complex binary phase diagram from supplied data estimate composition from the structure of a phase diagram predict structure from the composition from a phase diagram
Required knowledge:
Competency includes sufficient knowledge of: methods of construction of complex phase diagrams for binary alloys. the phase changes that occur in binary alloy systems through heating, slow cooling and quenching as recorded by the appropriate phase diagrams. the equilibrium and non equilibrium cooling of binary alloys and the resulting microstructures in cast and heat treated material.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	The person will be able to interpret binary phase diagrams. Assessment may be by workplace project, case study or suitable alternative.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability to: recognise and use correct scientific terminology in regards to phase diagrams source phase diagrams and other reference material from internal or external sources use phase diagrams to interpret intermediate and final phase structures of binary alloys
Relationship to other units	This unit may be assessed concurrently with other relevant units.
Assessment method and context	Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the elements, performance criteria, skills and knowledge. A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment. Assessors should gather sufficient, fair, valid, reliable, authentic and current evidence from a range of sources. Sources of evidence may include direct observation, reports from supervisors, peers and colleagues, project work, samples, organisation records and questioning. Assessment should not require language, literacy or numeracy skills beyond those required for the unit. The assessee will have access to all techniques, procedures, information, resources and aids which would normally be available in the workplace. The method of assessment should be discussed and agreed with the assessee prior to the commencement of assessment.
Resource implications	This section should be read in conjunction with the range of variables for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Codes of practice/standards	Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, it is expected the latest version will be used.
Scientific techniques and principles of cooling phase diagrams relate to	Equilibrium phase diagrams Non-equilibrium phase diagrams Effect of temperature and alloying elements on structural changes Structures of homogenous and cored dendrites Structures of columnar and equiaxed grains Eutectic, eutectoid and peritectic reactions

Unit Sector(s)

Unit Sector	Metallurgy

Competency field

Competency Field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite Units

MSATCS301A Interpret architectural and engineering design specifications for structural steel detailing

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the skills and knowledge required to interpret design related information required for the commencement of a structural steel detailing project.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the initial receiving and checking of design related information by structural steel detailers including obtaining additional information or clarifying information already received. Structural steel detailers must obtain and interpret design related information from architects and consulting engineers in order to carry out structural steel detailing. The unit may apply to structural steel detailing carried out for residential, commercial, industrial or mining fabrication and construction projects. The unit assumes that knowledge of basic technical drawing conventions and procedures such as view, dimensioning, drawing layout, etc. is already held. Work is conducted according to defined procedures. Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities. This unit requires the application of skills associated with planning and organising to complete structural steel detail drawings. Communication and numeracy skills are used to refer to patterns and specifications and complete and label sketches. Self management skills are used to ensure conformance of own work to quality standards.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Obtain and check adequacy of design related information for structural steel detailing purposes	1.1. General arrangement drawings are obtained and interpreted including standard symbols, terms and figures used by designers 1.2. Adequacy of arrangement information is checked against detailer and client requirements 1.3. Design information is checked for any drawings or descriptions of any members, connections, components or details that lie outside the scope of standard structural practice 1.4. Information on suspended floors is obtained and checked 1.5. Column base layouts and schedules, if any, are checked 1.6. Specifications for grades of steel and bolt grades are obtained and checked 1.7. Information on standards and other design related specifications to be shown on detail drawings is checked
2. Obtain additional information where required	2.1. Requests for further information (RFIs) are submitted according to enterprise and project procedures 2.2. Adjustments to design information are made based on RFI responses and noted according to standard drawing office procedures

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
assess design information for adequacy of information needed for structural steel detailing liaise with architects and engineers assess scope of structural steel detailing tasks and priorities interpret design drawings, sketches and schedules work according to OHS practices of the enterprise and workplace which may include requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment, standard operating procedures, or oral, written or visual instructions communicate at all levels about technical issues related to patterns and specifications reading and numeracy is required to the level of interpreting workplace documents and technical information
Required knowledge
architectural and engineering design drawings including standard symbols, terms, abbreviations and sketches structural steel members and connections used in structural steel construction the difference between design and detail drawing processes drawing office procedures fabrication processes and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Demonstrates skills and knowledge to: identify and interpret architect and engineer design specifications for structural steel constructions including constructions with suspended floors relate design information to structural steel detailing processes including checking of adequacy of design information for the construction establish efficient administrative arrangements for liaison with designers including arrangements for formal requests for further information establish drawing and document control procedures
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in an appropriately simulated environment Resource implications for this unit include: access to real or appropriately simulated detailing of structural steel constructions including provision of suitable design information computer with suitable CAD software or manual drafting equipment and material including work areas, materials and equipment access to steel and component manufacturers' catalogues or websites access to relevant standards through either hard copy or internet access. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the Manufacturing Training Package Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure its correct interpretation and application Assessment may be applied under project related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where structural steel detailing is involved
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Legislative/regulatory requirements	All work must comply with relevant Federal and State or Territory legislative or regulatory requirements
Drawings	For the purposes of this unit drawings refers to both hard copy and software files including CAD files
Designers	Designers include architects and consulting engineers. The design information may also be provided via drawings produced by design draftspersons
Adequacy	Adequacy means that sufficient design information is provided to enable the structural steel detailer to prepare drawings that will provide all information required for fabrication and erection
Adequacy of arrangement information	Adequacy of arrangement information refers to the information normally provided on arrangement or layout drawings provided by architects and/or consulting engineers. This information includes: building orientation layout on a site and relationship to any other structures primary dimensions floor levels beam spacing column centres sizes for all members, for example, beams, trusses, columns, rafters, purlins, girts, braces, crane beams dimensions and layout drawing for any special features, for example, stairs, landings, fire escapes, and so on
Client requirements	Client requirements may include: shop detail drawings, erection diagrams and material schedules and lists program and format for CAD files and models downloading by the structural steel detailer of files direct to client computers and CNC machines size and number of hard copy drawings specification of programs and requirements for word processed documents, spreadsheets, presentations, invoices, and so on
Suspended floors	Suspended floors may consist of reinforced concrete slab, composite slab, pre-cast planks and topping, steel plate or grating, or other specified material
Work environment	Detailing may be undertaken in a variety of work environments including commercial, home office or fabrication or construction enterprise. Work may be performed individually on a contracting/project basis or as part of a project team and in response to combinations of paper based and electronic instructions.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Structural steel detailing

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSATCS302A Detail bolts and welds for structural steelwork connections

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the skills and knowledge required to detail bolts and welds for structural steelwork connections consistent with design specifications.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to a structural steel detailer who has to detail various types of bolts and welds for structural steelwork connections. The detailing may be done manually or by using CAD and/or proprietary steel detailing software. The unit may apply to structural steel detailing carried out for residential, commercial, industrial or mining fabrication and construction projects. The unit assumes that knowledge of basic technical drawing conventions and procedures such as view, dimensioning, drawing layout, etc. is already held. Work is conducted according to defined procedures. Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities. This unit requires the application of skills associated with planning and organising to complete structural steel detail drawings. Communication and numeracy skills are used to refer to patterns and specifications and complete and label sketches. Self management skills are used to ensure conformance of own work to quality standards.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM05051A	Select welding processes
MSATCS301A	Interpret architectural and engineering design specifications for structural steel detailing

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine shop and field connections from design drawings	1.1. Fabrication shop capabilities and preferences are discussed with fabricator 1.2. Connections are allocated as shop or field welded in conjunction with fabricator 1.3. Connections to be field bolted are allocated and extent of shop preparation of connections decided 1.4. Connection fittings are allocated to either columns or beams to suit fabrication efficiency or design requirements 1.5. A request for further information (RFI) is made to design engineer where clarification of requirements is needed
2. Detail bolts for connections	2.1. Knowledge of standard bolting category identification system is demonstrated 2.2. Bolt types and sizes for each connection are specified using design information and consideration of commercial availability 2.3. Bolt and thread lengths are selected according to design specifications, and connection requirements 2.4. Bolt and bolt holes are detailed taking into account AS 4100 requirements, tightening and tensioning specifications and clearances 2.5. Field bolt list is prepared and checked and sent to fabricator
3. Detail welds for connections	3.1. Knowledge of joint and weld types is demonstrated 3.2. Shop and field welds are identified 3.3. Standard welding symbols are used 3.4. Clearances for welding are applied 3.5. Field weld details are placed on erection plans and shop drawings and submitted to design engineer for approval

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
assess design information for adequacy of information needed for structural steel detailing liaise with design engineers assess scope of structural steel detailing tasks and priorities interpret design drawings, sketches and schedules determine bolt and thread length taking into account: shank lengths as defined in AS 1111 and AS 1252 whether the thread is to be included or excluded in the shear plane grip and ply thicknesses thread projection as per AS 4100 nut and washer requirements detail welds consistent with design information and AS4100 and AS 1101 Part 3 work according to OHS practices of the enterprise and workplace which may include requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment, standard operating procedures, or oral, written or visual instructions communicate at all levels about technical issues related to patterns and specifications reading and numeracy is required to the level of interpreting workplace documents and technical information
Required knowledge
architectural and engineering design drawings including standard symbols, terms, abbreviations and sketches structural steel members and connections used in structural steelwork the difference between design and detail drawing processes drawing office procedures fabrication processes and procedures the Australian steel structures limit state design code's (AS4100) requirements in so far as they impact on steel detailing Australian standard bolting category identification system bolt and thread length considerations including: shank lengths as defined in AS 1111 and AS 1252 inclusion or exclusion of the shear plane in the thread grip and ply thicknesses thread projection requirements as per AS 4100 nut and washer requirements standard welding symbols as described in AS 1101 Part 3 welding theory and processes

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Demonstrates skills and knowledge to: identify and interpret engineering design specifications for structural steel bolted and welded connections relate design information to structural steel detailing processes correctly use the Australian standard bolting category identification system understand and apply the relevant sections of AS 1101 Part 3, AS4100, AS 1111 and AS 1252
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in an appropriately simulated environment Resource implications for this unit include: access to real or appropriately simulated detailing of ancillary structural steelwork including provision of suitable design information for bolts and welds computer with suitable CAD software or manual drafting equipment and material including work areas, materials and equipment access to steel and component manufacturers' catalogues or websites access to relevant standards through either hard copy or internet access. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the Manufacturing Training Package Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure its correct interpretation and application Assessment may be applied under project related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where structural steel detailing is involved
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Legislative/regulatory requirements	All work must comply with relevant Federal and State or Territory legislative or regulatory requirements
Bolt and thread lengths	Bolt and thread lengths may be specified by the engineer or by the detailer
Standard welding symbols	Standard welding symbols as described in AS 1101 Part 3
Work environment	Detailing may be undertaken in a variety of work environments including commercial, home office or fabrication or construction enterprise. Work may be performed individually on a contracting/project basis or as part of a project team and in response to combinations of paper based and electronic instructions.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Structural steel detailing

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSATCS501A Detail standardised structural connections

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the skills and knowledge required to identify bolted or welded connections for structural steelwork that is consistent with design specifications and to detail these connections in structural steelwork detailed drawings. Both steel to steel and steel to non-steel connections are covered by this unit. Portal frame haunch connections, column base plate and holding down bolt layouts, and steel to non-steel connections are also covered by this unit.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to a structural steel detailer who has to detail the various types of standard connections used in structural steelwork. Standard connections are those listed in the latest edition of the Australian Steel Institute's Standardised Structural Connections publication. Connections covered include flexible and rigid connections and purlin cleats. The unit may apply to structural steel detailing carried out for residential, commercial, industrial or mining fabrication and construction projects. The detailing may be done manually or by using CAD and/or proprietary steel detailing software. The unit assumes that knowledge of basic technical drawing conventions and procedures such as view, dimensioning, drawing layout, etc. is already held. Work is conducted according to defined procedures. Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities. This unit requires the application of skills associated with planning and organising to complete structural steel detail drawings. Communication and numeracy skills are used to refer to patterns and specifications and complete and label sketches. Self management skills are used to ensure conformance of own work to quality standards.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM05051A	Select welding processes
MSATCS301A	Interpret architectural and engineering design specifications for structural steel detailing

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine shop and field connections from design drawings	1.1. Fabrication shop capabilities and preferences are discussed with fabricator 1.2. Connections are allocated as shop or field welded in conjunction with fabricator 1.3. Connections to be field bolted are allocated and extent of shop preparation of connections decided 1.4. Connection fittings for structural connections are allocated to either columns or beams to suit fabrication efficiency or design requirements
2. Identify required connections	2.1. Members requiring connections are identified from design information and any potential or specified non standard connections are identified 2.2. Design information is checked for specification of standard and non standard connections 2.3. Adequacy of design information for non standard connections is checked and request for further information made if necessary 2.4. Standard connections not specified by the designer are identified and connection type specified in conjunction with the fabricator 2.5. Approval is sought from designer before detailing and fabrication
3. Detail connections	3.1. Connections suitable for standard detailing parameters are identified and detailed 3.2. Connection components are detailed using standard detailing parameters 3.3. Copes and notches are detailed for beams and columns as required 3.4. Non standard connections are detailed according to supplied design information
4. Detail purlin and girt cleats	4.1. Purlins and girts are identified on design information 4.2. Cleat length and bolt spacing is identified from purlin or girt manufacturer's instructions or design information 4.3. Cleats are detailed
5. Detail haunches for portal frame buildings	5.1. Haunch specifications, bolting information, eave and apex information supplied by designer are checked 5.2. Exact haunch sizes and dimension haunches on shop drawings and erection diagrams are calculated 5.3. Pre-sets for column tops are inserted into shop drawings and erection plans where specified in design information
6. Detail column base plates	6.1. Holding down bolt layout plan is prepared according to design information 6.2. Grouts and shims are specified for column base plates 6.3. Holding down bolts are specified from design information
7. Detail steel to non-steel connections	7.1. Edge clearances for concrete and other non-steel members or components are determined from designer or non-steel detailer 7.2. Casting plates types are identified from design information 7.3. Reinforcement locations are identified and clashes with connections avoided 7.4. Interference with post tensioning cables and holding down bolts is avoided for upper floor connections 7.5. Fixings are identified from design information 7.6. Steel to non-steel connections are detailed according to design information

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
assess design information for adequacy of information needed for structural steel detailing liaise with architects and engineers assess scope of structural steel detailing tasks and priorities interpret design drawings, sketches and schedules, to determine dimensions, layouts, types and grades of materials interpret manufacturers catalogues and product information use basic trigonometry to determine dimensions not given in design information work according to OHS practices of the enterprise and workplace which may include requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment, standard operating procedures, or oral, written or visual instructions communicate at all levels about technical issues related to patterns and specifications reading and numeracy is required to the level of interpreting workplace documents and technical information
Required knowledge
architectural and engineering design drawings including standard symbols, terms, abbreviations and sketches connections used in structural steel construction the difference between design and detail drawing processes drawing office procedures fabrication processes and procedures the Australian steel structures limit state design code's (AS4100) requirements in so far as they impact on steel detailing characteristics of portal frame construction especially the behaviour of the frame under load and points of high stress

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects of for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Demonstrates skills and knowledge to: identify and interpret architect and engineer design specifications for structural steel constructions including design information for steel to steel and steel to non-steel connections relate design information to structural steel detailing processes for connections establish efficient administrative arrangements for liaison with designers including arrangements for formal requests for further information establish drawing and document control procedures identify standard components and connections from industry publications, manufacturers' catalogues and Australian or other relevant standards
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in an appropriately simulated environment Resource implications for this unit include: access to real or appropriately simulated detailing of structural steel connections including provision of suitable design information computer with suitable CAD software or manual drafting equipment and material including work areas, materials and equipment access to steel and component manufacturers' catalogues or websites access to relevant standards through either hard copy or internet access. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the Manufacturing Training Package Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure its correct interpretation and application Assessment may be applied under project related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where structural steel detailing is involved
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Legislative/regulatory requirements	All work must comply with relevant Federal and State or Territory legislative or regulatory requirements
Connections	All connections are steel to steel unless specifically noted
Design information	Design information is the information provided to the detailer and fabricator by the architects and consulting engineers for a project. For some projects the design information may only be provided by an engineer. The design information will usually be in the form of design drawings or sketches but may also be via material lists and written instructions and computer files
Standard connections	Standard connections are those specified in the Australian Steel Institute's publication 'Standardised Structural Connections'
Connection type	Connections may be standard flexible or rigid connections Flexible connections may include: angle seats bearing pads flexible end plates angle cleats web side plates Rigid connections may include: fully welded end plates bolted moment end plates
Standard detailing parameters	Standard detailing parameters are connections suitable to be detailed using the standard bolting and welding specifications contained in the Australian Steel Institute's publication 'Standardised Structural Connections'. These details include: size of fillet welds electrode and MIG welding wire specification bolt type and size arrangement of holes for bolts back gauge dimensions and minimum edge distances distance from beam top to the first row of bolts detailing parameters for components such as cleat plates, gussets, end plates, base plates and angle plates
Components	Components may include cleat plates, gussets, end plates, base plates and angle plates
Standard welding symbols	Standard welding symbols as described in AS 1101 Part 3
Non-steel connections	Non-steel connections are those between steel members and concrete, timber, glass or plastic or other building or fabricated component required to be shown on a structural steel detail drawing. The connection may be for structural or decorative purposes. An example would be steel supports for a timber deck
Haunch specifications	Haunches are special connections used in portal frame buildings. Haunch specifications supplied by designers will normally include: roof slope details of haunch location and size sufficient to ensure design requirements end plate specification bolting information location and sizes of welds fly bracing requirements
Fixings	Fixings may include standard bolts, dynabolts, chemsets, female internal thread tube bolts, and other specialist steel to non-steel fixings
Work environment	Detailing may be undertaken in a variety of work environments including commercial, home office or fabrication or construction enterprise. Work may be performed individually on a contracting/project basis or as part of a project team and in response to combinations of paper based and electronic instructions.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Structural steel detailing

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSATCS502A Detail structural steel members

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the skills and knowledge required to detail structural steel members in steel framed constructions. These members can include beams, girders, columns, trusses, rafters, rakers, tie beams and temporary and permanent braces.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to a structural steel detailer who has to detail structural steel members used in steel constructions. These members can include beams, girders, columns, trusses and braces. Only the most common structural members are considered in this unit. However, the detailing principles and skills covered in this unit can usually be applied to any non standard members specified by designers. In this unit the term beam is interchangeable with the term girder and only 'beam' or 'beams' are used. The unit may apply to structural steel detailing carried out for residential, commercial, industrial or mining fabrication and construction projects. The detailing may be done manually or by using CAD and/or proprietary steel detailing software. The unit assumes that knowledge of basic technical drawing conventions and procedures such as view, dimensioning, drawing layout, etc. is already held. Work is conducted according to defined procedures. Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities. This unit requires the application of skills associated with planning and organising to complete structural steel detail drawings. Communication and numeracy skills are used to refer to patterns and specifications and complete and label sketches. Self management skills are used to ensure conformance of own work to quality standards.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MSATCS301A	Interpret architectural and engineering design specifications for structural steel detailing

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Detail beams	1.1. Location and number of beams are identified from design information 1.2. Beam direction marks are inserted according to industry practice or specific project needs 1.3. Beam dimensions are obtained from design information and inserted into shop drawings 1.4. Beam section designation and cut length are inserted into elevation detail and material list along with any general notes 1.5. Beam levels and beam erection marks and erection clearances are inserted 1.6. Any surface treatment notes are inserted as per design information
2. Detail columns	2.1. Timing and process for detailing of columns is discussed with fabricator to ensure suitability for fabrication schedules 2.2. Column design information is analysed to identify all column connections 2.3. Vertical or horizontal detailing position and viewing direction is elected to suit client requirements and drawing office practice 2.4. Dimensions for columns are inserted from design information 2.5. Sectional views for splices are drawn as per design information 2.6. Plan views for intermediate sections are drawn to illustrate required connections 2.7. Direction and level marks as well as shim and lifting hitches are inserted as required according to design information
3. Detail beam and column splices	3.1. Welded and bolted splices are identified from design information 3.2. Splices to be field welded are identified and checked with fabricator 3.3. Access for welder and electrode is considered for field welded splices 3.4. Column or beam splice is detailed according to design information
4. Detail trusses	4.1. Working points and bevels are established from design information 4.2. Layouts for joints are drawn using appropriate scale 4.3. Opportunities for symmetry and rotation are noted and used in layouts with approval of fabricator 4.4. Trusses are dimensioned including placement of working dimensions, intermediate panel points, other reference points and camber allowances for cambered trusses 4.5. Bolted gussets for node points are set out using design information and fabricator preferences 4.6. Node points for welded trusses are detailed including set back of member ends and landing for welds using design information and fabricator preferences
5. Detail bracing	5.1. Layout and size of bracing are determined from design information 5.2. Setting out points and distances between setting out points are determined 5.3. Braces are detailed including bracing connections, allowances for clearances and draw if any
6. Detail purlins, girts and eaves struts	6.1. Layout and type of purlins, girts and eave struts to be used is determined from design information, manufacturers' catalogues and fabricator preferences 6.2. Bridging for purlins and girts is determined from design information 6.3. Purlins, girts and eaves are detailed consistent with design information

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
assess design information for adequacy of information needed for structural steel detailing liaise with architects and engineers assess scope of structural steel detailing tasks and priorities interpret design drawings, sketches and schedules work according to OHS practices of the enterprise and workplace which may include requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment, standard operating procedures, or oral, written or visual instructions communicate at all levels about technical issues related to patterns and specifications reading and numeracy is required to the level of interpreting workplace documents and technical information
Required knowledge
architectural and engineering design drawings including standard symbols, terms, abbreviations and sketches connections used in structural steel construction the difference between design and detail drawing processes drawing office procedures fabrication processes and procedures the Australian steel structures limit state design code's (AS4100) requirements in so far as they impact on steel detailing

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects of assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Demonstrates skills and knowledge to: identify and interpret architect and engineer design specifications for structural steel members and their connections relate design information to detailing of structural steel members establish efficient administrative arrangements for liaison with designers establish drawing and document control procedures identify standard components and connections from industry publications, manufacturers' catalogues and Australian or other relevant standards
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in an appropriately simulated environment Resource implications for this unit include: access to real of appropriately simulated detailing of structural steel members including provision of suitable design information computer with suitable CAD software or manual drafting equipment and material including work areas, materials and equipment access to steel and component manufacturers' catalogues or websites access to relevant standards through either hard copy or internet access. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the Manufacturing Training Package Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure its correct interpretation and application Assessment may be applied under project related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where structural steel detailing is involved
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Legislative/regulatory requirements	All work must comply with relevant Federal and State or Territory legislative or regulatory requirements
Design information	Design information is the information provided to the detailer and fabricator by the architects and consulting engineers for a project. For some projects the design information may only be provided by an engineer. The design information will usually be in the form of design drawings or sketches but may also be via material lists, written instructions or computer files
Direction marks	Direction marks are indicated on the shop drawings and on the beam or girder by the words 'North' or 'West' as applicable. Industry standard practice is to determine the placement of these marks by viewing and numbering the beams and girders from the bottom or right hand edge of the floor plan. Variations from this practice may occur on specific projects and should be noted on the erection plan
Beam dimensions	Beam dimensions are obtained from design information in conjunction with Design Capacity Tables (see below) and manufacturers' catalogues. Beam dimensions to be inserted into shop drawings should include: longitudinal dimensions centre to centre distance between supports overall length of the beam overall cut length of the beam dimensions of holing and other details occurring along the length of the beam. The method of showing hole dimensions may be centre to centre, consecutively from end to end of beam or as running dimensions according to the needs of the fabricator longitudinal dimensions to groups of holes in the web or flange vertical dimensions to top most holes for end connection elements Additional dimensions and symbols may be required for non-proprietary welded plate girders. These dimensions and symbols would be specified by the designer and would normally include web and flange dimensions, web stiffener locations and welding symbols
Working points	Working points for trusses may also be referred to as setting out points or intersection points
Design Capacity Tables	Design Capacity Tables refers to the publication 'Design Capacity Tables for Structural Steel, Volume 1: Open Sections' published by the Australian Steel Institute
Connections	All connections are steel to steel unless specifically noted
Standard connections	Standard connections are those specified in the Australian Steel Institute's publication 'Standardised Structural Connections'
Connection type	Connections may be standard flexible or rigid connections Flexible connections may include: angle seats bearing pads flexible end plates angle cleats web side plates Rigid connections may include: fully welded end plates bolted moment end plates
Standard detailing parameters	Standard detailing parameters are connections suitable to be detailed using the standard bolting and welding specifications contained in the Australian Steel Institute's publication 'Standardised Structural Connections'. These details include: size of fillet welds electrode and MIG welding wire specification bolt type and size arrangement of holes for bolts back gauge dimensions and minimum edge distances distance from beam top to the first row of bolts detailing parameters for components such as cleat plates, gussets, end plates, base plates and angle plates
Components	Components may include cleat plates, gussets, end plates, base plates and angle plates
Standard welding symbols	Standard welding symbols as described in AS 1101 Part 3
Non-steel connections	Non-steel connections are those between steel members and concrete, timber, glass or plastic or other building or fabricated component required to be shown on a structural steel detail drawing. The connection may be for structural or decorative purposes. An example would be steel supports for a timber deck
Fixings	Fixings may include standard bolts, dynabolts, chemsets, female internal thread tube bolts, and other specialist steel to non-steel fixings
Work environment	Detailing may be undertaken in a variety of work environments including commercial, home office or fabrication or construction enterprise. Work may be performed individually on a contracting/project basis or as part of a project team and in response to combinations of paper based and electronic instructions.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Structural steel detailing

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSATCS503A Incorporate structural steel detailing into fabrication and construction project management

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the skills and knowledge required to undertake structural steel detailing in a manner consistent with procedures and timelines for fabrication and construction projects. The unit requires knowledge of the roles of architects, engineers, builders and fabricators and the skill to interpret project schedules and timelines and their implications for structural steel detailing.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to structural steel detailers who are required to liaise with architects, consulting engineers, builders and fabricators at the commencement of a project to establish structural steel detailing arrangements that are consistent with the policies, procedures and timelines of fabrication or construction projects. The unit may apply to structural steel detailing carried out for residential, commercial, industrial or mining projects. Work is conducted according to defined procedures. Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities. This unit requires the application of skills associated with planning and organising to complete structural steel detail drawings. Communication and numeracy skills are used to refer to patterns and specifications and complete and label sketches. Self management skills are used to ensure conformance of own work to quality standards.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Demonstrate knowledge of steel construction and fabrication processes and roles	1.1. Steel construction stages of design, detailing, fabrication and erection are understood 1.2. Major codes and standards relevant to steel construction activities can be identified 1.3. Roles and responsibilities of architects, engineers, draftspersons and detailers, fabricators and builders can be explained
2. Determine client requirements for structural steel detailing	2.1. Client for structural steel detailing is determined 2.2. Contacts for architect, consulting engineer, builder and fabricator are obtained 2.3. Project timeline and schedules are obtained and delivery dates for detail drawings determined 2.4. Procedures for making requests for further information (RFIs) from designers are agreed 2.5. Requirements for attendance at team meetings and site visits are determined 2.6. Client requirements in relation to format, number and type of shop and erection drawings and other required detailing information is determined
3. Obtain design information for project	3.1. Design information is obtained from architect and consulting engineer 3.2. Design information and project schedules are used to assess the scope and complexity of detailing tasks
4. Establish structural steel detailing arrangements for project	4.1. Details of structural steel detailing team are communicated to client 4.2. Document control procedures including numbering, access, filing and revision and updating approval procedures are established according to enterprise procedures and client requirements 4.3. Steel detailing tasks and deadlines are established and checked against construction project schedules 4.4. Capabilities of proprietary CAD and steel detailing software for project is assessed and decision is made to use computer based or manual structural detailing methods

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
communicate own and team capabilities negotiate with clients assess scope of structural steel detailing tasks and priorities use Gannt charts and other project management scheduling tools assess suitability of specialist software for particular steel detailing projects work according to OHS practices of the enterprise and workplace which may include requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment, standard operating procedures, or oral, written or visual instructions communicate at all levels about technical issues related to patterns and specifications reading and numeracy is required to the level of interpreting workplace documents and technical information
Required knowledge
roles and responsibilities of owners, architects, engineers, fabricators, builders and structural steel detailers in construction projects construction and fabrication project management practices including use of Gannt charts and other scheduling tools difference between design and detail drawing processes drawing office procedures proprietary and non-proprietary CAD and specialist steel detailing programs

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Demonstrates skills and knowledge to: identify client and design requirements for a structural steel detailing project establish structural steel detailing task schedule and timelines and integrate them into the broader project plan and timelines establish efficient administrative arrangements for liaison with clients and designers establish drawing and document control procedures
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in an appropriately simulated environment Resource implications for this unit include: access to real or appropriately simulated detailing of structural steelwork constructions including provision of suitable design information access to real or simulated fabrication and construction schedules computer with suitable CAD software or manual drafting equipment and material including work areas, materials and equipment access to steel and component manufacturers catalogues or web sites access to relevant standards through either hard copy or internet access. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the Manufacturing Training Package Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure its correct interpretation and application Assessment may be applied under project related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where structural steel detailing is involved
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Legislative/regulatory requirements	All work must comply with relevant Federal and State or Territory legislative or regulatory requirements
Client	The term client in this unit refers to the organisation commissioning the production of structural steel detail drawings and will normally be the fabricator of structural steel elements of a construction project. However, depending on the project the client may vary and could be the consulting engineer, or in the case of mining projects, it could be the mining company. The client may commission structural steel detail drawing from either internal or external structural steel detailers
Schedules	Schedules may include Gannt charts, contract schedules, lists of contractors, contracted suppliers and any other lists or diagrams relevant to determining the required delivery dates for structural steel detail drawings
Client requirements	Client requirements may include: shop detail drawings, erection diagrams and material schedules and lists program and format for CAD files and models downloading by the structural steel detailer of files direct to client computers and CNC machines size and number of hard copy drawings specification of programs and requirements for word processed documents, spreadsheets, presentations, invoices and so on
Design information	Design information is the information provided to the detailer and fabricator by the architects and consulting engineers for a project. For some projects the design information may only be provided by an engineer. The design information will usually be in the form of design drawings or sketches but may also be via material lists and written instructions.
Work environment	Detailing may be undertaken in a variety of work environments including commercial, home office or fabrication or construction enterprise. Work may be performed individually on a contracting/project basis or as part of a project team and in response to combinations of paper based and electronic instructions.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Structural steel detailing

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSATCS504A Detail ancillary steelwork

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the skills and knowledge required to detail steelwork ancillary to, or separate from, the main structural elements and their connections in a steel framed building or industrial construction.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to a structural steel detailer who has to detail ancillary structural steelwork including steelwork used in stairways, ladders, landings, platforms for personnel and machinery, and other ancillary steel structures such as cages, lift guide rails and crane rails. The unit can also apply to the detailing of stand alone steel constructions that are not part of or attached to plant or buildings, and which do not require additional specialist knowledge. Examples include: steel tankage rolled plates chimney flumes exhaust pipe flumes pipe supports conveyor structures. The unit assumes that knowledge of basic technical drawing conventions and procedures such as view, dimensioning, drawing layout, and so on is already held. Work is conducted according to defined procedures. The detailing covered by this unit may be done manually or by using CAD and/or proprietary steel detailing software. Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities. This unit requires the application of skills associated with planning and organising to complete structural steel detail drawings. Communication and numeracy skills are used to refer to patterns and specifications and complete and label sketches. Self management skills are used to ensure conformance of own work to quality standards.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MSATCS301A	Interpret architectural and engineering design specifications for structural steel detailing

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Detail stairways, platforms, ladders and landings	1.1. Scheduling of detail drawings for stairways, platforms, ladders and landings are discussed with fabricator 1.2. Design information is checked and any requests for further information (RFIs) are made 1.3. Large scale set-out or 3D model of stairway is prepared and setting out points established 1.4. Stairway is dimensioned and detailed consistent with design information and the Building Code of Australia and AS 1657 1.5. Holding down bolt layout and base plate details are prepared for ground floor supports or plinths
2. Detail other ancillary steel structures	2.1. Design information is received from client and fabrication schedule and requirements including allocation of components for shop and site fabrication confirmed 2.2. Size limitations of any sections requiring corrosion treatment or other surface finishing processes are determined 2.3. Transport limitations, erection procedures and limitations, and any relevant codes and regulations are determined 2.4. Rough large scale layout and 3D model is combined with trial assembly if required 2.5. Design information is used to directly insert or calculate and insert all dimensions, clearances, bolt layouts, weld types and dimensions, direction marks and surface finishes on shop drawings and erection diagrams 2.6. Detail drawings are sent for approval by designer

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
assess design information for adequacy of information needed for structural steel detailing liaise with architects and engineers assess scope of structural steel detailing tasks and priorities interpret design drawings, sketches and schedules produce shop detail drawings and erection drawings research and obtain relevant Australian Standards, codes and regulations work according to OHS practices of the enterprise and workplace which may include requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment, standard operating procedures, or oral, written or visual instructions communicate at all levels about technical issues related to patterns and specifications reading and numeracy is required to the level of interpreting workplace documents and technical information
Required knowledge
architectural and engineering design drawings including standard symbols, terms, abbreviations and sketches structural members used in steel constructions the difference between design and detail drawing processes drawing office procedures fabrication processes and procedures the Australian steel structures limit state design code's (AS4100) requirements in so far as they impact on steel detailing

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Demonstrates skills and knowledge to: identify and interpret architect and engineer design specifications for structural steel components of ancillary steelwork including members and connections relate design information to structural steel detailing processes establish efficient administrative arrangements for liaison with designers establish drawing and document control procedures identify standard sizes and specifications of structural members and components from industry publications, manufacturers' catalogues and Australian or other relevant standards
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in an appropriately simulated environment Resource implications for this unit include: access to real or appropriately simulated detailing of ancillary structural steelwork including provision of suitable design information computer with suitable CAD software or manual drafting equipment and material including work areas, materials and equipment access to steel and component manufacturers catalogues or web sites access to relevant standards through either hard copy or internet access. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the Manufacturing Training Package Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure its correct interpretation and application Assessment may be applied under project related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where structural steel detailing is involved
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Legislative/regulatory requirements	All work must comply with relevant Federal and State or Territory legislative or regulatory requirements
Design information	Design information is the information provided to the detailer and fabricator by the architects and consulting engineers for a project. For some projects the design information may only be provided by an engineer. The design information will usually be in the form of design drawings or sketches but may also be via material lists, written instructions and computer files
Other ancillary steel structures	Other ancillary structures as defined in this unit are steel constructions that are not part of the structural framework or exterior of a building or part of the structural support for plant and which could be part of a steel construction detailing contract. Examples include: crane rails and connections lift guide rails cages steel tankage rolled plates chimney flumes exhaust pipe flumes pipe supports conveyor structures
Direction marks	Direction marks are indicated on the shop drawings and on the beam or girder by the words 'North' or 'West' as applicable. Industry standard practice is to determine the placement of these marks by viewing and numbering the beams and girders from the bottom or right hand edge of the floor plan. Variations from this practice may occur on specific projects and should be noted on the erection plan.
Work environment	Detailing may be undertaken in a variety of work environments including commercial, home office or fabrication or construction enterprise. Work may be performed individually on a contracting/project basis or as part of a project team and in response to combinations of paper based and electronic instructions.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Structural steel detailing

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSATMINS301A Inspect a range of simple measures

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the ability to apply National Test Procedures to determine whether simple measures are suitable for trade use. The unit also involves auditing the performance of verifiers who have previously tested and marked simple measures for trade use.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency is applicable to trade measurement inspectors appointed under national measurement legislation who may inspect a wide range of simple measures as part of their allocated duties. Simple measures such as trade masses, length measures and volume measures are used in a wide variety of commerce including retail, hospitality, pharmaceuticals and laboratory services. Industry representatives have provided case studies to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. These are found at the end of this unit of competency under the section 'This competency in practice'.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for inspection	1.1. Identify and evaluate the type of simple measure to be inspected 1.2. Access and review any history of previous inspections at trader's premises 1.3. Access and correctly interpret appropriate documentation required for the inspection 1.4. Identify and access test equipment, products and consumables required for the inspection 1.5. Ensure specified test equipment is fit for purpose in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures 1.6. Store and transport test equipment in accordance with organisational procedures and industry best practice 1.7. Identify workplace health and safety issues relevant to the inspection
2. Initiate inspection	2.1. Identify the site contoller, explain the purpose of the inspection and produce formal identification, if required 2.2. Identify relevant site health and safety issues and implement appropriate control strategies 2.3. Conduct a preliminary evaluation of the site's trading practices and prioritise activities to maximise inspection outcomes 2.4. Identify trade measuring instruments and plan inspection to minimise disruption to the public and trader
3. Evaluate simple measure performance	3.1. Evaluate whether the operating environment will impact on simple measure performance 3.2. Modify the operating environment or implement alternative arrangements to ensure reliable test conditions as necessary 3.3. Identify the maximum permissible errors for the simple measure from the legislative requirements 3.4. Use test equipment safely in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures 3.5. Check simple measure for compliance with the appropriate Certificates of Approval 3.6. Inspect the simple measure in accordance with relevant National Test Procedure and appropriate National Measurement Institute policy 3.7. Evaluate results against prescribed performance criteria and determine if the simple measure is suitable for trade use in accordance with legislative requirements
4. Conduct a verifier performance audit	4.1. Identify the scope of the verifier audit 4.2. Identify the expected outcomes of the verifier audit 4.3. Assess the verifier's performance against the expected outcome 4.4. Analyse any variances from the expected outcomes to identify any isolated or systemic problem
5. Analyse and report inspection results	5.1. Analyse inspection data for unacceptable performance trends 5.2. Display the inspection result on the simple measure in accordance with legislative requirements 5.3. Use test reports to present inspection results in the required format 5.4. Complete inspection documentation in accordance with legislative requirements and organisational procedures 5.5. Communicate inspection results within the specified time and in accordance with organisational guidelines 5.6. Recommend follow-up actions as appropriate
6. Act on non-compliance	6.1. Select applicable enforcement action for the non-compliance in accordance with legislative requirements, organisational policy and procedures 6.2. Inform traders of non-compliances and consequences of failing to have them corrected 6.3. Implement enforcement action in accordance with legislative requirements, organisational policy and procedures 6.4. Maintain the rights of the trader at all times

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
accessing, interpreting and applying a range of documents for the inspection of simple measures including: national measurement legislation routine National Test Procedures Certificates of Approval National Measurement Institute inspection policy Australian Standards accessing and interpreting Certificates of Verification for a limited range of reference standards use routine communication and negotiation skills to: explain the purpose of inspection inform traders of non-compliances and consequences of failing to rectify them explain procedures and inspection outcomes to traders, verifiers and managers accessing, transporting, setting up, validating, using and maintaining a limited range of test equipment and reference standards identifying and evaluating environmental impacts on performance of a range of simple measures conducting tests and recording results with close attention to detail and accuracy performing calculations involving fractions, decimals, ratios, proportions and percentages using scientific notation, correct units and the correct number of significant figures analysing performance results over a single or limited range of operating conditions identifying non-compliances with national measurement legislation relating to simple measure or verifier performance and initiate appropriate enforcement action including warning, infringement notice, undertaking, injunction and prosecution identifying potential trading practice non-compliance with national measurement legislation and initiating an appropriate inspection strategy planning routine tasks developing/implementing an efficient inspection strategy that has a limited impact on others demonstrating professionalism and maintaining the rights of the trader at all times solving routine/expected problems working safely
Required knowledge
general chemical and physical principles and concepts including: weight, mass, gravity and density temperature effects and coefficients of expansion basic knowledge of the operating procedures across a limited range of environments including laboratories, retail and manufacturing knowledge of metrological terms and terminology specific to simple measures such as: maximum permissible errors traceability error of measurement error of indication national measurement legislation applicable to simple measures detailed knowledge of National Test Procedures and operating procedures for equipment and reference standards used in job role including: purpose of test test conditions and possible environmental impacts on performance of simple measure key preparation/measurement steps in test method calculation steps to give results in appropriate units and precision maximum permissible errors for simple measures under inspection procedures for completing inspection documentation organisational policy and procedures for inspecting simple measures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Competency must be demonstrated in the ability to perform consistently at the required standard for any class of simple measures listed in the Range Statement.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors should ensure that candidates can: identify, access and apply test procedures identify and use suitable reference standards evaluate and adjust the impact of the operating environment on the performance of simple measures analyse test results to determine the simple measure's suitability for verification (trade use) identify the scope of a verifier performance audit and assess results with expected outcomes audit the performance of verifiers of simple measures identify and implement additional inspection strategies for non-instrument related breaches of national measurement legislation recognise and act on non-compliance maintain the security and confidentiality of data in accordance with organisational and regulatory requirements report results in the required formats and expected timeframe.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit of competency is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated workplace environment. This unit of competency may be assessed with: MSATMREF301A Use and maintain reference standards. Resources may include: simple measures, test equipment and reference standards computer and relevant software and/or organisation information management system Certificates of Approval for simple measures relevant legislative and organisational procedures.
Method of assessment	The following assessment methods are suggested: questions to assess understanding of relevant procedures, licensing requirements, trader obligations and remedial actions review of inspection reports and verifier performance audit reports prepared by the candidate feedback from supervisors and peers regarding the candidate's ability to verify the performance of simple measures in accordance with legislative and organisational procedures observation of the candidate conducting an inspection. In all cases, practical assessment should be supported by questions to assess underpinning knowledge and those aspects of competency which are difficult to assess directly. Questioning techniques should suit the language and literacy levels of the candidate.
This competency in practice	Industry representatives have provided the case studies below to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. An inspector makes an unannounced visit to a manufacturer's premises that packages turpentine, linseed oil, kerosene and methylated spirits. His/her visit identifies that a 5L verified conical measure is being used for trade to check the volume of pre-packaged articles. He/she visually inspects the measure for compliance with the relevant Certificate of Approval and checks the existing certifying marks. The verifier notices that the volume measure is dented. He/she then tests the accuracy of the measure using a suitable 5L reference standard and finds it to be outside the maximum permissible error. He/she notifies the manager of this non-compliance and advises that any further use of this measure will result in enforcement action. On returning to their office, the inspector reports the need to inspect the premises and market place for inaccurate pre-packaged items manufactured by the company.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Appropriate documentation	Where reference is made to documentation, it is expected the latest version will be used. Appropriate documentation may include: reference standards Certificates of Verification Certificates of Approval for simple measures test procedures for verifying simple measures organisational test reports organisational procedures e.g. company quality assurance manual National Measurement Act occupational health and safety (OHS) regulations, guidelines and procedures and material safety data sheets (MSDS) equipment manuals and warranty, supplier catalogues, and handbooks National Measurement Institute policy Australian Standards
Certificates of Approval	Certificates of Approval may include: any Certificate issued by the Chief Metrologist under Regulation 60 of the National Measurement Regulations approving the pattern of a simple measure as being suitable for trade
Test equipment	Test equipment may include: reference standards of measurement equipment other than reference standards of measurement such as weighing instruments, strikes and funnels
Legislation	Legislation may include: national measurement legislation applicable Commonwealth, state and territory OHS legislation
National Test Procedures for simple measures	National Test Procedures for simple measures may include: length measures alcoholic beverage measures lubricating oil measures graduated measures pharmaceutical measures trade masses any other test procedure prescribed by the National Measurement Institute
OHS and environmental management requirements	OHS and environmental management requirements refers to: all operations must comply with enterprise OHS and environmental management requirements, which may be imposed through state/territory or Federal legislation. These requirements must not be compromised at any time all operations assume the potentially hazardous nature of samples and require standard precautions to be applied where relevant, users should access and apply current industry understanding of infection control issued by the National Health and Medical Research Council and State and Territory Departments of Health
Operating environmental impacts	Operating environment impacts may include: vibration wind heat dust electromagnetic interference out of level
Records	Records may include: test reports safety procedures a history of equipment calibration and test results
Simple measures	Inspectors may be required to test and mark any of the classes of simple measures from the following list. Simple measures may include: length measures alcoholic beverage measures lubricating oil measures graduated measures pharmaceutical measures trade masses any other simple measure prescribed by the National Measurement Institute

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Trade Measurement

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSATMINS302A Inspect a range of simple measuring instruments

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the ability to apply National Test Procedures to determine whether a range of simple measuring instruments are suitable for trade use. The unit also involves auditing the performance of verifiers who have previously tested and marked simple measuring instruments for trade use.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency is applicable to trade measurement inspectors appointed under national measurement legislation who may inspect a wide range of simple measuring instruments as part of their allocated duties. Simple measuring instruments are used in a very wide range of commerce. For example, dip sticks are used to measure bulk petroleum products and beverages, dimensional measuring instruments are used to measure the cubic measurements of packages for freight and length/area instruments are used to accurately measure a wide range of articles sold by reference to those measurements. Industry representatives have provided case studies to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. These are found at the end of this unit of competency under the section 'This competency in practice'.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for inspection	1.1. Identify and evaluate the type of instrument to be inspected 1.2. Access and review any history of previous inspections at trader's premises 1.3. Access and correctly interpret appropriate documentation required for the inspection 1.4. Identify and access test equipment, products and consumables required for the inspection 1.5. Ensure specified test equipment is fit for purpose in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures 1.6. Store and transport test equipment in accordance with organisational procedures and industry best practice 1.7. Identify workplace health and safety issues relevant to the inspection
2. Initiate inspection	2.1. Identify the site contoller, explain the purpose of the inspection and produce formal identification, if required 2.2. Identify relevant site health and safety issues and implement appropriate control strategies 2.3. Conduct a preliminary evaluation of the site's trading practices and prioritise activities to maximise inspection outcomes 2.4. Identify trade measuring instruments and plan inspection to minimise disruption to the public and trader 2.5. Identify locations for product return or disposal, if applicable
3. Evaluate simple measuring instrument performance	3.1. Evaluate whether the operating environment will impact on the instrument performance 3.2. Modify the operating environment or implement alternative arrangements to ensure reliable test conditions as necessary 3.3. Identify the maximum permissible errors for the instrument from the legislative requirements 3.4. Use test equipment safely in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures 3.5. Check instrument for compliance with the appropriate Certificates of Approval 3.6. Inspect the instrument in accordance with relevant National Test Procedure and appropriate National Measurement Institute policy 3.7. Evaluate results against prescribed performance criteria and determine if the instrument is suitable for trade use in accordance with legislative requirements
4. Conduct a verifier performance audit	4.1. Identify the scope of the verifier audit 4.2. Identify the expected outcomes of the verifier audit 4.3. Assess the verifier's performance against the expected outcome 4.4. Analyse any variances from the expected outcomes to identify isolated or systemic problems
5. Analyse and report inspection results	5.1. Analyse inspection data for unacceptable performance trends 5.2. Display the inspection result on the instrument in accordance with legislative requirements 5.3. Use test reports to present inspection results in the required format 5.4. Complete inspection documentation in accordance with legislative requirements and organisational procedures 5.5. Communicate inspection results within the specified time and in accordance with organisational guidelines 5.6. Recommend follow-up actions as appropriate.
6. Act on non-compliance	6.1. Select applicable enforcement action for the non-compliance in accordance with legislative requirements, organisational policy and procedures 6.2. Inform traders of non-compliances and consequences of failing to have them corrected 6.3. Implement enforcement action in accordance with legislative requirements, organisational policy and procedures 6.4. Maintain the rights of the trader at all times

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
accessing, interpreting and applying a range of documents for the inspection of simple measuring instruments including: national measurement legislation routine National Test Procedures Certificates of Approval National Measurement Institute inspection policy Australian Standards accessing and interpreting Certificates of Verification for a limitedrange of reference standards use routine communication and negotiation skills to: explain the purpose of inspection inform traders of non-compliances and consequences of failing to rectify them explain procedures and inspection outcomes to traders, verifiers and managers accessing, transporting, setting up, validating, using and maintaining a limited range of test equipment and reference standards identifying and evaluating environmental impacts on performance of a range of simple measuring instruments conducting tests and recording results with close attention to detail and accuracy performing calculations involving fractions, decimals, ratios, proportions and percentages using correct units and the correct number of significant figures analysing performance results over a single or limited range of operating conditions identifying non-compliances with national measurement legislation relating to instrument or verifier performance and initiate appropriate enforcement action including warning, infringement notice, undertaking, injunction and prosecution identifying potential trading practice non-compliance with national measurement legislation and initiating an appropriate inspection strategy planning routine tasks developing/implementing an efficient inspection strategy that has a limited impact on others demonstrating professionalism and maintaining the rights of the trader at all times solving routine/expected problems working safely
Required knowledge
general chemical and physical principles and concepts including: weight, mass, gravity and density temperature effects and coefficients of expansion basic knowledge of the operating procedures across a limited range of environments including laboratories, retail, industrial and farming knowledge of metrological terms and terminology specific to simple measuring instruments such as maximum permissible errors and traceability national measurement legislation applicable to simple measuring instruments detailed knowledge of National Test Procedures and operating procedures for equipment and reference standards used in job role including: purpose of test test conditions and possible environmental impacts on performance of the instrument key preparation/measurement steps in test method calculation steps to give results in appropriate units and precision maximum permissible errors for simple measuring instruments under inspection procedures for completing inspection documentation organisational policy and procedures for inspecting simple measuring instruments

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Competency must be demonstrated in the ability to perform consistently at the required standard for any class of simple measuring instruments listed in the Range Statement.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors should ensure that candidates can: identify, access and apply test procedures identify and use suitable reference standards evaluate and adjust the impact of the operating environment on the performance of the instrument analyse test results to determine the instrument's suitability for verification (trade use) identify the scope of a verifier performance audit and assess results with expected outcomes audit the performance of verifiers of simple measuring instruments identify and implement additional inspection strategies for non-instrument related breaches of national measurement legislation recognise and act on non-compliance maintain the security and confidentiality of data in accordance with organisational and regulatory requirements report results in the required formats and expected timeframe.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit of competency is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated workplace environment. This unit of competency may be assessed with: MSATMREF301A Use and maintain reference standards. Resources may include: simple measuring instruments, test equipment and reference standards computer and relevant software and/or organisation information management system Certificates of Approval for instruments relevant legislative and organisational procedures.
Method of assessment	The following assessment methods are suggested: questions to assess understanding of relevant procedures, licensing requirements, trader obligations and remedial actions review of inspection reports and verifier performance audit reports prepared by the candidate feedback from supervisors and peers regarding the candidate's ability to verify the performance of instruments in accordance with legislative and organisational procedures observation of the candidate conducting an inspection. In all cases, practical assessment should be supported by questions to assess underpinning knowledge and those aspects of competency which are difficult to assess directly. Questioning techniques should suit the language and literacy levels of the candidate.
This competency in practice	Industry representatives have provided the case studies below to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. An inspector has been allocated the task of verifying an area measuring instrument at a tannery. In preparation for his/her visit, the inspector accesses the organisation's database to establish the instrument type, site contact details and any previous history for the instrument or trader. The inspector assembles the test equipment required for the inspection. All reference standards are inspected for damage and validity against their certificate prior to them being stowed with the other equipment safely in the vehicle. On arrival at the tannery, the inspector introduces him/herself to the manager and explains the purpose of the visit and the process involved. During this discussion, the inspector explains that he/she will inspect the area measuring instrument for compliance with its Certificate of Approval, assess the operating environment for factors that may impact on its performance and conduct visual and performance tests in accordance with the National Test Procedure. If the instrument complies with these requirements it will be marked as being acceptable for trade use. During the subsequent inspection, the area instrument is found to have a capacity greater than what is stated in the Certificate of Approval and the instrument's performance exceeds the maximum permissible error stated in the national measurement regulations. Consequently, the inspector removes the previous verification mark from the instrument and issues the trader with a warning that the instrument cannot be used for trade until it has been corrected and verified again. Before leaving the premises, the inspector provides the trader with some options for rectifying the non-compliances and gives the manager an opportunity to ask any questions about trade measurement activities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Prescribed performance criteria for instruments	Prescribed performance criteria for instruments may include: design is in accordance with the appropriate Certificates of Approval performance meets the criteria described in the Certificates of Approval, National Test Procedure, legislation and National Measurement Institute policy
Appropriate documentation	Where reference is made to documentation, it is expected the latest version will be used. Appropriate documentation may include: Certificates of Verification Certificates of Approval for simple measuring instruments test procedures for verifying simple measuring instruments organisational test reports organisational procedures National Measurement Act occupational health and safety (OHS) regulations, guidelines and procedures and material safety data sheets (MSDS) equipment manuals and warranty, supplier catalogues and handbooks National Measurement Institute policy Australian Standards
Certificates of Approval	Certificates of Approval may include: the Certificate issued under national measurement legislation approving the pattern of a simple measuring instrument as being suitable for trade
Enforcement action	Enforcement action may include: formal warnings infringement notice formal undertaking injunction prosecution
Test equipment	Test equipment may include: reference standards of measurement equipment other than reference standards of measurement e.g. weighing instrument, funnels, manifolds, hoses, water meters, roman levels, tramells and beakers
Legislation	Legislation may include: national measurement legislation applicable Commonwealth, state and territory OHS legislation
National Measurement Institute policy	National Measurement Institute policy may include: test procedure variations between a verification, in-service or audit inspection bulletin instruction determination
National Test Procedures for simple measuring instruments	National Test Procedures for simple measuring instruments may include those for: beverage measuring instruments protein measuring instruments length measuring instruments area measuring instruments dimensional measuring instruments vehicle tanks milk tanks any other test procedure prescribed by the National Measurement Institute
OHS and environmental management requirements	OHS and environmental management requirements refer to: all operations must comply with enterprise occupational health safety and environmental management requirements, which may be imposed through state/territory or Federal legislation. These requirements must not be compromised at any time all operations assume the potentially hazardous nature of samples and require standard precautions to be applied where relevant, users should access and apply current industry understanding of infection control issued by the National Health and Medical Research Council and State and Territory Departments of Health
Operating environmental impacts	Operating environmental impacts may include: vibration humidity temperature dust electromagnetic interference out of level
Records	Records may include: test reports audit reports safety procedures a history of equipment calibration and test results
Simple measuring instruments	Inspectors may be required to test and mark any of the classes of instruments from the following list. Simple measuring instruments may include: beverage measuring instruments protein measuring instruments length measuring instruments area measuring instruments dimensional measuring instruments vehicle tanks milk tanks any other instrument prescribed by the National Measurement Institute
Trading practices	Trading practices may include: methods used for the sale of goods advertising using measuring instruments position of measuring instruments environmental factors suitability of instrument over-pricing incorrect measurement
Verification	Verification refers to: the inspection of an instrument for the purpose of determining if the instrument meets the legislative requirements for trade use

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Trade Measurement

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSATMINS401A Inspect a range of weighing instruments

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the ability to apply National Test Procedures to determine whether a non-automatic weighing instrument (&lt;3 tonne) or catchweigher is suitable for trade and then mark it accordingly. It also involves auditing the performance of verifiers who have previously tested and marked limited weighing instruments for use.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency is applicable to trade measurement inspectors appointed under national measurement legislation who may inspect a wide range of limited weighing instruments as part of their allocated duties. For example, electronic weighing instruments are used to measure a wide range of products at the point of sale, as an order or as a pre-packaged article. The range of environments where these instruments is almost limitless. Some examples of these environments includes pharmaceutical laboratories, supermarkets, fresh food retailers, packing houses, chemical/petroleum industry, construction, mining and other extractive industry sectors. Industry representatives have provided case studies to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. These are found at the end of this unit of competency under the section 'This competency in practice'.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for inspection	1.1. Identify and evaluate the type of instrument to be inspected 1.2. Access and review any history of previous inspections at trader's premises 1.3. Access and correctly interpret appropriate documentation required for the inspection 1.4. Identify and access test equipment, products and consumables required for the inspection 1.5. Ensure specified test equipment is fit for purpose in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures 1.6. Store and transport test equipment in accordance with organisational procedures and industry best practice 1.7. Identify workplace health and safety issues relevant to the inspection
2. Initiate inspection	2.1. Identify the site contoller, explain the purpose of the inspection and produce formal identification, if required 2.2. Identify relevant site health and safety issues and implement appropriate control strategies 2.3. Conduct a preliminary evaluation of the site's trading practices and prioritise activities to maximise inspection outcomes. 2.4. Identify trade measuring instruments and plan inspection to minimise disruption to the public and trader
3. Evaluate weighing instrument performance	3.1. Evaluate whether the operating environment will impact on the instrument performance 3.2. Modify the operating environment or implement alternative arrangements to ensure reliable test conditions as necessary 3.3. Identify the maximum permissible errors for the instrument from the legislative requirements 3.4. Use test equipment safely in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures 3.5. Check instrument for compliance with the appropriate Certificates of Approval 3.6. Inspect the instrument in accordance with relevant National Test Procedure and appropriate National Measurement Institute policy 3.7. Evaluate results against prescribed performance criteria and determine if the instrument is suitable for trade use in accordance with legislative requirements
4. Conduct a verifier performance audit	4.1. Identify the scope of the verifier audit 4.2. Identify the expected outcomes of the verifier audit 4.3. Assess the verifier's performance against the expected outcome 4.4. Analyse any variances from the expected outcomes to identify isolated or systemic problems
5. Analyse and report inspection results	5.1. Analyse inspection data for unacceptable performance trends 5.2. Display the inspection result on the instrument in accordance with legislative requirements 5.3. Use test reports to present inspection results in the required format 5.4. Complete inspection documentation in accordance with legislative requirements and organisational procedures 5.5. Communicate inspection results within the specified time and in accordance with organisational guidelines 5.6. Recommend follow-up actions as appropriate.
6. Act on non-compliance	6.1. Select applicable enforcement action for the non-compliance in accordance with legislative requirements, organisational policy and procedures 6.2. Inform traders of non-compliances and consequences of failing to have them corrected 6.3. Implement enforcement action in accordance with legislative requirements, organisational policy and procedures 6.4. Maintain the rights of the trader at all times

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
accessing, interpreting and applying a range of documents for the inspection of weighing instruments including: national measurement legislation routine National Test Procedures Certificates of Approval National Measurement Institute inspection policy national and international design rules pattern approval documents accessing and interpreting Certificates of Verification for a range of reference standards performing inspections over durations of up to one day in routine environments using advanced communication and negotiation skills to: explain the purpose of inspection inform traders of non-compliances and consequences of failing to rectify them access external equipment and resources to complete the inspection explain inspection procedures and outcomes to traders, verifiers and managers accessing, transporting, setting up, validating, using and maintaining a range of test equipment and reference standards identifying and evaluating environmental impacts on performance of a range of weighing instruments conducting tests and recording results with close attention to detail and accuracy performing calculations involving: fractions, decimals, ratios, proportions and percentages scientific notation, correct units and the correct number of significant figures interpretation of statistical quantities, such as mean, median, mode, range, variance and standard deviation analysing performance results over a number of operating conditions identifying non-compliances with national measurement legislation relating to instrument or verifier performance and initiate appropriate enforcement action including warning, infringement notice, undertaking, injunction and prosecution identifying potential trading practice non-compliance with national measurement legislation and initiating an appropriate inspection strategy planning routine tasks developing/implementing an efficient inspection strategy that has a limited impact on traders, the public, employees and suppliers demonstrating professionalism and maintaining the rights of the trader at all times solving routine/expected problems working safely which may include applying basic first aid, confined space entry and working with heavy machinery
Required knowledge
general chemical and physical principles and concepts including weight, mass and gravity knowledge of the operating procedures across a range of environments including laboratories, retail, manufacturing, industrial, mining, construction, medical, chemical, petroleum, farming and abattoirs knowledge of metrological terms and terminology specific to weighing instruments such as maximum permissible errors, traceability, uncertainty, maximum permissible difference, eccentricity, repeatability, error of measurement, error of indication and linearisation national measurement legislation applicable to weighing instruments detailed knowledge of National Test Procedures and operating procedures for equipment and reference standards used in job role including: purpose of test test conditions and possible environmental impacts on performance of the instrument key preparation/measurement steps in test method calculation steps to give results in appropriate units and precision maximum permissible errors for weighing instruments under inspection procedures for completing inspection documentation organisational policy and procedures for verifying weighing instruments safety principles and procedures relevant to instruments and test environment basic first aid and site safety induction if required

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Competency must be demonstrated in the ability to perform consistently at the required standard for any class of weighing instrument listed in the Range Statement.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors should ensure that candidates can: identify, access and apply test procedures identify and use suitable reference standards evaluate and adjust the impact of the operating environment on the performance of the instrument analyse test results to determine the instrument's suitability for verification (trade use) identify the scope of a verifier performance audit and assess results with expected outcomes audit the performance of verifiers of weighing instruments identify and implement additional inspection strategies for non-instrument related breaches of national measurement legislation recognise and act on non-compliance maintain the security and confidentiality of data in accordance with organisational and regulatory requirements report results in the required formats and expected timeframe.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit of competency is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated workplace environment. This unit of competency may be assessed with: MSATMREF301A Use and maintain reference standards. Resources may include: limited weighing instruments, test equipment and reference standards computer and relevant software and/or organisation information management system Certificates of Approval for instruments relevant legislative and organisational procedures.
Method of assessment	The following assessment methods are suggested: questions to assess understanding of relevant procedures, licensing requirements, trader obligations and remedial actions review of inspection reports and verifier performance audit reports prepared by the candidate feedback from supervisors and peers regarding the candidate's ability to verify the performance of instruments in accordance with legislative and organisational procedures observation of the candidate conducting an inspection. In all cases, practical assessment should be supported by questions to assess underpinning knowledge and those aspects of competency which are difficult to assess directly. Questioning techniques should suit the language and literacy levels of the candidate.
This competency in practice	Industry representatives have provided the case studies below to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. An inspector has been allocated a task of verifying a digital weighing instrument at a butcher's premises. In preparation for this visit, the inspector accesses the organisation's database to establish the type of instrument to be tested and any previous history of the instrument or trader. The equipment required for this inspection is identified, accessed and stowed in the vehicle securely and safely. Particular attention is made to ensure the integrity of the reference standards is maintained and that they are still current according to their verification certificate. On arrival at the butcher's premises, the inspector introduces him/herself to the manager and explains the purpose of the visit and the process involved. During this discussion the inspector explains that he/she will inspect the instrument for compliance with its Certificate of Approval, assess the instrument's operating environment for factors that may impact on its performance and conduct the visual and performance tests in accordance with the National Test Procedure. If it complies with these requirements, he/she will mark the instrument as being acceptable for trade use and complete all the required inspection documentation. During the inspection the inspector finds that the instrument has a tare capacity greater than that stated in the Certificate of Approval and the weighing performance of the instrument exceeds the maximum permissible error stated in the national measurement regulations. As a result, the inspector removes the previous verification mark from the instrument and issues the butcher a warning that the instrument cannot be used for trade until it has been corrected and verified again. Before leaving the premises, the inspector examines a sample of prepacked articles and the trading practices used by the trader for compliance with trade measurement legislation.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Prescribed performance criteria for instruments	Prescribed performance criteria for instruments may include: design is in accordance with the appropriate Certificates of Approval performance meets the criteria described in the Certificates of Approval, National Test Procedure and legislation
Appropriate documentation	Where reference is made to documentation, it is expected the latest version will be used. Appropriate documentation may include: reference standards Certificates of Verification Certificates of Approval for limited weighing instruments test procedures for verifying limited weighing instruments organisational test reports organisational procedures e.g. company quality assurance manual National Measurement Act occupational health and safety (OHS) regulations, guidelines and procedures and material safety data sheets (MSDS) equipment manuals and warranty, supplier catalogues and handbooks
Certificates of Approval	Certificates of Approval may include: any Certificate issued by the Chief Metrologist under Regulation 60 of the National Measurement Regulations approving the pattern of a limited weighing instrument as being suitable for trade
Enforcement action	Enforcement action may include: formal warnings infringement notice formal undertaking injunction prosecution
Test equipment	Test equipment may include: reference standards of measurement
Legislation	Legislation may include: national measurement legislation applicable Commonwealth, state and territory OHS legislation
National Measurement Institute policy	National Measurement Institute policy may include: test procedure variations between a verification, in-service or audit inspection bulletin instruction determination
National Test Procedures for limited weighing instruments	National Test Procedures for limited weighing instruments may include: non-automatic weighing machines tested without substitution loads automatic Class Y(a) Catchweighers automatic Class Y(b) Catchweighers any other test procedure prescribed by the National Measurement Institute
OHS and environmental management requirements	OHS and environmental management requirements refers to: all operations must comply with enterprise OHS and environmental management requirements, which may be imposed through state/territory or Federal legislation. These requirements must not be compromised at any time all operations assume the potentially hazardous nature of samples and require standard precautions to be applied where relevant, users should access and apply current industry understanding of infection control issued by the National Health and Medical Research Council and State and Territory Departments of Health
Operating environmental impacts	Operating environmental impacts may include: vibration wind heat dust electromagnetic interference out of level
Records	Records may include: test reports safety procedures a history of equipment calibration and test results
Weighing instruments	Inspectors may be required to test and mark classes of instruments from the following list. Weighing instruments may include: non-automatic weighing machines tested without substitution loads automatic Class Y(a) Catchweighers automatic Class Y(b) Catchweighers any other test procedure prescribed by the National Measurement Institute

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Trade Measurement

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSATMINS402A Inspect a range of liquid measuring instruments using volume measures

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the ability to apply National Test Procedures to determine whether a liquid measuring instrument using volume measures is suitable for trade and then mark it accordingly. It also involves auditing the performance of verifiers who have previously tested and marked liquid measuring instruments for use.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency is applicable to trade measurement inspectors appointed under national measurement legislation who may inspect a wide range of liquid measuring instruments tested using a volume measure as part of their allocated duties. Liquid measuring instruments are used in a very wide range of commerce. For example, petrol bowsers measure fuel at the point of sale and flowmeters are used to measure bulk commodities such as milk, chemicals and petroleum products during production and distribution. Industry representatives have provided case studies to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. These are found at the end of this unit of competency under the section 'This competency in practice'.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for inspection	1.1. Identify and evaluate the type of instrument to be inspected 1.2. Access and review any history of previous inspections at trader's premises 1.3. Access and correctly interpret appropriate documentation required for the inspection 1.4. Identify and access test equipment, products and consumables required for the inspection 1.5. Ensure specified test equipment is fit for purpose in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures 1.6. Store and transport test equipment in accordance with organisational procedures and industry best practice 1.7. Identify workplace health and safety issues relevant to the inspection
2. Initiate inspection	2.1. Identify the site contoller, explain the purpose of the inspection and produce formal identification, if required 2.2. Identify relevant site health and safety issues and implement appropriate control strategies 2.3. Conduct a preliminary evaluation of the site's trading practices and prioritise activities to maximise inspection outcomes 2.4. Identify trade measuring instruments and plan inspection to minimise disruption to the public and trader
3. Evaluate liquid measuring instrument performance	3.1. Evaluate whether the operating environment will impact on the instrument performance 3.2. Modify the operating environment or implement alternative arrangements to ensure reliable test conditions as necessary 3.3. Identify the maximum permissible errors for the instrument from the legislative requirements 3.4. Use test equipment safely in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures 3.5. Check instrument for compliance with the appropriate Certificates of Approval 3.6. Inspect the instrument in accordance with relevant National Test Procedure and appropriate National Measurement Institute policy 3.7. Evaluate results against prescribed performance criteria and determine if the instrument is suitable for trade use in accordance with legislative requirements
4. Conduct a verifier performance audit	4.1. Identify the scope of the verifier audit 4.2. Identify the expected outcomes of the verifier audit 4.3. Assess the verifier's performance against the expected outcome 4.4. Analyse any variances from the expected outcomes to identify isolated or systemic problems
5. Analyse and report inspection results	5.1. Analyse inspection data for unacceptable performance trends 5.2. Display the inspection result on the instrument in accordance with legislative requirements 5.3. Use test reports to present inspection results in the required format 5.4. Complete inspection documentation in accordance with legislative requirements and organisational procedures 5.5. Communicate inspection results within the specified time and in accordance with organisational guidelines 5.6. Recommend follow-up actions as appropriate
6. Act on non-compliance	6.1. Select applicable enforcement action for the non-compliance in accordance with legislative requirements, organisational policy and procedures 6.2. Inform traders of non-compliances and consequences of failing to have them corrected 6.3. Implement enforcement action in accordance with legislative requirements, organisational policy and procedures 6.4. Maintain the rights of the trader at all times

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
accessing, interpreting and applying a range of documents for the inspection of liquid measuring instruments including: national measurement legislation intermediate National Test Procedures Certificates of Approval National Measurement Institute inspection policy Australian Standards industry codes of practice correction tables for volume, density and pressure for a range of liquids national and international design rules pattern approval documents accessing and interpreting Certificates of Verification for a range of reference standards performing inspections over extended durations in non-routine and hazardous environments using advanced communication and negotiation skills to: explain purpose of the verification inform traders of non-compliances and consequences of failing to rectify access external equipment and resources to complete the verification explain verification procedures and outcomes to traders, verifiers and managers accessing, transporting, setting up, validating, using and maintaining a broad range of test equipment and reference standards identifying and evaluating environmental factors that may impact on performance of liquid measuring instruments organising large equipment to be dispatched ahead of verification visit conducting tests and recording results with close attention to detail and accuracy performing calculations involving: fractions, decimals, ratios, proportions and percentages evaluation of formulae containing powers, exponents and logarithms functions use of scientific notation, correct units, correct number of significant figures calculation of uncertainties preparation and interpretation of linear, semi-log and log-log graphs interpretation of statistical quantities, such as mean, median, mode, range, variance and standard deviation determination of regression line equations, correlation coefficients preparation and interpretation of more complex control charts and frequency distribution plots analysing performance results over a broad range of operating conditions identifying non-compliances with national measurement legislation relating to instrument or verifier performance and initiate appropriate enforcement action including warning, infringement notice, undertaking, injunction and prosecution identifying potential trading practice non-compliance with national measurement legislation and initiating an appropriate inspection strategy planning complex tasks developing/implementing an efficient verification strategy that minimises disruption to traders, the public, technicians, employees, colleagues and suppliers demonstrating professionalism and maintaining the rights of the trader at all times solving unexpected problems and non-routine issues working safely which may include applying basic first aid, confined space entry, working with hazardous materials, working safely in hazardous environments, working with heavy machinery, Australian Institute of Petroleum (AIP) cold work clearance permit, safety induction and working at heights
Required knowledge
general chemical and physical principles and concepts including: physical states (solid, liquid gas), weight, mass, gravity and density pressure, pressure differential, backpressure and head pressure fluid flow flashpoint, boiling point and ice point viscosity temperature effects and coefficients of expansion basic knowledge of the design, application and function of components used in liquid measuring instruments knowledge of the operating procedures across a range of environments including laboratories, retail, commercial, office, manufacturing, industrial, mining, construction, medical, chemical and petroleum knowledge of metrological terms and terminology specific to liquid measuring instruments such as: maximum permissible errors, maximum permissible difference and maximum permissible variation traceability repeatability uncertainty, error of measurement and error of indication meter creep hose dilation temperature correction linearisation gas elimination national measurement legislation applicable to liquid measuring instruments detailed knowledge of National Test Procedures and operating procedures for equipment and reference standards used in job role including: purpose of test test conditions and possible environmental impacts on performance of the instrument key preparation/measurement steps in test method calculation steps to give results in appropriate units and precision maximum permissible errors for liquid measuring instruments under inspection procedures for completing inspection documentation organisational policy and procedures for inspecting instruments safety principles and procedures relevant to instruments basic first aid and site safety induction if required

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Competency must be demonstrated in the ability to perform consistently at the required standard for any class of liquid measuring instrument listed in the Range Statement.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors should ensure that candidates can: identify, access and apply test procedures identify and use suitable reference standards evaluate and adjust the impact of the operating environment on the performance of the instrument analyse test results to determine the instrument's suitability for verification (trade use) identify the scope of a verifier performance audit and assess results with expected outcomes audit the performance of verifiers of liquid measuring instruments identify and implement additional inspection strategies for non-instrument related breaches of national measurement legislation recognise and act on non-compliance maintain the security and confidentiality of data in accordance with organisational and regulatory requirements report results in the required formats and expected timeframe.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit of competency is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated workplace environment. This unit of competency may be assessed with: MSATMREF301A Use and maintain reference standards. Resources may include: liquid measuring instruments using volume measures, test equipment and reference standards safety equipment computer and relevant software and/or organisation information management system Certificates of Approval for instruments relevant legislative and organisational procedures.
Method of assessment	The following assessment methods are suggested: questions to assess understanding of relevant procedures, licensing requirements, trader obligations and remedial actions review of inspection reports and verifier performance audit reports prepared by the candidate feedback from supervisors and peers regarding the candidate's ability to verify the performance of instruments in accordance with legislative and organisational procedures observation of the candidate conducting an inspection. In all cases, practical assessment should be supported by questions to assess underpinning knowledge and those aspects of competency which are difficult to assess directly. Questioning techniques should suit the language and literacy levels of the candidate.
This competency in practice	Industry representatives have provided the case studies below to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. An inspector arrives unannounced at a medium size service station to check the performance of a number of fuel dispensers. After introducing him/herself to the site manager, the inspector explains the purpose of the visit and asks for the location of the fuel return points. The inspector performs a safety check, completes an AIP form, places safety barriers around the work area and then prepares the test equipment and reference standards. There are seven fuel dispensers with a total of 38 hoses. The inspector tests a selection of dispensers visually. The National Test Procedure requires the inspector to dispense fuel into 15L reference measures and then return the fuel to storage. Approximately 90 litres are dispensed per hose. The inspector finds a number of non-compliances on site. Two hoses are dispensing fuel outside the allowable maximum permissible error, one dispenser has a faulty segment in its display and the lights are not working, the diesel dispenser failed the air elimination test and three hoses are badly worn. The inspector removes the verification mark from all non-compliant dispensers. While testing the fuel dispenser, the inspector notices a number of items displayed for sale outside the office. On closer inspection, some of the pre-packaged items are found not to be marked with a measurement statement. The inspector meets with the site manager to inform him of the non-compliant dispensers. He/she advises the manager not to use any unmarked dispensers, explains how they can be rectified and issues non- compliance notices. They also discuss the non-compliant pre-packaged articles. The inspector takes details for further action, completes the AIP form and fuel usage report and then departs.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Prescribed performance criteria for instruments	Prescribed performance criteria for instruments may include: design is in accordance with the appropriate Certificates of Approval performance meets the criteria described in the Certificates of Approval, National Test Procedure and legislation
Appropriate documentation	Where reference is made to documentation, it is expected the latest version will be used. Appropriate documentation may include: reference standards Certificates of Verification Certificates of Approval for liquid measuring instruments test procedures for verifying liquid measuring instruments organisational test reports organisational procedures e.g. company quality assurance manual National Measurement Act occupational health and safety (OHS) regulations, guidelines and procedures and material safety data sheets (MSDS) equipment manuals and warranty, supplier catalogues and handbooks
Certificates of Approval	Certificates of Approval may include: any Certificate issued by the Chief Metrologist under Regulation 60 of the National Measurement Regulations approving the pattern of a liquid measuring instrument as being suitable for trade
Enforcement action	Enforcement action may include: formal warnings infringement notice formal undertaking injunction prosecution
Test equipment	Test equipment may include: reference standards of measurement equipment other than reference standards of measurement such as pumps, funnels and hoses
Legislation	Legislation may include national measurement legislation applicable Commonwealth, state and territory OHS legislation
National Measurement Institute policy	National Measurement Institute policy may include: test procedure variations between a verification, in-service or audit inspection bulletin instruction determination
National Test Procedures for liquid measuring instruments	National Test Procedures for liquid measuring instruments may include: fuel dispensers other than LPG dispensers bulk flowmetering systems for liquid hydrocarbons other than LPG tested using a volume measure milk flowmeters tested using a volume measure any other test procedure prescribed by the National Measurement Institute
OHS and environmental management requirements	OHS and environmental management requirements refer to: all operations must comply with enterprise OHS and environmental management requirements, which may be imposed through state/territory or Federal legislation. These requirements must not be compromised at any time all operations assume the potentially hazardous nature of samples and require standard precautions to be applied where relevant, users should access and apply current industry understanding of infection control issued by the National Health and Medical Research Council and State and Territory Departments of Health
Operating environmental impacts	Operating environmental impacts may include: vibration wind heat dust electromagnetic interference out of level
Records	Records may include: test reports AIP form safety procedures a history of equipment calibration and test results
Liquid measuring instruments	Inspectors may be required to test and mark any of the classes of instruments from the following list. Liquid measuring instruments may include: fuel dispensers other than LPG dispensers bulk flowmetering systems for liquid hydrocarbons other than LPG tested using a volume measure milk flowmeters tested using a volume measure or any other liquid measuring instrument prescribed by the National Measurement Institute

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Trade Measurement

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSATMINS403A Inspect a range of trading practices

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the inspection of trading practices and application of National Test Procedures to determine whether the method of advertising, selling and measuring an article complies with national measurement legislation.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency is applicable to trade measurement inspectors appointed under national measurement legislation who may inspect a wide range of trading practices as part of their allocated duties. Compliance with national legislation governing trading practices applies to the measurement and transactions of all products sold by reference to measurement in all industry sectors. Industry representatives have provided case studies to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. These are found at the end of this unit of competency under the section 'This competency in practice'.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for inspection	1.1. Identify and evaluate the type of trading practices to be inspected 1.2. Access and review any history of previous inspections at trader's premises 1.3. Access and correctly interpret appropriate documentation required for the inspection 1.4. Identify and access test equipment, investigation equipment and consumables required for the inspection 1.5. Ensure specified test equipment is fit for purpose in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures 1.6. Store and transport test equipment in accordance with organisational procedures and industry best practice 1.7. Identify workplace health and safety issues relevant to the inspection
2. Conduct a trial purchase	2.1. Observe and assess visible trading practices prior to entry into the premises 2.2. Identify scope and expected outcomes of the trial purchase 2.3. On entry to the premises, evaluate trading practices and where applicable modify trial purchase strategy to maximise inspection outcomes 2.4. Conduct trial purchase while observing the measurement process and staff actions 2.5. Assess trader's performance against expected outcomes 2.6. Analyse any variances from the expected outcomes and identify isolated or systemic issues related to the trial purchase
3. Initiate inspection	3.1. Identify the site contoller, explain the purpose of the inspection and produce formal identification, if required 3.2. Identify site workplace health and safety issues and implement appropriate control strategies 3.3. Conduct a preliminary evaluation of the site's trade measurement activities and prioritise inspection to maximise outcomes 3.4. Identify measuring instruments being used for trade 3.5. Identify site's trading practice activities and plan inspection to minimise disruption to the public and trader
4. Examine measurement related advertising for compliance	4.1. Identify the articles which are required to be sold by specific measurement or in terms of a measurement at base conditions 4.2. Inspect and evaluate measurement related advertising used by the trader 4.3. Identify any non-compliances with legislative requirements
5. Examine trade measuring instrument operation	5.1. Inspect measuring instrument operating environment and determine instrument suitability for purpose 5.2. Evaluate measuring instrument operation against legislative requirements, organisational policy and procedures 5.3. Modify the operating environment or implement alternative arrangements to ensure reliable test conditions, as necessary 5.4. Identify the maximum permissible errors for the instrument from the legislative requirements 5.5. Use test equipment safely in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures 5.6. Check instrument for compliance with the appropriate Certificates of Approval 5.7. Inspect the instrument in accordance with relevant National Test Procedure and appropriate National Measurement Institute policy 5.8. Evaluate results against prescribed performance criteria and determine if the instrument is suitable for trade use in accordance with legislative requirements
6. Validate the measurement of articles	6.1. Identify articles sold by reference to measurement 6.2. Examine the process used by the trader for measuring an article 6.3. Evaluate the trader's measurement procedure 6.4. Measure an article in accordance with the appropriate National Test Procedure, organisational policy and procedures
7. Analyse and report inspection results	7.1. Analyse inspection data for unacceptable trends 7.2. Use test reports to present inspection results in the required format 7.3. Complete inspection documentation in accordance with legislative requirements and organisational procedures 7.4. Communicate inspection results within the specified time and in accordance with organisational guidelines 7.5. Recommend follow-up actions as appropriate
8. Act on non-compliance	8.1. Record and collect evidence of any identified non-compliance in accordance with legislative requirements, organisational policy and procedures 8.2. Select applicable enforcement action for the non-compliance in accordance with legislative requirements, organisational policy and procedures 8.3. Inform trader of non-compliances and the consequences of failing to have them corrected 8.4. Implement enforcement action in accordance with legislative requirements, organisational policy and procedures 8.5. Maintain the rights of the trader at all times

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
accessing, interpreting and applying a range of documents for the inspection of trading practices including: national measurement legislation National Test Procedures National Measurement Institute inspection policy accessing and interpreting Certificates of Verification for a range of reference standards performing inspections over a wide range of environments using advanced communication and negotiation skills to: explain the purpose of inspection inform traders of non-compliances and consequences of failing to rectify them access external equipment and resources to complete the inspection explain inspection procedures and outcomes to tradersand managers accessing, transporting, setting up, validating, using and maintaining a range of test equipment and reference standards identifying and evaluating environmental impacts on performance of a range of measuring instruments identifying and evaluating impacts of trader procedures on the measurement of articles conducting tests and recording results with close attention to detail and accuracy performing calculations involving: fractions, decimals, ratios, proportions and percentages scientific notation, correct units and the correct number of significant figures interpretation of statistical quantities, such as mean, median, mode, range, variance and standard deviation identifying non-compliances with national measurement legislation relating to trading practices and initiate appropriate enforcement action including warning, infringement notice, undertaking, injunction and prosecution identifying potential measuring instrument non-compliance with national measurement legislation and initiating an appropriate inspection strategy planning routine tasks developing/implementing an efficient inspection strategy that has a limited impact on traders, the public, employees and suppliers demonstrating professionalism and maintaining the rights of the trader at all times solving routine/expected problems working safely which may include applying basic first aid
Required knowledge
general physical principles and concepts including weight, mass, gravity, volume, length and area knowledge of the operating procedures across a range of retail environments and some industrial and petroleum environments knowledge of metrological terms and terminology such as maximum permissible errors, traceability and uncertainty national measurement legislation applicable to trading practices and measuring instruments detailed knowledge of National Test Procedures and operating procedures for equipment and reference standards used in job role including: purpose of test test conditions and possible environmental impacts on performance of the instrument key preparation/measurement steps in test method calculation steps to give results in appropriate units and precision maximum permissible errors for measuring instruments under inspection procedures for completing inspection documentation organisational policy and procedures for inspecting trading practices safety principles and procedures relevant to instruments and test environment basic first aid and site safety induction if required

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Competency must be demonstrated in the ability to perform consistently at the required standard while inspecting any of the trading practices listed in the Range Statement.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors should ensure that candidates can: identify, access and apply test procedures identify and use suitable reference standards evaluate and adjust the impact of the operating environment on the performance of the instrument analyse test results to determine the instrument's suitability for verification (trade use) identify and implement additional inspection strategies for non-trading practice related breaches of national measurement legislation recognise and act on non-compliance maintain the security and confidentiality of data in accordance with organisational and regulatory requirements report results in the required formats and expected timeframe.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit of competency is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated workplace environment. This unit of competency may be assessed with: MSATMINS404A Inspect a range of pre-packaged products MSATMINS301A Inspect a range of simple measures MSATMINS302A Inspect a range of simple measuring instruments MSATMINS401A Inspect a range of weighing instruments MSATMINS402A Inspect a range of liquid measuring instruments using volume measures. Resources may include: measuring instruments, test equipment and reference standards computer and relevant software and/or organisation information management system Certificates of Approval for instruments relevant legislative and organisational procedures.
Method of assessment	The following assessment methods are suggested: questions to assess understanding of relevant procedures, trader obligations and remedial actions review of inspection reports prepared by the candidate feedback from supervisors and peers regarding the candidate's ability to inspect trading practices in accordance with legislative and organisational procedures observation of the candidate conducting a trading practice inspection. In all cases, practical assessment should be supported by questions to assess underpinning knowledge and those aspects of competency which are difficult to assess directly. Questioning techniques should suit the language and literacy levels of the candidate.
This competency in practice	Industry representatives have provided the case studies below to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. An inspector is allocated a file to investigate a consumer complaint alleging that a butcher is over charging on purchases of meat. During preparation for the inspection, the inspector notices that the trader was recently issued with an infringement notice for a similar offence. On arrival at the premises, the inspector observes the trading practices visible from outside the premises and develops a trial purchase plan. On entry, the inspector inspects the shop layout, staff actions, operation of the scales, advertising and the method of selling meat. He/she observes some cuts of meat are not being advertised and sold by weight as required by national measurement legislation and eye fillet is being advertised for sale at a price per 100 g without a reference to its price per kilogram. The inspector modifies the purchase plan to include an additional purchase of meat not apparently being sold by weight. The inspector conducts the trial purchase of two separate cuts of meat. The first cut of meat is weighed on a scale that indicates 0.050 kg without anything on the weigh platter. The second cut is being sold for a set price per item. After paying for the meat, the inspector identifies the site controller, introduces him/herself, explains a trial purchase had been completed and the process for the remainder of the inspection. The inspector weighs the first cut of meat on the same scale used by the butcher during the trial purchase. Before weighing the meat, he/she resets the scale to zero and finds the meat weighs 0.050 kg less than the weight he/she was charged for. The pre-packaged products being offered for sale are found to be correct weight and correctly marked as required by legislation. The inspector records notes of the trial purchase in his/her notebook, then tests the accuracy of the weighing instruments and notes that the scales had been verified last month. Before leaving the premises, the inspector informs the site controller of the non-compliances: i.e. selling an article with a short fall, using a weighing instrument incorrectly, selling meat other than by reference to its weight and not advertising meat for sale at a price per kilogram. He/she outlines the resulting enforcement actions and consequences for failing to correct the non-compliances. On returning to the office, the inspector disposes of the trial purchase, files his/her notes and photographs as evidence of the non-compliance and reports the inspection outcomes in accordance with organisational policy and procedures.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Appropriate documentation	Where reference is made to documentation, it is expected the latest version will be used. Appropriate documentation may include: reference standards Certificates of Verification measuring instrument Certificates of Approval test procedures for measuring instruments organisational test reports organisational procedures e.g. company quality assurance manual National Measurement Act occupational health and safety (OHS) regulations, guidelines and procedures material safety data sheets equipment manuals and warranty, supplier catalogues and handbooks
Certificates of Approval	Certificates of Approval may include: any Certificate issued by the Chief Metrologist under Regulation 60 of the National Measurement Regulations approving the pattern of a limited weighing instrument as being suitable for trade
Enforcement action	Enforcement action may include: formal warnings infringement notice formal undertaking injunction prosecution
Test equipment	Test equipment may include: reference standards of measurement weighing instruments trolleys cameras video and audio recorders
Legislation	Legislation may include: national measurement legislation applicable Commonwealth, state and territory OHS legislation
National Measurement Institute policy	National Measurement Institute policy may include: test procedure variations between a verification, in-service or audit inspection bulletin instruction determination policy documents
National Test Procedures	National Test Procedures may include: measuring instrument test procedures article measurement procedures any other test procedure prescribed by the National Measurement Institute
OHS and environmental management requirements	OHS and environmental management requirements refer to: all operations must comply with enterprise OHS and environmental management requirements, which may be imposed through state/territory or Federal legislation. These requirements must not be compromised at any time all operations assume the potentially hazardous nature of samples and require standard precautions to be applied where relevant, users should access and apply current industry understanding of infection control issued by the National Health and Medical Research Council and State and Territory Departments of Health
Operating environmental impacts	Operating environmental impacts may include: vibration wind heat dust electromagnetic interference out of level liquid being measured
Records	Records may include: test reports safety procedures a history of equipment calibration and test results
Trading practices	Trading practices may include: how a measuring instrument is used position of measuring instruments measurement advertising how the measurement of an article is determined the type of measurement used to sell an article the base conditions at which the measurement of an article is determined

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Trade Measurement

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSATMINS404A Inspect a range of pre-packaged products

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the inspection of pre-packaged products by inspectors to determine whether the marking and measurement requirements of the packaged article comply with national measurement legislation.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency is applicable to trade measurement inspectors appointed under national measurement legislation who may inspect a wide range of pre-packaged products as part of their allocated duties. Compliance with national legislation governing pre-packaged products applies to the accuracy of the labelling information and contents of all items parcelled for sale in all industry sectors. Industry representatives have provided case studies to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. These are found at the end of this unit of competency under the section 'This competency in practice'.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for inspection	1.1. Identify and evaluate the type of pre-packaged products to be inspected 1.2. Access and review any history of previous inspections at trader's premises 1.3. Access and correctly interpret appropriate documentation required for the inspection 1.4. Identify and access test equipment, investigation equipment and consumables required for the inspection 1.5. Ensure specified test equipment is fit for purpose in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures 1.6. Store and transport test equipment in accordance with organisational procedures and industry best practice 1.7. Identify workplace health and safety issues relevant to the inspection
2. Initiate inspection	2.1. Identify the site contoller, explain the purpose of the inspection and produce formal identification, if required 2.2. Identify site workplace health and safety issues and implement appropriate control strategies 2.3. Conduct a preliminary evaluation of the site's trade measurement activities and prioritise inspection to maximise outcomes 2.4. Identify the range of pre-packaged products at the premises and plan the inspection to achieve maximum outcomes while minimising disruption to the public and trader
3. Inspect packaged article markings	3.1. Identify generic trade measurement marking requirements for pre-packaged products 3.2. Identify specific trade measurement marking requirements related to the pre-packaged product selected for inspection 3.3. Assess measurement, unit pricing and packer identification markings on pre-packaged products for compliance with legislative requirements
4. Measure the net contents of pre-packaged products	4.1. Identify and access National Test Procedure appropriate for measuring the product 4.2. Select pre-packaged products for measurement in accordance with marketplace intelligence, legislative requirements, organisational policy and procedures 4.3. Identify, access and apply product handling and disposal requirements in accordance with workplace, health and safety and environmental requiements 4.4. Select specialised equipment, reference standards and measuring devices in accordance with organisational policy and procedures 4.5. Measure pre-packaged product in accordance with the appropriate National Test Procedure, organisational policy and procedures 4.6. Evaluate results against prescribed performance criteria and determine if the net contents of the individual pre-packaged products and inspection lot meet legislative requirements
5. Evaluate trader's measurement process	5.1. Examine the process used by the trader to measure a pre-packaged product 5.2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the trader's measurement procedure, methodology and test frequency against inspection outcomes 5.3. Inspect measuring instrument operating environment and assess suitability for purpose 5.4. Evaluate measuring instrument operation against legislative requirements, organisational policy and procedures 5.5. Modify the operating environment or implement alternative arrangements to ensure reliable operating conditions for the measuring instrument as necessary 5.6. Identify the maximum permissible errors for the instrument from the legislative requirements 5.7. Inspect measuring instruments in accordance with relevant National Test Procedure, organisational policy and procedures
6. Analyse and report inspection results	6.1. Analyse inspection data for unacceptable trends 6.2. Use test reports to present inspection results in the required format 6.3. Complete inspection documentation in accordance with legislative requirements and organisational procedures 6.4. Communicate inspection results within the specified time and in accordance with organisational guidelines 6.5. Recommend follow-up actions as appropriate
7. Act on non-compliance	7.1. Record and collect evidence of any identified non-compliance in accordance with legislative requirements, organisational policy and procedures 7.2. Select applicable enforcement action for the non-compliance in accordance with legislative requirements, organisational policy and procedures 7.3. Inform traders of non-compliances and consequences of failing to have them corrected 7.4. Implement enforcement action in accordance with legislative requirements, organisational policy and procedures 7.5. Maintain the rights of the trader at all times

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
accessing, interpreting and applying a range of documents for the inspection of pre-packaged products including: national measurement legislation National Test Procedures National Measurement Institute inspection policy accessing and interpreting Certificates of Verification for a range of reference standards performing inspections over durations exceeding one day in non-routine environments using advanced communication and negotiation skills to: explain the purpose of inspection inform traders of non-compliances and consequences of failing to rectify them access external equipment and resources to complete the inspection explain inspection procedures and outcomes to traders, verifiers and managers accessing, transporting, setting up, validating, using and maintaining a range of test equipment and reference standards identifying and evaluating environmental impacts on performance of a range of measuring instruments identifying and evaluating impacts of trader procedures on the measurement of pre-packaged products evaluating pre-packaged product markings for compliance with legislative requirements conducting tests and recording results with close attention to detail and accuracy performing calculations involving: fractions, decimals, ratios, proportions and percentages scientific notation, correct units and the correct number of significant figures interpretation of statistical quantities, such as mean, median, mode, range, variance and standard deviation identifying non-compliances with national measurement legislation relating to trading practices and measuring instruments initiating appropriate enforcement action for non-compliances including warning, infringement notice, undertaking, injunction and prosecution planning routine tasks developing/implementing an efficient inspection strategy that has a limited impact on traders, the public, employees and suppliers demonstrating professionalism and maintaining the rights of the trader at all times solving routine/expected problems working safely which may include applying basic first aid
Required knowledge
general physical principles and concepts including weight, mass, gravity, volume, length, area and displacement knowledge of the operating procedures across a range of environments including laboratories, retail, manufacturing, industrial, chemical, petroleum, farming, abattoirs and food processsing knowledge of metrological terms and terminology such as maximum permissible errors, traceability, uncertainty, inspection lot, deficiency and shortfall national measurement legislation applicable to pre-packaged products and measuring instruments detailed knowledge of National Test Procedures and operating procedures for equipment and reference standards used in job role including: purpose of test test conditions and possible environmental impacts on performance of the instrument key preparation/measurement steps in test method calculation steps to give results in appropriate units and precision maximum permissible errors for weighing instruments under inspection procedures for completing inspection documentation organisational policy and procedures for inspecting pre-packaged products safety principles and procedures relevant to instruments and test environment basic first aid and site safety induction if required

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Competency must be demonstrated in the ability to perform consistently at the required standard for a wide range of pre-packaged products.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors should ensure that candidates can: identify, access and apply test procedures identify and use suitable reference standards evaluate and adjust the impact of the operating environment on the performance of the instrument analyse test results to determine the instrument's suitability for verification (trade use) inspect markings and net contents of pre-packaged articles identify and implement additional inspection strategies for pre-packaged product related breaches of national measurement legislation recognise and act on non-compliance maintain the security and confidentiality of data in accordance with organisational and regulatory requirements report results in the required formats and expected timeframe.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit of competency is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated workplace environment. This unit of competency may be assessed with: MSATMINS403AA Inspect a range of trading practices MSATMINS301A Inspect a range of simple measures MSATMINS302A Inspect a range of simple measuring instruments MSATMINS401A Inspect a range of weighing instruments MSATMINS402A Inspect a range of liquid measuring instruments using volume measures. Resources may include: measuring instruments, test equipment and reference standards computer and relevant software and/or organisation information management system Certificates of Approval for instruments relevant legislative and organisational procedures.
Method of assessment	The following assessment methods are suggested: questions to assess understanding of relevant procedures, trader obligations and remedial actions review of inspection reports prepared by the candidate feedback from supervisors and peers regarding the candidate's ability to inspect pre-packaged products in accordance with legislative and organisational procedures observation of the candidate inspecting pre-packaged products. In all cases, practical assessment should be supported by questions to assess underpinning knowledge and those aspects of competency which are difficult to assess directly. Questioning techniques should suit the language and literacy levels of the candidate.
This competency in practice	Industry representatives have provided the case studies below to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. An inspector is allocated a routine inspection at a factory which packs milk. When reviewing the trader's inspection history, the inspector notices that the trader was issued with an infringement notice 12 months ago for packing 2 L bottles of milk that had an average 4.5% shortfall.On arrival at the premises, the inspector enters the main office and explains the purpose of the visit. While waiting for the site controller to arrive, the inspector assesses the business registration documents on public display and notes they coincide with the pre-inspection documentation he/she retrieved earlier. When the site controller arrives, the inspector explains the purpose of the visit.The site controller provides a site induction and highlights the local workplace health and safety requirements. The inspector then outlines an inspection strategy that will minimise disruption to the trader and suppliers and satisfy the factory's health and hygiene requirements. The inspector collects the necessary equipment and documentation from his/her vehicle and validates the test equipment before proceeding with the inspection. Given the trader's history, he/she selects an inspection lot of 12 pre-packaged 2 L bottles of milk. On close examination, the inspector finds that the measurement and packer identification markings on this product do not comply with legislative requirements because the 2 L print height is too small.He/she then measures the volume of milk in each bottle and finds an average shortfall of 75 ml or 3.75%. The inspector conducts a detailed investigation of the trader's milk packaging process, measuring instruments, measurement procedure, and their methodology and frequency of measurement tests. He/she finds that the milk density used for setting volumetric fillers is incorrect and causing the shortfall. Before leaving the premises, the inspector informs the site controller of the non-compliances: i.e. packing pre-packaged products with an average shortfall which exceeded the prescribed performance criteria and a measurement marking print height smaller than the prescribed criteria. He/she outlines the resulting enforcement actions and consequences for failing to correct the non-compliances. On returning to the office, the inspector files his/her notes, test reports and photographs as evidence of the non-compliance and reports the inspection outcomes in accordance with organisational policy and procedures.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Appropriate documentation	Where reference is made to documentation, it is expected the latest version will be used. Appropriate documentation may include: reference standards Certificates of Verification measuring instrument Certificates of Approval test procedures for inspecting pre-packaged products and measuring instruments organisational test reports organisational procedures e.g. company quality assurance manual National Measurement Act occupational health and safety (OHS) regulations, guidelines and procedures material safety data sheets equipment manuals and warranty, supplier catalogues and handbooks
Certificates of Approval	Certificates of Approval may include: any Certificate issued by the Chief Metrologist under Regulation 60 of the National Measurement Regulations approving the pattern of a measuring instrument as being suitable for trade
Enforcement action	Enforcement action may include: formal warnings infringement notice formal undertaking injunction prosecution
Test equipment	Test equipment may include: reference standards of measurement weighing instruments trolleys cameras video and audio recorders
Legislation	Legislation may include: national measurement legislation applicable Commonwealth, state and territory OHS legislation
National Measurement Institute policy	National Measurement Institute policy may include: test procedure variations between a verification, in-service or audit inspection bulletin instruction determination policy documents
National Test Procedures	National Test Procedures may include: measuring instrument test procedures article measurement procedures any other test procedure prescribed by the National Measurement Institute
OHS and environmental management requirements	OHS and environmental management requirements refer to: all operations must comply with enterprise OHS and environmental management requirements, which may be imposed through state/territory or Federal legislation. These requirements must not be compromised at any time all operations assume the potentially hazardous nature of samples and require standard precautions to be applied where relevant, users should access and apply current industry understanding of infection control issued by the National Health and Medical Research Council and State and Territory Departments of Health
Operating environmental impacts	Operating environmental impacts may include: vibration wind heat dust electromagnetic interference out of level liquid being measured
Records	Records may include: test reports safety procedures a history of equipment calibration and test results

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Trade Measurement

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSATMINS501A Inspect a range of complex measuring instruments

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the ability to apply National Test Procedures to determine whether a complex measuring instrument is suitable for trade use. It involves the ability to perform lengthy calculations to assess instrument performance and conduct tests that may require coordination of a range of resources over long durations in hazardous environments. This unit also involves auditing the performance of verifiers who have previously tested and marked instruments for use.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency is applicable to trade measurement inspectors appointed under national measurement legislation who may inspect a range of complex measuring instruments as part of their allocated duties. Complex measuring instruments are used in a wide range of heavy industries. For example, automatic rail weighbridges, belt weighers, totalising hoppers and liquid petroleum gas (LPG) flow meters are used throughout the mining, road/rail freight and petroleum/gas industry sectors. Industry representatives have provided case studies to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. These are found at the end of this unit of competency under the section 'This competency in practice'.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for inspection	1.1. Identify and evaluate the type of instrument to be inspected 1.2. Access and correctly interpret documentation required for the inspection 1.3. Identify and access test equipment, products and consumables required for the inspection 1.4. Ensure test equipment is suitable for its purpose in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures 1.5. Store and transport equipment in accordance with organisational procedures and industry best practice 1.6. Access and evaluate any previous test results for the trader 1.7. Identify workplace health and safety issues relevant to the inspection 1.8. Develop an inspection strategy to maximise resources and minimise time required for complex tests
2. Liaise with the trader to schedule complex tests	2.1. Discuss inspection arrangements with site controller where applicable 2.2. Identify relevant local workplace, health and safety issues and implement appropriate control strategies 2.3. Discuss the inspection strategy with the trader to minimise its impact on the trader's normal operations 2.4. Arrange site clearances and suitable scheduling for tests 2.5. Negotiate access to trader's equipment, materials and support personnel required for testing to be available on site 2.6. Arrange for any equipment to be provided by the trader, if required, by the National Test Procedure
3. Initiate inspection	3.1. Identify the site contoller, explain/review the purpose of the inspection and, if required, produce formal identification 3.2. Review inspection strategy to ensure there is minimal disruption to the public and/or trader 3.3. Communicate inspection strategy to all personnel involved 3.4. Identify locations for product return or disposal if applicable 3.5. Evaluate the impacts of the operating environment on the instrument performance or test results and, where applicable, implement corrective actions 3.6. Identify operational factors impacting on instrument performance or test result and, where applicable, implement corrective actions
4. Evaluate complex measuring instrument performance	4.1. Identify the maximum permissible errors for the instrument from the legislative requirements 4.2. Manage and review resources to maintain inspection timelines 4.3. Provide effective communication to ensure relevant personnel are informed of variations to the inspection strategy and inspection progress 4.4. Check instrument for compliance with the appropriate Certificates of Approval 4.5. Inspect the instrument in accordance with relevant National Test Procedure and appropriate National Measurement Institute policy
5. Analyse inspection results	5.1. Perform specified calculations to determine a performance result for the instrument with appropriate accuracy, precision and significant figures 5.2. Use graphical and statistical analysis to determine unknowns as necessary 5.3. Ensure calculations are consistent with estimations and reasonable expectations 5.4. Evaluate results against prescribed performance criteria and determine if the instrument is suitable for trade use in accordance with legislative requirements
6. Conduct a verifier performance audit	6.1. Identify the scope of the verifier audit 6.2. Identify the expected outcomes of the verifier audit 6.3. Assess the verifier's performance against the expected outcome 6.4. Analyse any variances from the expected outcomes to identify any isolated or systemic problems
7. Report inspection results	7.1. Display the inspection result on the instrument in accordance with legislative requirements 7.2. Use test reports to present inspection results in the required format 7.3. Complete inspection documentation in accordance with legislative requirements and organisational procedures 7.4. Communicate inspection results within the specified time and in accordance with organisational guidelines 7.5. Recommend follow-up actions as appropriate.
8. Act on non-compliance	8.1. Select applicable enforcement action for the non-compliance in accordance with legislative requirements, organisational policy and procedures 8.2. Inform traders of non-compliances and consequences of failing to have them corrected 8.3. Implement enforcement action in accordance with legislative requirements, organisational policy and procedures 8.4. Maintain the rights of the trader at all times

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
accessing, interpreting and applying a range of documents for the inspection of complex measuring instruments including: national measurement legislation intermediate National Test Procedures Certificates of Approval National Measurement Institute inspection policy Australian Standards industry codes of practice correction tables for volume, density and pressure for a range of liquids national and international design rules pattern approval documents accessing and interpreting Certificates of Verification for a wide range of reference standards performing inspection over extended durations up to five days in non-routine and hazardous environments using advanced communication and negotiation skills to: explain purpose of the inspection inform traders of non-compliances and consequences of failing to rectify access external equipment and resources to complete the inspection explain inspection procedures and outcomes to traders, verifiers and managers accessing, transporting, setting up, validating, using and maintaining a broad range of test equipment and reference standards identifying and evaluating environmental factors that may impact on performance of complex measuring instruments organising large equipment to be dispatched ahead of inspection visit conducting lengthy tests and recording results with close attention to detail and accuracy performing complex calculations involving: fractions, decimals, ratios, proportions and percentages evaluation of formulae containing powers, exponents and logarithms functions use of scientific notation, correct units and correct number of significant figures calculation of uncertainties preparation and interpretation of linear, semi-log and log-log graphs interpretation of statistical quantities, such as mean, median, mode, range, variance and standard deviation determination of regression line equations and correlation coefficients preparation and interpretation of more complex control charts and frequency distribution plots analysing performance results over a broad range of operating conditions identifying non-compliances with national measurement legislation relating to instrument or verifier performance and initiate appropriate enforcement action including warning, infringement notice, undertaking, injunction and prosecution identifying potential trading practice non-compliance with national measurement legislation and initiating an appropriate inspection strategy planning complex tasks developing/implementing an efficient inspection strategy that minimises disruption to traders, the public, technicians, contractors, employees, colleagues and suppliers demonstrating professionalism and maintaining the rights of the trader at all times solving unexpected problems and non-routine issues working safely which may include applying basic first aid, confined space entry, working with hazardous materials, working safely in hazardous environments, working with heavy machinery, Australian Institute of Petroleum (AIP) cold work clearance permit, safety induction, working at heights and biosecurity issues
Required knowledge
general chemical and physical principles and concepts including: physical states (solid, liquid gas), weight, mass, gravity and density pressure, pressure differential, backpressure and head pressure fluid flow flashpoint, boiling point and ice point viscosity temperature effects and coefficients of expansion basic knowledge of the design, application and function of components used in complex measuring instruments knowledge of the operating procedures across a range of environments including laboratories, retail, commercial, office, manufacturing, industrial, mining, construction, medical, chemical, petroleum, farming and abattoirs knowledge of metrological terms and terminology specific to complex measuring instruments such as: maximum permissible errors, maximum permissible difference and maximum permissible variation traceability repeatability uncertainty, error of measurement and error of indication meter creep hose dilation temperature correction linearisation gas elimination national measurement legislation applicable to complex measuring instruments detailed knowledge of National Test Procedures and operating procedures for equipment and reference standards used in job role including: purpose of test test conditions and possible environmental impacts on performance of the instrument key preparation/measurement steps in test method calculation steps to give results in appropriate units and precision maximum permissible errors for complex measuring instruments under inspection procedures for completing inspection documentation organisational policy and procedures for inspecting instruments safety principles and procedures relevant to instruments basic first aid and site safety induction if required

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Competency must be demonstrated in the ability to perform consistently at the required standard for any class of complex instrument listed in the Range Statement.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors should ensure that candidates can: identify, access and apply test procedures identify and use suitable reference standards evaluate and adjust the impact of the operating environment on the performance of the instrument analyse test results to determine the instrument's suitability for verification (trade use) identify the scope of a verifier performance audit and assess results with expected outcomes audit the performance of verifiers of complex measuring instruments identify and implement additional inspection strategies for non-instrument related breaches of national measurement legislation recognise and act on non-compliance maintain the security and confidentiality of data in accordance with organisational and regulatory requirements report results in the required formats and expected timeframe.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit of competency is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated workplace environment. This unit of competency may be assessed with: MSATMREF301A Use and maintain reference standards. Resources may include: access to a complex instrument, test equipment and reference standards computer and relevant software and/or organisation information management system Certificates of Approval for the instrument relevant legislative and organisational procedures.
Method of assessment	The following assessment methods are suggested: questions to assess understanding of relevant procedures, licensing requirements, trader obligations and remedial actions review of inspection reports and verifier performance audit reports prepared by the candidate feedback from supervisors and peers regarding the candidate's ability to inspect the performance of instruments in accordance with legislative and organisational procedures observation of the candidate conducting an inspection. In all cases, practical assessment should be supported by questions to assess underpinning knowledge and those aspects of competency which are difficult to assess directly. Questioning techniques should suit the language and literacy levels of the candidate.
This competency in practice	Industry representatives have provided the case studies below to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. An inspector has been given the task of inspecting a bulk flowmetering system at an oil company distribution terminal. In preparation, the inspector evaluates the instrument nominated for inspection, identifies and accesses appropriate documentation for the inspection, identifies and accesses equipment, evaluates previous inspection data and develops an inspection strategy.The inspector visits the terminal to discuss the proposed inspection strategy with the site controller. During this discussion, the inspector discovers that access to the instrument has been restricted and modifications will have to be made to the area surrounding the instrument. The site controller engages a contractor to make the necessary modifications and agrees on an inspection strategy that will minimise disruption to terminal operations. On completion of the modifications, the inspector returns to the terminal to inspect the bulk flowmetering system. The site controller has arranged for all the resources identified at the inspection strategy meeting to be available. Prior to commencing any testing, the inspector holds a meeting with all personnel involved in the inspection and describes the inspection strategy. A fitter who will be operating the instrument identifies a problem and offers a solution. The inspector agrees and adjusts the inspection strategy accordingly.At the completion of the testing, the inspector uses the recorded data in combination with a variety of data derived from correction tables and complex mathematical formulae to determine performance result for the instrument.These results confirm the instrument's performance is outside the acceptable maximum permissible errors. The inspector informs the site controller of the outcome and issues a formal warning explaining that the instrument cannot be used for trade until it has been corrected and verified by a licensed verifier.During a follow up visit, the inspector confirms the instrument has been repaired and verifies it.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Prescribed performance criteria for instruments	Prescribed performance criteria for instruments may include: design is in accordance with the appropriate Certificates of Approval performance meets the criteria described in the Certificates of Approval, National Test Procedure and legislation
Appropriate documentation	Where reference is made to documentation, it is expected the latest version will be used. Appropriate documentation may include: reference standards Certificates of Verification Certificates of Approval for complex instruments test procedures for verifying complex instruments organisational test reports organisational procedures e.g. company quality assurance manual National Measurement Act occupational health and safety (OHS) regulations, guidelines and procedures material data safety sheets equipment manuals and warranty, supplier catalogues and handbooks
Certificates of Approval	Certificates of Approval may include: any Certificate issued under the National Measurement Regulations approving the pattern of a complex measuring instrument as being suitable for trade
Enforcement action	Enforcement action may include: formal warnings infringement notice formal undertaking injunction prosecution
Test equipment	Test equipment may include: reference standards of measurement equipment other than reference standards of measurement such as weighing instruments, pumping units, control instruments, two way communication, hoses, fittings, rail wagons, trains and tankers LPG cylinders
Legislation may include	Legislation may include: national measurement legislation applicable Commonwealth, state and territory OHS legislation
National Measurement Institute policy	National Measurement Institute policy may include: test procedure variations between a verification, in-service or audit inspection bulletin instruction determination
National Test Procedures for complex instruments	National Test Procedures for complex instruments may include: non-automatic weighing machines >3 tonne LPG dispensers bulk LPG flowmetering systems flowmetering systems tested using the master meter or gravimetric methods automatic rail weighbridges continuous totalising automatic weighing instruments (belt weighers) totalising hopper weighing instruments any other test procedure prescribed by the National Measurement Institute
OHS and environmental management requirements	OHS and environmental management requirements refer to: all operations must comply with enterprise OHS and environmental management requirements, which may be imposed through state/territory or Federal legislation. These requirements must not be compromised at any time all operations assume the potentially hazardous nature of samples and require standard precautions to be applied where relevant, users should access and apply current industry understanding of infection control issued by the National Health and Medical Research Council and State and Territory Departments of Health
Operating environmental impacts	Operating environmental impacts may include: vibration wind heat dust electromagnetic interference out of level
Specified calculations	Specified calculations may include: calculations involving fractions, decimals, ratios, proportions and percentages evaluation of formulae containing powers, exponents and logarithms functions use of scientific notation, correct units and correct number of significant figures calculation of uncertainties preparation and interpretation of linear, semi-log and log-log graphs calculation and interpretation of statistical quantities, such as mean, median, mode, range, variance and standard deviation determination of regression line equations and correlation coefficients preparation and interpretation of more complex control charts and frequency distribution plots
Records	Records may include: test reports safety procedures a history of equipment calibration and test results
Complex instruments	Inspectors may be required to test and mark any of the classes of instruments from the following list. Complex instruments may include: non-automatic weighing machines >3 tonne LPG dispensers LPG bulk flowmetering systems flowmetering systems tested using master meter or gravimetric methods automatic rail weighbridges continuous totalising automatic weighing instruments (belt weighers) totalising hoppers weighing instruments any other complex measuring instrument prescribed by the National Measurement Institute

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Trade Measurement

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSATMREF301A Use and maintain reference standards

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the ability to select and use appropriate reference standards of measurement in accordance with standard procedures and industry best practice. It also involves storing and transporting reference standards correctly and maintaining their integrity during all trade measurement activities.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency is applicable to: trade measurement inspectors appointed under national measurement legislation who may use reference standards of measurement for inspecting a range of pre-packaged products, trading practices or measuring instruments as part of their allocated duties verifiers who operate under a servicing licence to install and/or repair, test and mark specific classes of trade measuring instruments. Industry representatives have provided case studies to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. These are found at the end of this unit of competency under the section 'This competency in practice'.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Maintain reference standard integrity	1.1. Identify environmental issues that may impact on reference standard integrity and implement appropriate control strategies 1.2. Store, transport and handle reference standards in accordance with organisational procedures and industry best practice 1.3. Quarantine and report damaged or compromised reference standards in accordance with organisational procedures 1.4. Plan and organise reference standard maintenance and calibration in accordance with legislative requirements and organisational procedures 1.5. Update maintenance and calibration records in accordance with organisational procedures 1.6. Ensure that personnel assisting with the activity use correct handling procedures for reference standards
2. Select appropriate reference standards	2.1. Identify the scope and expected outcomes of the planned activity 2.2. Identify and access reference standards appropriate to the activity 2.3. Evaluate reference standard limitations associated with the activity and operating environment 2.4. Validate reference standard suitability against the activity scope and expected outcomes in accordance with legislative requirements and organisational policy and procedures
3. Use reference standards	3.1. Review the expected outcomes for the activity 3.2. Access and interpret reference standard Certificates of Verification and measurement reports 3.3. Condition the reference standard as required to produce consistent and accurate measurements 3.4. Identify, interpret and apply reference standard corrections as required 3.5. Assess the results of the activity against the prescribed performance criteria 3.6. Analyse any variances from the expected outcomes to identify any isolated or systemic problems linked to the reference standard or its use
4. Maintain a safe work environment	4.1. Use established safe work practices and personal protective equipment to ensure personal safety and that of other personnel 4.2. Identify relevant local workplace, health and safety issues and implement appropriate control strategies 4.3. Handle reference standards safely in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
using correct documentation to obtain information about tolerances for reference standards identifying suitable reference standardsfor the planned activity accessing documented operating procedures for reference standards and test equipment using reference standards and test equipment in accordance with specified procedures calibrating/maintaining reference standards and test equipment maintaining accuracy and currency of maintenance register for reference standards identifying and recording/reporting malfunction of, or damage to, reference standards or test equipment interpreting Certificates of Verification in relation to the use of reference standards using graphs and tables within Certificates of Verification accessing and interpreting Certificates of Verification for a range of reference standards using a wide range of reference standards over a wide range of environments using advanced communication and negotiation skills to: explain the purpose of the trade measurement activity access external equipment and resources to complete the activity explain procedures and expected outcomes of the activity to tradersand managers accessing, transporting, setting up, validating, using and maintaining a range of test equipment and reference standards identifying and evaluating environmental impacts on a wide range of reference standards performing calculations involving: fractions, decimals, ratios, proportions and percentages scientific notation, correct units and the correct number of significant figures interpretation of statistical quantities, such as mean, median, mode, range, variance and standard deviation organising large reference standards to be dispatched ahead of visit to trader's premises planning routine tasks demonstrating professionalism and maintaining the rights of the trader at all times solving routine/expected problems working safely which may include applying basic first aid, confined space entry and working with heavy machinery
Required knowledge
general physical principles and concepts including weight, mass, gravity, density, volume, length and area Australian legal units of measurement organisations involved in legal metrology in Australia hierarchy of reference standards in relation to legal metrology purpose of Certificates of Verification issued under the national measurement legislation metrological terms such as: maximum permissible errors, maximum permissible variations, traceability, uncertainty information in graphs and tables within Certificates application of different classes of reference standards used to inspect/verify trade measurement instruments transport/storage specifications and procedures for test/specialised equipment and reference standards variations from transport/storage specifications and procedures requiring appropriate approval maintenance and calibration procedures for reference standards used in job role maintenance required for test equipment when manufacturer's requirements are unavailable actions to be taken where legal traceability can not be confirmed actions to be taken if reference standards and test equipment are found to be defective procedures for recording and reporting faults maintenance requirements for reference standards and test equipment knowledge of the operating procedures across a range of environments such as laboratories, retail, commercial, office, manufacturing, industrial, mining, construction, medical, chemical, petroleum, farming and abattoirs detailed knowledge of National Test Procedures and operating procedures for equipment and reference standards used in job role including: purpose of test test conditions and possible environmental impacts on performance of the instrument key preparation/measurement steps in test method calculation steps to give results in appropriate units and precision maximum permissible errors for instruments under test workplace, health and safety requirements relating to personnel, reference standards, measuring instruments and test equipment basic first aid and site safety induction if required

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Competency must be demonstrated in the ability to perform consistently at the required standard using reference standards relevant to job role.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors should ensure that candidates can: identify, access and apply relevant test procedures select and use suitable reference standards maintain the integrity of reference standards during their transport, storage and use determine whether reference standards are defective validate the suitability of reference standards for activities relevant to job role maintain the security and confidentiality of data in accordance with organisational and regulatory requirements report results in the required formats and expected timeframe.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit of competency is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated workplace environment. This unit of competency may be assessed with the following units: MSATM units dealing with the inspection or verification of trade measurement instruments and inspection of trading practices and pre-packaged products. Resources may include: reference standards computer and relevant software and/or organisation information management system Certificates of Verification relevant legislative and organisational procedures.
Method of assessment	The following assessment methods are suggested: questions to assess understanding of relevant procedures, trader obligations and remedial actions review of maintenance records prepared or maintained by the candidate feedback from supervisors and peers regarding the candidate's ability to use and maintain reference standards in accordance with legislative and organisation's procedures observation of the candidate using and maintaining reference standards to complete trade measurement activities. In all cases, practical assessment should be supported by questions to assess underpinning knowledge and those aspects of competency which are difficult to assess directly. Questioning techniques should suit the language and literacy levels of the candidate.
This competency in practice	Industry representatives have provided the case studies below to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. An inspector is allocated a routine inspection of a hardware store. In preparation, the inspector locates the trader's file and notes that the company sells a variety of items by measurement using scales, rulers and volume measures. Using the organisation's checklist for inspecting this type of business, he/she identifies the reference standards and documentation required for the inspection. He/she confirms that the selected reference standards are suitable for the intended purpose, are currently verified and are not damaged before stowing them safely in his/her vehicle for transport to the hardware store. On arrival, the inspector meets the site controller and initiates the inspection in accordance with the organisation's standard procedures. The inspector collects the reference standards, test equipment and documentation from the vehicle. The standards include: masses to test a weighing instrument, a volume measure to test a 5 L measure for selling kerosene, a measure of length to test packages of rope, a density bottle to determine the density of turpentine for checking packages and a thermometer to measure the temperature of the density bottle and make appropriate temperature corrections. Before using the reference standards, the inspector confirms the expected outcomes for each activity, reviews the Certificates of Verification and conditions the volume reference standards as required. After each activity, the inspector assesses the results against the prescribed performance criteria and analyses any variances from the expected outcomes to identify any problems that may be linked to the reference standard or its use. At the end of the visit, the inspector cleans the reference standards, returns them to the vehicle and re-stows them safely to maintain their integrity. On returning to the office, the inspector books the masses into the measurement standards laboratory for calibration as their Certificate of Verification is due to expire in 22 days. A verifier is contacted by a local service station to repair and verify two of their fuel dispensers that had been recently rejected for trade use by an inspector. Before proceeding to the service station, the verifier asks the trader some questions and establishes that one fuel dispenser has a flow rate of &lt;60 L/min and another has a flow rate &gt;60 L/min. The verifier consults the National Test Procedure for fuel dispensers and identifies that he/she needs both a 15 L and 200 L volume reference standard to complete this work. In preparation for the visit, the verifier checks whether the reference standards are suitable, they have a current Verification Certificate and are not damaged. This examination reveals that the Certificate for the 200 L reference standard he/she intends to use has expired. He/she immediately books the measure into the measurement standards laboratory for calibration and arranges for a replacement measure with a current Certificate. Before travelling to the service station, the verifier stores the reference standards in the vehicle in accordance with standard operating procedures. On arrival, the verifier takes the time to introduce him/herself to the site controller, complete a site safety induction and outline a test strategy that is both safe and will cause minimal disruption to the trader. The verifier collects the reference standards, test equipment and documentation from the vehicle. Before using the volume measures, he/she reviews their respective Certificates of Verification and notes that there are different drainage requirements for each measure. After repairing the fuel dispensers, the verifier tests the fuel dispensers in accordance with the appropriate National Test Procedure. He/she makes sure to use the volume reference standards in a manner that is consistent with the requirements set out in the Certificate of Verification and the organisation's procedures to maintain the integrity of the measurements. After completing the repairs and testing, the verifier cleans the reference standards and re-stows them in the vehicle.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Appropriate documentation	Where reference is made to documentation, it is expected the latest version will be used. Appropriate documentation may include: reference standard Certificates of Verification test procedures for inspecting measuring instruments, pre-packaged products and trading practices organisational test reports organisational procedures e.g. company quality assurance manual National Measurement Act occupational health and safety (OHS) regulations, guidelines and procedures material data safety sheets equipment manuals and warranty, supplier catalogues and handbooks
Legislation	Legislation may include: national measurement legislation applicable Commonwealth, state and territory OHS legislation
National Measurement Institute policy	National Measurement Institute policy may include: storage and maintenance procedures for reference standards bulletin instruction determination policy documents
National Test Procedures	National Test Procedures may include: measuring instrument test procedures article measurement procedures or any other test procedure prescribed by the National Measurement Institute
OHS and environmental management requirements	OHS and environmental management requirements refer to: all operations must comply with enterprise OHS and environmental management requirements, which may be imposed through state/territory or Federal legislation. These requirements must not be compromised at any time all operations assume the potentially hazardous nature of samples and require standard precautions to be applied where relevant, users should access and apply current industry understanding of infection control issued by the National Health and Medical Research Council and State and Territory Departments of Health
Operating environmental impacts	Operating environmental impacts may include: vibration wind heat dust liquid being measured
Records	Records may include: test reports safety procedures a history of equipment calibration and test results

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Trade Measurement

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSATMVER301A Verify simple measures

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the ability to apply National Test Procedures to determine whether a class of simple measures is suitable for trade and then mark it accordingly. It also involves the installation and/or repair of simple measures.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency is applicable to verifiers operating under a licence to test and mark specific classes of simple measures. Simple measures such as trade masses, length measures and volume measures are used in a wide variety of commerce including retail, hospitality, pharmaceuticals and laboratory services. Industry representatives have provided case studies to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. These are found at the end of this unit of competency under the section 'This competency in practice'.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Install and repair simple measures	1.1. Access and correctly interpret information for installing or repairing simple measures 1.2. Select required components, tools and equipment in accordance with manufacturer/component supplier specifications 1.3. Perform installation or repair in accordance with legislation, industry codes of practice and organisational guidelines 1.4. Avoid damage to simple measures during installation or repair
2. Prepare for verification	2.1. Identify and evaluate the type of simple measure to be verified 2.2. Access and correctly interpret documentation required for the verification 2.3. Identify and access test equipment, products and consumables required for the verification 2.4. Liaise with the trader to provide the items required on site 2.5. Ensure specified test equipment is fit for purpose in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures 2.6. Store and transport test equipment in accordance with organisational procedures and industry best practice 2.7. Identify relevant local workplace health and safety issues and implement appropriate control strategies
3. Evaluate simple measure performance	3.1. Evaluate whether the operating environment will impact on the performance of the simple measure 3.2. Modify the operating environment or implement alternative arrangements to ensure reliable test conditions as necessary 3.3. Identify the maximum permissible errors for the simple measure from the legislative requirements 3.4. Use test equipment safely in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures 3.5. Check simple measure for compliance with the appropriate Certificates of Approval 3.6. Inspect simple measure in accordance with relevant National Test Procedure and appropriate National Measurement Institute policy 3.7. Evaluate results against prescribed performance criteria and determine if the simple measure is suitable for trade use in accordance with legislative requirements
4. Report verification results	4.1. Display the verification result on the simple measure in accordance with legislative requirements 4.2. Use test reports to present verification results in the required format 4.3. Complete verification documentation in accordance with legislative requirements and organisational procedures 4.4. Communicate results within the specified time and in accordance with organisational guidelines
5. Model and encourage compliance with statutory requirements	5.1. Apply organisation's procedures and practices to meet licensing authority's requirements 5.2. Clarify any issues about licensing requirements with the licensing authority as they arise 5.3. Review work and seek feedback from others to confirm continuing compliance with licensing requirements 5.4. Identify implications of non-compliance with licensing requirements 5.5. Identify inadequacies in trader's procedures and practices which may contribute to non-compliance with licensing requirements and/or national measurement legislation 5.6. Explain inadequacies and possible remedial actions to trader
6. Maintain statutory records	6.1. Keep accurate and complete records in accordance with licensing requirements 6.2. Ensure authorisation, training and relevant licences are current in accordance with organisational and licensing requirements 6.3. Inform the licensing administering authority of changes to personal information as required by statute

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
diagnosing faults in simple measures installing and repairing simple measures accessing, interpreting and applying a range of documents for the verification of simple measures: national measurement legislation routine National Test Procedures Certificates of Approval National Measurement Institute verification policy Australian Standards accessing and interpreting Certificates of Verification for a limited range of reference standards using routine communication and negotiation skills to: explain the purpose of verification inform traders of non-compliances and consequences of failing to rectify them explain verification procedures and outcomes to traders and managers accessing, transporting, setting up, validating, using and maintaining a limited range of test equipment and reference standards identifying and evaluating environmental impacts on performance of a range of simple measuring instruments conducting tests and recording results with close attention to detail and accuracy performing calculations involving fractions, decimals, ratios, proportions and percentages using correct units and the correct number of significant figures analysing performance results over a single or limited range of operating conditions planning routine tasks developing/implementing an efficient verification strategy that has a limited impact on others demonstrating professionalism and maintaining the rights of the trader at all times solving routine/expected problems working safely
Required knowledge
design and functions of components used in simple measures licensing requirements for a verifier including: quality management system licence conditions maintenance of statutory records general chemical and physic principles and concepts including: weight, mass, gravity and density temperature effects and coefficients of expansion basic knowledge of the operating procedures across a limited range of environments including laboratories, retail and manufacturing knowledge of metrological terms and terminology specific to simple measuring instruments such as: maximum permissible errors traceability, error of measurement error of indication national measurement legislation applicable to simple measures detailed knowledge of National Test Procedures and operating procedures for equipment and reference standards used in job role including: purpose of test test conditions and possible environmental impacts on performance of simple measure key preparation/measurement steps in test method calculation steps to give results in appropriate units and precision maximum permissible errors for simple measures under test procedures for completing verification documentation organisational policy and procedures for verifying simple measures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Competency must be demonstrated in the ability to perform consistently at the required standard for one class of simple measures listed in the Range Statement.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors should ensure that candidates can: identify, access and apply test procedures identify and use suitable reference standards install and repair simple measures to meet statutory requirements evaluate and adjust the impact of the operating environment on the performance of simple measures analyse test results to determine the simple measure's suitability for verification (trade use) maintain the security and confidentiality of data in accordance with organisational and regulatory requirements report results in the required formats and expected timeframe.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit of competency is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated workplace environment. This unit of competency may be assessed with: MSATMREF301A Use and maintain reference standards. Resources may include: simple measures, test equipment and reference standards computer and relevant software and/or organisation information management system Certificates of Approval for simple measures relevant legislative and organisational procedures.
Method of assessment	The following assessment methods are suggested: questions to assess understanding of relevant procedures and remedial actions review of verification reports prepared by the candidate feedback from supervisors and peers regarding the candidate's ability to verify the performance of simple measures in accordance with legislative and organisational procedures. In all cases, practical assessment should be supported by questions to assess underpinning knowledge and those aspects of competency which are difficult to assess directly. Questioning techniques should suit the language and literacy levels of the candidate.
This competency in practice	Industry representatives have provided the case studies below to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. Following an invitation from the trader, a verifier arrives at a millinery shop to verify a one metre rule set in the counter. After introducing him/herself, the verifier outlines the verification procedure and relevant certified reference standard. He/she visually inspects the rule to ensure that it complies with the relevant Certificate of Approval. He/she then conducts the required comparisons between the one metre rule and certified standard in accordance with the National Measurement Institute National Test Procedure. The verifier decides that the measure can be verified and marks the rule with the appropriate certification mark. He/she prepares the Certificate of Verification and presents it to the trader along with an invoice for the work undertaken. On the way out, the verifier notices another rule set into another counter. After examining it, he/she decides that the rule does not comply with the Certificate of Approval and advises the trader that it cannot be used for trade.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Prescribed performance criteria for simple measures	Prescribed performance criteria for simple measures may include: design is in accordance with the appropriate Certificates of Approval performance meets the criteria described in the Certificates of Approval, National Test Procedure and legislation
Appropriate documentation	Where reference is made to documentation, it is expected the latest version will be used. Appropriate documentation may include: reference standards Certificates of Verification Certificates of Approval for simple measures test procedures for verifying simple measures organisational test reports organisational procedures e.g. company quality assurance manual National Measurement Act occupational health and safety (OHS) regulations, guidelines and procedures and material safety data sheets (MSDS) equipment manuals and warranty, supplier catalogues and handbooks National Measurement Institute policy Australian Standards
Certificates of Approval	Certificates of Approval may include: any Certificate issued by the Chief Metrologist under Regulation 60 of the National Measurement Regulations approving the pattern of a simple measure as being suitable for trade
Equipment	Equipment may include: reference standards of measurement equipment other than reference standards of measurement such as weighing instruments, strikes and funnels
Legislation	Legislation may include: national measurement legislation applicable Commonwealth, state and territory OHS legislation
National Test Procedures for simple measures	National Test Procedures for simple measures may include: length measures alcoholic beverage measures lubricating oil measures graduated measures pharmaceutical measures trade masses any other test procedure prescribed by the National Measurement Institute
OHS and environmental management requirements	OHS and environmental management requirements refers to: all operations must comply with enterprise OHS and environmental management requirements, which may be imposed through state/territory or Federal legislation. These requirements must not be compromised at any time all operations assume the potentially hazardous nature of samples and require standard precautions to be applied where relevant, users should access and apply current industry understanding of infection control issued by the National Health and Medical Research Council and State and Territory Departments of Health
Operating environmental impacts	Operating environmental impacts may include: vibration wind heat dust electromagnetic interference out of level
Records	Records may include: test reports safety procedures a history of equipment calibration and test results
Simple measures	Verifiers may be licensed to test and mark specific classes of simple measures from the following list. Simple measures may include: length measures alcoholic beverage measures lubricating oil measures graduated measures pharmaceutical measures trade masses any other instrument prescribed by the National Measurement Institute

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Trade Measurement

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSATMVER302A Verify a simple measuring instrument

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the ability to apply National Test Procedures to determine whether a simple measuring instrument is suitable for trade and then mark it accordingly. It also involves the installation and/or repair of simple measuring instruments.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency is applicable to verifiers who operate under a licence to test and mark a specific class of simple measuring instruments. Simple measuring instruments are used in a very wide range of commerce. For example, dip sticks are used to measure bulk petroleum products and beverages, dimensional measuring instruments are used to determine cubic measurements of packages for freight and length/area instruments are used to measure a wide range of articles sold by reference to those measurements. Industry representatives have provided case studies to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. These are found at the end of this unit of competency under the section 'This competency in practice'.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Install and repair simple measuring instruments	1.1. Access and correctly interpret information for installing or repairing instruments 1.2. Select required components, tools and equipment in accordance with manufacturer/component supplier specifications 1.3. Perform installation or repair in accordance with legislation, industry codes of practice and organisational guidelines 1.4. Avoid instrument damage during installation or repair
2. Prepare for verification	2.1. Identify and evaluate the type of instrument to be verified 2.2. Access and correctly interpret documentation required for the verification 2.3. Identify and access test equipment, products and consumables required for the verification 2.4. Liaise with the trader to provide the items required on site 2.5. Ensure specified test equipment is fit for purpose in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures 2.6. Store and transport test equipment in accordance with organisational procedures and industry best practice 2.7. Identify relevant local workplace health and safety issues and implement appropriate control strategies
3. Evaluate simple measuring instrument performance	3.1. Evaluate whether the operating environment will impact on the instrument performance 3.2. Modify the operating environment or implement alternative arrangements to ensure reliable test conditions as necessary 3.3. Identify the maximum permissible errors for the instrument from the legislative requirements 3.4. Use test equipment safely in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures 3.5. Check instrument for compliance with the appropriate Certificates of Approval 3.6. Inspect the instrument in accordance with relevant National Test Procedure and appropriate National Measurement Institute policy 3.7. Evaluate results against prescribed performance criteria and determine if the instrument is suitable for trade use in accordance with legislative requirements
4. Report verification results	4.1. Display the verification result on the instrument in accordance with legislative requirements 4.2. Use test reports to present verification results in the required format 4.3. Complete verification documentation in accordance with legislative requirements and organisational procedures 4.4. Communicate results within the specified time and in accordance with organisational guidelines
5. Model and encourage compliance with statutory requirements	5.1. Apply organisation's procedures and practices to meet licensing authority's requirements 5.2. Clarify any issues about licensing requirements with the licensing authority as they arise 5.3. Review work and seek feedback from others to confirm continuing compliance with licensing requirements 5.4. Identify implications of non-compliance with licensing requirements 5.5. Identify inadequacies in trader's procedures and practices which may contribute to non-compliance with licensing requirements and/or national measurement legislation 5.6. Explain inadequacies and possible remedial actions to trader
6. Maintain statutory records	6.1. Keep accurate and complete records in accordance with licensing requirements 6.2. Ensure authorisation, training and relevant licences are current in accordance with organisational and licensing requirements 6.3. Inform the licensing administering authority of changes to personal information as required by statute

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
diagnosing faults in simple measuring instruments installing and repairing measuring instruments with a basic design accessing, interpreting and applying a range of documents for the verification of simple measuring instruments including: national measurement legislation routine National Test Procedures Certificates of Approval National Measurement Institute verification policy Australian Standards accessing and interpreting Certificates of Verification for a limited range of reference standards using routine communication and negotiation skills to: explain the purpose of verification inform traders of non-compliances and consequences of failing to rectify them explain verification procedures and outcomes to tradersand managers accessing, transporting, setting up, validating, using and maintaining a limited range of test equipment and reference standards identifying and evaluating environmental impacts on performance of a range of simple measuring instruments conducting tests and recording results with close attention to detail and accuracy performing calculations involving fractions, decimals, ratios, proportions and percentages using correct units and the correct number of significant figures analysing performance results over a single or limited range of operating conditions planning routine tasks developing/implement an efficient verification strategy that has a limited impact on others demonstrating professionalism and maintaining the rights of the trader at all times solving routine/expected problems working safely
Required knowledge
design, major components and functions for relevant simple measuring instruments licensing requirements for a verifier including: quality management system licence conditions maintenance of statutory records general chemical and physical principles and concepts including: weight, mass, gravity and density temperature effects and coefficients of expansion basic knowledge of the operating procedures across a limited range of environments includinglaboratories, retail, industrial and farming knowledge of metrological terms and terminology specific to simple measuring instruments such as maximum permissible errors and traceability national measurement legislation applicable to simple measuring instruments detailed knowledge of National Test Procedures and operating procedures for equipment and reference standards used in job role including: purpose of test test conditions and possible environmental impacts on performance of the instrument key preparation/measurement steps in test method calculation steps to give results in appropriate units and precision maximum permissible errors for simple measuring instruments under test procedures for completing verification documentation organisational policy and procedures for verifying simple measuring instruments

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Competency must be demonstrated in the ability to perform consistently at the required standard for one class of simple measuring instruments listed in the Range Statement.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors should ensure that candidates can: identify, access and apply test procedures identify and use suitable reference standards install and repair measuring instruments to meet statutory requirements evaluate and adjust the impact of the operating environment on the performance of the instrument analyse test results to determine the instrument's suitability for verification (trade use) maintain the security and confidentiality of data in accordance with organisational and regulatory requirements report results in the required formats and expected timeframe.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit of competency is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated workplace environment. This unit of competency may be assessed with: MSATMREF301A Use and maintain reference standards. Resources may include: simple measuring instruments, test equipment and reference standards computer and relevant software and/or organisation information management system Certificates of Approval for simple measuring instruments relevant legislative and organisational procedures.
Method of assessment	The following assessment methods are suggested: questions to assess understanding of relevant procedures and remedial actions review of verification reports prepared by the candidate feedback from supervisors and peers regarding the candidate's ability to verify the performance of instruments in accordance with legislative and organisational procedures. In all cases, practical assessment should be supported by questions to assess underpinning knowledge and those aspects of competency which are difficult to assess directly. Questioning techniques should suit the language and literacy levels of the candidate.
This competency in practice	Industry representatives have provided the case studies below to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. A local hotel tests their spirit measuring instruments once a month to ensure they comply with the relevant trade measurement legislation. These tests reveal two of the remote storage spirit measuring instruments are giving short measure to their customers. The publican contacts a verifier, explains the situation and asks if he/she can repair them today. When the verifier asks the publican if he is still using the instruments, he responds 'yes'. The verifier advises the publican that he should immediately stop using the two instruments to avoid being fined for using an incorrect instrument by national Trade Measurement.The verifier arrives that afternoon and discusses the problem in more detail with the publican. During this discussion, the verifier explains what he/she will be doing and confirms that he will maintain the highest standards of hygiene when working with the spirits.The verifier conducts a preliminary test on the incorrect instruments and confirms the publican's results. After making adjustments to rectify their inaccuracy, the verifier assesses the instruments design against the Certificate of Approval and completes a full test in accordance with the nationally recognised National Test Procedures. As all results are now within the maximum permissible errors, the verifier marks the instruments with a certification mark and completes a certification form. Before leaving the hotel, the verifier explains to the publican that he/she has completed the work and is now leaving the hotel. The verifier submits the relevant forms to national Trade Measurement within the specified 14 days.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Prescribed performance criteria for instruments	Prescribed performance criteria for instruments may include: design is in accordance with the appropriate Certificates of Approval performance meets the criteria described in the Certificates of Approval, National Test Procedure and legislation
Appropriate documentation	Where reference is made to documentation, it is expected the latest version will be used. Appropriate documentation may include: Certificates of Verification Certificates of Approval for simple measuring instruments test procedures for verifying simple measuring instruments organisational test reports organisational procedures e.g. company quality assurance manual National Measurement Act occupational health and safety (OHS) regulations, guidelines and procedures and material safety data sheets (MSDS) equipment manuals and warranty, supplier catalogues and handbooks National Measurement Institute policy Australian Standards
Certificates of Approval	Certificates of Approval may include: the Certificate issued under national measurement legislation approving the pattern of a simple measuring instrument as being suitable for trade
Test equipment	Test equipment may include: reference standards of measurement equipment other than reference standards of measurement such as weighing instruments, strikes, funnels, water meters, beakers, roman levels, tramells and pocket length comparator
Legislation	Legislation may include: national measurement legislation applicable Commonwealth, state and territory OHS legislation
National Measurement Institute policy	National Measurement Institute policy may include: accepted test procedure variations bulletin instruction determination
National Test Procedures for simple measuring instruments	National Test Procedures for simple measuring instruments may include: beverage measuring instruments protein measuring instruments length measuring instruments area measuring instruments dimensional measuring instruments vehicle tanks milk tanks any other test procedure prescribed by the National Measurement Institute
OHS and environmental management requirements	OHS and environmental management requirements refer to: all operations must comply with enterprise OHS and environmental management requirements, which may be imposed through state/territory or Federal legislation. These requirements must not be compromised at any time all operations assume the potentially hazardous nature of samples and require standard precautions to be applied where relevant, users should access and apply current industry understanding of infection control issued by the National Health and Medical Research Council and State and Territory Departments of Health
Operating environmental impacts	Operating environmental impacts may include: vibration temperature humidity dust electromagnetic interference level
Records	Records may include: test reports safety procedures a history of equipment calibration and test results
Simple measuring instruments	Verifiers may be licensed to test and mark specific classes of instruments from the following list. Simple measuring instruments may include: beverage measuring instruments protein measuring instruments length measuring instruments area measuring instruments dimensional measuring instruments vehicle tanks milk tanks any other instruments prescribed by the National Measurement Institute

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Trade Measurement

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSATMVER401A Verify a limited weighing instrument

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the ability to apply National Test Procedures to determine whether a non-automatic weighing instrument (&lt;3 tonne) or catchweigher is suitable for trade and then mark it accordingly. It also involves the installation and/or repair of weighing instruments.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency is applicable to verifiers who operate under a licence to test and mark specific classes of weighing instruments. They may also undertake sales, installation and/or repair of a limited class of weighing instruments. Weighing instruments are used in a very wide range of commerce. For example, electronic weighing instruments are used to measure a wide range of products at the point of sale, as an order or as a pre-packaged article. The range of environments where these instruments is almost limitless. Some examples of these environments includes pharmaceutical laboratories, supermarkets, fresh food retailers, packing houses, chemical/petroleum industry, contruction, mining and other extractive industry sectors. Industry representatives have provided case studies to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. These are found at the end of this unit of competency under the section 'This competency in practice'.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Install and repair weighing instruments	1.1. Access and correctly interpret information for installing or repairing instruments 1.2. Select required components, tools and equipment in accordance with manufacturer/component supplier specifications 1.3. Perform installation or repair in accordance with legislation, industry codes of practice and organisational guidelines 1.4. Avoid instrument damage during installation or repair
2. Prepare for verification	2.1. Identify and evaluate the type of instrument to be verified 2.2. Access and correctly interpret documentation required for the verification 2.3. Identify and access test equipment, products and consumables required for the verification 2.4. Liaise with the trader to provide the items required on site 2.5. Ensure specified test equipment is fit for purpose in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures 2.6. Store and transport test equipment in accordance with organisational procedures and industry best practice 2.7. Identify relevant local workplace health and safety issues and implement appropriate control strategies
3. Evaluate weighing instrument performance	3.1. Evaluate whether the operating environment will impact on the instrument performance 3.2. Modify the operating environment or implement alternative arrangements to ensure reliable test conditions as necessary 3.3. Identify the maximum permissible errors for the instrument from the legislative requirements 3.4. Use test equipment safely in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures 3.5. Check instrument for compliance with the appropriate Certificates of Approval 3.6. Inspect the instrument in accordance with relevant National Test Procedure and appropriate National Measurement Institute policy 3.7. Evaluate results against prescribed performance criteria and determine if the instrument is suitable for trade use in accordance with legislative requirements
4. Report verification results	4.1. Display the verification result on the instrument in accordance with legislative requirements 4.2. Use test reports to present verification results in the required format 4.3. Complete verification documentation in accordance with legislative requirements and organisational procedures 4.4. Communicate results within the specified time and in accordance with organisational guidelines
5. Model and encourage compliance with statutory requirements	5.1. Apply organisation's procedures and practices to meet licensing authority's requirements 5.2. Clarify any issues about licensing requirements with the licensing authority as they arise 5.3. Review work and seek feedback from others to confirm continuing compliance with licensing requirements 5.4. Identify implications of non-compliance with licensing requirements 5.5. Identify inadequacies in trader's procedures and practices which may contribute to non-compliance with licensing requirements and/or national measurement legislation 5.6. Explain inadequacies and possible remedial actions to trader
6. Maintain statutory records	6.1. Keep accurate and complete records in accordance with licensing requirements 6.2. Ensure authorisation, training and relevant licences are current in accordance with organisational and licensing requirements 6.3. Inform the licensing administering authority of changes to personal information as required by statute

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
diagnosing faults in weighing instruments installing and repairing weighing instruments with a basic design accessing, interpreting and applying a range of documents for the verification of weighing instruments including: national measurement legislation routine National Test Procedures Certificates of Approval National Measurement Institute verification policy national and international design rules pattern approval documents accessing and interpreting Certificates of Verification for a limited range of reference standards performing verifications over durations of up to one day in routine environments using advanced communication and negotiation skills to: explain the purpose of verification inform traders of non-compliances and consequences of failing to rectify them explain verification procedures and outcomes to traders and managers accessing, transporting, setting up, validating, using and maintaining a limited range of test equipment and reference standards identifying and evaluating environmental impacts on performance of a range of weighing instruments conducting tests and recording results with close attention to detail and accuracy performing calculations involving: fractions, decimals, ratios, proportions and percentages scientific notation, correct units and the correct number of significant figures interpretation of statistical quantities, such as mean, median, mode, range, variance and standard deviation analysing performance results over a number of operating conditions planning routine tasks developing/implementing an efficient verification strategy that has a limited impact on traders, the public, employees and suppliers demonstrating professionalism and maintaining the rights of the trader at all times solving routine/expected problems working safely which may include applying basic first aid, confined space entry and working with heavy machinery
Required knowledge
design, major components and functions for weighing instruments licensing requirements for a verifier including: quality management system licence conditions maintenance of statutory records general chemical and physical principles and concepts including weight, mass and gravity knowledge of the operating procedures across a range of environments including laboratories, retail, manufacturing, industrial, mining, construction, medical, chemical, petroleum, farming and abattoirs knowledge of metrological terms and terminology specific to weighing instruments such as maximum permissible errors, traceability, uncertainty, maximum permissible difference, eccentricity, repeatability, error of measurement, error of indication and linearisation national measurement legislation applicable to weighing instruments detailed knowledge of National Test Procedures and operating procedures for equipment and reference standards used in job role including: purpose of test test conditions and possible environmental impacts on performance of the instrument key preparation/measurement steps in test method calculation steps to give results in appropriate units and precision maximum permissible errors for weighing instruments under inspection procedures for completing verification documentation organisational policy and procedures for verifying weighing instruments safety principles and procedures relevant to instruments and test environment basic first aid and site safety induction if required

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Competency must be demonstrated in the ability to perform consistently at the required standard for one class of weighing instrument listed in the Range Statement.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors should ensure that candidates can: identify, access and apply test procedures identify and use suitable reference standards install and repair weighing instruments to meet statutory requirements evaluate and adjust the impact of the operating environment on the performance of the instrument analyse test results to determine the instrument's suitability for verification (trade use) maintain the security and confidentiality of data in accordance with organisational and regulatory requirements report results in the required formats and expected timeframe.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit of competency is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated workplace environment. This unit of competency may be assessed with: MSATMREF301A Use and maintain reference standards. Resources may include: limited weighing instruments, test equipment and reference standards computer and relevant software and/or organisation information management system Certificates of Approval for instruments relevant legislative and organisational procedures.
Method of assessment	The following assessment methods are suggested: questions to assess understanding of relevant procedures and remedial actions review of verification reports prepared by the candidate feedback from supervisors and peers regarding the candidate's ability to verify the performance of weighing instruments in accordance with legislative and organisational procedures. In all cases, practical assessment should be supported by questions to assess underpinning knowledge and those aspects of competency which are difficult to assess directly. Questioning techniques should suit the language and literacy levels of the candidate.
This competency in practice	Industry representatives have provided the case studies below to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. A retail butcher uses a digital weighing instrument to sell meat with a gross retail cost of $500,000 annually and where the price per kilogram ranges from 5.99/kg to $68/kg. As the profit margin of the butcher's business depends on the product received and sold, the butcher contracts a scale repair company to test his buying and selling scales for accuracy.The scale repairer arrives at the butcher's premises with a trolley load of equipment. After their introductions, the butcher enquires as to what all the gear on the trolley is for. The repairer explains that it is all part of the equipment needed to satisfy the licensing requirements of national Trade Measurement. The repairer advises that for this job he needs masses which have a suitable capacity and accuracy for the scale, that have been tested and are still within their expiry period. Not only does he need 15kg for the capacity of the instrument but also smaller masses down to 0.2g to test the scale correctly according to the National Test Procedures that he has brought with him. To keep up to date with new scales, he also has a laptop with internet access to download the latest Certificate of Approval for the instrument from the National Measurement Institute website. Regardless of how accurate the scale is, it can't be used for trade (i.e. buying or selling) unless it is approved for trade use by the National Measurement Institute. He also has the paper work required by national Trade Measurement to issue depending on whether the instrument complies and can be certified or not. Finally, he explains that he has tools in case the scales need adjustment if they are outside the maximum permissible errors set down by the National Measurement Institute. The scale repairer inspects the scales for compliance with the Certificates of Approval and tests them. He finds the selling scale is approved for trade use but is incorrect and the buying scale, while weighing correctly, is not approved.The repairer fixes the selling scale, marks it with a certification mark and issues a certification form. The buyingscale cannot be certified because it is not an approved type and the repairer issues a notice of non-compliance advising the butcher that it can no longer be used for trade. Before leaving the butcher shop, the repairer completes his paper work and submits it to national Trade Measurement within the specified 14 days.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Prescribed performance criteria for instruments	Prescribed performance criteria for instruments may include: design is in accordance with the appropriate Certificates of Approval performance meets the criteria described in the Certificates of Approval, National Test Procedure and legislation
Appropriate documentation	Where reference is made to documentation, it is expected the latest version will be used. Appropriate documentation may include: reference standards Certificates of Verification Certificates of Approval for limited weighing instruments test procedures for verifying limited weighing instruments organisational test reports organisational procedures e.g. company quality assurance manual National Measurement Act occupational health and safety (OHS) regulations, guidelines and procedures material data safety sheets equipment manuals and warranty, supplier catalogues and handbooks
Certificates of Approval	Certificates of Approval may include: any Certificate issued by the Chief Metrologist under Regulation 60 of the National Measurement Regulations approving the pattern of a limited weighing instrument as being suitable for trade
Test equipment	Test equipment may include: reference standards of measurement
Legislation	Legislation may include: national measurement legislation applicable Commonwealth, state and territory OHS legislation
National Measurement Institute policy	National Measurement Institute policy may include: accepted test procedure variations bulletin instruction determination
National Test Procedures for weighing instruments	National Test Procedures for weighing instruments may include those for: non-automatic weighing machines automatic Class Y(a) Catchweighers automatic Class Y(b) Catchweighers any other test procedure prescribed by the National Measurement Institute
OHS and environmental management requirements	OHS and environmental management requirements refer to: all operations must comply with enterprise occupational health safety and environmental management requirements, which may be imposed through state/territory or Federal legislation. These requirements must not be compromised at any time all operations assume the potentially hazardous nature of samples and require standard precautions to be applied where relevant, users should access and apply current industry understanding of infection control issued by the National Health and Medical Research Council and State and Territory Departments of Health
Operating environmental impacts	Operating environmental impacts may include: vibration wind humidity heat dust electromagnetic interference out of level
Records	Records may include: test reports safety procedures a history of equipment calibration and test results
Weighing instruments	Verifiers may be licensed to test and mark specific classes of instruments from the following list. Weighing instruments may include: non-automatic weighing machines tested without substitution loads automatic Class Y(a) Catchweighers automatic Class Y(b) Catchweighers any other instruments prescribed by the National Measurement Institute

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Trade Measurement

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSATMVER402A Verify a liquid measuring instrument using volume measures

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the ability to apply National Test Procedures to determine whether a liquid measuring instrument using volume measures is suitable for trade and then mark it accordingly. It also involves the installation and/or repair of liquid measuring instruments.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency is applicable to verifiers who operate under a licence to test and mark specific classes of liquid measuring instruments tested using a volume measure only. They may also undertake sales, installation and/or repair of liquid measuring instruments. Liquid measuring instruments are used in a very wide range of commerce. For example, petrol bowsers measure fuel at the point of sale and flowmeters are used to measure bulk commodities such as milk, chemicals and petroleum products during production and distribution. Industry representatives have provided case studies to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. These are found at the end of this unit of competency under the section 'This competency in practice'.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Install and repair liquid measuring instruments	1.1. Access and correctly interpret information for installing or repairing instruments 1.2. Select required components, tools and equipment in accordance with manufacturer/component supplier specifications 1.3. Perform installation or repair in accordance with legislation, industry codes of practice and organisational guidelines 1.4. Avoid instrument damage during installation or repair
2. Prepare for verification	2.1. Identify and evaluate the type of instrument to be verified 2.2. Access and correctly interpret documentation required for the verification 2.3. Identify and access test equipment, products and consumables required for the verification 2.4. Liaise with the trader to provide the items required on site 2.5. Ensure specified test equipment is fit for purpose in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures 2.6. Store and transport test equipment in accordance with organisational procedures and industry best practice 2.7. Identify relevant local workplace health and safety issues and implement appropriate control strategies
3. Evaluate liquid measuring instrument performance	3.1. Evaluate whether the operating environment will impact on the instrument performance 3.2. Modify the operating environment or implement alternative arrangements to ensure reliable test conditions as necessary 3.3. Identify the maximum permissible errors for the instrument from the legislative requirements 3.4. Use test equipment safely in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures 3.5. Check instrument for compliance with the appropriate Certificates of Approval 3.6. Inspect the instrument in accordance with relevant National Test Procedure and appropriate National Measurement Institute policy 3.7. Evaluate results against prescribed performance criteria and determine if the instrument is suitable for trade use in accordance with legislative requirements
4. Report verification results	4.1. Display the verification result on the instrument in accordance with legislative requirements 4.2. Use test reports to present verification results in the required format 4.3. Complete verification documentation in accordance with legislative requirements and organisational procedures 4.4. Communicate results within the specified time and in accordance with organisational guidelines
5. Model and encourage compliance with statutory requirements	5.1. Apply organisation's procedures and practices to meet licensing authority's requirements 5.2. Clarify any issues about licensing requirements with the licensing authority as they arise 5.3. Review work and seek feedback from others to confirm continuing compliance with licensing requirements 5.4. Identify implications of non-compliance with licensing requirements 5.5. Identify inadequacies in trader's procedures and practices which may contribute to non-compliance with licensing requirements and/or national measurement legislation 5.6. Explain inadequacies and possible remedial actions to trader
6. Maintain statutory records	6.1. Keep accurate and complete records in accordance with licensing requirements 6.2. Ensure authorisation, training and relevant licences are current in accordance with organisational and licensing requirements 6.3. Inform the licensing administering authority of changes to personal information as required by statute

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
diagnosing faults in liquid measuring instruments installing and repairingliquid measuring instruments with a basic design accessing, interpreting and applying a range of documents for the verification of liquid measuring instruments including: national measurement legislation intermediate National Test Procedures Certificates of Approval National Measurement Institute inspection policy Australian Standards industry codes of practice correction tables for volume, density and pressure for a range of liquids national and international design rules pattern approval documents performing verification tests over extended durations in non-routine and hazardous environments accessing and interpreting Certificates of Verification for a range of reference standards using advanced communication and negotiation skills to: explain purpose of the verification inform traders of non-compliances and consequences of failing to rectify access external equipment and resources to complete the verification explain verification procedures and outcomes to tradersand managers accessing, transporting, setting up, validating, using and maintaining a broad range of test equipment and reference standards identifying and evaluating environmental factors that may impact on performance of liquid measuring instruments organising large equipment to be dispatched ahead of verification visit conducting tests and recording results with close attention to detail and accuracy performing calculationsinvolving: fractions, decimals, ratios, proportions and percentages evaluation of formulae containing powers, exponents and logarithms functions use of scientific notation, correct units and correct number of significant figures calculation of uncertainties preparation and interpretation of linear, semi-log and log-log graphs interpretation of statistical quantities, such as mean, median, mode, range, variance and standard deviation determination of regression line equations and correlation coefficients preparation and interpretation of more complex control charts and frequency distribution plots planning complex tasks developing/implementing an efficient verification strategy that minimises disruption to traders, the public, technicians, employees, colleagues and suppliers demonstrating professionalism and maintaining the rights of the trader at all times solving unexpected problems and non-routine issues working safely which may include applying basic first aid, confined space entry, working with hazardous materials, working safely in hazardous environments, working with heavy machinery, Australian Institute of Petroleum (AIP) cold work clearance permit, safety induction and working at heights
Required knowledge
design, major components and functions of liquid measuring instruments licensing requirements for a verifier including: quality management system licence conditions maintenance of statutory records general chemical and physical principles and concepts including: physical states (solid, liquid gas) weight, mass, gravity and density pressure, pressure differential, backpressure and head pressure fluid flow flashpoint, boiling point and ice point viscosity temperature effects and coefficients of expansion knowledge of the operating procedures across a range of environments including laboratories, retail, commercial, office, manufacturing, industrial, mining, construction, medical, chemical and petroleum knowledge of metrological terms and terminology specific to liquid measuring instruments such as: maximum permissible errors, maximum permissible difference and maximum permissible variation traceability repeatability uncertainty, error of measurement and error of indication meter creep hose dilation temperature correction linearisation gas elimination national measurement legislation applicable to liquid measuring instruments detailed knowledge of National Test Procedures and operating procedures for equipment and reference standards used in job role including: purpose of test test conditions and possible environmental impacts on performance of the instrument key preparation/measurement steps in test method calculation steps to give results in appropriate units and precision maximum permissible errors for liquid measuring instruments under inspection procedures for completing verification documentation organisational policy and procedures for verifying instruments safety principles and procedures relevant to instruments basic first aid and site safety induction if required

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Competency must be demonstrated in the ability to perform consistently at the required standard for one class of liquid measuring instrument listed in the Range Statement.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors should ensure that candidates can: identify, access and apply test procedures identify and use suitable reference standards install and repair liquid measuring instruments to meet statutory requirements evaluate and adjust the impact of the operating environment on the performance of the instrument analyse test results to determine the instrument's suitability for verification (trade use) maintain the security and confidentiality of data in accordance with organisational and regulatory requirements report results in the required formats and expected timeframe.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit of competency is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated workplace environment. This unit of competency may be assessed with: MSATMREF301AUse and maintain reference standards. Resources may include: liquid measuring instruments using volume measures, test equipment and reference standards computer and relevant software and/or organisation information management system Certificates of Approval for instruments relevant legislative and organisational procedures.
Method of assessment	The following assessment methods are suggested: questions to assess understanding of relevant procedures and remedial actions review of verification reports prepared by the candidate feedback from supervisors and peers regarding the candidate's ability to verify the performance of instruments in accordance with legislative and organisational procedures. In all cases, practical assessment should be supported by questions to assess underpinning knowledge and those aspects of competency which are difficult to assess directly. Questioning techniques should suit the language and literacy levels of the candidate.
This competency in practice	Industry representatives have provided the case studies below to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. A service station operator of a large company owned site requests a servicing company to visit their site as he has noticed that one fuel dispenser has a faulty display and the service station appears to have inconsistent dip reading. The verifier arrives and introduces himself and informs the owner that under their contract all fuel dispensers are due for checking. The verifier completes a safety check, AIP clearance form and asks about the location of the fuel return points. The verifier then blocks the lane next to the fuel dispenser, puts safety signs, barricades and test measures in place and ensures that the work area is safe.The verifier repairs the faulty display and proceeds to test the fuel dispenser. He visually checks the fuel dispenser against the Certificate of Approval and checks for any leaks noting any discrepancies on a verification report form. He then tests the fuel dispenser as per the National Test Procedures noting results on the test report and returning dispensed fuel to the storage tanks in a safe manner. The verifier finds the fuel dispenser is outside the maximum permissible error and adjusts the dispenser. After repeating the National Test Procedure, he finds the dispenser is within the maximum permissible error and then seals and marks the dispenser with his mark. The verifier then tests the other fuel dispensers on-site. Some require adjustment before being verified and marked. Another dispenser is within the maximum permissible error and does not require adjustment. One dispenser cannot be adjusted within the maximum permissible error and the verifier removes the mark. After all dispensers are tested, the verifier completes the verification forms, fuel usage form and AIP form. The verifier informs the site manager that one dispenser cannot be used as it is non-compliant and issues a non-compliancy form. The site manager locks the dispenser until repairs can be made. The remaining forms are given to the site manager and the verifier departs.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Prescribed performance criteria for instruments	Prescribed performance criteria for instruments may include: design is in accordance with the appropriate Certificates of Approval performance meets the criteria described in the Certificates of Approval, National Test Procedure and legislation
Appropriate documentation	Where reference is made to documentation, it is expected the latest version will be used. Appropriate documentation may include: reference standards Certificates of Verification Certificates of Approval for liquid measuring instruments test procedures for verifying liquid measuring instruments organisational test reports organisational procedures e.g. company quality assurance manual National Measurement Act occupational health and safety (OHS) regulations, guidelines and procedures and material safety data sheets (MSDS) equipment manuals and warranty, supplier catalogues and handbooks
Certificates of Approval	Certificates of Approval may include: any Certificate issued by the Chief Metrologist under Regulation 60 of the National Measurement Regulations approving the pattern of a liquid measuring instrument as being suitable for trade
Test equipment	Test equipment may include: reference standards of measurement equipment other than reference standards of measurement such as pumps, funnels and hoses
Legislation	Legislation may include: national measurement legislation applicable Commonwealth, state and territory OHS legislation
National Measurement Institute policy	National Measurement Institute policy may include: accepted test procedure variations bulletin instruction determination
National Test Procedures for liquid measuring instruments	National Test Procedures for liquid measuring instruments may include: fuel dispensers other than LPG dispensers bulk flowmetering systems for liquid hydrocarbons other than LPG tested using a volume measure milk flowmeters tested using a volume measure any other test procedure prescribed by the National Measurement Institute
OHS and environmental management requirements	OHS and environmental management requirements refer to: all operations must comply with enterprise OHS and environmental management requirements, which may be imposed through state/territory or Federal legislation. These requirements must not be compromised at any time all operations assume the potentially hazardous nature of samples and require standard precautions to be applied where relevant, users should access and apply current industry understanding of infection control issued by the National Health and Medical Research Council and State and Territory Departments of Health
Operating environmental impacts	Operating environmental impacts may include: vibration wind heat dust electromagnetic interference out of level
Records	Records may include: test reports safety procedures a history of equipment calibration and test results
Liquid measuring instruments may include:	Verifiers may be licensed to test and mark specific classes of instruments from the following list. Liquid measuring instruments may include: fuel dispensers other than LPG dispensers bulk flowmetering systems for liquid hydrocarbons other than LPG tested using a volume measure milk flowmeters tested using a volume measure any other liquid measuring instrument prescribed by the National Measurement Institute

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Trade Measurement

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSATMVER403A Verify inspector's class reference standards

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the ability to calibrate reference standards to the inspector's class level in accordance with standard calibration procedures. These procedures specify all associated reference standards, equipment and methods to be used and the required parameters, quantities and ranges to be tested, including the criteria for validation or rejection. Standard calibration procedures are sometimes complex and lengthy but must be carried out in a methodical and standard manner. Personnel are not permitted to deviate from explicit instructions in any manner, nor modify the procedure, nor substitute alternative equipment.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency is applicable to laboratory and calibration technicians who carry out testing and/or calibrations using standard calibration methods in National Association of Testing Authorities (NATA) accredited laboratories. They work under limited supervision and their results are interpreted and checked by the laboratory supervisor, quality officer or designated signatory. Industry representatives have provided case studies to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. These are found at the end of this unit of competency under the section This competency in practice'.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Receive and schedule inspector's class reference standards for calibration	1.1. Identify the level of verification required by the client 1.2. Evaluate and implement appropriate strategies where the standard's suitability for purpose does not meet client expectations 1.3. Enter details for the inspector's class reference standard into the organisation's information management system and apply appropriate tracking mechanisms 1.4. Process 'urgent' calibration requests according to the organisation's policy and procedures 1.5. Maintain confidentiality of all client and organisation data and information 1.6. Ensure that information provided to clients is accurate, relevant and authorised for release 1.7. Deal with customers politely, efficiently and in accordance with organisational policy and procedures
2. Prepare for calibration	2.1. Identify and access the appropriate procedure for the calibration in accordance with organisational policy and procedures 2.2. Identify possible sources of measurement error during calibration and implement appropriate control strategies 2.3. Condition inspector's class reference standards and high order reference standards in accordance with calibration and organisational procedures where applicable 2.4. Identify hazards and use the specified personal protective equipment, safety equipment and procedures 2.5. Evaluate the suitability of high order reference standards and measuring equipment selected for the calibration against the organisation's specification requirements and calibration procedure 2.6. Document calibration status, report out-of-calibration test equipment/high order reference standards and quarantine where required
3. Perform calibration	3.1. Assess the design and appearance of an inspector's class reference standard against prescribed stadards 3.2. Perform calibration without variance according to the documented procedure to ensure repeatability of measurement 3.3. Confirm readings are the result of a valid measurement and record data as required 3.4. Adjust inspector's class reference standard if applicable
4. Analyse and report calibration results	4.1. Estimate and document uncertainty of measurement in accordance with organisation's policy and procedures, if required 4.2. Identify prescribed performance criteria for the inspector's class reference standard and evaluate against calibration results 4.3. Analyse calibration results to confirm they are within the maximum permissible variation and uncertainty for the scope of calibration 4.4. Analyse any variances from the performance criteria to identify isolated or systemic problems with the inspector's class reference standards or calibration procedure 4.5. Record the results of each test/calibration accurately, unambiguously and objectively
5. Finalise calibration	5.1. Attach calibration labels, equipment stickers, quality control tags and tamper resistant seals as required by the organisation's procedures 5.2. Prepare and submit to the laboratory supervisor a final report on the calibration detailing procedure, traceability, results and all other required information 5.3. Store test equipment/high order reference standards and calibration records in accordance with organisational policy and procedures 5.4. Identify and report unserviceable equipment or high order reference standards to the laboratory supervisor 5.5. Clean equipment and high order reference standards in accordance with organisational policy and procedures

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
accessing, interpreting and applying a range of documents for the verification of reference standards including: national measurement legislation National Measurement Institute laboratory operating procedures National Measurement Institute monographs accessing and interpreting Certificates of Verification for a range of higher order reference standards maintaining very close attention to procedures, accuracy and precision of measurement to ensure integrity of test/calibration results (especially during lengthy tests) examining each calibration step critically to ensure repeatability and validity of data selecting, setting up, validating, using and maintaining a range of balances and reference standards operatingtest equipment correctly and safely applying all relevant procedures and regulatory requirements to ensure the quality and integrity of the services or data provided conducting tests and recording results with close attention to detail and accuracy performing calculations involving: fractions, decimals, ratios, proportions and percentages scientific notation, correct units and the correct number of significant figures interpretation of statistical quantities, such as mean, median, mode, range, variance and standard deviation recognising problems or departures in systems and documentation and initiating actions to prevent or minimise them preparing test/calibration documentation that is accurate and complies with requirements recognising and reporting opportunities for improvements to procedures planning routine tasks solving routine/expected problems working safely which may include applying basic first aid
Required knowledge
understanding of the purpose of metrology and calibration, including common terminology, concepts, principles, procedures and applications detailed knowledge of specific metrology terms and principles such as uncertainty, maximum permissible variations, traceability and legal requirements for traceability NATA's and the National Measurement Institute's role in the measurement and testing system in Australia, measurement standards laboratories requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories (for example, AS ISO/IEC 17025) as they affect job role and responsibilities national measurement legislation applicable to verification of inspector's class reference standards selection and application of appropriate test methods and calibration procedures hierarchy and appropriate selection of reference instruments detailed knowledge of calibration procedures (equipment, measurement steps, test conditions, environmental impacts, calculations, uncertainty treatment) to give results in appropriate accuracy, precision and units use of calibration and correction charts methods for statistical analysis (means, ranges, standard deviations) and estimation of uncertainty of measurement (may include the use of software) non-conformance/non-compliance procedures and protocols associated with equipment, reference material and calibration procedures troubleshooting procedures for equipment and test methods handling, transport, storage and operation of reference and working standards laboratory environmental control requirements organisation's policy and procedures for verifying inspector's class reference standards lines of communication, reporting procedures and legislative requirements relevant health, safety and environmental requirements safety principles and procedures relevant test environment, basic first aid and site safety induction if required

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Competency must be demonstrated in the ability to perform consistently at the required standard for any inspector's class reference standards listed in the Range Statement.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors should ensure that candidates can: identify, access and apply calibration procedures identify and use high order reference standards of measurement evaluate and adjust the impact of the operating environment on the results of the calibration identify the scope of a calibration and compare results with expected outcomes maintain the security and confidentiality of data in accordance with organisational and regulatory requirements report results in the required formats and expected timeframe.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit of competency is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated workplace environment. This unit of competency may be assessed with: MSATMREF301A Use and maintain reference standards. Resources may include: reference standards, balances, weighing instruments and test equipment computer and relevant software and/or organisation information management system National Measurement Institute laboratory operating procedures relevant legislative and organisational procedures.
Method of assessment	The following assessment methods are suggested: questions to assess understanding of relevant metrology/calibration terms, principles and procedures review of calibration reports prepared by the candidate feedback from supervisors and peers regarding the candidate's ability to verify inspector's class reference standards in accordance with legislative and organisational procedures observation of the candidate calibrating inspector's class reference standards. In all cases, practical assessment should be supported by questions to assess underpinning knowledge and those aspects of competency which are difficult to assess directly. Questioning techniques should suit the language and literacy levels of the candidate.
This competency in practice	Industry representatives have provided the case studies below to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. A customer delivers a 200 L Inspectors Class 1 Volume measure for calibration. Personnel in the laboratory's item reception area log the job and the laboratory supervisor assigns it to a calibration technician. He/she reads the work order and retrieves the approved calibration procedure. The procedure requires the measure to be tested gravimetrically. The technician accesses and validates the test equipment and high order reference standards. The density of the town water supply is determined using a verified hydrometer. The measure is visually inspected for defects and contamination. The volume of the measure is determined three times by filling the measure with town water to the capacity mark, recording the temperature of the water and recording the mass of water. This data is used, in conjunction with the town water density (determined previously) and thermal appropriate expansion/buoyancy corrections, to calculate the actual volume of the measure. The technician notes that some values are outside the allowable tolerance and adjustments will have to be made. He/she takes another set of readings after making the necessary adjustments and records them on the report. The technician applies the required calibration marks to the measure, updates the database, produces a test report and places the item in the despatch area for inspection by the supervisor. The supervisor visually inspects the item and checks the calibration data on the report. The job has taken four hours to complete.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Appropriate documentation	Where reference is made to documentation, it is expected the latest version will be used. Appropriate documentation may include: high order reference standard Certificates of Verification test methods, calibration procedures and monographs (validated and authorised) organisational test reports organisational procedures e.g. company quality assurance manual National Measurement Institute laboratory operating procedures National Measurement Act occupational health and safety (OHS) regulations, guidelines and procedures equipment manuals and warranty, supplier catalogues and handbooks quality manuals, equipment and operating/technical manuals enterprise recording and reporting procedures and standard operating procedures (SOPs)
Hazards	Hazards may include: electric shock disturbance or interruption of services manual handling of heavy equipment boxes
Safety procedures	Safety procedures may include: use of personal protective equipment, such as hearing protection, gloves, safety glasses and coveralls ensuring access to service shut-off points regular cleaning of equipment and work areas
Inspectors Class Reference standards	Inspectors Class Reference standards may include: inspector's class of reference standards as defined in the National Measurement Regulations
Operating procedures	Operating procedures may include: manufacturers' specifications industry guidelines Australian standards procedures and guidelines based on national measurement legislation
Legislation	Legislation may include: national measurement legislation applicable Commonwealth, state and territory OHS legislation
OHS and environmental management requirements	OHS and environmental management requirements refer to: all operations must comply with enterprise OHS and environmental management requirements, which may be imposed through state/territory or Federal legislation. These requirements must not be compromised at any time where relevant, users should access and apply current industry understanding of infection control issued by the National Health and Medical Research Council and State and Territory Departments of Health
Operating environmental impacts	Operating environmental impacts may include: vibration wind heat dust electromagnetic interference out of level liquid being measured
Records	Records may include: test reports safety procedures a history of equipment calibration and test results
Standard calibrations	Standard calibrations may involve testing and/or calibrating the following equipment and reference materials using standard methods and procedures: common types of test equipment such as balances, calipers, masses, micrometers, tape measures, rules, temperature (digital) indicating systems, thermometers, timing devices, weighing instruments and volume measures

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Trade Measurement

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

MSATMVER501A Verify a complex measuring instrument

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the ability to apply National Test Procedures to determine whether a complex measuring instrument is suitable for trade use. It involves the ability to install/repair instruments, perform lengthy calculations to assess instrument performance and conduct tests that may require coordination of a range of resources over long durations in hazardous environments.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency is applicable to verifiers who operate under a licence to test and mark a specific class of complex measuring instruments. Complex measuring instruments are used in a wide range of heavy industries. For example, automatic rail weighbridges, belt weighers, totalising hoppers and liquid petroleum gas (LPG) flow meters are used throughout the mining, road/rail freight and petroleum/gas industry sectors. Industry representatives have provided case studies to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. These are found at the end of this unit of competency under the section 'This competency in practice'.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Install and repair a complex measuring instrument	1.1. Plan installation/repair strategy to ensure minimal disruption to the public and/or trader 1.2. Access and correctly interpret information for installing or repairing instrument 1.3. Select required components, tools and equipment in accordance with manufacturer/component supplier specifications 1.4. Perform installation or repair in accordance with legislation, industry codes of practice and organisational guidelines 1.5. Avoid instrument damage during installation or repair 1.6. Perform a pre-verification test to validate instrument performance
2. Prepare for verification	2.1. Identify and evaluate the type of instrument to be verified 2.2. Access and correctly interpret documentation required for the verification 2.3. Identify and access test equipment, products and consumables required for the verification 2.4. Ensure specified test equipment is fit for purpose in accordance with applicable legislation and organisational procedures 2.5. Store and transport test equipment in accordance with organisational procedures and industry best practice 2.6. Develop a verification strategy to maximise resources and minimise time required for complex tests
3. Liaise with the trader to schedule complex tests	3.1. Discuss testing arrangements with site controller where applicable 3.2. Identify relevant local workplace, health and safety issues and implement appropriate control strategies 3.3. Discuss the verification strategy with the trader to minimise its impact on the trader's normal operations 3.4. Arrange site clearances and suitable scheduling for tests 3.5. Negotiate access to trader's equipment, materials and support personnel required for testing to be available on site 3.6. Arrange for any equipment to be provided by the trader, if required, by the National Test Procedure
4. Initiate verification	4.1. Identify the site contoller and explain/review the purpose of the verification 4.2. Review verification strategy to ensure there is minimal disruption to the public and/or trader 4.3. Communicate verification strategy to personnel supporting the verification 4.4. Identify locations for product return or disposal, if applicable 4.5. Evaluate the impacts of the operating environment on the instrument performance or test results and implement corrective actions as necessary 4.6. Identify operational factors impacting on instrument performance or test result and implement corrective actions as necessary
5. Evaluate complex measuring instrument performance	5.1. Identify the maximum permissible errors for the instrument from the legislative requirements 5.2. Manage and review resources to maintain verification timelines 5.3. Provide effective communication to ensure relevant personnel are informed of variations to the verification strategy and verification progress 5.4. Check instrument for compliance with the appropriate Certificates of Approval 5.5. Test the instrument in accordance with relevant National Test Procedure and appropriate National Measurement Institute Policy
6. Analyse verification results	6.1. Perform specified calculations to determine a performance result for the instrument with appropriate accuracy, precision and significant figures 6.2. Use graphical and statistical analysis to determine unknowns as necessary 6.3. Ensure calculations are consistent with estimations and reasonable expectations 6.4. Evaluate results against prescribed performance criteria and determine if the instrument is suitable for trade use in accordance with legislative requirements
7. Model and encourage compliance with statutory requirements	7.1. Apply organisation's procedures and practices to meet licensing requirements 7.2. Clarify any uncertainty about licensing requirements with licensing authority as they arise 7.3. Review work and seek feedback from others to confirm continuing compliance with licensing requirements 7.4. Identify implications of non-compliance with licensing requirements 7.5. Raise inadequacies in organisation's procedures and practices which may contribute to non-compliance with licensing requirements 7.6. Identify and communicate inadequacies with trader's procedures and practices which may contribute to non-compliance with national measurement legislation
8. Report verification results	8.1. Display the verification result on the instrument in accordance with legislative requirements 8.2. Use test reports to present verification results in the required format 8.3. Complete verification documentation in accordance with legislative requirements and organisational procedures 8.4. Communicate results within the specified time and in accordance with organisational guidelines
9. Maintain statutory records	9.1. Keep accurate and complete records in accordance with licensing requirements 9.2. Ensure authorisation, training and relevant licences are current in accordance with organisational and licensing requirements 9.3. Inform the licensing administering authority of changes to personal information as required by statute

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
diagnosing faults in complex measuring instruments installing and repairing measuring instruments with a complex design installing/upgrading software accessing, interpreting and applying a range of documents for the verification of complex measuring instruments including: national measurement legislation intermediate National Test Procedures Certificates of Approval National Measurement Institute inspection policy Australian Standards industry codes of practice correction tables for volume, density and pressure for a range of liquids national and international design rules pattern approval documents performing verification tests over extended durations up to five days in non-routine and hazardous environments accessing and interpreting Certificates of Verification for a wide range of reference standards using advanced communication and negotiation skills to: explain purpose of the verification inform traders of non-compliances and consequences of failing to rectify access external equipment and resources to complete the verification explain verification procedures and outcomes to traders and managers accessing, transporting, setting up, validating, using and maintaining a broad range of test equipment and reference standards organising large equipment to be dispatched ahead of verification visit identifying and evaluating environmental factors that may impact on performance of complex measuring instruments conducting lengthy tests and recording results with close attention to detail and accuracy performing calculations involving: fractions, decimals, ratios, proportions and percentages evaluation of formulae containing powers, exponents and logarithms functions use of scientific notation, correct units and correct number of significant figures calculation of uncertainties preparation and interpretation of linear, semi-log and log-log graphs interpretation of statistical quantities, such as mean, median, mode, range, variance and standard deviation determination of regression line equations and correlation coefficients preparation and interpretation of more complex control charts and frequency distribution plots analysing performance results over a broad range of operating conditions planning complex tasks developing/implementing an efficient verification strategy that minimises disruption to traders, the public, technicians, employees, colleagues and suppliers demonstrating professionalism and maintaining the rights of the trader at all times solving unexpected problems and non-routine issues working safely which may include applying basic first aid, confined space entry, working with hazardous materials, working safely in hazardous environments, working with heavy machinery, Australian Institute of Petroleum (AIP) cold work clearance permit, safety induction, working at heights and biosecurity issues
Required knowledge
the design, major components and functions of relevant complex measuring instruments licensing requirements for a verifier including: quality management system licence conditions maintenance of statutory records general chemical and physical principles and concepts including: physical states (solid, liquid gas) weight, mass, gravity and density pressure, pressure differential, backpressure and head pressure fluid flow flashpoint, boiling point and ice point viscosity temperature effects and coefficients of expansion knowledge of the operating procedures across a range of environments including laboratories, retail, commercial, office, manufacturing, industrial, mining, construction, medical, chemical and petroleum knowledge of metrological terms and terminology specific to complex measuring instruments such as: maximum permissible errors, maximum permissible difference and maximum permissible variation traceability repeatability uncertainty, error of measurement and error of indication meter creep hose dilation temperature correction linearisation gas elimination national measurement legislation applicable to complex measuring instruments detailed knowledge of National Test Procedures and operating procedures for equipment and reference standards used in job role including: purpose of test test conditions and possible environmental impacts on performance of the instrument key preparation/measurement steps in test method calculation steps to give results in appropriate units and precision maximum permissible errors for complex measuring instruments under inspection procedures for completing verification documentation organisational policy and procedures for verifying instruments safety principles and procedures relevant to instruments and test environment basic first aid and site safety induction if required

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Competency must be demonstrated in the ability to perform consistently at the required standard for one class of complex instrument listed in the Range Statement.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors should ensure that candidates can: identify, access and apply test procedures identify and use suitable reference standards install and repair measuring instruments to meet statutory requirements evaluate and adjust the impact of the operating environment on the performance of the instrument analyse test results to determine the instrument's suitability for verification (trade use) maintain the security and confidentiality of data in accordance with organisational and regulatory requirements report results in the required formats and expected timeframe.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit of competency is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated workplace environment. This unit of competency may be assessed with: MSATMREF301A Use and maintain reference standards. Resources may include: access to a complexmeasuring instrument, test equipment and reference standards computer and relevant software and/or organisation information management system Certificates of Approval for the instrument relevant legislative and organisational procedures.
Method of assessment	The following assessment methods are suggested: questions to assess understanding of relevant complex test procedures and remedial actions review of verification reports prepared by the candidate feedback from supervisors and peers regarding the candidate's ability to verify the performance of instruments in accordance with legislative and organisational procedures. In all cases, practical assessment should be supported by questions to assess underpinning knowledge and those aspects of competency which are difficult to assess directly. Questioning techniques should suit the language and literacy levels of the candidate.
This competency in practice	Industry representatives have provided the case studies below to illustrate the practical application of this unit of competency and to show its relevance in a workplace setting. A licensed verifier has been engaged by a large coal mine to verify a new belt weigher installation for trade use. In preparation, the verifier visits the site and considers how to complete the verification. He/she visually inspects the belt weigher and is satisfied that it complies with the Certificate of Approval. However, he/she determines that the 30 tonne hopper weigher which has been installed as a control instrument for the sole purpose of testing the belt weigher cannot be tested with 1 tonne masses due to access restrictions. The verifier discusses these issues with the local trade measurement inspector who offers two solutions. The inspector suggests testing the restricted access hopper weigher with 20 kg masses using the substitution method to reduce the number of test masses required or negotiating with the coal washing facility next door to use their 60 tonne weighbridge as the control instrument. The verifier considers the options and decides in the interests of workplace health and safety that the best option is to use the weighbridge next door. After considerable negotiation with the weighbridge owner, arrangements are made to test the weighbridge and make it available for the belt weigher test on Monday and Tuesday of the following week. The trader organises to have 5000 tonnes of coal, a front end loader and three transfer vehicles available for the test. The verifier arranges with another organisation to have 20 tonnes of certified test masses delivered to the coal wash facility on Monday so he/she can test the weighbridge. On Monday, the verifier tests the weighbridge in accordance with the national uniform test procedures and confirms that it is suitable for use as the control instrument. Testing of the belt weigher commences in accordance with the national uniform test procedure and progresses well on the Monday. On Tuesday, the verifier arrives on site to find the tail drum on the conveyor belt has seized making it impossible to continue testing. As these repairs will take two days to repair, the test is terminated and rescheduled with all parties to be in two weeks. Two weeks later the weighbridge is again retested and found to be suitable as a control instrument. The belt weigher is tested fully in accordance with the National Test Procedures and found to be correct. The verifier marks the belt weigher with a verification mark, completes all the paper work including test reports and submits them to national Trade Measurement with 14 days.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Prescribed performance criteria for instruments	Prescribed performance criteria for instruments may include: design is in accordance with the appropriate Certificates of Approval performance meets the criteria described in the Certificates of Approval, National Test Procedure and legislation
Appropriate documentation	Where reference is made to documentation, it is expected the latest version will be used. Appropriate documentation may include: reference standards Certificates of Verification Certificates of Approval for complex instruments test procedures for verifying complex instruments organisational test reports organisational procedures e.g. company quality assurance manual National Measurement Act occupational health and safety (OHS) regulations, guidelines and procedures and material safety data sheets (MSDS) equipment manuals and warranty, supplier catalogues and handbooks
Certificates of Approval	Certificates of Approval may include: any Certificate issued by the Chief Metrologist under Regulation 60 of the National Measurement Regulations approving the pattern of a complex instrument as being suitable for trade
Test equipment	Test equipment may include: reference standards of measurement equipment other than reference standards of measurement such as weighing instruments, pumping units, control instruments, two way communication, hoses, fittings, rail wagons, trains and tankers LPG cylinders
Legislation	Legislation may include: national measurement legislation applicable Commonwealth, state and territory OHS legislation
National Measurement Institute policy	National Measurement Institute policy may include: accepted test procedure variations bulletin instruction determination
National Test Procedures for complex instruments	National Test Procedures for complex instruments may include non-automatic weighing machines >3 tonne LPG dispensers LPG bulk flowmetering systems flowmetering systems tested using master meter or gravimetric methods automatic rail weighbridges continuous totalising automatic weighing instruments (belt weighers) totalising hoppers weighing instruments any other test procedure prescribed by the National Measurement Institute
OHS and environmental management requirements	OHS and environmental management requirements refer to: all operations must comply with enterprise OHS and environmental management requirements, which may be imposed through state/territory or Federal legislation. These requirements must not be compromised at any time all operations assume the potentially hazardous nature of samples and require standard precautions to be applied where relevant, users should access and apply current industry understanding of infection control issued by the National Health and Medical Research Council and State and Territory Departments of Health
Operating environmental impacts	Operating environmental impacts may include: vibration wind heat dust electromagnetic interference
Specified calculations	Specified calculations may include: calculations involving fractions, decimals, ratios, proportions and percentages evaluation of formulae containing powers, exponents and logarithms functions use of scientific notation, correct units and correct number of significant figures calculation of uncertainties preparation and interpretation of linear, semi-log and log-log graphs calculation and interpretation of statistical quantities, such as mean, median, mode, range, variance and standard deviation determination of regression line equations and correlation coefficients preparation and interpretation of more complex control charts and frequency distribution plots
Records	Records may include: test reports safety procedures a history of equipment calibration and test results
Complex instruments	Verifiers may be licensed to test and mark specific classes of instruments from the following list. Complex instruments may include: non-automatic weighing machines >3 tonne LPG dispensers LPG bulk flowmetering systems flowmetering systems tested using master meter or gravimetric methods automatic rail weighbridges continuous totalising automatic weighing instruments (belt weighers) totalising hoppers weighing instruments any other complex measuring instrument prescribed by the National Measurement Institute

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Trade Measurement

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

AUM4003A Interpret customer requirements

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Not Applicable

Application of the Unit

Not Applicable

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Not Applicable

Employability Skills Information

Not Applicable

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not Applicable

Elements and Performance Criteria

Not Applicable

Required Skills and Knowledge

Not Applicable

Evidence Guide

Not Applicable

Range Statement

Not Applicable

Unit Sector(s)

Not Applicable

AURAAA4002 Determine retail rates for work

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURA454516A Determine retail rates for work Unit code updated to meet policy requirements. Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the competence to calculate fixed and variable costs to determine retail rates for jobs performed. It also involves calculating the effects of discount on overall profitability. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit is applicable to the administration and repair sectors of the automotive industry. It includes: work undertaken in-house work involving subcontracting costing of purchased parts for sale.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine fixed costs	1.1. Identify components of fixed costs 1.2. Use historical records and business knowledge to estimate fixed costs for next period 1.3. Calculate administrative and business operation overhead costs 1.4. Allocate proportion of fixed cost to be included in labour rate
2. Determine labour rate	2.1. Identify cost components of labour rate 2.2. Using historical records identify average chargeable hours of each category of staff 2.3. Calculate subcontractor cost component of jobs 2.4. Calculate applicable hourly retail rate for labour, including provision for fixed costs
3. Determine variable cost	3.1. Identify components of variable cost for job 3.2. Estimate and record materials required for the job 3.3. Use accounting records and details of job undertaken to calculate variable cost
4. Determine retail price of goods for resale	4.1. Research local market price for items 4.2. Estimate turnover volume of items 4.3. Calculate margins and mark-ups for each category of goods 4.4. Calculate effect of various discounts, loss leaders and specials on items based on retail price, volume and overall business flow-on 4.5. Calculate effect of high pricing strategy on some items 4.6. Monitor effects of price changes on business levels and profitability

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to determining retail rates communicate ideas and information to establish appropriate retail rates for work plan and organise activities to comply with requirements for determining business retail rates work with others and in a team to allocate charges use mathematical ideas and techniques to support the business operation solve problems to establish business use workplace technology to optimise performance
Required knowledge
basic mathematical concepts, addition, subtraction, percentages and fractions

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Calculate cost for a range of retail service and repair jobs, including fixed, variable and component pricing. Determine effect of price changes on overall business profitability. Gathering cost estimates from external service providers and documenting quotations.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Accounts payable and cash disbursement records, payroll records, equipment cost and asset register, pricing impact charts, stock turnover records, calculator or computer.
Method of assessment	Practical assessments: determine hourly charge-out rate for classes of labour using proportion of fixed, variable and labour cost determine on-cost for parts and components determine effect of change in price on business profitability.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Calculations	Calculation will include: overheads may be calculated for a specific job or be a constant component based on historical records and projections overheads will include accommodation costs, utilities, depreciation, insurance, licence and other business charges labour costs will include on-costs, such as leave provision, superannuation, training and workers' compensation chargeable hours/productive hours based on total hours worked less acknowledged non-chargeable hours
Work requirements	Work requirements may include: written and verbal communication sourcing and costing parts and consumables estimating costs documentation specific requirements
External service providers	External service providers may be: other departments specialist businesses
Resources	Resources may include: enterprise stationery, telephone and appropriate forms/business documents repair order and job cards component price lists accounting records purchasing records computer, calculator and software standard repair times
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: manufacturer/component supplier specifications enterprise operating procedures customer requirements state/territory/industry Workplace Health and Safety (WHS) legislation industry/workplace codes of practice

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Administration

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Common

AURACA2001 Establish relations with customers

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURC270421A Establish relations with customers Unit code updated to meet policy requirements. Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to establish effective relations with customers. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency applies to the following and should be contextualised to the qualification to which it is being applied: retail, service and repair

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Establish contact with customer	1.1. A welcoming customer environment is maintained 1.2. Customer is greeted warmly according to enterprise policies and procedures 1.3. An effective service environment is created through verbal and non-verbal presentation according to enterprise policies and procedures
2. Clarify specific needs of a customer	2.1. Customer needs are determined through questioning and active listening 2.2. Customer needs are accurately assessed against the products/services of the enterprise 2.3. Customer details are documented clearly and accurately in required format
3. Provide information and advice	3.1. Features and benefits of products/services provided by the enterprise are described/recommended to meet customer needs 3.2. Information to satisfy customer needs is provided 3.3. Alternative sources of information/advice are discussed with the customer 3.4. Alternatives are followed up
4. Follow up customer needs	4.1. Further information is dispatched to customer 4.2. Gaps in available information are identified and referred to relevant persons for action

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to specific needs of customers being identified operational skills and techniques in questioning/listening, resolving conflict, following set routines and procedures, handling difficult or abusive customers and greeting/farewelling techniques literacy skills in regard to message-taking in person or by telephone and completing written or computer documents of customer details plan and organise activities for implementation of a customer service plan work with others and in a team by team members with specific skills being sought to meet customer needs use mathematical ideas and techniques for customer timeframes being identified and followed establish diagnostic processes in which a logical approach to issues is followed use workplace technology related to technical skills in operating enterprise telephone systems and other communication equipment
Required knowledge
General knowledge of enterprise policies and procedures in regard to: customer service dealing with difficult customers allocated duties/responsibilities the range of enterprise merchandise and services, location of telephone extensions and departments/sections legislation and statutory requirements, including consumer law, trade practices and fair trading legislation industry/workplace codes of practice in relation to customer service

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of: consistently applying enterprise policies and procedures and industry codes of practice in regard to customer service providing a quality service environment by treating customers in a courteous and professional manner through all stages of the procedure using effective questioning/active listening and observation skills to identify customer needs communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed in conjunction with other units that form part of the job role or function. Elements of competence contain both knowledge and practical components. Knowledge components may be assessed off the job. Practical components should be assessed on the job or in a simulated work environment. Evidence is best gathered using the products, processes and procedures of the individual workplace as the means by which the candidate achieves industry competencies. The following should be made available: a workplace or simulated workplace documentation, such as enterprise policy and procedure manuals relating to customer service, enterprise telephone directory, legislation and codes of practice a range of customers with different requirements (real or simulated) a communication system or a range of communication equipment enterprise products/services, features and benefits a qualified workplace assessor.
Method of assessment	It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or other persons, subject to agreed authentication arrangements.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Business types	Enterprise may vary in size, type and location, and in the range of merchandise and services provided and in delivery policies
Customers	Customers may be regular or new and may have routine or special requests. They may include persons from a range of social, cultural or ethnic backgrounds and have physical and intellectual abilities. Regardless, all customers are made feel welcome, valued and, at the end of the process, satisfied. Customer contact may be face-to-face, by telephone or electronic means or in writing
Customer service	Customer service may include: all enterprise activities, internal and external customers and follow-up in event of delays in service provision
Customer needs	Customer needs may require information regarding: products or services available, quality of products or services, complementary products or services, enterprise facilities and services, and the location of specific items
Staff	Staff may be full-time, part-time or casual and vary in terms of training, product knowledge and in staffing levels. Staff may be operating in routine or busy trading conditions
Information/documents	Information/documents may include: enterprise policies and procedures relating to customer service, equipment and product manufacturer/component supplier specifications, enterprise operating procedures, industry/workplace codes of practice and customer requirements

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Sales and Marketing

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Common

AURACA3002 Establish customer requirements of a complex nature

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURC362721A Establish customer requirements of a complex nature Unit code updated to meet policy requirements. Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the competence to establish customer requirements for sales, parts, administration, finance or services which are more complex. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Confirm customer requirements	1.1. Questioning and active listening techniques are used to clarify customer needs 1.2. Customer requirements are elicited professionally, courteously, with tact and without presumptions 1.3. Customer requirements are fed back accurately and concisely to the customer for confirmation 1.4. Customer requirements are documented accurately in language that can be understood by the customer and by staff 1.5. Customer requirements are documented in accordance with industry, legal and/or enterprise standards and procedures 1.6. Customer acknowledgement and confirmation of the documented requirements are obtained
2. Advise customer of available options	2.1. Viable options to customer needs are generated by the employee 2.2. Viable options that conform to industry, legal and/or enterprise policies and procedures are generated by the employee 2.3. Suppliers are contacted to research options 2.4. Options are explained and discussed with the customer to facilitate customer understanding 2.5. Supporting information is made available to the customer, to facilitate customer understanding 2.6. Benefits and approximate costs of each option are explained to the customer to facilitate informed decision making
3. Inform customer of costs	3.1. Customer is provided with estimated costs and timeframes of selected option 3.2. Costs and timeframes are communicated verbally or in writing, in accordance with enterprise standards and procedures 3.3. Sale or service conditions are explained to customer
4. Agree action plan with customer	4.1. Customer's preferred option, including agreed delivery timeframe, is detailed in action plan 4.2. Agreed action plan is documented 4.3. Customer commitment to agreed action plan is gained, in accordance with enterprise requirements 4.4. Assistance with paperwork requiring completion by customer is provided 4.5. Customer feedback is sought on services provided

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to collating and analysing customer requirements and information communication skills in relation to dealing with customers, difficult customers and managing conflict and negotiation literacy skills in regard to message taking in person or by telephone and completing written or computer documents of customer requirements and action plans plan and organise activities to select and follow processes/procedures to ensure desired outcome work with others and in a team by requesting and using information/assistance from colleagues use mathematical ideas and techniques to include numerical skills in relation to calculating/modelling various financial and/or insurance arrangements establish diagnostic processes which include operational skills and techniques in customer service and problem-solving skills use workplace technology related to technical skills in operating enterprise telephone systems and other communication equipment
Required knowledge
Knowledge of: industry/enterprise policies and procedures in regard to: customer service customer requirements/needs documentation allocated duties/responsibilities the range of enterprise merchandise and services, location of departments/sections and telephone extensions of departments/sections, suppliers, finance and insurance legislation and statutory requirements, including workplace health and safety (WHS), consumer law, trade practices and fair trading legislation industry/workplace codes of practice in relation to customer service

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of: identifying customer requirements professionally, courteously, with tact and without presumptions generating and advising customer of viable options to meet customer needs calculating and informing customer of detailed costs and timeframes of agreed option proposing and gaining agreement by customer to an action plan to satisfy customer needs.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed in conjunction with other units that form part of the job role or function. Elements of competence contain both knowledge and practical components. Knowledge components may be assessed off the job. Practical components should be assessed on the job or in a simulated work environment. Evidence is best gathered using the products, processes and procedures of the individual workplace as the means by which the candidate achieves industry competencies. The following should be made available: a workplace or simulated workplace documentation, such as enterprise policy and procedure manuals relating to customer service, enterprise telephone directory, legislation and codes of practice a range of customers with different complex requirements (real or simulated) a communication system or a range of communication equipment real or simulated customer documents or database a qualified workplace assessor.
Method of assessment	It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover the varying circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or other persons subject to agreed authentication arrangements.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Unit scope	Enterprises may vary in size, type and location, in the range of merchandise and services provided and in delivery policies
Customers	Customers may: be regular or new have special or unusual requests be from a range of social, cultural or ethnic backgrounds and with different physical and mental abilities
Staff	Staff may be: full-time, part-time or casual and vary in terms of training, product knowledge and staffing levels operating in routine or busy trading conditions
Complex customer requirements	Complex customer requirements may include, but are not limited to: unusual or out of the ordinary problems, requirements of special or high importance customers, complex technical problems, matters involving more than one solution or area of service, needs of customers who have not been happy with some aspect of product or service provided or complex financial or insurance arrangements, such as lease, fleet or warranty extension arrangements
Information/documents	Information/documents may include: enterprise policies and procedures relating to customer service, equipment and product manufacturer/component supplier specifications, enterprise operating procedures, legislative and regulatory requirements, industry/workplace codes of practice and customer requirements

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Sales and Marketing

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Common

AURACA3003 Build customer relations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURC362807A Build customer relations Unit code updated to meet policy requirements. Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the competence to establish customer needs, maintain a customer database and ensure appropriate treatment of customers. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency applies to the following and should be contextualised to the qualification to which it is being applied: retail, service and repair.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Ensure maintenance of customer database	1.1. Evidence of maintenance of customer documents is sought regularly from staff responsible to ensure vital data is kept on existing and potential customers 1.2. Customer data is maintained to ensure database relevance and currency 1.3. Information on customers and sales and service history is gathered for analysis
2. Establish needs of customer	2.1. Customer needs are regularly monitored through formal and informal communication channels 2.2. Current products and services are assessed against customer needs to determine the ability of the enterprise to meet customer needs 2.3. Trends in customer service needs are documented and reported to appropriate persons periodically for planning purposes
3. Ensure appropriate treatment of customer	3.1. Service standards are reviewed regularly against outcomes to ensure required standards are met 3.2. Staff are trained to provide customer service to an appropriate standard to ensure consistent treatment of customers 3.3. Work activities of staff are reviewed regularly to ensure customer requirements are met 3.4. Business operations are reviewed to ensure they meet current and projected customer requirements 3.5. Staff are actively involved in providing information to improve customer service operations and activities

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to collating and analysing customer information to identify needs communicate ideas and information to conduct information sessions for staff plan and organise activities concerning information for database entries work with others and in a team by involving staff in improvements to customer service use mathematical ideas and techniques to plan database cells and size establish diagnostic processes which identify and recommend improvements to customer service use workplace technology related to use of customer database
Required knowledge
Knowledge of: enterprise policies and procedures in regard to: customer service maintenance of customer databases dealing with difficult customers allocated duties/responsibilities the range of enterprise merchandise and services, location of departments/sections and telephone extensions of departments/sections legislation and statutory requirements, including workplace health and safety (WHS) , consumer law, trade practices and fair trading legislation industry/workplace codes of practice in relation to customer service

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of: maintaining relevant and current customer databases in accordance with enterprise policies and procedures monitoring, reviewing and assessing customer needs and trends ensuring appropriate treatment of customers. This unit may be assessed in conjunction with other units that form part of the job role or function.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Elements of competence contain both knowledge and practical components. Knowledge components may be assessed off the job. Practical components should be assessed on the job or in a simulated work environment. Evidence is best gathered using the products, processes and procedures of the individual workplace as the means by which the candidate achieves industry competencies. The following should be made available: a workplace or simulated workplace documentation, such as enterprise policy and procedure manuals relating to customer service, enterprise telephone directory, legislation and codes of practice computer, database software, customer information and enterprise policies and procedures a range of customers with different requirements (real or simulated) a communication system or a range of communication equipment real or simulated customer database a qualified workplace assessor.
Method of assessment	It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or other persons, subject to agreed authentication arrangements.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Enterprises	Enterprises may vary in size, type and location, range of merchandise and services provided and delivery policies
Customers	Customers may: be regular or new have routine or special requests be from a range of social, cultural or ethnic backgrounds and physical and intellectual abilities Regardless, all customers are made feel welcome, valued and, at the end of the process, satisfied. Customer contact may be: face to face, by telephone, or electronic means or in writing
Customer service	Customer service may include all enterprise activities, internal and external customers and follow-up in event of delays in service provision
Staff	Staff may be: full-time, part-time or casual and vary in terms of training, product knowledge and staffing levels operating in routine or busy trading conditions
Customer needs	Customer needs may include: information regarding available products or services, quality of products or services, complementary products or services, enterprise facilities and services or the location of specific items
Customer databases	Customer databases may include: information on customer name, contact details, purchase history details of products or services, information requests, special needs and customer 'rating' by enterprise
Policies and procedures	Policies and procedures may include: enterprise policies and procedures relating to customer service, equipment and product manufacturer/component supplier specifications, enterprise operating procedures, legislative and regulatory requirements, industry/workplace codes of practice and customer requirements

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Sales and Marketing

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Common

AURAFA2004 Solve routine problems in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURC252327A Identify, clarify and resolve problems Performance Criteria updated to reflect the automotive workplace

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify and clarify the nature of routine problems commonly encountered in an automotive workplace as they relate to automotive vehicle repair. It involves deciding on the best solution, implementing and evaluating solutions and assisting others to identify and resolve problems. No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	Work applies to the process implemented when addressing a problem in relation to vehicle or equipment repair. This unit has application throughout all sectors of the automotive industry and can be applied to resource, equipment, job function, workplace environment or process related problems.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify and clarify nature of the problem	1.1. Signs of problems are identified or anticipated 1.2. Information and evidence is gathered from a variety of sources 1.3. Detailed analysis of the information is prepared, listing all options 1.4. Relevant and irrelevant components of the problem are distinguished within the available timeframe
2. Determine criteria for optimal solution and implement solution	2.1. Range of possible solution methods are defined 2.2. Options and strategies are identified or devised 2.3. Strengths and weaknesses of each option and strategy are considered against determined criteria 2.4. The optimal solution is determined 2.5. An implementation strategy is prepared and presented to designated persons for approval 2.6. The chosen solution is implemented within available timeframe
3. Evaluate and report on effectiveness of solutions and outcomes	3.1. Criteria are established to determine if chosen solutions resolve the problem 3.2. The chosen solution is evaluated against the determined criteria 3.3. Follow-up procedures are implemented by investigating things that have gone wrong and developing contingency arrangements 3.4. The effectiveness of the solution is reported to the workgroup or designated persons
4. Assist others to identify, clarify and resolve problems in the workplace	4.1. Others are assisted to anticipate or identify the indicators of a problem 4.2. Others are assisted to investigate the problem 4.3. Others are assisted to devise and evaluate alternative options and strategies 4.4. Others are assisted to implement the chosen solution

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
communication skills to communicate ideas and information relating to reading and understanding workplace documents initiative and enterprise to identify sources of information, assistance and expert knowledge to assist with problem solving literacy skills to: understand written workplace procedures and documents read and follow information in written instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts and other applicable reference documents numeracy skills to use mathematical ideas and techniques where required for solution options planning and organising skills to plan and organise activities for a plan of action developed to solve problems problem-solving skills to: recognise a workplace problem or a potential problem adopt strategic approaches to routine problem solving establish diagnostic processes that use basic analytical and problem-solving skills relating to identifying, evaluating and resolving work-related problems refer problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person and suggest possible causes self-management skills to: select and use appropriate written materials, processes and procedures recognise limitations and seek timely advice teamwork skills to work with others and in a team by using basic communication and teamwork skills to assist others to solve problems technical skills to collect, organise and understand information relating to collating information to define problems technology skills to use workplace technology for research and to report on effectiveness
Required knowledge
workplace policies and work procedures in relation to problem identification and problem solving problem identification, evaluation and reporting procedures problem identification, evaluation and reporting practices and strategies

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	The evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit must be relevant to workplace operations and satisfy all of the requirements of the performance criteria and required skills and knowledge. A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to: communicate effectively with others involved in or affected by the work identify indicators of problems or potential problems gather and evaluate information relating to the problem devise solutions implement solutions as they relate to mechanical or electrical faults or problems in an automotive workplace.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated workplace environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting. Assessment is to occur: using standard workplace practices and procedures following safety requirements applying environmental constraints. Assessment is to comply with relevant: regulatory requirements Australian standards industry codes of practice. The following resources must be made available for the assessment of this unit: workplace location or simulated workplace documentation, such as workplace or sample policies and procedures, vehicle workshop or repair manuals related to work procedures and problem solving vehicles with mechanical or electrical faults or problems requiring resolution.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of this Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with the application of required skills and knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on required skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other units which together form part of a holistic work role. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate the needs of diverse clients. Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally sensitive and appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Problems may include:	problems relating to normal work activities within the responsibility of the individual or workgroup problems that arise relating to additional or non-standard work activities problems caused by internal or external changes in work conditions or the environment.
Information and evidence may include:	equipment or product manufacturer and component supplier specifications workplace policies and procedures customer requirements repair quotations legislation and regulations industry and workplace codes of practice.
Solution methods may include:	personal problem solving mathematical problem solving root cause analysis brainstorming lateral thinking trial and error substitution.
Contingency arrangements may include:	technical evaluation physical evaluation formulating or revising plans strategy development evaluating procedures time management cpmmunication strategies.

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field	Common
Unit sector	Foundation Skills

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

AURAFA5007 Develop and document specifications and procedures

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURT577620A Develop and document specifications and procedures Unit code updated to meet policy requirements. Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the competence to analyse requirements and to develop and document technical specifications and procedures providing concise and unambiguous direction and guidance for workplace activities. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit covers the work involved in the research for and writing of specifications and procedures for the workplace. Work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual ability, discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills. Work may involve individual and team related activities and will normally relate to the standard forms of activity performed in the enterprise and industry.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify requirements	1.1. Information required for technical specifications and procedures is identified and assembled. 1.2. Specifications and procedures requirements and formats are established and confirmed, where necessary. 1.3. Requirements for information entry, storage, output and quality of document production are identified in accordance with enterprise procedures. 1.4. Specifications and procedures document design is appropriate for efficient entry of information and satisfies appearance and presentation requirements for the purpose of the document. 1.5. Range of functions incorporated in the document design reflects the nominated requirements.
2. Prepare specifications	2.1. Technical information for use in the specification is collected, tested and validated or confirmed before use. 2.2. Authoritative sources and references are identified and used in the preparation and presentation of the specification. 2.3. Specifications are written in a format, to ensure requirements can be met. 2.4. Specifications are written in a manner that is clear and understood in the workplace. 2.5. Specification documentation satisfies enterprise and industry standards.
3. Prepare technical procedures	3.1. Activities and tasks are identified, analysed and documented. 3.2. Activities and tasks are sequenced and logically grouped. 3.3. Procedures are documented to enterprise and industry standards.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand technical information related to the specifications and procedures, testing processes, diagnostic methods and options and safety procedures. communicate ideas and information to ensure the completeness, clarity and comprehension of the specifications and procedures by the target audience. plan and organise to avoid backtracking, workflow interruptions or wastage. work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity. use mathematical ideas and techniques to incorporate measurements, calibration and test requirements into specifications and procedures. establish processes which anticipate and allow for risks, cater for both direct and indirect causes, avoid or minimise reworking and avoid wastage in the preparation and content of procedures. use the workplace technology related to document preparation, including calculators and measuring devices, computing systems and information management systems.
Required knowledge
technical writing and presentation techniques. enterprise (or equivalent) technical procedure formats, content rules, preparation and management techniques.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Locate, interpret and apply information. Apply safety requirements throughout the work sequence, including the use of personal protective clothing and equipment. Identify and itemise steps and stages in procedures. Complete a significant operational procedure, incorporating safety obligations, and covering: a full analysis of the topic area a step-by-step operational procedure supporting documents to the procedure. Complete or review and update a specification for a significant system or sub-system covering: system/sub-system description components materials construction circuitry related information sources legal, regulatory or intellectual property law requirements. Modify products to cater for variations in workplace cultures and environment. Work effectively with others.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility. Access to systems requiring specification, activities requiring procedural coverage, related, technical information and a work environment.
Method of assessment	Assessment of this unit of competence is most likely to be project related and require portfolios or other forms of indirect evidence of process. Direct evidence will include certification of compliance of the final outcome/product or authorisation for use by a competent authority. Assessment must confirm the inference that competence is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstances, but is able to be transferred to other projects. Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Specifications	Specifications are technical criteria for an object, item, system or sub-system describing the components, materials, construction, circuitry and associated legal, regulatory or intellectual property issues.
Procedures	Procedures contain detailed descriptions of the tasks, activities, sequences, materials, tooling, rules and safety requirements leading or guiding an individual through an authorised work practice.
Function	The function is undertaken in accordance with established enterprise procedures and practices may include requirements recommended by manufacturer.
Unit context	WHS requirements include legislation, safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes and safe operating procedures. Work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, health regulations, authorised handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements.
Workplace environment	Specifications and procedures may be used in established workshops or under external site conditions.
Personal protective equipment	Personal protective equipment is to include that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices.
Information and procedures	Workplace procedures relating to the use of tooling and equipment. Workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication. Manufacturer/component supplier specifications and application procedures for testing equipment and materials. Manufacturer/component supplier specifications, schematics and operational procedures related to systems. Australian Design Rules. Vehicle industry regulations. Vehicle industry publications related to emerging system technology and technology changes.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Common

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Foundation Skills

AURAKA3002 Adapt work processes to new technologies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURC361101A Adapt work processes to new technology Unit code updated to meet policy requirements. Minor changes to unit title Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the competence required to investigate the nature of new technologies and modify existing work processes and procedures to incorporate new technologies into the workplace. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Investigate the nature of the new technology	1.1. Training/information sessions are attended, to gain a full understanding of new technology 1.2. Technical sources are consulted to gain a full understanding of new technology 1.3. New technologies are analysed to determine their importance and value to the enterprise 1.4. Impact of new technologies on existing processes is analysed 1.5. Information about additional materials and equipment required to adopt the technology is communicated to staff
2. Modify existing work processes and procedures	2.1. Processes are modified to incorporate new technologies 2.2. Impact on workflow and productivity is minimised through effective planning and communication with staff 2.3. Staff are provided with training/information in the use of new technologies

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to adapting work processes to new technologies communicate ideas and information to supervisors related to adapting work processes to new technologies plan and organise activities adapting work processes to new technologies work with others and in a team by seeing and conveying information related to the planning, sequencing and completion of the task use mathematical ideas and techniques to count and measure establish diagnostic processes which adapts work processes to new technologies use the workplace technology related to adapting work processes to new technologies
Required knowledge
Knowledge of: enterprise existing activity, processes and procedures relevant to application cost-benefit analysis principles analytical skills, processes and procedures planning, communication and management skills, processes and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of: investigating the nature of new technologies and modifying existing work processes and procedures to incorporate new technologies into the workplace.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Underpinning knowledge and skills may be assessed on or off the job. Assessment of practical skills must take place only after a period of supervised practice and repetitive experience. If workplace conditions are not available, assessment in simulated workplace conditions is acceptable. Prescribed outcome must be able to be achieved without direct supervision. The following should be made available: technical information, hand tooling, specialised tooling and equipment.
Method of assessment	Practical assessments: research and adapt a process to a previously unknown technology train staff in use of a new technology compare costs and benefits of a current process and one which incorporates a new technology make a recommendation as to whether a given technology should be introduced to the workplace, taking into consideration the value to the enterprise of the change plan and implement the introduction of a new technology into the workplace, with provision to minimise the impact on workflow and productivity.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Methods	Methods include: analysis of existing work practices planning communication research
Processes which may be modified	Processes which may be modified could include: work/repair sequence WHS practices administration and/or documentation stock control
New technologies	New technologies which could be incorporated into the workplace include: new equipment or tooling, base materials or automotive systems
Unit context	Workplace example: a body repair involving a multi-layer paint system is encountered for the first time in the workshop. The technician contacts the paint supplier to gather information on the paint system. Other persons might also need to be contacted to gain an understanding of how to effect the repair, such as the paint manufacturer or industry contacts who may have encountered such a paint system before and/or employer bodies. Because normal 'blending' is not possible, alternative methods for colour matching need to be determined after gathering information
Information/documents	Information/documents may include: manufacturer/component supplier specifications technical journals, including workshop manuals, tune-up manuals enterprise operating procedures customer requirements industry codes of practice legislation
WHS requirements	WHS requirements may include: state/territory WHS legislation award provisions

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Common

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Information Technology

AURALA3001 Determine legal aspects of an automotive service and repair contract

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURA354616A Determine legal aspects of an automotive service and repair contract Unit code updated to meet policy requirements. Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the competence to act within legal and ethical boundaries in dealing with customers and implement measures to avoid disputes and resolve those that do occur. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency applies to the legal and ethical operation in retail, service and repair. Methods include: written and verbal communication researching requirements monitoring performance against requirements ensuring currency of requirements documentation.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Comply with service and repair contract and agreement legislation	1.1. Identify and comply with the rights and legal obligations of parties involved in a valid service and repair contract 1.2. Identify and comply with the legal liabilities of a repairer who performs service or repair work without a valid contract 1.3. Prepare draft documents that would form a valid contract for service and repair work in the automotive industry 1.4. Implement procedures to advise customers of the nature of the contract they are entering into requesting service and repair work to be undertaken 1.5. Implement procedures for staff to follow to ensure valid contracts are in place for all stages of work undertaken 1.6. Implement procedures to minimise liability or customer claims in relationship to bailment 1.7. Identify which regulatory bodies have authority to inspect the premises and the procedures for this to occur
2. Establish warranties in accordance with legal requirements and company policy	2.1. Ensure customer statutory rights have been protected 2.2. Ensure warranty documents have regard for fair trading principles 2.3. Ensure warranty interpretation is in accordance with company policy
3. Enforce contract in accordance with legal requirements and company policy	3.1. Develop company policy on payment terms for services rendered 3.2. Identify and observe different forms of liens and their applicability of the automotive industry 3.3. Identify and observe the legal rights and obligations of an automotive business in respect of the disposal or sale of uncollected vehicles or goods 3.4. Outline the legal procedure that should be followed for recovery of payment when a customer is in default of payment
4. Dispute resolution in the automotive industry	4.1. Implement procedures to minimise disputes with customers 4.2. Maintain necessary records to support positions in disputes with customers 4.3. Identify external sources of assistance in dispute resolution 4.4. Monitor customer disputes and resolutions to implement procedures for avoidance strategies

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to legal and ethical business dealings communicate ideas and information to customers and supervisors related to legal and ethical business dealings plan and organise activities related to legal and ethical business dealings work with others and in a team by observing and conveying information related to planning, sequencing and completion of the task use mathematical ideas and techniques to count and measure establish and utilise processes that identify appropriate methods related to legal and ethical business dealings use workplace technology related to legal and ethical business dealings
Required knowledge
legal and ethical requirements related to contracts warranty rights and responsibilities of suppliers and repairers components of a valid contract written communication and report writing skills procedures oral communication skills procedures assessing vehicle damage and recommended repair methods dispute resolution techniques

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer the competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in critical aspects of: establishment and revision of model customer contracts implementation procedures to avoid or deal with customer disputes maintenance of customer records identification of key components of a valid service and repair contract establishment of an appropriate paper trail and records to verify actions taken in a dispute situation.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Underpinning knowledge may be assessed on or off the job. Assessment of practical skills must take place only after a period of supervised practice and repetitive experience. Assessment must take place in the workplace. The prescribed outcome must be able to be achieved without direct supervision.
Method of assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Resources	Resources may include: enterprise stationery, telephone and appropriate forms/business documents repair orders, job cards and invoices sample repair contracts computer, calculator and software customer records
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: consumer legislation and regulation, including sections of the Trade Practices Act enterprise operating procedures product manufacturer/component supplier specifications and warranties customer requirements industry/workplace codes of practice state/industry WHS legislation contract law information relevant to automotive business company policy on payment terms industry association code of ethics

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Common

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Regulatory or Legal

AURAMA3004 Maintain business image

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURC363337A Maintain business image Unit code updated to meet policy requirements. Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the competence required to maintain staff dress and grooming standards, maintain the physical appearance of the workplace, implement waste disposal processes, and promote business products and services. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency applies to the following and should be contextualised to the qualification to which it is being applied: retail, service and repair.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Maintain physical appearance of the workplace	1.1. Cleanliness and tidiness of the workplace is maintained in accordance with industry and/or enterprise standards of workplace health and safety (WHS) 1.2. Workplace is free of rubbish and waste in accordance with industry, WHS and enterprise requirements 1.3. Standards of cleanliness are communicated to staff in accordance with enterprise procedures 1.4. Customer reception area is maintained to enterprise standards 1.5. Defined areas for specific tasks are created and maintained to enterprise requirements 1.6. Facilities and equipment maintenance is planned and regularly carried out 1.7. Enterprise image and signage is displayed consistently throughout the organisation
2. Maintain enterprise dress and grooming standards	2.1. Expectations regarding dress and grooming are communicated to staff on a regular basis 2.2. Standards are updated as needs arise according to enterprise requirements 2.3. Dress and grooming of staff are monitored to ensure standards are met 2.4. Breaches of standards are identified and corrected
3. Implement waste disposal processes	3.1. Waste disposal is monitored to ensure compliance with environmental, WHS, industry and enterprise requirements 3.2. Recycling opportunities are identified and implemented in accordance with environmental legislative, industry and enterprise standards 3.3. Environment Protection Authority documents are maintained
4. Promote products and services provided by the business	4.1. Promotional activities are implemented as planned according to enterprise policies and industry and legal requirements 4.2. Products/services are sold to highest quality level according to enterprise policies, manufacturer/component supplier specifications, industry and legal requirements 4.3. Sales promotions/campaigns are actively supported

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to enterprise expectations communicate ideas and information to ensure staff are advised of enterprise requirements plan and organise activities for waste disposal processes work with others and in a team by using a team approach to maintain workplace appearance use mathematical ideas and techniques to budgets associated with sales campaigns establish diagnostic processes to resolve environmental issues use the workplace technology related to promote products and services
Required knowledge
Knowledge of: WHS requirements within the state/territory of operation industry and enterprise standards and requirements regarding physical appearance of the workplace, dress and grooming industry and enterprise standards regarding waste disposal processes enterprise standards regarding promotion of services and products environmental protection authority regulations and guidelines advertising codes and requirements for ethical advertising practices legal obligations and requirements

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of: maintaining staff dress and grooming standards maintaining the physical appearance of the workplace implementing waste disposal processes promoting business products and services.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	The underpinning knowledge and skills may be assessed on or off the job. The assessment of practical skills must take place only after a period of supervised practice and repetitive experience. If workplace conditions are not available, assessment in simulated workplace conditions is acceptable. The prescribed outcome must be able to be achieved without direct supervision. The following should be made available: a workplace or simulated workplace enterprise or equivalent policy and procedures enterprise stationery, forms/business documents a qualified workplace assessor.
Method of assessment	Practical assessments: address staff breaches of dress and grooming standards complete Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) paperwork maintain the physical appearance of the worksite maintain enterprise dress and grooming standard implement waste disposal processes promote products and services provided by the business.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Methods	Methods include: written and verbal communication
Defined areas for specific tasks	Defined areas for specific tasks may include: lunchrooms work areas for specific tasks (e.g. paint, electrical, transmission and wheel alignment) warehouse areas office/administration areas workshop bays
Waste	Waste may include: materials products parts consumables
Corrective actions	Corrective action to breaches of dress and grooming standards may include: individual or group staff counselling, notices or memos
Standard clothing	Standard clothing may include: overalls shirts jacket trousers work safety or waterproof footwear ear plugs/muffs safety goggles other personal protection equipment
Information/documents	Information/documents may include: enterprise operating procedures product manufacturer/component supplier specifications customer requirements industry/workplace codes of practice
WHS requirements	WHS requirements may include: state/territory industry WHS legislation award provisions

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Common

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Management, Leadership and Supervision

AURAMA4005 Manage complex customer issues

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURC463238B Manage complex customer issues Unit code updated to meet policy requirements. Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to resolve complex customer complaints or issues. It requires the ability to communicate effectively and make an informed judgement. No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to individuals who are required to manage and resolve complex customer issues in an automotive environment.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Examine the nature of the issue	1.1. Ascertain all facts relating to the issue 1.2. Use effective communication to understand customer feelings and opinions 1.3. Determine enterprise and/or supplier policies relating to the issue
2. Exercise judgement to resolve the issue	2.1. Determine implications of the issue for the customer and organisation 2.2. Analyse and negotiate options for resolution with the customer in accordance with legislative requirements and enterprise policies 2.3. Refer matters for which a solution cannot be negotiated to management
3. Document issue and outcome	3.1. Report outcome of the issue to management 3.2. Incorporate issue and outcome into customer feedback system

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: technical skills to the level required to use workplace technology to manage, resolve and record customer issue communication skills to the level required to listen effectively to a customer complaint, negotiate effectively to resolve the issue and communicate effectively with the supervisor and other workers, and to relate to people from a range of social, cultural and ethnic backgrounds, and of varying physical and mental abilities literacy skills to the level required to identify and understand information related to the issue, the enterprise procedures to resolve issues, and to prepare a report on the issue and outcome numeracy skills to the level required to undertake any calculations related to the complex issue management problem-solving skills to the level required to undertake diagnostic processes that lead to a solution to the complex customer complaint team skills to the level required to seek advice from others to lead to a solution to the complex customer issues
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: negotiation and problem-solving strategies industry codes of conduct applicable commonwealth, state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice, including workplace health and safety (WHS), personal safety and environment, relevant to resolving complex customer complaints organisational policies and procedures, including quality requirements, reporting and recording procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to resolving complex customer complaints

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: observe safety procedures and requirements communicate effectively with others involved in or affected by the work select methods and techniques which are appropriate to the circumstances understand and follow enterprise procedures to resolve customer complaints use a planned approach to resolve the complaint determine the facts and implications of the issue for both the customer and the organisation resolve the customer complaint to the satisfaction of both the customer and the enterprise document the resolved issue according to workplace procedures.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	The application of competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that reflects as far as possible the actual working environment. Assessment is to occur using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory requirements, including specified Australian standards. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. The following resources should be made available: details of a range of complex customer complaints workplace procedures related to customer service legislation and codes of practice computer hardware and software, calculators and general office equipment.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of this Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of Required Skills and Knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on Required Skills and Knowledge to ensure its correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally sensitive and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Complex issues	Complex issues may include: cost issues warranty issues policy matters commercial decisions taken code of practice adherence work standards time taken or time expected to repair selection of parts
Options for resolution	Options for resolution may include: rework reduced fee for work completed/agreed additional services for free/reduced fee referrals to other suppliers
Workplace procedures	Workplace procedures may include: customers issue resolution process and procedures industry and workplace codes of practice product manufacturer and component supplier specifications industry and workplace codes of practice
Legislative requirements	Legislative requirements are to be in accordance with applicable commonwealth, state or territory legislation, regulations, certification requirements and codes of practice, and may include: award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian standards Australian Design Rules confidentiality and privacy WHS the environment equal opportunity anti-discrimination duty of care
WHS requirements	WHS requirements are to be in accordance with applicable commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations, and organisational safety policies and procedures, and may include: personal protective equipment and clothing safety equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including shifting, lifting and carrying emergency procedures road rules safe driving policy
Environmental requirements	Environmental requirements may include: waste management noise dust clean-up management
Organisational policies and procedures	Organisational policies and procedures may include: quality policies and procedures, including Australian standards WHS, sustainability, environment, equal opportunity and anti-discrimination manufacturer specifications and industry codes of practice safe work procedures reporting and recording procedures

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Common

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Management, Leadership and Supervision

AURAMA5006 Contribute to business improvement

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURC561614A Contribute to business improvement Unit code updated to meet policy requirements. Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the competence required to contribute to the budget process, manage expenses in order to maintain levels of profitability within the specific area of responsibility, and contribute to the planning of business promotions. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency applies to the following and should be contextualised to the qualification to which it is being applied: retail, service and repair.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Contribute to the setting of budgets and targets	1.1. Information for budgets and targets is collected within agreed timeframes 1.2. Budget and targets are set to achieve required levels of financial and business performance 1.3. Hourly rate is calculated based on business costs and margins, according to enterprise requirements 1.4. Expenditure requirements are agreed with appropriate persons, and provision is made in targets 1.5. Provision for unplanned costs is included in annual budget
2. Manage income and expenses	2.1. Expenditure and income for jobs is monitored on a regular basis 2.2. Financial information on jobs is collected on a regular basis and compared to budget 2.3. Corrective action for budget discrepancies is implemented 2.4. Invoices are prepared within timeframes according to industry and/or enterprise standards 2.5. Performance against budgets is monitored on a regular basis, and options for corrective action are discussed with management 2.6. Assistance is provided in the resolution of disputed accounts according to industry and/or enterprise standards and procedures for dispute resolution
3. Contribute to planning of business promotions	3.1. Promotional strategies are regularly reviewed with management 3.2. Adjustments to promotional strategies are discussed and agreed with management 3.3. New stock and/or display equipment required to support promotions is identified and arranged in a timely fashion 3.4. Displays are arranged to enhance enterprise image

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to contributing to business improvement communicate ideas and information to customers and supervisors related to contributing to business improvement plan and organise activities related to contributing to business improvement work with others and in a team by seeing and conveying information related to the planning, sequencing and completion of the task use mathematical ideas and techniques to count and measure establish diagnostic processes which identify methods related to contributing to business improvement use the workplace technology related to contributing to business improvement
Required knowledge
Knowledge of: accounting principles how to set a budget hourly rate components, based on general industry models/formulas responses to a range of budget and target situations in the workplace marketing concepts and principles

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of: contributing to the budget process, managing expenses in order to maintain levels of profitability within the specific area of responsibility, and contributing to the planning of business promotions.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Underpinning knowledge and skills may be assessed on or off the job. Assessment of practical skills must take place only after a period of supervised practice and repetitive experience. If workplace conditions are not available, assessment in simulated workplace conditions is acceptable. Prescribed outcome must be able to be achieved without direct supervision. The following should be made available: enterprise stationery, telephone, forms/business documents.
Method of assessment	Practical assessments: calculate and review hourly rate, based on supplied business costs and margins discuss current budget status, based on provided data achieve department budgets discuss strategy for treatment of debtors and bad debts prepare analysis of current enterprise/department promotional strategies and recommendations for adjustments.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Methods	Methods include: written and verbal communication planning
Budgets and targets	Budgets and targets may be for: finances sales stock throughput work won
Financial information	Financial information may include: hourly rate components expenditure on jobs, at hourly rate income from jobs, at hourly rate supplier invoices stock documents
Unplanned costs	Unplanned costs may include: accident burglary/loss damage
Business or department income	Business or department income may be sourced from: retail labour sales component sales accessories and other items margins on sublet jobs government employment incentives
Business costs and margins	Business costs and margins may include: general expenses fixed expenses on costs rework component profit margins
Corrective action	Corrective action in response to budget discrepancies may include: reassessing budget reducing costs changing procedures
Business promotions	Business promotions may relate to: regular advertising special campaigns
Displays	Displays may include: stock and other merchandise enterprise signage promotional and advertising material
Information/documents	Information/documents may include: enterprise operating procedures product manufacturer/component supplier specifications customer requirements industry/workplace codes of practice
WHS requirements	WHS requirements may include: state/territory WHS legislation award provisions

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Common

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Management, Leadership and Supervision

AURANN4001 Prepare a vehicle repair quotation

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURC465349B Prepare a vehicle repair quotation Unit code updated to meet policy requirements. Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare a written vehicle repair quotation. It requires the ability to use numeracy and literacy skills to identify and document the costs. No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to individuals who are required to prepare vehicle repair quotations in the vehicle repair and vehicle loss assessing industries. Vehicles may include light vehicles, heavy vehicles, agricultural and plant equipment, recreational boats, recreational vehicles and motorcycles.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Gather information	1.1. Clarify the particular service required 1.2. Locate information sources 1.3. Gather any job cost estimation and calculation details 1.4. Obtain labour unit cost projections 1.5. Identify enterprise quotation elements and procedures
2. Estimate, cost and prepare vehicle repair quotation	2.1. Estimate and cost required parts and materials 2.2. Estimate and cost direct labour and subcontractor services 2.3. Estimate and cost overheads and mark-up percentages in accordance with enterprise procedures 2.4. Note potential quotation variations 2.5. Prepare a legible and accurate quotation using the enterprise approved format 2.6. Verify final costs, calculations and other details with relevant enterprise person
3. Present quotation to customer	3.1. Present verbal and written report to customer 3.2. Gain approval to complete repairs from customer 3.3. Complete documentation and file quotation as required by enterprise

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: technical skills to the level required to use the internet and other workplace technology related to preparing a vehicle repair quotation communication skills to the level required to verify costs with others, to report work outcomes and problems, and to relate to people from a range of social, cultural and ethnic backgrounds, and of varying physical and mental abilities literacy skills to the level required to undertake costing research and to document and report findings numeracy skills to the level required to estimate and calculate labour, materials and on-costs and to validate work costs problem-solving skills to the level required to anticipate costing problems and to avoid reworking, wastage, and planning and scheduling problems team skills to the level required to work effectively and cooperatively with others to optimise workflow and productivity
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: methods and processes for identifying, apportioning, summarising and validating total costs for work components of labour costs current assessing and quoting methodologies commercial approaches to warehousing and physical distribution and costing manufacturer and component supplier specifications and manuals, including costing catalogues applicable commonwealth, state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice, including workplace health and safety (WHS), personal safety and environment, relevant to calculating vehicle repairs organisational policies and procedures, including quality requirements, reporting and recording procedures, related to calculating vehicle repair costs

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: observe safety procedures and requirements communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work select appropriate methods and techniques interpret proposals, specifications and instructions for the work obtain information relevant to the determination of costs calculate and cost accurately the quantities of parts and materials, the amount of labour and time required to complete the work and overheads for a range of vehicle repair quotes document the process and outcomes in accordance with enterprise practice.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	The application of competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that reflects as far as possible the actual working environment. Assessment is to occur using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory requirements, including specified Australian standards. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. The following resources should be made available: vehicles requiring repair that can be used for quotations appropriate worksite and costing details manufacturer and component costs, labour rates, commercial and industry information Repair Times manuals equipment, including calculators, computer, internet and software enterprise procedures.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of this Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of Required Skills and Knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on Required Skills and Knowledge to ensure its correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally sensitive and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Quotation	Quotation may include: customer details vehicle details work to be performed details of costs, including labour legible and accurate documentation using the enterprise-approved format
Overhead costs	Overhead costs may include: rental and leasing costs utilities non-production resources depreciation of plant and equipment warehousing margins warehousing costs insurance and other costs incurred by doing business material/supply costs, including catalogues, contracts, standing agreements, market rates and warehousing margins
Information/documents	Information/documents may include: Motor Vehicle Insurance and Repair Industry Code of Conduct verbal, written and graphical instructions parts listing prices and catalogues inventory systems material safety data sheets (MSDS) diagrams or sketches safe work procedures for inspection of vehicles for saleable components engineer's design specifications and instructions workplace specifications and requirements instructions issued by authorised enterprise or external persons Australian standards current driver's licence
Legislative requirements	Legislative requirements are to be in accordance with applicable commonwealth, state or territory legislation, regulations, certification requirements and codes of practice, and may include: award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian standards Australian Design Rules confidentiality and privacy WHS the environment equal opportunity anti-discrimination duty of care
WHS requirements	WHS requirements are to be in accordance with applicable commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations, and organisational safety policies and procedures, and may include: personal protective equipment and clothing safety equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including shifting, lifting and carrying emergency procedures road rules safe driving policy
Environmental requirements	Environmental requirements may include: waste management noise dust clean-up management
Organisational policies and procedures	Organisational policies and procedures may include: financial management policies and procedures cost and apportioning overheads policies and procedures labour employment costs, including awards and contracts quality policies and procedures, including Australian standards WHS, sustainability, environment, equal opportunity and anti-discrimination manufacturer specifications and industry codes of practice safe work procedures reporting and recording procedures

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Common

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Loss Assessment or Repair Quoting - Body

AURATA3005 Estimate complex jobs

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURC365722A Estimate complex jobs Unit code updated to meet policy requirements. Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the competence required to estimate the time requirements for complex jobs, source requirements, gather cost estimates from external service providers and document quotations. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency applies to retail, service and repair complex estimation work within the repair sector of the automotive industry. Work requires individuals to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment. Competence may be demonstrated in a workplace environment or simulated workplace.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Estimate time requirements for jobs	1.1. Time estimates for job requirements are calculated based on warranty times, staff estimates, standard service/repair times, specifications, and subcontracted timeframes 1.2. Service/repair times are estimated and compared to documented estimate to ensure repair job is viable 1.3. Turn-around times for work completed by subcontractor are incorporated into total time estimates
2. Source parts	2.1. Viability of replacement compared to repair is ascertained to meet quality standards and legal requirements 2.2. Part requirements are determined to ensure cost constraints are met 2.3. Parts and consumables required for the job are ordered 2.4. Parts are sourced externally when internal stock is not available to meet customer requirements
3. Identify subcontract testing and/or service/ repair work costs for incorporation into the total estimated cost	3.1. Estimate is documented 3.2. Service/repair requirements, procedures and costs are documented in a logical order 3.3. Service/repair requirements are documented in detail 3.4. Estimate is relevant to the identified service/repair requirements 3.5. Potential variations are noted on the estimate
4. Estimate total job costs	4.1. External service providers are given a clear outline of the work and time requirements of the job 4.2. Job cost estimate is documented and agreed with external service providers 4.3. Parts and consumables are costed according to industry and/or enterprise pricing standards 4.4. Supplementary estimate is prepared, to gain authorisation from owner for additional service/repairs 4.5. Final estimate is documented 4.6. Authorisation is gained from customer to commence work and/or undertake supplementary work
5. Report estimations to customer	5.1. Report of findings is completed in the enterprise-approved format 5.2. Customer is advised of the estimation 5.3. Job card is completed and delivered to appropriate persons

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
research and interpretive skills sufficient to locate, interpret and apply manufacturer/component supplier procedures, workplace policies and procedures analytical skills required for the identification and analysis of technical information plain English literacy and communication skills in relation to dealing with customers and team members questioning and active listening skills for example when obtaining information from customers oral communication skills sufficient to convey information and concepts to customers as applied to own work activities, including making good use of time and resources, sorting out priorities and monitoring own performance interacting effectively with other persons both on a one-to-one basis and in groups, including understanding and responding to the needs of a customer and working effectively as a member of a team to achieve a shared goal use mathematical ideas and techniques such as number and space and techniques, e.g. estimation and approximation, for practical purposes apply problem-solving strategies in purposeful ways, both in situations where the problem and the desired solution are clearly evident and in situations requiring critical thinking and a creative approach to achieve an outcome combine the physical and sensory skills needed to operate equipment with understanding of scientific and technological principles needed to explore and adapt systems
Required knowledge
Knowledge of: WHS regulations/requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements principles of estimating and job costing enterprise quality procedures work organisation and planning processes contract law sale-contracting principles written communication and report writing skills procedures relevant to application oral communication skills procedures relevant to application

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of: observing safety procedures and requirements communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work selecting methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances completing preparatory activity in a systematic manner estimating in accordance with workplace requirements estimation is carried out to manufacturer/component supplier requirements estimation of the work completed within workplace timeframes report presented to customer is in compliance with workplace requirements.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit will normally need to be assessed as a discrete entity. Performance may involve the application of a range of contributory competencies. Assessment of this unit must be completed on the job or in a simulated work environment which reflects a range of quality processes and procedures. The prescribed outcome must be able to be achieved without direct supervision. The competence should be assessed within the context of the qualification being sought. The following should be made available: a workplace or simulated workplace enterprise stationery, telephone and forms/business documents repair order, job cards and quotes/estimates computer and software, calculator hand tooling, workshop equipment access to information
Method of assessment	It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying quality circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or other persons subject to agreed authentication arrangements. Evidence of being able to: access, interpret and apply service information identify estimating and job costing procedures accurately estimating time required for a job involving sublet work and/or a mix of service/repair disciplines (e.g. mechanical, electrical and body) estimate on a wide variety of jobs, including non-routine jobs justify a repair job deemed to be 'viable' from a cost perspective justify a replacement/repair decision according to quality standards and legal requirements use service tooling and equipment observe safety procedures and requirements provide customer service prepare service reports communicate with customers orally and in writing maintain workplace documents.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Variables	Variables may include: jobs involving subcontracted work jobs involving a mix of vocations (e.g. mechanical, body and electrical) non-routine jobs
Methods	Methods include: written and verbal communication sourcing of parts estimating costs documentation
Legislative requirements	Legislative requirements may include: state/territory WHS legislation, manufacturer/component supplier specifications and safe operating procedures environmental requirements, manual handling procedures and insurance requirements
Information/documents	Information/documents may include: manufacturer/component supplier specifications enterprise operating procedures customer requirements industry/workplace codes of practice

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Common

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Technical

AURETB3001 Repair electric braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURE311666A Repair electric braking systems Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the competence required to repair electric braking systems and associated components as fitted to vans and trailers. This unit of competency also applies to electric braking controllers fitted to vehicles and plant and equipment. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The unit includes identification and confirmation of work requirement, preparation for work, testing of systems and identification of faults/causes, the repair and retesting of systems and associated electric braking system components and completion of work finalisation processes, including clean-up and documentation. Work requires individuals to demonstrate some judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for work	1.1. Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including method, processes and equipment 1.2. Job specifications are read and interpreted 1.3. WHS requirements, including personal safety needs, are observed throughout the work 1.4. Equipment and tooling are identified and checked for safe and effective operation 1.5. Procedures are determined to minimise task time
2. Test systems/ components and identify faults	2.1. Correct information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer/component supplier specifications 2.2. Tests are carried out to determine faults using tooling and techniques 2.3. Tests are completed without causing damage to any component or system 2.4. Faults are identified and preferred repair action determined 2.5. Tests are carried out according to industry regulations/ guidelines, WHS legislation, statutory legislation and enterprise procedures/policies
3. Repair electric braking systems and/or associated components	3.1. Correct information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer/component supplier specifications 3.2. Necessary repairs, component replacement and adjustments are carried out using tooling, techniques and materials 3.3. Electric braking system and/or associated component repair is completed without causing damage to any component or system 3.4. Retests are carried out to ensure correct and safe electric braking system service operation 3.5. Repairs/removal, replacement and adjustments are carried out according to industry regulations/guidelines WHS legislation, statutory legislation and enterprise/procedures policies 3.6. Workplace and equipment records are completed in accordance with workplace requirements
4. Clean up work area and maintain equipment	4.1. Material that can be reused is collected and stored 4.2. Waste and scrap is removed following workplace procedures 4.3. Equipment and work area are cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4. Unserviceable equipment is tagged and faults identified in accordance with workplace requirements 4.5. Maintenance is completed in accordance with manufacturer/component supplier specifications and workplace procedures 4.6. Tooling and equipment is maintained in accordance with workplace procedures

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to work orders, plans and safety procedures for testing and repairing of electric braking systems communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, coordination of work with site supervisor, other workers and customers, and the reporting of work outcomes and problems plan and organise activities, including preparation and layout of work site and the obtaining of equipment and materials to avoid any backtracking or workflow interruptions work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly calculate time, assess tolerances, apply accurate measurements, calculate material requirements and establish quality checks establish safe and effective work processes which anticipate and/or resolve problems and downtime, to systematically develop solutions to avoid or minimise reworking and avoid wastage use workplace technology related to the repair of electrical braking systems, including the use of specialist tooling and measuring equipment, computerised technology, communication devices and the reporting/recording of results
Required knowledge
A working knowledge of: WHS regulations/requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements operating principles of electric braking systems construction and operation of electric braking systems/components relevant to application types and layout of service/repair manuals (hard copy and electronic) pre-repair testing and fault identification procedures repair, removal, replacement and adjustment procedures post-repair testing procedures work organisation and planning processes enterprise quality processes

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of: observing safety procedures and requirements communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work selecting methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances completing preparatory activity in a systematic manner testing a range of electric braking systems identifying faults and determining repair requirements repairing a range of electric braking systems to workplace and manufacturer/component supplier requirements retesting electric braking systems prior to returning to service completing workplace/equipment documentation.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Application of competence is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated automotive site. Assessment is to occur using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment is to comply with regulatory requirements, including Australian Standards. The following resources should be made available: workplace location or simulated workplace materials relevant to the repair of electric braking systems equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to the repair of electric braking systems activities covering the mandatory task requirements specifications and work instructions.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of AUR12 Automotive Industry RS&R Training Package Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance together with application of underpinning knowledge Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks, with questioning on underpinning knowledge and must reinforce the integration of key competencies Assessment may be applied under project related conditions and require evidence of process Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competence is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying quality circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or other persons subject to agreed authentication arrangements Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Electric braking systems	Electric braking systems may be in light vehicles and plant and equipment fitted with electric van/trailer braking controllers or trailers fitted with electric brakes
Repair methods	Repair methods are to include: visual, aural and functional assessment (including damage and corrosion) testing under operating conditions electrical/electronic testing removal, dismantling, reassembly and refitting repair and/or replacement of system components road testing/retesting prior to placing back into service
WHS requirements	WHS requirements are to be in accordance with legislation/regulations/codes of practice and enterprise safety policies and procedures, and may include: protective clothing and equipment, use of tooling and equipment, workplace environment and safety, handling of material, use of fire fighting equipment, enterprise first aid, hazard control and hazardous materials and substances
Personal protective equipment	Personal protective equipment is to include that prescribed under legislation/regulations/codes of practice and workplace policies and procedures
Safe operating procedures	Safe operating procedures may include, but are not limited to: the conduct of operational risk assessment and treatments associated with vehicular movement, toxic substances, electrical safety, machinery movement and operation, manual and mechanical lifting and shifting, working in proximity to others and site visitors
Emergency procedures	Emergency procedures related to this unit are to include, but may not be limited to: emergency shutdown and stopping of equipment, extinguishing fires, enterprise first aid requirements and site evacuation
Environmental requirements	Environmental requirements are to include, but are not limited to: waste management, noise, dust and clean-up management
Quality requirements	Quality requirements are to include, but are not limited to: regulations, including Australian Standards, company quality policy and standards and enterprise operations and procedures
Statutory/regulatory authorities	Statutory/regulatory authorities may include Federal, State and local authorities administering the applicable acts, regulations and codes of practice
Tooling and equipment	Tooling and equipment may include: hand tooling, vehicle lifting equipment and testing equipment, including multimeters, power tooling, air tooling, specialist tooling for removal/adjustment and brake decelerometer
Materials	Materials may include: spare parts, lubricants, fluids and cleaning materials
Communications	Communications are to include, but are not limited to: verbal and visual instructions and fault reporting and may include site specific instructions, written instructions, plans or instructions related to job/task, telephones and pagers
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: verbal or written and graphical instructions, signage, work schedules/plans/specifications, work bulletins, memos, material safety data sheets, diagrams or sketches safe work procedures related to the repair of electric braking systems regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to automotive industry, including Australian Design Rules engineer's design specifications and instructions organisation work specifications and requirements instructions issued by authorised enterprise or external personnel Australian Standards

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Electrical

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Technical - Brakes

AURC341903A Apply relevant finance, leasing and insurance contracts/policies

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the competence required to determine the finance/leasing and insurance requirements of customers and complete documentation, taking into account legal requirements.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency applies to the following and should be contextualised to the qualification to which it is being applied: retail, service and repair administration/sales vehicle sales - finance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify finance/leasing options and documentation	1.1. Finance/leasing option is identified to meet specific needs of customer, including affordability and payment structure 1.2. A finance/leasing provider is identified
2. Apply finance/leasing documentation	2.1. Contracts and finance/leasing documents are completed and agreed/signed by customer 2.2. Legal requirements are identified and observed
3. Identify insurance policies and documentation	3.1. Type of insurance policy for customer is identified taking into account customer's requirements and insurance document and vehicle type and age 3.2. Insurance provider is chosen according to policy price, customer requirements and enterprise policies and procedures
4. Apply insurance documentation	4.1. Insurance contract/policy documentation is completed and agreed/signed by customer 4.2. Legal requirements are identified and observed

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to information from different insurance providers is collated communicate ideas and information presented to the customer plan and organise activities to obtain information for customers work with others and in a team by consulting experienced/ specialised staff use mathematical ideas and techniques to ensure variations in cover and cost are presented to the customer establish diagnostic processes for recommendations made on information supplied by the customer use workplace technology related to business technology to document insurance and finance information
Required knowledge
Knowledge of: industry documents and how to maintain them various types of finance/lease agreements written communication oral communication skills various types of insurance policies legal requirements

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of: correctly identifies and satisfies customer finance/ leasing and insurance requirements and completing documentation interpreting and conveying workplace information maintenance of workplace documents.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	The underpinning knowledge and skills may be assessed on or off the job. The assessment of practical skills must take place only after a period of supervised practice and repetitive experience. If workplace conditions are not available assessment, in simulated workplace conditions is acceptable. The prescribed outcome must be achieved without direct supervision. The following should be made available: a workplace or simulated workplace finance and leasing agreements insurance policies documents and stationery computer, calculator and general office equipment a qualified workplace assessor.
Method of assessment	Practical assessments: maintain industry documents convey information both orally and in writing access, interpret and apply finance/lease agreements access, interpret and apply insurance policies complete finance/leasing and insurance documentation.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Methods	Methods include: determining customer leasing/finance and/or insurance requirements and undertaking documentation procedures written, oral, fax or email
Information/documents	Information/documents may include: enterprise operating procedures product manufacturer/component supplier specifications customer requirements industry/workplace codes of practice
Occupational health and safety (OHS) practices	OHS practices must abode by: state/territory OHS legislation award provisions

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Common

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field

AURETR2010 Fabricate, test and repair wiring harnesses and looms

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	ReplacesAURE220140A Manufacture and repair wiring harness/looms Performance Criteria and Range Statement updated to reflect technologies

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit describes the performance outcomes required to fabricate wiring harnesses and looms, check their continuity to specification or drawing, test for functionality, and decide preferred repair action. It also includes the removal, replacement and labelling of wiring harness and loom assemblies that are an integral part of a vehicle’s electrical system. The unit also involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for work, and completing work finalisation processes, including clean-up and documentation. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	Work applies to wiring harnesses and looms fitted in light and heavy vehicle, mining, construction, agricultural, motorcycle, outdoor power equipment and marine environments. Work requires individuals to demonstrate some judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for work	1.1. Workplace instructions are used to determine job requirements 1.2. Workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements are observed throughout the work 1.3. Procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.4. Tools and equipment are identified for effective fabrication, testing and repair methods
2. Check and test wiring harness and loom assembly	2.1. Wiring harness and looms are visually checked to establish the extent of damage 2.2. Options for diagnosing faults are used, using appropriate tools and diagnostic techniques 2.3. Components or systems are checked without causing damage to components or systems as a result of inappropriate testing procedures 2.4. Faults are identified and preferred repair action is determined
3. Remove, replace and label wiring harness and loom	3.1. Correct information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer and component supplier specifications 3.2. Wiring harness and loom are labelled and removed using tools and techniques 3.3. Associated components are labelled, removed and tagged for storage 3.4. Repaired and fabricated harness and loom are correctly refitted to vehicle and reconnected according to manufacturer and component supplier specifications 3.5. Removal, replacement and labelling are completed according to industry regulations and guidelines, and WHS and workplace policies and procedures, and without causing damage to components or systems
4. Repair wiring harness and loom	4.1. Correct information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer and component supplier specifications 4.2. Repair options are carried out using tools, diagnostic techniques and materials 4.3. Repairs are carried out according to industry regulations and guidelines, and WHS and workplace policies and procedures
5. Fabricate wiring harness and loom	5.1. Electrical circuit wiring diagrams are accessed and interpreted from manufacturer and component supplier specifications 5.2. Harness and loom are fabricated to approved specifications using tools and contemporary fabrication techniques and materials 5.3. Post-repair testing of the harness and loom is conducted and results are documented according to workplace policies and procedures
6. Clean up work area and maintain equipment	6.1. Workplace documents are completed according to site requirements 6.2. Material that can be reused is collected and stored 6.3. Waste and scrap are removed following workplace procedures 6.4. Tools, equipment and work area are cleaned, inspected for serviceable condition, and maintained according to workplace procedures 6.5. Faulty equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 6.6. Operator maintenance is completed according to manufacturer and component supplier specifications and site procedures

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
communication skills to: follow verbal and written instructions clarify workplace instructions and determine job requirements gain information from appropriate persons and assistance as required learning skills to identify sources of information, assistance and expert knowledge to expand skills, knowledge and understanding literacy skills to: read and follow information in written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents document required repairs and parts numeracy skills to: test, measure and analyse test equipment results compared to desired system performance assess tolerances and apply accurate measurements and adjustments planning and organising skills to: plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed on time identify risk factors and take action to minimise them problem-solving skills to: recognise a workplace problem or potential problem and take action refer problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person and suggest possible causes seek information and assistance as required to solve problems self-management skills to: select and use appropriate equipment, materials, processes and procedures recognise limitations and seek timely advice follow workplace documentation, such as codes of practice and operating procedures teamwork skills to apply knowledge of own role to complete activities efficiently to support team activities and tasks technical skills to use workplace technology and tools relating to repairing vehicle wiring systems, including: specialist tools and equipment electrical measuring equipment technology skills to: operate a range of electrical diagnostic test equipment use technology to collect, analyse and provide information
Required knowledge
WHS regulations, requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements, including: codes of practice personal protection needs wiring harness and loom fabrication techniques procedures for removing and replacing wiring harness and looms soldering procedures and techniques cable types and sizes and current carrying capacity various types of wiring systems found in vehicles, including: basic wiring twisted pair shielded wiring databus networks techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, wiring diagrams and graphic symbols diagnostic and testing procedures, including: testing procedures for wiring harnesses and looms, including resistance and voltage drop and circuit performance checks analysis of system operation using basic electrical test equipment and other industry-relevant test equipment visual, aural and functional assessments, including: component damage and wear component corrosion water and moisture ingress repair procedures, including: component removal and replacement procedures component and associated system adjustment procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	The evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit must be relevant to workplace operations and satisfy all of the requirements of the performance criteria and required skills and knowledge. A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to: observe safety procedures and requirements select methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances complete preparatory activity in a systematic manner select and use appropriate materials for fabricating, testing and repairing wiring harnesses and looms test wiring of harnesses and looms and locate potential faults remove and replace wiring harnesses and looms test and repair wiring harnesses and looms to manufacturer specification perform electrical connections, including crimping and soldering to manufacturer specification perform a terminal retention check following replacement of terminals in a wiring connector fabricate wiring harnesses.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated workplace environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting. Assessment is to occur: using standard workplace practices and procedures following safety requirements applying environmental constraints. Assessment is to comply with relevant: regulatory requirements Australian standards industry codes of practice. The following resources must be made available for the assessment of this unit: workplace location or simulated workplace material relevant to the fabrication and repair of wiring harnesses and looms equipment, and hand and power tools appropriate to fabricating, testing and repairing wiring harnesses and looms specifications and work instructions.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of this Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with the application of required skills and knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on required skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other units which together form part of a holistic work role. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate the needs of diverse clients. Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally sensitive and appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Workplace instructions may include:	electronic or hard copy instructions verbal instructions written instructions.
Job requirements may include:	diagnosis and repair methods, processes and equipment.
Workplace health and safety requirements may include:	personal protective clothing and equipment hazards associated with high voltage ignition systems safe use of tools and equipment safe handling of material use of fire-fighting equipment workplace safety policies and procedures workplace first aid equipment hazard control, including control of hazardous materials and toxic substances.
Procedures and information may include:	verbal, written and graphical instructions signage work schedules, plans and specifications work bulletins and memos material safety data sheets diagrams and sketches regulatory and legislative requirements relating to automotive industry Australian Design Rules engineer's design specifications and instructions workplace work specifications and requirements instructions issued by authorised workplace or external persons Australian standards vehicle service requirements and repair manuals.
Tools and equipment may include:	hand tools testing equipment, including multimeters and ohmmeters insulation testers crimping tools soldering iron heat-gun or blower wire and cabling of various colours and sizes heat shrink sleeving and flexible conduit terminals and connectors electrical tape.
Wiring harness and looms may include:	basic single wiring, for example: tailer harness driving lights harness complex multi-wiring with varying wire gauges CAN-bus network wiring, including: twisted pair shielded wiring.
Options for diagnosing faults may include:	continuity testing insulation testing isolation of faults visual inspection and evaluation of components.
Inappropriate testing procedures may include:	intrusive testing (which must not be performed as it is not a recommended test and repair method), which includes: back probing terminals and connectors and fuse holders with inappropriate test probes probing terminal and connectors with inappropriate test probes pushing sharp probes and objects into wiring insulation.
Faults may include:	open circuits short circuits damaged insulation frayed wires burnt wiring water and moisture ingress connector damage terminal damage diagnosis trouble codes (DTC) being set.
Repair options may include:	pre- and post-repair testing identifying and testing components diagnosing and determining faults component repair procedures, including: removal, replacement and adjustment procedures dismantle, repair, reassembly and adjustment procedures electrical measurements peak voltage testing visual and functional assessments, including for damage and wear.
Post-repair testing may include:	validating effectiveness of the repair action confirming that reported fault has been rectified confirming that no other faults are present as a result of the repair action.

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field	Electrical
Unit sector	Technical – Electrical and Electronic

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

AURETR2012 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURE218708A Carry out repairs to single electrical circuits Performance Criteria and Range Statement updated to reflect technologies

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit describes the performance outcomes required to test and carry out repairs to basic electrical circuits in an automotive retail, service or repair environment. The unit also involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for work, identifying faults and potential causes, repairing and replacing basic circuit components, and completing work finalisation processes, including clean-up and documentation. It includes replacing fuses, circuit breakers, lamps, switches, terminals and connectors; and basic wiring repairs. It includes the following fault types: open circuits, short circuits and high resistance circuits to power, signal and ground paths. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	Work applies to testing and repairing basic electrical circuits in light and heavy vehicle, mining, construction, agricultural, motorcycle, outdoor power equipment and marine environments. It applies to circuits in an automotive retail, service or repair environment. Work requires individuals to demonstrate judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment within the scope of this unit.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for work	1.1. Workplace instructions are used to determine job requirements 1.2. Workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements are observed throughout the work 1.3. Procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.4. Tools and equipment are identified for effective testing and repair procedures
2. Test basic electrical circuits and identify faults	2.1. Basic electrical circuits are visually checked to establish the extent of failure or damage, applying knowledge of electrical fundamentals 2.2. Options for diagnosing faults are identified and used, using appropriate tools and diagnostic techniques 2.3. Inspection and testing are undertaken without causing damage to components or systems as a result of inappropriate testing procedures 2.4. Faults are identified from test results and causes of faults are determined 2.5. Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Complete repairs to basic electrical circuits	3.1. Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate are selected 3.2. Appropriate tools, repair techniques and materials are selected and prepared 3.3. Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out without causing damage, according to workplace procedures and manufacturer and component supplier specifications 3.4. Post-repair testing is conducted and results are documented according to workplace procedures
4. Prepare vehicle and equipment for delivery to customer after repair is completed	4.1. Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 4.2. Vehicle is cleaned to workplace expectations and presented ready for use 4.3. Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures
5. Clean up work area and maintain equipment	5.1. Material that can be reused is collected and stored 5.2. Waste and scrap are removed following workplace procedures 5.3. Equipment and work area are cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition according to workplace procedures 5.4. Faulty equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.5. Operator maintenance is completed according to manufacturer and component supplier specifications and site procedures 5.6. Tools and equipment are maintained according to workplace procedures

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
communication skills to: follow verbal and written instructions clarify workplace instructions and determine job requirements gain information from appropriate persons and assistance as required initiative and enterprise skills to apply learning when testing and repairing basic electrical circuits learning skills to identify sources of information, assistance and expert knowledge to expand skills, knowledge and understanding literacy skills to: read and follow information in written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents obtain and record measurements document work performed numeracy skills to: test, measure and analyse test equipment results compared to desired system performance planning and organising skills to ensure tasks are completed within an acceptable time frame problem-solving skills to seek information and assistance as required to solve problems self-management skills to: select and use appropriate equipment, materials, processes and procedures follow workplace documentation, such as codes of practice and operating procedures technical skills to use workplace technology and tools to test and repair basic electrical circuits and components in vehicles, including: specialist tools and equipment electrical measuring equipment technology skills to: operate a range of electrical diagnostic test equipment use technology to collect, analyse and provide information
Required knowledge
WHS regulations, requirements, equipment and material relating to testing and repairing electrical circuits, including personal safety requirements electrical principles, including: current, voltage, resistance and power series circuits parallel circuits series and parallel circuits Ohm’s law basic electrical circuit components, including: cable types and sizes and current carrying capacity circuit protection devices switches relays automotive globes techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, including circuit types, diagrams and symbols types and operation of electrical testing equipment, including: digital multimeters test lights and probes electrical measuring and testing procedures, including: resistance and voltage drop tests open and short circuit tests inspecting for component moisture ingress and connector damage repair procedures of electrical circuits, including: wire soldering procedures terminal crimping removal and replacement procedures for basic electrical components

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	The evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit must be relevant to workplace operations and satisfy all of the requirements of the performance criteria and required skills and knowledge. A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to: observe safety procedures and requirements select methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances complete preparatory activity in a systematic manner read and interpret circuit wiring diagrams test basic electrical circuits to determine short, open and high resistance between power, signal and ground paths demonstrate understanding of the principle of current flow in a simple circuit and voltage drop across a resistive load test and repair basic wiring harnesses and looms to manufacturer specifications perform electrical connections, including crimping and soldering to manufacturer specification perform a terminal retention check following replacement of terminals in a wiring connector accurately interpret test results present vehicle and equipment in a condition that complies with workplace requirements.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated workplace environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting. Assessment is to occur: using standard workplace practices and procedures following safety requirements applying environmental constraints. Assessment is to comply with relevant: regulatory requirements Australian standards industry codes of practice. The following resources must be made available for the assessment of this unit: workplace location or simulated workplace material relevant to testing and repairing basic electrical circuits and components equipment, and hand and power tools appropriate to testing and repairing basic electrical circuits and components specifications and work instructions.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of this Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with the application of required skills and knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on required skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other units which together form part of a holistic work role. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate the needs of diverse clients. Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally sensitive and appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Workplace instructions may include:	electronic or hard copy instructions verbal instructions written instructions.
Job requirements may include:	testing and repair methods, processes and equipment.
Workplace health and safety requirements may include:	personal protective clothing and equipment hazards associated with high voltage ignition systems safe use of tools and equipment safe handling of material use of fire-fighting equipment workplace safety policies and procedures workplace first aid equipment hazard control, including control of hazardous materials and toxic substances identifying hazards associated with soldering processes identifying hazards associated with working with vehicle supplementary restraint systems (SRS).
Procedures and information may include:	verbal, written and graphical instructions signage work schedules, plans and specifications work bulletins and memos material safety data sheets diagrams and sketches regulatory and legislative requirements relating to automotive industry Australian Design Rules engineer's design specifications and instructions workplace work specifications and requirements instructions issued by authorised workplace or external persons Australian standards vehicle service requirements and repair manuals.
Tools and equipment may include:	hand tools digital multimeters test lights and probes insulation testers crimping tools soldering iron heat-gun or blower wire and cabling of various colours and sizes heat shrink sleeving and flexible conduit terminals and connectors electrical tape.
Basic electrical circuits may include:	basic single wire circuits (non CAN-bus networked circuits) door ajar switch interior courtesy light battery B+ to fuse panel accessory B+ to lighter or accessory socket heated rear demister interior lighting exterior lighting rear brake lighting wiper and washer electric engine cooling fan.
Options for diagnosing faults may include:	verification of fault continuity testing insulation testing isolation of faults replacement of blown fuses replacement of blown globes and lamps replacement of damaged terminals and connectors visual inspection and evaluation of components.
Inappropriate testing procedures may include:	intrusive testing (which must not be performed as it is not a recommended test and repair method), which includes: back probing terminals and connectors and fuse holders with inappropriate test probes probing terminal and connectors with inappropriate test probes pushing sharp probes and objects into wiring insulation.
Faults may include:	open circuits high resistance circuits short circuits damaged insulation frayed wires burnt wiring water and moisture ingress connector damage terminal damage diagnosis trouble codes (DTC) being set.
Repair options may include:	pre- and post-repair testing identifying and testing components diagnosing and determining faults component repair procedures, including: removal, replacement and adjustment procedures dismantle, repair, reassembly and adjustment procedures electrical measurements visual and functional assessments, including for damage and wear.
Post-repair testing may include:	validating the effectiveness of the repair action confirming that reported fault has been rectified confirming that no other faults are present as a result of the repair action.

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field	Electrical
Unit sector	Technical – Electrical and Electronic

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

AURETR2015 Inspect and service batteries

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURE218670A Service, maintain or replace batteries Performance Criteria and Range Statement updated to reflect technologies

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and service batteries. The unit involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for work, testing batteries, analysing test results, servicing and maintaining batteries, and completing work finalisation processes, including clean-up and documentation. No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	Work applies to light and heavy vehicle, mining, construction, agricultural, motorcycle, outdoor power equipment and marine environments. Work requires individuals to demonstrate some judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare to inspect battery	1.1. Nature and scope of work requirements are identified and confirmed 1.2. Workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements, including state and territory regulatory requirements, and personal protective equipment (PPE) needs, are observed throughout the work 1.3. Safe operating procedures and information are sourced 1.4. Technical requirements necessary for inspection are sourced, and tools, equipment and materials are identified and prepared
2. Test battery	2.1. Test methods are implemented according to workplace procedures and manufacturer and component supplier specifications 2.2. Test results are compared with manufacturer and component supplier specifications 2.3. Results are documented with evidence, and supporting information is recorded 2.4. Test results and findings are communicated to the appropriate workshop personnel for replacement or repair action
3. Carry out service and maintenance to battery	3.1. Service and maintenance methods are carried out according to workplace procedures and manufacturer and component supplier specifications 3.2. Electrolyte levels are checked and topped up where appropriate according to service and maintenance methods 3.3. Battery terminals and connection to vehicle wiring are inspected 3.4. Condition is reported to persons responsible for repair action 3.5. Batteries and terminals are cleaned according to service and maintenance methods
4. Prepare vehicle and equipment for delivery to customer after service is completed	4.1. Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 4.2. Vehicle is cleaned to workplace expectations and presented ready for use 4.3. Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures
5. Clean up work area and maintain equipment	5.1. Work schedule and job card documentation are completed 5.2. Equipment and work area are cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition according to workplace procedures 5.3. Faulty equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4. Tools and equipment are maintained according to workplace procedures

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
communication skills to: follow verbal and written instructions communicate basic information relating to battery safety clarify workplace instructions and determine job requirements gain information from appropriate persons and assistance as required initiative and enterprise skills to: participate in self-improvement activities recognise a workplace problem or potential problem literacy skills to: read and interpret technical information relating to recognising and reporting unsafe situations read, understand and follow battery inspection and maintenance information read, understand and follow information on standard operating procedures and repair guidelines numeracy skills to: test, measure and analyse test equipment results compared to desired battery performance planning and organising skills to: identify risk factors to minimise risk to self and others contribute to activities that implement standard workplace procedures problem-solving skills to refer problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person self-management skills to: locate and identify appropriate tools and equipment locate technical information recognise limitations and seek timely advice teamwork skills to: work with others and in a team by cooperating with team members work with diverse individuals and groups technical skills to: select tools and equipment appropriate to inspecting, servicing and maintaining batteries in light and heavy vehicles, mobile plant and mining vehicles use battery servicing and testing tools and equipment safely maintain tools and equipment using appropriate techniques and standard operating procedures technology skills to use workplace technology to: assist with work practices inspect, service and maintain battery storage systems, including use of specialist tools, measuring equipment and communication devices report and document inspection and servicing results
Required knowledge
WHS and environmental regulations, requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements to ensure batteries are maintained, handled and disposed of in an environmentally sustainable manner battery service and maintenance procedures battery testing methods dangers of working with battery testing equipment operating principles and layout of vehicle battery storage systems original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specific procedures for inspecting maintenance-free batteries workplace quality procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	The evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit must be relevant to workplace operations and satisfy all of the requirements of the performance criteria and required skills and knowledge. A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to: observe safety procedures and requirements select methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances complete preparatory activity in a systematic manner inspect, service and maintain battery storage systems in light and heavy vehicle, mining, construction, agricultural, motorcycle, outdoor power equipment and marine environments according to manufacturer and component supplier and site requirements inspect, service and maintain at least three different types of batteries according to manufacturer and site requirements complete workplace documents.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated workplace environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting. Assessment is to occur: using standard workplace practices and procedures following safety requirements applying environmental constraints. Assessment is to comply with relevant: regulatory requirements Australian standards industry codes of practice. The following resources must be made available for the assessment of this unit: workplace location or simulated workplace that best reflects a light or heavy vehicle service facility or environment material relevant to inspecting, servicing and maintaining battery storage systems equipment, and hand and power tools appropriate to servicing and maintaining batteries specifications and work instructions.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of this Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with the application of required skills and knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on required skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other units which together form part of a holistic work role. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate the needs of diverse clients. Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally sensitive and appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Workplace health and safety requirements may include:	personal protective clothing and equipment safe use of tools and equipment safe handling of potentially hazardous material and substances use of fire-fighting equipment first aid training and response control of hazards and hazardous materials.
Personal protective equipment may include:	safety glasses protective clothing gloves.
Safe operating procedures may include:	conducting operational risk assessment treatments associated with vehicle movement toxic substances electrical safety machinery movement and operation manual and mechanical lifting and shifting procedures for working in proximity to others and site visitors.
Tools and equipment may include:	hand tools load testing devices hydrometer multimeter.
Materials may include:	battery consumables cleaning materials.
Service and maintenance methods may include:	inspecting battery and leads inspecting battery securing system cleaning battery and battery compartments topping battery fluid testing battery with a hydrometer.

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field	Electrical
Unit sector	Technical – Electrical and Electronic

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

AURSAA2001 Process customer complaints

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURS252290A Process customer complaints Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the competence to deal with customer complaints in a manner satisfying the customer but complies with enterprise policies and procedures. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	Every action or output has a customer and therefore customers may be internal work colleagues or external to the enterprise.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Clarify the nature of complaint	1.1. Details of the complaint are established 1.2. Summary of the complaint is documented accurately 1.3. Any inconvenience to the customer is acknowledged and an apology is made
2. Identify options for complaint resolution	2.1. Options for resolving the complaint are identified 2.2. Complaint is referred to designated officer if resolution is not possible
3. Act to resolve complaint	3.1. Optimal solution is negotiated with customer 3.2. Chosen solution is implemented within agreed timeframe 3.3. Necessary documentation is finalised 3.4. Effectiveness of solution and related outcomes is evaluated 3.5. Any necessary changes to enterprise procedures are identified and passed on to appropriate persons for action

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to: technical literacy and interpretive skills to interpret and discern facts related to the customer complaint basic research and analytical skills to investigate and identify factors which caused/contributed to the complaint communicate ideas and information plain English literacy and communication skills in relation to dealing with customers and their complaints questioning and active listening skills, for example when obtaining factual information from excitable customers plan and organise activities to plan an approach to identify and resolve a complaint work with others and in a team by involving a designated officer if solution is not possible use mathematical ideas and techniques when options/solutions are costed establish diagnostic processes including basic conflict resolution skills for handling difficult or abusive customers, and greeting/farewelling techniques use workplace technology related to use of business technology to make changes to enterprise procedures
Required knowledge
general knowledge of range of enterprise merchandise and services, location of departments/sections and telephone extensions of departments/sections general operational knowledge of industry/workplace codes of practice in relation to customer service basic working knowledge of legislation and statutory requirements, including consumer law, trade practices and fair trading legislation working knowledge of enterprise policies and procedures in regard to: customer service dealing with difficult customers allocated duties/responsibilities working knowledge of enterprise complaints handling procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence in this unit signifies ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual circumstances in the critical aspects of: accurately clarifying the nature and extent of complaint identifying options for complaint resolution resolving complaint to customer satisfaction contributing to avoidance of further complaints communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Elements of competence contain both knowledge and practical components. Knowledge components may be assessed off the job. Practical components should be assessed on the job or in a simulated work environment covering a range of customer types The following are required: a workplace or simulated workplace enterprise or equivalent policy and procedures relating to customer service and complaint handling processes enterprise or equivalent instructions related to legal implications of customer relations and complaints a range of customers with complaints (real or simulated) a qualified workplace assessor.
Method of assessment	This unit may be assessed in conjunction with other units forming part of the job role or function It is preferable assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or other appropriate persons subject to agreed authentication arrangements Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Complaints	Complaints may include: matters related to personal interaction with customers, incorrect products, faulty products, charging/costing policy, delivery system failures, installation deficiencies and service delays
Customers	Customers may be regular or new and may have routine or special requests. They may include persons from a range of social, cultural or ethnic backgrounds and physical and intellectual abilities. Regardless, customers are made feel welcome, valued and, at end of the process, satisfied. Customer contact may be face to face, by telephone, by electronic means or in writing
Customer service	Customer service may include: enterprise activities, internal and external customers and follow-up in event of delays in service provision
Customer needs	Customer needs may include: information regarding products or services available, quality of products or services, complementary products or services, enterprise facilities and services and location of specific items
Staff	Staff may be: full-time, part-time or casual and vary in terms of staff training, product knowledge and in staffing levels (e.g. staff shortages) operating in routine or busy trading conditions
Enterprise	Enterprises may vary in size, type and location, in range of merchandise and services provided and in delivery policies
Communication	Communications may be: verbal, written, by telephone, by electronic or other available means
Record keeping	Accurate records of information are completed and may be stored manually, electronically or by other means
Resources	Resources may include: enterprise or equivalent policy and procedures relating to customer service and complaint handling processes enterprise or equivalent instructions related to legal implications of customer relations and complaints a range of customers with complaints (real or simulated)
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: enterprise policies and procedures relating to customer service, equipment and product manufacturer/component supplier specifications, enterprise operating procedures, industry/workplace codes of practice, customer requirements

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Administration

AURSBA3002 Apply automotive parts interpretation process

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURS338103A Apply automotive parts interpretation process Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the competence to identify uncommon or unusual automotive parts based on evidence from customers and/or other sources which may include catalogue numbers, samples and verbal, written or graphic descriptions of parts or their purpose. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The parts or vehicle may not be in common use and therefore research and/or interpretation may be required to identify and satisfy customer requirements.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify the part and its end use	1.1. Customer is made to feel welcome and valued 1.2. Available information on required part is gathered, documented and confirmed with customer 1.3. End use or host for the part, i.e. vehicle/unit assembly or vehicle/unit assembly options, is established from an analysis of available information
2. Identify and record details of the part	2.1. The parts cataloguing system to host vehicle/unit is identified and accessed 2.2. Part is matched accurately with cataloguing information by accessing and using the catalogue system, its aids and user guides 2.3. Expert advice is sought from provider/supplier to clarify imprecise identification outcomes 2.4. Details of identity of the part are documented and processed
3. Part is supplied or ordered for customer	3.1. Customer accepts process used 3.2. Part is supplied or ordered if not in stock 3.3. Customer records are updated

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to technical literacy and interpretive skills sufficient to access keywords and phrases and to interpret schematics and technical drawings communicate ideas and information questioning and active listening skills, for example when eliciting information on product and end use issues plain English literacy and communication skills in relation to dealing with customer and providers/suppliers plan and organise activities when planning a logical approach to identify part/product work with others and in a team by seeking assistance from team members use mathematical ideas and techniques to estimate quantities if part/product is to be ordered establish diagnostic processes including problem-solving and analytical skills for a range of unpredictable circumstances, for example, clarifying a general need and researching through parts catalogue systems to correctly identify part or technically acceptable options. This may involve recognition of pathways addressing country of origin, historic or period-based terminology/language variations use workplace technology related to computing skills in relation to accessing and interpretation of computer-based parts catalogue systems
Required knowledge
general knowledge of current and historic automotive terminology general knowledge of main automotive systems and assemblies and their functions general knowledge of historic background to the parts system general knowledge of range of manual and computerised parts catalogue systems in common usage throughout industry detailed knowledge of the parts catalogue systems, both brand specific and general options, used by enterprise general knowledge of legal issues associated with supply and use of non-conforming parts/components/accessories broad knowledge of workplace health and safety (WHS) in relation to customer safety and ergonomics of computer workstations

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence in this unit signifies ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual circumstances in the critical aspects of: eliciting sufficient information from the customer and/or other sources to enable a confirmed identification of vehicle or unit the part is intended identifying and locating parts catalogue systems associated with required vehicle/unit using parts catalogues and equivalent documentation, both hard copy and electronic, to trace and identify specific brand parts using parts catalogues and equivalent documentation, both hard copy and electronic medium, to trace and identify general or optional parts/products.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Assessment is to cover both manual and computer-aided/ based parts catalogue systems Assessment of this unit must be completed on the job or in a simulated work environment reflecting a range of parts identification requirements in terms of available information, customer types and complexity of parts tracking. Assessment must cover both specified brand and general parts and is to occur in an environment where competing demands of a number of customers are evident The following are required: a workplace or simulated workplace customers and requests for parts information parts cataloguing systems (both computerised and manual) a qualified workplace assessor.
Method of assessment	It is preferable assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying circumstances. Customers, team leaders/members or other appropriate persons, subject to agreed authentication arrangements, may provide evidence of performance Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role This unit should be assessed in conjunction with other units within context of the candidate's job role or function.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Automotive parts	Automotive parts may include: automotive parts, components and accessories specific to vehicle type or are for general use by industry. They will generally be for older, rare or specialised vehicles
Customers	Customers include both external and internal customers who may be technically qualified to describe parts, or technical novices requiring detailed support. Regardless, customers are made feel welcome, valued and, at end of the process, satisfied
Vehicle/unit identity options	An examination of a sample of required part or customer vehicle may be necessary to clarify situation
Solution	Solution is not necessarily apparent where hybrid vehicles/units are concerned and a range of options may need to be identified and pursued
Legislative requirements	Legislative requirements include: state/territory legislation related to WHS and Australian Design Rules
Communications	Communications with customer/user may be: face to face, by telephone or by other electronic means
Recording of information	Recording of information provided by customer may need to be used when customer is no longer present and therefore an accurate record of information needs to be completed, retained and recovered when needed
Resources	Resources may include: hard copies of catalogues, databases and access to internet
Parts information	Parts information may include: manufacturer/component supplier specifications and technical documentation, enterprise procedures and documentation, enterprise or industry comparative specifications, diagrams, sketches, verbal descriptions and physical and visual evidence This may range from an accurate catalogue number or reference to a generalised description of purpose by a customer who has little technical knowledge or expertise
Information gathering techniques	Customer may require active assistance and questioning to fully describe requirement in terms of vehicle/unit model, date of manufacture, purpose and appearance of the part and other tracking information Customer may be seeking an inappropriate solution to a technical problem and if sufficient doubt exists, may require referral to a service provider
Parts cataloguing systems	Parts cataloguing systems may be: hard copy (book-fast, loose-leaf) micro-fiche/micro-film, stand-alone computer or networked/on-line computer-supported services Depending on age of required part, any or all of above systems may need to be accessed
Catalogue system aids and user guides	Catalogue system aids and user guides may include: written instructions within the system, guides in the form of diagrams, flow charts and process schematics, menus and prompts and one to three dimensional system/component diagrams, models and graphics
Provider/supplier information	Provider/supplier information is not always required, but should be sought or accessed where incorrect identification of parts may result in legal liability, customer dissatisfaction and/or alienation

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Support and Logistics

AURSCA2001 Select automotive parts and products

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURS238127A Identify and select automotive parts and products Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Minor changes to unit title Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the competence required to identify automotive parts and products based on evidence from customers and/or other sources which may include catalogue numbers or samples of parts/products or their purpose. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	It requires application of both manual and computer based catalogue or equivalent systems. Work requires individuals to demonstrate some judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify the part/product and its end use	1.1. Customer is made to feel welcome and valued 1.2. Available information on the required part/product is gathered, documented and confirmed with customer 1.3. End use or host for the part/product, i.e. vehicle/unit assembly or vehicle/unit assembly options, is established from an analysis of available information
2. Identify details of the part/product	2.1. The parts/product cataloguing system is identified and accessed 2.2. Part/product is matched accurately with cataloguing information by accessing and using the catalogue system 2.3. Details of identity of the part/product are documented and processed
3. Part/product is supplied or ordered for customer	3.1. Customer accepts process used 3.2. Part/product is supplied or ordered if not in stock 3.3. Customer records are updated

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: apply research and interpretive skills sufficient to locate, interpret and apply manufacturer/component supplier procedures, workplace policies and procedures apply analytical skills required for identification and analysis of technical information apply plain English literacy and communication skills in relation to dealing with customer and team members apply questioning and active listening skills, for example when obtaining information from customers apply oral communication skills sufficient to convey information and concepts to customers apply planning and organising skills to own work activities, including making good use of time and resources, sorting out priorities and monitoring own performance interact effectively with other persons, including product specialists, both on a one-to-one basis and in groups, including understanding and responding to the needs of a customer and working effectively as a member of a team to achieve a shared goal establish safe and effective work processes which anticipate and/or resolve problems, to systematically develop solutions to avoid or minimise reworking and to avoid wasting customer time use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly calculate material requirements, estimate and calculate costs and establish quality checks use workplace technology related to customer services, including use of measuring equipment, computerised technology, use of communication devices and reporting/ documenting of results
Required knowledge
A working knowledge of: workplace health and safety (WHS) in relation to customer safety and ergonomics of computer workstations common automotive terminology the main automotive systems and assemblies and their functions the parts/product catalogue systems, both brand-specific and general options, used by enterprise the legal issues associated with the supply and use of non-conforming parts/components/accessories enterprise quality processes work organisation and planning processes

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence in this unit signifies ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual circumstances in the critical aspects of: eliciting sufficient information from the customer and/or other sources to enable a confirmed identification of vehicle or unit the part/product intended accessing the parts/products catalogue systems associated with required vehicle/unit using both manual and computer-based parts/products catalogues and equivalent documentation to trace and identify common specific brand parts/products communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Application of competence is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated worksite. Assessment is to occur using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment is to comply with regulatory requirements, including Australian standards. The following resources should be made available: workplace location or simulated workplace information and material identifying and selecting automotive parts and products equipment identifying and selecting automotive parts and products activities covering task requirements specifications and work instructions.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks, with questioning on underpinning knowledge and it must also reinforce the integration of key competencies. Assessment may be applied under project related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competence is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. It is preferable assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying quality circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or other appropriate persons subject to agreed authentication arrangements. Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Automotive part/product	Automotive part/product may include: automotive parts, components and accessories specific to vehicle type or are for use by industry, and refinishing and treatment products
Customers	Customers include both external and internal customers who may be technically qualified to describe parts/products, or technical novices requiring detailed support. Regardless, customers are made feel welcome, valued and, at end of the process, satisfied
Part/product information	Part/product information may include: manufacturer/component supplier specifications and technical documentation, enterprise procedures and documentation, enterprise or industry specifications, diagrams, sketches, verbal descriptions and physical and visual evidence
Information gathering techniques	Customer may require active assistance and questioning to fully describe requirement in terms of common vehicle/unit model, date of manufacture, purpose and appearance of product and other tracking information
Recording of information	Information provided by customer may need to be used when customer is no longer present and therefore an accurate record of information needs to be completed, retained and recovered when needed
Parts/products cataloguing systems	Parts/products cataloguing systems may be hard-copy (book-fast, loose-leaf), stand-alone computer or networked/online computer-supported services
Provider/supplier information	Provider/supplier information is not always required, but should be sought or accessed where incorrect identification of the part/product may result in legal liability, customer dissatisfaction and/or alienation
WHS requirements	WHS is to be in accordance with legislation/regulations/ codes of practice and enterprise safety policies and procedures, and may include: protective clothing and equipment, use of tooling and equipment, workplace environment and safety, handling of material, use of fire-fighting equipment, enterprise first-aid, hazard control and hazardous materials and substances
Personal protective equipment	Personal protective equipment is to include that prescribed under legislation/regulation/codes of practice and workplace policies and practices
Safe operating procedures	Safe operating procedures are to include, but are not limited to: conduct of operational risk assessment and treatments associated with customer safety and working in proximity to others and site visitors
Emergency procedures	Emergency procedures related to this unit are to include, but are not limited to: enterprise first aid requirements and site evacuation
Environmental requirements	Environmental requirements are to include, but are not limited to: pollution and clean-up management
Quality requirements	Quality requirements are to include, but are not limited to: regulations, including Australian standards, enterprise quality policy, standards, operations and procedures
Legislative requirements	Statutory/regulatory authorities may include: federal, state/territory and local authorities administering acts, regulations and codes of practice
Communications	Communications are to include, but are not limited to: verbal and visual instructions and may include site specific instructions, telephones and pagers
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: verbal or written and graphical instructions, signage, product specifications, catalogues, equipment manuals, databases, internet, material safety data sheets (MSDS) and graphical instructions safe work procedures related to site and customer safety regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to commercial and retail operations and facilities organisational work specifications and requirements instructions issued by authorised enterprise or external persons Australian standards

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Sales and Marketing

AURSCA2002 Present stock and sales area

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURS238150A Present stock and sales area Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the competence required to establish and maintain stock and sales area. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency applies to the following and should be contextualised to the qualification it is being applied: retail, service and repair.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Maximise and maintain presentation of vehicle/ products for sale	1.1. Vehicle/product is clean and prepared to maximise market appeal in accordance with enterprise policies and procedures 1.2. Vehicle/product is placed in correct position to maximise presentation 1.3. Vehicle/product condition is monitored and action taken where necessary to maintain maximum market appeal
2. Maximise presentation of sales area	2.1. Presentation area is defined from floor plan in accordance with enterprise policies and procedures 2.2. Minimum vehicle/product numbers/types are determined and presented 2.3. Display areas are clean, tidy and safe 2.4. Correct handling, storage and display techniques are adopted according to vehicle/product types, enterprise and industry practices
3. Review acceptance of presentation of stock and sales area	3.1. Feedback from customers is sought 3.2. Customer feedback is collated and analysed 3.3. Action is taken

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, analyse and understand information related to feedback from customers communicate ideas and information to draft presentation to management for support plan and organise activities to design presentation area work with others and in a team by involving other members of sales team in design and maintenance use mathematical ideas and techniques to develop roster to maintain area establish diagnostic processes for which design is both practical and safe use workplace technology related to process feedback
Required knowledge
enterprise policies and procedures enterprise sales presentation area and floor plan arrangements vehicle/product preparation and presentation techniques vehicle/product models/types

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence in this unit signifies ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual circumstances in the critical aspects of: presenting vehicle/products in a manner to maximise market appeal maintaining suitable sales presentation area communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Underpinning knowledge and skills may be assessed on or off the job The following are required: vehicle/products for sale suitable presentation area sales material (e.g. brochures, pamphlets, banners, flags, stands, ramps, turntables) a qualified workplace assessor.
Method of assessment	Assessment of practical skills must take place only after a period of supervised practice and repetitive experience. If workplace conditions are not available, assessment in simulated workplace conditions is acceptable. Prescribed outcome must be able to be achieved without direct supervision. Practical assessments: present vehicle/products to maximise market appeal maintain maximum merchandising effect of sales presentation area. Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Methods	Methods include: application of vehicle/product preparation/presentation techniques application of procedures for maximising vehicle/product presentation area
WHS requirements	WHS requirements may include: state/territory/industry WHS requirements
Resources may include	Resources may include vehicles/products for sale suitable presentation area sales material (e.g. brochures, pamphlets, banners, flags, stands, ramps, turntables)
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: manufacturer/component supplier specifications enterprise operating procedures product manufacturer/component supplier specifications customer requirements industry/workplace codes of practice

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Sales and Marketing

AURSCA2003 Apply sales procedures

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURS241303A Apply sales procedures Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the competence required to use sales techniques and encompasses key selling skills from approaching customer to closing sale. It requires a basic level of product knowledge. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency applies to the following and should be contextualised to the qualification it is being applied: retail, service and repair administration/sales selling products/services.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Demonstrate product knowledge	1.1. Knowledge of use and application of products and services is demonstrated 1.2. Experienced sales staff or product information guide are consulted to increase product knowledge
2. Approach customer	2.1. Timing of customer approach is determined and applied 2.2. Effective sales approach is identified and applied 2.3. Positive impression is conveyed to arouse customer interest 2.4. Knowledge of customer buying behaviour is demonstrated 2.5. Customer is focused on specific merchandise
3. Customer response	3.1. Questioning techniques are applied to determine customer buying motives 3.2. Listening skills are used to determine customer requirements 3.3. Non-verbal communication cues are interpreted and clarified 3.4. Customers are identified by name where possible
4. Apply product knowledge	4.1. Customer needs are matched to products and services 4.2. Knowledge of product features and benefits are communicated clearly to customers 4.3. Product use and safety requirements are described to customers 4.4. Customers are referred to product specialist 4.5. Routine customer questions about merchandise, e.g. price, price reductions, quality and usage, are answered accurately and honestly or referred to more experienced sales staff
5. Gather information	5.1. Customer objections are identified and accepted 5.2. Objections are categorised into price, time and merchandise characteristics 5.3. Solutions are offered according to store policy 5.4. Problem solving is applied to overcome customer objections
6. Close sale	6.1. Customer buying signals are monitored, identified and responded to 6.2. Customer is encouraged to make purchase decision 6.3. Method of closing sale is selected and applied 6.4. Legislative and legal sales requirements/procedures are followed
7. Maximise sales opportunities	7.1. Opportunities for making additional sales are recognised and applied 7.2. Customer is advised of complementary products or services according to identified needs 7.3. Personal sales outcomes are reviewed to maximise future sales

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to questioning customers to gain information on need communicate ideas and information to the operation of product and safety requirements plan and organise activities for the development of a sales approach work with others and in a team by consulting with experienced staff to develop product knowledge and sales techniques use mathematical ideas and techniques for accurate processing and recording of sale and payment method establish diagnostic processes which develop solutions to customer objections use workplace technology related to the use of business technology in processing sale
Required knowledge
technical information equipment safety requirements personal safety requirements specific selling skills/sales techniques sales/consumer legislation/legal requirements vehicle/component details automotive industry product knowledge

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence in this unit signifies ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual circumstances in the critical aspects of: selling enterprise product and services to customers interpreting and communicating information the ability to communicate with customers sales skills communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Underpinning knowledge and skills may be assessed on or off the job The following are required: a workplace or simulated workplace persons including customers and sales staff access to products documentation, store policy and procedures manuals, WHS, legislative and statutory requirements and industry codes of practice a qualified workplace assessor.
Method of assessment	Assessment of practical skills must take place only after a period of supervised practice and repetitive experience. If workplace conditions are not available assessment, in simulated workplace conditions is acceptable Prescribed outcome must be able to be achieved without direct supervision Practical assessments: access, interpret and apply technical information apply sales techniques and product knowledge convey information both orally and in writing access, interpret and apply sales information sell products Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Methods	Methods include: face-to-face selling, telephone/electronic selling and product enquiries verbal, written and practical demonstrations Other variables may include: regular and new customers sales may be face-to-face or telephone/electronic
Workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements	WHS requirements may include: state/territory/industry WHS requirements
Resources	Resources may include: product and services customers product and services customers videos, selling manuals, brochures, pamphlets, audio tapes company/industry guidelines
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: manufacturer/component supplier specifications enterprise operating procedures product manufacturer/component supplier specifications customer requirements industry/workplace codes of practice

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Sales and Marketing

AURSCA2004 Carry out cash, credit and funds transfers

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURS241608A Carry out cash and/or credit/funds transfer transactions Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Minor change to unit title Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the competence required to undertake cash, cheque, credit/funds transfer card transactions. It also includes preparation and dispatch of debtor invoices. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competence applies to the following and should be contextualised to the qualification it is being applied: retail, service and repair administration/sales finance - cash and non-cash transactions.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Handle cash transactions	1.1. Cash is received and counted 1.2. Correct balance is determined, taking price, invoices, discounts, etc. into account, and correct change is given 1.3. Irregularities are noted and referred to appropriate persons for resolution 1.4. Cash is stored according to enterprise policies and procedures 1.5. Receipts are issued and transaction documented according to enterprise policies and procedures
2. Handle credit/funds transfer card transactions	2.1. Correct documentation and equipment for particular credit/funds transfer card is identified and accessed 2.2. Credit/funds transfer card recording device is identified and accessed 2.3. Recording device is operated according to provider procedures and taking into account enterprise credit limits 2.4. Irregularities are noted and referred to appropriate persons for resolution 2.5. Receipts are issued and transaction documented according to enterprise policies and procedures
3. Handle cheque transactions	3.1. Cheques are received and examined for correctness (amount, dates and signature) 3.2. Irregularities are noted and referred to appropriate persons for resolution 3.3. Cheques are stored according to enterprise policies and procedures 3.4. Receipts are issued and transaction documented according to enterprise policies and procedures
4. Carry out invoicing procedures	4.1. Calculations are performed to produce accurate customer invoices 4.2. Documentation is completed to ensure accuracy of content 4.3. Invoices are distributed to appropriate persons/section for certification prior to being dispatched 4.4. Verified invoices are dispatched within designated time limits 4.5. Invoices are copied and filed for auditing purposes according to enterprise policies and procedures

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to collation of cheques for processing communicate ideas and information on irregularities in cash balancing to appropriate persons plan and organise activities for the development of invoices work with others and in a team with office persons to develop invoices use mathematical ideas and techniques to count cash establish diagnostic processes which re-count cash and credit transactions to balance books use workplace technology related to record sales
Required knowledge
money handling security methods personal safety requirements applicable legislation GST information equipment safety requirements enterprise transaction policies cash/credit/funds transfer systems

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence in this unit signifies ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual circumstances in the critical aspects of: conducting cash and non-cash transactions preparation of invoices interpreting and communicating operational information safe work practices operation of office/sales equipment communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Underpinning knowledge and skills may be assessed on or off the job The following are required: cash and non-cash transaction equipment computer software/hardware, calculator, office equipment, enterprise stationery, safes, cash register, EFTPOS systems, credit card systems, stock scanning/ pricing equipment, postage equipment a qualified workplace assessor.
Method of assessment	Assessment of practical skills must take place only after a period of supervised practice and repetitive experience. If workplace conditions are not available assessment in simulated workplace conditions is acceptable Prescribed outcome must be able to be achieved without direct supervision Practical assessments: recognise denominations of Australian currency notes and coinage access and apply cash/credit systems receive cash, perform calculations and give correct change use equipment handle cash correctly use security systems (where applicable) prepare and dispatch invoices Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Methods	Methods include: conducting sales transactions using cash and non-cash procedures telephone, fax, written communication, verbal preparation of debtor invoices Specific requirements may include: literacy/numeracy
Workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements	WHS requirements may include: state/territory/industry WHS requirements
Resources	Resources may include: cash and non-cash transaction equipment invoice dispatching system computer software/hardware, calculators, office equipment, enterprise stationery, safes, cash register, EFTPOS systems, credit card systems, stock scanning/ pricing equipment, postage equipment
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: enterprise operating procedures job cards product manufacturer/component supplier specifications company stationery customer requirements industry/workplace codes of practice

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Sales and Marketing

AURSCA2005 Sell products

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURS241769A Sell product(s) Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Minor changes to unit title Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the competence required to make best use of time available, use specific sales techniques, and follow procedures for product delivery and customer follow-up. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competence applies to the following and should be contextualised to the qualification it is being applied: retail, service and repair.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Present and demonstrate product to customer	1.1. Product is presented to customer to maximise its features and market appeal in relation to customer perceived needs 1.2. Product features, fittings, controls and accessories are shown and talked through with customer and operated where necessary 1.3. Customer is offered a test operation
2. Obtain customer agreement to purchase product	2.1. Price for product is negotiated and agreed 2.2. Sale is made using closing technique according to automotive industry/enterprise policies and procedures 2.3. Sale is made in accordance with legal requirements
3. Perform product delivery and customer follow-up procedures	3.1. Product is delivered to customer in accordance with manufacturer/component supplier specification and industry/enterprise policies and procedures 3.2. Customer satisfaction is determined, remedial action is taken where necessary to maximise repeat business possibilities
4. Use prospecting methods to locate potential market	4.1. Potential customers are identified by follow-up of enterprise records of existing/past customers, service area customers, industry contacts and advertising strategies 4.2. Plans are developed to contact potential customers

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to collect and interpret technical information communicate ideas and information to convey information to the customer plan and organise activities for sales demonstration work with others and in a team by consulting with experienced staff use mathematical ideas and techniques to include customer limitations of price and time in recommendations establish diagnostic processes which have legal requirements included in recommendations use workplace technology related to record sales
Required knowledge
selling procedures communication skills (oral and written) communication techniques product information company policies and procedures stock presentation techniques industry legal requirements finance, leasing and insurance contracts/policies

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence in this unit signifies ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual circumstances in the critical aspects of: selling products to satisfy customer needs use of sales techniques communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Underpinning knowledge and skills may be assessed on or off the job The following are required: a workplace or simulated workplace sales manuals, time management guides, enterprise/ industry guidelines and office equipment (e.g. computer, typewriter, telephone and fax) sales videos, sales brochures enterprise-based sales recording systems various products retailed via automotive industry a qualified workplace assessor.
Method of assessment	Assessment of practical skills must take place only after a period of supervised practice and repetitive experience. If workplace conditions are not available assessment in simulated workplace conditions is acceptable Prescribed outcome must be able to be achieved without direct supervision Practical assessments: sell product(s) to satisfy customer needs in accordance with enterprise policies and procedures use specific sales techniques convey information both orally and in writing access, interpret and apply sales information apply time management techniques Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Methods	Methods include: demonstration to customer using sales techniques applied to product sold for or through automotive industry verbal, written, practical customers may be face to face or by telephone/ electronic media
Workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements	WHS requirements may include: state/territory/industry WHS requirements
Resources	Resources may include: sales manuals, time management guides, enterprise/industry guidelines, office equipment (e.g. computer, typewriter, telephone and fax) sales videos, sales brochures enterprise-based sales recording systems various products retailed via automotive industry
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: enterprise operating procedures product manufacturer/component supplier specifications customer requirements industry/workplace codes of practice

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Sales and Marketing

AURSCA2006 Promote products and services

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURS242621A Promote products and services Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the competence required to promote and sell products and services to current and potential customers, establish on-sell opportunities in a sales situation, and recommend complementary products and services to customers. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competence applies to the following and should be contextualised to the qualification it is being applied: retail, service and repair.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Promote products and services to customers	1.1. Explanations/demonstrations, where applicable, are conducted professionally 1.2. Product benefits and relevance of product to customer needs are highlighted during demonstration 1.3. Selling techniques are employed based on accepted and industry standards, legal requirements and enterprise policy
2. Establish on-sell opportunities	2.1. Customer interest areas and needs are identified 2.2. On-sell opportunities are assessed through knowledge of customer needs and interests, and enterprise products and services 2.3. Explanations are aligned to customer interest areas and needs 2.4. Customer needs for complementary products or services are determined
3. Recommend complementary products or services to customers	3.1. Complementary products or services of benefit to customer are identified 3.2. Benefits of product or service are discussed with customer 3.3. Cost estimates are prepared and documented

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to customer information when collected and analysed for on-selling communicate ideas and information when features and benefits are explained to customers plan and organise activities when promotions are planned and organised work with others and in a team by seeking involvement of team members use mathematical ideas and techniques when cost estimates are prepared for promotions establish diagnostic processes having cost and time limitations when considered in recommendations use workplace technology related to business technology used to prepare cost estimates
Required knowledge
workplace health and safety (WHS) oral and written communication skills for application buyer behaviour selling procedures/techniques product and service promotional procedures for application legislation/regulations/guidelines applicable to the industry sector advertising codes of practice

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence in this unit signifies ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual circumstances in the critical aspects of: promoting products and services to customers and establishing on-selling opportunities communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Underpinning knowledge and skills may be assessed on or off the job The following are required: products for sale suitable presentation area sales material (e.g. brochures, pamphlets, banners, flags, stands, ramps, turntables) a qualified workplace assessor.
Method of assessment	Assessment of practical skills must take place only after a period of supervised practice and repetitive experience. If workplace conditions are not available assessment, in simulated workplace conditions is acceptable Prescribed outcome must be able to be achieved without direct supervision Practical assessments: behave professionally in a manner appropriate to the situation and customer needs demonstrate a range of products in a professional manner apply promotional sales techniques to a range of sales situations and customer needs Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Promotion	Promotion may include: planned sales presentation, territory management and account management
Selling	Selling may include: face to face, telephone, direct mail and internet
Sales	Sales may include: individual customers organisational customers new products second-hand products
Professional explanations/ demonstrations	Professional explanations/demonstrations may include: parts products services
Customer needs	Customer needs may include: time limitations cost limitations value for money quality of work/product after-sales service
Industry standards	Industry standards for selling products and services include those relating to: fair trade consumer protection ethical behaviour WHS requirements legislative requirements credit legislation
Complementary products/services	Complementary products/services may include: accessories additional service/repair work additional vehicle features
WHS requirements	WHS requirements may include: state/territory/industry WHS requirements
Resources may include	Resources may include: enterprise stationery, telephone, merchandising kit and pricing policy
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: enterprise operating procedures product manufacturer/component supplier specifications customer requirements industry/workplace codes of practice

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Sales and Marketing

AURSLA2001 Apply legal requirements relating to product sale

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURS241803A Apply legal requirements relating to product sales Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the competence required to access, interpret and apply legal requirements relating to sale of products. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competence applies to the following and should be contextualised to the qualification it is being applied: retail, service and repair - administration/sales product sales.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify legislation and documentation to sell product(s)	1.1. Legislation to sell product(s) is correctly identified and accessed where necessary 1.2. Product documentation and manuals are identified and available for customers
2. Apply legislation to sell product(s)	2.1. Product(s) are sold in accordance with identified legal requirements, including duty of care 2.2. Customer transaction is handled in accordance with consumer legislation
3. Record necessary information on product sales documentation	3.1. Correct product sales documentation is identified and accessed in accordance with enterprise policies and procedures 3.2. Required information is clearly and accurately provided to complete legal requirements for correct documentation 3.3. Customer is requested to sign acknowledgement of information provided, such as operation instructions for product, safety requirements and supply of manual for product

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to legislative requirements communicate ideas and information to explain safety and operation issues for products plan and organise activities to demonstrate safe operation of products work with others and in a team by consulting with experienced staff use mathematical ideas and techniques to have cost and time limitations included in demonstrations establish diagnostic processes recommending safe operating procedures use workplace technology related to the demonstration of safe operation of products
Required knowledge
product sales legislation enterprise sales documentation procedures and policies

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence in this unit signifies ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual circumstances in the critical aspects of: identifying and correctly interpreting legal requirements for product sales application of legal requirements to product sales correctly completing required documentation to record sale communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Underpinning knowledge and skills may be assessed on or off the job The following are required: documentation to fulfil legal requirements and enterprise policies product manuals a qualified workplace assessor.
Method of assessment	Assessment of practical skills must take place only after a period of supervised practice and repetitive experience. If workplace conditions are not available assessment in simulated workplace conditions is acceptable Prescribed outcome must be able to be achieved without direct supervision Practical assessments: access, interpret and apply legal requirements to sale of products Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Methods	Methods include: customer contact skills identifying and adhering to legal requirements operation of products and safety requirements explained to and verified by the customer customer acknowledgement of user manuals provided
Workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements	WHS requirements may include: state/territory/industry WHS requirements duty of care
Resources	Resources may include: documentation to fulfil legal requirements and enterprise policies manuals, stationery copies of legislation product for sale
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: manufacturer/component supplier specifications enterprise operating procedures product manufacturer/component supplier specifications customer requirements industry/workplace codes of practice

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Regulator or Legal

AURTNA5001 Estimate and calculate costs to repair, maintain or modify a vehicle

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURT577727B Estimate and calculate costs to repair, maintain or modify a vehicle Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to estimate and calculate the costs to repair, maintain or modify a vehicle taking into account materials, labour and overhead costs. It requires the ability to estimate and calculate costs, analyse information, and report and document the costs. No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to individuals who estimate and calculate the cost to repair, maintain or modify a vehicle in the vehicle repair and vehicle loss assessing industries. This calculation would normally be undertaken by the owner of the business as it incorporates materials, labour and overhead costs. Vehicles may include light vehicles, heavy vehicles, agricultural and plant equipment, recreational boats, recreational vehicles and motorcycles.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Gather information	1.1. Clarify the particular service required 1.2. Obtain and analyse details of the proposed service requirements 1.3. Obtain labour unit cost projections 1.4. Obtain and analyse logistic support contracts, supply agreements or equivalent 1.5. Obtain details of any proposed warehousing and physical distribution systems and related cost factors 1.6. Document and store information ready for retrieval and application
2. Estimate materials and labour	2.1. Estimate cost of repair time 2.2. Estimate labour requirements for direct services and related operations 2.3. Estimate cost of subcontractor work 2.4. Estimate type and cost of parts and materials according to industry and enterprise pricing standards 2.5. Document final estimate
3. Determine and calculate overheads	3.1. Determine components contributing to overhead costs 3.2. Calculate overhead costs to be attributed to the work in accordance with commercial and enterprise procedures
4. Calculate costs	4.1. Cost repair time in accordance with enterprise procedures 4.2. Cost direct labour costs and subcontractor work 4.3. Cost parts and materials 4.4. Calculate total job cost, including overheads and mark-up percentages in accordance with enterprise procedures 4.5. Calculate total service cost 4.6. Note potential quotation variations 4.7. Record cost calculations
5. Document and verify details	5.1. Document details of costs and charges in accordance with enterprise procedures 5.2. Verify costs, calculations and other details with relevant enterprise person 5.3. Document and file details for future reference and in accordance with enterprise procedures

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: technical skills to the level required to use internet and other workplace technology related to calculating work costs communication skills to the level required to verify costs with others, to report work outcomes and problems, and to relate to people from a range of social, cultural and ethnic backgrounds and of varying physical and mental abilities literacy skills to the level required to undertake costing research, and to document and report findings numeracy skills to the level required to estimate and calculate labour, materials and on-costs and to validate work costs problem-solving skills to the level required to anticipate costing problems and to avoid reworking, wastage, and planning and scheduling problems team skills to the level required to work effectively and cooperatively with others to optimise workflow and productivity
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: methods and processes for identifying, apportioning, summarising and validating total costs for work components of labour costs current assessing and quoting methodologies commercial approaches to warehousing and physical distribution and costing manufacturer and component supplier specifications and manuals, including costing catalogues applicable commonwealth, state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice, including workplace health and safety (WHS), personal safety and environment, relevant to calculating vehicle repair, maintenance and modification costs organisational policies and procedures, including quality requirements, reporting and recording procedures, related to calculating vehicle repair, maintenance and modification costs

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects of evidence	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: observe safety procedures and requirements communicate effectively with others involved in or affected by the work select appropriate methods and techniques interpret proposals, specifications and instructions for the work obtain information relevant to the determination of costs calculate and cost accurately the quantities of parts and materials, the amount of labour and time required to complete the work, and overheads for a range of vehicle repair, maintenance and modification quotes document the process and outcomes in accordance with enterprise practice.
Context of assessment	The application of competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that reflects as far as possible the actual working environment. Assessment is to occur using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory requirements, including specified Australian standards. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. The following resources should be made available: vehicles requiring repair that can be used for quotations appropriate worksite and costing details manufacturer and component costs, labour rates, commercial and industry information Repair Times manuals equipment, including calculators, computer and software internet access enterprise procedures.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of this Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of Required Skills and Knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on Required Skills and Knowledge to ensure its correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role.
Specific resource requirements for this unit	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally sensitive and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Service requirements	Service requirements may include: specialised work subcontracting replacement parts repair timeframe
Overhead costs	Overhead costs may include: rental and leasing costs utilities non-production resources depreciation of plant and equipment warehousing margins warehousing costs insurance and other costs incurred by doing business material/supply costs, including catalogues, contracts, standing agreements, market rates and warehousing margins
Information/documents	Information/documents may include: Motor Vehicle Insurance and Repair Industry Code of Conduct verbal, written and graphical instructions parts listing prices and catalogues inventory systems material safety data sheets (MSDS) diagrams or sketches safe work procedures for inspection of vehicles for saleable components engineer's design specifications and instructions workplace specifications and requirements instructions issued by authorised enterprise or external persons Australian standards current driver's licence
Legislative requirements	Legislative requirements are to be in accordance with applicable commonwealth, state or territory legislation, regulations, certification requirements and codes of practice, and may include: award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian standards Australian Design Rules confidentiality and privacy WHS the environment equal opportunity anti-discrimination duty of care
WHS requirements	WHS requirements are to be in accordance with applicable commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations, and organisational safety policies and procedures, and may include: personal protective equipment and clothing safety equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including shifting, lifting and carrying emergency procedures road rules safe driving policy
Environmental requirements	Environmental requirements may include: waste management noise dust clean-up management
Organisational policies and procedures	Organisational policies and procedures may include: financial management cost and apportioning overheads labour employment costs, including awards and contracts quality policies and procedures, including Australian standards WHS, sustainability, environment, equal opportunity and anti-discrimination manufacturer specifications and industry codes of practice safe work procedures reporting and recording procedures

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Mechanical Miscellaneous

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Loss Assessment or Repair Quoting

AURTTA3017 Carry out vehicle safety and roadworthy inspections

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURT365508A Carry out vehicle safety/roadworthy inspection Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Minor changes to unit title Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the competence required to complete a vehicle safety inspection and to report on findings compared with standards by vehicle manufacturer/component supplier, legislation, regulatory bodies and industry organisations. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competence applies to the following and should be contextualised to the qualification to which it is being applied. Work requires individuals to demonstrate judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare to undertake a vehicle safety inspection	1.1. Nature and scope of work requirements are identified and confirmed 1.2. WHS requirements, including individual State/Territory regulatory requirements and personal protection needs are observed throughout the work 1.3. Procedures and information such as workshop manuals and specifications, and tooling, are sourced 1.4. Method options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected and prepared 1.5. Technical and/or calibration requirements for inspection are sourced and support equipment is identified and prepared
2. Complete vehicle inspection	2.1. Correct information is accessed and interpreted from appropriate sources to enable inspection to conform to standards and procedures 2.2. Vehicle inspection is carried out using approved methods and equipment, according to specifications and tolerances relative to the vehicle 2.3. Inspection is completed without causing damage to any component or system 2.4. Vehicle components are compared to manufacturer/ component supplier specifications
3. Report findings	3.1. Vehicle inspection report is completed in approved format 3.2. Vehicle system tolerances outside vehicle manufacturer/ component supplier specifications are highlighted and drawn to the attention of customer and/or reported 3.3. Records relating to vehicle safety inspections are processed in accordance with company policy 3.4. Inspection is completed within enterprise guidelines 3.5. Inspections are carried out according to industry regulations/guidelines, WHS legislation, legislation and enterprise procedures/policies
4. Prepare vehicle for customer delivery	4.1. Inspection documentation is completed 4.2. Final inspection is made to ensure safety features are in place 4.3. Vehicle is presented to workplace expectations 4.4. Job card is completed and delivered to appropriate persons

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
apply research and interpretive skills sufficient to locate, interpret and apply manufacturer/component supplier procedures, workplace policies and procedures apply analytical skills for identification and analysis of technical information apply plain English literacy and communication skills in relation to dealing with customers and team members apply questioning and active listening skills for example when obtaining information from customers apply oral communication skills sufficient to convey information and concepts to customers apply planning and organising skills to own work activities, including making good use of time and resources, sorting out priorities and monitoring own performance interact effectively with other persons both on a one-to-one basis and in groups, including understanding and responding to the needs of a customer and working effectively as a member of a team to achieve a shared goal establish safe and effective work processes which anticipate and/or resolve problems and downtime, to systematically develop solutions to avoid or minimise reworking and avoid wastage use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly calculate time, assess tolerances, apply accurate measurements, calculate material requirements and establish quality checks use workplace technology related to vehicle safety/ roadworthy inspections, including the use of specialist tooling, measuring equipment, computerised technology and communication devices and the documenting/recording of results
Required knowledge
A working knowledge of: WHS regulations/requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements Australian Design Rules vehicle/component inspection procedures inspection checklists enterprise quality procedures work organisation and planning processes

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence in this unit signifies ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual circumstances in the critical aspects of: observing safety procedures and requirements communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work selecting methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances completing preparatory activity in a systematic manner conducting inspection in accordance with regulatory and/or workplace requirements interpreting condition of the components compared with manufacturer/component supplier specifications inspection of vehicle and its associated components within workplace timeframes completing the written inspection report vehicle presentation to customer in compliance with workplace requirements
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Application of competence is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated worksite Assessment is to occur using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints Assessment is to comply with regulatory requirements, including Australian Standards The following resources should be made available: workplace location or simulated workplace material relevant to vehicle safety/roadworthy inspections equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to vehicle safety/roadworthy inspections activities covering mandatory task requirements specifications and work instructions
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the automotive industry's RS&R Training Package Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance together with application of underpinning knowledge Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks, with questioning on underpinning knowledge and it must also reinforce the integration of key competencies Assessment may be applied under project related conditions and require evidence of process Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competence is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying quality circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or other persons subject to agreed authentication arrangements Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Methods	Methods include conducting a vehicle inspection by vehicle manufacturer/component supplier, State/Territory legislation, industry practices and/or customer requirements
WHS	WHS requirements are to be in accordance with legislation/regulations/codes of practice and enterprise safety policies and procedures. This may include protective clothing and equipment, use of tooling and equipment, workplace environment and safety, handling of material, use of fire fighting equipment, enterprise first aid, hazard control and hazardous materials and substances
Personal protective equipment	Personal protective equipment is to include that prescribed under legislation/regulation/codes of practice and workplace policies and practices
Safe operating procedures	Safe operating procedures are to include, but are not limited to operational risk assessment and treatments associated with vehicular movement, toxic substances, electrical safety, machinery movement and operation, manual and mechanical lifting and shifting, working in proximity to others and site visitors
Emergency procedures	Emergency procedures related to this unit are to include but may not be limited to emergency shutdown and stopping of equipment, extinguishing fires, enterprise first aid requirements and site evacuation
Environmental requirements	Environmental requirements are to include but are not limited to waste management, noise, dust and clean-up management
Quality requirements	Quality requirements are to include, but are not limited to regulations, including Australian Standards, internal company quality policy and standards and enterprise operations and procedures
Statutory/regulatory authorities	Statutory/regulatory authorities may include Federal, State/Territory and local authorities administering acts, regulations and codes of practice
Tooling and equipment	Tooling and equipment may include hand or hand-held power tooling, ramps, hoists, pits, measuring equipment, specialist tooling for removal and testing equipment, including meters and gauges
Materials	Materials may include vehicle protection and cleaning materials
Communications	Communications are to include, but are not limited to verbal and visual instructions and fault documenting and may include site specific instructions, written instructions, plans or instructions related to job/task, telephones and pagers
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: verbal or written and graphical instructions, signage, work schedules/plans/specifications, work bulletins, memos, material safety data sheets, diagrams or sketches safe work procedures related to vehicle safety/roadworthy inspections regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to vehicle safety engineer's design specifications and instructions organisation work specifications and requirements instructions issued by authorised enterprise or external persons Australian Standards

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Mechanical Miscellaneous

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Technical

AURTTB2001 Inspect and service braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURT210170A Inspect and service braking systems Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the competence required to inspect and service braking systems and/or associated components, including pneumatic over hydraulic, air, hand and parking brake systems in an automotive retail, service and/or repair context. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency refers to braking systems associated with automotive retail, service and repair and should be contextualised to the level of qualification to which it is being applied: light vehicle, heavy vehicle, motorcycle or trailer or outdoor power equipment. The unit includes identification and confirmation of work requirement, preparation for work, conduct of brake system wear analysis, servicing of braking systems and completion of work finalisation processes, including clean-up and documentation. Work requires individuals to demonstrate judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment within the scope of this unit. This includes an understanding of the level of work to be performed.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare to undertake braking system inspection	1.1. Nature and scope of work requirements are identified and confirmed 1.2. WHS requirements, including individual State/Territory regulatory requirements and personal protection needs are observed throughout the work 1.3. Procedures and information such as workshop manuals and specifications, and tooling required, are sourced 1.4. Methods appropriate to the circumstances are selected and prepared in accordance with standard operating procedures 1.5. Resources required for inspection of braking systems are sourced and support equipment is identified and prepared 1.6. Warnings in relation to working with braking systems are observed
2. Conduct braking system wear analysis	2.1. Braking system analysis is implemented in accordance with road safety legislation, workplace procedures and manufacturer/component supplier specifications 2.2. Brake wear measurement results are compared with manufacturer/component supplier specifications to indicate compliance or non-compliance 2.3. Results are documented with evidence and supporting information and recommendation(s) made 2.4. Report is processed in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Prepare to service braking system and/or associated components	3.1. WHS requirements, including individual State/Territory regulatory requirements and personal protection needs are observed throughout the work 3.2. Procedures and information required are identified and sourced 3.3. Resources required for servicing braking systems are identified and support equipment is identified and prepared
4. Carry out servicing of braking systems and/or associated components	4.1. Servicing is implemented in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer/component supplier specifications 4.2. Adjustments made during the servicing are in accordance with manufacturer/component supplier specifications
5. Prepare equipment for use or storage	5.1. Servicing schedule documentation is completed 5.2. Final inspection is made to ensure protective features are in place 5.3. Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.4. Equipment is cleaned for use or storage to workplace expectations 5.5. Job card is processed in accordance with workplace procedures

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
apply research and interpretive skills sufficient to locate, interpret and apply manufacturer/component supplier procedures, workplace policies and procedures apply analytical skills required for identification and analysis of technical information apply plain English literacy and communication skills in relation to dealing with customers and team members apply questioning and active listening skills for example when obtaining information from customers apply oral communication skills sufficient to convey information and concepts to customers apply planning and organising skills to own work activities, including making good use of time and resources, sorting out priorities and monitoring one's own performance interact effectively with other persons both on a one-to-one basis and in groups, including understanding and responding to the needs of a customer and working effectively as a member of a team to achieve a shared goal establish safe and effective work processes which anticipate and/or resolve problems and downtime, to systematically develop solutions to avoid or minimise reworking and avoid wastage use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly calculate time, assess tolerances, apply accurate measurements, calculate material requirements and establish quality checks use workplace technology related to the inspection and servicing of braking systems, including the use of servicing tooling and equipment, measuring equipment, computerised technology and communication devices and the reporting/ documenting of results
Required knowledge
A working knowledge of: WHS and environmental regulations/requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements dangers of working with braking systems operating principles of braking systems, components and their relationship to each other types and layout of service/repair manuals (hard copy and electronic) analysis procedures servicing procedures enterprise quality procedures work organisation and planning processes

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence in this unit signifies ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual circumstances in the critical aspects of: observing safety procedures and requirements communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work selecting methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances completing preparatory activity in a systematic manner conducting the inspection in accordance with workplace and manufacturer/component supplier requirements accurately interpreting wear analysis results completing service of braking systems in accordance with workplace and manufacturer/component supplier requirements completing service of braking systems and associated components within workplace timeframes equipment is presented to customer in compliance with workplace requirements
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Application of competence is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated worksite Assessment is to occur using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints Assessment is to comply with regulatory requirements, including Australian Standards The following resources should be made available: workplace location or simulated workplace material relevant to the inspection and servicing of braking systems equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to the inspection and servicing of braking systems activities covering mandatory task requirements specifications and work instructions
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the automotive industry's RS&R Training Package Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance together with application of underpinning knowledge Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks, with questioning on underpinning knowledge and it must also reinforce the integration of key competencies Assessment may be applied under project related conditions and require evidence of process Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competence is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying quality circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or other persons subject to agreed authentication arrangements Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Braking systems	Types of braking systems may include: hydraulic mechanical pneumatic
System components	System components may include: disc pads master cylinders brake shoes brake callipers brake hoses brake actuators mechanical devices valves
Methods	Methods are to include: visual, aural and functional assessments (including damage, corrosion, fluid leaks, wear) measurements of pedal travel, free-play, disc runout, disc thickness, drum wear and pad/lining thickness
WHS	WHS requirements are to be in accordance with legislation/regulations/codes of practice and enterprise safety policies and procedures. This may include protective clothing and equipment, use of tooling and equipment, workplace environment and safety, handling of material, use of fire fighting equipment, enterprise first aid, hazard control and hazardous materials and substances
Personal protective equipment	Personal protective equipment is to include that prescribed under legislation/regulations/codes of practice and workplace policies and practices
Safe operating procedures	Safe operating procedures are to include, but are not limited to the conduct of operational risk assessment and treatments associated with vehicular movement, hazardous substances, machinery movement and operation, manual lifting and shifting, working in proximity to others and site visitors
Emergency procedures	Emergency procedures related to this unit are to include, but are not limited to emergency shutdown and stopping of equipment, operating safely in the event of fires, enterprise first aid requirements and site evacuation
Environmental requirements	Environmental requirements are to include but are not limited to waste management, noise, dust and clean-up management
Quality requirements	Quality requirements are to include, but are not limited to regulations, including Australian Standards, internal company quality policy and standards and enterprise operations and procedures
Statutory/regulatory authorities	Statutory/regulatory authorities may include Federal, State/Territory and local authorities administering acts, regulations and codes of practice
Tooling and equipment	Tooling and equipment may include hand tooling, gauges (including dial, verniers and micrometers), bleeding and brake testing devices, dust extraction equipment and grease guns
Materials	Materials may include lubricants, fluids, minor spare parts and cleaning materials
Communications	Communications are to include, but are not limited to verbal and visual instructions and fault reporting and may include site specific instructions, written instructions, plans or instructions related to job/task, telephones and pagers
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: verbal or written and graphical instructions, signage, work schedules/plans/specifications, work bulletins, memos, material safety data sheets, diagrams or sketches safe work procedures related to the inspection and servicing of braking systems regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to the automotive industry, including Australian Design Rules engineer's design specifications and instructions organisation work specifications and requirements instructions issued by authorised enterprise or external persons Australian Standards

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Mechanical Miscellaneous

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Technical - Brakes

AURTTD2004 Inspect and service suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURT216170A Inspect and service suspension systems Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the competence required to carry out the service of suspension systems and associated components in an automotive retail, service and/or repair context. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The unit includes identification and confirmation of work requirement, preparation for work, inspection, analysis and servicing of suspension systems and completion of work finalisation processes, including clean-up and documentation. This unit of competence refers to servicing suspension systems in an automotive retail, service and/or repair environment and should be contextualised to the level of the qualification to which it is being applied. Work requires individuals to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment within the scope of this unit. This includes an understanding of the level of work to be performed.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare to inspect and service suspension systems and associated components	1.1. Nature and scope of work requirements are identified and confirmed 1.2. WHS requirements, including individual State/Territory regulatory requirements and personal protection needs are observed throughout the work 1.3. Procedures and information such as workshop manuals and specifications, and tooling required, are sourced 1.4. Methods appropriate to the circumstances are selected and prepared in accordance with standard operating procedures 1.5. Resources required for servicing suspension systems are sourced and support equipment and tooling are identified and prepared 1.6. Warnings in relation to working with wheeled and/or tracked equipment are observed
2. Conduct inspection and analysis	2.1. Inspection is implemented in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer/component supplier specifications 2.2. Inspection results are compared with manufacturer/ component supplier specifications to indicate compliance or non-compliance 2.3. Results are documented with evidence and supporting information and recommendation(s) made 2.4. Report is forwarded to persons for action in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Carry out service	3.1. Service are implemented in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer/component supplier specifications 3.2. Adjustments made during the service are in accordance with manufacturer/component supplier specifications
4. Prepare vehicle/ equipment for use or storage	4.1. Service schedule documentation is completed 4.2. Final inspection is made to ensure protective guards, safety features and cowlings are in place 4.3. Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 4.4. Vehicle/equipment is cleaned for use or storage to workplace expectations 4.5. Job card is processed in accordance with workplace procedures

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
apply research and interpretive skills sufficient to locate, interpret and apply manufacturer/component supplier procedures, workplace policies and procedures apply analytical skills required for identification and analysis of technical information apply plain English literacy and communication skills in relation to dealing with customers and team members apply questioning and active listening skills for example when obtaining information from customers apply oral communication skills sufficient to convey information and concepts to customers apply planning and organising skills to own work activities, including making good use of time and resources, sorting out priorities and monitoring one's own performance interact effectively with other persons both on a one-to-one basis and in groups, including understanding and responding to the needs of a customer and working effectively as a member of a team to achieve a shared goal establish safe and effective work processes which anticipate and/or resolve problems and downtime, to systematically develop solutions to avoid or minimise reworking and avoid wastage use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly calculate time, assess tolerances, apply accurate measurements, calculate material requirements and establish quality checks use workplace technology related to the inspection and service of suspension systems, including the use of measuring equipment, computerised technology, specialist tooling and testing devices communication devices, the reporting/documenting of results and diagnostic and specialised tooling and equipment
Required knowledge
A working knowledge of: WHS regulations/requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements operating principles of suspension systems relevant to the qualification to which it is applied dangers of working with stored energy types and layout of service/repair manuals (hard copy and electronic) suspension system servicing procedures suspension system testing procedures enterprise quality procedures work organisation and planning processes

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of: observing safety procedures and requirements communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work selecting methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances completing preparatory activity in a systematic manner conducting the inspection and servicing a range of suspension systems in accordance with workplace and manufacturer/component supplier requirements accurately interpreting test results completing service of suspension system and associated components within workplace timeframes vehicle/equipment is presented to customer in compliance with workplace requirements
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Application of competence is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated worksite Assessment is to occur using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints Assessment is to comply with regulatory requirements, including Australian Standards The following resources should be made available: workplace location or simulated workplace material relevant to the inspection and servicing of suspension systems equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to the inspection and servicing of suspension systems activities covering mandatory task requirements specifications and work instructions
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the automotive industry's RS&R Training Package Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance together with application of underpinning knowledge Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks, with questioning on underpinning knowledge and it must also reinforce the integration of key competencies Assessment may be applied under project related conditions and require evidence of process Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competence is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying quality circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or other persons subject to agreed authentication arrangements Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Suspension systems	Suspension systems may be gas, hydraulic, pneumatic, mechanical and rubber suspension, and found on light and heavy vehicles, trailers, motorcycles and outdoor power equipment
Systems	Systems may include lateral and longitudinal arms, independent suspension, ball joints, rose joints, self levelling device, ride control, height control and tracked type systems
Methods	Methods are to include: functional testing, pressure testing, measurement visual, aural and functional assessments (including damage, corrosion, leakage, wear) adjustment of shock absorbers
WHS	WHS requirements are to be in accordance with legislation/regulations/codes of practice and enterprise safety policies and procedures. This may include protective clothing and equipment, use of tooling and equipment, workplace environment and safety, handling of material, use of fire fighting equipment, enterprise first aid, hazard control and hazardous materials and substances
Personal protective equipment	Personal protective equipment is to include that prescribed under legislation/regulations/codes of practice and workplace policies and practices
Safe operating procedures	Safe operating procedures are to include, but are not limited to the conduct of operational risk assessment and treatments associated with vehicular movement, hazardous substances, machinery movement and operation, manual lifting and shifting, working in proximity to others and site visitors
Emergency procedures	Emergency procedures related to this unit are to include, but are not limited to emergency shutdown and stopping of equipment, operating safely in the event of fires, enterprise first aid requirements and site evacuation
Environmental requirements	Environmental requirements are to include but are not limited to waste management, noise, dust and clean-up management
Quality requirements	Quality requirements are to include, but are not limited to regulations, including Australian Standards, internal company quality policy and standards and enterprise operations and procedures
Statutory/regulatory authorities	Statutory/regulatory authorities may include Federal, State/Territory and local authorities administering acts, regulations and codes of practice
Tooling and equipment	Tooling and equipment may include hand tooling, lifting equipment, safety stands and supporting equipment, measuring equipment, power tooling and testing equipment
Materials	Materials may include spare parts, lubricants and fluids and cleaning materials
Communications	Communications are to include, but are not limited to verbal and visual instructions and fault reporting and may include site specific instructions, written instructions, plans or instructions related to job/task, telephones and pagers
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: verbal or written and graphical instructions, signage, work schedules/plans/specifications, work bulletins, memos, material safety data sheets, diagrams or sketches safe work procedures related to the inspection and servicing of suspension systems regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to the automotive industry, including Australian Design Rules engineer's design specifications and instructions organisation work specifications and requirements instructions issued by authorised enterprise or external persons Australian Standards

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Mechanical Miscellaneous

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Technical - Steering and Suspension

AURTTJ2002 Remove and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURT217865A Remove and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the competence to remove and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components necessary during the rectification of faults in steering and suspension systems. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The unit applies to all types of wheel hubs and brake systems fitted to light vehicles, including 4WD vehicles and light commercial vehicles. Work involves removing and refitting various brake system components necessary to carry out required rectification procedures for steering and suspension systems. Work requires individuals to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for work	1.1. Nature and scope of work requirements are identified and confirmed 1.2. Information required for the work is accessed from manufacturer/component supplier specifications and interpreted 1.3. WHS policies and procedures are observed throughout the work processes 1.4. Components, tooling and equipment required for the work are identified, selected and prepared in accordance with site procedures 1.5. Wheel hub and brake components to be removed and refitted are identified and prepared in accordance with manufacturer/component supplier and site procedures
2. Remove wheel hubs and associated brake components	2.1. System components are removed using hand tooling and specialist equipment without causing damage and are stored in an appropriate location 2.2. Identified component faults are reported to the customer and discussed for further instructions
3. Refit and adjust wheel hubs and associated brake components	3.1. Removed components are examined for serviceability prior to commencing the refitting procedures 3.2. Serviceable components are refitted according to manufacturer/component supplier specifications and instructions 3.3. Fluids and lubricants required during the refitting procedures are used in accordance with WHS and manufacturer/component supplier specifications 3.4. Refitted components are adjusted according to manufacturer/component supplier specifications
4. Prepare wheel hub and brake components for use	4.1. Work schedule documentation is completed 4.2. Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 4.3. Job card is processed in accordance with workplace procedures

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
apply research and interpretive skills sufficient to locate, interpret and apply manufacturer/component supplier procedures, workplace policies and procedures apply analytical skills required for identification and analysis of technical information apply plain English literacy and communication skills in relation to dealing with customers and team members apply questioning and active listening skills for example when obtaining information from customers apply oral communication skills sufficient to convey information and concepts to customers apply planning and organising skills to own work activities, including making good use of time and resources, sorting out priorities and monitoring one's own performance interact effectively with other persons both on a one-to-one basis and in groups, including understanding and responding to the needs of a customer and working effectively as a member of a team to achieve a shared goal establish safe and effective work processes which anticipate and/or resolve problems and downtime, to systematically develop solutions to avoid or minimise reworking and avoid wastage use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly calculate time, assess tolerances, apply accurate measurements, calculate material requirements and establish quality checks use workplace technology related to removal and refitting of wheel hubs and associated brake components, including the use of measuring equipment, specialist tooling, computerised technology, and communication devices and the reporting/documenting of results
Required knowledge
A working knowledge of: WHS regulations/requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements dangers of working with raised vehicles principles of hydraulic brake system operation brake bleeding methods methods of using and applying lubricants and sealants methods of fitting gaskets and circlips types of wheel bearings and their adjustment methods dismantling, assembling and adjusting procedures types and layout of service/repair manuals (hard copy and electronic) accessing/recording information from a computer

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of: observing safety procedures and requirements communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work selecting methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances completing preparatory activity in a systematic manner conducting removal, replacement and tightening sequence and tensioning of wheel hub and brake components in accordance with workplace and manufacturer/component supplier requirements completing work within workplace timeframes wheel hub and brake components are presented to customer in compliance with workplace requirements
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Application of competence is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated worksite Assessment is to occur using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints Assessment is to comply with regulatory requirements, including, Australian Standards The following resources should be made available: workplace location or simulated workplace material relevant to removal, fitting and adjustment of wheel hub and brake components equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to removal, fitting and adjustment of wheel hub and brake components activities covering mandatory task requirements specifications and work instructions
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the automotive industry's RS&R Training Package Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance together with application of underpinning knowledge Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks, with questioning on underpinning knowledge and it must also reinforce the integration of key competencies Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competence is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying quality circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or other persons subject to agreed authentication arrangements Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
System components	System components may include: brake drums brake shoes disc brake calipers wheel cylinders disc pads disc rotors wheel hubs wheel bearings ABS rotors and sensors
WHS	WHS requirements are to be in accordance with legislation/regulations/codes of practice and enterprise safety policies and procedures. This may include protective clothing and equipment, use of tooling and equipment, workplace environment and safety, handling of material, use of fire fighting equipment, enterprise first aid, hazard control and hazardous materials and substances
Personal protective equipment	Personal protective equipment is to include that prescribed under legislation/regulations/codes of practice and workplace policies and practices
Safe operating procedures	Safe operating procedures are to include, but are not limited to operational risk assessment and treatments associated with vehicular movement, toxic substances, electrical safety, machinery movement and operation, manual and mechanical lifting and shifting, working in proximity to others and site visitors
Emergency procedures	Emergency procedures related to this unit are to include, but are not limited to emergency shutdown and stopping of equipment, extinguishing fires, enterprise first aid requirements and site evacuation
Environmental requirements	Environmental requirements are to include, but are not limited to waste management, noise, dust and clean-up management
Quality requirements	Quality requirements are to include, but are not limited to regulations, including Australian Standards, internal company quality policy and standards and enterprise operations and procedures
Statutory/regulatory authorities	Statutory/regulatory authorities may include Federal, State/Territory and local authorities administering acts, regulations and codes of practice
Tooling and equipment	Tooling and equipment may include: hand and power tooling lifting equipment and support stands dial indicators torque wrenches brake spring removing tool brake bleeding equipment wheel bearing removing tools wheel bearing grease brake fluid
Communications	Communications are to include, but are not limited to verbal and visual instructions, and fault reporting and may include site specific instructions, written instructions, plans or instructions related to job/task, telephones and pagers
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: verbal or written and graphical instructions, signage, work schedules/plans/specifications, work bulletins, memos, material safety data sheets, diagrams or sketches safe work procedures related to the removal, fitting and adjustment of wheel hub and brake components regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to the automotive industry, including Australian Design Rules engineer's design specifications and instructions organisation work specifications and requirements instructions issued by authorised enterprise or external persons Australian Standards

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Mechanical Miscellaneous

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Technical - Wheels and Tyres

AURTTY3001 Repair chassis, frame and associated components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURV328366A Repair chassis/frame and associated components Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Minor changes to unit title Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the competence required to inspect/replace, repair and align chassis/frame and/or components applicable to vehicles with separate frame construction. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The unit includes identification and confirmation of work requirement, preparation for work, the inspection, repair, replacement and alignment of chassis/frame and completion of work finalisation processes, including clean-up and documentation. Work requires individuals to demonstrate judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for work	1.1. Work instructions are used to determine the job requirements, including method, materials and equipment. 1.2. Job specifications are read and interpreted. 1.3. WHS requirements, including dust and fume collection, breathing apparatus, eye and ear personal protection needs are observed throughout the work. 1.4. Material for repair is selected. 1.5. Equipment and tooling are identified and checked for safe and effective operation. 1.6. Procedures are determined to minimise waste material. 1.7. Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job.
2. Inspect to determine repairs	2.1. Information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer/ component supplier specifications. 2.2. Written inspection report is prepared during inspection. 2.3. Inspection is completed without causing damage to any component or system. 2.4. Inspection activities are carried out according to industry regulations/guidelines, WHS legislation, and enterprise procedures/policies. 2.5. Results of inspection are documented/processed in accordance with enterprise requirements.
3. Replace or repair chassis/frame and associated components	3.1. Information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer/ component supplier specifications. 3.2. Repair and replacement of chassis/frame and associated components are carried out in accordance with vehicle manufacturer/component supplier specifications and tolerances relative to the vehicle. 3.3. Replacement and repairs to components are achieved without causing damage to any component or system. 3.4. Workplace documentation is completed and dealt with relevant to replacement or repair outcomes. 3.5. All repair activities are carried out according to industry regulations/guidelines, WHS legislation, and enterprise procedures/policies.
4. Align chassis/frame components	4.1. Information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer/ component supplier specifications. 4.2. Alignment of chassis/frame and associated components is carried out in accordance with vehicle manufacturer/ component supplier specifications and tolerances relative to the vehicle. 4.3. Alignment is achieved without causing damage to any component or system. 4.4. Workplace documentation is completed and dealt with relevant to chassis alignment outcomes. 4.5. All repair activities are carried out according to industry regulations/guidelines, WHS legislation, and enterprise procedures/policies.
5. Clear up work area and maintain equipment	5.1. Material that can be reused is collected and stored. 5.2. Waste and scrap is removed following workplace and environmental procedure. 5.3. Equipment and work area are cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition in accordance with workplace procedures. 5.4. Unserviceable equipment is tagged and faults identified in accordance with workplace requirements. 5.5. Operator maintenance is completed in accordance with manufacturer/component supplier specifications and worksite procedures. 5.6. Tooling is maintained in accordance with workplace procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to work orders, plans and safety procedures for repair of chassis/frame and associated components communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, coordination of work with worksite supervisor, other workers and customers, and the reporting of work outcomes and problems plan and organise activities, including preparation and layout of worksite and obtaining of equipment and materials to avoid backtracking, workflow interruptions or wastage work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity establish safe and effective work processes which anticipate and/or resolve problems and downtime, to systematically develop solutions to avoid or minimise reworking and avoid wastage use mathematical ideas and techniques to calculate time, assess tolerances, apply accurate measurements, calculate material requirements and establish quality checks use workplace technology related to repair of chassis/frame and associated components, including the use of specialist tooling and equipment, measuring equipment, computerised technology and communication devices and the reporting/recording of results
Required knowledge
A working knowledge of: WHS regulations/requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements manufacturer/component supplier/company policies technical information inspection and measuring procedures repair/replacement procedures alignment procedures welding techniques manual handling techniques work organisation and planning processes enterprise quality processes

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of: observing safety procedures and requirements communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work selecting methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances completing preparatory activity in a systematic manner inspecting, replacing/repairing and aligning of a range of chassis/frame components to workplace and manufacturer/component supplier requirements completing workplace/equipment documentation.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Application of competence is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated worksite. Assessment is to occur using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment is to comply with regulatory requirements, including Australian Standards. The following resources should be made available: workplace location or simulated workplace materials relevant to repair of chassis/frame and associated components equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to repair of chassis/frame and associated components activities covering mandatory task requirements specifications and work instructions.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the automotive industry's RS&R Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks, with questioning on underpinning knowledge and it must also reinforce the integration of key competencies. Assessment may be applied under project related conditions and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competence is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying quality circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or other persons subject to agreed authentication arrangements. Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Chassis/frame and associated components	Chassis/frame and associated components include chassis, body, wheels, body panels, accessories and body frames.
Repair methods	Repair methods are to include: visual, aural and functional assessments (including damage, wear and breakage) application of the principles, angles and geometry of vehicle wheel and chassis alignment measuring welding and framing.
WHS	WHS requirements are to be in accordance with legislation/regulations/codes of practice and enterprise safety policies and procedures. This may include protective clothing and equipment, use of tooling and equipment, workplace environment and safety, handling of materials, use of fire fighting equipment, enterprise first aid, hazard control and hazardous materials and substances.
Personal protective equipment	Personal protective equipment is to include that prescribed under legislation/regulation/codes of practice and workplace policies and practices.
Safe operating procedures	Safe operating procedures are to include, but are not limited to operational risk assessment and treatments associated with vehicular movement, toxic substances, electrical safety, machinery movement and operation, manual and mechanical lifting and shifting, working in proximity to others and worksite visitors.
Emergency procedures	Emergency procedures related to this unit are to include, but are not limited to emergency shutdown and stopping of equipment, extinguishing fires, enterprise first aid requirements and worksite evacuation.
Environmental requirements	Environmental requirements are to include but are not limited to waste management, noise, dust and clean-up management.
Quality requirements	Quality requirements are to include, but are not limited to regulations, including Australian Standards, internal company quality policy and standards and enterprise operations and procedures.
Statutory/regulatory authorities	Statutory/regulatory authorities may include Federal, State/Territory and local authorities administering acts, regulations and codes of practice.
Tooling and equipment	Tooling and equipment may include hand tooling, power tooling, measuring equipment, pressing equipment, heating equipment, welding equipment which may include arc, oxy acetylene, MIG, TIG, chassis aligning equipment, specialist tooling for removal/alignment, lifting equipment and wheel alignment equipment.
Materials	Materials may include welding consumables, spare parts and cleaning materials.
Communications	Communications are to include, but are not limited to verbal and visual instructions and fault reporting and may include worksite specific instructions, written instructions, plans or instructions related to job/task, telephones and pagers.
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: verbal or written and graphical instructions, signage, work schedules/plans/specifications, work bulletins, memos, material safety data sheets, diagrams or sketches safe work procedures related to repair of chassis/frame and associated components regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to automotive industry, including Australian Design Rules engineer's design specifications and instructions organisation work specifications and requirements instructions issued by authorised enterprise or external persons Australian Standards.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Mechanical Miscellaneous

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Technical - Chassis and Frame

AURV365356A Read and interpret vehicle body repair estimation/quotation

Modification History

Unit Descriptor

This unit identifies the competence required to read and interpret a vehicle body repair estimation/quotation and determine work requirements, repair procedures, timelines and replacement part inventory.

This unit identifies the competence required to read and interpret a vehicle body repair estimation/quotation and determine work requirements, repair procedures, timelines and replacement part inventory.

Application of the Unit

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Pre-Requisites

Employability Skills Information

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements define essential outcomes of a unit of competence

Performance criteria specify the level of performance required to demonstrate achievement of the element

Elements define essential outcomes of a unit of competence

Performance criteria specify the level of performance required to demonstrate achievement of the element

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements and Performance Criteria
Element	Performance Criteria
1	Read and interpret vehicle body repair quotation	1.1	Products/systems/components/items represented are identified
1.2	Information presented is interpreted
2	Identify job requirements	2.1	Specialised work activities and sub contracting requirements are identified
2.2	Replacement part requirements are identified and supply source identified
2.3	Repair processes are identified and resource requirements determined
2.4	Repair timeframe is estimated
2.5	Job requirements are documented
3	Determine and record body repair procedures	3.1	Pre-repair operations are identified and documented
3.2	Body repair procedures are identified and include: stages within the repair procedure repair, removal and replacement tasks estimated timing relating to part/component purchase and delivery subletting requirements, including access and timeframes additional specialist and material requirements
3.3	Assistance is to be sought from persons where repair quotation is not able to be fully interpreted
3.4	Repair requirements are documented according to enterprise requirements and industry recommended codes of practice
3.5	Determined repair procedures take into account requirements relating to industry regulations/guidelines, OH&S legislation, and enterprise policy and procedures

Required Skills and Knowledge

Evidence Guide

The Evidence guide identifies critical aspects, knowledge and skills to be demonstrated to confirm competence for this unit. This is an integral part of the assessment of competence and should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement.
Critical aspects of evidence	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of: observing safety procedures and requirements communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work selecting methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances completing preparatory activity in a systematic manner

Critical aspects of evidence (continued)	accurately interpreting vehicle body repair quotation determining repair requirements, including repair procedures, component/part purchases and sublet work requirements estimating repair timelines
Relationship to other units	Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role
Underpinning knowledge	A working knowledge of: OH&S regulations/requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements reading and interpretation skills vehicle body repair estimate/quotation methods planning and work coordination procedures work activity timeframe estimation procedures vehicle body repair methods and procedures work organisation and planning processes enterprise quality processes
Specific key competencies, underpinning and employability skills required to achieve the performance criteria	These include a number of processes that are learned throughout work and life, which are required in most jobs. Some of these are covered by the national key competencies, although others may be added. The details below highlight how these competencies are to be applied in the attainment of this unit. Application of the key competencies in this unit are to satisfy the nominated level in which: Level 1 - relates to working effectively within set conditions and processes; Level 2 - relates to management or facilitation of conditions or processes; and Level 3 - relates to design, development and evaluation of conditions or process. How will the candidate apply the following key competency in this unit? The candidate will need to:

Collect, analyse and organise information	Collect, organise and understand information related to work orders, plans and safety procedures for reading and interpreting vehicle body repair estimation/quotations (Level 2)
Communicate ideas and information	Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, coordination of work with worksite supervisor, other workers and customers, and the reporting of work outcomes and problems (Level 1)
Plan and organise activities	Plan and organise activities, including preparation and layout of worksite and obtaining of equipment and materials to avoid backtracking, workflow interruptions or wastage (Level 1)
Work with others and in a team	Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity (Level 1)
Solve problems	Establish safe and effective work processes which anticipate and/or resolve problems and downtime, to systematically develop solutions to avoid or minimise reworking and avoid wastage (Level 1)
Use mathematical ideas and techniques	Use mathematical ideas and techniques to calculate time, assess tolerances, apply accurate measurements, calculate material requirements and establish quality checks (Level 1)
Use technology	Use workplace technology related to interpreting and using repair quotations, including the use of measuring equipment, computerised technology and communication devices and the reporting/recording of results (Level 1)
Context of assessment	Application of competence is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated worksite Assessment is to occur using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints Assessment is to comply with regulatory requirements, including Australian Standards

Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the automotive industry's RS&R Training Package Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance together with application of underpinning knowledge Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks, with questioning on underpinning knowledge and it must also reinforce the integration of key competencies Assessment may be applied under project related conditions and require evidence of process Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competence is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying quality circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or other persons subject to agreed authentication arrangements
Specific resource requirements for this unit	The following resources should be made available: workplace location or simulated workplace materials relevant to interpreting and using repair quotations equipment and tooling appropriate to interpreting and using repair quotations activities covering mandatory task requirements specifications and work instructions

Range Statement

The Range Statement provides advice to interpret the scope and context of this unit of competence, allowing for differences between enterprises and workplaces. It relates to the unit as a whole and facilitates holistic assessment. The following variables may be present for this particular unit:
Unit scope	Methods are to include: reading and interpreting repair quotation consultation with customer/qualified persons determining repair requirements, including repair procedures, component/part purchases and sublet work requirements estimating repair timelines accurate recording of repair procedures
Unit context	Work requires individuals to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment Work is carried out in accordance with award provisions
Safety (OH&S)	OH&S requirements are to be in accordance with legislation/regulations/codes of practice and enterprise safety policies and procedures. This may include protective clothing and equipment, handling of materials, use of fire fighting equipment, enterprise first aid, hazard control and hazardous materials and substances Personal protective equipment is to include that prescribed under legislation/regulation/codes of practice and workplace policies and practices Emergency procedures related to this unit are to include, but are not limited to extinguishing fires, enterprise first aid requirements and worksite evacuation
Environmental requirements	Environmental requirements are to include but are not limited to clean-up management

Quality requirements	Quality requirements are to include, but are not limited to regulations, including Australian Standards, internal company quality policy and standards and enterprise operations and procedures
Statutory/regulatory authorities	Statutory/regulatory authorities may include Federal, State/Territory and local authorities administering acts, regulations and codes of practice
Tooling and equipment	Tooling and equipment may include computer software/ hardware, general office equipment, communication equipment
Communications	Communications are to include, but are not limited to verbal and visual instructions and fault reporting and may include worksite specific instructions, written instructions, plans or instructions related to job/task, telephones and pagers
Information	Information sources may include, but are not limited to verbal or written and graphical instructions, work bulletins, memos, material safety data sheets, diagrams or sketches Regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to automotive industry, including Australian Design Rules Organisation work specifications and requirements Instructions issued by authorised enterprise or external persons

Unit Sector(s)

AURVTG3011 Install side windows

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURV334031A Install side windows Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the competence required to fabricate templates, mark out and cut panels, prepare cut edges and install side windows. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The unit includes identification and confirmation of work requirement, preparation for work, fabrication and use of templates, marking out and cutting of panels/trim, preparation of cut edges, installation of windows and completion of work finalisation processes, including clean-up and documentation. Work requires individuals to demonstrate judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for work	1.1. Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including method, materials and equipment. 1.2. Job specifications are read and interpreted. 1.3. WHS requirements, including dust and fume collection, breathing apparatus and eye and ear personal protection needs are observed throughout the work. 1.4. Material for installation is selected. 1.5. Equipment and tooling are identified and checked for safe and effective operation. 1.6. Procedures are determined to minimise waste material. 1.7. Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job.
2. Measure, mark out and fabricate template	2.1. Information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer/ component supplier specifications. 2.2. Suitable materials are selected and template is fabricated to shape and size. 2.3. Templates are completed without causing damage to any component or system. 2.4. Fabricating and measuring activities are carried out according to industry regulations/guidelines, WHS legislation, and enterprise procedures/policies.
3. Mark out, cut panels/trim and prepare cut edges	3.1. Information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer/ component supplier specifications. 3.2. Template is used to mark out areas to be cut. 3.3. Panels/trim are cut using approved methods and equipment in accordance with specifications. 3.4. Panels/trim are prepared in readiness for installing window. 3.5. Panels are reinforced to comply with manufacturer/ component supplier requirements. 3.6. Work is completed without causing damage to any component or system. 3.7. Marking out, cutting and preparation activities are carried out according to industry regulations/guidelines, WHS legislation, and enterprise procedures/policies.
4. Install window	4.1. Information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer/ component supplier specifications. 4.2. Window is installed to specification. 4.3. Installed window is checked for operation and leak tested. 4.4. Installation is achieved without causing damage to any component or system. 4.5. All installation and checking is performed according to industry regulations/guidelines, WHS legislation, and enterprise procedures/policies.
5. Clean up work area and maintain equipment	5.1. Material that can be reused is collected and stored. 5.2. Waste and scrap are removed following workplace and environmental procedures. 5.3. Equipment and work area are cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition in accordance with workplace procedures. 5.4. Unserviceable equipment is tagged and faults identified in accordance with workplace requirements. 5.5. Operator maintenance is completed in accordance with manufacturer/component supplier specifications and worksite procedures. 5.6. Tooling is maintained in accordance with workplace procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to work orders, plans and safety procedures for installing windows communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, coordination of work with worksite supervisor, other workers and customers, and the reporting of work outcomes and problems plan and organise activities, including preparation and layout of worksite and obtaining of equipment and materials to avoid backtracking, workflow interruptions or wastage work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity establish safe and effective work processes which anticipate and/or resolve problems and downtime, to systematically develop solutions to avoid or minimise reworking and avoid wastage use mathematical ideas and techniques to calculate time, assess tolerances, apply accurate measurements, calculate material requirements and establish quality checks use workplace technology related to installation of side windows, including the use of specialist tooling, measuring equipment and communication devices and the reporting/ recording of results
Required knowledge
A working knowledge of: WHS regulations/requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements enterprise/manufacturer/component supplier policies technical information marking out procedures measuring procedures cutting procedures (panels and trim) window installation procedures panel reinforcing methods work organisation and planning processes enterprise quality processes

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of: observing safety procedures and requirements communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work selecting methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances completing preparatory activity in a systematic manner applying vehicle protection methods preparing and installing a range of side windows with a minimum of one requiring panel reinforcement completing workplace records.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Application of competence is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated worksite. Assessment is to occur using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment is to comply with regulatory requirements, including Australian Standards. The following resources should be made available: workplace location or simulated workplace materials relevant to installation of side windows equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to installation of side windows activities covering mandatory task requirements specifications and work instructions.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the automotive industry's RS&R Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks, with questioning on underpinning knowledge and it must also reinforce the integration of key competencies. Assessment may be applied under project related conditions and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competence is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying quality circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or other persons subject to agreed authentication arrangements. Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Installation methods	Installation methods are to include measuring, marking out, cutting, preparing cut edges, reinforcing cut panels, installing side windows, leak testing installed side window and sealing, testing operation and cleaning.
Side windows	Side windows may be installed in vehicles, trailers, outdoor equipment, caravans, agricultural equipment and recreational boating.
WHS	WHS requirements are to be in accordance with legislation/regulations/codes of practice and enterprise safety policies and procedures. This may include protective clothing and equipment, use of tooling and equipment, workplace environment and safety, handling of materials, use of fire fighting equipment, enterprise first aid, hazard control and hazardous materials and substances.
Personal protective equipment	Personal protective equipment is to include that prescribed under legislation/regulation/codes of practice and workplace policies and practices.
Safe operating procedures	Safe operating procedures are to include, but are not limited to operational risk assessment and treatments associated with vehicular movement, toxic substances, electrical safety, machinery movement and operation, manual and mechanical lifting and shifting, working in proximity to others and worksite visitors.
Emergency procedures	Emergency procedures related to this unit are to include, but are not limited to emergency shutdown and stopping of equipment, extinguishing fires, enterprise first aid requirements and worksite evacuation.
Environmental requirements	Environmental requirements are to include but are not limited to waste management, noise, dust and clean-up management.
Quality requirements	Quality requirements are to include, but are not limited to regulations, including Australian Standards, internal company quality policy and standards and enterprise operations and procedures.
Statutory/regulatory authorities	Statutory/regulatory authorities may include Federal, State/Territory and local authorities administering acts, regulations and codes of practice.
Tooling and equipment	Tooling and equipment may include hand tooling, power tooling, measuring equipment, marking out equipment, cutting equipment, vehicle protection equipment and templates.
Materials	Materials may include template materials, rubber sections, adhesives and cleaning materials.
Communications	Communications are to include, but are not limited to verbal and visual instructions and fault reporting and may include worksite specific instructions, written instructions, plans or instructions related to job/task, telephones and pagers.
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: verbal or written and graphical instructions, signage, work schedules/plans/specifications, work bulletins, memos, material safety data sheets, diagrams or sketches safe work procedures related to installation of side windows regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to working with glass engineer's design specifications and instructions organisation work specifications and requirements instructions issued by authorised enterprise or external persons Australian Standards.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Vehicle body

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Technical - Glazing

AURVTN2005 Remove and fit protector mouldings, transfers and decals

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURV226965A Remove and replace/fit protector mouldings, transfers and decals Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Minor changes to unit title Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to remove and replace/fit protector mouldings, transfers and decals. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The unit includes identification and confirmation of work requirements, preparation for work, removal, replacement and refitting of protector mouldings, transfers and decals, and completion of work finalisation processes, including clean-up and documentation. Work requires individuals to demonstrate judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for work	1.1. Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including method, material and equipment. 1.2. Job specifications are read and interpreted. 1.3. Workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs are observed throughout the work. 1.4. Material for the work is selected. 1.5. Equipment and tooling are identified and checked for safe and effective operation. 1.6. Procedures are determined to minimise waste material. 1.7. Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job.
2. Remove protector mouldings, transfers and decals	2.1. Information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer/component supplier specifications. 2.2. Work is completed without causing damage to component, system or protector mouldings, transfers and decals. 2.3. Removal activities are carried out according to industry regulations/guidelines, WHS requirements, legislation and enterprise procedures/policies.
3. Prepare for replacement/ fitting of protector mouldings, transfers and decals	3.1. Information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer/ component supplier specifications. 3.2. Protector mouldings, transfers and decals to be fitted are within specifications for dimensions, material and functional capability. 3.3. Adhesives are selected according to the product manufacturer/component supplier specification for type, method, application and thickness. 3.4. Work is completed without causing damage to component, system or protector mouldings or transfers and decals. 3.5. Reusable moulds, decals and attachment clips/components are inspected and cleaned in preparation for refitting.
4. Replace/fit protector mouldings, transfers and decals	4.1. Information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer/component supplier specifications. 4.2. Protector mouldings, transfers and decals are replaced and fitted using approved methods, material and equipment. 4.3. Adhesives are applied according to the product manufacturer/component supplier specifications for type, method, application and thickness. 4.4. Work is completed without causing damage to component, system or protector mouldings, transfers and decals. 4.5. Replacement/refitting activities are carried out according to industry regulations/guidelines, WHS requirements, legislation and enterprise procedures/policies.
5. Clean up work area and maintain equipment	5.1. Material that can be reused is collected and stored 5.2. Waste and scrap is removed following workplace and environmental procedures. 5.3. Equipment and work area are cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition in accordance with workplace procedures. 5.4. Unserviceable equipment is tagged and faults identified in accordance with workplace requirements. 5.5. Operator maintenance is completed in accordance with manufacturer/component supplier specifications and worksite procedures. 5.6. Tooling is maintained in accordance with workplace procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: collect, organise and understand information related to work orders, plans and safety procedures for removing and replacing/fitting protector mouldings, transfers and decals communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, coordination of work with worksite supervisor, other workers and customers, and reporting of work outcomes and problems plan and organise activities, including preparation and layout of worksite and obtaining of equipment and material to avoid backtracking, workflow interruptions or wastage work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity establish safe and effective work processes which anticipate and/or resolve problems and downtime, to systematically develop solutions to avoid or minimise reworking and wastage use mathematical ideas and techniques to calculate time, assess tolerances, apply accurate measurements, calculate material requirements and establish quality checks use workplace technology related to removal and replacement/ refitting of protector mouldings, transfers and decals, including use of specialist tooling, measuring equipment and communication devices and the reporting/documenting of results
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: WHS regulations/requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements types of mouldings, transfers and decals methods for fitting mouldings, transfers and decals fastening methods (adhesives and mechanical methods) use of tooling and equipment removal procedures replacement/fitting procedures and preparation work organisation and planning processes enterprise quality processes

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of: observing safety procedures and requirements communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work selecting methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances completing preparatory activity in a systematic manner completing removal and replacement operations covering a minimum of three components, including: a double-sided tape moulding, and an anti-scruff or door frame tape replacing/refitting protector mouldings, transfers and decals.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	The following resources should be made available: workplace location or simulated workplace material relevant to the removal and replacement/fitting of protector mouldings, transfers and decals equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to the removal and replacement/fitting of protector mouldings, transfers and decals activities covering mandatory task requirements specifications and work instructions.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks, with questioning on underpinning knowledge and it must also reinforce the integration of key competencies. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competence is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying quality circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or other persons subject to agreed authentication arrangements. Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Specific requirements	Specific requirements are to: remove, replace/fit protector mouldings, transfers and decals, including door frame decals and anti-scuff protectors
Methods	Methods are to include: adhesive bonding and mechanical fastening
WHS	WHS requirements are to be in accordance with legislation/regulations/codes of practice and enterprise safety policies and procedures. This may include: protective clothing and equipment use of tooling and equipment workplace environment and safety handling of material use of firefighting equipment enterprise first aid hazard control and hazardous material and substances
Personal protective equipment	Personal protective equipment is to include that prescribed under legislation/regulation/codes of practice and workplace policies and practices
Safe operating procedures	Safe operating procedures are to include, but are not limited to: operational risk assessment and treatments associated with vehicular movement, toxic substances, electrical safety, machinery movement and operation, manual and mechanical lifting and shifting, working in proximity to others and worksite visitors
Emergency procedures	Emergency procedures related to this unit are to include, but are not limited to: emergency shutdown and stopping of equipment extinguishing fires enterprise first aid requirements worksite evacuation
Environmental requirements	Environmental requirements are to include, but are not limited to: waste management, noise, dust and clean-up management
Quality requirements	Quality requirements are to include, but are not limited to: regulations, including Australian standards internal company quality policies and standards enterprise operations and procedures
Statutory/regulatory authorities	Statutory/regulatory authorities may include: federal, state/territory and local authorities administering Acts, regulations and codes of practice
Tooling and equipment	Tooling and equipment may include: hand tooling, adhesive equipment, measuring equipment and specialist tooling for removal
Materials	Materials may include: adhesives and cleaning materials
Communications	Communications are to include, but are not limited to: verbal and visual instructions and fault reporting and may include worksite specific instructions, written instructions, plans or instructions related to job/task, telephones and pagers
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: verbal or written and graphical instructions, signage, work schedules/plans/specifications, work bulletins, memos, material safety data sheets (MSDS), diagrams or sketches safe work procedures related to the removal and replacement/refitting of protector mouldings, transfers and decals regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to automotive industry, including Australian Design Rules engineer's design specifications and instructions organisation work specifications and requirements instructions issued by authorised enterprise or external persons Australian standards

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Vehicle body

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Technical - Body

AURVTN4032 Determine vehicle damage and recommended repair procedures

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURV465116A Determine vehicle damage and recommended repair procedures Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit identifies the competence required to inspect a vehicle for damage and recommend repair action. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The unit includes identification and confirmation of work requirement, preparation for work, inspection, determination of repair requirements, preparation of a written report, including repair recommendations and completion of work finalisation processes, including clean-up and documentation. Work requires individuals to demonstrate judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for work	1.1. Work instructions are used to determine the job requirements, including job sheets and inspection procedures. 1.2. Job specifications are read and interpreted. 1.3. WHS requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work. 1.4. Vehicle to be inspected is identified. 1.5. Procedures are determined to minimise inspection time.
2. Inspect vehicle to determine cause and extent of damage	2.1. Inspection is carried out according to industry regulations/ guidelines, WHS legislation, and enterprise procedures/ policies. 2.2. Repair methods that conform to vehicle manufacturer/ component supplier, insurance company, enterprise and statutory guidelines are identified and recommended. 2.3. Inspection is completed without causing damage to workplace, property or vehicle.
3. Prepare a written damage repair report	3.1. Written damage inspection report is prepared with sufficient information to enable preparation of repair quotation, including repair options. 3.2. Damage inspection report is appropriate to type of damage sustained. 3.3. Damage report refers to repair requirements identified, including in-house and sublet requirements. 3.4. Damage report is prepared and presented according to industry and enterprise guidelines/requirements.
4. Clean up work area and maintain equipment	4.1. Equipment and work area are cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition in accordance with workplace procedures. 4.2. Unserviceable equipment is tagged and faults identified in accordance with workplace procedures. 4.3. Operator maintenance is completed in accordance with manufacturer/component supplier specifications and worksite procedures. 4.4. Tooling is maintained in accordance with workplace procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to work orders, plans and safety procedures for determining vehicle damage and recommending repair procedures communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, coordination of work with worksite supervisor, other workers and customers, and the reporting of work outcomes and problems plan and organise activities, including preparation and layout of worksite and obtaining of equipment and materials to avoid backtracking, workflow interruptions or wastage work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete tests, measurements and assessment of unit/component serviceability required for the work use pre-checking and inspection techniques to anticipate planning and scheduling problems, avoid wastage of time and components) use workplace technology related to recommending repair procedures, including the use of measuring equipment, computerised technology and communication devices and the reporting/recording of results
Required knowledge
A working knowledge of: WHS regulations/requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements industry records and how to maintain them written communications and report writing vehicle inspection, damage assessment and test procedures vehicle inspection procedures industry standards work organisation and planning processes enterprise quality processes.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of: observing safety procedures and requirements communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work selecting methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances completing preparatory activity in a systematic manner for a range of vehicles: assessing damage accurately without damage or injury to tooling, equipment and persons recommending repair action preparing a written repair report.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Application of competence is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated worksite, Assessment is to occur using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints, Assessment is to comply with regulatory requirements, including Australian Standards. The following resources should be made available: workplace location or simulated workplace materials relevant to vehicle inspection procedures equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to vehicle inspection procedures activities covering mandatory task requirements specifications and work instructions.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the automotive industry's RS&R Training Package, Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance together with application of underpinning knowledge, Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks, with questioning on underpinning knowledge and it must also reinforce the integration of key competencies, Assessment may be applied under project related conditions and require evidence of process, Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competence is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances, It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying quality circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or other persons subject to agreed authentication arrangements, Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role,
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Methods	Methods are to include: inspection measurement partial dismantling completion of written report.
WHS	WHS requirements are to be in accordance with legislation/regulations/codes of practice and enterprise safety policies and procedures. This may include protective clothing and equipment, use of tooling and equipment, workplace environment and safety, handling of materials, use of fire fighting equipment, enterprise first aid, hazard control and hazardous materials and substances.
Personal protective equipment	Personal protective equipment is to include that prescribed under legislation/regulation/codes of practice and workplace policies and practices.
Safe operating procedures	Safe operating procedures are to include, but are not limited to operational risk assessment and treatments associated with vehicular movement, toxic substances, electrical safety, machinery movement and operation, manual and mechanical lifting and shifting, working in proximity to others and worksite visitors.
Emergency procedures	Emergency procedures related to this unit are to include, but are not limited to emergency shutdown and stopping of equipment, extinguishing fires, enterprise first aid requirements and worksite evacuation.
Environmental requirements	Environmental requirements are to include but are not limited to waste management, noise, dust and clean-up management.
Quality requirements	Quality requirements are to include, but are not limited to regulations, including Australian Standards, internal company quality policy and standards and enterprise operations and procedures.
Statutory/regulatory authorities	Statutory/regulatory authorities may include Federal, State/Territory and local authorities administering acts, regulations and codes of practice.
Communications	Communications are to include, but are not limited to verbal and visual instructions and fault reporting and may include worksite specific instructions, written instructions, plans or instructions related to job/task, telephones and pagers.
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: vehicle manufacturer/component supplier specifications, written enterprise procedures, insurance company reports, product manufacturer/component supplier specifications and customer report. safe work procedures related to vehicle inspection procedures. regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to automotive industry, including Australian Design Rules. engineer's design specifications and instructions. organisation work specifications and requirements. instructions issued by authorised enterprise or external persons. Australian Standards.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Vehicle Body

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Technical - Body

AURVTP2007 Apply paint touch-up techniques

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURV230449A Apply paint touch-up techniques Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to prepare equipment and apply materials for paint touch-up or minor repairs. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The unit includes identification and confirmation of work requirements, preparation for work, preparation of equipment for application of material for paint touch-up, and completion of work finalisation processes, including clean-up and documentation. Work requires individuals to demonstrate judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for work	1.1. Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including method and material type. 1.2. Job specifications are read and interpreted. 1.3. Workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work. 1.4. Materials are selected and inspected for quality. 1.5. Hand, power tooling and safety equipment are identified and checked for operation. 1.6. Procedures are determined to minimise waste material. 1.7. Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job.
2. Prepare equipment	2.1. Information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer/ component supplier specifications. 2.2. Preparation is carried out according to industry regulations/guidelines, WHS requirements, legislation and enterprise procedures/policies.
3. Prepare and apply materials	3.1. Information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer/ component supplier specifications. 3.2. Preparation and application of materials is carried out in accordance with manufacturer/component supplier specifications. 3.3. Preparation and application of materials is carried out according to industry regulations/guidelines, WHS requirements, legislation and enterprise procedures/ policies.
4. Clean up work area and maintain equipment	4.1. Material that can be reused is collected and stored. 4.2. Waste and scrap is removed following workplace procedure. 4.3. Equipment and work area are cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition in accordance with workplace procedures. 4.4. Unserviceable equipment is tagged and faults identified in accordance with workplace procedures. 4.5. Operator maintenance is completed in accordance with manufacturer/component supplier specifications and worksite procedures. 4.6. Tooling is maintained in accordance with workplace procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: collect, organise and understand information related to work orders, plans and safety procedures for the preparation and use of equipment and material for paint touch-up techniques communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, coordination of work with worksite supervisor, other workers and customers, and the reporting of work outcomes and problems plan and organise activities, including preparation and layout of worksite and obtaining of equipment and material to avoid backtracking, workflow interruptions or wastage work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity use mathematical ideas and techniques to use equipment and mix material required for the work establish safe and effective work processes which anticipate and/or resolve problems and downtime, to systematically develop solutions to avoid or minimise reworking and wastage use workplace technology related to the preparation and use of equipment and material for paint touch-up techniques, including the use of specialised tooling and equipment, measuring equipment and communication devices and the reporting/documenting of results
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: WHS regulations/requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements environmental protection requirements/material disposal and storage material safety data sheets industry code of practice the types, applications and preparation processes for paints paint mixing procedures spraying equipment procedures equipment/material safety requirements hand painting procedures, including rolling application procedures work organisation and planning processes enterprise quality procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of: observing safety procedures and requirements communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work selecting methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances completing preparatory activity in a systematic manner preparing a range of equipment preparing a range of materials the completion of touch-up painting for a range of circumstances, including the use of spray equipment and brushes applying a range of touch-up materials.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Application of competence is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated worksite. Assessment is to occur using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment is to comply with regulatory requirements, including Australian standards. The following resources should be made available: workplace location or simulated workplace material relevant to the preparation and use of equipment and material for paint touch-up techniques equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to the preparation and use of equipment and material for paint touch-up techniques activities covering mandatory task requirements specifications and work instructions.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks, with questioning on underpinning knowledge and it must also reinforce the integration of key competencies. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competence is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying quality circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or other persons subject to agreed authentication arrangements. Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Application systems and equipment	Application systems and equipment are to include: spray gun techniques drying techniques paint mixing paint rolling paint straining paint thinning paint matching buffing and polishing
Materials	Materials are to include: oil-based paints water-based paints synthetic paints vinyl paints, undercoats lacquers enamels paint thinners and paint reducers
WHS	WHS requirements are to be in accordance with legislation/regulations/codes of practice and enterprise safety policies and procedures. This may include: protective clothing and equipment use of tooling and equipment workplace environment and safety handling of material use of firefighting equipment enterprise first aid hazard control and hazardous material and substances
Personal protective equipment	Personal protective equipment is to include that prescribed under legislation/regulation/codes of practice and workplace policies and practices
Safe operating procedures	Safe operating procedures are to include, but are not limited to: operational risk assessment and treatments associated with toxic substances, electrical safety, machinery movement and operation, manual and mechanical lifting and shifting, working in proximity to others and worksite visitors
Emergency procedures	Emergency procedures related to this unit are to include, but are not limited to: emergency shutdown and stopping of equipment extinguishing fires enterprise first aid requirements worksite evacuation
Environmental requirements	Environmental requirements are to include, but are not limited to: waste management, noise, dust and clean-up management
Quality requirements	Quality requirements are to include, but are not limited to: regulations, including Australian Standards internal company quality policy and standards enterprise operations and procedures
Statutory/regulatory authorities	Statutory/regulatory authorities may include: federal, state/territory and local authorities administering Acts, regulations and codes of practice
Tooling and equipment	Tooling and equipment may include: spray guns air pressure regulators air compressors personal protective equipment spray booths heating and lighting systems safety equipment mixing equipment paint stirring equipment paint straining and thinning equipment paint pots machine buffs and polishes
Materials	Materials may include: paint, thinners and cleaning materials
Communications	Communications are to include, but are not limited to: verbal and visual instructions and fault reporting and may include worksite specific instructions, written instructions, plans or instructions related to job/task, telephones and pagers
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: verbal or written and graphical instructions, signage, work schedules/plans/specifications, work bulletins, memos, material safety data sheets (MSDS), diagrams or sketches safe work procedures related to the preparation and use of equipment and material for paint touch-up techniques regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to automotive painting and finishing engineer's design specifications and instructions organisation work specifications and requirements instructions issued by authorised enterprise or external persons Australian standards

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Vehicle body

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Technical - Paint

AURVTS3004 Repair fibreglass and composite material components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURV324866A Repair fibreglass and composite material components Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Minor changes to unit title Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the competence required to repair components on vehicle bodies using composite materials. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The unit includes identification and confirmation of work requirement, preparation for work, repair and checking of components and completion of work finalisation processes, including clean-up and documentation. Work requires individuals to demonstrate judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for work	1.1. Work instructions are used to determine the job requirements, including job sheets, quality and quantity of materials. 1.2. Job specifications are read and interpreted. 1.3. WHS requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work. 1.4. Materials are selected and inspected for quality. 1.5. Hand, power tooling and safety equipment are identified and checked for safe use. 1.6. Procedures are determined to minimise waste material. 1.7. Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job.
2. Carry out repair procedures	2.1. Information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer/component supplier specifications. 2.2. Items to be repaired are identified. 2.3. Methods of repair are identified. 2.4. Equipment, tooling and materials are prepared for use. 2.5. Repair procedures are carried out following enterprise procedures. 2.6. Repair procedures are completed without causing damage to equipment or machinery. 2.7. All activities are carried out according to industry regulations/guidelines, WHS legislation, and enterprise procedures/policies. 2.8. Repairs are checked to specification and workplace/ equipment records are completed to worksite requirements.
3. Clean up work area and maintain equipment	3.1. Material that can be reused is collected and stored. 3.2. Waste and scrap is removed following workplace procedure. 3.3. Equipment and work area are cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition in accordance with workplace procedures. 3.4. Unserviceable equipment is tagged and faults identified in accordance with workplace procedures. 3.5. Operator maintenance is completed in accordance with manufacturer/component supplier specifications and worksite procedures. 3.6. Tooling is maintained in accordance with workplace procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
apply research and interpretive skills sufficient to locate, interpret and apply manufacturer/component supplier procedures, workplace policies and procedures apply analytical skills required for identification and analysis of technical information apply plain English literacy and communication skills in relation to dealing with customers and team members apply questioning and active listening skills for example when obtaining information from customers apply oral communication skills sufficient to convey information and concepts to customers apply planning and organising skills to own work activities, including making good use of time and resources, sorting out priorities and monitoring one's own performance interact effectively with other persons both on a one-to-one basis and in groups, including understanding and responding to the needs of a customer and working effectively as a member of a team to achieve a shared goal establish safe and effective work processes which anticipate and/or resolve problems and downtime, to systematically develop solutions to avoid or minimise reworking and avoid wastage use mathematical ideas and techniques to calculate time, assess tolerances, apply accurate measurements, calculate material requirements and establish quality checks use workplace technology related to repair of composite material components, including the use of specialist tooling, measuring equipment and communication devices and the reporting/recording of results
Required knowledge
A working knowledge of: WHS regulations/requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements environmental requirements measuring procedures technical information types of composite materials (including fibreglass) and their application repair procedures manufacturer/component supplier/company policies manual handling techniques work organisation and planning processes enterprise quality processes

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of: observing safety procedures and requirements communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work selecting methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances completing preparatory activity in a systematic manner completing repair procedures to a range of components to enterprise and manufacturer/component supplier requirements completing repair procedures without damage to tooling, equipment and persons completing repair procedures within enterprise timeframes completing workplace/equipment records.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Application of competence is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated worksite. Assessment is to occur using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment is to comply with regulatory requirements, including Australian Standards. The following resources should be made available: workplace location or simulated workplace materials relevant to repair of composite material components equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to repair of composite material components activities covering mandatory task requirements specifications and work instructions.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the automotive industry's RS&R Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks, with questioning on underpinning knowledge and it must also reinforce the integration of key competencies. Assessment may be applied under project related conditions and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competence is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying quality circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or other persons subject to agreed authentication arrangements. Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Composite materials	Composite materials may include fibreglass, carbon fibre and Kevlar.
Methods	Methods are to include both hand and machine operations, mixing and application.
WHS	WHS requirements are to be in accordance with legislation/regulations/codes of practice and enterprise safety policies and procedures. This may include protective clothing and equipment, use of tooling and equipment, workplace environment and safety, handling of materials, use of fire fighting equipment, enterprise first aid, hazard control and hazardous materials and substances.
Personal protective equipment	Personal protective equipment is to include that prescribed under legislation/regulation/codes of practice and workplace policies and practices.
Safe operating procedures	Safe operating procedures are to include, but are not limited to operational risk assessment and treatments associated with vehicular movement, toxic substances, electrical safety, machinery movement and operation, manual and mechanical lifting and shifting, working in proximity to others and worksite visitors.
Emergency procedures	Emergency procedures related to this unit are to include, but are not limited to emergency shutdown and stopping of equipment, extinguishing fires, enterprise first aid requirements and worksite evacuation.
Environmental requirements	Environmental requirements are to include but are not limited to waste management, noise, dust and clean-up management.
Quality requirements	Quality requirements are to include, but are not limited to regulations, including Australian Standards, internal company quality policy and standards and enterprise operations and procedures.
Statutory/regulatory authorities	Statutory/regulatory authorities may include Federal, State/Territory and local authorities administering acts, regulations and codes of practice.
Tooling and equipment	Tooling and equipment may include hand tooling, power tooling, specialist tooling for composite material work, mixers, moulds, jigs and measuring equipment.
Materials	Materials may include fibreglass, carbon fibre, Kevlar and cleaning materials.
Communications	Communications are to include, but are not limited to verbal and visual instructions and fault reporting and may include worksite specific instructions, written instructions, plans or instructions related to job/task, telephones and pagers.
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: verbal or written and graphical instructions, signage, work schedules/plans/specifications, work bulletins, memos, material safety data sheets, diagrams or sketches safe work procedures related to repair of composite material components regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to automotive industry, including Australian Design Rules engineer's design specifications and instructions organisation work specifications and requirements instructions issued by authorised enterprise or external persons Australian Standards.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Vehicle body

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Technical - Fabrication

AURVTT3015 Fabricate canvas products

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURV331423CA Fabricate and install canvas products Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Minor changes to unit title Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the competence required to fabricate and install canvas products and covers. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The unit includes identification and confirmation of work requirement, preparation for work, measuring, marking out, cutting out, assembling and installing canvas products and completion of work finalisation processes, including clean-up and documentation Work requires individuals to demonstrate judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for fabrication work	1.1. Information for work is accessed from manufacturer/ component supplier specifications and interpreted. 1.2. WHS requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work. 1.3. Materials are selected and inspected for quality. 1.4. Components, tooling and equipment for fabrication are identified, selected and prepared in accordance with worksite procedures. 1.5. Procedures are determined to minimise waste material. 1.6. Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job.
2. Measure, mark out and cut canvas products	2.1. Information for measuring, marking out and cutting is interpreted and followed. 2.2. Measurements are accessed from manufacturer/component supplier specifications and/or directly measured fitting requirements. 2.3. Marking out and cutting are carried out and completed in accordance with work plan and specifications. 2.4. Measurements, marking out and cutting are checked for conformity to specifications in accordance with worksite procedures.
3. Make up/assemble canvas products	3.1. Information for following production process is accessed from manufacturer/component supplier specifications, interpreted and followed. 3.2. Make up/assembly of canvas products is carried out and completed in accordance with work plan and specifications. 3.3. Damage to equipment or machinery is avoided. 3.4. Production is checked for conformity to specifications in accordance with worksite procedures.
4. Install canvas products	4.1. Information for installing is interpreted and applied. 4.2. Installing is carried out to enterprise and/or manufacturer/ component supplier specifications. 4.3. Installing is carried out without damage to equipment.
5. Clean up work area and maintain equipment	5.1. Material that can be reused is collected and stored. 5.2. Waste and scrap is removed following workplace procedures. 5.3. Equipment and work area are cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition in accordance with workplace procedures. 5.4. Unserviceable equipment is tagged and faults identified in accordance with workplace procedures. 5.5. Operator maintenance is completed in accordance with manufacturer/component supplier specifications and worksite procedures. 5.6. Tooling is maintained in accordance with workplace procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to work orders, plans and safety procedures for fabricating and installing canvas products communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, coordination of work with worksite supervisor, other workers and customers, and the reporting of work outcomes and problems plan and organise activities, including preparation and layout of worksite and obtaining of equipment and materials to avoid backtracking, workflow interruptions or wastage work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements and estimate material requirements for the work use pre-checking and inspection techniques to anticipate planning and scheduling problems, avoid wastage of time and material use workplace technology related to accessing, interpreting and applying technical information and using tooling and equipment, and fabricating and installing canvas products
Required knowledge
A working knowledge of: WHS regulations/requirements and personal safety requirements equipment safety requirements types, characteristics and applications of canvas adhesives/glues/material safety data sheets information job planning and drawing production methods and procedures, including measuring, marking out, cutting and make up/assembly of canvas products installation processes and techniques technical information enterprise quality procedures work organisation and planning processes

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of: observing safety procedures and requirements communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work selecting methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances completing preparatory activity in a systematic manner applying WHS policy and procedures operating machinery measuring, marking out, cutting and making up/ assembling a range of canvas products installing a range of canvas products completing post-activity housekeeping.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Application of competence is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated worksite. Assessment is to occur using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment is to comply with regulatory requirements, including Australian Standards. The following resources should be made available: workplace location or simulated workplace materials relevant to fabricating and installing canvas products equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to fabricating and installing canvas products activities covering mandatory task requirements specifications and work instructions.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the automotive industry's RS&R Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks, with questioning on underpinning knowledge and it must also reinforce the integration of key competencies. Assessment may be applied under project related conditions and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competence is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying quality circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or other persons subject to agreed authentication arrangements. Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Methods	Methods are to include: quantity estimation, canvas selection hand sewing, machine sewing measuring, marking out, cutting, reinforcing, edge finishing, mechanical fastening, shaping, bonding, gluing, assembling and installing.
Canvas products/covers	Canvas products/covers may be for recreational equipment, marine craft, aircraft, heavy vehicles, plant and agricultural equipment.
WHS	WHS requirements are to be in accordance with legislation/regulations/codes of practice and enterprise safety policies and procedures. This may include protective clothing and equipment, use of tooling and equipment, workplace environment and safety, handling of materials, use of fire fighting equipment, enterprise first aid, hazard control and hazardous materials and substances.
Personal protective equipment	Personal protective equipment is to include that prescribed under legislation/regulation/codes of practice and workplace policies and practices.
Safe operating procedures	Safe operating procedures are to include, but are not limited to operational risk assessment and treatments associated with vehicular movement, toxic substances, electrical safety, machinery movement and operation, manual and mechanical lifting and shifting, working in proximity to others and worksite visitors.
Emergency procedures	Emergency procedures related to this unit are to include, but are not limited to emergency shutdown and stopping of equipment, extinguishing fires, enterprise first aid requirements and worksite evacuation.
Environmental requirements	Environmental requirements are to include but are not limited to waste management, noise, dust and clean-up management.
Quality requirements	Quality requirements are to include, but are not limited to regulations, including Australian Standards, internal company quality policy and standards and enterprise operations and procedures.
Statutory/regulatory authorities	Statutory/regulatory authorities may include Federal, State/Territory and local authorities administering acts, regulations and codes of practice.
Tooling and equipment	Tooling and equipment may include hand tooling, power tooling, air tooling, specialist tooling, sewing machines, needles, cutting equipment (scissors, knives), measuring and marking out equipment (straight edge, tape, square, chalk).
Materials	Materials may include adhesives, glues, canvas, thread, rope, window fabric, jute webbing, sailtrack, fasteners and zipper/slides.
Communications	Communications are to include, but are not limited to verbal and visual instructions and fault reporting and may include worksite specific instructions, written instructions, plans or instructions related to job/task, telephones and pagers.
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: verbal or written and graphical instructions, signage, work schedules/plans/specifications, work bulletins, memos, material safety data sheets, diagrams or sketches safe work procedures related to fabricating and installing canvas products regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to automotive industry, including Australian Design Rules engineer's design specifications and instructions organisation work specifications and requirements instructions issued by authorised enterprise or external persons Australian Standards.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Vehicle body

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Technical - Trimming and Upholstery

AURVTT3016 Fabricate frame structures

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURV331423DA Fabricate and install frame structures Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Minor changes to unit title Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the competence required to fabricate (measure, select material and attachments, cut, make up/assemble and fit) and install frame structures. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The unit includes identification and confirmation of work requirement, preparation for work, measuring frame requirements, selecting materials, assembling, fitting and installation of frame structure and completion of work finalisation processes, including clean-up and documentation. Work requires individuals to demonstrate judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for fabrication work	1.1. Information for work is accessed from manufacturer/ component supplier specifications and interpreted. 1.2. WHS requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work. 1.3. Materials are selected and inspected for quality. 1.4. Components, tooling and equipment for fabrication are identified, selected and prepared in accordance with worksite procedures. 1.5. Procedures are determined to minimise waste material. 1.6. Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job.
2. Measure job and determine frame requirements	2.1. Information for measuring and determining frame requirements is interpreted and followed. 2.2. Measurements are accessed from manufacturer/component supplier specifications and/or from directly measured fitting requirements. 2.3. Frame dimensions are confirmed against job/customer requirements.
3. Select frame materials and attachments/joiners	3.1. Information for selection of materials and attachments/ joiners is interpreted and followed. 3.2. Materials type and size are selected according to frame dimension, in-service environment and customer requirements. 3.3. Attachment methods and materials are selected according to industry regulations/guidelines, WHS legislation, and enterprise procedures/policies.
4. Cut materials, fit frame attachments/joiners and assemble frame	4.1. Information for cutting materials, fitting of attachments/ joiners and assembly is interpreted and followed. 4.2. Tooling and equipment are used for cutting and fitting attachments/joiners. 4.3. Cutting, attachment/joiner fitting and assembly is carried out and completed in accordance with work plan and specifications. 4.4. Component lengths, fittings and frame assembly dimensions are checked for conformity to specifications in accordance with worksite procedures. 4.5. All cutting, fitting and assembly operations are carried out according to industry regulations/guidelines, WHS legislation, and enterprise procedures/policies.
5. Fit fabricated frame structure	5.1. Fitting is completed without causing damage to equipment, component/system or machinery. 5.2. Information for fitting fabricated frame is interpreted and followed. 5.3. Frame fitting is carried out and completed in accordance with work plan and specifications. 5.4. Production is checked for conformity to specifications in accordance with worksite procedures.
6. Install and fasten frame structure	6.1. Information for installation and fastening is interpreted and followed. 6.2. Installation and fastening processes and methods are accessed from manufacturer/component supplier specifications and/or determined from existing fitting. 6.3. Installation and fastenings are checked for conformity to manufacturer/component supplier specifications and vehicle operational requirements.
7. Clean up work area and maintain equipment	7.1. Material that can be reused is collected and stored. 7.2. Waste and scrap is removed following workplace procedure. 7.3. Equipment and work area are cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition in accordance with workplace procedures. 7.4. Unserviceable equipment is tagged and faults identified in accordance with workplace procedures. 7.5. Operator maintenance is completed in accordance with manufacturer/component supplier specifications and worksite procedures. 7.6. Tooling is maintained in accordance with workplace procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to work orders, plans and safety procedures for fabricating and installing frame structures communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, coordination of work with worksite supervisor, other workers and customers, and the reporting of work outcomes and problems plan and organise activities, including preparation and layout of worksite and obtaining of equipment and materials to avoid backtracking, workflow interruptions or wastage work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements and estimate material requirements for work establish safe and effective work processes which anticipate and/or resolve problems and downtime, to systematically develop solutions to avoid or minimise reworking and avoid wastage use workplace technology related to fabrication and installation of frame structures, including the use of measuring equipment, computerised technology and communication devices and the reporting/recording of results
Required knowledge
A working knowledge of: WHS regulations/requirements and personal safety requirements technical information equipment safety requirements/operation of tube bending and wire swaging equipment types of frames, fittings and fasteners frame positioning and fixing methods and procedures types of frame materials and their application production methods and procedures, including frame design, material and hardware selection, measuring, cutting and assembly/fitting up enterprise quality procedures work organisation and planning processes

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of: observing safety procedures and requirements communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work selecting methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances completing preparatory activity in a systematic manner fabricating a range of frame structures following production processes measuring job and determining frame requirements selecting frame materials and attachments assembling and fitting/attaching frame monitoring production processes, specifications and outputs completing post-activity housekeeping.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Application of competence is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated worksite. Assessment is to occur using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment is to comply with regulatory requirements, including Australian Standards. The following resources should be made available: workplace location or simulated workplace materials relevant to fabrication and installation of frame structures equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to fabrication and installation of frame structures activities covering mandatory task requirements specifications and work instructions.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the automotive industry's RS&R Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks, with questioning on underpinning knowledge and it must also reinforce the integration of key competencies. Assessment may be applied under project related conditions and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competence is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying quality circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or other persons subject to agreed authentication arrangements. Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Methods	Methods are to include: material selection, measuring, cutting, mechanical fastening, wire swaging, shaping, bending, riveting, and fitting dismantling, assembling, fitting, fixing.
Frame structures	Frame structures may be those in recreational equipment, marine craft, aircraft, heavy vehicles, plant and agricultural equipment.
WHS	WHS requirements are to be in accordance with legislation/regulations/codes of practice and enterprise safety policies and procedures. This may include protective clothing and equipment, use of tooling and equipment, workplace environment and safety, handling of materials, use of fire fighting equipment, enterprise first aid, hazard control and hazardous materials and substances.
Personal protective equipment	Personal protective equipment is to include that prescribed under legislation/regulation/codes of practice and workplace policies and practices.
Safe operating procedures	Safe operating procedures are to include, but are not limited to operational risk assessment and treatments associated with vehicular movement, toxic substances, electrical safety, machinery movement and operation, manual and mechanical lifting and shifting, working in proximity to others and worksite visitors.
Emergency procedures	Emergency procedures related to this unit are to include, but are not limited to emergency shutdown and stopping of equipment, extinguishing fires, enterprise first aid requirements and worksite evacuation.
Environmental requirements	Environmental requirements are to include but are not limited to waste management, noise, dust and clean-up management.
Quality requirements	Quality requirements are to include, but are not limited to regulations, including Australian Standards, internal company quality policy and standards and enterprise operations and procedures.
Statutory/regulatory authorities	Statutory/regulatory authorities may include Federal, State/Territory and local authorities administering acts, regulations and codes of practice.
Tooling and equipment	Tooling and equipment may include hand tooling, power tooling, air tooling, specialist tooling, rivet gun and rivets, machines, drills, cutting equipment, measuring and assembly equipment (straight edge, tape, square).
Materials	Materials may include stainless steel hardware, bow sets, fasteners, stainless steel wire and tube, and aluminium tube.
Communications	Communications are to include, but are not limited to verbal and visual instructions and fault reporting and may include worksite specific instructions, written instructions, plans or instructions related to job/task, telephones and pagers.
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: verbal or written and graphical instructions, signage, work schedules/plans/specifications, work bulletins, memos, material safety data sheets, diagrams or sketches safe work procedures related to fabrication and installation of frame structures regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to automotive industry, including Australian Design Rules engineer's design specifications and instructions organisation work specifications and requirements instructions issued by authorised enterprise or external persons Australian Standards.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Vehicle body

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Technical - Trimming and Upholstery

AURVTT3019 Fabricate and install canopies and curtains

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Replaces AURV331423GA Fabricate and install canopies and curtains Unit code updated to meet policy requirements Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation Licensing statement added to unit descriptor

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the competence required to fabricate (measure, mark out, cut and make up/assemble) and install canopies and curtains. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The unit includes identification and confirmation of work requirement, preparation for work, measuring, marking out, cutting, assembling, installing and fastening canopies and curtains and completion of work finalisation processes, including clean-up and documentation. Work requires individuals to demonstrate judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for fabrication work	1.1. Information for work is accessed from manufacturer/ component supplier specifications and interpreted. 1.2. WHS requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work. 1.3. Materials are selected and inspected for quality. 1.4. Components, tooling and equipment for fabrication are identified, selected and prepared in accordance with worksite procedures. 1.5. Procedures to minimise waste material are determined. 1.6. Procedures for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job are identified.
2. Measure, mark out and cut canopies and curtains	2.1. Information for measuring, marking out and cutting is interpreted and followed. 2.2. Measurements are accessed from manufacturer/component supplier specifications and/or directly measured fitting requirements. 2.3. Marking out and cutting are carried out and completed in accordance with work plan and specifications. 2.4. Measurements, marking out and cutting are checked for conformity to specifications and customer requirements in accordance with worksite procedures.
3. Make up/assemble canopies and curtains	3.1. Production process information is accessed from manufacturer/component supplier specifications and workplace procedures and is interpreted and followed. 3.2. Make up/assembly of canopies and curtains is carried out and completed in accordance with work plan and specifications. 3.3. Damage to equipment or machinery is avoided. 3.4. Production is checked for conformity to specifications in accordance with worksite procedures.
4. Install and fasten canopies and curtains	4.1. Information for installation and fastening is interpreted and followed. 4.2. Installation and fastening processes and methods are accessed from manufacturer/component supplier specifications and/or determined from existing fitting. 4.3. Installation and fastenings are checked for conformity to manufacturer/component supplier specifications and vehicle operational requirements.
5. Clean up work area and maintain equipment	5.1. Material that can be reused is collected and stored. 5.2. Waste and scrap is removed following workplace procedure. 5.3. Equipment and work area are cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition in accordance with workplace procedures. 5.4. Unserviceable equipment is tagged and faults identified in accordance with workplace procedures. 5.5. Operator maintenance is completed in accordance with manufacturer/component supplier specifications and worksite procedures. 5.6. Tooling is maintained in accordance with workplace procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to work orders, plans and safety procedures for fabricating and installing canopies and curtains communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, coordination of work with worksite supervisor, other workers and customers, and the reporting of work outcomes and problems plan and organise activities, including preparation and layout of worksite and obtaining of equipment and materials to avoid backtracking, workflow interruptions or wastage work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements and estimate material requirements for the work use pre-checking and inspection techniques to anticipate planning and scheduling problems, avoid wastage of time and material use workplace technology related to fabrication and installation of canopies and curtains, including the use of specialist tooling, measuring equipment, computerised technology and communication devices and the reporting/recording of results
Required knowledge
A working knowledge of: WHS regulations/requirements and personal safety requirements equipment safety requirements technical information types of canopy and curtain materials and their application adhesives/glues/material safety data sheets information sewing procedures, including seams, binding and pockets production methods and procedures, including planning, measuring, trade drawing, marking out, cutting and making up/assembling fitting and fastening/attachment methods, processes, procedures and applications enterprise quality procedures work organisation and planning processes

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of: observing safety procedures and requirements communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by the work selecting methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances completing preparatory activity in a systematic manner fabricating canopies and curtains/following production processes measuring, marking out, cutting and making up/ assembling canopies and curtains fitting and fixing a range of canopies and curtains completing post-activity housekeeping.
Context of, and specific resources for assessment	Application of competence is to be assessed in the workplace or simulated worksite. Assessment is to occur using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment is to comply with regulatory requirements, including Australian Standards. The following resources should be made available: workplace location or simulated workplace materials relevant to fabrication and installation of canopies and curtains equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to fabrication and installation of canopies and curtains activities covering mandatory task requirements specifications and work instructions.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the automotive industry's RS&R Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks, with questioning on underpinning knowledge and it must also reinforce the integration of key competencies. Assessment may be applied under project related conditions and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competence is able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying quality circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or other persons subject to agreed authentication arrangements. Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other functional units which together form part of the holistic work role.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
WHS	WHS requirements are to be in accordance with legislation/regulations/codes of practice and enterprise safety policies and procedures. This may include protective clothing and equipment, use of tooling and equipment, workplace environment and safety, handling of materials, use of fire fighting equipment, enterprise first aid, hazard control and hazardous materials and substances.
Personal protective equipment	Personal protective equipment is to include that prescribed under legislation/regulation/codes of practice and workplace policies and practices.
Safe operating procedures	Safe operating procedures are to include, but are not limited to operational risk assessment and treatments associated with vehicular movement, toxic substances, electrical safety, machinery movement and operation, manual and mechanical lifting and shifting, working in proximity to others and worksite visitors.
Emergency procedures	Emergency procedures related to this unit are to include, but are not limited to emergency shutdown and stopping of equipment, extinguishing fires, enterprise first aid requirements and worksite evacuation.
Environmental requirements	Environmental requirements are to include but are not limited to waste management, noise, dust and clean-up management.
Quality requirements	Quality requirements are to include, but are not limited to regulations, including Australian Standards, internal company quality policy and standards and enterprise operations and procedures.
Statutory/regulatory authorities	Statutory/regulatory authorities may include Federal, State/Territory and local authorities administering acts, regulations and codes of practice.
Tooling and equipment	Tooling and equipment may include hand tooling, power tooling, air tooling, specialist tooling, sewing machines, needles, cutting equipment (scissors, knives), measuring and marking out equipment, (straight edge, tape, square, chalk).
Materials	Materials may include adhesives, glues, bow sets, fasteners, thread, vinyl, fabric, canvas, plastic products and binding roll.
Communications	Communications are to include, but are not limited to verbal and visual instructions and fault reporting and may include worksite specific instructions, written instructions, plans or instructions related to job/task, telephones and pagers.
Information/documents	Sources of information/documents may include: verbal or written and graphical instructions, signage, work schedules/plans/specifications, work bulletins, memos, material safety data sheets, diagrams or sketches safe work procedures related to fabrication and installation of canopies and curtains regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to automotive industry, including Australian Design Rules engineer's design specifications and instructions organisation work specifications and requirements instructions issued by authorised enterprise or external persons Australian Standards.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Vehicle body

Co-requisite units

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Technical - Trimming and Upholstery

BSBCUS501C Manage quality customer service

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	New release of this Qualification released with version 6 of BSB07 Business Services Training Package. Revised unit. Required skills updated to focus on learning and development practices and compliance with policy and procedures.

Unit Descriptor

This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to develop strategies to manage organisational systems that ensure products and services are delivered and maintained to standards agreed by the organisation.

Operators may have staff involved in delivering customer service and are responsible for the quality of their work. In many instances the work will occur within the organisation’s policies and procedures framework. At this level, the exercise of considerable discretion and judgement, using a range of problem solving and decision making strategies, will be required.

Application of the Unit

Many managers are involved in ensuring that products and services are delivered and maintained to standards agreed by the organisation.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1. Plan to meet internal and external customer requirements	1.1 Investigate, identify, assess, and include the needs of customers in planning processes 1.2 Ensure plans achieve the quality, time and cost specifications agreed with customers
2. Ensure delivery of quality products and services	2.1 Deliver products and services to customer specifications within organisation’s business plan 2.2 Monitor team performance to consistently meet the organisation’s quality and delivery standards 2.3 Assist colleagues to overcome difficulty in meeting customer service standards
3. Monitor, adjust and review customer service	3.1 Develop and use strategies to monitor progress in achieving product and/or service targets and standards 3.2 Develop and use strategies to obtain customer feedback to improve the provision of products and services 3.3. Develop, procure and use resources effectively to provide quality products and services to customers 3.4 Make decisions to overcome problems and to adapt customer services, products and service delivery in consultation with appropriate individuals and groups 3.5 Manage records, reports and recommendations within the organisation’s systems and processes

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.

Required skills

analytical skills to identify trends and positions of products and services

communication skills to:

coach and mentor staff and colleagues

monitor and advise on customer service strategies

literacy skills to:

edit and proofread texts to ensure clarity of meaning and accuracy of grammar and punctuation

prepare general information and papers according to target audience

read and understand a variety of texts

problemsolving skills to:

deal with customer enquiries or complaints

deal with complex and non-routine difficulties

technology skills to select and use technology appropriate to a task

selfmanagement skills to:

comply with policies and procedures

consistently evaluate and monitor own performance

seek learning opportunities.

Required knowledge

key provisions of relevant legislation from all levels of government that may affect aspects of business operations, such as:

antidiscrimination legislation

Australian consumer law

ethical principles

codes of practice

privacy laws

financial legislation

occupational health and safety (OHS)

organisational policy and procedures for customer service including handling customer complaints

service standards and best practice models

public relations and product promotion

techniques for dealing with customers, including customers with specific needs

techniques for solving complaints including the principles and techniques involved in the management and organisation of:

customer behaviour

customer needs research

customer relations

ongoing product and/or service quality

problem identification and resolution

quality customer service delivery

record keeping and management methods

strategies for monitoring, managing and introducing ways to improve customer service relationships

strategies to obtain customer feedback.

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.

Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Evidence of the following is essential: plans, policies or procedures for delivering quality customer service demonstrated techniques in solving complex customer complaints and system problems that lead to poor customer service knowledge of techniques for solving complaints.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment must ensure: access to appropriate documentation and resources normally used in the workplace.
Method of assessment	A range of assessment methods should be used to assess practical skills and knowledge. The following examples are appropriate for this unit: assessment of written reports demonstration of techniques direct questioning combined with review of portfolios of evidence and third party workplace reports of onthejob performance by the candidate observation of performance in role plays evaluation of leadership, supervision, coaching and mentoring used to assist colleagues to overcome difficulty in meeting customer service standards review of strategies developed and used to monitor progress in achieving product and/or service targets and standards review of records, reports and recommendations about managing customer service.
Guidance information for assessment	Holistic assessment with other units relevant to the industry sector, workplace and job role is recommended.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.

Customers may be:	Board members clients, purchasers of services coworkers, peers and fellow frontline managers members of the general public who make contact with the organisation, such as prospective purchasers of services potential funding bodies supervisors suppliers of goods and services and contractors providing goods and services.
Quality may refer to:	characteristics of a product, system, service or process that meet the requirements of customers and interested parties.
Products and services may include:	either products or services goods ideas infrastructure private or public sets of benefits.
Strategies may refer to:	databases and other controls to record and compare data over time electronic feedback mechanisms using intranet, internet and email feedback forms and other devices to enable communication from customers longterm or shortterm plans for monitoring achievement and evaluating effectiveness policies and procedures questionnaires, survey and interviews training and development activities.
Resources may include:	buildings/facilities equipment finance information people power/energy technology time.

Unit Sector(s)

Stakeholder Relations – Customer Service

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

BSBFIM501A Manage budgets and financial plans

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to undertake financial management within a work team in an organisation. This includes planning and implementing financial management approaches, supporting team members whose role involves aspects of financial operations, monitoring and controlling finances, and reviewing and evaluating effectiveness of financial management processes in line with the financial objectives of the work team and the organisation. No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit addresses the requirement for managers to ensure that financial resources are used effectively. This is done by ensuring access to budget/s and ongoing monitoring expenditure against the budget/s. The unit applies to managers working in small and large business environments and not for profit organisations.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Plan financial management approaches	1.1. Access budget/financial plans for the work team 1.2. Clarify budget/financial plans with relevant personnel within the organisation to ensure that documented outcomes are achievable, accurate and comprehensible 1.3. Negotiate any changes required to be made to budget/financial plans with relevant personnel within the organisation 1.4. Prepare contingency plans in the event that initial plans need to be varied
2. Implement financial management approaches	2.1. Disseminate relevant details of the agreed budget/financial plans to team members 2.2. Provide support to ensure that team members can competently perform required roles associated with the management of finances 2.3. Determine and access resources and systems to manage financial management processes within the work team
3. Monitor and control finances	3.1. Implement processes to monitor actual expenditure and to control costs across the work team 3.2. Monitor expenditure and costs on an agreed cyclical basis to identify cost variations and expenditure overruns 3.3. Implement, monitor and modify contingency plans as required to maintain financial objectives 3.4. Report on budget and expenditure in accordance with organisational protocols
4. Review and evaluate financial management processes	4.1. Collect and collate for analysis, data and information on the effectiveness of financial management processes within the work team 4.2. Analyse data and information on the effectiveness of financial management processes within the work team and identify, document and recommend any improvements to existing processes 4.3. Implement and monitor agreed improvements in line with financial objectives of the work team and the organisation

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
numeracy skills to read and understand a budget and to update a budget technology skills to use software associated with financial record keeping.
Required knowledge
basic accounting principles organisational requirements related to financial management relevant legislation and current requirements of the Australian Taxation Office, including GST requirements for organisational record keeping and auditing principles and techniques involved in: budgeting cash flows electronic spreadsheets GST ledgers and financial statements profit and loss statements.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Evidence of the following is essential: financial skills required to work with and interpret budgets, ageing summaries, cash flow, petty cash, GST, and profit and loss statements knowledge of the record keeping requirements for the ATO and for auditing purposes.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment must ensure: access to appropriate documentation and resources normally used in the workplace.
Method of assessment	A range of assessment methods should be used to assess practical skills and knowledge. The following examples are appropriate for this unit: assessment of written reports indicating broad knowledge of managing budgets and managing financial resources in the organisation demonstration of techniques using financial record keeping software direct questioning combined with review of portfolios of evidence and third party workplace reports of on-the-job performance by the candidate oral or written questioning to assess knowledge of requirements for organisational record keeping and auditing review of contingency plans review of identification of cost variations and expenditure overruns evaluation of documentation reportingon budget and expenditure review of documentation identifying and recommending improvements to financial management processes.
Guidance information for assessment	Holistic assessment with other units relevant to the industry sector, workplace and job role is recommended, for example: other units from the Diploma of Management.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Budget/financial plans may include:	cash flow projections long-term budgets/plans operational plans short-term budgets/plans spreadsheet-based financial projections targets or key performance indicators for production, productivity, wastage, sales, income and expenditure
Relevant personnel may include:	financial managers, accountants or financial controllers supervisors, other frontline managers
Contingency plans may include:	contracting out or outsourcing human resources and other functions or tasks diversification of outcomes finding cheaper or lower quality raw materials and consumables increasing sales or production recycling and re-using rental, hire purchase or alternative means of procurement of required materials, equipment and stock restructuring of organisation to reduce labour costs risk identification, assessment and management processes seeking further funding strategies for reducing costs, wastage, stock or consumables succession planning
Support may include:	access to specialist advice documentation of procedures help desk or identified experts within the organisation information briefings or sessions intranet-based information training including mentoring, coaching and shadowing
Required roles may include:	arranging for use of corporate credit cards banking debt collection ensuring security, accuracy and currency of financial operations invoicing clients, customers and consumers maintaining journals, ledgers and other record keeping systems maintaining petty cash system purchasing and procurement wages and salaries payments and record keeping
Resources and systems may include:	hardware and software human, physical or financial resources record keeping systems (electronic and paper-based) specialist advice or support
Processes to monitor actual expenditure and to control costs across the work team include:	reporting of: assets consumables equipment expenditure income stock wastage
Reporting may include data from:	bank statements credit card statements financial reports invoices and receipts ledgers and journals logs petty cash records spreadsheet-based records
Data and information on the effectiveness of financial management processes may include records (paper-based and electronic) related to:	bank account records cash flow data contracts credit card receipts employee timesheets files of paid purchase and service invoices income and expenditure insurance reports invoices job costings petty cash receipts quotations taxation records wages/salaries books

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Competency field

Competency field	Management and Leadership - Management

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

BSBINM501A Manage an information or knowledge management system

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to organise learning to use an information or knowledge management system and to manage the use of the system. No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to managers who have responsibility for seeing that key information and corporate knowledge are retained, accessible to others and improve business outcomes. The unit does not address the requirement to select the technical system (software or hardware), which is seen as the role of an information technology specialist, although in some smaller organisations this may be a part of the manager's role.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Organise learning to use information or knowledge management system	1.1. Identify learning needs of relevant personnel and stakeholders for input into, and use of, an information or knowledge management system 1.2. Identify and secure human, financial and physical resources required for learning activities to use an information or knowledge management system 1.3. Organise and facilitate learning activities 1.4. Promote and support use of the system throughout the organisation 1.5. Monitor and document effectiveness of learning activities
2. Manage use of information or knowledge management system	2.1. Ensure implementation of policies and procedures for the information or knowledge management system are monitored for compliance, effectiveness and efficiency 2.2. Address implementation issues and problems as they arise 2.3. Monitor integration and alignment with data and information systems 2.4. Collect information on achievement of performance measures 2.5. Manage contingencies such as system failure or technical difficulties by accessing technical specialist help as required
3. Review use of information or knowledge management system	3.1. Analyse effectiveness of system and report on strengths and limitations of the system 3.2. Review business and operational plan and determine how effectively the system is contributing to intended outcomes 3.3. Make recommendations for improvement to system, policy or work practices

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
analytical and problem-solving skills to ensure the system is working in accordance with organisational expectations and to deal with contingencies technology skills to work with and manage the use of the information or knowledge management system.
Required knowledge
legislation, codes of practice and national standards, for example: privacy and confidentiality legislation freedom of information legislation AS 5037:2005 Knowledge management - A guide organisational policies and procedures, for example: records management information management customer service commercial confidentiality organisational operations, and existing data and information systems.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Evidence of the following is essential: analysis of the strengths and weaknesses of information or knowledge management system/s and evaluation of suitability for a particular work or organisational context knowledge of relevant legislation, codes of practice and national standards.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment must ensure: access to system access to system user feedback.
Method of assessment	A range of assessment methods should be used to assess practical skills and knowledge. The following examples are appropriate for this unit: assessment of written reports reviewing and evaluating information or knowledge management systems direct questioning combined with review of portfolios of evidence and third party workplace reports of on-the-job performance by the candidate observation of presentations oral or written questioning to assess knowledge of relevant organisational policies and procedures review of identified learning needs personnel and stakeholders regarding the information or knowledge management system evaluation of monitoring and documentation about the effectiveness of learning activities analysis documentation reporting on the strengths and limitations of the system review of recommendations made for improvements to the system, policy or work practices.
Guidance information for assessment	Holistic assessment with other units relevant to the industry sector, workplace and job role is recommended, for example: other units from the Diploma of Management.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Relevant personnel include:	managers, leaders, supervisors and coordinators owners staff, team members and colleagues
Stakeholders include:	clients and customers employee representatives funding bodies industry, professional and trade associations regulatory bodies and authorities sponsors tenderers, suppliers and contractors
Information or knowledge management is defined as:	equipment, strategies, methods, activities and techniques used formally and informally by individuals and the organisation to identify, collect, organise, store, retrieve, analyse, share and draw on information and knowledge valuable to the work of the organisation
An information or knowledge management system:	comprises policies, protocols, procedures and practices to manage information or knowledge within the organisation and among relevant stakeholders
Learning activities include:	coaching and mentoring programs help desks information sessions, briefings, workshops and training programs paper-based or electronic (including intranet) learning opportunities use of expert workers such as coaches and mentors to help other personnel use the system
Policies and procedures for the information or knowledge management system cover:	complying with legislative requirements (such as privacy, confidentiality and defamation requirements) and other policies and procedures content guidelines ensuring accuracy and relevance of knowledge input into the system mechanisms, formats and styles of input to system, including appropriate alternative formats for people with a disability permissions for input removing out-of-date, inaccurate and content that is no longer relevant selecting, maintaining and disposing of knowledge in the system sharing knowledge in the system
Performance measures include:	key performance indicators other systems and measures to enable assessment of how, when, where and why outcomes are being achieved performance objectives performance standards (including codes of conduct) qualitative or quantitative mechanisms to measure individual performance

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Competency field

Competency field	Management and Leadership - Management

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

BSBMGT403A Implement continuous improvement

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to implement the organisation's continuous improvement systems and processes. Particular emphasis is on using systems and strategies to actively encourage the team to participate in the process, monitoring and reviewing performance, and identifying opportunities for further improvements. No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	Frontline managers have an active role in implementing the continuous improvement process to achieve the organisation's objectives. Their position, closely associated with the creation and delivery of products and services, means that they have an important role in influencing the ongoing development of the organisation. At this level, work will normally be carried out within routine and non routine methods and procedures, which require planning and evaluation, and leadership and guidance of others.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Implement continuous improvement systems and processes	1.1. Implement systems to ensure that individuals and teams are actively encouraged and supported to participate in decision making processes, assume responsibility and exercise initiative 1.2. Communicate the organisation's continuous improvement processes to individuals and teams, and obtain feedback 1.3. Ensure effective mentoring and coaching allows individuals and teams to implement the organisation's continuous improvement processes
2. Monitor and review performance	2.1. Use the organisation's systems and technology to monitor and review progress and to identify ways in which planning and operations could be improved 2.2. Improve customer service through continuous improvement techniques and processes 2.3. Formulate and communicate recommendations for adjustments to those who have a role in their development and implementation
3. Provide opportunities for further improvement	3.1. Implement processes to ensure that team members are informed of savings and productivity/service improvements in achieving the business plan 3.2. Document work performance to aid the identification of further opportunities for improvement 3.3. Manage records, reports and recommendations for improvement within the organisation's systems and processes

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
communication skills to: coach and mentor team members gain the commitment of individuals and teams to continuously improve innovation skills to design better ways of performing work.
Required knowledge
principles and techniques associated with: benchmarking best practice change management continuous improvement systems and processes quality systems.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Evidence of the following is essential: taking active steps to implement, monitor and adjust plans, processes and procedures to improve performance supporting others to implement the continuous improvement system/processes, and to identify and report opportunities for further improvement knowledge of principles and techniques associated with continuous improvement systems and processes.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment must ensure: access to appropriate documentation and resources normally used in the workplace.
Method of assessment	A range of assessment methods should be used to assess practical skills and knowledge. The following examples are appropriate for this unit: assessment of written reports direct questioning combined with review of portfolios of evidence and third party workplace reports of on-the-job performance by the candidate observation of presentations oral or written questioning to assess knowledge of principles and techniques associated with change management review of how the organisation's continuous improvement processeswascommunicated to individuals and teams review of documentation of work performance.
Guidance information for assessment	Holistic assessment with other units relevant to the industry sector, workplace and job role is recommended, for example: other units from the Certificate IV in Frontline Management.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Systems may refer to:	forums, meetings newsletters and reports organisational policies and procedures web-based communication devices
Participation in decision making processes may include:	feedback in relation to outcomes of the consultative process processes which ensures all employees have the opportunity to contribute to organisational issues
Continuous improvement processes may include:	cyclical audits and reviews of workplace, team and individual performance evaluations and monitoring of effectiveness implementation of quality systems, such as International Standardization for Organization (ISO) modifications and improvements to systems, processes, services and products policies and procedures which allow the organisation to systematically review and improve the quality of its products, services and procedures seeking and considering feedback from a range of stakeholders
Mentoring and coaching may refer to:	providing assistance with problem-solving providing feedback, support and encouragement teaching another member of the team, usually focusing on a specific work task or skill
Technology may include:	computerised systems and software such as databases, project management and word processing telecommunications devices any other technology used to carry out work roles and responsibilities
Customer service may be:	internal or external to existing, new or potential clients
Processes to ensure that team members are informed of savings and productivity/service improvements may refer to:	email/intranet, newsletters or other communication devices newsletters and bulletins staff reward mechanisms team meetings

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Competency field

Competency field	Management and Leadership - Management

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

BSBMGT502B Manage people performance

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to manage the performance of staff who report to them directly. Development of key result areas and key performance indicators and standards, coupled with regular and timely coaching and feedback, provide the basis for performance management. No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to all managers and team leaders who manage people. It covers work allocation and the methods to review performance, reward excellence and provide feedback where there is a need for improvement. The unit makes the link between performance management and performance development, and reinforces both functions as a key requirement for effective managers. This is a unit that all managers/prospective managers who have responsibility for other employees should strongly consider undertaking.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Allocate work	1.1. Consult relevant groups and individuals on work to be allocated and resources available 1.2. Develop work plans in accordance with operational plans 1.3. Allocate work in a way that is efficient, cost effective and outcome focussed 1.4. Confirm performance standards, Code of Conduct and work outputs with relevant teams and individuals 1.5. Develop and agree performance indicators with relevant staff prior to commencement of work 1.6. Conduct risk analysis in accordance with the organisational risk management plan and legal requirements
2. Assess performance	2.1. Design performance management and review processes to ensure consistency with organisational objectives and policies 2.2. Train participants in the performance management and review process 2.3. Conduct performance management in accordance with organisational protocols and time lines 2.4. Monitor and evaluate performance on a continuous basis
3. Provide feedback	3.1. Provide informal feedback to staff on a regular basis 3.2. Advise relevant people where there is poor performance and take necessary actions 3.3. Provide on-the-job coaching when necessary to improve performance and to confirm excellence in performance 3.4. Document performance in accordance with the organisational performance management system 3.5. Conduct formal structured feedback sessions as necessary and in accordance with organisational policy
4. Manage follow up	4.1. Write and agree performance improvement and development plans in accordance with organisational policies 4.2. Seek assistance from human resources specialists where appropriate 4.3. Reinforce excellence in performance through recognition and continuous feedback 4.4. Monitor and coach individuals with poor performance 4.5. Provide support services where necessary 4.6. Counsel individuals who continue to perform below expectations and implement the disciplinary process if necessary 4.7. Terminate staff in accordance with legal and organisational requirements where serious misconduct occurs or ongoing poor-performance continues

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
communication skills to articulate expected standards of performance, to provide effective feedback and to coach staff who need development risk management skills to analyse, identify and develop mitigation strategies for identified risks planning and organisation skills to ensure a planned and objective approach to the performance management system.
Required knowledge
relevant legislation from all levels of government that affects business operation, especially in regard to occupational health and safety and environmental issues, equal opportunity, industrial relations and anti-discrimination relevant awards and certified agreements performance measurement systems utilised within the organisation unlawful dismissal rules and due process staff development options and information.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Evidence of the following is essential: documented performance indicators and a critical description and analysis of performance management system from the workplace techniques in providing feedback and coaching for improvement in performance knowledge of relevant awards and certified agreements.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment must ensure: access to appropriate documentation and resources normally used in the workplace.
Method of assessment	A range of assessment methods should be used to assess practical skills and knowledge. The following examples are appropriate for this unit: analysis of responses to case studies and scenarios assessment of written reports demonstration of techniques in providing feedback and coaching direct questioning combined with review of portfolios of evidence and third party workplace reports of on-the-job performance by the candidate review of work plans, performance indicators, risk analysis,performance management and review processes, performance improvement and development plans.
Guidance information for assessment	Holistic assessment with other units relevant to the industry sector, workplace and job role is recommended, for example: other management units.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Performance standards mean:	level of performance sought from an individual or group which may be expressed either quantitatively or qualitatively
Code of Conduct means:	agreed (or decreed) set of rules relating to employee behaviour/conduct with other employees or an agreed (or decreed) set of rules relating to employee behaviour/conduct with other employees or customers
Performance indicators mean:	measures against which performance outcomes are gauged
Risk analysis means:	determination of the likelihood of a negative event preventing the organisation meeting its objectives and the likely consequences of such an event on organisational performance
Performance management means:	in accordance with relevant industrial agreements process or set of processes for establishing a shared understanding of what an individual or group is to achieve, and managing and developing individuals in a way which increases the probability it will be achieved in both the short- and long-term
Excellence in performance means:	regularly and consistently exceeding the performance targets established while meeting the organisation's performance standards
Termination means:	cessation of the contract of employment between an employer and an employee, at the initiative of the employer within relevant industrial agreements

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Competency field

Competency field	Management and Leadership - Management

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

BSBWRK510A Manage employee relations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB07 Business Services Training Package Version 8.0. Replaces BSBWRK509A Manage industrial relations.

Unit Descriptor

This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to manage employee and industrial relations matters in an organisation. It involves using a range of specialised technical and managerial techniques to plan, carry out and evaluate own work and/or the work of a team.

It includes planning and policy development for employee relations as well as negotiation, conflict management, dispute resolution and managing industrial relations.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to those responsible for working across an organisation to ensure that there is a policy infrastructure that ensures legislative compliance and clarifies issues.

It applies to those who respond to industrial conflict and grievances, with a well-established, sound theoretical knowledge base in human resources management and industrial relations. They may or may not have responsibility for supervising the work of others but are authorised to oversee industrial relations in the organisation. However they will have knowledge of current industrial relations trends and legislation.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1. Develop employee and industrial relations policies and plans	1.1 Analyse strategic plans and operational plans to determine longterm employee relations objectives 1.2 Analyse existing employee relations performance in relation to workforce objectives 1.3 Evaluate options in terms of cost-benefit, risk-analysis and current legislative requirements 1.4 Work with the management team to develop industrial relations policies and plans 1.5 Identify the skills and knowledge needed by management and the workforce to effectively implement these strategies and policies
2. Implement employee relations policies and plans	2.1 Develop an implementation plan and contingency plan for the employee relations policies and strategies 2.2 Make arrangements for training and development for identified needs to support the employee relations plan 2.3 Undertake associated employee relations activities to reach agreement on changes required by policies or implementation plan 2.4 Ensure procedures for addressing grievances and conflict are properly documented 2.5 Communicate key issues about procedures for addressing grievances and conflict 2.6 Review employee relations policies and plans to establish whether they are meeting their intended outcomes
3. Manage negotiations to resolve conflict	3.1 Train individuals in conflict-management techniques and procedures 3.2 Identify and where possible alleviate or eliminate sources of conflict or grievance according to legal requirements 3.3 Check documentation and other information sources to clarify issues in dispute 3.4 Obtain expert or specialist advice and/or refer to precedents, if required 3.5 Determine desired negotiation outcomes, negotiation strategy and negotiation timeframes 3.6 Advocate the organisation’s position in negotiation to obtain agreement 3.7 Document and if necessary certify the agreed outcomes with the relevant jurisdiction 3.8 Implement agreements 3.9 Take remedial action where groups or individuals fail to abide by agreements

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.

Required skills

communication skills to advocate, consult, negotiate and mediate conflict

innovation and problemsolving skills to manage sensitive and important issues

planning and time-management skills to:

meet critical deadlines

sequence tasks

prepare submissions

present cases.

Required knowledge

enterprise and workplace bargaining processes

key entities in the Australian industrial relations system, including courts and tribunals, trade unions and employer bodies

relevant industrial, workplace health and safety, equal employment opportunity and antidiscrimination legislation in federal, state and territory jurisdictions.

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.

Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Evidence of the ability to: demonstrate understanding of current Australian industrial relations system and relevant legislation document strategies and procedures for dealing with grievances and disputes apply negotiation and conflict-resolution techniques.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment must ensure: access to appropriate documentation and resources normally used in the workplace.
Method of assessment	A range of assessment methods should be used to assess practical skills and knowledge. The following examples are appropriate for this unit: analysis of responses to case studies and scenarios assessment of reports on industrial issues direct questioning combined with review of portfolios of evidence and third-party workplace reports of onthejob performance by the candidate observation of demonstrated techniques in negotiation and case presentation observation of presentations oral or written questioning to assess knowledge of industrial relations legislation review of documentation outlining longterm industrial relations objectives review of implementation plan and contingency plan evaluation of documentation communicating key issues about procedures for addressing grievances and conflict.
Guidance information for assessment	Holistic assessment with other units relevant to the industry sector, workplace and job role is recommended, for example: other units from the Diploma of Human Resource Management.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.

Long-term employee relations objectives may relate to:	effective management of grievances, conflict situations and dispute-resolution procedures employee commitment employee satisfaction job design negotiation outcomes organisational culture relations with unions and other peak bodies restructuring salary, remuneration, benefits and bonuses workforce planning workplace reform.
Implementation plan may include:	documented objectives, methodology and timeframe project plan
Associated employee relations activities may include:	clarifying terms and conditions of employment of those persons affected consulting with employee representatives, including unions and elected staff representatives ensuring the legality of proposed strategies, policies and initiatives referring to employer representatives for advice and support.
Conflict-management techniques and procedures may include:	controlling difficult situations using legal remedies dispute-resolution procedures negotiating and bargaining.
Certify refers to:	Australian Workplace Agreements workplace collective agreements.

Unit Sector(s)

Workforce Development – Human Resource Management

FDFOP2005A Work in a socially diverse environment

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to work in a socially diverse environment, including the development and application of cultural awareness required to interact effectively with people from diverse backgrounds.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit is based on the tourism and hospitality unit THHCOR2A Work in a socially diverse environment and the transport and distribution unit TDTG701A Work in a socially diverse environment. This unit involves the application of communication principles and problem solving techniques to facilitate work in a socially diverse environment.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Communicate with people from diverse backgrounds	1.1. People from all cultural groups are valued and treated with respect and sensitivity 1.2. Verbal and non-verbal communication takes account of cultural differences 1.3. Where language barriers exist, efforts are made to communicate through use of gestures or simple words in the other persons' language 1.4. Assistance from colleagues, specialist resources or outside organisations is obtained when required
2. Respond to cross-cultural misunderstandings	2.1. Issues which may cause conflict or misunderstanding in the workplace are identified 2.2. Difficulties are addressed with the appropriate people in the workplace 2.3. When difficulties or misunderstandings occur, possible cultural differences are considered 2.4. Efforts are made to resolve the misunderstanding, taking account of cultural considerations 2.5. Issues and problems that cannot be resolved are referred as required for follow up

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Ability to: identify and recognise cultural differences in the workplace apply understanding of cultural difference to communicate effectively to achieve work requirements, including selecting appropriate communication style to suit audience identify and respond to cross-cultural misunderstandings use oral communication skills/language competence to fulfil the job role as specified by the organisation, including questioning, active listening, asking for clarification and seeking advice from supervisor
Required knowledge
Knowledge of: principles of equal employment opportunity (EEO) and anti-discrimination legislation as they apply to company and employee rights and responsibilities in the workplace recognition of the different cultural groups in the workplace understanding of the basis of cultural difference, including behaviour or practices that can cause offence, and related strategies for interacting in ways that are culturally sensitive communication strategies and styles appropriate to diverse audiences related to the workplace

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Assessment must be carried out in a manner that recognises the cultural and literacy requirements of the assessee and is appropriate to the work performed. Competence in this unit must be achieved in accordance with food safety standards and regulations.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Evidence of ability to: identify responsibilities according to the principles of anti-discrimination legislation treat people from other cultures with respect and sensitivity make efforts to communicate and understand others using verbal and non-verbal techniques seek assistance when required to facilitate understanding treat cross-cultural misunderstandings with sensitivity and act to resolve the matter with respect.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment must occur in a real or simulated workplace where the assessee has access to: advice on legal rights and responsibilities relating to anti-discrimination and EEO related company policies and procedures opportunities to interact with others using typical workplace communication processes.
Method of assessment	This unit should be assessed together with core units and other units of competency relevant to the function or work role.
Guidance information for assessment	To ensure consistency in one's performance, competency should be demonstrated on more than one occasion over a period of time in order to cover a variety of circumstances, cases and responsibilities, and where possible, over a number of assessment activities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Policies and procedures	Work is carried out according to company policies and procedures, regulatory and licensing requirements, legislative requirements and industrial awards and agreements
Legislative requirements	Legislative requirements are typically reflected in procedures and specifications. Legislation includes: anti-discrimination EEO
People from diverse backgrounds	People from diverse backgrounds may include: any person involved in or related to the work process, such as work colleagues, managers and external personnel
Cultural differences	Cultural difference may include but is not limited to: race special needs disabilities gender marital status sexual preference age
Examples of cultural differences	Examples of cultural differences may include but are not limited to: language spoken and related communication style levels of formality/informality personal grooming family obligations recognised holidays customs work ethic product preferences
Outside organisations	Outside organisations may include but are not limited to: interpretative services diplomatic services local cultural organisations appropriate government agencies educational institutions

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Operational

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

FNSORG501A Develop and manage a budget

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to collect and analyse information and apply sound accounting principles to the development and ongoing management of a budget for a small organisation or section of a large organisation. No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit may apply to job roles dealing with budgetary control in a range of organisations.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Plan for and collect information for a budget	1.1. Areas for which the budget is being prepared are determined and confirmed with appropriate personnel, and data required for development of the budget are identified, accessed and analysed 1.2. Budget parameters are determined with estimates based on research, consultation and negotiating with appropriate personnel 1.3. Relevant colleagues are provided with the opportunity to contribute to the budget planning process
2. Develop budget	2.1. Budget is drafted based on analysis of all available information in accordance with organisation policy 2.2. Income and expenditure estimates are identified and supported by reliable information and the draft budget circulated for comment
3. Finalise budget and allocate resources	3.1. Modifications to the budget are agreed and incorporated as required and a final budget provided to the appropriate personnel 3.2. Personnel affected by the budget are informed and its application to the area in which they work in terms of limits and goals, financial management and reporting responsibilities clarified 3.3. Priorities within the budget are agreed and resources allocated
4. Monitor and control budget	4.1. Actual income and expenditure are checked against budget at regular intervals with budget reports prepared and presented to appropriate personnel 4.2. Deviations and response to the deviations are identified and appropriate action taken with appropriate personnel advised on budget status
5. Complete financial and statistical reports	5.1. All required financial and statistical reports are completed accurately within designated timelines 5.2. Recommendations about future financial planning are made as appropriate 5.3. Reports are clearly presented and checked for accuracy and provided to appropriate personnel

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
well-developed communication skills to: establish budget requirements, using questioning and active listening as required liaise with others, share information, listen and understand use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences research and analysis skills to access, interpret and manage budget information problem solving skills to address budget development and management issues judgement skills for forming recommendations in operational situations numeracy and IT skills such as: calculating budget data accessing and using appropriate software such as accounting systems, spreadsheets and databases literacy skills for: reading and interpreting documentation from a variety of sources and recording, gathering and consolidating information drafting reports and maintaining records organisational skills, including the ability to plan and sequence work
Required knowledge
basic accounting and financial industry terminology basic accounting techniques budgeting techniques and tools organisation and industry policies and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Evidence of the ability to: collect and accurately interpret relevant data to develop a budget consult effectively and negotiate outcomes with others on budgetary issues accurately complete financial and statistical reports related to budgeting.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment must ensure: competency is demonstrated in the context of the financial services work environment and conditions specified in the range statement either in a relevant workplace or a closely simulated work environment access to and the use of a range of common office equipment, technology, software and consumables access to an integrated financial software system and data.
Method of assessment	A range of assessment methods should be used to assess practical skills and knowledge. The following examples, in combination, are appropriate for this unit: evaluating an integrated activity which combines the elements of competency for the unit or a cluster of related units of competency verbal or written questioning on underpinning knowledge and skills setting and reviewing business simulations or scenarios evaluating samples of work accessing and validating third party reports.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Areas may include:	an entire organisation section of an organisation particular project or other activity.
Budget will normally:	refer to an expenditure budget but may also include: an income budget sales budget resource allocation and use budget.
Data will include, but is not restricted to, information relating to:	business plans historical data human resource plans sales and marketing plans.
Budget parameters include:	availability of finance organisation policy and directives sales forecasts timelines.
Relevant colleagues include:	all stakeholders who may be expected to need to approve the budget and key stakeholders who will be required to implement the budget.
Income and expenditure includes:	monetary and financial income and expenditure but may also include: resources materials products people or hours.
Financial and statistical reports include:	reports which may be required for: regulatory compliance to meet organisation procedure and policy requirements to give useful information to a relevant person.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Organisational skills

Competency field

Competency field

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

LMTCL2001B Use a sewing machine

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the skills and knowledge to use a single sewing machine to align and sew work pieces.

Application of the Unit

Application of the Unit	The unit applies to sewing work using a plain lockstitch machine, zigzag sewing machine or a three thread overlocker to sew straight seams or join flat pieces of stable fabric together. Sewing techniques may include those where the positioning of the work is controlled by guide bars, sensor lights or other such guiding devices or where there is uncomplicated feeding of the fabric. Work is conducted according to defined procedures. Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities. The application of this unit is according to OHS practices of the enterprise and workplace practices, which may include: requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment standard operating procedures work instructions oral, written and visual communication quality practices, including responsibility for maintenance of own work quality and contribution to quality improvement of team or section output housekeeping tasks related to environmental protection, waste disposal, pollution control, and recycling This unit requires the application of skills associated with planning and organising to use a sewing machine. Problem solving skills are required to ensure machine is functioning properly and identify any performance problems. Communication skills are used to refer to and complete required documentation and report any quality issues. Self management skills are used to ensure safe use of technology and conformance of own work to quality standards.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1 Prepare work pieces	1.1 Work pieces are received and checked, and any follow-up action is determined. 1.2 Work pieces are laid out in sequence.
2 Prepare for machine use	2.1 Workbench and seating are set up according to OHS practices. 2.2 Machines are cleaned and checked. 2.3 Records are maintained. 2.4 Machines are set up and adjusted according to specifications for work. 2.5 Worn or damaged parts are identified and reported or replaced according to manufacturer specifications.
3 Identify poor machine performance	3.1 Tension faults are identified. 3.2 Poor thread performance or incorrect thread selection is identified. 3.3 Incorrect foot or needle for sewing is identified. 3.4 Impact of poor machine performance on sewing is identified.
4 Sew work pieces	4.1 Machine is used for sewing operations. 4.2 Pieces are sewn according to product requirements and quality standards. 4.3 Machine is used according to requirements for speed of work. 4.4 Machine speed and work handling are controlled according to type of operations, fabrics and product type. 4.5 OHS practices are followed in operation of machine. 4.6 Action is taken according to OHS practices to prevent accidents and to eliminate risks to personal safety.
5 Assess quality of sewn pieces	5.1 Quality standards are identified. 5.2 Sewn pieces are inspected against quality standards. 5.3 Any faults or pieces that do not meet quality standards are identified and reported. 5.4 Results of quality inspection are recorded. 5.5 Production records or packing slips are completed as required. 5.6 Work is directed to next operation or packing section.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Demonstrates knowledge of: garment assembly processes and machines where the positioning of the work may be controlled by guide bars, sensor lights or other such guiding devices or where there is uncomplicated feeding of the fabric techniques in using and maintaining a three thread overlocker, zigzag or plain lockstitch sewing machine characteristics of stable woven and knitted fabrics and threads such as cotton drill, calico, double knit, rugby knit, poplin quality standards and practices OHS practices, including hazard identification and control measures workplace practices recording and reporting practices
Demonstrates skills to: handle, receive and assemble work pieces consistently achieve quality and production output requirements read, interpret and follow information on work specifications, standard operating procedures and work instructions, and other reference material maintain accurate records communicate within the workplace sequence operations meet specifications clarify and check task-related information carry out work according to OHS practices

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects of evidence	Demonstrates skills and knowledge to: check work against ticket information or specification sheets prepare workstation and work before commencing sewing operations apply sewing techniques over a limited range of operations operate at least one type of machine for operations where the positioning of the work may be controlled by guide bars, sensor lights or other such guiding devices or where there is uncomplicated feeding of the fabric apply OHS practices in work operations maintain accurate records
Consistency in performance	Consistently applies skills and knowledge when: organising work completing tasks according to instructions working systematically with attention to detail identifying improvements and avoiding damage using workplace practices using OHS practices recording and reporting accidents and incidents assessing operational readiness of equipment recognising and adapting to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of behaviour and interactions
Resource implications	Access is required to real or appropriately simulated situations, including work areas, materials and equipment, and to information on workplace practices and OHS practices.
Context for assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in an appropriately simulated environment.
Interdependent assessment	This unit may be assessed independently or in combination with other relevant units.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the Performance Criteria, is detailed below. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs if the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.
Legislative/regulatory requirements	All work must comply with relevant Federal and State or Territory legislative or regulatory requirements.
Checked may include	checking that the work pieces match ticket information checking that relevant previous operations such as pressing and cutting have been successfully completed
OHS practices	OHS practices include hazard identification and control, risk assessment and implementation of risk reduction measures specific to the tasks described by this unit, and may relate to: manual handling techniques standard operating procedures personal protective equipment safe materials handling taking of rest breaks ergonomic arrangement of workplaces following marked walkways safe storage of equipment housekeeping reporting accidents and incidents environmental practices
Machines must include one of the following	plain lockstitch machine three thread overlocker zigzag sewing machine
Set-up includes	ensuring correct thread, needle size and type, needle guard, tension setting and attachments
Adjusted may include	checking and replacing worn or damaged needles and attachments (feet)
Sewing operations may include	aligning and sewing straight seams or joining flat pieces of stable fabric together, for example top stitch, edge stitch, open seams, closed seams, lapped seams

Unit Sector(s)

Sector	Clothing Production

LMTCL2003B Identify fibres and fabrics

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the skills and knowledge to identify fibres and fabrics commonly used in the construction of garments and accessories.

Application of the Unit

Application of the Unit	The unit applies to identifying a wide range of fibres and fabrics used in the clothing industry. Fibres include natural and synthetic, and fabrics include knitted, woven and non-woven. Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities. The application of this unit is according to OHS practices of the enterprise and workplace practices, which may include: requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment standard operating procedures work instructions oral, written and visual communication quality practices, including responsibility for maintenance of own work quality and contribution to quality improvement of team or section output housekeeping tasks related to environmental protection, waste disposal, pollution control, and recycling This unit requires the application of skills associated with problem solving to identify types and characteristics of fibres and fabrics. Learning and self management skills are required to apply knowledge of fibres and fabrics and communication skills are used to explain and describe information about fabric properties.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1 Identify fibres and fabrics	1.1 Fibres used in clothing industry are identified. 1.2 Methods of identifying fibres are identified. 1.3 Fabrics used in clothing industry are identified. 1.4 Generic and trade names for fibres and fabrics are identified.
2 Describe fabric construction processes	2.1 Fibres used in construction of a variety of fabrics are identified. 2.2 Construction processes of fabrics are described.
3 Describe qualities of fabrics	3.1 Physical qualities of fabrics are described. 3.2 Visual qualities of fabrics are described.
4 Determine uses of fabrics	4.1 Common uses of fabrics are identified. 4.2 Fabrics used in workplace are identified.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Demonstrates knowledge of: information sources on fibre and fabric identification fabrics used in the workplace quality standards and practices OHS practices, including hazard identification and control measures workplace practices recording and reporting practices
Demonstrates skills to: identify features of fibres and fabrics access information as required read, interpret and follow information on work specifications, standard operating procedures and work instructions, and other reference material maintain accurate records communicate within the workplace sequence operations meet specifications clarify and check task-related information carry out work according to OHS practices

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects of evidence	Demonstrates skills and knowledge to: identify fibres and fabrics identify fabric construction processes identify fabric qualities identify fabric uses within TCF industry
Consistency in performance	Consistently applies skills and knowledge when: organising work completing tasks according to instructions working systematically with attention to detail identifying improvements and avoiding damage using workplace practices using OHS practices recording and reporting accidents and incidents assessing operational readiness of equipment recognising and adapting to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of behaviour and interactions
Resource implications	Access is required to real or appropriately simulated situations, including work areas, materials and equipment, and to information on workplace practices and OHS practices.
Context for assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in an appropriately simulated environment.
Interdependent assessment	This unit may be assessed independently or in combination with other relevant units.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the Performance Criteria, is detailed below. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs if the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.
Legislative/regulatory requirements	All work must comply with relevant Federal and State or Territory legislative or regulatory requirements.
Fibres may include:	natural fibres such as cotton, wool, silk, linen synthetic fibres such as polyamide, polyester, acrylic, lycra, rayon, acetate
Methods may include:	labelling visual handle acetone burn test
Fabrics may include:	natural and synthetic single yarn fabrics and blends knitted fabrics including weft knits and warp knits woven fabrics including plain, twill, satin, dobby, jacquard and pile non-woven fabrics such as felts, nets, braids, bonded and composite emerging smart fabrics
Construction processes may include:	spinning knitting weaving blending fusing bonding finishing
Physical qualities include:	firmness softness handle weight grain gauge drape porosity covering power count light penetration
Visual qualities include:	colours textures patterns right side/wrong side
Fabric characteristics may include:	bias stretch fraying feel handle shrinkage
OHS practices	OHS practices include hazard identification and control, risk assessment and implementation of risk reduction measures specific to the tasks described by this unit, and may relate to: manual handling techniques standard operating procedures personal protective equipment safe materials handling taking of rest breaks ergonomic arrangement of workplaces following marked walkways safe storage of equipment housekeeping reporting accidents and incidents environmental practices

Unit Sector(s)

Sector	Clothing Production

LMTCL2006B Press work

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the skills and knowledge to press work as part of the garment production process.

Application of the Unit

Application of the Unit	The unit applies to pressing of work as part of the garment production process where the position and handling of work are under the control of the operator and operator skills may contribute to the final appearance and finish of the work. Work to be pressed may include stable woven and knitted natural and synthetic fabrics. Work is conducted according to defined procedures. Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities. The application of this unit is according to OHS practices of the enterprise and workplace practices, which may include: requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment standard operating procedures work instructions oral, written and visual communication quality practices, including responsibility for maintenance of own work quality and contribution to quality improvement of team or section output housekeeping tasks related to environmental protection, waste disposal, pollution control, and recycling This unit requires the application of skills associated with planning and organising to press work. Problem solving skills are required to ensure work conforms to requirements and identify any pressing problems. Communication skills are used to refer to and complete required documentation. Self management skills are used to ensure safe use of technology and conformance of own work to quality standards.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1 Prepare workstation	1.1 Work area is set up according to OHS practices. 1.2 Pressing equipment is cleaned and checked. 1.3 Routine minor maintenance is performed. 1.4 Work is laid out in correct proximity and sequence.
2 Press work	2.1 Work is collected or received and quality checked, and any follow-up action determined. 2.2 Faults, spots and marks are identified and appropriate action taken. 2.3 Appropriate attachments are selected and used. 2.4 Pressing is sequenced. 2.5 Work is positioned on pressing equipment according to product requirements. 2.6 Heat, steam, vacuum, pressure and time are applied according to product requirements and fabric specifications. 2.7 Work is pressed. 2.8 Equipment and work handling are controlled for variations in work type and construction and pressing requirements. 2.9 OHS practices are followed. 2.10 Action is taken according to workplace practices to prevent accidents and to eliminate risks to personal safety.
3 Despatch pressed work	3.1 Pressed work is inspected and compared against workplace pressing standards. 3.2 Results of inspection of work are recorded. 3.3 Subsequent action to either reject or correct faulty work is reported and recorded. 3.4 Preventative action taken to avoid any recurrence of faulty work is recorded. 3.5 Pressed work is either passed to next operation, hung or packed and directed to required despatch area, despatch storage or packing sections.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Demonstrates knowledge of: pressing requirements and characteristics of typical fabrics and other materials used in garment assembly such as woven cottons, denim, single knits, tricot, gabardine, cotton drill, calico, double knit, rugby knit, poplin sewing techniques such as pleats, tucks, gathers, darts, hems and how pressing impacts on the finish quality standards and practices OHS practices, including hazard identification and control measures workplace practices recording and reporting practices
Demonstrates skills to: consistently achieve quality and production output requirements read, interpret and follow information on work specifications, standard operating procedures and work instructions, and other reference material maintain accurate records communicate within the workplace sequence operations meet specifications clarify and check task-related information carry out work according to OHS practices

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects of evidence	Demonstrates skills and knowledge to: check work against work specification or pressing instructions prepare pressing equipment and work before commencing pressing operations apply pressing techniques in operations apply OHS practices in work operations maintain accurate records
Consistency in performance	Consistently applies skills and knowledge when: organising work completing tasks according to instructions working systematically with attention to detail identifying improvements and avoiding damage using workplace practices using OHS practices recording and reporting accidents and incidents assessing operational readiness of equipment recognising and adapting to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of behaviour and interactions
Resource implications	Access is required to real or appropriately simulated situations, including work areas, materials and equipment, and to information on workplace practices and OHS practices.
Context for assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in an appropriately simulated environment.
Interdependent assessment	This unit may be assessed independently or in combination with other relevant units.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the Performance Criteria, is detailed below. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs if the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.
Legislative/regulatory requirements	All work must comply with relevant Federal and State or Territory legislative or regulatory requirements.
OHS practices	OHS practices include hazard identification and control, risk assessment and implementation of risk reduction measures specific to the tasks described by this unit, and may relate to: manual handling techniques standard operating procedures personal protective equipment safe materials handling taking of rest breaks ergonomic arrangement of workplaces following marked walkways safe storage of equipment housekeeping reporting accidents and incidents environmental practices
Pressing equipment may include:	irons presses industrial steam irons suction boards sleeve board sleeve roll
Routine minor maintenance may include:	washing out or replacing cover and padding shaking out rubber mat brushing and air blowing wire mesh applying sole-cleaning compounds to hand irons
Reported and recorded	records may be written, or shown by the attachment of a ticket and reports may be written or verbal.

Unit Sector(s)

Sector	Clothing Production

LMTCL2007B Lay up, mark and cut uncomplicated fabrics and lays

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the skills and knowledge to lay up, mark and cut uncomplicated fabrics and lays.

Application of the Unit

Application of the Unit	The unit applies to situations where single garments or only a couple of layers of fabric are be cut. The marker may be developed directly on the fabric lay or planned separately and applied. Patterns are likely to have uncomplicated shaping and few pieces such as T-shirts, straight or A-line skirts, shift dresses, tracksuits, section crowns, brims, tips, side bands, berets. Work involves some discretion, initiative and judgement. Manual or computer aided techniques may be used. Work is conducted according to defined procedures. Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities. The application of this unit is according to OHS practices of the enterprise and workplace practices, which may include: requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment standard operating procedures work instructions oral, written and visual communication quality practices, including responsibility for maintenance of own work quality and contribution to quality improvement of team or section output housekeeping tasks related to environmental protection, waste disposal, pollution control, and recycling This unit requires the application of skills associated with planning and organising to prepare work for layout, marking up and cutting. Problem solving skills are required to ensure fabric conforms to requirements and identify any production problems. Communication skills are used to refer to and complete required documentation. Self management skills are used to ensure safe use of technology and conformance of own work to quality standards.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1 Prepare workstation	1.1 Workstation, cutting table and seating are set up according to OHS practices and specifications for work. 1.2 Cutting equipment is cleaned, checked and servicing assessed according to manufacturer instructions. 1.3 Cutting table is prepared to suit correct lay length. 1.4 Lay-up and marking equipment is set up and prepared for use.
2 Lay-up fabric	2.1 Lay-up instructions are interpreted. 2.2 Fabric is collected and checked. 2.3 Fabric width and quality are checked with lay-up instructions. 2.4 Fabric is laid up and fabric tension adjusted to match fabric performance. 2.5 Fabric is checked for faults and required action taken to cut out faults or other appropriate techniques.
3 Draft lay marker	3.1 Cutting order is interpreted for marking requirements such as fabric type, width, quantity and garment sizes. 3.2 Required pattern pieces are collected and checked manually or by computer. 3.3 Pattern pieces are manipulated and positioned manually on paper or by computer for most efficient fabric use. 3.4 Lay marker is drawn up manually or by computer. 3.5 Lay-up instructions are prepared according to requirements.
4 Copy marker	4.1 Marker is checked against requirements. 4.2 Marker is copied either manually or by computer.
5 Position marker	5.1 Marker is placed on lay. 5.2 Marker and lay alignment are checked and appropriate action taken according to job specifications
6 Cut work	6.1 Lay is cut using cutting equipment according to requirements for operation. 6.2 Cut work is inspected, any faults identified and appropriate action taken to ensure cut pieces meet required quality standards. 6.3 Preventative action is taken to avoid any recurrence of defective pieces, and is recorded. 6.4 Performance of cutting equipment is regularly checked for signs of faulty operation, including evidence from inspection of cut pieces, and any required action is taken. 6.5 OHS practices are followed. 6.6 Action is taken according to OHS practices to prevent accidents and to eliminate risks to personal safety.
7 Complete work	7.1 Cut work is directed to next operation and work area is cleaned and prepared for next job. 7.2 Master copy of lay marker is stored in filing drawer or computer as appropriate.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Demonstrates knowledge of: characteristics of fabrics and other materials used in garment assembly such as woven fabrics (poplin, drill, flannelette) and knitted fabrics (rugby knit, double knit) fabric faults pattern identification computer operations involved in marker-making, copying and storage quality standards and practices OHS practices, including hazard identification and control measures workplace practices recording and reporting practices
Demonstrates skills to: draft markers using either manual or computer techniques handle, receive and assemble garments read, interpret and follow information on work specifications, standard operating procedures and work instructions, and other reference material maintain accurate records communicate within the workplace sequence operations meet specifications clarify and check task-related information carry out work according to OHS practices

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects of evidence	Demonstrates skills and knowledge to: check work against work specification or cutting order set up manual or computer drafting equipment before commencement of marker-making operations make markers involving patterns, uncomplicated fabrics and lays, using manual or computer techniques prepare cutting table and work before commencing cutting operations use cutting techniques use lay-up techniques apply workplace OHS practices in work operations maintain accurate records
Consistency in performance	Consistently applies skills and knowledge when: organising work completing tasks according to instructions working systematically with attention to detail identifying improvements and avoiding damage using workplace practices using OHS practices recording and reporting accidents and incidents assessing operational readiness of equipment recognising and adapting to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of behaviour and interactions
Resource implications	Access is required to real or appropriately simulated situations, including work areas, materials and equipment, and to information on workplace practices and OHS practices.
Context for assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in an appropriately simulated environment.
Interdependent assessment	This unit may be assessed independently or in combination with other relevant units.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the Performance Criteria, is detailed below. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs if the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.
Legislative/regulatory requirements	All work must comply with relevant Federal and State or Territory legislative or regulatory requirements.
OHS practices	OHS practices include hazard identification and control, risk assessment and implementation of risk reduction measures specific to the tasks described by this unit, and may relate to: manual handling techniques standard operating procedures personal protective equipment safe materials handling taking of rest breaks ergonomic arrangement of workplaces following marked walkways safe storage of equipment housekeeping reporting accidents and incidents environmental practices
Cutting equipment may include:	dressmaker's shears cutting mats straight-blade cutter
Lay-up and marking equipment may include:	computers and required software patterns fabric marker card or paper weights clamps
Fabric may include:	woven fabrics such as: poplin drill flannelette knitted fabrics such as: rugby knit double knit designs such as: stripes one-way designs plaids

Unit Sector(s)

Sector	Clothing Production

LMTCL2008B Finish garment production

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the skills and knowledge to finish completed work in the production of garments or other associated articles.

Application of the Unit

Application of the Unit	The unit applies to finishing operations on garments and other related articles. Finishing operations may include hand or machine tasks such as attaching buttons, cutting loose threads, ironing on transfers, fasteners, attaching tickets and, labels and hemming. Work performed may require some decision making within defined procedures. Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities. The application of this unit is according to OHS practices of the enterprise and workplace practices, which may include: requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment standard operating procedures work instructions oral, written and visual communication quality practices, including responsibility for maintenance of own work quality and contribution to quality improvement of team or section output housekeeping tasks related to environmental protection, waste disposal, pollution control, and recycling This unit requires the application of skills associated with planning and organising to finish garment production. Problem solving skills are required to ensure work conforms to requirements and identify any production problems. Communication skills are used to refer to and complete required documentation. Self management skills are used to ensure safe use of technology and conformance of own work to quality standards.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites	LMTCL2003B

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1 Prepare workstation	1.1 Workbench and seating are set up according to safety standards and OHS practices. 1.2 Components are laid out in proximity and sequence according to specifications.
2 Finish work	2.1 Finishing operations are performed according to customer specifications. 2.2 Garment or article is checked against specifications to ensure correct sizing and attention to loose threads, and missing buttons and attachments. 2.3 Faults are identified, reported and returned to appropriate section for repair according to quality standards. 2.4 Production and other records are completed. 2.5 OHS practices are followed.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Demonstrates knowledge of: characteristics of typical fabrics and other materials used in garment production quality standards and practices correct sequencing of components required finishing procedures industry and product processes and equipment OHS practices, including hazard identification and control measures workplace practices recording and reporting practices
Demonstrates skills to: set up safe work area complete finishing operations report and address faults appropriately receive, document and transfer information read, interpret and follow information on work specifications, standard operating procedures and work instructions, and other reference material maintain accurate records communicate within the workplace sequence operations meet specifications clarify and check task-related information carry out work according to OHS practices

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects of evidence	Demonstrates skills and knowledge to: attach correct components to garments and articles complete finishing operations ensure finished garment meets specifications deal with faults appropriately maintain accurate records
Consistency in performance	Consistently applies skills and knowledge when: organising work completing tasks according to instructions working systematically with attention to detail identifying improvements and avoiding damage using workplace practices using OHS practices recording and reporting accidents and incidents assessing operational readiness of equipment recognising and adapting to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of behaviour and interactions
Resource implications	Access is required to real or appropriately simulated situations, including work areas, materials and equipment, and to information on workplace practices and OHS practices.
Context for assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in an appropriately simulated environment.
Interdependent assessment	This unit may be assessed independently or in combination with other relevant units.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the Performance Criteria, is detailed below. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs if the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.
All work must comply with relevant Federal and State or Territory legislative or regulatory requirements.
OHS practices	OHS practices include hazard identification and control, risk assessment and implementation of risk reduction measures specific to the tasks described by this unit, and may relate to: manual handling techniques standard operating procedures personal protective equipment safe materials handling taking of rest breaks ergonomic arrangement of workplaces following marked walkways safe storage of equipment housekeeping reporting accidents and incidents environmental practices
Components may include	tags trims garments buttons fasteners labels belt and button loops
Finishing operations may include	trimming loose threads checking spotting sorting hand or machine sewing buttons or fasteners hand or machine sewing hems securing lining sewing and cutting buttonholes attaching accessories or trims attaching tickets and labels bundling

Unit Sector(s)

Sector	Clothing Production

LMTGN2008B Coordinate work of team or section

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the skills and knowledge to coordinate work of a team or section.

Application of the Unit

Application of the Unit	The unit applies to coordination and monitoring of the work of a team or section. Work requires discretion, initiative and judgement on the job in own work. Work may be conducted in a variety of environments, such as operational workplace activities, restricted space, and hazardous, controlled or exposed conditions. Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities. The application of this unit is according to OHS practices of the enterprise and workplace practices, which may include: requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment standard operating procedures work instructions oral, written and visual communication quality practices, including responsibility for maintenance of own work quality and contribution to quality improvement of team or section output housekeeping tasks related to environmental protection, waste disposal, pollution control and recycling Team work and communication skills are central to this unit to ensure team performance meets production and organisational requirements. This unit also requires planning and organising skills and an ability to apply problem solving strategies to identify and address team problems.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1 Plan and coordinate work schedules	1.1 Tasks, jobs and work priorities are confirmed with supervisor or manager. 1.2 Tasks are assigned to team, section and individuals. 1.3 Priority of tasks is communicated to team, section or individuals. 1.4 Materials are organised to meet work requirements.
2 Monitor performance and quality	2.1 Required work standard is communicated to team, section or individuals to ensure understanding of task requirements. 2.2 Standard of performance, including quality standards, of team, section or individuals, is monitored to ensure achievement of outcomes and is reported. 2.3 Instruction and support are provided, as required, in order to achieve standards and outcomes. 2.4 Proposals for improvements to work processes, efficiency and organisation are communicated and reported to appropriate personnel.
3 Monitor application of OHS	3.1 Implementation of OHS and environmental standards and procedures are monitored to achieve safety standards and requirements in the workplace. 3.2 Proposals for prevention or correction of problems are identified and communicated and reported to appropriate personnel, according to OHS practices.
4 Communicate with work team, section, individuals	4.1 All information affecting work, including OHS and quality standards is explained logically in an easily understood manner to individuals and teams, as required. 4.2 Feedback from team, section members and individuals is sought to assist in effective operation of team or section.
5 Report work of team or section	5.1 Reports and documentation on team or section performance and outcomes are provided to line supervisor and management, as required. 5.2 Team or section performance and outcomes, which impact on operations of other sections, are communicated effectively and promptly, as required, to appropriate personnel.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit
Demonstrates knowledge of: production and workflow system in the team factors and constraints that impact on effective workflow effective work methods to achieve production objectives and timelines methods for monitoring and coordinating the use of resources quality assurance standards and practices OHS practices, including hazard identification and control measures workplace practices recording and reporting practices
Demonstrates skills to: prioritise resources (machines, staff, materials and production processes) allocate work to team or section members identify and report problems with workflow maintain and update monitoring procedures analyse and record results according to workplace practices read, interpret and follow information on work specifications, standard operating procedures and work instructions, and other reference material maintain accurate records communicate within the workplace sequence operations meet specifications clarify and check task-related information carry out work according to OHS practices

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects of evidence	Demonstrates skills and knowledge to: organise work tasks, work processes and staff meet efficiency standards advise appropriate ways of correcting non-compliance and inefficiencies apply techniques to monitor work apply OHS practices in work operations maintain accurate records
Consistency in performance	Consistently applies skills and knowledge when: organising work completing tasks according to instructions working systematically with attention to detail identifying improvements and avoiding damage using workplace practices using OHS practices recording and reporting accidents and incidents assessing operational readiness of equipment recognising and adapting to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of behaviour and interactions
Resource implications	Access is required to real or appropriately simulated situations, including work areas, materials and equipment, and to information on workplace practices and OHS practices.
Context for assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in an appropriately simulated environment.
Interdependent assessment	This unit may be assessed independently or in combination with other relevant units.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the Performance Criteria, is detailed below. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs if the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.
Legislative/regulatory requirements	All work must comply with relevant Federal and State or Territory legislative or regulatory requirements.
Appropriate personnel may include:	line supervisor or manager team or section leaders supervisors or managers in other sections technical specialists
OHS practices	OHS practices include hazard identification and control, risk assessment and implementation of risk reduction measures specific to the tasks described by this unit, and may relate to: manual handling techniques standard operating procedures personal protective equipment safe materials handling taking of rest breaks ergonomic arrangement of workplaces following marked walkways safe storage of equipment housekeeping reporting accidents and incidents environmental practices

Unit Sector(s)

Sector	All

LMTGN4002A Participate in product engineering

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the skills and knowledge required to participate in product engineering in a textiles, clothing and footwear (TCF) enterprise.

Application of the Unit

Application of the Unit	This unit applies to participating in product engineering in a TCF workplace where judgement may be required in planning and selecting appropriate processes or procedures for self and others. Work may be conducted in a variety of environments, including operational workplace activities, restricted space, hazardous, controlled or exposed conditions. TCF production areas may include: textile production clothing production footwear production early stage wool processing cotton ginning leather production millinery canvas and sails production laundry operations dry cleaning operations Product engineering may occur in relation to repetitive production runs, short runs and quick changes and can relate to fabrics, fibres, yarns, design varieties, weaves, dyes, finishes, etc. Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities. Work is performed within defined procedures under direct supervision. The unit is applied according to OHS and workplace practices of the enterprise, which may include: requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment standard operating procedures work instructions oral, written and visual communication quality practices, including responsibility for maintenance of own work quality and contribution to quality improvement of team/section output housekeeping tasks related to environmental protection, waste disposal, pollution control and recycling This unit requires the application of skills associated with communication to interpret production specifications, calculate costs, maintain records and prepare reports. Initiative and enterprise, planning and organising and problem solving are required to examine production options and determine required variations to specifications, processes and schedules. This unit also requires an ability to learn and apply new information. Self management skills are used to ensure work meets quality and work standards.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1 Identify and confirm specifications	1.1 Sample material or product is examined to confirm structure 1.2 Detail of structure or composition is documented, where required, to assist in production planning
2 Identify options for production	2.1 Evaluation of material or product structure is conducted to identify options for production 2.2 Options are assessed to determine most effective and efficient method of production, ensuring highest quality and yield from raw materials, and ease of production 2.3 Options and recommendations are documented in accordance with workplace practices and OHS practices
3 Identify potential machine or production changes	3.1 Existing resources, machines, production techniques and scheduling arrangements are examined in relation to the production requirements 3.2 Any potential requirements for change are identified and documented in accordance with workplace practices
4 Prepare cost estimates	4.1 Material requirements and economic batch sizes are identified 4.2 Labour hours, times and other statistics required are identified and estimates made 4.3 Available machine hours are determined and estimates made, where required 4.4 Overall costs are estimated and documented in accordance with workplace practices
5 Maintain records	5.1 Production planning records are maintained and reports prepared, where necessary, in accordance with workplace practices

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit
Demonstrates knowledge of: machines and their capabilities quality assurance processes; production processes and software products produced by the workplace and material or fabric structure (techniques) work and workplace organisation systems safety and environmental aspects of relevant workplace activities OHS practices, including hazard identification and control measures quality practices workplace practices recording and reporting practices
Demonstrates skills to: determine structure and composition of material or product make calculations, interpret and use data from various sources read, interpret and follow information on work specifications, standard operating procedures and work instructions and other reference material maintain accurate records communicate within the workplace sequence operations meet specifications clarify and check task-related information carry our work according to OHS practices

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects of evidence to be considered	Demonstratesskills and knowledge to: confirm specifications assess options for method of production establish potential machine and production changes estimate costs apply OHS practices in production operations maintain accurate records
Consistency in performance	Consistentlyapplies skills and knowledge when: organising work completing tasks identifying improvements using workplace practices using OHS practices recording and reporting accidents and incidents assessing operational readiness of equipment used and work processes recognising and adapting to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of behaviour and interactions completing work systematically with attention to detail without damage to goods and equipment
Resource implications	Access is required to real or appropriately simulated situations, including work areas, materials and equipment, and to information on workplace practices and OHS practices.
Context for assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in an appropriately simulated environment.
Interdependent Assessment	This unit may be assessed independently or in combination with other relevant units.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the Performance Criteria, is detailed below. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs if the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.
Legislative/regulatory requirements	All work must comply with relevant Federal and State or Territory legislative or regulatory requirements.
Method of production may include:	JIT VAM quick response quality circles, team processes benchmarking
Cost estimating may include:	written bill of labour, order of work or plant sample
OHS practices	OHS practices must include hazard identification and control, risk assessment and implementation of risk reduction measures specific to the tasks described by this unit, and may include: manual handling techniques standard operating procedures personal protective equipment safe materials handling taking of rest breaks ergonomic arrangement of workplaces following marked walkways safe storage of equipment housekeeping reporting accidents and incidents other OHS practices relevant to the job and enterprise

Unit Sector(s)

Sector	All

LMTGN4016A Contribute to the development of products or processes

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the skills and knowledge required to contribute to developing products or processes within the workplace.

Application of the Unit

Application of the Unit	This unit applies to activities contributing to development of products or processes within the enterprise. It includes conducting trials to establish conformance to requirements. Judgement may be required in planning and selecting appropriate processes or procedures for self and others. Work may be conducted in restricted spaces or exposed conditions or controlled or open environments Work responsibilities will vary in scope according to: size of the workplace range of designs or products specialisation in the workplace workplace quality standards Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities. This unit is applied according to OHS and workplace practices of the enterprise, which may include: requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment standard operating procedures work instructions oral, written and visual communication quality practices, including responsibility for maintenance of own work quality and contribution to quality improvement of team/section output housekeeping tasks related to environmental protection, waste disposal, pollution control and recycling This unit requires the application of skills associated with planning and organising the development of products or process for production. This unit also requires an ability to work with others in the team to test and asses the quality and feasibility of designs and make adjustments or modifications to specifications. Initiative, enterprise and problem solving will be used to assist in feasibility studies and develop specifications. Learning skills will be used to gather and apply new information.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1 Interpret provisional specifications	1.1 Provisional specifications are identified 1.2 Specifications are interpreted, in consultation with others, where required
2 Participate in feasibility studies	2.1 Requirements for feasibility study are identified, in conjunction with others, as required 2.2 Assistance is provided in studies to assess feasibility of design and development through sampling, trial run production, consideration of machine or equipment capabilities, availability of resources, required quality and cost
3 Assist in developing or engineering product	3.1 Product or process specifications are interpreted and preliminary specifications are developed from feasibility study 3.2 Specifications are used to develop or engineer the product 3.3 Raw materials are checked or selected to meet requirements 3.4 Machine or equipment or skill availability are determined against requirements
4 Conduct trials	4.1 Requirements for trial are confirmed and clarified, where necessary, to establish procedures and parameters 4.2 Organisation and liaison with production area occurs, where required 4.3 Trials are assessed in accordance with the established procedures
5 Analyse and interpret results	5.1 Results of the trials are analysed to determine performance and acceptability for production 5.2 Analysis is interpreted to determine performance and acceptability for production
6 Report results and maintain records	6.1 Reports are prepared 6.2 Records are maintained, where required,

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit
Demonstrates knowledge of: industry and product processes product and process development procedures machine or equipment, resource and skill capabilities within the workplace feasibility study procedures safety and environmental aspects of relevant workplace activities reporting processes OHS practices, including hazard identification and control measures quality practices workplace practices recording and reporting practices
Demonstrates skills to: carry out sampling check and select raw materials interpret specifications establish availability of machines determine availability of required skills and personnel select, interpret and evaluate procedures or processes read, interpret and follow information on work specifications, , standard operating procedures and work instructions and other reference material maintain accurate records communicate within the workplace sequence operations meet specifications clarify and check task-related information carry out work according to OHS practices

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects of evidence to be considered	Demonstrates skills and knowledge to: conduct feasibility studies interpret and develop specifications use specifications appropriately organise and conduct trials assess results of trials
Consistency in performance	Consistently applies skills and knowledge when: organising work completing tasks identifying improvements using workplace practices using OHS practices recording and reporting accidents and incidents assessing operational readiness of equipment used and work processes recognising and adapting to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of behaviour and interactions completing work systematically with attention to detail without damage to goods and equipment
Resource implications	Access is required to real or appropriately simulated situations, including work areas, materials and equipment, and to information on workplace practices and OHS practices.
Context for assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in an appropriately simulated environment.
Interdependent assessment	This unit may be assessed independently or in combination with other relevant units.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the Performance Criteria, is detailed below. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs if the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.
Legislative/regulatory requirements	All work must comply with relevant Federal and State or Territory legislative or regulatory requirements.
Feasibility studies may include:	sampling trial run production consideration of machine capabilities availability of resources required quality cost
Conducting trials may relate:	confirmation and clarification of requirements liaison with production area allocating work reviewing and evaluating processes and products performing trials interpreting data analysing results
OHS practices	OHS practices must include hazard identification and control, risk assessment and implementation of risk reduction measures specific to the tasks described by this unit, and may include: manual handling techniques standard operating procedures personal protective equipment safe materials handling taking of rest breaks ergonomic arrangement of workplaces following marked walkways safe storage of equipment housekeeping reporting accidents and incidents other OHS practices relevant to the job and enterprise

Unit Sector(s)

Sector	All

LMTGN5004A Manage installation and commissioning of equipment and systems

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the skills and knowledge required to manage the installation and commissioning of equipment and systems used in a textiles, clothing and footwear (TCF) workplace.

Application of the Unit

Application of the Unit	This unit applies to the management of the installation and commissioning of equipment and systems used in a TCF workplace where significant judgement is required in planning, technical or supervisory activities related to operations or processes. The work may involve individual and team related activities, and can include liaison with specialist technicians or contractors. Work may be conducted in a large scale production or small business situation in a TCF sector The unit may relate to on-shore or off-shore applications; it would include all local requirements and may include establishing a new production line. The application of this unit is according to OHS practices of the enterprise and workplace practices, which may include: requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment standard operating procedures work instructions oral, written and visual communication quality practices, including responsibility for maintenance of own work quality and contribution to quality improvement of team or section output housekeeping tasks related to environmental protection, waste disposal, pollution control and recycling This unit requires the application of skills associated with communication to interpret specifications and technical information and prepare work-plans, budgets and contracts relating to equipment and systems. Knowledge of the technology is required to make assessments about commissioning processes and report and document information. Planning and organising, initiative and enterprise and problem solving are required to coordinate, problem solve and monitor installation processes and achievement of performance targets.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1 Prepare work plan and specification document	1.1 Items to be included in work plan and specification document are identified and confirmed 1.2 Work plan for installation and commissioning of equipment and systems is drawn up, including management and reporting procedures 1.3 Specification document is prepared according to workplace and/or manufacturer procedures
2 Coordinate and monitor contract arrangements	2.1 Contract arrangements for the installation and commissioning of equipment/systems, including all legal, insurance and safety requirements, are coordinated in accordance with workplace and/or legislative procedures 2.2 Contract arrangements are monitored to ensure compliance with requirements and variations dealt with according to agreed strategy
3 Manage schedules and budgets	3.1 Information is gathered to establish adherence to schedule and budget forecasts 3.2 Deviation from performance targets is monitored and corrective action taken, if and where necessary 3.3 Scheduling and budgeting processes are assessed to determine whether variations or alternative plans are indicated
4 Administer legal, environmental and OHS requirements	4.1 Legal, environmental and OHS requirements related to installation and commissioning of equipment/systems are defined 4.2 Monitoring of the process is assessed to ensure compliance
5 Assess and report on work completion	5.1 Completed work is assessed to confirm all specifications have been incorporated 5.2 Report on work completed is prepared in accordance with workplace practices
6 Maintain records	6.1 Records are maintained of installation and commissioning activities in accordance with workplace practices

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level
Demonstrates knowledge of: appropriate installation and commissioning procedures OHS considerations and environmental factors contract requirements safety and environmental aspects of relevant enterprise activities workplace practices and reporting/recording processes relevant regulatory requirements and codes of practice relevant OHS legislation, regulatory requirements and codes of practice carry out work in accordance with OHS practices hazard identification and control measures associated with managing installation and commissioning of equipment and systems
Demonstrates skills to: monitor contract arrangements, scheduling and budgets manage the application of technical skills by other personnel communicate effectively within the workplace, including liaising with other departments establish or interpret procedures, where required determine report requirements and present information in appropriate formats read, interpret and follow information on job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, patterns, charts, tickets, order forms and other applicable reference material sequence operations clarify and check task related information

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects of evidence to be considered	Assessment must confirm appropriate knowledge and skills to: develop and prepare work plan and specification documents organise and monitor contract arrangements assess scheduling and budgeting procedures implement legal, environmental and OHS obligations/requirements ensure completed work meets specifications maintain accurate records
Consistency in performance	Applies underpinning knowledge and skills when: organising work managing activities and personnel completing tasks identifying improvements applying safety precautions relevant to the task assessing operational capability of specified equipment used and work processes shows evidence of application of relevant workplace practices including: hazard policies and procedures including codes of practice job procedures and work instructions quality procedures (where existing) waste, pollution and recycling management processes action taken promptly, accidents and incidents reported in accordance with statutory requirements and workplace practices recognises and adapts appropriately to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of behaviour and interactions among staff and others work completed systematically with attention to detail without damage to goods, equipment or personnel
Resource implications	access to real or appropriately simulated situations involving the management of the installation and commissioning of equipment and systems used in a TCF context this includes real or simulated work areas, materials, equipment, and information on work specifications, manufacturer's instructions, relevant safety procedures and regulations, quality standards, workplace practices and customer requirements
Context for assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in an appropriately simulated environment
Interdependent assessment	This unit does not necessarily need to be assessed in conjunction with other units and can be assessed independently

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the Performance Criteria, is detailed below. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs if the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.
Legislative/regulatory requirements	All work must comply with relevant Federal and State or Territory legislative or regulatory requirements, organisation insurance requirements, OHS legislation, manual handling procedures and relevant health regulations.
Equipment and systems may include:	microprocessor or computer control production and facility equipment used within the enterprise
Workplace practices may include:	workplace practices relating to managing installation and commissioning of equipment and systems conditions of service, legislation and industrial agreements including workplace agreements and awards and Federal or State/Territory legislation standard work practices reporting verbally or in writing oral, written or visual communication being responsible for the maintenance of own work quality and contributing to the quality improvement of team or section output, where necessary safety, environmental, housekeeping and quality practices as specified by machine and equipment manufacturers, regulatory authorities and the organisation
Workplace OHS practices may include:	use of personal protective wear and equipment safe materials handling practices taking of rest breaks ergonomic arrangement of workplaces following marked walkways storage of equipment workstation housekeeping cleaning of equipment workers' compensation legislation

Unit Sector(s)

Sector	All

MEM03001B Perform manual production assembly

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers assembling components and/or sub-assemblies in a production environment and testing the components and/or sub-assemblies to ensure compliance with specifications.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to production-orientated assembly operations that are essentially manual in nature and do not require complex adjustments. This unit should not be selected when Unit MEM18055B (Dismantle, replace and assemble engineering components) has already been selected. Where the selection and use of tools is required as part of the assembly process, see Unit MEM18001C (Use hand tools) and Unit MEM18002B (Use power tools/hand held operations) as appropriate. Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Read and understand job sheets	1.1. Job sheets and instructions are understood and followed correctly.
2. Select assembly equipment and components	2.1. Assembly equipment is selected according to instructions or job sheets and used to standard operating procedures. 2.2. Components/sub-assemblies are obtained and arranged for assembly. 2.3. Equipment/tools are used in a safe manner.
3. Assemble components	3.1. Assembly is produced following correct sequence of operations, using selected equipment to standard operating procedures. 3.2. Production data is recorded/input to standard operating procedures.
4. Perform tests	4.1. Assembly is tested/checked for compliance to job sheet requirements, following standard operating procedures as required.
5. Protect assembly from damage	5.1. Components and/or assemblies are handled and stored safely, in a manner least likely to cause damage.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: following job instructions and standard operating procedures selecting and using assembly tools, components and sub-assemblies entering routine and familiar information onto proformas and other standard workplace forms following oral instruction
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: application and use of assembly tools and equipment sequence in which the assemblies are to be performed storage location of the component/sub-assemblies required tests and checks required action for non-conformance potential damage through the use of inappropriate handling and/or unsafe storage procedures use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures hazards and control measures associated with manual production assembly

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to assemble components and/or sub-assemblies in a production environment and test the components and/or sub-assemblies to ensure compliance with specifications.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing manual production assembly or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Components/sub-assemblies	Parts that make up the sub-assembly and components
Recorded/input	By means of production schedules, job sheets, checklists
Tested/checked	Carried out according to specification of assembled product

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Assembly

MEM03003B Perform sheet and plate assembly

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	The unit covers assembling prefabricated/formed components using a range of joining techniques.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to production assembly of pre-fabricated/formed components. Applications of this unit may include manufacture of white goods, appliances, electrical cabinets, metal furniture, cladding and shelving, box trailer bodies, ductwork and other sheet and plate assemblies. Where production welding skills are required, refer to Unit MEM05013C (Perform manual production welding). Where soft soldering is required, Unit MEM05003B (Perform soft soldering) should be selected. Where brazing and/or silver soldering is required, Unit MEM05006B (Perform brazing and/or silver soldering) should be selected. Where measurement skills are required, refer to Unit MEM12023A (Perform engineering measurements). Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Read and understand job sheets	1.1. Job sheets/instruction are correctly interpreted and followed.
2. Select and use sheet and plate assembly equipment	2.1. Assembly equipment is selected in accordance with instructions on job sheet. 2.2. Equipment is used in a safe manner according to standard operating procedures.
3. Assemble fabrications	3.1. Products to be assembled are verified against specifications. 3.2. Assembly is produced following correct sequence of operations. 3.3. Assemblies/fabrications are joined to specification using specified joining techniques. 3.4. Assembly is tested/checked for compliance with job requirements using standard operating procedures.
4. Protect assembly from damage	4.1. Assemblies/fabrications are handled and stored according to standard operating procedures and in a safe manner least likely to cause damage.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading, interpreting and following written job sheets, instructions, standard operating procedures and other applicable reference documents checking and clarifying routine familiar information selecting and using specified assembly equipment and tools following sequence of operations joining the components/fabrications correctly and safely using appropriate techniques testing and checking assembled products for compliance with specifications handling and storing components, fabrications and/or assemblies checking for conformance to specifications following oral instructions
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: the importance of following the sequence of operations application and function of assembly equipment safety precautions and operating characteristics of assembly equipment and tools application and limitations of different joining techniques surface preparation and joining techniques assembly tests/checks safe handling and storage procedures applicable to components, fabrications and/or assemblies effects of inappropriate handling and storage procedures hazards and control measures associated with sheet and plate assembly use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures for sheet and plate assembly

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to assemble prefabricated/formed components using a variety of joining techniques. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge,s and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both. Where assessment occurs off the job, i.e. the candidate is not in productive work, an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with sheet and plate assembly or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Assembly equipment	Jigs, fixtures and other appropriate tools
Joining techniques	Seaming, bonding, riveting, welding etc.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Assembly

MEM03004B Perform electronic/electrical assembly (production)

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers identifying and assembling electronic/electrical components and testing assembled components for conformance to job sheets/specifications.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to assembly of electronic/electrical components or equipment to predetermined specifications and following predetermined procedures. This unit covers the use of automatic wave soldering machines. If soldering skills are required, then Unit MEM05001B (Perform manual soldering/desoldering - electrical/electronic components) or Unit MEM05002B (Perform high reliability soldering and desoldering) should be selected. If measurement skills are required, then Unit MEM12002B (Perform electrical/electronic measurement) should also be selected. Where the selection and use of tools is required as part of the assembly process, see Units MEM18001C (Use hand tools) and MEM18002B (Use power tools/hand held operations) as appropriate. Band: A Unit Weight: 8

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Read and understand job sheets.	1.1. Job sheets and instructions are understood and followed correctly.
2. Select assembly equipment	2.1. Assembly equipment is selected and used in accordance with instructions or job sheets to standard operating procedures. 2.2. Equipment is used in a safe manner.
3. Identify electronic/electrical components	3.1. Common name, appearance, colour of electronic and electrical components are identified. 3.2. Polarity indicators are identified on components.
4. Assemble components	4.1. Correct components are selected by code/colour or other identification methods. 4.2. Components/devices are prepared for soldering or other termination methods. 4.3. Cables are connected to a variety of plug and socket combinations as required. 4.4. Components are safely handled and stored using appropriate anti-static handling procedures and techniques in accordance with standard operating procedures. 4.5. Assembly is produced following correct sequence of operations.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading, interpreting and following assembly job sheets, instructions and standard operating procedures selecting appropriate tools and equipment using tools and equipment selecting electronic and electrical components by name, colour and appearance preparing components/devices for soldering and termination connecting cables to plugs/sockets handling and storing components safely applying anti-static handling procedures and techniques checking work for conformance to specification completing production records and reports following oral instructions using hand and power tools dedicated to the assembly process identifying components by name, appearance and colour entering routine and familiar information onto proforma and standard workplace forms
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: assembly equipment and its application hazards associated with the misuse of tools and equipment polarity indicators on common electronic and electrical components consequences of connecting electronic and electrical components with incorrect polarity termination methods preparation requirements for components/devices to be soldered preparation requirements for components/devices to be terminated using non-soldering techniques connection requirements of a variety of plugs and sockets anti-static procedures and techniques safe handling and storage requirements of electrical and electronic components consequences of not following the correct sequence of operations specifications against which the assembly is to be checked/tested test/check procedures data recording requirements

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform electrical/electronic assembly (production).
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and to be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with electronic/electrical assembly (production) or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Assembly

MEM03006B Set assembly stations

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers setting up, adjusting and testing assembly stations according to defined procedures.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to setting a range of assembly stations. It also includes routine maintenance of the equipment. Assembly stations may be used for a range of operations and processes. For setting automated assembly processes, Unit MEM07040A (Set multistage integrated processes) should be selected. Machine setting skills are covered by Unit MEM07003B (Perform machine setting (routine) and Unit MEM07004B (Perform machine setting (complex). Where measurement skills are required, then Unit MEM12023A (Perform engineering measurements) should also be considered. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM03001B	Perform manual production assembly
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
Path 2	MEM03003B	Perform sheet and plate assembly
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations
Path 3	MEM03004B	Perform electronic/electrical assembly (production)
MEM18001C	Use hand tools

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify job requirements	1.1. Setting requirements are correctly identified from job sheets/instructions.
2. Select and use a range of hand tools and equipment	2.1. Hand tools and equipment for setting assembly stations are used in a safe manner, according to instructions, standard operating procedures and any legislative requirements.
3. Set assembly stations	3.1. Assembly stations are set up for a range of processes and operations according to defined procedures. 3.2. Safe work practices are observed and implemented. 3.3. Assembly stations are adjusted to specifications and operational requirements. 3.4. Assembly stations are tested for correct operation.
4. Maintain equipment	4.1. Routine maintenance is carried out to standard operating procedures. 4.2. Worn or damaged components are identified and changed.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading and interpreting routine information on written job instructions, specifications and standard operating procedures. May include drawings for setting assembly stations following oral instructions testing and checking assembly station and outputs identifying worn and/or damaged components
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: procedures to be followed in setting up assembly stations safety hazards associated with the assembly station and/or its setting up specifications applicable to the assembly station effect of various adjustments that can be made to the assembly station routine maintenance requirements effect of worn or damaged components on the operational requirements and specifications of the assembly station use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to set, adjust and test assembly stations. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication materials handling, recording and reporting associated with setting, adjusting and testing assembly stations or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Job sheets/instructions	Verbal and written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures and assembly drawings within the scope of this unit
Assembly station	May be used for operations such as riveting, pressing, screwing, tensioning etc. and processes such as testing, gluing, identification, numbering or simple hot stamping etc.
Set up	Ensuring that appropriate jigs, fixtures, die sets, stores and tooling etc. are in place as required to meet the production order or schedules
Processes and operations	Riveting, pressing, screwing, tensioning, testing, gluing, identification, numbering or simple hot stamping of components and assemblies

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Assembly

MEM05005B Carry out mechanical cutting

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers setting up and operating a range of mechanical cutting and holing equipment.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to sawing, shearing, cropping and/or holing and includes setting up and operating a range of equipment. Examples of machines that could be covered include guillotines, croppers, cold saws, band saws, automatic saws etc. Typical applications of this unit may include cutting for manufacture, production cutting and cutting of materials selected from stores in a maintenance environment. This unit does not cover hand or hand held power tools used for cutting e.g. circular saws, nibblers and side grinder. These skills are covered by Unit MEM18001C (Use hand tools) and Unit MEM18002B (Use power tools/hand held operations). This unit does not include the skills required for operational maintenance of the equipment used; these skills are covered by Unit MEM07001B (Perform operational maintenance of machines/equipment). For repair and welding of band saw blades where blade repair unit is not attached to the machine, refer to Unit MEM05013C (Perform manual production welding). Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements
MEM18001C	Use hand tools

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine job requirements	1.1. Job requirements and specifications are determined from job sheets and/or instructions. 1.2. Appropriate method/machine is selected to meet specifications. 1.3. Machine is loaded and adjusted for operation consistent with standard operating procedures.
2. Select/set up machine tooling	2.1. Tooling is selected to match job requirements. 2.2. Tooling is correctly installed using standard operating procedures. 2.3. Machine is set up and adjusted using standard operating procedures.
3. Operate mechanical cutting machine	3.1. Appropriate stops and guards are set and adjusted as required. 3.2. Material is secured and correctly positioned using measuring equipment as necessary. 3.3. Machine is started and stopped safely to standard operating procedures. 3.4. Machine is operated to cut/hole material to specifications using standard operating procedures.
4. Check material for conformance to specification	4.1. Material is checked against specification. Machine and/or tooling is adjusted as required and in process adjustments carried out as necessary. 4.2. Material is cut and/or holed to within workplace tolerances. 4.3. Material is used in most economical way. 4.4. Codes and standards are observed.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: loading and adjusting cutting machines selecting machines and tooling installing cutting tool setting up and adjusting cutting machine securing and correctly positioning materials cutting and holing materials applying relevant codes and standards reading and interpreting routine information on written job instructions, specifications and standard operating procedures following oral instruction measuring materials to specified workplace tolerances and within the machine range clarifying routine task-related information
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: the characteristics of cutting methods and machines effect of materials on the machine tooling, tooling defects and adjustments effect of adjustments on the dimensions of the cut material applicable tolerances methods of marking out materials to ensure minimum wastage any applicable industry standards, national/Australian standards, NOHSC guides, State/Territory regulatory codes of practice/standard use and application of personal protective equipment for mechanical cutting safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to carry out mechanical cutting on a range of machines. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication materials handling, recording and reporting associated with carrying out mechanical cutting or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Machine	Guillotines, croppers, cold saws, band saws, automatic saws etc.
Tooling	Tooling to suit guillotines, croppers, cold saws, band saws, automatic saws etc.
Stops and guards	All safety equipment/stops/guards on guillotines, croppers, cold saws, band saws, automatic saws etc.
Material	Ferrous and non-ferrous metals and non-metallic products
Codes and standards	Legislative and regulatory requirements, industry and enterprise codes and standards

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Fabrication

MEM05007C Perform manual heating and thermal cutting

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers performing manual heating, thermal cutting and gouging including the assembly and disassembly and operation of the equipment on a range of materials (ferrous, non-ferrous and non-metallic) using a variety of methods.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to manual, straight line cutting standards. Manual or automatic processes are used to cut and heat to specifications. Cutting may include flame gouging by hand. All work is carried out to legislative and regulatory requirements. Predetermined standards of quality and safety are observed and work is carried out following standard operating procedures. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Assemble/disassemble plant and equipment	1.1. Accessories and equipment are correctly selected and assembled for manual heating and thermal cutting.
2. Operate heating and thermal cutting equipment	2.1. Cutting process and/or procedure appropriate for material is selected. 2.2. All safety procedures are observed. 2.3. Equipment start-up procedures are followed correctly to standard operating procedures. 2.4. Equipment adjustments are made correctly using standard operating procedures. 2.5. Appropriate cutting allowances are made. 2.6. Material is used in the most economical way. 2.7. Defects are identified and corrective action is taken to standard operating procedures. 2.8. Material is heated and cut to specification. 2.9. Shape/size/length is to accepted workplace standards.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: performing pre-start checks safely starting equipment following standard operating procedures adjusting equipment to operating specifications making cutting allowances economising material and minimising wastage identifying cutting defects and taking corrective action heating and cutting materials to specifications reading and interpreting routine information on written job instructions, specifications and standard operating procedures. May include drawings following oral instructions performing measurements needed to meet the requirements of this unit entering routine and familiar information onto proformas and standard workplace forms
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: cutting processes appropriate to various materials heating and cutting specifications procedures for heating and cutting the tools, equipment and techniques for heating and cutting assembling procedures for equipment and accessories hazards and control measures associated with manual heating and thermal cutting use and application of personal protective clothing and equipment equipment pre-checks and operation procedures for adjusting heating and cutting equipment cutting allowances and reasons for applying them procedures for minimising waste material reasons for minimising waste material cutting defects and their causes procedures for correcting cutting defects tools, equipment and techniques required to correct cutting defects use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform manual heating and thermal cutting.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with manual heating/thermal cutting or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questions should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Cutting	Use of hand held and self-propelled straight line cutters
Process	Fuel gas, oxy fuel gas and air fuel gas
Material	Various thicknesses and types including ferrous, non-ferrous and non-metallic materials

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Fabrication

MEM05012C Perform routine manual metal arc welding

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers preparing the materials and carrying out routine manual metal arc welding (MMAW).

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies in a maintenance or manufacturing environment where the welding is not required to meet an Australian standard or equivalent. Fillet and butt welds would typically be performed on low carbon/mild steels. Where welding is required to AS 1554 General Purpose or equivalent codes, occupational health and safety regulations and/or licensing requirements, Unit MEM05015D (Weld using manual metal arc welding process) should be selected. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Refer to Application of the Unit

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify weld requirements	1.1. Weld requirements are identified from job instructions. 1.2. Location of welds is identified in accordance with standard operating procedures and job specifications.
2. Prepare materials for welding	2.1. Materials are cleaned and prepared ready for welding.
3. Prepare equipment for welding	3.1. Welding equipment is set up correctly. 3.2. Correct electrodes are selected to suit application and settings.
4. Perform routine welding using MMAW	4.1. Safe welding practices are applied. 4.2. Materials are welded to job requirements. 4.3. Welds are cleaned in accordance with standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: preparing materials and electrodes setting up welding equipment welding with MMAW reading and interpreting routine information on written job instructions, specifications and standard operating procedures performing measurements for joint preparation and routine MMAW
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: material and equipment preparation properties and characteristics of materials and consumables weld characteristics equipment set-up and settings MMAW processes and properties post-welding treatments safe welding practices use and application of personal protective equipment

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to prepare materials and carry out routine manual metal arc welding (MMAW).
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both. Where assessment occurs off the job, i.e. the candidate is not in productive work, then appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing routine manual metal arc welding or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Materials	Low and mild carbon steel or similar
Prepared	Cleaning, setting up jigs, fixtures, clamps, joint preparation
Welding equipment	Welding leads, welding machines, electrode holder etc.
Cleaned	Slag and spatter, cleaning, using files and grinders

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Fabrication

MEM05050B Perform routine gas metal arc welding

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers preparing materials and routine gas metal arc welding (GMAW).

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies in a maintenance or manufacturing environment where the weld quality is not required to meet an Australian Standard or equivalent. Fillet and butt welds would typically be performed on low carbon/mild steels. Where welding is required to meet Australian Standard 1554 General Purpose or equivalent codes, occupational health and safety regulations and/or licensing requirements, Unit MEM05017D (Weld using gas metal arc welding process) should be selected. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Refer to Application of the Unit

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify weld requirements	1.1. Weld requirements are identified from job instructions. 1.2. Locations of welds are identified in according to standard operating procedures and job specifications.
2. Prepare materials for welding	2.1. Materials are cleaned and prepared ready for welding.
3. Prepare equipment for welding	3.1. Welding equipment is set up correctly. 3.2. Settings and consumables are selected to suit application.
4. Perform routine welding using GMAW	4.1. Safe welding practices are applied. 4.2. Materials are welded to job requirements. 4.3. Welds are cleaned to standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: preparing materials setting up welding equipment welding with GMAW reading and interpreting routine information on written job instructions, specifications and standard operating procedures following oral instruction using measurement skills relating to joint preparation and routine GMAW
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: different current and voltage settings, gas flow rates wire diameters, wire feed speed and other variables to suit typical situations. material and equipment preparation properties and characteristics of materials and consumables equipment and equipment settings fuel gas properties and applications post-welding treatments weld characteristics safe welding practices use and application of personal protective equipment for routine GMAW

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform routine gas metal arc welding (GMAW).
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with preparing the materials and carrying out routine gas metal arc welding or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Materials	Mild and low carbon steel
Prepared	Preheating, setting up jigs, fixtures, clamps, joint preparation
Equipment	Hoses, welding leads, gas shrouds, gas regulators, liners, contact tips
Consumables	Filler wire, shielding gas
Cleaned	Slag and spatter

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Fabrication

MEM05051A Select welding processes

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers identifying material properties and selecting appropriate welding processes to achieve safe and effective welding outcomes.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to all types of welding. It includes the identification of properties and characteristics of all commonly used metals, and selection of appropriate welding techniques to ensure integrity of materials is maintained during welding processes. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify properties of commonly used metals	1.1. Materials to be welded are identified. 1.2. Characteristics and properties of commonly used materials are identified. 1.3. Uses and purposes of commonly used materials are identified. 1.4. Basic metallurgical characteristics are considered.
2. Identify and provide for welding contingencies	2.1. Information relevant to welding processes is sourced as required. 2.2. Potential contingencies are identified and solutions are considered.
3. Identify appropriate welding processes	3.1. Welding processes are identified and selected to achieve specified outcomes with selected metals. 3.2. Effects of welding processes on materials are identified. 3.3. Distortion prevention measures are identified. 3.4. Alternative joining methods for job are identified and assessed for relevancy.
4. Identify cleaning and preparation requirements	4.1. Processes for cleaning and preparing metals are identified. 4.2. Role of contaminants in welding flaws is explained. 4.3. Safety requirements for chemicals and other materials are identified and utilised in accordance with manufacturers' specifications and legislative requirements.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents planning and sequencing operations checking and clarifying task-related information
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: hazards and control measures associated with welding practices, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures properties and characteristics of commonly used metals and materials basic metallurgy principles information resources chemical content of fumes emitted by welding processes uses and purposes of various metals distortion prevention measures for various metals

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to select welding processes.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with selecting welding processes or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Characteristics	Tensile strength, grade, heat resistance, density
Properties	Physical properties, flammable limits, melting point
Basic metallurgical characteristics	Alloys and grades of metals and different types of electrodes
Information	Steel suppliers handbooks, welding company materials, standard operating procedures, safety documentation
Welding processes	Fusion: electric arc welding gas (oxy-fuel) welding thermit welding Pressure welding processes: resistance welding fire or forge welding friction welding explosive welding Low temperature processes: soldering brazing Other: ultrasonic welding electron beam welding
Effects	Thermal expansion, heat affected zones, fume emissions, altered density, distortion
Distortion prevention measures	Heat treatments, consolidations
Processes for cleaning and weld preparation	Etching, grinding, arc gouging, thermal cutting, chemical additives, anti-corrosion treatments
Safety requirements	Dry and ventilated areas In accordance with workplace procedures Location away from heat risks Location away from incompatible substances Requirements for hazardous substances Adequate signage and labelling Appropriate sealing Routine inspections Emergency procedures Regulatory notification requirements

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Fabrication

MEM05052A Apply safe welding practices

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers identifying risks associated with welding operations and implementing hazard reduction practices.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to gas and electric arc welding. It includes the identification of risks associated with welding all commonly used metals and implementation of techniques used to reduce or eliminate welding hazards. Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Access and interpret OH&S information	1.1. OH&S information is obtained and interpreted. 1.2. Relevant OH&S legislation is identified. 1.3. Work related safety information is obtained and interpreted.
2. Identify risks associated with welding	2.1. Pollutants formed by welding processes are identified. 2.2. Occupational diseases and injuries which may be associated with welding are identified. 2.3. Factors associated with increased risk are identified. 2.4. Exposure levels for pollutants are identified. 2.5. Risks and potential health effects associated with specific metals are identified. 2.6. Risks and potential health effects associated with gases in welding are identified. 2.7. Other hazards of welding are identified.
3. Reduce risks associated with welding	3.1. Manual handling techniques are used. 3.2. Personal protective equipment is used correctly. 3.3. Procedures to control hazards are implemented. 3.4. Workplace safety procedures are implemented. 3.5. Workplace safety non-compliances are reported in accordance with workplace procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: sourcing and interpreting safety-related information and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) planning and sequencing operations identifying workplace risks and nonconformances reporting workplace risks and nonconformances checking and clarifying task-related information
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: characteristics and properties of common metals and welding materials effect of gas and electrical welding operations on metals hazards and control measures associated with gas and electrical welding, including housekeeping welding safety practices and procedures effect of various treatments on a range of commonly used metals use and application of personal protective equipment

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply safe welding practices.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with applying safe welding practices or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
OH&S information	National Occupational Health and Safety Commission guidelines Organisational OH&S practices and procedures manuals Australian/New Zealand and ISO standards Company risk management policy Codes of practice Australian dangerous goods legislation Trade practices Occupational Health and Safety reporting requirements Weld procedures
Work related safety information	Standard operating procedures Material safety data sheets (MSDSs) Job sheets Emergency procedures Safety standards and procedures
Pollutants	Nitrogen oxides Ozone Metal fumes etc. Lead oxide Silicon oxide Calcium fluoride Calcium oxide Magnesium oxide Sodium oxide Potassium oxides Carbon dioxide Organics Iron Manganese Calcium carbonate Zirconium oxide Titanium oxide Hexavalent chromium
Occupational diseases and injuries	Eye injuries Skin damage Respiratory irritations Chronic effects Allergies
Factors	Gas leakage from cylinders Type of consumable and metals used Type of welding processes Type of electrodes Welding current Voltage and amperage Ventilation Contamination Interaction of chemicals Exposure levels Flammability
Exposure levels	Time Weighted Average Short Term Exposure Limit (STEL) Maximum Allowable Concentration (MAC) or Threshold Limit Value - Ceiling (TLV-C) Skin Notation
Specific metals	Aluminium Antimony Arsenic Beryllium Boron Cadmium Chromium Copper Cobalt Iron Lead Lithium Magnesium Manganese Mercury Molybdenum Nickel Platinum Selenium Silver Thorium Tin Titanium Tungsten Vanadium Zinc Zirconium
Gases	Acetylene Argon Carbon dioxide Carbon monoxide Helium Nitrogen oxides Ozone Phosgene Phosphine Stibine
Other hazards	Fluxes Electro-magnetic radiation Electric shock Sparks Spatter Contaminated and coated metals Gas cylinder and electrical hazards Confined spaces Noise Chemical exposure Solvents Musculoskeletal, back and overuse injuries Vibration Dusts Heat stress Ultraviolet radiation Airborne pollutants Flammable gases Infrared radiation Thermal damage
Manual handling techniques	Housekeeping practices Lifting weight limits Appropriate storage Use of lifting devices Appropriate training Hazardous materials storage standards and procedures
Personal protective equipment	Respirators Ear muffs Protective clothing Gloves Boots Helmets Eye protection Face shields
Procedures to control hazards	Substituting hazardous materials with safer materials Changing workplace design to eliminate hazards Modifying work practices to reduce exposure Using personal protective equipment Using adequate and appropriate ventilation
Workplace safety measures	Shielding requirements Ventilation General and diluted Local exhaustion Use of personal protective equipment Checking equipment condition Equipment maintenance Correct operation of equipment Correct voltage and electrical connections Good posture Fire safety, plant and equipment isolation Communications with appropriate personnel

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Fabrication

MEM06003C Carry out heat treatment

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers carrying out heat treatment of materials using a variety of equipment.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the heat treatment of ferrous and non-ferrous metals using a variety of equipment. Examples of applications include cast metal products, machine tooling, and forged and machined components. Simple heat treatment applications like annealing and/or heat/quench processes undertaken as incidental to trade work (e.g. toolmaking) are covered by Unit MEM06007B (Perform basic incidental heat/quenching, tempering and annealing). Band: A Unit Weight: 6

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine requirements of job	1.1. Job requirements are determined from engineering drawings, job sheet, or verbal instructions from metallurgist or supervisor.
2. Select heat treatment equipment	2.1. Appropriate equipment is selected for the required heat treatment.
3. Set up equipment	3.1. Equipment is set up according to standard operating procedures and manufacturers' instructions.
4. Work safely with hot metals	4.1. Safety clothing and personal protective equipment is used correctly according to standard operating procedures. 4.2. Emergency procedures are demonstrated according to approved safety instructions. 4.3. Safety signs and symbols are identified and understood. 4.4. Equipment is used according to specifications and standard operating procedures.
5. Heat treat material	5.1. Material is treated to achieve required result and may include preparation processes. 5.2. Material is piece or batch loaded and unloaded using equipment appropriate to the situation, according to standard operating procedures. 5.3. Correct temperature is maintained according to standard operating procedures.
6. Identify hazardous conditions	6.1. Hazards are identified and hazard control measures are implemented to maintain a safe work environment.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: setting up and operating heat treatment equipment applying heat treatment safely loading furnace(s)
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: work specifications material characteristics heat treatment applications, equipment and processes emergency procedures material preparation, quenching, preheating requirements material condition during heat treating process batch and/or piece loading of furnaces safe loading of furnaces hazards and control measures associated with heat treatment, including housekeeping use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to work safely with hot metals to carry out heat treatment of materials.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing heat treatment or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Equipment	Gas, electric, oil fired furnaces, vacuum furnace, induction heating, kilns, heated baths, salt baths, specialised tongs/tools and lifting equipment
Material	Plain carbon steels, alloy steels, non-ferrous
Preparation processes	Coatings and packings; preheating; soaking; quenching; tempering; annealing; normalising; carburizing; sintering

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Forging

MEM07001B Perform operational maintenance of machines/equipment

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers carrying out programmed safety and maintenance checks on machines/equipment.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit mainly applies in a manufacturing setting, where routine programmed operational maintenance to machines/equipment is required. It is not intended to be used where higher level maintenance activities are performed. Machines/equipment range includes manual, semi-automatic and automatic machines of a stand-alone continuous production or process nature. This unit should not be selected when any of the following are selected: Unit MEM18055B (Dismantle, replace and assemble engineering components), Unit MEM18006C (Repair and fit engineering components), Unit MEM07005C (Perform general machining). Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM18001C	Use hand tools

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Undertake programmed safety and maintenance checks	1.1. Checks are undertaken safely and to prescribed procedure. 1.2. Status/report is recorded on proforma or reported orally.
2. Undertake programmed maintenance	2.1. Removal/replacement of consumable components is undertaken to prescribed procedure and instructions are followed. 2.2. Fluids and lubricants are replaced and/or topped up to prescribed schedule.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: undertaking programmed safety and maintenance checks undertaking programmed operational maintenance entering routine and familiar information onto proformas and standard workplace forms following routine information on written procedures following oral instructions orally reporting routine information
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: programmed maintenance and safety check procedures for the specified machine/equipment recording/reporting requirements safe work practices and procedures hazards and control measures associated with operational maintenance of machines/equipment

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform operational maintenance of machines/equipment. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with operational maintenance of machines/equipment or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Machines/equipment	Manual, semi-automatic and automatic machines of a stand-alone continuous production or process nature
Checks	Programmed safety and maintenance checks Adjustments of a limited nature including safety guards, stops, wear pads and tool holders, nipping up glands and adjustment of scrapers and aprons
Consumable components	Air filters, oil wipers, grease containers, tool tips, indicator globes, fluids and lubricants, guides and limit switch actuators

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Machine and process operations

MEM07015B Set computer controlled machines/processes

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers mounting work holding fixtures/devices/tools, conducting pre-start checks, setting numerical and computer controlled machines, instructing the operator and replacing worn or damaged tooling.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The unit applies to the setting of any computer controlled machines/processes. Applications may include NC/CNC machines and industrial robots. Work is performed to established processes, practices, specifications and instructions as appropriate. Technical difficulties are resolved in consultation with appropriate technical advisers. For setting non-computer controlled machines or processes, refer to Unit MEM07003B (Perform machine setting [routine]). Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM07024B	Operate and monitor machine/process
MEM07028B	Operate computer controlled machine/processes
MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM07024B	Operate and monitor machine/process
Path 2	MEM07005C	Perform general machining
MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements
MEM18001C	Use hand tools

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Obtain job instructions	1.1. Job sheets or equivalent instructions are understood and correctly followed.
2. Mount work holding fixtures/devices/tools	2.1. Machine is prepared to accept work holding fixtures/devices/tools. 2.2. Preset tooling is mounted as required into machine/equipment. 2.3. Work holding fixtures/devices are set on machine as required using standard operating procedures. 2.4. Tool offset or datum settings are identified/verified against job sheet using standard operating procedures. 2.5. Program is loaded, selected and verified in accordance with job instructions.
3. Conduct pre-start checks	3.1. Pre-start checks are undertaken to standard operating procedures. 3.2. Correct safety procedures are observed and all safety equipment is checked for correct operation.
4. Set machine	4.1. Machine is set/adjusted to meet operational requirements and specifications. 4.2. Production samples are checked for compliance with specifications using standard operating procedures.
5. Instruct machine operator	5.1. Operator is instructed, if necessary, ensuring that all safety procedures and devices are in place.
6. Replace worn/damaged tooling	6.1. Where appropriate, preset tools are replaced, tool offsets are adjusted or other corrective action is taken using standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents planning and sequencing operations checking and clarifying task related information mounting work holding fixtures/devices/tooling mounting preset tooling verifying tool offsets and/or datum settings against job sheets or instructions loading and verifying programs conducting pre-start checks following safety procedures checking safety features and safety equipment for correct operation performing numerical operations and calculations/formulae within the scope of this unit setting and adjusting machines measuring and verifying first-off samples instructing machine operators on the sequence of operations identifying worn or damaged tooling and taking appropriate corrective action
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: work holding fixtures/devices/tools and preset tooling for different machines/processes procedures for mounting work holding fixtures/devices/tools location of work holding fixtures/devices/tools relative to the machine datum or zero reasons for establishing tool offsets the purpose of datum settings the source(s) of information on tool offsets and datum settings procedures to locate and load programs procedures for verifying loaded programs pre-start checks safety features of the machine/process the purpose and function of safety features and/or safety equipment machine/process setting procedures machine operating procedures adjustments that can be made to the machine/process the effect of adjustments on machine and operational specifications product or part specifications in relation to the machining process measuring devices for checking parts or products examples of worn or damaged tooling the effects of worn or damaged tooling the corrective action for worn or damaged tooling hazards and control measures associated with numerical and computer controlled machines, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to set computer controlled machines/processes. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with setting computer controlled machines/processes or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Machine and process operations

MEM07024B Operate and monitor machine/process

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers obtaining the job instruction, conducting the pre-start checks, and operating and monitoring the machine or process.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to a range of production operations or continuous processes. The work is performed in accordance with clear step-by-step instructions and procedures documented on job sheets or similar process instruction documents. Operational adjustments to the machine or process by the operator are made using external controls. Basic operation (excluding setting and tool adjustments) of CNC machines is covered by this unit. Where production packaging and labelling of the finished goods or product is required, Unit MEM11006B (Perform production packaging) should be considered. This unit should not be selected with any of the following units unless the skills of this unit are being applied to an additional and different type of machine and or process: Unit MEM04001B (Operate melting furnaces), Unit MEM04002B (Perform gravity die casting), Unit MEM04003B (Operate pressure die casting machine), Unit MEM04006B (Operate sand moulding and core making machines), Unit MEM06001B (Perform hand forging), Unit MEM06002B (Perform hammer forging), Unit MEM08001B (Perform wire, jig and barrel load/unload work), Unit MEM08004B (Finish work using wet, dry and vapour deposition methods), Unit MEM08008B (Operate and control surface finishing waste treatment process) Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Obtain job instructions	1.1. Job sheets or equivalent instructions are interpreted correctly.
2. Conduct pre-start checks	2.1. Pre-start checks are undertaken to standard operating procedure. 2.2. Safety procedures are observed and all safety equipment is checked for correct operation.
3. Operate machine/process	3.1. Machine/process is started up safely and correctly in accordance with standard operating procedures. 3.2. Machine/process is operated in accordance with job instructions or standard operating procedures. 3.3. Components/feed stock are loaded and maintained consistent with production requirements. 3.4. Machine/process output is unloaded safely to standard operating procedures, as required. 3.5. Machine/process output is handled and stored in a manner not likely to cause damage, as required. 3.6. Production data is recorded to standard operating procedures.
4. Monitor machine/process	4.1. Machine/process is monitored for safe and correct operation, deviations and faults are identified and reported in accordance with standard operating procedures. 4.2. Emergency procedures are understood and followed in accordance with standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: following job sheets, standard operating procedures and other applicable workplace forms manual handling following oral instructions entering routine and familiar information onto proformas and standard workplace forms orally reporting routine information identifying deviations and faults in machine operation/process
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: pre-start checks machine/process start-up and unloading procedures component/feed stock levels to ensure continuous process production recording and reporting requirements types of product fault/deviations consequences of improper handling and storing of finished work procedures to be followed in emergency situations use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures hazards and control measures associated with operating and monitoring machine/process

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to obtain the job instruction, conduct the pre-start checks, and operate and monitor the machine or process.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with operating and monitoring machine/process or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Pre-start checks	Condition of machine before operation
Machine/process	Machines and processes used in pressing, punching, plastic moulding, extruding, bending, joining, rolling, forming, drawing, metal removal, pickling, cylinder filling, printing, painting etc.
Production data	Production schedules, job sheets, checklists

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Machine and process operations

MEM07028B Operate computer controlled machines/processes

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers obtaining the job instructions, conducting the pre-start checks, and operating and monitoring the computer controlled machine or process.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to a range of NC, CNC and robot operated machines or processes in a production environment. Work is performed to established processes, practices, specifications and instructions as appropriate. Technical difficulties are resolved in consultation with appropriate technical advisers. An appropriate level of measurement skill should be selected with this unit. Where it is required to use tools, then Unit MEM18001C (Use hand tools) should also be selected. Where basic operation excludes setting and tool adjustment skills, then Unit MEM07024B (Operate and monitor machine/process) should be selected. When operational maintenance is required, unit MEM07001B (Perform operational maintenance of machines/equipment) should be selected. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM07024B	Operate and monitor machine/process

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Obtain job instructions	1.1. Job sheets or equivalent instructions are understood and correctly followed.
2. Conduct pre-start checks	2.1. Pre-start checks are undertaken to standard operating procedures. 2.2. Correct safety procedures are observed and all safety equipment is checked for correct operation.
3. Operate computer controlled machine/process	3.1. Installed computer controlled program is selected and verified in accordance with job instructions. 3.2. Computer controlled machine is operated safely to product specifications using standard operating procedures. 3.3. Machine malfunctions are identified and reported. 3.4. Production samples are checked for compliance to specification using standard operating procedures.
4. Monitor machine/process	4.1. Tool wear is monitored and, where appropriate, preset tools are replaced, tool offsets are identified in computer controlled program and adjusted, or other corrective action is taken using standard operating procedures. 4.2. Product deviation from specification is reported in accordance with standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents planning and sequencing operations checking and clarifying task related information making pre-start checks checking safety equipment and guards for correct operation following safety procedures selecting and verifying the correct computer controlled program operating the computer controlled machine identifying and reporting machine malfunctions checking parts/products for conformance to specification monitoring the machine or process for signs of tool wear taking corrective action reporting part or product deviations from specification
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: pre-start checks safety equipment and features associated with the machine/process safety procedures associated with the machine/process procedures for accessing computer controlled programs installed in the machine controller procedures for verifying the correct computer controlled program computer controlled machine operating procedures typical machine malfunctions procedures for reporting machine malfunctions measuring instruments/techniques examples of tool wear and the effect on product or part specifications procedures to be followed once tool wear has been detected replacing preset tools adjustments to tool offsets the effect of adjustments on part or product specifications procedures for reporting product or part deviations hazards and control measures associated with operating computer controlled machines/processes, including housekeeping safe workplace practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to operate computer controlled machine/processes. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with operating computer controlled machine/processes or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Machine and process operations

MEM08002C Pre-treat work for subsequent surface coating

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers pre-treating common ferrous and non-ferrous work.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to pre-treatment of common ferrous and non-ferrous work for finishing by a wide variety of processes, such as wet coating, powder coating, electroplating, anodising, electroless plating, electrophoretic coating and hot dip metallising. In the pre-treatment process, adjustments to apparatus/equipment/controls include temperature settings, current/voltage and solution compositions. This unit should not be selected if Unit MEM08003C (Perform electroplating operations) has already been selected. Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM13003B	Work safely with industrial chemicals and materials

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify job material	1.1. Common metals, alloys and non-metals can be identified.
2. Identify job surface condition	2.1. Common surface soils and conditions can be identified.
3. Perform pre-treatment processes in correct sequence	3.1. Pre-treatment processes are carried out to standard operating procedures. 3.2. Pre-treatment process parameters are monitored to ensure they remain within specified limits.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading and following routine and familiar information on standard operating procedures recognising common surface soils and conditions from given samples carrying out appropriate pre-treatment processes monitoring and maintaining the pre-treatment process parameters within specified limits following verbal instructions orally reporting routine information
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: characteristics of common metals, alloys and non-metals and procedures and techniques for identifying them common surface soils and conditions procedures for identifying the type(s) of soil on surfaces to be finished simple tests that can be used to assist in identifying surface soils and conditions pre-treatment processes applicable to a range of materials, surface soils and conditions procedures for carrying out pre-treatment processes parameters and procedures for monitoring pre-treatment processes hazards and control measures associated with pre-treatment use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to pre-treat common ferrous and non-ferrous materials. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with pre-treating common ferrous and non-ferrous materials or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Common metals	Steel, copper, brass, zinc, cast iron, stainless steel
Surface soils and conditions	Oils, greases, drawing compounds, cutting lubricants, buffing lubricants, rust and scale
Pre-treatment processes	Solvent degreasing, alkaline cleaning, pickling, acid dipping
Process parameters	Temperature, time, currents, solution concentrate

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Surface finishing

MEM08007B Control surface finish production and finished product quality

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers applying the principles of quality assurance, applying research and quality information to the production process, and performing quality tests to industry standards.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to lifting and moving material manually and by basic mechanical handling devices/aids in a wide range of environments. Analyses are confined to the use of basic instruments such as pH meters, hydrometers, stalagmometers, laboratory balances. Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Apply principles of quality assurance	1.1. Quality assurance standards are applied to enterprise specifications.
2. Apply research or quality data to production process	2.1. Liaison is undertaken with in-house/external control laboratories. 2.2. Data is correctly interpreted and process changes are recommended. 2.3. Process changes are effectively implemented. 2.4. Laboratory/research data is used to determine and make changes/corrections to processes.
3. Perform quality tests to industry standards	3.1. Quality testing is performed as required to standard operating procedures and industry standards.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading and interpreting quality assurance standards, test data other applicable reference documents liaising between the production section and the control laboratory checking and clarifying information using effective communication skills and terminology for conveying and discussing task-related information determining and recommending process changes using tests to calculate process parameters on the basis of test and production data collected using appropriate tests, testing equipment and techniques to test the surface coating for conformance with specification
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: enterprise and industry quality assurance standards that apply to surface finish production and product quality the role of the control laboratory and procedures for liaising with internal/external control laboratories surface finish specifications characteristics of deviations of test/production data and their causes the procedures, calculations and formulae for determining process parameters the effect of varying process parameters on the specification of the surface finish surface coating tests and the procedures, equipment and techniques necessary to carry out those tests hazards and control measures within the scope of this unit use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures manual handling techniques

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to control surface finish production and finished product quality.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with controlling surface finish production and finished product quality or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Quality testing	Tests for hardness, adhesion, deposit stress, thickness, corrosion, resistance and appearance by checking coating thickness, appearance, corrosion resistance, adhesions, deposit stress

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Surface finishing

MEM08011B Prepare surfaces using solvents and/or mechanical means

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers selecting the appropriate preparation process, selecting and setting up the equipment, undertaking blasting or application of solvents as required, and checking the finished surface.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to surface preparation in new surfaces and in restoration work. Application of surface preparations can apply to metal and non-metal materials. Work is undertaken autonomously or as part of a team environment to established predetermined processes, practices and specifications including environmental requirements. All work and work practices are undertaken to regulatory and legislative requirements. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM13003B	Work safely with industrial chemicals and materials
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine job requirements	1.1. Surface preparation requirements are determined from job sheet, instructions or other predetermined specifications in accordance with standard operating procedures. 1.2. Where required, appropriate solvent and solvent application are selected to meet job specification. 1.3. Where required, appropriate mechanical equipment is selected to meet job specification. 1.4. Work site is prepared for surface cleaning activities.
2. Set up equipment	2.1. Appropriate equipment and any required consumables are assembled, set up and prepared correctly and safely in accordance with manufactures' specifications and standard operating procedures.
3. Prepare surfaces using solvents as required	3.1. Safe working environment for solvent use is established according to regulatory requirements and standard operating procedures. 3.2. Solvents are applied correctly. 3.3. Treated surface is neutralised and made safe to handle.
4. Prepare surfaces using mechanical means as required	4.1. Safe working environment for mechanical surface preparation is established according to regulatory requirements and standard operating procedures. 4.2. Surfaces are prepared using mechanical means. 4.3. Mechanical equipment is cleaned and checked for damage and operational faults, in accordance with standard operating procedures. 4.4. Equipment faults are recorded and reported in accordance with standard operating procedures.
5. Inspect prepared surface	5.1. Surface preparation is checked for cleanliness and conformance to specifications. 5.2. Faults or defects are rectified where required and recorded/reported in accordance with standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: planning and sequencing operations preparing surfaces using solvents as required preparing surfaces using mechanical means setting up equipment and consumables meeting all safety requirements using solvents correctly neutralising solvents using mechanical equipment to prepare surface maintaining mechanical equipment recording and reporting of faults inspecting prepared surface rectifying work performed checking for conformance to specifications reading and interpreting routine information on written job instructions, specifications and standard operating procedures following oral instructions applying measurement skills needed to meet the requirements of this unit entering routine and familiar information onto proformas and standard workplace forms
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: common surface contaminates, conditions reasons for selecting solvents mechanical equipment required procedure for setting up equipment specifications applying to the surface to be prepared methods for neutralising solvents tools, equipment, abrasives and other materials procedures for maintaining/storing mechanical equipment procedures for recording/reporting faulty equipment procedures checking prepared surfaces rectification techniques use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures relevant hazards and control measures related to the competency

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to select the appropriate preparation process, select and set up the equipment, undertake mechanical preparation or application of solvents as required and inspect the finished surface. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with surface preparation using solvents and/or mechanical means, or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Surface preparation	New surfaces and restoration work
Solvents	A range of cleaning chemicals including acids, chlorinated solvents and hydrocarbons
Solvent application methods	Spraying, wiping, brushing, vapour degreasing etc.
Mechanical equipment	Linishers, grinders, polishers, sanders, blast device, enclosures, air grinders etc.
Consumables	Emery cloth/belts, grinding/sanding disks, grinding accessories etc.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Surface finishing

MEM08012B Prepare surfaces by abrasive blasting (basic)

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers performing a basic level of skill in surface preparation by abrasive blasting.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to surface preparation/cleaning on both ferrous and non-ferrous masonry and cementatious materials/components. Reference is made to supplier information and specifications as well as accepted and appropriate Australian and international standards. The majority of work is in a team environment and uses predetermined procedures and standards for safety and quality with all work and work practices undertaken to regulatory and legislative requirements. Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM08016B	Control blast coating by-products, materials and emissions
MEM13003B	Work safely with industrial chemicals and materials

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine job requirements	1.1. Work requirements are determined from job sheet, instructions or other predetermined specifications in accordance with standard operating procedures. 1.2. Appropriate abrasive blasting process, equipment and blasting media are identified to meet job specification. 1.3. Work site is prepared for surface cleaning activities.
2. Set up equipment	2.1. Appropriate equipment and any required consumables are assembled, set up and prepared correctly and safely in accordance with manufactures' specifications and standard operating procedures. 2.2. Correct rust inhibitor for use in wet abrasive blast methods is selected where required. 2.3. Pre-operational checks are carried out on equipment and faults and are rectified or reported for further action.
3. Prepare surfaces using abrasive blasting	3.1. Blasting equipment is operated in accordance with standard operating procedures. 3.2. Emergency shut-down procedures can be undertaken. 3.3. Work procedures are undertaken to appropriate environmental requirements. 3.4. Abrasive media disposal is carried out in accordance with standard operating procedures. 3.5. Blasting equipment is cleaned and disassembled and inspected in accordance with manufacturers' specifications and standard operating procedures. 3.6. Equipment faults are recorded and reported in accordance with standard operating procedures.
4. Inspect prepared surface	4.1. Surface preparation is assessed for cleanliness and conformance with specifications. 4.2. Faults or defects are rectified where required and inspection results are recorded and reported in accordance with standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: planning and sequencing operations undertaking numerical operations within the scope of this unit selecting blasting equipment and media setting up equipment and consumables selecting rust inhibitor conducting pre-operational checks preparing surfaces using abrasive blasting disposing of abrasive media maintaining blasting equipment identifying, recording and reporting of faults inspecting prepared surface performing rectification work checking for conformance to specifications
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: reason for selecting the chosen sequence of operations blasting equipment and media required equipment, consumables for various methods importance of using an appropriate rust inhibitor process for undertaking pre-operational checks procedures or using abrasive blasting equipment procedures for abrasive media disposal procedures for maintaining and storing blasting equipment recording/reporting procedures; faulty equipment checking prepared surfaces rectification techniques safe work practices and procedures hazards and control measures related to abrasive blasting

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to prepare surfaces by abrasive blasting (at a basic level). Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both. Where assessment occurs off the job, i.e. the candidate is not in productive work, an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with preparing surfaces by abrasive blasting (basic) or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Blasting processes	Surface preparation using propelled abrasives including water, air steam, grits and blasting mediums
Blasting media	Abrasives, shot, glass beads, sand, steel shot, garnet, and other mediums accepted by industry and all regulatory bodies
Rust inhibitor	A substance which, when added to a corrosive liquid in small amounts, reduces the rate of corrosion
Blasting equipment	Electric and diesel compressors, blast pots, blast rooms, centrifugal blast machines, water pressure washers to 35,000 kpa, air hoses and nozzles, and specified hand and power tools, etc.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field

MEM08013B Prepare surfaces by abrasive blasting (advanced)

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers performing an advanced level of skill in surface preparation using abrasive blasting.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit is designed to be used where an advanced level of skill is desired in surface preparation using abrasive blasting. The operation and maintenance of compressed air systems and associated items, including emergency shut-down procedures, is included. Work is undertaken autonomously or as part of a team environment using accepted standards for safety, quality and procedures. All work and work practices are undertaken to regulatory and legislative requirements. Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM08012B	Prepare surfaces by abrasive blasting (basic)
MEM08016B	Control blast coating by-products, materials and emissions
MEM13003B	Work safely with industrial chemicals and materials

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine job requirements	1.1. Work requirements are determined from job sheet, instructions or other specifications in accordance with standard operating procedures. 1.2. Appropriate abrasive blasting process and equipment are selected to meet job specification. 1.3. Appropriate abrasive blasting media and equipment are selected to meet job specification. 1.4. Work site is prepared for surface cleaning activities.
2. Set up equipment	2.1. Appropriate equipment and any required consumables are assembled, set up and prepared correctly and safely in accordance with manufacturers' specifications and standard operating procedures. 2.2. Correct rust inhibitor for use in wet abrasive blast methods is selected where required. 2.3. Pre-operational checks are carried out on equipment and faults and are rectified or reported for further action.
3. Inspect surface prior to cleaning	3.1. Work piece is inspected prior to cleaning in accordance with standard operating procedures. 3.2. Identified faults/defects requiring remedial or pre-treatment action are reported as required.
4. Prepare surfaces using abrasive blasting	4.1. Blasting equipment is operated in accordance with standard operating procedures. 4.2. Emergency shut-down procedures can be carried out. 4.3. Work procedures are undertaken to appropriate environmental requirements. 4.4. Abrasive media disposal is carried out in accordance with standard operating procedures. 4.5. Blasting equipment is cleaned and disassembled and inspected in accordance with manufacturers' specifications and standard operating procedures. 4.6. Equipment faults are recorded and reported in accordance with standard operating procedures.
5. Inspect prepared surface	5.1. Surface preparation is assessed for cleanliness and conformance with specifications. 5.2. Faults or defects are rectified where required and inspection results are recorded and reported in accordance with standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: preparing and sequencing operational work plan selecting blasting process and equipment selecting appropriate blasting media setting up equipment undertaking surface inspection prior to cleaning reading and interpreting routine information on written job instructions, specifications and standard operating procedures. following verbal instructions orally reporting routine information identifying faults and defects checking and clarifying task-related information checking for conformance to specifications
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: calculations and numerical operations within the scope of this unit blasting media features equipment for the selected method inspection procedures procedures for using abrasive blasting equipment procedures for abrasive media disposal safe work practices and procedures hazards and control measures associated with preparing surfaces by abrasive blasting, including housekeeping

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to prepare surfaces by abrasive blasting (at an advanced level). Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with preparing surfaces by abrasive blasting (advanced) or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Blasting process	Wet, dry, vacuum automatic rotary, centrifugal and water blasting (including HP and UHP)
Blasting media	Garnet, ilmenite, slags, steel grit, steel shot, water, glass bead and soda
Equipment	Blast nozzles, compressors, blast and helmet ventilation, air hoses, blast pots, nozzles, safety equipment etc.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Surface finishing

MEM08014B Apply protective coatings (basic)

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers spraying pre-treatments and protective coatings not limited to brush, roller and conventional spray equipment, at a basic level.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit is designed to be used where a basic level of skill is required. It covers single and two-pack coatings not containing isocyanates. Work is undertaken autonomously or as part of a team environment using predetermined standards of safety, quality and operating procedures. Specific health and safety matters include interpretation of MSDS warnings, materials sensitivity, hazardous goods, breathable air and introduction of compressed air into the body. Specific understanding is required of given supplier information and product details. Reference is made to supplier information and specifications as well as accepted and appropriate Australian and international standards. Where isocyanates are present, Unit MEM08015B (Apply protective coatings [advanced]) should be selected. Where required, Unit MEM11004B (Undertake dogging) and Unit MEM11010B (Operate mobile load shifting equipment) should also be selected. Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM13003B	Work safely with industrial chemicals and materials

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine job requirements	1.1. Work requirements are determined from job sheet, instructions, drawings or visual inspection. 1.2. Required protective coating materials are identified according to job specification. 1.3. Required protective coating application equipment is identified according to job requirements. 1.4. Work site is prepared for application of protective coating.
2. Work piece prepared for application of protective coating	2.1. Surface condition is inspected for readiness for application of protective coating according to specification. 2.2. Unsuitable work pieces/surfaces and fabrication defects are identified and appropriate remedial action or reporting is undertaken in accordance with standard operating procedures. 2.3. Components are masked where protective coating application is not specified. 2.4. Conditions for overspray are identified.
3. Equipment prepared for application of surface coating materials	3.1. Required plant and equipment basic operations are understood. 3.2. Routine maintenance is undertaken on plant and equipment in accordance with standard operating procedures. 3.3. Status/reports are recorded by proforma or orally in accordance with standard operating procedures. 3.4. Conventional coating application equipment is assembled in accordance with equipment requirements and standard operating procedures.
4. Apply single pack coatings	4.1. Coating product type, solvent, uses, mixing procedure, clean-up and safety requirements are identified as appropriate. 4.2. Correct method of determining wet film thickness in accordance with specified dry film is demonstrated. 4.3. Coating material is thinned to suit the application method and to achieve required film thickness. 4.4. Coating is applied using specified application method and standard operating procedures. 4.5. Coating schedules can be outlined for metal and non-metal materials. 4.6. Coating application and curing technique are monitored according to standard operating procedures.
5. Clean and store equipment	5.1. Conventional coating application equipment is cleaned, disassembled and inspected for damage. 5.2. Faulty equipment is recorded and reported to appropriate personnel in accordance with standard operating procedures. 5.3. Coating application equipment is stored in accordance with standard operating procedures.
6. Inspect finish surface	6.1. Surface finish is assessed for profile size differences and uses. 6.2. Coating thickness is determined using appropriate instruments and results are compared with job specifications. 6.3. Total surface is inspected for conformance to specification in accordance with standard operating procedures. 6.4. Inspection results are recorded and reported in accordance with standard operating procedures.
7. Select and maintain personal protective equipment (PPE)	7.1. Appropriate personal protective equipment for coating application is selected according to job requirements and standard operating procedures. 7.2. Personal protective equipment is used appropriately in accordance with manufacturers' specifications and standard operating procedures. 7.3. Ancillary support attachments are identified and used. 7.4. Personal protective equipment is maintained in accordance with manufacturers' specification and standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: obtaining all relevant drawings, job sheets, specifications and instructions in accordance with workplace procedures considering all relevant information and job requirements preparing site with due regard to OH&S requirements including site safety, clear working space, other materials/structures/personnel in the vicinity, isolation of work site where required undertaking comprehensive inspection and considering specifications during inspection using standard workplace procedures to identify, select and apply the appropriate treatment or actions to rectify items with surface or fabrication defects identifying surface required as 'no paint areas' and protecting these using standard masking procedures and techniques undertaking precautions to prevent overspray in the workplace using standard procedures undertaking routine maintenance on plant and equipment in accordance with standard operating procedures preparing all required maintenance records/reports and details communicated assembling equipment in accordance with manufacturers' specifications and standard operating procedures identifying coating type and appropriate solvents and standard workplace procedures required for mixing processes, clean-up and safe handling using workplace procedures for determining the wet film thicknesses of a coating from the specified dry film thickness calculating required thickness in accordance with product volume solids applying standard operating procedures for thinning coating materials and applying the specified film thickness coating to a substrate applying protective coating to comply with an established standard using specified methods and standard operating procedures controlling coating application and curing techniques using standard operating procedures undertaking disassembly, cleaning and checking for functionality of spraying equipment and associated items in accordance with standard operating procedures using standard operating procedures to report on any damage or faulty parts and communicating with appropriate personnel following procedure for storage including any hazard reduction and/or protection of equipment and components checking surface condition of the work piece, including profile size properties and problems according to standard operating procedures and other acceptable standards determining thickness using mechanical, electronic or other appropriate instruments and testing results compared with job specifications, drawings etc. undertaking comprehensive inspection as required by standard operating procedures preparing all required inspection records/reports and details communicated selecting personal protective equipment suitable for applying protective coatings using appropriate personal protective equipment in workplace operations in accordance with standard procedures selecting the appropriate supports to use with personal protective equipment in standard operational practices checking personal protective equipment items for serviceability in accordance with manufacturers' specifications recording and reporting faulty items to appropriate personnel using standard workplace procedures
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: work to be undertaken and specifications applying to the work correct interpretation of all relevant information safety issues, adequate precautions, awareness of other site factors that could be affected by the work deviation from specified surface finish/condition standard workplace procedures for identifying unsuitable work items method of locating areas to be protected from coating process and masked the areas subject to overspray and requiring protection operation of plant and equipment using standard operating procedures standard operating procedures for plant and equipment maintenance the requirements for completion and processing of maintenance reports assembly specifications and procedures workplace procedures for identifying coating types and processing solvents, mixing and safe handling practices the workplace procedures for determining the wet film thickness of a coating from the specified dry film thickness calculations using a specified formulation standard operating procedure for thinning coating materials for use in applying the specified film thickness coating to a substrate standard operating procedures to apply protective coatings to comply with an established standard procedures for controlling coating application and curing techniques standard operating procedure for disassembly, cleaning and checking standard operating procedures for recording and reporting defective parts standard operating procedures for storage and protection of equipment standard operating procedures and other relevant standards for assessing the profile of the surface finish dry film thickness testing instruments standard operating procedures for surface inspection, including the extent and detail of inspection as required requirements for completion and processing of inspection reports standard procedure for identifying and selecting the required personal protective equipment the workplace standard procedure for the use of personal protective equipment the use and selection of appropriate supports to use with personal protective equipment in standard operational practices standard procedures and manufacturers' specifications for inspecting and maintaining personal protective equipment in the workplace hazard and control measures associated with applying protective coatings (basic) including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply protective coatings (basic). Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with applying protective coatings (basic) or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Personal protective equipment	Includes hand protection, full body protection, respirators, air fed hoods and foot protection. Noise and heat protection may also be necessary

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Surface finishing

MEM08015B Apply protective coatings (advanced)

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit applies to spraying pre-treatments and protective coatings including conventional, two pack, plural component.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit is for use when an advanced level of skill is required. It includes inspection and interpretation of the results using all current industry knowledge and equipment. Test equipment included but not limited to Holiday and Pin Hole testing, wet and dry film thickness gauges, temperature, relative humidity and dew point, hardness, gloss, adhesion and cure testing and soluble salts. Reference is made to supplier information and specifications as well as accepted and appropriate Australian and international standards. All work and work practices undertaken to regulatory and legislative requirements. For application of basic single and two pack coatings not containing isocyanates, Unit MEM08014B (Apply protective coatings [basic]) should be selected. Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM08014B	Apply protective coatings (basic)
MEM13003B	Work safely with industrial chemicals and materials

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine job requirements	1.1. Work requirements are determined from job sheet, instructions or other specifications in accordance with standard operating procedures. 1.2. Appropriate coating system and material is selected to meet job specification. 1.3. Appropriate coating process and equipment is selected to meet job specification. 1.4. Work site is prepared for surface coating activities.
2. Work piece prepared for application of protective coating	2.1. Surface condition is inspected for readiness for application of protective coating according to specification. 2.2. Unsuitable work pieces/surfaces and fabrication defects are identified and appropriate remedial action or reporting is undertaken in accordance with standard operating procedures. 2.3. Components are masked where protective coating application is not specified. 2.4. Conditions for overspray are identified.
3. Equipment is prepared for application of surface coating materials	3.1. Required plant and equipment basic operations are understood. 3.2. Routine maintenance is undertaken on plant and equipment in accordance with standard operating procedures. 3.3. Status/reports are recorded by proforma or orally in accordance with standard operating procedures. 3.4. Coating application equipment is assembled in accordance with equipment requirements and standard operating procedures. 3.5. Personal protective equipment is selected and maintained in accordance with manufacturers' specifications and standard operating procedures.
4. Apply coatings using conventional, airless and plural component equipment	4.1. Coating product type, solvent, uses, mixing procedure, clean-up and safety requirements are identified as appropriate. 4.2. Correct method of determining wet film thickness in accordance with specified dry film is demonstrated. 4.3. Coating material is thinned to suit the application method and to achieve required film thickness. 4.4. Coating is applied using specified application method and standard operating procedures. 4.5. Coating application and curing technique is monitored according to standard operating procedures.
5. Clean and store equipment	5.1. Coating application equipment is cleaned, disassembled and inspected for damage. 5.2. Faulty equipment is recorded and reported to appropriate personnel in accordance with standard operating procedures. 5.3. Coating application equipment is stored in accordance with standard operating procedures.
6. Inspect finished surface	6.1. Surface finish is assessed for profile size differences and uses. 6.2. Coating thickness is determined using appropriate instruments and results are compared with job specifications. 6.3. Total surface is inspected for conformance to specification in accordance with standard operating procedures. 6.4. Inspection results are recorded and reported in accordance with standard operating procedures.
7. Calculate, estimate and cost application of protective coating	7.1. Surface area of work piece, materials, labour and equipment are assessed. 7.2. Cost of materials, labour, handling and equipment are determined. 7.3. Results are recorded and reported as an estimate for the application of a protective coating system.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: obtaining all relevant drawings, job sheets, specifications and instructions in accordance with work place procedures where appropriate, inspecting the surface(s) to be coated by the individual selecting correct coating system and material for the job surface and use selecting correct coating process and equipment for applying the selected coating material preparing site with due regard to OH&S requirements including site safety, clear working space, other materials/structures/personnel in the vicinity, isolation of work site where required using standard workplace procedures to identify, select and apply the appropriate treatment or actions to rectify items with surface or fabrication defects identifying surfaces required as 'no paint areas' and protecting these using standard masking procedures and techniques undertaking precautions to prevent overspray in the workplace using standard procedures undertaking routine maintenance on plant and equipment in accordance with standard operating procedures preparing all required maintenance records/reports and communicating details assembling equipment in accordance with manufacturers' specifications and standard operating procedures selecting appropriate personal protective equipment and maintaining this in accordance with job requirements, manufacturers' specifications, OH&S requirements and standard operating procedures inspecting work piece and identifying any faults in accordance with standard operating procedures using workplace procedures for determining the wet film thickness of a coating from the specified dry film thickness calculating required thickness in accordance with product volume solids applying standard operating procedures for thinning coating materials and applying the specified film thickness coating to a substrate applying protective coating to comply with an established standard using specified methods and standard operating procedures controlling coating application and curing techniques using standard operating procedures undertaking disassembly, cleaning and checking for functionality of spraying equipment and associated items in accordance with standard operating procedures using standard operating procedures to report on any damage or faulty parts and communicating with appropriate personnel following procedure for storage including any hazard reduction and/or protection of equipment and components checking surface condition of the work piece, including profile size properties and problems according to standard operating procedures and other acceptable standards determining thickness using mechanical, electronic or other appropriate instruments comparing test results with job specifications, drawings etc. undertaking inspection comprehensively as required by standard operating procedures preparing all required inspection records/reports and communicating details using appropriate inspection and assessment methods undertaking calculations in accordance with standard operating procedures and specifications recording and reporting calculated costs in accordance with standard operating procedures
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: work to be undertaken specifications applying to the work appropriate coating system and material required to meet job specification features of the various types of coating materials, including drying and curing requirements selection procedures for coating material appropriate coating process and equipment required for surface coating to meet job specification application features of the various types of coating materials and methods selection procedures for coating process and equipment, including conventional, airless and plural component awareness of other site factors that could be affected by the work deviation from specified surface finish/condition standard workplace procedures for identifying unsuitable work items method of locating areas to be protected from coating process and masked the areas subject to overspray and requiring protection operation of plant and equipment using standard operating procedures standard operating procedures for routine maintenance of plant end equipment requirements for completion and processing maintenance reports procedure for selecting and maintaining personal protective equipment inspection procedure unsuitable work pieces in consideration of job specifications the workplace procedures for determining wet film thickness of a coating from the specified dry film thickness calculations using a specified formulation standard operating procedures for thinning coating materials for use in applying the specified film thickness coating to a substrate standard operating procedures to apply protective coatings to comply with an established standard the procedures for controlling coating application and curing techniques standard operating procedure for disassembly, cleaning and checking standard operating procedures for recording and reporting defective parts standard operating procedures for storage and protection of equipment standard operating procedures and other relevant standards for assessing the profile of the surface finish dry film thickness testing instruments standard operating procedures for surface inspection, including the extent and detail of inspection as required the requirements for completion and processing of inspection reports the standard methods and procedures for determining surface area of various shapes of materials standard procedures for calculating costs the standard operating procedures for recording and reporting calculated costs hazard and control measures associated with applying protective coatings (advanced), including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply protective coatings (advanced). Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with applying protective coatings (advanced) or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Surface finishing

MEM08016B Control blast coating by-products, materials and emissions

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers identifying, evaluating and controlling blaster coating by-products, materials and emissions.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to common containment practices and regulatory waste removal processes, documentation and implementation related to blaster coating by-products, materials and emissions in accordance with regulatory and legislative requirements. Band: A Unit Weight: 1

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM13003B	Work safely with industrial chemicals and materials

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Apply specific health and safety considerations to surface preparation	1.1. Products, hazardous materials and processes used in blaster cleaning and coating operations are identified. 1.2. Safety procedures appropriate to the work requirements are applied. 1.3. Unsafe working conditions are identified and reported to appropriate personnel.
2. Control by-products, materials and emissions	2.1. By-products, materials and emissions are contained using established procedures. 2.2. By-products, materials and emissions are monitored and directed to appropriate treatment or storage area. 2.3. Monitoring devices are checked for correct/continuous operation. 2.4. Status/reports are recorded and reported.
3. Dispose of by-product, materials and emissions	3.1. Waste treatment processes are applied in accordance with standard operating procedures. 3.2. Treatment processes are carried out in accordance with standard operating procedures and to meet relevant authority waste requirements.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: collecting, storing and removing samples of by-products monitoring and transferring by-product and emissions checking monitoring devices implementing waste treatment process recording and reporting of all results collecting, storing, removing and sampling by-products
Required knowledge
Required knowledge Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: products, hazardous materials and processes within the scope of this unit regulatory and legislative requirements relating to control of blast coating by-products, materials and emissions procedures for collecting samples by-product collection equipment operation methods waste control monitoring equipment and procedures waste treatment processes requirements and procedures for recording and reporting process status reports hazards and control measures associated with controlling blast coating by-products, materials and emissions use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with controlling blast coating by-products, materials and emissions or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Method of assessment	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Products, hazardous materials and processes	All products, hazardous materials and processes that are subject to codes and/or regulations in use
Monitoring devices	pH meters, probes
Waste treatment processes	Neutralisation, metals precipitation, solid separation-gravity/centrifuging

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Surface finishing

MEM09002B Interpret technical drawing

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers interpreting technical drawing applying to any of the full range of engineering disciplines.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	Technical drawings may utilise perspective, exploded views or hidden view techniques. Drawings are provided to Australian Standard 1100 and/or Australian Standard 1102 and their equivalents from the full range of engineering disciplines. Standard symbols to Australian Standard 1100 and/or Australian Standard 1102 or equivalent are recognised in field of employment. Technical drawings may include symbol glossaries. Where any drawing, sketch, chart, diagram is only used as the technique for communication, then this unit does not apply: see Unit MEM12023A (perform engineering measurements) or Unit MEM16006A (Organise and communicate information). Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Select correct technical drawing	1.1. Drawing is checked and validated against job requirements or equipment. 1.2. Drawing version is checked and validated.
2. Interpret technical drawing	2.1. Components, assemblies or objects are recognised as required. 2.2. Dimensions are identified as appropriate to field of employment. 2.3. Instructions are identified and followed as required. 2.4. Material requirements are identified as required. 2.5. Symbols are recognised in the drawing as appropriate.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: checking the drawing against job requirements/related equipment in accordance with standard operating procedures confirming the drawing version as being current in accordance with standard operating procedures where appropriate, obtaining the current version of the drawing in accordance with standard operating procedures reading, interpreting information on the drawing, written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists and other applicable reference documents checking and clarifying task related information undertaking numerical operations, geometry and calculations/formulae within the scope of this unit
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: application of AS1100.101 in accordance with standard operating procedures relationship between the views contained in the drawing objects represented in the drawing units of measurement used in the preparation of the drawing dimensions of the key features of the objects depicted in the drawing understanding of the instructions contained in the drawing the actions to be undertaken in response to those instructions the materials from which the object(s) are made any symbols used in the drawing as described in range statement hazard and control measures associated with interpreting technical drawings, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to interpret technical drawings as described.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with interpreting technical drawings or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Interpret technical drawing	AS1100.101 is an extensive work and the candidate is not required to have complete familiarity with all its contents, the application of AS1100 would usually be in line with standard operating procedures; interpretation may require guidance particularly in respect to any geometric tolerancing

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Drawing, drafting and design

MEM09005B Perform basic engineering detail drafting

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers producing drawings to Australian Standard 1100 or equivalent where the critical dimensions and associated tolerances and design specifications are predetermined.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	Manual drafting or drawing equipment is used or where a CAD (Computer Aided Design) system is used, Unit MEM09009C (Create 2D drawings using computer aided design system) and/or Unit MEM09010C (Create 3D models using computer aided design system) should also be considered. Band: A Unit Weight: 8

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM09003B	Prepare basic engineering drawing

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare assembly, layout and detail drafting	1.1. Drawings are prepared in plane orthogonal, isometric projection or equivalent including auxiliary views and sections to Australian Standard 1100. 1.2. Layout, assembly and component drawings are prepared from specification. 1.3. Drawings are dimensioned and labelled using supplied tolerances in accordance with Australian Standard 1100. 1.4. Drawings are produced to specification in accordance with standard operating procedures. 1.5. Standard symbols to Australian Standard 1100 or equivalent are used to specify requirements.
2. Determine component and/or material requirement	2.1. Components and/or materials are selected from supplier/manufacturers' catalogues using design specifications.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: preparing drawings using appropriate projections and views in accordance with AS1100 or equivalent, see above note in the range statement producing layout, assembly and component drawings in conformance with specification inserting all relevant dimensions, tolerances and instructions in the drawing producing drawings to specification appropriately using standard symbols in accordance with AS1100 or equivalent in the drawings produced obtaining component specifications in accordance with work place procedures reading, interpreting and following information written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents planning and sequencing operations checking and clarifying task related information checking for conformance to specifications undertaking numerical operations, geometry and calculations/formulae within the scope of this unit
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: appropriate projection for the drawing purpose reasons for selecting the chosen projection reasons for including auxiliary views in drawings requirements of AS1100 or equivalent with respect to dimensions, tolerances and labels procedures for producing component, layout and/or assembly drawings drawing specifications common symbols used in drawings to AS1100 or equivalent design specifications of the component appropriate components and materials from supplier/manufacturers' catalogues reasons for selecting the chosen components and/or materials safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform basic engineering detail drafting. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with basic engineering detail drafting or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Australian Standard 1100	AS1100.100 is an extensive work and its application would usually be in line with standard operating procedures; interpretation would be under guidance particularly in respect to any geometric tolerancing

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Drawing, drafting and design

MEM09006B Perform advanced engineering detail drafting

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers producing assembly, layout and detail drawings to Australian Standard 1100 or equivalent.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	Skills covered by this unit are applied individually or in a team environment where comprehensive responsibility for the production of the drawing is exercised, and critical dimensions and associated tolerances are determined where required. Manual drafting and drawing equipment is used or where a CAD (Computer Aided Design) system is used, Unit MEM09009C (Create 2D drawings using computer aided design system) and/or Unit MEM09010C (Create 3D models using computer aided design system) should also be considered. Band: B Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM09003B	Prepare basic engineering drawing
MEM09005B	Basic engineering detail drafting

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare assembly, layout and detail drawing	1.1. Specification requirements are determined. 1.2. Engineering calculations are undertaken to determine all dimensions including limits and fits, surface texture, datum references and geometric tolerances where appropriate to ensure functional operation and suitability. 1.3. All drawings are produced to Australian Standard 1100 or equivalent.
2. Interpret specifications and select material, components and/or assemblies	2.1. Components, material and/or assemblies are selected from data sheets or manufacturers' catalogues to meet specifications.
3. Check drawings	3.1. Drawings are checked to ensure compliance with specifications. 3.2. Drawings are checked to ensure that assembly/fabrication is possible.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: obtaining all relevant work instructions and requirements producing all drawings in accordance with AS1100 or equivalent obtaining all relevant data sheets, catalogues, etc. checking drawings for conformance to specification checking drawings to ensure that assembly/fabrication is possible reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents planning and sequencing operations checking and clarifying task related information undertaking numerical operations, geometry and calculations/formulae within the scope of this unit
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: specifications and/or requirements of the component, assembly or layout to be drawn functional operation of the component/assembly to be drawn surfaces which are to be in contact or separated appropriate type of fit for contacting surfaces reasons for selecting the chosen type of fit effect of surface finish on the performance/operation of surfaces appropriate datum points all appropriate lineal, diametric and geometric tolerances procedures for determining tolerances requirements of AS1100 or equivalent for the drawing(s) to be produced specifications of the components, materials and/or assemblies appropriate components and materials from supplier/manufacturers' catalogues reasons for selecting the chosen components and/or materials procedures for checking and approving drawings reasons for checking the drawings to ensure that manufacturing/assembly is possible, efficient and cost effective drawing specifications methods of manufacture/assembly/fabrication from the drawing(s) unnecessary or inappropriate tolerances hazards and control measures associated with performing advanced engineering detail drafting, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform advanced engineering detail drafting. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing advanced engineering detail drafting or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Australian Standard 1100 or equivalent	Complete familiarity with AS 1100.101 or similar and its application is required in the respective field

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Drawing, drafting and design

MEM09009C Create 2D drawings using computer aided design system

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers preparing the CAD environment, creating 2D drawings, and producing output including linked bills of materials.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the production of 2D drawings using a CAD system, linked bills of material, file management and associated customisation of installed software including the use of macros, menus and default settings; file formats may include IGES, DXF, HPGL. The unit applies to the fields of mechanical, electrical/electronic, fabrication, and fluid power. 2D drawings may be produced from 3D models created using computer aided design system. This unit covers CAD skills only. Where detail drafting skills are required, the following units should be considered: Unit MEM09004B (Perform electrical/electronic detail drafting), Unit MEM09005B (Perform basic engineering detail drafting), Unit MEM09006B (Perform advanced engineering detail drafting). Band: B Unit Weight: 8

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare CAD environment	1.1. System variables are customised to suit standard operating procedures. 1.2. Menus are customised to suit standard operating procedures. 1.3. Drawing defaults are customised to standard operating procedures. 1.4. Macros are developed to standard operating procedures.
2. Create 2D drawings	2.1. Drawings are created using the full capability of the available software system. 2.2. Drawing entities are linked to database attributes to suit job requirements. 2.3. Detailed views are created using various scales to meet job requirements.
3. Produce output	3.1. Files are saved in various formats to standard operating procedures. 3.2. Linked entities are listed in a bill of materials format to meet job requirements. 3.3. Supplementary data is extracted from drawing to meet job requirements and may include area, lengths, angles and perimeters.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: obtaining all relevant manuals, instructions and operation procedures for the CAD software and hardware being used where appropriate, customising the relevant system variables to suit the applicable drafting standards/procedures where appropriate, customising menus to suit the applicable drafting standards/procedures where appropriate, customising the system defaults to suit the applicable drafting standards/procedures where appropriate, developing macros creating drawings using the appropriate drawing features of the software system where appropriate, linking drawing entities to database attributes producing detailed views of the object being drawn printing drawing files at the appropriate scale saving drawing files in the appropriate format producing bills of material from the drawing files/database extracting supplementary data from the drawing file to meet job requirements reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents planning and sequencing operations checking and clarifying task related information checking for conformance to specifications undertaking numerical operations, geometry and calculations/formulae within the scope of this unit
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: CAD software system system variables that can be customised procedures for customising identified system variables reasons for customising the system variables applicable drafting standards/procedures procedures for customising menus reasons for customising menus procedures for customising system defaults reasons for customising system defaults procedures for developing macros reasons for developing macros drawing features of the CAD software system reasons for using specialised software features procedures for linking drawing entities to database attributes appropriate drawing scales procedures for printing drawing files procedures for creating additional views of the object being drawn procedures for saving drawing files various formats in which drawing files can be saved reasons for using different formats when saving drawing files procedures to produce bills of material procedures to extract data with respect to drawn shapes/features properties of shapes/sections/ features that can be extracted from the drawing file hazards and control measures associated with using computer aided design system, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to create 2D drawings using computer aided design system. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with creating 2D drawings using computer aided design system or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Drawing	Include plans, diagrams, charts, electrical/electronic circuits
Entities	Mean any single item created on the screen and includes for example lines, arcs, circles, text, hatch and dimensions
Attributes	Mean properties associated with an entity and includes for example layer or level, line type, line width, colour and text

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Drawing, drafting and design

MEM09011B Apply basic engineering design concepts

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers applying in situ design skills by personnel who are then responsible for the manufacture of the design outcome either individually or as part of a team.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit includes the determination of requirements such as location, assembly or other parts of the manufacturing or engineering process and where the designer must consider the impact of the design on other equipment, process or personnel, for example safety aspects of the design. Design tasks undertaken include the application of design concepts to, for example, the fabrication and modification of structures, plant and equipment, and design of tooling and gauges, production control systems, fluid power layouts, electrical circuits etc. The unit applies to the fields of mechanical, production, electrical/electronic, fabrication, and fluid power. Band: A Unit Weight: 6

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine design requirements	1.1. Design requirement is established from job sheets, instructions or in consultation with appropriate people. 1.2. Design concepts are established and may include consideration of process, material, quantity, cost and outcome. 1.3. Where appropriate, codes, regulations and technical documentation are consulted to establish design limitations in accordance with standard operating procedures. 1.4. Sources of expert assistance are identified and used as required.
2. Create design	2.1. Design meets end use requirement. 2.2. Design meets all legislative and regulatory requirements. 2.3. Design concept is verified in accordance with standard operating procedures. 2.4. Design outcome is produced as per job requirements and may include sketch, drawing, prototype, document, model or finished product.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: obtaining all relevant drawings, job sheets, instructions and specifications consulting, where appropriate, relevant personnel as to the design requirements inspecting, where appropriate, the object, plant or equipment to which engineering design concepts are to be applied determining, where appropriate, design limitations imposed by relevant codes, standards and regulations where appropriate, seeking assistance from relevant sources verifying the design concept. presenting the design object in a form appropriate to the job requirements reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents checking and clarifying task related information planning and sequencing operations checking for conformance to specifications undertaking numerical operations, geometry and calculations/formulae within the scope of this unit
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: design requirements functional requirements of the design the material(s) appropriate to the environment in which the object(s) to be designed is to operate processes to be used in the manufacture of the object(s) where appropriate, the costs associated with the manufacture of the object(s) reasons for selecting the chosen design concept all relevant codes, standards and regulations applying to the object to be designed the impact of the applicable codes, standards and regulations on the design requirements of the object sources of expert assistance in the design process the end use requirements of the design checks to ensure the design complies with the relevant codes, standards, legislative and regulatory requirements the procedures for verifying design concepts the means by which the design concept is to be presented safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply basic engineering design concepts. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with applying basic engineering design concepts or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Drawing, drafting and design

MEM09155A Prepare mechanical models for computer-aided engineering (CAE)

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM09151A but not equivalent

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the application of mechanical modelling techniques for computer-aided engineering (CAE) purposes. It includes model creation for purposes such as computer-aided manufacturing (CAM) and computer numerical control (CNC) applications, rapid prototyping and stress analysis, and as a basis for generating orthogonal drawings.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to modelling of mechanical, maintenance and manufacturing engineering products, plant and system for CAE applications. It is suitable for people working in design drafting and those pursuing technical qualifications and careers at engineering technician level.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23109A	Apply engineering mechanics principles

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Identify model parameters	1.1	Identify the engineering context of computer modelling
1.2	Identify sustainability issues related to required models
1.3	Identify work health and safety (WHS) and regulatory requirements related to modelling processes and materials
1.4	Identify the virtual or physical model parameters, form, function and features
1.5	Identify required model generation processes, including any required graphics generation, post-processing and physical modelling
1.6	Identify licensed technical and professional assistance for advice, as required

2	Develop model	2.1	Generate initial graphical model
2.2	Undertake initial consultation on model with stakeholders and adjust, as required
2.3	Prepare model for intended purpose
2.4	Trial model for purpose and complete investigative analysis or produce physical model
2.5	Evaluate model against design criteria with stakeholders and make adjustments, as required
2.6	Engage appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance for advice, as required

3	Finalise modelling	3.1	Prepare final model
3.2	Report and demonstrate results
3.3	Provide documentation, instructions, models and files, as required
3.4	Obtain sign-off

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: reviewing features, functions and context of engineering modelling, including imminent future developments comparing available software, functions and features communicating, participating and negotiating with: stakeholders, team, cross-function support groups and experts appropriate licensed technicians and professionals modelling using a comprehensive range of techniques, such as: creating and manipulating 3-D entities using library files and adaptations accessing supplier catalogues and databases creating dimensioned orthographic projections from model extracting dimensional properties from model: post-processing model for analysis or physical modelling finalising modelling by: completing work gaining approval and commissioning work providing documentation and reports, as required obtaining sign-off
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: advantages and disadvantages of CAM using modelling compared to traditional manufacturing methods implications to be taken into account when modelling (e.g. efficiency of production, generation of waste and life cycle considerations) typical mechanical components, assemblies and layouts suitable for modelling software functions and features model creation techniques, including: using and manipulating coordinate systems creating 3-D entities, ruled and revolved surfaces creating solids, editing and combining solids manipulating entities and solids library files manipulations of solids and library files 3-D graphics from models, including rotated views and sections dimensioned orthographic representations from models typical modelling processes, including: computer modelling post-processing prototyping and model manufacture mathematical model analysis options, such as: finite analysis of heat flows finite analysis of stresses and deflections physical modelling options traditional, current and emerging modelling methods WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, risk assessment and registration requirements relevant to modelling task job requirements that may create a need for licensed technical and professional services assistance modelling compared to traditional representation methods, including: pen and pencil graphics compared to wire frame, surface and solid models computer animations compared to transparent overlay mobiles to test clearances and motions solid models compared to isometric representations computer library files compared to the use of reference charts and catalogue information

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to produce a variety of mechanical, manufacturing and maintenance-related models that are consistent with design information and relevant standards and conventions.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: review features, functions and context of engineering modelling compare available software, functions and features communicate, participate and negotiate with stakeholders, team, cross-function support groups and experts, appropriate licensed technicians and professionals model using a comprehensive range of techniques create dimensioned orthographic projections from model extract dimensional properties from model post-process model for analysis or physical modelling complete work, commission and gain approval, document and report, and obtain sign-off identify future developments in modelling.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in an appropriately simulated environment. Access is required to real or appropriately simulated situations, including work areas, materials and equipment, and to information on workplace practices and WHS practices. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Models	Models may be: virtual, such as computer generated solids models physical models developed from the virtual model data
Model purpose	Models covered by this unit include mechanical, maintenance and manufacturing engineering products, plant and system models. Examples of models include: computer model of a cavity mould for finite analysis of heat flows computer model of a container, vehicle or frame for finite analysis of stresses and deflections physical models of components produced for form, fit or aesthetic purposes physical models, such as a once-off vehicle body panel, produced ready and fit for purpose physical models, such as a sintered metal moulds or die capable of producing a limited run of production components
Features, functions and context of engineering modelling	Features, functions and context of mechanical modelling include: techniques used for mechanical modelling sustainability implications of modelling WHS and regulatory requirements related to modelling processes and materials model parameters, form, function and features, virtual or physical processes required which may include those for generating graphics, post-processing and physical modelling required licensed technical and professional assistance
Post-processor	A post-processor or code generator converts programmed instructions generated by CAM software or CAD package into CNC program code to control a machine tool
Post-processing model for analysis or physical modelling	Examples of post-processing model for analysis or physical modelling include: setting up model with physical properties, mesh and nodes for finite element analysis (FEA) processing dimensional data to create 3-D code for CAM operations post-processing to create CNC data files to control CNC devices, including mills, lathes, machining centres, lasers, ultrasonic cutters and routers modelling for rapid prototyping
Rapid prototyping	A variety of rapid prototyping processes are available, including: selective laser sintering (SLS) which uses thermoplastics and metal powders fused deposition modelling (FDM) which uses thermoplastics and eutectic metals steriolithography (SLS) which uses a photopolymer laminated paper manufacturing (LPM) which uses paper electron beam melting (EBM) which uses titanium alloys 3-D printing (3-DP) which uses a variety of materials
Criteria for mechanical designs	Criteria for mechanical designs may include: function aesthetics manufacturability and maintainability marketability sustainability cost constraints ergonomics, anthropometrics and physiology facilities, plant and skills available safety and risk
Mechanical components, assemblies and layouts	Mechanical assemblies may include: chain drives, gear sets, pulley and belt drives threads, fasteners and springs shafts, keyways and splines structural sections machines, drives and transmissions materials handling equipment, including belt conveyors, augers and pneumatic conveyors guards, handrails and platforms structures, vessels and tanks fan, ventilation, air conditioning service and ducting production process layouts
Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance	Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, such as: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations other relevant regulations and standards industry codes of practice risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to a particular design task
Modelling and related software	Modelling and related software may include: lumped parameter model empirical, random data tested model FEA software model-based design

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Drawing, drafting and design

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM09156A Prepare mechatronic models for computer-aided engineering (CAE)

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM09152A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the application of techniques for mechatronic modelling for computer-aided engineering (CAE) purposes. It includes consideration of the CAE purposes for which the model is required, such as automated mechanisms, robots or system control and data acquisition (SCADA) environments, printed circuit board manufacture and assembly, and as a basis for generating orthogonal drawings.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to modelling of mechatronic or automation systems and devices for CAE applications. It is suitable for people working in design drafting and those pursuing careers and qualifications in mechatronics, automated systems or systems maintenance at engineering technician level.

Prior or concurrently developed competence in graphics, workshop, electrical and electronic fundamentals, engineering science, mathematics and mechanical components, and manufacturing plant is required.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23109A	Apply engineering mechanics principles
MEM23111A	Select electrical equipment and components for engineering applications
MEM23112A	Investigate electrical and electronic controllers in engineering applications

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Identify the model parameters	1.1	Investigate applications for modelling in mechatronics
1.2	Identify work health and safety (WHS) and regulatory requirements related to modelling processes and materials
1.3	Identify the virtual parameters, form, function and features
1.4	Identify required model generation processes required, including graphics generation and post-processing
1.5	Identify licensed technical and professional assistance for advice, as required

2	Develop model	2.1	Generate initial graphical model
2.2	Undertake initial consultation on model with stakeholders and adjust, as required
2.3	Prepare and trial model for intended purpose
2.4	Evaluate model against design criteria in consultation with stakeholders and make adjustments to model, as required
2.5	Engage appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance for advice, as required

3	Finalise model	3.1	Prepare final model
3.2	Report and demonstrate results
3.3	Provide documentation, instructions, models and files, as required
3.4	Obtain sign-off

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: investigating the uses of mechatronic models reviewing features, functions and context of mechatronic modelling, including imminent future developments comparing available software, functions and features communicating, participating and negotiating with: stakeholders, team, cross-function support groups and experts appropriate licensed technicians and professionals modelling using a comprehensive range of techniques, such as: creating and manipulating 3-D entities using library files and adaptations accessing supplier catalogues and databases creating dimensioned orthographic projections from model extracting dimensional properties from model post-processing model for analysis or physical modelling finalising modelling by: completing work gaining approval and commissioning work providing documentation and reports, as required obtaining sign-off
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: advantages and disadvantages of computer-aided manufacturing (CAM) using modelling compared to traditional manufacturing methods implications to be taken into account when modelling (e.g. efficiency of production, generation of waste, life cycle considerations, and accessing supplier catalogues and databases) typical mechatronic components, assemblies and layouts suitable for modelling software functions and features model creation techniques, including: using and manipulating coordinate systems creating 3-D entities, ruled and revolved surfaces creating solids, editing and combining solids manipulating entities and solids library files manipulations of solids and library files 3-D graphics from models, including rotated views and sections dimensioned orthographic representations from models typical modelling processes, including: computer modelling post-processing virtual model options, including automated systems simulation of motions: post-processing to create numeric control (NC) data files to computer numeric control (CNC) circuit board assembly or gantry robot assembly of boards rapid prototyping options finite element analysis (FEA) using software WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, risk assessment and registration requirements, relevant to modelling task job requirements that may create a need for licensed technical and professional services modelling compared to traditional representation methods, including: pen and pencil graphics compared to wire frame, surface and solid models computer animations compared to transparent overlay mobiles to test clearances and motions solid models compared to isometric representations computer library files compared to the use of reference charts and catalogue information

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to produce a variety of mechatronic-related models that are consistent with design information and relevant standards and conventions.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate competently and consistently: review features, functions and context of mechatronic modelling compare available software, functions and features communicate, participate and negotiate with stakeholders, team, cross-function support groups and experts, appropriate licensed technicians and professionals model using a comprehensive range of techniques create dimensioned orthographic projections from model extract dimensional properties from model post-process model for analysis or physical modelling complete work, commission and gain approval, document and report, and obtain sign-off identify future developments in modelling.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment may occur on the job or in an appropriately simulated environment. Access is required to real or appropriately simulated situations, including work areas, materials and equipment, and to information on workplace practices and WHS practices. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Models	Models may be: virtual, such as computer generated solids models physical models developed from the virtual model data
Model purpose	Models covered by this unit include mechanical, maintenance and manufacturing engineering products, plant and system models. Examples of models include: virtual robot model for motion simulation automated process simulation printed circuit board model for component fit or robot assembly
Features, functions and context of engineering modelling	Features, functions and context of mechanical modelling include: techniques used for mechanical modelling sustainability implications of modelling WHS and regulatory requirements related to modelling processes and materials model parameters, form, function and features, virtual or physical processes required which may include those for generating graphics, post-processing and physical modelling required licensed technical and professional assistance
Post-processor	A post-processor or code generator converts programmed instructions generated by CAM software or computer-aided design (CAD) package into CNC program code to control a machine tool
Post-processing model for analysis or physical modelling	Examples of post-processing model for analysis or physical modelling include: setting up robotic model for motion analysis processing dimensional data to create 2-D or 3-D code for CAM operations, such as printed circuit board manufacture post-processing to create NC data files to control NC devices, including mills, lathes, machining centres, lasers, ultrasonic cutters and routers modelling for rapid prototyping
Rapid prototyping	A variety of rapid prototyping processes are available, including: selective laser sintering (SLS) which uses thermoplastics and metal powders fused deposition modelling (FDM) which uses thermoplastics and eutectic metals steriolithography (SLS) which uses a photopolymer laminated paper manufacturing (LPM) which uses paper electron beam melting (EBM) which uses titanium alloys 3-D printing (3-DP) which uses a variety of materials
Criteria for mechatronic designs	Criteria for mechatronic designs may include: safety and risk function aesthetics manufacturability and maintainability marketability sustainability cost constraints ergonomics, anthropometrics and physiology facilities, plant and skills available
Mechatronic components, assemblies and layouts	Mechatronic assemblies may include: electrical motors and fluid power actuators printed circuit boards electrical, electronic and electro fluid controls chain drives, gear sets, pulley and belt drives structural sections mechatronic assembly models, including robots,automated mechanisms and machines materials handling equipment, including belt conveyors, augers and pneumatic conveyors manufacturing plant and process layouts manufactured product with embedded controller
Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance	Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, such as: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations other relevant regulations and standards industry codes of practice risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to a particular design task
Modelling and related software	Modelling and related software may include: lumped parameter model empirical, random data tested model FEA software model-based design

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Drawing, drafting and design

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM09157A Perform mechanical engineering design drafting

Modification History

Release 1 New unit. Replaces MEM09141A but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the preparation of design drawings or graphics used in the mechanical engineering, manufacturing engineering and related industry sectors. The unit includes working with a design brief or concept prepared by an engineer or other designer as well as the specification of items, functions, limits, fits, tolerances, and other engineering information required for the eventual production of fully detailed drawings. The unit requires the design drawing to be performed using appropriate computer-aided design (CAD) and other drafting techniques that include sketching, computer graphics and the application of drawing standards.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to the undertaking of designated design tasks and the specification in design drawings and graphics of mechanical plant, products, projects, system changes or improvements in domestic, commercial, industrial, agricultural, medical, military or entertainment industries. For ease of reference the term ‘drawing’ is used in this unit.

The design drawing is normally undertaken at the direction of an engineer, scientist or other designer who will pass on a concept brief to the design draftsperson. The concept brief may be a sketch, hard copy plan or document, or a CAD generated file. The unit requires design drawings to be produced using appropriate CAD software. Depending on the task or project, production or supervision of hard copy drawings may also be required.

The unit also includes supervision of detailed drawing production and managing of requests for further information from detailed draftspersons.

This may require completion of appropriate engineering design or evaluation units from the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package depending on the design drawing task and previous industrial experience.

This unit does not cover the production of detailed drawings (often known as shop drawings). Where detailed drawing skills are required the relevant MEM detailed drawing units should be selected.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Clarify the design drawing task	1.1	Receive design drawing brief and check completeness of information
1.2	Confirm software and file formats to be used for design drawings with designer and detail draftspersons
1.3	Determine stakeholders to be consulted in design drawing process
1.4	Assess work health and safety (WHS), regulatory, sustainability or environmental issues relevant to design task
1.5	Confirm design drawing brief and provide preliminary advice on feasibility

2	Produce mechanical or maintenance engineering-related drawings	2.1	Determine range of engineering drawings required
2.2	Produce orthogonal drawings of mechanical components and assemblies to relevant standards using appropriate computer graphical techniques
2.3	Produce 3-D images of mechanical components and assemblies to relevant standards using computer graphical techniques
2.4	Determine and apply required dimensioning, tolerancing for limits and fits, surface finish and weld symbols, and other required graphical convention information appropriate to mechanical or maintenance engineering applications
2.5	Seek technical and professional assistance or clarification of design information, as required.
2.6	Confirm final range of design drawings to be produced with designer, detail draftspersons and other stakeholders

3	Provide final drawings files and documents	3.1	Submit final design drawings for sign-off by designer or specified authority
3.2	Prepare CAD files for export to detailer
3.3	Provide documentation, drawings, data files and clearances according to job requirements and enterprise drawing management system and procedures

4	Supervise production of detail drawings	4.1	Supervise production of detail drawings

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: reviewing mechanical or maintenance engineering applications for required features, functions and context of engineering design drawings determining the range of design drawings required, including: design drawings specified by designer and other requests (e.g. from clients and regulators) models, views and sections required to indicate assembly, function, dimensions and materials design drawings required to clearly indicate engineering design specifications to detailer using CAD systems, comparing and selecting available software, functions and features appropriate to the design drawing task developing orthographic, isometric and other 3-D graphical representations representing mechanical components and assemblies using sketching and computer graphics representing mechanical components and features using a comprehensive range of standard conventions and graphical techniques representing a range of mechanical assemblies using standard graphical representations selecting and applying design criteria to meet requirements of the design brief engaging appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance for advice, as required, and reporting results of review and the application of graphics techniques providing documentation, images and files according to job and enterprise procedures
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: application of the role of engineering design, design drawing and detail drawing in mechanical and maintenance engineering tasks and projects, such as: design specifications mechanical and maintenance procedures technical specifications and descriptions availability and features of standards related to mechanical plant and devices, design, maintenance and alteration AS 1100 Technical drawing, and means of locating and referencing other relevant standards availability and features of standards related to mechanical plant and devices, design, maintenance and alteration application of relevant standard for mechanical designs methods of representing mechanical components and assemblies using sketching and computer graphics, including all relevant symbols, conventions, abbreviations, and so on current and traditional methods of documentation generation and control: computer library files reference charts and catalogue information manual drawing generation of orthogonal images from models worksite procedures for the processing and filing of graphics, specifications and operating and maintenance instructions/manuals WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, risk assessment and registration requirements relevant to mechanical and maintenance applications

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to produce a variety of graphical representations of mechanical and maintenance-related assemblies and components that are consistent with design information and relevant standards and conventions.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: select and apply design criteria to meet requirements of the deign brief review features, functions and context of engineering drawings develop orthographic, isometric and other 3-D graphical representations represent mechanical components and assemblies using sketching and computer graphics represent mechanical components and features using a comprehensive range of standard conventions and graphical techniques represent a range of mechanical assemblies using standard graphical representations recognise when to engage appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance for advice provide documentation, images and files.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Designer	A designer is usually a professional engineer but may also be a scientist, engineering technologist, architect or other person with appropriate skills and knowledge for the design task. The term may also refer to situations where a team of designers are used to produce a design
Design drawing brief	The design drawing brief will be communicated to the design draftsperson and will include: major and critical engineering specifications (e.g. dimensions, limits, fits, tolerances and materials) required features and performance of equipment (e.g. volume, temperature and flow) standards that must be adhered to client requests budget and project schedule procedures to be followed for further clarifications
Design drawings	Design drawings is used in this unit to include all 3-D and 2-D files and hard copies produced as part of the design drawing process
Design criteria for mechanical designs	Criteria for mechanical designs may include: function aesthetics manufacturability and maintainability marketability sustainability: social, economic and environmental material and energy resources cost constraints ergonomics, anthropometrics and physiology facilities, plant and skills available safety and risk
Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance	Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, such as: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards industry codes of practice risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements applying to electrical work
Mechanical assemblies	Mechanical assemblies may include: machines, drives and transmissions materials handling equipment (e.g. belt conveyors, augers and pneumatic conveyors) guards, handrails and platforms structures, vessels and tanks fan, ventilation, air conditioning service and ducting manufacturing plant and process layouts manufactured products
Mechanical components and features represented by standard conventions and graphical techniques	Mechanical components and features represented by standard conventions and graphical techniques may include: hole basis, shaft basis and keyway tolerances and fits dimensions, tolerances for limits and fits materials and surface finish weld symbols webs, cross-sections and cutting planes chain drives, gear sets, pulley and belt drives threads, fasteners and springs shafts, keyways and splines structural sections
Features, functions and context of engineering design drawing	Features, functions and context of engineering design drawing include: uses of design drafting for purposes, such as: design specifications production specifications maintenance procedures technical specifications and descriptions graphical representation techniques, including orthogonal, 2-D and 3-D modelling, isometric and mechanical perspective, dimensioning, limits and fits, welding and other standard symbols role of WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, ministerial directives, risk assessment and registration requirements availability and features of a range of standards related to mechanical plant and devices, design, maintenance and alteration typical criteria for mechanical designs software developments current graphical methods compared with traditional methods emerging developments in graphics and related engineering software
Standards and codes	This refers to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to a particular design task

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Drawing, drafting and design

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM09158A Perform mechatronics engineering design drafting

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM09142A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the preparation of design drafting for mechatronic engineering and related industry sectors. The unit includes working with a design brief or concept prepared by an engineer or other designer as well as the specification of items, functions, limits, fits, tolerances, and other engineering information required for the eventual production of fully detailed drafting. The unit requires the design drafting to be performed using appropriate computer-aided design (CAD) and other drafting techniques that include sketching, computer drafting and the application of drawing standards.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to the undertaking of designated design tasks and the specification in mechatronic or automated plant, products, projects, and related system changes or improvements.

The design drafting is normally undertaken at the direction of an engineer, scientist or other designer who will pass on a concept brief to the design draftsperson. The concept brief may be a sketch, hard copy plan or document, or a CAD generated file. The unit requires design drafting to be produced using appropriate CAD software. Depending on the task or project, production or supervision of hard copy drawings may also be required.

The unit also includes supervision of detailed drawing production and managing of requests for further information from detailed draftspersons.

This unit may require completion of appropriate engineering design or evaluation units from the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package depending on the design drafting task and previous industrial experience.

This unit does not cover the production of detailed drawings (often known as shop drawings). Where detailed drawing skills are required the relevant MEM detailed drawing units should be selected.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Clarify the design drawing task	1.1	Receive design drafting brief and check completeness of information
1.2	Confirm software and file formats to be used for design drafting with designer and detail draftspersons
1.3	Determine stakeholders to be consulted in design drafting process
1.4	Assess work health and safety (WHS), regulatory, sustainability or environmental issues relevant to design task
1.5	Confirm design drawing brief and provide preliminary advice on feasibility

2	Produce mechatronic related drawings	2.1	Determine range of engineering drawings required
2.2	Produce orthogonal drafting of mechatronic components and assemblies to relevant standards using appropriate computer graphical techniques
2.3	Produce 3-D images of mechatronic components and assemblies to relevant standards using computer graphical techniques
2.4	Determine and apply required dimensioning, tolerancing for limits and fits, surface finish and weld symbols, and other required graphical convention information appropriate to mechatronic engineering applications
2.5	Produce graphical representations and circuit diagrams for fluid, electrical and electronic control systems in accordance with the design brief
2.6	Seek technical and professional assistance or clarification of design information, as required.
2.7	Confirm final graphical representations with professional engineering staff and other stakeholders

3	Provide final drafting, files and documents	3.1	Submit final design drawings for sign-off by designer or specified authority
3.2	Prepare CAD files for export to detailer
3.3	Provide documentation, drawings, data files and clearances according to job requirements and enterprise drawing management system and procedures

4	Supervise production of detail drafting	4.1	Supervise production of detail drafting

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: reviewing mechatronic engineering applications for required features, functions and context of mechatronic engineering design drawings determining the range of design drafting required, including: design drafting specified by designer and other requests (e.g. from clients and regulators) models, views and sections required to indicate assembly, function, dimensions and materials design drafting required to clearly indicate engineering design specifications to detailer using CAD systems, comparing and selecting available software, functions and features appropriate to the design task developing orthographic, isometric and other 3-D graphical representations representing mechatronic components and assemblies using sketching and computer graphics representing mechatronic components and features using a comprehensive range of standard conventions and graphical techniques representing a range of mechatronic assemblies using standard graphical representations selecting and applying design criteria to meet requirements of the design brief engaging appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance for advice, as required providing documentation, images and files according to job and enterprise procedures
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: application of the role of engineering design, design drafting and detail drafting in mechatronic tasks and projects, such as: design specifications mechatronic manufacture and maintenance procedures technical specifications and descriptions physical arrangement of mechanical, fluid, electrical and control elements diagrammatic layouts of control circuits actuator sequence and logical signal diagrams graphical representation techniques WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, risk assessment and registration requirements relevant to mechatronic applications application of relevant standards for mechatronic design worksite procedures for the processing and filing of drafting, specifications and operating and maintenance instructions/manuals methods of representing mechatronic components and assemblies using sketching and computer graphics, including all relevant symbols, conventions, abbreviations, and so on current and traditional methods of documentation generation and control: computer library files reference charts and catalogue information generation of orthogonal images from models manual drawing

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to produce a variety of graphical representations of mechatronic-related assemblies and components that are consistent with design information and relevant standards and conventions.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: select and apply design criteria to meet requirements of the deign brief review features, functions and context of mechatronic engineering drafting develop orthographic, isometric and other 3-D graphical representations represent mechatronic components and assemblies using sketching and computer graphics represent mechatronic components and features using a comprehensive range of standard conventions and graphical techniques represent a range of mechatronic assemblies using standard graphical representations recognise when to engage appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance for advice provide documentation, images and files.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Designer	A designer is usually a professional engineer but may also be a scientist, engineering technologist, architect or other person with appropriate skills and knowledge for the design task. The term may also refer to situations where a team of designers are used to produce a design
Design drawing brief	The design drawing brief will be communicated to the design draftsperson and will include: major and critical engineering specifications (e.g. dimensions, limits, fits, tolerances and materials) required features and performance of equipment (e.g. volume, temperature and flow) control requirements and control methods electrical and fluid power specifications standards that must be adhered to client requests budget and project schedule procedures to be followed for further clarifications
Design drawings	Design drawings is used in this unit to include all 3-D and 2-D files and hard copies produced as part of the design drawing process
Design criteria for mechatronic designs	Criteria for mechatronic designs may include: function aesthetics manufacturability and maintainability marketability sustainability: social, economic and environmental material and energy resources cost constraints ergonomics, anthropometrics and physiology facilities, plant and skills available automation safety and risk
Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance	Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, such as: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
Features, functions and context of engineering design drafting	Features, functions and context of engineering design drafting includes: uses of design drafting for purposes, such as: design specifications production specifications maintenance procedures technical specifications and descriptions graphical representation techniques, including orthogonal, 2-D and 3-D modelling, isometric and mechanical perspective, dimensioning, limits and fits, welding and other standard symbols role of WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, ministerial directives, risk assessment and registration requirements availability and features of a range of standards related to mechanical plant and devices, design, maintenance and alteration typical criteria for mechatronic designs software developments emerging developments in graphics and related engineering software
Mechatronic components and features represented by standard conventions and graphical techniques	Mechatronic components and features represented by standard conventions and graphical techniques may include: hole basis, shaft basis and keyway tolerances and fits dimensioning, tolerancing for limits and fits materials and surface finish weld symbols webs, cross-sections and cutting planes chain drives, gear sets, pulley and belt drives threads, fasteners and springs shafts, keyways and splines structural sections surface finishes and welds electric motors and fluid power actuators electrical, electronic, electro fluid controls electrical and electronic circuit components
Mechatronic assemblies	Mechatronic assemblies may include: robots automated mechanisms and machines materials handling equipment (e.g. belt conveyors, augers and pneumatic conveyors) fan, ventilation, air conditioning service and ducting manufacturing plant and process layouts manufactured product with embedded controller automated machines, drives and transmissions automated materials handling equipment (e.g. belt conveyors, augers and pneumatic conveyors) guards, handrails and platforms for automated systems automated fan, ventilation and air conditioning systems automated manufacturing plant and process layouts mechatronic devices and products
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards industry codes of practice risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements applying to electrical work
Standards and codes	This refers to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to a particular design task

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Drawing, drafting and design

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM09204A Produce basic engineering detail drawings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to identify drawing requirements, preparing engineering drawings and an engineering parts list, and issuing the drawings. Drawings include 2-D drawings to Australian Standard (AS) 1100.101–1992 Technical drawing – General principles.

Application of the Unit

This unit is suitable for those working within a drafting work environment where most specifications required for the drawing are already determined. Specifications may be obtained from design information, customer requirements, sketches and preliminary layouts. Drawings will usually be carried out with the use of computer-aided design (CAD) systems but may also be done manually. Drawings are produced to AS 1100.101–1992 Technical drawing – General principles, from predetermined critical dimensions and specifications.

If a CAD system is used, the unit MEM30031A Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements, should also be selected.

This unit applies to all engineering and manufacturing environments.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-Requisites

MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Determine drawing requirements	1.1	Check purpose, scope and information requirements for drawing
1.2	Interpret available information relevant to project and work requirements, and identify and address further information needs
1.3	Identify and prepare equipment required to complete work
1.4	Examine requirements for presentation of drawings
1.5	Confirm communication requirements during project

2	Produce detail drawing	2.1	Prepare drawings in plane orthogonal, or equivalent
2.2	Apply standard drawing conventions, including dimensions, required method of projection, and full notation
2.3	Use drawing techniques according to work requirements
2.4	Apply industry symbols and ensure presentation meets industry standard

3	Prepare engineering parts list	3.1	Identify components or parts and organise by component type and/or in accordance with organisation/customer requirements
3.2	Prepare parts list in accordance with organisation/customer requirements

4	Complete drawing task	4.1	Check and confirm dimensions, angles and proportions
4.2	Ensure drawing is presented according to organisational requirements and contains all relevant and accurate information
4.3	Issue and file drawing according to workplace procedure
4.4	Evaluate work and identify areas for improvement
4.5	Plot or print the final drawing to a standard scale

Required Skills and Knowledge

Required skills
Required skills include: literacy skills sufficient to read and interpret instructions and specifications for drawing work obtaining all relevant job requirements, data/information and specifications necessary to produce the drawing in accordance with workplace procedures planning and sequencing operations checking and clarifying task-related information using computer technologies and navigating software numeracy skills sufficient to interpret technical information and conduct mathematical problem solving as required in the scope of this unit applying spatial principles to achieve scale and proportion using drafting equipment appropriate to the drawing method chosen recording completed drawings and/or parts lists in accordance with standard operating procedures handling and storing the approved drawings and/or parts lists in accordance with standard operating procedures
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: general knowledge of different approaches to drawing awareness of copyright and intellectual property issues and legislation in relation to drawing environmental and occupational health and safety (OHS) issues associated with the tools and materials used for drawing quality assurance procedures principles of plane geometry: geometric shapes plane geometry geometric construction line types during construction drawing construction: four centre method ordinate method sectioning isometric shapes dimensions and notations requirements and purpose of the drawing to be produced requirements and purpose of the engineering parts list sources of relevant data/information timeframe for completion of drawings persons who can confirm drawing requirements

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria required skills and knowledge range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to use interpret and apply drawing specifications, and produce a complete drawing to AS 1100.101–1992 Technical drawing – General principles, using manual or CAD tools.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts. Specifically the candidate must be able to: work within typical site/teamwork structures and methods apply worksite communication procedures comply with organisational policies and procedures, including quality requirements participate in work meetings comply with quality requirements use industry terminology apply appropriate safety procedures interpret work and design specifications and use reference material to obtain required information for drawing work produce a detailed engineering drawing to AS 1100.101–1992 Technical drawing – General principles, and according to work requirements.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with drafting or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways, including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.

Range Statement

Standard drawing conventions	Standard drawing conventions include: use of correct sectioning technique identification of cutting plane accurate line types appropriate view positions use of correct symbols use of correct dimensioning technique provision of suitable number of views use of correct scales neat presentation
Drawing techniques	Drawing techniques may include: orthogonal projection: first angle projection third angle projection projection symbol preferred system of projection in Australia number of views relationship of views sheet format: borders and title blocks application of projection symbol drawing sheets and sizes lettering styles Australian Standards dimensioning: unidirectional dimensioning aligned dimensioning projection and dimension lines arrow heads dimension placement scale drawing: recommended scales reduction scales enlargement scales multiple scales dimensioning techniques of scale drawings sectioning: types of sections required section views placement of views cutting planes labelling of cutting planes and section views general notes

Unit Sector(s)

Drawing, drafting and design

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM09205A Produce electrical schematic drawings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to produce electrical schematic drawings to comply with Australian Standard (AS) 1102.101–1989 Graphical symbols for electrotechnical documentation – General information and general index, or equivalent, using predetermined design specifications. The unit also covers the production of layout or block diagrams to show the physical arrangement of components.

Application of the Unit

This unit is suitable for those working within a drafting work environment. The unit applies to the production of schematic drawings to show electrical circuits and connections between devices, including power and signal connections. It includes the use of appropriate symbols and production of a matching reference list of circuit components. Types of electrical drawings or diagrams may include block, single line, interconnecting, wiring, circuit, telephonic and telegraphic or cable form diagrams, and notations.

Drawings may be carried out with or without the use of computer-aided design (CAD) systems and are completed to AS 1102.101–1989 Graphical symbols for electrotechnical documentation – General information and general index, or equivalent.

If CAD systems are to be used, the unit MEM30031A Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements, should also be selected.

Drawings are completed under supervision.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-Requisites

MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM09204A	Produce basic engineering detail drawings

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Determine schematic drawing requirements	1.1	Check purpose, scope and information requirements for drawing
1.2	Interpret available information relevant to project and work requirements, and identify and address further information needs
1.3	Identify and prepare equipment required to complete work
1.4	Identify and access organisational files, templates and symbols as required for work

2	Identify system requirements	2.1	Identify and apply relevant codes, standards and symbols used for electrical diagrams and drawings
2.2	Identify function and purpose of circuit and its components and assemblies
2.3	Identify environmental implications of inefficient systems and strategies for minimising impact

3	Prepare electrical drawings and diagrams	3.1	Lay out drawing in accordance with the sketches and specifications
3.2	Prepare an electrical block diagram in accordance with Australian Standards
3.3	Draw cable run and riser diagrams from schedules
3.4	Produce switchboard layout drawings
3.5	Prepare single line and interconnecting electrical diagrams in accordance with Australian Standards
3.6	Prepare wiring and circuit diagrams in accordance with Australian Standards
3.7	Ensure drawing accurately reflects specifications, is presented according to organisational requirements and contains all relevant information, including correct line work, scales, notation and dimensioning
3.8	Apply workplace occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental procedures

4	Prepare materials list	4.1	Where required, select components and/or materials from supplier/manufacturer catalogues using predetermined specifications
4.2	Produce a parts list in accordance with workplace procedures
4.3	Store drawings and/or materials list according to workplace procedures

5	Consult appropriately with other disciplines	5.1	Verify the parameters of the brief and clarify specifications with appropriate personnel
5.2	Identify and consult with support services
5.3	Present and explain drawings at appropriate stages of the project

Required Skills and Knowledge

Required skills
Required skills include: literacy skills sufficient to read and interpret instructions, relevant codes of practice and specifications for drawings work using computer technologies and navigating software numeracy skills sufficient to interpret technical information and conduct mathematical problem solving as required in the scope of this unit using and maintaining drawing equipment applying spatial principles to achieve scale and proportion interpersonal skills to consult with other disciplines drafting skills applying symbols, schedules and legends to the drawing arranging the views in a logical manner and in accordance with AS 1102.101–1989 Graphical symbols for electrotechnical documentation – General information and general index, or equivalent correctly using line thickness and construction to identify parts using engineering and manufacturer catalogues, tables, standards and specifications drawing electrical/electronic schematics correctly and indicating the relative position of the components producing electrical/electronic drawings with all relevant specifications obtaining the circuit/component specifications planning and sequencing operations checking and clarifying task related information filing drawings according to workplace procedures
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: general knowledge of different approaches to drawing awareness of copyright and intellectual property issues and legislation in relation to drawing requirements of AS 1102.101–1989 Graphical symbols for electrotechnical documentation – General information and general index, or equivalent with respect to electrical/electronic schematics/drawings environmental and OHS issues associated with the tools and materials used for drawing quality assurance procedures company standards for CAD order of drawing process company checking procedures for drawings layout and presentation the standards applicable to the work to be undertaken the process of checking the completed drawing the process of storing paper drawings and electronic drawing files the International System of Units (SI) terminology associated with the preparation of electrical diagrams and drawings basic components used in electrical installations wiring types used in electrical installations functions of components, such as: resistors capacitors

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria required skills and knowledge range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to interpret and apply drawing specifications in the production of electrical diagrams and drawings to Australian Standard AS1102.101–1989 Graphical symbols for electrotechnical documentation – General information and general index, or equivalent.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts. Specifically the candidate must be able to: work within typical site/teamwork structures and methods apply worksite communication procedures comply with organisational policies and procedures, including quality requirements participate in work meetings comply with quality requirements use industry terminology apply appropriate safety procedures obtain required information for work and produce detailed electrical/electronic schematic drawings in accordance with AS1102.101–1989 Graphical symbols for electrotechnical documentation – General information and general index, or similar.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with drafting or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways, including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.

Range Statement

Available information	Available information may include: construction documents building and coordination information work specifications information for plant services equipment industry codes, standards and regulations catalogues and manuals design brief
Components and assemblies	Components and assemblies may include: resistors: fixed (composition and wire wound), variable (rheostats, potentiometers and trimmers),and non-linear (thermistors) capacitors: fixed (ceramic, plastic and electrolytic), variable, magnetic, transformers, chokes, relays, contactors, rectifiers, smoothing filters, voltage regulators and feedback
Electrical layouts	Electrical layouts may include: domestic lighting domestic power commercial lighting schedule power schedule factory electrification flame proofing buzz bar systems 3 phase 240 V and 415 V
Cable runs	Cable runs may include: racking schedules
Riser diagrams	Riser diagrams may include: multi-storey
Switchboards	Switchboards may include: layouts wiring schedules
Appropriate personnel	Appropriate personnel may include: designer engineer supervisor contractor/consultant builder
Support services	Support services may include: estimating department and personnel engineering department and personnel drafting department and personnel project manager factory manager or staff

Unit Sector(s)

Drawing, drafting and design

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM09210A Create 3-D solid models using computer-aided design (CAD) system

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Unit Descriptor

This unit covers preparing the 3-D computer-aided drafting (CAD) environment, creating and modifying 3-D solid models, and producing output from the 3-D model.

Application of the Unit

This unit is suitable for those working within a drafting work environment and may be applied across a range of engineering disciplines. This unit applies to the production of 3-D solid models using CAD modelling software. Operations at this level include, but are not limited to, the creation and manipulation of entities, such as arcs, lines and primitives, such as spheres, cones, cylinders and boxes. It includes the use of region and solid modelling techniques, section views, and pre-drawn library files. Work also includes extraction of properties and application of basic rendering techniques.

This unit includes applications in CAD, computer graphics and animation, rapid prototyping, medical testing and visualisation of scientific research.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-Requisites

MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM30031A	Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Determine solid modelling requirements	1.1	Check purpose, scope and information requirements for modelling task
1.2	Interpret available information relevant to project and work requirements, and identify and address further information needs
1.3	Identify and prepare equipment required to complete work
1.4	Identify and apply relevant codes, standards and symbols relevant to work
1.5	Consult appropriate personnel to ensure the work is coordinated effectively with others involved in the project
1.6	Obtain and apply workplace occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental procedures for work

2	Prepare 3-D environment	2.1	Apply workplace procedures to retrieve and manipulate required information and navigate computing technology
2.2	Set up a 3-D environment on the screen to allow multiple viewing
2.3	Create 3-D views on the screen by manipulating drawing planes and inserting 3-D geometric shapes
2.4	Establish coordinate system and orientation according to job requirements
2.5	Determine and exploit key features of solid modelling software package

3	Produce output from 3-D model	3.1	Perform drawing for solid modelling
3.2	Exploit features of modelling software to optimise productivity
3.3	Extract physical properties to job requirement, including volume, mass and centre of gravity
3.4	Apply rendering techniques
3.5	Produce 3-D drawings incorporating section views with all necessary annotation

4	Complete CAD operations	4.1	Confirm model accurately reflects specifications, is presented according to work requirements and contains all relevant information
4.2	Save and file drawing elements according to organisational procedure
4.3	Evaluate work and identify areas for improvement
4.4	Close applications, perform CAD housekeeping and maintain organisational filing system

Required Skills and Knowledge

Required skills
Required skills include: using computing technologies and navigating software obtaining relevant job instructions and specifications creating the appropriate entities in 3-D space manipulating the entities in 3-D space creating swept, extruded and revolved solids in 3-D space modifying, where appropriate, existing 3-D models saving drawing files in the appropriate format extracting the physical properties of shapes created in 3-D space from the drawing file to meet job requirements reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents checking and clarifying task-related information checking for conformance to specifications undertaking numerical operations, geometry and calculations/formulae within the scope of this unit creating intelligent models using parametric modelling producing composite models (composite regions and composite solids) producing sectioned models (cutting planes and cross hatching) using pre-drawn library files and primitives to produce a 3-D model extracting mass and area properties from solid model applying rendering techniques to a 3D model (rendering types and preferences, render lighting techniques, and views and scenes) using various materials and surface finish options producing hard copies of 3-D solid models saving 3-D models in various file formats for retrieval into other CAD application software producing orthogonal detail drawings of components on standard drawing sheets to a recognised drafting scale
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: purpose for which the 3-D model is to be developed appropriate coordinate system for the job reasons for selecting the chosen coordinate system orientation of the model with respect to the coordinate system number of views required to establish the model procedures for creating entities in 3-D space the entities that can be created/manipulated in 3-D space procedures for manipulating entities in 3-D space procedures for creating swept, extruded and revolved solids in 3-D space applications of swept, extruded and revolved solids procedures for modifying existing 3-D models rendering types and preferences, render lighting techniques, views and scenes procedures for saving drawing files the various formats in which drawing files can be saved reasons for using different formats when saving drawing files procedures for extracting data with respect to the physical properties of shapes created in 3-D space the physical properties of shapes created in 3-D space that can be extracted from the drawing file hazard and control measures associated with using CAD system, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures terminology associated with solid modelling (region modelling, solid modelling, and wire frame, as opposed to solids) region modelling techniques (creating a region primitive and editing regions) solid modelling techniques (creating solid primitives, editing solid primitives, and conversion from region to solid models)

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria required skills and knowledge range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to create 3-D models using CAD systems.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts. Specifically the candidate must be able to: work within typical site/teamwork structures and methods apply worksite communication procedures comply with organisational policies and procedures, including quality requirements participate in work meetings comply with quality requirements use industry terminology apply appropriate safety procedures select and use 3-D CAD software to create solid models that meet design specifications.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with creating 3-D models using CAD systems or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways, including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.

Range Statement

Solid modelling task	Solid modelling task may include: terminology region modelling solid modelling parametric modelling composite models section models library files and 3-D primitives other relevant software packages for the production of 3-D models mass and area properties rendering techniques material finishes production of hard copies saving and retrieval of files of varying formats consolidation (e.g. project work)
Rendering techniques	Rendering techniques may include: rendering types and preferences render lighting techniques views and scenes
Appropriate personnel	Appropriate personnel may include: supervisor leading hand foreman manager site engineer trainer mentor teacher team member
OHS requirements	OHS requirements may include: legislation personal protective equipment material safety management systems hazardous substances and dangerous goods code awards provisions safe work practices
Environmental requirements	Environmental requirements may refer to: liquid waste solid waste gas, fume, vapour, and smoke emissions, including fugitive emissions excessive energy and water use excessive noise
Resource requirements	Resource requirements may include: computer software stationary software reference documentation reference texts consumables computer printing equipment

Unit Sector(s)

Drawing, drafting and design

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM09216A Interpret and produce curved 3-D shapes and patterns

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers producing and interpreting lines and plan drawings using manual or computer-aided design (CAD) or drafting techniques.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to drawing and lofting principles relevant to procedures used to produce lines, plan drawings and loftings. Common applications of this unit are in marine vessel construction.

In a marine setting, tasks may be related to a variety of hull designs; section development, such as curved and raking transom; conical development and camber development methods. General arrangement plans may also be addressed to provide a greater drawing diversity.

All drawings/data should comply with industry requirements.

Straightforward take-offs from lofted drawings is covered by MEM12007D Mark off/out structural fabrications and shapes. Also, where transfer of lines to lofting floor or other surface is carried out, MEM12007D Mark off/out structural fabrications and shapes, should be selected in addition to this unit.

If a CAD system is used, the unit MEM30031A Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements, should also be selected.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Determine drawing/lofting requirements	1.1	Check purpose, scope and information requirements for task
1.2	Interpret available information relevant to project and work requirements, and identify and address further information needs
1.3	Identify and prepare equipment required to complete work
1.4	Identify and apply relevant codes, standards and symbols relevant to work
1.5	Consult appropriate personnel to ensure the work is coordinated effectively with others involved in the project
1.6	Obtain and apply workplace occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental procedures for work

2	Apply drawing/lofting procedures	2.1	Apply workplace procedures to retrieve and apply required information
2.2	Set up drawing equipment and accessories to suit job requirements
2.3	Identify and apply drafting/lofting procedures to suit specified drawing requirements
2.4	Record alterations required to offset measurements, as applicable
2.5	Produce drawings/loftings that are consistent with work and industry requirements

3	Submit lines and plan drawings	3.1	Ensure work meets specifications and submit drawings according to workplace procedures
3.2	Where applicable, supply altered offset measurements and relevant information related to drawing

Required Skills and Knowledge

Required skills
Required skills include: reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, client briefings, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents analysing and organising information, and planning and sequencing operations checking and clarifying task-related information checking for conformance to specifications measuring and performing computations, including geometric and numerical calculations/formulae within the scope of this unit drawing and sketching skills to create 3-D drawings applying spatial principles to achieve scale and proportion using and maintaining drawing equipment applying symbols, schedules and legends to the drawing presenting drawing according to industry standard, complete with all required information handling and storing drawings according to workplace practice
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: hazards and control measures associated with interpreting and producing curved 3-D shapes, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures vessel design characteristics, including performance, stability and construction methods spatial concepts procedures used to produce lines, plan drawings and loftings drawing principles and conventions section development, such as curved and raking transom, conical development and camber development methods presentation requirements for completed work

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria required skills and knowledge range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to interpret and produce curved 3-D shapes.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts. Specifically the candidate must be able to: work within typical site/teamwork structures and methods apply worksite communication procedures comply with organisational policies and procedures, including quality requirements participate in and supervise work meetings monitor and supervise progress of detail drafting work and provide support to team members as required comply with quality requirements use industry terminology apply appropriate safety procedures interpret and produce curved 3-D shapes and patterns.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with interpreting and producing curved 3-D shapes or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways, including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.

Range Statement

Not applicable.

Unit Sector(s)

Drawing, drafting and design

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM10002B Terminate and connect electrical wiring

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers terminating, disconnecting or reconnecting electrical wiring and circuits.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the connection of wiring and includes termination and connection of all types of cords and cables, excluding specialist cables. All testing is undertaken on completed circuits where these are not connected to main supply, using appropriate methods such as continuity and resistance checks. Specifications are obtained from electrical/electronic circuit drawings and data sheets. Soldering/desoldering of electrical/electronic components may also require the selection of Unit MEM05001B (Perform manual soldering/desoldering - electrical/electronic components) or Unit MEM05002B (Perform high reliability soldering and desoldering) as applicable. This unit does not cover the competencies required for energising and testing of the circuit. If these skills are required, the competencies covered in Unit MEM10003B (Install and test electrical wiring and circuits up to 1000 volts a.c. and 1500 volts d.c.) must be satisfied. Termination and connection of specialist cables such as mineral insulated, steel wire, armoured cables etc., is covered in Unit MEM10011B (Terminate and connect specialist cables). Band: A Unit Weight: 3

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM12002B	Perform electrical/electronic measurement
MEM18001C	Use hand tools

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for electrical wiring termination and connection	1.1. All work is undertaken safely and to workplace procedures and State/Territory regulations and legislative requirements. 1.2. Materials are checked for correct specifications. 1.3. Preparation of work is undertaken or checked/inspected for correct location and specifications.
2. Connect electrical wiring	2.1. Terminations/connections are made to specifications, manufacturers' requirements and to safety and State/Territory regulations and legislative requirements. 2.2. All brackets, clamps, holders etc. are adjusted and fixed to specifications. 2.3. All cables, wires, conductors and connections etc. are marked/tagged and labelled to specification. 2.4. All completed wiring and connections are tested for compliance with specifications. 2.5. All reports and documentation are completed correctly to required specifications.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: checking materials for conformance to specifications checking existing and new installation site for correct location and specification making terminations/connections to specification, manufacturer and regulatory requirements adjusting and fixing wiring supports marking, tagging and labelling cables, wires, conductors and connections to specification undertaking testing of wiring and connections for conformance to specification using language and literacy skills to complete short reports and required documentation reading and interpreting routine information on written job instructions, specifications and standard operating procedures May include drawings using measurements for checking connections and components
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: safety hazards associated with the termination and connection of electrical wiring statutory and regulatory requirements associated with the termination and connection of electrical wiring wiring support and/or protection requirements and specifications relevant manufacturer requirements specifications and methods for terminating different materials wiring support techniques and alternatives marking, tagging and labelling requirements for cables, wires, conductors and connections tests for wiring and connections data to be recorded/reported and the frequency of recording/reporting requirements for approval to work use and application of personal protective equipment for terminating and connecting electrical wiring

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to terminate and connect electrical wiring. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with terminating and connecting electrical wiring or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
State/Territory regulations and legislative requirements	Applicable acts, regulations, codes of practice, Australian standards, International standards
Correct location and specifications	Cable trays, brackets, trenches
Electrical wiring	Wiring associated with power, lighting, control wiring, machinery, switchboards and other electrical apparatus
Terminations/connections	Utilisation of a range of methods including clamping, crimping, pin connection, soldered joints, plugs, sockets etc., clamping of cables and wires, sealing entry points where required

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Installation and commissioning

MEM11001C Erect/dismantle scaffolding and equipment

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers erecting and dismantling scaffolding and equipment.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to erecting scaffolding for maintenance and installation in a workshop and in factories, manufacturing plants and warehouses. It includes preparation, erection and dismantling of the scaffolding/equipment. An awareness of licensing and permit requirements is required. Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Refer to Application of the Unit

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM18001C	Use hand tools

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare to erect scaffold/equipment	1.1. Site plans, scaffolding/equipment designs and drawings to industry practices are interpreted as necessary. 1.2. Work area is inspected to identify hazards and appropriate prevention/control measures are implemented to avoid hazard. 1.3. All work is undertaken safely and to prescribed procedures.
2. Erect scaffold/equipment	2.1. Erection site is prepared to meet job requirements. 2.2. Necessary signage and barriers and third party protection measures are placed in appropriate position. 2.3. Appropriate scaffolding/equipment components are selected and inspected and damaged components are labelled and rejected. 2.4. Rejected components are repaired or sent for repair. 2.5. Scaffolding/equipment is erected to plan and in accordance with safe work practices, Australian standards, State and Territory legislative requirements and equipment manufacturers' requirements. 2.6. The completed scaffolding/equipment is checked for safety and operational requirements. 2.7. Site is left clear of all surplus components, equipment, tools and debris.
3. Inspect, repair and alter scaffold/equipment	3.1. The scaffolding/equipment is inspected for damage, corrosion and wear. 3.2. Any alteration or repair is carried out in accordance with safe work practices and legislative requirements. 3.3. Any inspection log is completed as required.
4. Dismantle scaffold/equipment	4.1. Work is undertaken safely and to prescribed procedure. 4.2. Scaffolding/equipment is inspected for damage, corrosion or wear and is noted for consideration in planning for dismantling. 4.3. Scaffolding/equipment is dismantled in accordance with site procedures, State and Territory legislative requirements and critical structural and safety requirements. 4.4. Site is cleaned and cleared of all tools, excess material and debris and left in a safe state.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading and interpreting routine information on written job instructions, specifications and standard procedures. May include drawings for erecting scaffolding undertaking basic levelling and alignment interpreting instructions and legislative requirements using relevant hand tools and manual handling techniques assessing risk following oral instructions working safely and confidently at heights
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: erection and dismantling procedures as set out in relevant Australian standards codes of practice, for example the Scaffolder's Guide, relevant acts and regulations site specific requirements safety procedures, safe work practices and procedures use and application of personal protective equipment hazards and control measures associated with erecting/dismantling scaffolding and equipment, including housekeeping scaffolding techniques and equipment limitations of equipment materials handling, storage and environmentally friendly waste management

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to erect and dismantle scaffolding/equipment safely subject to legislative requirements. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with erection and dismantling of scaffolding or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required and must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, codes, specifications, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Scaffolding/equipment	Prefabricated tower scaffolds, fall protection devices, catch platforms and bracket scaffolds (tank and formwork), mobile scaffolds, gin wheels, cantilevered hoist with a load limit not exceeding 500 kilograms (material only), safety nets and static lines The major difference between basic and complex scaffolding is the height of the working platform and certain types of scaffolding and configurations
Hazards	Chemicals, dangerous or hazardous substances/materials Movement of equipment, goods, materials, vehicular traffic Uneven/unstable terrain, overhead service lines, trees, underground services, obstructions, structures, surrounding buildings, facilities, bridges/walkways, lifting equipment
Prescribed procedures	Clarification of instructions and/or plans either written or from authorised personnel Site safety policy and procedures Standard operating procedures Correct use of equipment Industry standards and requirements Manufacturers' specifications
Signage and barriers and third party protection measures	Physical barriers (parawebbing, bollards, timber or metal barriers) Warning/direction signs Personnel to restrict unauthorised access (spotters) Permits to work
Safe work practices	Hazard identification, risk assessment, risk reduction measures, house keeping and personal protective equipment
State and Territory legislative requirements	Appropriate OHS and Scaffolding acts and regulations Australian standards, codes of practice and NOHSC:1006

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Materials handling

MEM11002C Erect/dismantle complex scaffolding and equipment

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers erecting, maintaining, inspecting/altering/repairing and dismantling complex scaffolding/equipment.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to erecting complex scaffolding to be used generally in maintenance and installation in a workshop, and in factories, manufacturing plants and warehouses. It includes preparation, erection, maintenance, inspection/repair/alteration and dismantling of the scaffolding/equipment. An awareness of licensing and permit requirements is required. Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Refer to Application of the Unit

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM11001C	Erect/dismantle scaffolding and equipment
MEM18001C	Use hand tools

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare to erect scaffold/equipment	1.1. Site plans, scaffolding/equipment designs and drawings to industry practices are interpreted as necessary. 1.2. Work area is inspected to identify hazards and appropriate prevention/control measures are implemented to avoid hazard. 1.3. All work is undertaken safely and to prescribed procedures.
2. Erect scaffold/equipment	2.1. Erection site is prepared to meet job requirements. 2.2. Necessary signage and barriers and third party protection measures are placed in appropriate position. 2.3. Appropriate scaffolding/equipment components are selected and inspected and damaged components are labelled and rejected. 2.4. Rejected components are repaired or sent for repair. 2.5. Scaffolding/equipment is erected to plan and in accordance with acceptable safe work practices, Australian standards, State or Territory legislative requirements and equipment manufacturers' requirements. 2.6. Scaffolding/equipment is checked for safety and operational requirements and faults are identified in accordance with legislative requirements.
3. Inspect, alter and/or repair scaffold/equipment	3.1. Alterations/repairs are confirmed in accordance with safety work practices, Australian standards and equipment manufacturers' requirements. 3.2. Alterations/repairs are inspected for safety and operational requirements. 3.3. Scope of alteration/repair is confirmed and understood. 3.4. Existing scaffold/equipment is inspected for suitability of alterations/repair requirements. 3.5. Materials, equipment and tools required for alteration are determined. 3.6. Work completion is recorded/reported to appropriate authority.
4. Dismantle scaffold/equipment	4.1. Work is undertaken safely and to prescribed procedure. 4.2. Scaffolding/equipment is inspected for damage, corrosion or wear and is noted for consideration in planning for dismantling. 4.3. Scaffolding/equipment is dismantled in accordance with site procedures, State and Territory legislative requirements and critical structural and safety requirements. 4.4. Site is cleaned and cleared of all tools, excess material and debris and left in a safe state.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: levelling and aligning scaffolding interpreting instructions and legislative requirements using basic hand tools assessing risk in relation to complex scaffolding erection using manual handling techniques undertaking site clean up and remediation working safely and confidently at heights
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: erection and dismantling procedures as set in relevant Australian standards codes of practice, for example the Scaffolder's Guide, relevant acts and regulations site specific requirements safety procedures, safe work practices and procedures sequence of operations in erecting the scaffolding types of scaffolding systems hazards and control measures; electrical, stability, mobile plant issues/requirements; falls protection measures; minimum gap requirements; safe access and egress deck loadings use and application of personal protective equipment scaffolding techniques and equipment limitations of equipment materials handling, storage and environmentally friendly waste management

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to erect, maintain and dismantle complex scaffolding/equipment safely and subject to legislative requirements. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with erection, maintenance and dismantling of complex scaffolding or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Scaffolding/equipment	Prefabricated tower scaffolds, tube and fitting scaffolds as limited by legislative requirements, tube and coupler scaffolds including tube and coupler covered ways and gantries, fall protection devices, catch platforms, bracket scaffolds (tank and formwork), mobile scaffolds, ropes, cantilevered hoists, cantilevered and spurred scaffolds, cantilever crane loading platforms and course-ways, fall protection devices, platforms Complex scaffolding means Intermediate Scaffolding and above as set out in the legislative requirements in each State and Territory. The major difference between complex and basic scaffolding is the height of the working platform and certain types of scaffolding and configurations Maintaining scaffolding means ensuring that the scaffolding remains in a safe condition according to manufacturers' specifications and legislative requirements
Hazards	Chemicals, dangerous or hazardous substances/materials Movement of equipment, goods, materials, vehicular traffic Uneven/unstable terrain, overhead service lines, trees, underground services, obstructions, structures, surrounding buildings, facilities, bridges/walkways, lifting equipment
Prescribed procedures may include	Clarification of instructions either written or from authorised personnel Site safety policy and procedures Standard operating procedures Correct use of equipment Industry standards and requirements Manufacturers' specifications
Signage, barriers and third party protection measures may include	Physical barriers (parawebbing, bollards, timber or metal) Warning/direction signs Personnel to restrict unauthorised access (spotters) Permits to work
Safe work practices may include	Hazard identification, risk assessment, standard operating procedures, house keeping and personal protective equipment.
State or Territory legislative requirements	Appropriate OH&S and Scaffolding acts and regulations. Australian standards and codes of practice and NOHSC:1006

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Materials handling

MEM11003B Coordinate erection/dismantling of complex scaffolding/equipment

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers coordinating the erection, alteration, repair and dismantling of scaffolding/equipment, and inspecting the completed scaffold/equipment.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to individuals coordinating a scaffolding team or employed in a supervisory capacity for the erection, maintenance and dismantling of scaffolding and equipment in a workshop, and in factories, manufacturing plants and warehouses. If specific skills are required for the repair of the scaffolding, personnel with appropriate competencies are accessed. Licensing and permit requirements are addressed accordingly. Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Refer to Application of the Unit

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM11001C	Erect/dismantle scaffolding and equipment
MEM11002C	Erect/dismantle complex scaffolding and equipment
MEM18001C	Use hand tools

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Plan and coordinate erection of scaffold/equipment	1.1. Site plans, scaffolding/equipment designs and drawings to industry practices are interpreted as necessary. 1.2. Work area is inspected to identify hazards and appropriate prevention/control measures are implemented to avoid hazard. 1.3. All work is undertaken safely and to prescribed procedures. 1.4. Erection site is prepared to meet job and safety requirements. 1.5. Necessary signage and barriers are placed in appropriate position. 1.6. Scaffolding/equipment erection is coordinated in accordance with acceptable safe work practices, Australian standards, State or Territory legislative requirements and equipment manufacturers' requirements. 1.7. Completed scaffolding/equipment is inspected for safety and compliance with design, operational and statutory requirements.
2. Coordinate alterations and repairs of scaffold/equipment	2.1. Scope of alteration/repair is confirmed and understood. 2.2. Existing scaffolding/equipment is inspected and alterations/repairs determined. 2.3. Materials, equipment and tools required for alterations are determined. 2.4. Existing or new load requirements are determined using load tables. 2.5. Alteration/repairs are coordinated in accordance with safety work practices, Australian standards and equipment manufacturers' requirements. 2.6. Alterations/repairs are inspected for safety and operational requirements. 2.7. Work completion is reported to appropriate personnel and recorded.
3. Inspect completed scaffold/equipment	3.1. The critical structural and safety areas of the scaffolding/equipment are inspected for damage, corrosion and wear. 3.2. Scaffolding/equipment and structure is checked against the type of scaffolding/equipment and structure specified in the plan. 3.3. Inspection log is completed. 3.4. Potential safety and design/structural hazards are reported for rectification.
4. Coordinate dismantling of scaffold/equipment	4.1. Work is coordinated safely and to standard operating procedure. 4.2. Scaffolding/equipment is removed from site in accordance with standard operating procedures and critical structural and safety requirements. 4.3. Site clearance is coordinated, and surplus material, equipment, tools and debris are removed and site left in safe and operational state. 4.4. Work completion is reported to appropriate authority.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: levelling and alignment of scaffolding interpreting instructions and legislative requirements using basic hand tools assessing risk using manual handling techniques cleaning up and site remediation time management determining personnel and equipment requirements inspecting completed scaffolding with reference to structural integrity and design faults locating, reading and interpreting information on written job instructions, specifications, drawings, charts, lists and other reference documentation planning, sequencing operations checking and clarifying strategies working safely and confidently at heights
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: erection and dismantling procedures as set in the Australian standards codes of practice, for example the Scaffolder's Guide site specific requirements safety procedures types of scaffolding systems deck loadings hazards; electrical, stability, mobile plant issues/requirements; falls protection measures; minimum gap requirements; safe access and egress sequence of operations in erecting and dismantling the scaffolding design and materials faults such as rust, wear and tear, stress use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures scaffolding techniques and equipment limitations of equipment materials handling, storage and environmentally friendly waste management

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to coordinate the erection, repair, maintenance and dismantling of all scaffolding applications. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with coordination of the erection, repair, maintenance and dismantling of all scaffolding applications or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifi-cations, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Scaffolding/equipment	Tube and fitting scaffolds as limited by legislative requirements Fall protection devices Catch platforms Standing prefabricated tower scaffolds and bracket scaffolds Mobile scaffolds Cantilevered hoists Cantilevered and spurred scaffolds Platforms and course-ways Suspended scaffolds Cantilevered cranes Loading platforms Hung scaffolds Complex scaffolding means Intermediate Scaffolding and above as set out the legislative requirements in each State and Territory. The major difference between the complex and basic scaffolding is the height of the working platform and certain types of scaffolding and configurations
Hazards	Chemicals, dangerous or hazardous substances/materials Movement of equipment, goods, materials, vehicular traffic Uneven/unstable terrain, overhead service lines, trees, underground services, obstructions, structures, surrounding buildings, facilities, bridges/walkways, lifting equipment
Prescribed procedures	Clarification of instructions either written or from authorised personnel Site safety policy and procedures Standard operating procedures Correct use of equipment Industry standards and requirements Manufacturers' specifications
Signage and barriers	Physical barriers (parawebbing, bollards, timber or metal barriers) Warning/direction signs Personnel to restrict unauthorised access (spotters) Permit signage
Safe work practices	Hazard identification, control measures, risk assessment, standard operating procedures, house keeping and personal protective equipment
State or Territory legislative requirements	Appropriate OH&S and Scaffolding acts and regulations Australian standards and codes of practice and NOHSC:1006

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Materials handling

MEM11004B Undertake dogging

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers attaching slings to loads and moving loads using appropriate communication and signalling methods.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the skills used when working with loads, selecting equipment and communicating with a crane driver in a workshop or on site. The scope of work is to demonstrate competence in the application of slinging techniques, selection and inspection of lifting gear, and direction of the crane/hoist operator in the movement of the load including when the load is out of view of the operator. This unit is not intended to apply to machine loading and simple straight lifts where knowledge of codes and signals is not required. Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM18001C	Use hand tools

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Attach lifting gear to loads	1.1. Potential hazards associated with the use of cranes and other load shifting equipment are identified and measures to eliminate or control these hazards are planned. 1.2. Site information is obtained as necessary. 1.3. All work is undertaken safely and to prescribed procedures. 1.4. Load is inspected and best lifting method determined. 1.5. Load shifting equipment is selected appropriate to load. 1.6. Lifting gear is inspected and damaged or worn items are labelled and rejected. 1.7. Where appropriate, safe working loads are calculated to Australian standards. 1.8. Lifting gear is attached to load in most appropriate and safe manner and to specifications where required.
2. Move loads	2.1. Load moving is performed to acceptable safe working practices, Australian standards, codes of practice and specifications. 2.2. Lifting gear is connected to load shifting equipment using safe and appropriate techniques. 2.3. Communication and signalling methods are used as appropriate to coordinate the load movement in a safe manner. 2.4. Load is grounded or put down in accordance with prescribed procedure, in a safe and stable manner. 2.5. All lifting gear is detached from load mover and load.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: selecting lifting methods and load shifting equipment appropriate to the task attaching loads calculating safe working loads communicating with related personnel about the lift using of basic hand tools relating to lifts identifying hazards and assessing risk identifying damaged/worn lifting gear self management team work problem solving
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: Australian standards, codes of practice and specifications lifting methods and lifting gear to suit various loads dogging signals and communication methods calculations relevant to lifting procedures lifting methods types and applications of load shifting equipment hazards and control measures associated with dogging use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures licensing requirements permit requirements site/non-site personnel manufacturers' specifications enterprise procedures workplace communication procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to calculate, sling, and arrange safe movement of a load. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with the calculation and safe movement of loads or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Hazards	May include overhead power lines, trees, overhead service lines (such as steam, gas, water, telephone), underground services, uneven and/or unstable ground, allowable floor loading as appropriate, other workers and persons, surrounding buildings/vessels/structures equipment, hazardous materials, corrosive substances, barricades, inadequate lighting and radio interference
Load shifting equipment	May include overhead cranes, overhead gantry, forklift with approved lifting boom/jib, mobile cranes
Lifting method	Slings in an appropriate configuration
Lifting gear	Tags, slings, ropes, shackles, lifting clutches, snatch blocks, I bolts, spreader beams, chain blocks, chain shorteners and may include equalising sheaves, collared I bolts, turn buckles, rigging screws and lifting lugs
Calculations	Load and gear calculations
Safe working practices	Inspection of the environment Assessment of hazards Personnel safety
Communication and signalling methods	Signals are given both within sight and out of sight of equipment operators. Signals include stop, raise, lower, slew, luff, extend and retract boom, using hands, verbal instructions and whistles
State or Territory legislative requirements	Appropriate OH&S and acts and regulations Australian standards and codes of practice and NOHSC:1006 AS1418

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Materials handling

MEM11005B Pick and process order

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers receiving an order, picking an order, checking against documentation, placing in the correct area and completing enterprise documentation.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies where the employee needs to exercise knowledge of the enterprise product range and the procedures, practices and standards for the storage and handling of a product. If materials handling equipment skills are needed, Unit MEM11010B (Operate mobile load shifting equipment) should be accessed. Simple handling of goods not requiring the ability to identify different products or to interact with inventory records and stock location systems is covered by Unit MEM11010B (Operate mobile load shifting equipment) or Unit MEM11011B (Undertake manual handling). Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Receive order	1.1. Orders are received and checked for errors. 1.2. Product to be picked is identified.
2. Pick order	2.1. Materials handling equipment appropriate to products is selected and used, if required. 2.2. Products to be picked are located using standard operating procedures. 2.3. Order is picked accurately, either by manual handling or using materials handling equipment. 2.4. Product is handled according to storage and handling requirements identified in standard operating procedures/regulations.
3. Finalise order picking	3.1. Picked order is checked against documentation. 3.2. Picked order is placed in correct area for consolidation. 3.3. Enterprise documentation is completed.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading and interpreting routine information on written orders and standard operating procedures. May include simple drawings using materials handling equipment in a warehouse identifying dangerous goods following oral instruction entering routine and familiar information onto proformas and standard workplace forms
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: safe manual handling procedures reasons for selecting materials handling equipment safe storage and handling procedures for a range of products including dangerous goods applicable Material Safety Data Sheets applicable industry standards, national/Australian standards, NOHSC guidelines, State/Territory regulatory codes of practice/standards use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures hazards and control measures associated with picking and processing orders

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to pick and process orders and store products according to enterprise procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with picking and processing orders or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Materials handling equipment	Forklift, order picker, WAVE truck, pallet trucks, wheelbarrow, trolleys, sack truck
Storage and handling requirements	As per legislative requirements e.g. dangerous goods and storage of poisons acts and regulations
Enterprise documentation	Invoices, orders, returns, recording cards, inventory documentation, maintenance inventories, etc. and may include documents (hardcopy or electronic) required by legislation

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Materials handling

MEM11006B Perform production packaging

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers packaging and labelling of finished goods for storage or transport.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit typically applies in a production/process environment. It would normally involve packing of finished goods, including assemblies, sub-assemblies, individual or multiple components. This unit is not intended to apply in situations where simple interim packing, storage and/or stacking are undertaken in context of a production function. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Undertake packaging	1.1. Packaging requirements are identified from instructions or determined by safety, storage conditions, site and legislative requirements. 1.2. Packaging is undertaken to standard operating procedures.
2. Label packaged items	2.1. Identification labels, tags and stickers are checked for correctness and appropriately placed/attached. 2.2. Packaged items are stored in a safe, orderly and retrievable manner and the location in the warehouse/store is recorded.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading and interpreting routine information on written job instructions and standard operating procedures. May include simple drawings determining packaging requirements from safety, storage conditions, site and legislative requirements labelling packaged items handling and storing products using scanning devices, if required following oral instruction entering routine and familiar information on to proforma and standard workplace forms orally reporting routine information
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: labelling procedures and standards storage and recording procedures use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures hazards and control measures associated with production packaging

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to undertake production packaging and labelling of items.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with production packaging or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Packaging requirements	Packaging methods include manual processes, semi automatic and fully automated packaging equipment Procedures undertaken include standards, codes, legislative, company and customer requirements Packaging material is generally determined from instructions, written or verbal
Storage conditions, site and legislative requirements	As per legislative requirements e.g. dangerous goods and storage of poisons acts and regulations

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Materials handling

MEM11007B Administer inventory procedures

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers using inventory procedures and requisitioning goods.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The unit applies to the administration of inventory procedures using manual or electric systems to support or maintain stores or inventory systems, for example Just-in-Time or KANBAN systems. Where routine activity within standard operating procedure is undertaken, refer to Unit MEM16006A (Organise and communicate information) or Unit MEM16008A (Interact with computing technology). Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Use inventory procedures	1.1. Inventory procedures are applied to standard operational procedures. 1.2. Requisition, purchase, shipping and invoice documentation is used as required to standard operational procedures. 1.3. Inward/outward recording/filing system is accessed and maintained to standard operational procedures. 1.4. Customer orders are maintained to standard operational procedures. 1.5. Returned orders are booked back using standard operational procedures.
2. Requisition goods	2.1. Requisition procedures are applied to standard operational procedures. 2.2. Goods are requisitioned on time. 2.3. All recording is completed and filed correctly in accordance with site procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading, interpreting and following information on requisition, purchase, shipping and invoice documentation, standard operating procedures, charts, lists and other applicable reference documents accessing and maintaining manual and electronic inventory information undertaking numerical operations and calculations within the scope of this unit organising information recording and filing information managing time checking for conformance to specifications measuring to specified tolerances entering information on to manual and electronic proformas and standard workplace documents
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: features and application of inventory systems such as Just-in-Time, KANBAN inventory procedures safe work practices and procedures use and application of personal protective equipment hazards and control measures associated with administering inventory procedures measurement techniques, tools and equipment for administering inventory procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to administer inventory procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with inventory procedures or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Inventory procedures	Inventory systems such as Just-in-Time or KANBAN systems

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Materials handling

MEM11010B Operate mobile load shifting equipment

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers operating mobile load shifting equipment, including moving and placing loads.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the general operation of mobile load shifting equipment, including planning the work, moving and placing loads, and shutting down and securing equipment after operation where knowledge of codes and signals is not required. The unit applies to moving loads in workshops and/or on site. This may include but is not limited to factories, wharfs, ships, warehouses, manufacturing plants, building sites, road construction, demolition sites, quarries and mine sites. If hand tools are required, Unit MEM08001B (Use hand tools) should also be selected. Awareness of licensing requirements - licenses may be required for mobile load shifting equipment in some jurisdictions. Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Refer to Application of the Unit

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare to shift loads	1.1. Work area is inspected to identify hazards, and appropriate prevention/control measures are implemented to avoid hazards. 1.2. Routine pre-operational checks are undertaken in accordance with manufacturers' specifications and regulatory safety requirements. 1.3. Attachments and/or equipment are inspected.
2. Check controls and equipment	2.1. Pre-operational and post start-up equipment checks are carried out in accordance with manufacturers' specifications and/or operating manual. 2.2. Defects and damage are reported according to site procedures.
3. Shift loads	3.1. The most appropriate load shifting device is selected to suit load and shifting requirements. 3.2. Load shifting device is operated within design specifications and safe working load in accordance with standard operating procedures. 3.3. Load is lifted, ensuring balance, vision of operation and protection of load. 3.4. The safe and efficient path of movement is selected and used. 3.5. Path of movement is checked and monitored for obstacles and hazards and safely are maintained.
4. Place loads	4.1. Loads are placed ensuring safety, stability, protection of material and avoidance of hazards on site.
5. Shut down equipment and secure site	5.1. Machinery is parked avoiding equipment hazards. 5.2. Shut-down is conducted in accordance with manufacturers' specification to isolate vehicles. 5.3. Post-operational check is completed in accordance with operational procedures. 5.4. Machinery is parked in accordance with standard operating procedures, avoiding site hazards.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: interpreting and following routine information on standard operating procedures. May include simple drawings, tables and figures, written documents performing routine safety, basic service and maintenance procedures calculating load masses and safe working loads selecting appropriate load shifting device following oral instructions safely operating load shifting devices and shifting loads working with others interpreting communication signals and instructions determining load masses and equipment requirements determining mass of irregular shaped loads demonstrating emergency operating procedures communicating faults, malfunctions and workplace hazards, reports and maintenance of operational records
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: pre-operational checks design specifications of load shifting device load chart licensing requirements load protection safe load placement operational environment appropriate permits hazards and control measures associated with load shifting and equipment use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures workplace communication procedures manufacturers' specifications

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to operate load sifting equipment to move and place loads.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with using load sifting equipment to move and place loads or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Pre-operational checks	Battery, water, fuel, hazards warning lights, fluid or gas leaks, braking, movement of booms, visual checks of tyres, emergency devise/alarms, log books, operating motions, evidence of damage, excessive wear and tear, as determined by manufacturers' specifications and standard operating procedures
Attachments and/or equipment	Hooks, electromagnetic hook, buckets, slings, tag lines, buckets, trench, excavating, rock breakers, shackles, lifting lugs, fork arms
Post start-up	Hazards warning systems, attachments, movements and control functions are smooth Operating and emergency controls and safety devices are located, identified and tested Communication signals are confirmed Defects and damage are reported
Load shifting device	Front end loaders/back hoes, ride on forklifts and pallet trucks, bobcats, vehicle loading crane
Safe working load	Weight of load is assessed to ensure compliance with equipment load plate specifications
Standard operating procedures	Industry standards, production schedules, material safety data sheets, work notes and plans, product labels, manufacturers' specifications, operator manuals, enterprise policies and procedures, supervisors' oral and written instructions, current State/Territory occupational health and safety legislation, standards and codes of practice
Obstacles and hazards	Overhead cables, personnel, obstacles (fixed and moveable), trenches, pits, uneven terrain, trees, underground services Exposure to chemicals, dangerous or hazardous substances Movements of equipment, goods, materials and vehicular traffic
Shut-down	Post-operational equipment checks, motion locks and brakes are applied Lifting equipment is checked Defective equipment is identified, segregated and reported to supervisor Equipment is correctly stowed

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Materials handling

MEM11011B Undertake manual handling

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers lifting and moving materials manually.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to lifting and moving materials manually and/or using basic manual handling equipment in a wide range of environments. Maximum manual lifting weight is limited to National Occupational Health and Safety Commission (NOHSC) recommendations. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Lift materials manually	1.1. Material weight is determined correctly utilising most appropriate technique, and risks associated with lifting are assessed. 1.2. Lifting techniques are undertaken to National Occupational Health and Safety Commission (NOHSC) and standard operating procedures. Types of movement, methods, storage, height and position are considered.
2. Move/shift materials manually	2.1. Appropriate equipment is selected where required. 2.2. Material is placed safely and securely on moving equipment. 2.3. Material is relocated ensuring safety of personnel and security of material. 2.4. Material is unloaded from moving equipment and placed in a safe and secure manner.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: identifying relevant standards and lifting techniques assessing weight of material selecting lifting equipment working and communicating in teams assessing risks planning reading and interpreting routine information on written job instructions, specifications and standard operating procedures. May include drawings following oral instructions
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: manual handling techniques hazards of incorrect procedures NOHSC standards for manual handling safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to move loads manually using appropriate aids.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with moving loads manually or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Material weight	Material weight is determined using scales or interpreting signage
Lifting techniques	Individual or team lifting, use of appropriate lifting equipment
Appropriate equipment	Hand trolleys, wheelbarrows, motorised/hand pallet trucks (not sit on), scissor lifts, boom lifts, hand carts, dedicated production or process lifting equipment such as baskets, spreader bars, cradles or the like attached to lifting equipment

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Materials handling

MEM11012B Purchase materials

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers determining purchasing requirements, preparing purchase order/list and purchasing materials.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to purchasing one-off or multiple quantities of raw materials, components, equipment etc. Contracts and paperwork may be generated manually or electronically using the on-site system. Band: A Unit Weight: 6

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine purchasing requirements	1.1. Client, customer, user is consulted as necessary to determine purchasing requirements. 1.2. Material specifications are determined from orders, instructions and/or technical drawings. 1.3. Quantities, price limitations and delivery requirements are determined from orders, instructions.
2. Prepare purchase order/list	2.1. Purchase order/list is developed to standard operational procedure.
3. Purchase material	3.1. Standard operating procedures are followed. 3.2. Supplier/vendor is informed of requirements and specifications. 3.3. Purchasing schedules are adjusted where required to standard operating procedures. 3.4. Appropriate paperwork/contracts are exchanged to standard operating procedures. 3.5. Records/files are maintained accurately using standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading, interpreting and following information on orders, instructions and/or technical drawings, standard operating procedures, purchasing schedules, orders, records, files and other applicable reference documents planning and sequencing tasks checking and clarifying information entering and maintaining information on manual and electronic workplace documents checking for conformance to specifications communicating with client, customer, user, supplier/vendor identifying purchasing specifications calculating quantity, price and delivery requirements selecting suppliers maintaining purchase documentation
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: suppliers and available products purchasing procedures contract initiation and exchange procedures safe work practices and procedures hazards and control measures associated with purchasing materials

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to prepare a purchase order and purchase materials.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with preparing a purchase order and purchasing materials or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Purchasing	Can cover one-off or multiple quantities of raw materials, components, equipment etc.
Purchasing schedules	Purchasing specifications - determined from standard engineering drawings and data sheets, instructions written or verbal Purchasing schedules - developed to site procedures and for pre-contracted suppliers/vendors
Paperwork/contracts	Generated manually or electronically utilising on-site system

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Materials handling

MEM11016B Order materials

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers preparing a purchase/order list and placing the order.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to purchasing activities carried out by a person other than the purchasing officer, such as maintenance, service, stores and warehouse personnel. Approval to order limits and delegations will be included in the standard operating procedures or purchasing policy Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare purchase order/list	1.1. Purchase order/list is prepared to standard operating procedures. 1.2. Material specifications, price limitations, quantities and delivery requirements are determined from instructions, requisitions etc.
2. Purchase order	2.1. Supplier/vendor is informed of requirements and specifications according to standard operating procedures. 2.2. Supplier/vendor is followed up to achieve delivery as required. 2.3. Where appropriate, goods are directly received and checked for damage. 2.4. Records/files are completed accurately according to standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading, interpreting and following information on instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, requisitions, lists, records, files and other applicable reference documents preparing an order/list checking and clarifying order information entering information onto manual and electronic proformas and standard workplace forms accessing manual and electronic order information communicating with suppliers, manufacturers and other personnel checking for conformance to specifications following verbal instructions orally reporting routine information record keeping
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: ordering policy (delegations, preferred suppliers etc.) ordering procedures safe work practices and procedures hazards and control measures associated with ordering materials

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to order materials.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with ordering materials or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Material specifications	Material specifications can be gained from manufacturers' catalogues, from the item, from a drawing
Supplier/vendor	Local, national, international, preferred supplier

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Materials handling

MEM11017B Organise and lead stocktakes

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers planning a stocktake, briefing the participants, generating stocktake reports and adjusting inventory documentation.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to organising and leading periodical stocktakes in accordance with enterprise stocktaking policies, practices and procedures. It involves briefing the stocktake participants and reporting on the result. Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM11007B	Administer inventory procedures

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Plan stocktake	1.1. Inventory lists are prepared and distributed. 1.2. Warehouse and/or production areas are allocated to each individual or team assisting in stocktake.
2. Brief participants in stocktake	2.1. Clear directions and appropriate documentation and equipment are provided to each individual or team participating in stocktake.
3. Generate stocktake reports	3.1. Written or computer reports are collected from individuals or teams on stock counts. 3.2. Inventory data is confirmed to match stock levels. 3.3. Stock discrepancy report is prepared and distributed according to standard operating procedure.
4. Adjust inventory documentation	4.1. Inventory documentation is reconciled to match physical stock in accordance with regulatory and operating procedures. 4.2. Stocktake information is reconciled with audit requirements.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: preparing inventory lists and instructions on procedures to be followed entering inventory information onto manual and electronic proformas and standard workplace forms analysing and reporting results of stocktakes by manual and electronic means performing calculations related to reconciling stocktake records using communication skills to effectively instruct/direct stocktake participants
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: relevant inventory systems and procedures recording systems and procedures analysis and reporting methods/procedures audit processes safe work practices and procedures hazards and control measures associated with organising and leading stocktakes

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to organise and lead a stocktake. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with organising and leading a stocktake or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Directions	Oral or written instructions, methodology, how to report discrepancies or damaged stock, timelines
Equipment	Calculators, scanners and portable computers
Inventory documentation	Reports on actual stock, damaged stock, out of date stock and discrepancies

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Materials handling

MEM11021B Perform advanced operation of load shifting equipment

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers determining lifting and loading requirements, working within areas of restricted movement or conditions of restricted visibility, identifying loads that need special care, and operating forklifts in special traffic conditions.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to advanced forklift and load shifting skills above those required for general operation. To be credited with this unit it is expected that an employee would be competent in situations indicated by all elements and performance criteria. This unit is intended to cover load shifting applications where special-purpose equipment/accessories requiring advanced operational skills are required. This would include heavy, out of balance, awkward and irregular shaped loads traversing over rough, broken or uneven surfaces, high lift situations, extremes of climate. Awareness of licensing requirements: Licenses may be required for load shifting equipment in some jurisdictions Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Refer to Application of the Unit

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM11010B	Operate mobile load shifting equipment

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine lifting and loading requirements	1.1. Load is identified and checked against safe working load and final position/location and/or relevant specifications or regulations. 1.2. Special handling requirements of load are identified, if applicable. 1.3. Load is lifted correctly and placed in final position/location to achieve specified balance of load.
2. Work in areas of restricted movement or conditions of restricted visibility	2.1. Load is collected and manoeuvred without damage to load or collision with obstacles according to standard operating procedures.
3. Identify and carry loads that require special care	3.1. Loads requiring special care are identified. 3.2. Loads are carried in accordance with special requirements of product according to standard operating procedures and/or regulations.
4. Operate forklifts in special traffic conditions	4.1. Forklifts are operated in areas of heavy traffic. 4.2. Forklifts are operated over difficult or uneven surfaces. 4.3. Forklifts are operated in areas shared with the general public, as required.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading/interpreting specifications, regulations, load charts and standard operating procedures, including simple drawings selecting appropriate load shifting device identifying safe working loads identifying/managing special conditions and equipment operating in a complex mobile plant environment communicating with personnel on movement/location following oral instructions
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: pre-operational checks licensing requirements and appropriate permits load protection operational environment methods and techniques for loads requiring special care hazards and control measures associated with this unit use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to operate load shifting equipment in special conditions. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with operating load shifting equipment in special conditions or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Safe working load	As defined in the manufacturers' specifications for lifting plant or gear
Loads requiring special care	Non-standard load configuration Fragile loads Dangerous (volatile, explosive, sensitive) Raising and lowering personnel on approved work platforms (forklift only)

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Materials handling

MEM11022B Operate fixed/moveable load shifting equipment

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers conducting routine operation and safety checks of fixed/moveable load shifting equipment, picking up loads, shifting and placing loads.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the operation of fixed/moveable load shifting equipment within the limits of manufacturers' recommended procedures and safe working loads. It applies to load shifting/lifting activities where knowledge of codes and signals is not required. When using dedicated lifting equipment or devices where decisions regarding loads and methods of attachment are not required, Unit MEM11011B (Undertake manual handling) should be selected. Awareness of licensing requirements - licenses may be required for fixed/moveable load shifting equipment in some jurisdictions. Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Refer to Application of the Unit

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Conduct routine operation and safety checks of load shifting equipment	1.1. Operational principles of fixed/moveable load shifting equipment are understood. 1.2. Routine pre-operational checks are undertaken in accordance with manufacturers' specifications and regulatory safety requirements. 1.3. Non-compliance with specifications is reported using standard operating procedures.
2. Pick up loads	2.1. Appropriate load shifting device is selected for the load and shifting requirements. 2.2. Load shifting device is operated within design specifications and safe working load. 2.3. Load is lifted/rolled, ensuring balance, vision of operation, safety of personnel and protection of load.
3. Shift loads	3.1. Where required, load is moved at an appropriate and safe speed using a safe and efficient path. 3.2. Path of movement is monitored for obstacles and hazards during shifting process.
4. Place loads	4.1. Loads are lowered at an appropriate and safe rate. 4.2. Loads are placed to ensure stability, protection of material and avoidance of hazards on site.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading and interpreting routine information on instructions, specifications, load charts and standard operating procedures. May include simple drawings selecting and operating appropriate load shifting device communicating with others about movement of equipment checking and clarifying task-related information identifying the safe working load in relation to the capacity of the crane and lifting gear following oral instruction safely lifting, moving and placing loads
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: operational principles of fixed/moveable load shifting equipment pre-operational checks loads and lifting attachments load chart and safe working loads (SWL) awareness of licensing requirements load protection operational environment appropriate permits use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures hazards and control measures associated with operating fixed/moveable load shifting equipment

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to operate fixed/moveable load shifting equipment to move and place loads.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both. Where assessment occurs off the job, i.e. the candidate is not in productive work, an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with operating fixed/moveable load shifting equipment or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Fixed/moveable load shifting equipment	Pendant cranes Yard, workshop and travelling overhead cranes Monorail hoists and chain blocks Pivoting and slewing jibs rails (manual, air or electric etc.)
Pre-operational checks	Hazards warning lights, wire rope, lifting blocks, compass, operation of controls, safe working load marked as determined by manufacturers' specifications and standard operating procedures
Obstacles and hazards	Overhead cables, electrical hazards (live rails), personnel, obstacles (fixed and moveable), swing of the load and failure of slings

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Materials handling

MEM12001B Use comparison and basic measuring devices

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers sorting items using basic comparison measuring equipment, and maintaining the equipment.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	Measurements are conducted in a production environment or at a work station. Work is undertaken autonomously or as part of teamwork. All comparative measurements are undertaken to standard operating procedures and to regulatory and legislative requirements. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Use comparison and/or basic measuring devices	1.1. Measuring devices are identified and used to undertake required comparisons or measurements using standard operating procedures. 1.2. Checking or sorting of items is undertaken using comparison and/or basic measuring device according to standard operating procedures.
2. Maintain comparison and/or basic measuring devices	2.1. Basic care and storage is maintained to manufacturers' standards or standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: using device in accordance with standard operating procedures storing and maintaining devices using basic numeracy skills for undertaking comparison measurements following oral instructions and written standard operating procedures
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: use and application of various comparison or measurement devices procedures for the correct use of devices procedures for maintaining and storing devices hazards and control measures associated with conducting measurements, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to use comparison and basic measuring devices.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with using comparison and basic measuring devices or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Basic measuring devices	Linear measuring devices measuring to within 1mm graduation - may include rules, tapes and retractable tapes
Comparisons	Comparison of length, angle, size, temperature, pressure, weight, voltage, resistance and amperage
Comparison measuring devices	Go/no-go devices, thread angle and taper gauges, temperature gauges, pressure gauges, measuring gauges and overlay indicators, templates, digital devices and pre-set verniers and micrometers

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Measurement

MEM12002B Perform electrical/electronic measurement

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers selecting and using basic electro-measuring devices to check variables and the ability to maintain the devices.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the measurement of voltage, current, resistance, power, frequency etc. on a.c. and d.c. circuits up to 1000 volts, using appropriate measuring devices and for a range of general applications. Measurement skills for specific applications and context are covered by other units. For simple measurement tasks such as reading of fixed devices, testing continuity, and tasks requiring the use of devices mounted in measuring jigs etc. Unit MEM12023A (Perform engineering measurements) and/or Unit MEM12001B (Use comparison and basic measuring devices) should be considered. If electrical/electronic measuring devices require the connection or disconnection of circuitry, the appropriate units should also be selected. In circumstances where the application of this unit or where legislation dictates, relevant units covering first aid and/or emergency procedures should also be considered. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Use electro-measuring devices to measure variables	1.1. Appropriate device or equipment and setting is selected to obtain required measurement. 1.2. Appropriate connections are made to obtain required measurement according to standard operating procedure. 1.3. Readings are obtained and interpreted correctly and conversion is made where necessary into the required units of measurement.
2. Maintain electro devices	2.1. Routine care and storage of devices is undertaken to manufacturer's specifications or standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: setting and using electro-measuring devices obtaining and interpreting specified electrical measurements selecting appropriate measuring devices performing arithmetic operations required to convert measurements into appropriate units of measurement maintaining and storing electro-measuring devices reading and interpreting information on standard operating procedures
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: terminology and concepts relating to electrical/electronic measurement the selection of different measuring devices for particular applications within the scope of this unit specifications of selected electro-measuring devices the application of the settings on each electro-measuring device the procedures for obtaining electrical/electronic measurements procedures for connecting electro-measuring devices to circuitry the correct scale for each setting on the electro-measuring device the scale factor to be applied to readings taken from the electro-measuring device the units applying to electrical and electronic measurements maintenance and storage requirements for a range of electro-measuring devices that devices can impact on the circuit condition relevant State/Territory or Commonwealth legislative and regulatory requirements, industry standards, NOHSC guidelines and code of practice hazards and control measures associated with electrical/electronic measurement safe work practices and procedures use and application of personal protective equipment

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform electrical/electronic measurement.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with electrical/electronic measurement or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Appropriate device or equipment	Analogue/digital multi meters, clip-on meter, oscilloscopes, potentiometers determined according to the type of measurement being taken
Routine care	Zero and linear adjustments, inspection, check for serviceability and safe operation

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Measurement

MEM12003B Perform precision mechanical measurement

Modification History

Editorial correction to unit application to include missing notes relating to dual band status.

Single band identifier removed to clarify dual status.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers performing precision mechanical measurement by using precision measuring equipment, setting comparison measuring devices and maintaining precision equipment.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The unit applies to precision and/or complex use of strip gauges, engineering squares, lasers, angle dekkors, sine bars, angle gauges, polygons, dividing heads, rotary tables, precision levels, micrometers, height gauges, hardness testers, and texture measuring equipment etc. Work is undertaken autonomously or as part of team environment. Work is undertaken in the field (in situ) or in a workshop/laboratory environment. This unit covers comprehensive measuring skills where judgement is required in the selection of the most appropriate techniques/devices and where results are interpreted/analysed. All specifications are obtained from engineering drawings and data sheets and/or manufacturers' instructions/data. All measurement/test procedures are undertaken to standard operating procedures or manufacturers' recommended procedures. Band: This unit has dual status and is to be regarded as both a Specialisation Band A unit and Specialisation Band B unit for progression to C7 (AQF level IV) Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Use precision measurement equipment	1.1. Appropriate precision equipment is selected to achieve specified outcome. 1.2. Correct and appropriate measuring techniques are used for the measurement task. 1.3. Measurements are taken accurately to the finest graduation of instrument. 1.4. Readings and measurements are interpreted correctly and accurately.
2. Set comparative measuring devices	2.1. Measuring equipment is set to specifications using manufacturer guidelines or standard operating procedures and techniques.
3. Maintain precision equipment	3.1. Measuring equipment is adjusted and maintained to required accuracy, using manufacturer or standard operating procedures and techniques. 3.2. Equipment is stored to manufacturer specifications or standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading and interpreting text and numerical information on manufacturer specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents selecting/using precision mechanical measuring devices setting measuring devices to specification obtaining specified mechanical measurements to the finest graduation of the device measuring components to specified tolerances reading and interpreting measurements maintaining and adjusting precision mechanical measuring devices storing precision mechanical measuring devices undertaking calculations and numerical operations for measurement using precision mechanical measuring equipment
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: the appropriate precision mechanical measuring device for given measurement requirements procedures to verify equipment being used has been recently calibrated suitability of environmental conditions for the measurements being carried out procedures/techniques for obtaining a range of mechanical measurements the accuracy to which a range of precision mechanical measuring devices can be read procedures for reading graduated mechanical measuring devices units of measurement and numerical operations within the scope of this unit procedures for setting precision mechanical measuring devices specifications of the equipment to be set tools and equipment for setting mechanical measuring devices the adjustments that can be made to a range of precision mechanical measuring devices procedures for adjusting and maintaining precision mechanical measuring devices procedures for storing precision mechanical measuring devices hazards and control measures associated with precision mechanical measurement, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform precision mechanical measurement. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with precision mechanical measurement or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Equipment	Strip gauges, engineering squares, angle dekkors, sine bars, angle gauges, polygons, dividing heads, rotary tables, precision levels, micrometers, height gauges, hardness testers, and texture measuring equipment
Appropriate measuring techniques	Includes considerations of the suitability of the environmental conditions for measurements being taken
Measurements	Length, circular, straightness, flatness, hardness, angles, finishes, textures, roundness, squareness, alignment and coordinate measurement etc. on components or equipment

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Measurement

MEM12005B Calibrate measuring equipment

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers checking measuring equipment for correct operation, and validating/calibrating precision measuring equipment in accordance with predetermined procedures.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the calibration skills used in the setting, adjustment, validation or verification of precision mechanical and/or electrical/electronic measuring instruments using reference standards in accordance with predetermined standard procedures. This may involve the use of electronic setting equipment and the selection or determination of an appropriate external standard in accordance with standard operating procedures. This unit is not meant to apply to simple zeroing, external adjustment or manual adjustment for size range e.g. micrometers etc; these skills are covered by Unit MEM12023A (Perform engineering measurements), Unit MEM12003B (Perform precision mechanical measurement) or Unit MEM12004B (Perform precision electrical/electronic measurement) as appropriate. There may be occasions when both pathways MEM12003B and MEM12002B will be required. Where additional electrical/electronic measurement skills are required, then Unit MEM12004B (Perform precision electrical/electronic measurement) should be considered. Competence in this unit does not require the level of skill that applies to calibration as defined in ISO 9000 and/or carried out by personnel accredited under ISO/IEC 17025/NATA certification or similar. Unit MEM15010B (Perform laboratory procedures) should be considered for this level of calibration. Where reference standards only are to be verified under laboratory conditions, then MEM15022B (Verify reference standards) should be considered. Band: B Unit Weight: 6

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM12003B	Perform precision mechanical measurement
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements
Path 2	MEM12002B	Perform electrical/electronic measurement
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Check equipment for correct operation	1.1. Appropriate checks are made of components, leads, fasteners, etc. for wear, loose connections or other faults.
2. Validate/calibrate precision measuring equipment	2.1. Calibration of precision measuring equipment is assessed to manufacturers' specifications and/or standard operating procedures. 2.2. Equipment is calibrated against appropriate physical standards using correct calibration devices, equipment, techniques using predetermined procedures. 2.3. Equipment is recommissioned in accordance with standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: interpreting work requirements using appropriate tools and equipment to check measuring equipment for faults using appropriate techniques to check the calibration of the measuring equipment for conformance to specifications calibrating the measuring equipment against the appropriate physical standard recommissioning the measuring equipment using literacy and numeracy skills to enable correct completion of calibration records
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: measuring equipment specifications, operation, wearing parts, connections and components checks that are to be made of the measuring equipment and the tools and equipment to be used when checking the measuring equipment common fault(s) that may be found in the measuring equipment effects of faults on the performance/accuracy of the measuring equipment general knowledge of standards, legislative or regulatory requirements applicable to the measuring equipment and/or its calibration standard operating procedures for calibrating the measuring equipment and the tools and equipment required to do so standard operating procedures for commissioning the measuring equipment calibration records to be kept/maintained in accordance with standard operating procedures hazards and controls associated with calibrating measuring equipment

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to check equipment for correct operation and validate/calibrate precision measuring equipment. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with calibrating measuring equipment or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Calibration	To standardise the quantities of a measuring instrument
Physical standards	Reference standards of mass length, time, temperature, pressure, volume, process characteristics etc.
Calibration devices, equipment	Micrometer, vernier caliper, voltmeter, oscilloscope, all types of comparators, jigs and fixtures, templates and patterns etc.
Techniques	In standard operating procedures, manufacturers' manuals
Recommissioned	Sealing, tagging, identification or storage in accordance with standard operating procedures

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Measurement

MEM12006C Mark off/out (general engineering)

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers marking off/out by transferring dimensions from engineering drawings, prints or plans to engineering items that are to be either manufactured or set up. Dimensions may be directly transferred or may require calculation from information on the drawings, prints or plans.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency applies to marking off/out techniques used for the transfer of dimensions from engineering drawings, prints or plans to items that are to be set up or manufactured, for example, engineering components, jigs and fixtures, castings, templates, dies and tooling. This unit has been developed for Engineering Tradesperson - Mechanical apprenticeship training and the recognition of trade level skills in mark off/out in general engineering. Skills covered by this unit are generally applied in occupational and work situations associated with trade level fitting, machining and toolmaking work. Marking off/out is undertaken using appropriate tools and equipment and templates are produced as required. Marking off/out techniques may apply to a range of materials and shapes. The task may be performed in a workshop or in situ. This unit is not intended to cover the skills used in a simple transfer of a dimension or marking a location point associated with general engineering and maintenance functions. For these skills refer to MEM07005C Perform general machining, MEM18006C Repair and fit engineering components or MEM18014B Manufacture press tools and gauges. Where a higher level of calculation, measurement or precision work is required, see MEM30012A Use mathematical techniques and perform simple statistical computations, MEM12003B Perform precision mechanical measurement or MEM18003C Use tools for precision work, respectively. For marking out structural fabrications and shapes, refer to MEM12007D Mark off/out structural fabrications and shapes. This unit covers the marking out skills only. When the manufacture of templates is required, other appropriate units may need to be selected. Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine job requirements	1.1. Drawings, job instructions and specifications are interpreted and understood 1.2. Appropriate methods and sequencing are selected consistent with proposed manufacturing process using standard operating procedures
2. Transfer dimension	2.1. All marking off/out is carried out to specifications using appropriate tools and equipment 2.2. Datum points are correctly established 2.3. Dimensions are transferred and correct and appropriate calculations are used where required

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: determining job requirements transferring dimensions applying method and sequence of marking out making templates as required establishing datum points reading and interpreting routine information on written job instructions, specifications standard operating procedures and engineering drawings performing calculations using formulae locating, reading and interpreting information on written job instructions, specifications, drawings, charts, lists and other reference documentation checking and clarifying strategies
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: drawings, job instructions and specifications procedures for marking off/out tools, equipment and techniques related to the task purpose of establishing datum points method of determining/calculating dimensions use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures relevant hazards and control measures related to the competency

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to mark off/out in a general engineering situation. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently apply the skills covered in this unit of competency in new and different workplace situations and contexts. Critical aspects of assessment and evidence include: examination of detailed drawings for marking out requirements and specifications including materials, measurements and tolerances, manufacturing methods, standards and code requirements correct calculation of measurements not shown on drawings sequence of measuring and/or development is determined correctly correctly establishing and marking datum points measurements are accurately transferred to component, jig, fixture, casting, template, die or tooling accurate production of templates.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit has been developed to support training in and recognition of trade level competency in marking off/out general engineering items as applied to trade level fitting, machining and toolmaking work environment. Assessment should emphasise a workplace context and procedures found in the candidate's workplace. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate.
Method of assessment	Typically, persons engaged in Engineering Tradesperson - Mechanical work are required to apply their geometric development skills and techniques across a range of jobs and specifications. A single assessment event is not appropriate. On the job assessment should be included as part of the assessment process wherever possible. Where assessment occurs off the job, judgement must consider evidence of the candidate's performance in a productive work environment that includes a sufficient range of appropriate tasks and materials to cover the scope of application for this unit. Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment	This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with marking off/out general engineering items or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit. Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Marking off/out	Marking off/out may include engineering components, jigs and fixtures, castings, templates, dies and tooling
Tools and equipment	Tools and equipment may include: marking out tables surface tables rotary tables dividing heads vee blocks cylinder squares sine bars vernier height gauges protractors straight edge and set squares hammers scribers centre punch marking medium

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Measurement

MEM12022B Program coordinate measuring machines (advanced)

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers writing, trialling and editing programs for coordinate measuring machines to measure features of parts in multiple planes using multiple probes.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The skills in this unit extend to writing programs to measure features of parts in multiple planes using multiple probes. The program produced may be used on a range of coordinate measuring machines and would be suitably archived and backed up. Programs are trialled and edited as necessary. Work would be undertaken autonomously using predetermined standards of quality. For programming using single probes in a single plane, Unit MEM12021B (Program coordinate measuring machines) should be selected. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM12003B	Perform precision mechanical measurement
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine program requirements	1.1. Part parameters and measurement requirements are determined. 1.2. Program attributes are established according to standard operating procedures.
2. Determine probe configuration for multiple probes	2.1. Probe configuration is determined according to standard operating procedures. 2.2. Probe angles are determined and multiple probes are qualified.
3. Create multiple Direct Computer Control (DCC) alignment	3.1. Multiple DCC alignment is created according to standard operating procedures. 3.2. DCC sub-routines are integrated.
4. Construct advanced geometric features	4.1. Geometric features are determined and constructed. 4.2. Features are dimensioned according to standard operating procedures.
5. Review and maintain part programs/system	5.1. Part programs are reviewed/edited to comply with changes to specifications. 5.2. System wide options are changed. 5.3. Programs are archived and backed up according to standard operating procedures. 5.4. Results are output to various formats according to standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: determining program parameters from written job instructions, specifications, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents selecting the correct units for the job requirements selecting suitable probes and determining probe configuration determining and qualifying probe angles for each probe creating multiple DCC alignment integrating new and/or existing DCC sub-routines constructing geometric features for the program reviewing and editing program to specification changing system wide operations to ensure the most efficient operation of the program checking that the integrity of the system is maintained archiving and backing up outputting results output to printer, disc or other formats planning and sequencing operations/processes checking and clarifying information completing workplace documents and short reports checking for conformance to specifications undertaking calculations for determining program parameters and checking tolerances undertaking numerical operations, geometry and calculations/formulae within the scope of this unit following verbal instructions orally reporting information
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: program specifications the procedure for producing the program the parameters for selecting attributes the reason for selecting multiple probes the procedure for determining multiple probe configuration the procedure for determining probe angles the qualification procedure the procedure for creating DCC alignment the critical differences between single and multiple DCC alignment problems due to integrating sub-routines advantages gained through integration of DCC sub-routines the procedure for constructing geometric features reasons for constructing features in the sequence followed the procedure for ensuring the dimensioning techniques comply with relevant standards the procedure for ensuring all notes/instructions are clear and logical the procedures and parameters for editing, archiving and backing up programs the effects of editing particular sections of the program the effects on other programs of changing software or hardware options the procedures for changing system-wide options the list of recipients or those with access rights to the programs the procedures for producing/storing results/reports the procedure for notifying personnel of completion of the program is explained techniques, tools and equipment to measure components hazards and control measures associated with advanced CMM programming, including housekeeping use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform advanced programming of a coordinate measuring machine. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with advanced programming of a coordinate measuring machine or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Measurement

MEM12023A Perform engineering measurements

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers performing measurement skills requiring straightforward use of mechanical measuring devices and associated calculations.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit covers straightforward measurement using devices which incorporate visual indications representing units of measurement. It applies to the use of measuring devices in a range of manufacturing, engineering and related environments. It includes, where required, adjustment of measuring devices through simple means and typically includes zeroing or scale adjustment. Measurements may be expressed in metric or imperial units. All measurements are undertaken to standard operating procedures. Electrical/electronic devices used are those not requiring the connection or disconnection of circuitry. Work is undertaken autonomously or part of team environment, in the field, work station or workshops. For straightforward use of comparison or pre-set measuring devices, Unit MEM12001B (Use comparison and basic measuring devices) should be accessed. Band: A Unit Weight: 5

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Select appropriate device or equipment	1.1. Measurement requirements are determined from specifications. 1.2. Appropriate device or equipment is selected according to standard operating procedures, to achieve required outcome.
2. Obtain measurements using a range of measuring devices	2.1. Correct and appropriate measuring technique is used. 2.2. Measurements are accurately obtained . 2.3. Dimensions are determined or verified using basic calculations, where required.
3. Maintain measuring devices	3.1. Routine care and storage of devices is undertaken to manufacturers' specifications or standard operating procedures. 3.2. Routine adjustments to devices are made and checked.
4. Communicate measurements as required	4.1. Measurements are accurately recorded, where required. 4.2. Freehand sketch which depicts required information is prepared, as required.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: selecting the appropriate measuring device for given measuring tasks using appropriate measuring technique reading all measurements taken accurately to the finest graduation of the selected measuring device handling and storing measuring devices in accordance with manufacturers' specifications or standard operating procedures verifying all measuring devices before use making, where appropriate, routine adjustments to measuring devices reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents planning and sequencing operations checking and clarifying task related information checking for conformance to specifications undertaking numerical operations involving addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, fractions and decimals within the scope of this unit preparing drawings as required
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: correct application of a range of measuring devices correct and appropriate measuring technique for a range of measuring devices addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, fractions, decimals to the scope required by this unit procedures for handling and storing a range of measuring devices procedures for adjusting and zeroing a range of measuring devices methods of communicating measurements by drawings, as required safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform engineering measurements.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing engineering measurements or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Specifications	Drawings, sketches, job instructions, schematics, diagrams, technical manuals
Range of measuring devices	Protractors, combination squares, set squares, dial indicators, thermometers, tapes, rules, micrometers, vernier-scaled measuring equipment
Basic calculations	Calculations needed to assist in determining measurements where a reading of the graduated device is not sufficient, for example subtracting one measurement from another to give a third measurement. Examples of calculations needed are addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, fractions and decimals. Calculations may be made using a calculator
Routine adjustments	Validating the device using simple zeroing or scale adjustment
Measurements	Measuring length, squareness, flatness, angle, roundness, clearances or any other measurements that can be read off analog, digital or other measuring device
Information	Dimensions, instructions, base line or datum points

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Measurement

MEM12024A Perform computations

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers estimating approximate answers to arithmetical problems, carrying out basic calculations involving percentages and proportions, and determining simple ratios and averages. The unit includes producing and interpreting simple charts and graphs.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies in manufacturing, engineering or related environments. It includes the application of the four rules of algebraic expressions, extracting information from drawings, diagrams, graphs and charts and producing simple charts and graphs. Data may be derived from readings taken or may be computer generated. Applications can include computations associated with pressure, volume, temperature, heat, speed, power, elasticity, density, mass, force etc. Calculations may be performed using pen and paper or on a calculator. Band: A Unit Weight: 3

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine work requirement	1.1. Required outcomes are established from job instructions. 1.2. Data is obtained from relevant sources and interpreted correctly. 1.3. Required calculation method is determined to suit the application, including selection of relevant arithmetic operations and/or formulae. 1.4. Expected results are estimated, including rounding off, as appropriate.
2. Perform calculations	2.1. Calculation method is applied correctly. 2.2. Correct answer is obtained. 2.3. Answer is checked against estimation.
3. Produce charts and graphs from given information	3.1. Data is transposed accurately to produce charts or graphs. 3.2. Charts or graphs accurately reflect data on which they are based.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: performing calculations involving whole numbers using all four basic rules performing calculations involving length, perimeter, area and volume checking calculated answers for accuracy rounding off estimated answers expressing information presented in fractional or decimal format as a percentage selecting appropriate formulae for the given application substituting the correct values for each term in the relevant formulae using appropriate mathematical operations performing calculations involving ratios or proportions determining required information from appropriate charts or graphs producing simple charts or graphs from given information or observations made selecting appropriate scales and using them in the production of charts and graphs marking appropriate limits clearly on the graph or chart reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents planning and sequencing operations checking and clarifying task related information checking for conformance to specifications undertaking numerical operations, geometry and calculations/formulae within the scope of this unit
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: formula applicable to the determination of perimeter, area and volume of simple geometric shapes techniques for estimating approximate answers reasons for using dimensions with the same units when calculating length, perimeter, area and volume concepts of perimeter, area and volume procedures for rounding off figures when estimating approximate answers mixed numbers, decimals, fractions and whole numbers concept of percentage procedures to be followed in converting a decimal to a percentage procedures for carrying out calculations involving fractions and using each of the four basic rules procedures to be followed on converting a fraction to a percentage sources of appropriate formulae reasons for ensuring that the units of each term are consistent with the formulae selected procedures for converting given units to those required for use in formulae concepts of ratio and proportion given ratios and proportions can be expressed in terms of whole numbers, fractions and decimal fractions scales applicable to the axes of the graphs or charts three types of charts and/or graphs used in the individual's field of work where appropriate, upper and lower limits of acceptability applicable to data entered on a graph or chart where appropriate, the trends indicated by the slope or gradient of a graph where appropriate, the action to be taken when given trends occur or set limits are approached on graphs or charts procedures for drawing 'lines of best fit' the trends indicated by the graphs or charts drawn hazards and control measures associated with performing computations, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform computations.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing computations or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Relevant sources	Charts, graphs, diagrams, measurement data, reference manuals and specifications
Application	Applications can include computations associated with pressure, volume, temperature, heat, speed, power, elasticity, density, mass, force etc.
Arithmetic operations	Application of subtraction, addition, multiplication and division Manipulation of decimals, fractions and mixed numbers and whole numbers Determining of percentages Performing of algebraic expressions Calculation of proportions and ratios
Charts and graphs	Simple histograms, control charts, pie charts etc.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Measurement

MEM12025A Use graphical techniques and perform simple statistical computations

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers interpreting and constructing graphs and charts from given or determined data, and performing basic statistical calculations.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	Graphs and charts may be applied to information from various work contexts, quality processes, production and market trends and other engineering applications. A range of devices may be used to assist with calculations. This unit has dual status and is to be regarded as both a Specialisation band A unit and Specialisation band B unit for progression to C5 (AQF level V). Band: Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM12024A	Perform computations

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Read and construct graphs from given or determined data	1.1. Complex information is extracted from graphical representation. 1.2. Data is analysed with respect to emerging trends. 1.3. Graphs are constructed as required from data and drawn with respect to scale and accepted method. 1.4. Significant features of graphical representation are understood such as limit lines, gradients (straight line graphs), intercepts, maximum and minimum values. 1.5. A wide variety of graphs are constructed as required including histograms, control charts, straight line graphs and parabolic graphs.
2. Perform basic statistical calculations	2.1. Mean, median and mode are calculated from given data. 2.2. Standard deviation is calculated. 2.3. Application of standard deviation and limits to process improvement techniques is understood.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: obtaining required information by interpreting data presented in graphical form determining the trend(s) indicated by the data presented in graphical form constructing graphs to scale labelling the axes appropriately selecting scales appropriate to the purpose for which the graph is intended constructing histograms, control charts, straight line and parabolic graphs determining for a given set of data the mean, median and mode determining for a given set of data the standard deviation reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents planning and sequencing operations checking and clarifying task related information checking for conformance to specifications undertaking numerical operations, geometry and calculations/formulae within the scope of this unit
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: characteristics of straight line, parabolic and hyperbolic curves procedures for determining the slope/rate of change of a curve the trend(s) indicated by changes in gradient of a graph procedures for drawing the line of best fit for the coordinates plotted standard form of equations relating to straight lines and parabolic curves gradient, intercepts, maximum and minimum values and limit lines for straight line and parabolic curves function of control charts the meaning of the terms mean, median and mode the meaning of the term standard deviation the significance of 1, 2 and 3 sigma limits safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to use graphical techniques and perform simple statistical computations. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with using graphical techniques and performing simple statistical computations or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Process improvement techniques	Techniques in which error rates are mathematically calculated and recorded such as three sigma and six sigma NOTE: This unit gives the underpinning calculation skill for these techniques and does not cover the implementation or use of three or six sigma systems

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Measurement

MEM13001B Perform emergency first aid

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers performing basic emergency first aid, EAR (expired air resuscitation) and CPR (cardiopulmonary resuscitation).

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to administration of basic emergency first aid treatment and the management of life threatening situations where an unconscious person requires expired air resuscitation (EAR) and cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR). This unit does not meet all of the requirements expected of designated First Aid Officers. The competencies required for situations involving isolation of persons from hazardous electrical situations are covered in Unit MEM18049C (Disconnect/reconnect fixed wired equipment up to 1000 volts a.c. and 1500 volts d.c.) and Unit MEM10003B (Install and test electrical wiring and circuits up to 1000 volts a.c. and 1500 volts d.c.). Band: A Unit Weight: 1

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Perform emergency first aid	1.1. Correct procedures for EAR (expired air resuscitation) and CPR (cardiopulmonary resuscitation) are demonstrated on a mannequin. 1.2. First aid treatment of injuries is carried out correctly. 1.3. Details of first aid administered are accurately recorded. 1.4. Understanding of relevant regulatory and legislative requirements is demonstrated.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: planning and sequencing operations checking and clarifying task-related information performing EAR (expired air resuscitation) and CPR (cardiopulmonary resuscitation) on a mannequin simulated first aid treatment for the full range of injuries covered by the range statement reading, interpreting and following emergency first aid procedures and related documents entering information onto proformas and other relevant documents communicating effectively with injured persons, appropriate personnel and authorities
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: applicable regulatory and legislative requirements use and application of any applicable personal protective equipment hazards and control measures associated with performing emergency first aid, including housekeeping instances where EAR and CPR should be performed procedures for preparing a person for the administration of EAR and CPR procedures for performing EAR and CPR on a child and an adult dangers and precautions to be taken when administering EAR and CPR emergency first aid procedures for injuries covered by the scope of this unit details to be recorded of first aid administered procedures and reasons for recording first aid administered relevant regulatory and legislative requirements with respect to emergency first aid the impact of regulatory/legislative requirements on the individual and others safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform emergency first aid.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing emergency first aid or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Injuries	Burns/scalds, fractures, cuts and abrasions, poisoning, foreign bodies in eyes, concussion and shock

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Occupational health and safety

MEM13002B Undertake occupational health and safety activities in the workplace

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers applying principles of Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) in the workplace and undertaking a safety risk assessment for the employee's area of responsibility.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to employees requiring additional OHS competencies beyond those inherent in their job. Band: A Unit Weight: 3

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Apply principles of OHS in a workplace	1.1. Basic OHS principles of hazard identification, risk assessment and control are described. 1.2. Understanding of OHS legislation as it is applied in the workplace is demonstrated.
2. Carry out safety audit	2.1. Regular safety audits in the area of responsibility are carried out in accordance with appropriate OHS standards.
3. Identify health and safety improvements	3.1. OHS issues and suggestions for improvements are made to OHS Representatives and Committees as appropriate. 3.2. On the basis of safety audits or as required, hazards are identified and recommendations for their control are made. 3.3. Contributions to safety improvements are made using standard operating procedures. 3.4. OHS training needs are identified.
4. Follow requirements of enterprise OHS program	4.1. Requirements of the OHS program are satisfied within the area of responsibility. This includes for example, accident investigation and emergency procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: performing safety audits making safety improvements initiating OHS training meeting requirements of the OHS program and procedures in the individual's area(s) of responsibility reading and interpreting audit and safety-related documentation following audit and OHS procedures entering information onto audit reports and other relevant documents communicating effectively about OHS activities with workplace personnel
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: principles of hazard identification, assessment and control as applied to the workplace procedures for hazard identification, assessment and control application of OHS legislation in the workplace procedures for conducting safety audits safety standards applicable to the individual's area(s) of responsibility the frequency at which safety audits should be conducted procedures for implementing OHS improvements the means of rectifying given or identified hazards reasons for selecting the chosen means of rectifying the hazard the authority to whom recommended OHS improvements are to be reported procedures for making safety improvements requirement for OHS training in the individual's area(s) of responsibility objectives of OHS training procedures for initiating OHS training accident investigation procedures emergency OHS procedures the role of the individual in carrying out accident investigations and emergency procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to undertake OHS activities in the workplace.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with undertaking occupational health and safety activities in the workplace or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Risk assessment	Risk assessment is a process that involves: analysing the risk to identify influencing factors and the range of potential consequences assessing: the effectiveness of existing controls the likelihood of each consequence considering exposure and hazard level and combining these in some way to obtain a level of risk

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Occupational health and safety

MEM13003B Work safely with industrial chemicals and materials

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers using personal protective equipment (PPEs), identifying the particular hazards and emergency procedures, and observing safe working practices in that environment.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit may be applied in a workplace in which materials and chemicals which are subject to codes and regulations are stored and used, for example, chemicals, solvents, dangerous materials, acids, noxious waste products etc. Evidence of competency is to encompass the satisfactory application of current State/Territory OHS legislation, standards and codes of practice, and the hierarchy of hazard control measures with elimination, substitution, isolation and engineering control measures being selected before safe work practices and PPEs. This unit describes the competencies which are beyond those safety requirements normally applied in the workplace as described in Unit MEM13014A (Apply principles of occupational health and safety in the work environment) or specifically described in individual units such as welding. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Use personal protective equipment	1.1. Correct and appropriate safety clothing including personal protective equipment is selected and used correctly based on information in relevant material safety data sheet (MSDS).
2. Identify emergency procedures	2.1. Emergency procedures and plan relevant to the particular work environment are documented, understood and demonstrated as laid down in approved safety instructions.
3. Observe safe working practices	3.1. Hazardous areas and materials are identified and special handling procedures are identified and understood. 3.2. Permits to work (if necessary) are obtained. 3.3. All equipment and hazardous materials are used in accordance with relevant OHS legislation, manufacturers' instructions and standard operating procedures. 3.4. All site-specific safety policies, safety signs, symbols and labels are correctly identified and understood. 3.5. Material safety data sheets are understood and applied. 3.6. Safe manual handling procedures (including equipment) are used. 3.7. Decanted chemicals and storage is to State/Territory dangerous goods and OHS legislation and requirements. 3.8. Housekeeping duties are performed according to standard operating procedures to maintain a safe working environment.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: undertaking risk assessment communicating with others performing proper manual handling techniques interpreting safety signage, labelling and placarding
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: dangerous goods classification and labelling/placarding testing, use and maintenance of PPE inherent hazardous properties of the chemicals to be used interpretation of the relevant MSDS basic fire fighting procedures site-specific emergency plan procedures chemical spill confinement procedures dangerous occurrence (near miss) reporting procedures hierarchy of control

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to work safely and efficiently with various chemicals.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with working safely with industrial chemicals and materials or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Personal protective equipment	Personal protective may include appropriate: goggles/face shields respirators air supplied or self-contained helmets safety boots, gloves and appropriate clothes/garments
Safe working practices	Environment is inspected Hazards (and chemical reactive hazards) are assessed and controlled using hierarchy of hazard control Properly maintained PPE is available Emergency management plan is documented/understood Work to be undertaken in safe 'thermal' environments and all possible ignition sources are to be identified and controlled
Storage	All storage containers (minor quantities and in consumer packages) are suitable for chemical exposure and are properly labelled and/or placarded. Chemical manifests are updated at completion of work activity
State or Territory legislative requirements	Appropriate OHS, dangerous goods acts and regulations, Australian standards, Australian Code for the Transport of Dangerous Goods by Road and Rail (ADGC), NOHSC codes of practice

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Occupational health and safety

MEM13004B Work safely with molten metals/glass

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers working safely with molten metals or glass including the appropriate using personal protective equipment (PPE), identifying and responding to emergency procedures, observing safe work practices, and identifying the hazardous conditions in a heavy engineering environment.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit may be applied in all workplaces in which there is molten metal or molten glass, for example, in foundries, die casting operations, glass or molten glass operations, explosives manufacture. Evidence of competency is to encompass the satisfactory application of any current State/Territory OHS legislation, standards and codes of practice, and the hierarchy of hazard control measures with elimination, substitution, isolation and engineering control measures being selected before safe work practices and personal protective equipment. This competency is to be exhibited in accordance with all relevant OHS legislation. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify the need for the use of personal protective equipment	1.1. Appropriate personal protective equipment is identified and used correctly, as specified in standard operating procedures (SOP) and OHS information relating to the specific hazard(s).
2. Adhere to emergency procedures for working with molten metal and glass	2.1. Emergency equipment is located and used in accordance with workplace policies and procedures. 2.2. Responses to emergency procedures are demonstrated as detailed in approved safety procedures and instructions.
3. Identify, assess and control hazardous conditions operating in a heavy engineering environment	3.1. Hazards are identified and reported and planning is undertaken to maintain a healthy and safe work environment. 3.2. Workplace procedures and work instructions for controlling risks are followed accurately.
4. Observe good OHS practices	4.1. Hazardous areas and materials associated with molten metal/glass are identified and potential risks are identified. 4.2. Safety signs and symbols are identified and understood. 4.3. Equipment (including personal protective equipment) is used according to specifications and standard operating procedures. 4.4. Personal protective equipment is inspected and maintained in good order and stored for reuse. 4.5. Hazardous items associated with task are identified and removed from hot material area if required and assessed and controlled. 4.6. Housekeeping duties are performed according to standard operating procedure to maintain a safe working environment and include the safe use, accessibility and maintenance of PPEs.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: using appropriate personal protective equipment responding to emergency procedures (fires, accidents etc.) handling hazardous materials and equipment within the scope of this unit maintaining equipment housekeeping identifying and reporting hazardous conditions and taking actions to rectify hazards interpreting text and numerical (e.g. quantities, units of measurement) information on material safety data sheets, safety signs, symbols and labels using manual handling techniques
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: hazards, hazardous areas and materials and hazard control measures associated with molten metal/glass hierarchy of control procedures relevant to raising OH&S issues rights and responsibilities of workplace parties under OH&S acts, regulations, codes of practice etc. designated personnel responsible for OH&S applicable personal protective equipment emergency procedures safety signs, symbols and labels procedures for correct inspection and service of equipment including personal protective equipment routine maintenance procedures for equipment workplace procedures for working in hazardous areas the consequences of not maintaining a clean and safe working environment specific hazards associated with the work environment/industry safe manual handling procedures location of emergency equipment including first aid facilities

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to work safely with molten metals/glass.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with working safely with molten metals/glass or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Personal protective equipment	Face protection Eye protection Respiratory protection Hearing protection Hand protection Clothing and footwear protection
Risk	Likelihood and consequences of injury or damage
Hazardous material	Hot material Molten metals Molten glass and associated products etc. Explosive materials

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Occupational health and safety

MEM13010A Supervise occupational health and safety in an industrial work environment.

Modification History

Single band identifier removed to clarify dual status

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers supervising implementation of OHS practices and procedures in a section of a workplace that is within an industrial workplace.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to a person who requires the skill and knowledge to supervise others in the implementation and monitoring of occupational health and safety (OHS) of a workplace section. It applies to manufacturing, production, engineering and related industry environments. Band: This unit has dual status and is to be regarded as both a Specialisation band A unit and Specialisation band B unit for progression to C5 (AQF level V). Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM13002B	Undertake occupational health and safety activities in the workplace

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Implement OHS procedures for work site or section	1.1. Legislative requirements for the work section and work supervisor are identified. 1.2. Consultation mechanisms are established for the work section. 1.3. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is allocated to all staff as required. 1.4. Safety and housekeeping practices and procedures are established for the work site or section. 1.5. Tools and equipment are checked for suitability and serviceability. 1.6. Safety monitoring procedures are established. 1.7. Non-conformances with legislative requirements are assessed and addressed.
2. Assess risks in the work site or section	2.1. Hazards in the work site or section are identified. 2.2. Risks are assessed.
3. Apply risk management strategies for work section	3.1. Appropriate risk control measures are implemented. 3.2. Control measures are assessed for effectiveness in controlling the risk. 3.3. Hazards are monitored. 3.4. The need for expert advice to manage risks is determined. 3.5. Accident investigations are conducted as required to determine cause.
4. Supervise others in the implementation of OHS procedures in the work site or section	4.1. Communication on OHS matters is supervised. 4.2. OHS training needs are identified for the work section. 4.3. Workplace OHS training and communication activity is coordinated, evaluated and documented according to legislative requirements and organisational procedure. 4.4. Statutory OHS training requirements are coordinated and documented according to legislative requirements and organisational procedure.
5. Maintain records and statistics	5.1. Accident/incident records are maintained. 5.2. Records are analysed for trends, and particular problem areas are identified.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: keeping records/minutes of discussions with consultative forums on OHS matters scheduling meetings with the relevant consultative forums to discuss OHS matters participating in consultative forums communicating with staff regarding OHS matters identifying OHS training needs in the workplace supervising OHS training implementation interpreting and following information on OHS legislation, workplace practices and procedures, written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, and other applicable reference documents keeping records for monitoring the effectiveness of work practices and procedures with respect to the safety of the working environment investigating accidents in accordance with standard workplace procedures obtaining results of safety audits in accordance with workplace procedures obtaining expertise external to the workplace to assist in the identification and control of workplace hazards maintaining accident and incident records in accordance with standard workplace procedures
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: legislative requirements for the workplace and supervisory responsibilities procedures for initiating discussions with the relevant consultative forums relevant consultative forums the frequency of discussions to be held with the relevant consultative forums organisational OHS communication requirements OHS training practices, procedures and options available work practices and procedures developed in conjunction with the relevant consultative forums the effect of work practices and procedures on the safety of the working environment procedures for monitoring the success of the work practices and procedures developed variables to be recorded during the monitoring process sources of information on occupational health and safety issues procedures for conducting accident investigations the hierarchy of hazard control measures reasons for progressively implementing the hierarchy of control of hazards the likely causes of accidents investigated principles of hazard control the mechanisms for controlling hazards the areas of occupational health and safety for which the workplace lacks acknowledged expertise procedures for accessing expertise external to the workplace procedures for recording accidents and incidents the probable causes of trends or problem areas hazards and control measures relevant for the work site or section, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to supervise occupational health and safety in an industrial work environment. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both. Where assessment occurs off the job, i.e. the candidate is not in productive work, an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with supervising occupational health and safety in an industrial work environment or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Consultation mechanisms	OHS committees, OHS representation, toolbox meetings, safety meetings, record keeping systems
Personal Protective Equipment	Safety boots, gloves, goggles, glasses, ear muffs, hard hats, clothing, respirators or masks, reflective vests
Safety and housekeeping practices and procedures	Emergency/evacuation procedures, tool and equipment cleaning, maintenance and storage procedures, safety reporting and documentation procedures, barricades and signage, procedures for managing hazardous chemicals and materials
Hazards	Risks associated with tools and equipment, lighting, gases, electricity and water, toxic and hazardous substances, flammable materials and fire hazards, lifting practices, working in confined spaces, working at height, spillage, waste and debris, noise, mobile plants such as forklifts and front end loaders, moving parts of machinery, gravity (falls from heights), dusts
Risks	The chance of something happening that will result in injury or damage. It is measured in terms of consequences and likelihood
Risk control measures	Elimination of the hazard, substitution with a lesser hazard, isolation of personnel from the hazard, engineering controls, administrative controls (e.g. procedures and training), personal protective equipment
Communication	Signage and labelling, hazard identification notices, access to policies, procedures, SOPs, etc., meeting notices, documentation procedures, reporting procedures, meetings
Supervised	Coordinated, implemented, referred, delegated, facilitated, monitored, documented
Training needs	Induction programs, technical training, coaching and mentoring, supervision, specialist training, on site/off site, involvement of training specialists, organisational training requirements, referral to training personnel

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Occupational health and safety

MEM13013B Work safely with ionizing radiation

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers working safely with ionizing radiation when performing radiographic testing in a range of industrial applications.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to safely working with ionizing radiation in open or closed sites: on fabrications, structures and components across a wide range of industries. It is a prerequisite to undertaking any other radiographic competency standards unit. The work can relate to scheduled and unscheduled maintenance activities, using general tools, specific radiographic testing equipment as specified in maintenance documentation, testing procedures or operator instructions. All testing must be completed with particular attention to personal and OH&S regulations. Certification against Australian standards may be achieved where assessment in this unit of competency is carried out in conjunction with an examining authority as described in ISO 9712. Materials and chemicals which are subject to codes and regulations - for example, chemicals, explosives, solvents, dangerous materials, acids, or noxious waste products - must be subject to safe work habits must be stored and used in accordance with safe work practices. Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify the hazards and effects of ionizing radiation in the workplace	1.1. The source of ionizing radiation is identified in accordance with relevant organisational policy and procedures. 1.2. Production of X-rays and gamma rays is explained in relation to radiographic testing activities. 1.3. Attenuation factors of ionizing radiation and the biological effects on living tissue are outlined. 1.4. The biological effects of radiation are identified.
2. Apply radiation safety procedures/plans	2.1. Appropriate ionizing radiation protective measures are employed in accordance with relevant organisational policy and procedures. 2.2. SI units of radiation are explained as per the National Health and Medical Research Council/ statutory requirements. 2.3. Exposure limits for personnel as laid down by the radiation authorities in Australia are stated and adhered to. 2.4. Minimum exposure rates/distances are determined from calculations and charts. 2.5. Ionizing radiation sources are operated in accordance with legislation, standards and/or organisational policy, procedures or guidelines.
3. Select and use radiation monitoring equipment	3.1. The tools and equipment necessary to monitor radiation are selected and used as required. 3.2. Techniques and system verification checks necessary to monitor radiation are selected and applied. 3.3. Safety breaches are documented and/or reported in accordance with organisational policy and procedures.
4. Respond to emergency situations	4.1. Procedures for dealing with both X-ray and gamma ray emergency situations are demonstrated.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: calculating and numerical operations within the scope of this unit reading and interpreting charts, written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents planning and sequencing operations checking and clarifying task-related operations checking for conformance to specifications using monitoring equipment calculating and monitoring radiation handling emergencies following safety requirements assessing risk
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: properties of X-rays and gamma rays and principal radioactive sources used in industrial radiography attenuation factors known biological effects of radiation general principles of gas ionisation, photographic effect, luminescence use of film, film badges, ionisation chamber devices, quartz fibre, fluorescent, electronic devices accuracy limits (energy/range) different SI units of radiation including becquerel, sievert and gray exposure limits for personnel as laid down by the radiation authorities in Australia the three exposure reduction factors including: time, distance and shielding procedures for establishing safe working barriers relevant techniques and checks emergency procedures safety procedures including for: types of X-ray equipment types of isotope cameras shielding materials design and requirements for exposure areas requirements for storage of radioisotopes emergency situations, causes and appropriate responses hazards and control measures associated with ionizing radiation, including housekeeping storage requirements of equipment and materials use and application of personal protective equipment safe workplace practices and procedures legal requirements including; Australian/NSW regulations, code of practice (detail) ICRP recommended limits for various persons and various parts of the body for short-term, long-term and accumulated exposure background radiation duties of RSO requirements for transport IATA regulations obligations of the licensee

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to safely work with ionizing radiation when performing radiographic testing.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with radiographic testing or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Relevant organisational policy and procedures	Legislation Standard operating procedures (SOPs) Australian or international standards Risk assessments Previous testing reports Manufacturer specifications
Production of X-rays and gamma rays	Atomic structure, protons, neutrons, electrons, atomic number, mass number, isotopes Electromagnetic radiation wavelength, frequency, energy relationships, intensity Construction and operation of X-ray tube anode, cathode, target Gas and coolidge tubes Glass and ceramic tubes X-ray spectrum Characteristic and continuous spectra effect of voltage and current on continuous spectra Efficiency Natural and artificial radioisotopes Production of radioisotopes Decay mechanisms, alpha, beta-, beta+, and gamma Concept of half life, decay constants Selection of gamma ray sources Units definition of curie, becquerel, conversion of units, multiple units (e.g. GBq), nuclide chart
Biological effects of radiation	Ionisation, absorption, scatter (Compton, Rayleigh, photo-electric, pair production) Attenuation coefficient, absorption edges Units roentgen, rad, coulomb/kg, gray conversions Effects of varying doses on living tissue Somatic effects, genetic effects, cell biology nucleus, cytoplasm DNA, chromosome, mitosis; symptoms, effect of time, ICRP recommendations Dose, dose equivalent, RBE, rem, seivert, conversions Occupancy factor
Protective measures	Personal protective equipment (PPE) including for risks other than ionizing radiation Safety protocols of workplace (e.g. flame limitations in refineries) Signage, barriers/guards Limitations on operation of specific equipment/machines
Minimum exposure	Time, distance, shielding effect of distance, inverse square law Half and tenth value layers Emergency procedures, company procedure codes

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Occupational health and safety

MEM13014A Apply principles of occupational health and safety in the work environment

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers following occupational health and safety procedures in an engineering or similar work environment.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit covers essential skills and knowledge that underpin all units within the Metal and Engineering Training Package. The unit applies to working in the engineering, manufacturing or similar industries. Competencies demonstrated would be associated with performance of duties and use of specialist skills. This unit and these standards do not cover the skills of emergency teams such as fire fighting, first aid officer etc. Band: A Unit Weight: There is no unit weighting for this unit.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Follow safe work practices	1.1. Work is carried out safely and in accordance with company policy and procedures and legislative requirements. 1.2. Housekeeping is undertaken in accordance with company procedures. 1.3. Responsibilities and duties of employees are understood and demonstrated in day-to-day actions. 1.4. Personal protective equipment is worn and stored according to company procedures. 1.5. All safety equipment and devices are used according to legislative requirements and company/manufacturers' procedures. 1.6. Safety signs/symbols are identified and followed as per instruction. 1.7. All manual handling is carried out in accordance with legal requirements, company procedures and National Occupational Health&Safety Commission guidelines. 1.8. Emergency equipment is identified and appropriate use is demonstrated.
2. Report workplace hazards and accidents	2.1. Actual and foreseeable workplace hazards are identified during course of work and reported to appropriate person according to standard operating procedures. 2.2. Accidents and incidents are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Follow emergency procedures	3.1. Appropriate personnel and emergency services and means of contacting them in the event of an incident can be identified. 3.2. Emergency and evacuation procedures are understood and carried out where required. 3.3. Company evacuation procedures are followed in case of an emergency.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: following safe working practices maintaining a safe and clean condition workplace carrying out workplace activities such as working safely, not endangering others, following company and legislative requirements, following procedures selecting, wearing and storing appropriate personal protective equipment using appropriate safety equipment and devices carrying out work with the information given by safety signs and symbols carrying out manual handling principles using emergency equipment correctly noting workplace hazards contacting appropriate personnel and emergency services in the event of an accident following emergency and evacuation procedures communicating and interpreting information appropriate to OH&S within the scope of this unit checking and clarifying task-related information communicating with emergency personnel checking for conformance to specifications
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: rights, responsibilities and duties of employees and employers use of personal protective equipment appropriate equipment and safety devices for particular workplace tasks reasons for using safety equipment and devices meaning and application of safety signs and symbols procedures and limits for manual handling location and use of emergency equipment reasons for selecting a particular type of equipment procedures for identifying and reporting hazards persons or services to be contacted in the event of a range of accidents reasons for use of standard procedures standard procedures including those for emergencies and evacuation hazards and housekeeping requirements associated with the work environment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply principles of occupational health and safety in the work environment.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with applying principles of occupational health and safety in the work environment or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Personal protective equipment	Safety glasses Face and head protection Hard hats Protective footwear Protective clothing Breathing apparatus Ear protection Gloves
Safety equipment and devices	Safety harness Screens, barriers and shielding Extraction fans Machine guards Isolation devices
Safety signs/symbols	Standard signage/symbols conforming to AS 1319-1994 Safety signs for the occupational environment, and any other applicable Australian Standards Workplace-specific signage Typical classes of relevant signs/symbols are: mandatory prohibition danger caution general safety safety information fire safety equipment
Manual handling	Posture, weight limits, bending, twisting
Hazards	For the purposes of this unit a hazard is defined as anything with the potential for injury or damage. Hazards may be: physical: machinery hot metal electricity fire poor housekeeping: spills trip hazards such as congestion, clutter, waste build-up cleanliness noise and vibration extremes of temperature and humidity condition/design of equipment individual (behavioural): skylarking and foolishness substance abuse failure to follow procedures lack of training or experience carelessness poor personal health/hygiene using the wrong techniques/procedures ignoring safety rules and signs taking short cuts knowingly using unsafe equipment environmental hazards: explosive materials flammable materials poor ventilation poor lighting dust fumes vapours gases liquids mineral fibres chemical spills pollutants other toxic or dangerous materials
Accidents and incidents	For the purposes of this unit an accident is defined as 'an unplanned and unexpected event which interrupts the normal course of activity. It may or may not result in damage or injury'. This definition includes near misses. An incident is defined here as any other unexpected or extraordinary event not classed as an accident. Examples include: burns poisoning broken limbs eye accidents other injuries spills explosions falls electrical accidents breakdowns damage to equipment or materials/product incidents involving physical, individual or environmental hazards
Appropriate personnel	Safety representative Occupational health and safety officer OHS committee member First aid officer Supervisor Union representative
Emergency and evacuation procedures	Documented workplace emergency procedures

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Occupational health and safety

MEM14001B Schedule material deliveries

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers identifying material requirements and scheduling material delivery.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the estimating, planning and scheduling of material deliveries so that materials are available in quantities and specifications required. This unit is not intended to be used by personnel carrying out maintenance and installation. If scheduling is based on engineering drawings and supporting engineering data, appropriate skill units should be accessed. Band: B Unit Weight: 8

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify material requirements	1.1. Materials required are identified from appropriate documentation including type and quality. 1.2. Quantities required are estimated in accordance with standard operating procedures.
2. Schedule material delivery	2.1. Delivery requirements and dates are determined from production plans or job sequencing requirements. 2.2. Material supply is followed up and problems reported. 2.3. Material orders are processed in accordance with established organisational practice and procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: communicating planning assessing reading and interpreting engineering specifications organising information prioritising entering routine and familiar information onto proformas and standard workplace forms
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: identification of material specifications from appropriate documentation established organisational practice and procedures relating to estimating, ordering and follow up of materials interpretation of production plans, or job sequencing requirements safe workplace practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to plan and schedule material deliveries.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with the planning and scheduling of material deliveries or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Appropriate documentation	Bills of materials, parts lists, catalogues, service manuals, engineering drawings etc.
Schedule	Undertaken in accordance with established organisational practices and procedures, based on familiar processes

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Planning

MEM14002B Undertake basic process planning

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers reviewing process specifications and determining the production sequence.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to one of a range of processes in manufacturing: machining, pressing, assembly and to a stage of the overall production process. It does not apply to interfacing between processes. If planning is based on engineering drawings and supporting engineering data, appropriate skills units should be accessed. Band: B Unit Weight: 8

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Review process specifications	1.1. Supporting engineering and production data is examined, where required. 1.2. The production processes to be used are determined. 1.3. Specifications are obtained and examined.
2. Determine production sequence	2.1. Steps required for the process are identified and flow charts are produced where required in accordance with standard operating procedures. 2.2. Material and parts lists are prepared in accordance with standard operating procedures. 2.3. Tooling and/or equipment requirements are documented in accordance with standard operating procedures. 2.4. Quality assurance steps and specifications are identified and incorporated into process steps. 2.5. Process steps are documented and clearly represented in accordance with standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: obtaining, reading and interpreting engineering and production data preparing flow charts communicating planning assessing reading and interpreting engineering specifications organising information prioritising
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: production processes found within the organisation tooling and/or equipment requirements for workplace processes quality assurance requirements safe workplace practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to undertake basic process planning.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with basic process planning or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Production processes	Work planned over a specified timeframe, taking into account required and available resources
Steps	Steps and milestones against which progress can be checked

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Planning

MEM14003B Undertake basic production scheduling

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers identifying production requirements and capacities and preparing schedules for production of a component/part.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The unit applies to the scheduling of the manufacture of a single component, or a single assembly function, or for a single small production work unit or production cell, or a single production process where there are only a small number of constraints or variables. Band: B Unit Weight: 8

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify production requirements and capacities	1.1. Engineering production data is identified and obtained in accordance with workplace procedures. 1.2. Inventory capacities and requirements are identified and obtained in accordance with workplace procedures. 1.3. Procurement and supply requirements and constraints are identified and obtained in accordance with workplace procedures. 1.4. Production capacity and constraints are identified and obtained in accordance with workplace procedures. 1.5. Standard times are identified and obtained in accordance with workplace procedures.
2. Prepare schedule for production of a component/part	2.1. Production of component is scheduled in accordance with production, inventory, procurements, time constraints, supply capacities and requirements. 2.2. Schedule is documented in accordance with accepted organisation procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: obtaining, reading and interpreting production process data and procedure prioritising communicating time management organising documenting using project management tools such as Gantt Charts analysing performing arithmetic calculations
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: scheduling techniques production methods quality assurance requirements inventory policies procurement, supply requirements and constraints general staffing levels, capabilities and application of standard times machine set-up, capability and application of standard times enterprise safety requirements and directives

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to schedule basic production.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with basic scheduling or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Planning

MEM14004A Plan to undertake a routine task

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers a person planning their own work where tasks involve one or more steps or functions and are carried out routinely on a regular basis. It includes the concepts of following routine instructions, specifications and requirements.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit covers essential skill and knowledge that underpin all units within the Metal and Engineering Training Package. Instructions, such as standard operation sheets, are provided. Clear specifications and requirements, including quality and time allowances are also provided. The task and associated planning activity are carried out under supervision. The plan may or may not be documented. The task involves one or more steps or functions carried out routinely on a regular basis. The planning activity does not require judgment to be made in relation to priorities or time limitations. Band: A Unit Weight: There is no unit weighting for this unit.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify task requirements	1.1. Instructions and procedures are obtained, understood and where necessary clarified. 1.2. Relevant specifications for task outcomes are obtained, understood and where necessary clarified. 1.3. Task outcomes are identified. 1.4. Task requirements such as completion time and quality measures are identified.
2. Plan steps required to complete task	2.1. Based on instructions and specifications provided, the individual steps or activities required to undertake the task are understood and where necessary clarified. 2.2. Sequence of activities is identified. 2.3. Plan is checked to ensure it complies with specifications and task requirements.
3. Review plan	3.1. Effectiveness of plan is reviewed against specifications and task requirements. 3.2. If necessary, plan is revised to better meet specifications and task requirements.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: obtaining instructions for tasks from correct source of information (job card, supervisor, work colleagues and others) clarifying tasks and required outcomes with appropriate personnel where necessary identifying relevant specifications from documentation, job cards, or other information source preparing plans for tasks sequencing activities comparing planned steps against specifications and task requirements communicating and interpreting information appropriate to the scope of this unit
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: correct sources of information for a particular task procedures for obtaining instructions and clarification specifications for the task hazards and established control measures associated with the routine task, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to plan to undertake a routine task.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with planning to undertake a routine task or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Specifications	Specific product or process information, such as: outcome and performance requirements quality requirements and checks quantity Specifications are conveyed verbally or on familiar standard forms, such as on job sheets
Requirements	General requirements necessary to carry out routine tasks, such as: dedicated tools and equipment materials and parts work procedures completion time safety measures and equipment Requirements and instructions are supplied verbally or on familiar standard forms, such as on job sheets. Instructions are carried out under supervision and in accordance with established procedures

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Planning

MEM14005A Plan a complete activity

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers planning activities which, whilst following established procedures, may require a response and modification of procedures or choice of different procedures to deal with unforeseen developments.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The unit covers the development of plans for individual complete activities and may include the use of planning techniques and tools. The activity may require prioritising of the individual plan components to facilitate the meeting of the objectives. Examples of activities to be planned may include: fault diagnosis and repair of an item of equipment, a modification of an established sequence of assembly tasks. However the activities may require a response and modification of procedures or a choice of different procedures to deal with unforeseen developments. Activities are normally performed by the individual undertaking the planned activity, and associated reports are completed as required. Planning will be related to familiar work tasks and environments and be performed to standard operating procedures. Where more extensive reporting requiring research and forming conclusions is required, refer to Unit 16.14 (Report technical information). Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify activity requirements	1.1. Activity outcomes and objectives are identified and clarified with appropriate persons. 1.2. Activity requirements, including resources, overall timeframe, quality requirements and criteria for acceptable completion are identified and clarified. 1.3. Relevant specifications and procedures are obtained and clarified.
2. Plan process to complete activity	2.1. The individual components of the activity are identified and prioritised. 2.2. Planning tools and techniques are selected and used according to the needs of the activity. 2.3. The plan is checked for accuracy and conformance to instructions and requirements.
3. Modify plan	3.1. The plan is referred to and modified as necessary to overcome unforeseen difficulties or developments that occur as work progresses. 3.2. The results of the activity are reviewed against the plan, and possible future improvements to plan are identified.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: obtaining, reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawing and other applicable reference documents preparing a plan including sequential steps that will enable the activity to be completed modifying the plan where appropriate, to take account of difficulties or developments that occur while following the prepared plan planning and sequencing activities checking and clarifying task-related information checking for conformance to specifications using numerical operations, geometry and calculations/formulae within the scope of this unit using planning techniques such as scheduling, time management, brainstorming, setting of goals and defined outcomes, prioritising, review and evaluation strategies
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: tasks to be performed person/s who can clarify the objectives, requirements and specifications specifications relevant to the tasks to be performed outcomes to be achieved timeframe for activity completion quality requirements of the product or service priority of each step in the plan reasons for the relative priority of each step modifications to the plan to overcome a range of unforeseen situations hazards and control measures associated with planning the complete activity, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to plan a complete activity.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with planning a complete activity or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Requirements	Formal or informal information about the task required, such as: timeframe quality requirements outcome and performance requirements job history checks and tests special reporting requirements tools and equipment materials and parts reference documents Requirements and instructions are supplied verbally or in written form such as on job sheets. Instructions are carried out in accordance with established procedures
Specifications	Technical task related information conveyed verbally or as found in: task lists instructions manufacturer manuals diagrams and schematics technical drawings and sketches parts lists computer records
Planning techniques and tools	Scheduling, time management, brainstorming, setting goals and defined outcomes, prioritising, review and evaluation strategies

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Planning

MEM14085A Apply mechanical engineering analysis techniques

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit Replaces MEM14061A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the skills needed to undertake a range of mechanical engineering-related analyses. The analyses may relate to design, fitness for purpose evaluations, installation and commissioning, and other mechanical engineering-related tasks. Documentation of the design process includes calculations, specifications, computer-aided design (CAD) files, risk analysis, sustainability and life cycle assessments.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to mechanical engineering analyses undertaken as part of a mechanical design or mechanical assessment of plant, products, projects, system changes or improvements. It is suitable for people working as mechanical designers and draftspersons and those pursuing careers and qualifications in mechanical engineering or related disciplines. The work may be undertaken individually or as part of a team.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23109A	Apply engineering mechanic principles

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Investigate mechanical analysis context and need	1.1	Review the context and negotiate parameters of the mechanical design or task in consultation with stakeholders
1.2	Identify relevant engineering scientific principles and required analysis techniques
1.3	Investigate life cycle design and sustainability implications of mechanical design or existing plant or equipment
1.4	Determine specification, documentation and graphical techniques required for analysis
1.5	Confirm work health and safety (WHS) and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, standards, and risk management relevant to mechanical analysis task
1.6	Determine available sources for any required technical and professional assistance

2	Apply mechanical analysis techniques	2.1	Plan, schedule and coordinate the analysis task
2.2	Create adequate and accurate calculations, preliminary graphics and maintain analysis process records
2.3	Evaluate multiple solutions against analysis criteria
2.4	Apply systems thinking to problem solving and decision making
2.5	Incorporate professional and technical assistance, as required
2.6	Apply specification, documentation and graphical techniques modelling, mock-up or prototyping techniques, where required, to achieve or test solution

3	Report results	3.1	Record results of analysis
3.2	Provide documentation, such as calculations, specifications, diagrams, CAD files, mock-ups or prototypes

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: communicating and negotiating with stakeholders and team determining or confirming relevance of mechanical engineering scientific principles and analysis techniques, including principles of: mechanics fluid power fluid dynamics thermodynamics electrical fundamentals engineering materials, properties and processes evaluating WHS and regulatory requirements, standards and codes of practice for relevance to analysis tasks evaluating multiple solutions against analysis criteria, risk, sustainability and cost factors applying life cycle design and sustainability parameters to analysis task planning, scheduling and coordinating the analysis task applying problem solving and decision making with systems thinking for contingencies and constraints and continuous improvement specifying, documenting and applying graphical techniques, including modelling undertaking or supervising mock-up or prototyping techniques, where required, to achieve solution creating and maintaining adequate and accurate calculations and analysis process records reporting and documenting results of investigations, application of principles and techniques, calculations, specifications, diagrams, CAD files, mock-ups or prototypes of designs
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: implications of life cycle design, fitness for purpose evaluation and sustainability for mechanical analysis process mechanical engineering-related analysis processes and techniques to investigate, synthesise and develop proposals, evaluate feasibility against analysis criteria, and review and revise in consultation with stakeholders and team or support functional group common model, mock-up and prototyping techniques relevant to mechanical engineering systems thinking, problem solving and decision making, and continuous improvement methods WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, standards, risk management and registration requirements sources of professional and technical assistance procedures for planning, scheduling and coordination of analysis hardware requirements of typical mechanical, fluid power, hydrodynamic and thermal applications engineering scientific principles required for design analysis: mechanical fluid power fluid dynamics thermodynamics electrical fundamentals engineering materials, properties and processes mechanical analysis calculation techniques software for product planning and analysis, such as CAD, stress analysis and mould design, and project management documentation and required information prototyping options, including mock-ups, physical and virtual modelling, and rapid prototyping

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply mechanical analysis techniques consistent with an analysis brief information, relevant standards and conventions.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: communicate, negotiate and review analysis brief and specification requirements with stakeholders determine or confirm relevant scientific principles and analysis techniques, WHS and regulatory requirements evaluate multiple solutions investigate life cycle analysis and sustainability plan, schedule and coordinate the analysis task solve problems and make decisions with systems thinking for contingencies and constraints and continuous improvement define analysis, specify and document and apply graphical techniques, modelling, mock-up or prototyping techniques create and maintain adequate and accurate calculations and analysis process records report and document, results and processes.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Mechanical engineering analysis	Mechanical engineering analysis may be required for a variety of reasons, including: design of mechanical devices and plant design or evaluation of significant modifications, process changes or improvements sustainability issues relevant to plant, equipment or processes static and dynamic analysis of loads, including the resulting stresses and deformations fitness for purpose evaluation installation and commissioning of plant and equipment
Planning processes	Planning processes may include: establishing analysis parameters and criteria contributing to the negotiation and advice process preliminary planning, analysis investigations and costing identifying analysis, development, prototyping activities and skills requirements planning and scheduling analysis activities improving, adjusting and rescheduling as required by emergency contingencies and constraints
Analysis process	Analysis as a systematic process includes: establish analysis parameters and criteria research, measurement, experimentation, and investigation generating ideas synthesis, problem solving and decision making, and addressing constraints apply scientific principles, calculation and graphics, prototyping and mock-up techniques evaluating solutions against analysis criteria consultation, adjustments and agreement finalise analysis and sign-off
Analysis criteria	Analysis includes relevant technical criteria and may also include criteria relating to: function manufacturability and maintainability marketability sustainability cost constraints ergonomics and anthropometrics and physiology facilities, plant and skills available contingencies and constraints minimisation safety and risk
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer
Life cycle analysis	Life cycle analysis can be used to improve sustainability of products and services. It may be applied to: all aspects of manufacture of a single product the entire operations of an organisation a particular aspect of operations, such as environmental implications
Prototyping	Prototyping may include: mock-ups physical and virtual modelling with post-processing for computer numeric control (CNC) and rapid prototyping
Systems thinking	Systems thinking refers to the conduct of engineering work in a manner that demonstrates knowledge of how the interaction of different technical systems on equipment, machinery or structures, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, combine to perform or support engineering-related operations, processes or projects. It embraces determining or establishing how the function of each technical system or component, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, effects or potentially may effect outcomes. Systems should be interpreted broadly within the context of the organisation and depending on the project or operation can include equipment, related facilities, material, software, internal services and personnel, and other organisations in the value chain
Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance	Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic danger, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, such as: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to the mechanical engineering analysis task

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Planning

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM14086A Apply mechatronic engineering analysis techniques

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM14062A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the skills needed to undertake a range of mechatronic analyses. The analyses may relate to design or contribution to the design of mechatronic devices or automated plant or be for other purposes, including fitness for purpose evaluations, installation and commissioning, system changes or improvements or other mechatronic engineering-related tasks. It includes application of mechanical, fluid, electrical and controller design and analytical techniques.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to mechatronic analyses undertaken as part of a mechatronic engineering design or assessment of automated plant or devices for projects, system changes or improvements.

It is suitable for people working as mechatronic or automated system designers and draftspersons and those pursuing careers and qualifications in mechatronic, automation, maintenance or manufacturing engineering. The work may be undertaken individually or as part of a team.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23111A	Select electrical equipment and components for engineering applications
MEM23112A	Investigate electrical and electronic controllers in engineering applications
MEM14090A	Integrate mechatronic fundamentals into an engineering task

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Investigate mechatronic analysis context and need	1.1	Review the context and negotiate parameters of the engineering design brief in consultation with stakeholders
1.2	Identify relevant engineering scientific principles and required analysis techniques
1.3	Investigate life cycle design and sustainability implications of mechatronic design or existing mechatronic systems, devices or equipment
1.4	Determine specification, documentation and graphical techniques required for analysis
1.5	Confirm work health and safety (WHS), regulatory requirements, codes of practice, standards, and risk management relevant to mechatronic analysis task
1.6	Determine available sources for any required technical and professional assistance

2	Apply mechatronic analysis techniques	2.1	Plan, schedule and coordinate the analysis task
2.2	Create adequate and accurate calculations, preliminary graphics and maintain design process records
2.3	Evaluate multiple solutions against analysis criteria
2.4	Integrate mechatronic techniques, hardware and software, including mechanical, fluid, electrical, electronic, controller and networking
2.5	Apply systems thinking, problem solving and decision making
2.6	Incorporate professional and technical assistance, as required
2.7	Apply specification, documentation and graphical techniques modelling, mock-up or prototyping techniques, where required, to achieve or test solution

3	Report results	3.1	Record results of analysis
3.2	Provide documentation such as calculations, specifications, diagrams, computer-aided design (CAD) files, control circuits and controller programs, mock-ups or prototypes

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: communicating and negotiating with stakeholders and team determining or confirming relevance of mechatronic scientific principles and analysis techniques, including principles of: mechanical fluid power fluid dynamics thermodynamics electrical and electronic fundamentals controller and system control and data acquisition (SCADA) or distributed control systems (DCS) programming engineering materials, properties and processes techniques for integration of mechanical, fluid, electrical, electronic, controller and networking elements evaluating relevance of WHS, and regulatory requirements, standards and codes of practice evaluating multiple solutions against design criteria, risk, sustainability and cost factors applying life cycle design and sustainability parameters to analysis task planning, scheduling and coordinating the mechatronic analysis task solving problems and making decisions with systems thinking approach for contingencies and constraints, and continuous improvement integration of hardware and software and mechatronic techniques, such as mechanical, fluid, electrical, electronic, controller and networking specifying, documenting and applying graphical techniques, including modelling undertaking or supervising mock-up or prototyping techniques, where required, to achieve solution creating and maintaining adequate and accurate calculations and analysis process records reporting and documenting, results of investigations, application of principles and techniques, calculations, specifications, diagrams, CAD files, mock-ups or prototypes of designs
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: implications of life cycle design, fitness for purpose evaluation and sustainability for mechatronic analysis process mechatronic analysis processes and techniques to investigate, synthesise and develop proposals, evaluate feasibility against design criteria, and review and revise in consultation with stakeholders, team or support functional group common model, mock-up and prototyping techniques relevant to mechatronic engineering systems thinking, problem solving and decision making, and continuous improvement methods WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, standards, risk management and registration requirements with particular emphasis on automation safety requirements sources of professional and technical assistance procedures for planning, scheduling and coordination of analysis hardware requirements of typical mechatronic or automation applications engineering mechatronic scientific principles and techniques required for analysis tasks: mechanical fluid power fluid dynamics thermodynamics electrical and electronic fundamentals controller and SCADA or DCS programming engineering materials, properties and processes techniques for integration of mechanical, fluid, electrical, electronic, controller and networking elements mechatronic analysis calculations techniques software for product planning and design, such as CAD, circuit design, controller programming and project management required documentation prototyping options, including mock-ups, physical and virtual modelling and rapid prototyping

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply mechatronic design techniques consistent with a design brief information, relevant standards and conventions.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: communicate, negotiate and review design brief with stakeholders and team or support functional group determine or confirm relevant scientific principles and analysis techniques, WHS and regulatory requirements evaluate multiple solutions investigate life cycle design and sustainability plan, schedule and coordinate the design task integrate mechatronic techniques, hardware and software solve problems and make decisions with systems thinking for contingencies and constraints, and continuous improvement define analysis, specify and document and apply graphical techniques, modelling, mock-up or prototyping techniques create and maintain adequate and accurate calculations and design process records report and document results and processes.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Mechatronic engineering analysis	Mechatronic engineering analysis may be required for a variety of reasons, including: design of automated devices and plant design or evaluation of significant modifications, process changes or improvements sustainability issues relevant to plant, equipment or processes fitness for purpose evaluation installation and commissioning of plant and equipment
Planning processes	Planning processes may include: establishing design parameters and design criteria contributing to the negotiation and advice process preliminary planning, design investigations and costing identifying design, development, prototyping activities and skills requirements planning and scheduling design activities improving, adjusting and rescheduling as required by emergency contingencies and constraints
Analysis process	Designing as a systematic process includes: establish design parameters and criteria research, measurement, experimentation and investigation generating ideas synthesis, problem solving and decision making, and addressing constraints apply scientific principles, calculation and graphics, prototyping and mock-up techniques evaluating solutions against design criteria consultation, adjustments and agreement finalise design and sign-off
Analysis criteria	Analysis includes relevant technical criteria and may also include criteria relating to: function aesthetics manufacturability and maintainability marketability sustainability cost constraints ergonomics and anthropometrics and physiology manufacturability, maintainability facilities, plant and skills available safety and risk
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer
Life cycle assessment	Life cycle analysis can be used to improve sustainability of products and services. It may be applied to: all aspects of manufacture of a single product the entire operations of an organisation a particular aspect of operations, such as environmental implications
Prototyping	Prototyping may include: mock-ups, physical and virtual modelling with post-processing for computer numeric control (CNC) and rapid prototyping
Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance	Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, such as: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to a particular mechatronic analysis task
Systems thinking	Systems thinking refers to the conduct of engineering work in a manner that demonstrates knowledge of how the interaction of different technical systems on equipment, machinery or structures, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, combine to perform or support engineering-related operations, processes or projects. It embraces determining or establishing how the function of each technical system or component, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, effects or potentially may effect outcomes. Systems should be interpreted broadly within the context of the organisation and depending on the project or operation can include equipment, related facilities, material, software, internal services and personnel, and other organisations in the value chain
Automation safety	Automation safetyrefers to the reliance on emergency stop, failsafe design, redundancy, interlocks and data integrity. Standards apply to general plant design and use as well as the ‘functional safety of safety-related electrical, electronic and programmable electronic control systems’
Mechatronic hardware	Mechatronic hardware may include: mechanical, fluid and electric actuators power transmission devices pipes, conduits wires, fittings and connectors controllers power interfaces signal conditioning interfaces
Documentation	Documentation includes: documented calculations specifications CAD files risk analysis sustainability and life cycle assessments

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Planning

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM14087A Apply manufactured product design techniques

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM14063A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the application of engineering design techniques to manufactured products. It includes documentation of the design process, calculations, specifications, computer-aided design (CAD) files, risk analysis, sustainability and life cycle assessments.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to where engineering and related skills and knowledge are required for the design of manufactured products or components. The unit applies to people working individually or as part of a team. It is suitable for individuals working alone as designers on simpler manufactured product and component design or as part of a design team consisting of other paraprofessional and professional engineering designers. The unit is also suitable for design draftspersons undertaking design tasks.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM14089A	Integrate mechanical fundamentals into an engineering task
MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23063A	Select and test mechanical engineering materials
MEM23109A	Apply engineering mechanic principles

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Investigate manufactured product design requirements	1.1	Review product design brief
1.2	Determine engineering and scientific principles and design techniques required for product design process
1.3	Investigate life cycle design and sustainability implications of design requirement
1.4	Determine required specification, documentation and graphical techniques to define design
1.5	Confirm work health and safety (WHS) and other regulatory requirements
1.6	Identify codes, standards and risk management requirements
1.7	Investigate software requirements for product design process

2	Apply manufactured product design techniques	2.1	Plan, schedule and coordinate the design task
2.2	Analyse available materials, components, manufacturing processes, tooling and suppliers against design requirements
2.3	Create adequate and accurate calculations, preliminary graphics and maintain design process records
2.4	Evaluate multiple solutions against design criteria, risk, failure mode, sustainability and cost
2.5	Apply systems thinking, problem solving and decision making techniques in dealing with contingencies and constraints, continuous improvement and development of design options
2.6	Incorporate professional and technical assistance, as required
2.7	Finalise specification and documentation, modelling, mock-up or prototyping

3	Report results	3.1	Record results of investigations, application and development of design
3.2	Provide documentation, such as calculations, specifications, diagrams, CAD files, mock-ups or prototypes

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: communicating and negotiating with stakeholders determining or confirming appropriate engineering and scientific principles for product or component design task determining sustainability, WHS, regulatory and risk management requirements evaluating multiple solutions for materials and components, manufacturing processes, tooling and component supply for product investigating life cycle and sustainability of a design evaluating requirement for technical and professional assistance planning, scheduling and coordinating a design task solving problems and making decisions with systems thinking for contingencies and constraints, and continuous improvement specifying and documenting designs, including applying graphical techniques, modelling, mock-up or prototyping techniques creating and maintaining adequate and accurate calculations and design process records reporting and documenting results of investigations, application of principles and techniques, calculations, specifications, diagrams, CAD files, mock-ups or prototypes of designs
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: sustainability implications of materials, product and processes, including consideration of life cycle analysis manufactured product design processes and techniques systems thinking, problem solving and decision making, and continuous improvement methods WHS and regulatory requirements, standards and risk assessment for design, and prototyping activities sources of professional and technical assistance procedures for planning, scheduling and coordination of design typical product design criteria design calculation techniques product planning and design software, such as for CAD, stress analysis and project management design process documentation, records and reports, including specifications and CAD graphics typical materials and components used in manufacturing tooling, plant and processes for particular products and materials characteristics of cast, forged, machined and sheet metal components, moulded and extruded plastic components, and components made from other materials or by other processes professional and technical assistance for product development

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply manufactured product design techniques consistent with a design brief, relevant standards and conventions. It includes working individually and as part of a team in accordance with organisational procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: communicate, negotiate and review design brief with stakeholders determine or confirm scientific principles and design techniques, WHS and regulatory requirements, and design specification requirements evaluate multiple solutions, materials and components, manufacturing processes, tooling and component supply chain for product investigate life cycle design and sustainability, technical and professional assistance required plan, schedule and coordinate the design task select design components using design process and scientific principles solve problems and make decisions with systems thinking for contingencies and constraints and continuous improvement define designs, specify and document and apply graphical techniques, modelling, mock-up or prototyping techniques create and maintain adequate and accurate calculations and design process records report and document results and processes.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Context of manufactured product design	The context for product design activity may include: budget and market considerations technological advantages/disadvantages of materials, equipment and suppliers resources supply (e.g. materials, labour and skills) sustainability issues relevant to design task (e.g. WHS, risk management, standards and codes of practice)
Planning processes	Planning processes may include: establishing design parameters and design criteria contributing to the negotiation and advice process preliminary planning, design investigations and costing identifying design, development, prototyping activities and skills requirements planning and scheduling design activities improving, adjusting and rescheduling as required by emergency contingencies and constraints
Design process	Designing as a systematic process includes: establish design parameters and criteria research, measurement, experimentation and investigation generate ideas and develop proposals synthesis, problem solving and decision making, and addressing constraints apply scientific principles, calculation and graphics, prototyping and mock-up techniques evaluate solutions against design criteria review and revision of design in consultation with stakeholders finalise design and sign-off
Design criteria	Design criteria include: function aesthetics manufacturability and maintainability marketability sustainability, including life cycle analysis cost constraints on costs of design, development, tooling up, manufacture, marketing and distribution ergonomics and anthropometrics and physiology facilities, plant and skills available safety and risk
Analysis	Analysis may include: product and component performance requirements assessment against manufacturing capability of organisation failure mode effects and risk static and dynamic analysis of loads the stresses and deformations resulting graphical and mathematical methods and software options suitability of materials for purpose and manufacturing process
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer
Life cycle assessment	Life cycle analysis can be used to improve sustainability of products and services. It may be applied to: all aspects of manufacture of a single product the entire operations of an organisation a particular aspect of operations, such as environmental implications
Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance	Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, such as: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards industry codes of practice risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to the design task
Systems thinking	Systems thinking refers to the conduct of engineering work in a manner that demonstrates knowledge of how the interaction of different technical systems on equipment, machinery or structures, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, combine to perform or support engineering-related operations, processes or projects. It embraces determining or establishing how the function of each technical system or component, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, effects or potentially may effect, outcomes. Systems should be interpreted broadly within the context of the organisation and depending on the project or operation can include equipment, related facilities, material, software, internal services and personnel, and other organisations in the value chain
Product manufacturability	Design for manufacture includes consideration of manufacturing processes and plant, such as the use of group technologies. Manufacturability may be enhanced by concurrent product and process design.
Prototyping	Prototyping may include: mock-ups, physical and virtual modelling with post-processing for computer numeric control (CNC) and rapid prototyping

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Planning

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM14088A Apply maintenance engineering techniques to equipment and component repairs and modifications

Modification History

Release 1 (MEM05v9).

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the skills needed to apply maintenance engineering techniques to equipment or component modification or repair. It includes decision making on the need for repair, replacement or modification and design of any repair or modification. The unit covers maintenance techniques for repair and modification of mechanical, fluid and electrical plant, and facilities in accordance with procedures, work health and safety (WHS) and legislative requirements, and risk management procedures. Documentation of the repair or modification process includes calculations, specifications, computer-aided design (CAD) files, risk analysis, sustainability and life cycle assessments.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to maintenance-related work where a technical evaluation must occur on whether to repair, replace or modify equipment or components and where engineering design techniques are applied where repair or modification is required. The unit applies across all engineering disciplines and would normally be selected in conjunction with appropriate technical units for the equipment or components being considered for maintenance.

The unit includes reviewing condition analysis and non-destructive test (NDT) reports. However, the conduct of condition analysis and NDT tests is covered by the relevant specialist technical units.

Where an organisation or whole of plant maintenance management systems is being reviewed or considered for change the unit MEM23125A Evaluate maintenance systems, should be selected.

The unit is suitable for people working at a technician level in maintenance-related design drafting or in maintenance-related supervision or management.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM14092A	Integrate maintenance fundamentals into an engineering task

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Investigate requirements of equipment or component maintenance task	1.1	Review the context and parameters of the maintenance task in consultation with stakeholders
1.2	Review equipment or component original design and any subsequent modifications and repairs
1.3	Review current performance specifications
1.4	Determine engineering scientific principles and design techniques required for equipment or component maintenance

2	Investigate alternatives of repair, replacement or modification	2.1	Review preventative maintenance system requirements or defect/failure details to determine if replacement is required
2.2	Review equipment or component condition analysis reports, including the results of any required NDT
2.3	Review maintenance repair techniques and processes, standard parts, labour and skill requirements
2.4	Consider life cycle design and sustainability implications of maintenance design and maintenance activities
2.5	Determine specification, documentation and graphical techniques required to define designs
2.6	Confirm WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, standards, risk management and registration requirements relevant to repair and modification design projects
2.7	Assess the need for technical and professional assistance
2.8	Consider software options for repair and modification design, such as computer-aided design (CAD), stress analysis and project management software
2.9	Decide if repair, replacement or modification is appropriate and seek any necessary approvals

3	Apply repair and modification design techniques	3.1	Plan, schedule and coordinate the repair or modification design task
3.2	Apply the design process and scientific principles to repair and modification design proposals
3.3	Determine materials, components, maintenance processes, equipment and tools required to implement design
3.4	Create adequate and accurate calculations, preliminary graphics and maintain design process records, including use of software, as appropriate
3.5	Assess repair and modification designs against design criteria
3.6	Apply systems thinking to problem solving and decision making techniques in dealing with contingencies and constraints for continuous improvement and development of design options
3.7	Incorporate professional and technical assistance, as required
3.8	Use specification, documentation and graphical techniques, modelling, mock-up or prototyping techniques, as appropriate, to define repair or modification

4	Report results	4.1	Record results of investigations, application and development of repair and modification design
4.2	Provide appropriate documentation, such as calculations, specifications, diagrams, CAD files, mock-ups or prototypes

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: determining or confirming scientific principles and maintenance design techniques, WHS and regulatory requirements, and design specification requirements required to meet maintenance brief evaluating multiple solutions, materials and components, maintenance repair processes and techniques, standard parts, skill requirements, equipment and tools investigating life cycle design and sustainability, technical and professional assistance alternatives for repair, replacement or improvement, and software options for maintenance planning and design planning, scheduling and coordinating the maintenance task applying design process and scientific principles to component and hardware selection and design proposals solving problems and making decisions with systems thinking for contingencies and constraints, and continuous improvement defining designs, specifying and documenting and applying graphical techniques, modelling, mock-up or prototyping techniques creating and maintaining adequate and accurate calculations and design process records reporting and documenting results of investigations, application of principles and techniques, calculations, specifications, diagrams, CAD files, mock-ups or prototypes of designs
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: sustainability implications of maintenance processes, materials and products, including consideration of life cycle analysis design processes and techniques concurrent engineering techniques, systems thinking, problem solving and decision making, and continuous improvement methods WHS Acts and regulations, codes of practice, standards, registration and risk assessment for design, maintenance and prototyping activities procedures for planning, scheduling and coordination of maintenance design typical maintenance criteria, such as: strength and servicability of repairs compared to original function and aesthetics maintainability and manufacturability preventative maintenance evaluatuion criteria, such as mean time between failure (MBTF) and failure mode effects analysis (FMEA) required quality, cost and sustainability design calculations techniques typical maintenance design requirements of various industries typical repairs, parts, skills and maintenance processes hardware specifications and catalogues typical maintenance plant, equipment and tools plant condition and maintenance assessment techniques typical maintenance techniques and technologies for monitoring, preventative maintenance, online and breakdown maintenance, disassembly, repair, reassembly and recommission design calculations layout and documentation for design checking and maintenance records design process documentation and reports, including specifications and CAD graphics software for maintenance planning and repair and modification design, including CAD and stress analysis software software and systems, such as system control and data acquisition (SCADA) and distributed control systems (DCS) for maintenance control and information distribution developments in repair and modification design options for mock-up, modelling and prototyping

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply repair and modification techniques consistent with a design brief information, relevant standards and conventions.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: communicate, negotiate and review maintenance brief with stakeholders determine or confirm scientific principles and design techniques, WHS and regulatory requirements, and design specification requirements evaluate multiple solutions investigate life cycle design, sustainability, technical and professional assistance required, and maintenance alternatives for repairs and modifications plan, schedule and coordinate the maintenance task solve problems and make decisions with systems thinking for contingencies and constraints, and continuous improvement define designs, specify and document and apply graphical techniques, modelling, mock-up or prototyping techniques select components and hardware create and maintain adequate and accurate calculations and design process records report and document results and processes.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Maintenance repair and modification requirements	Maintenance repair and modification requirements may include: scheduled maintenance required under the maintenance management system unscheduled maintenance as a result of system/component failure repairs to restore systems/components to operation modifications to improve system/component reliability or maintainability maintenance schedule change or equipment or component modification required because of a change in equipment performance requirements (e.g. changed production or product design) competitive market pressure and ‘lean maintenance’ changes in available maintenance technology resources supply (e.g. materials, labour and skills) introduction or changes to asset technologies (e.g. mechanical, fluid, electrical, electronic and system control) sustainability relevant to repair and modification design tasks WHS, risk and applicable standards and code requirements
Planning processes	Planning processes may include: establishing maintenance parameters and design criteria contributing to the negotiation and advice process preliminary planning, investigations and costing identifying design, development, prototyping activities and skills requirements planning and scheduling design activities improving, adjusting and rescheduling as required by emergency contingencies and constraints
Design process	Where equipment or component repair or modification design is required the design process includes: establish design parameters and criteria research, measurement, experimentation and investigation generating ideas synthesis, problem solving and decision making, and addressing constraints apply scientific principles, calculation and graphics, prototyping and mock-up techniques if required selection of components and hardware evaluating solutions against design criteria consultation, adjustments and agreement finalise design and sign-off
Design criteria	Design criteria may include: function and fit for purpose aesthetics manufacturability and maintainability sustainability cost constraints ergonomics and anthropometrics and physiology facilities, plant, services and skills available WHS and risk
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer
Life cycle assessment	Life cycle analysis can be used to improve sustainability of repaired or modified equipment or components. It may be applied to all aspects of the repair or modification process
Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance	Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, such as: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements applying to electrical work
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to a particular maintenance repair and modification design task
Prototyping	Prototyping may include: mock-ups, physical and virtual modelling with post-processing for computer numeric control (CNC) and rapid prototyping
Systems thinking	Systems thinking refers to the conduct of engineering work in a manner that demonstrates knowledge of how the interaction of different technical systems on equipment, machinery or structures, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, combine to perform or support engineering-related operations, processes or projects. It embraces determining or establishing how the function of each technical system or component, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, effects or potentially may effect, outcomes. Systems should be interpreted broadly within the context of the organisation and depending on the project or operation can include equipment, related facilities, material, software, internal services and personnel, and other organisations in the value chain

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Planning

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM14089A Integrate mechanical fundamentals into an engineering task

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM14081A and MEM23071A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the integration of mechanical fundamentals to achieve an engineering or related task. It includes identifying task parameters, personal and team functions, chain of responsibility and work health and safety (WHS) guidelines. It includes investigation of machines, mechanisms and mechanical systems, and mechanical fundamentals, such as mechanical methods and processes, workshop techniques, materials, scientific and mathematical principles and computer software. It requires completion of the task in cooperation with the team and documentation of the process and outcomes.

Application of the Unit

The unit applies to engineering or related projects requiring mechanical engineering skills and covers the identification, application and integration of mechanical fundamentals. It is suitable for people working as mechanical designers and draftspersons and those pursuing careers and qualifications in mechanical engineering.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23109A	Apply engineering mechanics principles

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Investigate scope of engineering task	1.1	Identify mechanical and related fundamentals to be integrated into engineering task
1.2	Identify stakeholders to be consulted
1.3	Confirm WHS, regulatory requirements, risk management and organisational procedures
1.4	Review functions and features of machines, mechanisms and mechanical systems required by the task
1.5	Review software techniques required for task analysis and graphics

2	Integrate mechanical fundamentals	2.1	Use systems thinking to address contingencies and constraints, problem solving and decision making, and continuous improvement to achieve integration task
2.2	Integrate mechanical fundamentals to achieve task objectives
2.3	Seek technical and professional assistance or clarification of design information, as required

3	Report results	3.1	Record results of investigation, evaluation and integration
3.2	Provide documentation, such as diagrams and calculations, programs and files

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: communicating, cooperating and negotiating with stakeholders identifying parameters and context, WHS and regulatory requirements, risk management and organisational procedures evaluating requirements, principles, techniques, and typical applications related to task selecting software for required analysis and graphics planning the task solving problems and making decisions using systems thinking and continuous improvement to address contingencies and constraints reporting and documenting results of investigation, evaluation and integration, diagrams and calculations reviewing sustainability implications, functions and features for the engineering task
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, and risk minimisation and registration requirements mechanical and related fundamentals, including: materials properties mechanics chemistry thermodynamics fluid mechanics fluid power electrical fundamentals and may also include depending on the application: light, sound and electromagnetic effects methods and processes for shaping, cutting, joining and coating of metal and other materials functions and features of machines, mechanisms and mechanical systems current options and tends in software, including system layout and simulation

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to undertake investigation of an engineering task to determine the mechanical fundamentals required by the task and integrating them into a task plan and report the plan and any investigations undertaken.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: determine task parameters and context and identify and investigate required mechanical fundamentals evaluate task requirements, principles, techniques, typical applications and software plan the task integrate mechanical fundamentals to achieve task objectives communicate, cooperate and negotiate with stakeholders to achieve integration task report and document results.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment must cover the integration of two or more mechanical fundamentals to achieve the engineering task. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Mechanical and related fundamentals	Mechanical and related fundamentals include fundamentals of: materials properties mechanics chemistry thermodynamics fluid mechanics fluid power electrical fundamentals and may also include depending on the application: light, sound and electromagnetic effects
Machines, mechanisms and mechanical systems	Machines, mechanisms and mechanical systems may include: piston and rotary displacement engines liquid, gas and steam turbines pumps and pumping systems compressors and pneumatic distribution systems hydraulic systems fans and ducting systems heating, ventilation, air conditioning and refrigeration (HVAC/R) systems mechanical drive systems and transmissions brakes and clutches conveyors, elevators, cranes and materials handling plant boilers and piping systems
Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance	Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, such as: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Systems thinking	Systems thinking refers to the conduct of engineering work in a manner that demonstrates knowledge of how the interaction of different technical systems on equipment, machinery or structures, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, combine to perform or support engineering-related operations, processes or projects. It embraces determining or establishing how the function of each technical system or component, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, effects or potentially may effect, outcomes. Systems should be interpreted broadly within the context of the organisation and depending on the project or operation can include equipment, related facilities, material, software, internal services and personnel, and other organisations in the value chain
Continuous improvement implementation	Continuous improvement implementation may relate to plant, products, processes, systems or services, including design, development, implementation or manufacture, commissioning, operation or delivery and maintenance. Improvement processes may include techniques, such as: balanced scorecard current and future state mapping measuring performance against benchmarks process improvement, problem solving and decision making data management, generation, recording, analysing, storing and use of software training for improvement systems participation technical training
Constraints and contingencies	Constraints and contingencies may include: financial organisation procedural or culture physical constraints, such as limits to resources, limits to site access or logistical limitations
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Planning

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM14090A Integrate mechatronic fundamentals into an engineering task

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM14082A and MEM23072A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the integration of mechatronic fundamentals to achieve an engineering or related task. It includes identifying task parameters, personal and team functions, and work health and safety (WHS) requirements. It includes investigation of programmable machines, controllers and mechatronic devices, and automated systems and mechatronic fundamentals, including mechatronic methods and processes, workshop techniques, materials, scientific and mathematical principles and computer software. It requires completion of the task in cooperation with the team and documentation of the process and outcomes.

Application of the Unit

The unit applies to engineering or related projects requiring mechatronic engineering skills and covers the identification, application and integration of mechatronic fundamentals. It is suitable for people working as mechatronic or automation technicians and drafters and those pursuing careers and qualifications in mechatronic engineering.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23111A	Select electrical equipment and components for engineering applications
MEM23112A	Investigate electrical and electronic controllers in engineering applications

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Investigate scope of engineering task	1.1	Identify mechatronic and related fundamentals to be integrated into engineering task
1.2	Identify stakeholders to be consulted
1.3	Review functions and features of machines, controllers, devices and automated systems requiring mechatronics
1.4	Confirm WHS, regulatory requirements, risk management and organisational procedures
1.5	Review software techniques required for task analysis and graphics

2	Integrate mechatronic fundamentals	2.1	Use systems thinking to address contingencies and constraints, problem solving and decision making, and continuous improvement to achieve integration task
2.2	Integrate mechatronic fundamentals to achieve task objectives
2.3	Seek technical and professional assistance or clarification of design information, as required

3	Report results	3.1	Record results of investigation, evaluation and integration
3.2	Provide documentation, such as diagrams, calculations, programs and files

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: communicating, cooperating and negotiating with stakeholders identifying task parameters and context, WHS and regulatory requirements, risk management and organisational procedures evaluating task requirements, including principles, techniques, machines, controllers and mechatronic devices, and typical automated systems selecting and using software for required analysis and graphics planning the task solving problems and making decisions using systems thinking and continuous improvement to address contingencies and constraints reporting and documenting results of investigation, evaluation and integration, diagrams and calculations reviewing sustainability implications, functions and features for the engineering task
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, and risk minimisation and registration requirements mechatronic fundamentals, including: mathematics materials properties mechanics electrical and electronic fundamentals fundamentals of controller programming, interfacing and signal conditioning, and which depending on the application may also include: chemistry light, sound and electromagnetic effects thermodynamics and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) fluid mechanics fluid power system control and data acquisition systems (SCADA) and distributed control systems (DCS) computing graphics, including computer-aided design and drafting systems (CAD) methods and processes for shaping, cutting, joining and coating of metal and other materials functions and features of machines, controllers and mechatronic devices and automated systems current options and tends in software, including circuit and system layout and simulation

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to undertake investigation of an engineering task to determine the mechatronic fundamentals required by the task and integrating them into a task plan and report the plan and any investigations undertaken.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: determine task parameters and context and identify and investigate required mechatronic fundamentals evaluate task requirements, principles, techniques, typical applications and software plan the task integrate mechatronic fundamentals to achieve task objectives communicate, cooperate and negotiate with stakeholders to achieve integration task report and document results.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment must cover the integration of two or more mechatronic fundamentals to achieve the engineering task. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance	Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies may include: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements applying to electrical work
Systems thinking	Systems thinking refers to the conduct of engineering work in a manner that demonstrates knowledge of how the interaction of different technical systems on equipment, machinery or structures, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, combine to perform or support engineering-related operations, processes or projects. It embraces determining or establishing how the function of each technical system or component, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, effects or potentially may effect, outcomes. Systems should be interpreted broadly within the context of the organisation and depending on the project or operation can include equipment, related facilities, material, software, internal services and personnel, and other organisations in the value chain
Continuous improvement implementation	Continuous improvement implementation may relate to plant, products, processes, systems or services, including design, development, implementation or manufacture, commissioning, operation or delivery and maintenance. Improvement processes may include techniques, such as: balanced scorecard current and future state mapping measuring performance against benchmarks process improvement, problem solving and decision making data management, generation, recording, analysing, storing and use of software training for improvement systems participation technical training
Constraints and contingencies	Constraints and contingencies may include: financial organisation procedural or culture physical constraints, such as limits to resources, limits to site access or logistical limitations
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to a particular engineering integration task
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Planning

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM14091A Integrate manufacturing fundamentals into an engineering task

Modification History

Release 1 (MEM05v9).

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the integration of manufacturing fundamentals to achieve an engineering or related task. It includes identifying task parameters, personal and team functions, and work health and safety (WHS) guidelines. It includes investigation of function and features of manufacturing plant, methods and processes and manufacturing fundamentals, including workshop techniques, materials, scientific and mathematical principles, and computer software.

Application of the Unit

The unit applies to engineering or related projects requiring manufacturing engineering skills and covers the identification, application and integration of manufacturing fundamentals. It is suitable for people working as manufacturing technicians and draftspersons and those pursuing manufacturing engineering or related technical qualifications and careers.

If applying the unit into an enterprise or context where knowledge and skills of lean manufacturing techniques is also required, relevant competitive systems and practices units should also be selected.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Investigate scope of engineering task	1.1	Identify manufacturing engineering and related fundamentals to be integrated into engineering task
1.2	Review current functions and features of manufacturing plant, methods and processes, including production control, process maintenance options, and continuous improvement and lean manufacturing-related systems and processes
1.3	Identify stakeholders to be consulted
1.4	Confirm WHS, regulatory requirements, risk management and organisational procedures
1.5	Review software techniques required for task analysis and graphics

2	Integrate manufacturing fundamentals	2.1	Plan the task
2.2	Communicate, cooperate and negotiate with stakeholders, as required
2.3	Use systems thinking to address contingencies and constraints, problem solving and decision making, and continuous improvement to achieve integration task
2.4	Integrate manufacturing fundamentals to achieve task objectives
2.5	Seek technical and professional assistance or clarification of design information, as required

3	Report results	3.1	Record results of investigation, evaluation and integration
3.2	Provide documentation, such as diagrams, graphics, flow charts and calculations

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: communicating, cooperating and negotiating with stakeholders identifying task parameters and manufacturing context, WHS, regulatory requirements, risk management and organisational procedures evaluating manufacturing principles, systems, methods and processes, and production machinery, such as: lean manufacturing jobbing (individual lot manufacturing) transfer lines cellular manufacturing typical manufacturing departments, such as logistics, warehouse, production, maintenance, scheduling, sales, marketing and administration selecting and using software and graphics for required analysis and graphics planning the task integrating manufacturing fundamentals to achieve task objectives solving problems and making decisions using systems thinking and continuous improvement to address contingencies and constraints reporting and documenting results of investigation, evaluation and integration, diagrams and calculations reviewing sustainability implications, functions and features for the engineering task
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, and risk minimisation and registration requirements manufacturing methods, such as: production control and flow continuous improvement lean techniques for quality, speed, quantity and reliability manufacturing systems maintenance, such as total productive maintenance jobbing, batch and mass systems production lines and work cells, and batch and queue manufacturing functions and features of production machinery and systems related to the task general mechanical, electrical and mechatronic engineering fundamentals relevant to manufacturing, such as: materials properties mechanics chemistry thermodynamics fluid mechanics fluid power electrical fundamentals current options and trends in software, including manufacturing process simulation software

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to undertake investigation of an engineering task to determine the manufacturing fundamentals required by the task and integrating them into a task plan and report the plan and any investigations undertaken.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: communicate, cooperate and negotiate with stakeholders to achieve manufacturing integration task determine task parameters and context and identify and investigate required manufacturing fundamentals identify relevant WHS, regulatory requirements, risk management and organisational procedures integrate manufacturing fundamentals to achieve task objectives report and document results.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance	Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, such as: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Systems thinking	Systems thinking refers to the conduct of engineering work in a manner that demonstrates knowledge of how the interaction of different technical systems on equipment, machinery or structures, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, combine to perform or support engineering-related operations, processes or projects. It embraces determining or establishing how the function of each technical system or component, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, effects or potentially may effect, outcomes. Systems should be interpreted broadly within the context of the organisation and depending on the project or operation can include equipment, related facilities, material, software, internal services and personnel, and other organisations in the value chain.
Continuous improvement implementation	Continuous improvement implementation may relate to plant, products, processes, systems or services, including design, development, implementation or manufacture, commissioning, operation or delivery and maintenance. Improvement processes may include techniques, such as: balanced scorecard current and future state mapping measuring performance against benchmarks process improvement, problem solving and decision making data management, generation, recording, analysing, storing and use of software training for improvement systems participation technical training
Constraints and contingencies	Constraints and contingencies may include: financial organisation procedural or culture physical constraints, such as limits to resources, limits to site access or logistical limitations
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer
Lean principles	Lean manufacturing uses cost, capacity and responsiveness, quality, reliability and waste minimisation as drivers of the process and measures for process improvement. Lean manufacturing is the response of many organisations to local, regional, national and global market competitiveness.

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Planning

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM14092A Integrate maintenance fundamentals into an engineering task

Modification History

Release 1 (MEM05v9).

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the integration of maintenance fundamentals to achieve an engineering or related task. It includes identifying task parameters, personal and team functions, and work health and safety (WHS) requirements. It includes investigation of maintainable features of plant, facilities and services, and evaluation of related fundamentals of mathematics, scientific principles, workshop skills, materials and processes, and software required by the task. It requires completion of the task in cooperation with the team and documentation of the process and outcomes.

Application of the Unit

The unit applies to engineering and related tasks in a project or organisation and covers the identification, application and integration of maintenance fundamentals, including breakdown and preventative maintenance fundamentals. It is suitable for people working as maintenance technicians and draftspersons and those pursuing careers and qualifications in maintenance engineering.

This unit should be undertaken in conjunction with technical units relevant to the equipment and processes used in the organisation.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Investigate scope of engineering task	1.1	Identify the breakdown and preventative maintenance and other related fundamentals to be integrated into engineering task
1.2	Identify stakeholders to be consulted
1.3	Confirm WHS, regulatory requirements, risk management and organisational procedures
1.4	Identify maintainable features of plant, facilities and services affected by integration task
1.5	Identify methods, processes and workshop techniques required by task
1.6	Review sustainability implications for task
1.7	Review software techniques required for task analysis and graphics
1.8	Plan task to maximise performance and reliability and prevent future breakdowns

2	Integrate maintenance fundamentals	2.1	Use systems thinking to address contingencies and constraints, problem solving and decision making, and continuous improvement to achieve integration task
2.2	Consult with stakeholders on timing and scope of integration task
2.3	Integrate maintenance fundamentals to achieve task objectives
2.4	Seek technical and professional assistance or clarification of design information, as required

3	Report results	3.1	Record results of investigation, evaluation and integration
3.2	Provide documentation, such as diagrams, calculations, programs and files

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: communicating, cooperating and negotiating with stakeholders identifying task parameters and context, WHS and regulatory requirements, risk management and organisational procedures evaluating task requirements, including principles, methods, processes and construction techniques, maintainable features of plant, facilities and services selecting and using software required for analysis and graphics evaluating maintenance-related task activities for effect on performance, reliability and prevention of failure solving problems and making decisions using systems thinking and continuous improvement to address contingencies and constraints reporting and documenting results of investigation, evaluation and integration, diagrams and calculations reviewing sustainability implications, functions and features for the engineering task
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: maintenance and related fundamentals may include: materials properties maintenance methods and processes mechanics chemistry thermodynamics fluid mechanics fluid power electrical and electronic fundamentals fundamentals of controller programming, interfacing and signal conditioning computing graphics, including computer-aided design (CAD) workshop and maintenance equipment functions and maintainable features of plant, facilities and services maintenance methods and procedures: breakdown maintenance preventive maintenance predictive maintenance (on-condition) precision maintenance proactive maintenance reliability centred maintenance and modification total productive maintenance repair and replace methods and processes role and application of maintenance-related risk management procedures and analysis current options and tends in maintenance software typical software applications for engineering maintenance fundamentals

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to undertake investigation of an engineering task to determine the maintenance fundamentals required by the task and integrating them into a task plan and report the plan and any investigations undertaken.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: communicate, cooperate and negotiate with stakeholders to achieve integration task determine task parameters and context, chain of responsibility, WHS, regulatory requirements, risk management and organisational procedures evaluate task requirements, principles, techniques, typical applications and software plan the task integrate maintenance fundamentals to achieve task objectives report and document results.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Integrate maintenance fundamentals	Integrate maintenance fundamentals refers to situations where maintenance skills and knowledge must be applied across more than one engineering, system or application area to achieve a task objective
Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance	Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, may include: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Systems thinking	Systems thinking refers to the conduct of engineering work in a manner that demonstrates knowledge of how the interaction of different technical systems on equipment, machinery or structures, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, combine to perform or support engineering-related operations, processes or projects. It embraces determining or establishing how the function of each technical system or component, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, effects or potentially may effect, outcomes. Systems should be interpreted broadly within the context of the organisation and depending on the project or operation can include equipment, related facilities, material, software, internal services and personnel, and other organisations in the value chain.
Continuous improvement implementation	Continuous improvement implementation may relate to plant, products, processes, systems or services, including design, development, implementation or manufacture, commissioning, operation or delivery and maintenance. Improvement processes may include techniques, such as: balanced scorecard current and future state mapping measuring performance against benchmarks process improvement, problem solving and decision making data management, generation, recording, analysing, storing and use of software training for improvement systems participation technical training
Constraints and contingencies	Constraints and contingencies may include: financial organisation procedural or culture physical constraints such as limits to resources, limits to site access or logistical limitations
Maintenance system data	Maintenance system data may include: asset ID and plant warranties standard repair schemes modification data and configuration procedural documents: monitoring and preventative maintenance schedules safe work methods statements material safety data sheets (MSDS) work permits monitoring reports and system measurements maintenance actions and costs spares inventory control
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to a particular engineering integration task
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Planning

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM15001B Perform basic statistical quality control

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers taking samples and applying a statistical process to monitor production.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the collation and interpretation of statistical data in the context of statistical quality control, for example, tally, run or control charts. Uncontrolled variations are reported to appropriate authority. When the production and interpretation of charts and graphs not dependent on knowledge and understanding of the implications for quality are required, Unit MEM12024A (Perform computations) should be accessed. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Take samples	1.1. Difference between population and sample is understood and various sampling schemes are applied in accordance with standard operating procedures.
2. Apply statistical process to monitor production	2.1. Concept of variation in terms of average and spread is understood. Data is used to produce relevant statistical information. 2.2. Data is interpreted accurately and information is presented to appropriate authority according to standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents applying statistical process control procedures in accordance with instructions to a given production process obtaining data from samples including average, range and random or assignable causes producing tally, run or control charts from sampling data reporting information from sampling data checking and clarifying task-related information completing proformas and standard workplace forms
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: the difference between population and sample, and the concept of variation in terms of average and range, random and assignable causes numerical operations and statistical calculations/formulae within the scope of this unit statistical process control procedures, which may include Six Sigma etc. and the sampling procedures to be followed the types of charts that can be produced to assist monitoring of products including run charts, tally charts, histograms, control charts procedures for reporting sample data information use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform basic statistical quality control.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing basic statistical quality control or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Sampling schemes	Agreed customer plans, Acceptable Quality Level (AQL) and Average Outgoing Quality Level (AOQL) plans, Shainin, Six Sigma etc.
Relevant statistical information	Average, range and process control data and the plotting of charts such as line graphs, run charts, tally charts, histograms, control charts, random and assignable causes etc.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Quality

MEM15002A Apply quality systems

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers working within a quality improvement system, either individually or in a team situation.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit is applicable for any work within a quality improvement system in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment. The definition of customer is wide and applies to the next person or organisation receiving the product or service. Application may include quality inspection of own or other employee's work up to the level of the employee's technical competence. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Work within a quality system	1.1. Instructions and procedures are followed and duties are performed in accordance with requirements of quality improvement system. 1.2. Conformance to specifications is ensured. 1.3. Defects are detected and reported according to standard operating procedures. 1.4. Performance of operation or quality of product or service is monitored to ensure customer satisfaction.
2. Engage in quality improvement	2.1. Current performance is assessed. 2.2. Established performance measures are identified. 2.3. Specifications and standard operating procedures are identified. 2.4. Defects are detected and reported according to standard operating procedures. 2.5. Process improvement procedures are participated in. 2.6. The improvement of internal/external customer/supplier relationships is participated in. 2.7. Performance of operation or quality of product or service is monitored to ensure customer satisfaction.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading, interpreting and following information on written job sheets, instructions, standard operating procedures and drawings checking and clarifying task-related information entering information onto workplace documents checking for conformance to specifications identifying duties of the individual within the quality improvement system identifying customers' requirements with respect to the operation or quality of the product or service reporting where appropriate, defects detected carrying out work in accordance with the process improvement procedures carrying out work in a manner consistent with the improvement of customer/supplier relationships performing numerical operations, geometry and calculations/formulae within the scope of this unit
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: quality system terminology and concepts, e.g. quality assurance - planning to meet customers' requirements quality control - checks and procedures to ensure customer requirements are met quality inspection - inspecting and testing products and services total quality control - a company-wide approach that combines both quality assurance and quality control so that the customer is always satisfied commonly accepted meaning/s of the terms quality and quality system the reasons for following the requirements of the quality improvement system strategies and approaches for working within a quality system procedures to be followed in undertaking the work specifications to which the individual's work is to comply reasons for ensuring work conforms to specification benefits of good quality: quality products reduced costs customer confidence, satisfaction and loyalty good reputation job satisfaction solving problems increased competitiveness keeping up with technology costs and consequences of poor quality e.g. lost customers accidents wastage lost time low morale conflict procedures for reporting defects examples of common defects quality improvement procedures four steps of the quality cycle: plan, do, check, act reasons for following process improvement procedures examples of ways in which customer/supplier relationships can be improved benefits of good customer/supplier relationship hazards and control measures associated with applying quality procedures, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply quality systems.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with applying quality systems or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Quality improvement system	A system comprising some or all of the following elements: quality assurance quality control quality inspection quality improvement total quality control
Customer	The next person or organisation receiving the production or service

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Quality

MEM15003B Use improvement processes in team activities

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers identifying improvements and/or solving problems, implementing/monitoring the implementation of an improvement strategy, and evaluating the improvement.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to quality circle participation using problem solving techniques including flow charts, cause and effect diagrams, Pareto charts, histograms, run charts and graphs, control charts, scattergrams etc. as required. Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM16007A	Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify areas for improvement and/or solve problems	1.1. Participation in team is used to select improvement tools and methods appropriate to the situation. 1.2. Teamwork is used to process improvement tools to identify improvements and/or solve problems.
2. Implement improvement strategy	2.1. Teamwork is used to implement improvement strategies as required in accordance with standard operating procedures. 2.2. In conjunction with work team, further action is recommended as required using standard operating procedures.
3. Monitor implementation of improvement	3.1. Performance is monitored for change, utilising feedback data.
4. Evaluate improvement	4.1. Analytical tools are used to evaluate improvement as required. 4.2. In conjunction with work team, further action is recommended where required using standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: participating and communicating in a team setting identifying improvements and/or solving problems in a team setting implementing improvement strategies in a team setting recommending further action in accordance with standard operating procedures collecting and collating feedback data evaluating the improvement strategy implemented reading, interpreting information on written job instructions, specifications, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents planning and sequencing tasks checking and clarifying information entering information onto workplace documents following verbal instructions orally reporting routine information
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: roles and functions of self and team members team discussion and problem solving processes improvement tools and methods and their application procedures for using process improvement tools in the team environment improvement strategies procedures for implementing the improvement strategies the individual's role in implementing improvement strategies procedures for initiating further action the procedures for collecting and collating improvement feedback data the analytical tools and processes to evaluate the improvement strategy safe workplace practices

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to use improvement processes in a team environment. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both. Where assessment occurs off the job, i.e. the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with using improvement processes in team activities or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Improvement tools and methods	Flow charts, cause and effect diagrams, Pareto charts, histograms, run charts and graphs, control charts, scattergrams etc.
Improvement strategies	PDCA (Plan, Do, Check, Act) procedures, Six Sigma techniques, Root Cause Analysis, etc.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Quality

MEM15004B Perform inspection

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers inspecting products, keeping records and providing feedback on the conformance of product to specifications.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to basic inspection of completed or partly completed products produced by others. Inspection is carried out according to a site quality plan or specifications; it applies to a range of manufacturing enterprises; and requires application of a range of measuring equipment/devices/tools. Location and frequency of checks/tests and measurements are undertaken to standard operating procedures. In general, verification should be made as close as possible to the point of production of the feature or characteristic. Inspection may involve 'first piece inspection', fixed interval, sample etc. Depending on the inspection process, other technical units may need to be accessed, for example, appropriate measurement units. This unit is not intended to be applied to maintenance personnel carrying out their day-to-day activities, for example, fault finding, remedial and checking activities. These skills are covered by other units such as Unit MEM18006C (Repair and fit engineering components). This unit should not be selected for the purposes of non destructive testing, where Unit MEM24002B (Perform penetrant testing), Unit MEM24004B (Perform magnetic particle testing), Unit MEM24006B (Perform eddy current testing), Unit MEM24008B (Perform ultrasonic testing) or Unit MEM24010B (Perform radiographic testing) have already been selected. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Inspect products	1.1. Products are tested for conformance to specifications in accordance with standard operating procedures.
2. Keep records	2.1. Test status identification is made on conforming and non-conforming products and records are accurately kept using standard operating procedures.
3. Provide feedback	3.1. Products are tested/inspected/measured after rework or repair. 3.2. Deficiencies or deviations are reported according to standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, standard operating procedures and other applicable reference documents testing products for conformance to specifications in accordance with job instructions testing reworked/repaired products for conformance to specification, in accordance with job instructions entering routine and familiar information onto proformas and standard workplace forms
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: the procedures as defined by job instructions to be used to check conformance to specifications the data to be recorded and the frequency of recording required the consequences of not keeping accurate records non-conformances of given products that can be removed by rework/repair in accordance with job instructions hazards and control measures associated with performing basic inspection activities use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform inspection (basic).
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing inspection (basic) or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Tested for conformance to specifications	Visual inspection, physical measurements, chemical tests, checks against patterns, templates and guides etc.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Quality

MEM15005B Select and control inspection processes and procedures

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers selecting inspection and test procedures, and controlling the inspection/test environment and equipment.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The unit applies to a range of manufacturing enterprises where inspection involves working autonomously and taking responsibility for overseeing inspection process and environment. This person would use a wide range of equipment/instruments and take responsibility for the reliability of inspection results to ensure conformance to specifications. This unit is not intended to be applied to maintenance personnel carrying out their day-to-day activities, for example, fault finding, remedial and checking activities. These skills are covered by other units, such as Unit MEM18006C (Repair and fit engineering components) Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM15004B	Perform inspection

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Select inspection/test procedures	1.1. Appropriate methods of inspection are selected and implemented. 1.2. Inspection/test procedures are monitored to ensure desired outcomes.
2. Control inspection/test environment and equipment	2.1. Environmental conditions are monitored to ensure reliability of tests and results. 2.2. Equipment/instruments are checked for correct calibration. 2.3. Calibration of equipment/instruments is initiated or undertaken against appropriate standard as required. 2.4. Calibration records are maintained to standard operating procedure. 2.5. If equipment/instruments are found to be out of calibration, validity of previous results is checked and reported according to standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading, interpreting and following information on standard operating procedures and other applicable reference documents checking and clarifying task-related information entering and maintaining information onto proformas and standard workplace forms and records checking for conformance to specifications using measurement equipment within the scope of this unit measuring components to specified tolerances implementing inspection method for the product/ process monitoring inspection/test procedures to ensure desired outcomes are achieved monitoring environmental conditions checking calibration of measuring equipment initiating calibration of measuring equipment calibrating measuring equipment against the appropriate reference standard detecting and reporting out of calibration equipment applying units of measurement and numerical operations/calculations within the scope of this unit
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: a range of inspection methods and their application the appropriate inspection method for the process/product procedures for implementing inspection methods the desired/target outcomes of the inspection/test procedures reasons for discrepancies/trends procedures for monitoring inspection/test procedures the effects of environmental conditions on test equipment and the results procedures for monitoring environmental conditions the acceptable range of variations to environmental conditions the correct operation of the measuring equipment the specifications of the measuring equipment procedures for checking the calibration of the measuring equipment appropriate techniques, tools and equipment to measure components units of measurement and numerical operations/calculations within the scope of this unit codes, standards, legislative or regulatory requirements applicable to the measuring equipment and/or calibration procedures for initiating the calibration of measuring equipment the physical reference standard against which the measuring equipment is to be calibrated procedures for calibrating measuring instruments tools and equipment required to calibrate measuring equipment procedures for recording calibration details the reasons for keeping calibration records the procedures to be followed when measuring equipment is found to be out of calibration the reasons for checking results from out of calibration measuring equipment procedures for reporting out of calibration measuring equipment hazards and control measures associated with inspection, including housekeeping use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform inspection (advanced). Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing inspection (advanced) or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Quality

MEM15007B Conduct product and/or process capability studies

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers conducting process capability studies, setting control limits and selecting sampling plans.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the analysis of data from a production section or processes using appropriate statistical techniques. Consultation may be required with production or process personnel and is undertaken within the enterprise's total quality plan. Band: B Unit Weight: 6

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM12024A	Perform computations
MEM12025A	Use graphical techniques and perform simple statistical computations
MEM15001B	Perform basic statistical quality control
MEM15008B	Perform advanced statistical quality control

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Conduct process capability studies	1.1. Procedure for conducting capability study is determined. 1.2. Instructions for personnel conducting trial run are prepared. 1.3. Data from trial run is analysed and the process capability is calculated. 1.4. Possible number of product defects from a particular process is estimated. 1.5. Optimum target mean to suit process capability data is determined. 1.6. Reports listing various options from process capability studies are prepared. 1.7. Design specifications based on an analysis of data are recommended.
2. Set control limits	2.1. Control limits for sample/subgroup average, range and standard deviation are calculated. 2.2. Warning limits for subgroup average, range and standard deviation are calculated. 2.3. Course of action resulting from out of control situation is determined and documented to standard operating procedures.
3. Select sampling plans	3.1. Appropriate sampling plan to suit production schedule is selected and acceptable quality limits are determined, taking into account specified producer and consumer risks. 3.2. Sampling plan is documented including implementation strategy.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: collecting and collating data analysing data, identifying solutions and developing recommendations preparing reports listing the various options identified from the process capability study determining process design specifications from process capability data documenting sampling plan and implementation strategy
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: the process to be studied the procedures for conducting process capability studies the data used to calculate the process capability the procedures for estimating the possible number of product defects options for improving the process and benefits of each the procedures for determining the optimum target mean the procedures for setting control limits numerical operations and calculations/formulae for process capability, control limits and other outcomes within the scope of this unit the procedures for setting warning limits the concept of 'out of control' situations the action to be taken when an 'out of control' situation is detected the procedures for documenting 'out of control' situations the acceptable level of quality a variety of sampling plans and their application the sampling plan to be applied to a given situation the reasons for selecting the chosen plan the acceptable quality limits the risks associated with identifying acceptable quality limits for the producer and customer the procedures for documenting and implementing sampling plans hazards and control measures use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to conduct product and/or process capability studies. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with conducting product and/or process capability studies or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Procedure	Frequency of sample, sample size
Data	From periodic samples drawn from a trial run of the process
Process capability	The natural tolerance of the process which may be calculated at 3 sigma/standard deviations
Product defects	From a consideration of 3 or 6 sigma standard deviations compared to specification requirements etc.
Various options	Adjustment of process to move average; improvements to reduce process capability; changes to reduce assignable causes
Appropriate sampling plan	Plans within the adopted quality system, sample size, frequency of sample etc.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Quality

MEM15008B Perform advanced statistical quality control

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers constructing control charts.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit involves the understanding of statistical processes and the application of these processes to the maintenance and improvement of a quality system. Band: B Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM12024A	Perform computations
MEM12025A	Use graphical techniques and perform simple statistical computations
MEM15001B	Perform basic statistical quality control

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Construct control charts	1.1. The key product parameters to be controlled are determined. 1.2. Control charts/proformas including the determination of control limits from sample data are completed. 1.3. 1, 2 and 3 sigma limits are used to measure and describe population dispersion as required.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: constructing control charts, including determining control limits from sample data identifying the key parameters to be controlled from a given specification calculating the population dispersion for given data in terms of 1, 2 and 3 sigma limits
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: procedures for constructing control charts and determining control limits from sample data population dispersion in terms of 1, 2 and 3 sigma limits safe workplace practices

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform advanced statistical quality control. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing advanced statistical quality control or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Product parameters	Dimensions, weights, voltages, temperatures, speeds etc.
Control charts/proformas	Shewart Charts or charts for process average, range, or attributes etc.
Sample data	Periodic samples drawn from a trial run of the process

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Quality

MEM15010B Perform laboratory procedures

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers working under laboratory conditions, performing calibration of equipment and writing reports on the results.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the use of a range of sophisticated equipment that provides independent feedback on quality processes and procedures. Individuals are likely to be working autonomously and following scientific procedures under controlled conditions. All work would be carried out to predetermined standard operating procedures. This unit would be taken in conjunction with appropriate technical units. Band: B Unit Weight: 8

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Work under laboratory conditions	1.1. Independent tests are conducted under controlled conditions.
2. Perform calibration	2.1. Equipment is verified and calibrated to agreed quality standards. 2.2. Calibration status is safeguarded against unauthorised adjustment. 2.3. Accurate records are kept for reference purposes. 2.4. Test equipment is periodically recalled for adjustment, repair and re-calibration. 2.5. Documentary evidence is maintained, covering identification of equipment; frequency of re-calibration; calibration status and procedures for recall, handling and storage, adjustment, repair, calibration, installation and use. 2.6. Calibration to reference standards of known accuracy such as national or international standards is traced, or where these do not exist, is set to specifically developed criteria.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: obtaining, reading and interpreting relevant drawings, circuits, specifications, instructions and data in accordance with standard operating procedures planning and sequencing operations checking and clarifying task-related operations using calculations and numerical operations within the scope of this unit conducting independent tests under controlled conditions checking measuring equipment for correct calibration against the agreed quality standards safeguarding the calibration status of the equipment against unauthorised adjustment completing and maintaining records of measuring equipment calibrated recalling test equipment for adjustment, repair and re-calibration using reference standards or specific criteria as the basis for calibration. documenting test results preparing reports on the tests carried out conducting inspections, tests and audits in accordance with standard using results of inspections, tests and audits to inform the design and service
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: the tests to be undertaken the conditions under which the tests are to be undertaken the testing procedures to be followed the reasons for conducting tests under controlled conditions the need for tests to be conducted independently the quality standards against which the measuring equipment is to be calibrated the correct operation of the measuring equipment the specifications of the measuring equipment the tools and equipment required to check the calibration of the measuring equipment the procedures for checking the calibration of the measuring equipment any codes, standards, legislative or regulatory requirements applicable to the measuring equipment and/or calibration the procedures for preventing unauthorised adjustment of equipment the reasons for protecting equipment against unauthorised adjustment the records to be kept with respect to the calibration of measuring equipment the reasons for keeping accurate calibration records the procedures for recalling test equipment for adjustment, repair and re-calibration the frequency of test equipment recall the reasons test equipment may be recalled all relevant documentation relating to the calibration/re-calibration of test equipment the procedures for completing the relevant documentation sources of reference standards and procedures to be used in the absence of reference standards the reports to be prepared/provided with respect to the test equipment being tested the procedures for preparing/ providing reports on tests carried out on test equipment the auditing processes to be applied to testing procedures the use of information from the inspections, tests and audits conducted in the development of design and servicing of products/equipment hazards and control measures associated with performing laboratory procedures, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform laboratory procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing laboratory procedures or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Tests	Tests will be conducted to a standard method and may be: mechanical tests such as for hardness, tensile and impact electrical tests such as for resistance, capacitance and inductance semiconductor or other electronic tests
Calibration	Calibration refers to those calibrations which are conducted to a specified standard using equipment available in the workplace/laboratory. It may include the testing of known standard samples
Test equipment	May be mechanical, electrical or electronic or some combination
Documentary evidence	Documentary evidence of calibration will be sufficient to satisfy the needs the certifying body (e.g. NATA) or as otherwise specified in the calibration standard or in accordance with manufacturers' recommendation
Documented	Documentation of test/calibration results will conform to good laboratory practice and will allow for the verification of results and for a historical record of results such as might be required for verification of results, quality audits and legal inquiries.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Quality

MEM15011B Exercise external quality assurance

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers liaising with external suppliers, checking for conformance to specifications, assessing the external suppliers and evaluating their goods and/or services.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to evaluating and communicating with a wide range of supplier enterprises to ensure that purchased supplies meet quality standards and that adequate documents are prepared and maintained to standard operating procedures. Band: B Unit Weight: 6

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM15004B	Perform inspection
MEM15005B	Select and control inspection processes and procedures

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Liaise with external suppliers	1.1. The exact quality requirements are communicated to suppliers. 1.2. Quality assurance system is negotiated and agreed. 1.3. Verification method and systems and procedures for dispute settlement are established and agreed. 1.4. Recording system of procured products or services which ensures traceability is established.
2. Check for conformance to specifications	2.1. The requirements of all relevant documentation including contract specifications, drawings and purchase orders are obtained and understood. 2.2. The conformance of the procured product or service to all of the documented requirements is established.
3. Assess external suppliers	3.1. Assessment and evaluation of suppliers' capability and/or quality system are conducted. 3.2. Suppliers' goods or services are evaluated.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: communicating quality requirements to the supplier negotiating quality assurance system implementing system for recording and tracing products or services procured obtaining and interpreting relevant drawings, specifications, documentation etc. checking products/materials or services provided for conformance to documented requirements/ specifications assessing supplier capability to provide the required product/material or service evaluating supplier quality systems evaluating supplier goods or services using communication and conflict resolution
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: the exact quality requirements of the product/material to be supplied the procedures to be followed to ensure the supplier understands the quality requirements the requirements of a quality assurance system to ensure the supplied product/material conforms to the quality requirements the procedures for negotiating agreements with suppliers the procedures for verifying that the agreed quality assurance system is being utilised by the supplier techniques for dispute resolution the procedures for recording procured products or services the means of tracing procured products or services the reasons for tracing procured products or services the specifications of the product/material to be supplied or service to be provided any variations from documented requirements/ specifications the procedures for assessing/evaluating a supplier's capability to supply the required product/material or service the procedures for evaluating a supplier's quality system the procedures for evaluating a supplier's goods or services any equipment and techniques required to carry out the evaluation procedures hazards and control measures within the scope of this unit use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to exercise external quality assurance. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with exercising external quality assurance or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Quality assurance system	ISO 9000 procedures, Six Sigma procedures, sampling plans of all kinds etc.
Traceability	Unique identification of individual product or batches as appropriate
Assessment and evaluation	Vendor rating procedures, design reviews, audit reports, site surveillance reports, failure reports and concession applications etc.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Quality

MEM15012B Maintain/supervise the application of quality procedures

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers improving the quality system, and collecting and summarising data to support the quality improvement process.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The data would be used to produce statistical information such as averages and ranges, and charts such as tally, run or control charts. This unit applies to the standards that are applicable to the supervision or maintenance of a quality improvement system either individually or in a team situation. The definition of customer is wide and applies to the next person or organisation receiving the product or service. Band: B Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM12024A	Perform computations
MEM12025A	Use graphical techniques and perform simple statistical computations
MEM15001B	Perform basic statistical quality control

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Improve quality system	1.1. Specifications to meet customer needs (internal and external) are interpreted. 1.2. Leadership role as a supplier is undertaken to ensure quality within the supply chain.
2. Collect and summarise data	2.1. Data is recorded and interpreted accurately in accordance with standard operating procedures. 2.2. Data is used to produce relevant statistical information, for example, average and range or the production of charts such as tally, run or control charts.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: obtaining and interpreting the specifications of the product or service to be provided communicating effectively with suppliers and customers recording data collected calculating relevant statistical information from collected data producing tally, run and control charts from collected data using leadership skills using analysis skills
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: specifications to be achieved in providing the service or producing the product the team's supplier(s) and customer(s) the possible effects of supplying products and/or services to customers that do not comply with specifications the procedures to be followed in producing the product and/or supplying the service the checks to be undertaken to ensure the product/service complies with specifications the personnel responsible for the quality of the product/service provided the actions to be taken when a non-conformance to specifications is detected and reasons for taking those actions the procedures for recording data collected the possible trends from the collected data the actual trends indicated by given samples of data the reasons for collecting data the statistical information to be calculated the use of statistics in interpreting production data the functions of tally, run or control charts in representing production data the trends indicated by the statistical information calculated and/or the charts produced the action to be taken in response to any trends identified the reasons for taking proposed action appropriate techniques, tools and equipment to measure machined components hazards and control measures within the scope of this unit use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to maintain/supervise the application of quality procedures. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with maintaining/supervising the application of quality procedures or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Customer needs	Product Service Delivery and distribution Quality Quantity Price Communication and documentation

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Quality

MEM15024A Apply quality procedures

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers applying established quality procedures to an employee's own work within a manufacturing, engineering or related environment.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit covers essential skill and knowledge that underpins all units within the Metal and Engineering Training Package. This competency is applied to an individual's own work. It includes concepts of meeting customer needs to achieve outcomes that are 'fit for purpose'. This includes following quality procedures to conform to specifications and requirements. Band: A Unit Weight: There is no unit weighting for this unit.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Take responsibility for own quality	1.1. Concept of supplying product or service to meet the customer requirements (internal and external) is understood and applied. 1.2. Responsibility is taken for quality of own work.
2. Apply standard procedures of workplace quality to own job	2.1. Quality system procedures are followed. 2.2. Conformance to specifications is ensured.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: identifying and communicating instances of non-compliance to work specifications following quality procedures including work instructions conforming to product and process specifications checking and clarifying task-related information
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: concepts of quality and the benefits of using specifications and standard operating procedures quality procedures applying to own work standard operating procedures safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply quality procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with applying quality procedures or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Quality	Consistently meeting customer requirements

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Quality

MEM16002C Conduct formal interviews and negotiations

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers planning and conducting interviews, participating in interviews and taking part in negotiations.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to effective communication in more formal on-site or small group situations where ideas are defined and specific outcomes are sought. The topics covered are often formally identified and records may be kept. Interviews could include job recruitment and progression, performance reviews, grievance, etc. This unit does not cover the skills needed for participation in formal group processes such as meetings which are covered by Unit MEM16001B (Give formal presentations and take part in meetings). For interviews associated with training and assessment, refer to the appropriate units. Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Plan and conduct interviews	1.1. Interview is planned and initiated to achieve a specified purpose. 1.2. Suitable questions appropriate to the purpose are used. 1.3. Discretion and confidentiality are exercised where appropriate.
2. Participate in interviews	2.1. Appropriate preparation is undertaken. 2.2. Active listening skills are employed. 2.3. Self-presentation is applied appropriate to the purpose. 2.4. Questions are asked where appropriate. 2.5. Follow-up activities are clarified and reported in accordance with standard operating procedure.
3. Take part in negotiations	3.1. Language appropriate to the other party is used. 3.2. Own and others' needs/wants are stated and clarified. 3.3. The views of fellow employees, including own group or team, are represented to others. 3.4. The appropriate communication medium is selected. 3.5. Follow-up activities are clarified and reported in accordance with standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: planning and formatting interviews developing open and closed interview questions to gain required information building rapport maintaining discretion and confidentiality preparing for interviews using active listening skills identifying interview goals identifying selection/assessment criteria clarifying follow-up activities reporting follow-up activities using appropriate language to the other party(s) clarifying needs/wants of others representing the views of fellow team or group members during negotiations selecting appropriate communication media during the negotiations
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: the purpose of the interview the assessment criteria for the interview the procedures to be followed in planning and conducting the interview the detail/information to be obtained from the interview questions appropriate to the detail/information to be obtained active listening techniques that can be applied in interview situations the effect(s) of the individual's presentation during the interview upon the interview the effect(s) of the timing of questions on the interviewee the need to follow-up issues raised during the interview and negotiations the procedures for reporting the outcomes of follow-up activities the parties to be involved in the negotiations the reasons for using appropriate language the reasons for maintaining confidentiality the reasons for clarifying the needs/wants of others the needs/wants of the individual the views of fellow team or group members a range of communication media the appropriate communication medium safe workplace practices

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to conduct formal interviews and negotiations.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with conducting formal interviews and negotiations or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Preparation	Identifying and inviting co-interviewers Planning interview Preparation of interview room Accessing required documents and materials Introductions and explanations
Active listening skills	Appropriate body language Acknowledgements Clarification questions Appropriate responses
Communication medium	Face-to-face meeting Telephone Email Written Advocacy

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Communication

MEM16003B Provide advanced customer service

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers identifying a customer's relationship to the enterprise and the customer's requirements, acting on the customer's requirements, and promoting better customer service.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the provision of comprehensive assistance to customers across a range of products and services. Situations covered would be beyond simple sales or enquiries and could include the taking of one-off or special orders requiring detailed descriptions, the handling of complaints referred for more detailed assistance than the initial point of contact, work as a designated liaison officer etc. Customers can be internal or external. Customer liaison can be undertaken through telephone, written, email or face-to-face contact. Typical applications of this unit would be found in warehouses, service and design departments. Band: B Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify customer relationship to enterprise	1.1. For repeat customers, formal customer identification details are obtained and checked, for example, by order, requisition or account number according to standard operating procedures. 1.2. Customer is identified as a new or repeat customer.
2. Identify customer requirements	2.1. Customer requirements are identified from order or other verbal or written communication. 2.2. The degree to which customer requirements can be met is clearly communicated including details such as price, delivery date, quantity or quality. 2.3. Alternatives are proposed for any inability to completely satisfy customer requirements.
3. Action customer requirements	3.1. Appropriate action to implement customer requirements is undertaken, for example by filling or entering of order, corrective action to resolve complaints, or repair or service to customer equipment. 3.2. Customer requirements not able to be met immediately are recorded, and follow-up checks are undertaken according to standard operating procedures.
4. Promote better customer service	4.1. Methods of improving customer service are identified and reported.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications and other applicable reference documents obtaining and checking customer identification details establishing rapport with the customer dealing with difficult or unsatisfied customers checking and clarifying information identifying and communicating the degree to which customer requirements can be met identifying alternative products and/or services taking appropriate action to meet customer requirements recording customer requirements including those not able to be immediately met following up unmet customer requirements reporting/recommending methods of improving customer service entering routine and familiar information onto proformas and standard workplace forms
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: the procedures for identifying customers and defining customer relationships service provision procedures for new/repeat customers procedures for identifying customer requirements the price of the required product or service the quantities of the product available the quality and characteristics of the product or service the delivery date/requirements of the product or service the procedures for informing the customer of the degree to which the customer's requirements can be met the reasons for informing the customer promptly of the ability/inability to meet the customer's requirements alternative products and/or services that may meet the customer's requirements the procedures for actioning customer orders the procedures for recording and managing customer complaints the procedures for initiating repairs and/or service to customer equipment the procedures for managing organisational errors in service provision principles and practices of effective customer service record keeping requirements of customer service interactions and transactions the procedures for following up on unmet customer requirements the procedures for reporting/recommending improvement to customer service safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide advanced customer service.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with providing advanced customer service or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Customer relationship	Internal or external Repeat or one-off New or established Significance in terms of purchase size, length of association, company status, relationship Previous history Special service requirements or conditions Reciprocal arrangements Supply chain relationship
Methods of improving customer service	New documentation New communication System improvements Delivery improvements Product or service improvements

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Communication

MEM16005A Operate as a team member to conduct manufacturing, engineering or related activities

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers operating as a member of a team, where operations and outcomes are dependent on the performance of the entire team.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to a range of team activities that are carried out within a section of a manufacturing, engineering or a related work environment. Activities are interdependent in nature, with each team member providing a critical component of the output. Effective interaction and collaboration between team members is required in order to achieve team goals. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify team goals and processes	1.1. Team goals and requirements are identified. 1.2. Processes in place to assist in meeting team goals are identified. 1.3. Workflow and processes are described. 1.4. Roles and responsibilities of team members are identified. 1.5. Relationships within team and with other work areas are identified.
2. Communicate and cooperate with team members	2.1. Effective interpersonal skills are used to interact with team members and to contribute to activities and objectives. 2.2. Formal and informal forms of communication are used effectively to support team achievement. 2.3. Team members are assisted as required to ensure team achieves goals and requirements. 2.4. Diversity is respected and valued in team functioning. 2.5. Views and opinions of other team members are understood and reflected accurately. 2.6. Workplace terminology is used correctly to assist communication.
3. Work as a team member	3.1. Tasks are performed in accordance with organisational and team requirements, specifications and workplace procedures. 3.2. Agreed reporting lines are followed using standard operating procedures.
4. Solve problems as a team member	4.1. Potential and real problems faced by team are identified. 4.2. Procedures for avoiding and managing problems are identified. 4.3. Problems are solved effectively and in a manner which supports team functioning.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: contributing to achievement of team goals communicating and cooperating with team members coordinating work effort with others applying effective interpersonal skills reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents solving problems
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: effective interpersonal strategies and skills: effective listening basic speaking skills use of terminology and jargon giving and receiving feedback checking and clarifying task-related information interpreting instructions basic conflict resolution selecting modes and methods of communication identifying and resolving communication breakdowns and barriers principles of effective communication relationships and roles within team and with others reporting relationships and procedures own responsibilities with respect to products/services to be provided by team skills and competencies of the individual and other employees performing interdependent activities team goals, objectives and task requirements sources of technical expertise/assistance appropriate forms of communication hazards and control measures associated with team activities, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to operate in a work-based team environment.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with operating in a work-based team environment or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Team goals	Production or manufacturing output, deadlines and timelines, resource use, performance, mistake elimination targets, process improvements, maintenance activity, safety levels
Effective interpersonal skills	Basic listening and speaking skills, use of terminology and jargon, giving and receiving feedback, interpreting instructions, verbal and non-verbal modes and methods of communication, communication breakdowns and barriers, basic principles of effective communication
Formal and informal forms of communication	Meetings, documentation, updates, handover, signage, discussion, explanations, demonstration, electronic
Diversity	Ethnicity, age, gender, demographics, disability
Workplace terminology	Terminology - referring to equipment, processes, workplace areas, staff and procedures - specific to the processes and equipment used in the workplace

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Communication

MEM16006A Organise and communicate information

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers accessing, organising and communicating information related to processes or tasks.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies in manufacturing, engineering or related environments. It may include information related to production, maintenance or associated processes. Information may be drawn from a variety of sources. This unit includes the ability to communicate using common workplace terminology. For access and recording of data requiring system knowledge and judgement, see Unit MEM16008A (Interact with computing technology). Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Access information and/or records	1.1. Information requirements of tasks are determined and relevant information is accessed from a range of sources. 1.2. Workplace terminology is correctly recognised.
2. Organise and analyse information	2.1. Information is interpreted and organised in accordance with enterprise and work requirements. 2.2. Information is analysed according to enterprise and work requirements.
3. Communicate organised information using established workplace methods	3.1. Information is communicated using established workplace methods.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: accessing relevant information from a range of sources recording, where appropriate, the accessed information recognising and using workplace terms reading, interpreting and following information in workplace documentation checking and clarifying information organising, categorising and sequencing information
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: types of information available sources of information information analysis techniques methods of categorising and organising information methods of recording and communicating information

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to organise, analyse and communicate information.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with organising, analysing and communicating information or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Range of sources	Job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, documents, computer data, drawings, sketches, tables, technical manuals and/or charts and other applicable reference material
Workplace terminology	Terminology - referring to equipment, processes, workplace areas, staff and procedures - specific to the processes and equipment used in the workplace
Analyse	Analysis for this unit involves simple determinations of relevance and implication for the employee's immediate work requirements
Established workplace methods	Proforma reports Data entry e.g. bar coding and simple keyboard operations Verbal Drawings

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Communication

MEM16007A Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers operating in an interactive work environment. It covers contribution to a group effort in order to plan and carry out work. This includes identification of work roles, communication and cooperation with others.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to work-related group activities that typically occur in and between sections or departments of an enterprise. Employees would normally be working together to achieve a common purpose e.g. manufacture of a product, maintenance of plant and equipment. Individuals are not responsible for the overall group effort but would be required to contribute to activities and objectives using their own existing technical competencies. Band: A Unit Weight: 0

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify roles and responsibilities	1.1. Own role and responsibilities are identified. 1.2. Relationships within immediate group and with employees performing related/interdependent activities are identified.
2. Plan activities	2.1. Common goals, objectives and task requirements are identified and clarified with appropriate persons. 2.2. Individual tasks are determined and agreed on according to workplace procedures.
3. Work with others	3.1. Effective interpersonal skills are applied to interact with others and to contribute to activities and objectives. 3.2. Assigned or agreed tasks are performed in accordance with agreed requirements, specifications and workplace procedures. 3.3. Work progress is reviewed and modified as agreed to complement the work of others. 3.4. Agreed reporting lines are followed using standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: contributing to planning and allocation of work performing assigned tasks coordinating work effort with others following agreed reporting lines reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents applying effective interpersonal skills
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: effective interpersonal strategies and skills: effective listening basic speaking skills use of terminology and jargon giving and receiving feedback checking and clarifying task-related information interpreting instructions basic conflict resolution selecting modes and methods of communication identifying and resolving communication breakdowns and barriers principles of effective communication relationships and roles within immediate group and with interdependent others reporting relationships and procedures own responsibilities with respect to products/services to be provided skills and competencies of the individual and other employees performing interdependent activities common goals, objectives and task requirements sources of technical expertise/assistance appropriate forms of communication hazards and control measures associated with workplace activities, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to operate in a work-based team environment.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with operating in a work-based team environment or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Effective interpersonal skills	Basic listening and speaking skills, use of terminology and jargon, giving and receiving feedback, interpreting instructions, verbal and non-verbal modes and methods of communication, communication breakdowns and barriers, basic principles of effective communication

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Communication

MEM16008A Interact with computing technology

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers accessing, inputting and storing information used in manufacturing, engineering or related environments, using computing technology.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies in manufacturing, engineering or related environments. It involves identifying the type and source of information required, and using the technology to access, input and store information. The equipment may include computers and a range of other equipment based on computing technology. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine job requirements	1.1. Nature and scope of task requirement are identified. 1.2. Information/data required to be accessed, input or stored is identified. 1.3. Source of information/data is identified.
2. Access information/data	2.1. Access procedures are followed. 2.2. Technology is navigated to find the required information/data. 2.3. Relevant software application menus, functions and commands are used to locate required information/data. 2.4. Information/data is retrieved using organisational procedures. 2.5. Information/data is checked for relevance to job requirements.
3. Input information/data	3.1. Relevant software menus, functions and commands are used to manipulate information/data. 3.2. Information/data is entered, changed, or removed as required.
4. Store information/data	4.1. Data/files are saved following standard procedures prior to exiting the application. 4.2. Data output is produced as required. 4.3. Procedures for shutting down/logging off/exiting computing technology are followed.
5. Access assistance as required	5.1. Appropriate personnel are identified and consulted as required. 5.2. Manuals, online help and other reference materials are identified and used as required.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: ability to enter or retrieve data using appropriate software applications reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents planning and sequencing operations checking and clarifying task-related information using numerical operations within the scope of this unit
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: functions and capabilities of various types of computing technology used in the workplace functions of software applications hazards and control measures associated with using computing technology, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to interact with computing technology to achieve workplace outcomes.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with interacting with computing technology or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Access procedures	Logging on and security procedures, virus checks, start-up routines, application start-up
Technology	Hand held data recording devices, screen based equipment, personal computers, bar coders
Applications	Word processing spreadsheets and databases Customised engineering and manufacturing applications Material Resource Planning (MRP) Warehousing inventory applications Predictive reliability and maintenance applications Production data management applications
Data output	Report, email, chart, graph, printout, data transfer, labels

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Communication

MEM16009A Research and analyse engineering information

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers researching and analysing information and preparing the information for dissemination.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	In this unit, the employee may be researching and analysing engineering information for dissemination. Materials and documents mentioned are based on relevant knowledge of the employee competency level. Band: B Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM16012A	Interpret technical specifications and manuals

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Research information	1.1. Research requirements are identified and clarified with appropriate persons. 1.2. Sources of research data/information are identified and verified for currency and accuracy. 1.3. Information is compiled, recorded and stored using research techniques appropriate to the task requirements. 1.4. Information is sorted for relevance to research and analysis requirements. 1.5. Research is conducted within given timeframe, resource and quality constraints.
2. Analyse information	2.1. Scope, criteria and method for analysis are determined and verified, if necessary, with appropriate persons. 2.2. Information is accurately analysed according to established criteria. 2.3. Analysis is documented in an appropriate format according to workplace requirements.
3. Establish findings and conclusions	3.1. Findings are factual and accurately describe the results of the analysis 3.2. Conclusions are reached that are logical and based on objective analysis of available data. 3.3. Research data, analysis, findings and conclusions are verified, if necessary, with appropriate persons.
4. Summarise and organise technical data	4.1. Information is recorded in suitable form according to workplace requirements. 4.2. Information is summarised and organised for ease of reference, using established communication principles. 4.3. Information is disseminated to others according to workplace procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents questioning applying research techniques checking and clarifying information note-taking analysing information and data sorting and identifying relevant information/data establishing findings and conclusions based on analysis summarising and organising information and technical data preparing materials for dissemination to others planning and sequencing operations
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: basic principles and methods of research and analysis effective communication principles with respect to research, analysis and organisation of technical data sources of research data/information use of internal/external databases relevant personnel for consultation relevant information/data effect of variations in the information/data on the conclusions reached safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to research and analyse engineering information. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with researching and analysing engineering information or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Research requirements	Purpose, expected outcomes, scope and nature, timeframe, required resources
Sources of research data/information	Surveys Interview Observation Test results Data records Reference books and journals Technical manuals Job histories Internal/external databases
Research techniques	Surveying/scanning Skimming Questioning Note-taking Summarising Relationship diagrams Tabling
Communication principles	Avoidance of ambiguity, redundancy, verbosity, circumlocution etc. Use of headings Logical ordering Summarising Layout Customising material to audience Use of graphics and tables

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Communication

MEM16010A Write reports

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers writing technical or non-technical reports that include some level of analysis and/or research.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The term report is used to denote any required written communication that goes beyond a simple recording of facts (such as completion of a pro forma shift production schedule) and which is based on a level of analysis and/or research. Where reports include technical information or details, then the writer would have the required technical knowledge/capability. Conclusions and/or recommendations where required are based on prior research or analysis of data. The analysis and conclusions should be consistent with the level of skill and knowledge of an employee working at that level. Simple analysis and research would be required. If data research and analysis is necessary to produce information for the report, Unit MEM16009A (Research and analyse engineering information should also be selected). For preparation of simple technical reports, see unit MEM16014A (Report technical information). Band: B Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM14005A	Plan a complete activity

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify report requirements	1.1. Requirements for a written report are identified and confirmed with appropriate persons. 1.2. Information for the report is accessed according to workplace procedures. 1.3. Information is assessed for currency, accuracy and relevance for inclusion in the report.
2. Prepare and produce report	2.1. A structure and outline of the report are developed according to identified report requirements. 2.2. The report is written using terminology appropriate to the reader and established principles of report writing. 2.3. Findings and conclusions are based on factual analysis. 2.4. Recommendations, alternatives/suggestions are given, and supporting evidence supplied, where required. 2.5. Protocols, conventions and legal requirements related to acknowledgements and intellectual property are applied where necessary.
3. Finalise and distribute report	3.1. The report is checked for accuracy and edited as required. 3.2. The completed report is consistent with objectives and requirements. 3.3. The report is copied, distributed and stored according to instructions and workplace procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents following instructions checking and clarifying information sorting information/data assessing information/data for relevance using terminology and language appropriate to the target audience structuring and writing reports applying principles of report writing presenting findings and conclusions based on factual analysis making recommendations managing own time planning and sequencing information reviewing and editing
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: principles of report writing report types and purposes structure, style and parts of a report use of language and expression in reports common pitfalls, such as ambiguity, truisms, tautology, verbosity, circumlocution etc. report numbering systems techniques for reviewing and editing importance and benefits of preparing reports appropriate for the intended audience referencing and the importance of acknowledging sources safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to write reports. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with writing reports or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Requirements	Purpose, expected outcomes, scope and nature, timeframe, required resources
Report	Reports types: accident/injury equipment report memo and letter reports information report analytical report Report structure: title page table of contents summary introduction body (findings and conclusions) recommendations references appendices glossary Report content: text graphs charts tables diagrams
Principles of report writing	Use of headings, subheadings, sectioning and numbering Objectivity Expression Language and grammar Sentence and paragraph structure Logical ordering and sequencing Summarising and editing Layout and spacing Content relevancy Use of graphics, charts, tables, illustrations etc.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Communication

MEM16011A Communicate with individuals and small groups

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers communicating effectively across a range of communication networks in the workplace. Communication levels include interpersonal (one-to-one), person-to-group, and mediated (e.g. telephone, letter, memo).

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies where an individual is required to undertake a broad range of communication activities within a manufacturing or engineering organisation. The person would regularly use a variety of communication channels and media to communicate with others. To satisfy this unit, the person would need to exercise skills in verbal and non-verbal communication, along with demonstrating an understanding of communication principles and processes. Applications include common workplace activities such as facilitating small group discussions and meetings, writing memos or letters, making telephone calls, counselling co-workers, resolving issues or routine conflicts, talks or speeches. This unit includes written communication by letter, short memorandum or report etc. If research and/or structured report writing is required, Unit MEM16009A (Write reports) and/or Unit MEM16009A (Research and analyse engineering information) should be selected. Band: This unit has dual status and is to be regarded as both a Specialisation band A unit and Specialisation band B unit for progression to C5 (AQF level V). Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Plan and prepare communication	1.1. Communication types and networks within the enterprise are identified. 1.2. Enterprise conventions, policies and procedures are followed when planning and preparing communication activities. 1.3. Communication channels and codes appropriate to objectives, circumstances and receiver/s are selected. 1.4. Communication is planned and structured to promote the accurate transfer of meaning. 1.5. Communication setting and climate is established appropriate to purpose and content of message. 1.6. Required resources are prepared and or obtained.
2. Communicate effectively in interpersonal, mediated and group settings	2.1. Effective communication skills, strategies and principles are applied to a variety of communication events. 2.2. Verbal and non-verbal language is used appropriate to the topic, sensitivities and technical understanding of the person/s being addressed. 2.3. Individual differences are respected and considered. 2.4. Purpose and objectives of communication are adhered to. 2.5. Participation in communication is encouraged. 2.6. Conventions, rules, policies and procedures are followed.
3. Evaluate communication	3.1. Feedback regarding the effectiveness of the communication activity is obtained. 3.2. Outcomes are assessed against communication objectives and selected channels and codes. 3.3. Communication barriers are identified and strategies for overcoming them are identified and implemented.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: selecting and using various communication channels coding and decoding verbal and non-verbal messages giving and receiving feedback identifying blockages, barriers and breakdowns in communication applying principles of effective communication applying speaking and listening skills to interpersonal and group situations using writing skills to communicate technical and non-technical information using common verbal written channels undertaking reading and comprehension of written workplace communications
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: communication process, stages and roles communication types and networks verbal and non-verbal channels - advantages and disadvantages verbal and non-verbal codes - advantages and disadvantages principles, strategies and conventions for interpersonal, mediated and group communication communication skills for sender and receiver communication blockages, barriers and breakdowns and strategies for overcoming them individual differences between communicators and strategies for effective communication establishing communication climate

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to communicate across a range of environments using different methods and techniques appropriate to the content and purpose of the communication. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with complex communication or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Communication types	Upward - examples: reporting, suggestions, grievances Downward - examples: policy, procedure, job instruction, feedback, information Horizontal - examples: task coordination, conflict resolution, discussion, problem solving, information sharing
Communication networks	Hierarchies, patterns or clusters of personnel Enterprise conventions, protocols and procedures for communication
Communication channels and codes	Channels - defined here as the route a message takes through any of the three broad media: written verbal, spoken verbal and non-verbal verbal channels involve visual and sound media. non-verbal channels may involve visual, sound, touch, taste and smell and combinations of these Codes - defined here as any system of language, symbols, signals, gestures etc. that gives mutual meaning to a message. Codes may be: verbal (spoken or written language) non-verbal e.g. symbols and emblems, body language
Effective communication skills, strategies and principles	Questioning and clarifying Speaking and conversation skills Effective and active listening Reading and comprehension skills Giving and receiving feedback Giving and interpreting verbal and non-verbal messages Using the telephone and similar mediated channels Establishing communication climate Basic conflict resolution Seeking and acknowledging contribution Agreeing on communication protocols Clarifying the purpose of the communication activity Principles and protocols for informal and formal meetings Principles and protocols for speaking to a group Group discussion strategies, principles and protocols Interpersonal strategies and principles
Communication events	Letters, memos, emails etc. Telephone calls Group talk Meetings Individual and group discussion Task coordination Information sharing
Individual differences	Age, sex, ethnic origin, language Status in the organisation Level of expertise

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Communication

MEM16012A Interpret technical specifications and manuals

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers identifying, accessing, interpreting and analysing technical information in an enterprise, including quality documentation, equipment manufacturer specifications, engineering data sheets and national standards. It also covers explaining and using the information, and identifying implications of changes to technical information.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit goes beyond routine accessing and interpretation of technical information. This unit applies to the identification, access, interpretation and analysis of technical information to enable carrying out engineering or manufacturing activities. For routine accessing, organising and communication of information related to processes or tasks, MEM16006A Organise and communicate information should be regarded as sufficient. Band: B Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify and locate technical information resources	1.1. Information needs are identified and confirmed with appropriate persons. 1.2. Workplace information resources are identified and their location is determined in the information system. 1.3. Appropriate technical information is obtained.
2. Access technical information	2.1. Relevant technical information is located using search techniques appropriate to the resource and information requirements. 2.2. Symbols, codes, legends, and abbreviations are interpreted correctly. 2.3. Technical information is accessed and relevant application is understood. 2.4. Clarification or further explanation of technical information is obtained, where required. 2.5. If applicable, the revision status of the technical information is verified to ensure current status.
3. Interpret and analyse technical information	3.1. Technical information/data appropriate to work requirements and/or application is checked for currency and authenticity. 3.2. Technical information is interpreted and analysed for use in given engineering or manufacturing applications. 3.3. Technical information is used according to the specific engineering or manufacturing application.
4. Explain and use information	4.1. Information and analyses is explained and distributed to appropriate personnel. 4.2. Information resources are used according to work requirements. 4.3. Where applicable, work is undertaken in accordance with acquired technical information.
5. Identify implications of changes to technical information	5.1. Technical information systems are monitored for changes. 5.2. Personnel affected by changes to internal or external specifications or other technical information are identified. 5.3. Means of distributing changed information are established. 5.4. Changes to technical information are documented according to enterprise procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: accessing, reading and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents planning, sequencing operations following oral/written instructions checking and clarifying task-related information checking for conformance to specifications undertaking numerical operations and calculations/formulae within the scope of this unit entering information onto workplace documents accessing and using technical documentation identifying and using correct specifications for process and/or systems using components of system, where appropriate completing formal documentation and reporting as required adopting appropriate communication strategy, including confirmation of received information and distribution of instructions communicating information in ways appropriate for the audience maintaining appropriate records identifying and analysing implications of changes to information systems
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: available industry information resources uses and applications of information resources range of formats that information can be presented safe work practices and procedures location and retrieval requirements of system information correct process used to identify relevant specifications quality improvement processes for information systems interpretation of technical data and information appropriate communication strategies dissemination of information regarding information systems a range of instructional techniques implications of changes to technical information procedures for responding to information changes hazards and control measures associated with changes to technical information, including housekeeping safe workplace practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to interpret and analyse information from specifications and manuals.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with interpreting and analysing information from specifications and manuals or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Information resources	Documented management system (manufacturing, quality, environmental, occupational health and safety), manufacturers' manuals, specifications, Australian and international standards, customer requirements, industry manuals, codes of practice, legislation etc. in hard and soft copy
Location	Reference libraries, workplace storage areas, internet, site
Information system	Internal and/or external. The system would typically have documentation tiers
Technical information	Technical information and data suitable and appropriate for advanced trade and technician applications within the enterprise. This unit does not cover documentation written for professional engineering or scientist applications
Search techniques	Computer database and internet search/look-up Standard techniques to identify relevant information including skimming and scanning, identifying key words/ideas, using index, table of contents, numbering and classification systems etc.
Analyses	Conclusions made from the analysis of technical information

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Communication

MEM16013A Operate in a self-directed team

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers an individual effectively participating in a highly developed and self-directed team.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to participation in a formally established, developed or developing self-directed team. Examples are engineering production teams responsible for a product or process, maintenance teams and special-purpose project teams. Typically, team parameters, constraints and objectives would be determined by sources external to the team. The team would be responsible for all aspects of its designated function and members would have day-to-day responsibility for managing themselves and their work. Typical team tasks might include planning and scheduling activities, making production-related decisions and acting on problems. Where team parameters require adjustment as a result of team discussions or planning, then appropriate authorisation and approvals are established using standard operating procedures. Individual team participants would already be competent with technical aspects of team activities. This unit is intended to apply to participation within a formally established and recognised team. Where an individual works with others, such as within a section or department, unit MEM16007A (Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment) should be regarded as sufficient. This unit may be included in a Certificate II in Engineering - Production Technology or higher qualification. Band: This unit has dual status and is to be regarded as both a Specialisation band A unit and Specialisation band B unit for progression to C5 (AQF level V). Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM16007A	Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify team function and composition	1.1. Team purpose and scope are identified and understood. 1.2. Team composition, including role of self and team members, is understood. 1.3. Established parameters, rules and team norms are identified and understood.
2. Participate in team planning	2.1. Significant contribution is made to planning the team activities, based on the individual's technical skills, knowledge and competence. 2.2. Contribution is made to the allocation and performance of team tasks.
3. Function effectively as a team member	3.1. Interaction with team members is in accordance with established rules, conventions and procedures. 3.2. Tasks and responsibilities are performed effectively and in accordance with team objectives. 3.3. Real or perceived issues are resolved by effective and appropriate contributions from team member. 3.4. Significant contribution is made to team performance, based on member's own technical skills and application of established principles and practices for effective teamwork.
4. Monitor and review team performance	4.1. The team member participates effectively in the planning and development of team review process. 4.2. Relevant performance data is collected and analysed on an individual and team basis using standard enterprise procedures and methodology. 4.3. Results are used to evaluate own and team performance against established performance indicators and to assist determination of improvement requirements. 4.4. Principles/techniques for effective team development are used to identify own/team improvement strategies.
5. Implement team performance improvements	5.1. Performance improvement processes and strategies are implemented on an individual and collective basis using standard enterprise procedures. 5.2. Individual and team performance improvements are evaluated using standard enterprise procedures. 5.3. Adjustments to improvement strategies are made in accordance with team requirements and standard enterprise procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: identifying team goals and objectives participating in team planning - shared and individual allocating tasks and sequencing activities communicating and interacting effectively with team members solving problems individually and with others resolving conflict performing various team behavioural functions - task and maintenance focused making individual and joint decisions coordinating effort with others to achieve common objectives collecting team performance data reviewing performance against indicators identifying strategies to improve team performance implementing performance improvement processes reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents checking and clarifying task-related information checking for conformance to specifications
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: team objectives team targets/goals, performance indicators team member roles - task and behavioural team processes, rules and conventions scope of work for which the team is responsible methods for planning team activities team member technical skills, knowledge and competence, relevant to the tasks being planned the person(s) responsible for team planning impact of planning decisions on other teams, personnel and/or resources procedures for obtaining resources structure, formation and operation of teams characteristics of effective teams strategies for effective team development/functioning effective team communication forms of team leadership and decision-making strategies for resolving conflict techniques for team problem-solving issues that may affect team performance the sources of data relevant team performance indicators reasons for reviewing team performance methods/procedures to evaluate team performance where appropriate, source(s) of approval to change team performance parameters processes/strategies for improving team performance hazards and control measures associated with operating in a self-directed team environment, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to operate within a self-directed team. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with operating within a self-directed team or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Team	A highly developed and cohesive work group in which the individuals have a common aim, and in which the jobs and skills of each member fit in with those of others Team members manage day-to-day activities within operating parameters and constraints The team is typically characterised by interdependent and complementary effort, high cohesion and culture, conjunctive tasks, effective use of team resources and a focus on continuous improvement The team may have a single leader or shared leadership
Principles and practices for effective teamwork	Relating to: goals problem solving resolving conflict team leadership team decision making team rules and norms team roles and behaviours team maintenance

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Communication

MEM17001B Assist in development and deliver training in the workplace

Modification History

Single band identifier removed to clarify dual status

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers planning for and delivering on the job training, and reviewing the training program. Training, which may structured or informal, is delivered in a one-to-one or small group situation.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	Training is delivered in a one-to-one or small group situation. The training may be structured or informal and based on cooperation between trainer and other training personnel. Both underpinning knowledge and practical skills are covered by the training. Training may be applied to technical, induction, OHS or other areas. Normal supervision of an apprentice is covered by Unit MEM17003A (Assist in the provision of on the job training). This unit does not cover assessment. Assessor skills are covered in Unit MEM17002B (Conduct workplace assessment). Band: This unit has dual status and is to be regarded as both a Specialisation band A unit and Specialisation band B unit for progression to C5 (AQF level V). Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Plan for delivery of on the job training	1.1. Objectives of training and competency to be achieved are identified. 1.2. Role in provision of training is clarified.
2. Deliver on the job training	2.1. Training objectives are explained to trainee. 2.2. Training is carried out using appropriate techniques: logical presentation; sound communication methods; explanation, demonstration; practice; feedback. 2.3. Trainee progress is monitored and constructive feedback is provided to trainee.
3. Review training program	3.1. Training program is evaluated according to standard operating procedures. 3.2. Training data is recorded according to standard operating procedures. 3.3. Training is reported according to standard operating procedures. 3.4. Training is promoted according to standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: communicating effectively with the trainee applying training techniques appropriate to the trainee and training requirements giving feedback monitoring and recording trainee progress evaluating training program recording training data completing reports on training completed and training required promoting training within the workplace
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: competencies to be achieved through the training role of the trainer in the provision of training training techniques to be used in delivering the training reasons for selecting the chosen training techniques procedures for recording trainee progress reasons for providing positive feedback procedures for evaluating training programs reasons for evaluating training programs training records to be kept procedures for recording training data procedures for preparing training reports procedures for promoting training in the workplace reasons for promoting training in the workplace

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to assist in development and delivery of training in the workplace.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with assisting in the development and delivery of training in the workplace or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Objectives of training	Achieve effective and safe operation of equipment, induction to organisational practices and procedures, continuous improvement, provision of technical information
On the job training	Logical presentation; sound communication methods; explanation, demonstration; practice; feedback

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Training

MEM17003A Assist in the provision of on the job training

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers assisting in the provision of on the job training to others while undertaking normal duties.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit may involve the replacement of normal duties with training duties for limited periods of time. The individual would not be expected to be solely responsible for the assessment or reporting of a trainee's progress. Typical applications could include the provision of on the job guidance by a tradesperson to apprentices/trainees or by a production worker to other production workers/trainees. Where development of training programs is involved see Unit MEM17001B (Assist in development and deliver training in the workplace). Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine role of on the job training	1.1. Objectives of training and role of on the job training are identified in consultation with team leaders or other appropriate personnel.
2. Provide on the job training	2.1. Training is conducted using learning methods appropriate to the training objectives and learner. 2.2. Trainee progress is monitored and feedback is provided appropriate to the learning outcomes.
3. Report on trainee performance	3.1. Trainee's progress is reported according to standard operating procedure.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: obtaining all relevant information with respect to the training to be provided applying suitable training methods providing feedback to the trainee throughout the training process reporting on the trainee's progress reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents planning and sequencing operations checking and clarifying task-related information
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: training to be delivered personnel to be consulted with respect to the training to be provided the individual's role in the provision of training objectives of the training the person(s) to be trained procedures to be followed when training individuals training location(s) tools, equipment, procedures, materials and resources training delivery methods, their applications, advantages and disadvantages feedback techniques reasons for monitoring trainee progress reporting procedures hazards and control measures associated with assisting in the provision of on the job training, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to assist in the provision of on the job training.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with assisting in the provision of on the job training or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Learning methods	Explanation, demonstration, simulation
Report	Should include information about the skills satisfactorily achieved and those where further practice is required

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Training

MEM18001C Use hand tools

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers using a range of hand tools for a variety of general engineering applications.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	Applications may include hand tools used for adjusting, dismantling, assembling and finishing of items or components, and the finishing, cutting, scraping of metallic and non-metallic material to size and shape. This includes simple tapping and threading and routine maintenance of hand tools. This unit should not be selected if the hand tool is dedicated to a single operation or machine and if only a machine specific/customised tool is used. When using hand held power tools or power tools used for hand held operations, refer to Unit MEM18002B (Use power tools/hand held operations). Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Use hand tools	1.1. Hand tools are selected appropriate to the task requirements. 1.2. Hand tools are used to produce desired outcomes to job specifications which may include finish, tension, size or shape. 1.3. All safety requirements are adhered to before, during and after use. 1.4. Unsafe or faulty tools are identified and marked for repair according to designated procedures before, during and after use. 1.5. Routine maintenance of tools, including hand sharpening is undertaken according to standard operational procedures, principles and techniques. 1.6. Hand tools are stored safely in appropriate location according to standard operational procedures and manufacturers' recommendations.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading and following information on standard operating procedures following verbal instructions selecting hand tools appropriate to the task using hand tools safely identifying hand tool defects and marking for repair maintaining/sharpening hand tools using appropriate techniques storing hand tools in accordance with manufacturers'/standard operating procedures
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: applications of different hand tools in a general engineering context common faults and/or defects in hand tools procedures for marking unsafe or faulty tools for repair routine maintenance requirements for a range of hand tools storage location and procedures for a range of hand tools hazards and control measures associated with using hand tools use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to use hand tools for a range of general engineering applications.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with using hand tools or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Hand tools	Hacksaws, hammers, punches, screwdrivers, sockets, wrenches, scrapers, chisels, gouges, wood planes and files of all cross-sectional shapes and types
Job specifications	Finish, tension, size or shape etc.
Routine maintenance	Cleaning, lubricating, tightening, simple tool repairs, hand sharpening and adjustments using engineering principles, tools, equipment and procedures

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Maintenance and diagnostics

MEM18002B Use power tools/hand held operations

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers using a range of hand held power tools and fixed power tools for hand held operations for a variety of general engineering applications.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to loosening and fastening items or components and shaping, finishing, cutting, grinding metallic and non-metallic materials and/or tool bits to size and shape. This unit should not be selected if the power tools used are dedicated to an operation or machine, e.g. nut-runner, air drill, power driver, etc. For using hand tools, see Unit MEM18001C (Use hand tools). Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Use power tools	1.1. Power tools are selected appropriate to the task requirements. 1.2. Power tools are used for a determined sequence of operations - which may include clamping, alignment and adjustment to produce desired outcomes - to job specifications which may include finish, size or shape. 1.3. All safety requirements are adhered to before, during and after use. 1.4. Unsafe or faulty tools are identified and marked for repair before, during and after use according to designated procedures. 1.5. Operational maintenance of tools, including hand sharpening, is undertaken according to standard workplace procedures, principles and techniques. 1.6. Power tools are stored safely in appropriate location according to standard workshop procedures and manufacturers' recommendations.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading and following information on standard operating procedures following verbal instructions selecting power tools appropriate to the task using power tools safely using clamping/securing devices identifying power tool defects maintaining power tools using appropriate techniques sharpening tools/tool bits within the scope of this unit storing power tools according to manufacturers'/ standard operating procedures.
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: application of different power tools clamping/securing methods adjustments/alignments to a range of power tools common faults and/or defects in power tools procedures for marking unsafe or faulty power tools for repair routine maintenance requirements of a range of power tools tool sharpening techniques for a range of power tools storage location and procedures of a range of power tools hazards/control measures associated with power tools use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to use power tools/hand held operations.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with using power tools/hand held operations or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Power tools	Electric or pneumatic/hydraulic drills, grinders, jigsaws, nibblers, cutting saws, sanders, planers, routers, pedestal drills and pedestal grinders
Clamping	Multigrips, vices, jigs and fixtures, clamps etc.
Job specifications	Finish, size or shape etc.
Operational maintenance	Hand sharpening, cleaning, lubricating, tightening Simple tool repairs and adjustments using engineering principles, tools, equipment and procedures to statutory and regulatory requirements

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Maintenance and diagnostics

MEM18003C Use tools for precision work

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers using tools to manually produce work to precise dimensions and or finishes.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	Work is undertaken autonomously or in a team environment, using predetermined standards of quality, safety and workshop procedures. This unit involves using a variety of tools, instruments and power equipment to perform precision tasks on a range of metallic and non-metallic materials. As a guide, the types of precision work covered by this unit could include: scraping machine beds to precise tolerances broaching a tapered keyway hand reaming the bore of a spigot or bush to a positive transition fit with shaft core drilling (finishing) a blind locating hole to receive a mating pin lapping a mechanical seal to fine finish filing complex angles and mating edges precision grinding using flex-drive attachment or similar Inspection and preventative maintenance of tools and equipment involves the visual checking of leads and connections, sharpening of cutting equipment and the repair of associated tools. Where precision measurement is required, Unit MEM12003B (Perform precision mechanical measurement) should also be selected. Where precision marking out is required, Unit MEM12006C (Mark off/out [general engineering]) should also be selected. Where specifications are interpreted from engineering drawings, detailed/technical sketches and associated documents, Unit MEM09002B (Interpret technical drawing) should also be selected. Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine job requirements	1.1. Task requirements and specifications are determined and clarified with appropriate persons. 1.2. Processes/techniques are selected appropriate to task, specifications and material.
2. Prepare tools and tooling to produce precision outcome	2.1. Tools, accessories and consumables are selected appropriate to task, specifications and material. 2.2. Where applicable, cutting tool modifications required to produce outcome are determined using engineering principles. 2.3. Tools/tooling are prepared and modified as required.
3. Use tools to produce work to precise specifications	3.1. The work area is prepared and made safe. 3.2. The work piece is prepared and secured using appropriate method for selected operation/s. 3.3. Tools are used according to acceptable engineering principles, methods, applications and procedures to produce specified outcome to the required accuracy. 3.4. Tools and equipment are inspected for safe and proper working order before, during and after use. 3.5. Unserviceable tools/equipment are identified, repaired where appropriate, or marked for repair and/or disposal, according to prescribed procedure. 3.6. Tools are stored and maintained to ensure serviceability.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: obtaining and interpreting relevant drawings, specifications, instructions etc. preparing and making safe the work area(s) prior to the work being carried out using appropriate tools to produce the specified outcomes checking tools and equipment for safe and proper working order before, during and after use where appropriate, marking unsafe or faulty tools and equipment for repair where appropriate, repairing/maintaining unsafe or faulty tools checking condition of all tools and equipment for conformance to specifications and safe and proper operation prior to storage safely storing all tools and equipment in the appropriate location
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: work to be undertaken specifications to be achieved appropriate tools, processes and equipment required to carry out the work to the required specifications reasons for selecting the chosen tools, processes and equipment hazards and control measures associated with using the selected tools, processes and equipment, including housekeeping safety procedures to be followed to ensure the safety of the individual and other personnel procedures for using the selected tools engineering principles to be applied during the use of the tools manufacturers' specifications of the tools and equipment selected safe and proper function of tools and equipment selected procedures for checking tools and equipment for correct and safe operation common faults and/or defects in tools and equipment used/selected procedures for marking unsafe or faulty tools and equipment for repair repairs/operational maintenance that can be made to the tools and equipment used/selected procedures for repairing/maintaining the tools and equipment used/selected procedures for checking tools and equipment prior to storage storage location of the tools and equipment used/selected procedures for storing tools and equipment used/selected

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to use tools to fashion or shape work to high levels of precision for dimension and or finish to specifications. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with using tools for precision work or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Processes	Hand tools and hand held power tools are used to fashion or shape work to high levels of precision for dimension and or finish to specifications Engineering techniques, methods and procedures may include cutting out, drilling, fitting, filing, reaming, lapping, broaching, burnishing, scraping, polishing, hand held grinding, chiselling
Precision outcomes	Specified tolerances, allowances, fits, finishes, alignments
Tools	Any tools or equipment required to achieve precision outcomes
Tool modifications	Tool shape, rake angle and clearance angles

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Maintenance and diagnostics

MEM18006C Repair and fit engineering components

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency covers mechanical repair and fitting trade skills including fault finding, repair of faulty components, manufacturing of new parts/components, and fitting mechanical engineering components into assemblies or sub-assemblies to specified measurements and tolerances and consistency with manufacturer's specification. Repair and fitting of engineering components is undertaken using mechanical engineering and maintenance principles, designated procedures, correct and appropriate tools/equipment, and safe working practices.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency applies to repair and fitting work undertaken by a tradesperson in a mechanical maintenance, service or workshop environment. Work is undertaken autonomously or as part of a team using predetermined standards of quality, safety and workshop procedures. Skills covered include determining the need for repair or replacement of parts and assemblies, and undertaking of repair, replacement, assembly and final fitting of items, sub-assemblies and assemblies. All specifications are interpreted from engineering drawings, detailed/technical sketches and associated data sheets. The unit includes the use of appropriate workshop practices. New components are manufactured as required to specifications. This unit has been developed for Engineering Tradesperson - Mechanical apprenticeship training and the recognition of trade level skills in repair and fitting of engineering components. Skills covered by this unit are generally applied in occupational and work situations associated with trade level fitting and machining work. It may also apply to other mechanical trade occupational areas requiring high level repair and fit of engineering component skills. This unit has application in the MEM30205 Certificate III in Engineering - Mechanical qualification and other qualifications requiring a trade level of repair and fit skills. This unit does not address machining competencies and welding, if these are required, the appropriate units should also be accessed. Where additional or higher marking out skills are required, refer to MEM12006C Mark off/out (general engineering). The knowledge and skills associated with the installation, removal, repair or replacement of mechanical seals is covered by MEM18012B Perform installation and removal of mechanical seals. For high pressure fluid power seals, refer to MEM18020B Maintain hydraulic system components. Band: A Unit Weight: 6

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations
MEM18003C	Use tools for precision work
MEM18055B	Dismantle, replace and assemble engineering components

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify scope of repair and/or fit required	1.1. Operational specifications for components are obtained from appropriate source and are interpreted and understood 1.2. Operation and condition of components are assessed against specifications 1.3. Faulty/worn components are identified 1.4. Causes of faults are determined using appropriate engineering principles, techniques, procedures, tools and equipment 1.5. Repair, replacement, adjustment or manufacture requirements are determined
2. Repair/replace faulty components	2.1. Where applicable, appropriate method of repair is determined 2.2. Where applicable, faulty components are repaired or adjusted to conform to specifications 2.3. Where applicable, replacement parts are selected from manufacturers' catalogues and assessed against specifications
3. Manufacture parts/components	3.1. Parts/component specifications are determined from appropriate source 3.2. Materials are selected to meet specification requirements 3.3. New components are produced in conformance to specifications using appropriate workshop practices 3.4. Completed components are inspected for compliance with dimensions 3.5. Where appropriate, component parts are marked for identification prior to assembly
4. Fit engineering components into assemblies or sub-assemblies	4.1. Fitting requirements and sequence of assembly are determined 4.2. Appropriate fitting principles and techniques are applied in the preparation and assembly of component parts using fastening equipment and methods which ensures conformance to specifications, operational performance, quality and safety 4.3. Using acceptable engineering practices, correct gland packing, jointing/gasket materials are selected and applied correctly in conformance to specifications and operational requirements 4.4. Correct lubrication requirements are determined by appropriate means and attended to where applicable 4.5. Final adjustments are performed on component assembly to meet operational specifications using acceptable engineering principles, fitting techniques and procedures
5. Check operation of repaired components/unit	5.1. Components/unit are checked under operational conditions for compliance to operational specifications using acceptable engineering principles to standard operating procedures 5.2. Out of specification modification/alterations are approved by appropriate authority and are recorded and documented to standard operating procedures 5.3. Final component assembly is commissioned and returned to service according to standard operating procedures

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: obtaining operational specifications for the components assessing operation against specification and identifying faults checking components visually and dimensionally against the operational specifications using work site procedures checking repaired components visually and dimensionally for conformance to specifications adjusting components to achieve conformance to specifications where appropriate selecting replacement parts which conform to specifications preparing and assembling components using appropriate fitting techniques and principles where appropriate, applying gland packing, jointing or gasket materials, using acceptable engineering practices applying appropriate lubricants to the assembly using acceptable engineering practices, where required checking components for conformance to specification where required, adjusting components to achieve conformance to specifications where required, recording any approved modifications/alterations to work site procedures inspecting the final assembly and checking conformance to operational specifications where appropriate, returning the final assembly to service in accordance with work site procedures reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents undertaking numerical operations, geometry and calculations/formulae within the scope of this unit
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: tools and equipment to be used to dismantle the components consequences of having components that do not comply with operational specifications types of adjustment applicable to the components being repaired/fitted appropriate methods of repair features and/or dimensions upon which replacement parts are to be selected process of identifying replacement parts from third party suppliers' catalogues material properties required manufacturing operations to be used in the production of new components sequence of operations to be used in the production of new components fitting requirements for assembling components appropriate sequence of assembly tasks purpose of using gland packing, jointing or gasket materials reasons for selecting particular jointing or packing materials applications of different types of lubricants consequences of using inappropriate or no lubricant the need to have approval for out of specification modifications reasons for documenting out of specification modifications return to service procedures consequences of not following work site return to service procedures hazard and control measures associated with repairing and fitting engineering components, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to repair and fit engineering components to specifications in both workshop and site environments. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently apply the skills covered in this unit of competency in new and different situations and contexts. Critical aspects of assessment and evidence include: obtaining manufacturer's and enterprise specifications for equipment, materials and components checking components visually and dimensionally in the workplace including tolerances, allowances, clearances and limits repairing and fitting components and assemblies in a workshop environment to required specifications repairing and fitting components and assemblies in a production or other work site environment manufacturing and fitting components including commissioning and return to service checking of component and equipment through first off production or other recognised return to service checking procedure procedures for out of specification modification/alterations.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit has been developed to support training in and recognition of trade level competency repair and fit of engineering components as applied to a trade level fitting and machining work environment. Assessment should emphasise a workplace context and procedures found in the candidate's workplace. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate.
Method of assessment	Typically, persons engaged in Engineering Tradesperson - Mechanical work are required to apply their repair and fit skills and techniques across a range of jobs and specifications. A single assessment event is not appropriate. On the job assessment should be included as part of the assessment process wherever possible. Where assessment occurs off the job, judgement must consider evidence of the candidate's performance in a productive work environment that includes a sufficient range of appropriate tasks and materials to cover the scope of application for this unit. Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials
Guidance information for assessment	This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with repair and fit of engineering components or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit. Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Manufacturers' catalogues	Manufacturers' catalogues may include any appropriate manufacturers' catalogues that contain replacement parts that conform with specifications and operational requirements
Appropriate workshop practices	Appropriate workshop practices may include: drilling scraping filing reaming tapping threading
Fitting principles and techniques	Fitting principles and techniques may include: limits of tolerance allowances and clearances effects of wear, stress, temperature types of fits - clearance transition interference press fitting methods force fits shrink and freeze (expansion) fits keyed fits taper fits lateral and radial forces backlash configuration and mating of parts applied use of precision tools and measuring equipment engineering components - shafts, single and multi-throw crankshafts, cams and journals, bearings and bearing surfaces, keys squareness, roundness, concentricity, flatness, straightness, surface finish and angular correctness datum and centrelines tapping, reaming and broaching

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Maintenance and diagnostics

MEM18010C Perform equipment condition monitoring and recording

Modification History

Single band identifier removed to clarify dual status

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers undertaking condition monitoring.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies where specialist monitoring activities are undertaken as part of a preventive maintenance or total productive maintenance plan or program. Work is undertaken autonomously or as part of a team environment. Monitoring is undertaken in workshop, laboratory or in situ environment; readings are undertaken to the accuracy of monitoring equipment limitations or to site specifications where applicable. Results are recorded/plotted to predetermined procedure and technique. All work and work procedures are undertaken to standard operating procedures and/or equipment manufacturers' recommendations. All work and work practices are undertaken to regulatory or legislative requirements. Where only routine maintenance checking and diagnostic skills are applied, other appropriate units should be accessed. Band: This unit has dual status and is to be regarded as both a Specialisation band A unit and Specialisation band B unit for progression to C5 (AQF level V). Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations
MEM18055B	Dismantle, replace and assemble engineering components

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Undertake condition monitoring	1.1. Principles and methods of equipment condition monitoring are understood and applied 1.2. Appropriate condition monitoring technique is selected to achieve required outcomes. 1.3. Checks are undertaken correctly, safely and to standard operating procedures. 1.4. Results are plotted and deviations from specification are reported to appropriate authority and recorded.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading, interpreting and following information on job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents planning and sequencing operations checking and clarifying task-related information applying correct principles for monitoring selecting appropriate technique for the situation following standard operating procedures recording results and preparing and submitting deviation reports
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: the application of principles and methods for a variety of situations appropriate records for a variety of situations hazards and control measures associated with equipment monitoring, including housekeeping use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform equipment condition monitoring and recording. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both. Where assessment occurs off the job, i.e. the candidate is not in productive work, an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with equipment condition monitoring and recording or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Technique may include	Built-in systems (software and site displays), vibration monitors, infra-red and ultraviolet non-destructive testing

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Maintenance and diagnostics

MEM18016B Analyse plant and equipment condition monitoring results

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers analysing condition monitoring results and developing recommendations based on the analysis. The data analysed is generated by a continuous plant and equipment condition monitoring program.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit is intended to apply to the analysis of data generated by a continuous plant and equipment condition monitoring program. The analysis of condition monitoring and production of recommendations is undertaken autonomously. Recommendations may be in writing or verbal. If production of formal reports is required, then appropriate communication units should be accessed. Band: B Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM12003B	Perform precision mechanical measurement
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements
MEM12024A	Perform computations
MEM12025A	Use graphical techniques and perform simple statistical computations
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations
MEM18003C	Use tools for precision work
MEM18006C	Repair and fit engineering components
MEM18010C	Perform equipment condition monitoring and recording
MEM18055B	Dismantle, replace and assemble engineering components

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Analyse condition monitoring results	1.1. Records/graphs/results of condition monitoring are examined and analysed and problem areas are identified. 1.2. Necessary calculations/computations are undertaken. 1.3. Appropriate reports/determinations of analyses are undertaken to prescribed site procedure.
2. Develop recommendations	2.1. Recommendations are developed based on previous history, results, specifications and legislative requirements. 2.2. Recommendations are reported to appropriate authority.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: obtaining results of condition monitoring of plant/equipment performing calculations to analyse condition monitoring data preparing reports based on the analysis of the condition monitoring data reporting recommendations to the appropriate authority orally reporting routine information
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: the operational specifications of the plant/equipment being monitored any trends and/or deviations from operational specifications numerical operations and calculations/formulae for data analysis within the scope of this unit the reasons for undertaking the identified calculations the procedures for reporting the analysis of condition monitoring data the previous history of the plant/equipment being monitored any relevant legislative requirements the operational specifications of the plant/equipment the recommendations with respect to action to be taken the reasons for the recommendations made the expected effect of the recommendations on the operational performance of the plant/equipment the procedures for reporting recommendations the authority/person to whom the recommendations are to be made

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to analyse plant and equipment condition monitoring results. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with analysing plant and equipment condition monitoring results or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Maintenance&diagnostics

MEM18038B Maintain wheels and tyres

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers assessing wheel condition, and repairing/replacing and maintaining the wheel.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the basic maintenance and repair or replacement of wheel rims and to the full range of wheel/tyre assemblies, plant and equipment using appropriate regulations, codes of practice, manufacturers' specifications or in-house standards as a guide for assessment repair and assembly. For complex rim repairs, appropriate fitting or welding units may be required, for example, Unit MEM18003C (Use tools for precision work) and Unit MEM18006C (Repair and fit engineering components). Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM18001C	Use hand tools

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Assess wheel condition	1.1. Rim/tyre designs, constructions, codes, balancing, fastening principles and terminology are understood. 1.2. Fastening components are correctly assessed for damage and security. 1.3. Abnormal tyre wear is recognised and cause of fault is correctly determined. 1.4. Unsafe tyre and/or wheel condition is recognised and remedial action is determined.
2. Rectify and maintain wheel	2.1. Safety procedures associated with tyre/wheel removal, handling, inflation, assembly and disassembly and fastening are understood and adhered to. 2.2. Wheels/tyres are safely removed and replaced using standard procedures and appropriate tools/equipment. 2.3. Tools and equipment are correctly applied and used. 2.4. Ballasting and/or inflation of tyres is performed safely and to specification. 2.5. Static/dynamic balancing of wheels is performed to specification. 2.6. Rim/tyre/tube faults are rectified to specifications, regulations or codes. 2.7. Rectification activities are accurately recorded. 2.8. Wheel bearings are correctly lubricated to specification.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents planning and sequencing operations checking task-related information checking for conformance to specification identifying damaged fastening components identifying abnormal tyre wear checking wheel fastening components for damage and security identifying corrective action to be taken for unsafe tyre and wheel condition removing and replacing wheels/tyres using appropriate tools and equipment using tools and equipment correctly and appropriately undertaking ballasting and/or inflation of tyres balancing wheels to specification identifying repairable rim, tyre and tube faults repairing faults in rims/tyres/tubes to specification recording work activities lubricating wheel bearings in accordance with specification
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: the design and construction of a variety of rims and tyres the principles of fastening and balancing of wheels the relevant codes and standards the procedures for checking wheels for secure fastening the reasons for checking fastening components for damage and security the causes of abnormal tyre wear examples and causes of unsafe tyre and wheel condition the procedures for removing, handling, inflating, assembling/disassembling and fastening of tyres and wheels the safety precautions to be taken when working with wheels and tyres the tools, techniques and equipment required to carry out the above procedures the procedures, tools, techniques and equipment for static and dynamic balancing of wheels the reasons for selecting the chosen tools, techniques and equipment the procedures, tools, techniques and equipment for repairing rim, tyre and tube faults examples of unrepairable rim, tyre and tube faults the procedures for recording repairs undertaken on rims, tyres and tubes the procedures for lubricating wheel bearings types of wheel bearing lubricant and their application hazards and control measures associate with maintaining and rectifying wheels and tyres, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to maintain wheels and tyres. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with maintaining wheels and tyres, or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Maintenance and diagnostics

MEM18045B Fault find/repair electrical equipment/components up to 250 volts single phase supply

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers locating and rectifying faults in equipment and components using up to 250 V single phase power where these are disconnected from the electrical supply.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit covers the competencies required to locate and rectify faults in equipment and components using up to 250 V single phase power, where they are disconnected from their electrical supply. This would also typically cover plug-in appliances. Work is performed onsite. This unit also covers basic mechanical disconnection, dismantling and re-assembly of equipment components, enclosures, drives etc. This unit should not be selected if Unit MEM18046B (Fault find/repair electrical equipment/components up to 1000 volts a.c./1500 volts d.c.) has been selected. When work involves disconnection and reconnection of fixed-wired equipment, Unit MEM18049C (Disconnect/reconnect fixed wired equipment up to 1000 volts a.c./1500 volts d.c.) must also be selected. Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM10002B	Terminate and connect electrical wiring
MEM12002B	Perform electrical/electronic measurement
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Locate fault	1.1. Equipment/component function is determined by reference to circuit diagrams, schematics, manual and/or consultation with technical adviser. 1.2. Where required, equipment is correctly isolated from power supply. 1.3. Where appropriate, built-in fault indicators and error codes are examined and correctly interpreted, and results are recorded to standard operating procedures. 1.4. Equipment/component is checked and tested using correct and appropriate techniques, procedures, tools and test equipment. 1.5. Check and test results are correctly interpreted and, where required, verified. 1.6. Equipment/component fault is identified and localised. 1.7. Equipment/component fault/s are correctly recorded to standard operating procedures.
2. Rectify faults	2.1. Using correct and appropriate techniques, procedures, tools and equipment, equipment/component/s are repaired, replaced or adjusted to specification or manufacturers' requirements. 2.2. Equipment/component is checked and tested using correct and appropriate techniques, procedures, tools and equipment for compliance with site or manufacturers' specifications. 2.3. Where appropriate, rectifications report is recorded to standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: obtaining circuit diagrams, specifications, schematics isolating electrical equipment/component from the power supply tagging and checking isolated electrical equipment/component locating and reading/recording built-in fault indicators checking and testing electrical equipment/component for correct operation verifying variations from specifications indicated by initial test results identifying and localising faults in electrical equipment/ components recording/reporting faults in the electrical equipment/components repairing, replacing or adjusting electrical equipment/components to specification referencing supplier catalogues confirming that the electrical equipment/components have been returned to specification recording rectification of the electrical equipment/ components
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: operation and characteristics of active and passive components basic motor operation of various types function of the electrical equipment/component within the circuit hazards associated with the electrical equipment/component relevant regulatory requirements electrical equipment/component isolation procedures test equipment to be used to verify isolation of the electrical equipment/circuit errors indicated by built-in devices the procedures, tools, equipment and techniques to be used to test the operation of the electrical equipment/component reasons for selecting the chosen tools, equipment and techniques specifications of the electrical equipment/component variations between test results and specifications procedures for localising faults in electrical equipment/components procedures for recording/reporting faults in electrical equipment/components techniques/procedures for returning the electrical equipment/components to specification adjustments that can be made to electrical equipment/components procedures for confirming the electrical equipment/components have been returned to specification procedures for recording electrical equipment/component rectifications

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to fault find/repair electrical equipment/components up to 250 V single phase supply. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with fault finding/repair of electrical equipment/components up to 250 V single phase supply, or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Components	Brushes, armatures, windings, relays, programmable controllers or other electronic switching devices
Appropriate fault finding techniques	Testing for voltage, current, frequency, polarity, phase, circuit continuity, insulation resistance, earth continuity etc.
Test equipment	Continuity testers, ammeters, voltmeters, multimeters, tong testers, wattmeters, etc.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Maintenance and diagnostics

MEM18055B Dismantle, replace and assemble engineering components

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers dismantling and identifying faulty components, selecting replacements, and assembling engineering components into assemblies or sub-assemblies in accordance with standard operating procedures.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit involves dismantling, checking, replacing and assembling engineering components in accordance with standard operating procedures. All specifications are interpreted from manufacturers' manuals, engineering drawings, detailed/technical sketches and associated data sheets. Tasks are undertaken utilising engineering principles, designated procedures, appropriate tools, equipment and safe workshop practices. Work is undertaken autonomously or in a team environment using predetermined standards of quality, safety and workshop procedures. Where fitting techniques and principles are required to assess component condition, and/or modify components to achieve precision fits, unit MEM18006C (Repair and fit engineering components) should also be selected. Where precision mechanical measurement is required, then Unit MEM12003B (Perform precision mechanical measurement) should also be selected. Band: A Unit Weight: 3

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Dismantle engineering components	1.1. Engineering components are inspected and task requirements are analysed. 1.2. Appropriate tools and equipment are selected and component/s are prepared for dismantling. 1.3. Component is dismantled using standard operating procedures, tools and equipment. 1.4. Engineering components are clearly marked to aid reassembly.
2. Identify faulty components	2.1. Specifications for components are obtained from appropriate source and are interpreted and understood. 2.2. Damaged or faulty components are assessed against specifications according to standard operating procedures. 2.3. Faulty components are identified for repair, replacement or adjustment according to standard operating procedures.
3. Select replacement components	3.1. Where applicable, replacement and/or repaired parts are selected for reassembly according to standard operating procedures.
4. Assemble engineering components into assemblies or sub-assemblies	4.1. Appropriate techniques are applied in the preparation, assembly and adjustment of components using fastening equipment and methods which ensure conformance to specifications, operational performance, quality and safety of the completed assembly according to standard operating procedures. 4.2. Correct lubrication, packing, sealing materials are selected and applied correctly in conformance to job specifications. 4.3. Final component assembly is inspected, tested and adjusted as necessary for compliance with operational specifications and returned to use according to standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: obtaining and interpreting all relevant instructions, standard operating procedures, drawings and specifications preparing component for dismantling dismantling components using appropriate techniques, tools and equipment marking component parts appropriately for identification purposes checking components visually and dimensionally for conformance to specification where appropriate, marking faulty parts for repair, replacement or adjustment selecting and confirming replacement parts to specifications obtaining and using all relevant supplier catalogues preparing and assembling components using appropriate techniques in accordance with standard operating procedures where appropriate, applying lubricants correctly to the assembly in accordance with specifications and standard operating procedures where appropriate, applying packing and/or sealing materials in accordance with specifications and standard operating procedures inspecting and checking the final assembly for conformance to specification where appropriate, returning the final assembly to use
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: tasks to be performed in accordance with standard operating procedures procedures for dismantling the assembly tools and equipment to be used to dismantle the components procedures and required equipment for checking components for conformance to specification specifications of the components to be replaced features and/or dimensions upon which replacement parts are to be selected process of identifying replacement parts from "third party" suppliers' catalogues procedures for assembling components requirements of the assembly in terms of specifications, operational performance, quality and safety procedures for lubricating the assembly materials checks to be undertaken during inspection of the final assembly procedures for returning components/assemblies into use hazards and control measures associated with dismantling, replacing and assembling engineering components, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to dismantle, replace and assemble engineering components. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with dismantling, replacing and assembling engineering components or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Engineering components	Includes a range of component parts found in equipment or product assemblies, sub-assemblies, e.g. couplings, universal joints, pumps etc. employing shafts, pre-manufactured bearings and seals, lubricants, fasteners, gaskets etc.
Appropriate tools and equipment	Includes a range of hand and power tools, bearing pullers, special purpose dismantling and assembly tools etc.
Selected	Replacement parts are selected from manufacturers' catalogues, etc.
Appropriate techniques	Are in accordance with standard operating procedures and may include the straightforward removal and replacement of pre-manufactured bearings and seals

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Maintenance and diagnostics

MEM22001A Perform engineering activities

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the performance of technical aspects of engineering work in accordance with established engineering principles and practices.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to technical activities carried out within a range of engineering disciplines. It incorporates the personal and technical requirements to perform engineering activities where outcomes and performance measures are negotiated with appropriate personnel, technical experts and specialists. This unit only has application in qualifications that are not points based. Band: 0 Unit Weight: 0

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify and implement engineering practices	1.1. Engineering practices applicable to engineering activities are identified. 1.2. Factors, conditions and contexts integral to effective engineering practice are researched and evaluated. 1.3. The application of management practices and regulatory/legal systems to engineering practice is researched and evaluated. 1.4. Elements of engineering practices are incorporated into engineering activities.
2. Negotiate, document and monitor outcomes and performance measures	2.1. Technical experts and specialists are consulted as required. 2.2. Engineering options are evaluated and ranked. 2.3. Performance measures for processes and outcomes are negotiated with stakeholders and documented.
3. Negotiate, develop and document work instructions	3.1. Work instructions are negotiated and documented with taskforce.
4. Perform hazard and risk analysis	4.1. Hazards and risks associated with project are analysed.
5. Monitor progress, respond appropriately	5.1. Progress is monitored and responded to in cooperation and consultation with stakeholders and taskforce.
6. Conclude engineering activities appropriately	6.1. Engineering activities are concluded in accordance with workplace and legislative requirements.
7. Evaluate career options and develop career development strategy	7.1. Career options are developed based on current engineering activities. 7.2. A portfolio or CV of current engineering activities that is also a framework for future engineering activities is developed.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: research and evaluation review and maintenance of academic development, work experience, ethical practice, indemnity, negotiation, consultation and human relations with respect to the practice of engineering consultation with technical experts and specialists evaluation and ranking of engineering options for particular applications designing and planning documentation for particular applications documenting work instructions implementing occupational health and safety and environmental regulations, codes of practice and statutory requirements identifying and analysing hazards and risks monitoring and consultation with stakeholders and taskforce research and evaluation of engineering career options based on current engineering activities
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: political, social and environmental context and possible range of particular engineering activities the effect of government policy on industrial education and training, immigration for industrial labour/ skills, globalisation, the quality movement, JIT and competitive or lean manufacturing on a range of applications using jobbing, batch, mass or continuous production the significance, need for continual review and maintenance of academic development, work experience, ethical practice, indemnity, negotiation, consultation and human relations with respect to the practice of engineering the significance and applicability of strategic industrial management, financial management, workteams, supervision and control, industrial relations, OHS&E, enterprise based agreements, chemical registers, noise abatement, industrial law to particular industrial applications and work environments the application and affect of elements of engineering practice on particular engineering activities methods for evaluation and ranking of engineering options including the use of decision making and problem solving tools (eg. Kepler Trebor method) the significance of documented processes and outcomes performance measures in the context of client requirements, industrial, social, political and economic environments documented work instructions in the context of the objectives of the engineering activity negotiating principles risk assessment tools such as "risk matrix' and "Monte Carlo" risk assessment the significance of statutory requirements disaster management strategies long term environmental and sustainability issues associated with the engineering activity documentation and conclusion procedures relevance of current engineering activities to future career options the value of a portfolio in contributing to future career options in engineering

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform engineering activities within one or more specified engineering disciplines. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing engineering activities or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Factors, conditions and contexts	Academic development, work experience, ethical practices, indemnity, negotiation, consultation and human relations Applicable local, regional, national and international economic, political and social contexts
Management practices	Strategic industrial management, financial management, workteams, supervision and control.
Regulatory/legal systems	Industrial relations, OHS&E, enterprise based agreements, chemical registers, noise abatement, industrial law to particular industrial applications and work environments

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Management and organisation

MEM22002A Manage self in the engineering environment

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers performing work ethically and competently, making judgements about work priorities and information requirements to achieve effective working relationships and engineering outcomes.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the use of various self management techniques in the performance of engineering activities. Techniques may involve task and time management, effective communication strategies, document management, and business relations. This unit only has application in qualifications that are not points based. Band: 0 Unit Weight: 0

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Manage self	1.1. Manage own time and own processes in an engineering environment for planning and design purposes. 1.2. Manage learning opportunities in and outside the workplace. 1.3. Complete tasks / roles in a competent and timely manner.
2. Work effectively with team	2.1. Communicate effectively with others. 2.2. Recognise cultural diversity. 2.3. Use judgement and discretion as appropriate to the situation. 2.4. Work autonomously to procedures and guidelines. Develop and maintain trust and confidence of colleagues and clients/suppliers where appropriate. 2.5. Mentor others in specific areas of engineering focus. Accept appropriate responsibility.
3. Manage information	3.1. Locate and review relevant information on materials, products, processes or services including relevant legislation, codes and national standards. 3.2. Document processes and outcomes. Include OHS&E procedures.
4. Manage work priorities and resources	4.1. Prioritise competing demands to achieve personal, team and an organisation's goals and objectives. 4.2. Prepare, monitor and review work plans, programs and budgets. 4.3. Plan resource use to achieve targets.
5. Facilitate and capitalise on change and innovation	5.1. Work with others to introduce change. 5.2. Manage emerging challenges and opportunities.
6. Establish and maintain business relationships	6.1. Work in collaborative relationships with customers/suppliers. 6.2. Manage the procurement process.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: setting personal goals and plans completing allocated within time limits seeking feedback from internal and external sources providing clear and precise information to team members communicating in meetings using feedback to develop ways of improving performance accessing and using appropriate development opportunities team members are mentored in specific areas of engineering relevant to their work, where appropriate. obtaining all relevant legislation, statutory requirements and standards obtaining all relevant commercial documents documenting the processes and outcomes processing and filing the masters and file copies of documents setting priorities using technology appropriately to manage work priorities and commitments work plans, programs and/or budgets are prepared in accordance with organisational procedures. monitoring, reviewing and modifying work plans, programs and/or budgets achieving targets by the effective and efficient use of resources introducing changes smoothly and with minimal disruption communicating changes to be implemented preparing plans for the implementation of authorised changes providing regular and complete progress reports to clients/stakeholders/suppliers/regulators procuring materials/supplies/services in accordance with organisational procedures
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: techniques for ensuring that personal goals and plans reflect an organisation's plans and personal roles, responsibilities and accountabilities the way in which a person's performance acts as a role model for others ways in which personal goals are achieved and extended the importance and benefits of maintaining consistent personal performance the value of cultural diversity within the engineering team is recognised and the benefits internal and external sources of feedback on products, services and/or performance team members roles and responsibilities ways of gaining and using feedback to improve personal performance options for suitable professional development opportunities the role of mentor in the engineering team the mentoring process sources of relevant codes, standards, legislation and regulations the need and relevance for commercial information, including insurances and indemnities the procedures for documenting processes and outcomes the procedures for processing and filing master and file techniques for prioritising competing demands options for using various types of relevant technology and the ways they can be used efficiently and effectively to manage work priorities and commitments the procedures for preparing work plans, programs and budgets the authority responsible for authorising work plans, programs and budgets the procedures for modifying work plans, programs and/or budgets human and physical resources available targets to be achieved techniques for optimising resource utilisation opportunities to introduce change the benefits of the proposed change the costs and risks associated with the proposed change those affected by change emerging challenges and opportunities in the area of engineering expertise opportunities to implement change and innovation reasons for implementing change and innovation strategies for implementing change and innovation customer needs clients/stakeholders/suppliers/regulators and their business relationships information required by clients/stakeholders/suppliers/ regulators the suppliers of materials/services/components/ equipment, etc. procurement procedures the authority responsible for authorising the procurement of materials/supplies/services commercial issues associated with the procurement process

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to manage self in the engineering environment. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with managing self in the engineering environment or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Engineering environment	Refers to a real or simulated environment dealing in engineering practices/functions/services.
Tasks/roles	Will be involved in self-directed application of knowledge - have substantial depth of knowledge in some areas and a range of skills for work tasks, roles and functions.
Cultural diversity	Refers to all aspects of diversity within the working environment such as gender, age, physical ability, sexual preference, ethnicity and culture.
Work autonomously	May work autonomously under broad guidance; may supervise others and may guide teams.
Appropriate responsibility	May have responsibility for planning and managing the work of others.
Relevant legislation codes and national standards	Refers to all the legislation that occurs in the work place such as equal employment opportunity legislation, occupational health and safety legislation and industrial relations legislation.
Document	Applies to the time frame of the design development. Agreed processes of documentation will be required and applied.
OHS&E	Occupational Health Safety and Environment recognizes that stakeholders in workplace activity include the workforce exposed to worksite conditions, materials and processes of the activity and the broader community exposed to environmental effects of the activity. Apply in accordance with organisational policies and statutory and regulatory requirements.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Management and organisation

MEM22007A Manage environmental effects of engineering activities

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers examining environmental issues and determine environmental strategies associated with engineering work.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to a variety of environmental management techniques, including taking inventory of existing environmental condition, documenting/reporting initial assessment, determine and document/report stakeholder's expectations for improvements on initial condition against possibilities for improvement; developing, evaluating&ranking strategies for sustainable development; implementing, monitoring&evaluating strategies; applying environmental management techniques to a new or existing product, process, system or service. This unit only has application in qualifications that are not points based. Band: 0 Unit Weight: 0

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine the existing environmental condition	1.1. Research, debate and report on case studies involving examination of environmental values. 1.2. Prepare an inventory of the existing environmental condition. 1.3. Record/report on the findings of the initial assessment.
2. Establish stakeholders' expectations	2.1. Determine expectations regarding each component of the environment. 2.2. Record and report on expectations for project/ operation integration.
3. Review existing environmental conditions against stakeholders' expectations	3.1. Determine variations between expectations and the existing environmental conditions. 3.2. Establish the possibilities and options for improvement in the environment.
4. Develop and rank strategies to achieve sustainable development	4.1. Evaluates available options against assessment criteria to identify risks and priorities. 4.2. Develop an environmental report on strategies to implement the preferred options.
5. Implement strategies to achieve sustainable development	5.1. Implement strategies in consultation with appropriate stakeholders. 5.2. Collect and review data on implementation of strategies. 5.3. Evaluate progress and review strategies.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: undertaking debate on environmental values reporting on case studies involving examination of environmental values producing inventory of existing environmental conditions documenting the findings of the initial environmental assessment identifying stakeholders' environmental expectations integrating environmental expectations with the overall outcomes of the operation/project communicating expected outcomes to stakeholders documenting variations between expected and current environmental status implementing strategies for improving the environmental outcomes of the project/operation evaluating available options implementing selected sustainable development options developing environmental management plans monitoring the implementation of the environmental management plan collecting environmental data reviewing and evaluating implementation strategies
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: environmental conditions of the workplace/process/ operation/procedure the procedures for documenting environmental conditions applicable environmental legislation and regulations the legislative/regulatory reporting and recording requirements the tests and testing procedures required to establish environmental conditions stakeholders' views on specific options for environmental improvement opportunities for integrating project/operation outcomes with environmental improvement options variations between expected and current environmental status options for improving the environmental status of the project/operation the costs/benefits of the identified options the concept of sustainable development options for sustainable development criteria for assessing the feasibility of available options the risks and priorities associated with sustainable development strategies to implement sustainable development options the procedures for communicating sustainable development options to stakeholders strategies to implement environmental development plans the data necessary to evaluate the implementation of the environmental management plan procedures for collecting and documenting environmental data benchmarks against which implementation strategies can be evaluated

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to manage the environmental effects of engineering activities. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with managing the environmental effects of engineering activities or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Environmental values	Biophysical values eg. clean air, soil, water, biodiversity, ecosystem sustainability, sustaining the quality of natural and artificial environments, both indoor and outdoor Socio cultural values
Existing environmental conditions	Identification of environmental relations - mapping all the relations that will be used and affected by a particular activity in both space and time, analysing the resulting relational map for areas of intense impact, especially as a result of cumulative impacts; identification of physical, socio-cultural and economic conditions for life and for the existing or desired quality of life, identification of the socio-cultural values placed on the current environmental conditions; identification of both the negative and positive environmental impacts, the potential de-sustaining and sustaining aspects of the activity; identification of where engineering interventions and follow-up are possible
Environmental report	A description of the state of the environment, an assessment of the nature and consequence of impacts, identifiable trends, available and recommended actions, identification of responsibilities and potential change agents, cost of action; a critical review of the parameters of the environmental relations considered, the criteria by which they were evaluated, the process of developing responses and the achievement of the actions taken

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Management and organisation

MEM22012A Coordinate resources for an engineering project or operation

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM22003A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the coordination of resources in accordance with operations or project plans and budgets formulated to meet business goals and strategic objectives.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to engineering projects or operations that have a significant engineering component. It is suitable for people with responsibility for resources and those pursuing technical qualifications and careers at engineering technician level.

Prior or concurrently developed experience in mathematics, computer packages and file handling, engineering plant, facilities and services, materials, methods and processes is required.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Contribute to operations or project planning and budgeting	1.1	Participate in policy and procedures development
1.2	Review sustainability implications of resources, sourcing, processing, process waste, transport, distribution, life cycle and disposal
1.3	Participate in planning for operations or project resourcing in the context of operations, project, strategic and business plans
1.4	Participate in development of budgets
1.5	Participate in development of performance indicators or parameters, monitoring and continuous improvement processes
1.6	Participate in the development of resources information distribution and control systems, including the use of software systems

2	Evaluate supply chain relations	2.1	Identify supply value chain members and contribution to project or operation
2.2	Assess supply agreements, quality and delivery parameters against performance indicators
2.3	Employ value analysis of product or customer service costs
2.4	Assess tender and contract documents for risk
2.5	Assess supply chain communications for feedback on quality, supply chain efficiency and continuous improvement processes

3	Coordinate physical resources	3.1	Assess physical resource requirements and develop a resources distribution schedule consistent with the budget
3.2	Coordinate efficient utilisation of physical resources
3.3	Ensure compliance with work health and safety (WHS), regulatory and risk management requirements with particular emphasis on handling and use of resources

4	Contribute to project or operation human resources management	4.1	Identify labour and skills requirements based on assessment of timetable and project or operational requirements
4.2	Program and communicate labour and skills to satisfy project or operational technical and budget requirements
4.3	Organise labour and skill schedules to facilitate training
4.4	Contribute to skills development and training arrangements

5	Contribute to budget development and control	5.1	Participate in developing budgets in the context of business and strategic operations or project plans
5.2	Control delegated expenditure and cash flow
5.3	Record resources utilisation and costs, including those for maintenance of assets

6	Supervise and review resources delivery	6.1	Apply systems thinking, constraints and contingency management, and continuous improvement techniques
6.2	Monitor and review supply chain and coordinate continuous improvements
6.3	Monitor physical and human resources and performance indicators and coordinate continuous improvement processes
6.4	Monitor budget and coordinate response to threats
6.5	Monitor sustainability and coordinate responses in accordance with sustainability policy and procedures
6.6	Monitor information and resources control system and implement continuous improvement
6.7	Employ software packages to achieve information handling, data processing, planning and control objectives

7	Report and document resources coordination	7.1	Report in accordance with procedures
7.2	Maintain documentation on planning, supply chain analysis, resources requirements analysis, budgets, delivery, continuous improvement and training, WHS and regulatory requirements, and risk assessment

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: participating and communicating with others negotiating and seeking consensus in support of strategic objectives evaluating: supply chain, quality, delivery and capability tender and contracting processes and documents coordinating physical and human resources coordinating and controlling resource budgets monitoring, reviewing and improving resources delivery planning for operations or project resourcing in the context of operations, project, strategic and business plans participating, cooperating and negotiating required for dealing with customers, contractors, designers and production management determining take off quantities for ‘bill of materials’ from drawings, specifications and contracts reporting and documenting objectives, key performance indicators, timetables and progress
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: typical sustainability implications for engineering projects or operations systems thinking, constraints and contingency management, and continuous improvement techniques procedures for preparing and monitoring project plans, business plans and budgets cost planning, cost-benefit analysis, life cycle costing, valuation and cost estimation procedures procedures for assessing implications of design on project implementation costs or manufacturability of product and maintainability of plant and process resources information distribution and control systems, including the use of enterprise resource planning (ERP) and materials resource planning (MRP) software planning and cost control software supply and value chain evaluation techniques, including contract, quality and delivery parameters engineering-related operating procedures associated with the use of resources financial impact of a variety of maintenance strategies on overall costs on typical tenders, contracts and law of contract provisions, relevant to engineering projects or operations ability to calculate quantities from drawings, specifications and contracts WHS requirements, including WHS Acts and regulations resources expenditure and cash flow control procedures procedures and requirements of financial records, including records of resources and costs for maintenance of assets

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to coordinate resources for an engineering project or operation within project plans and budgets. This includes working individually and as part of a team and recognising and complying with normal control procedures on engineering projects.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: participate, communicate, cooperate and negotiate strategic objectives, policy and procedures development evaluate supply chain, quality, delivery, capability, tender and contracting processes and documents coordinate and control physical and human resources and resource budgets monitor, review and improve resources delivery report and document resource planning and use.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Participate	Participation includes the requirement to communicate, cooperate, negotiate and work with others in accordance with the operations or project plans
Software packages	Software packages may include: spreadsheets databases word processor presentation project management and cost control system control and data acquisition (SCADA), MRPII, MRPIII and ERP
Value analysis	Value analysis is the determination of value-added, as defined by the ultimate customer at each step in the supply chain or production process or service provision. The value is often specified in contract documentation in terms of quality, cost, quantity and delivery schedule
Systems thinking	Systems thinking refers to the conduct of engineering work in a manner that demonstrates knowledge of how the interaction of different technical systems on equipment, machinery or structures, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, combine to perform or support engineering-related operations, processes or projects. It embraces determining or establishing how the function of each technical system or component, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, effects or potentially may effect, outcomes. Systems should be interpreted broadly within the context of the organisation and depending on the project or operation can include equipment, related facilities, material, software, internal services and personnel, and other organisations in the value chain
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Continuous improvement implementation	Continuous improvement implementation may relate to: plant, products, processes, systems or services, including design, development, implementation or manufacture, commissioning, operation or delivery and maintenance Improvement processes may include techniques, such as: balanced scorecard current and future state mapping measuring performance against benchmarks process improvement, problem solving and decision making data management, generation, recording, analysing, storing and use of software training for improvement systems participation technical training
Manage constraints and contingencies	Contingencies arising during operations or improvement projects are responded to in the context of constraints. Contingencies may threaten operations or improvement projects and planning for contingencies may be essential to maintain resources, skilled labour and schedules. Each contingency will have constraints on possible solutions. These may be: financial, organisational, procedural or cultural constraints physical constraints, such as limits to resources, limits to site access or logistical limitations
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Management and organisation

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM22013A Coordinate engineering projects

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM22004A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the coordination of engineering projects within project plans and budgets. It includes monitoring and maintaining the project implementation plan, performance analysis and use of project management software.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to people with significant coordination and facilitation responsibilities for engineering or related projects. The projects will usually have fixed term or purpose and involve specific engineering-related tasks, such as installation and commissioning of plant, design of equipment or major overhauls.

The coordination role covered by the unit includes monitoring of engineering and other technical performance parameters against the project plan as well as monitoring of other project parameters that impact on engineering and technical compliance of the project. These include finance, accounting, budgeting and control, resourcing, tenders, contracts, work health and safety (WHS), risk management, human resources, and legal and regulatory requirements.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Review and confirm parameters of delegated project	1.1	Review designs, drawings, standards and established implementation plan and schedule to establish scope of the engineering project
1.2	Review budget and control measures for delegated project
1.3	Review project management structure, functional team relationships, communications and reporting lines
1.4	Review materials, logistics and services procurement requirements
1.5	Review the need for appropriate technical and professional assistance
1.6	Review physical resources requirements
1.7	Review human resources and skills development requirements
1.8	Review compliance requirements for project, including WHS requirements, codes of practice, regulations, standards, legal and other regulatory requirements, and enterprise procedures

2	Coordinate implementation of delegated project	2.1	Assign and obtain team agreement to plans, communication arrangements, responsibilities, schedules and requirements
2.2	Establish liaison arrangements with other functional groups
2.3	Ensure efficient and documented arrangements for requests for further information (RFIs) from designers and other experts
2.4	Confirm internal and external reporting requirements, including content, schedule and sign-off arrangements
2.5	Confirm suppliers, contractors and delivery schedules, and any installation requirements
2.6	Coordinate actions to overcome constraints and contingencies, including coordination with stakeholders and adjustments, if necessary, to plans and schedules
2.7	Coordinate and monitor specialist and technical support services to meet schedules, budgets and performance requirements
2.8	Maintain and monitor records of project tasks for accountability against objectives, schedule and budget
2.9	Apply principles of continuous improvement to implementation
2.10	Implement project management, resources control and budgeting software, when required

3	Report on outcomes	3.1	Record progress in accordance with procedures
3.2	Supervise the completion of project, including sign-off and completion of required documentation of the project

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: coordinating technically complex engineering-related projects project management skills, including using resources control and budgeting software, as required reviewing, confirming and establishing parameters for project objectives, project plan, budget and scheduling related to tasks communicating, negotiating and reviewing with stakeholders throughout project duration coordinating and monitoring task schedules and resources; addressing contingencies and constraints, continuous improvement, problem solving and decision making; and adjusting short-term planning and rescheduling, as necessary implementing systems thinking and concurrent engineering, as appropriate project planning and scheduling, including: working within or establishing a project management structure establishing functional team relationships, communications and reporting lines ensuring compliance with business plans, financial objectives, budgets and customer brief incorporating WHS and other regulatory requirements establishing accountabilities and responsibilities (including recording and reporting) for: scheduling and implementation of project tasks physical and financial resources and budget the use of professional services and contractors maintaining records of trades and industry contacts and sources of expert advice records of procedures and regulatory compliance personal and team skills development maintaining task schedules, Gantt charts and other planning tools and resources procedures for addressing contingencies and constraints, continuous improvement, problem solving and decision making, and adjusting short-term planning and rescheduling as necessary organisational procedures for compliance with WHS, codes of practice, and other legislative requirements, environmental and social obligations, and ethical practice risk management procedures
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: engineering and technology knowledge appropriate to the project context of project, including: customer-supplier relationships regulatory requirements and environment materials resourcing and labour and skills supply arrangements market and competitive environment human resources and skills development procedures and options for skill needs typical of engineering projects typical budget and control measures for engineering-related projects, including: audit tenders contracts schedules budget categories and items: personnel materials equipment procurement and maintenance contractors logistics security requirements for and functions of technical documentation, graphics and specifications, meeting procedures, records and minute taking WHS Acts and regulations relevant to engineering projects risk management procedures, isolation and notification procedures in the event of irregularities or accident systems thinking, contingency and constraints management conflict resolution, problem solving and decision making

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to coordinate an engineering project This includes working individually and as part of a team and recognising and complying with normal control procedures on engineering projects.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: review, confirm and establish project objectives, plans and schedules identify technical and engineering requirements of project from drawings, customer briefs, contracts and other appropriate sources identify and manage stakeholders, including customers, suppliers, contractors and regulatory agencies manage for contingencies and non-conformances cooperate, communicate and negotiate effectively with stakeholders.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Personal responsibilities	Personal responsibilities within the project may be defined by: role specification and delegations workplace agreement or Award negotiation with clients and/or supervisors contracts legal or regulatory obligations professional and ethical considerations agreed operational or project requirements
Systems thinking	Systems thinking refers to the conduct of engineering work in a manner that demonstrates knowledge of how the interaction of different technical systems on equipment, machinery or structures, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, combine to perform or support engineering-related operations, processes or projects. It embraces determining or establishing how the function of each technical system or component, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, effects or potentially may effect, outcomes. Systems should be interpreted broadly within the context of the organisation and depending on the project or operation can include equipment, related facilities, material, software, internal services and personnel, and other organisations in the value chain
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies environmental protection and planning law risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Stakeholders	Relevant stakeholders may include: teams contractors support professionals and teams technicians functional groups customers suppliers
Records of project	Records of project may include: tenders and contracts schedules personnel resource allocations and financial management procedures standard operating procedures, including maintenance procedures WHS committee minutes and action risk management and mitigation documentation and records of current safe work methods statements (SWMS), material safety data sheets (MSDS), work permits, standards and codes of practice audits meetings and communications graphics and specifications
Continuous improvement implementation	Continuous improvement implementation may relate to: plant, products, processes, systems or services, including design, development, implementation or manufacture, commissioning, operation or delivery and maintenance. It may include techniques, such as: balanced scorecard current and future state mapping measuring performance against benchmarks process improvement, problem solving and decision making data management, generation, recording, analysing, storing and use of software training for improvement systems participation technical training
Appropriate technical and professional assistance	Appropriate technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers professional and technical support for specific technologiesand equipment professional services for: finance, accounts and tax insurance and legal, training and human resources
Constraints and contingencies	Constraints and contingencies may be: financial, organisational, procedural or culture constraints physical constraints, such as limits to resources, limits to site access or logistical limitations

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Management and organisation

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM22014A Coordinate engineering-related manufacturing operations

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM22005A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to coordinate, monitor and maintain engineering-related manufacturing operations, including the coordination of purchasing, scheduling of materials and resources, achievement of budget with control of processes, physical resources, maintenance of operations and assets, performance analysis and process improvement, work health and safety (WHS) and risk management.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to people with coordination and facilitation responsibilities for significant manufacturing operations.

Where the planning, scheduling and purchasing is done in an engineering or manufacturing organisation following lean principles, it is recommended that appropriate competitive systems and practices units of competency also be selected.

The unit applies where the coordination role involves application of engineering skills and knowledge to ensure safe, effective and efficient manufacturing and can include specific engineering-related tasks, such as installation and commissioning of plant, design of equipment and major overhauls.

The coordination role of the unit includes monitoring engineering and other technical performance parameters against the project plan as well as monitoring other project parameters that impact on engineering and technical compliance of the project. These include finance, accounting, budgeting and control, resourcing, tenders, contracts, WHS, risk management, human resources, and legal and regulatory requirements.

For coordination skills for time-defined engineering projects see unit MEM22013A Coordinate engineering projects.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM14091A	Integrate manufacturing fundamentals into an engineering task

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Develop the production plan	1.1	Coordinate development of, or obtain, demand forecast
1.2	Participate in preparation of production plan in consultation with relevant stakeholders to meet quality, demand and delivery timelines within capacity and budget constraints
1.3	Coordinate preparation of purchasing schedules
1.4	Coordinate preparation of production schedules, including allowances for scheduled maintenance and any required shutdown periods
1.5	Coordinate development of risk management and contingency procedures
1.6	Review production plan with relevant stakeholders and adjust, as necessary
1.7	Coordinate development of key performance indicators (KPIs) and monitoring procedures with relevant stakeholders
1.8	Incorporate professional and technical assistance, as required

2	Coordinate the implementation of the production plan	2.1	Allocate responsibilities for purchasing and detailed scheduling, including communication of priorities and KPIs
2.2	Coordinate materials and product flow and transfer operations to meet plan requirements, including buffer and emergency stocks, warehousing, stores and logistics
2.3	Monitor quality and process control procedures
2.4	Coordinate and monitor physical, human and financial resources, and budget to achieve production plan
2.5	Review and monitor information and reporting procedures to stakeholders
2.6	Address systems constraints and contingencies and adjust short-term planning and reschedule, as necessary

3	Monitor operational performance	3.1	Review actual indicators against KPIs
3.2	Review manufacturing operations against production plan and other KPIs
3.3	Participate in continuous improvement procedures, including lean operation principles and procedures, where implemented
3.4	Monitor preventative and breakdown maintenance and review impact on operational performance
3.5	Monitor implementation of risk management procedures during non-conformances and adjust, as required, in accordance with organisational procedures
3.6	Report progress against production plan in accordance with procedures
3.7	Provide documentation, data entry and analysis, as required

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: identifying equipment and process capacity from information supplied by designers and suppliers developing production schedule demand forecast from information supplied by customers, distributors, and sales and marketing departments preparing master production, schedule or project plan detailed operations planning, scheduling, production control and contingency measures that take into account: facilities services plant and tooling enterprise resource planning (ERP) software process layout use of automation product manufacturability asset maintainability preparing purchasing schedules and coordinating material supplies complying with WHS and regulations, codes of practice, standards and risk assessment coordinating manufacturing operation to be consistent with business plans and legal and regulatory requirements, and coordinating systems maintenance of manufacturing operation following improvement procedures use of software, such as ERP, system control data acquisition (SCADA) and spreadsheets, where installed coordinating manufacturing operations to schedule and priority maintaining quality and process control procedures coordinating problem solving and decision making, short-term planning and rescheduling to meet constraints and contingencies, as necessary maintaining records, reporting and documenting in accordance with procedures
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: manufacturing management systems forecasting, scheduling and production control procedures production systems, including assembly and process layouts, material and product flows, automation and control systems WHS requirements, codes of practice, regulations, standards, regulatory requirements, risk management, current safe work methods statements (SWMS), material safety data sheets (MSDS) and work permits budgeting, costing and control measures quality and process control measures asset maintenance techniques and management options continuous improvement procedures problem solving and decision making, systems thinking, contingency and constraints management as applied to manufacturing requirements for and functions of technical documentation, graphics and specifications sustainability implications of manufacturing operations, products and processes, including social, environmental, resources and economic implications reporting and documenting procedures used in manufacturing, including role of standard operating procedures, engineering drawings and process control charts

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to coordinate, monitor and maintain an engineering-related manufacturing operation, including purchasing, scheduling of materials and resources and priorities. This includes working individually and as part of a team and recognising and complying with normal organisation control procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: prepare production or project plan in consultation with relevant stakeholders to meet WHS, quality, demand and delivery requirements within capacity and budget constraints apply procedures to ensure compliance of manufacturing operations with WHS, environmental and other regulatory requirements review and monitor facilities and services, including: plant, tooling and software process layout use of automation and automation safety product manufacturability and asset maintainability compliance requirements of WHS and regulations, codes of practice, standards, risk assessment and registration requirements for manufacturing plant.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Relevant stakeholders	Relevant stakeholders may include: team organisation functional groups support professionals and licensed technicians customers and suppliers
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Records	Records may include: forecasts, schedules and budgets records of operations, production quantities, quality and supply performance process, resources and budget control measures communications, graphics and specifications tenders, contracts and schedules personnel, resource allocations and financial management procedures standard operating procedures, including maintenance procedures records of procedures and legislative compliance
Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance	Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring or devices with high current or voltages above extra low voltage professional support for engineering research, calculations and technologies professional services in non-engineering related areas, such as: finance, accounts and tax insurance and legal training and human resources
Continuous improvement procedures	Continuous improvement procedures may relate to plant, products, processes, systems or services, including design, development, implementation or manufacture, commissioning, operation or delivery and maintenance. Improvement processes may include techniques, such as: balanced scorecard current and future state mapping measuring performance against benchmarks process improvement, problem solving and decision making data management, generation, recording, analysing, storing and use of software training for improvement systems participation technical training
Constraints and contingencies	Contingencies arising during operations or improvement projects will have constraints on possible solutions. These may be: financial organisation procedural or culture physical constraints, such as limits to resources, limits to site access or logistical limitations
Systems thinking	Systems thinking refers to the conduct of engineering work in a manner that demonstrates knowledge of how the interaction of different technical systems on equipment, machinery or structures, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, combine to perform or support engineering-related operations, processes or projects. It embraces determining or establishing how the function of each technical system or component, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, effects or potentially may effect, outcomes. Systems should be interpreted broadly within the context of the organisation and depending on the project or operation can include equipment, related facilities, material, software, internal services and personnel, and other organisations in the value chain
Lean manufacturing	Lean manufacturing uses cost, capacity and responsiveness, quality, reliability and waste minimisation as drivers of the process and measures for process improvement. Lean manufacturing is the response of many organisations to local, regional, national and global market competitiveness
Software options	Software may be employed for forecasting, scheduling performance analysis/modelling and may include: ERP SCADA spreadsheets
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Management and organisation

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM22015A Source and estimate engineering materials requirements

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM22006A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to locate and approve a materials source and estimate materials requirements against a specification or bill of materials for engineering-related operations. This includes consideration of quantities, quality and capacity of suppliers to supply in accordance with a supply plan.

Application of the Unit

The unit applies to sourcing and estimating within an engineering operation or along a value chain and can be applied to individual or team-based work. It is suitable for people working in engineering or related industries in planning, purchasing or quantity surveying functions.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Participate in planning and budgeting for materials resourcing in engineering operation or project	1.1	Participate in planning for materials resourcing in the context of operations, project, strategic and business plans and budgets
1.2	Contribute to management processes, such as costing and value engineering, feasibility studies, cost-benefit and break even analysis, consideration of contract law pertaining to supply arrangements and life cycle costing
1.3	Evaluate sustainability implications of materials and components being sourced
1.4	Participate in the selection or development of materials information systems
1.5	Review suitability of software packages for materials estimation and sourcing and related purposes

2	Estimate quantities	2.1	Consult with operations and project teams regarding their materials needs
2.2	Estimate quantities against operations or project specifications, drawings and bill of materials documents

3	Contribute to the development of supply chain relations	3.1	Contribute to supply chain requirements, evaluation and management
3.2	Assist in developing tender and contract documents

4	Locate source and confirm material suppliers	4.1	Locate source and evaluate materials suppliers against specifications
4.2	Evaluate supply agreements, quality and delivery parameters against operation or project requirements
4.3	Coordinate approval of samples, testing and certification in accordance with specification requirements
4.4	Confirm or recommend suppliers according to enterprise procedures

5	Monitor and review materials and supply chain	5.1	Participate in development of performance indicators or parameters for materials supply chain
5.2	Consult, negotiate and cooperate with suppliers in relation to supply chain efficiency improvements
5.3	Provide feedback on quality, efficiency and continuous improvement processes to supply chain members and internal stakeholders
5.4	Identify and monitor work health and safety (WHS) and regulatory requirements related to materials supply, transport, handling, storage and processing
5.5	Monitor sustainability of sourced materials and coordinate responses in accordance with sustainability policy and procedures
5.6	Apply systems thinking, constraints and contingency management, as necessary, and continuous improvement techniques

6	Report and document outcomes	6.1	Provide reports on material sourcing in accordance with procedures
6.2	Maintain documentation on estimations, sources of supply, supply chain analysis performance, continuous improvement and training, WHS and regulatory requirements, and risk assessment

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: planning for materials resourcing estimating quantities, sourcing and evaluating materials suppliers against operations or project, specifications, drawings and bill of materials cooperating, communicating and negotiating effectively within team and functional groups, customers and suppliers monitoring and evaluating purchasing budget, expenditure and cash flow, sourcing of materials, sustainability implications, supply agreements and suppliers for quality, capacity and flexibility, conformance to regulatory requirements and test procedures using materials sourcing and planning software packages contributing to organisational management processes and materials supply chain management developing or using materials supply tender and contract documents interpreting materials requirement and purchasing schedule, purchasing budgets, and performance indices for materials supply chain coordinating responses to budget and delivery supply threats related to materials purchases participating in setting and implementing supplier payment policies implementing systems thinking, concurrent engineering, continuous improvement, contingency and constraint management, problem solving and decision making determining implications for materials sourcing of WHS, risk management, codes of practice, and sustainability policy and requirements reporting and documenting results of evaluations, tender analysis, and so on
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: planning procedures for materials resourcing in the context of operations, project, strategic and business plans and budgets use of systems and software packages to assess materials requirements information, data processing, bill of materials, estimating, supplier database and purchasing budget control systems for cost estimation and planning, value engineering, feasibility studies, cost-benefit analysis, life cycle costing and valuation supply chain management and value analysis, performance indices or parameters, and monitoring processes tender and contract documents, supply agreements, quality and delivery parameters, and terms of payment supply chain communications, feedback on quality, supply chain efficiency and continuous improvement processes sustainability policy and procedures WHS, regulatory and risk management requirements with particular emphasis on handling and use of resources WHS and regulatory compliance requirements, material safety data sheets (MSDS), test results, and risk management related to handling and storage use of systems thinking, constraints and contingency management, problem solving and decision making, and continuous improvement techniques

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to source and estimate materials for an engineering operation, including interacting with the supply chain. It includes planning and estimating supplies and integrating purchasing into operations. This includes working individually and as part of a team and recognising and complying with normal control procedures on engineering projects.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: plan for materials resourcing estimate quantities, source and evaluate materials suppliers develop tender and contract documents, materials requirement and purchasing schedule, purchasing budgets, and performance indices for materials supply chain participate, communicate, cooperate, and negotiate with stakeholders on policy and procedures development and implementation monitor supply of materials against contract requirements and key performance indicators (KPIs) contribute to organisational management processes, and materials supply chain management.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, or a combination of both on and off the job. The candidate should have access to a workplace where the engineering-related production or project processes and volume of materials used enable the materials sourcing skills covered by this unit to be realistically assessed. Where part of assessment occurs off the job a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Sustainability implications	Sustainability implications for sourcing and estimating materials in engineering or engineering-related operations may include taking account of: resource consumption energy consumption and conservation processing needs minimisation and processing of waste transport distribution life cycle reuse, recycle and disposal
Materials	Materials covered by this unit are those required for the ongoing production or performance of an engineering-related project or operation and must meet an engineering specification and for which the delivery must be coordinated with a production or project schedule. The materials will typically be subject to formal supplier agreements or contracts and delivery is to specified cost, times, quality and quantities
Supplier performance	Supplier performance may include: cost delivery reliability conformance to quality and quantity specifications conformance to contract and regulatory requirements participation in efficiency improvement processes flexibility
Software packages	Software packages may include: spreadsheets databases word processor presentation project management and cost control system control and data acquisition (SCADA), MRPII and enterprise resource planning (ERP)
Systems thinking	Systems thinking refers to the conduct of engineering work in a manner that demonstrates knowledge of how the interaction of different technical systems on equipment, machinery or structures, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, combine to perform or support engineering-related operations, processes or projects. It embraces determining or establishing how the function of each technical system or component, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, effects or potentially may effect, outcomes. Systems should be interpreted broadly within the context of the organisation and depending on the project or operation can include equipment, related facilities, material, software, internal services and personnel, and other organisations in the value chain
Constraints and contingencies	Contingencies and constraints may include: financial sudden changes to schedules or delivery by a supplier organisational, procedural or cultural physical constraints, such as limits to resources, limits to site access or logistical limitations
Continuous improvement implementation	Improvement processes may include techniques, such as: balanced scorecard current and future state mapping measuring performance against benchmarks process improvement, problem solving and decision making data management, generation, recording, analysing, storing and use of software training for improvement systems participation technical training
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Standards and Codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and applicable codes
MSDS	Organisations using or storing hazardous substances or dangerous goods are required to maintain a MSDS and dangerous goods register. Manufacturers or importers of hazardous substances are obliged to provide an MSDS whenever the substances are first supplied to a customer

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Management and organisation

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM22017A Coordinate continuous improvement and technical development

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM22008A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to coordinate continuous improvement and ongoing technical development activities for engineering-related operations or projects. It includes feasibility studies, proposals for the introduction of technology or process change and development of implementation strategy, costing and budgets relating to proposals.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to people with delegated coordination and facilitation responsibilities for implementing engineering-related continuous improvement change and technical development within organisations.

It does not cover design or implementation of major change, such as re-engineering or design and commissioning of new major plant. It is suitable for people working in engineering or related environments in design, maintenance or in operational functions.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Evaluate project or operations for improvement and technical development opportunities	1.1	Select project or operation for review in conjunction with stakeholders
1.2	Determine current performance of operations or projects against objectives and key performance indicators (KPIs)
1.3	Establish and monitor processes to identify shortfalls in performance and root causes
1.4	Establish and monitor processes to identify possible opportunities for performance and technical improvements
1.5	Evaluate hardware and software technology requirements for performance improvement opportunities
1.6	Evaluate personnel skill requirements and training needs for performance improvement opportunities
1.7	Confirm current or future work health and safety (WHS) requirements, codes of practice, regulations, standards and regulatory requirements related to possible opportunities for performance improvement

2	Develop recommendations for performance improvement and technical development	2.1	Coordinate the specification of options for performance improvement, including required technology changes, skills development needs, timelines, budget and extent of disruption to current operations
2.2	Coordinate feasibility analyses on options and develop firm proposals
2.3	Prepare report and recommendations, including objectives, implementation schedule, budget and any required regulatory compliance measures
2.4	Communicate and negotiate with stakeholders to confirm recommendations for change and technological developments

3	Coordinate implementation of approved changes	3.1	Develop implementation objectives, plan, schedule and budgets for approved changes
3.2	Monitor implementation of objectives by priority, strategy and schedule
3.3	Coordinate change management, process redesign and introduction of technology
3.4	Manage physical and financial resources and budget within delegation
3.5	Monitor change and technological development for compliance with organisational policies and procedures
3.6	Assist with risk management procedures

4	Report outcomes	4.1	Record progress and results in accordance with procedures
4.2	Provide documentation, data entry and analysis, as required

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: identifying current objectives and performance measures identifying change and development opportunities evaluating technologies, plant and other assets, hardware and software used by current operations and projects identifying skills, knowledge and techniques for operations or projects completing feasibility analyses on options and developing of proposals maintaining relevant records of plans, priorities, schedules and progress, legislative compliance, personal and team skills development, and sources of technical information and resources setting and coordinating priorities, strategy and schedule for changes, including introduction of new technology and continuous improvement operational changes problem solving and decision making, systems thinking, constraints and contingency management, short-term planning adjustments, and rescheduling physical and financial resources and budget within delegation communicating and negotiating with stakeholders, team members, support function groups, expert technical and professional assistance, customers and suppliers monitoring change and technological development for compliance with regulatory requirements reporting and documenting progress and results, data and analysis in accordance with procedures
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: project management techniques modern production management techniques context of operations, such as competitive pressures or markets, customer-supplier relationships, regulatory and industrial environment, environmental and sustainability, and resourcing and labour issues operations or project management structure, functional team relationships, responsibilities and delegations across the organisation, available technical and professional support services, communications and reporting lines procedures for audit of technologies, skills, knowledge and techniques, plant and other assets, including hardware and software used by current operations and projects feasibility analysis or ‘trade-off’ methods to assist selection from among options accountability and record keeping requirements in accordance with organisational procedures tendering and contract requirements and processes and their effect on continuous improvement, including agreement on design and specification, negotiations and optimisations, provisions for variations, delays and penalties change and technological development implications for WHS requirements, codes of practice, regulations, standards and regulatory requirements related to proposed changes and technologies sustainability issues related to continuous improvement of engineering-related projects and operations typical software for program management and budget control, use and validation options implementation plan, strategic and prioritised objectives and budgets procedures for reporting and recording of progress and records of legislative compliance in accordance with procedures for accountability against objectives, schedule and budget requirements for and functions of technical documentation, graphics and specifications and records of meetings, communications and agreements with stakeholders

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to review an existing engineering-related operation or project, including current context and performance objectives, and to identify and implement continuous improvements and technical developments. This includes working individually and in a team environment and recognising and complying with normal control procedures on engineering projects.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: evaluate technologies, assets, workforce and contractor skills and knowledge, personnel development strategies, hardware and software technology requirements, for technology and capability gaps and opportunities for improvement review organisation structure, current operations and context, development opportunities, budgets and constraints, software options for opportunities for improvement complete feasibility analyses on options and develop proposals maintain appropriate documentation and records demonstrate systems thinking, constraints and contingency management, short-term planning adjustments and rescheduling manage physical and financial resources and budget within delegation communicate and negotiate with stakeholders report and document progress and results, data and analysis in accordance with procedures.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Stakeholders	Stakeholders may include: enterprise or project owners and managers team members support function groups expert technical and professional assistance customers and suppliers colleagues identified in reporting arrangements for the engineering project or operation
Systems thinking	Systems thinking refers to the conduct of engineering work in a manner that demonstrates knowledge of how the interaction of different technical systems on equipment, machinery or structures, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, combine to perform or support engineering-related operations, processes or projects. It embraces determining or establishing how the function of each technical system or component, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, effects or potentially may effect, outcomes. Systems should be interpreted broadly within the context of the organisation and depending on the project or operation can include equipment, related facilities, material, software, internal services and personnel, and other organisations in the value chain
Constraints and contingencies	Constraints and contingencies may include: financial organisational, procedural or cultural physical constraints, such as limits to resources, limits to site access or logistical limitations
Organisational policies and procedures	Organisational policies and procedures may include formal policy documents, operational procedures, mission statements, training manuals, orders, production schedules, safety instructions and notices, and may reference: enterprise agreements and awards WHS requirements codes of practice and other legislative requirements environmental and social obligations ethical practice
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to the engineering project or operation
Continuous improvement implementation	Continuous improvement implementation may relate to plant, products, processes, systems or services, including design, development, implementation or manufacture, commissioning, operation or delivery and maintenance. Improvement processes may include techniques, such as: balanced scorecard current and future state mapping measuring performance against benchmarks process improvement, problem solving and decision making data management, generation, recording, analysing, storing and use of software training for improvement systems participation technical training
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer
Lean principles	Lean manufacturing uses cost, capacity and responsiveness, quality, reliability and waste minimisation as drivers of the process and measures for process improvement. Lean manufacturing is the response of many organisations to local, regional, national and global market competitiveness

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Management and organisation

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM22018A Coordinate sales and promotion of engineering-related products or services

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM22009A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to coordinate sales and promotion of engineering-related products or services requiring engineering knowledge. The unit covers ensuring appropriate technical advice is provided to clients, contribution and participation in strategic planning and sales budget setting, control of sales costs against budgets, and responsibility for meeting sales performance indices. It includes a requirement to provide feedback on customer satisfaction and seek out opportunities for improvements.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to people with coordination responsibilities for sales and promotion of products or services that require engineering knowledge. It is suitable for people working in marketing and sales where detailed engineering-related advice must be provided or where technically advanced products or services are sold.

Prior or concurrently developed competence in personal and electronic communication, self-directed and group activities, planning and scheduling, process improvement, performance analysis, and an understanding of technology, skills and techniques required by operations and projects is required.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Review organisational operations, markets and customer base	1.1	Define sales, service and marketing strategic objectives for engineering-related products or services
1.2	Establish nature and context of products or services, including market potential, technical advantage, customer-supplier relationships and relevant regulatory requirements
1.3	Review functional team relationships and organisational fit, available technical and professional support services, communications and reporting lines
1.4	Review sustainability and life cycle implications of products and services
1.5	Review legal obligations of organisation and team related to consumer protection, trade practices, environmental and commercial legislation related to product or service delivery
1.6	Identify relevant organisation accounts and budgets and establish procedures for compliance
1.7	Identify available software for marketing and sales operations

2	Coordinate sales, service and promotions activities	2.1	Establish implementation plan, schedule and budgets to achieve promotional and sales objectives
2.2	Establish procedures to record progress against objectives, schedule and budget
2.3	Participate in and supervise engineering-related sales, service and promotions with stakeholders, including customers
2.4	Establish processes to ensure self and team maintain currency of technical knowledge of organisation’s products and services
2.5	Establish continuous improvement of sales and promotion activities

3	Monitor sales and promotion activities	3.1	Communicate and negotiate with stakeholders to establish organisational capability, feedback on improvement opportunities and customer needs, marketing opportunities, and development needs of sales and marketing team
3.2	Address constraints and contingencies, and adjust short-term planning and reschedule, as necessary
3.3	Monitor implementation of objectives by priority, strategy and schedule

4	Report outcomes	4.1	Record progress and results in accordance with procedures
4.2	Provide documentation, data entry and analysis, as required

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: planning, scheduling and budgeting to achieve promotional, sales and service objectives investigating and evaluating options for sales, promotions and marketing team development and training identifying technical and market advantage for products or services, regulatory and industrial relations environment establishing customer-supplier relationships, current markets and context, marketing and sales opportunities, and constraints coordinating implementation of objectives, sales and promotions, personal and team training, continuous improvement, problem solving and decision making monitoring marketing team performance identifying awards, enterprise agreements personnel entitlements and remuneration arrangements that may impact on technical sales and promotion team activities maintaining records systems thinking, constraints and contingency management, short-term planning adjustments and rescheduling, marketing team resources and budgeting communicating and negotiating with stakeholders monitoring products and services for change or change opportunities monitoring of team compliance with relevant regulations, including enterprise agreements or awards, WHS, codes of practice, trade practices and consumer law, other legislative requirements, social and economic obligations, and ethical practice reporting and documenting progress and results, data and analysis in accordance with procedures
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: engineering knowledge relevant to operations and supplied products and services context of marketing and sales, such as competitive pressures or markets, customer-supplier relationships and consumer protection legislation organisational management structure, functional team relationships, available technical and professional support services, communications and reporting lines audit procedures for personnel current competence, competence gaps and training requirements within marketing team opportunities for technological and personnel competence improvement sustainability implications of products and services organisation mission and business strategy, operations and project plans and objectives opportunities and constraints related to sales and promotions techniques for analysis of organisational capability, current and future technological needs of customer base, and marketing opportunities software options for program management and budget control WHS, codes of practice, and other legislative requirements, sustainability and ethical practice related to products and services, marketing team changes and developments risk management procedures procedures for reporting and recording of progress and records legal obligations of organisation and team related to employment conditions, consumer protection, trade practices, environmental and commercial legislation related to procedures

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to coordinate sales of products or services where such sales require engineering-related knowledge and skills, including establishing performance objectives and identifying and implementing continuous improvement.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: define sales and marketing organisational mission and strategic objectives, features and functions within the organisation plan, schedule and budget to achieve promotional and sales objectives identify technical and market advantage for products or services, customer-supplier relationships, current markets and context, marketing and sales opportunities, and constraints investigate and evaluate options for sales, promotions and marketing team development, and complete feasibility analysis on marketing options maintain records of plans, priorities, schedules and progress, legislative compliance, and personal and team skills development coordinate implementation of objectives, sales, marketing and promotions, personal and team training, continuous improvement, problem solving and decision making, systems thinking, constraints and contingency management, short-term planning adjustments and rescheduling, and marketing team resources and budget communicate and negotiate with stakeholders monitor products and services report and document progress and results, data and analysis in accordance with procedures.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Personal responsibilities	Personal responsibilities may be defined by: role specification workplace agreement or award negotiation contract, legal or regulatory obligations professional and ethical considerations agreed operational or project requirements
Systems thinking	Systems thinking refers to the conduct of engineering work in a manner that demonstrates knowledge of how the interaction of different technical systems on equipment, machinery or structures, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, combine to perform or support engineering-related operations, processes or projects. It embraces determining or establishing how the function of each technical system or component, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, effects or potentially may effect, outcomes. Systems should be interpreted broadly within the context of the organisation and depending on the project or operation can include equipment, related facilities, material, software, internal services and personnel, and other organisations in the value chain
Constraints and contingencies	Constraints and contingencies may be: financial organisational, procedural or cultural physical constraints, such as limits to resources, limits to site access or logistical limitations
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Legal obligations	Legal obligations may include: contract law commercial law company law consumer protection Acts and Commonwealth Trade Practices Acts and Regulations environmental Acts tax Acts and regulations, including GST and other sales-related provisions industrial law, including relevant awards and agreements WHS Act and regulations
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer
Continuous improvement implementation	Continuous improvement implementation may relate to products or services being sold, including: sales operation product delivery and maintenance measuring performance against benchmarks process improvement problem solving and decision making data management, generation, recording, analysing, storing and use of software training for improvement systems participation technical training

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Management and organisation

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM23003A Operate and program computers and/or controllers in engineering situations

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers operating computers and/or controllers in industrial situations and preparing and maintaining programs.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to operating and programming computers &/or controllers in industrial situations. It includes operating computer/controller hardware and software for engineering tasks; developing or customising computer/controller systems or programs. This unit only has application in qualifications that are not points based. Band: 0 Unit Weight: 0

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Operate a computer and/or controller system	1.1. Operate a range of hardware to complete engineering tasks. 1.2. Use appropriate software to produce required outcomes. 1.3. Identify and use available sources of help to overcome basic difficulties with applications. Ensure technical instructions are followed and inconsistencies and technical difficulties investigated and resolved. This should include adherence to occupational health and safety regulations / guidelines.
2. Develop/customise computer and/or controller systems/programs	2.1. Work plan for the programming/customising task is prepared in accordance with organizational guidelines. 2.2. Programs are written/altered/customised in the required format and computer language. Develop and maintain client engagement with project or task. 2.3. Program/system records are maintained and made available to all interested parties following company procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: completing tasks using selected hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and to workplace procedures using CPU, I/O, peripherals, interfaces, actuators and other computer/controller equipment accessing and using appropriate software in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to complete task requirements saving and storing documents and other computer/controller files are in an appropriate directory in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and workplace procedures identifying and analysing difficulties using appropriate help sources preparing work plans for programming/customising task writing/altering/customising programs testing and amending programs maintaining records
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: functions and operating procedures of CPU, I/O, peripherals, interfaces, actuators and other computer/controller equipment applications of available hardware and criteria for selecting the hardware for particular tasks procedures for operating hardware procedures for checking and replacing hardware consumables available software and their applications procedures and commands for the use of identified software procedures and related requirements for saving and storing documents and computer/controller files techniques for accessing, transferring, printing documents or other computer files or using computer files to control plant and equipment techniques for accessing and using manuals and training booklets to solve minor problems procedures for accessing sources of help techniques for accessing help with typical difficulties with selected applications typical programming/customising sequencing and related issues techniques and procedures for preparing a work plan for a programming/customising task techniques and procedures for writing/customising programs in specified formats and computer language techniques and procedures for testing and amending programs procedures for checking program alteration with users procedures for maintaining records and reports on program/system development or enhancement procedures for disseminating information on program/system development

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to operate and program computers and/or controllers in engineering situations. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with operating and programming computers and/or controllers in engineering situations or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with applying calculus in engineering situations or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Hardware	Personal computers, networked systems, personal organisers, communications equipment, PLC and microprocessor controllers, computer controlled machinery and systems, etc.
Tasks	To be carried out under appropriate supervision using predetermined standards of safety, computer application and technical analysis
Software	Commercial software applications, CAD and CAM software, organisation specific software, PLC or microprocessor controller software, word processing, spreadsheet, database, graphic, communication packages and presentation packages, etc
Technical instructions	Manufacturer's and organisational instructions for use of specific computer hardware
Inconsistencies and technical difficulties	Resolved in consultation with appropriate technical advisers
Occupational health and safety regulations / guidelines	Screen based equipment, computing equipment and peripherals and ergonomic work stations, etc.
Programming	Visual Basic, Ladder Logic, Flow Chart, program customising, spreadsheet programming, writing macros, setting up/varying databases and the like.
Organisational guidelines	Security procedures, OH&S procedures, maintenance procedures, etc.
Develop and maintain client engagement	Ongoing communication with clients required to ensure that engineering services are effectively delivered

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Engineering science

MEM23004A Apply technical mathematics

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM23001A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the application of mathematical analysis, graphical and software techniques to engineering problems. It includes exponential and logarithmic functions, trigonometric equations involving single and double angles, sequences and series, two dimensional vector analysis, complex numbers, determinants and matrices.

Application of the Unit

The unit applies to engineering or related activities requiring specific mathematical techniques. It is suitable for people giving technical support to design, operations or maintenance activities and those pursuing technical qualifications and careers at paraprofessional or technician level.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Determine scope of technical mathematical techniques required for an engineering application	1.1	Analyse an engineering application for required technical mathematical tasks
1.2	Develop systematic methods for layout and solution checking
1.3	Determine mathematical software required for analytical and graphical solutions and validate software using traditional solutions to simple examples

2	Apply technical mathematical techniques to engineering application	2.1	Use appropriate software for analytical and graphical solutions
2.2	Convert between different number systems
2.3	Use appropriate mathematical techniques required for analysis and solution
2.4	Use appropriate data representations to communicate the solution to others.
2.5	Report results and document calculations, graphs and analysis

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: solving mathematical problems using standard engineering software packages, and validating software results of simple examples analytically and/or graphically manipulating values using decimal, binary and hexadecimal number systems graphing and analysing functions for solutions: exponential and logarithmic functions trigonometric functions using the techniques of sequences and series to solve simple mathematical problems using the techniques of two dimensional vectors to solve mathematic and applied problems solving problems involving complex quantities using the properties, operations and theorems of complex numbers using determinant and matrix analysis to solve algebraic and vectorial problems using probability to assess likely occurrences
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: software for mathematical analysis and graphical representations binomials and polynomials exponential and logarithmic functions trigonometric equations sequences and series two dimensional vectors complex numbers determinant and matrices probability stability analysis using plots

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply mathematical analysis, graphical and software techniques to engineering-related problems within the context of delegations and other checking and technical oversight procedures. The candidate may demonstrate competence through either working individually or as part of a team.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: solve mathematical problems using software validate software results of simple examples analytically and/or graphically manipulate values using decimal, binary and hexadecimal number systems graph and analyse exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric functions for solutions use the techniques of sequences and series to solve simple mathematical problems use the techniques of two dimensional vectors to solve mathematic and applied problems solve problems involving complex quantities using the properties, operations and theorems of complex numbers use determinant and matrix analysis to solve algebraic and vectorial problems use probability to assess likely occurrences.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Engineering applications related to mathematical techniques in this unit	Most engineering disciplines will have applications supported by the technical mathematics skills described in this unit, including mechanical, manufacturing, maintenance and mechatronics engineering. Examples of engineering applications requiring mathematical skills described in this unit may include: vector analysis of force systems on beams and bodies trigonometric plots related to waveforms for amplitude, frequency and phase shift analysis matrix and determinant solutions of vector systems or simultaneous equations complex plane analysis of control systems for stability analysis
Scope of technical mathematical techniques	The scope of technical mathematical techniques required for an engineering application will vary and may include: standard mathematical software decimal, binary and hexadecimal number systems graph exponential and logarithmic functions required for the engineering application solve trigonometric equations involving single and double angles solve problems using simple binomials and polynomials solve problems involving simple sequences and series in the engineering application analyse two dimensional vectors analyse complex numbers and represent graphically analyse simple algebraic and vectorial problems using determinants and matrices evaluate probability as a predictive tool in simple situations
Number system	Number systems may include: decimal binary hexadecimal

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Engineering science

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM23006A Apply fluid and thermodynamics principles in engineering

Modification History

Release 1 (MEM05v9).

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the application of fluid and thermodynamic principles to engineering applications. It includes sustainability issues; fundamental scientific principles; fundamentals of vacuum technology; properties of gases and liquids; heat transfer due to conduction, convection and radiation heat and compression processes; closed and open systems; continuity, enthalpy and energy transfers related to compressors, boilers, turbine heat exchangers, heat engines, refrigerators and heat pump performance. It also includes fluid systems and components, forces on floating and submerged bodies, turbine and pumping systems, and jet forces on blades and plates.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to fluid and thermodynamic devices and systems used in industry. It is suitable for people working as technicians in engineering or related fields using hydrostatic, hydrodynamic, fluid power or heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) equipment and those pursuing careers and qualifications in engineering or related disciplines.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Determine scope of fluid or thermodynamic application	1.1	Determine compliance requirements of work health and safety (WHS) and regulatory requirements, codes of practice standards, risk assessment and registration requirements
1.2	Review sustainability implications of fluid and thermodynamic tasks
1.3	Assess fluid, thermodynamic and vacuum principles, skills and techniques required by tasks
1.4	Review functions and features of fluid, thermodynamic and vacuum devices, machines and systems
1.5	Assess software techniques required for analysis and graphics required by the task

2	Interpret fluid or thermodynamic system design for effective performance	2.1	Determine the energy cost for running boilers, heat engines, compressors or turbines over a billing period, the efficiency of conversion of energy source to electrical, fluid, thermal or mechanical power and the sustainability of the processes
2.2	Select components for thermal and fluid systems ensuring compatible materials, pressure, temperature and flow capacity and appropriate performance
2.3	Determine pumping system power requirements to provide for raising fluid, adequate flow rate and specified system losses
2.4	Specify vacuum system components and performance requirements for moulding, dust removal, film deposition, chemical reaction control, and prove or test performance of specified system or individual components
2.5	Seek technical and professional assistance or clarification of design information, as required
2.6	Ensure clear and logical process of specification development and compatibility of units in calculations

3	Report results	3.1	Record results of investigation, evaluation and application
3.2	Provide documentation, such as calculations, diagrams, programs and files

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: determining and confirming parameters and context of tasks, personal responsibilities, team and support personnel relations, chain of responsibility, WHS, regulatory requirements, risk management and organisational procedures reviewing sustainability implications, functions and features of fluid, thermodynamic and vacuum devices, machines and systems assessing and applying fluid, thermodynamic and vacuum principles and software skills and techniques ensuring clear and logical process of specification development and compatibility of units in calculations reporting and documenting results of investigation, evaluation and application, calculations, diagrams, programs and files
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: definition of fluid mechanics and thermodynamics and recognition of applications analytical, graphical, semi-graphical and software assisted techniques for applications for fluid and thermodynamic principles in engineering energy and sustainability concepts relevant to fluid and thermodynamic applications principles of turbines and heat engines basic properties and concepts common to fluids and thermodynamics: atoms, molecules, inter-molecular forces, molecular motion, states of matter, solids, liquids, gases, basic properties and units ideal or perfect gases and liquids definitions energy types and concepts: potential energy, kinetic energy and internal energy chemical energy = energy content of a fuel work, constant and variable force, relationship to pressure and volume changes sensible heat and specific heat capacity (Cp and Cv) phase change, latent heat, enthalpy and enthalpy diagram heat transfer processes concepts and properties of gases energy transfer in closed and open systems: definition of a closed system non-flow energy equation definition of an open system mass and volume flow rate and the continuity equation fluid mechanics fluid system components fluid statics fluid dynamics fluid power vacuum technology: definition of vacuum states of matter purposes of vacuums degrees of vacuum methods of lowering pressure: displacement or transfer of gas sorption or condensation barometric pressure: inverted mercury tube variation of atmospheric pressure with altitude quantity of gas: mole, Avogadro’s Number and molar mass types of vacuum pumps for evacuating volumes description of typical vacuum vessels, features and functions applications of vacuum technology in industry

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply fluid, thermodynamic and vacuum principles to the selection and evaluation of components and systems. This includes working individually and as part of a team and recognising and complying with normal control procedures on engineering projects.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: review sustainability implications, functions and features of fluid, thermodynamic and vacuum devices, machines and systems interpret fluid, thermodynamic and vacuum system designs for industry applications select components for specified technical performance calculate energy use in fluid, thermodynamic and vacuum system assess and apply fluid, thermodynamic and vacuum principles and software skills and techniques to engineering tasks.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Fluid and thermodynamic tasks	Fluid and thermodynamic tasks covered by this unit may include: energy costs, efficiency and sustainability assessment of running boilers, heat engines, compressors or turbines fluid and thermal system component selection pumping and turbine system power evaluation evaluating vacuum system components and performance requirements
Basic properties and units common to fluids and thermodynamics	Basic properties and units include: mass, weight and force volume, density, specific volume and relative density pressure (absolute and gauge), and atmospheric pressure variation temperature (Celsius, Kelvin and others) viscosity and surface tension vapour pressure of a liquid (saturation vapour pressure) temperature and pressure effects on properties international system of units (SI) fundamental dimensions and units derived dimensions and units
Static and hydrodynamic devices or systems	Static and hydrodynamic devices or systems may include: floating and submerged bodies turbine and pumping systems stationary or moving plates or blades vacuum systems
Thermodynamic devices or systems	Thermodynamic devices or systems may include: heat transfer devices compressors boilers turbines heat exchangers heat engines refrigerators heat pumps
Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance	Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, such as: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Enthalpy	Enthalpy is a thermodynamic property equal to the sum of the internal energy of a system and the product of its pressure and volume

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Engineering science

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM23007A Apply calculus to engineering tasks

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM23002A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the application of calculus, including differentiation and integration techniques to engineering applications. It includes the use and application of standard differentiation and integration rules, finding maximum and minimum values of curves, application to rates of change and slope, finding definite integrals, using method of substitution, using trigonometric identities and finding areas under curves.

Application of the Unit

The unit applies to engineering or related activities requiring the application of mathematical techniques using calculus. It is suitable for people giving technical support to design, operations or maintenance activities and those pursuing technical qualifications and careers at paraprofessional or technician level.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Determine scope of calculus techniques required for an engineering application	1.1	Analyse an engineering application for required calculus tasks
1.2	Develop systematic methods for layout and solution validation, including any required external sign-off of solution
1.3	Identify calculus technique and any software required for analysis and resolution of identified engineering application tasks
1.4	Identify sources for professional and technical assistance, if required

2	Apply differential techniques to engineering applications	2.1	Apply standard differentiation rules to solve engineering problems
2.2	Check solution is laid out correctly and is error free
2.3	Review solution to ensure it provides information relevant to resolution of engineering application task
2.4	Report results and document calculations, graphs and analysis

3	Apply integration techniques to engineering applications	3.1	Apply standard integration rules to solve engineering problems
3.2	Check solution is laid out correctly and is error free
3.3	Review solution to ensure it provides information relevant to resolution of engineering application task
3.4	Report results and document calculations, graphs and analysis

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: analysing engineering applications to determine relevant calculus techniques applying relevant differentiation and integration concepts and tools to engineering applications using appropriate software and/or scientific calculators to generate solutions to statistical and probability-related engineering problems using differentiation to find rates of change applying special calculus techniques to solve more complex integrals, such as: method of substitution using trigonometric identities identifying and solving simple first and second order differential equations identifying key points to find constants of integration finding integrals of algebraic, trigonometric and exponential functions establishing appropriate procedures for checking and validating solutions logical layout and presentation of data developed using calculus reporting and effectively communicating the results of calculus-based analysis
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: identifying appropriate limits and applying to engineering problems being solved with calculus techniques differentiation rules and techniques partial differentiation relationship between differentiation and attributes of mathematical curves and graphs optimisation of variables based on maximum and minimum values of mathematical curves and graphs integration as the reverse of differentiation integration rules and techniques the definite integral

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply calculus techniques to engineering and related problems within the context of specified engineering applications and solution validation and technical oversight procedures. The candidate may demonstrate competence through either working individually or as part of a team.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: solve mathematical problems related to engineering and manufacturing using calculus techniques validate results of mathematical problems using calculus either analytically and/or graphically manipulate engineering and manufacturing-related mathematical functions and equations using calculus techniques analyse mathematical problems by using appropriate calculus techniques to achieve engineering and manufacturing solutions.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Engineering applications related to calculus techniques in this unit	Most engineering disciplines will have applications supported by the calculus skills described in this unit, including mechanical, manufacturing, maintenance and mechatronics engineering. Examples of engineering or manufacturing applications requiring calculus skills described in this unit may include: determining the point of maximum bending moment, slope and deflection for a beam determining the depth of parabolic mirrors determining moments of inertia of a range of engineering components solving rectilinear motion problems
Scope of calculus techniques	The scope of calculus techniques required for an engineering or manufacturing application will vary and may include: identification of appropriate limits use of standard derivatives and rules application of second and third derivatives finding rates of change and slopes of curves calculating maximum and minimum values of curves solving first and second order differential equations use of standard integrals and rules finding constants of integration finding areas under and between curves integrating algebraic, trigonometric and exponential functions the definite integral identification of appropriate methods to solve more complex integration applications

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Engineering science

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM23041A Apply basic scientific principles and techniques in mechanical engineering situations

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers applying basic scientific principles and techniques to appropriate mechanical and manufacturing engineering situations.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit requires application of basic mechanical scientific principles and techniques as a member of a design and development team or similar in support of the design and development of mechanical and manufacturing applications. Applications include identifying the range of basic mechanical scientific principles and techniques relevant to mechanical and manufacturing engineering, selecting mechanical principles and techniques for particular applications, applying mechanical principles and techniques appropriately to engineering tasks, quoting results appropriately. This unit only has application in qualifications that are not points based. Band: 0 Unit Weight: 0

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Research and identify the range of basic mechanical scientific principles and techniques relevant to mechanical and manufacturing engineering	1.1. The basic mechanical scientific principles relating to mechanical and manufacturing engineering researched and reported on from appropriate sources of information and examination of applications. 1.2. The basic mechanical techniques and associated technologies, software and hardware required to implement scientific principles relating to mechanical and manufacturing engineering situations.
2. Select basic mechanical scientific principles and techniques relevant to particular mechanical and manufacturing engineering applications	2.1. For particular mechanical and manufacturing engineering situations, the relevant basic mechanical scientific techniques and principles can be selected. 2.2. For particular mechanical engineering situations, the relevant basic mechanical techniques and associated technologies, software and hardware can be selected.
3. Apply the relevant basic mechanical scientific principles and techniques appropriately	3.1. The basic mechanical scientific principles are applied in a consistent and appropriate manner to obtain any required solution. 3.2. Appropriate calculations and coherent units are used in the solution of engineering calculations. 3.3. Significant figures are used in engineering calculations. 3.4. The basic mechanical techniques and associated technologies, software and hardware are applied in a consistent and appropriate manner to obtain required solutions.
4. Quote the results of the application of the basic mechanical scientific principles and basic techniques correctly	4.1. For applications involving engineering calculations the solution is quoted in an appropriate style. 4.2. For applications not involving engineering calculations the solution is quoted in an appropriate style.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: selecting appropriate basic mechanical scientific principles have been chosen to suit specific applications selecting appropriate basic mechanical techniques and associated technologies, software and hardware to suit specific applications applying basic mechanical scientific principles to particular engineering situations applying and manipulating appropriate formulas for applications involving engineering calculations applying appropriate calculations to engineering situations checking the validity of equations is using dimensional analysis applying basic mechanical techniques and associated technologies, software and hardware in a manner appropriate to the application and identified scientific principles. referring solutions to the original aim of the application. quoting solutions in appropriate units, using appropriate significant figures. quoting limitations of solutions, due to assumptions, scientific principles and techniques used presenting solutions referring to the original aim of the application.
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: basic mechanical scientific principles limitations of selected basic scientific principles basic mechanical techniques and related technologies, software and hardware associated with implementing scientific principles in mechanical engineering solutions the limitations of basic techniques and associated technologies, software and hardware the applicability and limitations of basic mechanical scientific principles the applicability and limitations of basic mechanical techniques and associated technologies, software and hardware appropriateness of calculations fundamental and derived quantities common systems of units the procedure for converting between systems of units common prefixes used with units and their values the procedure for carrying out dimensional analysis the concept of significant figures the uncertainty of computations based on experimental data the procedures for determining the significance of figures in calculations the procedures for estimating errors in derived quantities

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply basic scientific principles and techniques in mechanical engineering situations.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with applying basic scientific principles and techniques in mechanical engineering situations or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Sources of information	Reference texts, manufacturer's catalogues and industrial magazines, websites, use of phone, email and fax information gathering.
Basic mechanical scientific techniques and principles	Candidates should apply appropriate basic techniques supported by their mathematical skills and introductory knowledge of scientific principles to design, manufacturing and commissioning related tasks and projects. The applications may require the use of one or two basic mechanical scientific principles together with a fundamental mathematical calculation leading to process, resources and system choices from a limited range of options. Basic techniques include basic hand and power tool operations, machining, fitting, welding, moulding, fabricating, wiring and programming techniques.
Mechanical engineering	The engineering discipline concerned with the conceptual development, research, design, manufacture, implementation, installation, commissioning and maintenance of mechanical products, processes, systems or services for converting energy into power and motion, materials into product and components into machines and systems for domestic, industrial, public or private services, entertainment and military applications.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Engineering science

MEM23063A Select and test mechanical engineering materials

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM23061A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the skills needed to interpret design information for material and material test requirements, select appropriate tests and use results in the selection of appropriate materials for mechanical and manufacturing engineering-related applications.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to the selection of materials and material tests, sourcing materials data, ensuring appropriate performance and physical standards for mechanical and manufacturing applications, documenting materials tests, and ensuring calibration standards. The unit applies to mechanical and manufacturing engineering applications in mass production, batch production, jobbing shop and prototyping.

Activities may be performed as a member of a design and development team.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23109A	Apply engineering mechanic principles

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Distinguish classes of materials, based on properties and materials tests, relevant to mechanical and manufacturing engineering	1.1	Relate material properties to common mechanical and manufacturing engineering methods and processes
1.2	Identify common characteristics, faults or flaws in materials, components and product
1.3	Identify engineering-related test methods for materials and components or product properties
1.4	Identify common industrial test standards/codes, calibration requirements, regulations and authorities relevant to selection of materials and products for mechanical and manufacturing engineering applications

2	Utilise sources of information on engineering materials, materials tests and test equipment	2.1	Review design information for material specifications and required material tests
2.2	Identify and use appropriate sources of information on materials, material tests and test calibration
2.3	Identify and use appropriate sources of information on methods of testing of properties of materials
2.4	Investigate and report on relevant standards and codes
2.5	Identify and use appropriate sources of information on materials safety data sheets (MSDS)
2.6	Establish availability of technical and professional assistance

3	Test for or obtain the properties of engineering materials	3.1	Specify required materials tests and manage implementation of tests to ensure quality, safety and suitability for applications
3.2	Ensure traceability of measurement standard
3.3	Obtain test sheets/certificates for appropriate materials for applications in accordance with organisational procedures and/or codes and regulations
3.4	Obtain appropriate MSDS for applications in accordance with organisational procedures and/or codes and regulations

4	Select and implement materials for mechanical/ manufacturing engineering applications	4.1	Select materials for use in given mechanical or manufacturing engineering applications based on relevant test information
4.2	Incorporate materials and components into mechanical and manufacturing processes in accordance with design functional requirements

5	Document materials design data and methods and results of materials tests	5.1	Report and record materials selections against design functional requirements in accordance with organisational procedures, codes and regulations
5.2	Undertake any required environmental impact and sustainability assessment
5.3	Report and record materials tests and test sheets or certificates in accordance with organisational procedures, codes and regulations, including appropriate calibration and traceability
5.4	Report and record appropriate MSDS for applications in accordance with organisational procedures, codes and regulations

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: selecting class of materials for an application based on comparison of properties for a significant range of materials classes selecting class of materials for an application suitable to mechanical and manufacturing engineering-related methods and processes identifying common characteristics, faults or flaws in materials identifying test methods for properties of, and faults and flaws in, materials and components identifying industrial test standards and regulations for materials and particular engineering applications selecting the most appropriate tests and test methods from a range of possible tests identifying and applying standards and regulations for materials and components sourcing and using materials test sheets and certificates sourcing and implementing MSDS implementing tests correctly for materials and component properties and faults interpreting design documentation for materials and materials testing requirements applying environmental and sustainability requirements to material selection reporting, recording and filing test reports and documentation implementing materials tests and test sheets/certificates, test calibration and traceability
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: properties of materials classes the effect of material properties, faults or flaws on mechanical and manufacturing engineering methods and processes test methods and procedures for materials and components, including specific industrial test standards, regulations and authorities related to particular engineering applications test methods for faults or flaws in materials and components or product sources and uses of information on materials and materials tests, including test certificates, regulations, standards, regulatory bodies and industrial authorities methods of accessing MSDS significance of test sheets/certificates to applications significance of MSDS and relevance of procedures materials selections in relation to design functional requirements environmental impact and sustainability assessment significance of test procedures, reports and documentation to applications, including the need for obtaining and filing test sheets and certificates significance of test calibration and traceability

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to select and test mechanical engineering materials.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: review design information for materials and materials test requirements select classes of materials relevant to design for further research, testing and evaluation identify standards, codes and regulatory requirements relevant to materials testing and application specify appropriate tests and interpret test results for material selection select materials consistent with test results and design and regulatory requirements ensure traceability in material selection process correctly document all results and tests.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with selecting and testing mechanical engineering materials or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Classes of materials	Classes of materials include: non-ferrous metals and alloys ferrous metals non-metals (e.g. timber, concrete, ceramics, polymers and fabrics, adhesives and lubricants) thermal and electrical conductors and insulators
Properties and characteristics of materials	Properties and characteristics of materials may include: physical properties (e.g. strength; elasticity; plasticity; malleability; hardness; toughness; brittleness; fatigue endurance; mouldability; weldability; machinability; formability; resistance to creep and stress relaxation; resistance to degradation, such as use of plastic fillers to enhance UV resistance; adhesion; electrical, magnetic, thermal, chemical and optical; material structure and effect on properties susceptibility to corrosion conductivity and resistance – both thermal and electrical the effect of manufacturing and construction processes on material properties
Mechanical engineering	Mechanical engineering is the engineering discipline concerned with the conceptual development, research, design, manufacture, implementation, installation, commissioning and maintenance of mechanical products, processes, systems or services for converting energy into power and motion, materials into product and components into machines and systems
Manufacturing engineering	Manufacturing engineering includes conceptual development, design, manufacture, construction, implementation, installation, optimisation, commissioning and maintenance of resources and processes employed for the manufacture of product and components, machines and systems
Sources of information	Sources of information may include: standards and codes MSDS reference texts manufacturer catalogues and other published information regulatory bodies technical, professional and industrial associations and societies
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to the mechanical engineering analysis task
Tests of materials	Tests of materials include: destructive, including tensile, compression, impact, hardness, fatigue, corrosion, stress relaxation and creep, fatigue and peel resistance (adhesives) non-destructive, including hardness, ultrasonics, X-ray, die penetrant, eddy current, surface friction, conductivity, heat expansion, photoelastic, heat capacity refractive index and magnetic hysteresis loop
Traceability	Test calibrations can be traced back to the relevant base unit in the relevant measurement system

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Engineering science

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM23064A Select and test mechatronic engineering materials

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM23062A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge needed to interpret design information for material and material test requirements, select appropriate tests and use results in the selection of appropriate materials for mechatronic engineering-related applications.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to the selection and implementation of materials and material tests relevant to mechatronic, maintenance, electronic, electrical, instrumentation and control engineering, including identifying sources of information on engineering materials, tests and test equipment. It also applies to reporting and documenting materials test and design data according to procedures.

Activities may be performed as a member of a design and development team.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23109A	Apply engineering mechanic principles

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Identify classes and types of materials and test equipment relevant to mechatronic engineering applications	1.1	Relate material properties to common mechatronic-related methods and processes
1.2	Identify common characteristics, faults or flaws in materials, components and product in particular engineering applications
1.3	Identify engineering-related test methods for materials and components or product properties
1.4	Identify specific industrial test standards/codes, calibration requirements, regulations and authorities related to selection of materials and products for mechatronic engineering applications

2	Identify and use sources of information on engineering materials, materials tests and test equipment	2.1	Review design information for material specifications and required material tests
2.2	Identify and use appropriate sources of information on materials, materials tests and test calibration
2.3	Identify and use appropriate sources of information on methods of testing of properties of materials
2.4	Investigate and report on the use of relevant standards and codes
2.5	Identify and use appropriate sources of information on material safety data sheets (MSDS)

3	Specify and implement methods used to test or obtain the properties of engineering materials	3.1	Specify required materials tests and manage implementation of tests to ensure quality, safety and suitability for applications
3.2	Ensure traceability of measurement standard
3.3	Obtain test sheets or certificates for appropriate materials for applications in accordance with organisational procedures and/or codes and regulations
3.4	Obtain appropriate MSDS for applications in accordance with organisational procedures and/or codes and regulations

4	Select and implement materials and components for mechatronic engineering applications	4.1	Select materials for use in given mechatronic engineering applications based on relevant test information
4.2	Incorporate materials and components into mechatronic processes in accordance with design functional requirements

5	Report on and record materials design data and methods and results of materials tests	5.1	Report and record materials selections against design functional requirements in accordance with organisational procedures, codes and regulations
5.2	Include environmental impact and sustainability assessment
5.3	Report and record materials tests and test sheets/certificates in accordance with organisational procedures, codes and regulations, including appropriate calibration and traceability
5.4	Report and record appropriate MSDS for applications in accordance with organisational procedures, codes and regulations

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: selecting class of materials suitable for mechatronic applications based on comparison of material properties identifying for common characteristics, faults or flaws in materials identifying test methods for properties of, and faults and flaws in, materials and components identifying specific industrial test standards and regulations for materials and particular engineering applications selecting the most appropriate tests from a range of possible tests identifying and applying standards and regulations for materials and components sourcing and using materials test sheets and certificates sourcing and implementing MSDS implementing tests correctly for materials and component properties and faults interpreting design documentation for materials and materials testing requirements addressing environmental and sustainability requirements related to material selection reporting, recording and filing test reports and documentation implementing materials tests and test sheets/certificates, test calibration and traceability
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: properties of materials classes the effect of material properties, faults and flaws on mechatronic engineering methods and processes test methods and procedures for materials and components, including specific industrial test standards, regulations and authorities related to particular engineering applications sources and uses of information on materials and materials tests, including test certificates, regulations, standards, regulatory bodies and industrial authorities methods of accessing MSDS significance of test sheets/certificates to applications significance of MSDS and relevance of procedures materials selections in relation to design functional requirements environmental impact and sustainability assessment significance of test procedures, reports and documentation to applications, including the need for obtaining and filing test sheets and certificates significance of test calibration and traceability

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to select and test mechatronic engineering materials.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: review mechatronic design information for materials and materials test requirements select classes of materials relevant to design for further research, testing and evaluation identify mechatronic engineering-related standards, codes and regulatory requirements relevant to materials testing and application specify appropriate tests and interpret test results for material selection select materials consistent with test results and design and regulatory requirements ensure traceability in material selection process correctly document all results and tests.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with selecting and testing mechatronic engineering materials or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Classes and types of materials	Classes and types of materials include: non-ferrous metals and alloys ferrous metals non-metals (e.g. timber, concrete, ceramics, polymers and fabrics, adhesives, fibres and lubricants) thermal and electrical conductors and insulators semiconductors substrates cables and cable supports fluids and lubricants
Properties and characteristics of materials	Properties and characteristics of materials may include: physical properties (e.g. strength, elasticity, plasticity, malleability, hardness, toughness, brittleness, fatigue endurance, mouldability, weldability, machinability, formability, resistance to creep and stress relaxation, resistance to degradation – use of plastic fillers to enhance UV resistance – and adhesion) electrical related properties (e.g. resistivity, conductivity, electro-magnetic, i.e. permeability, permittivity and electro-static susceptibility) thermal, chemical and optical material structure and effect on properties susceptibility to corrosion effects of manufacturing and construction processes on material properties
Mechatronic engineering	Mechatronics is usually defined as the integration of mechanical, electronics, programming, electrical and fluid power in an engineering product. The skills and underpinning knowledge of mechatronics are common with general automation of processes, systems and services. The definition of mechatronics is here broadened to include general automation.
Sources of information	Sources of information may include: standards and codes MSDS reference texts manufacturer catalogues and other published information regulatory bodies technical, professional and industrial associations and societies
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to the mechatronic engineering analysis task
Tests of materials	Tests of materials include: destructive, including tensile, compression, impact, hardness, fatigue, corrosion, stress relaxation and creep, fatigue and peel resistance (adhesives) non-destructive, including hardness, ultrasonics, X-ray, die penetrant, eddy current, surface friction, conductivity, heat expansion, photo-elastic, heat capacity refractive index and magnetic hysteresis loop electrical-related testing (e.g. conductivity, insulation, earthing resistance and safety)
Traceability	Test calibrations can be traced back to the relevant base unit in the relevant measurement system

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Engineering science

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM23109A Apply engineering mechanics principles

Modification History

Release 1 (MEM05v9).

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the application of mechanics and strength of materials principles to devices, machines and systems and their components in order to identify key mechanical properties. It includes a range of basic analyses of static and dynamic loads and moments, stresses and deflections, velocities and accelerations.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to analysis of mechanical devices, machines and systems and their components to determine a range of mechanical related properties. It covers the analysis of 2-D forces and moments, stresses and deflections on bodies, frames and beams. It is suitable for people working as technicians in engineering or related fields using basic mechanics principles and those pursuing careers and qualifications in engineering or related disciplines.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Identify scope of required analysis	1.1	Identify device, machine or system and component parts for analysis
1.2	Assess engineering mechanics principles, skills and techniques required by tasks
1.3	Review functions and features of devices, machines and systems
1.4	Assess software techniques required for basic analysis and graphics required by the task
1.5	Identify stakeholders to be consulted on analysis tasks
1.6	Confirm work health and safety (WHS) and regulatory requirements, risk management and organisational procedures
1.7	Review sustainability implications of tasks
1.8	Determine available sources for any required technical and professional assistance

2	Apply engineering mechanics principles and techniques to tasks	2.1	Identify appropriate engineering mechanics principles and analytical, graphical and software-assisted techniques applicable to task
2.2	Validate software results using analytical and graphical methods
2.3	Ensure clear and logical process of analysis and compatibility of units in calculations
2.4	Apply resultant loads and reactions on machines, support frames and beams due to parallel and oblique, concentrated and distributed loads and moments
2.5	Apply the torque and power required to drive translation screws and winding drums against inclined and vertically suspended loads subject to gravitation, acceleration and friction resistance loads
2.6	Select a range of standard hardware to meet specifications
2.7	Analyse bending and shear stresses in beams subject to static point and distributed loads

3	Report results	3.1	Record results of investigation, evaluation and application
3.2	Provide documentation, such as calculations, diagrams, programs and files

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: identifying parameters and context of tasks, chain of responsibility, WHS and regulatory requirements, risk management and organisational procedures confirming personal functions and responsibilities, team and support functional group interdependencies and communications, appropriate qualifications and delegations, and appropriate support reviewing sustainability implications, functions and features of devices, machines and systems assessing and applying mechanics principles, software basic analysis and graphics skills and techniques to mechanical devices and systems employing techniques to ensure clear and logical process of analysis and compatibility of units in calculations reporting and documenting results of investigation, evaluation and application, calculations, diagrams, programs and files
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: mathematical techniques, including arithmetic, algebra, trigonometry, geometry and differential calculus definition of typical applications of mechanics, statics, dynamics, kinematics, kinetics and strength of materials analytical, graphical, semi-graphical and software-assisted techniques for all tasks physical quantities and dimensions, including international system of units (SI) and fundamental dimensions and units basic principles of statics applicable to mechanical devices and systems application of force systems applied to bodies, frames and beams friction laws and applications in mechanical devices and systems stress and strain: axial stress shear stress bolted and welded joints torsional stress bending of beams dynamics applicable to mechanical devices and systems, including: kinematics of rectilinear motion: displacement, velocity and acceleration equations of rectilinear motion equations of simple harmonic motion uniform acceleration and sinusoidal acceleration kinetics of rectilinear motion: force, mass and acceleration freely falling bodies acceleration against resistance (accelerating force = unbalanced force) acceleration against gravity and terminal velocity acceleration against dry sliding friction and air resistance forces diagrams curvilinear motion: normal acceleration in curvilinear motion centrifugal force circular motion as a particular case of curvilinear motion kinematics of rotation: rotational motion angular displacement angular velocity angular acceleration conversions of units of angular motion equations of rotation with uniform acceleration relation between linear and angular motion kinetics of rotation: moment of inertia, second moment of mass, concept and units torque due to inertia compared with torque due to winding drum rope force the law of a machine work, energy and power specifications for engineering hardware applicable to mechanical devices and systems

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply principles of mechanics to machines, support frames, beams and related components to determine static and dynamic loads, stresses and deformations to contribute to the design and component selection process. This includes working individually and as part of a team and recognising and complying with normal control procedures on engineering projects.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: determine parameters and context of tasks apply WHS, regulatory requirements, risk management and organisational procedures confirm personal functions and responsibilities review sustainability implications, functions and features of devices, machines and systems assess and apply engineering mechanics principles, including use of software basic analysis and graphics skills and techniques ensure compatibility of units in calculations report and document results.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Engineering mechanics tasks	Engineering mechanics tasks covered by this unit include, but are not limited to: application of resultant loads and reactions on machines, support frames and beams application of the torque and power required to drive translation screws and winding drums against inclined and vertically suspended loads subject to gravitation, acceleration and friction resistance loads selecting a range of standard hardware, such as shafts, bolts and hooks, subject to plane axial or shear stresses and deformation limits analysing bending and shear stresses in beams subject to static point and distributed loads
Motion	Motions described in this unit may be of constant velocity, constant acceleration or sinusoidal accelerations (e.g. sprung bodies). Other non-uniformly accelerated motions may be described for contrast only. This unit confines itself to 2-D plane motion
Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance	Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies may include: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Analysis	Analysis may include: static and dynamic analysis of loads the stresses and deformations resulting the transmitted power, torque and speed graphical and mathematical methods and software options

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Engineering science

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM23111A Select electrical equipment and components for engineering applications

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM23051A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the identification and matching of electrical supply and electrical system equipment and components to mechanical, manufacturing and mechatronic engineering applications. It includes electrical principles and laws, inductive and capacitive effects on AC supplies, control system power supply fundamentals, electrical safety and earthing systems, electrical motors and motor controls.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to people working as technicians in engineering or related fields where electrical power supply, equipment and systems must be considered. The unit applies to mechanical, manufacturing and mechatronic engineering applications which include electrical equipment, including domestic, commercial or industrial situations. Electrical equipment and component identification covered by this unit is from manufacturer catalogues or other standard specifications. The unit does not cover one-off design or modification to electrical equipment.

The unit does not cover the undertaking of licensed electrical work but will often apply to individuals working as part of a team that includes licensed electricians.

This unit includes knowledge of electrical dangers and safety procedures and the need to comply with work health and safety (WHS) and electrical regulatory requirements.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Investigate context of electrical equipment and supply	1.1	Review functions and features of devices
1.2	Identify safe machine
1.3	Identify WHS and regulatory requirements
1.4	Determine available sources for any required licensed electrical
1.5	Review sustainability implications of energy source options

2	Determine electrical supply, equipment and components required for engineering-related tasks	2.1	Assess electrical supply specifications for engineering application
2.2	Analyse electrical motors and their control options for suitability
2.3	Estimate power factor requirements for engineering applications
2.4	Examine engineering application control and communication requirements
2.5	Appraise isolation, shutdown and emergency equipment options
2.6	Analyse maintenance, life cycle and sustainability requirements of electrical systems and equipment options
2.7	Apply specification, documentation and graphical techniques, modelling, mock-up or prototyping techniques, where required, to achieve or test options
2.8	Identify preferred electrical supply system, equipment and components

3	Report results	3.1	Record results of investigation, evaluation and application
3.2	Provide documentation, such as calculations, diagrams, programs and files

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: evaluating relevance of WHS, regulatory requirements, standards and codes of practice evaluating multiple solutions against design criteria, risk, sustainability and cost factors applying life cycle design and sustainability parameters to identification of task solving problems and making decisions with systems thinking approach for contingencies and constraints and continuous improvement reviewing sustainability implications, functions and features of devices, machines and systems employing electricity and electrical principles integrating electrical evaluation techniques with overall engineering application requirements, including mechanical; fluid power; electronic; heating, ventilation, air conditioning and refrigeration (HVAC/R); and controller and networking assessing and applying basic electrical principles and techniques, software basic analysis and graphics skills and techniques to engineering tasks ensuring safe electrical working practice ensuring compatibility of units in calculations reporting and documenting results of investigation, evaluation and application, calculations, diagrams, programs and files
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: energy source options, sustainability implications of electricity generation, distribution and use sustainable sources of energy features and function of electrical systems in a range of engineering applications, such as: sources and reliability of supply (e.g. mains, generators and batteries) fault and other protection requirements electrical system control and interfacing with other systems maintainability efficiency fitness for purpose WHS and regulatory requirements with particular emphasis on automation safety, codes of practice, standards, risk management and registration requirements the effects of electricity on humans, including dangerous high currents and voltages related to extra low, low and high voltage applications and relating these to engineering applications licensed technical and professional assistance electrical laws and theorems electrical circuit components AC and DC electrical supply systems: single and 3-phase power power factor distribution systems, including transformers, cables and switchboards local area distribution considerations and supply authority requirements typical and possible faults and dangerous situations earthing systems, such as multiple earth neutral (MEN) system circuit protection devices, such as fuses, thermal relays, circuit breakers and residual current devices basic electrical circuits and applications for lighting, motors, controllers, heaters and coolers graphical symbols and diagramatic representation of basic circuits and power supply fundamentals electrical power consumption electrical measurements and techniques

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply electrical principles to ensure safe practice, assist with systems development, component selection and maintenance and broadly evaluate electrical features, functions and performance of machines or systems. This includes working individually and as part of a team and recognising and complying with normal control procedures on engineering projects.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: identify effects and dangers of electricity review sustainability implications, functions and features of electrical devices, machines and systems assess and apply basic electrical principles and techniques evaluate of suitability of electric power supply for applications apply appropriate calculations and methods for electric motor control ensure safe electrical working practice and compatibility of units in calculations report and document results.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Electrically powered equipment and systems	Electrically powered equipment and systems in mechanical, manufacturing and mechatronic engineering applications may include: motors electrical supply equipment, including transformers, switchboards, and power circuit components sensors, programmable logic controllers (PLCs) and control circuits isolation, shutdown and emergency cut-offs lighting heating, cooling and ventilation average and maximum load, power factor, switch board layout, earthing and protection systems and power consumption and cost
Electrical-related engineering tasks	Electrical-related engineering tasks covered by this unit include, but are not limited to: determining WHS, regulatory and risk management requirements evaluating electrical supply options technical evaluation of options for electrical equipment and components against peformance, cost and reliability requirements determining methods for start, stop, speed control and reversing of a range of electric motors matching of electrical equipment to other systems
Automation safety	Automation safetyrefers to the reliance on emergency stop, failsafe design, redundancy, interlocks and data integrity. Standards apply to general plant design and use as well as the ‘functional safety of safety-related electrical, electronic and programmable electronic control systems’
Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance	Appropriate technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, such as: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements applying to electrical work
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to a particular mechatronic analysis task
Systems thinking	Systems thinking refers to the conduct of engineering work in a manner that demonstrates knowledge of how the interaction of different technical systems on equipment, machinery or structures, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, combine to perform or support engineering-related operations, processes or projects. It embraces determining or establishing how the function of each technical system or component, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, effects or potentially may effect, outcomes. Systems should be interpreted broadly within the context of the organisation and depending on the project or operation can include equipment, related facilities, material, software, internal services and personnel, and other organisations in the value chain
Life cycle assessment	Life cycle analysis can be used to improve sustainability of products and services. It may be applied to: all aspects of manufacture of a single product the entire operations of an organisation a particular aspect of operations, such as environmental implications
Sustainability implications	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Engineering science

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM23112A Investigate electrical and electronic controllers in engineering applications

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM23051A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers investigation of new or existing controllers for suitability in automated systems used in engineering applications. The unit includes the application of fundamental controller programming techniques and control system power supply requirements, basic programmable logic controller (PLC), microcontroller and system control and data acquisition (SCADA) applications.

Application of the Unit

The unit applies to controllers used in automated systems in industry. Typical applications of the unit include assessing the ongoing suitability of existing controllers, programming of PLCs, adjustments to controllers for new equipment or products, and condition monitoring.

It is suitable for people working as automation or mechatronics technicians and for people using the services of electrical and control systems technicians. It is suitable for those pursuing careers and qualifications in mechatronic or automated system design and maintenance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23111A	Select electrical equipment and components for engineering applications

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Determine scope of electro and controller operation	1.1	Assess current or proposed controller context for electrical and automation safety and risks
1.2	Identify potential or actual dangerous high currents and voltages and check for regulatory compliance requirements related to extra low, low and high voltage applications
1.3	Identify work health and safety (WHS) and regulatory requirements with particular emphasis on automation safety, codes of practice, standards, risk management and organisational procedures
1.4	Identify stakeholders to be consulted on investigation task
1.5	Investigate software and software techniques required for basic analysis and graphics required for controller investigation task
1.6	Ensure appropriate support, including licensed electrical, technical and professional assistance is available

2	Review functions and features needed in controller application	2.1	Use analytical and graphical software, as required, to review controller application and function
2.2	Validate software results
2.3	Undertake instrument readings, as required

3	Program controllers and SCADA applications for required functions	3.1	Program controller as required for required sequencing and actuations for applications
3.2	Develop simple SCADA applications for required interactions with inputs and outputs of controllers

4	Report results	4.1	Record outcomes of investigation, evaluation and application
4.2	Provide documentation, such as calculations, diagrams, programs and files

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: identifying parameters and context of tasks, WHS, regulatory requirements, risk management and organisational procedures reviewing effects of electricity on humans, dangerous high currents and voltages and automated systems, regulatory requirements related to extra low, low and high voltage applications, and relating these to electrical and electronic applications in engineering reviewing sustainability implications of functions and features of devices, machines, controllers, interfaces, signal conditioning and networks programming and interfacing of PLCs, including sequencing two or more actuations with start, stop and actuation motion confirmation signals ensuring safe electrical working practice, including use of licensed personnel describeing information flow and control as a flowchart reporting and documenting results of investigation, evaluation and application, calculations, diagrams, programs and files
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: the effects of electricity on humans electrical laws: Ohm’s law Kirchhoff’s voltage and current laws analogies with hydraulics, pressure drop and continuity automated systems and mechatronic devices (Note: This unit does not include design or modification of interfacing with these devices) common software requirements of control systems, including SCADA, distributed control systems (DCS) and programming PLC and microcontroller basic programming functions SCADA, including basic editing and programming techniques documentation techniques, circuit diagrams, programs and applications specifications for hardware applicable to controller techniques in engineering

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply controller principles to ensure safe practice, assist with systems development, component selection and maintenance and broadly evaluate electrical, electronic and controller features and functions. This includes working individually and as part of a team and recognising and complying with normal control procedures on engineering projects.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: identify and apply WHS, regulatory and risk management procedures review dangers and effects of electricity on humans identify effects and dangers of electricity, automated systems and specialist requirements, such as licensing related to technical work confirm personal functions and responsibilities and that of team and support functional group review sustainability implications, functions and features of controllers and related devices, machines and systems assess and apply basic electrical and electronic control principles, controller programming principles and techniques to simple machine control functions ensure safe electrical working practice ensure clear and logical process of analysis report and document results.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Controllers	Controllers may be: PLCs microcontrollers DCS SCADA other systems and equipment, including proprietary equipment
Controller tasks	Controller tasks covered by this unit include, but are not limited to: determining WHS, regulatory, risk management and automation safety requirements programming and interfacing a PLC capable of sequencing two or more actuations with start, stop and actuation motion confirmation signals developing a simple SCADA application capable of interacting with inputs and outputs of PLCs and/or microcontrollers
Automation safety	Automation safety refers to the reliance on emergency stop, failsafe design, redundancy, interlocks and data integrity
Appropriate licensed trade, technical and professional assistance	Appropriate licensed trade, technical and professional assistance may include: availability of licensed electrical tradespersons for work covered by electrical licensing regulations technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies may include: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements applying to electrical work
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to a particular task

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Engineering science

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM23113A Evaluate hydrodynamic systems and system components

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM23081A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the evaluation of fluid systems and system components. It includes hydrodynamic fundamentals, including properties of fluids and system component materials, evaluation of system component performance related to flow rates, pressures, forces and power of containment, transport and use of fluids, work health and safety (WHS) compliance requirements and risk management procedures.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to evaluation of fluid systems and components used in hydrodynamic systems. It is suitable for people working as technicians in these industries or system designers, draftspersons and maintainers, and those pursuing careers and qualifications in engineering or related disciplines.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23006A	Apply fluid and thermodynamics principles in engineering

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Establish scope of hydrodynamic system	1.1	Determine fluid systems and system components to be evaluated
1.2	Identify stakeholders to be consulted on evaluation tasks
1.3	Confirm that appropriate support, including technical and professional assistance, is available
1.4	Determine WHS and regulatory requirements, risk management and organisational procedures
1.5	Investigate sustainability implications of hydrodynamic applications

2	Apply principles and techniques required for evaluation of hydrodynamic system and components	2.1	Review features and functions of hydrodynamic system and components
2.2	Determine hydrodynamic principles and techniques required to evaluate system and select and optimise components
2.3	Determine appropriate analysis techniques, software and software validation techniques

3	Evaluate hydrodynamic system and components	3.1	Assess components and system compatibility with fluid properties
3.2	Assess suitability of pumps and pump performance in hydrodynamic system
3.3	Assess forces on bends and section changes in piping systems and confirm they are within specification
3.4	Assess hydrodynamic performance of components, such as fittings, valves and hoses
3.5	Assess open channel systems and optimise for required flow rates
3.6	Evaluate collar and cylindrical bearings subject to boundary, transitional and hydrodynamic lubrication

4	Report results	4.1	Record outcomes of evaluation
4.2	Provide documentation, such as calculations, component and system layouts, and functional diagrams

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: determining parameters and context of tasks identifying WHS and regulatory requirements identifying risk management and organisational procedures reviewing sustainability implications, features and functions of hydrodynamic systems and components identifying hydrodynamic principles and techniques, analysis techniques, software and software validation techniques ensuring compatibility of units in calculations evaluating components and system compatibility with fluid properties, pumps, turbines, piping forces, hydrodynamic performance of components, open channel systems, collar and cylindrical bearing lubrication selecting equipment and instruments for use in evaluation considering properties and compatibility reporting and documenting results of scoping, principles and techniques identification, evaluation of applications, calculations, component and system layouts, and functional diagrams
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, standards, risk management and registration requirements availability of professional and technical assistance for engineering specialisations current options and tends in performance analysis software, including underpinning program techniques and software validation techniques properties of fluids: fluid types relevant units of measurement chemical properties sustainability issues: hydrodynamic energy, generation and consumption environmental effects of manufacturing and use fluid statics fluid dynamics, including: flow velocity viscosity pressure fluid power hydrodynamic forces hydrodynamic system components head loss in pipes and fittings pumping systems, including components and methods for determining efficiency forces developed by flowing fluids open channel flow oiled bearings

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to evaluate hydrodynamic systems, including evaluation of system performance, selection of components and calculation of fluid force.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: determine parameters and context of evaluation task determine WHS, regulatory requirements, risk management and organisational procedures identify features, functions and components of a range of hydrodynamic systems investigate and review sustainability implications, features and functions of hydrodynamic systems and components apply correct hydrodynamic principles and techniques for particular hydrodynamic systems evaluate components and systems to determine safety, efficiency and fitness for purpose report and document results.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Hydrodynamic systems	Hydrodynamic systems include: fluid vessels (e.g. static dams, tanks and pools, and vessel in dynamic applications) pumping systems (e.g. industrial wash, fire prevention and irrigation) turbines for hydro-electric power generation components, such as fluid containers, ducts, pipes, valves, pumps, turbines and fluid measuring devices open channels for liquid transfer
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer
Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance	Appropriate technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, such as: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements applying to electrical work
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refers to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to a particular hydrodynamic system task

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Engineering science

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM23114A Evaluate thermodynamic systems and components

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM23081A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the evaluation of thermodynamic systems and components, such as heat exchangers, heat engines, refrigeration and air conditioners, and air compressors.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to the evaluation of thermodynamic systems and components. The evaluation may be undertaken as part of a design or system selection process or to assess system condition, sustainability or efficiency. It is suitable for people working as technicians or system designers and draftspersons, and those pursuing careers and qualifications in engineering or related disciplines.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23006A	Apply fluid and thermodynamics principles in engineering

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Determine scope of thermodynamic system	1.1	Determine thermodynamic system and system components to be evaluated
1.2	Determine stakeholders to be consulted on the evaluation
1.3	Confirm that appropriate support, including technical and professional assistance, is available
1.4	Determine work health and safety (WHS) and regulatory requirements, risk management and organisational procedures
1.5	Investigate sustainability implications of thermodynamic applications

2	Identify principles and techniques required for evaluation of thermodynamic system and components	2.1	Review features and functions of thermodynamic system and components
2.2	Determine thermodynamic principles and techniques required to evaluate system and select and optimise components
2.3	Determine appropriate analysis techniques, software and software validation techniques

3	Evaluate thermodynamic applications and components	3.1	Assess the performance of heat transfer devices
3.2	Assess heat engine performance
3.3	Assess combustion processes
3.4	Assess steam processes, where present
3.5	Assess refrigeration and air conditioning processes, where present
3.6	Assess air compression processes, where present

4	Report results	4.1	Record outcomes of evaluation
4.2	Provide documentation, such as calculations, component and system layouts, and functional and thermodynamic cycle diagrams

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: determining parameters and context of tasks identifying WHS and regulatory requirements identifying risk management and organisational procedures investigating and reviewing sustainability implications, features and functions of thermodynamic systems and components identifying thermodynamic principles and techniques, analysis techniques, software and software validation techniques evaluating components, combustion, steam, air compression, refrigeration and air conditioning processes system compatibility with fluid properties, pumps, turbines, piping forces and thermodynamic performance of components selecting equipment and instruments for use in evaluation considering properties and compatibility reporting and documenting results of scoping, principles and techniques identification, evaluation of applications, calculations, component and system layouts, and functional diagrams and thermodynamic cycle diagrams
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, standards and risk management requirements availability of professional and technical assistance current options and trends in performance analysis software, including underpinning program techniques and software validation techniques descriptions of thermodynamic devices and systems, such as boilers, turbines, refrigerators, gas-turbines and rockets concepts related to thermodynamics, such as: properties, process and state mass, conservation of mass, specific volume and density, force, weight, pressure and temperature systems, cycles and steady state energy forms effects of heating of solids and liquids heat transfer, conduction, convection and radiation, including related laws and calculations typical thermodynamic devices and engines, and thermal cycles closed and open systems: non-flow, internal energy flow systems, mass and volumetric flow and continuity of flow steady flow and enthalpy, turbines, compressors, boilers and heat exchanger applications zeroth and first laws in detail and second law (conceptual) gas laws and characteristics gas compression effects, measurements and calculations compressor types and characteristics heat engines, including types, cycles, performance and efficiency fuels and combustion steam plant and processes for steam generation, heat transfer and power production, including: steam saturation steam tables air conditioning, refrigeration and heat pumping plant and processes

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to evaluate thermodynamic systems, including evaluation of system performance and selection of components.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: determine parameters and context of evaluation task determine WHS, regulatory requirements, risk management and organisational procedures identify features, functions and components of a range of thermodynamic dynamic systems and components investigate and review sustainability implications, features and functions of thermodynamic systems and components evaluate components and systems to determine safety, efficiency and fitness for purpose evaluate combustion, steam, air compression and refrigeration and air conditioning processes determine system performance and heat transfer report and document results.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer
Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance	Appropriate technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, such as: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies ministerial directives risk assessments safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements applying to electrical work
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to a particular thermodynamic system task

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Engineering science

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM23115A Evaluate fluid power systems

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM23081A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the evaluation of hydraulic and pneumatic systems and components, including automated fluid power applications characterised by two or three actuators requiring digital control of valves and preset flow and pressure control.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to the evaluation of manual and automated fluid power systems and components. The evaluation may be undertaken as part of a design or system selection process or to assess system condition, sustainability or efficiency.

It is suitable for people working as fluid power technicians or system designers, draftspersons and maintainers, and those pursuing careers and qualifications in engineering or related disciplines.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23006A	Apply fluid and thermodynamics principles in engineering

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Determine scope of fluid power system evaluation	1.1	Determine fluid power systems and components to be evaluated
1.2	Identify stakeholders to be consulted on the evaluation
1.3	Confirm that appropriate support, including technical and professional assistance, is available
1.4	Determine relevant work health and safety (WHS) and regulatory requirements, risk management and organisational procedures
1.5	Investigate sustainability implications of fluid power applications

2	Identify principles and techniques required for evaluation of fluid power systems and components	2.1	Review features and functions of pneumatic systems and components for relevance to evaluation
2.2	Review features and functions of hydraulic systems and components for relevance to evaluation
2.3	Determine fluid power principles and techniques required to evaluate systems and select and optimise components
2.4	Determine appropriate analysis techniques, software and software validation techniques

3	Evaluate fluid power systems and components	3.1	Assess fluid suitability, compatibility, and treatment relative to systems
3.2	Assess features, functions and suitability of hydraulic systems and components for applications
3.3	Assess features, functions and suitability of pneumatic components for applications
3.4	Assess suitability of fluid power system and components in automated power applications using two or three actuator hydraulic or pneumatic circuits with digital fluid and electrical/electronic control elements

4	Report results	4.1	Record outcomes of evaluation
4.2	Provide documentation, such as calculations, component and system layouts, and functional diagrams and fluid power process, and control signal diagrams

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: determining parameters and context of fluid power systems identifying WHS and regulatory requirements identifying risk management and organisational procedures investigating and reviewing sustainability implications, features and functions of fluid power systems and components identifying fluid power principles and techniques, analysis techniques, including use of software and software validation techniques evaluating fluid suitability, compatibility and treatment, features and functions of hydraulic and pneumatic components and systems both automated and non-automated, digital fluid and electrical/electronic control elements reporting and documenting results of scoping, principles and techniques identification, evaluation of applications, calculations, component and system layouts, functional diagrams and fluid power process and control signal diagrams
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, standards, risk management requirements availability of professional and technical assistance current options and trends in performance analysis software, including underpinning program techniques and software validation techniques common applications for pneumatics and hydraulics comparative advantages of fluid power over mechanical and electrical power for particular applications characteristics and properties of pneumatic and hydraulic fluids and relative compressibility of air and hydraulic fluid applications and selection criteria for mineral, synthetic and fire-resistant fluids and compatibility of fluids with system materials fluid power fundamental principles and calculations for system components, including: conservation of energy energy measurement and units energy forms hydraulics fundamentals, such as pressure, temperature and flow rate relative to actuator force pneumatic fundamentals, such as gas laws, pressure difference and flow rate, and flow to atmosphere features and functions and selection criteria of fluid power components in applications, including: pumps valves electrical circuits and control elements actuators accumulators compressors (pneumatics) reservoirs gauges and instrumentation hoses, pipes, filters and fittings types and requirements for fluid and electrical circuits maintenance requirements for fluid power systems methods of circuit presentation, standard symbols, circuit sequence and signal condition diagrams for multi-actuator circuits

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to evaluate fluid power systems both automatic and non-automated for safety, economy and fitness for purpose, including selection of components.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: determine parameters and context of evaluation task determine WHS and regulatory requirements, risk management and organisational procedures investigate and review sustainability implications, features and functions of fluid power systems and components identify fluid power principles and techniques analysis techniques, software and software validation techniques evaluate fluid suitability, compatibility and treatment, features and functions of hydraulic and pneumatic components and systems, digital fluid and electrical/electronic control elements report and document results.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Hydraulic applications	Hydraulic applications may include: mobile vehicles and plant equipment for moving and positioning heavy loads industrial machinery (e.g. presses for punching, drawing and forging) industrial and mobile braking systems
Pneumatic applications	Pneumatic applications may include: transfer mechanisms for moving and positioning light loads medium load clamping and stamping operations compressed air distributed systems
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer
Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance	Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, such as: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to a particular fluid power system task

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Engineering science

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM23116A Evaluate programmable logic controller and related control system component applications

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM23082A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the evaluation of automated devices, machines and processes controlled by programable logic controllers (PLCs). It includes basic PLC architecture, associated control system components and programming techniques, work health and safety (WHS) compliance requirements, risk management, automation safety, networking for data sharing and remote control, and broad implications of wiring rules.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to evaluations of PLCs and their use in engineering applications. The evaluation may be undertaken as part of a PLC selection process or to assess PLC and control system condition or efficiency. It is suitable for people working as automation, mechatronics or maintenance technicians or for those pursuing qualifications or careers in those disciplines.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23111A	Select electrical equipment and components for engineering applications
MEM23112A	Investigate electrical and electronic controllers in engineering applications

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Determine scope of evaluation	1.1	Confirm and apply safe electrical working practice
1.2	Review the currents and voltages present in the PLC applications and check for regulatory requirements and dangerous high currents and voltages, including effects on humans and on application equipment and components
1.3	Identify WHS and regulatory requirements with particular emphasis on automation safety, codes of practice, standards, risk management and organisational procedures
1.4	Determine requirement for PLC and related control sytem components
1.5	Ensure appropriate support, including licensed electrical, technical and professional assistance, is available.
1.6	Determine software and software techniques for analysis and graphics required by the evaluation task
1.7	Identify stakeholders to be consulted on evaluation
1.8	Investigate sustainability implications of PLC applications

2	Establish existing features of PLC applications	2.1	Review the functions and features of devices, machines and processes controlled by PLCs
2.2	Identify features and functions of PLC systems and components
2.3	Review PLC programming and functions
2.4	Identify system integrating principles and techniques, signal conditioning and power interfacing
2.5	Identify networking and system supervision, data acquisition and systems control options

3	Evaluate PLC applications	3.1	Determine suitability of components of application including sensor/transducers, PLC and output devices, signal conditioning and interfacing
3.2	Establish suitablity of controller functions, PLC software and programming
3.3	Determine suitability of network, system control and data acquisition (SCADA) communications protocols, standards and network topologies, human-machine interfaces (HMIs) and graphical user interfaces (GUIs) used by applications
3.4	Evaluate compliance of application with WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, standards and risk management procedures

4	Report results	4.1	Record results of evaluation
4.2	Provide documentation, such as layouts, programs, flow charts, state diagrams and files

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: identifying features and functions of PLCs and control systems, including: components signal conditioning and power interfacing networking and system supervision, data acquisition and systems control options ensuring safe electrical working practice, including use of licensed personnel, where required investigating sustainability implications of PLC applications evaluating safety, condition, efficiency and functionality of PLCs and associated applications, including: controller functions and programming network and interfacing, including SCADA, communications protocols, standards and network topologies suitability of HMIs and GUIs compliance with WHS and regulatory requirements applying WHS, regulatory and automation safety requirements, risk management and organisational procedures reporting and documenting results of evaluation, including layouts, programs, flow charts or state diagrams and files
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: features of a range of PLC and related control system component applications used in engineering environments effects of electricity on humans, dangerous high currents and voltages and automated systems, regulatory requirements related to extra low, low and high voltage applications relevant compliance requirements of WHS, regulations, codes of practice, standards, and risk assessment requirements for integrated manufacturing systems with particular emphasis on automation safety hardware functions, options and integration into PLC and related control systems input devices/sensors output devices/actuators PLCs interfacing and signal conditioning communications and networking options for devices HMIs and GUIs PLC architecture Input/Output (I/O) functions and arrangements typical input signals and sensor/transducers shielding and twisted pairing for noise mitigation calibration techniques reading of discrete levels from analog input data (other analog I/O functions not required by this unit) input signal conditioning digitally driven output devices and interface requirements power supply programming techniques and options

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to evaluate PLCs and related control system component applications for safety, efficiency and function.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: identify and assess compliance with WHS and regulatory requirements, and risk management procedures review dangers and effects of electricity on humans identify PLC related systems and components, integrating principles and techniques assess suitability of programming investigate sustainability implications of PLC applications assess and apply basic electrical and electronic, control principles, controller programming principles and techniques, software basic analysis and graphics skills and techniques evaluate components of applications against application specifications for safety, economy and fitness for purpose report and document results.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
PLC applications	PLC applications may include: industrial (e.g. motor controllers, fault detectors and power controllers) multi-axis machine control process automation packaging, shrink-wrapping, labelling and palletising utilities, water treatment and effluent treatment industrial distributed control system amusement rides agricultural machine and irrigation controllers military and aerospace automation (except aircraft systems) mineral and chemical, and petroleum processing
PLC software	PLC software and programming language may cover: ladder diagram (LD) – graphical function block diagram (FBD) – graphical structured text (ST) – textual instruction list (IL) – textual sequential function chart (SFC) – elements to organise programs for sequential and parallel control processing PLC programming language standards may comply with IEC 61131-3 or other standards
Appropriate technical and professional assistance	Appropriate technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies may include: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to a particular PLC related task
Automation safety	Automation safety refers to the reliance on emergency stop, failsafe design, redundancy, system interlocks and data integrity. Standards apply to general plant design and use as well as the ‘functional safety of safety-related electrical, electronic and programmable electronic control systems’
Data and communications protocols and standards	Data and communications protocols and current standards may include: layered communications and networking protocols, such as Open Systems Interconnection Model (OSI Model) – 7 layers TCP/IP Internet Protocol Suite {Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and the Internet Protocol (IP)} – 4 or 5 layers IEEE 802 Wireless PAN, LAN, MAN and WPAN standards interface standards, such as RS232 and RS485, Fieldbus, Modbus and DNP3.0
Network topologies	Network topologies may include: daisy-chain, star, ring, branch, linear and tree wired and wireless options
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Engineering science

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM23117A Evaluate microcontroller applications

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM23082A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the evaluation of automated devices, machines and processes controlled by microprocessors. This includes integration of input devices/sensors, output devices/actuators, controllers, interfacing and signal conditioning, human-machine interfaces (HMIs), networking options, data and communications protocols software, and programming of microcontrollers and automation safety. Analog interfacing is included but not proportional integral derivative (PID) interfacing.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to the evaluation of microcontrollers and their use in automated devices, machines and engineering processes. It is suitable for people working as automation, mechatronics or maintenance technicians or for those pursuing qualifications or careers in those disciplines.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23111A	Select electrical equipment and components for engineering applications
MEM23112A	Investigate electrical and electronic controllers in engineering applications

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Determine scope of evaluation	1.1	Confirm and apply safe electrical working practice
1.2	Review the currents and voltages present in the microcontroller applications and check for regulatory requirements and dangerous high currents and voltages, including effects on humans and on application equipment and components
1.3	Identify work health and safety (WHS) and regulatory requirements with particular emphasis on automation safety, codes of practice, standards, risk management and organisational procedures
1.4	Identify software techniques and graphics required for evaluation
1.5	Identify stakeholders to be consulted on evaluation tasks
1.6	Identify sources of technical and professional assistance
1.7	Investigate sustainability implications of microcontroller applications

2	Establish existing features of microprocessor applications	2.1	Review the functions and features of devices, machines and processes controlled by microprocessors
2.2	Identify features and functions of microprocessor devices and components
2.3	Review microprocessor programming and functions
2.4	Identify system integrating principles and techniques, signal conditioning and power interfacing
2.5	Identify networking and system supervision, data acquisition and systems control options

3	Evaluate microcontroller applications	3.1	Determine suitability of components of application, including sensor/transducers, microcontroller and output devices, signal conditioning and interfacing used by applications
3.2	Assess scope and suitability of microcontroller functions, software and programming to applications
3.3	Assess suitability of network, system control and data acquisition (SCADA) options, communications protocols, standards and network topologies, HMIs and graphical user interfaces (GUIs) used by applications
3.4	Review application for compliance with WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, standards and risk management procedures

4	Report results	4.1	Record results of scoping, principles and techniques identification, and evaluation of applications
4.2	Provide documentation, such as layouts, programs, flow charts, state diagrams and files

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: identifying features and functions of microcontroller systems, including: components system integrating principles and techniques signal conditioning and power interfacing networking and system supervision, data acquisition and systems control options ensuring safe electrical working practice, including use of licensed personnel investigating sustainability implications of microcontroller applications evaluating safety, condition, efficiency and functionality of microcontrollers and their applications, including components of applications controller functions and programming, network, SCADA, communications protocols, standards and network topologies HMIs and GUIs compliance with WHS and regulatory requirements applying WHS, regulatory and automation safety requirements, risk management and organisational procedures reporting and documenting results of scoping, principles and techniques identification, and evaluation of applications, layouts, programs and flow charts or state diagrams
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: features of a range of microcontrollers and related control system component applications used in engineering environments compliance requirements of WHS, regulations, codes of practice, standards and risk assessment effects of electricity on humans, dangerous high currents and voltages and automated systems, and regulatory requirements related to extra low, low and high voltage applications hardware functions, options and integration with microprocessor applications input devices/sensors, output devices/actuators, controller, interfacing and signal conditioning, communications, HMIs, GUIs, and networking options for devices appropriate use of microprocessor related terminology microcontroller features and function, including: volatile and non-volitile memory and data storage one-time programmable and reprogrammable microcontrollers typical microcontroller architecture characteristics central processing unit (CPU) functions interrupt structures Input/Output (I/O) functions timers and clocks logic programming methods and techniques

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to evaluate microprocessor devices, machines and processes for safety, economy and fitness for purpose.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: identify and assess compliance with WHS and regulatory requirements, and risk management procedures review dangers and effects of electricity on humans identify microprocessor related systems and components, integrating principles and techniques assess suitability of programming investigate sustainability implications of microprocessor related applications assess and apply basic electrical and electronic, control principles, controller programming principles and techniques, software basic analysis, and graphics skills and techniques evaluate components of applications against application specifications for safety, economy and fitness for purpose report and document results.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Microcontroller	Microcontrollers are typically an integrated circuit consisting of a CPU combined with support functions, such as a crystal oscillator, timers, watchdog timer, serial and optional analog I/O. A limited amount of read/write memory on the chip along with program memory in the form of reprogrammable flash or ‘one-time programmable’ ROM
Microcontroller applications	Microcontroller applications are found in most industries. Typical applications include: motor controllers fault detectors power controllers communications security systems machine and process automation automotive and transport applications domestic appliances medical equipment
Standards and codes	Standards, codes and protocols refer to all relevant Australian and international standards, codes and protocols applicable to microprocessor related tasks
Appropriate technical and professional assistance	Appropriate technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies may include: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Automation safety	Automation safety refers to the reliance on emergency stop, failsafe design, redundancy, system interlocks and data integrity. Standards apply to general plant design and use as well as the functional safety of safety-related electrical, electronic and programmable electronic control systems.
Network topologies	Network topologies include: daisy-chain, star, ring, branch, linear and tree wired and wireless options
Software for microcontroller applications	Software for microcontroller applications may include: integrated development environment software which may include programmer, editor, assembler, compiler, linker, simulator and emulator HMI software network software modem software
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Engineering science

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM23118A Apply production and service control techniques

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM23083A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the application of techniques for production and service control to maintain efficient and effective supply of product or service delivery to customers and to provide data for improvements to enhance competitiveness. This unit includes monitoring and measurement of quality, costs, quantities and reliability of processes in the value chain, including maintenance activities to ensure customer requirements. It requires the use of statistical process control (SPC), and control charts and the graphical representation of results.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to individuals who are required to control production and/or service delivery processes to ensure quality and for product manufacture or the provision of services to defined quality and operational requirements. It is suitable for people working as service providers, supervisors or technicians and those pursuing manufacturing, engineering or related technical qualifications and careers.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM30012A	Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Establish scope of required production or service control	1.1	Identify products or services required by customers, including quality and delivery requirements
1.2	Identify current production or service control tasks, key performance indicators (KPIs), and context within organisation strategic objectives and markets
1.3	Identify software techniques required for production or service control, communications and reporting
1.4	Identify stakeholders to be consulted on the production or service control tasks
1.5	Confirm work health and safety (WHS) and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, standards and risk assessment requirements

2	Review current data collection and production or service provision	2.1	Determine measurable parameters of production process or service delivery
2.2	Determine parameters of product or service that are open to control and establish tolerances or acceptable variation
2.3	Review process control functions
2.4	Review production control performance indicators/indices
2.5	Review the role of probability in sampling and SPC
2.6	Review process capability and SPC evaluation, control charts and sampling
2.7	Review features and functions of graphical methods for display of data

3	Analyse data and apply production control principles to improve product manufacture or service provision	3.1	Obtain or record production or service data or appropriate data samples using a range of manual and automated devices
3.2	Use software and control chart techniques to generate histograms, Pareto diagrams, flowcharts, tallycharts, scatter plots and/or run charts in accordance with procedures
3.3	Analyse data for trends and correlations and apply to process improvement, quality control and other support functions according to procedures
3.4	Determine process capability indices for an appropriate sample of a product or service delivery
3.5	Establish required performance indicators for production or service operations
3.6	Take corrective action in accordance with procedures
3.7	Monitor production or service delivery using control charts to determine compliance of the product or service with specified performance limits
3.8	Take further corrective action, as required

4	Report results	4.1	Provide required reports
4.2	Provide documentation, such as data, graphics, capability assessments, control and continuous improvement processes

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: identifying production control task parameters and context within organisation strategic objectives and markets confirming stakeholder and support functional group interdependencies and communications, reporting and information flow determining controllable parameters of product or service and acceptable variation using manual and automatic methods for measurement, data gathering and analysis production of different charts used in production and service control, including: histograms Pareto diagrams flowcharts tallycharts scatter plots run charts applying a range of sampling plans to products or measurable aspects of services and justifying the choice of sampling plan analysing data for trends and correlations setting of KPIs capable of measurement and ongoing monitoring determining appropriate corrective actions based on analysis of measurable production or service performance parameters
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: process capability, including: capable processes definition upper, lower and target specification limits in-control out-of-control, assignable causes and trends corrective action plans, such as Western Electric, Wheeler or Nelson rules capability indices sample estimators confidence intervals for indices and Chi square distribution role of production or process control in supporting lean processes, for example: value stream management standardised work demand pull just-in-time (JIT) process levelling cycle time quick changeover preventative maintenance waste minimisation efficient process layout role of production control in quality maintenance: mistake proofing process defect detection, production halt and correction procedures total quality management (TQM), quality assurance (QA) procedures and quality control (QC), and SPC processes role of SPC and process capability production control performance indicators/indices applications where role of probability in sampling and SPC is important SPC, including: data types and frequency distributions population mean and standard deviation sample mean and standard deviation upper and lower specification limits and target upper and lower process control limits and centre line data mean and process control centre line offset 3 sigma  and 6 sigma  sigma shift to account for long-term drift of data types and functions of control charts attributes and varaiables of sampling plans features and functions of graphical methods for display of data: Ishikawa ‘Fishbone’ diagrams histograms Pareto analysis diagrams flowcharts tallycharts scatter plots run charts, including control charts types of manual and automated data collection and information flow

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to measure and analyse production or service performance data and apply techniques for process control to maintain efficient and effective production or supply or service to customers and to provide data for improvements to enhance competitiveness. This includes working individually and as part of a team in accordance with organisational procedures
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: determine measurable and controllable parameters of product or service, determine acceptable variation of production or service parameters use manual and automatic methods for measurement, data gathering and analysis apply software and control chart techniques for SPC, performance analysis and graphical representations, including generating histograms, Pareto diagrams, flowcharts, tally charts, scatter plots and/or run charts from production or measurable service data review production and service functions in order to recommend or make process improvements that are based on statistical analyses identify WHS and regulatory requirements, risk management and related organisational procedures report and document results.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Production control related tasks	Production control related tasks covered by this unit may include: measuring and recording data either manually or using automated data collection determining process capability indices for a large sample of a product with a particular dimension normally distributed within upper and lower specification limits applying a range of sampling plans to products or measurable aspects of services and justify the choice of sampling plan based on the properties required of the plan applying control charts to a sample from a product or service to determine acceptability of the product or service within set limits (e.g.3 and 6 limits) analysing data for trends and taking corrective action in accordance with procedures selecting and employing appropriate control charts from c-chart, p-chart and X-bar and R or np control charts employing a Pareto analysis to determine priority issues for solutions related to a specific problem
Process control	Process control includes the qualitative and quantitative analysis of the process and production data necessary to ensure customer requirement
Required performance indicators for production or service operations	Required performance indicators for production or service operations will vary according to the nature of the product or service and may include: design features, such as dimensional and weight specifications and tolerances production schedules organisation or customer specified target error rates and waste, including those set under lean systems, such as 6 equipment availability indices mass balancing targets WHS related indicators (e.g. lost time injury) takt time compliance
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Lean principles	Lean principles and techniques use cost, capacity and responsiveness, quality, reliability and waste minimisation as drivers of the process and measures for process improvement.

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Engineering science

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM23119A Evaluate continuous improvement processes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM23083A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the evaluation of continuous improvement processes for production, engineering and associated services. It requires the evaluation of improvement processes, and the efficiency and effectiveness of their response to continuous feedback from customers and other sources. It requires consideration of the effect of improvements or change on entire systems.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to production and engineering activities where continuous improvements, such as those to product, process or service, efficiency or competitiveness, is required. It is suitable for people working as service providers, supervisors or technicians and those pursuing manufacturing, engineering or related technical qualifications and careers.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23118A	Apply production and service control techniques
MEM30012A	Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Establish scope of continuous improvement evaluation	1.1	Identify industrial and market context for continuous improvement
1.2	Identify features, functions and measurable parameters of products, processes, systems or services, assets and operations subject to continuous improvement
1.3	Assess software techniques required for continuous improvement
1.4	Review sustainability implications of evaluation task
1.5	Identify stakeholders in continuous improvement processes and appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance to be consulted on the tasks
1.6	Determine compliance requirements of relevant work health and safety (WHS) and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, standards and risk assessment procedures

2	Prepare for evaluation	2.1	Identify appropriate measurement, data gathering, software and other analysis methods to be used for evaluation
2.2	Identify performance criteria or indices
2.3	Identify existing process capability, evaluation, control and run charts and sampling procedures
2.4	Identify existing qualitative continuous improvement processes

3	Evaluate organisation continuous improvement processes	3.1	Evaluate manual and automatic methods for measurement of parameters of products or services
3.2	Evaluate data gathering, analysis and performance indices
3.3	Evaluate software techniques for performance analysis and visual display generation
3.4	Evaluate quantitative and qualitative continuous improvement processes
3.5	Apply systems thinking, constraint and contingency management, problem solving and decision making to evaluation tasks
3.6	Evaluate sustainability implications of improvements

4	Report results	4.1	Record results of scoping, identification of principles and techniques and evaluation of continuous improvement techniques
4.2	Provide documentation, such as reports, data, graphics, flow charts and performance indices

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: determining suitability of measurable parameters of products, processes, systems and services for continuous improvement activities undertaking measurement, data gathering and analysis, including identifying trends and improvements reviewing performance indices, software for data analysis and visual representations and continuous improvement techniques evaluating continuous improvement, systems thinking, constraint and contingency management, and lean systems requirements producing and interpreting charts used in production and service control, including: histograms Pareto diagrams flowcharts tallycharts scatter plots run chart evaluating sustainability implications of improvements reporting and documenting results of scoping, identification of principles and techniques and evaluation of continuous improvement techniques, data, graphics, flow charts and performance indices
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: features of products, processes, systems and services subject to improvement processes economic, social and sustainability implications of products, processes, systems, services and implications of improvement processes continuous improvement drivers and mechanisms, such as: market competitiveness maintenance of a technological edge customer expectations WHS requirements, codes of practice, regulatory requirements, and standards problem solving and decision making techniques: brainstorming current and future state mapping seven tools of quality: Ishikawa ‘Fishbone’ diagrams histograms Pareto analysis flowcharts scatter plots run charts control charts data, performance metrics, graphics and visual indicators software options, such as: budgeting, financial and business planning performance metrics analysers and graphics generators maintenance downtime and cost data generators system control and data acquisition (SCADA), distributed control systems (DCS), enterprise resource planning (ERP) and materials resource planning (MRP) system data generators performance data analysis and graphics generators statistical process control (SPC) techniques qualitiative improvement techniques

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to evaluate continuous improvement processes for production, engineering and related services. This includes working individually and as part of a team in accordance with organisation procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: determine measurable and controllable parameters of product or service and their suitability in continuous improvement processes identify WHS, regulatory requirements, risk management and related organisational procedures evaluate manual and automatic methods for measurement and data gathering, including analysis and performance indices, software analysis and visual display evaluate qualitative continuous improvement processes evaluate sustainability implications of improvements measure and gather data, record and analyse for trends and improvements evaluate continuous improvement, systems thinking, constraint and contingency management and lean systems requirements report and document results.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Features, functions and measurable parameters of products, processes, systems or services, assets and operations subject to continuous improvement	Features, functions and measurable parameters of products, processes, systems, services and assets subject to continuous improvement may include: sustainability software product manufacturability process design process control equipment and tooling material and product flow plant layout and transfer operations standard operating procedures maintenance lean systems labour and skills distribution information flow value chain sales, marketing and planning management
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to a particular thermodynamic system task
Systems thinking	Systems thinking refers to the conduct of engineering work in a manner that demonstrates knowledge of how the interaction of different technical systems on equipment, machinery or structures, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, combine to perform or support engineering-related operations, processes or projects. It embraces determining or establishing how the function of each technical system or component, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, effects or potentially may effect, outcomes. Systems should be interpreted broadly within the context of the organisation and depending on the project or operation can include equipment, related facilities, material, software, internal services and personnel, and other organisations in the value chain
Continuous improvement processes	Continuous improvement processes may relate to plant, products, production processes, systems and services, including design, development, implementation or manufacture, commissioning, operation or delivery and maintenance. Improvement processes may include techniques, such as: balanced scorecard current and future state mapping measuring performance against benchmarks process improvement, problem solving and decision making data management, generation, recording, analysing, storing and use of software training for improvement systems participation technical training qualitative improvement processes, such as: toolbox meetings suggestion schemes mentoring changes in work organisation, responsibilities and recruitment
Constraints and contingencies	Constraints and contingencies may be: financial organisational, procedural or cultural physical constraints, such as limits to resources, limits to site access or logistical limitations
Lean principles	Lean manufacturing uses cost, capacity and responsiveness, quality, reliability and waste minimisation as drivers of the process and measures for process improvement. Lean manufacturing is the response of many organisations to local, regional, national and global market competitiveness

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Engineering science

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM23120A Select mechanical machine and equipment components

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM23091A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the technical selection of mechanical machine and equipment components. It includes analysis of the application to determine suitability of components and use of performance analysis software.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to selecting components of machines or equipment based on mechanical engineering-related technical criteria in order to ensure appropriate performance and compliance with standards. The unit applies to selection tasks based on analyses completed by an individual or the use of technical criteria supplied by professional engineers or equipment suppliers. The use of calculus for technical analysis is not covered by this unit.

The unit is suitable for people working as mechanical detailers or designers and draftspersons and those pursuing careers and qualifications in mechanical engineering or related disciplines.

This unit does not cover selection of electric motors; electrical components; fluid power components, including pumps, control components and support structures; and structural fastening and welding with eccentric loadings. These are covered in other units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23109A	Apply engineering mechanic principles

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Establish scope of machine components selection task	1.1	Identify stakeholders to be consulted on selection tasks
1.2	Determine relevant compliance requirements of work health and safety (WHS) and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, standards, and risk assessment requirements for machines and equipment
1.3	Review features and functions of mechanical machines and components
1.4	Investigate sustainability implications of component selection task
1.5	Establish availability of technical and professional assistance

2	Examine technical specifications for component selection	2.1	Confirm performance requirements of particular machines or equipment components
2.2	Select appropriate analysis techniques using graphs, tables, nomograms or computer-aided solutions, as appropriate
2.3	Analyse operating conditions of components and determine component selection criteria
2.4	Review design loads, working stresses, allowable deformations and factor of safety for machine components
2.5	Determine component arrangement, limits, fits and clearances, assembly, fastening and alignment methods

3	Select machine components	3.1	Specify arrangement and assembly requirements
3.2	Advise stakeholders of selection and make any required adjustments
3.3	Ensure traceability of analysis and component selection

4	Report results	4.1	Record results of scoping, principles and techniques identification and component selection procedures
4.2	Provide documentation, such as calculations, estimations, specifications, diagrams and drawings

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: applying safe working practices and procedures when working with machines and equipment component arrangement, limits, fits and clearances, assembly, fastening and alignment methods investigating sustainability implications of machine development, manufacture and use reviewing features and functions of machines and components identifying design features of machines, equipment and components, including: loads working stresses allowable deformations and factor of safety component arrangements limits and fits assembly, adjustment and fastening methods identifying relevant analysis support, such as graphs, tables, nomograms or computer-aided solutions and validation techniques selecting and specifying machine and equipment components, arrangement and assembly requirements communicating with stakeholders, professionals and technicians identifying and complying with relevant WHS and regulatory requirements and risk assessment procedures reporting and documenting results of component selection, including calculations, specifications, diagrams and drawings
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, standards and risk management requirements relevant to mechanical component selection processes current options and trends in performance analysis software, including underpinning program techniques and software validation techniques conditions for equilibrium reactions at beam supports (e.g. simply supported, overhung and cantilever beam with vertical and oblique concentrated, uniform and variable distributed loads and couples) shear force and bending moments, including diagrams vertical and oblique concentrated and uniform and variable distributed loads bending and shear stresses torsion distribution diagrams combined stresses properties of common machine and component materials stress concentration and fatigue due to alternating stresses deflection of beams bolted and welded connections with central loads (bolted joints may include friction forces) static versus dynamic forces, balanced and unbalanced dynamics and laws of rotational motion work and forms of mechanical energy and power dynamic systems mechanical power and drive efficiency mechanical drives block, band and disk brakes and clutches with single contact surface mechanical couplings and devices dynamic balancing of rotating masses stresses in flywheels stresses in thin walled pressure vessels

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to select a wide variety of mechanical machine and equipment components for safety, economy and fitness for purpose. Selections must be able to be justified through appropriate engineering analysis.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: determine component arrangement, limits, fits and clearances, assembly, fastening and alignment of components investigate sustainability implications of components selection task review features and functions of machine and equipment components, design loads, working stresses, allowable deformations and factor of safety select and specify machine components, including arrangement and assembly requirements evaluate machine components and arrangements for compliance with WHS and regulatory requirements and risk assessment report and document results.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Machine and equipment components	Machine and equipment components for this unit are limited to components peforming mechanical functions. Examples include: shafts bearings couplings power screws gear drives spur gears chain and belt drives brakes clutches
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to a particular selection of mechanical machine and equipment components task
Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance	Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, such as: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
Sustainability implications	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer
Analysis of machine and components	Analysis of machine and equipment components may include: static and dynamic analysis of loads the stresses and deformations resulting the transmitted power, torque and speed machine/operator interface in terms of ergonomics and safety environmental effects, including noise, energy efficiency, heat generation and dust generation graphical and mathematical methods and software options
Appropriate computer-aided solutions and validation techniques	Appropriate computer-aided solutions include: performance analysis and computer-aided design (CAD) modelling Validation techniques include: comparison of traditional solutions for simple design problems with software solutions to the same design problems review of previously implemented design challenges which were completed using the software

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Engineering science

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM23121A Analyse loads on frames and mechanisms

Modification History

Release 1. Replaces MEM23091A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the analysis of loads on mechanisms, frames and structural support elements, such as linkages, rods, shafts and beam elements within machines and mechanisms. It includes safe working practices, work health and safety (WHS) compliance requirements, function and features of frames and mechanisms, load and deflection analysis for static and dynamic elements, and traditional and software-based techniques.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to the analysis of loads on mechanisms, beams, frames and support elements either individually or with the assistance of a professional engineer for more complex calculations of loads and stresses. It is suitable for people working as mechanical detailers or designers and draftspersons, and those pursuing careers and qualifications in mechanical engineering or related disciplines.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23007A	Apply calculus to engineering tasks
MEM23109A	Apply engineering mechanics principles

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Establish scope of frame and mechanism analysis	1.1	Determine compliance requirements of relevant WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, standards and risk assessment and for design and use of machines and equipment
1.2	Identify features, functions, operating conditions and performance requirements of frames, beams and mechanisms
1.3	Investigate sustainability implications of frames and mechanisms
1.4	Review design loads, working stresses, allowable deformations and factor of safety for elements
1.5	Review element arrangements, assembly and fastening methods
1.6	Identify any complex load calculations to be done with or obtained from a professional engineer
1.7	Establish availability of other technical and professional assistance
1.8	Identify and evaluate appropriate analysis techniques, software and software validation techniques
1.9	Identify stakeholders to be consulted on selection tasks

2	Analyse loads and performance of frames and mechanisms	2.1	Estimate static and dynamic operating conditions and determine design or selection parameters
2.2	Optimise frame, beam and mechanism elements for strength, deflection, arrangement and fastening
2.3	Review analysis with stakeholders and make any required adjustments
2.4	Confirm compliance of frames and mechanisms with WHS and regulatory requirements, standards and codes of practice

3	Report results	3.1	Record results of scoping, principles and techniques identification and analysis
3.2	Provide documentation, such as calculations, specifications diagrams and drawings

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: applying safe working practices and procedures when working with frames, mechanisms and equipment evaluating frames, beams and mechanisms for WHS, regulations and risk management requirements investigating sustainability implications of frames and mechanisms reviewing design features, functions and performance requirements of frames, beams and mechanisms, including: dynamics design loads working stresses allowable deformations and factor of safety element arrangements assembly and fastening methods selecting appropriate analysis techniques, software and software validation techniques identifying relevant analysis support, such as graphs, tables, nomograms or computer-aided solutions and validation techniques analysing static and dynamic operating conditions and determining design or selection parameters optimising frame, beam and mechanism elements for strength, deflection, arrangement and fastening communicating with stakeholders reporting and documenting results of analysis, including calculations, specifications, diagrams and drawings
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, and directives and standards, including those related to risk management current options and trends in performance analysis software, including underpinning program and software validation techniques types and functions of frames and mechanisms mechanisms for converting linear to rotary motion and rotary to linear motion lifting machines design loads, working stresses, allowable deflections and factor of safety for machine elements conditions for equilibrium non-coplanar and force systems equilibrium of non-coplanar and non-concurrent force systems reactions at beam supports (e.g. simply supported, overhung and cantilever beam with vertical and oblique concentrated, uniform and variable distributed loads and couples) shear force and bending moments shear force and bending moment diagrams vertical and oblique concentrated and uniform and variable distributed loads types and locations of stresses, including: combined stresses thermal stress due to restrained expansion stress concentration and fatigue due to alternating stresses centre of gravity centre of percussion methods of analysis of frames and trusses deflection of beams statically indeterminate beams buckling of compressed members loads and stresses on bolted and welded connections static versus dynamic forces, balanced and unbalanced dynamics and laws of rotational motion dynamic analysis of mechanisms linked bodies in motion, including types, impulse, momentum and work energy methods work, energy and power for balanced and unbalanced force systems

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to analyse loads on a variety of frames and mechanisms to confirm performance and safety compliance.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: identify and review features, functions and performance requirement of frames, beams and mechanisms identify complex calculations requiring professional engineering assistance establish dynamics, design loads, working stresses, allowable deformations and factor of safety element arrangements for calculations to be done evaluate assembly and fastening methods, analysis techniques, software and software validation techniques analyse static and dynamic operating conditions and determine design or selection parameters optimise frame, beam and mechanism elements for strength, deflection, arrangement and fastening communicate and negotiate with stakeholders, professionals and technicians and make adjustments accordingly evaluate frames, beams and mechanisms for WHS and regulatory requirements, and risk management compliance report and document results.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Structural support and machine elements	Typically these are beam, strut and tie elements of machines and machine supports subject to bending, tension, compression and shear stresses, and may include: shafts, levers, cams and linkages frames, staunchions and beams mechanisms for converting linear to rotary motion and rotary to linear motion mechanisms with up to five linkages lifting machines
Machine mechanisms	Machine mechanisms refers to a device to produce a constrained motion while producing a required output. A mechanism is an assembly of elements or links which may be called ‘kinematic pairs’, which remain in contact throughout their motions. One link, typically the base element, is fixed. Kinematic pairs may be described as turning, sliding, rolling or skidding pairs
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and International standards and codes applicable to a particular frame and mechanism
Load calculations to be done with, or obtained from, a professional engineer	The unit requires the ability to identify calculations that should be obtained from or calculated with the assistance of a professional engineer. These may include: regulatory or organisational requirement for professional engineer involvement static and dynamic complex analysis of loads, including resulting stresses and deformations choice of graphical and mathematical methods and software options
Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance	Appropriate licensed technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, such as: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer
Appropriate computer-aided solutions and validation techniques	Appropriate computer-aided solutions may include: software employed for performance analysis/modelling. Underpinning program techniques and algorithms should be understood, such as the use of finite element analysis (FEA) and numerical methods within object oriented modelling techniques Validation techniques include: comparison of traditional solutions for simple design problems with software solutions to the same design problems review of previously implemented design challenges which were completed using the software

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Engineering science

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM23122A Evaluate computer integrated manufacturing systems

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM23092A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the evaluation of computer integrated manufacturing (CIM) systems. It includes hardware, controllers, networks and data handling for business, planning and control, manufacturing operations, automation safety, work health and safety (WHS) and risk management compliance, software and system integration.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to evaluation of computer integrated systems used in manufacturing. It is suitable for people working as manufacturing technicians or paraprofessionals and draftspersons and those pursuing manufacturing, engineering or related technical qualifications and careers.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM23111A	Select electrical equipment and components for engineering applications
MEM23112A	Investigate electrical and electronic controllers in engineering applications

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Determine scope of CIM application	1.1	Identify stakeholders to be consulted on the evaluation
1.2	Confirm that appropriate support, including technical and professional assistance, is available
1.3	Identify WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, standards and risk assessment requirements for CIM systems with particular emphasis on automation safety
1.4	Identify appropriate analysis techniques, software techniques and graphics required for evaluation
1.5	Identify stakeholders to be consulted on evaluation tasks
1.6	Investigate sustainability implications of CIM systems

2	Evaluate CIM components and systems	2.1	Evaluate parameters and requirements of manufacturing operations
2.2	Evaluate machines, processes and data flow for machine and process control in CIM systems
2.3	Evaluate system control, signal generation and conditioning, controller functions and actuator power interfacing
2.4	Evaluate data collection, sharing and control software and programming for hardware integration
2.5	Evaluate the data and communications protocols, standards and network topologies for the applications
2.6	Evaluate system integration of hardware, controllers, human-machine interfaces (HMIs) and graphical user interfaces (GUIs) and network
2.7	Evaluate system analysis and simulation software and validation techniques
2.8	Evaluate automation safety and compliance with WHS, regulatory requirements, standards and risk management implementation

3	Report results	3.1	Record results of scoping, principles and techniques identification and evaluation of systems
3.2	Provide documentation, such as layouts, programs, flow charts and files

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required knowledge includes: relating manufacturing context and requirements to existing or planned CIM applications and continuous improvement requirements identifying WHS, regulatory requirements and risk management compliance evaluating CIM systems against automation safety requirements investigating sustainability implications of CIM systems evaluating features and functions of existing or planned CIM systems against: components processes and data flow controller functions signal and power interfacing communications protocols standards and network topologies HMIs and software automation safety compliance with WHS and regulatory requirements applying CIM related software analysis, and software validation techniques reporting and documenting results of scoping, principles and techniques identification and evaluation of systems, layouts, programs and flow charts
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: types of manufacturing operations, their features and parameters and potential for CIM applications, for example: continuous, mass, batch and jobbing prototype manufacture cellular manufacturing jobbing just-in-time (JIT) and other lean manufacturing systems and techniques maintenance systems and techniques (e.g. condition monitoring) compliance requirements of WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, standards, and risk assessment for CIM systems with particular emphasis on automation safety sustainability implications of CIM systems CIM hardware CIM principles and techniques required to evaluate systems and select and optimise components current options and trends in performance analysis and programming software, including underpinning program techniques and algorithms LAN and WAN network communications in CIM applications documentation, drawings, specifications, instructions required, process information and programming interdependencies and communications linkages between team members, support functional groups, and licensed technical and professional support

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to evaluate CIM systems for safety, economy and fitness for purpose. This includes working individually and as part of a team in accordance with organisational procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: evaluate compliance with WHS, regulatory requirements and risk management with particular emphasis on automation safety investigate sustainability implications of CIM systems review features and functions of CIM systems identify CIM principles and techniques, analysis, software and software validation techniques evaluate parameters of manufacturing operations and the features and suitability of CIM components and systems report and document results.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
CIM	CIM uses mechatronic and manufacturing technologies integrated across an enterprise by the communication of data to control plant and operations, plan production, marketing, maintenance and feedback to the business planning process
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to CIM applications and systems
Automation safety	Automation safety refers to the reliance on emergency stop, failsafe design, redundancy, system interlocks and data integrity. Standards apply to general plant design and use as well as the ‘functional safety of safety-related electrical, electronic and programmable electronic control systems’
Appropriate technical and professional assistance	Appropriate technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, such as: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
CIM hardware	Hardware options for CIM systems may include: robots pick and place, materials handling, automated guided vehicles (AGVs) and transfer devices fluid power components pumping and wash equipment boilers, heating and drying equipment pasteurising, chilling and refrigeration equipment welding equipment moulding, casting and forging equipment pressing, forming, drawing and cropping equipment surface finishing, plating and painting packaging equipment mechanical linkages and support structures pressure, temperature, proximity sensor/transducers, relative and absolute encoders, vision systems and smart cameras controllers, programmable logic controllers (PLCs) and remote telemetry units (RTUs) HMIs (e.g. touch screens) power interfaces and signal processors for digital and analog control stepper motors servo motors, torque, speed and position control special purpose equipment (e.g. package labelling equipment, logistics and warehousing requirements) wired and wireless networking systems
Data and communications protocols and standards	Data and communications protocols and standards include the set of standardised rules for data and signal syntax, checking and error detection. Hardware and software generate data in accordance with a protocol that allows generators and receivers to understand or translate the data as information, control signals integrity and error checks. These may include the following or their current updates: layered communications and networking protocols Open Systems Interconnection Model (OSI Model) – 7 layers TCP/IP Internet Protocol Suite {Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and the Internet Protocol (IP)} – 4 or 5 layers IEEE 802 LAN/MAN group of standards, including IEEE 802.3 Ethernet standard, IEEE 802.11 Wireless networking standard Interface standards, such as: RS232 and RS485, Fieldbus, Modbus and DNP3.0
Network topology	Network topology refers to the arrangement of connected hardware. These include: bus, ring, star, tree, mesh and in-line (2 way comms.) arrangements wired and wireless options
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant, including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer
Continuous improvement implementation	Continuous improvement implementation may relate to plant, products, processes, systems or services, including design, development, implementation or manufacture, commissioning, operation or delivery and maintenance. Improvement processes may include techniques, such as: balanced scorecard current and future state mapping measuring performance against benchmarks process improvement, problem solving and decision making data management, generation, recording, analysing, storing and use of software training for improvement systems participation technical training

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Engineering science

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM23123A Evaluate manufacturing processes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM23093A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the evaluation of plant, facilities, services, labour and skills distribution used for manufacturing processes against defined process performance parameters. It includes the evaluation and assessment of plant layout and material flows for efficient manufacturability of product and maintainability of the plant and process.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to manufacturing processes for products, machinery, tools or components for structures. Evaluations may be required for a variety of reasons, including assessing impact of proposals for new products or investigating potential change in processes to meet regulatory, sustainability or efficiency requirements. Efficiency evaluations are based on lean systems and techniques. Where more in-depth training in lean systems and techniques is required relevant competitive systems and practices units should be selected.

The unit is suitable for people working as, supervisors, technicians, and design draftspersons and those pursuing manufacturing, engineering or related technical qualifications and careers.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Determine scope of manufacturing processes	1.1	Identify manufacturing context and processes
1.2	Identify features and functions of plant, facilities, services, labour and skill distribution used for manufacturing processes
1.3	Identify stakeholders to be consulted as part of the evaluation
1.4	Confirm work health and safety (WHS) and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, standards, risk assessment and registration requirements for manufacturing plant
1.5	Investigate sustainability implications of manufacturing processes
1.6	Identify sources of professional and technical assistance

2	Evaluate manufacturing processes	2.1	Identify manufacturing principles and techniques required to evaluate and optimise the processes
2.2	Identify appropriate analysis techniques, software and software validation techniques
2.3	Evaluate and assess facilities, services, plant and tooling in relation to product manufacturability and maintainability
2.4	Evaluate and assess process layout, use of automation and process control using lean systems and techniques
2.5	Evaluate and assess materials, product flow and transfer operations, buffer and emergency stocks, warehousing, stores and logistics using lean systems and techniques
2.6	Evaluate WHS and regulatory compliance and risk management practices of manufacturing processes and maintenance procedures
2.7	Evaluate processes for sustainability
2.8	Evaluate process compatibility with maintenance management system
2.9	Evaluate labour requirements and skills distribution
2.10	Evaluate process information flows for control and process improvement

3	Report results	3.1	Review results of evaluation and assessment with stakeholders
3.2	Provide recommendations for improvements, where appropriate
3.3	Provide reports and documentation, such as layouts, programs and flow charts

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: identifying parameters and context of manufacturing processes investigating sustainability implications of manufacturing processes identifying appropriate manufacturing processes and analysis techniques and software evaluating WHS and regulatory requirements, automation safety and risk management compliance, sustainability and standards investigating existing or planned software against manufacturing technical and efficiency requirements applying lean systems and techniques to evaluate: facilities and services plant and tooling process layout automation and process control materials and product flow buffer and emergency stocks stores and warehousing transport and logistics maintenance management system labour and skill requirements reporting and documenting results of scoping, principles and techniques identification and evaluation of systems, layouts, programs and flow charts
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: important features of products and processing options with regard to: maketing options and advantages economic, social and sustainability implications of products and processes WHS and other regulatory requirements plant, facilities, services and process layout range of common modern manufacturing technical and work organisation processes, including: volume production using transfer lines cellular manufacturing jobbing metal shaping processes, such as casting, forging and machining metal assembly, fabricating and joining plastic and rubber product manufacturing, including various types of moulding and assembly surface finishing based processes (e.g. electroplating) process transfers and materials handling packaging warehousing, stores, and provision for logistics and transport labour and skills distribution requirements of plant and processes asset maintainability and reliability concepts and processes process automation and control options techniques for process improvement, including: material and product flow measurement and improvement feedback on product manufacturability for possible product modification feedback from maintenance and life cycle costs for plant quality assurance (QA), quality control (QC) and statistical process control (SPC) feedback customer feedback on cost, quality, delivery and reliability maintenance management systems and compatability with manufacturing processes information flows and software options for process measurement and control budgeting and costing processes WHS, risk management, safe work methods statements (SWMS), work permits, material safety data sheets (MSDS), codes of practice, regulations, standards and regulatory requirements

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to evaluate plant, facilities, services and processes against defined process performance parameters. This includes working individually and as part of a team in accordance with organisational procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: determine features and functions of manufacturing processes, including manufacturing principles and techniques used and relevant internal and external context of manufacturing processes identify relevant lean systems and techniques and apply in evaluation of manufacturing processes evaluate WHS, regulatory, automation safety and risk management compliance investigate sustainability implications of manufacturing processes evaluate software, facilities, services, plant and equipment tooling, process layout, automation and process control identify appropriateness of materials and product flow and transfer operations, buffer and emergency stocks, warehousing, stores and compatibility of maintenance management system report and document results.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Defined parameters	Defined parameters may include target cost target outgoing quality levels and warranty costs production rates stock levels and availability to customer order productivity working capital plant utilisation
Context of manufacturing processes	The context of manufacturing operations includes: customer requirements market considerations product and process sustainability lean systems product manufacturability system maintainability facilities, services, plant and tooling requirements supply chains material and product flow transfer operations process control labour requirements and skills distribution information flow systems thinking continuous improvement and constraint and contingency management WHS and regulatory requirements and risk management
Automation safety	Automation safety refers to the reliance on emergency stop, failsafe design, redundancy, interlocks and data integrity. Standards apply to general plant design and use as well as the functional safety of safety-related electrical, electronic and programmable electronic control systems
Appropriate technical and professional assistance	Appropriate technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, such as: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements, codes of practice and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements applying to electrical work
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to a particular manufacturing process
Sustainability	Sustainability is used to mean the entire sustainable performance of the organisation/plant including: meeting all regulatory requirements conforming to all industry covenants, protocols and best practice guides minimising ecological and environmental footprint of process, plant and product maximising economic benefit of process plant and product to the organisation and the community minimising the negative WHS impact on employees, community and customer
Continuous improvement implementation	Continuous improvement of manufacturing processes may result in changes to plant, facilities, services, layout, materials flows, handling and logistics. It may include techniques, such as: balanced scorecard current and future state mapping measuring performance against benchmarks process improvement, problem solving and decision making data management, generation, recording, analysing, storing and use of software training for improvement systems participation technical training systems thinking constraints and contingency management
Lean systems and techniques	Lean systems and techniques used in evaluations can vary according the type of production and product and may include: performance indicators based on customer value continuous improvement, including kaizen just-in-time (JIT) and kanban pull system for production and services elimination and/or limitation of waste, where waste is defined as effort and resources not contributing to customer value mistake proofing standardisation of work quick changeover planning benchmarks and techniques: cycle time takt time pack out pitch line balancing overall equipment effectiveness (availability x performance efficiency x quality rate) problem solving and decision making tools: total quality management (TQM) tools root cause analysis (RCA) failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA) design review based on failure mode (DRBFM) constraints and contingencies management total productive maintenance value stream analysis visual factory techniques
Automation	Automation options range from manual operations with manual information generation, handling, analysis and storage to islands of automation supported by manual interfaces with some electronic information processing to systems with major automation and networked data handling
Information flow requirements	Information flow may include: SPC and QA data production planning and maintenance systems information visual information feedback to stakeholders Information processing may include: software and networks for automated data handling, analysis, display and storage

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Engineering science

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM23124A Measure and analyse noise and vibration

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM23094A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the monitoring, measurement and analysis of noise and vibration. It includes equipment calibration and use, analysis of data, standards for exposure limits, work health and safety (WHS) and mitigation measures.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to machinery and equipment generated noise and vibration, including mechanical shock generated in commercial and industrial environments.

It is suitable for people working as asset maintenance technicians or noise and vibration specialists. It is suitable for people working as technicians in engineering or related industries and those pursuing careers and qualifications in engineering or related disciplines.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Determine scope of investigation into noise or vibration	1.1	Identify machinery and equipment to be investigated for noise and vibration measurement and analysis
1.2	Determine stakeholders to be consulted on analysis tasks
1.3	Determine software required for the analysis of the task
1.4	Determine regulatory, standards and risk management noise and vibration compliance requirements
1.5	Investigate sustainability implications of noise and vibration
1.6	Apply systems thinking, continuous improvement problem solving and constraint and contingency management
1.7	Determine available sources for any required technical and professional assistance

2	Prepare for noise measurement and analysis	2.1	Identify noise exposure limits appropriate to the equipment, process and employee, community and environmental context
2.2	Review and identify available sound measuring equipment and components and suitability for required measurements
2.3	Select sound measuring equipment

3	Measure and analyse sound data	3.1	Set up and site sound measurement equipment for desired measurements
3.2	Calibrate sound measurement equipment
3.3	Take sound measurements using appropriate techniques for particular application and environment
3.4	Process, analyse and interpret noise data
3.5	Relate data to plant and equipment performance

4	Review options for noise elimination or mitigation and protection	4.1	Review options for noise elimination, mitigation and protection measures
4.2	Prepare report and make recommendations

5	Prepare for vibration measurement and analysis	5.1	Identify vibration exposure limits appropriate to the equipment, process and employee, community and environmental context
5.2	Review and identify available vibration measuring equipment and components and suitability for required measurements
5.3	Select vibration measuring equipment

6	Measure and analyse vibration and shock data	6.1	Set up and site or mount vibration and shock measurement equipment
6.2	Calibrate equipment
6.3	Take measurements
6.4	Process, analyse and interpret vibration and shock data
6.5	Relate data to plant and equipment performance

7	Review options for vibration and shock elimination or mitigation and protection	7.1	Review options for vibration and shock elimination or damping and isolating
7.2	Prepare report and make recommendations

8	Investigate developments in the field of noise and vibration measurement in predictive equipment maintenance	8.1	Investigate developments in acoustic, vibration and shock measurement
8.2	Investigate the use of condition monitoring in predictive maintenance programs

9	Record and report	9.1	Record and report results of review, measurement, analysis and recommendations
9.2	Provide documentation, such as calculations, data records and analysis and assessments

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: determining parameters and context of noise and vibration measurement and analysis tasks determining WHS, other regulatory and risk management compliance requirements, including noise and vibration, noise dose and vibration exposure limits reviewing physics of sound and vibration, effects of noise, vibration and shock on humans, measuring equipment and mitigation measures selecting equipment siting, setting up and calibrating equipment prior to use measuring, analysing, interpreting and recording relating data to plant and equipment performance applying systems thinking, continuous improvement problem solving and constraint and contingency management investigating sustainability implications, developments in acoustic, vibration and shock measurement, condition monitoring in predictive maintenance programs recording, reporting and documenting results of review, measurement, data, analysis and calculations, interpretations and recommendations
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: characteristics and measurement of noise and vibration, and sources of noise and vibration noise and vibration concepts and terminology ISO and other vibration severity standards limitations of broadband vibration and trend analysis principles of using vibration analysis as an indicator of machine and equipment condition causes and effects of vibration and noise in industrial and commercial equipment, such as damaged product, limited processing speeds and catastrophic machine failure typical engineering components subject to vibration relevant WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, standards, risk minimisation and registration requirements calculations, formulae and laws relating to vibration and sound measurement, including allowable exposure using AS 2670 Physiological effects of noise and vibration range and capacity of equipment for measuring vibration and sound noise measurement and testing techniques and equipment for various environments and sound characteristics in vibration measurement and testing acoustic emission in vibration measurement and testing shock testing, including applications requiring laboratory testing (e.g. anechoic chambers) vibration trend analysis noise and vibration concepts (e.g. vibration, noise, transmission of noise and vibration and harmonic excitation) common sources of noise generation (e.g. fans, motors, engines and ducts) noise mitigation and protection measures, such as: isolation insulation personal hearing protection exposure limitation policies vibration and shock control equipment and techniques community noise noise and vibration measurement and analysis applications, such as: condition monitoring for plant acoustic emissions for fault detection modal analysis of dynamic properties of structures or room acoustics correlation of modal analysis with finite element analysis (FEA) statistical energy analysis

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to measure and analyse noise and vibration and make recommendations for mitigation and protection.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: determine compliance with WHS and regulatory requirements, and risk management with particular emphasis on automation safety review physics of sound and vibration, effects of noise, vibration and shock on humans, measuring equipment and mitigation measures identify noise and vibration, noise dose and vibration exposure limits select appropriate measuring equipment for measuring task calibrate, site and set up equipment correctly measure and record noise and vibration analyse and interpret measurement results relate data to plant and equipment performance recommend noise and vibration elimination, mitigation and protection measures investigate sustainability implications report and document results and recommendations apply systems thinking, continuous improvement problem solving and constraint and contingency management.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Sound measuring equipment	Sound measuring equipment may include: microphones cables/connectors meters recorders analysers/comper and software
Set-up and measurement techniques	Set-up and measurement techniques may include: microphone positioning meter time constants frequency filter settings
Purpose for sound measurements	Purposes for sound measurements may include: simple sound level or spectrum limited or full frequency band standards to be met impulsive or consistant noise
Vibration	Vibration refers to continuous or sporadic vibration whether or not associated with noise and also includes mechanical shock
Vibration and shock measuring equipment	Vibration and shock measuring equipment may include: accelerometer impedance heads cables mounting media calibrators preamplifier meters filters recorders analysers/computer and software
Appropriate technical and professional assistance	Appropriate technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, such as: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and International standards and codes applicable to a particular noise and vibration measurement and analysis task
Systems thinking	Systems thinking refers to the conduct of engineering work in a manner that demonstrates knowledge of how the interaction of different technical systems on equipment, machinery or structures, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, combine to perform or support engineering-related operations, processes or projects. It embraces determining or establishing how the function of each technical system or component, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, effects or potentially may effect, outcomes. Systems should be interpreted broadly within the context of the organisation and depending on the project or operation can include equipment, related facilities, material, software, internal services and personnel, and other organisations in the value chain
Continuous improvement	Continuous improvement implementation may relate to plant, products, processes, systems or services, including design, development, implementation or manufacture, commissioning, operation or delivery and maintenance. Improvement processes may include techniques, such as: balanced scorecard current and future state mapping measuring performance against benchmarks process improvement, problem solving and decision making data management, generation, recording, analysing, storing and use of software training for improvement systems participation technical training
Constraints and contingencies	Constraints and contingencies may be: financial organisational, procedural or cultural physical constraints, such as limits to resources, limits to site access or logistical limitations

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Engineering science

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM23125A Evaluate maintenance systems

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit. Replaces MEM23094A, but not equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the evaluation of maintenance management systems, including analysing the effect of any action or breakdown on achieving strategic objectives. The unit requires evaluation of maintainability and reliability of assets, maintenance management systems, personnel participation, monitoring, responding to indicators, prioritising action, sustainability, lean systems maintenance requirements, work health and safety (WHS) compliance, risk minimisation, facilities and services maintenance, costing and data analysis, and performance indices.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to evaluation of both corrective and preventative maintenance systems for plant, facilities and services used in industry. Evaluations may be required for variety of purposes and may apply to evaluations of a maintenance system for a whole process, plant or enterprise. The unit is suitable for operations managers, maintenance personnel and those pursuing maintenance or manufacturing, engineering or related technical qualifications and careers.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

MEM23004A	Apply technical mathematics
MEM14088A	Apply maintenance engineering techniques to equipment and component repairs and modifications
MEM14092A	Integrate maintenance fundamentals into an engineering task

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Determine scope of maintenance processes	1.1	Determine parameters of maintenance management system to be evaluated
1.2	Assess engineering principles, skills and techniques required by tasks
1.3	Assess software and software techniques required for evaluation task
1.4	Identify stakeholders to be consulted
1.5	Determine compliance requirements of WHS and regulatory requirements, codes of practice, standards and risk assessment requirements for maintenance processes
1.6	Investigate sustainability implications of maintenance processes

2	Identify principles and techniques required by evaluation	2.1	Review trends in maintenance practice and equipment with particular emphasis on integrated management systems
2.2	Review maintenance system and implementation strategies for relevance to evaluation
2.3	Identify features and functions of maintenance information systems

3	Evaluate maintenance management systems	3.1	Evaluate organisational maintenance safety and risk management procedures
3.2	Evaluate maintenance processes for sustainability
3.3	Evaluate asset reliability, maintainability and performance against against lean indices, production targets and system design parameters
3.4	Audit plant, facilities, services and systems for provision of parts and consumables, adequacy of labour, skills and technical support
3.5	Evaluate maintenance system data generation and collection and reporting for performance analysis required for process improvement
3.6	Evaluate the use of maintenance management software
3.7	Evaluate manual and automated condition monitoring, testing and analysis
3.8	Evaluate implementation of maintenance management systems techniques, including up-time preparations, spares availability, tooling and equipment readiness
3.9	Evaluate asset categorisation, maintenance scheduling and prioritising
3.10	Evaluate implementation of maintenance continuous improvement processes

4	Report results	4.1	Record results of scoping, principles and techniques identification and evaluation of maintenance systems
4.2	Provide documentation, such as layouts, schedules, performance analysis and flow charts

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills include: identifying WHS, regulatory and risk management compliance requirements for maintenance systems investigating sustainability implications of maintenance processes identifying and reviewing features and functions of maintenance and information systems, trends and implementation strategies and software evaluating organisational maintenance safety and risk management procedures, sustainability, asset reliability and maintainability, lean indices, system design parameters, data generation and collection, reporting, storage and analysis, condition monitoring, implementation, facilities and services maintenance response systems, asset categorisation, maintenance scheduling and prioritising, and continuous improvement auditing plant, facilities and services, systems for provision of parts and consumables, and adequacy of labour, skills and technical support for maintenance activities reporting and documenting results of scoping, principles and techniques identification and evaluation of maintenance systems, layouts, schedules, performance analysis, flow charts, calculations, programs and files
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: maintenance requirements of various organisations and industry trends features of integrated management systems within organisations and industry trends: monitoring, adjustment, lubrication, consumables, breakdown maintenance required by typical plant equipment and facilities labour and training requirements for typical maintenance systems maintenance performance indices, such as mean time between failure (MTBF) and overall equipment efficiency (OEE), and relationship to maintenance strategies, business financial objectives and maintenance system design criteria, such as life cycle cost and break-even point maintenance management systems, such as terotechnology maintenance management within ILS sources of information, software and hardware required by maintenance systems systems thinking in relation to maintenance, failure analysis, problem solving and decision making processes, constraint and contingency management compliance requirements of WHS, regulations and standards relevant to maintenance risk management requirements and analyses for maintenance of plant, including failure mode effects analyses (FMEA) maintainability and reliability related to life cycle costing, system design, cost predictions and break-even analysis audit processes for plant, facilities and services, provision of parts and consumables, labour, skills and technical support maintenance system data generation and collection, reporting and response processes, data storage and performance analysis for process improvement against performance parameters, such as MTBF and OEE manual and automated condition monitoring, testing and analysis maintenance system and implementation strategies, including corrective, preventative, predictive, precision, proactive, total productive and reliability centred maintenance facilities and service maintenance response systems asset categorisation and maintenance scheduling and prioritising organisational maintenance safety procedures, such as: risk management procedures WHS committees standard operating procedures safe work methods statements (SWMS) material safety data sheets (MSDS) permits standards related to significant maintenance or plant modifications terotechnology engineering, plant, facilities and services maintenance requirements continuous process improvement data generation, analysis, storage and feedback reporting techniques and documentation required

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to evaluate maintenance systems and processes for safe, cost-effective and sustainable operation.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently: investigate sustainability implications of maintenance processes identify and review features and functions of maintenance and information systems, trends and implementation strategies and software evaluate safety and risk management, sustainability, asset reliability and maintainability, lean indices, system design parameters, data generation, collection, reporting, storage and analysis, condition monitoring, facilities and services maintenance response systems, asset categorisation, maintenance scheduling and prioritising, and continuous improvement, implemention audit plant, facilities and services, provision of parts and consumables provision, labour, skills and technical support report and document results.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, then a simulated working environment must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.
Method of assessment	Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package. Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts) together with application of underpinning knowledge. Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and include questioning on underpinning knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application. Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of process. Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only able to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances. Assessment may be in conjunction with assessment of other units of competency where required.
Guidance information for assessment	Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Appropriate technical and professional assistance	Appropriate technical and professional assistance may include: technical support and advice relating to elements which have intrinsic dangers, such as: high pressure energised fluid vessels high temperatures and heat energy capacity wiring with high current control voltages above extra low voltage professional support for technologies, such as: specialist electric motor drives and controllers specialist materials, plastics, metal alloys and nano materials special processes, foundry, alloy welding, heat treatment, sealing and fastening
WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures	WHS, regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures may include: WHS Acts and regulations relevant standards codes of practice from Australian and overseas engineering and technical associations and societies ministerial directives risk assessments registration requirements safe work practices state and territory regulatory requirements
Standards and codes	Standards and codes refer to all relevant Australian and international standards and codes applicable to a particular maintenance system
Systems thinking	Systems thinking refers to the conduct of engineering work in a manner that demonstrates knowledge of how the interaction of different technical systems on equipment, machinery or structures, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, combine to perform or support engineering-related operations, processes or projects. It embraces determining or establishing how the function of each technical system or component, as well as the skills and techniques of personnel, effects or potentially may effect, outcomes. Systems should be interpreted broadly within the context of the organisation and depending on the project or operation can include equipment, related facilities, material, software, internal services and personnel, and other organisations in the value chain
Continuous improvement	Continuous improvement implementation may relate to plant, products, processes, systems or services, including design, development, implementation or manufacture, commissioning, operation or delivery and maintenance. Improvement processes may include techniques, such as: balanced scorecard current and future state mapping measuring performance against benchmarks process improvement, problem solving and decision making data management, generation, recording, analysing, storing and use of software training for improvement systems participation technical training
Constraints and contingencies	Constraints and contingencies may be: financial organisational, procedural or cultural physical constraints, such as limits to resources, limits to site access or logistical limitations
Maintenance systems	Maintenance systems include: breakdown maintenance preventive maintenance predictive maintenance (on-condition) precision maintenance proactive maintenance reliability centred maintenance total productive maintenance
Lean systems maintenance	Lean maintenance systems aim at maximising machine and process up-time, minimising waste and costs, maintaining quality and delivery and customer service. Maintenance processes and procedures are subject to continuous improvement and are set to complement engineering business objectives
Integrated maintenance management systems (terotechnology)	Terotechnology is an integrated maintenance management system combining management, financial, engineering and other practices for cost-effective maintenance of assets, such as plant, equipment and facilities. It involves the design for reliability and maintainability, manufacture, installation, commissioning and eventual write-off and replacement of the assets. Data is collected and analysed to assess the reliability, life cycle costs and productivity of the assets against the design criteria. Reliability relates to the productivity of assets, that is, the maintenance of service or product output (quantities) and its quality within cost parameters. In the context of terotechnology, the cost parameters include life cycle costs
Integrated logistic support (ILS)	ILS is the management and technical process through which supportability and logistic support considerations are integrated into the design and taken into account throughout the life cycle of systems/equipment and by which all elements of logistic support are planned, acquired, tested, and provided in a timely and cost-effective manner. Maintenance systems and schedules are part of this process
Maintenance priority	Assets may be prioritised for maintenance according to different criteria and categories, such as: critical assets: high cost of replacement unavailability of replacement or spares failure will or may immediately endanger life and property essential to quality high cost of disruption to production or service delivery failure would require an immediate response semi-critical assets: shutdown produces partial loss of capacity assett is regulated difficult to repair alternative asset may be available some spare parts are stored medium priority for response non-critical: breakdown affects minimal production loss asset used infrequently parts readily available lowest priority attended to as time and resources allow
Maintenance activity audit	An audit of plant, facilities and services may be used to identify maintenance requirements with details listed in the maintenance database according to different criteria, such as: criticality, locality, machine type and maintenance activities required skills and techniques required for corrective actions sources and availability of spares specialised corrective skills and techniques for specific equipment
Maintainability	Maintainability refers to the design of product, machines and processes with an objective of reducing maintenance downtime, resources, specialist tools and skills required to maintain reliability. Design techniques may include modular design for ease of replacement, provision of bypass opportunities to isolate the failure for repair while processes continue or provision of substitute equipment
Monitoring and testing	Monitoring and testing may be undertaken for both corrective and proactive and predictive maintenance. Tests may include: manual inspections instrumented monitoring lubricant testing (tribology) lidar (light for atmospheric particle detection) gas chromatography mandatory inspections performance and condition monitoring radiographic examination for material imperfections microwave for non-metallic solid or liquid test camera and scope techniques
Maintenance system data	Maintenance system data may include: asset ID and plant warranties procedural documents: monitoring and preventative maintenance schedules SWMS MSDS work permits monitoring reports and system measurements maintenance actions and costs spares inventory control

Unit Sector(s)

Competency field
Unit sector	Engineering science

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM24001B Perform basic penetrant testing

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers performing basic penetrant testing procedures in a range of industrial applications.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to basic penetrant testing techniques on fabrications, structures and components across a wide range of industries and restricted to basic visible dye and/or process penetrant line methods. The work can relate to scheduled and unscheduled maintenance activities, using general tools, specific penetrant testing equipment as specified in maintenance documentation, testing procedures or operator instructions. Actual and potential defects are to be considered, together with ongoing abnormalities in fabrications, components and structures. Penetrant testing is performed on critical component or structural zones. All testing must be completed with particular attention to personal safety and OH&S regulations. Certification against Australian standards may be achieved where assessment in this unit of competency is carried out in conjunction with an examining authority as described in ISO 9712. Materials and chemicals which are subject to codes and regulations - for example, chemicals, explosives, solvents, dangerous materials, acids, or noxious waste products - must be subject to safe work habits and must be stored and used in accordance with safe work practices. This unit should not be selected when Unit MEM24002B (Perform penetrant testing) has already been selected. Where power tools are required, Unit MEM18002B (Use power tools/hand held operations) should also be selected. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM18001C	Use hand tools

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare inspection areas for basic penetrant testing	1.1. Inspection areas are cleaned and prepared for testing using appropriate procedures and materials. 1.2. Preparation processes are carried out in accordance with the relevant procedures and OH&S requirements. 1.3. Inspection areas are visually assessed and obvious discontinuities are identified.
2. Perform basic penetrant testing	2.1. Nominated test is identified from standard operating procedures. 2.2. Test equipment is prepared in accordance with standard operating procedures. 2.3. Test media is selected and applied in accordance with workplace practices and specifications. 2.4. Penetrant test is carried out in accordance with relevant work instructions and OH&S requirements. 2.5. Penetrant testing equipment is maintained and stored in accordance with standard operating procedures and OH&S requirements.
3. Report the results of penetrant test(s)	3.1. Basic indications are checked and defects are identified in accordance with enterprise standards and/or procedures. 3.2. Basic indications are confirmed in accordance with enterprise standards and/or procedures. 3.3. Test results are reported in accordance with enterprise standards and/or procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: preparing inspection areas identifying discontinuities applying procedures applying test media applying principles of penetrant testing techniques identifying defects reading and interpreting routine information on written job instructions, specifications and standard operating procedures. following oral instructions entering routine and familiar information onto proformas and standard workplace forms
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: cleaning and preparation processes precleaning methods and their areas of use - solvents, vapour degrease, etching, detergents, paint removers, mechanical methods consequences of incorrect preparation procedures and OH&S requirements in relation to the preparation process basic concepts and principles of NDT; general terms, purpose of NDT and areas of application of NDT scope and basic description of test general properties of penetrants - penetrability, removability, visibility emulsifier types developer types use of standard test panels established inspection procedures and techniques types of discontinuities and their consequences procedure for carrying out penetrant testing penetrant application dwell times penetrant removal developer application dry powder development time factors affecting indications non-relevant indications post-cleaning methods and their areas of use basic maintenance and storage procedures for testing equipment OH&S requirements including storage requirements definition of a defect and common basic defects methods/procedures for reporting test results

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform basic penetrant testing. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing basic penetrant testing or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Preparation processes	Surface cleaning and drying
Obvious discontinuities	Observed changes in material homogeneity
Reported	Accurate identification of location and size of discontinuities

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Non-destructive testing

MEM24002B Perform penetrant testing

Modification History

Single band identifier removed to clarify dual status

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers performing penetrant testing in a range of industrial applications.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to penetrant testing techniques on fabrications, structures and components across a wide range of industries to Level 2 (AS 3669 and AS 3998) or equivalent by portable penetrant testing, processing on a dedicated penetrant line, visible dye and fluorescent methods. The work can relate to scheduled and unscheduled maintenance activities using general tools and specific penetrant testing equipment as specified in maintenance documentation, testing procedures or operator instructions. Actual and potential defects are to be considered, together with ongoing abnormalities in fabrications, components, structures and/or aircraft components. Penetrant tests are performed on critical component or structural zones, and may require re-assessment of competency at regular intervals in accordance with Australian standards and/or other relevant standards. All testing must be completed with particular attention to personal safety and OH&S regulations. Certification against Australian Standards may be achieved where assessment in this unit of competency is carried out in conjunction with an examining authority as described in ISO 9712. Materials and chemicals which are subject to codes and regulations - for example, chemicals, explosives, solvents, dangerous materials, acids, or noxious waste products - are subject to safe work habits and must be stored and used in accordance with safe work practices. Where power tools are required, Unit MEM18002B (Use power tools/hand held operations) should also be selected. Where tests require the interpretation of drawings, Unit MEM09002B (Interpret technical drawings) should also be selected. Band: This unit has dual status and is to be regarded as both a Specialisation band A unit and Specialisation band B unit for progression to C5 (AQF level V). Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM24012C	Apply metallurgy principles

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare inspection areas for penetrant testing	1.1. Inspection areas are identified, cleaned and prepared for testing using appropriate procedures and materials. 1.2. Preparation processes are carried out in accordance with the relevant procedures, statutory and OH&S requirements. 1.3. Inspection areas are visually assessed and obvious discontinuities are identified.
2. Perform penetrant testing	2.1. The most appropriate penetrant test for the material/application is selected. 2.2. Test equipment is selected and prepared in accordance with standards and/or procedures. 2.3. Appropriate test media is selected and applied in accordance with workplace/industry practices. 2.4. Penetrant test is carried out in accordance with relevant standards, specifications and OH&S requirements. 2.5. Penetrant test equipment is checked for defects, maintained and stored in accordance with procedures, OH&S requirements and manufacturer instructions.
3. Interpret and report the results of penetrant test(s)	3.1. Indications are assessed and defects are detected and classified in accordance with national and international codes and standards. 3.2. Defects are confirmed in accordance with enterprise procedures and industry practices. 3.3. Test results are reported in accordance with enterprise procedures, accepted industry practices and customer service requirements.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: interpreting and following procedures identifying inspection areas conducting visual inspections identifying discontinuities and defects selecting appropriate testing techniques and procedures using decision making skills assessing risk performing measurements needed to meet the requirements of this unit entering routine and familiar information onto proformas and standard workplace forms locating, reading and interpreting information on written job instructions, specifications, drawings, charts, lists and other reference documentation planning, sequencing operations
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: cleaning and preparation processes for a range of test surfaces procedure, statutory and OH&S requirements in relation to the preparation process established assessment procedures and techniques types of discontinuities and their consequences/effect on the material penetrant testing techniques and procedures for a range of situations tools, equipment, techniques principles and applications of penetrant testing techniques hazards and safety requirements associated with penetrant testing maintenance and storage procedures for test equipment common faults and damage range of defects meaning and application of national and international codes and standards methods/procedures for reporting test results implications of test results for the particular material/application any applicable industry standards, national/Australian standards, NOHSC guides, State/Territory regulatory codes of practice/standards use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures relevant hazards and control measures related to the competency

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform penetrant testing. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing penetrant testing in a range of industrial applications or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Preparation processes	Surface cleaning and drying
Obvious discontinuities	Observed changes in material homogeneity
Reported	Accurate identification of location and size of discontinuities

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Non-destructive testing

MEM24003B Perform basic magnetic particle testing

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers performing basic magnetic particle testing procedures in a range of industrial applications. It covers the principles of magnetism and the associated application of basic magnetic particle testing techniques in the field of non-destructive testing. Knowledge of metallurgy associated with the level of application in this unit is required.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to portable and fixed ('yoke' or 'bench') basic magnetic particle testing techniques on fabrications, structures and components across a wide range of industries. The work can relate to scheduled and unscheduled maintenance activities using general tools and specific magnetic testing equipment as specified in maintenance documentation, testing procedures or operator instructions. Actual and potential defects are considered, together with ongoing abnormalities in fabrications, components and structures. Magnetic particle testing is performed on critical component or structural zones. All testing must be completed with particular attention to personal safety and OH&S regulations. Certification against Australian standards may be achieved where assessment in this unit of competency is carried out in conjunction with an examining authority as described in ISO 9712. Materials and chemicals which are subject to codes and regulations - for example, chemicals, explosives, solvents, dangerous materials, acids, or noxious waste products - must be subject to safe work habits and must be stored and used in accordance with safe work practices. This unit should not be selected when Unit MEM24004B (Perform magnetic particle testing) has already been selected. Where power tools are required, Unit MEM18002B (Use power tools/hand held operations) should also be selected. Where tests require the interpretation of drawings, Unit MEM09002B (Interpret technical drawings) should also be selected. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM18001C	Use hand tools

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare inspection areas for basic magnetic particle testing	1.1. Inspection areas are cleaned and prepared for testing using appropriate procedures and materials. 1.2. Preparation processes are carried out in accordance with the relevant specifications and OH&S requirements. 1.3. Inspection areas are visually assessed and obvious discontinuities are identified.
2. Perform basic magnetic particle testing	2.1. Nominated 'yoke' or 'bench' magnetic particle testing procedure is identified from standard operating procedures. 2.2. Test equipment is prepared in accordance with relevant standards and/or procedures. 2.3. Magnetic particle test is carried out in accordance with relevant work instructions and OHS requirements. 2.4. Magnetic particle testing equipment is maintained and stored in accordance with standard operating procedures and OH&S requirements.
3. Report the results of magnetic particle test(s)	3.1. Basic indications are checked and defects are identified in accordance with enterprise standards and/or procedures. 3.2. Basic indications are confirmed in accordance with enterprise standards and/or procedures. 3.3. Test results are reported in accordance with enterprise standards and/or procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: interpreting and following procedures identifying inspection areas identifying discontinuities and defects selecting appropriate testing techniques and procedures assessing risks entering routine and familiar information onto proformas and standard workplace forms locating, reading and interpreting information on written job instructions, specifications, charts, lists and other reference documentation planning, sequencing operations
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: surface preparation procedures and OH&S requirements in relation to the preparation process established assessment procedures and techniques types of discontinuities and their consequences scope and basic principles of magnetic particle testing procedure for carrying out magnetic particle test using either the 'yoke' or 'bench' advantages and limitations of magnetic particle testing hazards and safety precautions associated with magnetic particle testing basic maintenance and storage procedures for testing equipment common basic defects methods/procedures for reporting test results advantages, limitations of various equipment magnetic particle application - methods for wet, dry particles recording and reporting results of simple tests safety precautions in testing use of toxic, flammable materials, electrical hazards use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures relevant hazards and control measures related to the competency

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform basic magnetic particle testing. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing basic magnetic particle testing procedures in a range of industrial applications or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Preparation processes	Surface cleaning and drying

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Non-destructive testing

MEM24004B Perform magnetic particle testing

Modification History

Single band identifier removed to clarify dual status

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers performing magnetic particle testing in a range of industrial applications.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to magnetic particle testing techniques on fabrications, structures and components across a wide range of industries to Level 2 (AS 3669 and AS 3998) or equivalent. The work can relate to scheduled and unscheduled maintenance activities using general tools specific testing equipment as specified in maintenance documentation, testing procedures or operators instructions. Actual and potential defects are to be considered, together with ongoing abnormalities in fabrications, components, structures and/or aircraft components. Magnetic particle testing is performed on critical component or structural zones, and may require re-assessment of competency at regular intervals in accordance with Australian standards and/or other relevant standards. All testing must be completed with particular attention to personal and OH&S regulations. Certification against Australian Standards may be achieved where assessment in this unit of competency is carried out in conjunction with an examining authority as described in ISO 9712. Materials and chemicals which are subject to codes and regulations - for example, chemicals, explosives, solvents, dangerous materials, acids, or noxious waste products - are subject to safe work habits and must be stored and used in accordance with safe work practices. Where power tools are required, Unit MEM18002B (Use power tools/hand held operations) should also be selected. Where tests require the interpretation of drawings, Unit MEM09002B (Interpret technical drawings) should also be selected. Band: This unit has dual status and is to be regarded as both a Specialisation band A unit and Specialisation band B unit for progression to C5 (AQF level V). Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM24012C	Apply metallurgy principles

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare inspection areas for magnetic particle testing	1.1. Inspection areas are identified, cleaned and prepared for testing using appropriate procedures and materials. 1.2. Preparation processes are carried out in accordance with the relevant procedures, statutory and OH&S requirements. 1.3. Inspection areas are visually assessed and obvious discontinuities are identified.
2. Perform magnetic particle testing	2.1. The most appropriate magnetic particle test for the material/application is selected. 2.2. Testing equipment is selected and prepared in accordance with standards and/or procedures. 2.3. Magnetic particle test is carried out in accordance with relevant standards, specifications and OH&S requirements. 2.4. Magnetic particle testing equipment is checked for defects, and maintained and stored in accordance with procedures, OH&S requirements and manufacturer instructions.
3. Interpret and report the results of magnetic particle tests	3.1. Indications are assessed and defects are detected and classified in accordance with national and international codes and standards. 3.2. Defects are confirmed in accordance with enterprise procedures and industry practices. 3.3. Test results are reported in accordance with enterprise procedures, accepted industry practices and customer service requirements.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: interpreting and following procedures identifying inspection areas identifying discontinuities and defects selecting appropriate testing techniques, equipment and procedures reading, interpreting and applying relative testing standards reading, interpreting and applying relative conformance standards assessing risk undertaking calculations using formulae entering routine and familiar information onto proformas and standard workplace forms
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: cleaning and preparation processes procedures and OH&S requirements in relation to the preparation process established assessment procedures and techniques types of discontinuities and their consequences magnetic particle testing techniques and procedures for a range of situations system verification checks necessary to carry out the magnetic particle test principles and applications of magnetic particle testing advantages and limitations of magnetic particle testing hazards and safety precautions associated with magnetic particle testing basic maintenance and storage procedures for testing equipment types of magnetism; magnetic properties magnetic materials magnetic circuits relative permeability of common engineering materials magnetic discontinuity, leakage fields types of equipment - portable, stationary, automated etc. equipment features nature and properties of the various types of magnetising current current requirements for testing media types - advantages and limitations of dry powders and fluid suspensions quality control of media, viewing conditions disposal procedures environment care preparation of parts effect of surface coatings on sensitivity effect of surface roughness dressing of welds interpretation of indications lighting conditions use of magnification factors influencing appearance spurious indications, false indications surface and sub-surface indications common basic defects methods/procedures for reporting test results any applicable industry standards, national/Australian standards, NOHSC guides, State/Territory regulatory codes of practice/standards use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures relevant hazards and control measures related to the competency

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform magnetic particle testing. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing magnetic particle testing in a range of industrial applications or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Preparation processes	Surface cleaning and drying

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Non-destructive testing

MEM24005B Perform basic eddy current testing

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers operating eddy current testing equipment and performing basic testing procedures in a specific range of industrial applications. Knowledge of metallurgy, electricity, magnetism and electromagnetism associated with the level of application in this unit is required.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the preparation and performance of eddy current testing on fabrications, structures and components across a wide range of industries. It includes wheel bead seat, production line, tube production line and conductivity measurement methods. The work can relate to scheduled and unscheduled maintenance activities using general tools and specific eddy current testing equipment as specified in maintenance documentation, testing procedures or operator instructions. Actual and potential defects are to be considered, together with ongoing abnormalities in fabrications, components and structures. Eddy current testing is performed on critical component or structural zones, and may require re-assessment of competency at regular intervals in accordance with relevant standards. All testing must be completed with particular attention to personal safety and OH&S regulations. Certification against Australian standards may be achieved where assessment in this unit of competency is carried out in conjunction with an examining authority as described in ISO 9712. Materials and chemicals which are subject to codes and regulations - for example, chemicals, explosives, solvents, dangerous materials, acids, or noxious waste products - are subject to safe work habits and must be stored and used in accordance with safe work practices. This unit should not be selected when Unit MEM24006B (Perform eddy current testing) has already been selected. Where tests require the interpretation of drawings, Unit MEM09002B (Interpret technical drawings) should also be selected. Where power tools are required, Unit MEM18002B (Use power tools/hand held operations) should also be selected. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM18001C	Use hand tools

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare inspection areas for basic eddy current testing	1.1. Inspection areas are cleaned and prepared for testing using appropriate procedures and materials. 1.2. Preparation processes are carried out in accordance with the relevant procedures and OH&S requirements. 1.3. Inspection areas are visually assessed and obvious discontinuities are identified.
2. Perform basic eddy current testing	2.1. Nominated test is identified from standard operating procedures. 2.2. Test equipment is prepared in accordance with standards and/or procedures. 2.3. Eddy current test procedure is carried out in accordance with relevant work instructions and OH&S requirements. 2.4. Eddy current test equipment is maintained and stored in accordance with standard operating procedures and OH&S requirements.
3. Report the results of basic eddy current test(s)	3.1. Basic indications are checked and defects are identified in accordance with enterprise standards and/or procedures. 3.2. Basic indications are confirmed in accordance with enterprise standards and/or procedures. 3.3. Test results are reported in accordance with enterprise standards and/or procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: interpreting and following procedures identifying inspection areas identifying discontinuities and defects selecting appropriate testing techniques, equipment and procedures documenting and reporting assessing risk reading and interpreting routine information on written job instructions, specifications and standard operating procedures. May include drawings performing calculations using formulae
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: cleaning and preparation processes procedures and OH&S requirements in relation to the preparation process visual inspection eddy current instrument set-up probe selection established assessment procedures and techniques types of discontinuities and their consequences procedure for carrying out basic eddy current testing system verification checks necessary to carry out basic eddy current testing testing and compliance standards (enterprise specific) standard recording and reporting formats standard defects and comparative techniques basic principles of electricity, magnetism, electromagnetism and eddy current testing basic electrical principles test principles overview of factors affecting eddy current response basic metallurgy limitations of eddy current testing hazards and safety precautions associated with eddy current testing basic maintenance and storage procedures for testing equipment common basic defects (these are industry-specific and relevant workplace defects should be chosen) methods/procedures for reporting test results use and application of personal protective equipment

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform basic eddy current testing. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with operating eddy current testing equipment and applying basic testing procedures in a specific range of industrial applications, or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Preparation processes	Surface cleaning and drying

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Non-destructive testing

MEM24006B Perform eddy current testing

Modification History

Single band identifier removed to clarify dual status

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers performing eddy current testing in a range of industrial applications.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to inspection, interpretation, classification and reporting of results of eddy current testing on fabrications, structures and components across a wide range of industries to Level 2 (AS 3669 and AS 3998) or equivalent. The work can relate to scheduled and unscheduled maintenance activities using general tools and specific testing eddy current testing tools and equipment as specified in maintenance documentation, testing procedures or operator instructions. Actual and potential defects are considered, together with ongoing abnormalities in fabrications, components, structures and/or aircraft components. Eddy current tests are performed on critical component or structural zones, and may require re-assessment of competency at regular intervals in accordance with Australian standards and/or other relevant standards. All testing must be completed with particular attention to personal safety and OH&S regulations. Certification against Australian standards may be achieved where assessment in this unit of competency is carried out in conjunction with an examining authority as described in ISO 9712. Materials and chemicals which are subject to codes and regulations - for example, chemicals, explosives, solvents, dangerous materials, acids, or noxious waste products - are subject to safe work habits and must be stored and used in accordance with safe work practices. Where power tools are required, Unit MEM18002B (Use power tools/hand held operations) should also be selected. Where tests require the interpretation of drawings, Unit MEM09002B (Interpret technical drawings) should also be selected. Band: This unit has dual status and is to be regarded as both a Specialisation band A unit and Specialisation band B unit for progression to C5 (AQF level V). Unit Weight: 6

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM24012C	Apply metallurgy principles

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare inspection areas for eddy current testing	1.1. Inspection areas are identified, cleaned and prepared for testing using appropriate procedures and materials. 1.2. Preparation processes are carried out in accordance with the relevant procedures, statutory and OH&S requirements. 1.3. Inspection areas are visually assessed and obvious discontinuities are identified.
2. Perform eddy current testing	2.1. The most appropriate eddy current test for the material/application is selected. 2.2. Test equipment is selected and prepared in accordance with standards and/or procedures. 2.3. Eddy current test is carried out in accordance with relevant standards, specifications and OH&S requirements. 2.4. Eddy current test equipment is checked for defects, and maintained and stored in accordance with procedures, OH&S requirements and manufacturer instructions.
3. Interpret and report the results of eddy current tests	3.1. Indications are assessed and defects are detected and classified in accordance with national and international codes and standards. 3.2. Defects are confirmed in accordance with enterprise procedures and industry practices. 3.3. Test results are reported in accordance with enterprise procedures, accepted industry practices and customer service requirements.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: interpreting and following procedures identifying inspection areas identifying discontinuities and defects selecting appropriate testing techniques and procedures reading, interpreting and applying relative testing standards reading, interpreting and applying relative conformance standards using calculations relating to eddy current testing assessing risk entering routine and familiar information onto proformas and standard workplace forms
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: cleaning and preparation processes procedures and OH&S requirements in relation to the preparation process established assessment procedures and techniques types of discontinuities and their consequences procedure for carrying out eddy current testing tools, equipment, techniques and system verification checks necessary to carry out eddy current testing basic principles of electricity, magnetism, electromagnetism and eddy current testing: Reactance - field made by eddy current Biot and Savant law - Definition, Practical (right hand) rules Amperes law - Definition, Applications (toroid, infinite coil, flat coil) Lenz law - Definition, Auto-induction factor, Mutual induction factor, Coupling factor induced currents - short circuit coil, metallic mass, skin effect, reactance cylindrical bars theory of eddy currents tubes geometric defect characterisation multiple defects characteristics of eddy current probes eddy current equipment: transmission reception data presentation equipment controls types of equipment: physical properties of materials electrical conductivity magnetic permeability applications of eddy curry testing influence of various parameters on eddy current measurement defect position and orientation compensation structure and geometry of test part coupling influence relative speed limitations of eddy current testing hazards and safety precautions associated with eddy current testing basic maintenance and storage procedures for testing equipment common basic defects methods/procedures for reporting test results any applicable industry standards, national/Australian standards, NOHSC guides, State/Territory regulatory codes of practice/standards use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform eddy current testing. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing eddy current testing in a range of industrial applications, or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Preparation processes	Surface cleaning and drying
Obvious discontinuities	Observed changes in material homogeneity
Defects	Corrosion, metal fatigue, deformation in non-ferrous/ferrous alloys steels, fatigue cracks, stress corrosion cracking, heat damage, metal properties sorting, manufacturing defects, coating thickness measurement etc.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Non-destructive testing

MEM24007B Perform ultrasonic thickness testing

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers performing ultrasonic thickness testing in a range of industrial applications. Knowledge of metallurgy associated with the level of application in this unit is required.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to inspecting, interpreting and reporting on ultrasonic testing techniques of fabrications, structures and components. Testing is across a wide range of industries and includes identifying abnormalities such as thickness measurement of corrosion, laminations of non-ferrous/ferrous alloys steels, composite materials. The work can relate to scheduled and unscheduled maintenance activities using general tools and specific ultrasonic testing equipment as specified in maintenance documentation, testing procedures or operators instructions. Actual and potential defects are to be considered, together with ongoing abnormalities in fabrications, components and structures on a wide range of applications. Ultrasonic tests are performed on critical component or structural zones, and may require re-assessment of competency at regular intervals in accordance with Australian standards and/or other relevant standards. All testing must be completed with particular attention to personal safety and OH&S regulations. Certification against Australian standards may be achieved where assessment in this unit of competency is carried out in conjunction with an examining authority as described in ISO 9712. Materials and chemicals which are subject to codes and regulations - for example, chemicals, explosives, solvents, dangerous materials, acids, or noxious waste products - are subject to safe work habits and must be stored and used in accordance with safe work practices. This unit should not be selected when Unit MEM24008B (Perform ultrasonic testing) has already been selected. Where tests require the interpretation of drawings, Unit MEM09002B (Interpret technical drawings) should also be selected. Where power tools are required, Unit MEM18002B (Use power tools/hand held operations) should also be selected. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM18001C	Use hand tools

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare inspection areas for ultrasonic thickness testing	1.1. Inspection areas are cleaned and prepared for testing using appropriate procedures and materials. 1.2. Preparation processes are carried out in accordance with the relevant procedures and OH&S requirements. 1.3. Inspection areas are visually assessed for obvious discontinuities.
2. Perform ultrasonic thickness testing	2.1. Nominated ultrasonic thickness test is identified from standard operating procedures. 2.2. Test equipment is prepared in accordance with standard operating procedures. 2.3. Ultrasonic tests are carried out in accordance with relevant standards and OH&S requirements. 2.4. Ultrasonic test equipment is maintained and stored in accordance with standard operating procedures and OH&S requirements.
3. Report the results of ultrasonic thickness tests	3.1. Basic thicknesses are identified and explained in accordance with enterprise standards and/or procedures. 3.2. Basic thicknesses are confirmed in accordance with enterprise standards and/or procedures. 3.3. Test results are reported in accordance with enterprise standards and/or procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: interpreting and following procedures identifying inspection areas identifying discontinuities and defects selecting appropriate testing techniques, equipment and procedures performing calculations assessing risk entering routine and familiar information onto proformas and standard workplace forms
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: cleaning and preparation processes for a variety of test surfaces procedures and OH&S requirements in relation to the preparation process established assessment procedures and techniques basic principles of ultrasonic thickness testing properties and behaviour of ultrasound basic concepts associated with frequency, velocity, wavelength, amplitude generation of ultrasound types of discontinuities and their consequences procedures for carrying out ultrasonic thickness tests tools, equipment, techniques and system verification checks necessary to carry out the ultrasonic thickness test advantages and limitations of ultrasonic thickness testing hazards and safety requirements associated with ultrasonic thickness testing basic maintenance and storage procedures for testing equipment common basic defects indications and thicknesses methods/procedures for reporting test results ultrasonic thickness testing equipment types of displays: a-scan display b-scan display types of couplants, desirable characteristics straight beam testing method: calibration of thickness testing equipment frequency probe size and shape thickness testing plate testing acceptance standards within the scope of this unit recording and reporting: job records routine reports codes and standards variables affecting test results methods of controlling variables component variables: size and geometry distance location from entry surface orientation to entry surface reflecting characteristics of back wall any applicable industry standards, national/Australian standards, NOHSC guides, State/Territory regulatory codes of practice/standards use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform ultrasonic thickness testing. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing ultrasonic thickness testing in a range of industrial applications, or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Preparation processes	Surface cleaning and drying
Obvious discontinuities	Observed changes in material homogeneity
Reported	Accurate identification of location and size of discontinuities

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Non-destructive testing

MEM24008B Perform ultrasonic testing

Modification History

Single band identifier removed to clarify dual status

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers operating ultrasonic testing equipment and applying the testing procedure in a range of industrial applications.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to inspecting, interpreting, classifying and reporting on ultrasonic testing techniques of fabrications, structures and components. Testing is across a wide range of industries to Level 2 (AS 3669 and AS 3998) or equivalent and includes identifying abnormalities. The work can relate to scheduled and unscheduled maintenance activities using general tools and specific ultrasonic testing equipment as specified in maintenance documentation, testing procedures or operator instructions. Actual and potential defects are to be considered, together with ongoing abnormalities in fabrications, components and structures on a wide range of applications. Ultrasonic tests are performed on critical component or structural zones, and may require re-assessment of competency at regular intervals in accordance with Australian standards and/or other relevant standards. All testing must be completed with particular attention to personal safety and OH&S regulations. Certification against Australian standards may be achieved where assessment in this unit of competency is carried out in conjunction with an examining authority as described in ISO 9712. Materials and chemicals which are subject to codes and regulations - for example, chemicals, explosives, solvents, dangerous materials, acids, or noxious waste products - are subject to safe work habits and must be stored and used in accordance with safe work practices. Where power tools are required, Unit MEM18002B (Use power tools/hand held operations) should also be selected. Where tests require the interpretation of drawings, Unit MEM09002B (Interpret technical drawings) should also be selected. Band: This unit has dual status and is to be regarded as both a Specialisation band A unit and Specialisation band B unit for progression to C5 (AQF level V). Unit Weight: 6

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM24012C	Apply metallurgy principles

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare inspection areas for ultrasonic testing	1.1. Inspection areas are identified, cleaned and prepared for testing using appropriate procedures and materials. 1.2. Preparation processes are carried out in accordance with the relevant procedures, statutory and OH&S requirements. 1.3. Inspection areas are visually assessed and obvious discontinuities are identified.
2. Perform ultrasonic testing	2.1. The most appropriate ultrasonic test for the material/application is selected. 2.2. Testing equipment is selected and prepared in accordance with standards and/or procedures. 2.3. Ultrasonic test is carried out in accordance with relevant standards, specifications and OH&S requirements. 2.4. Ultrasonic testing equipment is checked for defects, and maintained and stored in accordance with procedures, OH&S requirements and manufacturer instructions.
3. Interpret and report the results of ultrasonic tests	3.1. Indications are assessed and defects are detected and classified in accordance with national and international codes and standards. 3.2. Defects are confirmed in accordance with enterprise procedures and industry practices. 3.3. Test results are reported in accordance with enterprise procedures, accepted industry practices and customer service requirements.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: interpreting and following procedures identifying inspection areas identifying discontinuities and defects selecting appropriate testing techniques, equipment and procedures analysing test results reading, interpreting and applying relative testing standards reading, interpreting and applying relative conformance standards performing calculations relating to ultrasonic testing assessing risk entering routine and familiar information onto proformas and standard workplace forms
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: cleaning and preparation processes for a variety of test surfaces procedures and OH&S requirements in relation to the preparation process established assessment procedures and techniques principles of ultrasonic testing variables affecting test selection variables affecting test results ultrasound - frequency, velocity, wavelength, amplitude behaviour of ultrasound at interfaces characteristics of ultrasound in materials generation of ultrasound detection of ultrasound the flaw detector basic test methods: pulse-echo and transmission methods resonance methods a, b, c, and p scan types of coupling single, dual and two-probe methods characteristics and applications associated with probes calibration methods variables contact and immersion test methods testing methods and their application flaw size evaluation interpretation and evaluation: defect types as related to product codes and standards recording and reporting: job records routine reports codes and standards written procedures: presentation use of standards types of discontinuities and their consequences procedures for carrying out ultrasonic tests tools, equipment, techniques and system verification checks necessary to carry out the ultrasonic test advantages and limitations of ultrasonic testing hazards and safety requirements associated with ultrasonic thickness testing maintenance and storage procedures for testing equipment range of defects methods/procedures for reporting test results any applicable industry standards, national/Australian standards, NOHSC guides, State/Territory regulatory codes of practice/standards use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform ultrasonic testing. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with operating ultrasonic testing equipment and the application of the testing procedure in a range of industrial applications, or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Preparation processes	Surface cleaning and drying
Obvious discontinuities	Observed changes in material homogeneity
Defects	Corrosion, metal fatigue, deformation in non-ferrous/ferrous alloys steels, composite materials, fatigue cracks, stress corrosion cracking, manufacturing defects, thickness measurement and fit, mechanical and bonded repairs, laminar tearing, welding defects and casting defects and/or aircraft components
Reported	Accurate identification of location and size of discontinuities

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Non-destructive testing

MEM24009B Perform basic radiographic testing

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers performing basic radiographic testing procedures in a range of industrial applications. Knowledge of metallurgy associated with the level of application in this unit is required.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to working with ionizing radiation in open or closed sites; on fabrications, structures and components across a wide range of industries. The work can relate to scheduled and unscheduled maintenance activities using general tools and specific radiographic testing equipment as specified in maintenance documentation, testing procedures or operators instructions. All testing must be completed with particular attention to personal and OH&S regulations. Ionizing radiation equipment materials and chemicals, which are subject to codes and regulations, must be stored, used, and transported in accordance with safe work practices. Certification against Australian standards may be achieved where assessment in this unit of competency is carried out in conjunction with an examining authority as described in ISO 9712. This unit should not be selected when Unit MEM24010B (Perform radiographic testing) has already been selected. Where power tools are required, Unit MEM18002B (Use power tools/hand held operations) should also be selected. Where tests require the interpretation of drawings, Unit MEM09002B (Interpret technical drawings) should also be selected. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM13013B	Work safely with ionizing radiation
MEM18001C	Use hand tools

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare inspection areas ready for basic radiographic testing	1.1. Radiographic specimens are cleaned and prepared for testing using appropriate procedures and materials. 1.2. Preparation processes are carried out in accordance with the relevant procedures and OH&S requirements. 1.3. Inspection areas are visually assessed and obvious discontinuities are identified.
2. Set up radiographic test equipment	2.1. Nominated test is identified from standard operating procedures. 2.2. Radiation testing and processing equipment is set up in accordance with standard operating procedures.
3. Carry out basic radiographic tests	3.1. Basic properties of X-rays and gamma rays are identified. 3.2. Safety practices and controls for minimising radiation exposure are applied. 3.3. Radiographic testing and safety equipment is operated in accordance with relevant work instructions and OH&S requirements. 3.4. Films are processed to achieve optimum results.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: interpreting and following procedures identifying inspection areas identifying discontinuities and defects selecting appropriate testing techniques, equipment and procedures calculating and producing optimum quality radiographs effectively designing exposure and storage areas calculating shielding thicknesses reading, interpreting and applying relative testing standards reading, interpreting and applying relative conformance standards documenting and reporting assessing risk
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: cleaning and preparation processes for a range of test surfaces cleaning and preparation processes for a range of test surfaces assessment procedures and techniques types of discontinuities and their consequences/effect on the material procedure for carrying out each radiographic test principal types of X-ray generators and radioisotopes and their effect on radiographic sensitivity tools, equipment, techniques and system verification checks relevant standards, regulations and codes hazards associated with radiographic testing procedures for specialised radiographic applications principles of image formation, film and chemical properties and processing techniques various types of films and screens, their properties and effects on image quality maintenance and storage procedures for test equipment common faults and damage safety features of radioisotope cameras and X-ray equipment production of X-rays and gamma rays absorption of ionizing radiation by matter and the biological effects on living X-ray equipment gamma ray sources comparison of X-ray and gamma ray sources on basis of energy and intensity shielding thickness exposure calculations reciprocity law preparation and use of exposure charts, radiographic equivalence charts exposure techniques equipment types recording and reporting safety aspects types of materials industrial applications set-up procedures methods/procedures for reporting test results implications of test results for the particular material/application any applicable industry standards, national/Australian standards, NOHSC guides, State/Territory regulatory codes of practice/standards use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures relevant hazards and control measures related to the competency

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform basic radiographic testing. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing basic radiographic testing procedures in a range of industrial applications, or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Preparation processes	Surface cleaning and drying
Obvious discontinuities	Observed changes in material homogeneity

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Non-destructive testing

MEM24010B Perform radiographic testing

Modification History

Single band identifier removed to clarify dual status

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers operating radiographic testing equipment and applying the testing procedures in a range of industrial applications.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to inspecting, interpreting, classifying and reporting on radiographic testing techniques of fabrications, structures and components. Testing is across a wide range of industries to Level 2 (AS 3669 and AS 3998) or equivalent and includes identifying abnormalities such as corrosion, metal fatigue, deformation in non-ferrous/ferrous alloys steels, composite materials, fatigue cracks, stress corrosion cracking, manufacturing defects, thickness measurement and fit, mechanical and bonded repairs, welding defects and casting defects and/or aircraft components. The work can relate to scheduled and un-scheduled maintenance activities using general tools and specific radiographic testing equipment as specified in maintenance documentation, testing procedures or operators instructions. Actual and potential defects are to be considered, together with ongoing abnormalities in fabrications, components and structures on a wide range of applications. Radiographic tests are performed on critical component or structural zones, and may require re-assessment of competency at regular intervals in accordance with Australian standards and/or other relevant standards. All testing must be completed with particular attention to personal and OH&S regulations. Ionizing radiation equipment materials and chemicals, which are subject to codes and regulations, must be stored, used, and transported in accordance with safe work practices. Certification against Australian standards may be achieved where assessment in this unit of competency is carried out in conjunction with an examining authority as described in ISO 9712. Where power tools are required, Unit MEM18002B (Use power tools/hand held operations) should also be selected. Where tests require the interpretation of drawings, Unit MEM09002B (Interpret technical drawings) should also be selected. Band: This unit has dual status and is to be regarded as both a Specialisation band A unit and Specialisation band B unit for progression to C5 (AQF level V). Unit Weight: 6

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM13013B	Work safely with ionizing radiation
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM24012C	Apply metallurgy principles

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare inspection areas for radiographic testing	1.1. Inspection areas are identified, cleaned and prepared for testing using appropriate procedures and materials. 1.2. Preparation processes are carried out in accordance with the relevant procedures, statutory and OH&S requirements. 1.3. Inspection areas are visually assessed and obvious discontinuities are identified.
2. Select and prepare radiographic test	2.1. The most appropriate radiographic test for the material/application is selected. 2.2. Appropriate testing and processing equipment is selected and set up for various geometrise in accordance with standards and/or procedures. 2.3. Quality of radiographic test is optimised.
3. Perform radiographic testing	3.1. Radiographic tests are carried out in accordance with relevant standards, codes, specifications and OH&S requirements. 3.2. Radiographs are set up and carried out for specialised applications. 3.3. Films are processed to maximise quality of image. 3.4. Films are processed to achieve optimum results.
4. Maintain radiographic testing equipment	4.1. Radiographic testing equipment is checked for defects, maintained and stored in accordance with procedures, OH&S requirements and manufacturer instructions.
5. Monitor and ensure radiation safety	5.1. Safety controls are set up and maintained. 5.2. Exposure to radiation employees and general public is minimised. 5.3. Radiation monitoring equipment is selected and used.
6. Interpret and report the results of radiographic tests	6.1. Conditions necessary to view and interpret radiographs are established. 6.2. Radiographs are interpreted/evaluated in accordance with applicable codes, standards and specifications. 6.3. Test results are reported in accordance with enterprise procedures, accepted industry practices and customer service requirements.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: interpreting and following procedures identifying inspection areas identifying discontinuities and defects selecting appropriate testing techniques, equipment and procedures calculating and producing optimum quality radiographs effectively designing exposure and storage areas calculating shielding thicknesses reading, interpreting and applying relative testing standards reading, interpreting and applying relative conformance standards documenting and reporting assessing risk
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: cleaning and preparation processes for a range of test surfaces cleaning and preparation processes for a range of test surfaces assessment procedures and techniques types of discontinuities and their consequences/effect on the material procedure for carrying out each radiographic test principal types of X-ray generators and radioisotopes and their effect on radiographic sensitivity tools, equipment, techniques and system verification checks relevant standards, regulations and codes hazards associated with radiographic testing procedures for specialised radiographic applications principles of image formation, film and chemical properties and processing techniques various types of films and screens, their properties and effects on image quality maintenance and storage procedures for test equipment common faults and damage safety features of radioisotope cameras and X-ray equipment production of X-rays and gamma rays absorption of ionizing radiation by matter and the biological effects on living X-ray equipment gamma ray sources comparison of X-ray and gamma ray sources on basis of energy and intensity shielding thickness exposure calculations reciprocity law preparation and use of exposure charts, radiographic equivalence charts. exposure techniques equipment types recording and reporting safety aspects types of materials industrial applications set-up procedures methods/procedures for reporting test results implications of test results for the particular material/application any applicable industry standards, national/Australian standards, NOHSC guides, State/Territory regulatory codes of practice/standards use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures relevant hazards and control measures related to the competency

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform radiographic testing. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with operating radiographic testing equipment and applying testing procedures or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Preparation processes	Surface cleaning and drying

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Non-destructive testing

MEM24011B Establish non-destructive tests

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers researching, analysing, developing, approving and evaluating non-destructive tests (NDT).

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to research, development, approval and evaluation of applicable non-destructive tests on fabrications, structures and components across a wide range of industries to Level 3 (AS 3669 and AS 3998) or equivalent. The work can relate to scheduled and unscheduled maintenance activities using general tools and specific testing equipment, test development procedures or guidelines. Activities should replicate 'in-service' tasks due to the high level of self-supervision and the critical nature of the work. Actual and potential defects are considered, together with ongoing abnormalities in fabrications, components, structures from a wide range of applications by the selection of relevant testing method. Tests are validated/evaluated on critical component or structural zones. All testing must be developed and completed with particular attention to personal safety and OH&S regulations. Certification against Australian standards may be achieved where assessment in this unit of competency is carried out in conjunction with an examining authority as described in ISO 9712. Materials and chemicals which are subject to codes and regulations - for example, chemicals, explosives, solvents, dangerous materials, acids, or noxious waste products - are subject to safe work habits and must be stored and used in accordance with safe work practices. This unit should not be selected when Unit MEM05025C (Perform welding fabrication inspection) has already been selected. Band: B Unit Weight: 12

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM13013B	Work safely with ionizing radiation
MEM16010A	Write reports
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM24002B	Perform penetrant testing
MEM24004B	Perform magnetic particle testing
MEM24006B	Perform eddy current testing
MEM24008B	Perform ultrasonic testing
MEM24010B	Perform radiographic testing
MEM24012C	Apply metallurgy principles

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Assess requirements for non-destructive test	1.1. Inspection area is assessed for testing and all possible failure sites are identified utilising metallurgical analysis. 1.2. Relevant information for test development is collected from available sources using accepted techniques. 1.3. Information is analysed and interpreted. 1.4. Test requirements are determined.
2. Establish non-destructive test techniques and procedures	2.1. Test methods, techniques and procedures to be used for specific NDT work are designated. 2.2. Codes, standards, specifications and procedures are interpreted. 2.3. Test procedures are developed in accordance with established techniques and metallurgical principles.
3. Validate/confirm non-destructive tests	3.1. General and specific test procedures are validated in accordance with established techniques. 3.2. Inspection results are interpreted and evaluated in terms of existing codes, standards and specifications.
4. Approve non-destructive test procedures	4.1. Procedures are approved in accordance with workplace procedures and relevant codes and standards. 4.2. Procedures are documented and distributed in accordance with workplace requirements and relevant codes and standards.
5. Evaluate non-destructive test procedures	5.1. Procedures are evaluated for effectiveness. 5.2. Evaluation results are documented and reported according to workplace requirements. 5.3. Changes/amendments to non-destructive test procedures are made and distributed as necessary.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: conducting metallurgical assessment of inspection areas designating most appropriate method, technique or procedure referencing information developing and validating test procedures applying safety procedures, standard operating procedures and legislative requirements to all work reading/interpreting/applying relative testing standards reading/interpreting/applying relative conformance standards documenting procedure and results
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: application of metallurgical analysis to assess inspection areas NDT methods, techniques and procedures meaning and validity of relevant codes, standards, specifications and procedures test procedure for testing techniques and specimen validation processes process for approval of procedures process for documentation/distribution of procedures evaluation procedures process for documentation of evaluation results process for amending tests and distributing amendments any applicable industry standards, national/Australian standards, NOHSC guides, State/Territory regulatory codes of practice/standards use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures relevant hazards and control measures related to the competency

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to establish non-destructive tests. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with the research, analysis, development, approval and evaluation of non-destructive tests, or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Non-destructive testing

MEM24012C Apply metallurgy principles

Modification History

Single band identifier removed to clarify dual status

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers applying basic metallurgy principles related to selecting appropriate non-destructive testing techniques (NDT) and interpreting the results of NDT tests for metallurgical processes.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to knowledge of metallurgy principles, and the relationship between the various non-destructive testing methods and their capabilities and limitations when applied to the detection of specific discontinuities in metals and alloys. The unit applies to employees other than NDT technicians such as metallurgists, welding supervisors etc. who select and order NDT tests and who interpret results provided by tests for metal manufacturing, casting, shaping, and joining processes. The unit does not apply to the conduct of NDT tests. Such variables as the type of discontinuity, manufacturing process and limitations will assist in determining the sequence of testing and the ultimate selection of one non-destructive test method in preference to another. Any testing that may be carried out must be completed with particular attention to personal and OH&S regulations. Where materials and chemicals which are subject to codes and regulations are stored and used - for example, chemicals, explosives, solvents, dangerous materials, acids, or noxious waste products - safe work habits must be considered. Band: This unit has dual status and is to be regarded as both a Specialisation band A unit and Specialisation band B unit for progression to C5 (AQF level V). Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Interpret and apply the principles of solidification and crystal structures in metals and alloys	1.1. Principles of solidification and crystal structures in metals and alloys are interpreted and applied in relation to NDT techniques.
2. Interpret equilibrium diagrams for metals and alloys	2.1. Equilibrium diagram for metal or alloy is correctly sourced 2.2. Equilibrium diagrams are correctly interpreted.
3. Interpret and apply the principles of fusion welding of metals and alloys	3.1. Principles and methods for fusion welding of metals and alloys are applied to NDT test selection. 3.2. Defects in weldments are identified and classified from NDT test results.
4. Interpret and apply the principles of the formation of castings	4.1. Principles and methods used to produce metal castings are applied to NDT test selection. 4.2. Defects in metal and alloy castings are identified and classified from NDT test results.
5. Interpret and apply the principles of steel forging	5.1. Principles and methods used to produce steel forgings are applied to NDT test selection. 5.2. Defects in steel forgings are identified and classified from NDT test results.
6. Interpret and apply the principles of mechanical testing	6.1. Principles of mechanical testing are applied to NDT test selection. 6.2. Defects in metal product are identified and classified from NDT test results

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: research understanding and applying metallurgy principles selecting NDT test appropriate to metal or alloy and manufacturing process
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: principles of solidification and crystal structures in metal: classification of materials structure of atoms process of solidification crystal structures defects formed during solidification modification of crystal structure heat treatment processes defects formed during heat treatment meaning of equilibrium diagrams representative of a range of metals including aluminium, iron, steel and common non-ferrous alloys: alloy systems solid and liquid solubility basic equilibrium diagrams equilibrium diagrams for common alloys principles of fusion welding in relation to NDT testing defects in fusion welding: processing defects grinding cracks pickling cracks heat treatment cracks service defects fatigue cracks corrosion and stress corrosion cracks principles of the formation of castings defects in castings principles of steel forging defects in steel forging principles of mechanical testing: mechanical testing tensile testing impact testing hardness testing fatigue testing other tests

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to apply metallurgy principles to NDT test selection and interpretation. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with applying basic metallurgy principles as related to non-destructive testing techniques, or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Principles and methods for fusion welding of metals and alloys	MMAW SAW GMAW GTAW FCAW
Defects in weldments	Cracks, lack of fusion, cavities, imperfect shape, solid inclusions, miscellaneous
Defects in metal and alloy castings	Shrinkage cavities, hot tears, cold cracks, gas holes
Principles and methods used to produce steel forgings	Deformations, strengthening mechanisms, annealing
Principles of mechanical testing	Impact, tensile, hardness testing

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Non-destructive testing

MEM30005A Calculate force systems within simple beam structures

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers understanding and calculating force systems within simple beam structures.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to solving simple engineering problems involving forces, moments and basic stress and strain calculations, and determining nominal sizes of simple beams subject to loading. Band: 0 Unit Weight: 0

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM30012A	Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine the resultant and equilibrant of systems of coplanar forces	1.1. Calculate the magnitude and direction of the resultant and equilibrant of coplanar force systems. 1.2. Calculate the line of action of a resultant using the principle of Moment.
2. Determine nominal sizes for a simple horizontal beam subject to a combination of uniform and point loading	2.1. Support reactions for a simply supported horizontal beam using the equations of equilibrium and including the moment effect of a couple are calculated. 2.2. The possible types of failure that need to be considered are determined. 2.3. Shear force and bending moment diagrams are drawn. 2.4. Bending stress is determined. 2.5. Calculations are completed to determine the nominal size for the beam. 2.6. Factors of safety are applied to finalise nominal size of beam.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: calculating and using trigonometry, transposition, algebraic formula drawing shear force and bending moment diagrams
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: force and gravity the concept of force characteristics of force rectangular components of force graphical addition of forces mathematical addition of forces weight as force moment and torque moment of force addition of moments equilibrium of moments torque equivalent force moment systems statics equilibrium of coplanar forces conditions of equilibrium calculation of beam reactions (simply supported, point load, uniformly distributed load (UDL), self-weight) simple beams shear force and bending moment diagrams bending stress deflection by formulae stress and strain shear stress and strain allowable stress factors of safety

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to calculate force systems within simple beam structures. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with calculating force systems within simple structures, or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Engineering technician

MEM30006A Calculate stresses in simple structures

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers determining stresses and their effect on the strength and stability of simple structures and mechanical components.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the calculation of stresses in centrally loaded bolted connections, fillet and butt welded connections. All work is carried out under supervision. Band: 0 Unit Weight: 0

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM30012A	Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine stresses in simple structures and mechanical components	1.1. The shear stresses in simple bolted connections are determined. 1.2. The nominal weld size or length of weld required on simple welded connections is determined to meet load requirements. 1.3. Torque distribution diagrams are drawn and used to calculate torsional shear stress and angle of twist on threaded bolts subjected to torques.
2. Verify stress levels using appropriate reference material	2.1. Appropriate reference materials are used to verify that stress loading is acceptable and in accordance with standard operational procedures. 2.2. Verification results are reported according to standard operational procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: interpreting drawings and graphical representations calculating stresses using given formulas construction of torque distribution diagrams accessing relevant codes and reference material interpreting results against reference materials
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: stress and strain: normal stress and strain modules of elasticity deformation Poisson's Ratio shear stress and strain modulus of rigidity yield stress, ultimate stress, proportional limit, factor of safety, allowable stress centrally loaded connections bolted connections shear, tensile, torque and bearing stresses centrally loaded welded connections fillet and butt welds, method of failure size and length of weld effect of hole punching longitudinal stress how to access and use relevant codes and reference material

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to calculate stresses in simple structures as defined. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with calculating stresses in simple structures, or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Simple structures	Limited to consideration of centrally loaded bolted connections, fillet and butt welded connections
Reference materials	May include design manuals, handbooks, relevant codes and regulations, databases and manufacturers' references

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Engineering technician

MEM30007A Select common engineering materials

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers recognising common materials used in engineering, assisting in the selection of a material for a specific application, and using test results to evaluate the properties of materials.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to technician level activities in manufacturing and engineering environments. Work is carried out under supervision. Band: 0 Unit Weight: 0

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify common engineering materials by their principal properties	1.1. The principal properties of ferrous and non-ferrous metals are identified. 1.2. The principal properties of thermosetting and thermoplastic polymers are identified. 1.3. The principal properties of ceramics and composite materials are identified. 1.4. The effects of different types of bonding in materials are identified. 1.5. The effects of mechanical and thermal processes on the principal properties of materials are identified.
2. Select materials for specific applications	2.1. The engineering requirement for the specific application is determined in consultation with others. 2.2. Material is selected based on the requirement and consideration of principal properties and further processing. 2.3. Selection is confirmed according to standard operating procedures.
3. Verify selected material as fit for purpose	3.1. Appropriate tests for the required properties are identified. 3.2. Testing of materials is arranged with appropriate persons, if necessary. 3.3. Test results are analysed and material choices are confirmed or modified as appropriate.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: undertaking research selecting/carrying out tests appropriate to the material communicating documenting planning and sequencing operations reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: classification of materials: metals and non-metals ferrous and non-ferrous metals polymers (thermoplastics, thermosetting and elastomers) ceramics composite materials structure of materials physical properties of materials: electrical conductivity/resistivity specific gravity/density thermal conductivity/expansion specific heat melting/boiling points magnetic properties optical properties mechanical properties: strength - yield, tensile, compressive stress/strain data hardness toughness (impact and slow strain) elasticity plasticity ductility malleability fatigue creep chemical properties: corrosion of metals, corrosion processes, mechanisms degradation of polymers materials testing methods - destructive testing and applications: tensile compressive shear torsion hardness impact fatigue creep visual corrosion testing engineering materials engineering applications of ferrous metals: cast irons carbon and alloy steels stainless steels engineering applications of non-ferrous metals: aluminium and its alloys copper, brass and bronze nickel alloys, zinc, titanium magnesium refractory metals engineering applications of polymers: thermosetting polymers thermoplastic polymers ceramics and glasses effects of mechanical and thermal processes on the properties of materials: casting forging, rolling and extrusion cold forming powder processes heat treatment joining - fasteners soldering brazing welding adhesives finishing - coatings, metallic and non-metallic hazards and control measure associated with selecting common engineering materials, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to select common engineering materials.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with selecting common engineering materials, or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required and must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Common engineering materials	Includes ferrous metals, cast irons, carbon and alloy steels, stainless steels, coated steels, non-ferrous metals, aluminium and its alloys, copper and its alloys, nickel alloys, zinc, titanium, magnesium, refractory metals, polymers, thermosetting polymers, thermoplastic polymers, ceramics and glasses
Appropriate tests	Tests which can be undertaken by a technician within the organisation as well as those required to be undertaken by external organisations, including simple tests
Required properties	Properties to be tested include tensile strength, compression, shear characteristics, torsion, hardness, impact resistance, fatigue resistance, creep resistance, visual appearance and colour, magnetic properties, corrosion resistance
Appropriate persons	Internal technicians and/or external organisations

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Engineering technician

MEM30008A Apply basic economic and ergonomic concepts to evaluate engineering applications

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers participating in the application of the basic concepts of economic and ergonomic principles and procedures to evaluate an engineering application prior to production.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The work is carried out under supervision, usually in a team environment. Band: 0 Unit Weight: 0

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare required customer requirements from information provided	Criteria for the engineering application are obtained in accordance with standard operating procedures.
2. Verify that customer requirements have been met in the engineering application criteria	Criteria for the engineering application criteria are reviewed against customer requirement and deficiencies are noted. Knowledge of engineering parameters is applied to evaluate the engineering application criteria. Use of appropriate and relevant standards and codes is verified using standard operating procedures or reference to supervisor.
3. Verify specifications in accordance with economic principles	The relationships between quality, cost of production and function are considered and specifications are verified in accordance with policy and procedures.
4. Verify specifications in accordance with ergonomic principles	The specifications are checked and verified for health effects of human/machine interaction in accordance with given policy and procedures.
5. Seek approval of recommendations	All recommendations are referred to a supervisor for approval in accordance with policy and procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: determining customer requirements determining, accessing and using relevant Australian and ISO standards
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: engineering parameters: safety of personnel, consequences of failure (such as human injury) quality of product consideration material reliability and choice safety factors maintenance, source of spares/service energy consumption economic considerations: costs of manufacture, effect of production quantity cost of quality design for manufacture use of standardised components ergonomic considerations: safety considerations human capacity - reach, dexterity, strength, human comfort health effects of human/machine interaction, repetitive use injuries aesthetics

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to participate in the application of basic economic, ergonomic concepts to evaluate engineering designs and applications.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with applying basic economic, ergonomic concepts to engineering designs and applications, or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Engineering application	For this unit, engineering application includes assisting in engineering processes and applications requiring ergonomic and economic knowledge and skills including design, engineering assessments, supervision of installation and commissioning etc.
Engineering parameters	Includes consideration of safety of personnel, consequences of failure (human injury etc.), economic considerations, production cost, quality of product consideration, material reliability and choice, design safety factors, maintenance, energy consumption, source of spares/service
Standards and codes	Includes access and use of Australian standards (AS): AS 3000, AS 1250, AS 4800, AS 1100, International Standards Organisation (ISO) standards
Economic principles	Includes production quantities (mass/batch), cost of manufacture, ease of manufacture, use of standardised components, human capacity (reach, dexterity, strength, repetitiveness, human comfort), aesthetics, health effects of human/machine interaction, safety
Ergonomic principles	Includes designing, installing or checking things for effective human use, and creating environments that are suitable for human living and work. It includes work methods, equipment, facilities, and tools that influence the worker's motivation, fatigue, likelihood of sustaining an occupational injury or illness, and productivity

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Engineering technician

MEM30009A Contribute to the design of basic mechanical systems

Modification History

Release 2 - Prerequisites updated - MEM30002A and MEM30003A merged and replaced in MEM05v8 by MEM30032A. Prerequisite outcomes remain equivalent.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers contributing to basic mechanical system design, and selecting the components and mechanical features required to perform simple functions.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to all mechanical engineering environments. Work is carried out under supervision. Band: 0 Unit Weight: 0

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MEM30032A	Produce basic engineering drawings

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Research equipment function and operational requirements	1.1. All relevant drawings, specifications, manuals and documentation are obtained in accordance with workplace procedures. 1.2. Appropriate personnel are consulted to determine requirements. 1.3. Information collected is interpreted and draft functional and operational requirements are prepared and verified with supervisor or design team.
2. Prepare a preliminary sketch/drawing/ specification	2.1. Appropriate components, assemblies and fasteners are selected to perform the required function. 2.2. Where required, components and/or materials are selected from supplier/manufacturer catalogues. 2.3. Appropriate and relevant codes are applied to the sketch/drawing/specification in accordance with workplace procedures. 2.4. The preliminary sketch/drawing/specification is referred to a higher authority for approval in accordance with policy and procedures.
3. Issue or file completed sketch/drawing/specification list as required	3.1. Approved sketch/drawing/specification is stored and catalogued in accordance with standard operating procedures. 3.2. Approved sketch/drawing/specification is issued in accordance with standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading and interpreting specifications and drawings
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: relevant codes and standards basic mechanical components: shafts bearings seals fasteners, thread systems splines cams drive components: electric motors IC engines brakes clutches belts and pulleys chains and sprockets gears couplings universal joints lifting systems: lifting jacks hoists winch equipment pneumatic systems: advantages and disadvantages compressors pneumatic components typical circuits and applications electrical control hydraulic systems: advantages and disadvantages power packs pumps and other components typical circuits and applications electrical control pumps and piping system: purpose of pumps and piping systems pumps, valves, pipes and other components typical piping systems

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to contribute to the design of basic mechanical systems. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with contributing to the design of basic mechanical systems, or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Components, assemblies and fasteners	May include shafts, seals, bearings, fasteners, splines, cam, lifting systems, pneumatic circuits, hydraulic circuits, piping systems

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Engineering technician

MEM30010A Set up basic hydraulic circuits

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers setting up and selecting components associated with single linear hydraulic systems.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to all engineering or manufacturing environments. The unit refers to simple hydraulic circuits containing single linear actuators and motors. Work is carried out under supervision. Band: 0 Unit Weight: 0

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine system requirements	1.1. Instructions regarding system requirements are obtained, understood and clarified as necessary. 1.2. Circuit drawings using standard symbols are interpreted correctly.
2. Select components for simple hydraulic circuits	2.1. Suitable fluids are selected for given hydraulic systems from specification charts and in accordance with safety procedures involving fluids. 2.2. Linear actuators and motors are selected to suit system requirements. 2.3. Control valves are selected to suit system requirements.
3. Verify component selection	3.1. Circuits are set up and operated on laboratory benches. 3.2. Operation is analysed and outcomes are verified against system requirements.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: interpreting simple hydraulic circuit drawings testing operation of simple hydraulic circuits assessing performance documenting circuit specifications and test results applying fluid power principles
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: fluid power: definition of the term fluid power differences between pneumatic and hydraulic systems advantages and disadvantages of fluid power compared with mechanical and electric power systems safety procedures when working with fluid power equipment basic properties of fluids selection and suitability for different applications basic properties and units - mass, volume, density, specific volume, relative density, force and weight, pressure (absolute, atmospheric and gauge), temperature (celsius and kelvin), viscosity, surface tension introduction to temperature and pressure effects on the basic properties and applications precautions to be taken when changing type of fluid in a system awareness of different components including: pipes (rigid and flexible) valves, types and functions filters and strainers for liquids gauges and instruments - pressure/temperature gauges, liquid level gauges, thermometers, thermocouples, manometers, piezometers pipe fittings - elbows/bends, enlargement/contractions, coupler/unions, tees tanks and vessels - storage tanks, pressure vessels, header and surge tanks, weirs/dams/reservoirs flow measurement instruments - venturi and orifice meters pumps, motors/turbines linear actuators: types, selection and functions methods of supporting linear actuators introduction to calculations related to linear actuators recognition and drawing of standard symbols observation and analysis of performance of linear actuators in laboratory circuits control valves (hydraulic and pneumatic): directional controls and functions check valves and functions pressure controls and functions flow controls and functions recognition and drawing of standard symbols for control valves drawing and analysis of typical circuits containing control valves observation and analysis of performance of valves in basic circuits circuit design and analysis (single linear actuator): drawing and analysis of circuit diagrams containing basic components setting up and operating circuits on pneumatic and hydraulic benches in a fluid power laboratory

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to set up basic hydraulic circuits and verify outcomes.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both. Where assessment occurs off the job, i.e. the candidate is not in productive work, an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with setting up basic hydraulic circuits, or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Simple hydraulic circuits	Limited to linear actuators, motors, control valves
Safety procedures	Selecting a suitable fire resistant fluid for a system, given its operating conditions; following required precautions when changing a system from one fluid to another

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Engineering technician

MEM30011A Set up basic pneumatic circuits

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers setting up and selecting components associated with single linear pneumatic systems.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to all engineering or manufacturing environments. The unit refers to simple pneumatic circuits containing single linear actuators. Work is carried out under supervision. Band: 0 Unit Weight: 0

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine system requirements	1.1. Instructions regarding system requirements are obtained, understood and clarified as necessary. 1.2. Circuit drawings using standard symbols are interpreted correctly.
2. Select components for simple pneumatic circuits	2.1. Suitable air system components are selected for given fluid power systems from specification charts and in accordance with safety procedures involving compressed air. 2.2. Linear actuators are selected to suit system requirements. 2.3. Control valves are selected to suit system requirements.
3. Verify component selection	3.1. Circuits are set up and operated on laboratory benches. 3.2. Operation is analysed and outcomes are verified against system requirements.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: drawing pneumatic circuits testing operation of pneumatic circuits assessing performance calculating circuit requirements documenting circuit specifications and test results applying fluid power principles
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: fluid power: definition of the term fluid power differences between pneumatic and hydraulic systems advantages and disadvantages of fluid power when compared to mechanical and electric power systems safety procedures when working with compressed air and associated equipment awareness of different components including: air compressors receivers, interlocks pipes - rigid and flexible valves - types and functions filters - types and functions gauges and instruments - pressure and temperature gauges, liquid level gauges, thermometers, thermocouples, manometers, piezometers pipe fittings - elbows/bends flow measurement instruments - venturi and orifice meters air motors linear actuators: types, selection and functions methods of supporting linear actuators introduction to calculations related to linear actuators recognition and drawing of standard symbols observation and analysis of performance of linear actuators in laboratory circuits control valves (hydraulic and pneumatic): directional controls and functions check valves and functions pressure controls and functions flow controls and functions recognition and drawing of standard symbols for control valves drawing and analysis of typical circuits containing control valves observation and analysis of performance of valves in basic circuits circuit design and analysis (single linear actuator): drawing and analysis of circuit diagrams containing basic components setting up and operating circuits on pneumatic and hydraulic benches in a fluid power laboratory

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to set up basic pneumatic circuits.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with setting up basic pneumatic circuits or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifi-cations, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Safety procedures	Following required precautions when using compressed air and when shutting down air compressors and receivers

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Engineering technician

MEM30012A Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers applies the concepts of mathematics to appropriate and simple engineering situations within the individual's area of engineering expertise.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to technician level work that requires basic algebraic, trigonometric and statistical knowledge and skill. Band: 0 Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria